key: cord- - iew authors: kapoor, a; simmonds, p.; slikas, b.; li, linlin; bodhidatta, l.; sethabutr, o.; triki, h.; bahri, olfa; oderinde, b.; baba, m.; bukbuk, d.; besser, j.; bartkus, j.; delwart, e. title: human bocaviruses are highly diverse, dispersed, recombination prone, and prevalent enteric infections date: - - journal: the journal of infectious diseases doi: . / sha: doc_id: cord_uid: iew a new species of parvovirus tentatively named human bocavirus (hbov ) was genetically characterized. among feces samples from children and adults the most commonly detected bocaviruses species were hbov >hbov >hbov >hbov with hbov prevalence of % and % in nigerian and tunisian children. hbov and hbov species combined were found in / cases of non-polio acute flaccid paralysis (afp) from tunisia and nigeria and / healthy tunisian contacts (p= . ). evidence of extensive recombination at the np and vp gene boundary between and within species was found. the multiple species and high degree of genetic diversity seen among the human bocaviruses found in feces relative to the highly homogeneous hbov suggest that this world-wide distributed respiratory pathogen may have recently evolved from an enteric bocavirus, perhaps after acquiring an expanded tropism favoring the respiratory track. elucidating the possible role of the newly identified enteric bocaviruses in human diseases including afp and diarrhea will require further epidemiological studies. b in , several other human parvoviruses have recently been genetically characterized. parv was found in the blood of a febrile adult intravenous drug user [ ] , hbov in the nasopharyngeal secretion of a child with respiratory problems [ ] , hbov in the stool of children with non-polio acute flaccid paralysis (afp) [ ] , and hbov in the stool of australian children with diarrhea [ ] . in contrast to parv or b , bocaviruses contain a third open reading frame of unknown function [ , ] . the first bocavirus identified was in cows [ ] , and the name of the genus is derived from its first known hosts (bovine-canine). animal bocaviruses can cause both respiratory and gastrointestinal diseases, as well as embryonic and fetal death [ ] . hbov infection has been linked with mild-to-severe, primarily lower respiratory tract infections in children, frequently in association with other viral infections [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] . hbov has also been detected in stool samples, although association with diarrhea appears weaker than with respiratory symptoms [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] . hbov strains show a very low degree of genetic variability worldwide [ , ] . in this study, pan-bocavirus polymerase chain reaction (pcr) primers were designed and used on human stool samples from several countries. all recently identified bocaviruses plus a fourth species, hbov , were identified. a high degree of genetic diversity, relative to that seen for hbov , was seen among human bocaviruses in feces. stool samples were collected as part of previous clinical studies and were anonymized. this study was approved by the university of california san francisco committee on human research. samples from nigeria and tunisia were collected as part of the world health organization's poliovirus eradication program from children with non-polio afp between the ages of months and years. stool samples from healthy contacts of case patients from tunisia were matched for age. stool samples from nepal were obtained from adult travelers and resident expatriates with diarrhea with no known pathogens detected by standard microbiologic testing for enteric bacteria; enzyme immunoassay for rotavirus, adenovirus, astrovirus, giardia and cryptosporidium; and reverse transcription pcr for norovirus. stool samples from healthy, asymptomatic control persons were collected from the same population. stool samples from the minnesota department of health are from individuals with diarrhea and healthy individuals, matched for age and residential area code. pcr amplification of bocaviruses. we used nested pcr targeting the vp / region of both hbov and hbov (nucleotide positions - , numbered here and subsequently with use of the hbov prototype sequence; genbank accession number fj ). nucleic acids (both dna and rna) were extracted (qiaamp viral rna mini kit) from ml of clarified stool supernatant and were eluted into ml of water. first-round pcr primers were ak-vp-f ( -cgccgtggct-cctgctct- ) and ak-vp-r ( -tgttcgccatcacaaa-agatgtg- ) and second-round primers were ak-vp-f ( -ggctcctgctctaggaaataaagag- ) and ak-vp-r ( -cctgctgttaggtcgttgttgtatgt- ). pcr reactions contained . u of taq dna polymerase (neb) in . ϫ thermopol reaction buffer with mgcl ( . mmol/l), pmol/ l (each) of forward and reverse primers, and . ml of nucleic acids (first round) or ml of the first-round pcr product (second round) as template in a ml total volume. firstround conditions were cycles at Њc for s, Њc for min, and Њc for min, with a decrease of . Њc in annealing temperature each cycle; cycles at Њc for s, Њc for s, and Њc for s; and a final extension at Њc for min. similar conditions were used for the second pcr round, except that the initial annealing temperatures were Њc and Њc in the first and second group of pcr cycles, respectively. amplicons of the appropriate size, as detected by agarose gel electrophoresis, were directly sequenced. the pcr products whose sequences are reported here produced unambiguous dideoxysequencing electrophoregram peaks indicating the predominance ( %) of a single bocavirus variant. the sensitivity of the pan-bocavirus nested pcr was determined using dilution of plasmids containing the target sequences from each of the bocavirus species and was estimated at - plasmid copies for each species. complete genome sequencing. nearly complete genomes were amplified using pcr primers designed from alignments of hbov and hbov genomes and were then directly sequenced by primer walking [ ] . the terminal sequences were acquired by a modified protocol for rapid amplification of complementary dna ends [ ] . the terminal sequences are incomplete because of extensive hairpin structures that prevented extensions to the viral and extremities. distance measurements and phylogenetic analyses. phylogenetic relationships were evaluated with use of mega . (http:// www.megasoftware.net/mega .html) [ ] . neighbor-joining trees were inferred using a matrix of pair-wise maximum-likelihood distances computed from a nucleotide alignment including the genomes obtained in this study and in genbank, plus a matrix of pam distances computed from the inferred amino acid alignment. recombination analyses. similarity values based on jukes-cantor corrected nucleotide distances between full-length sequences were calculated using the program sequencedist in the simmonic v . sequence editor package [ ] . to assess similarity across the genomes, sequence scans were performed using a fragment length of bases and an increment of bases between fragments. for sequence comparisons with hbov and hbov , a mean pair-wise distance was computed using a set of hbov and hbov a sequences. nucleotide sequence accession numbers. the near-full genomes and partial vp gene sequences have been deposited in genbank under accession numbers fj -fj and gq -gq . pan-bocavirus pcr primers were designed that could anneal to both hbov and hbov , amplifying a ∼ -nucleotide fragment of the vp capsid gene. nucleic acids from human stools collected from nigeria, tunisia, nepal, and the united states were then analyzed using this nested pcr (table ) . of the samples tested, ( %) had confirmed positive results by pcr sequencing, with the highest prevalence in tunisian children with afp ( %). to determine the phylogenetic relationship of these strains, the sequences were aligned with available sequences of hbov , hbov , and hbov . only of strains (from nigeria and tunisia) grouped with hbov . the remaining strains shared a more recent common ancestry with hbov , although the sequences clustered into distinct genetic lineages, labeled hbov a, hbov b, hbov , hbov ( figure ). the hbov a clade included all published hbov genotypes [ ] , plus new strains from nigeria and tunisia and the recently reported w strain from australia [ ] . because of the high degree of genetic diversity observed and to reduce splitting of hbov into a multitude of genotypes, all strains in that cluster were reclassified into a new, now more diverse genotype a (hbov a). the nearly full genome of a new hbov a variant was sequenced (tu-c- - ) and showed very high protein identity ( %) to the pakistani hbov prototype pk (fj ). the hbov b cluster included of the bocavirus strains reported here ( figure ). two nearly full hbov b genome sequences demonstrated a pair-wise amino acid divergence in vp of . % (table ) (ni- and ni- ; genbank accession numbers fj and fj ). greater divergence was observed when these strains were compared with the vp of hbov a strains (average divergence, . % [range, . %- . %] ( table ). the nucleotide and amino acid distances at the other loci are shown in table . the hbov cluster included strains, and the genomes of representative strains, ni- and tu-a- - , were sequenced (genbank accession numbers fj and fj ). when compared with hbov , the ns region of both strains showed an average amino acid divergence of % in the ns region and % in the vp region. compared with hbov , the hbov strains showed an average amino acid divergence of % in the ns region and % in the vp region ( table ). all strains were classified as members of the hbov species, recently described by arthur et al [ ] . a distantly related variant of hbov was also recently identified in a sewage sample in the united states (hbov b-ca- -c ; figure ) [ ] . to confirm whether this variant represents a second genotype of hbov will require full genome sequencing. the hbov cluster included strains. the complete genome of representative strain (ni- ) was obtained (genbank accession number fj ). the ns protein of hbov (ni- ) showed an average of % divergence with hbov and %- % divergence with hbov or hbov (table ) . for the vp protein, the relative divergences were reversed, with an average divergence of . % with hbov , . % with hbov , and % with hbov . ni- , therefore, also appears to be a recombinant, with the genes ns and np closely related to hbov (particularly genotype a) and the vp gene slightly more similar to hbov than hbov (table ). according to the international committee on taxonomy of viruses species demarcation criteria in the genus bocavirus, members of different species must show % divergence in their nonstructural gene nucleotide sequences [ ] . the genetic distance of ni- to its closest relatives in the ns gene (hbov a) was . % (range, . %- . %), indicating that ni- qualifies, pending international committee on taxonomy of viruses review, as the prototype of a fourth hbov species (hbov ). a distant vp (partial) variant of hbov was also detected in the united states (us-mn- - ; figure ). to determine whether the latter variant represents a second hbov genotype will require full genome sequencing. nearly complete genomes and phylogenetic analysis of new bocavirus species. in a manner similar to hbov and , all the new genomes of hbov , , and encoded large open reading frames (orf). the left orf encodes the nonstructural protein (ns), the middle orf encodes np , and the right orf encodes overlapping vp /vp capsid proteins. conserved motifs associated with rolling circle replication, helicase, and atpase were identified within the ns protein. np is a highly phosphorylated protein of currently undetermined function [ ] ; np differed in length between species, ranging from to amino acids. situated within the vp -unique (vp u) region, the phospholipase a motifs required for parvovirus infectivity were found in all genomes, together with the calcium-binding loop and catalytic residues. further evidence of recombination in human bocaviruses. to further determine the relationship between members of the bocavirus genus, phylogenetic analyses of ns , np , and vp / vp were performed, with use of both nucleotide sequences and deduced protein sequences (figure ). the ns and np genes of hbov clustered with hbov , whereas their vp / gene clustered with hbov . the incongruence in phylogenetic association between loci provided further evidence that hbov originated from a recombination event bringing together the ns /np gene of hbov and the vp / gene of hbov [ ] . the likely recombinant origin of hbov , clustering with hbov in the ns /np but with hbov in the vp , is also shown (figure ) . a scan of sequence divergence between complete genome sequences further supported the hypothesis of past recombi-nation between hbov and in the generation of hbov and recombination of hbov and hbov in the generation of hbov , with both recombination points near the np and vp junction (figure ). when different hbov variants were similarly analyzed for recombination, intraspecies hbov recombinants were also detected (data not shown) [ ] . diversity among respiratory hbov and enteric hbov - . we compared the intraspecies diversity of hbov with that of hbov by use of the partial vp sequence data generated with the pan-bocavirus pcr primers available for the greatest number of hbov , , variants ( figure a and b) . a very low average pair-wise difference was seen for hbov collected worldwide ( figure a ). hbov , including both genotypes, was more diversified than hbov , although hbov b alone showed a low level of diversity comparable to that of hbov (hbov b generated the large low divergence peak in figure a ). the homogeneity of hbov and hbov b can also be visualized in the small branch lengths in figure . when the pair-wise dis- tances of all the enteric (non-hbov ) sequences were plotted ( figure c ), the distribution was much larger than that for hbov . the low level of intraspecies diversity of hbov relative to the other species is also reflected in table . the genomic organization of hbov species are remarkably similar to those of animal bocaviruses, except that all hbov ns orfs encode a shorter ns protein ( - amino acids), compared with the longer ns of animal bocaviruses ( - amino acids) ( figure a ). we noticed in all hbov species the presence of a stretch of encoded amino acids similar to the c-terminus of the longer ns of animal bocaviruses overlapping the np orf, but in a different frame ( figure a) . genomes of all hbov species were aligned to determine the presence of conserved potential rna splicing signals near the end of the smaller ns orf and the putative second exon encoding the c-terminal region of ns (figure b). the putative ns resulting from such a spliced transcript encoded a - amino acid protein with a carboxy terminus that showed significant similarity to that of the canine and bovine bocaviruses ns ( figure c ) [ , ] . a study using rt-pcr for the detection of hbov viral transcript in human lung epithelial cells did not detect the ns splicing proposed here [ ] . on the other hand, the proposed ns rna splicing and ns protein expression itself were detected using northern blots and ns c-termini specific sera, respectively, in and human epithelial cells transfected with plasmids expressing hbov transcripts (jianming qiu, personal communication). most pcr-positive stool samples contained hbov b ( of ), making this genotype the most commonly detected enteric human bocavirus (table ) . hbov was identified in stool samples and hbov in , making them the second and third most common enteric human bocaviruses, respectively, in the regions analyzed here. hbov was detected in only of the positive samples. stool samples from patients with afp in nigeria and tunisia both showed a high prevalence of hbov a+b ( %- %). because both patients with afp and healthy contacts from tunisia showed a comparable prevalence of hbov , no asso- ciation was observed between afp and hbov excretion. the prevalence of hbov in adults with diarrhea from the united states and nepal were also compared with those in healthy matched subjects. no associations were observed between hbov shedding and diarrhea. although the numbers of hbov and hbov detected were relatively small, it was noticed that the hbov -and hbov -positive samples were found among samples from patients with afp, whereas these species were not detected among healthy tunisian matched contacts. comparing the combined nigerian and tunisian patients with afp infected with hbov and hbov to tunisian controls yielded a -tailed fisher's exact p value of . , whereas comparing only the tunisian patients with afp with tunisian controls gave a p value of . . hbov was also found in patient with diarrhea from the united states and from healthy person each from the united states and nepal. hbov was also found in a patient with diarrhea and healthy adult from the united states. further testing will be needed to confirm this trend of an association of hbov / with afp in children or of the association of hbov with diarrhea [ ] . we report on a previously uncharacterized species of human bocavirus which we tentatively named hbov . hbov , hbov , and hbov were also detected using a pan-pcr approach. hbov has been detected in the stool of pakistani children [ ] and hbov in stool samples of australian children [ ] , and both were recognized as recombinant viruses. the newly reported australian hbov (eu ) is closely related to a tunisian strain (ta- - ) (figure ) . a highly prevalent genotype of hbov (hbov b), together with partial genomic support for second genotypes of hbov and hbov , were also identified. the availability of novel bocavirus genomes will allow the design of species-specific pcr or microarray oligonucleotides for their detection and for the disease association studies that are now required for the recently characterized enteric human bocavirus species (hbov , hbov , and hbov ). based on the phylogenetic clustering observed for a large number of partial vp sequences ( figure ) and the distances among full genomes (table ) , we propose for future classification that hbov strains showing % protein and % nucleotide difference in the complete vp gene should be considered different species, whereas those showing . % protein and % nucleotide difference should be considered different genotypes. this vp -based classification retains the proposed human bocavirus species. the vp locus was selected because it is likely to strongly influence tissue tropism and potentially pathogenesis [ ] . hbov is primarily, although not exclusively [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] , a respiratory virus. we show here a higher prevalence of hbov (particularly hbov b) than hbov in stool samples from children and adults of different countries. a recent study testing for hbov and hbov dna with use of species-specific nested pcrs failed to detect any hbov in respiratory secretion samples from edinburgh and bangkok, whereas hbov was found in % and % of these respiratory samples, respectively [ ] . another study found ( %) of nasopharyngeal samples from korean children with acute lower respiratory track infections to be positive for hbov dna, but unexpectedly, no hbov dna was found [ ] . analyzing for hbov and hbov in both respiratory secretion and stool samples collected from the same individuals will be required to confirm whether the tropism of hbov favors the digestive track and is distinct from that of the largely respiratory hbov . extensive evidence for recombination was observed through full genome analyses, including the likely recombinant origin of hbov and hbov and the high level of intraspecies recombination between hbov variants [ , ] . the high prev-alence of bocavirus infection does provide the opportunity for coinfections, the first step in generating recombinant viruses. indeed, a hbov and hbov coinfection was detected based on the pattern of mixed bases in directly sequenced pcr product (data not shown). the frequent detection of hbovs in stool samples from both healthy children and adults supports the likelihood of long periods of viral shedding and/or frequent reinfections. determination of whether symptoms such as diarrhea are associated with acute infection in subsequently healthy viral shedders will require quantitative viral load measurements, analysis of longitudinally collected samples, and serological assays. whether prior infection provides any protection against reinfection with the same or different genotype or species is also unknown. in both diarrhea sample sets analyzed here, consisting of samples from adults, no association with hbov shedding was detected. if hbov causes diarrhea, it may do so in only a small subset of infected children, possibly those without passively transferred maternal antibodies or without protective immune responses from prior infections. coinfections with other enteric viruses may also exacerbate symptoms. given the very large number of childhood infections (viral shedding prevalence of % in some developing countries), even low virulence would translate into a large disease burden. a trend of an association of hbov /hbov detection with afp was detected. the small numbers of cases will require independent confirmation. the neurological damages caused by bovine and canine bocaviruses in their animal hosts provide a precedent for infant nervous system pathogenicity [ ] . the totality of hbov sequences collected worldwide by multiple groups show very low protein and nucleotide sequence diversity (table and figure a ) [ , ] . in contrast, this single study found substantial diversity among hbov and hbov , a fourth species (hbov ), and extensive viral recombination (figures , b, and c ). assuming comparable rates of evolution, the genetically homogeneous and largely respiratory hbov , therefore, appears to be the more recently evolved species relative to the more diverse hbov , , and found predominantly in feces. we propose that hbov evolved from an enteric bocavirus ancestor that acquired, through mutation and/or recombination, enhanced respiratory tract tropism. single-stranded dna parvoviruses have been shown to have a mutation rate approaching that of rna viruses, and recombination among animal parvoviruses has also been reported [ ] [ ] [ ] . parvoviruses have also demonstrated the capacity to rapidly expand their host species tropism, resulting in a recent pandemic in dogs [ , , ] . a recent study showed that hbov could replicate in differentiated human airway epithelial cells [ ] . whether hbov , , and show an in vitro tropism and in vivo distribution that is more biased towards digestive track cells will require further study. duration of immunity for canine and feline vaccines: a review review of companion animal viral diseases and immunoprophylaxis forty years of canine vaccination new dna viruses identified in patients with acute viral infection syndrome cloning of a human parvovirus by molecular screening of respiratory tract samples a newly identified bocavirus species in human stool a novel bocavirus associated with acute gastroenteritis in australian children human bocavirus complete nucleotide sequence and genome organization of bovine parvovirus animal bocaviruses: a brief review the association of newly identified respiratory viruses with lower respiratory tract infections in korean children human bocavirus infection human bocavirus in children severe pneumonia and human bocavirus in adult detection of human bocavirus in japanese children with lower respiratory tract infections evidence of human coronavirus hku and human bocavirus in australian children human bocavirus: developing evidence for pathogenicity human bocavirus infection in young children in the united states: molecular epidemiological profile and clinical characteristics of a newly emerging respiratory virus epidemiological profile and clinical associations of human bocavirus and other human parvoviruses frequent detection of human rhinoviruses, paramyxoviruses, coronaviruses, and bocavirus during acute respiratory tract infections human bocavirus: clinical significance and implications serodiagnosis of human bocavirus infection human bocavirus: passenger or pathogen in acute respiratory tract infections? emerging respiratory agents: new viruses for old diseases? human bocavirus infection in children with gastroenteritis human bocavirus in children hospitalized for acute gastroenteritis: a case-control study clinical and molecular epidemiology of human bocavirus in respiratory and fecal samples from children in hong kong detection of human bocavirus in children hospitalized because of acute gastroenteritis human bocavirus, a respiratory and enteric virus human bocavirus infection in children hospitalized with acute gastroenteritis in china complete coding sequences and phylogenetic analysis of human bocavirus (hbov) genotyping of human bocavirus using a restriction length polymorphism mega: a biologist-centric software for evolutionary analysis of dna and protein sequences structural constraints on rna virus evolution frequent detection of highly diverse variants of cardiovirus, cosavirus, bocavirus, and circovirus in sewage samples collected in the united states virus taxonomy. eighth report of the international committee on taxonomy of viruses virally coded noncapsid protein associated with bovine parvovirus infection molecular characterization of infectious clones of the minute virus of canines reveals unique features of bocaviruses the transcription profile of the bocavirus bovine parvovirus is unlike those of previously characterized parvoviruses human bocavirus can be cultured in differentiated human airway epithelial cells the origins of new pandemic viruses: the acquisition of new host ranges by canine parvovirus and influenza a viruses absence of detectable replication of the human bocavirus species in the respiratory tract despite frequent detection in faecal samples human bocavirus in children rates of evolutionary change in viruses: patterns and determinants rapid sequence change and geographical spread of human parvovirus b ; comparison of b evolution in acute and persistent infections comparative analysis reveals frequent recombination in the parvoviruses phylogenetic analysis reveals the emergence, evolution and dispersal of carnivore parvoviruses high rate of viral evolution associated with the emergence of carnivore parvovirus we thank dr michael p. busch and blood systems research institute for sustained support and hope biswas for statistical assistance. key: cord- -xogzl lv authors: alsuheel, ali mohammed; ali, abdelwahid saeed; al-hakami, ahmed musa; shati, ayed abdullah; chandramoorthy, harish c.; al-qahtani, saleh mohammed title: human metapneumovirus in pediatric patients with acute respiratory tract infections in the aseer region of saudi arabia date: - - journal: saudi j med med sci doi: . /sjmms.sjmms_ _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: xogzl lv background: human metapneumovirus (hmpv) is a paramyxovirus known to cause acute respiratory tract infections in children and young adults. to date, there is no study from the aseer region of saudi arabia determining the proportion and severity of hmpv infection among pediatric hospitalized patients with respiratory infections. objectives: the objective of this study is to determine the presence of hmpv antigens in the nasopharyngeal secretions of pediatric patients hospitalized with respiratory tract infections in the aseer region of saudi arabia. materials and methods: this prospective, serological hospital-based study included all pediatric patients who were admitted to aseer central hospital, abha, saudi arabia, from july to november with upper and/or lower respiratory tract infections. basic demographics of patients and their clinical data on and after admission were recorded. direct fluorescent antibody assay was used to detect the presence of hmpv antigens in the obtained nasopharyngeal secretion specimens. results: during the study, pediatric patients were hospitalized due to upper and/or lower respiratory tract infections, of which . % were positive for hmpv. these patients were aged months to years, were from abha city or its surrounding localities and were mostly ( . %) hospitalized during autumn or winter. the most common diagnosis on admission was bronchopneumonia ( . %) and aspiration pneumonia ( . %), and some patients also had underlying chronic conditions such as chronic heart disease ( . %) and bronchial asthma ( . %). conclusions: the results obtained indicated that hmpv is a potential etiologic factor for the commonly occurring acute respiratory infections in hospitalized children from the aseer region of saudi arabia. hmpv infection was also found to be associated with complicated respiratory conditions such as bronchopneumonia, chronic heart disease and bronchial asthma. human metapneumovirus (hmpv) is a single-stranded rna-enveloped virus, recently classified in the order mononegavirales, family pneumoviridae, genus metapneumovirus and species hmpv. it was first isolated in the netherlands by van den hoogen et al., [ , ] and is now a known causative agent of upper and lower respiratory tract infections in children and adults. hmpv infections have been reported in australia, [ ] canada, [ ] the united states, [ ] the united kingdom, [ ] hong kong, [ ] south africa, [ ] mexico, [ ] spain [ ] and peru. [ ] however, in the middle east, there have only been few reports of hmpv infections, mainly as sporadic infections in egypt, [ ] jordan, [ ] kuwait [ ] and saudi arabia. [ ] along with respiratory syncytial virus (rsv) infections, hmpv is now recognized as a primary etiologic agent for acute upper and lower respiratory tract infections in pediatrics. [ , ] in a study from mexico, it was found that the number of hmpv infections increased in children aged - months as compared with those in younger age groups, whereas rsv infections were inversely proportional to increase in age. [ ] co-infection with both viruses can also occur, resulting in a more complicated and serious clinical disease. [ , ] in addition to the pediatric population, studies have also found hmpv to infect adults [ ] and elderly people. [ ] in terms of transmission, hmpv spreads through contact with contaminated secretions, i.e., droplet, aerosol or fomites. hospital-acquired hmpv infections have also been reported. [ ] in young children, infections are usually not asymptomatic, and bronchiolitis, with or without pneumonia, is the most common associated presentation. [ , , ] other reported conditions include bronchial asthma exacerbation, otitis media, pneumonitis, flu-like illness and community-acquired pneumonia. [ ] in adults, hmpv has been associated with bronchitis, pneumonia and exacerbations of both bronchial asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. [ , ] in terms of detection, reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction (rt-pcr) is a sensitive and commonly used method to detect hmpv. [ ] real-time rt-pcr is also commonly used for detecting hmpv in clinical specimens with many genomic target sequences. [ , ] a touch-down genomic amplification protocol for the diagnosis of acute viral respiratory tract infections has also been used previously. [ ] the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for hmpv diagnosis is a simple and specific serological test for anti-hmpv antibodies detection. [ ] immunofluorescence using specific antibodies is routinely used for detecting hmpv antigens, particularly in epidemiological studies. [ ] however, cell culturing techniques have a low sensitivity in detecting hmpv from respiratory tract secretions, as the virus exhibits extremely limited types of cell tropism. [ , , , ] in saudi arabia, there is a paucity of data regarding the occurrence of hmpv and its role in complicated clinical cases of commonly reported respiratory infections. therefore, the current study aimed to determine the role of hmpv in the respiratory tract infections' severity and complications among hospitalized children in the aseer region, where no such study has previously been conducted. the study was conducted after obtaining approval from the ethical committee of college of medicine, king khalid university, saudi arabia (kku research ethics committee meeting no. rec # - - ; dated january , ) this prospective, serological study included pediatric patients who were admitted to aseer central hospital, abha, kingdom of saudi arabia, from july to november with upper and/or lower respiratory tract infections. aseer central hospital is the largest tertiary care referral hospital in the aseer region, and thus its sample is representative of the area. data such as age, gender, clinical presentation and current medications were collected using an objectively prepared questionnaire. informed consent was obtained from the parents/guardians of all patients before sample collection. nasopharyngeal secretions were collected from all hospitalized patients included in this study using the standard collection method. briefly, physicians collected the nasopharyngeal secretions with the help of a sterile feeding tube connected to a vacuum pump. following the vacuum application, the tip of the tube was cut and placed into a sterile container labelled with the patient's name and identification number. the container was then transported to the virology laboratory at the department of microbiology and clinical parasitology, college of medicine, king khalid university, abha, saudi arabia, and either processed on the same day or stored at − °c. specimens were processed according to the manufacturer's instructions for the direct fluorescent antibody (dfa) kit (oxoid ltd., cambridge, uk) with minor modifications. samples were transferred to an eppendorf tube containing ml of phosphate-buffered saline (pbs; ph . ). the specimens were gently vortexed for s to reduce the viscosity and dilute the mucus. samples were then centrifuged at rpm for min to separate the cells from the mucus. the supernatant was removed, and the cells in the pellets were used for dfa staining. the authors chose to use dfa because it has been found to be a useful technique for wider hmpv epidemiological studies. [ ] preparation of cells the cell suspension was washed several times with pbs and the final cell deposit was resuspended in ml pbs (ph . ). the cells were then gently agitated by pipetting up and down until the cellular material was released from the mucus. additional pbs was added until a smooth suspension was obtained, and any visible flecks of mucus were removed. after the cell separation process was completed, the obtained cell suspension was centrifuged at room temperature ( °c- °c) for min at rpm and the supernatant was discarded. the final cell deposit was resuspended in pbs to dilute any remaining mucus and maintain high cell density. a volume of µl of the resuspended cell deposit was placed in slides with -mm-diameter wells. the specimens were then allowed to air dry thoroughly and fixed with fresh acetone at room temperature ( °c- °c) for min. the slide was air-dried after fixation. a volume of µl of imagen™ hmpv reagent (oxoid ltd., cambridge, uk), which contains monoclonal antibodies against hmpv conjugated to fluorescein isothiocyanate, was added to the fixed cell preparation on the slide to cover the wells. the same amount was also added to the positive control slide. the slides were then incubated with the reagent in a moist chamber for min at °c. following incubation, excess reagent was washed off with pbs, and the slide was gently washed in an agitating bath containing pbs for min. the pbs was drained off, and slide was allowed to air dry at room temperature ( °c- °c). one drop of imagen™ hmpv mounting fluid was added to the center of each well, and cover-slip was placed over the mounting fluid and specimen to ensure that there are no trapped air bubbles. the stained slides were immediately examined under epifluorescence microscope at × and then × . apple-green fluorescence was observed in the cells infected with hmpv, whereas non-infected cells appeared as red color because they were stained with the evans blue counterstain. images of these cells were captured using a microscopic camera (nikon-ds-fi , nikon corp., tokyo, japan) and archived. during the study, a total of pediatric patients were hospitalized based on upper and/or lower respiratory tract infections. of these ( . %) patients tested positive for hmpv antigens, as demonstrated by dfa from the nasopharyngeal secretions [ figure ]. table provides the demographic and clinical presentation data of all hmpv-positive patients. the age of these patients ranged from months to years and all were saudi nationals except one infant, who was a jordanian by nationality but was born and raised in saudi arabia. from the patient's demographics, it was observed that hmpv antigens were detected not only in patients from abha but also among those from its bordering areas, namely, algahama, bilahmar, ahud rufida, sarat abeedah, khamis mushait and bilasmer. three of the nine positive cases were found from abha ( . %), and one positive case from each of the previously mentioned six cities was reported ( . %). of the nine hmpv-positive patients, seven ( . %) were hospitalized during the autumn and winter of - . in the hmpv-positive patients, the symptoms included fever ( . %), cough ( . ), shortness of breath ( . %), nasal congestion ( . %), cyanosis ( . %) and stridor ( . %). these patients also had underlying chronic illnesses such as chronic heart disease ( . %) and bronchial asthma ( . %), and most had tachypnea ( . %). on physical examinations, bilateral crepitation and wheezing were found to be the major findings along with bronchopneumonia ( . %) and aspiration pneumonia ( . %). in saudi arabia, although few studies have reported the incidence, epidemiological elements and genetic diversity of hmpv in some regions, [ , , ] there are no reports on the association between hmpv infections and the clinical presentations of respiratory tract infections among pediatrics. the current study found that in the aseer region of saudi arabia, about % of hospitalization among pediatrics with respiratory tract infections between july and november was due to hmpv infections. in addition, this study also found that hmpv infections were associated with presentation of acute respiratory symptoms, thereby highlighting the role of the infection in complicating the course of the disease. the results of the present study concur with several other studies demonstrating an association between hmpv infection and acute respiratory conditions such as bronchopneumonia and pneumonia. [ , ] a previous study implicated hmpv as a causative agent for severe and acute respiratory infections among pediatric patients, [ ] which is similar to the findings of the current study. another study found that children with hmpv infection are likely to have immunodeficiency; however, the current study was not able to substantiate these findings as none of the patients were found to be immunocompromised. [ ] the prevalence of hmpv infection of the current study (about %) was similar to that reported in studies from saudi arabia and kuwait. [ , ] however, other similar studies that used direct immunofluorescence assays for the detection of hmpv antibodies in sera of patients revealed much higher prevalence rates. [ ] this suggests that different results can be obtained with different diagnostic techniques for hmpv infection. in the current study, we used dfa with monoclonal antibody, which has previously been shown to have % specificity, thereby indicating the reliability of our results. [ ] the current study did not find any gender predilection in terms of the infections; these findings are in accordance with that of bastien et al. [ ] and kahn. [ ] in this study, all nine hmpv-positive children were from abha or its surrounding areas. these areas are known for their high altitude, low temperature and low oxygen tension. it was well known that the prevalence of viral respiratory infections is high in cold and dry areas. [ ] in addition, almost % of the hmpv-positive cases were in children who had been admitted during the autumn and winter seasons. it is also known that the majority of the viruses responsible for bronchiolitis and bronchopneumonia have their peak infectivity during winter and late autumn, with only sporadic cases through other seasons. [ , ] the hmpv-positive patients in the current study had fever, cough, nasal congestion, cyanosis, stridor and shortness of breath, while some also had underlying chronic illnesses such as chronic heart disease and bronchial asthma; similar hmpv-associated illnesses were observed in another study. [ ] physical examination revealed wheezing and bilateral crepitation and clinically, the most common presentations were bronchopneumonia and aspiration pneumonia. these findings are in line with those of williams et al., [ ] who found significant association between hmpv and wheezing exacerbations and/or bronchiolitis in infants and young children. in the aseer region of saudi arabia, hmpv was found to be responsible for about one-tenth of hospitalizations in children with acute respiratory tract infections. this study also confirmed that hmpv infection is associated with presentation of acute respiratory symptoms. ictv virus taxonomy profile: pneumoviridae a newly discovered human pneumovirus isolated from young children with respiratory tract disease evidence of human metapneumovirus in australian children human metapneumovirus infection in the canadian population human metapneumovirus infection in the united states: clinical manifestations associated with a newly emerging respiratory infection in children human metapneumovirus in severe respiratory syncytial virus bronchiolitis children with respiratory disease associated with metapneumovirus in hong kong human metapneumovirus infection in hospital referred south african children human metapneumovirus infections in mexico: epidemiological and clinical characteristics human metapneumovirus infections in hospitalised infants in spain human metapneumovirus study of human metapneumovirus-associated lower respiratory tract infections in egyptian adults human metapneumovirus in hospitalized children in amman human matapneumovirus in patients with respiratory tract infection in kuwait human matapneumovirus and human coronavirus infection and pathogenicity in saudi arabia children hospitalized with acute respiratory illness viral respiratory infections in the neonatal intensive care unit-a review comparison of clinical characteristics of human metapneumovirus and respiratory syncytial virus infection in hospitalized young children a case series on common cold to severe bronchiolitis and pneumonia in children following human metapneumovirus infection in sri lanka human metapneumovirus in adults. viruses : ; - . . van den hoogen bg. respiratory tract infection due to human metapneumovirus among elderly patients human metapneumovirus and lower respiratory tract disease in otherwise healthy infants and children the role of human metapneumovirus in the critically ill adult patient clinical and radiologic characteristics of human metapneumovirus infections in adults detection and genetic diversity of human metapneumovirus in hospitalized children with acute respiratory infections in india real-time pcr probe optimization using design of experiments approach a touchdown nucleic acid amplification protocol as an alternative to culture backup for immunofluorescence in the routine diagnosis of acute viral respiratory tract infections diagnosis of human metapneumovirus and rhinovirus in patients with respiratory tract infections by an internally controlled multiplex real-time rna pcr diagnosis of human metapneumovirus by immunofluorescence staining with monoclonal antibodies in the north-east of england epidemiology of human metapneumovirus human metapneumovirus: review of an important respiratory pathogen evaluation of a commercial direct fluorescent-antibody assay for human metapneumovirus in respiratory specimens viral etiology of respiratory infections in children in southwestern saudi arabia using multiplex reverse-transcriptase polymerase chain reaction molecular epidemiology of human metapneumovirus in riyadh province, saudi arabia clinical impact and diagnosis of human metapneumovirus infection detection of human metapneumovirus by direct antigen test and shell vial cultures using immunofluorescent antibody staining seasonality of viral respiratory infections in southeast of brazil: the influence of temperature and air humidity seasonal occurrence of human metapneumovirus infections in croatia genetic diversity, seasonality and transmission network of human metapneumovirus: identification of a unique sub-lineage of the fusion and attachment genes human metapneumovirus infection plays an etiologic role in acute asthma exacerbations requiring hospitalization in adults human metapneumovirus infection in children hospitalized for wheezing there are no conflicts of interest. key: cord- -u rtx authors: shan, tongling; lan, daoliang; li, linlin; wang, chunmei; cui, li; zhang, wen; hua, xiuguo; zhu, caixia; zhao, wei; delwart, eric title: genomic characterization and high prevalence of bocaviruses in swine date: - - journal: plos one doi: . /journal.pone. sha: doc_id: cord_uid: u rtx using random pcr amplification followed by plasmid subcloning and dna sequencing, we detected bocavirus related sequences in out of porcine stool samples. using primer walking, we sequenced the nearly complete genomes of two highly divergent bocaviruses we provisionally named porcine bocavirus isolate h (pbov -h ) and porcine bocavirus isolate a (pbov -a ) which differed by . % in their ns protein. phylogenetic analysis indicated that pbov -h was very closely related to a ∼ kb central region of a porcine bocavirus-like virus (pbo-likev) from sweden described in . pbov -a was very closely related to the porcine bocavirus genomes pbov- and pbov from china described in . among fecal samples collected from different age, asymptomatic swine in five chinese provinces, the prevalence of pbov -h and pbov -a related viruses were – % and – % respectively, with – % of pigs co-infected. pbov -a related strains were highly conserved, while pbov -h related strains were more diverse, grouping into two genotypes corresponding to the previously described pbov and pbov . together with the recently described partial bocavirus genomes labeled v and v , a total of three major porcine bocavirus clades have therefore been described to date. further studies will be required to elucidate the possible pathogenic impact of these diverse bocaviruses either alone or in combination with other porcine viruses. members of the parvoviridae family are small non-lipid enveloped viruses with a diameter of - nm, icosahedral symmetry (t = ), encoded by a single-stranded linear dna genome of approximately , to , nucleotides (nt) [ ] . the family includes two subfamilies: densovirinae, parvovirinae. the subfamily of densovirinae contains four genera: densovirus, iteravirus, brevidensovirus and pefudensovirus, which infect only invertebrates [ ] . the parvovirinae subfamily is currently subdivided into five genera: parvovirus, erythrovirus, dependovirus (adeno-associated virus), amdovirus, and bocavirus, infecting vertebrates [ ] . the bocavirus genus was recently assigned by the international committee on taxonomy of viruses (ictv) [ ] to parvovirus genomes containing a third orf (labeled np ) between the ns and vp /vp genes [ ] . bocaviruses were first identified in bovine and canine [ , ] , samples from which it derives its genus name [ , ] . presently, the bocavirus genus contains eight members: bovine parvovirus, canine minute virus (cnmv), human bocavirus - (hbov - ), a gorilla bocavirus and a partially sequenced chimpanzee bocavirus [ , , ] . the first human bocavirus (hbov) was found in the nasopharyngeal secretion of a child with respiratory problems using a methodology closely related to that used here [ ] . hbov has been associated with lower respiratory tract symptoms and possibly diarrhea [ , [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] , and shows a very low degree of genetic variability worldwide [ , , ] . hbov was first reported in the stool of pakistani children with non-polio acute flaccid paralysis (afp) [ ] , and then in australian children and chinese children with diarrhea [ , ] . hbov was first reported in the stool of australian children with diarrhea [ ] and then in stool from nigerian, tunisian, nepalese and us children [ ] . hbov was reported in the stool of children with afp from nigeria and tunisia [ ] . hbov / / were also detected in untreated sewage water from throughout the us [ ] . recently, a novel bocavirus was identified in the feces of captive gorillas with diarrhea [ ] and from wild gorillas and chimpanzees [ ] . in , a porcine bocalike virus (pbo-likev) was reported in swine feces with postweaning multisystemic wasting syndrome in sweden and bp of its partial genome sequenced [ ] . in , the nearly complete genomes of distinct porcine bocaviruses provisionally named pbov and pbov were characterized from feces of swine in china [ ] . finally, partial genome sequences of . kb from another clade of porcine bocaviruses labeled v and v where also identified yielding three major bocavirus groups in swine (pbo-likev, pbov /pbov , and v/ v). random amplification and sequencing has been used to discover novel virus in human and animal [ , , . in this study, we found in swine feces highly distinct bocavirus whose genome we tentatively named porcine bocavirus (pbov -h ), and porcine bocavirus (pbov -a ). the nearly complete genomes of both viruses were acquired and are described here. pbov -h and pbov -a were also screened for in stool samples of asymptomatic swine from five provinces of china. a total of porcine stool samples from different aged swine were collected from middle or large-scale porcine farms ( - , sows each) in five provinces of china from april to october , of which were collected from four farms located in shanghai, from three farms located in jiangsu province, from six farms located in anhui province, from a farm located in shandong province, and from three farms located in guizhou province and stored at uc (table ). one stool sample was randomly selected from each of the farms. the samples were suspended in pbs ( . m phosphate, ph . - . , . nacl), vortexed, centrifuged at g, and filtered through a . -mm filter to remove eukaryotic-and bacterial-cell-sized particles [ , , , ] . the filtrates were then treated with benzonase, dnase and rnase to digest non-particleprotected nucleic acid as reported [ , ] . viral nucleic acids were then extracted using the tianamp virus dna/rna kit (tiangen biotech, beijing, co., ltd.). viral cdna synthesis was performed by incubation of the extracted viral rna/dna with pmol of primer k- n [ ] with a degenerate end and the use of superscript reverse transcriptase, and the opposite strand of the cdna was generated after melting and reannealing and primer extension using klenow dna polymerase [ , , [ ] [ ] [ ] . pcr of extension products was performed as reported previously using the k- primer (k- n without the degenerate end) [ ] . this protocol amplifies both viral rna and dna genomes [ , ] . random rt-pcr dna products ran as smears on agarose gel and were gel purified (axygen, ca, usa), then subcloned into pmd- t plasmid vector (takara, japan) for sequencing. the sequences were then screened for sequence similarities using tblastx and blastn against the nr database in genbank. sequences of each pcr product were assembled using seqman ii program (dnastar, inc). the identification of open reading the near-full genomes of pbov -h , pbov -a and the partial ns and vp sequences from the diagnostic npcr have been deposited in genbank under accession numbers hq -hq and hq -hq . seventeen porcine samples stool supernatants from farms were analyzed using a generic viral particle-protected nucleic acid enrichment procedure followed by random amplification of extracted rna and dna (see materials and methods) [ , [ ] [ ] [ ] . amplified dna was then subcloned and plasmid inserts were sequenced ( for each of samples). nine samples (totaling subclones) showed the presence of fragments whose virtual translation products were related to canine and human bocaviruses using blastx. twenty-four clones from pig sample h and clones from pig sample a showed significant similarity with bocaviruses. h derived sequences showed high (. %) identity with the recently described porcine bocavirus-like virus (pbo-likev), the only porcine bocavirus reported at the time of these experiments (genbank gu ) [ ] . sequences from porcine sample a showed low identity with those of h and pbo-likev. the h and a samples were selected for targeted viral genome amplification and sequencing. the sequences from h were assembled to form a continuous sequence of approximately nucleotides that appeared to lack . and nucleotides from the and ends of its genome. pcr primers based on the available h sequences and regions highly conserved between hbov (fj ) and canine bocavirus (fj ) were used to amplify the nearly complete bocavirus genome we provisionally called pbov -h ( nt). to confirm this genome sequence, this sequence was re-amplified using sets of pcr primers generating overlapping fragments of the genome which were directly sequenced. using the same method, the nearly complete bocavirus genome ( nt) from sample a was also sequenced and was provisionally labeled pbov -a . using an open reading frame (orf) finder (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/gorf/gorf.html), three orf were found in both genomes (figure ). the orfs of pbov -h were aa for ns , aa for np and aa for vp /vp . the orfs of pbov -a were aa for ns , aa for np and aa for vp /vp . the possible splicing of bocavirus ns transcripts recently shown to extend the length of ns proteins was not investigated here [ , ] . nucleic acids were extracted from porcine stool samples. pbov -h related sequences were screened for using nested pcr with primers amplifying a -bp fragment of the np /vp region. the electrophoretic bands of the expected size were subcloned and sequenced. the results showed that the prevalence of pbov -h related viruses was high in china with out of ( . %) porcine samples positive ( to determine the genetic relationship of pbov -h and pbov -a with recently described porcine bocaciruses and bocaviruses from other host species, both nucleotide and amino acid alignments were generated and used for phylogenetic analyses. when the whole genomes were considered porcine bocaviruses as a group (except for the v /v variants with only np sequences available), were most closely related to the canine bocavirus cnmv (figure a ). phylogenetic analyses of the orfs -ns , np and vp /vp -were also performed ( figure b-g) . in all three regions, pbov -h was most closely related to the chinese pbov and pbov recently reported by cheng et al [ ] . pbov -a was closely related in np to the first reported partial porcine bocavirus sequence pbo-likev from sweden, the only region available for comparison (fig. c, f ) [ ] . table numerically shows the protein similarities between pbov -h and pbov -a and other porcine and non-porcine bocaviruses. the partial vp sequence of pbov -a related variants from different farms was also phylogentically analyzed and fell into two major clades we named pbov genotype and (pbov -g and pbov -g ). the two previously described chinese pbov and pbov ''species'' grouped within these two genotypes. pbo-likev was originally found in swine with postweaning multisystemic wasting syndrome (pmws) in when approximately % of its genome sequence was reported [ ] . the nearly full genomes of two distantly related porcine bocaviruses labeled pbov and pbov as well as two partial genomes labeled v and v were then reported in [ ] . these bocaviruses grouped into phylogenetic clades containing pbo-likev, pbov /pbov , and v /v . in the present study, we characterize two nearly complete bocavirus genomes, one of which (pbov -h ) grouped with the pbo-likev clade while the second (pbov -a ) fell with the pbov /pbov clade. we provisionally named the genome from the h sample pbov -h since its closest homologue, pbo-likev, was the first reported porcine bocavirus [ ] . the virus from sample a was provisionally named pbov -a since it phylogenetically groups with the second reported set of porcine bocaviruses containing both pbov and pbov [ ] . no close homologues of the v /v clade were identified in this study. under this proposed classification scheme, the viruses labeled pbov and pbov by cheng et al, therefore both belong to the pbov clade, the second reported clade of porcine bocaviruses [ ] . under this proposed taxonomic classification, the v and v bocaviruses [ ] belong to the still only partially characterized pbov clade. sequence analysis of the pbov clade showed that their vp / vp genes were highly diverse and could be classified into two genotypes ( figure ). the partial np and vp genes of pbov -h related viruses detected in this study were more highly conserved ( - % identity), consistent with a recent report by zhai et al reporting pbov in chinese pigs using partial vp / vp nested pcr and sequencing [ ] . zhai et al also found a high prevalence of pbov ( % in weanling piglets) with a higher frequency of pbov in animals also infected with pcv , prrsv, pttv or csfv and in pigs with respiratory symptoms versus healthy pigs [ ] . members of the bocavirus genus contain an rd orf of unknown function labeled np gene. recently another parvovirus (ppv ) was identified in porcine feces that also contained a central rd orf, although unrelated in sequence to the bocaviruses np [ ] . none of the orfs of ppv clustered phylogenetically with the bocaviruses (data not shown) but instead clustered with members of the parvovirus genus [ ] . ppv is therefore unrelated to the bocaviruses reported here. hbov has been associated with respiratory symptoms while other hbov may be associated with diarrhea and acute flaccid paralysis [ , [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] ] . a gorilla bocavirus was detected in captive animals in the us experiencing severe diarrhea [ ] . pbov was found in pigs with pmws in sweden [ ] and in pigs with respiratory tract symptoms in china [ ] . in the present study, both pbov and pbov were highly prevalent in both asymptomatic swine from five provinces of china. further studies are needed to examine possible associations between infections with these different porcine bocaviruses, the viral loads excreted, the presence of co-infections and various porcine diseases. virus taxonomy: the eighth report of the international committee on taxonomy of viruses animal bocaviruses: a brief review complete nucleotide sequence and genome organization of bovine parvovirus recovery and characterization of a minute virus of canines human bocaviruses are highly diverse, dispersed, recombination prone, and prevalent in enteric infections identification and characterization of a new bocavirus species in gorillas widespread infection of chimpanzees and gorillas with homologues of human parvoviruses b , parv and human bocavirus in the wild cloning of a human parvovirus by molecular screening of respiratory tract samples a novel bocavirus associated with acute gastroenteritis in australian children a newly identified bocavirus species in human stool human bocavirus human bocavirus and acute wheezing in children detection of human bocavirus in canadian children in a -year study human bocavirus infection in hospitalized children during winter bocavirus infection in hospitalized children human bocavirus: a novel parvovirus epidemiologically associated with pneumonia requiring hospitalization in thailand human bocavirus respiratory infections in children clinical and molecular epidemiology of human bocavirus in respiratory and fecal samples from children in hong kong human bocavirus infection in children with gastroenteritis role of human bocavirus infections in outbreaks of gastroenteritis human bocavirus-a novel parvovirus to infect humans no gastroenteric bocavirus in high risk patients stool samples human bocavirus infection in children with acute gastroenteritis and healthy controls human bocavirus in an immunocompromised child presenting with severe diarrhea the first detection of human bocavirus infections in china frequent detection of highly diverse variants of cardiovirus, cosavirus, bocavirus, and circovirus in sewage samples collected in the united states detection of a novel porcine boca-like virus in the background of porcine circovirus type induced postweaning multisystemic wasting syndrome identification and nearly full-length genome characterization of novel porcine bocaviruses identification of a third human polyomavirus a virus discovery method incorporating dnase treatment and its application to the identification of two bovine parvovirus species cardioviruses are genetically diverse and cause common enteric infections in south asian children genetic detection and characterization of lujo virus, a new hemorrhagic feverassociated arenavirus from southern africa identification of cardioviruses related to theiler's murine encephalomyelitis virus in human infections a metagenomic survey of microbes in honey bee colony collapse disorder viral metagenomics clonal integration of a polyomavirus in human merkel cell carcinoma complete genome sequence of a highly divergent astrovirus isolated from a child with acute diarrhea identification of a novel polyomavirus from patients with acute respiratory tract infections the complete genome of klassevirus-a novel picornavirus in pediatric stool klassevirus , a previously undescribed member of the family picornaviridae, is globally widespread novel borna virus in psittacine birds with proventricular dilatation disease new adenovirus species found in a patient presenting with gastroenteritis new dna viruses identified in patients with acute viral infection syndrome discovery of a novel human picornavirus in a stool sample from a pediatric patient presenting with fever of unknown origin a highly divergent picornavirus in a marine mammal a highly prevalent and genetically diversified picornaviridae genus in south asian children recovery of divergent avian bornaviruses from cases of proventricular dilatation disease: identification of a candidate etiologic agent genomic characterization of novel human parechovirus type a new arenavirus in a cluster of fatal transplant-associated diseases characterization of a novel coronavirus associated with severe acute respiratory syndrome identification of a novel gammaretrovirus in prostate tumors of patients homozygous for r q rnasel variant a newly discovered human pneumovirus isolated from young children with respiratory tract disease rapid identification of known and new rna viruses from animal tissues metagenomic analyses of viruses in stool samples from children with acute flaccid paralysis characterization of virus isolates by particle-associated nucleic acid pcr characterization of the gene expression profile of human bocavirus high prevalence of a novel porcine bocavirus in weanling piglets with respiratory tract symptoms in china identification and molecular cloning of a novel porcine parvovirus key: cord- - v g authors: lipsitch, marc; barclay, wendy; raman, rahul; russell, charles j; belser, jessica a; cobey, sarah; kasson, peter m; lloyd-smith, james o; maurer-stroh, sebastian; riley, steven; beauchemin, catherine aa; bedford, trevor; friedrich, thomas c; handel, andreas; herfst, sander; murcia, pablo r; roche, benjamin; wilke, claus o; russell, colin a title: viral factors in influenza pandemic risk assessment date: - - journal: nan doi: . /elife. sha: doc_id: cord_uid: v g the threat of an influenza a virus pandemic stems from continual virus spillovers from reservoir species, a tiny fraction of which spark sustained transmission in humans. to date, no pandemic emergence of a new influenza strain has been preceded by detection of a closely related precursor in an animal or human. nonetheless, influenza surveillance efforts are expanding, prompting a need for tools to assess the pandemic risk posed by a detected virus. the goal would be to use genetic sequence and/or biological assays of viral traits to identify those non-human influenza viruses with the greatest risk of evolving into pandemic threats, and/or to understand drivers of such evolution, to prioritize pandemic prevention or response measures. we describe such efforts, identify progress and ongoing challenges, and discuss three specific traits of influenza viruses (hemagglutinin receptor binding specificity, hemagglutinin ph of activation, and polymerase complex efficiency) that contribute to pandemic risk. doi: http://dx.doi.org/ . /elife. . aquatic birds are the main reservoir of influenza a viruses in nature (krauss and webster, ) . influenza viruses from aquatic birds sporadically enter terrestrial bird and mammalian host populations and achieve sustained circulation in these new hosts (vandegrift et al., ) , sometimes after reassortment with influenza viruses already circulating in the new host (webster et al., ) . adaptation of viruses from aquatic birds to mammals involves a change in tissue tropism from intestinal to respiratory epithelia (hinshaw et al., ; hénaux and samuel, ) . multiple influenza a subtypes-defined by the patterns of antibody recognition of two surface proteins, hemagglutinin (ha) and neuraminidase (na)-circulate in avian species and swine at any given time. among these, a number are known to cause sporadic zoonotic infections in humans (peiris, ). more than one thousand human infections with avian influenza viruses were detected in the last decade, for example h n and h n (qin et al., ) as well as swine influenza viruses, e.g. an h n variant that spilled over into humans attending agricultural shows in the early s, h n v (jhung et al., ) . in addition, zoonotic infections with other viruses from poultry or wild birds have occurred, including for example h n (fouchier et al., ) , h n (wohlbold et al., ) , h n (wei et al., ) , h n (butt et al., ) , and h n ; for more examples and a fuller discussion see (short et al., ) . the severity of zoonotic influenza a infections ranges from clinically inapparent (gomaa et al., ; to et al., ) to fatal (de jong et al., ; gao et al., ) . although secondary transmission can occur following some of these spillover events (kucharski et al., ) , only a very small proportion of them-four in the last hundred years, which seems to be close to the historical average (patterson, )-led to sustained person-to-person transmission with global spread (box ). there are known ha types and known na types (tong et al., ) , which could theoretically be found in any combination. so far, sustained spread in humans has been limited to the h n , h n , and h n subtypes , though it is possible that other subtypes circulated prior to , the year of the first pandemic from which viruses are available for study (worobey et al., ) . multiple virus-host interactions are necessary for replication and onward transmission; the differences in the genetic requirements to accomplish each of these interactions in humans versus other animals provide a barrier to sustained transmission following spillover . experiments in ferrets have been used to measure viral transmissibility via respiratory droplets (in this review we use this term to refer to any transmission through the air between ferrets that are not in direct or indirect physical contact). droplet transmission in ferrets is a useful, albeit imperfect, correlate of the potential of influenza strains to transmit efficiently in human populations (buhnerkempe et al., ) . for this reason, some have argued that there is a box . steps in pandemic emergence. for an avian-adapted strain of influenza a to become a pandemic strain, several events are required: . the avian-adapted strain must become sufficiently widespread in wild or domestic birds, swine or other reservoir species to expose at least one human to infection. . one or more humans must acquire infection from the reservoir species. . the infection must replicate sufficiently in a zoonotic case to produce infectious virus in respiratory or other secretions. . the infection must be transmitted to additional humans, avoiding an "early" termination of the transmission chain due to chance. such early termination is a significant risk given the relatively low infectiousness of influenza and the moderate degree of overdispersion in the number of secondary cases infected by each case, both of which contribute to the probability that a transmission chain will terminate by chance (lloyd-smith et al., ; lipsitch et al., ) . it must also avoid extinction due to deliberate control efforts put in place by public health authorities (ferguson et al., ; merler et al., ) . . finally, the infection must spread beyond the local area to infect members of distant populations, a process accelerated by modern global travel (cooper et al., ) . this step and the one before are enhanced if the level of population susceptibility is high, as occurs when the surface proteins of the new strain are dissimilar to those on any currently or recently circulating human influenza a strains. we know from serologic studies and human infections that several different influenza a viruses have achieved steps and at any given time (gomaa et al., ; to et al., ) . steps and/or appear to be the rare, rate-limiting steps; that is, the conditional probability of achieving step and given the previous steps is low, so that sustained human-to-human transmission of a novel strain occurs a few times per century while zoonotic infections must occur thousands or more times per year. no case is known in which an influenza a strain has reached stage but failed to reach stage , although it may have happened undetected. the appearance -by mutation or reassortment -and selection of genetic changes that encode human-adaptive viral traits may be seen as a process that can accelerate or increase the probability of one or more of these steps (though there is no guarantee that a given change that enhances one of these steps will enhance all of them. this is why the detection of phenotypes associated with human adaptation in avian or zoonotic isolates of novel influenza a viruses is thought to correlate with increased risk of pandemic emergence. as we describe throughout the paper, the process of human adaptation need not be complete to initiate a pandemic, so it may continue to occur at various stages throughout this progression. doi: . /elife. . general phenotype of 'transmissibility by respiratory droplets in mammals' such that experiments to select for such transmission in droplets in ferrets are important models of the process of adaptation to human transmission (imai et al., ; herfst et al., ) . this view is not universally shared . starting from an zoonotic highly pathogenic avian influenza isolate from a human case of infection (or a reassortant of the ha from a different zoonotic h n highly pathogenic avian influenza isolate, with the other segments from the pandemic h n strain), it was shown that certain specific traits that had been previously associated with mammalian host adaptation were required to achieve respiratory droplet transmission. these ferret-transmission phenotypes in turn were associated with certain genetic changes relative to the original avian viruses (imai et al., ; herfst et al., ; linster et al., ) . these specific changes occur both in ha and in polymerase-complex proteins. the rationale for these experiments was that, because the ferret model recapitulates many features of human infection, changes identified in adaptation to ferret transmission would also be important for adaptation to sustained transmission in humans schultz-cherry et al., ) , though this can never be known with certainty . notably, viruses isolated from humans who were infected by contact with birds show some of these changes (russell et al., ; bi et al., ) , particularly the change at amino acid of the pb gene (jonges et al., ; fonville et al., ) , which often affects polymerase complex efficiency (see below). this indicates that even the first generation of human infection from nonhuman hosts can initiate a process of host adaptation. it also indicates that not all the human-adaptive changes must be in place in the avian reservoir to initiate this process. some human infections, including some zoonotic cases (de jong et al., ; chen et al., , sha et al., ) and some cases early in a pandemic (rogers and d'souza, ; connor et al., ; glaser et al., ; pappas et al., ) , involve viruses that are not yet fully human-adapted (see below and tables - ). the interpretation of some of these isolates is complicated by uncertainty about whether they were passaged in hen's eggs at some point in their history. certain types of countermeasures against an influenza pandemic are effective only against one lineage of viruses -for example, creating stockpiles or seed stocks of vaccines against a particular subtype, or culling poultry infected with that subtype. it is not currently feasible to invest in such countermeasures against all viruses circulating in avian or other reservoirs, or even against all those causing known zoonotic cases. therefore, there would be value in an accurate system to assess the relative pandemic risks posed by each virus and prioritize them for the development of such strain-specific countermeasures, while directing fewer resources to strains of lower concern (kaplan et al., ) . this consideration has motivated calls for comprehensive analysis of all available data to assess the threat to public health posed by these strains. one response is the cdc's influenza risk assessment tool (irat) (trock et al., ) , which incorporates elements including properties of the virus, field and epidemiological findings, and attributes of the human population to provide a framework to differentiate among novel influenza viruses thought to possess pandemic potential. such risk assessments can help focus pandemic prevention and response efforts on the viruses thought to pose the highest risk of pandemic spread , in the most worrisome cases providing a rationale for costly measures such as poultry culling or vaccine seed stock development, or even stockpiling of large quantities of vaccine. a guiding question of this article is to examine the degree to which it is justified to rely on measurements and predictions of viral genetic and phenotypic traits in prioritizing responses to particular viral subtypes and within-subtype lineages. there are several hurdles to evaluating the accuracy of such predictions . factors limiting our ability to identify high-risk viruses and predict the risk they pose include: . limited surveillance of nonhuman influenza viruses, such that high-risk viruses may not be detected and hence cannot be assessed (butler, ) . limitations include both the number, geographic and species diversity of hosts sampled, and the difficulty in sampling all genetic variants present in a given infection (poon et al., ; varble et al., ) ; . failure to fully characterize some viruses that are detected (hoye et al., ) ; . imperfect public health systems lacking capacity to detect zoonotic infections presenting in patients (sanicas et al., ; simonsen et al., ) ; . epistasis and other complexities that prevent straightforward prediction of viral traits from genotype kryazhimskiy et al., ; gong and bloom, ; bloom et al., ; wu et al., ; raman et al., ; tharakaraman et al., ; gong et al., ) ; . technological limitations in molecular modeling and phenotypic assays that limit confidence in predicting and measuring viral traits (russell, ) ; . uncertainties about the taxonomic level at which risk predictions should be made (box ); . practical, ethical and cost limitations of animal transmission experiments, as well as some exceptions to the correlation between human transmissibility and droplet transmissibility in nonhuman animal models (buhnerkempe et al., ) ; . lack of data on immediate animal precursors of viruses that caused previous pandemics; . multiple scales at which viral strains compete and hence experience selection (i.e. replication within hosts, transmission between hosts). evolutionary theory for such multi-scale selection is incomplete. viral fitness components are rarely measured at both scales for the same strain and are imperfectly correlated across scales (gog et al., ; park et al., ; beauchemin and handel, ) ; . the role of stochastic events in the ecology and evolution of influenza viruses during and after host-switching to humans (gog et al., ; lloyd-smith et al., ) , including the potential for transmission bottlenecks to either promote or inhibit emergence of human-adapted viruses (varble et al., ; moncla et al., ; wilker et al., ; zaraket et al., ) . these difficulties are exacerbated by the fact that influenza pandemics are rare events, and that risk assessments are not yet made with enough quantitative precision to formally evaluate their practical application. even perfect information about the viral determinants of pandemic risk might only be enough to distinguish between strains with a low risk of causing a pandemic (say, . % per year) and those with an extremely low risk (say, less than . % per year), with unpredictable ecological or evolutionary contingencies determining which of these low-probability events will actually occur. one such contingency is that an avian influenza virus could acquire one or more of the determinants of pandemic potential by reassorting with a human seasonal influenza virus. with only one pandemic every few decades, the data set for testing the prediction of such rare events is inadequate, a problem that challenges predictions in many fields beyond infectious diseases (king and zeng, ; hansson, ) . evolutionary events in which a strain increases human-to-human transmissibility, but not enough to spark a pandemic, are extremely hard to observe, but if we could do so it would increase our ability to characterize the process of adaptation (kucharski et al., ) . despite these challenges, there has been tremendous interest and investment in making and using such predictions, and a number of new ideas to improve predictions are in various stages of development (box ). building on the findings of a previous workshop , we considered in detail the present state of knowledge concerning three phenotypic traits: ha receptor binding specificity, and ha ph of activation, and polymerase complex activity, (figure ). these were chosen from a longer list of candidate traits (table ) because they span the viral life cycle ( figure ) and their role in host adaptation has been extensively studied. all three are believed to be required for an influenza virus to cause a pandemic; consistent with this assumption, all three traits have been present to some degree in the earliest viruses isolated in pandemics since the th century, though some have been enhanced by subsequent evolution during seasonal transmission in humans. moreover, for each of these three traits, viruses isolated from avian hosts typically do not show the mammalian-adapted phenotype, reflecting divergent selection pressures in the two classes of hosts (tables , , and ). all three traits changed in the adaptation of zoonotic h influenza viruses to droplet transmission in ferrets (imai et al., ; linster et al., ) . we emphasize that each of these traits is quantitative, and that human-adaptation is not a threshold criterion but a continuum; in this review when we speak of human adaptation we mean a tendency to be better adapted to humans, rather than an absolute yes-or-no property. this review starts with a summary of our knowledge about the role of each of the three functional traits in conferring pandemic potential on a virus strain. following these case studies, we draw some generalizations about the prospects of predicting pandemic risk from virus genotype or from assays of particular viral traits. for each trait we present a table showing the degree to which the sequence changes or phenotypic properties associated with avian or human adaptation are present in isolates from birds and humans, respectively. if the avian traits were always found in avian isolates and human traits always in human isolates, only the shaded cells on the main diagonal would be filled. in such a case, however, it is hard to see how viruses would ever make the jump from birds to humans, since so many traits would have to change simultaneously, and indeed the off-diagonal cells are not empty. finding avian-adapted traits in viruses isolated from humans most often occurs in zoonotic cases, showing that not all human-adapted traits are required for the first human infection. in some cases there are also box . granularity of pandemic risk prediction -for what taxonomic level does it make sense? determining the appropriate taxonomic level for influenza virus risk assessment is a challenging endeavor. influenza virus subtype is a convenient classification but there can be substantial variation in estimable risk within subtype. for example, h n viruses can be roughly segregated into high pathogenicity and low pathogenicity phenotypes with the high pathogenicity variants generating substantially greater concern for both human and animal populations. even within the high pathogenicity h n variants, risk to animal populations and potential for adaptation to humans is likely to vary by phylogenetic lineages or clades of viruses. much of the difficulty for predicting the threat posed by subtypes or coarse grained concepts of virus variants stems from two factors: first, a lack of understanding of how genetic context affects the ability of a virus to adapt for efficient spread in humans; and second, the critical, and geographically variable, role of ecology in determining likelihood of cross species transmission. phylogenetic clade is a practical unit for risk prediction. however, in species where reassortment is frequent, phylogenetic clade must be considered on a gene by gene basis. the definition of phylogenetic clades can be challenging and arbitrary, but recent efforts to develop a unified nomenclature for highly pathogenic h n viruses may offer a transferrable framework for the classification of other viruses (smith and donis, ; who/oie/fao h n evolution working group, ) . clades of viruses circulating in poultry, swine or other domestic animals with extensive human interactions should be prioritized for surveillance and further study. foundational efforts are required to assess the diversity of viruses present in these animal populations, particularly for low pathogenic avian influenza viruses. further study will then be required to assess the abundance and prevalence of different virus subtypes and clades, along with geographic spread and overlap with ecological risk factors (hill et al., ; gilbert et al., ) , e.g. live animal markets, cohabitation of humans and animals, and biosecurity in animal processing facilities. antigenic characterization of animal influenza viruses should form part of a comprehensive risk assessment, particularly of viruses from swine and possibly dogs. swine influenza virus diversity is driven in large part by introductions of viruses from humans to swine (nelson et al., lewis et al., ) . the substantial antigenic diversity of viruses circulating in swine and antigenic differences with viruses circulating in humans poses an ever increasing risk for re-introduction into humans. much of the antigenic variation in swine has a strong relationship to phylogenetic clade (lewis et al., ) . similarly, the high contact rates between humans and dogs, combined with increased circulation of h n canine influenza viruses, may present increasing opportunities for reassortment (na et al., ) and for zoonotic infections (flanagan et al., ) . doi: . /elife. . viruses isolated from humans after a pandemic starts that retain some degree of avian-like traits, and we discuss these in more detail in the text -these represent the greatest challenge to use of genotypic or phenotypic information for pandemic prediction because they run the risk of false negatives. the other off-diagonal cell, which represents avian isolates with some human-like traits, simply shows that some circulation of viruses in birds is possible without the classical 'avian' phenotypes. how this happens is a phenomenon worthy of further study. we conclude with some recommendations for future research and for the practice of pandemic risk assessment. trait : hemagglutinin receptor binding specificity attachment of an influenza virus to a host cell requires binding of the viral ha to a sialylated glycan receptor (sialic acid) on the surface of the host cell. cells of the avian gut and a minority of cells in deep lung in mammals predominantly express receptors terminated with an a , linked sialic acid: hereafter, a , glycans or avian receptors gambaryan et al., ; van riel et al., ; shinya et al., ) . by contrast, in humans and other mammals, upper respiratory epithelial cells express mainly glycan receptors terminated by a , -linked sialic acid: a , glycans or human receptors shinya et al., ; chandrasekaran et al., ) . the human upper respiratory epithelium is the primary target site for infection of human-adapted viruses, and infection at this site is thought to be a prerequisite for efficient human-to-human transmission via respiratory droplets. thus, it appears that human adaptation of an ha is associated with a switch in its binding preference from avian to human receptors. receptor binding is not either-or; human-adapted influenza virus ha may show some binding to avian receptors, and vice versa. receptor binding preference is defined as the ratio of affinity (or avidity) of an ha molecule for an a , glycan relative to that for an a , glycan, with higher values associated with greater human adaptation. the evolution of receptor binding specificity is driven by the host environment, with selection for specificity during the infection process within a host and during the process of transmission. the error-prone replication of influenza genomes can facilitate rapid emergence of viruses with amino acid substitutions that alter the receptor binding characteristics of the ha (lakdawala et al., ) . increased transmissibility may result from mammalian receptor adaptation, either because the virus shedding form the infected donor host is increased, or because the ability of virus to infect the recipient host at a low dose is enhanced, or for both of these reasons. recent experimental evidence in ferrets implicates the soft palate as an important site of selection for a , specificity (lakdawala et al., ) . preference for binding human or avian glycan receptors is determined by the structure of the viral ha. except for a few conserved amino acids in the sialic acid receptor binding pocket, the influenza ha has considerable structural plasticity to evolve variation at the rim of the pocket to engage different sialic acid linkages. importantly, antigenic regions of the ha are located nearby regions that determine receptor-binding preference, meaning that selection for antigenic escape may be constrained by the need to maintain receptor preference (koel et al., ) . more speculatively, selection for changes in receptor preference might also alter recognition of the ha by host antibodies. conformation of hemagglutinin as a determinant of receptor binding preference. although the co-crystal structures of ha and sialylated glycans have not been solved for all pairs, there is evidence that avian-or human-adapted ha bind to different conformations of the avian and human receptors: the cis conformation of human receptors and the trans conformation of avian receptors ha et al., ha et al., , gamblin et al., ; liu et al., ; xu et al., ; yang et al., ; lin et al., ; yang et al., ; zhang et al., ) . this finding has led to the concept of "hallmark" residues within the receptor-binding site of avianand human-adapted has. avian-adapted has typically carry glu at position , gln at position , and gly and position (h numbering), and the gln ->leu, gly ->ser substitutions have been associated with a switch to human receptor preference in has of h , h (matrosovich et al., ) , and h (chutinimitkul et al., ) viruses. in h ha, glu fiasp and gly fiasp have been considered as hallmark amino acid changes to switch receptor specificity leading to greater human box . novel approaches to identifying genomic predictors of traits and transmission phenotypes. the advent of inexpensive, large-scale sequencing, combined with improved computing power and novel algorithms to interpret nucleotide and protein sequences, have generated new approaches to characterizing the genotype-trait and genotype-transmission phenotype maps in influenza viruses. some are well-established, while others are under active development. they include: protein structural analysis to identify properties of individual amino acid residues and pairs of residues. a number of approaches have been devised to make use of databases of genome sequences and inferred protein sequences of influenza virus isolates, alone or in combination with metadata on the source (species), date of isolation and passage history of the isolates. characterizing the predictors -at the level of individual amino acid residues within a proteinof variability or conservation can assist in identifying the major selection pressures on that protein. evolutionary analysis of the predictors of high rates of nonsynonymous substitutions within ha showed solvent accessibility and proximity to the sialic acid receptor binding site are the strongest predictors of high nonsynonymous evolutionary rates (meyer and wilke, ) . comparisons of residue-specific evolutionary rates in avian and human lineages can help to assess which sites are specifically involved in human adaptation and which may be evolving in avian reservoirs with potential consequences for human adaptation (meyer et al., ) . innovative use of metadata associated with sequences deposited in databases will be required to ensure that computational inferences from these databases are reliable. for example, methods that aim to identify sites under positive selection in the ha protein frequently find regions or sites that seem to contradict experimental evidence (meyer and wilke, ; tusche et al., ; kratsch et al., ) . several of these apparent contradictions can be resolved by accounting for viral passaging. for example, passaging in regular mdck cells produces a strong signal of positive adaptation underneath the sialic-acid binding site; this signal is entirely absent in unpassaged virus or virus passaged in siat mdck cells (mcwhite et al., ) . at the same time, passage bias mutations are assumed to increase fitness of the strain in the respective species and are often necessary to grow in culture at all. therefore, sites associated with isolates passaged in mammalian cultures vs. those passaged in embryonated hen's eggs have the potential to further identify sites associated with mammalian or human adaptation. metadata can also help to point to individual amino acids associated with human adaptation. for example, one proposed computational approach is to find potentially zoonotic human-isolated sequences when the majority of their database hits from preceding years were of animal origin. this serves, on one hand, as systematic survey to derive lists of times and places of likely zoonotic events and, on the other hand, provides close sequence pairs of zoonotic human and their putative animal precursors. in those pairs, common sites that repeatedly changed from the animal to the human zoonotic isolates could be reasoned as being involved in human adaptation. combining these sites with those from passage changes, provides strong evidence for the involvement of a particular site in host adaptation. network analysis of the level of sequence covariation of pairs of residues among protein sequences in the database has led to the identification of groups of mutually covarying sites, which have been used to define features of the ha protein that play a role in determining glycan receptor usage . complementary to such covariation analysis is the analysis of predicted molecular interactions. using x-ray co-crystal structures or modeled structural complexes of ha-glycan receptors, molecular features have been defined as distinct networks of inter-residue interactions involving key residues that make contacts with the different glycan receptor topologies. these features go beyond hallmark residue analyses and more accurately predict how amino acid variations in the receptor binding site impact the inter-residue interactions and glycan receptor binding specificity (raman et al., ) . similarly, network analysis of amino acid residues predicted to have significant interactions has shown that antigenic sites on the ha interact with residues controlling glycan receptor binding specificity, and that changes in these antigenic residues can then lead to changes in receptor-binding affinity (soundararajan et al., ) . it seems likely that as these different lines of evidence -structural location, biophysical interaction, sequence covariation, sequence evolutionary rates, association with zoonotic or in vitro adaptation, etc.-begin to be understood at the resolution of individual amino acids within an influenza protein, such overlapping approaches will yield clearer understanding of the genetic and structural bases of host adaptation to human infection and transmission. a significant step toward such integration is the recent release of the flusurver online tool which automatizes influenza sequence and structure analysis and highlights mutations that could alter the discussed traits based on extensive literature-derived genotype to phenotype lists, structural visualization of the mutation positions and their geographic and temporal frequency of occurrence and cooccurrence for epidemiological relevance (http://flusurver.bii.a-star.edu.sg and directly from within gisaid http://www.gisaid.org). in particular, the tool has been successful in picking up mutations affecting host receptor binding as well as ph dependency (cotter et al., ; maurer-stroh et al., ) . however, also in this approach, annotations of the effects of mutations are based on inference from similarity to mutations studied in specific sequence contexts, which in most cases will not be identical to the investigated input sequences. association studies. understanding the genetic basis of adaptive phenotypic change is a central goal in biology, and influenza poses special challenges and advantages relative to other organisms. association studies have begun mapping the genomes of arabidopsis thaliana to over quantitative traits and the genomes of humans to over , (bergelson and roux, ; leslie et al., ) . these studies often investigate genetic variation at the scales of single nucleotide polymorphisms, alleles, and loci. motif-based approaches have already proven useful in influenza (e.g., the insertion of multiple basic amino acids indicates highly pathogenic h and h ), and such simple, robust correlations simplify the prediction of phenotypic traits. recent investigations of influenza (thyagarajan and bloom, ; ashenberg et al., ; pinilla et al., ) have shown that many mutations have roughly consistent impacts across diverse backgrounds. a complication of all association studies is confounding from genetic linkage and diverse environmental selective pressures. although influenza's genes might be tightly linked over short time scales, the virus evolves quickly, and many traits can be assumed to be under stabilizing selection. thus, association studies that appear statistically impractical now may be feasible with a few more years of expanded surveillance. as reviewed here, however, influenza often breaks simple genetic rules, perhaps due to epistasis (e.g., [bloom et al., ] ). high-dimensional genotype-phenotype relationships obscure simple correlations from association studies. a relevant lesson comes from the cancer genome atlas (tcga), which amassed sequences from thousands of diverse tumors to investigate the mutations leading to different cancer types. although metastatic cancers are typically conceptualized as possessing six main phenotypic traits (hanahan and weinberg, ) , tcga revealed that the genetic commonality among tumors of any given type is shockingly low (kandoth et al., ; ledford, ) . human genomes are much larger and more complex than influenza's, however, and so it is possible that an influenza atlas might reveal more patterns, which could inspire hypothesis-driven experiments (weinberg, ) . binding of upper-respiratory-tract glycans by the influenza virus hemagglutinin is one of the best-understood ingredients in making a virus capable of efficient human transmission. yet the viral sequence determinants of this trait have been mapped only for a limited number of variants. a systematic screening strategy to scan the genetic "landscape" for sequences with a preference for human glycan receptors might include four components: ( ) selection of viral genetic background, ( ) large-scale mutagenesis, ( ) screening and selection, and ( ) confirmatory assays. because both mutations near and far from the sialic-acid-binding site on hemagglutinin have been shown to alter glycan specificity, this should be based on a minimally biased approach to mutagenesis: screening combinations of all possible substitutions at all hemagglutinin residues that are not absolutely conserved across known subtypes. critical considerations include choice of viral genetic background (both subtype and strain identity), extent of combinatorial screening (if conserved sites are omitted, every mutant containing changes at up adaptation (glaser et al., ; tumpey et al., ) . the determinants of specificity are reviewed in much more detail in (paulson and de vries, ) . additional structural features involved in receptor binding preference. the cis and trans definition of glycan conformation does not fully describe ha binding to a range of structurally diverse glycans displayed on human respiratory cells and tissues (chandrasekaran et al., ) . this limitation motivated studies that revisited the definition of glycan conformation, extending the conformational analysis beyond the terminal sialic acid linkage to describe overall topology and dynamics of the glycan receptor upon binding to the receptor-binding site of avian and human-adapted has (chandrasekaran et al., ; xu et al., ) . ha sequence determinants of preference for the "cone"-like topology of avian receptors, versus the "umbrella"-like topology of human receptors, are still being defined (raman et al., ). c. experimental assays to measure hemagglutinin receptor binding specificity experimental evidence on differential binding of avian and human viruses to sialic acid receptors in avian and human conformations, respectively, was first obtained by hemagglutination assays with erythrocytes whose surfaces had been chemically modified to display glycans terminating with either homogeneous a , or homogeneous a , -linked sialic acids (paulson and rogers, ) . subsequent analysis of the repertoire of glycan structures in erythrocytes of various animal species informed the use of cells from different species as probes of ha receptor binding preference in hemagglutination assays (ito et al., ) . greater precision and reproducibility has been achieved with the use of purified sialylated glycans to create solid-phase binding assays with fluorogenic or enzymatic detection (gambaryan et al., ; gambaryan and matrosovich, ) . with these assays, it is possible to characterize the relative direct binding of whole virions or recombinant trimeric ha oligomers to glycans attached to a solid phase or the competition of such glycans with binding to a generic glycoprotein attached to the solid phase (gambaryan and matrosovich, ) . in recent work, biosensor interferometry and thermophoresis have been used to measure glycanbinding avidities and affinities in a more precise manner and to relate the two (xiong et al., a) . the development of glycan microarrays represented a turning point in the analysis of influenza virus receptor binding specificity, because it allowed simultaneous evaluation of virion or recombinant ha binding to a large repertoire of sialoglycans blixt et al., ; childs et al., ) . several measures of preference for an ha molecule or whole virus have been defined, including the ratio of the number of a , to a , glycans bound (stevens et al., a (stevens et al., , b or the corresponding ratio of binding affinity or avidity (imai et al., ; xiong et al., a) . a limitation to predictive power is that glycans tested on current arrays may not match those present in the human respiratory tract (walther et al., ) . these arrays may also not present glycans in the same fashion as respiratory epithelial cells, so strategies such as measuring the binding of labelled viruses to human respiratory tissues (chutinimitkul et al., ) or explant cultures ) may be promising alternatives, although challenges remain in standardization and quantification of such assays. structural studies of wild-type and mutant ha in complex with representative sialoglycans provide the ultimate level of detail by characterizing interactions at the atomic level. x-ray to simultaneous sites could be screened with substantial effort), and design of highly parallel screening, selection, and confirmatory assays. the mutagenesis and screening involved would be extremely large in scope: (before eliminating conserved residues, all -site mutnats~[ residues x amino acids] = . x variants for each subtype tested). however, some computational pre-screening to narrow the set of residues tested combined with contemporary mutagenesis and screening technologies such as deep scanning codon mutagenesis (thyagarajan and bloom, ; bloom, ; fowler and fields, ) make such an endeavor feasible. doi: . /elife. . crystallography advances in recent years have accelerated structural determination, and similar progress in recombinant protein purification techniques combined with robotic crystal screening have reduced the amount of protein and labor required. in summary, genetic and protein sequence analysis, glycan arrays, and x-ray crystallography studies provide complementary data towards understanding the sialoglycan interactions of emerging viruses, with tradeoffs of equipment and reagent costs and throughput against level of precision and detail provided. at present, estimating the contribution of receptor specificity to the pandemic risk posed by a novel virus relies primarily on the similarity between the receptor binding characteristics of the emerging virus and that of the most closely related ha with known transmissibility among humans or a surrogate animal model. as noted above, hallmark residues have substantial predictive power. these distinct sets of hallmark residues in the h , h and h subtype (paulson and de vries, ) correlate with human-adaptation in known sequences collected from birds or humans (connor et al., ; paulson and de vries, ) ; they induce changes in receptor-binding specificity when introduced experimentally (chen et al., ; leigh et al., ) ; and experimental selection for receptor binding in vitro (chen et al., ) or in ferrets (imai et al., ) cause these changes to appear. however, hallmark residue predictions of receptor-binding specificity are imperfect, as evidenced by a failure to switch in vitro receptor-binding preference from avian to human when changes observed in h n strains after selection in ferret gain-of-function experiments were introduced to other h n viruses (tharakaraman et al., ) . the involvement of other features in human adaptation, such as the topology of the bound ha-receptor complex, further complicate the genetic prediction of human adaptation, as the residues involved in these features are less well characterized (shriver et al., ) . in principle, phenotypic assays that directly measure the receptor-binding preference of ha -if performed under realistic conditions that capture the interaction of the ha trimer with the receptor (gambaryan et al., ; takemoto et al., ; collins and paulson, )-may better capture the trait of interest than genetic predictions of this preference. however, even here, a simple equivalence between binding preference for a , -linked glycans and pandemic risk could be misleading. several viruses circulating in humans during the early phase of previous pandemics were found to show either a preference for avian receptors (rogers and d'souza, ; connor et al., ) or a mixed preference for both human and avian receptors (rogers and d'souza, ; glaser et al., ; childs et al., ). in the case of early pandemic viruses, findings are mixed (childs et al., ; chen et al., ) . some of the findings of dual or avian specificity may reflect artifacts introduced when human isolates were passaged in eggs before receptor specificity was assayed; alternatively, they may genuinely reflect a transitional stage in the evolution of ha genes in human populations after transmission from other species (connor et al., ; glaser et al., ; stevens et al., ) , ( table ) . consistent with this latter possibility, an h n virus isolated from a human zoonotic case in vietnam displayed strong avian receptor preference . this preference changed in the course of experiments to adapt it to respiratory droplet transmission in ferrets (imai et al., ) . taken together, these findings confirm that there is a strong correlation between measured receptor preference and the host from which a virus is isolated. however, they raise questions about the predictive value of human receptor binding preference. indeed, the examples of mixed receptor preference in human isolates from the early phase of the h or h pandemics suggest that the ability to evolve human receptor specificity over a chain of human infections, which may be present in many avian-receptor-adapted viruses, may be sufficient for pandemic emergence. in summary, detection of a human receptor preference in a spillover virus may be an indication of increased risk, but exclusive human receptor preference is probably not necessary for an influenza a virus to initiate a pandemic. with several possible exceptions noted above, most viruses isolated to date fall within the shaded cells in table , which indicates concordance between the source of the isolate and the virus trait. thus, prioritizing pandemic countermeasures against virus lineages with inferred or measured human receptor preference will likely lead to better targeting of such figure . key phenotypic traits for the adaptation of avian influenza viruses to replicate efficiently in humans. (a) a switch in receptor binding preference from avian-like (a , -linked sialic acid) to human-like (a , -linked sialic acid) receptors. the human form on the left shows the typical distribution of human adapted influenza viruses determined by their receptor binding preference for a , , linked sa that is predominantly expressed in the upper respiratory tract but also in the lungs. the human form on the right shows that infection with avian influenza viruses is concentrated in the lungs where their preferred a , linked sa receptor is expressed. (b) lower ha ph of activation and increased polymerase complex efficiency. free-floating viruses that enter the human respiratory tract (upper part of figure) encounter mucus and a mildly acidic extracellular environment that act as innate barriers to virus infection. if na is able to desialylate decoy receptors on mucus and ha has a sufficiently low ph of activation, then the virus particle may reach the apical surface of the respiratory epithelium intact. there through a multiplicity of interactions between ha and cell-surface sialic acid, the virus enters the target cell. after the virus is internalized, it passes through the endosomal pathway where the ph is progressively decreased. the low ph of the endosomal environment triggers an irreversible conformational change in ha that fuses the viral and endosomal membranes and ultimately results in the release of virus genetic material in the form of the viral ribonucleoprotein complex (vrnp) into the cell cytoplasm. the eight vrnps are subsequently imported into the cell nucleus by interactions between the vrnps and cellular nuclear import machinery. inside the nucleus the virus polymerase complex replicates the virus genome in conjunction with co-opted cell proteins. doi: . /elife. . table . influenza virus adaptations that appear to be required for human-to-human transmission. preference for a , -linked mammalian sialic acid receptors over a , -linked avian ones ha ph of activation ha avoids extracellular inactivation and undergoes conformational changes leading to membrane fusion at appropriate ph for human cells ( . - . or perhaps . ) (russell, ) polymerase complex efficiency efficient replication in human cells (cauldwell et al., ; naffakh et al., ) virus morphology filamentous morphology associated with several adaptations to mammals (seladi-schulman et al., ; seladi-schulman et al., ; campbell et al., ; beale et al., ) length of na stalk longer stalk of na required to penetrate human mucus and deaggregate virions (blumenkrantz et al., ) antagonism of interferon production species-specific binding of the ns protein to host factors (rajsbaum et al., ) ha-na "balance" substrate selectivity and catalytic rate of na are calibrated to "balance" avidity of ha for the cell-surface glycan receptor (zanin et al., ; baum and paulson, ; yen et al., ; handel et al., ) doi: . /elife. . glaser et al., ) ; most human h and h seasonal isolates (connor et al., ; matrosovich et al., ) *these anomalous results are speculated by the authors to be possibly, or even probably the result of laboratory adaptation to egg passage and may not reflect the properties of the primary isolate. a possible counter to this interpretation is that it is seen only in the earliest isolates from human pandemic viruses, while nearly all isolates from after the pandemic year, which should also have been passaged in eggs, show human-adapted phenotypes. avian h -h , h isolates (galloway et al., ; russier et al., ; dubois et al., ; reed et al., ) avian h , h , h ,h ,h ,h isolates (galloway et al., ) found in human isolates h n (imai et al., ; linster et al., ) and h n (schrauwen et al., ) human zoonotic isolates with ph . . one human h n ( ) * the role of amino acids and in adaptation was not recognized until after the strain had already emerged (mehle and doudna, ) ; it has the residues associated with avian adaptation at sites and that were known at that time (herfst et al., ) . ** complete sequence information not given in the paper *** the rarity of these raises questions about possible sequencing errors. doi: . /elife. . greater acid stability (lower ph of activation) is associated with greater human adaptation. the ha is synthesized and folded such that the fusion peptide is buried and inactive until specific activation signals are provided. the structural changes that expose the fusion peptide and lead to fusion have been described in detail (skehel and wiley, ) . if the virion is exposed to sufficiently low ph outside of a host or host cell, the ha protein undergoes irreversible structural changes too early and is unable to mediate virus entry; such virions become inactivated. thus the term acid stability is more broadly used to define the threshold for acidification that triggers membrane fusion (in the endosome) or inactivation (if triggered outside of the cell for an ha that is not sufficiently stable). during endocytosis, an influenza virion is exposed to sequentially lower ph values in early endosomes (ph . - . ), late endosomes (ph . - . ), and lysosomes (ph . - . ) (mellman et al., ) . if the ha is too stable, and fusion is not triggered in the acidic endosome of the host cell, further traffic into lysosomes results in virus inactivation by lysosomal proteases (skehel and wiley, ) . based on surveillance studies, human-transmissible influenza isolates appear to have ha proteins that are more acid stable (have a lower activation ph) than avian influenza viruses (russell, ). the ha activation ph values for h n , h n , and h n seasonal viruses during box . ferret model: validity and limitations in pandemic risk assessment. the use of small mammalian models in influenza virus pathogenesis and transmission has proven invaluable for the study of these complex, polygenic traits. the ferret model is particularly valuable, as ferrets are highly susceptible to most influenza a viruses without the need for prior host adaptation. however, even this gold-standard model is not a true substitute for humans. below, we summarize the benefits, drawbacks, and alternatives to the ferret model for the study of influenza. validity. influenza is a respiratory pathogen in humans, and employing mammalian models that possess comparable lung physiology permits a greater extrapolation of results from the laboratory. importantly, the linkage types and distribution of sialic acids throughout the ferret respiratory tract are generally comparable to humans (jayaraman et al., ; jia et al., ) : like humans, ferrets express the sialic acid n-acetylneuraminic acid ( neu ac), but not the sialic acid n-glycolylneuraminic acid ( neu gc), on respiratory epithelia. as a result, ferrets are uniquely suited for the study of influenza viruses compared with other small mammalian models which express neu gc (ng et al., ) . furthermore, human and avian influenza viruses exhibit comparable binding to upper and lower respiratory tract tissues in ferrets and humans (van riel et al., ; shinya et al., ) . secondly, ferrets infected with influenza viruses demonstrate numerous clinical signs and symptoms of infection associated with human disease. ferrets infected with human influenza viruses often exhibit transient weight loss, transient fever, and sneezing, whereas infection with selected hpai viruses in this species can lead to pronounced weight loss, sustained fever, lethargy, dyspnea, and neurological complications (belser et al., ). thus, ferrets represent a preclinical model to assess the ability of novel vaccine and antiviral treatments to mitigate influenza virus. as ferrets are a suitable model for the coincident study of pathogenesis and transmission, this model allows for a greater understanding of virus-host interactions and the interplay between both of these parameters. finally, the ferret model can yield valuable insights about the potential human-to-human transmissibility of influenza viruses -the critical determinant of pandemic risk. a recent meta-analysis showed that estimates of transmissibility derived from ferret respiratory droplet transmission studies could explain % of measured variation in human transmissibility, for influenza subtypes that have been detected in humans (buhnerkempe et al., ) . furthermore, there is a strong statistical relationship between the attack rates measured in particular ferret experiments and the probability that the influenza strain in question is capable of sustained transmission among humans: if two-thirds or more of contact ferrets become infected via respiratory droplets, then the strain is likely to have pandemic potential (see figure) . however, extrapolation of this relationship to novel strains is inherently risky, and variable outcomes observed for h n influenza transmission in ferrets highlight the potential for false alarms. further analysis of ferret transmission experiments, ideally in concert with molecular and virological research, could raise their sensitivity and specificity for identifying pandemic threats. limitations. there is no 'perfect' small mammalian model for influenza. a longstanding challenge of the ferret model has been limited availability of ferret-specific commercial reagents compared with other models, though recent sequencing of the ferret genome should improve this situation . ethical considerations, and the size and cost of ferrets, necessitate generally small sample sizes in ferret experiments, limiting statistical power (belser et al., ) . like other vertebrate models, the ferret is not appropriate for high-throughput screens, so research in the ferret model is most potent when complemented with in vitro and computational approaches. finally, ferrets are not well suited to model the multiple influenza exposures over several years that may be experienced by humans and may mold their immune responses in ways that affect the infection risk with subsequent viruses (andrews et al., ) . studies of first influenza infection in ferrets may thus overestimate infection and/or transmission risk relative to that in populations with a history of prior infection with related viruses (belser et al., ) . the th century range from ph . to . (galloway et al., ) . in , emerging pandemic h n viruses had ha activation ph values of approximately . , but numerous subsequent isolates have acquired mutations that lower the activation ph to the range of the th century human influenza viruses (cotter et al., ; maurer-stroh et al., ; russier et al., ) . broad surveys of avian and swine influenza isolates have shown that ha activation ph can vary substantially with a range from ph . - . (galloway et al., ; scholtissek, ) . among avian viruses, low-pathogenic duck viruses appear to range in acid stability from ph . - . and highly pathogenic avian viruses range from . - . (galloway et al., ) . consistent with observed patterns in natural isolates, some experimental evidence indicates that within the range of natural variation, lower activation ph is adaptive for mammalian replication while higher activation ph is adaptive for replication in avian hosts. for isolates of h n alternatives. the ferret is but one of several well-characterized mammalian models for influenza virus. mice are widely used in the field as they offer a greater availability of commercially available species-specific reagents, permit studies with greater statistical power due to larger sample sizes, and offer the advantage of transgenic animals. however, not all human influenza viruses replicate well in mice without prior adaptation due to a predominance of avian-like receptors in the murine respiratory tract; also mice do not display clinical signs and symptoms of influenza that mimic humans, and are not a reliable model for virus transmission studies. the guinea pig is another model, and offers several comparable advantages to ferrets, including generally similar lung physiology to humans and potential for transmission studies. experiments in guinea pigs are often less expensive than in ferrets, because of lower husbandry costs and reduced drug costs when dosing is based on body weight (lowen and palese, ) . however, guinea pigs do not exhibit clinical signs and symptoms of infection similar to humans, and do not exhibit severe disease following infection with hpai or pandemic influenza viruses, limiting their utility for viral pathogenesis studies. box -figure . ferret respiratory droplet transmission experiments predict the potential for sustained human-to-human transmission of influenza viruses. the solid line shows the weighted logistic regression relationship predicting the probability that a given strain is supercritical (i.e. capable of sustained spread among humans), and the dashed lines show the % confidence interval for the prediction. filled circles show the measured secondary attack rates (sar) in ferrets for influenza subtypes that are known to be subcritical (blue) or supercritical (red) in humans. the filled pink area shows the range of sar for which the virus is significantly likely to be supercritical. reprinted from (buhnerkempe et al., ) . box . role of seroepidemiology in pandemic risk assessment. pandemic threat assessment can also be enhanced by immunological surveys of human populations in geographical area where strains of concern are known to be circulating (van kerkhove et al., ) . serological surveys can help to estimate the frequency of spillover infections from non-human to human hosts and also to assess the degree of cross reactivity arising from endemic human strains that share recent genomic ancestors with non-human strains of concern (figure for box ). attempts have been made to use serological surveys to estimate the rate of spillover infections to humans for recent strains of concern van kerkhove et al., ) . sometimes blood samples are obtained from the general population (chao et al., ) and other times only high risk individuals are tested. inherent measurement error and cross-reactivity between human and non-human strains make the measurement of low rates of incidence problematic (van kerkhove et al., ) . confidence that serologic responses truly reflect zoonotic transmission, rather than cross-reactivity with antibodies generated in response to human influenza infection, may be enhanced by comparison of high-risk persons to those without known exposure to zoonotic sources (huang et al., ; gomaa et al., ) . although there is evidence of exposure of poultry workers to h n influenza viruses in china, rates are much lower than for other endemic non-human influenza viruses (kim et al., ) , such as h n (blair et al., ) . more recent studies of exposure of high risk workers to the h n lineage suggest even higher rates of exposure to this new strain than has been observed in similar studies of h n or h n . even when rates of spillover can be estimated accurately, the use of such information in pandemic threat assessment is not obvious. clearly, the first detected presence of human infections for a given strain is of concern because the degree of transmissibility among humans is unknown. should the emergent strain fail to achieve sustained transmission, it is not immediately clear how best to use further information on the frequency of human spillover infections. for example, should we interpret high sustained levels of human spillover as evidence of increased risk because of the number of human infections, or as evidence of decreasing risk because of the number of times the strain has failed to achieve sustained transmission? cross reactivity between non-human and human influenza strains has implications beyond the measurement of spillover infections. often levels of cross reactivity in humans may indicate some degree of reduced population susceptibility (worobey et al., ) . all else equal, such evidence of lower population susceptibility should reduce our level of concern about a pandemic threat from a particular virus, because even if it gains efficient human-to-human transmissibility, its effective reproductive number and the proportion of the population at risk will be less than for a virus to which there is no cross-reaction in the population. for example, older individuals are thought to have been far less susceptible to pandemic h n than were younger individuals, because they had previously been exposed to similar strains early in life (yu et al., ) . the low average age of infection with a swine variant form of h n (h n v) in north america (jhung et al., ) is likely driven by reduced susceptibility in adults because of early exposure to similar strains. such immunological overlaps are likely to be a general feature of influenza emergence because human strains frequently emerge into swine populations (nelson et al., ) . data on reduced human susceptibility due to cross-reactivity must be synthesized with other data used for threat assessment. in some cases, the aging of the part of the population with prior exposure to a closely related strain could be the most important known factor increasing the risk of an emergence event. mechanistic models could be used to estimate the degree of increased risk of emergence due to the aging of partially immune cohorts. highly pathogenic avian influenza virus, an increase in ha activation ph within the range of . - . has been associated with increased replication and pathogenicity in chickens (dubois et al., ) . conversely, a mutation that decreased the ha activation ph of a/ chicken/vietnam/c / (h n ) from . to . has been shown to attenuate virus growth and prevent transmission in mallard ducks (reed et al., ) but increase virus growth in the upper respiratory tracts of mice and ferrets (zaraket et al., a (zaraket et al., , b . therefore, for h n viruses, a higher ha activation ph ( . - . ) has been associated with a component of fitness in birds, and a lower ha activation ph (ph . - . ) has been linked to greater replication in the mammalian upper respiratory tract. two h n viruses were adapted to transmit by the airborne route between ferrets (imai et al., ; herfst et al., ) . after a switch in receptor-binding specificity from avian to human receptors (as described above) and deletion of a glycosylation site, in both studies a final mutation that decreased the ha activation ph was shown to be necessary for airborne transmissibility in ferrets. however, these and other studies have shown that this acid stability change is not sufficient in the absence of human receptor-binding specificity (zaraket et al., a; shelton et al., ) . recently, an ha protein whose activation ph was . or lower was shown to be required for the pandemic potential of ph n influenza virus . nearly mutations have been described to alter the ha activation ph values of various influenza a virus subtypes (russell, ; mair et al., ) . these acid stabilizing/destabilizing residues are located throughout the ha and ha subunits and tend to be positioned in regions of the molecule that undergo large-scale changes in structure during ph-activated protein refolding (russell, ; bullough et al., ; wilson et al., ) . mutations that modify the activation ph do not appear to alter the prefusion ha protein box -figure . transmission genomics of non-human transmission (top), spillover transmission (middle) and sustained human transmission (bottom). haemagglutinin and neuraminidase gene segments have been color-coded to show an example shared infection history in humans who are current spillover hosts for h n and h n . these shared evolutionary histories make it challenging to interpret serological studies of human spillover infections. humans infected by h n or h n will likely have cross-reactive antibodies to h n , because of the similarity between the neuraminidase in those viruses. because incidence of spill-over infection is likely to be low, even low-levels of cross-reactivity can make the interpretation of serological studies of the general population challenging. doi: . /elife. . doi: . /elife. . backbone in x-ray crystal structures (dubois et al., ; weis et al., ; de vries et al., ) . therefore, an experimental determination or modeling of intermediate structures may be required in order to reliably predict ha ph of activation. further complicating genetic prediction of ha activation ph values are observations that the na and m proteins can also modulate ha acid stability in some cases (huang et al., ; su et al., ; reed et al., ; o'donnell et al., ) . a variety of experimental techniques have been developed to measure the activation ph of the ha protein, quantified as the highest ph at which the ha protein is activated to undergo the irreversible structural changes that mediate membrane fusion (hamilton et al., ) , or alternatively the highest ph at which, in the absence of a membrane with which to fuse, the ha protein is inactivated (inactivation ph). classical membrane fusion assays have measured the property in bulk (hoekstra et al., ) . the ph of inactivation can be measured using aliquots of virions that are exposed to buffers of progressively lower ph and, after restoration to neutral ph, assayed for retention or loss of infectivity (scholtissek, ) . in many classical fusion assays, fluorescent probes are used to label virions, ha-expressing cells, and/or target liposomes or cells. in these in vitro assays, habound target cells are typically exposed to buffers of various ph values and then lipid and/or contents mixing are measured by fluorescence (loyter et al., ; hoekstra and klappe, ) . alternatively, cell monolayers expressing cleaved ha proteins can be pulsed by low-ph buffers and then incubated to readout hamediated cell-to-cell fusion either microscopically by syncytia formation or by reporter gene expression. if ha conformation-specific monoclonal antibodies are available for the subtype being studied, ha-expressing cells can be pulsed with low ph and then analyzed for conformational changes by flow cytometry (reed et al., ). if such antibodies are lacking, ha-expressing cells can be assayed for trypsin susceptibility after low-ph exposure, with prefusion ha being resistant and postfusion ha susceptible to trypsin degradation (steinhauer et al., ) . recently, methods have been developed to study ha activation and membrane fusion by individual virions, including single virion fusion using total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy (hamilton et al., ) . although the biological trigger for ha's conformational change is a drop in ph, ha refolding can also be triggered by other destabilizing agents such as heat and urea (scholtissek, ; ruigrok et al., ; carr et al., ) . stability at a lower ph is associated with stability at higher temperatures and higher urea concentrations, permitting the use of these agents instead of, or in addition to, ph in assays of stability. thermal stability has been determined by measuring the threshold temperature at which denatured ha protein loses its ability to bind erythrocytes and cause hemagglutination (linster et al., ) . many questions remain regarding whether ha activation ph plays a similar role in all influenza subtypes isolated from a wide variety of avian species. for early isolates of the h n pdm lineage in , the ha protein has an activation ph of . , which appears intermediate between the canonical human (lower) and avian (higher) ranges. subsequent h n pdm isolates have ha activation ph values ranging from . - . , suggesting ph . may be the upper limit for human pandemic potential and a lower value may be preferred. indeed, a destabilizing ha mutation in the background of h n pdm results in a lossof-function of airborne transmissibility in ferrets and has been reported to be followed by regain-of-function by mutations that lower the ha activation ph to . , a value representative of human-adapted h n pdm viruses . for the moment, it appears that while ha ph of activation that is shown experimentally to be suitable for human infection is highly typical of isolates from human pandemic and seasonal influenza ( table , bottom right) (galloway et al., ) , it is possible for humans to have symptomatic infection with (though not extensively transmit) viruses with activation ph closer to the range associated with terrestrial birds ( table , bottom left). conversely ( table , top right), there are avian h , h , h , and h isolates that display activation ph typical of human viruses (galloway et al., ) . the existence of these human-like avian viruses is perhaps unsurprising, as they may lack other essential adaptations for human transmission. as in the case of receptor binding, reliance on this trait to prioritize pandemic prevention measures should consider this property in conjunction with other properties associated with pandemic potential and will likely enrich the coverage of truly high-risk strains on average. systematic assessment of the predictive value of ha activation ph will require broad empirical testing, since nearly residues throughout the ha molecule have been implicated in regulating ha ph of activation. predicting activation ph from sequence will therefore require more extensive data. to address this issue, sequencing studies combined with phenotypic assays could be performed on a large range of ha variants to determine the effects of ph-altering mutations in different ha subtypes. high-resolution determination of ha structural intermediates may assist in developing molecular modeling approaches to calculate ha stability from sequence. in the interim, there is a pressing need to develop high-throughput assays for ha ph of activation, along with other properties believed important to interspecies adaptation, in the thousands of surveillance samples obtained annually. the heterotrimer of influenza polymerase subunits (pa, pb , pb gene products, together forming the rna-dependent rna polymerase) and the nucleoprotein (np gene product) is required to transcribe and replicate the viral genome (huang et al., ) . the polymerase genes of viruses isolated from avian hosts show a number of genetic differences from their counterparts in viruses isolated from humans (chen et al., ) , and avian virus polymerase typically performs inefficiently in replicating the viral genome in human cells (cauldwell et al., ; naffakh et al., ) . adaptation to efficient human-to-human transmission requires efficient activity of this complex of proteins, which we refer to as the polymerase complex, in human cells (cauldwell et al., ; naffakh et al., ) . some mutations in pb are consistently associated with efficient function of the polymerase complex in mammalian cells ( figure ). as long ago as , it was shown that an avian influenza virus could achieve efficient replication in mammalian cells by acquiring mutations solely in the pb subunit of the viral polymerase (spooner and barry, ) . the most famous of these mutations was later described as pb residue (subbarao et al., ) , which is a glutamic acid (glu) in avian influenza viruses but a lysine (lys) in human-adapted viruses, including those that emerged in the pandemics of , and , and their seasonal descendants. an important exception is the virus that sparked the pandemic of . in this virus, the pb segment had been introduced from an avian precursor into swine viruses in the s, and mammalian adaptation had been achieved by a different set of pb mutations including changes at residues at , and (mehle and doudna, ) . now that the -dimensional structure of the viral polymerase has been elucidated, we can see that residue , , and lie on the same external surface. mammalian-adapting mutations increase the positive charge of this domain, suggesting that they either adapt the virus for interaction with an enhancing host factor or enhance its ability to repel a restriction factor (mehle and doudna, ) . recently a host factor, anp a, that differs between mammals and flighted birds was shown to be a cofactor of the influenza polymerase, and the species specific difference could explain the inefficient function of avian virus polymerase and the stringent selection for the glu->lys adaptive mutation in mammals (long et al., ) . another residue implicated in mammalian adaptation of the polymerase is residue of pb , which lies close to but is distinct from the cluster. it has been suggested that this mutation and others in this domain at residues and affect the interaction between pb and importin-alpha isoforms either in a way that enhances nuclear import of newly synthesized pb or that affects polymerase function once inside the nucleus, the site of viral rna replication (resa-infante et al., ; gabriel et al., ; sediri et al., ) . other mutations have been described that adapt pb for the mammalian nucleus (for example the triplet threonines at positions , and ) but whether they affect interaction with anp a, importins or as yet unidentified host factors is not yet elucidated. the adaptive value of these mutations is shown by experimental or observational data in which a mammalian host is infected with a virus whose pb is not adapted for efficient mammalian replication, but such a mutation becomes common in the virus population over the course of infection. such evolution has been observed in a fatal human case of influenza a/h n (jonges et al., ) and in mouse experiments following serial lung passage using an isolate from this outbreak . lys at position has also been associated with greater severity in zoonotic h n (sha et al., ) and h n (de jong et al., ) cases however, reverse genetics experiments show that certain strains of avian influenza may be less able to accept these mutations than others (long et al., ) . polymerase complex efficiency in human cells can be measured by an in situ assay in which the influenza polymerase is reconstituted from cloned cdnas in plasmids and then coexpressed with "minigenome," a viral-like rna encoding a reporter, such as luciferase. by measuring the rate of reporter accumulation in the transfected human cell line, specific combinations of rna sequences for the polymerase-complex viral genes can thereby be screened directly for their efficiency in producing the mrna encoding the reporter gene product, providing a measure of human adaptation of the polymerase complex (moncorgé et al., ) . the original form of the in situ reconstituted polymerase assay requires expression of just the minimal set of four viral proteins to replicate the minigenome rna: pb , pb , pa and np. however, recent work showed an important additional role for another protein, the nuclear export protein (nep), which is translated from a spliced mrna derived from rna segment (that also encodes the major interferon antagonist ns ) (robb et al., ) . in human h n isolates that do not contain pb host-adapting mutations, the inefficient activity of these avian polymerases in human cells could also be compensated for by certain mutations in nep (mänz et al., ) . it appears that nep is an important regulator of the balance between transcription and replication (chua et al., paterson and , and can thus enhance fitness in viruses containing otherwise inefficient polymerases. the mechanism of this is as follows: the polymerase-enhancing domain of nep is masked when nep is folded in one conformation. however, mutations that increase the ability of nep to rescue avian polymerase function allow more ready unfolding of the protein, unmasking the "activating" domain at the lower temperature of the mammalian respiratory tract. interestingly, nep overexpression in cells in which human-adapted polymerase is reconstituted is inhibitory because excess complementary rna accumulates at the expense of messenger rna and further viral rna replication (robb and fodor, ) . thus although a short-term adaptation of avian virus polymerase to mammalian cells can be achieved in this way, it may be that further compensatory changes rebalance nep function in the face of polymerase adaptation during continued circulation in humans, although direct evidence for this selection is lacking. indeed, although the rescue of low polymerase activity by nep may explain the human infections by h n viruses that lack other polymerase adaptations, it is not clear that such rescue is sufficient to create a level of transmissibility consistent with pandemic spread. nonetheless, this finding shows that the minimal polymerase assay is not always sufficient to predict viruses that have functionally adapted polymerase activity to human cells and that a role for other viral proteins including at least nep should also be considered in assessment of polymerase function. alternatively, polymerase activity could be measured in the context of viral infections (although this will require proper containment). this could be achieved by measuring intracellular levels of viral transcripts using transcriptomics or qrt-pcr. such experiments would provide important information if they are performed using appropriate cell lines (or respiratory explants) at the temperature of the human airway ( ˚c). it has been suggested that plaque size at ˚c can be used as a surrogate measure of polymerase function but plaque size is a mutligenic trait. the predictive value of such assays for transmissibility is limited. ultimately, it would be valuable to develop a simple screen to assess the ability of a viral polymerase to support replication and transmission in humans. this phenotype is influenced by at least different viral genes and involves interactions with several different human host factors. if all the relevant host factors were enumerated, one could imagine quickly converting sequence information into an assay that tested for interactions that should support activity. along these lines the recent description of a host factor, anp a that differs between flighted birds and mammals and explains the poor activity of avian polymerase in mammalian cells is a step forward (long et al., ) . the inefficient polymerase of avian influenza viruses in mammalian cells is one of the hostrange barriers that likely diminishes pandemic risk. unlike the requirement for adaptive mutation in the novel ha, this polymerase barrier can be rather readily overcome by reassortment in which an avian virus with novel antigenicity can acquire one or more polymerase genes from mammalian-adapted viruses. in addition, adaptation of avian virus polymerase by accumulation of adaptive mutations in either the polymerase genes or possibly in other viral genes such as the ns segment encoding nep can enhance avian virus polymerase function sufficiently to support a host range jump. many h n viruses that circulate today in the avian reservoir already have mutations in pb at (long et al., ) or (de jong et al., ) , likely resulting from the reintroduction of mammalian-adapted strains back into the wild bird reservoir. these have been associated in human infections with more severe cases (de jong et al., ) . the fact that these strains have not achieved sustained human-tohuman transmission demonstrates that while polymerase adaptations to humans are likely necessary, they are not sufficient for a strain to spark a pandemic. moreover, the absence of the signature pb k mutation in the h n pandemic strain demonstrates the limitations of relying on any single mutation for risk prediction (herfst et al., ) ; viruses with the avian-like residue have also been isolated from zoonotic human cases of h n , h n , and h n infections ( table , bottom left). on the other hand, the concept that adaptation of the polymerase is necessary for sustained human transmission is validated by findings that the pandemic strain had adapted to replication in human cells by changes other than e k within the polymerase (mehle and doudna, ) . identification of biophysical mechanisms common to mammalian-adaptive mutations may in the future provide the basis for new biological or biophysical assays of polymerase function to inform risk predictions. in summary, no single polymerase mutation appears to be predictive of pandemic risk for all viruses, but the concept that the polymerase must adapt to human cells before it can cause extensive human-to-human transmission appears consistent with the four pandemic jumps that have occurred in modern times. there has been tremendous progress in understanding the traits involved in the adaptation of avian influenza viruses for efficient human-tohuman transmission and the genetic and structural basis of each of these traits. while the ability to use virus sequence data to inform risk assessment of pandemic potential is improving, it remains essential to consider these data alongside other experimental and epidemiological data. for example, in there was a substantial increase in the number of human infections with a/h n viruses in cambodia. the increase in infections was cause for substantial concern by itself. enhancing the level of concern was the finding that some of the viruses collected from infected humans contained previously identified genetic mutations suggestive of human adaptation . these findings led to extensive epidemiological and experimental investigations and then to the decision to produce a candidate vaccine virus from a virus representative of the cambodian outbreaks. while predictions of virus phenotypes from sequence data can be informative, they are not infallible, for several reasons, notably the large number of sites involved in determining such traits (raman et al., ; russell, ; cauldwell et al., ; mehle and doudna, ; mänz et al., ; herfst et al., ) , the important role of epistasis (dependence of a mutation's effect on the genetic background in which it appears) in determining these traits kryazhimskiy et al., ; gong and bloom, ; bloom et al., ; wu et al., ; raman et al., ; tharakaraman et al., ; gong et al., ) , and the consequent imperfections in our ability to map single sequence polymorphisms to a trait value. for example, the hallmark ha amino acid residues , and are important to human adaptation, but "human-adapting" mutations at these residues do not always change receptor-binding specificity; it depends on the genetic background. similarly, amino acid residues and of the pb protein are often involved in human adaptation, but both carried the "avian-adapted" residue in the h n pandemic strain. when these changes were introduced individually or together in the laboratory, the resulting polymerase showed greater activity in a minigenome assay, but replication was unchanged or attenuated in vitro, in mice, and in ferrets (herfst et al., ; jagger et al., ) . after the pandemic strain was identified and its anomalous residues at these sites noted, other sites within pb were identified and found to be responsible for human adaptation (mehle and doudna, ; yamada et al., ) . based on the evidence to date, it seems clear that all three of the traits considered in this review, and possibly others in table , must be simultaneously present at least to some degree for a strain to cause a pandemic. yet with only a few instances of pandemic strains emerging per century, it should not be surprising that a new pandemic strain would violate an apparent rule of human adaptation that applied perfectly to previous pandemic strains, as in the case of the pb residues associated with human adaptation in , or as in the case of activation ph of ha in early isolates , which had a value outside the range previously seen in human influenza viruses. it is unclear whether the list of sites and phenotypic traits associated with human adaptation is nearly complete or will continue to grow as we experience additional pandemics. at least for the traits of receptor binding (childs et al., ) (table ) and acid stability (table ) , full human adaptation may not be required to initiate a pandemic in a virus that is otherwise well-adapted for humans. thus, whether or not the list of traits required for pandemic is now complete, our understanding of where the threshold lies for being sufficiently humanadapted continues to change. there are three complementary approaches to address these limitations: improving genetic prediction of biological traits, improving assays of these traits, and improving animal models of human transmission; all approaches are currently progressing in parallel simon et al., ) . the first approach aims to further refine our understanding of sequence-totrait relationships by continued studies of diverse, naturally or artificially produced mutations and their effects on the traits of interest. such research could use all of the approaches described above and higher-throughput assays that could be developed with improved technology, for example as described in box . this will include generating mutations not found in known strains in nature to probe for those that could be involved in human adaptation in the future thyagarajan and bloom, ) . the goal would be to identify classes of functionally equivalent substitutions, sufficient individually or in defined combinations to confer a trait of interest when introduced into a defined, avian-adapted genetic background. use of in vitro approaches with noninfectious viruses or viral components, or infectious viruses containing surface proteins to which there was already population-wide immunity would reduce the possible biosafety and biosecurity risks of such studies (lipsitch and inglesby, ) . the second approach is to develop and improve the throughput and accuracy of biochemical and cell-biological assays of these traits, so that virus isolates can be characterized phenotypically in a routine manner, reducing reliance on sequence-based predictions. it seems feasible to develop high-throughput versions of many of the assays described in this review for each of the three traits discussed, which could then be routinely run on surveillance isolates to contribute to risk prediction. for none of these three traits is there a single gold standard assay, and different assays may provide different estimates of risk. the third approach is to improve animal models to more precisely study phenotypes that are important for human adaptation, and to clarify whether the notion of 'mammalian adaptation' is in fact a valid category. ferrets are the closest known model for human transmission (see box ). respiratory-droplet transmission studies in ferrets, and potentially in other animal models, have shown a remarkably strong correlation with human transmissibility of influenza a strains (buhnerkempe et al., ) . while these assays are not perfectly predictive, they may be the most reliable way at present to assess the transmission potential of a virus in human populations. here a partial counterexample to their overall strong predictive value is h n avian influenza isolates from human zoonotic cases. these viruses transmit in ferrets, albeit less efficiently than human seasonal strains, yet humanto-human transmission has been extremely rare in the hundreds of human zoonotic cases caused by h n (buhnerkempe et al., ) . a challenge is the expense and practical challenge of using large enough numbers of ferrets (buhnerkempe et al., ; belser et al., ; nishiura et al., ) to assess transmissibility; this will remain a technique of limited throughput for the foreseeable future. nonetheless, the value of ferret testing for risk assessment can be enhanced in at least two ways: first, by standardizing the conditions for ferret transmission experiments, so these can be more confidently compared between laboratories; and second, by continuing to combine ferret studies with studies of viral traits and sequence/structural studies to further identify correlates of transmissibility in ferrets. while the biological properties of a virus certainly play a large role in determining the pandemic risk posed by a strain, it is possible that even a virus perfectly adapted for human-tohuman transmission might fail to transmit extensively, due to ecological factors, chance, or both. initiation of a pandemic requires not only a well-adapted virus but ecological opportunity to spill over into humans (perhaps multiple times if the first introduction is not "successful" [mills et al., ] ), as well as a human population that is immunologically susceptible and sufficiently connected to establish ongoing transmission (box ). additional complexity arises from the fact that selection pressures for within-host proliferation and competition may diverge from those needed for efficient transmission (park et al., ) . genetic bottlenecks at the time of transmission (poon et al., ; varble et al., ; zaraket et al., ) may further enhance the role of chance, as a highly adaptive variant arising in a host may not get transmitted in a particular event. however, selective bottlenecks, which have been observed in experimental transmission of h n and avianlike h n viruses in ferrets, could lower the barrier to emergence of human-adapted viruses (moncla et al., ; wilker et al., ) . both ecological and host factors are considered in the cdc's irat (trock et al., ) . evolutionary factors also play a role in pandemic risk evaluations. even with excellent surveillance, we may never isolate exactly the virus that is destined to cause a pandemic from an animal reservoir or a zoonotic human case; rather, we may isolate its evolutionary precursor. understanding the potential of a strain to produce pandemic-capable progeny is yet a further scientific challenge. perhaps the most startling finding of the gain-of-transmissibility experiments with h n avian influenza viruses was that so few mutations were required to convert a strain circulating in birds to mammalian transmission. this concern was reinforced by a finding that many of these mutations, including combinations of some of them, were already present in strains isolated during surveillance (russell et al., ) . the interpretation of the latter finding, however, is complicated by the problem of epistasis: the effect of these mutations in the genetic background of field strains may or may not be the same as in the strain studied in the laboratory. it seems clear that a pandemic risk assessment informed by genetic sequence data is better than one uninformed by such sequence data, but the thought experiment of considering the swine-origin virus, had it been seen prior to initiating the pandemic, shows that such efforts may fail to identify the risk posed by strains that subsequently cause a pandemic. according to the knowledge at the time, early human isolates of (and presumably their swine precursors) would have had an ha intermediate between human and avian adaptation in terms of receptor binding. they had an activation ph outside the range previously seen in human viruses and more typical of avian viruses. moreover, these viruses lacked the amino acid residues then thought to confer human adaptation for the polymerase complex. we must imagine that had this strain been detected in swine surveillance prior to the pandemic emergence, genetic as well as phenotypic considerations would have marked it as low risk, creating a false-negative risk assessment. given that this virus did in fact create a pandemic, it is evident that failure of a nonhuman influenza virus to fully meet the three criteria discussed in this review does not disqualify it from posing a significant risk of a pandemic. whether false positive predictions of high pandemic risk are also possible is more difficult to determine, because even a strain that is truly high risk may fail to cause a pandemic for any number of reasons; thus it is challenging to prove that an assessment of high risk for a particular strain was erroneous. from a decisionmaking perspective, a false positive is perhaps less worrisome than a false negative, as a false positive may motivate expenditure on prevention measures directed at a strain that would not have caused a pandemic, while a false negative may lead to a failure to respond to a strain that would. as we seek to improve our understanding of genetic and phenotypic bases of efficient human transmission of influenza viruses, there are multiple possible approaches. one approach that has received considerable attention recently is to perform gain-of-transmissibility studies in highly pathogenic avian viruses; this has been controversial because of concerns about the unusual biosafety and biosecurity risks entailed in such studies (for contrasting perspectives on these risks, see the exchange in - between lipsitch and inglesby, and fouchier inglesby, , ; fouchier, ] ). there are alternative approaches to ferret gain-of-transmission experiments in highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses, though disagreement remains about the level of evidence such alternatives provide. one alternative is to perform similar experiments starting from avian viruses that are not highly pathogenic in mammals, and/or are related to currently circulating human seasonal viruses, so that immunity would already be present in the population. such experiments can provide the same degree of causal rigor as gain-of-function in highly pathogenic avian viruses with novel surface antigens and can elucidate general principles of mammalian adaptation, but they cannot confirm that the same changes would be observed in other strains that are not used in the experiment. a recent report shows a related way forward: the recreation of the steps of mammalian adaptation using viruses whose ha and na are already circulating in humans (lakdawala et al., ) . such loss+gain-of-transmissibility experiments reconstruct the properties of naturally occurring seasonal human strains, from laboratory-generated, avian-adapted (or at least human-deadapted) precursors. reconstructing such seasonal strains should pose a risk similar to that of working with the seasonal strains themselves, less than that of a novel subtype. a report employed a similar strategy, demonstrating the importance of ha activation ph in mouse adaptation by selection experiments on a live attenuated h n vaccine strain lacking the ns gene (krenn et al., ) . more recently, a h n pandemic virus was modified to express a mutation that increased ph of ha activation, then selected in ferrets for droplet transmission, and it was found that a second site mutation partially restored the lower ph of activation of the selected virus . one limitation of de-adaptation strategies is that the acquisition of transmissibility is perhaps most likely to evolve by reversion of the de-adaptation changes. as with all gain-of-function and loss-offunction studies, epistatic effects of other loci in the genetic background of the viruses used in such studies set limits to the generalizability of such experiments. another kind of alternative is simple characterization of ferret transmissibility of naturally occurring highly pathogenic strains without selection for airborne transmission. this approach can provide correlative evidence for the importance of genetic differences but cannot prove the mechanistic role of any particular change. even if strain-based assessment methods were much better, surveillance would be a key rate-limiting step for pandemic risk assessment to direct countermeasure development. if a virus about to cause a pandemic is not found in surveillance it cannot be assessed. the fact that we have yet to identify a pandemic strain in nonhuman hosts or in human spillover cases before the pandemic starts indicates there is much work to be done. although surveillance has expanded since the pandemic, it has not been designed to optimize the chances of detecting a pandemic strain before it becomes pandemic; indeed, how to do so is not clear at present. some possible considerations would be to maximize the diversity of isolates collected, to preferentially sample strains that are known to cause human infections, and to feed back information from risk assessments to inform choice of sampling. rapid sequencing and phenotypic characterization of strains and dissemination of this information, along with interpretations of the risk profiles implied, is also important to maximizing the value of surveillance. further thought should be given to the possibility of using high-throughput sequencing as a screen for which viruses should be subjected to phenotypic testing, which for the moment is typically more costly, slower, and lower-throughput than sequencing. more deliberate approaches to the design of surveillance systems would also depend on answering the question addressed in box : how different must a virus be from previously characterized viruses to merit separate evaluation of its pandemic risk? the uncertainties noted above about the phenotypic characteristics of viruses isolated from previous pandemics (which may have been present in the primary isolate or may have arisen during egg passage in the laboratory) underline the need for careful attention to passage histories of surveillance isolates to avoid altering their genotype and phenotype post-isolation (bush et al., ) . expanding and rationalizing surveillance in this way would require overcoming political, logistical and financial constraints that vary between countries and regions. even with all of the foregoing suggestions in place, it may be improbable that we can reliably identify the 'needle in the haystack' that is the next pandemic influenza strain. ultimately, the goal is not risk assessment for its own sake, but preparedness and early response to pandemic threats. in other areas where security is at stake, it has been argued that making and improving predictions should be accompanied by a systematic effort to design responses that will not fail even if the predictions are wrong (danzig, ) . in the influenza context, the value of some countermeasures is strongly reliant on our ability to identify truly high-risk prepandemic threats: notably, preparation of seed vaccine stocks for candidate pandemic strains, stockpiling of subtype-specific vaccines, and culling of poultry infected with such strains. other types of countermeasures, ranging from strengthening local public health departments to stockpiling antivirals or ventilators to developing faster processes for vaccine manufacture to universal vaccines that should be effective against any influenza a strain, should provide benefits whether or not we have advance notice of the strain causing the next pandemic. a comprehensive assessment of priorities to prevent or mitigate the next influenza pandemic should consider the balance between improving our risk assessment capacity and developing responses robust to the possibility that we will once again be caught by surprise. we thank jesse bloom, ruben donis, judith fonville, scott hensley, and benjamin tenoever for contributing valuably to the workshop on which this paper is based and ruben donis for significant assistance in improving the manuscript. we thank james hay for the figure for box . this work and the workshop from which it originated were supported in part by the research and policy for infectious disease dynamics (rapidd) program of the science and technology directorate, u.s department of homeland security, and the fogarty international center, nih. the findings and conclusions in this report are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views of the centers for disease control and prevention, the department of health and human services or its components, or the nih or its institutes. this paper is dedicated to the memory of ellis mckenzie, cofounder of rapidd and senior scientist at the fogarty international center of nih, who was a valued friend and colleague and who enthusiastically supported the workshop that produced his paper. immune history profoundly affects broadly protective b cell responses to influenza mutational effects on stability are largely conserved during protein evolution the n neuraminidase of human influenza virus has acquired a substrate specificity complementary to the hemagglutinin receptor specificity a lc -interacting motif in the influenza a virus m protein is required to subvert autophagy and maintain virion stability a review of mathematical models of influenza a infections within a host or cell culture: lessons learned and challenges ahead contemporary north american influenza h viruses possess human receptor specificity: implications for virus transmissibility complexities in ferret influenza virus pathogenesis and transmission models considerations regarding appropriate sample size for conducting ferret transmission experiments use of animal models to understand the pandemic potential of highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses towards identifying genes underlying ecologically relevant traits in arabidopsis thaliana two novel reassortants of avian influenza a (h n ) virus in china evidence for avian h n influenza virus infections among rural villagers in cambodia printed covalent glycan array for ligand profiling of diverse glycan binding proteins permissive secondary mutations enable the evolution of influenza oseltamivir resistance software for the analysis and visualization of deep mutational scanning data the short stalk length of highly pathogenic avian influenza h n virus neuraminidase limits transmission of pandemic h n virus in ferrets mapping influenza transmission in the ferret model to transmission in humans structure of influenza haemagglutinin at the ph of membrane fusion effects of passage history and sampling bias on phylogenetic reconstruction of human influenza a evolution flu surveillance lacking human infection with an avian h n influenza a virus in hong kong in the m segment of the pandemic influenza virus confers increased neuraminidase activity, filamentous morphology, and efficient contact transmissibility to a/puerto rico/ / -based reassortant viruses influenza hemagglutinin is spring-loaded by a metastable native conformation viral determinants of influenza a virus host range tropism and innate host responses of a novel avian influenza a h n virus: an analysis of ex-vivo and in-vitro cultures of the human respiratory tract. . receptor specificity in human, avian, and equine h and h influenza virus isolates delaying the international spread of pandemic influenza a single amino acid in the stalk region of the h n pdm influenza virus ha protein affects viral fusion, stability and infectivity driving in the dark use of highly pathogenic avian influenza a(h n ) gain-of-function studies for molecular-based surveillance and pandemic preparedness fatal outcome of human influenza a (h n ) is associated with high viral load and hypercytokinemia rapid emergence of a virulent pb e k variant during adaptation of highly pathogenic avian influenza h n virus to mice hemagglutinin receptor specificity and structural analyses of respiratory droplet-transmissible h n viruses modulation of the ph stability of influenza virus hemagglutinin: a host cell adaptation strategy acid stability of the hemagglutinin protein regulates h n influenza virus pathogenicity strategies for mitigating an influenza pandemic anticipating the species jump: surveillance for emerging viral threats quantifying the fitness advantage of polymerase substitutions in influenza a/h n viruses during adaptation to humans avian influenza a virus (h n ) associated with human conjunctivitis and a fatal case of acute respiratory distress syndrome studies on influenza virus transmission between ferrets: the public health risks revisited deep mutational scanning: a new style of protein science the viral polymerase mediates adaptation of an avian influenza virus to a mammalian host influenza ha subtypes demonstrate divergent phenotypes for cleavage activation and ph of fusion: implications for host range and adaptation evolution of the receptor binding phenotype of influenza a (h ) viruses a solid-phase enzyme-linked assay for influenza virus receptorbinding activity specification of receptor-binding phenotypes of influenza virus isolates from different hosts using synthetic sialylglycopolymers: non-eggadapted human h and h influenza a and influenza b viruses share a common high binding affinity for '-sialyl(n-acetyllactosamine) the structure and receptor binding properties of the influenza hemagglutinin human infection with a novel avian-origin influenza a (h n ) virus predicting the risk of avian influenza a h n infection in live-poultry markets across asia a single amino acid substitution in influenza virus hemagglutinin changes receptor binding specificity seven challenges in modeling pathogen dynamics within-host and across scales avian influenza a (h n ) and a(h n ) seroprevalence and risk factors for infection among egyptians: a prospective, controlled seroepidemiological study epistatically interacting substitutions are enriched during adaptive protein evolution stabilitymediated epistasis constrains the evolution of an influenza protein x-ray structures of h avian and h swine influenza virus hemagglutinins bound to avian and human receptor analogs x-ray structure of the hemagglutinin of a potential h avian progenitor of the hong kong pandemic influenza virus influenza virus-mediated membrane fusion: determinants of hemagglutinin fusogenic activity and experimental approaches for assessing virus fusion hallmarks of cancer: the next generation how sticky should a virus be? the impact of virus binding and release on transmission fitness using influenza as an example identification of stabilizing mutations in an h hemagglutinin influenza virus protein economic (ir)rationality in risk analysis avian influenza shedding patterns in waterfowl: implications for surveillance, environmental transmission, and disease spread introduction of virulence markers in pb of pandemic swine-origin influenza virus does not result in enhanced virulence or transmission airborne transmission of influenza a/h n virus between ferrets modelling the species jump: towards assessing the risk of human infection from novel avian influenzas water-bone transmission of influenza a viruses fluorescence method for measuring the kinetics of fusion between biological membranes fluorescence assays to monitor fusion of enveloped viruses assessing the in vitro fitness of an oseltamivir-resistant seasonal a/ h n influenza strain using a mathematical model surveillance of wild birds for avian influenza virus the function of the neuraminidase in membrane fusion induced by myxoviruses serological comparison of antibodies to avian influenza viruses, subtypes h n , h n , h n and h n between poultry workers and non-poultry workers in taiwan in determination of influenza virus proteins required for genome replication experimental adaptation of an influenza h ha confers respiratory droplet transmission to a reassortant h ha/h n virus in ferrets receptor specificity of influenza a viruses correlates with the agglutination of erythrocytes from different animal species the pb -e k mutation attenuates viruses containing the h n influenza pandemic polymerase decoding the distribution of glycan receptors for humanadapted influenza a viruses in ferret respiratory tract outbreak of variant influenza a (h n ) virus in the united states glycomic characterization of respiratory tract tissues of ferrets: implications for its use in influenza virus infection studies emergence of the virulenceassociated pb e k substitution in a fatal human case of highly pathogenic avian influenza virus a (h n ) infection as determined by illumina ultradeep sequencing mutational landscape and significance across major cancer types novel highly pathogenic avian a(h n ) and a(h n ) influenza viruses of clade . . . from north america have limited capacity for replication and transmission in mammals combining molecular dynamics with bayesian analysis to predict and evaluate ligand-binding mutations in influenza hemagglutinin combining mutual information with structural analysis to screen for functionally important residues in influenza hemagglutinin knowledge of avian influenza (h n ) among poultry workers logistic regression in rare events data substitutions near the receptor binding site determine major antigenic change during influenza virus evolution determination of antigenicityaltering patches on the major surface protein of human influenza a/h n viruses avian influenza virus surveillance and wild birds: past and present single ha mutation increases the infectivity and immunogenicity of a live attenuated h n intranasal influenza vaccine candidate lacking ns yasara view -molecular graphics for all devices -from smartphones to workstations prevalence of epistasis in the evolution of influenza a surface proteins distinguishing between reservoir exposure and human-to-human transmission for emerging pathogens using case onset data transmission potential of influenza a(h n ) virus, china host species barriers to influenza virus infections the soft palate is an important site of adaptation for transmissible influenza viruses end of cancer-genome project prompts rethink receptor specificity of influenza virus influences severity of illness in ferrets grasp: analysis of genotype-phenotype results from genome-wide association studies and corresponding open access database the global antigenic diversity of swine influenza a viruses novel reassortant h n viruses bind to a human-type receptor as a factor in pandemic risk genetics, receptor binding property, and transmissibility in mammals of naturally isolated h n avian influenza viruses evolution of the receptor binding properties of the influenza a(h n ) hemagglutinin identification, characterization, and natural selection of mutations driving airborne transmission of a/ h n virus transmission dynamics and control of severe acute respiratory syndrome moratorium on research intended to create novel potential pandemic pathogens studies on influenza virus transmission between ferrets: the public health risks revisited structures of receptor complexes formed by hemagglutinins from the asian influenza pandemic of nine challenges in modelling the emergence of novel pathogens superspreading and the effect of individual variation on disease emergence species difference in anp a underlies influenza a virus polymerase host restriction the effect of the pb mutation k on highly pathogenic h n avian influenza virus is dependent on the virus lineage influenza virus transmission: basic science and implications for the use of antiviral drugs during a pandemic the use of fluorescence dequenching measurements to follow viral membrane fusion events receptor binding and ph stability -how influenza a virus hemagglutinin affects host-specific virus infection early alterations of the receptor-binding properties of h , h , and h avian influenza virus hemagglutinins after their introduction into mammals h n influenza a viruses from poultry in asia have human virus-like receptor specificity a new common mutation in the hemagglutinin of the (h n ) influenza a virus potential human adaptation mutation of influenza a(h n ) virus sequence amplification via cell passaging creates spurious signals of positive adaptation in influenza virus h n hemagglutinin adaptive strategies of the influenza virus polymerase for replication in humans acidification of the endocytic and exocytic pathways containing the accidental laboratory escape of potential pandemic influenza viruses crossspecies comparison of site-specific evolutionary-rate variation in influenza haemagglutinin geometric constraints dominate the antigenic evolution of influenza h n hemagglutinin pandemic influenza: risk of multiple introductions and the need to prepare for them selective bottlenecks shape evolutionary pathways taken during mammalian adaptation of a -like avian influenza virus evidence for avian and human host cell factors that affect the activity of influenza virus polymerase adaptive mutations in nep compensate for defective h n rna replication in cultured human cells viral dominance of reassortants between canine influenza h n and pandemic ( ) h n viruses from a naturally co-infected dog host restriction of avian influenza viruses at the level of the ribonucleoproteins continual reintroduction of human pandemic h n influenza a viruses into swine in the united states introductions and evolution of humanorigin seasonal influenza a viruses in multinational swine populations ferrets exclusively synthesize neu ac and express naturally humanized influenza a virus receptors sample size considerations for one-to-one animal transmission studies of the influenza a viruses the matrix gene segment destabilizes the acid and thermal stability of the hemagglutinin of pandemic live attenuated influenza virus vaccines h n influenza viruses: facts, not fear receptor specificity and transmission of h n subtype viruses isolated from the pandemic of multiple scales of selection influence the evolutionary emergence of novel pathogens emerging roles for the influenza a virus nuclear export protein (nep) pandemic influenza h n receptor specificity as a factor in pandemic risk resialylated erythrocytes for assessment of the specificity of sialyloligosaccharide binding proteins avian influenza viruses in humans the draft genome sequence of the ferret (mustela putorius furo) facilitates study of human respiratory disease the h y neuraminidase mutation of the pandemic a/h n influenza virus lengthens the eclipse phase and reduces viral output of infected cells, potentially compromising fitness in ferrets quantifying influenza virus diversity and transmission in humans differences in the epidemiology of human cases of avian influenza a (h n ) and a(h n ) viruses infection species-specific inhibition of rig-i ubiquitination and ifn induction by the influenza a virus ns protein glycan receptor specificity as a useful tool for characterization and surveillance of influenza a virus the ph of activation of the hemagglutinin protein regulates h n influenza virus pathogenicity and transmissibility in ducks amino acid residues in the fusion peptide pocket regulate the ph of activation of the h n influenza virus hemagglutinin protein structural insight into cap-snatching and rna synthesis by influenza polymerase the host-dependent interaction of alpha-importins with influenza pb polymerase subunit is required for virus rna replication the accumulation of influenza a virus segment spliced mrnas is regulated by the ns protein ns / nep protein regulates transcription and replication of the influenza virus rna genome receptor binding properties of human and animal h influenza virus isolates conformational changes in the hemagglutinin of influenza virus which accompany heat-induced fusion of virus with liposomes the potential for respiratory droplet-transmissible a/ h n influenza virus to evolve in a mammalian host improving pandemic influenza risk assessment acid-induced membrane fusion by the hemagglutinin protein and its role in influenza virus biology avian and human receptor binding by hemagglutinins of influenza a viruses molecular requirements for a pandemic influenza virus: an acid-stable hemagglutinin protein a review of the surveillance systems of influenza in selected countries in the tropical region stability of infectious influenza a viruses at low ph and at elevated temperature amino acid substitutions that affect receptor binding and stability of the hemagglutinin of influenza a/h n virus influenza gainof-function experiments: their role in vaccine virus recommendation and pandemic preparedness adaptive mutation pb d n promotes nuclear import of influenza vrnps in mammalian cells filament-producing mutants of influenza a/puerto rico/ / (h n ) virus have higher neuraminidase activities than the spherical wild-type spherical influenza viruses have a fitness advantage in embryonated eggs, while filament-producing strains are selected in vivo differences in the epidemiology and virology of mild, severe and fatal human infections with avian influenza a (h n ) virus mutations in haemagglutinin that affect receptor binding and ph stability increase replication of a pr influenza virus with h ha in the upper respiratory tract of ferrets and may contribute to transmissibility avian flu: influenza virus receptors in the human airway one health, multiple challenges: the inter-species transmission of influenza a virus context-specific target definition in influenza a virus hemagglutinin-glycan receptor interactions the i v neuraminidase mutation has a compensatory role in replication of an oseltamivir-resistant influenza virus a/h n e v mutant global mortality estimates for the influenza pandemic from the glamor project: a modeling study receptor binding and membrane fusion in virus entry: the influenza hemagglutinin world health organization/ world organisation for animal health/food and agriculture organization nomenclature updates resulting from the evolution of avian influenza a(h ) virus clades . . . a, . . , and . . during - networks link antigenic and receptor-binding sites of influenza hemagglutinin: mechanistic insight into fitter strain propagation participation of dnadependent rna polymerase ii in replication of influenza viruses studies using double mutants of the conformational transitions in influenza hemagglutinin required for its membrane fusion activity glycan microarray analysis of the hemagglutinins from modern and pandemic influenza viruses reveals different receptor specificities glycan microarray technologies: tools to survey host specificity of influenza viruses receptor specificity of influenza a h n viruses isolated in mammalian cells and embryonated chicken eggs enhancement of the influenza a hemagglutinin (ha)-mediated cell-cell fusion and virus entry by the viral neuraminidase (na) a single amino acid in the pb gene of influenza a virus is a determinant of host range a surface plasmon resonance assay for the binding of influenza virus hemagglutinin to its sialic acid receptor structural determinants for naturally evolving h n hemagglutinin to switch its receptor specificity the inherent mutational tolerance and antigenic evolvability of influenza hemagglutinin ongoing transmission of avian influenza a viruses in hong kong despite very comprehensive poultry control measures: a prospective seroepidemiology study new world bats harbor diverse influenza a viruses development of framework for assessing influenza virus pandemic risk a two-amino acid change in the hemagglutinin of the influenza virus abolishes transmission detecting patches of protein sites of influenza a viruses under positive selection highly pathogenic avian influenza (h n ): pathways of exposure at the animal-human interface, a systematic review comment on "seroevidence for h n influenza infections in humans: metaanalysis h n virus attachment to lower respiratory tract ecology of avian influenza viruses in a changing world influenza a virus transmission bottlenecks are defined by infection route and recipient host glycomic analysis of human respiratory tract tissues and correlation with influenza virus infection seroevidence for h n influenza infections in humans: metaanalysis seroprevalence to avian influenza a(h n ) virus among poultry workers and the general population in southern china: a longitudinal study evolution and ecology of influenza a viruses human infection with avian influenza a h n virus: an epidemiological analysis point: hypotheses first the structure of a membrane fusion mutant of the influenza virus haemagglutinin toward a unified nomenclature system for highly pathogenic avian influenza virus (h n ) selection on haemagglutinin imposes a bottleneck during mammalian transmission of reassortant h n influenza viruses structure of the haemagglutinin membrane glycoprotein of influenza virus at a resolution an h n influenza virus vaccine strain and mouse challenge model based on the human isolate a/jiangxi-donghu/ / genesis and pathogenesis of the pandemic h n influenza a virus coupling high-throughput genetics with phylogenetic information reveals an epistatic interaction on the influenza a virus m segment receptor binding by a ferret-transmissible h avian influenza virus receptor binding by an h n influenza virus from humans distinct glycan topology for avian and human sialopentasaccharide receptor analogues upon binding different hemagglutinins: a molecular dynamics perspective structure, receptor binding, and antigenicity of influenza virus hemagglutinins from the h n pandemic biological and structural characterization of a host-adapting amino acid in influenza virus haemagglutinin mutations responsible for the binding of h n influenza a viruses to human-type receptors structure and receptor complexes of the hemagglutinin from a highly pathogenic h n influenza virus structures of receptor complexes of a north american h n influenza hemagglutinin with a loop deletion in the receptor binding site human infection with a novel avian influenza a(h n ) virus hemagglutinin-neuraminidase balance confers respiratory-droplet transmissibility of the pandemic h n influenza virus in ferrets neutralizing antibodies derived from the b cells of influenza pandemic survivors pandemic swine h n influenza viruses with almost undetectable neuraminidase activity are not transmitted via aerosols in ferrets and are inhibited by human mucus but not swine mucus mammalian adaptation of influenza a(h n ) virus is limited by a narrow genetic bottleneck increased acid stability of the hemagglutinin protein enhances h n influenza virus growth in the upper respiratory tract but is insufficient for transmission in ferrets the ph of activation of the hemagglutinin protein regulates h n influenza virus replication and pathogenesis in mice clinical, epidemiological and virological characteristics of the first detected human case of avian influenza a(h n ) virus. infection molecular basis of the receptor binding specificity switch of the hemagglutinins from both the and pandemic influenza a viruses by a d g substitution competing interests: ml: reports the following financial disclosures for topics unrelated to this manuscript: consulting income from pfizer and affinivax (both donated to charity) and research funding from pfizer and path vaccine solutions. these entities had no role in the preparation of this work or in the decision to submit the work for publication. reviewing editor for elife. car: during the prepartion of this manuscript, caab received funding through a research contract with astrazeneca inc., but for distinct, unrelated research. astrazeneca inc. had no role in the preparation of this work or in the decision to submit the work for publication. the other authors declare that no competing interests exist. key: cord- -ip y j authors: becker, pablo d.; legrand, nicolas; van geelen, caroline m. m.; noerder, miriam; huntington, nicholas d.; lim, annick; yasuda, etsuko; diehl, sean a.; scheeren, ferenc a.; ott, michael; weijer, kees; wedemeyer, heiner; di santo, james p.; beaumont, tim; guzman, carlos a.; spits, hergen title: generation of human antigen-specific monoclonal igm antibodies using vaccinated “human immune system” mice date: - - journal: plos one doi: . /journal.pone. sha: doc_id: cord_uid: ip y j background: passive transfer of antibodies not only provides immediate short-term protection against disease, but also can be exploited as a therapeutic tool. however, the ‘humanization’ of murine monoclonal antibodies (mabs) is a time-consuming and expensive process that has the inherent drawback of potentially altering antigenic specificity and/or affinity. the immortalization of human b cells represents an alternative for obtaining human mabs, but relies on the availability of biological samples from vaccinated individuals or convalescent patients. in this work we describe a novel approach to generate fully human mabs by combining a humanized mouse model with a new b cell immortalization technique. methodology/principal findings: after transplantation with cd (+)cd (−) human hematopoietic progenitor cells, balb/c rag (−/−)il- rγc(−/−) mice acquire a human immune system and harbor b cells with a diverse igm repertoire. “human immune system” mice were then immunized with two commercial vaccine antigens, tetanus toxoid and hepatitis b surface antigen. sorted human cd (+)cd (+) b cells were retrovirally transduced with the human b cell lymphoma (bcl)- and bcl-xl genes, and subsequently cultured in the presence of cd -ligand and il- . this procedure allows generating stable b cell receptor-positive b cells that secrete immunoglobulins. we recovered stable b cell clones that produced igm specific for tetanus toxoid and the hepatitis b surface antigen, respectively. conclusion/significance: this work provides the proof-of-concept for the usefulness of this novel method based on the immunization of humanized mice for the rapid generation of human mabs against a wide range of antigens. hyper-immune sera containing polyclonal immunoglobulins (igs) have been widely used in both therapeutic and prophylactic clinical settings [ ] . however, the use of polyclonal sera was associated with several problems, such as the stimulation of allergic reactions, low reproducibility between clinical batches and high off-label use, which finally caused a decline in their use [ ] . the advent of technologies to make monoclonal antibodies (mabs) derived from animals, especially mice, has overcome many of the problems associated with the use of polyclonal sera. the technology to make monoclonal cell lines of antibody-producing cells by fusing antibody producing plasma cells with myeloma cells was described for the first time in by milstein and kohler [ ] . the therapeutic potential of mabs was immediately recognized and in the first mab, okt , was approved for therapeutic applications. this antibody inactivates t cells, thereby preventing rejections of organ transplants [ ] . however, because of the animal origin of the first generation of mabs that were used in clinical trials, human subjects treated with these antibodies developed vigorous immune reactions against the animal proteins, which were thereby eliminated preventing their therapeutic actions [ ] . to overcome these problems technologies were developed to diminish the immunogenicity of mouse antibodies by replacing part or the complete mouse antibody backbone by its human equivalent, first generating chimeric, and subsequently fully humanized antibodies [ ] . in a parallel approach transgenic mice bearing the human ig region were created to obtain fully human antibodies following immunization. the use of these mice obviates the elaborate molecular engineering of antibodies that is needed to humanize antibodies generated in wild-type mice, however, the maturation process of the mouse b cells expressing human igs is different from that of fully human b cells [ ] . immortalization of b cells from immune humans seems to be the logical strategy to avoid these problems. however, the methods to achieve this goal have showed low efficiencies, although some progress has recently been reported [ , ] . nevertheless, the major disadvantage of human b cells immortalization is the need for cells from either vaccinated individuals or patients who had recovered from an infection. thus, to fully exploit the ig repertoire of human b cells in an in vivo setting, we explored the possibility to raise mabs following de novo induction of human b cell responses in mice carrying elements of the human immune system (his). his mice are generated by engrafting immunodeficient mice with human hematopoietic stem cells (hsc) with or without human lymphoid tissues from fetal origin [ , , ] . in particular, mice deficient for the recombinase activating gene- (rag ) and the common gamma chain of the il- receptor (il rg) on a balb/c or a non-obese diabetic (nod) background are permissive for human hsc xenografts. inoculation of newborn mice from these strains with human hsc of fetal or umbilical cord blood origin gives rise to robust engraftment of a number of immune cells, including t, b, nk and dendritic cells. in this work, we describe a convenient approach to generate fully human mabs based on the immunization of balb/c rag / il- rcc / engrafted with human cd + cd hsc [ , ] . to this end, his mice were immunized with commercial vaccines against hepatitis b virus (hbv) and tetanus. following immunization, human cd + b cells were sorted based on surface cd expression, as a marker of memory phenotype, and the isotype of surface igs. the sorted b cell populations were immortalized in vitro by retroviral transduction with human b cell lymphoma (bcl)- and bcl-xl genes and antigen-specific b cell clones were established and characterized. the obtained results provided the proof-of-concept for the usefulness of this generic approach based on his mice combined with immortalization of human b cells for the rapid and inexpensive development of human mabs against a wide range of antigens. the use of fetal liver tissue obtained from elective abortions with gestational age ranging from to weeks was approved by the medical ethical committee of the amc-uva and was contingent on informed written consent. balb/c rag / il- rcc / mice were bred and maintained in individual ventilated cages, and fed with autoclaved food and water. his mice were generated as previously described [ , , , ] , with the approval of the animal ethical committee of the amc-uva (permit number dhl- ). in brief, human fetal livers were obtained from elective abortions with gestational age ranging from to weeks. magnetic enrichment of cd + cells (. % pure) was performed by using the cd progenitor cell isolation kit (miltenyi biotech), after preparation of single cell suspensions and isolation of mononuclear cells by density gradient centrifugation over lymphoprep (axis shield). finally, newborn (, days old) sub-lethally irradiated ( . gy) balb/c rag / il- rcc / mice were injected via intra-hepatic route with - sorted cd + cd human fetal liver hematopoietic stem cells in ml. all manipulations of his mice were performed under laminar flow. cell suspensions were prepared in rpmi medium supplemented with % fetal calf serum (fcs). twelve to sixteen weeks after cd + cd hsc engraftment, his mice were killed and single cell suspensions of splenocytes were prepared. red cells lysis was performed in ml of red cell lysis buffer (sigma) for min. splenocytes were washed, resuspended in ml of rlt lysis buffer (qiagen) and homogenized by passing through a -gauge needle several times using rnase free syringes. rna was prepared using rneasy mini kits (qiagen) according to manufactures instructions. bcr v h immunoscope was performed as previously described [ ] . briefly, cdna was prepared and real-time pcr performed by combining primers for the different v h chains (v h - ) and specific fluorochrome-labeled probes against the different constant regions (c h m, c h a and c h c). an additional four pcr cycles 'run-off reactions' were then performed on the pcr products using fluorescent primers specific for the constant regions (fcm, fca and fcc). products were gel separated to determine cdr lengths. analysis of six individual his-mice containing greater than % human chimerism in the spleen was performed. the number of human cd + b cells in chimeric spleens ranged from - . eight weeks after hsc transplantation, blood was taken from his mice to verify the level of engraftment by flow cytometry, as described elsewhere [ ] . his mice with a good level of human reconstitution (. % hcd + cells) were immunized by intramuscular route (biceps femoris) using a g needle, three times on weeks , and with either ml of the hbv vaccine (engerix-b, glaxosmithkline) or ml of tetanus toxoid (tt) containing vaccine (tetanus vaccine, the netherlands vaccine institute). these amounts correspond to / of the normal human dose. negative controls received the same volume of pbs buffer. two weeks after the last immunization, his mice were exsanguinated under isofluran/oxygen narcosis. spleens and mln were removed aseptically and cellular suspensions were prepared. the bm cells were isolated from the femur and tibia. from beckman coulter; cd (sk ), cd (sk ), cd (sk ), cd (hib ), cd (hit ), cd ( d and hi ), cd ra (hi ), cd (mi ), igm (g - ), igd (ia - ), igg (g - ) and ccr ( d ) from bd biosciences; cd (lt ) from abd-serotec; cd (lg. f ) from ebioscience. tt-specific b cells were also occasionally stained with pe-coupled tt, kindly provided by dr. andreas radbruch (german rheumatism research center, berlin, germany). dead cells were excluded based on dapi incorporation. all washings and reagent dilutions were done with pbs containing % fcs and . % nan . stained cells were analyzed with an lsr-ii interfaced to a facs-diva software system (bd biosciences). cell sorting of b cell subsets were performed on his mouse bm and spleens using a facs-aria cell sorter interfaced to a facs-diva software system (bd biosciences). for these experiments, all washings and reagent dilutions were done with % fcs supplemented pbs without nan . the human bcl [ , ] and bcl-xl [ ] encoding cdnas were further cloned in a lzrs retroviral expression vector, around a t a cleavage-promoting peptide sequence and upstream a cassette containing an internal ribosome entry site (ires) and the gene encoding gfp. we therefore obtained a lzrs vector in the following configuration: bcl -t a-bclxl-ires-gfp [ ] . transfection of phoenix-galv packaging cells and virus production were performed as previously described [ ] . before retroviral transduction, memory b cells were activated on c-irradiated ( gy) mouse l cell fibroblasts stably expressing cd l (cd l-l cells) in the presence of - ng/ml recombinant mouse interleukin- (rmil- , r&d systems) for h [ ] . the b cells were washed, mixed with retroviral supernatants in retronectin-coated plates (takara), centrifuged at room temperature for min at g, and subsequently incubated with the retroviruses at uc, % co for - h. transduced b cells were maintained in co-cultures using cd l-l cells ( cells/ml) and in standard imdm (gibco) culture medium supplemented with % fetal bovine serum (fbs; hyclone), penicillin/streptomycin (roche) and ng/ml rmil- . the analysis of human ig-v h sequences was performed as follows. total rna was isolated from approximately monoclonal b cells with trizol (invitrogen). the cdna was generated and subjected to pcr with primers specific to the different v h family members. pcr products were sequenced to determine the cdr region of the different clones. sequence analysis was performed using bigdye terminator chemistry (applied biosystems inc.) and codoncode aligner software. the plasma harvested from his mice ( days after the first and second immunization; days after the third immunization) and b cell clone culture supernatants were screened by elisa for the presence of total human igm, total human igg and antigenspecific antibodies. measurement of total igm and igg was performed by coating -well plates either with affinipure f(ab') fragment goat anti-human igm (fc m-specific, jackson immu-noresearch) or affinipure goat anti-human igg (fcc fragmentspecific; jackson immunoresearch). control human serum protein calibrator (dako) with known igm ( . mg/ml) and igg ( . mg/ml) concentrations was used as a standard to be compared to the samples. for the detection of antigen-specific antibodies, -well plates were coated either with tetanus vaccine (nederlands vaccin instituut) or engerix b (glaxosmithkline) ( diluted in pbs) for h at uc or overnight at uc. alternatively, ridascreen tetanus igg elisa plates (biopharm) were also used to screen for tt-specific antibodies. after coating, the plates were washed in elisa wash buffer (pbs, . % tween- ). a pbs solution containing % of milk was used as a blocking agent, before adding serial dilution of his mouse plasma (starting at a dilution of : ) or cell culture supernatants (starting at a dilution of : ). enzyme-conjugated detection antibodies were added at a dilution of : for hrp-conjugated anti-igg and a dilution of : for hrp-conjugated anti-igm (both from jackson immunoresearch). then, tmb substrate/stop solution (biosource) was used for the development of the elisa assay. statistical analyses were performed using graphpad prism version . for windows (graphpad software). data were subjected to two-tailed unpaired student t test analysis. the obtained p values were considered significant when p, . . we have generated his mice by transplanting human hsc into alymphoid balb/c rag / il- rcc / newborn mice ( figure a ). as reported previously, multilineage human hematopoietic reconstitution is observed in his mice, which demonstrate human thymopoiesis, b cell differentiation, nk cell and plasmacytoid dendritic cell development, and myelopoiesis [ , , , , ] . human immune cells accumulate in lymphoid tissues, and several b cell subsets are observed in his mice ( figure b) . we analyzed the human b cell repertoire present in naive his mice by using b cell receptor (bcr) immunoscope analysis based on quantitative pcr of ig variable (v h ) and constant (c h ) region gene segments [ ] . due to the lack of human spleen samples, the cells isolated from his mouse spleens, which contained sufficient numbers of human b cells to perform the immunoscope analysis, were compared to control human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (pbmc) samples, which were considered acceptable for the purpose of the performed comparison. we observed that igm-expressing b cells as well as ig isotype-switched b cells are found in naive his mice ( figure c) . the vast majority of b cells of his mice expressed an igm ( . . %), whereas igg ( . . %) and iga ( . . %) expressing b cells represented minor populations. only the frequency of iga-expressing b cells was found significantly higher in control human pbmc samples (p, . ). at - weeks post-transplantation (i.e. in steady state conditions), the human ig concentrations in the blood were mg/ml (igm) and mg/ml (igg) ( figure d ), as previously reported [ , ] . in comparison, the normal range for ig concentration in healthy humans is - mg igm/ml and - mg igg/ml. in brief, despite a low frequency of igg-expressing cells, both human igm and igg accumulated in the plasma of , month-old his mice to levels representing around % and % of adult human igm and igg concentrations, respectively. we further examined the antigen receptor repertoire diversity in his mice, by determining the length of cdr hypervariable regions for each ig-v h gene family. the analysis of cdr length distribution of individual his mouse splenocytes showed that igm repertoires are undistinguishable from normal human pbmc igm repertoires, as measured by the bcr immunoscope analysis ( figure e ). this observation suggests that his mice contain a broad variety of naive igm + b cell clones. the v h -family usage was large and similar to control human pbmc ( table ) . the bcr immunoscope analysis was also performed for igg and iga repertoires and we observed more restricted repertoires, as expected from b cells undergoing clonal selection and ig class switch recombination ( figure s ). immunization of his mice with hbv and tetanus vaccines results in the generation of antigen-specific antibody responses since his mice contained broad naïve b cell repertoires, we analyzed the induction of human antigen-specific b cell responses after immunization with commercially available human vaccines. we designed a vaccination protocol based on repeated intramuscular immunizations ( injections with -week intervals) of - -week old his mice with vaccines containing hepatitis b surface antigen (hbsag) or tt. seven days after the last immunization mice were sacrificed, the blood and the lymphoid organs were harvested, and the phenotype and function of human cells was analyzed. all his mice showed human reconstitution (. % hcd + cells) in the blood before starting the immunization protocol, which correlated with human engraftment in lymphoid organs. overall, % of hbsag-vaccinated ( out of vaccinated animals) and % of tt-vaccinated ( out of ) his mice showed significant production of antigen-specific igm antibodies, as detected by elisa (figure a) . we performed a kinetic monitoring of antigen-specific plasma ig levels in individual hbsag-vaccinated responder his mice and we observed that after the first immunization antigen-specific igs were rarely detected. in contrast, after the second immunization antigen-specific igm was detected, which steadily increased after the third immunization with approximately - % of responder mice also showing an antigen-specific igg response (figure a) . this suggests that repeated vaccination leads to enhanced antigen-specific antibody production. the responder mice exhibited higher total igm ( mg/ml) and total igg ( mg/ml) concentrations in their plasma, as compared to pbs-injected (igm: mg/ml; igg: mg/ml) and non-responder vaccinated (igm: mg/ml; igg: mg/ml) animals ( figure b) . at the end of the immunization protocol, vaccinated animals showed significantly higher numbers of hcd + cells in all organs (i.e. spleen, bone marrow (bm) and mesenteric lymph nodes (mln)) in comparison to mock-injected control mice. responder his mice exhibited higher numbers of human t and b cells in the spleen, as well as t cells in the bm ( table ; table s ), suggesting that the vaccination protocol had a positive impact on the accumulation of human b and t cells. moreover, the mln isolated from vaccinated his mice contained to -fold more hcd + cells than those of control animals ( figure c ), suggesting that the mln structure might play a role in eliciting an immune response in the his mice. in humans, the cd + memory b cell population contains the majority of antigen-experienced b cells [ , ] , and we reasoned that the same should be true in vaccinated his mice. we therefore cell sorted several different cd + cd + b cell subsets from individual his mice. we used two strategies to isolate the following human b cell (cd + cd + ) subsets from bm and spleens of vaccinated his mice: (i) cd hi cd hi , (ii) cd + cd lo/int igd + , and (iii) cd + cd lo/int igd on the one hand ( figure - , although the number of cells was increased for each of these subpopulations in the vaccinated animals, as expected from the enhanced number of total b cells ( table ) . we only observed a significant increase in the frequency of igg + b cells within the cd hi cd hi plasmablast population of vaccinated responder his mice, as compared to pbs-injected animals ( . . % and . . % of cd hi cd hi b cells, respectively; p = . ). in order to identify, isolate and immortalize the antigen-specific antibody-producing b cells, the aforementioned b cell subsets were transduced immediately after cell sorting with a retroviral vector encoding both human bcl and bcl-xl [ , ] . by ectopically expressing bcl and bcl-xl in splenic or peripheral blood memory b cells and culturing them with factors produced by follicular helper t cells (cd l and il- ), we generated highly proliferative, bcr positive b cell lines that secrete igs. since these cells express bcl , the differentiation of memory b cells to terminal plasma cells is blocked [ , , ] . therefore, the resulting b cells can expand extensively in vitro for long periods of time in presence of cd l and il- , and provide a tool to generate antigen-specific human bcr-positive, antibody-secreting b cell lines. the number of isolated cells from spleen and antigen-specific b cell clones that were generated with the bcl /bcl-xl transduction approach is provided in the table s . since the frequency of antigen-specific b cell clones was unknown, we started with microcell cultures ranging from . to cells per well. the wells containing antigen-specific b cells -as determined by hbsagspecific or tt-specific elisa -were subsequently cultured by limiting dilution to obtain monoclonal b cell lines. overall, we generated anti-hbsag igm + b cell clones from his mice vaccinated with hbsag, and anti-tt igm + b cell clones from his mice vaccinated with tt ( table s ). the estimated frequency of hbsag-specific b cells (clones) in the his mice after vaccination was / . the igm secretion level of the b cell clones were in the range of mg per cells over days in culture, which was in a similar range of secretion ( . - mg/ cells/ days) to what was previously reported for b cell clones generated from human blood [ ] . the igm v h regions of the bcr of the antigen-specific igm + b cell clones were sequenced. overall, the bcr of hbsag-specific and tt-specific b cell clones exhibited a v h sequence close to the germ-line sequence, although limited frequencies of somatic hyper-mutations were observed (table s and table s ). somatic hyper-mutations were occasionally detected in all framework regions (fr) and complementary determining regions (cdr), and most of the bcr diversity was the result of nadditions in the cdr region. based on the bcr sequence, we observed that out the anti-hbsag igm + b cell clones were unique, as well as out the anti-tt igm + b cell clones ( table s , table s and table s ). the supernatants of tt-specific b cell clones were further tested for their capacity to recognize different antigens by elisa. we observed that igm mabs did not cross-react with unrelated antigens (i.e., hbsag and respiratory syncytial virus (rsv) antigens) ( figure a) . the tt-specific b cell clones were also screened by flow cytometry for direct binding of the tt antigen labeled with a fluorochrome ( figure b) . interestingly, three types of clones that produced antibodies that gave a similar signal in elisa were detected, with high, intermediate and low binding of the fluorescent tt antigen. in the present work we established a new approach to generate fully human mabs. we immortalized b cells from vaccinated his mice by transduction with bcl and bcl-xl followed by expansion in presence of il- and cd l. antigen-specific b cell clones were obtained that expressed the bcr on their cell surface and secreted antigen-specific antibodies. similarly to methods based on the immortalization of human memory b cells from individuals that were either vaccinated or exposed to pathogens, our strategy exploits the antibody repertoire of human b cells which is likely to be different from that of b cells of mice expressing human ig gene segments. naïve his mice display an extensive human igm-expressing b cell repertoire. based on the analysis of the length of the cdr regions, this igm b cell repertoire is similar to the repertoire of healthy individuals. thus, his mice have no obvious limitations for the generation of human igm mabs against any possible antigen. upon intramuscular vaccinations with either tt or hbsag, approximately % of the his mice were able to mount an antigen-specific antibody response. human igm-producing b cell lines against both antigens were obtained after isolation of memory b cells followed by ex vivo differentiation into plasmablastlike cells. it is important to highlight that the selection of the antigen-specific human b cell clones relied on relevant bioassays (e.g., elisa or neutralization test). in contrast to ebv-based approaches, human b cell immortalization using transduction with bcl- and bcl-xl preserves the expression of the bcr at the surface and antigen-specific b cell clones can also be selected by binding of labeled antigen to the bcr of immortalized memory b cells (e.g. by using a labeled antigen). even when igg was used as a selection criterion, we were unable to establish antigen-specific igg + human b cell clones. the reason for this might be that t cell help in this system is suboptimal as indicated by the absence of antigen-specific t cell responses after vaccination (not shown). we also observed that the bcr of the b cell clones had a close to germ-line sequence, suggesting that also the induction of somatic hyper-mutation is sub-optimal in his mice. in our hands the great majority of the vaccinated his mice showed a defective formation of germinal centers [ , ] , which further explains the absence of antigenspecific ig-class switched b cells. so far, humanized mouse models based on the transplantation of human hsc only -i.e. without additional human tissues -share these limitations, and immunization strategies result in the limited generation of class-switched antigen-specific b cell responses [ , , ] . similar patterns are observed in human hsc-transplanted immunodeficient mice infected with lymphotropic pathogens, such as hiv [ ] or ebv [ ] , although dengue virus infection in his mice was reported to induce an igg response in a majority of the responder animals [ ] . it is not clear why igg antigen-specific responses are limited while serum igg can accumulate efficiently, considering the low frequency of igg + b cells in his mice. it remains to be determined whether this apparent discrepancy might be explained by the conjunction of particularly effective igg production on a cell basis by igg + b cells (which might occur in a t cell independent manner, such as in the case of the igg subclass), long-term stability of human igg in the his mouse serum as compared to human igm, and/or defective survival of igg + b cells under specific conditions (e.g. after antigen-specific triggering of the bcr). although igm mabs might already be useful for some specific applications or could be modified by ig class swapping to obtain igg mabs [ ] , optimized humanized mouse models with improved b cell function are highly desirable. one reason for the suboptimal interaction of t and b cells may be the poor survival resulting in a high turnover of human t cells (discussed in [ , ] ), making it very likely that procedures leading to improved accumulation of human t cells may promote b cell responses and isotype switching. it was already shown that human b cells undergoing isotype switching can be obtained in humanized mice, provided that a human environment supporting this process is present, e.g. in scid mice transplanted with human fetal bones, thymus and lymph nodes [ ] . consistent with this notion, enhanced human peripheral t cell accumulation was observed in nod/scid mice transplanted with human bone marrow hsc, fetal liver and fetal thymus tissues (referred to as blt mice), as compared to conventional humanized mouse systems [ ] . interestingly, blt mice consistently generated an antigen-specific igg response after hiv-infection [ ] . although it is yet unknown whether the isotype switch observed in blt mice is truly t cell dependent, those data might support the idea that improved t cell homeostasis has a positive impact on b cell responses. to obtain humanized mouse models with improved b and t cell homeostasis, alternative strategies not relying on the transplantation of human fetal tissues -which are not necessarily easy to access to, for ethical, legal or practical reasons -will likely be favored in the future. the replacement of mouse genes involved in the hematopoietic system by their human equivalent is a valuable strategy to improve development, maintenance and/or function of several hematopoietic cell subsets in humanized mouse models, as shown with cytokines, such as il- and il- [ , , , ] , or mhc molecules (n.d.h and j.p.d., manuscript submitted) [ , ] . the fact that the human cd was shown to be unable to properly interact with the mouse sirpa indicates that reintroducing a functional phagocyte inhibition mechanism via the cd /sirpa signaling axis is another strategy of potential interest [ ] . in conclusion, our results show using two standard vaccine antigens the general applicability of an innovative b cell immortalization method in combination with the his mouse model to generate human mabs. similarly to methods based on the immortalization of human memory b cells from vaccinated or convalescent individuals [ ] , our approach exploits the broad antibody repertoire of human b cells, overcoming the potential limitations of conventional humanized murine mabs such as laboriousness or impaired biological properties, synthetic antibody libraries that require a known target antigen, and transgenic mice bearing the human ig locus that have limited b cell repertoires. in addition, our method enables to exploit experimental infection models and immunization regimes that would be unethical or untenable in humans. considering the upcoming advances in his mice models [ ] , this new approach will provide a powerful tool to generate human mabs for either diagnostic or therapeutic purposes. figure s igg/iga b cell repertoire in naïve his mice. similarly to figure e , the naive igg (a) and iga (b) b cell repertoires of his (balb-rag/c) mice were evaluated on splenocytes by performing a bcr immunoscope for each v h family. the profiles obtained with control human pbmc are also shown. found at: doi: . /journal.pone. .s ( . mb tif) figure . limited dilutions of b cells transduced with bcl- and bcl-xl were performed with . and . cells/well. after sub-cloning of the positive wells, we generated igm + anti-hbsag mabs, of which are unique (as determined by ig-v h sequence, see table s ), and igm + anti-tt mabs, of which are unique (see table s ). in the case of hbsag vaccination, the number of screened b cells was (( * . )+( * . ))* = , which eventually suggests that the frequency of hbsag-specific b cells is at least / b cells. found at: doi: . /journal.pone. .s ( . mb doc) igm v h amino-acid sequence of generated hbsagspecific b cell clones. the germ-line sequence is given for each v h family, with indication of framework regions (fr) and complementary determining regions (cdr). highlighted amino-acids correspond to n-additions (in the cdr region) and somatic hyper-mutation events, whether it results in a silent mutation (green) or not (red). clones with identical bcr sequences are grouped together. found at: doi: . /journal.pone. .s ( . mb pdf) the mechanism of diphtheria immunity and tetanus immunity in animals immunogenicity of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies continuous cultures of fused cells secreting antibody of predefined specificity upping the ante on antibodies mice with a human touch molecular engineering and design of therapeutic antibodies from xenomouse technology to panitumumab, the first fully human antibody product from transgenic mice an efficient method to make human monoclonal antibodies from memory b cells: potent neutralization of sars coronavirus generation of stable monoclonal antibody-producing b cell receptorpositive human memory b cells by genetic programming experimental models to study development and function of the human immune system in vivo human-hemato-lymphoid-system mice: opportunities and challenges humanized mice in translational biomedical research monitoring the effect of gene silencing by rna interference in human cd + cells injected into newborn rag -/-gammac-/-mice: functional inactivation of p in developing t cells development of a human adaptive immune system in cord blood celltransplanted mice il- trans-presentation promotes human nk cell development and differentiation in vivo t cellindependent development and induction of somatic hypermutation in human igm+ igd+ cd + b cells many human peripheral vh -expressing igm+ b cells display a unique heavy-chain rearrangement experimental model for the study of the human immune system: production and monitoring of ''human immune system'' rag -/-gamma c-/-mice stat -mediated up-regulation of blimp is coordinated with bcl down-regulation to control human plasma cell differentiation a senescence rescue screen identifies bcl as an inhibitor of anti-proliferative p (arf)-p signaling il- enhances thymic human t cell development in ''human immune system'' rag / il- rgammac / mice without affecting peripheral t cell homeostasis stat regulates the self-renewal capacity and differentiation of human memory b cells and controls bcl- expression cd : a memory bcell marker human b cell subsets rapid cloning of high-affinity human monoclonal antibodies against influenza virus human immunoglobulin m memory b cells controlling streptococcus pneumoniae infections are generated in the spleen human blood igm ''memory'' b cells are circulating splenic marginal zone b cells harboring a prediversified immunoglobulin repertoire control of inflammation, cytokine expression, and germinal center formation by bcl- bcl- represses genes that function in lymphocyte differentiation, inflammation, and cell cycle control the bcl- protooncogene controls germinal-centre formation and th -type inflammation antigen-specific antibody production of human b cells in nog mice reconstituted with the human immune system antigen-specific human t-cell responses and t cell-dependent production of human antibodies in a humanized mouse model disseminated and sustained hiv infection in cd + cord blood cell-transplanted rag -/-gamma c-/-mice a new humanized mouse model of epstein-barr virus infection that reproduces persistent infection, lymphoproliferative disorder, and cell-mediated and humoral immune responses dengue virus infection and immune response in humanized rag ( / )gamma(c)( / ) (rag-hu) mice potent antibody therapeutics by design humanized mice for modeling human infectious disease: challenges, progress, and outlook generation of primary antigen-specific human t-and b-cell responses in immunocompetent scid-hu mice humanized mice mount specific adaptive and innate immune responses to ebv and tsst- intrarectal transmission, systemic infection, and cd + t cell depletion in humanized mice infected with hiv- lentiviral vector delivery of human interleukin- (hil- ) to human immune system (his) mice expands t lymphocyte populations human lymphoid and myeloid cell development in nod/ltsz-scid il r gamma null mice engrafted with mobilized human hemopoietic stem cells generation of functional human t-cell subsets with hla-restricted immune responses in hla class i expressing nod/scid/il r gamma(null) humanized mice priming of protective t cell responses against virus-induced tumors in mice with human immune system components polymorphism in sirpa modulates engraftment of human hematopoietic stem cells we thank berend hooibrink for expert cell sorting and maintenance of the amc-uva flow cytometry facility. we acknowledge the bloemenhove clinic (heemstede, the netherlands) for providing fetal tissues and the staff of the animal research institute amsterdam for animal care. access to technologies available at the centre d'immunologie humaine of the institut pasteur was greatly appreciated. key: cord- -r ii bu authors: butler, colin d.; corvalan, carlos f.; koren, hillel s. title: human health, well-being, and global ecological scenarios date: - - journal: ecosystems doi: . /s - - - sha: doc_id: cord_uid: r ii bu this article categorizes four kinds of adverse effects to human health caused by ecosystem change: direct, mediated, modulated, and systems failure. the effects are categorized on their scale, complexity, and lag-time. some but not all of these can be classified as resulting from reduced ecosystem services. the articles also explores the impacts that different socioeconomic–ecologic scenarios are likely to have on human health and how changes to human health may, in turn, influence the unfolding of four different plausible future scenarios. we provide examples to show that our categorization is a useful taxonomy for understanding the complex relationships between ecosystems and human well-being and for predicting how future ecosystem changes may affect human health. the interconnection between ecosystems and human activity is complex, important, and poorly understood. ecosystems support human health and well-being through their provisioning, regulating, cultural, and supporting services (butler and others ) . shortages of food, fiber, and other ecosystem products adversely affect human health via many direct and indirect pathways. the regulating functions of ecosystems that affect health include the purification of air and fresh water, the reduction of flooding and drought, and range limitation of certain vector-borne diseases. ecosystems also impact mental well-being through provision of cultural services, for example by providing totemic species and sacred groves, landscapes, and water bodies. these influence the aesthetic, recreational, educational, cultural, and spiritual aspects of the human experience. ecosystem changes have also altered the epidemiology of communicable and noncommunicable diseases, including through some pathways that would not be considered as arising from a reduced ecosystem regulating service. this article explores the impact that different plausible future scenarios (cumming and others ; raskin ) may have on health, and it also suggests how changes to health may feedback on and hence modify the course of the future. in doing so, we have categorized the effects of ecosystem change on human health into a useful taxonomy which can help predict which future ecosystem changes will impact human health and how. although positive scenarios are conceivable, in this article we are mainly concerned with how adverse ecosystem changes and reduced ecosystem services may harm future human health. until the very recent past, most human induced ecological changes have had favorable effects on human society and health. human health, judged by average life expectancy, has increased substantially, as has population size (riley, ; tuljapurkar and others ) . the reasons for these increases are well-known and include the mutually reinforcing and interacting elements of improved knowledge, technology, and social organization, including of public health (horiuchi ; szreter ) . a fundamental contributory factor has been the increased human capacity to modify ecosystems, for example, by increasing food supplies, by restricting populations of large carnivores, and by providing more fiber for fuel and shelter. this success is not unqualified. some adverse effects of our increased capacity to modify ecosystems on human health can already be seen. the transformation of ecosystems to provide certain benefits has reduced the scale and integrity of many ecosystems (pimentel and others ) . reduced ecosystem integrity decreases their ability to provide some ecosystem services, which can, in turn, have negative impacts on human health. this relationship is unlikely to be linear and may contain thresholds beyond which incremental loss of ecosystem services has a disproportionately negative effect on human-health and well-being. examples of the negative impacts of ecosystem change on human health abound. national life expectancy has fallen in several countries, including many parts of sub-saharan africa, haiti, russia, north korea, and ethiopia (farmer and others ; shkolnikov and others ; united nations population divisional ) . reduced ecosystem services may explain a part of these declines in national life expectancy and thus may be an underrecognized factor in the slowed rate of increase in global life expectancy. the problems of decreased provision of ecosystem services are often unequally distributed, with the majority of the burden falling on the poor. additionally, poor populations frequently lack the income and other means to substitute or partly compensate for reduced ecosystem services (for example, by boiling microbiologically contaminated water). in addition to the effect of ecosystem services on human health, human health itself influences access to critical ecosystem services and can modify the environmental impacts of human populations. for example, the aids epidemic in sub-saharan africa has reduced the provisioning ecosystem service of food supply (de waal and whiteside ) . the high prevalence of yellow fever and malaria delayed the construction of the panama canal, and sleeping sickness still limits human settlement and thereby affects human access to ecosystem services in parts of central africa (bhalla ) . a major challenge in this field is to apply real world data to conceptual models (miranda and others ) , to validate the models, and to develop approaches that can serve as a vehicle for generating hypothesis-driven research. although realization of these goals remains distant, the conceptual frameworks which will stimulate data acquisition and analysis in this field are developing (butler and others, ) . figure shows one such framework, linking natural and social systems with human wellbeing, of which health is an important component. here we introduce four categories of adverse effects on human health due to ecosystem change as a means to help understand the impacts of the different ecological scenarios on human health and well-being. in ascending order of scale, complexity, and lag-time, we call these adverse effects direct, mediated, modulated, and systems failure (see table ). we emphasize that, at their margins, these categories overlap because drivers may differ on temporal and spatial scales. figure graphically presents these concepts and provides a preliminary attempt to approximate the quantitative impact of the different categories. direct (adverse) health effects are manifested through the immediate impacts of the loss of a useful ecosystem service, such as the provision of sufficient food, clean water, fertile soil or the restriction of erosion and flooding. direct effects occur as the result of physical factors but do not include pathogens per se. miranda and others, ) climate change has recently been recognized as causing a substantial change in the lake tanganyika ecosystem. the fish catch has decreased due to a climate-related reduction in the nutrient supply (o'reilly and others ) . this reduction in ecosystem services places additional economic and nutritional stresses on an already poor and vulnerable human population. although data to measure the health effect of this reduced catch are unlikely to be available, the effect is probably adverse because it causes reduced income and reduced nutrition (verschuren ) . another example is the collapse of cod fishing in the north atlantic, which caused widespread unemployment, mental distress, and social dislocation, but little if any true under nutrition because the social mechanisms operating in canada were able to partially substitute for the lost provisioning services once supplied by the fishery. a third example of a direct health effect from a reduced ecosystem service is the disruption and physical injury caused by flooding. there is increasing recognition that floods are caused by the interaction of climatic and landuse changes (hellin and others, ; zhang and others, ) . there is also increasing evidence that mental and physical health is enhanced by contact with nature (friedman and thomas ) . reduction of the cultural services that ecosystems provide is likely to contribute to the already enormous burden of disease caused by impaired mental health. compared to direct effects, mediated effects have increased causal complexity and, in some cases, involve pathogens. some mediated effects have the potential for high rates of illness and death. there is also often a longer lag between the ecosystem change and the health outcome than for direct effects. however, by definition, mediated effects are insufficient in scale to cause the larger-scaled social collapse that we define as a modulated effect. many infectious and some chronic diseases fall in this category. the epidemiology of many communicable diseases is related to ecological factors. some major nonvector-borne diseases, including tuberculosis, measles, and influenza, are thought to have crossed into human populations because of close contact with domesticated animals (mcneil ; daszak and others, ; oxford and others, ) . changes to biodiversity may be associated with increased numbers of disease-transmitting insects. although contested, there are suggestions that malaria may also have become a significant human disease following the development of agriculture (pennisi ; joy and others ) . more recently, variant creutzfeld-jacob disease, nipah virus, and hendra virus illustrate novel infectious diseases that have entered human populations because of changed and more intensive animal feeding and farming practices (waltner-toews and lang ). the emergence of nipah virus may also have been related to bats fleeing from the intense drought and el niñ o-related fires in indonesia (epstein and others, ) . the long list of other infectious diseases related to ecosystem change (patz and others, ) includes schistosomiasis (li and others, ) , cholera (pascual and others, ) , and lyme disease (jones and others, ; blockstein ) . in many of these cases, the disease has emerged as a result of increased food-producing capacity of ecosystems-a provisioning ecosystem service-for example, by animal domestication, irrigation, dams, and other intensive farming practices. a tradeoff has been the unforeseen increase in the incidence and prevalence of many of these communicable diseases. some mediated health effects have also led to migration, while others have prevented the colonization of certain areas. for example, malaria has long restricted human settlement in lowland areas, including the terai in nepal, and many parts of equatorial africa. some chronic, noninfectious diseases can also be classified as mediated effects of ecosystem change, including allergies, asthma, and some forms of cancer and chronic lung disease. for example, lung cancer and pulmonary fibrosis have become particularly common in the region around the shrunken aral sea, as pesticide-contaminated dust from this human-made desert is inhaled (o'hara and others ). both long-distance dust transport and more localized air pollution are also related to ecosystem service change and have been linked with a number of diseases, including asthma and atopy (monteil ) . there is also increasing evidence that air pollution, often exacerbated by ecosystem change such as land clearing and fires, may aggravate heart disease (pyne ) . future ecosystem change, such as desertification, leading to a decrease in the ecosystem provisioning service of clean air, could thus alter the epidemiology of these diseases. these diseases are classified as mediated rather than direct because their connection to changed ecosystems is more complex than are direct effects. direct and mediated health effects are analogous to the direct and indirect health effects of climate change. in that classification, direct (adverse) health effects include phenomena such as heat stroke, while indirect effects include changes to certain vector-borne diseases because of altered patterns of temperature, humidity, and rainfall, and other effects secondary to extreme weather and adverse economic effects. it is possible that a novel emerging disease could escape from a remote ecosystem to enter the wider human population, as the plague and hiv probably did. however, at least in the case of hiv, its really major (modulated) impact depended on powerful social cofactors, including severe poverty, social practices and taboos, and poor governance (butler a (butler , b . the ecological factors that underlie the recent sars outbreak remain unclear (enserink and normile ) , but its origin and amplification in a region of china, characterized by extremely dense populations of humans and domesticated animals and by poor public health services (anonymous ) , is consistent with the view that human-dominated ecosystems today harbor more danger to population health than does the ''wild'' (oxford and others ) . a plausible example of this principle could be the widespread transmission of multi-or even omni drug-resistant tuberculosis emerging from a prison (tanne ; dye and others, ) . this scenario would have severe economic implications, especially for aviation and other industries perceived as increasing the probability of disease spread. we also identify a larger-scale, more lagged, and more causally complex adverse consequence of adverse ecosystem change, than either direct or mediated effects, which we call a modulated or tertiary effect (figure ). these effects include episodes of state failure, or of nascent or realized large-scale social and economic collapse. the role of environmental factors in the causation of large-scale conflicts, state failure, and social collapse is controversial (deudney ; gleick ; homer-dixon ; uvin ; cramer ) . we agree that causation for the phenomena is complex, but we assert that reduced ecosystem services and other adverse ecosystem changes are frequently a component of the causal webs that lead to these phenomena (butler and others ) . this may be of increasing significance in the near future as evidence accrues that ecosystems are being changed more frequently and at larger scales. there is compelling evidence that reduced ecosystem services were a causal factor for several large-scale social collapses and catastrophes, from both archeological sources (weiss and bradley ) and more recent history. two ancient cases are the collapse of the ancient mesopotamian and the mayan civilizations, contributed to, respectively, by increased salinity (jacobsen and adams ) and drought (haug and others ) . two more recent examples are the irish famine of the s and the rwandan genocide in . the irish famine was caused by the spread of a potato fungus (wilson ) interacting with a refusal by the british government to supply an effective substitute, such as famine relief (sen , pp - ) . the rwandan genocide also occurred as a result of the interaction of multiple factors, including poor governance, long-standing ethnic hatred, and rapid population growth. the violence was inflicted mainly by a large number of unemployed young men (mesquida and weiner ; potts ) , displaced from a livelihood in farming because of the shortage of fertile arable land, thus losing a key ecosystem service (andré and platteau ; butler- a) . in these examples adverse health effects are likely to be larger than those from mediated effects, although in some cases state failure may be limited to small populations, such as for the people of easter island or the norse in medieval greenland. inevitably, ecosystem service changes that contribute to modulated effects will be embedded in a mosaic of social, economic, and political cofactors. in turn, many of these cofactors are likely to have at least partial ecosystem change-dependent causation. depending on the knowledge, bias, and experience of the observer, the causal role of ecological factors in state failure may sometimes be underestimated, or even totally denied. for example, rotberg ( ) identifies the roots of state failure as based in ethnic, religious, linguistic, or other intercommunal enmity. he argues that state failure is ''man-made, not merely accidental nor-fundamentally-caused geographically, environmentally, or externally.'' we do not claim that reduced ecosystem services or other ecosystem changes that lead to adverse health effects are always a ''fundamental'' factor in state failure, but they are often important and usually identifiable. the enmity that rotberg refers to often arises over the distribution of diminishing per capita ecosystem services. there may be increasing recognition of this. for example, o'reilly and others ( ) concludes, in discussing the potential for further reduction in the ecosystem provisioning service of lake tanganyika, that ''the human implications of such subtle, but progressive, environmental changes are potentially dire in this densely populated region of the world, where large lakes are essential natural resources for regional economies.'' ecosystem services as a significant element in state failure may be underrecognized due to our tendency to discount the future possibility of thresholds or emergence. thresholds refer to sudden, nonlinear changes that result from a small increment and that are not intuitively predictable without prior experience (alley and others ; waldrop ; may ) . emergence refers to the new property that becomes apparent beyond the threshold. modulated and systems failure effects (described below) are emergent phenomena that become apparent when linked socioecological systems pass a threshold, caused by the interaction of numerous social, political, and ecological elements. we also describe an even larger scale phenomenon than state failure, as a result of coalescing, interacting modulated effects. we call this phenomenon ''systems failure.'' the increasing connections that insulate diverse human communities from scarcity also create large-scale vulnerabilities, magnifiable by feedbacks such as collapsed global trade, terrorism, technological breakdown, and radiating failure of institutions and governance. collapse could occur on a regional, continental, or even global scale. it is also possible, however, that a reverse state, ''systems success,'' could occur. large-scale epidemics exacerbated by chronic food insecurity, poor governance, and wide-scale conflict are plausible elements of this pathway. drug-resistant bacteria, in part driven by the excessive use of antibiotics in animal husbandry, could contribute to this, as could the emergence of new viruses. however, we stress that novel infectious agents are unlikely to lead to modulated or systems failure effects without significant cofactors. only modulated and systems failure effects are likely to be of sufficient scale to alter the unfolding of the various ecological and socioeconomic scenarios that are described elsewhere in this issue of ecosystems. cumming and others ( ) and raskin ( , this issue) review several socioecological scenarios that may unfold over this century. although all plausible futures are influenced by the same driving forces, these forces evolve in different ways in the different scenarios. demographic, economic, political, cultural, and social factors -including health -are codependent so that each factor will continually influence other factors. each scenario will influence and be influenced by ecological factors as well. just as in the past, the future world will contain a mixture of familiar and novel situations. scenarios seek to coalesce these myriad possibilities into a limited number of theme futures that have strongly plausible elements. although there are dozens of names for the existing environmental scenarios, most can be categorized into a surprisingly small group of core pathways, as described by cumming and others (this issue) . the names of the four scenarios considered in this article are market forces, reformed market, value change, and higher fences (see table ). it is difficult to succinctly describe these scenarios, but a number of axes can be identified along which they vary. for example, there is a spectrum identifiable between comparative economic deregulation (market forces) to a neo-keynesian model, here called reformed market. another spectrum can be identified between a concerted attempt to protect existing ecosystem services (the ''value change'' scenario) and a laissez faire approach to ecosystems and the nonliving environment, such as climate change (the ''market forces'' scenario). a third spectrum is identifiable between trade deregulation (''reformed market'') and continuing or even increased protectionism (''higher fences''). as well, the trend of global income distribution can be predicted from these scenarios, from a continuing increase (''higher fences'') to a marked decrease (''reformed market'' and ''value change''). the state of health for high-and low-income populations can be predicted, largely consequent to the anticipated change in income for each group. three of these scenarios, as very briefly described, are essentially optimistic, because they all assume an increase in income for high-and low-income populations. however, in the higher-fences world, it is conceivable that incomes will decline for populations that currently have a low income, and the increased global inequality in this scenario could exacerbate tensions between low and income populations. cumming and others ( ) examine the assumptions made about ecosystem resilience in each of four scenarios and find that the outcome of different scenarios is influenced by this resilience. table lists some key terms concerning health for both high-and low-income populations in these four scenarios. it also shows our estimation of the probability of changes in the ''health gap,'' that is, the gap between high-and low-income populations with respect to health. at present, for example, the burden of disease from diarrhea (of which nearly % can be attributed to unsafe water, poor sanitation, and hygiene) is over times higher in the least developed countries than in developed ones. the health gaps between high-and low-income populations have been systematically estimated using a measure called ''disability adjusted life years'' which accounts for total years of life lost because of disease and also for partial years of life lost because of disability (world health report ) . it is likely that in three of the four scenarios the health gap will decrease. this is because three of these scenarios assume gradual socioeconomic convergence between populations that are currently rich and poor. these scenarios postulate continued advances in science, technology, and the dissemination of information and expertise. the response to the sars outbreak illustrates the potential for a coordinated response to events that are perceived as sufficiently threatening. if convergence between rich and poor populations occurs, then coordinated responses to numerous health problems that continue to affect poor populations are likely. advances could improve new vaccines, attention to ''orphan'' diseases, and dis-tribution of the improved seeds and agricultural techniques needed to enhance food security. in these scenarios the health of high-income populations is also likely to improve, though not as rapidly as for low-income populations. in only one scenario -called ''barbarization'' (raskin, this issue) or ''higher fences'' (cumming and others, this issue) -is the health gap likely to increase. in this scenario, poor populations are increasingly ignored by the remaining population. food security of the poor is likely to further diminish, perhaps leading to positive feedbacks as malnutrition impairs cognitive development and further hinders education and the chance of skillful social and political responses. in this scenario the health of high-income populations is unlikely to be ideal: we identify obesity, diabetes, and anxiety as likely to increase, with their negative effects only partially countered by improved medical technology. modulated effects could sabotage even optimistic scenarios. table provides an estimation of the chance of systems failure, depending on assumptions concerning the resilience of ecosystems and the linked socioeconomic system. cumming and others ( ) have defined ecosystem resilience as the capacity to absorb anthropogenic impacts without the loss of essential structure or functions. we suggest that it is meaningful to assume that human populations are characterized by social resilience, which modifies their capacity to effectively deal with stress (carpenter and others ) . from a public health perspective, resilience may be defined as the capacity of society to respond to problems and challenges, over the short and long term, in ways that protect and advance public health, over the short and long term. affluence, education, social cooperation, technological capability, and flexibility are important determinants of the size of social buffers and human resilience. we suggest that systems failure effects are more likely to occur in the market-forces and higher-fences scenarios, because inequality between high-and low-income populations is likely to be the greatest in these scenarios. the most optimistic future for human health is likely to be if both ecological and social systems prove highly resilient. in this case both major ecosystem and social services are likely to be preserved even if ecosystem changes (currently perceived by many as adverse) continue to occur at a high rate. on the other hand, the chance of further modulated or even systems failure effects occurring is increased if ecosystem and social systems prove to be brittle. because the size of ecosystem service buffers is falling and the extent of ecosystem service resilience is uncertain, it is prudent to reduce fur- ther ecosystem damage as rapidly as possible. however, it is also prudent to conduct this in a way that minimizes harm to human health. continuing tradeoffs are likely to be required. for example, improving the health of populations in indonesia may require further clearing of forests to generate more income. but this process cannot be continued indefinitely. on the other hand, excessively strict protection of the surviving ecosystems could reduce the size of the socioeconomic buffer, thus perhaps increasing the longterm risk of a modulated effect. in reality, economic and social forces make an extremely rapid transition to full protection of surviving ecosystems unlikely, but it may be just as risky to delay protection in response to only short-term socioeconomic concerns. the causal relationship between ecosystem service change and impact upon human health remains incompletely understood. we have explored how ecosystem services impact human health and have proposed that adverse ecological changes can interact and feedback with dysfunctional social responses, leading to the development of states that we have termed mediated and systems failure. we have grouped the myriad possible interactions and cascading responses between ecosystem services and public health into four categories, a previously undescribed taxonomy which might help us better comprehend how ecosystem change and human health interact to affect the way the future unfolds. we believe that this is an important conceptual advance that will be useful for understanding the relationship between human health and changes in ecosystem services. continued analysis of cases studies, using both quantitative and qualitative methods, will advance our understanding of these relationships. several regions of the world, characterized by substantial ecological and social stresses, may be useful ''natural laboratories'' for this purpose, including sub-saharan africa, indonesia, and northern india. direct and mediated effects, although they may lead to some important changes to the path of the future, are unlikely to seriously compromise the development of regional or global civilization. despite occasional and localized setbacks, human health is likely to generally improve if future ecosystem changes result only in events such as occasional flooding, periodic disease outbreaks, and episodes of air pollution. on the other hand, modulated and systems failure effects, if they occur, have the power to alter the course of society in significant ways. if negative this will cause substantial harm to human health and well-being, and, by exacerbating poor governance, could also further erode ecosystem services. such events could derail even the most optimistic scenario. however, we do not deny the chance that positive systems effects could emerge, especially if ecosystem and social resilience remain high. current trends toward an increasingly large environmental footprint, further climate change, depletion of fossil fuels, and the erosion of existing ecological and social buffers are disturbing and unlikely to be sustainable (mcmichael ) . on the other hand, the increasing capacity to conceptualize, diagnose, and modify the global environment gives hope that humanity will self-organize in ways that can sustain both its social and ecological functions (crutzen ) . abrupt climate change land relations under unbearable stress: rwanda caught in the malthusian trap emerging stronger from the china crisis pan african group takes lead against the tsetse fly lyme disease and the passenger pigeon? entrapment: global ecological and/or local demographic? reflections upon reading the bmj's ''six billion day'' special issue hiv and aids, poverty, and causation ecosystems and human well-being. in: ecosystems and human well-being. a framework for assessment: a framework for assessment. millennium ecosystem assessment from metaphor to measurement: resilience of what to what? homo economicus goes to war: methodological individualism, rational choice and the political economy of war geology of mankind are existing global scenarios consistent with ecological feedbacks? infectious diseases of wildlife-threats to biodiversity and human health new variant famine: aids and food crisis in southern africa environment and security: muddled thinking erasing the world's slow stain: strategies to beat multidrug-resistant tuberculosis search for sars origins stalls conservation: our health depends on it [editorial] emerging diseases threaten conservation unjust embargo of aid for haiti pet ownership, social support, and one-year survival after acute myocardial infarction in the cardiac arrhythmia suppression trial (cast) environment and security: the clear connections climate and the collapse of maya civilization rainfall characteristics of hurricane mitch environmental scarcities and violent conflict: evidence from cases greater lifetime expectations salt and silt in ancient mesopotamian agriculture chain reactions linking acorns to gypsy moth outbreaks and lyme disease risk early origin and recent expansion of plasmodium falciparum epidemiology of schistosoma japonicum in china: morbidity and strategies for control in the dongting lake region how the biosphere is organized human frontiers, environments and disease: past patterns plagues and peoples human collective aggression: a behavioral ecology perspective policy concepts and applications dust clouds and spread of infection alternative projections of mortality and disability by cause - : global burden of disease study exposure to airborne dust contaminated with pesticide in the aral sea region climate change decreases aquatic ecosystem productivity of lake tanganyika world war i may have allowed the emergence of ''spanish'' influenza cholera dynamics and el niñ o-southern oscillation effects of environmental change on emerging parasitic diseases malaria's beginnings: on the heels of hoes? ecological integrity: integrating environment, conservation, and health. washington dc the population policy pendulum. needs to settle near the middle and acknowledge the importance of numbers small particles add up to big disease risk global scenarios: background review for the millennium ecosystem assessment rising life expectancy: a global history the new nature of nation-state failure development as freedom changes in life expectancy in russia in the s rapid economic growth and the four ds of disruption, deprivation, disease and death: public health lessons from th-century britain for st-century china? drug resistant tb is spreading worldwide a universal pattern of mortality decline in the g countries world population prospects: the revision. the demographic impact of hiv/aids tragedy in rwanda: the political ecology of conflict global change: the heat on lake tanganyika complexity. the emerging science at the edge of order and chaos a new conceptual base for food and agricultural policy: the emerging model of links between agriculture, food, health, environment and society what drives societal collapse? infectious disease: an ecological perspective world health organization china's forest policy for the st century we thank the millennium ecosystem assessment for providing many opportunities to discuss the main ideas expressed in this article with colleagues. we also thank professor d. crawford-brown and two anonymous reviewers for their comments and suggestions. key: cord- - oyw sqv authors: carding, s. r.; davis, n.; hoyles, l. title: review article: the human intestinal virome in health and disease date: - - journal: aliment pharmacol ther doi: . /apt. sha: doc_id: cord_uid: oyw sqv background: the human virome consists of animal‐cell viruses causing transient infections, bacteriophage (phage) predators of bacteria and archaea, endogenous retroviruses and viruses causing persistent and latent infections. high‐throughput, inexpensive, sensitive sequencing methods and metagenomics now make it possible to study the contribution dsdna, ssdna and rna virus‐like particles make to the human virome, and in particular the intestinal virome. aim: to review and evaluate the pioneering studies that have attempted to characterise the human virome and generated an increased interest in understanding how the intestinal virome might contribute to maintaining health, and the pathogenesis of chronic diseases. methods: relevant virome‐related articles were selected for review following extensive language‐ and date‐unrestricted, electronic searches of the literature. results: the human intestinal virome is personalised and stable, and dominated by phages. it develops soon after birth in parallel with prokaryotic communities of the microbiota, becoming established during the first few years of life. by infecting specific populations of bacteria, phages can alter microbiota structure by killing host cells or altering their phenotype, enabling phages to contribute to maintaining intestinal homeostasis or microbial imbalance (dysbiosis), and the development of chronic infectious and autoimmune diseases including hiv infection and crohn's disease, respectively. conclusions: our understanding of the intestinal virome is fragmented and requires standardised methods for virus isolation and sequencing to provide a more complete picture of the virome, which is key to explaining the basis of virome‐disease associations, and how enteric viruses can contribute to disease aetiologies and be rationalised as targets for interventions. viruses are thought to be the most abundant and diverse entities on earth, numbering as many as virus-like particles (vlps), though this paradigm is likely to change in light of information from large-scale sequencing surveys of marine environments and improved analytical tools. with the advent of new, sequence-based technologies that do not rely on the ability to isolate viruses for their identification, it is now possible to define and characterise viruses in different environmental samples in greater detail than ever before, which has resulted in an increased interest in the role the viral assemblage of the human gut microbiota plays in health and disease. the following reviews our current knowledge on the human intestinal virome. a virome comprises all the nucleic acids (ssdna, dsdna, ssrna and dsrna) belonging to the vlps associated with a particular ecosystem. the human virome is a genetically complex component of the microbiome, with the blood, nose, skin, conjunctiva, mouth, vagina, lungs and gastrointestinal (gi) tract harbouring their own distinct virus assemblages (table s ). the genetic content of vlps comprising bacteriophages (phages) that infect bacteria and archaea and, to a much lesser extent, human-, plant-, amoebae-and animal-infecting viruses found along the gi tract constitute the human intestinal virome (figure ). phages can be lytic or lysogenic. lytic (virulent) phages bind to specific host-cell receptors, then penetrate and infect their host cell to hijack its replication and translation machinery to produce virions; once sufficient virions have accumulated (tens to thousands, depending on the phage), the lytic enzymes they produce cause the host cell to lyse, releasing the virions into the surrounding environment where they can infect new host cells. lytic phages can have narrow or broad host ranges, infecting only one strain of a prokaryote or multiple species of closely related prokaryotes. these entities have been used in the past to treat infections, and have recently been revisited as alternatives to antibiotic therapies for a range of infections and as means of controlling food-contaminating bacteria such as listeria spp. their gene products are also of interest in biotechnological and medical applications. the mammalian intestinal virome comprises viruses that infect eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells. it is established soon after birth and is dominated by viruses that infect bacteria (ie, phages). the virome establishes a mutualistic relationship with eukaryotes/prokaryotes, contributing to intestinal homeostasis by influencing microbial ecology and host immunity. composition of the virome is influenced by numerous factors that affect viruses directly (infection) or change host-cell populations (eg, antibiotics, diet). members of the virome may contribute to the pathogenesis of certain diseases via microbial host lysis leading to dysbiosis, infection of epithelial cells, and/or translocation of the compromised or damaged mucosal barrier to gain access to underlying tissues and immune cells, leading to immune activation. dysbiosis can be defined as a microbial imbalance or any changes to the composition of resident microbial communities relative to the community found in healthy individuals. [ ] [ ] [ ] virome association with certain disease states is characterised by changes in diversity, and predominance of specific virotypes (eg, members of the order caudovirales in ibd) (temperate) phages do not kill their host but instead integrate into their host's genome without interfering with its replication, incorporating the phage into its genome as a prophage that is transmitted to its progeny at each cell division. lysogenic phages can be converted to a lytic cycle in response to environmental stressors (eg, antibiotics). phage-host interactions influence host and viral evolution. the ability of phages to transfer genes from one prokaryotic host to another can lead to increased diversification of viral species, and increased antibiotic resistance and/or induction of toxins or virulence factors in prokaryotes. some phages alter the antigenicity of their hosts by producing enzymes that modify the o-antigen component of lipopolysaccharides. modification of surface structures of prokaryotes has the potential to affect microbial interactions with the human host, and influence niche specialisation within the gi tract. presence of clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (crisprs) confers upon prokaryotes resistance to phage infection and contributes to prokaryotic adaptive immunity. analyses of metagenomic sequence data provide detailed information on phage-host and phage-phage competition within the human faecal microbiome, implying crispr spacers are actively and continuously acquired by prokaryotes in response to the presence of phages in the gi tract. the potential effects of such phage-host interactions on microbiota composition/function or host health are unknown. viruses do not encode universally conserved genes such as the s or s rrna genes of prokaryotes and eukaryotes, respectively, and are genetically highly diverse. consequently, it is not possible to use metataxonomic approaches such as s rrna gene sequencing to characterise vlps within ecosystems. traditionally, classical approaches-mainly microscopy and cultivation-have been relied upon to characterise vlps in the human gut. based on transmission electron microscopy (tem), mucosal samples contain~ . vlps/biopsy. vlps have been detected in caecal contents at /ml using tem with faeces harbouring - vlps/g wet weight. , in all gi contents examined to date by microscopy, the overwhelming majority of vlps have been phages of the order caudovirales, with the human gi tract estimated to harbour phages in total. , , , the order caudovirales encompasses most known phages (figure ), comprising the families the only reliable molecular method currently available for routine surveys of the human virome is metagenomics. metagenomics is a culture-independent, molecular-based approach that allows functional and sequence-based analyses of the collective microbial genomes contained in an environmental sample, providing a powerful approach for exploring the ecology of complex microbial communities. it has been used to examine prokaryotic communities associated with the human gut microbiome in health and disease, [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] and to examine viromes associated with different regions of the human body (table s ) . a protocol involving homogenisation of faeces in buffer, centrifugation (to remove cell debris), tangential flow filtration (tff) (to concentrate large-volume samples and isolate vlps), ultracentrifugation and metagenomic reconstruction was used to characterise the first human faecal virome. however, recent improvements in recovery methods give the potential to characterise human-associated vlp assemblages at the molecular level in greater detail than ever before ( sequences associated with this phage were not found in american gut-associated datasets (metagenome or virome), suggesting geographical variation in distribution of gut-associated phages. using a similar metagenomic mining approach but with major capsid protein vp specific for the ssdna phage family microviridae, members of the subfamilies gokushovirinae, alpnavirinae and pichovirinae were detected in faecal metagenomes. by using phage genome signature-based recovery with metagenomes, several (predominantly temperate) potential gut-specific phages infecting members of the order bacteroidales were identified. this alignment-free approach was able to resolve phage sequences not readily detected by conventional alignment-driven approaches. the main limitation of this method is the lack of available genome sequences from isolated phages, as "driver sequences" are required to provide baseline information upon which inferences can be made regarding sequence data and host phylogeny (only four such "driver sequences" were required in the bacteroidales study). using co-occurrence profiling, crassphage was identified in publicly available metagenomes, and by crispr analysis and co-occurrence profiling predicted to infect bacteroides or prevotella spp. assembly of sequence data from four deep-sequenced dna viromes ( . gb sequence data in total) from two healthy individuals led to recovery of contigs, representing complete phage genomes plus potentially complete and partial phage genomes. mapped to contigs. a consortium of phages contributed to the "healthy gut phageome" (hgp), though only phages were present in > % of samples ("core" phages, including crassphage and nine other complete genomes), and were present in %- % of samples ("common" phages); were present in %- % ("low overlap" phages). the hgp represented only % of the total phage community, with the expectation that the hgp will increase in size by analysing additional healthy individuals using deep sequencing. although it has been proposed the hgp may play a role in maintaining and possibly restoring a dysbiotic microbiota, (table s ). later work on oral and faecal viromes of individuals over a -month period confirmed this, demonstrating phages were persistent in these viromes and readily shared among related and unrelated members of the same household. sharing of phages encoding virulence or antibiotic-resistance genes has implications for shaping of microbiomes of those in close contact with one another, and warrants further study. with respect to antibiotic-resistance genes, their presence may have been over-estimated in human viromes , , , , , as these entities are thought to be rarely encoded in phages. consequently, care should be taken when analysing data: proper in silico checks with conservative cut-offs are required to refine functional assignments and avoid over-interpretation of data. and geminiviruses were detected in at least one twin of each pair between months and of the study. anelloviruses, associated with host immune status, were most prevalent from months of age and highly divergent from known anelloviruses, with their abundance peaking at - months of age. the same anelloviruses were detected in faecal samples of the same infant collected months apart, suggesting a persistent or stable source of recurring infection. it was speculated the increase in anelloviruses between the initially high phage population is unsustainable because of low numbers of bacteria colonising the gi tract. consequently, the phage assemblage shrinks in size and diversity, relieving pressure on the bacterial community and allowing it to establish and colonise the gut. differences in birth mode (caesarean vs vaginal delivery) and diet (breast-vs formula-feeding; age at which weaning began) were confounders in the study of lim et al. , circulating phages have also been detected in blood samples after oral administration of antibiotics to patients with bacterial infections, whereas no phages could be detected in their blood prior to antibiotic therapy. it is not known if these phages were of gi origin. the presence of phages in the peripheral blood has been termed "phagemia". however, whether the blood contains its own "baseline" vlp population to which the gi virome can contribute in disease is unknown. in colonic biopsies than healthy individuals (n = ) ( . vs . vlps/biopsy), and for the cd patients ulcerated mucosa had significantly fewer vlps than nonulcerated mucosa ( . vs . vlps/biopsy). more recent, small-scale studies have been undertaken to characterise the gut virome of ibd. , - a pilot metagenomic study of ileal and colonic contents of six cd patients and ileal samples from six non-ibd controls showed cd dna-based viromes had higher phage abundance than control samples. however, the ways in which virome data from healthy controls (n = ) and patients with ileocolic cd (n = ) were analysed were found to contribute to interpretation of results. prophages represented the most hits in the cd samples when unassembled reads were compared, but were higher in the control group when the assembled data were compared. analysis based on assembled data showed fewer differences between the cd and control group. nonrarefied data were used to generate estimators of species richness: the viromes of cd patients were less diverse than the healthy patients, but showed greater heterogeneity across samples. the cd and control samples could not be fully separated into two groups based on vlp composition and abundance. a later dna-based study showed differences in cd patients related to disease status (newly diagnosed, active onset, active presurgery) and therapy. similar to their previous study, individual variability and sample origin had a greater effect on the virome than cd, although more over-represented viruses were found in the cd viromes than the healthy, and newly diagnosed patients had higher diversity in faecal and biopsy viromes than those with active disease. patients on steroids and/or immunosuppressors had lower diversity than untreated patients, while those on immunosuppressors only had lower diversity than those on combination therapy or steroids only. the study benefitted from recruiting cd and ulcerative colitis (uc) patients and their family members in the uk (cambridge) and usa (los angeles), thereby controlling for household factors that may influence the microbiome. an increase in phage-associated richness (predominantly caudovirales and microviridae) was seen in ibd faecal viromes compared with those of controls. initial findings were confirmed using two independent and geographically distinct us (boston, chicago) patient cohorts with matched controls. it was suggested decreases in bacterial richness concomitant with increases in phage richness may be due to predator-prey dynamics, but it was unclear how these contribute to the pathogenesis of ibd. also proposed was the virome as a target for therapeutic modulation. few studies of the human virome have considered the effects of contaminants in reagents and nucleic acid extraction kits on viral metagenomes (table s ), though these are being increasingly recognised in prokaryote-focused studies. , , nucleases, proteases and polymerases used in studies are produced in protein expression systems, and sequences associated with these expression vectors have been detected in virome studies. columns used to purify dna may introduce parvovirus-like, circoviruses/densoviruses and iridoviruses sequences into samples, and it has been suggested their use should be avoided in virome studies. , efforts should be made to prevent cross-contamination of samples when processing samples for nucleic acid extraction and sequencing. , low-biomass samples obtained from non-gi sites will be reliant on pcr-based approaches for the foreseeable future, and these are most likely to be affected by contaminants in reagents. therefore, appropriate negative controls should be included in sequencing studies, to allow the identification of sample-associated sequences rather than those from contaminants. those studies targeting only the vlps of the microbiota will not capture prophage diversity within samples, and will contain little information to allow studies of phage-host interactions or host ranges, limiting in-depth analyses of the overall ecology of the gut microbiome. studying total community metagenomes in conjunction with vlp-derived metagenomes will provide a more-complete picture of virus-host interactions in the human gut. the greatest challenge to integrated studies of the whole gut microbiome is it has been stated that isolating "just a few phage genomes from novel environments will greatly increase our understanding of viral diversity in these environments". ( ) there are a number of medical conditions speculated to be linked with viral infections (eg, type i diabetes, chronic fatigue syndrome, obesity) but for which no infectious agent has been found. it has been estimated over half of humaninfecting viruses remain to be discovered. interactions with pets, insects and wild animals will also influence the composition of the human virome. from a pathogen perspective, bush-workers, abattoir workers and individuals exposed to insect bites have been highlighted as likely sources of new humaninfecting viruses. with the advent of high-throughput, inexpensive, sensitive sequencing methods, it has become possible to study the contribution of dsdna, ssdna and rna vlps to the human virome. gene transfer agents, which appear to represent defective phages, have not been examined in the context of the human microbiome or virome, but may also make a contribution to its genetic content. , similarly, exosomes-extracellular vesicles of - nm in diameter consisting of proteins, lipids, mirna, mrna and dna-derived from cells lining the gi epithelium are likely to contribute to nucleic acids found in viromes. , outer-membrane vesicles, the equivalent (in size and composition) of eukaryotic exosomes for gram-negative bacteria, may also contribute to what we currently call the virome, as these vesicles have recently been reported to contain dna as well as rna. whereas s rrna gene sequence data are readily processed and analysed using packages such as qiime and mothur, no such tools exist for the analyses of sequence data derived from host-associated viromes. tools exist for functional annotation of viromes and estimating viral diversity (table ) . no easy-to-use pipeline that takes raw reads, strips out host dna, looks for bacterial contaminants then assigns taxonomy and functionality to prokaryote and eukaryote viruses within samples exists, though efforts are being made to generate such tools. these will need to take into account the presence of human endogenous retroviruses, which comprise~ % of the human genome and still possess the ability to encode retrovirus polymerase and envelope protein and can be reactivated by exogenous retroviruses such as hiv. the authors would like to thank sam carding for creating figure . declaration of personal interest: none. here a virus, there a virus, everywhere the same virus? viral ecology comes of age. environ microbiol rep exploiting gut bacteriophages for human health characterization of a bacteriophage-derived murein peptidase for elimination of antibiotic-resistant staphylococcus aureus ecology of prokaryotic viruses bacteriophage receptors, mechanisms of phage adsorption and penetration into host cell comparative (meta)genomic analysis and ecological profiling of human gut-specific bacteriophage φb - crispr targeting reveals a reservoir of common phages associated with the human gut microbiome dysbiosis in inflammatory bowel disease: a role for bacteriophages? characterization of viruslike particles associated with the human faecal and caecal microbiota diversity and abundance of single-stranded dna viruses in human feces optimizing protocols for extraction of bacteriophages prior to metagenomic analyses of phage communities in the human gut virome capture sequencing enables sensitive viral diagnosis and comprehensive virome analysis metagenomics: genomic analysis of microbial communities richness of human gut microbiome correlates with metabolic markers dietary intervention impact on gut microbial gene richness alterations of the human gut microbiome in liver cirrhosis shotgun metagenomics of adult twins reveals genetic and environmental impacts on the gut microbiome metagenomic analyses of an uncultured viral community from human feces the human gut virome: inter-individual variation and dynamic response to diet genome signature-based dissection of human gut metagenomes to extract subliminal viral sequences a highly abundant bacteriophage discovered in the unknown sequences of human faecal metagenomes the application of a recently isolated strain of bacteroides (gb- ) to identify human sources of faecal pollution in a temperate river catchment evolution and diversity of the microviridae viral family through a collection of new complete genomes assembled from virome reads new viruses in idiopathic human diarrhea cases, the netherlands viral metagenomics applied to blood donors and recipients at high risk for blood-borne infections viruses in the faecal microbiota of monozygotic twins and their mothers healthy human gut phageome disease-specific alterations in the enteric virome in inflammatory bowel disease the human gut phage community and its implications for health and disease hypervariable loci in the human gut virome viral diversity and dynamics in an infant gut rapid evolution of the human gut virome bacteriophage adhering to mucus provide a non-host-derived immunity effects of long term antibiotic therapy on human oral and fecal viromes quinolone antibiotics induce shiga toxin-encoding bacteriophages, toxin production, and death in mice metagenomic analysis of respiratory tract dna viral communities in cystic fibrosis and non-cystic fibrosis individuals transmission of viruses via our microbiomes phages rarely encode antibiotic resistance genes: a cautionary tale for virome analyses single-stranded dna library preparation for the sequencing of ancient or damaged dna structure and diversity of ssdna microviridae viruses in two peri-alpine lakes (annecy and bourget, france) towards quantitative viromics for both double-stranded and single-stranded dna viruses distribution of ribonucleic acid coliphages in animals rna viral community in human feces: prevalence of plant pathogenic viruses direct metagenomic detection of viral pathogens in nasal and fecal specimens using an unbiased high-throughput sequencing approach early life dynamics of the human gut virome and bacterial microbiome in infants longitudinal investigation of the faecal microbiota of healthy full-term infants using fluorescence in situ hybridization and denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis. microbiology improved detection of bifidobacteria with optimised s rrna-gene based pyrosequencing s rrna gene-based profiling of the human infant gut microbiota is strongly influenced by sample processing and pcr primer choice gut dna viromes of malawian twins discordant for severe acute malnutrition bacteriophage translocation altered virome and bacterial microbiome in human immunodeficiency virus-associated acquired immunodeficiency syndrome detection and identification of plasma bacterial and viral elements in hiv/aids patients in comparison to healthy adults method for discovering novel dna viruses in blood using viral particle selection and shotgun sequencing the antibody response to bacteriophage phi-x in newborn premature infants tumor-specific bacteriophages induce tumor destruction through activation of tumor-associated macrophages an enteric virus can replace the beneficial function of commensal bacteria efficacy of sterile fecal filtrate transfer for treating patients with clostridium difficile infection bacteriophage transfer during faecal microbiota transplantation in clostridium difficile infection is associated with treatment outcome virus-plus-susceptibility gene interaction determines crohn's disease gene atg l phenotypes in intestine enteric viruses ameliorate gut inflammation via toll-like receptor and toll-like receptor -mediated interferon-b production bacteriophages in gut samples from pediatric crohn's disease patients: metagenomic analysis using pyrosequencing study of the viral and microbial communities associated with crohn's disease: a metagenomic approach metagenomic analysis of microbiome in colon tissue from subjects with inflammatory bowel diseases reveals interplay of viruses and bacteria metagenomic analysis of crohn's disease patients identifies changes in the virome and microbiome related to disease status and therapy, and detects potential interactions and biomarkers modular approach to customise sample preparation procedures for viral metagenomics: a reproducible protocol for virome analysis evaluation of methods to purify virus-like particles for metagenomic sequencing of intestinal viromes the perioperative lung transplant virome: torque teno viruses are elevated in donor lungs and show divergent dynamics in primary graft dysfunction reagent and laboratory contamination can critically impact sequence-based microbiome analyses direct multiplexed whole genome sequencing of respiratory tract samples reveals full viral genomic information analysis of the virus population present in equine faeces indicates the presence of hundreds of uncharacterized virus genomes the marine viromes of four oceanic regions virfinder: a novel kmer based tool for identifying viral sequences from assembled metagenomic data alignment-free d * oligonucleotide frequency dissimilarity measure improves prediction of hosts from metagenomically-derived viral sequences a roadmap to the human virome human viruses: discovery and emergence prophage-like gene transfer agents-novel mechanisms of gene exchange for methanococcus, desulfovibrio, brachyspira, and rhodobacter species transfer of antibiotic-resistance genes via phage-related mobile elements exosome can prevent rnase from degrading microrna in feces q&a: what are exosomes, exactly? membrane vesiclemediated release of bacterial klebsiella pneumoniae subsp. pneumoniae-bacteriophage combination from the caecal effluent of a healthy woman phage tail-like particles kill clostridium difficile and represent an alternative to conventional antibiotics three new escherichia coli phages from the human gut show promising potential for phage therapy lytic bacteriophage pm specific for proteus mirabilis: a novel member of the genus phikmvvirus full genome virus detection in fecal samples using sensitive nucleic acid preparation, deep sequencing, and a novel iterative sequence classification algorithm direct sequencing of human gut virome fractions obtained by flow cytometry comparing viral metagenomics methods using a highly multiplexed human viral pathogens reagent phaccs, an online tool for estimating the structure and diversity of uncultured viral communities using metagenomic information aclame: a classification of mobile genetic elements, update metavir: a web server dedicated to virome analysis metavir : new tools for viral metagenome comparison and assembled virome analysis virome: a standard operating procedure for analysis of viral metagenome sequences molecular methods of virus detection in lymphoma virsorter: mining viral signal from microbial genomic data viromescan: a new tool for metagenomic viral community profiling vip: an integrated pipeline for metagenomics of virus identification and discovery virusdetect: an automated pipeline for efficient virus discovery using deep sequencing of small rnas phaster: a better, faster version of the phast phage search tool virusseeker, a computational pipeline for virus discovery and virome composition analysis defining dysbiosis and its influence on host immunity and disease dysbiosis in inflammatory bowel disease microbiota and neurological disorders: a gut feeling key: cord- -qw e cof authors: cantas, leon; suer, kaya title: review: the important bacterial zoonoses in “one health” concept date: - - journal: front public health doi: . /fpubh. . sha: doc_id: cord_uid: qw e cof an infectious disease that is transmitted from animals to humans, sometimes by a vector, is called zoonosis. the focus of this review article is on the most common emerging and re-emerging bacterial zoonotic diseases. the role of “one health” approach, public health education, and some measures that can be taken to prevent zoonotic bacterial infections are discussed. key points: a zoonotic bacterial disease is a disease that can be very commonly transmitted between animals and humans. global climate changes, overuse of antimicrobials in medicine, more intensified farm settings, and closer interactions with animals facilitate emergence or re-emergence of bacterial zoonotic infections. the global “one health” approach, which requires interdisciplinary collaborations and communications in all aspects of health care for humans, animals, and the environment, will support public health in general. new strategies for continuous dissemination of multidisciplinary research findings related to zoonotic bacterial diseases are hence needed. zoonotic diseases are those infections that can be transmitted between animals and humans with or without vectors. there are approximately pathogens, which are known to infect humans and % of these cause zoonotic diseases ( ) . the unique dynamic interaction between the humans, animals, and pathogens, sharing the same environment should be considered within the "one health" approach, which dates back to ancient times of hippocrates ( , ) . bacterial zoonotic diseases can be transferred from animals to humans in many ways ( ): (i) the transfer may occur through animal bites and scratches ( ) ; (ii) zoonotic bacteria originating from food animals can reach people through direct fecal oral route, contaminated animal food products, improper food handling, and inadequate cooking ( ) ( ) ( ) ; (iii) farmers and animal health workers (i.e., veterinarians) are at increased risk of exposure to certain zoonotic pathogens and they may catch zoonotic bacteria; they could also become carriers of the zoonotic bacteria that can be spread to other humans in the community ( ) ; (iv) vectors, frequently arthropods, such as mosquitoes, ticks, fleas, and lice can actively or passively transmit bacterial zoonotic diseases to humans. ( ) ; (v) soil and water recourses, which are contaminated with manure contains a great variety of zoonotic bacteria, creating a great risk for zoonotic bugs and immense pool of resistance genes that are available for transfer of bacteria that cause human diseases ( , ) . bacterial zoonotic infections are one of the zoonotic diseases, which can, in particular, re-emerge after they are considered to be eradicated or under control. the development of antimicrobial resistance due to over-/misuse of antibiotics is also a globally increasing public health problem. these diseases have a negative impact on travel, commerce, and economies worldwide. in most industrialized countries, antibiotic resistant zoonotic bacterial diseases are of particular importance for at-risk groups such as young, old, pregnant, and immune-compromised individuals ( ) . almost years ago, prior to application of hygiene rules and discovery of neither vaccines nor antibiotics, some bacterial zoonotic diseases such as bovine tuberculosis, bubonic plague, and glanders caused millions of human deaths. the spread and importance of some bacterial zoonoses are currently globally increasing. that is precisely why most of the developing countries are sparing more resources for a better screening of animal products and bacterial reservoirs or vectors for an optimal preventative public health service ( ) . improvements in surveillance and diagnostics have caused increased recognition of emerging zoonotic diseases. herein, changes in our lifestyles and closer contacts with animals have escalated or caused the re-emergence of some bacterial infections. some studies lately have revealed that people have never been exposed to bacterial zoonotic infection risks as high as this before ( ) . it is probably due to closer contact with adopted small animals, which are accepted and treated as a family member in houses. on the other hand, more intensified animal farms, which have a crucial role in the food supply, are still one of the greatest sources of food-borne bacterial zoonotic pathogens in today's growing world ( , ) . people who have closer contact with large numbers of animals such as farmers, abattoir workers, zoo/pet-shop workers, and veterinarians are at a higher risk of contracting a zoonotic disease. members of the wider community are also at risk from those zoonoses that can be transmitted by family pets. the immune-suppressed people are especially at high risk for infection with zoonotic bacterial diseases. people can be either temporarily immuno-suppressed owing to pregnancy, infant age, or long-term immuno-suppressed as a result of cancer treatment or organ transplant, diabetes, alcoholism or an infectious disease (i.e., aids). this manuscript reviews the most common bacterial zoonoses and practical control measures against them. companion animals are increasingly treated as family members, and pets have many bacteria that may infect their owners. the human population of the european union (eu) was approximately million in . the number of pet owning households was estimated at around million in . the most commonly suffered zoonotic bacterial infections in humans are transmitted via animal bites and scratches. various dog breeds have been characterized for their role in killing dog bite attacks, such as pit bull breeds, malamutes, chows, rottweiler, huskies, german shepherds, and wolf hybrids ( ) ( ) ( ) . in usa, pit bull breeds accounted for almost half of the dog bite-related zoonotic infections, three times more than german shepherds ( ) . the oral cavity of healthy dogs and cats contains hundreds of different pathogenic bacteria including pasteurella sp. ( ) . only % of dog bites get infected overall compared with % in cats. there are times higher pasteurella multocida infection risks after a cat bite than a dog bite ( , ) . p. multocida infected bite wounds appear usually within h. it is estimated that approximately % of animal bites or scratches get infected in humans ( ) . bacterial culturing from pet bite infections in humans is found to be smilar to the oral microbiota of the pets. infections in dog bite wounds are usually dominated by aerobic bugs: p. multocida ( %), alpha-hemolytic streptococcus ( %), staphylococcus ( %), neisseria ( %), and corynebacterium ( %). however, following anaerobic bacteria are also isolated from infected wounds: fusobacterium nucleatum ( %), prevotella heparinolytica ( %), propionibacterium acnes ( %), prevotella intermedia ( %), and peptostreptococcus anaerobius ( %) ( ) . normal human skin bacteria or other environmental microorganisms are scarcely isolated from infected wounds in bitten person ( ) ( ) ( ) . usually, infection occurs within - h after the animal attack, with variable pain on the site of the injury. the cellulitis might be followed by discharge that contains pus, which can sometimes be foul-smelling. immuno-suppressed patients with diabetes or liver dysfunction are frequently predisposed to develop serious infections after animal bites. in those cases, they may develop bacteremia faster and pass away in a shorter period of time ( ) . a penetrating bite close to the joints and bones may cause septic arthritis and osteomyelitis. knowing the microbial composition of dental plaque biofilm formation in pets' mouth is a key factor in wound chronicity in humans ( , ) . cat-scratch disease is a clinical syndrome that has been reported in people for over years. yet, the etiological agent bartonella henselae, which was transmitted by cat scratches and bites, was only identified in ( ) . however, contact with cat saliva on broken skin or sclera can also cause bartonellosis. a person who has had a cat scratch may show papules and pustules at the site of injury (the first initial sign). the disease may progress with a chronic non-healing wound, fever (sometimes), weak regional lymph circulation, and abscession. cat owners and veterinarians are most at risk ( ) . systematic medical treatment is usually needed in people with suppressed immune systems. otherwise, encephalopathy, osteomyelitis, and granulomatous conjunctivitis might develop. horses and humans have always shared a close relationship due to recreation, sporting, and occupational reasons, for over thousands of years. in europe, the number of horses per capita remained relatively stable during the past decade. germany and great britain have the largest horse populations in the eu, whereas sweden has the highest number of horses per capita. the frequency of infected horse bite wounds is estimated to be - % in europe ( , ) . however, it has been roughly estimated that the horse bites account for as high as % of overall animal bites in turkey, which comes after dog bites ( %) ( ) . more extensive muscle damage may develop in most of the horse attacks, which is different from small animal bites. a mixture of aerobic and anaerobic organisms has been isolated from horse bites in humans, which are frequently dominated by actinobacillus lignieresii ( , ) . escherichia coli and bacteroides species have also been isolated from foul-smelling infections and pus drainage after horse bites in humans ( ) . infectious diarrhea in companion animals is caused by salmonella sp., escherichia coli, shigella sp., and campylobacter sp. can also be transmitted to people through fecal oral route. it is difficult to estimate the distribution of these ubiquitous microorganisms. but it is known that they can be isolated from many healthy animals, which can be shed in their feces for long periods of time. campylobacteriosis were the most frequently reported zoonotic bacterial diseases in among the eu member countries in humans ( ) . like many other enteropathogens, they can cause gastroenteritis (diarrhea, vomiting), headaches, and depression, sometimes even leading to death. it is obvious that raw food diets for pets dramatically increase the risk of human exposure to such zoonotic bacterial enteropathogens, which cause gastrointestinal diseases. although pet birds, also called songbirds (e.g., canaries, finches, sparrows) and psittaciformes (e.g., parrots, parakeets, budgerigars, love birds) are a small fraction of adopted pets, they are widely popular in europe and they are potential carriers of zoonotic diseases ( ) . some of them could have an important impact on human health, such as chlamydophilosis ( ) , campylobacteriosis ( ) , and salmonellosis ( ) . parrot fever (chlamydophilosis), which is caused by intracellular bacteria, chlamydia psittaci, lives within the frontiers in public health | infectious diseases respiratory system of birds. inhalation of dust, dander, and nasal secretions of infected birds is the main way of transmission to humans ( , ) . the mild to severe flu-like illnesses may develop and infected people might be misdiagnosed as influenza. there is unfortunately a lack of quantitative research into the antimicrobial susceptibility of bacterial zoonotic organisms isolated from bite/scratch wounds or companion animal associated gastroenteritis. zambori et al. ( ) revealed an increased prevalence of drug resistance in animal bite isolates from people. furthermore, methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus (mrsa) or extended-spectrum beta-lactamases (esbl) producing enterobacteriaceae, which are known as nosocomial infections have been frequently isolated in companion animals ( ) , including horses ( ) . it might be one of the main reasons for the rising prevalence of these potential zoonotic pathogens in human clinical samples. food producing animals in stock has reached a total of more than million (cattle, pigs, sheep, goats, and chicken) living on farms in europe (see text footnote ). it has been demonstrated that farm animals are reservoirs of many zoonotic pathogens to humans ( , ) . however, annually, a large amount of drugs are being used worldwide to sufficient quantities of food to feed a rapidly growing world human population ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . the farm animals consume worldwide approximately eight million kilograms of antibiotics annually ( % of which is used for non-therapeutic purposes such as growth promotion; forbidden in the eu from january , and disease prevention) compared with only approximately one million kilogram per year used in human medicine ( ) . antibiotics are routinely fed to livestock as growth promoters to increase profits and to ward off potential bacterial infections in the stressed and crowded livestock factory environment ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . despite large differences in methodology, most results demonstrate that not so long after the introduction of an antibiotic in veterinary practice, resistance in pathogenic zoonotic bacteria and/or the fecal flora increases. in particular, the wide-spread use of antibiotics in animals has resulted in an increased emergence of bacterial resistance to antibiotics, in zoonotic organisms such as salmonella, campylobacter, shigella, yersinia, listeria, and enterococcus genera, as well as the e. coli species. these zoonotic bacterial organisms are propagated primarily among animals and subsequently infect people ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . humans can be infected by contact with animals and their dung or droppings or consumption of infected food. severe diarrhea may develop, sometimes with blood in the feces. at all ages, but especially in children under years and adults over years, very serious illnesses often occur. these complications can result in loss of life or permanent kidney damage. according to the latest epidemiological trends, salmonellosis and campylobacteriosis are indicated as the most frequent food-borne bacterial zoonoses in europe. the main food sources were eggs and mixed foods ( ) . furthermore, the recent emergence of esbl-producing and carbapenemase positive enterobacteriaceae bacteria in animal production ( ) , the emergence of farm associated mrsa st (the main pig associated clone) ( ) ( ) ( ) , and of plasmid-mediated quinolone resistance in animal isolates and food products ( , ) are great threat for public health. unfortunately, these antimicrobial resistant "superbugs" are not only confined to hospital environments where antimicrobial use was high and many pathogens were prevalent. they are already widespread in the european community and animal populations that have a great hazard on public health ( , ) . the causative agent of bovine tuberculosis, mycobacterium bovis (m. bovis) has been identified worldwide. thanks to decades of disease control measures that the occurrence of the infection has been greatly reduced. but there are still hundreds of new cases of human tuberculosis reported in the usa ( ) . experience in europe and the usa, has shown that m. bovis can be controlled when it is restricted in livestock; however, eradication is almost impossible once it has spread into wildlife as follows; the european badger in the united kingdom ( ), elk in canada ( ) and white tailed deer in the usa ( ) . in the last decade, q fever caused by coxiella burnetii was one of the most devastating farm animal originated bacterial zoonotic bacteria in europe. the netherlands, in particular, has experienced several outbreaks from to following identification of a q fever outbreak on various dairy farms in . infected humans were mainly located within the intensive dairy goat farms (< km) ( ) . the infection is spread by ticks, inhalation of the organism from the placental fluids, urine, and consumption of unpasteurized milk -meat products of sheep, goats, and cattle. the clinical signs in humans might be severe flu-like syndrome that may last for months ( ) . in the eu, many vector-borne zoonotic diseases are considered as emerging infectious diseases, which either appear in a population for the first time or may have existed previously but spreading rapidly. the ecology of vector-borne zoonotic bacterial diseases is complex where climate and weather may influence the transmission cycles. milder winters, earlier start of spring or long intervals between winters cause extended seasonal tick activity and hence pathogen transmission between hosts in new regions of the world ( , ) . many vector-borne infections occurred in new regions in the past two decades, while many endemic diseases have increased in incidence ( ) . the following bacterial pathogens were most frequently identified as the causes of emerging vector-borne infections in the last decades in the eu: rickettsiae spp., anaplasma phagocytophilum, borrelia burgdorferi, bartonella spp., and francisella tularensis ( , ) . rickettsia rickettsii causes rocky mountain spotted fever and spreads to humans by ticks. the signs of this disease are fever, headache, muscle pain, and spots with very dark rash. hiking in an area with many infested ticks is a great risk factor. a tick bite of < h is usually not enough to transfer these bacteria to a person ( ) . ehrlichiosis (anaplasma phagocytophilum) and lyme disease (borrelia burgdorferi) have emerged as an important vector-borne zoonotic disease since s ( , ) . hard ticks are principal vectors, whereas small rodents are known as their natural vertebrate reservoir. a wide variety of signs including rash, joint pains, fever, enlarged lymph nodes, and some neurological signs may www.frontiersin.org develop. the trend of house buildings in woodlots where humans share the same ecology with reservoirs and vectors was found to be correlated with the increased frequency of such diseases in humans ( ) . bartonella spp. is transferred to humans via fleas, lice, and sand flies ( ) . however, recent studies have shown the importance of tick exposure in human bartonellosis ( ) . as previously mentioned elsewhere in this article, bartonellosis are usually associated with cat-scratch diseases. lately, researchers have revealed that bartonella spp. can be transmitted via cat fleas without any scratches to humans ( ) . symptoms include fever, enlarged lymph nodes (after - weeks), and a papule at the inoculation site. etiological agent of tularemia, f. tularensis, is a rare disease in europe ( ) . bacteria are usually transferred by slaughtering (hunters are at a higher risk), eating of infected hares, respiration of dust, or drinking of contaminated water ( ) . the prevalence of f. tularensis was found to be - % from dog ticks in north america ( ) . clinical symptoms depend on how the organism is acquired: erythematous papule at inoculation side within h, pneumonia (the most serious form), endotoxemia, which gives continuous fever, acute pharyngotonsillitis, mucopurulent conjunctivitis (rarest form) ( ) . among many others, brucellosis, which is not an emerging disease, has a significant impact on the endemic southern european countries with sporadic outbreaks. fortunately, the impact on humans has not increased since ( ) . however, the cross border tracing of some brucella strains isolated in germany revealed concordance with sheep isolates originating from eastern anatolian, turkey. it is a characteristic example for the global spread of such diseases, in that case most probably by turkish immigrants living in germany ( ) . plague, caused by yersinia pestis, is the most important reemergent bacterial wild rodent borne disease. the current case reports of plague are primarily limited to africa. however, it is a great potential public health hazard for europe due to increased traveler mobility or a potential bioterrorist attack ( ) . bacterial zoonoses have a major impact on global public health. both emerging and re-emerging bacterial zoonoses have gained increasing national and international attention in recent years. the closer contact with companion animals and rapid socioeconomic changes in food production system has increased the number of animal-borne bacterial zoonoses. animal bite injuries in daily human-animal contact are not surprising, especially for the school-aged children. most of these wounds are medicated by patients as first aid and not registered in health systems. in more developed countries, most of the victims with moderate to severe bite injuries will seek professional medical treatment. regardless, all bites should be treated as serious, especially if the skin is broken. prompt diagnostic and treatment can prevent wound complications. the possibility to form biofilms by previously mentioned wound microorganisms is quite high, may cause severe tissue damage and protect the bacteria from innate-immune response and antimicrobials. the most of the commercial topical agents and wound dressings are ineffective against the biofilm matrix. surgical repair (for example, co surgical laser techniques, leon cantas, personal research notes ), which is usually used to obtain a better cosmetic result might be needed to remove biofilm formed bite infections. this mechanical debridement is essential in the eradication of a wound biofilm. antimicrobials may be more effective in the treatment of the wound after debridement in the prevention of biofilm reformation. despite the use of currently optimal culturing methods, approximately % of infected wounds yield no bacterial growth. in such cases, some other fastidious pathogens, i.e., chlamydia spp., mycoplasma spp., and even viruses should be investigated. new advanced molecular diagnostic techniques are needed. prevention strategies for animal bites include close supervision of child-animal interactions, stronger animal control laws, better reporting of animal bites, and public education for better ownership of pets. regular nail trimming, routine oral examinations under annual health checks and comprehensive dental treatments of the companion animals (i.e., routine removal of the teeth tartar and plaques) by veterinarians will reduce the bacterial mass exposure to humans in case of direct contacts or animal bites. it is important to realize that enteropathogenic zoonoses may be contracted from both clinically sick and apparently healthy companion animals. feeding of pets with raw food diets is a potential source of salmonella, campylobacter, and other important bacterial zoonoses; however, some recalls of commercial pet food diets have also occurred as a result of contamination with those microorganisms. pig ear dog treats, in particular, have been implicated as an important source of salmonella infection for dogs, which can also serve as a source of infection to humans. nevertheless, it can be said that easy-to-use personal hygiene rules should be applied by companion animal owners. thorough hand washing with soap after handling of a companion animal and before eating or drinking, avoiding mouth-to-mouth contact, avoiding aerosolization of dusty fecal matter will help to prevent transmission of the zoonotic disease to humans. the animals with diarrhea should be isolated immediately and veterinary advice should be sought. the household should be cleaned with agents and kept as clean as possible. on the other hand, the prevalence of antimicrobial resistance in small animal pathogens is increasing globally due to overuse of broad spectrum antibiotics by veterinarians. there is an immediate need for worldwide smarter use of antimicrobials that have some positive effect on the recovery of animals from life threatening diseases. national veterinary antimicrobial treatment guidelines should be established by the local authorities according to the updated routine surveillance results. chronic diarrhea, dermatitis, ear and eye infections of pets caused by microbes demand longer durations of antimicrobial remedies at home. more frequent use of advanced laboratory tests, such as; feed/insect/mould allergy tests and differential diagnosis of the other relevant auto-immune disorders may help to investigate the main underlying cause of the such reactions which can be managed in various alternative treatment methods (i.e., hypoallergenic diets) rather than antibiotics solely. herein, pet specific auto-immune vaccines against allergens and auto-lactobacillales (auto-lac, leon cantas, personal research notes, - ) as dietary supplements can also be more frequently administered within the preventative veterinary practice measures. owners should be encouraged to insure their family animals to afford such costly veterinary services contradictory to the cheaper and sometimes life-long medical (i.e., antibiotic) treatment demanding options. veterinarians should also spear more time to educate the pet owners under consultations to handle infected-antimicrobial treated animals with precaution due to irreversible consequences of the antimicrobial resistance development and its spread in households. proper hand washing and use of gloves are strictly recommended while handling antimicrobial in veterinary clinics. veterinarians should prescribe broad spectrum and synthetic antimicrobials preferably after culturing with extreme precautions (i.e., dosage, dosing intervals and length of the treatment). reduced antibiotic use will hinder the development of antibiotic resistance in animal microbiota which might cause zoonotic infections in humans ( , ) . food-borne zoonoses are an important public health concern worldwide and every year a large number of people affected by diseases due to contaminated animal originated food consumption. food hygiene education of the consumers is an important competent of food-borne diseases prevention. however, main prevention of food-borne zoonoses must begin at the farm level with in the concept of "one health." herein, control of the production stress especially in intensive livestock industry, with the development of better animal health management routines (i.e., routine vaccinations, immune stimulants: pre-, probiotic feed additives) and the increased animal welfare programs, will contribute eventually to an optimal production of animal health. increased antimicrobial resistance among emerging and re-emerging farm-borne bacterial pathogens in crowded settings (i.e., poultry, pig farms) is a growing problem. restrictive antimicrobial choice with better animal welfare managements are needed to control the spread of antibiotic resistance elements. in the eu, the use of avoparcin was banned in and the use of spiramycin, tylosin, and virginiamycin for growth promotion were banned in . all other growth promoters used in feeding of food producing animals were banned from january , after a few national bans the years ahead . in the u.s., politicians are still discussing to introduce a similar ban (s- , th u.s. congress (preservation of antibiotics for medical treatment act). despite the ban on the use of all antibiotics as growth promoters in the eu and a ban on the use of quinolones as growth promoters in the poultry feed in the us medical, important antibiotics are still routinely fed to livestock prophylactically to increase profits and to ward-off potential bacterial infections in the stressed and crowded livestock and aquaculture environments in some parts of the world ( , , ) . because stress lowers the immune system function in animals, antibiotics are seen as especially useful in intensive animal confinements ( ) . the non-therapeutic use of antibiotics involves low-level exposure in feed over long periods -an ideal way to enrich resistant bacterial population ( , ) . moreover, antibiotic resistance has been detected in different aquatic environments ( ) . fish pathogenic bacteria often produce devastating infections in fish farms where dense populations of fish are intensively reared. bacterial infections in fish are regularly treated with antibiotics in medicated feed. so far, most of the fish pathogenic bacteria with a http://europa.eu history in diseased fish farms have developed drug resistance ( ) . modern fish farming relies increasingly on vaccination procedures and improved management to avoid infections ( ) . for example, the norwegian aquaculture industry has produced over one million tons farmed fish by using improved vaccines, management techniques, and only kg of antimicrobials in ( ) . vector-borne and zoonotic bacterial pathogens are a major source of emerging diseases, and since the time of hippocrates, weather and climate are linked to the incidence of such infectious diseases. complexity of epidemiology and adoptive capacity of microorganisms and the arthropods make the vector-borne disease almost impossible to eradicate. insect repellants, routine tick checks after outdoor activity in risk regions, prompt-proper tick removal, use of long sleeves and trousers (light-colored), and routine insecticide treatment of pets are recommended as general preventative measures ( ) . herein, lyme disease, tick-borne illness, is vastly underestimated over past decades and clearly the urgent prevention is needed. besides individual awareness of such vector-borne diseases, better national surveillance and reporting programs will contribute to improved the disease control strategies. clinicians have an important role in the effective management of vector-borne zoonotic diseases, with enhanced differential diagnostic skills based on clinical symptoms and rapid molecular identification techniques ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . most of the time, the clinicians are on the first line of detection of these epidemics due to large group of patients with novel sets of similar symptoms. increased medical networking via online databases offer a broad overview to followers with regard to changes in temporal patterns of illness in real time, which helps faster detection of new epidemics ( ) . identification and control of emergent zoonotic bacterial diseases require a "one health" approach, which demands combined efforts of physicians, veterinarians, epidemiologists, public health workers, and urban planners. collaborative international routine surveillance strategies, prompt -reliable agent identification techniques, and optimization of the treatment regiments will ensure the prevention and management of such infections. leon cantas defined the review theme, manuscript design, established the coordination and the collaborations, designed the manuscript, contributed to the data collection, data analysis, and drafting, writing and editing of the manuscript. kaya suer contributed to drafting and editing of the manuscript. all authors have seen, and approved the manuscript. risk factors for human disease emergence professor emeritus of veterinary epidemiology the components of 'one world -one health' approach animal associated opportunistic infections among persons infected with the human immunodeficiency virus biofilms in oral cavity of dogs and implication in zoonotic infections sensitive populations: who is at the greatest risk? monitoring and identifying antibiotic resistance mechanisms in bacteria emerging foodborne diseases: an evolving public health challenge spread of antibiotic resistance plasmids from chicken to chicken and from chicken to man emergence and prevalence of human vector-borne diseases in sink vector populations an overview of public health and urban agriculture: water, soil and crop contamination and emerging urban zoonoses analysis, fate and effects of the antibiotic sulfadiazine in soil ecosystems paho. zoonoses and communicable diseases common to man and animal emerging and re-emerging bacterial zoonoses: factors of emergence, surveillance and control reverse zoonotic disease transmission (zooanthroponosis): a systematic review of seldom-documented human biological threats to animals dog-bite-related fatalities-united states fatal dog attacks dog, cat, and human bites: a review human and animal bite wounds hospital management of animal and human bites dog bites microbiology of animal bite wound infections bacteriological analysis of infected dog and cat bites bite infections. in infectious diseases of the dog and cat chronic wound colonization, infection, and biofilms nelson textbook of pediatrics principles and practice of infectious diseases mammalian bites of children; a problem in accident prevention horse injuries animal-related injuries: epidemiological and meteorological features infection due to actinobacillus lignieresii after a horse bite actinobacillus spp. and related bacteria in infected wounds of humans bitten by horses and sheep actinobacillus lignieresii infection after a horse bite zoonoses in the european union: origin, distribution and dynamics -the efsa-ecdc summary report zoonotic diseases of common pet birds: psittacine, passerine, and columbiform species chlamydophila psittaci transmission from pet birds to humans incidence of campylobacter species in hobby birds efficacy of european starling control to reduce salmonella enterica contamination in a concentrated animal feeding operation in the texas panhandle chlamydia psittaci infection in canaries heavily infested by dermanyssus gallinae bacterial and parasitic diseases of passerines methicillinresistant staphylococci (mrs) and extended-spectrum beta-lactamases (esbl)-producing enterobacteriaceae in companion animals: nosocomial infections as one reason for the rising prevalence of these potential zoonotic pathogens in clinical samples emergence o f mrsa infections in horses in a veterinary hospital strain characterisation and comparison with mrsa from humans fecal shedding of salmonella spp. by dairy cows on farm and at cull cow markets prevention of immunologic stress contributes to the growth-permitting ability of dietary antibiotics in chicks the use of feed medications in swine and poultry facilities in the weser-ems region autoactivation of the marrab multiple antibiotic resistance operon by the mara transcriptional activator in escherichia coli persistence of antibiotic resistant bacteria antimicrobial resistance: responsible and prudent use of antimicrobial agents in veterinary medicine heavy use of prophylactic antibiotics in aquaculture: a growing problem for human and animal health and for the environment the european ban on growth-promoting antibiotics and emerging consequences for human and animal health a brief multi-disciplinary review on antimicrobial resistance in medicine and its linkage to the global environmental microbiota antibiotic resistance from food antibiotic resistant bacteria in food of man and animals inter-and intraspecies spread of escherichia coli in a farm environment in the absence of antibiotic usage distribution of the streptomycinresistance transposon tn among phylloplane and soil bacteria from managed agricultural habitats the european union summary report on trends and sources of zoonoses, zoonotic agents and food-borne outbreaks in fecal carriage and shedding density of ctx-m extended-spectrum ß-lactamaseproducing escherichia coli in cattle, chickens, and pigs: implications for environmental contamination and food production emergence of methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus (mrsa) in different animal species methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus in food products: cause for concern or case for complacency? methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus in animals does broad-spectrum β-lactam resistance due to ndm- herald the end of the antibiotic era for treatment of infections caused by gram-negative bacteria? vibrionaceae as a possible source of qnr-like quinolone resistance determinants the shared antibiotic resistome of soil bacteria and human pathogens human health consequences of use of antimicrobial agents in aquaculture mycobacterium bovis (bovine tuberculosis) infection in north american wildlife: current status and opportunities for mitigation of risks of further infection in wildlife populations tuberculosis: the disease and its epidemiology in the badger, a review bovine tuberculosis in canadian wildlife: an updated history managing the wildlife reservoir of mycobacterium bovis: the michigan, usa, experience epidemic q fever in humans in the netherlands the - . q fever epidemic in the netherlands: characteristics of notified acute q fever patients and the association with dairy goat farming tick-borne encephalitis in sweden and climate change impact of climatic change on the northern latitude limit and population density of the disease-transmitting european tick ixodes ricinus drivers, dynamics, and control of emerging vector-borne zoonotic diseases emerging zoonoses and vectorborne infections affecting humans in europe present and future arboviral threats rickettsia rickettsii and other spotted fever group rickettsiae (rocky mountain spotted fever and other spotted fevers) ehrlichioses in humans: epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, and treatment the emergence of lyme disease vector transmission of bartonella species with emphasis on the potential for tick transmission concurrent infection of the central nervous system by borrelia burgdorferi and bartonella henselae: evidence for a novel tick-borne disease complex cat scratch disease and arthropod vectors: more to it than a scratch? worldwide genetic relationships among francisella tularensis isolates determined by multiple-locus variable-number tandem repeat analysis tularaemia outbreak in hare hunters in the darmstadt-dieburg district nonrandom distribution of vector ticks (dermacentor variabilis) infected by francisella tularensis current, comprehensive information on pathogenesis, microbiology, epidemiology, diagnosis, treatment, and prophylaxis. center for infectious disease research and policy brucellosis outbreak due to unpasteurized raw goat cheese in andalucia (spain) isolation of brucella melitensis biotype from epidural empyema in a bosnian immigrant in germany plague in india: world health organization team executive report antibiotic resistance in animals -the australian perspective guide to antimicrobial use in animals the price we pay for corporate hogs sublethal antibiotic treatment leads to multidrug resistance via radical-induced mutagenesis diversity and distribution of commensal fecal escherichia coli bacteria in beef cattle administered selected subtherapeutic antimicrobials in a feedlot setting antibiotic resistance of gram-negative bacteria in rivers, united states antibiotic resistance associated with veterinary drug use in fish farms fish vaccination, an overview usage of antimicrobial agents and occurrence of antimicrobial resistance in norway tick-borne disease curtailing transmission of severe acute respiratory syndrome within a community and its hospital strategies for mitigating an influenza pandemic identification of a novel polyoma virus from patients with acute respiratory tract infections microbe hunting digital disease detection: harnessing the web for public health surveillance the authors declare that the research was conducted in the absence of any commercial or financial relationships that could be construed as a potential conflict of interest. key: cord- -m fs f a authors: wang, mei; donovan, sharon m. title: human microbiota-associated swine: current progress and future opportunities date: - - journal: ilar j doi: . /ilar/ilv sha: doc_id: cord_uid: m fs f a gnotobiotic (gn) rodent models have provided insight into the contributions of the gut microbiota to host health and preventing disease. however, rodent models are limited by several important physiological and metabolic differences from humans, and many rodent models do not dependably replicate the clinical manifestations of human diseases. due to the high degree of similarity in anatomy, physiology, immunology and brain growth, the domestic pig (sus scrofa) is considered a clinically relevant model to study factors influencing human gastrointestinal, immune, and brain development. gnotobiotic piglet models have been developed and shown to recapitulate key aspects of gn rodent models. human microbiota-associated (hma) piglets have been established using inocula from infants, children, and adults. the gut microbiota of recipient hma piglets was more similar to that of the human donor than that of conventionally reared piglets harboring a pig microbiota. moreover, bifidobacterium and bacteroides, two predominant bacterial groups of infant gut, were successfully established in the hma piglets. thus, the hma pig model has the potential to be a valuable model for investigating how the gut microbiota composition changes in response to environmental factors, such as age, diet, vaccination, antibiotic use and infection. the hma also represents a robust model for screening the efficacy of pre- and probiotic interventions. lastly, hma piglets can be an ideal model with which to elucidate microbe–host interactions in human health and disease due to the similarities to humans in anatomy, physiology, developmental maturity at birth, and the pathophysiology of many human diseases. the human gut is colonized by a complex microbial community with a population approximately to times greater than the total number of host cells of which the body consists (björkstén et al. ) . germ-free (gf) animal studies have shown that gut microbiota and their hosts do not simply coexist, but rather form a mutualistic relationship . it is now clear that the structure and functions of the gut microbiota play a crucial role in human health through its contributions in fermentation of undigested carbohydrates, vitamin biosynthesis, regulation of energy storage, maturation of the immune system, pathogen colonization resistance, and brain development (douglas-escobar et al. ; li et al. ) . alteration in the composition of the gut microbiota has been associated with digestive tract diseases, including necrotizing enterocolitis (nec) (mai et al. ; wang et al. ) and inflammatory bowel diseases (ibd) (aomatsu et al. ; michail et al. ; schwiertz, jacobi et al. ; walker et al. ) . additionally, strong evidence from human studies and animal models links intestinal microbiota dysbiosis with a broad-range of immune, metabolic, and neurodevelopmental disorders , including asthma (vael et al. ) , eczema (gore et al. ; wang et al. ) , obesity (karlsson et al. ; ley et al. ; schwiertz, taras et al. ; turnbaugh et al. ), and autism (kang et al. ; parracho et al. ; wang et al. ) . defining the mechanistic underpinnings whereby the intestinal microbiota influences human health and disease has been hampered by individual variation in host genetics and microbiota and ethical concerns of using invasive procedures in human subjects, particularly infants and children. animal models, especially gn rodents, have been extensively employed for exploring the cross talk between the host and commensal bacteria (chow et al. ; gootenberg and turnbaugh ; leser and mølbak ; smith et al. ) . comparative studies of gf and conventional (cv) mice have demonstrated that the gut microbiota profoundly impacts host biology, ranging from intestinal morphology and motility, mucosal and systemic immunity, to absorptive and metabolic functions (smith et al. ). the term cv refers to an animal or human colonized by the microorganisms normally associated with its particular species. for example, gf mice have shorter ileal villi and crypt, and slower rate of small intestinal cell turnover than cv mice (smith et al. ; yi and li ) . furthermore, gf animals have fewer and smaller peyer's patches and mesenteric lymph nodes and greatly reduced fecal iga than animals raised under specific pathogenfree (spf) conditions (honda and takeda ; macpherson and harris ; round and mazmanian ) . moreover, gene expression profile of mouse ileal epithelium is altered in the absence of commensal bacteria . while gn rodent models have provided insight into host-microbe interactions, rodent models are limited by several important physiological and metabolic differences from humans (graham and aman ; heinritz et al. ). more importantly, many rodent models do not dependably replicate clinical manifestation observed in human diseases (lunney ) . therefore, more clinically relevant animal models are needed. nonhuman primates are good models for humans because they share significant physiological, metabolic, biochemical, and genetic similarity with humans; however, expensive housing, long lifespan, and ethical concerns limit their use (puiman and stoll ; shen ) . the domestic pig (sus scrofa) is closely related to the human in terms of anatomy, physiology, and genetics, and is considered the preferred nonprimate model for humans (dawson ; guilloteau et al. ; meurens et al. ; odle et al. ). in addition, the piglet is an excellent model for infectious diseases (meurens et al. ) . the goal of this review is to highlight the usefulness and limitations of the cv pig as a model for human gastrointestinal physiology, immunology, and neurodevelopment. in addition, findings of recent studies using gn and human microbiota-associated (hma) pigs, and future directions with the model will be discussed. pigs have served as biomedical models for decades. advantages of the swine model are highlighted in table . swine have high genome and protein sequence homology with humans, which facilitates understanding of gene-microbiome interactions and the availability of molecular probes and antibodies. for example, when porcine reagents are not available, antibodies and probes directed against human proteins and gene sequences often cross-react with porcine samples (lunney ) . from a nutritional perspective, pigs and humans are omnivorous, whereas rodents are granivorous. in terms of the gastrointestinal anatomy and physiology, pigs are also more similar to humans than are rodents (guilloteau et al. ; odle et al. ) . also, both pigs and human are colon fermenters, whereas fermentation take place in the cecum of rodents (heinritz et al. ) . pigs are also immunologically similar to humans. for example, porcine immune responses more closely resemble human responses than mouse responses with > % of parameters studied, whereas the immune response in mice was more similar to the human in < % of comparisons (dawson ) . humans and pigs also share similar brain growth and development patterns. the major brain growth spurt of the pig extends from late prenatal to the early postnatal period, resembling that of the human, which is different from other animals including rats (dobbing and sands ) . additionally, gross anatomical features such as gyral pattern and gray and white matter distribution of the piglet brain are comparable to those of human infants . furthermore, the possiblity of using pigs from the same litter and similar disease progression make the pig an excellent model for human gastrointestinal physiology, immunology, and neural development. due to similarities in immune function, pigs are also an outstanding model for infectious diseases and vaccine development (meurens et al. ) and have been used extensively to study infectious diseases relevant to human health, including respiratory (bordetella pertussis [elahi et al. ] , cornona virus [saif ], influenza viruses [khatri et al. ] , mycobacterium tuberculosis [gil et al. ] , pseudomonas aeruginosa, and staphylococcus aureus [nielsen et al. ]) and gastrointestinal pathogens (cryptosporidium parvum [vítovec and koudela ] , helicobacter pylori [nedrud ] , hepatitis e virus [krawczynski et al. ] , norovirus [cheetham et al. ], and rotavirus ). conventional piglets are extensively used for studies of early nutrition on gastrointestinal, immune and neural development (guilloteau et al. ; odle et al. ; rytych et al. ); however, a major limitation of the cv piglet model is that the gut microbiota of piglets differs from that of human infants. phyla-level gut bacterial composition of mother-fed or formula-fed (ff) month-old infants ) and -day-old piglets (unpublished observations) are compared in figure . while differences between mother-fed or ff neonates of both species can be appreciated, marked differences in the gut microbiota table advantages of the swine model • omnivorousnutritional requirement and physiology similar to human • high genome and protein sequence similarities with human • immune system more closely resembles human • brain growth and development patterns similar to human ○ the major brain growth spurt similar to human ○ gross anatomical features of the brain are comparable to that of human infants • body sizeallowing various surgical manipulation and collection of adequate quantity of samples. • large litter size ( - piglets/litter) • similar disease progression ○ metabolic diseases, such as obesity and heart disease ○ infectious diseases (e.g., influenza viruses, rotavirus, helicobacter pylori, and neisseria meningitides infection) conrad et al. ( ) ; dobbing and sands ( ) ; lunney ( ) ; meurens et al. ( ) between neonates of the two species exist. for example, actinobacteria (mainly bifidobacterium) predominates (> % of s rrna sequences) in both breastfed (bf) and ff infants, whereas little actinobacteria (< . % of s rrna sequences) is detectable in piglets. the predominant phyla in both sow-reared (sr) and fffed piglets are bacteroidetes and firmicutes, which is more similar to the adult human . additionally, both sr and ff piglets have greater microbial diversity than human infants. establishment of the intestinal microbiota after birth plays a vital role in development of the neonatal gastrointestinal and immune systems (adlerberth and wold ; sjögren et al. ). recent data have also shed light on the ability of microbiota to influence brain development and behavior (collins et al. ; desbonnet et al. ; diaz heijtz et al. ). however, differences in the native gut microbiota between the infant and the piglet complicate direct translation of results from piglets to humans. a solution to this problem is to develop piglets harboring a human gut microbiota. gnotobiotic animals are animals colonized with known strains of bacteria or microbiota. they are delivered by cesarean section (or sterile hatching of eggs) under aseptic conditions and are raised within sterile isolators and fed sterile water and food in order to control their exposure to microorganisms (butler ; gustafsson et al. ). germ-free animals are gnotobiotic animals that have been maintained free from microorganisms, including bacteria, fungi, viruses, and parasites throughout their life. gnotobiotic experiments take advantages of highly controlled, repeatable experimental design, which reduces interindividual variation. as of the writing of this review, over publications have used gn piglets. gnotobiotic pigs have been used to study the impact of bacterial colonization on the host, including organ growth, intestinal morphology, physiology, and immune development (table ) . relative to cv pigs, gf pigs have smaller thyroid and liver size, but larger spleen, lung, heart, and gall bladder mass at weeks of age (shurson et al. ). shirkey and colleagues ( ) investigated the effects of colonization of different bacterial species on small intestinal morphology and observed that the relative length of the small intestine (si) was smaller in gf and mono-associated (ma) piglets than in cv piglets at postnatal day . they also showed that gf and ma piglets had lower relative weights of proximal si regions than that of cv piglets. this is consistent with previous findings reporting that the si thickness of gf pigs was lower than cv pigs (shurson et al. ). in addition, gf and ma piglets had shorter crypt depths, longer villi height, reduced lamina propria cellularity, and smaller peyer's patches in their si compared to their cv counterparts (shirkey et al. ; willing and van kessel ) . the intestinal microbiota also affects brush border enzyme activities. aminopeptidase n and lactase phlorizin hydrolase activities were lower in si enterocytes of cv piglets in comparison with piglets maintained gf or mono- abbreviations: bf, breast-fed; ff, formula-fed; sr, sow-reared. associated with nonpathogenic escherichia coli or lactobacillus fermentum at days of age (willing and van kessel ) . shorter villus height was observed in cv pig enterocytes , thus the lower enzyme activity in cv pigs may be partly explained by reduced cell maturity or mature cell number. in addition, reduced enzyme activity in cv pigs could be due to microbial brush border enzyme deactivation (willing and van kessel ) . several studies have investigated the role of bacterial colonization on the host immune development. haverson and colleagues ( ) compared the immunological structure of the lamina propria in the jejunum of gf piglets with piglets associated with two strains of commensal e.coli between and days of age. by two days after transfaunation, they found that mono-association of gf piglets with e. coli increased the numbers of dendritic and t cells in diffuse lymphoid tissue of the jejunum. additionally, si expression of proinflammatory cytokines interleukin- β (il- β) and il- were higher in gf and ma piglets compared with cv piglets at postnatal day (shirkey et al. ) . other studies have shown effects on systemic immunity as well; relative to gf piglets, serum immunoglobulin level of piglets colonized with a mixture of defined bacteria was significantly greater on the first weeks of life (butler et al. ) . gene microarray profiling of the si epithelium in gf and cv piglets confirmed the essential role of a commensal microbiota for normal development of the host intestinal transcriptome. genes involved in transcription, cell proliferation and differentiation, nutrient transport and metabolism, xenobiotic metabolism and immune responsiveness were upregulated in gn piglets bearing a microbiota from cv piglets versus gf piglets (chowdhury et al. ) . despite the fact that gn piglets differ in aspects of gastrointestinal and immune development relative to cv piglets, gn pigs still provide a unique and powerful model for study of enteric diseases that affect both humans and pigs. for example, gn piglets have been used to investigate disease pathogenesis and/or immunity to rotavirus , enterohemorragic escherichia coli (brady et al. ) , clostridium difficile (steele et al. ) , and shigella dysenteriae type i (jeong et al. ) infections, among others (meurens et al. ) . furthermore, beneficial effects of probiotics (azevedo et al. ; liu et al. ) and the application of vaccination (jeong et al. ) have been tested with gn pig infection models. in most gn pig studies, pigs were colonized with single or multiple strains of bacteria. these studies are useful for delineating the physiological functions of specific microbes, but the effects of single or multiple bacteria on the host are not representative of a complex microbiota. recently, hma animal models have been developed, both in rodents and pigs. the hma rodent model has been used to investigate how the gut microbiome is influenced by dietary components and, in turn, influences host health and disease (gootenberg and turnbaugh ) . for example, production of equol from dietary soy isoflavone, the microbial reduction of cholesterol, the effects of a defined diet changes on the gut microbial community structure and functions, and the biogeography and assembly of the gut microbiota have all been studied in hma rodent models (gootenberg and turnbaugh ) . additionally, hma mice have been important for understanding the role of the microbiota in a variety of human diseases (gootenberg and turnbaugh ) , including the biological effects of microbiota obtained from obese adults or children with kwashiorkor (smith et al. ). these studies have definitively proven that the clinical signs and symptoms commonly associated with many human diseases could be recapitulated by transferring the microbiome and, in the case of organ growth gf pigs had a smaller thyroid and liver, but larger spleen, lung, heart, and gall bladder than cv at weeks of age. shurson et al. ( ) relative si length & weight in gf and ma pigs, the relative length of si was reduced compared with cv at postpartum day . shirkey et al. ( ) compared to gf and ma, relative weight of proximal si regions was higher for cv; while higher relative weight in the distal regions was reported in gf. shirkey et al. ( ) the si thickness of gf pigs was reduced compared with cv. shurson et al. ( ) gf pigs had fewer leukocytes and lower proportion of mature neutrophils in blood at weeks of age. shurson et al. ( ) mono-associated gf pigs with escherichia coli strains increased numbers of dendritic and t cells in diffuse lymphoid tissue of the jejunum days post-association. haverson et al. ( ) serum immunoglobulin level in piglets colonized with a mixture of defined bacteria was significantly higher than in gf piglets in the first weeks of life. butler et al. ( ) si expression of proinflammatory cytokines il- β and il- were higher in gf and ma pigs relative to cv at postnatal day . shirkey et al. ( ) abbreviations: cv, conventional; gf, germ-free; ma, mono-associated; si, small intestine. kwashiorkor, providing a similar diet (smith et al. ) . however, due to the differences in anatomy and physiology between rodents and humans, some important members of human gut microbiota, such as bifidobacterium do not readily colonize the rodent gut (raibaud et al. ). thus, results obtained from the use of rodent models may be difficult to extrapolate to humans, especially human infants, who are extensively colonized with bifidobacterial species. several studies have investigated the possibility of transfaunation of gut microbiota from humans to piglets (table ). in the study of pang and colleagues ( ) , piglets delivered by cesarean section were housed in an spf barrier system and were inoculated orally with a fecal suspension collected from a healthy -year-old boy. the culture-independent analysis of the gut microbiota of recipient piglets and the human donor revealed that the microbiota of hma piglet was more similar to that of human donor than to that of cv piglets. moreover, bifidobacterium and bacteroides, two predominant bacterial groups of the infant gut, were successfully established in the gastrointestinal tract of piglets. furthermore, introduction of solid food during the weaning period significantly altered the gut microbiota in hma piglets; this change in the gut microbiota is similar to that observed in human infants (table ) . in another study, piglets derived by cesarean section were inoculated with human infant or adult microbiota (table ). the piglets were housed in sterile isolators and maintained on infant formula or solid diet for swine. high throughput sequencing of the s rrna v region was used to monitor to what extent the transplanted human microbiota changed in piglets over time. when infant stool was transferred, the microbiota composition of the hma piglets converged toward that of the human donor. in contrast, the microbiota of hma piglets harboring the adult human microbiota did not converge toward the composition of the donor even days postinoculation. in a more recent study (zhang et al. ) , piglets derived by hysterectomy were inoculated with a suspension of fecal samples obtained from a bf infant between and days postpartum. the piglets were maintained in germ-free isolators and fed sterilized infant formula. sequencing the v region of s rrna genes showed that hma pigs harbored a microbiota similar to that of the infant donor. collectively, these studies demonstrate the feasibility of transplantation of a complex human gut microbiota to piglets. additionally, in comparison with the cv counterparts, the intestinal immunity of hma piglets is well developed (che et al. ), whereas that of hma rodents is not (imaoka et al. ). therefore, the hma piglet model provides a significantly improved system for research on gut ecology and host-microbe interactions, particularly when the human infant is the population of interest (pang et al. ; zhang et al. zhang et al. , . the hma pig model has been used in several recent publications to study dietary prebiotics and probiotics and for infection models. the first use of hma piglets was described by shen and colleagues ( ) , who studied the prebiotic activity of shortchain fructo-oligosaccharides (scfos). the piglets were inoculated with fecal suspension from a -year-old man and fed basal diets alone (control) or supplemented with scfos at . g/kg body weight daily for days after birth. the composition of the fecal microbiota was monitored by denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis and quantitative polymerase chain reaction (pcr). as demonstrated previously in human trials (bouhnik et al. ; , supplementation of scgos increased the abundance of bifidobacterium. the bifidogenic effect of gos ( g/l of formula) has also been examined in newborn cv piglets; however, no significant increase in fecal bifidobacteria abundance was detected after days of supplementation. differences in bifidogenic effects of fos observed in cv and hma piglets may partly due to differences in bifidobacterium species composition between hma and cv piglets. for example, hma piglets harbor bifidobacterium of human origin, such as b. longum, b. breve, b. catenulatum, and b. adolescentis, while bifidobacterium found in the gut of piglets are b. suis, b. globosum, and b. pseudolongum (harrman and knol ; heinritz et al. ) . previous studies have shown prebiotics stimulate bifidobacteria species differently. for example, a mixture of scgos and polydextrose in infant formula increased b. longum but not b. catenulatum counts (scalabrin et al. ) . because of the important role of bifidobacterium in preventing intestinal infection, promoting gut integrity, and modulating the host immune homeostasis (gibson and roberfroid ) , stimulating the growth of gut bifidobacterium is considered as a marker of prebiotic effect (roberfroid et al. ) . therefore, hma piglets provide a more attractive model than cv piglets for evaluation of potential prebiotics. another application of the hma piglet model is for testing therapeutic interventions, such as probiotics and vaccination on host immune response and gut microbiota. wen and colleagues ( ) tested dose-dependent effects of lactobacillus rhamnosus gg (lgg) on the immune response to human rotavirus (hrv) vaccination in the hma pig model. they observed that the human gut microbiota stimulated neonatal immune development, as evidenced by a significant increase in the frequencies of interferon (ifn)-γ producing t cells and a decrease in the frequencies of cd +cd -foxp + regulatory t cells (tregs), and il- -or tgf-β-producing tregs in hrv-vaccinated pigs. furthermore, the higher dose of lgg ( doses, up to a colony-forming-unit [cfu]/dose), but not the lower dose ( doses, up to cfu/dose), increased the lgg counts in the intestinal contents of hma pigs and significantly enhanced hrv-specific ifn-γ-producing t cell responses. moreover, oral supplementation of lgg prevented the changes in gut microbial composition caused by hrv infection (zhang et al. ). the hma pig model for studies of human gut microbiome because of the important role of human microbiota in the maintenance of health and causation of disease, several international efforts have designed to the study of human microbiota in recent years, including the human microbiome project (hmp) (http:// commonfund.nih.gov/hmp/index [human microbiome consortium ]) and the metagenomics of the human intestinal tract (metahit) (www.metahit.eu ]) initiatives. while much progress has been made by describing the composition of the gut microbiome in the human population and linking it to age-and health-related outcomes, much of the data at this point are associative. furthermore, confounding factors that influence the composition of the gut microbiota are difficult or impossible to control at the present time in human studies. these factors include individual variation in the host genetics and microbiota, current and past environmental exposures, and dietary nutrient composition and caloric load (gootenberg and turnbaugh ) . the hma pig model provides the ability to minimize many of the confounding variables mentioned above and, as such, will be valuable for studying microbiota composition change due to external factors, such as age, diet, viral infections, vaccination, and antibiotic use on the development of gut microbiota. human donors -y-old boy (n = ) adults (n = ; - y) -mo-old bf baby (n = ) adults (n = ; - y) - d-old bf infant (n = ) fecal inoculation ml of % fecal suspension ml of % fecal suspension ml of % fecal suspension ml of % fecal suspension ml of % fecal suspension • gn pigs carried a microbiota similar to the human donor's microbiota transplantation of gut microbiota from human to piglets is feasible. the pig intestine can be colonized with human fecal microbiota to generate a realistic model of human gi tract. human gut microbiota could be transplanted to and colonize gn pigs. abbreviations: bf, breast-fed; cv, conventional; d, day; eric-pcr, enterobacterial repetitive intergenic consensus sequence-pcr; gi, gastrointestinal; gn, gnotobiotic; hma, human microbiota-associated, qpcr, quantitative pcr; spf, specific pathogen free; ttge, temperature gradient gel electrophoresis; y, year. the hma pig model for investigating the role of microbiota on normal development establishment of the gut microbiota after birth plays an important role in stimulating the development of the neonatal gastrointestinal, immune and neural systems. studies in gf animals have shown that colonization of the commensal microbiota is required for normal intestinal epithelial cell proliferation and migration, and maintenance of villus morphology (shirkey et al. ; van kessel , ). gf animals do not develop normal lymph node architecture and have a reduced antibody production (macpherson and harris ; round and mazmanian ) . evidence for the role of gut microbiota in neural development is intriguing, and mechanistic data is rapidly emerging. diaz heijtz and colleagues ( ) investigated the impact of colonization of gut microbiota on the mammalian brain development and behavior and reported that gf mice displayed increased motor activity and reduced anxiety compared to spf mice with a normal gut microbiota. additionally, gf mice exposed to gut microbiota early in life showed characteristics similar to spf mice, including reduced expression of synaptophysin and psd- , two proteins that are specifically involved in synaptogenesis pathways (diaz heijtz et al. ) . studies of gastrointestinal, immune, and neural development often require tissue collection from the gastrointestinal tract, immune organs, and brain; however, due to ethical concerns and the limitation of invasive procedure, collecting tissue samples from human subjects is extremely difficult or impossible. therefore, clinically relevant animal models are needed. because of the high degree of similarity in anatomy, physiology, immunology, and brain growth and development patterns between pigs and humans, piglets are considered an ideal model for research on gastrointestinal, immune, and brain development. previous studies have shown environmental factors, such as diet and the use of antibiotics, pre-and probiotics, modify the composition of gut microbiota . germ-free piglets colonized with human intestinal communities provide a tool for examining the environmental factors on the establishment of gut microbiota and how the resultant microbiota impacts the development of gastrointestinal, immune, and neural systems. as previously discussed, symbiotic host-microbiota interactions play a key role in maintaining homeostasis. shifts in the bacterial composition of the human gut microbiota have been associated with several human disorders. table summarizes association between gut microbiota change and microbiota-associated diseases. much of the information regarding the role of gut microbiota in human diseases comes from cross-sectional studies in which microbial community structures are altered in subjects with disease compared to healthy controls. however, it remains unclear whether changes in gut microbiota composition are the cause or the consequence of the diseases. studies designed to access a causative role for the gut microbiota are critically needed. understanding dysbiosis in human subjects is challenging because of the extraordinary complexity of the gut ecosystem and the tremendous variability in microbiota between healthy individuals (gill et al. ) . hma pigs provide an excellent model for isolating microbiota as an environmental factor in disease models. for example, fecal samples could be collected from lean and obese humans or individuals suffering from microbiota-associated diseases, such as ibd and nec, and healthy controls and then used to colonize gf pigs. using hma pigs, together with metabolomics, metaproteomics, host gene expression profiling, and metatrascriptomics, we may be able to delineate the role of gut microbiota in diseases at the cellular and molecular level. using hma piglets to identify potential biomarkers of microbiota-associated diseases through the use of metabolomics and metaproteomics has implications for development of diagnostic and therapeutic strategies for both infectious and noninfectious conditions. however, a current limitation is the completeness of bioinformatics repositories for metabolomics and proteomics. pre-and probiotics have been studied in recent decades as a way to modulate gut microbial composition and functions (ducatelle et al. ). prebiotics are defined as "a selectively fermented ingredient that results in specific changes, in the composition and/ or activity of the gastrointestinal microbiota, thus, conferring benefit(s) upon host health" (roberfroid et al. , p. s ) . prebiotics have the potential to stimulate the growth of beneficial bacteria, such as bifidobacterium and lactobacillus. probiotics are "live microorganisms which when consumed in adequate amounts, confer a health benefit on the host" (fao/who , p. ). bifidobacterium and lactobacillus are the most commonly used probiotics (walsh et al. ) . other bacterial genera such as akkermansia and faecalibacterium have also been reported as potential probiotics (thomas et al. ) . pre-and/or probiotic intervention has been used successfully for promoting health and prevention or treatment of some microbiota-associated disorders, such as eczema, ibd, nec, and obesity in human studies (kadooka et al. ; li et al. ) ; however, the mechanisms underlying the beneficial effects of pre-or probiotics remain incompletely understood. understanding the impact of pre-or probiotics on the gut microbiota and host requires carefully controlled studies in which potential confounding variables such as host genotype, diet, and environmental exposure can be controlled. gnotobiotic animals can be reared under well-controlled conditions, representing one way to constrain some of these variables. recently, gn mice harboring a mixture of species of human gut microbiota were studied prior to and after gavage with five fermented milk strains (mcnulty et al. ). the results revealed only a minimal change in the composition of the microbiota, whereas significant changes in the expression of microbiome-encoded enzymes in numerous metabolic pathways, especially the pathways related to carbohydrate metabolism, were observed (mcnulty et al. ). compared to rodents, pigs colonized with human microbiota are more similar to humans in anatomy, physiology, microbiota, and genetics, providing a more attractive model for elucidating molecular bases of pre-and probiotic action. emerging studies have demonstrated the feasibility of generating and maintaining gn and hma piglets for relatively long periods of time. these models represent robust systems in which to dissect the intricacies underlying host-microbe relationships essential for maintaining health and preventing disease. to date, studies have not yet exploited hma piglets as recipients of microbiota associated with specific diseases, as has been effectively exploited in gn rodent models. the hma piglet is the optimal model for preclinical screening of novel pre-, pro-, and symbiotic preparations and elucidating the impact of these preparations on microbiota composition and host responses. establishment of the gut microbiota in western infants terminal restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis of the gut microbiota profiles of pediatric patients with inflammatory bowel disease lactobacillus acidophilus and lactobacillus reuteri modulate cytokine responses in gnotobiotic pigs infected with human rotavirus allergy development and the intestinal microflora during the first year of life shortchain fructooligosaccharides administration dose-dependently increases fecal bifidobacteria in healthy humans enhanced actin pedestal formation by enterohemorrhagic escherichia coli o :h adapted to the mammalian host isolator and other neonatal piglet models in developmental immunology and identification of virulence factors antibody repertoire development in fetal and newborn piglets, iii. colonization of the gastrointestinal tract selectively diversifies the preimmune repertoire in mucosal lymphoid tissues non-invasive stool-based detection of infant gastrointestinal development using gene expression profiles from exfoliated epithelial cells effects of human fecal flora on intestinal morphology and mucosal immunity in human floraassociated piglet pathogenesis of a genogroup ii human norovirus in gnotobiotic pigs hostbacterial symbiosis in health and disease transcriptome profiling of the small intestinal epithelium in germfree versus conventional piglets the interplay between the intestinal microbiota and the brain brain growth of the domestic pig (sus scrofa) from to weeks of age: a longitudinal mri study a comparative assessment of the pig, mouse, and human genomes: structural and functional analysis of genes involved in immunity and inflammation the minipig in biomedical research microbiota is essential for social development in the mouse normal gut microbiota modulates brain development and behavior comparative aspects of the brain growth spurt host-microbe interactions in the neonatal intestine: role of human milk oligosaccharides effect of intestinal microbial ecology on the developing brain a review on prebiotics and probiotics for the control of dysbiosis: present status and future perspectives the benefits of using diverse animal models for studying pertussis report of a joint fao/who expert consultation on evaluation of health and nutritional properties of probiotics in food including powder milk with live lactic acid bacteria selective stimulation of bifidobacteria in the human colon by oligofructose and inulin dietary modulation of the human colonic microbiota: introducing the concept of prebiotics granuloma encapsulation is a key factor for containing tuberculosis infection in minipigs metagenomic analysis of the human distal gut microbiome companion animals symposium: humanized animal models of the microbiome bifidobacterium pseudocatenulatum is associated with atopic eczema: a nested case-control study investigating the fecal microbiota of infants the pig as a model in dietary fibre digestion studies nutritional programming of gastrointestinal tract development. is the pig a good model for man? biogenesis of histamine studied by its distribution and urinary excretion in germ free reared and not germ free rats fed a histamine free diet quantitative real-time pcr assays to identify and quantify fecal bifidobacterium species in infants receiving a prebiotic infant formula immune development in jejunal mucosa after colonization with selected commensal gut bacteria: a study in germ-free pigs use of pigs as a potential model for research into dietary modulation of the human gut microbiota regulatory mechanisms of immune responses to intestinal bacteria commensal host-bacterial relationships in the gut molecular analysis of commensal host-microbial relationships in the intestine structure, function and diversity of the healthy human microbiome improvement of human faecal flora-associated mouse model for evaluation of the functional foods evaluation of virulent and live shigella sonnei vaccine candidates in a gnotobiotic piglet model a piglet model of acute gastroenteritis induced by shigella dysenteriae type regulation of abdominal adiposity by probiotics (lactobacillus gasseri sbt ) in adults with obese tendencies in a randomized controlled trial reduced incidence of prevotella and other fermenters in intestinal microflora of autistic children the microbiota of the gut in preschool children with normal and excessive body weight swine influenza h n virus induces acute inflammatory immune responses in pig lungs: a potential animal model for human h n influenza virus pathogenetic elements of hepatitis e and animal models of hev infection better living through microbial action: the benefits of the mammalian gastrointestinal microbiota on the host microbial ecology: human gut microbes associated with obesity early development of the gut microbiome and immune-mediated childhood disorders lactobacillus rhamnosus gg on rotavirus-induced injury of ileal epithelium in gnotobiotic pigs advances in swine biomedical model genomics interactions between commensal intestinal bacteria and the immune system fecal microbiota in premature infants prior to necrotizing enterocolitis the pig: a model for human infectious diseases alterations in the gut microbiome of children with severe ulcerative colitis intestinal microbial ecology in premature infants assessed with non-culture-based techniques animal models for gastric helicobacter immunology and vaccine studies a pig model of acute staphylococcus aureus induced pyemia the suckling piglet as an agrimedical model for the study of pediatric nutrition and metabolism reduction in diversity of the colonic mucosa associated bacterial microflora in patients with active inflammatory bowel disease inter-species transplantation of gut microbiota from human to pigs differences between the gut microflora of children with autistic spectrum disorders and that of healthy children gut microbiota composition and development of atopic manifestations in infancy: the koala animal models to study neonatal nutrition in humans a human gut microbial gene catalogue established by metagenomic sequencing implantation of bacteria from the digestive tract of man and various animals into gnotobiotic mice prebiotic effects: metabolic and health benefits the gut microbiota shapes intestinal immune responses during health and disease early life iron deficiency impairs spatial cognition in neonatal piglets mucosal immunity: an overview and studies of enteric and respiratory coronavirus infections in a swine model of enteric disease the gnotobiotic piglet as a model for studies of disease pathogenesis and immunity to human rotaviruses new prebiotic blend of polydextrose and galacto-oligosaccharides has a bifidogenic effect in young infants microbiota in pediatric inflammatory bowel disease microbiota and scfa in lean and overweight healthy subjects primate models for cardiovascular drug research and development assessment of the modulating effects of fructo-oligosaccharides on fecal microbiota using human flora-associated piglets effects of commensal bacteria on intestinal morphology and expression of proinflammatory cytokines in the gnotobiotic pig physiological relationships between microbiological status and dietary copper levels in the pig influence of early gut microbiota on the maturation of childhood mucosal and systemic immune responses use of axenic animals in studying the adaptation of mammals to their commensal intestinal microbiota gut microbiomes of malawian twin pairs discordant for kwashiorkor piglet models of acute or chronic clostridium difficile illness exploring the influence of the gut microbiota and probiotics on health: a symposium report a core gut microbiome in obese and lean twins an obesity-associated gut microbiome with increased capacity for energy harvest denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis of neonatal intestinal microbiota in relation to the development of asthma pathogenesis of intestinal cryptosporidiosis in conventional and gnotobiotic piglets high-throughput clone library analysis of the mucosaassociated microbiota reveals dysbiosis and differences between inflamed and non-inflamed regions of the intestine in inflammatory bowel disease beneficial modulation of the gut microbiota increased abundance of sutterella spp. and ruminococcus torques in feces of children with autism spectrum disorder reduced diversity in the early fecal microbiota of infants with atopic eczema s rrna gene-based analysis of fecal microbiota from preterm infants with and without necrotizing enterocolitis probiotic lactobacillus rhamnosus gg enhanced th cellular immunity, but did not affect antibody responses in a human gut microbiota transplanted neonatal gnotobiotic pig model enterocyte proliferation and apoptosis in the caudal small intestine is influenced by the composition of colonizing commensal bacteria in the neonatal gnotobiotic pig intestinal microbiota differentially affect brush border enzyme activity and gene expression in the neonatal gnotobiotic pig the germfree murine animal: an important animal model for research on the relationship between gut microbiota and the host probiotics and virulent human rotavirus modulate the transplanted human gut microbiota in gnotobiotic pigs a pig model of the human gastrointestinal tract this work was supported in part by hatch funds (project illu- - ) distributed by the division of nutritional sciences at the university of illinois through its vision / program. key: cord- - ddb de authors: meslin, eric m.; garba, ibrahim title: biobanking and public health: is a human rights approach the tie that binds? date: - - journal: hum genet doi: . /s - - - sha: doc_id: cord_uid: ddb de ethical principles guiding public health and genomic medicine are often at odds: whereas public health practice adopts collectivist principles that emphasize population-based benefits, recent advances in genomic and personalized medicine are grounded in an individualist ethic that privileges informed consent, and the balancing of individual risk and benefit. indeed, the attraction of personalized medicine is the promise it holds out to help individuals get the “right medicine for the right problem at the right time.” research biobanks are an effective tool in the genomic medicine toolbox. biobanking in public health presents a unique case study to unpack some of these issues in more detail. for example, there is a long history of using banked tissue obtained under clinical diagnostic conditions for later public health uses. but despite the collectivist approach of public health, the principles applied to the ethical challenges of biobanking (e.g. informed consent, autonomy, privacy) remain individualist. we demonstrate the value of using human rights as a public health ethics framework to address this tension in biobanking by applying it to two illustrative cases. at first blush, the ethical foundations guiding public health and genomic medicine are at odds: whereas public health practice adopts collectivist principles that emphasize utilitarian and population-based benefits, genomic (and especially personalized) medicine is squarely grounded in an individualist ethic that emphasizes autonomous decisionmaking for personal benefits. one definition of public health illustrates its breadth and focus: the promotion of health and the prevention of disease and disability; the collection and use of epidemiological data, population surveillance, and other forms of empirical quantitative assessment; a recognition of the multidimensional nature of the determinants of health; and a focus on the complex interactions of many factors -biological, behavioral, social, and environmental -in developing effective interventions (childress et al. ) . lawrence o. gostin ( ) further highlights the critical role of collective entities like communities and governments in ensuring the public's health because although individuals, given the means, can do many things to protect their own health, there are health benefits such as a healthy environment, safe roads, potable water and clean air that require ''organized and sustained community activities''. in short, public health programs deliver to populations health benefits that cannot be effectively secured on an individual or small group basis (childress et al. ) . in contrast, genomic medicine-sometimes conflated with personalized medicine-has been described as an endeavor that ''will provide a link between an individual's molecular and clinical profiles, allowing physicians to make the right patient-care decisions and allowing patients the opportunity to make informed and directed lifestyle decisions for their future well-being'' (ginsburg and mccarthy ) . it envisions medical care in which ''drugs and drug doses are made safer and more effective because they are chosen according to an individual's genetic makeup'' (lesko ) . others, such as the ickworth group (burke et al. ) , characterize personalized medicine as any medical ''care that is tailored to the individual or stratified by the population subgroup''. common to all of these definitions is the emphasis on customizing therapy to the individual patient. indeed, for as long as clinicians have been caring for patients, medicine has been personalized (ramsey ) , but it is the accelerant of genetic technology that has led some to think that today's medicine has the potential to be even more ''personalized'' than its historical predecessors. of course, with the benefit of further reflection, the contrast between personalized medicine and public health is not so stark. for instance, the collectivist approach of public health does not preclude a role for clinical interventions and choices at the individual level. moreover, the claim that the treatment of a sick individual improves the health of the population of which she is a member is all but tautologous. vaccination is an example that fits both conditions. seen this way, personalized medicine and public health are not mutually exclusive, but rather incompletely overlapping. the goals of public health practice certainly include the impact on the health of individuals, and included in the potential value of a genomic approach to medical care is its generalizability to the public's health, for example through better screening and prevention programs (burke et al. ). recognition of this potential for demonstrating the relationship between public health and genomics is evident in a new area of study complete with its own journal, public health genomics that hopes to address some of these very issues. it has been noted, for instance, that a better understanding of what lies between the genes that make up the genome, the role of the environment on gene expression and the role of the interaction between genes will help us to know why some individuals remain healthy while others are more susceptible to genetic diseases. this understanding will also benefit the public health sector where the prevention and expression of communicable and infectious diseases, for example, is related in part to understanding genetic susceptibility… ). the ickworth group recently examined the potential for genomics and personalized medicine to inform public health practice and concluded that much still needs to be done before the promise can be realized (burke et al. ) . in particular, they made six recommendations: . efforts to integrate genomics into public health and practice should continue. . an appropriate research infrastructure for generating an evidence base for genomic medicine needs to be established and maintained. . model public health genomics programs and clinical services need to be developed, implemented and evaluated. . international collaborations should be promoted. . appropriate genetic services and genome-based research should be fostered within low and middle income countries. . programs, research and strategies in public health genomics should be informed by accepted ethical principles and practices. such qualified support for the potential for genomic impact on public health is not surprising, as others have commented on the status of promises made and kept (evans et al. ; hall et al. ) . biobanking is a useful case study to unpack issues at the intersection of genomics and public health. the storied history of the many uses of biological materials that help to improve the understanding, clinical diagnosis and treatment of human disease is long and impressive with detailed reports of the clinical value of banked specimens dating to the early eighteenth century (ackerknecht ; korn ) . without access to stored specimens of blood, urine, tumors, body tissues, dna and other human biological materials, important advances in cancer, infectious disease, cardiovascular care and mental disorders would not have been possible (nat'l bioethics adv. comm. ) . for example, the pap smear would not have been developed (younge et al. ) and the nonsteroidal estrogen hormone, diethylstilbestrol (des), would not have been found to be carcinogenic (herbst ) . without the knowledge gained from autopsies of korean war veterans, science would have known less about the age of onset for atherosclerosis (enos et al. ) . moreover, the cdc would not have been able to isolate and understand the hantavirus (wrobel ) and researchers would not have been able to make progress on certain brain tumors . no doubt researchers hoping to understand the impact of radiation leaks on residents near the fukushima nuclear plant in japan will make use of the chernobyl tissue bank established in to study the effects from (until this point) the world's foremost nuclear plant disaster (http://www. chernobyltissuebank.com). the completion of the human genome sequence (and other genomes) greatly expanded the capacity of science to use and obtain greater value from both previously collected biological specimens and those still to be collected (meslin and quaid ) . for example, the international community, led by canadian researchers, was able to rapidly sequence the sars virus from obtained specimens (marra et al. ) . others used similar technology for the h n virus (graham et al. ; zhang and chen ), dramatically shortening the time it took to understand the nature of the threat and prepare a public health response. moreover, the prospect of using genome technology on already stored specimens for enhanced genetic diagnostics, drug development, and even domestic and international security threat analysis (meslin ; bugl et al. ; atlas ) offers a glimpse into the future of a genetically-informed public health capacity for nation-states. indeed, it is the fortuitous combination of genomics and pharmacology that gives rise to the most promising example of personalized medicine-the field of pharmacogenomics (evans ; evans et al. ; desta and flockhart ) . just as the past benefits to human health from using banked human biological materials stand on their own merit, any future benefits will need to be assessed over time. for us, the important challenge is whether the ethical and legal basis for using banked materials is sufficient to support its expanded use in more areas of public health practice and research. in other words, while we acknowledge that the boundary between the two domains is by no means a stark one; the failure to appreciate what makes them different may prevent productive engagement between these two domains of health care to serve the health interests of society. several explanations have been offered for why public health approaches to health and disease differ from clinical medical approaches, each of which have ethical valence. one theory credits medicine's increasing focus early in the twentieth century on treating the biological causes of disease, and public health's contrasting occupation with the social and environmental causes of illness, resulting in efforts geared toward health promotion and prevention (khoury et al. ). the vectors of medicine and public health diverged further when schools of medicine and public health in the united states were officially separated in (khoury et al. ), in part due to the conflicting goals of professionals in the fields (porter ) . additional ideas include ''the rise of medical authority with the expansion of hospital-based specialist practices'' (porter ) as well as a corresponding split between individualist and collectivist modes of analysis in the social sciences (arah ). this disciplinary, professional and institutional dissociation between the two fields has been blamed for the current gap between personal medical care and public health (arah ). the public health approach presupposes that an exclusive focus on the treatment of individuals is not sufficient to protect, promote and sustain effectively the health of a population. this is evident in the work and writings of public health practitioners such as the sanitarians (susser and susser a) , thomas mckeown (szreter ) , geoffrey rose (marmot ) , dan e. beauchamp (kass ) , marc lappe (kass ) , marvin susser (susser and susser b) , ezra susser (march and susser ) , norman daniels (kass ) , paula braveman (braveman et al. ) and the world health organization (who) commission on the social determinants of health among numerous others (marmot ) . whatever the historical source of the ''schism'' between clinical medicine and public health (khoury et al. ), the gap between them translates directly into the ethical plane. the individuating drive of personalized medicine could make the breach felt all the more keenly, especially when values of individual and population health conflict. for instance, genomics research has focused on ''individually rare single gene disorders,'' prompting warnings that such investments redirect limited resources from ''efforts to address the social and environmental causes of ill health'' (khoury et al. ) . moreover, the challenge of ethical analysis is exacerbated by a disparity in the maturity of ethical frameworks governing medicine and public health. whereas early bioethics scholarship often focused on the individual patient receiving care and to ethical principles supporting this relationship, a similar comprehensive and widelyaccepted ethical framework for public health is yet to be established (nixon and forman ; mann ; callahan and jennings ) . tellingly, nancy e. kass ( ) observes that the language of public health was conspicuously absent among the early bioethicists, despite some achievements with implications for public health ethics. daniel callahan and bruce jennings ( ) likewise point out the focus in bioethics on novel medical technologies in clinical settings at the expense of social and economic inequities. another reason an individualist outlook has prevailed in bioethics is that some public health interventions are conducted on the individual rather than the population level. for instance, postwar antismoking campaigns in great britain set a trend that involved educating and influencing individual behavior and lifestyles (porter ) . the approach, later adopted to combat heart disease, obesity and cancer, helped solidify the individualist and behavioral model already prevalent in clinical medicine (beauchamp ; porter ) . hence, the population perspective implicit in public health ethics was at times at odds with the individualist methods employed to serve the public's health. a further rationale for the individualist bias of hum genet ( ) : - bioethics is the backlash against the misuse of populationbased policies in the field of eugenics, resulting in an understandable suspicion of collectivist bioethical analysis (pernick ; kirkman ; lombardo ). these factors have combined to generate a rich framework for ethical analysis, but one that has remained individualist in orientation. the inadequacy of the framework was noted by bioethicists such as dan e. beauchamp who argued, against the prevailing political valorization of individual autonomy, that a framework that privileged ''individual interests'' and ''market justice'' was detrimental to public health (kass ). beauchamp suggested that public health might require its own ''ethic,'' a proposal taken up by marc lappé ( ) who differentiated medical ethics from public health ethics. as the new millennium unfolded, several efforts were undertaken to establish frameworks for public health ethics. among these was the american public health association's (apha) adoption of the public health code of ethics in early . the apha was the first national organization to adopt the code (thomas et al. ) , which is based on the public health leadership society's principles of the ethical practice of public health. the code is relatively narrow in scope, catering primarily to an audience in traditional public health institutions such as public health departments and schools of public health (thomas et al. ) . moreover, it focuses on public health practice rather than research, and has in view the united states' public health system. meanwhile, efforts were underway to mainstream another and more comprehensive ethical framework for public health ethics in the form of human rights. the appeal and promise of human rights as an ethics framework for public health was articulated by the late jonathan mann: given that the major determinants of health status are societal in nature, it seems evident that only a framework that expresses fundamental values in societal terms, and a vocabulary of values that links directly with societal structure and function, can be useful to the work of public health. for this reason, modern human rights, arising entirely outside the health domain, and seeking to articulate the societal level preconditions for human well-being, seems a more useful framework, vocabulary, and template for public health efforts to analyze and respond directly to the societal determinants of health than any framework inherited from the past biomedical or public health tradition. (mann ) apart from the capacity of human rights to speak in ''societal terms,'' a crucial part of mann's argument was his identification of the goals of human rights as virtually inseparable from those of health, i.e., human well-being (mann ) . although a human rights perspective has the practical advantage over other frameworks of being realized in (mostly international) law, it also benefits from being rooted in an established and fertile ethical vision. human rights can be traced back to the ancient world, but we describe here the prevailing view, which has origins in the writings of such philosophers as hugo grotius, thomas hobbes, jean jacques-rousseau and john locke. modern human rights assume that all persons possess inherent dignity and certain inalienable rights by the simple fact of their being human. the words ''inherent'' and ''inalienable'' mean these things belong to them naturally and are not granted to them by any political authority. to advance their individual and common well-being, however, people give up certain rights to set up a government that serves their needs. a functioning human rights framework is based on the proposition that a government should not take more rights from people than people give to the government in the first place. on this view, the government exists to ensure the well-being of the individuals who give up certain rights in exchange for certain protections and benefits from the government. the same applies to the community they jointly establish. from this analysis, the traditional roles of government include such things as collective security, the administration of justice, the protection of property and, relevant for our purposes, the promotion of the public's health. seen in this way, a human rights perspective provides an ethical framework for describing the conditions under which the government can protect and promote both individual and community well-being. with the onset of the cold war, however, rights that were part of a single ethical vision in the universal declaration of human rights ( ) were gradually split into two categories. the two classes of rights reflected the ideological priorities of the contending sides and were enshrined in two separate treaties in the s. the international covenant on civil and political rights ( ) (iccpr) reflected the capitalist and liberal emphasis on such rights as free speech, freedom of movement, freedom of religion, the right to vote and the right to privacy. these civil and political rights required governments to refrain from interfering with the liberties of their individual citizens. on the other hand, the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights ( ) (icescr), spearheaded by the communist eastern bloc, focused on such priorities as the right to work, the right to housing, the right to education and the right to health-rights that require governments to take some kind of action for the benefit of the whole society. in part due to their being costlier than civil and political rights and also because of their questionable justiciability (i.e., their enforcement in courts of law) (tarantola ) , social and economic rights were not given the same priority as civil and political rights by governments. the main result of this focus on individualist civil and political rights is that many governments have not invested as heavily in addressing issues at societal or population level-issues such as housing, education and health. hence, human rights norms in the twentieth century have developed along broadly individualist rather than collectivist lines. roberto adorno ( ) describes the potential for human rights as a framework for biomedicine and public health in the global context. he notes that ''[a]s our world becomes increasingly interconnected and threats to the global public health continue to proliferate, it is hard to see how the global governance of health could be managed without assigning an integral role to human rights''. the reasons he provides in support of a human rights framework include the fact that much biomedical activity has clear human rights implications (e.g., the rights to life and physical integrity); human rights have developed into a transcultural ethical discourse with the potential for setting common standards; and there are few if any other viable mechanisms that can serve as a ''global normative foundation''. considering the then incipient unesco universal declaration on bioethics and human rights, t. a. faunce ( ) noted the increasing application of human rights to address challenges traditionally considered within the sole purview of bioethics and medical ethics. in the narrower context of genomics, knoppers ( ) has argued that benefit-sharing in the context of genetic research ''is an aspect of fundamental human rights and serves to counterbalance the effects of commercialization and patenting''. she has also proposed human rights as a compelling model for policy governing new genetic technologies (knoppers ) . these developments notwithstanding, commentators have been quick to point out the limitations of adopting human rights approach for public health and genome-based medicine. meier and mori ( ) criticize the ''limited, atomized right to health'' contained in the icescr, a provision that establishes neither a robust individual right to health nor an effective means of ensuring public health. similarly, adorno ( ) acknowledges the criticism ''that human rights are conceived as excessively individualist for non-western mentalities and lack a significant concern for personal duties and for the common interest of society''. with particular reference to the field of genomics, iles ( ) points to two specific shortcomings of human rights as an ethical framework, both of which are traceable to the individualist orientation of the current system. his first criticism is that such a framework pays inadequate attention to the structural and social effects of genetic information. he argues that because economic, racial, ethnic and power disparities already exist between groups in societies, genetic information used without ethical oversight can exacerbate these differences and result in discrimination and exclusion. iles infers that human rights may adequately protect individuals facing genetic profiling in employment or insurance contexts, but it is questionable whether the framework's individualist lens can monitor the effects of genetic information on relations between and among groups. iles' second criticism of the applicability of human rights as a foundation for ethical uses of genomics is that individual freedom of choice regarding the use of genetic information can have an aggregate population-wide effect. for example, the choice parents make to have a ''normal'' child rather than one with a ''comparatively inert and tolerable'' disorder is not only heavily influenced by society's values but also determines eventually the society's constitution (iles ) . a narrow focus on individual choice, therefore, may obscure the effects of the uses of genetic information on a society. the preceding discussion demonstrates that even human rights as a framework for public health ethics are not immune from the individualist approach that characterized early bioethics. toward the end of the cold war, however, there were renewed efforts to reintegrate the individualist civil and political rights with the community-oriented economic and social rights (meier and fox ) . we outline three of these developments below. the first development is the increasing recognition of a category of rights known as ''solidarity'' or third-generation rights (wellman ) . the phrase ''third-generation'' distinguishes solidarity rights from the more individualist civil and political rights (''first-generation'' rights) and the more collectivist social, economic and cultural rights (''second-generation'' rights). like the other two generations of rights, solidarity rights were a response to a particular set of problems facing the international community. these included ''securing peace after the first and second world wars, achieving freedom for colonial peoples, reducing the gross economic inequalities between developed and underdeveloped countries, and preserving a healthy environment when the technologies in one nation seriously damage an environment shared by all nations'' (wellman ) . solidarity rights, in other words, are aimed at conditions that can be addressed only by global efforts rather than the laws of any single country. the classic examples of solidarity rights are the rights to peace, development, a healthy environment, self-determination, humanitarian intervention, communication and ownership of the common heritage of humankind (wellman ; monshipouri et al. ) . apart from requiring the concerted efforts of all countries, solidarity rights have two other criteria: first, that the rights belong to peoples (i.e., groups), not just individuals; second, that obligations apply to all actors on the international scene, not just governments. more recently, solidarity has been described as a key ethical foundation for biobanks (chadwick and berg ) . from an ethical perspective, solidarity rights complement first-and second-generation rights. whereas firstgeneration rights protect individuals from the abuses of their governments (e.g., no torture or arbitrary arrests), and second-generation rights enable individuals to claim benefits from their governments (e.g., education, housing), solidarity rights recognize that individuals cannot reach their full potential without ''cooperative participation in the social life of the various communities to which they belong'' (wellman ) . hence, solidarity rights further establish in human rights the ethical principle that human well-being has a communal dimension that goes beyond an individual citizen's relationship with her government. the second development emphasizing a collectivist approach in human rights is growth in the area of indigenous peoples' rights. the united nations general assembly adopted the declaration on the rights of indigenous peoples in . what makes this declaration unique is that it explicitly recognizes a category of ''collective'' rights. until the declaration's adoption, human rights were concerned primarily with ''the rights of the individual against the state, without much attention to the collective and associational dimensions of human existence beyond the state'' (anaya ) . in an historic shift, the declaration recognizes rights to indigenous peoples as groups rather than merely as individual members of their communities. it is a particular instance of the ethical principle underlying solidarity rights, which proposes that community is not an elective component of human well-being. this development, moreover, has significant ethical implications for the involvement of indigenous peoples in research and in access to health benefits, and exemplifies the relevance of indigenous perspectives on genomics research generally (dodson and williamson ) . the third and final development pertains to regional human rights instruments. the major global regions are encouraged to adopt their own treaties, thereby customizing global human rights norms to their particular situations for more effective implementation. of particular relevance is the african charter on human and peoples' rights (also known as the banjul charter), which was adopted by the organization of african unity (now the african union) in , and which includes ''a mixture of all three generations of rights'' (shepherd ) . as its official title suggests, the banjul charter includes the concept of peoples' rights, which, like the collective rights of indigenous peoples, is a version of group rights. the banjul charter deliberately omits a definition of the term ''people,'' thereby leaving the term open to several interpretations, e.g., persons struggling to gain political independence, persons living in a territory and sharing certain characteristics, or simply all people living in a country (kiwanuka ) . whatever their precise legal definition, peoples' rights in the banjul charter are based on the african philosophical belief that a human being is not ''an isolated and abstract individual, but an integral member of a group animated by a spirit of solidarity'' (kiwanuka ) . the kinship between this african principle and the ethical norms undergirding solidarity rights and the rights of indigenous peoples discussed above is evident. they all recognize the importance of community to human wellbeing and reject an approach to human rights that focuses exclusively on the individual. these three developments demonstrate how human rights have been finding ways to complement the protection of individual rights with approaches that recognize the ethical importance of community. these attempts to expand the vision of human rights beyond the individual are analogous to the efforts of public health ethicists to develop a population perspective that transcends the clinical encounter between a single patient and her caregiver. this similarity makes the human rights framework a compelling candidate for analyzing the ethics of biobanking and public health. as with early debates in medical ethics and bioethics generally, much of the ethical and legal attention in biobanking has been individualistic, focusing on informed consent (beskow and dean ; brekke and sirnes ) , privacy protections (chen et al. ; evans ) , and risks of exploitation, especially in vulnerable populations (lo ; bernhardt et al. ; dodson and williamson ) . important as these topics are, some now believe the time has come to update the ethical/legal dialog about biobanks to accommodate broader social and political perspectives (meslin and cho ; kaye ; caulfield et al. ) . it is against this backdrop that our analysis is set. a human rights approach may offer two advantages over other potential public health ethics frameworks. first, it may avoid having to resolve the seemingly interminable debate about the proper approach to obtaining individual informed consent for research using human biological materials. in situations in which groups may be consulted, approached and from which permission to participate in biobanks may be sought, informed consent may be necessary but not a sufficient mechanism for engaging a community. second, it recognizes the institutionalization and application of human rights discourse at international forums by providing tools for discussing the values of public health across national borders. this is important in light of observations by recent commentators of a linguistic shift with both practical and ethical implications: the gradual transition of the term ''international health'' to ''global health.'' ''international health'' was used to describe a technical endeavor conducted jointly by developing countries and their partners in the industrialized world through such large institutions as the world health organization (who) and care international (elmendorf ) . it was useful in this context to distinguish between ''international'' and ''domestic'' health. in contrast, the term ''global health'' reflects an acknowledgment that intensifying interaction between countries through trade and travel renders national borders increasingly immaterial for health challenges (elmendorf ) . the shift in terms represents the change from health conceived as an issue for diplomacy and knowledge transfer between countries to health conceived as a common asset and concern of the international community. importantly, the terminological shift from ''international'' to ''global health'' is also reflected in the bioethics literature (chadwick et al. ) . a specific example of the application of ''global'' rather than ''international'' health is the ''one world, one health'' initiative, a framework that builds on efforts to contain the avian influenza outbreak (fao et al. ) . the initiative is built on the premise that infectious diseases have potentially national, regional and international effects, thus requiring approaches that are not only ''interdisciplinary'' and ''cross-sectoral'' but indeed global. the changes signified by the term ''global health'' have implications for biobanking in many ways (burke et al. ) . public health genomics research is becoming ''increasingly international and collaborative'' resulting from the need for larger and more diverse datasets to evaluate genetic differences within groups (ickworth ). aided by more robust bioinformatics, genotypic and phenotypic data will be employed with greater frequency to study the significance of genetic variation (mendoza ). this will involve the use of larger databases and the consolidation of samples from sites around the globe (meslin and goodman ; ickworth ) . this raises the obvious challenge of harmonizing norms concerning privacy and confidentiality across jurisdictions and, beyond that, consideration of the varied cultural norms guiding data sharing particularly when information moves between developed and lower and middle income countries (lmic) (chalmers ; holman et al. ; asslaber and zatloukal ) . biobanking in the global public health arena is also faced with the challenge of determining research priorities given the different health problems facing populations in developed and lmic. although both regions face the complex diseases of urbanization (e.g., cancer, heart disease, diabetes), environmental factors like climate change and resource scarcity are likely to affect lmic more profoundly than their developed country counterparts. this is especially troubling given that a research imbalance exists between the regions: although african populations are ''the 'root and branch of genetic variability''' the bulk of genomic research is conducted by developed countries and among european populations (ickworth ). fortunately, new initiatives such as h africa may begin to redress this historic injustice (nordling ) . these challenges confirm the need for an ethical framework that can be understood and implemented at global forums. s. h. e. harmon ( ) echoes the need for global frameworks ''given the rise of predictive medicine (involving genetic research and clinical genetics), which is driven by private global operators, thereby suggesting a need for regulatory responses which are similarly global''. although a who report on genetic databases concludes that biobanks are based more on ''communal value'' than on ''individual gain,'' the reality is that the ethics of biobanking has been analyzed predominantly in the traditional individualist bioethical categories of confidentiality, autonomy and informed consent (knoppers and chadwick ) . the fact has not been lost on some commentators. garrath williams, for instance, discusses the daunting task of developing ethical principles for large-scale biobanks. he attributes the difficulty in part to an excessive focus on the individual research subject's right to informed consent, an emphasis he finds inconsistent with the inevitably collective nature of large-scale biobanking (williams ) . williams maintains that this conceptual incongruity obscures important ethical questions about how research priorities are set and how to accommodate the diverse motives of actors in health care systems. he warns that ignoring analyses that transcend individualist frameworks may, paradoxically, end up harming the interests of individuals (williams ) . human rights can make no original contributions to the ethics of biobanking if they are incapable of transcending their individualist biases. the second challenge of a human rights framework for biobanking involves developments in global politics. the observation by knoppers and chadwick ( ) that genetic research has compelled ''a public and therefore a political examination of personal and social values'' illustrates the close connection between politics and ethics in biobanking. therefore, ethical analyses of international biobanking and public health that omit the global political context will likely remain deficient. the developments in global politics that pose the greatest challenge to human rights as an ethical framework for biobanking are efforts, in the context of globalization, to entrench policies that entail an increasing delegation of governmental responsibilities to private actors. in a publication on health and human rights, who ( ) notes that [w]ithin the human rights community, certain trends associated with globalization have raised concern with respect to their effect on states' capacity to ensure the protection of human rights, especially for the most vulnerable members of society. located primarily in the economic-political realm of globalization, these trends include: an increasing reliance upon the free market; a significant growth in the influence of international financial markets and institutions in determining national policies; cutbacks in public sector spending; the privatization of functions previously considered to be the exclusive domain of the state; and the deregulation of a range of activities with a view to facilitating investment and rewarding entrepreneurial initiative. these trends serve to reduce the role of the state in economic affairs, and at the same time increase the role and responsibilities of private (non-state) actors, especially those in corporate business, but also those in civil society. this transfer of responsibilities from governments to private actors is critical because the operation of international law depends both on governments assuming legal obligations by signing agreements and on these governments being held accountable for fulfilling the responsibilities they undertake. generally speaking and despite recent changes in international criminal law, private actors are not accountable under public international law, the branch of international law to which human rights belong (jessberger ) . hence, the transfer of governmental responsibilities such as health provision to private actors removes a growing number of issues from the direct supervision of human rights. governments retain the duty to ensure that private actors such as transnational corporations do not violate human rights, but monitoring and enforcing the norms remains a major challenge (gruskin et al. ; tarantola ) . we conclude this discussion with two examples of key ethical issues raised by the prospect of expanding international biobanking: the first addressing differences in national laws governing biobanks, and the second addressing ethical obligations of transnational corporations operating in lmic. various commentators have discussed the problem for international biobanking arising from the absence of common regulations applying across country borders. the regulatory terrain has been depicted as ''a patchwork of national laws, regulations and ethics advisory body guidelines'' (maschke ) , and comparisons have proven ''laborious and defy generalizations'' (helgesson et al. ). the discrepancies in ethical rules governing such issues as consent and secondary uses raise obvious barriers to the principled collection of tissue samples and the development of personalized medicine. adopting human rights as a public health ethic is not an ideal guide for drafting specific rules governing individual focused biobanking issues such as consent, privacy and secondary uses. however, such an ethic can inform efforts to determine the general principles that should govern the activity of biobanking as a broader societal undertaking. human rights can do this by integrating three concepts: ( ) collective rights (from international human rights); ( ) global public goods (from economics); and ( ) the common heritage of humanity (from international environmental law). we have discussed above the welcome and increasing recognition of community-oriented socio-economic rights as well as solidarity rights in international human rights toward the end of the cold war. we noted also how the change was reflected in the explicit recognition of ''collective'' rights in the united nations declaration on the rights of indigenous peoples. these rights ''operate at an international level to assure public goods that can only be enjoyed in common with similarly-situated individuals and thus cannot be realized through individual rights claims against the state'' (meier and fox ) . the premise grounding the recognition of collective rights is that the realization of some human rights is simply not reducible to their exercise by an aggregate of individuals. harmon ( ) writes that social solidarity has been incorporated, even if implicitly, into unesco's major instruments on genomic research, namely the universal declaration on the human genome and human rights ( ) and the universal declaration on bioethics and human rights ( ) . he maintains that the emergent notion of social solidarity mitigates the excesses of modern individualism and is ''grounded in the recognition that individuals are socially embedded''. his analysis of the unesco documents describes a solidarity based on the fundamental unity of all humans, a focus on ''the collective, the observance of duties and the creation and preservation, through personal and collective action, of a just and decent society''. the notion that the human genome is the ''common heritage of humanity'' has been eloquently defended (knoppers a ), but has not avoided the disquiet among some commentators, some of whom suggest that the human genome be classified as a common resource rather than the common heritage of humanity (spectar ; resnik ) . developed in the context of international law governing the management of resources in outer space and the high seas, this concept is founded on three basic principles: ''( ) absence of private property rights i.e. the right [usually of governments] to use resources but not to own them; ( ) international management of all uses of the common heritage; and ( ) sharing of benefits derived from such use'' (white ) . also included in the concept is an obligation to use the resource in a peaceful and responsible way, keeping the resource accessible to all and considering the interests of future generations (knoppers a) . in economic terms, a global public good is a good ''for which the cost of extending the service to an additional person is zero and for which it is impossible or expensive to exclude individuals from enjoying'' (nordhaus ) . a global public good is marked by two criteria: that the good be non-excludable and non-rivalrous. stated differently, ''[a] good is non-excludable if persons cannot be excluded from accessing it, and non-rivalrous if one person's use of the good does not diminish the supply of that good'' (chadwick and wilson ) . a classic example is a lighthouse that lights the sea and which is not diminished in its use by multiple sailors (chadwick and wilson ) . other examples include a global positioning system (gps) whose value is not compromised by multiple users, or the eradication of an infectious disease, the benefits of which cannot be diverted from any susceptible persons (nordhaus ) . it has been argued that both genetic information (knoppers and fecteau ; chadwick and wilson ) and public health (meier and fox ) should be classified as global public goods in this same way. these three concepts have been integrated by several commentators in efforts to develop ethics frameworks for public health and biobanking. meier and fox ( ) consider public health a public good and make a case for its recognition in international law as a collective right. knoppers ( a) notes growing support in international normative documents for the human genome to be classified as the common heritage of humanity, and argues, as do chadwick and wilson ( ) , that genetic databases should be considered a global public good (knoppers and fecteau ; knoppers b; chadwick and wilson ) . the combination of features from all three concepts can provide the basic constituents of a human rights public health ethic for international biobanking. first, collective rights, premised conceptually on the fact that certain rights can be protected only in groups, is virtually analogous to the population perspective of public health, which presumes that certain health challenges require society-wide, rather than individual, interventions. the kinship of the two perspectives is highlighted in the argument made by meier and fox ( ) that public health be recognized as a collective right. second, the classification of genetic databases as the common heritage of humanity, which precludes private ownership while requiring shared uses and benefits, buttresses the view that biobanks should be managed under principles that consider the whole of humanity rather than narrower interests, no matter how seemingly benign. again, these principles would share an affinity with the principles of public health that target the health of the whole population. third, the arguments for the status of genetic information as a non-rivalrous and non-excludable global public good also support an approach to managing biobanks that recognizes the public character of the resource. together, these features ground the management of international biobanking in a framework that keeps foremost the population perspective of public health. biobanking and developments in personalized medicine entail the involvement of private investors. commentators have pointed out the costs associated with this infusion of private funding. they raise concerns that such involvement may influence the type of research, distort the process by restricting the direction of research, prevent collaboration, and restrict the sharing of the raw data generated by the research. it also might prevent the results of the research being disseminated effectively or cause publication bias. most importantly, it may serve to reduce public trust in the research process. some evidence suggests that potential participants may be less willing to engage in research if this is privately funded (as they perceive themselves to be more exposed to potential exploitation) (ickworth ). the risks expand significantly when, as projected, biobanking expands globally. most lmics have vulnerable populations and lax to minimal research regulation. but even where lmic governments have the ability to regulate research activity, we have noted above the growing trend under globalization for governments to delegate traditional responsibilities to private actors. this constitutes a major administrative and ethical challenge in the regulation of biobanks because, as a rule, governments rather than private actors assume international obligations (ratner ). the situation requires an ethical framework for protecting vulnerable populations living under governments either unwilling or incapable of protecting their interests. in , john ruggie was appointed the united nations special representative of the secretary general (srsg) on business and human rights for an initial term of years. ruggie's primary charge was to clarify the human rights obligations of companies operating internationally and the responsibilities of host governments to regulate such businesses (u.n. comm. on human rights ). in extending the srsg's mandate another years in , the human rights council observed that weak national legislation and implementation cannot effectively mitigate the negative impact of globalization on vulnerable economies, fully realize the benefits of globalization or derive maximally the benefits of activities of transnational corporations and other business enterprises and that therefore efforts to bridge governance gaps at the national, regional and international levels are necessary… (u.n. human rights council ) the appointment of the srsg underscores the ethical implications of international trade and politics. it also testifies to the potential of human rights as a framework for addressing global governance challenges. the srsg fulfills his mandate through research, consultations and workshops that lead to recommendations, standards and tools for the use of businesses and other stakeholders. in the course of his mandate, the srsg has developed a human rights framework for business in the global economy. the framework (known as the ''un framework'') has three pillars: the duty of governments to protect their citizens from human rights violations by third parties (particularly international businesses); the responsibility of businesses to respect human rights (typically contained in corporate codes of conduct); and the establishment of remedies for people whose human rights have been violated (u.n. spec. rep. of the sec. gen. ). the un framework provides a useful tool for helping mitigate the regulatory hazards associated with privatelyfunded biobanking enterprises in lmics. by further clarifying the responsibilities of both host governments and foreign investors, the un framework increases the chances that clear laws regulating biobanking will be passed by lmic governments. effective biobanking governance models (kaye and stranger ) are necessary if biobanking is to benefit public health as governments remain the primary actors in public heath practice. moreover, by ensuring the availability of remedies for violations, the un framework reduces the incentive of foreign investors to take advantage of weak and/or corrupt governments unwilling to implement existing biobanking regulations. the un framework was endorsed by the human rights council in june , thereby enhancing its credibility as a global ethical standard for regulating international business activity. this endorsement ensures that the un framework will help guarantee that the projected extension of especially privately financed biobanking to lmics will take into account the public health interests of lmic populations. we have taken the view that one of the ethical challenges raised by genomic medicine reflects an enduring problem in public health: the appropriate balancing of individual and collective values, rights and interests. biobanking in the context of public health genomics reflects a unique case study in this classical problem because it must accommodate both individual and community interests (including multiple types of affected communities). while no single ethical-legal framework has been accepted to bridge this gap, we believe that a renewed attention to a human rights perspective in the context of global health may offer a way forward. medicine at the paris hospital human dignity and human rights as a common ground for a global bioethics indian givers: what indigenous peoples have contributed to international human rights law on the relationship between individual and population health biobanks: transnational, european and global networks national security and the biological research community community: the neglected tradition of public health parents' and children's attitudes toward the enrollment of minors in genetic susceptibility research: implications for informed consent informed consent for biorepositories: assessing prospective participants' understanding and opinions an approach to studying social disparities in health and health care until , the united nations commission on human rights population biobanks: the ethical gravity of informed consent dna synthesis and biological security extending the reach of public health genomics: what should be the agenda for public health in an era of genome-based and ''personalized'' medicine? ethics and public health: forging a strong relationship challenging a well established consent norm?: one time consent for biobank research solidarity and equity: new ethical frameworks for genetic databases genomic databases as global public goods? health care ethics in an era of globalisation: introduction international co-operation between biobanks: the case for harmonisation of guidelines and governance ethics and privacy issues for systems biology application in predictive and personalized medicine public health ethics: mapping the terrain germline pharmacogenetics of tamoxifen response: have we learned enough? indigenous peoples and the morality of the human genome diversity project global health: then and now pathogenesis of coronary disease in american soldiers killed in korea what will it take to reap the clinical benefits of pharmacogenomics? congress's new infrastructural model of medical privacy creating incentives for genomic research to improve targeting of therapies deflating the genomic bubble contributing to one world, one health: a strategic framework for reducing risks of infectious diseases at the animal-human-ecosystems interface will international human rights subsume medical ethics? intersections in the unesco universal bioethics declaration personalized medicine: revolutionizing drug discovery and patient care public health, ethics, and human rights: a tribute to the late jonathan mann nationwide molecular surveillance of pandemic h n influenza a virus genomes: canada history, principles, and practice of health and human rights being more realistic about the public health impact of genomic medicine solidarity: a (new) ethic for global health policy ethical rhetoric: genomics and the moral content of unesco's ''universal'' declarations ethical framework for previously collected biobank samples clear cell adenocarcinoma and the current status of des-exposed females population-based linkage of health records in western australia: development of a health services research linked database the human genome project: a challenge to the human rights framework on the origins of individual criminal responsibility under international law for business activity: ig farben on trial public health ethics: from foundations and frameworks to justice and global public health genetic databases: socio-ethical issues in the collection and use of dna principles and practice in biobank governance will genomics widen or help heal the schism between medicine and public health? public health and the challenge of genomics the meaning of ''people'' in the african charter on human and peoples' rights population genetics and benefit sharing of biotechnology and man biobanking: international norms of genomics and public health: building a global public good? human genetic research: emerging trends in ethics human genomic databases: a global public good? framing genomics, public health research and policy: points to consider contribution of the human tissue archive to the advancement of medical knowledge and public health in: last jm (ed) maxcy-rosenau public health and preventive medicine, th edn personalized medicine: elusive dream or imminent reality? research with vulnerable participants a century of eugenics in america: from the indiana experiment to the human genome era medicine and public health, ethics and human rights public health and human rights the eco-in eco-epidemiology economic and social determinants of disease the social determinants of health inequalities the genome sequence of the sars-associated coronavirus navigating an ethical patchwork-human gene banks international obligations through collective rights: moving from foreign health assistance to global health governance the highest attainable standard: advancing a collective human right to public health him and the path to personalized medicine: opportunities in the post-genomic era bioterrorism and bioethics: challenges for industry, government and society research ethics in the era of personalized medicine: updating science's contract with society bank on it: an ethics and policy agenda for biobanks and electronic health ethical issues in the storage, collection and research use of human biological materials multinational corporations and the ethics of global responsibility: problems and possibilities research involving human biological materials: ethical issues and policy guidance. us government printing office exploring the synergies between human rights and public health ethics: a whole greater than the sum of its parts paul samuelson and global public goods. discussion paper african genomics project takes shape at cape town meeting eugenics and public health in american history how did social medicine evolve, and where is it heading corporations and human rights: a theory of legal responsibility the human genome: common resource but not common heritage the tributary state and ''peoples' rights'' in africa: the banjul charter and self-reliance the fruit of the human genome tree: cautionary tales about technology, investment, and the heritage of humankind choosing a future epidemiology: i. eras and paradigms choosing a future epidemiology: ii. from black box to chinese boxes and eco-epidemiology rethinking mckeown: the relationship between public health and social change a perspective on the history of health and human rights: from the cold war to the gold war public health in an era of genome-based and personalised medicine united nations special representative of the secretary general on business and human rights solidarity, the individual and human rights the common heritage of mankind: an assessment a new variant of creutzfeldt-jakob disease in the uk bioethics and large-scale biobanking: individualistic ethics and collective projects questions and answers on health and human rights serendipity, science and a new hantavirus a study of cases of carcinoma in situ of the cervix at the free hospital for women possible origin of current influenza a h n viruses key: cord- -z butywi authors: joyce, collin; burton, dennis r.; briney, bryan title: comparisons of the antibody repertoires of a humanized rodent and humans by high throughput sequencing date: - - journal: sci rep doi: . /s - - - sha: doc_id: cord_uid: z butywi the humanization of animal model immune systems by genetic engineering has shown great promise for antibody discovery, tolerance studies and for the evaluation of vaccines. assessment of the baseline antibody repertoires of unimmunized model animals will be useful as a benchmark for future immunization experiments. we characterized the heavy chain and kappa light chain antibody repertoires of a model animal, the omnirat, by high throughput antibody sequencing and made use of two novel datasets for comparison to human repertoires. intra-animal and inter-animal repertoire comparisons reveal a high level of conservation in antibody diversity between the lymph node and spleen and between members of the species. multiple differences were found in both the heavy and kappa chain repertoires between omnirats and humans including gene segment usage, cdr length distributions, class switch recombination, somatic hypermutation levels and in features of v(d)j recombination. the inference and generation of repertoires (igor) software tool was used to model recombination in vh regions which allowed for the quantification of some of these differences. diversity estimates of the omnirat heavy chain repertoires almost reached that of humans, around two orders of magnitude less. despite variation between the species repertoires, a high frequency of omnirat clonotypes were also found in the human repertoire. these data give insights into the development and selection of humanized animal antibodies and provide actionable information for use in vaccine studies. rag , rag and artemis (among others). p and n nucleotides are added in the vh-dh and dh-jh junctions by artemis and tdt, dramatically increasing sequence diversity. after successful pairing of this newly formed heavy chain with surrogate light chain (slc), recombination of a light chain from v and j gene segments of the kappa or lambda loci occurs and the b cell swaps the slc for this new light chain. unless the immature b cell is autoreactive or anergic and undergoes receptor editing or clonal deletion, it matures into a naïve b cell and migrates to the periphery whereupon it can become activated by encountering antigen and form germinal centers with help from t-cells. sequence diversity is again enhanced in the germinal center by somatic hypermutation (shm) and/or class switch recombination (csr), two processes that depend on activation induced cytidine deaminase (aid). the omnirat was created by genomic integration of human immunoglobulin (ig) loci on a background of inactivated endogenous rat ig loci. it expresses chimeric heavy chains (i.e. human v, d, and j genes and rat constant genes) that pair with fully human light chains , . we sought to characterize the circulating antibody repertoire diversity in this animal and make comparisons to humans. high throughput antibody sequencing has been used to describe the circulating antibody repertoire of organisms, including more recently at unprecedented depth in humans . reverse transcription of antibody rna and combined tagging with unique molecular identifiers (umis) have allowed us and others , to correct for error and bias in antibody sequencing. using these methods to gain insight into the antibody repertoire of omnirats, we ask whether or not it accurately represents that of humans, and by extension allows for usefulness in the approximation of the human antibody response. we postulate that there are major differences in the repertoires due to distinctness in the ig loci genomic structure and genes that shape antibody diversity between species. here, we provide the most thorough description of humanized transgenic rodent antibody repertoires to date and leverage a novel extremely deep human dataset to make comparisons with implications of immediate use as a reference for omnirat immunization studies. we individually separated total rna from spleens and lymph nodes of three unimmunized omnirats and pcr amplified the heavy and kappa chain antibody v gene segments. the resulting amplicons were subjected to high throughput sequencing in conjunction with preprocessing and annotation by the abstar analysis pipeline (methods) which resulted in a mean of ~ × processed heavy chain sequences and ~ . × processed kappa chain sequences per transgenic animal (table s ). two previously published datasets , of the same humans which together contain a mean of ~ . × processed heavy chain sequences and ~ . × processed kappa chain sequences per individual were used for comparison. we started by making intra-animal comparisons, intra-species comparisons and inter-species comparisons of the immunoglobulin gene segment usage frequencies for each antibody repertoire by performing hierarchical clustering ( fig. ) and linear regression analysis (figs. s and s ). repertoires were found to cluster by species and tissue when variable heavy (vh) (fig. a) , diversity heavy (dh) (fig. b) , joining heavy (jh) (fig. c) and variable kappa (vk) (fig. s a ), but not joining kappa (jk) (fig. s b ) gene usage was examined. differences between the lymph node and spleens of individual omnirats were next investigated. vh gene, dh gene and jh gene usage frequencies between these tissues were highly correlated (fig. s ) , although a few vh gene segments were overrepresented in spleen as compared to lymph nodes including vh - , vh - and vh - (figs. a and s a). dh gene and jh gene usage remained highly correlated with minor differences in specific genes (figs. b,c, s and s b,c). inter-animal spleen gene usage was highly correlated for all three heavy chain gene segments (fig. s ). inter-human comparisons yielded similar, albeit slightly less correlated results (fig. s ). intra-species vh and dh usage comparisons made show much weaker correlations with lower r-squared values than any other previous comparison, while surprisingly jh gene usage was highly correlated (fig. s ). species specific gene usage biases were more predominant in variable genes (vh and vk) than in joining genes (jh and jk) (fig. s a-e) . we hypothesize that this may be due to species specific differences in variable gene order, but not joining gene order at the genomic loci , although no significant correlation between variable gene order and gene usage in the omnirat was found (data not shown). omnirats show a preference for dh gene families of shorter average length such as dh , dh , dh and dh as compared to humans which show a higher representation of longer dh genes from dh , dh , and dh families with the exception of dh - which appears at similar frequencies between each species (figs. b and s b). vk and jk gene usage frequencies were very similar for all comparisons made (figs. s - and s ). differences in cdr length distributions of each repertoire were next determined. the mean heavy chain cdr (cdrh ) length in humans is . amino acids, while in the omnirat we observed a mean cdrh length that is shorter with a mean length of . amino acids (fig. a) . there are minor differences in the kappa light chain (cdrl ) lengths between species with near identical average lengths of . and . for omnirats and humans respectively (fig. s c ). the frequency of light chains with a cdr of amino acids in length is an important consideration when choosing a model animal for vaccination experiments involving the germline targeting immunogen eod-gt which is in human clinical trials , , . this frequency of -amino acid cdrl s was lower in omnirats ( . %) than in humans ( . %) i.e. a factor of (fig. s c ). after observing a tendency for shorter cdrh lengths in the omnirat as compared to humans, we wanted to know if the number of n and p nucleotide additions in the heavy chain v-d and d-j junction sites were different. figure b ,c shows average v-d and d-j junction nucleotide addition lengths in the omnirat are indeed shorter as compared to humans. nucleotide additions in the v-j junctions of kappa chains are also shorter on average as compared to humans (fig. s e) . the longest dh gene segments are found in the dh family and the longest jh gene segments come from the jh gene family. gene segments from these families are important contributors to the generation of unusually long cdrh s in humans and are consistently found in certain broadly neutralizing antibodies (bnabs) that bind to the human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) envelope (env) glycoprotein, indicating the importance of these rearrangements in hiv vaccine studies . on average, the frequency of antibodies with d -j rearrangements in omnirats is . with little variation, while in humans the frequency of these antibody species is more variable between subjects with a higher mean of . (fig. d) . the preference of omnirats for shorter cdrh lengths and dh gene segments can be placed in the context of shorter dh gene lengths in the wild-type rat (rattus norvegicus) as compared to human dh genes (fig. e) , indicating a possible biologically intrinsic bias. we used igor to infer recombination models for each individual repertoire from , unmutated sequences allowing for the quantification of differences in features of heavy chain vdj recombination and generated , , synthetic sequences per model. cdrh length, vd insertion length and dj insertion length distributions from the synthetic sequence data (fig. s a-c) were found to be very similar to the observed data columns are antibody repertoires and rows are gene segments. data was scaled by calculating the z-score for each gene (row) and hierarchical clustering (euclidean distance metric) was done. a dendrogram representation of clustering is shown and indicates uniqueness in gene segment usage between the lymph node and spleen repertoires of the omnirat and between the omnirat and human repertoires. red and blue indicate high and low z-scores respectively (legend shown in a), and since it is calculated per gene it represents differences between repertoires and not the relative frequencies of gene segment usage in each repertoire. ( fig. a-c) . kullback-leibler (kl) divergence is a measure of how different two probability distributions are. kl divergence between models (fig. s d ) and model 'events' (fig. s e) were computed as previously described . kl divergence between pairs of omnirat models was found to be lower than kl divergence between pairs of human models for both complete and all event level calculations. the average pairwise omnirat model versus human model complete kl divergence calculation was found to be much greater than that of pairwise inter-animal calculations and more than twice that of pairwise inter-human calculations. "d-gene", "v-gene trim ( ')", and "d-gene trim ( ')" were among the events computed to have the mean highest kl divergence from pairwise inter-species event level model comparisons. class switch recombination and somatic hypermutation in omnirats. in supplementary fig. s a , the frequency of antibody isotypes is shown. the human repertoire contains average frequencies of . and . for igm and igg respectively as previously published , while in the omnirat antibody repertoire we observe mean frequencies of . and . for lymph node and spleen igg respectively and means of . and . for lymph node and spleen igm respectively. mean numbers of variable gene mutations in igm (fig. s b) , igg (fig. s c) and kappa (fig. s d) sequences of the omnirat were about half of those found in the human repertoire. the observed increase in shm of class-switched igg sequences as compared to igm sequences in the omnirat demonstrates the ability of the animal to generate memory b cells. we first examined clonotype (defined as identical vh gene, jh gene and cdrh amino acid sequence) diversity of the heavy chain repertoire for each individual animal. all sequences from lymph nodes and spleens were collapsed into unique clonotypes, separately for each tissue and animal. any clonotype found in both tissue compartments must have originated from different b cells, allowing for the measurement of repeatedly observed clonotypes. rarefaction curves for each animal were www.nature.com/scientificreports www.nature.com/scientificreports/ generated (fig. a) and indicate a low frequency of repeatedly observed clonotypes. we estimated diversity using chao , and recon , as previously described . diversity estimates were similar between the two estimators, ( . × - . × ) for chao and ( . × - . × ) for recon (fig. b) . we next estimated heavy chain sequence diversity for each animal (fig. c) and again found that both estimators broadly agreed, giving similar values of ( . × - . × ) for chao and ( . × - . × ) for recon. previously published estimates of both clonotype and sequence diversity in individual humans only exceed that in the omnirats by a maximum two orders of magnitude. this is surprising given that the omnirat is more restricted in cdrh length. for each combination of two or more animals, we computed the frequency of shared unique heavy chain clonotypes (fig. a) . there was on average . % of clonotypes shared between each combination of two omnirats. surprisingly, we found that . % of clonotypes were shared between all three of the animals. next, we pooled unique heavy chain clonotypes from all ten human subjects and measured the percentage of clonotypes in each animal that could be found in the total human pool (fig. b) . we found that ( . - . %) of each omnirat clonotype repertoire and . % of clonotypes combined from all animals could be found in the total human clonotype pool. shared clonotypes have shorter cdrh lengths than unshared clonotypes on average (fig. c) which is expected given that sequence diversity is expected to increase as the number of amino acids increases giving less of a chance for sharing. vh gene family usage between shared and unshared clonotypes indicates no major differences (fig. d) . sequence logos for amino acid long (fig. e) and amino acid long (fig. e) cdhr s from both shared and unshared fractions were made and indicate broad similarity between the two fractions. we set out to determine commonalities and differences between omnirat and human antibody repertoires to be used as a reference for vaccine studies. our results show that there exists substantial variation in gene usage frequencies and elements of recombination, indicating specific limitations of this animal model for predicting the human immune response. we found that by performing hierarchical clustering on gene segment usage, repertoires clustered together by both species and tissue. differences in gene segment usage between transgenic animal models and humans, as well as between tissues are expected. for example, multiple human ig loci transgenic rodents are reported to have gene usage profiles that slightly vary from that of humans , . furthermore, antibody repertoires from separate human tissues are known to deviate strongly enough to be clustered by hierarchical clustering . in our case, the lymph node repertoire from the omnirat was most likely able to be distinguished from that of the spleen due to the increased presence of antigen-experienced b cells in the latter as shown by somatic hypermutation and class-switched transcript frequencies. this indicates that tissue selection will affect the outcome of an antibody discovery campaign and reinforces evidence for normal b cell development by suggesting the existence of affinity maturation. investigation into cdr length distributions revealed that the omnirat prefers shorter cdrh s as compared to humans. interestingly, the mechanisms of this preference are due to decreased n additions, and a tendency to incorporate shorter dh gene segments. this result has also been seen in multiple other transgenic and wild-type rodents , , , . the specific reasons remain unclear, although the observation that wild-type rat germline d gene segment lengths are shorter suggests intrinsic species-specific mechanisms of selection as well as differences in tdt expression during bone marrow b cell development. we further speculate that another possible reason for intra-species variation can be attributed to distinct prior antigen exposure and divergent gut microbiomes , . the diversity of the omnirat heavy chain repertoire was shown to be slightly lower than that in humans. our results indicate biased gene usage and decreased junctional diversity are the primary reasons for the resulting repertoire diversity estimate comparisons. we also showed that there is a much higher frequency of 'public clonotypes' or clonotypes shared between members of this species than previously reported in humans , . lower sequence diversity combined with identical genetic background and highly similar gene usage are possible reasons for this result. in summary, we have determined specific differences between the omnirat and human antibody repertoires which must be taken into careful consideration when evaluating an antibody response in order to make predictions for human subjects. we have also shown that this animal's antibodies show signs of class switch recombination, somatic hypermutation and large diversity supporting its value for the discovery of monoclonal antibodies to targets that may not be immunogenic in other models. even though a high degree of variation exists, we still found many clonotypes to be shared between the species pools. finally, more studies will need to be done in order to characterize omnirat serum and memory b cell responses to immunogens. next-generation sequencing of omnirat antibody repertoires. total rna from spleens and lymph nodes was extracted (rneasy maxi kit, qiagen) from each unimmunized heavy chain and kappa chain only transgenic rat (omnirat, open monoclonal technology inc., palo alto, ca, usa) and antibody sequences were amplified as previously described except for different primers used during reverse transcription (table s ) . we chose to interrogate the antibody repertoires found in secondary lymphoid organs as opposed to peripheral blood due to the higher number of b cells. correct pcr product sizes were verified on an agarose gel (e-gel ex; invitrogen) and quantified with fluorometry (qubit; life technologies), pooled at approximately equimolar concentrations and each sample pool was re-quantified before sequencing on an illumina miseq (miseq reagent kit v , -cycle). all animal experiments were conducted in accordance with the institutional animal care and use committee of scripps research and approved by the institutional research boards of scripps research. (d) distribution of vh gene family usage for unshared clonotypes from the animal pool (black) or clonotypes shared by both species pool (red). (e,f) sequence logos of the cdrh s encoded by shared and unshared clonotypes of length (e) or (f). head-region amino acid coloring: polar amino acids (gstycqn) are green; basic amino acids (krh) are blue; acidic amino acids (de) are red; and hydrophobic amino acids (avlipwfm) are black. all torso residues are gray. murine antibody responses to cleaved soluble hiv- envelope trimers are highly restricted in specificity rational hiv immunogen design to target specific germline b cell receptors priming hiv- broadly neutralizing antibody precursors in human ig loci transgenic mice bacterially derived synthetic mimetics of mammalian oligomannose prime antibody responses that neutralize hiv infectivity a repertoire of monoclonal antibodies with human heavy chains from transgenic mice antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies from mice engineered with human ig heavy and light chain yacs antigen-specific human antibodies from mice comprising four distinct genetic modifications human antibody production in transgenic animals transgenic mouse strains as platforms for the successful discovery and development of human therapeutic monoclonal antibodies mechanisms of central tolerance for b cells high-affinity igg antibodies develop naturally in ig-knockout rats carrying germline human igh/igκ/igλ loci bearing the rat ch region human antibody expression in transgenic rats: comparison of chimeric igh loci with human vh, d and jh but bearing different rat c-gene regions commonality despite exceptional diversity in the baseline human antibody repertoire clonify: unseeded antibody lineage assignment from next-generation sequencing data genetic measurement of memory b-cell recall using antibody repertoire sequencing toward a more accurate view of human b-cell repertoire by next-generation sequencing, unbiased repertoire capture and single-molecule barcoding massively scalable genetic analysis of antibody repertoires rapid and focused maturation of a vrc -class hiv broadly neutralizing antibody lineage involves both binding and accommodation of the n -glycan hiv- vaccines. priming a broadly neutralizing antibody response to hiv- using a germline targeting immunogen identification of common features in prototype broadly neutralizing antibodies to hiv envelope v apex to facilitate vaccine design high-throughput immune repertoire analysis with igor estimating the population size for capture-recapture data with unequal catchability how many different clonotypes do immune repertoires contain? robust estimates of overall immune-repertoire diversity from high-throughput measurements on samples complete humanization of the mouse immunoglobulin loci enables efficient therapeutic antibody discovery mechanisms that shape human antibody repertoire development in mice transgenic for human ig h and l chain loci tissue-specific expressed antibody variable gene repertoires intrinsic bias and public rearrangements in the human immunoglobulin vλ light chain repertoire immunoglobulin light chain gene rearrangements, receptor editing and the development of a self-tolerant antibody repertoire microbial symbionts regulate the primary ig repertoire b cell superantigens in the human intestinal microbiota high frequency of shared clonotypes in human b cell receptor repertoires moderated estimation of fold change and dispersion for rna-seq data with deseq. the authors thank all the study subjects for their participation. c.j., d.r.b. and b.b. planned and designed the experiments. c.j. performed experiments. c.j. analyzed data. c.j. wrote the manuscript. all authors contributed to manuscript revisions. the authors declare no competing interests. supplementary information is available for this paper at https://doi.org/ . /s - - - .correspondence and requests for materials should be addressed to d.r.b. or b.b.publisher's note springer nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.open access this article is licensed under a creative commons attribution . international license, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the creative commons license, and indicate if changes were made. the images or other third party material in this article are included in the article's creative commons license, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. if material is not included in the article's creative commons license and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. to view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /. key: cord- -jngjusk authors: selden, richard f; skośkiewicz, marek j.; howie, kathleen burke; russell, paul s.; goodman, howard m. title: regulation of human insulin gene expression in transgenic mice date: journal: nature doi: . / a sha: doc_id: cord_uid: jngjusk insulin is a polypeptide hormone of major physiological importance in the regulation of fuel homeostasis in animals (reviewed in refs , ). it is synthesized by the (β)-cells of pancreatic islets, and circulating insulin levels are regulated by several small molecules, notably glucose, amino acids, fatty acids and certain pharmacological agents. insulin consists of two polypeptide chains (a and b, linked by disulphide bonds) that are derived from the proteolytic cleavage of proinsulin, generating equimolar amounts of the mature insulin and a connecting peptide (c-peptide). humans, like most vertebrates, contain one proinsulin gene( , ), although several species, including mice( ) and rats( , ), have two highly homologous insulin genes. we have studied the regulation of serum insulin levels and of insulin gene expression by generating a series of transgenic mice containing the human insulin gene. we report here that the human insulin gene is expressed in a tissue-specific manner in the islets of these transgenic mice, and that serum human insulin levels are properly regulated by glucose, amino acids and tolbutamide, an oral hypoglycaemic agent. comparison of huv np and mv np iges in binding inhibition assays. various concentrations of huvnp-ige (e) and mvnp-ige ( ) were used to compete the binding of radiolabelled mvnp-ige to polyvinyl microtitre plates that had been coated with a, sheep anti-human e antiserum (seward laboratory); b, (nip-caph -bsa; c, ac antiidiotypic antibody; d, ac anti-idiotypic antibody; e, rabbit anti-mv np antiserum. binding was also carried out in the presence of mvnp-igm antibody jw / / (ref. ) (_) as well as in the presence of jw / / ( ), which is an igm antibody that differs from jw / / at residues mainly located in v h cdr (m.s.n., unpublished results). values of binding are relative to the binding in the absence of inhibitor. between .a-strands depends on loop size and specific interactions of the loop back to the .a-sheet. however, in the same class of variable domains (v h, v k or va) these interactions are usually conserved (ref. and a. m. lesk and c. chothia, personal communication). while human monoclonal antibodies have therapeutic potential in human disease, they can be difficult to prepare and treatment of patients with mouse monoclonal antibodies often increases the titre of circulating antibody against the mouse immunoglobulinl . as chimaeric antibodies containing human constant domains l , . and variable domains made by grafting mouse cdrs into human frs, could have therapeutic potential, we wondered whether the huvnp-ige antibody loses antigenic determinants associated with the mv np variable region (idiotopes). the binding of huvnp-ige and mvnp-ige to both monoclonal and polyclonal anti-idiotypic antibodies directed against the mv np domain was examined by using inhibition assays. as shown in fig. d , the huvnp-ige antibody has lost the mv np idiotypic determinant recognized by antibody ac (ref. ) , furthermore, huvnp-ige also binds the antibody ac (ref. ) less well (fig. c) , therefore it is not surprising that huvnp-ige has lost many of the determinants recognized by a polyclonal rabbit anti-idiotypic antiserum (fig. e) . while the loss of idiotypic determinants that accompanies 'humanizing' of the v h region is reassuring in view of potential therapeutic applications, it does suggest that the recognition of the hapten and of anti-idiotypic antibodies is not equivalent. thus the huvnp-ige antibody retains hapten binding but has lost idiotypic determinants, indicating that the immunoglobulin uses different sites to bind hapten and anti-idiotypic antibodies. it appears, therefore, that both fr and cdr side chains form the binding site for these anti-idiotopes, but mainly cdr side chains interact with hapten. we thank c. milstein for suggesting this project, k. rajewsky and m. reth for the anti-idiotypic antibodies ac and ac , and a. m. lesk, c. chothia, r. j. leatherbarrow and c. milstein for helpful discussions. j.f. is a fellow of the jane coffin childs memorial fund for medical research. received insulin is a polypeptide hormone of major physiological importance in the regulation of fuel homeostasis in animals (reviewed in refs , ). it is synthesized by the il-cells of pancreatic islets, and circulating insulin levels are regulated by several small molecules, notably glucose, amino acids, fatty acids and certain pharmacological agents. insulin consists of two polypeptide chains (a and b, linked by disulphide bonds) that are derived from the proteolytic cleavage of pro insulin, generating equimolar amounts of the mature insulin and a connecting peptide (c-peptide). humans, like most vertebrates, contain one proinsulin gene , , although several species, including mice! and rats , , have two highly homologous insulin genes. we have studied the regulation of serum insulin levels and of insulin gene expression by generating a series of transgenic mice containing the human insulin gene. we report here that the human insulin gene is expressed in a tissue-specific manner in the islets of these transgenic mice, and that serum human insulin levels are properly regulated by glucose, amino acids and tolbutamide, an oral hypoglycaemic agent. the human insulin gene that we have used to generate transgenic mice is contained within a . -kilobase (kb) ecori fragment that was isolated from a genomic library . of mice born after one series of single-cell embryo microinjections, three contained human insulin gene sequences as detected by southern hybridization analysis (fig. a) . a human c-peptide radioimmunoassay (behringwerke) was used to monitor expression of the human insulin gene in the transgenic mice and their offspring. several hundred transgenic and control mice have been analysed under a variety of physiological circumstances (see below), and the transgenic mice show variable levels of human c-peptide in their sera, whereas control mice show no such expression. the tissue specificity of human insulin gene expression in these transgenic mice was examined by both rna analyses and pancreatic islet function studies. northern hybridizations using a human insulin complementary dna probe demonstrated that total pancreatic rna from both transgenic (fig. b , lane ) and control (lane ) mice hybridized to the human insulin cdna probe, whereas rnas from transgenic spleen, kidney, brain, lung, liver, salivary gland, intestine, heart and muscle (lanes - , respectively) showed no hybridization. because no transgenic tissues other than pancreas were found to express detectable levels of insulin rna, insulin expression in both transgenic and control pancreas was studied to determine whether the transgenic pancreas is a site of human insulin expression. pancreatic islets from six transgenic and six control mice were isolated by collagenase digestion as described previously , and cultured in groups of - islets per tissue culture well. the following day, aliquots of media were taken and human cpeptide levels measured. the samples from the transgenic islet wells contained - ng ml- of human c-peptide, but the control islet wells contained no detectable human c-peptide. the cultured transgenic islets continued to express human cpeptide for several days. from these experiments, we conclude that the major site of human insulin expression in these transgenic mice is the endocrine pancreas. transgenic and control pancreas were stained with immunoperoxidase using a guinea pig anti-porcine insulin antibody and a goat anti-human c-peptide antibody (fig. ) . the anti-porcine insulin antibody cross-reacted with both human and mouse insulin, and islets from both transgenic (fig. a) and control (fig. b) mice were stained. the size, distribution and number of islets were essentially the same in transgenic and control mice. the anti-human c-peptide antibody showed little or no cross-reactivity with mouse c-peptide, however, and the transgenic islets (fig. c) were stained using this antibody whereas the control islets (fig. d) were not. these immunohistochemistry data are consistent with the northern analysis and islet function studies presented above, and demonstrate that the transgenic islets were specifically expressing human insulin. glucose and human c-peptide levels in the transgenic mice were studied under a variety of physiological conditions to determine whether normal glucose homeostasis was being preserved and whether expression of the human insulin gene was being regulated appropriately in these mice. blood glucose regulation was studied by glucose tolerance tests. transgenic offspring of mouse and non-transgenic siblings were fasted overnight, given an intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection of glucose, and bled at various times after injection to determine serum glucose levels. the glucose tolerance curve from the transgenic mice was similar to that from the control mice (fig. a) . of particular importance is the finding that the fasting and maximally stimulated glucose levels as well as the kinetics of neither the mouse insulin cdna nor gene sequences have been determined, but since the coding re~ions of the human and rat insulin mrnas share % sequence homology , it was expected that both transgenic and control pancreatic rnas would hybridize to the human insulin cdna probe. methods. a . -kb ecori fragment containing the human insulin gene' was isolated from pbr sequences by preparative gel electrophoresis and electroelution l . fertilized mouse eggs for microinjection were recovered in cumulus from the oviducts of (c x c h)f i females that had mated with fi males several hours earlier. approximately , copies of the human insulin gene fragment were microinjected into the male pronucleus of each fertilized egg. microinjected eggs were implanted into the oviducts of i-day pseudopregnant icr foster mothers and carried to term • several weeks after the birth of animals that developed from microinjected eggs, total genomic dna was prepared l from mouse tails. for the southern blot analysis in a, flg of total genomic dna for each mouse were digested with pvuii, subjected to electrophoresis on a . % agarose gel and transferred to nitrocellulosel • the filter was then prehybridized overnight, hybridized to a p_iabelled genomic human insulin probe, washed and exposed to x-ray film. the genomic human insulin probe is a fragment that extends from a bglii site at - with respect to the transcriptional start site of the human insulin gene to an avai site at + (ref. ). in addition to promoter sequences, this fragment contains the first intervening sequence, the first exon (including sequences encoding the signal peptide, b-peptide and a portion of c-peptide), and a portion of the second intervening sequence. approximately % of the genomic human insulin probe consists of non coding sequences that are not highly conserved between species, which explains its limited cross-hybridization with the endogenous mouse insulin genes (which can be detected only after long exposures). total cellular rna was isolated from tissue samples by the guanidinium isothiocyanate/ caesium chloride technique . for northern blot analysis, flg of total rna from each sample was subjected to electrophoresis on a . % agarose-formaldehyde denaturing gel and transferred to nitrocellulose filters l . the filter was then prehybridized, hybridized to a p_iabelled human insulin cdna is probe, washed and exposed to x-ray film. fig. immunoperoxidase staining of transgenic and control pancreas. pancreas samples were immersed in liquid nitrogen and -llm tissue sections were prepared using a cryostat. immunoperoxidase staining of serial sections was performed as described previousll , using either guinea pig anti-porcine insulin antibody (a and b) or goat anti-human c-peptide antibody (c and d). a, transgenic pancreas stained with anti-insulin antibody (arnel products). b, control pancreas stained with antiinsulin antibody. c, transgenic pancreas stained with anti-human cpeptide antibody (behringwerke). d, control pancreas stained with antihuman c-peptide antibody (photographically enhanced to allow visualization of islets). other transgenic tissues, including liver, adrenal and thyroid, are not stained using the guinea pig anti-porcine insulin antibody (not shown). data are similar to glucose tolerance results previously reported for both mice and humans . preliminary experiments suggest that mouse also expresses human c-peptide and responds to a glucose tolerance test, and more extensive studies will be performed when mouse and mouse have generated large colonies. an assay specific for mouse c-peptide is not available, and we were unable to compare levels of endogenous mouse c-peptide with levels of human c-peptide. the return to basal glucose levels were similar for the transgenic and control animals. in addition, intravenous (i.v.) administration of glucagon increased serum glucose levels by - % within min in both transgenic and control mice. taken together, these results strongly suggest that serum glucose levels were appropriately modulated in the transgenic mice. the weights of the transgenic mice, growth rates, feeding behaviour, reproductive capability and longevity appeared normal. the role of human insulin in the regulation of blood glucose levels in transgenic mice was investigated by performing a glucose tolerance test on transgenic and control mice (fig. b) . no human c-peptide was detected in the sera of fasting transgenic mice, but within min of i.p. administration of glucose, human c-peptide appeared in the serum, and peak levels were attained within - min. by min post-glucose, human cpeptide levels fell to values approaching the pre-stimulation or basal level. this pattern of human c-peptide expression correlates closely with the glucose tolerance curves presented above, and suggests that serum human insulin levels were being appropriately regulated by glucose. the control mice did not express any detectable human c-peptide, indicating that the human gene must have been the source of the human c-peptide in the transgenic animals. insulin is regulated by several other factors, including amino acids and certain pharmacological agents. an i.v. amino-acid infusion test was performed on fasting transgenic and control mice and human c-peptide levels in the serum were determined. peak human c-peptide levels were seen within min of aminoacid infusion and declined gradually over the next min (fig. c) . similarly, serum human c-peptide levels responded to tolbutamide, a sulphonylurea derivative known to promote insulin release lo (fig. d) . within min of i.v. tolbutamide administration, serum human c-peptide levels peaked, then decreased rapidly over the next min. tolbutamide has been used clinically to diagnose insulinomas ll because in normal subjects serum insulin (or c-peptide) levels rapidly return to normal from their tolbutamide-induced peak, but in insulinoma patients elevated insulin levels persist. that the transgenic mice quickly regained basal serum human c-peptide levels supports the conclusion that their insulin expression was tightly regulated. we have demonstrated that the human insulin gene is expressed in the pancreas of transgenic mice. cell-type-and tissue-specific expression of h uman and rae z - insulin genes has been documented in two other laboratories. a -base-pair (bp) region (from - bp to - bp with respect to the transcriptional start site) of the rat insulin i promoter was reported to be sufficient to allow tissue-specific expression of insulin/ chloramphenicol acetyltransferase fusion genes in a hamster pancreatic cellline lz .i . similarly, a rat insulin ii/ simian virus large-t antigen fusion gene has been reported to cause the development of islet cell tumours in transgenic mice l • as both of these studies used fusion genes, the regulation of circulating human insulin could not be studied. serum insulin levels are regulated by glucose, amino acids, proteins and drugs such as the sulphonylurea derivatives. the human insulin gene in these transgenic mice is regulated appropriately by all of these agents, and serum glucose homeostasis is normal. these transgenic animals can therefore now be used to study several critical aspects of the physiological regulation of insulin gene expression, including the mechanisms controlling serum insulin and total f -cell insulin levels. because at least one additional insulin gene is being expressed in the transgenic mice and total insulin rna and protein levels are approximately the same as in control mice, the question of dosage compensation can be investigated. moreover, our tolbutamide results indicate that drugs thought to affect human insulin metabolism can now be tested in an in vivo animal system. in a more general sense, the in vivo effects of various pharmacological agents on human gene expression and protein function can therefore be evaluated in a non-human setting. finally, it is noteworthy that a . -kb dna fragment contains sufficient information for the appropriate physiological regulation of insulin levels in these transgenic mice. the organism's ability to modulate foreign dna sequences and proteins on a minute to minute basis clearly has important implications for both molecular biology and gene therapy. we thank dr tom wagner for instruction in microinjection, victoria roman for technical assistance and patrick mattoon for animal care. the human c-peptide assay was the gift of dr h. h. schoene and behringwerke, ag. this work was supported by grants from hoechst ag and the nih (am- ). genetic recombination of dna is one of the fundamental mechanisms underlying the evolution of dna-based organisms and results in their diversity and adaptability. the importance of the role of recombination is far less evident for the rna-based genomes that occur in most plant viruses and in many animal viruses. rna recombination has been shown to promote the evolutionary variation of picornaviruses l - , it is involved in the creation of defective interfering (di) rnas of positive-and negative-strand virusess-- and is implicated in the synthesis of the messenger rnas of influenza virus lo and coronavirus ll • however, rna recombination has not been found to date in viruses that infect plants. in fact, the lack of di rnas and the inability to demonstrate recombination in mixedly infected plants has been regarded as evidence that plants do not support recombination of viral rnas. here we provide the first molecular evidence for recombination of plant viral rna. for brome mosaic virus (bmv), a plus-stranded, tripartite-genome virus of monocots, we show that a deletion in the ' end region of a single bmv rna genomic component can be repaired during the development of infection by recombination with the homologous region of either of the two remaining wild-type bmv rna components. this result clearly shows that plant viruses have available powerful recombinatory mechanisms that previously were thought to exist only in animal hosts, thus they are able to adapt and diversify in a manner comparable to animal viruses. moreover, our observation suggests an increased versatility of viruses for use as vectors in introducing new genes into plants. molecular cloning: a laboratory manual proc. natn. acad. sc' us.a. key: cord- -lbjesv y authors: durmuş tekir, saliha d.; Ülgen, kutlu Ö. title: systems biology of pathogen‐host interaction: networks of protein‐protein interaction within pathogens and pathogen‐human interactions in the post‐genomic era date: - - journal: biotechnol j doi: . /biot. sha: doc_id: cord_uid: lbjesv y infectious diseases comprise some of the leading causes of death and disability worldwide. interactions between pathogen and host proteins underlie the process of infection. improved understanding of pathogen‐host molecular interactions will increase our knowledge of the mechanisms involved in infection, and allow novel therapeutic solutions to be devised. complete genome sequences for a number of pathogenic microorganisms, as well as the human host, has led to the revelation of their protein‐protein interaction (ppi) networks. in this post‐genomic era, pathogen‐host interactions (phis) operating during infection can also be mapped. detailed systematic analyses of ppi and phi data together are required for a complete understanding of pathogenesis of infections. here we review the striking results recently obtained during the construction and investigation of these networks. emphasis is placed on studies producing large‐scale interaction data by high‐throughput experimental techniques. despite immense technological advances in medicine, pathogenic organisms remain the source of much human morbidity and mortality. hiv/aids, acute lower respiratory tract infections, hemorrhagic fever, diarrheal diseases, tuberculosis and malaria are particularly notorious for high mortality rates [ ] [ ] [ ] . the continuous emergence of new diseases and drug-resistant pathogens has heightened the global burden of infectious diseases in the st century [ , ] . to tackle such biological threats, an improved understanding of pathogenic microorganisms and their interactions with host organisms is needed since pathogen-host molecular interactions have crucial roles in initiating, sustaining, or preventing infection. pathogenic microorganisms communicate with human cells through interactions with human proteins both on the surface of the cell and within the interior of the cell. these interactions allow the microorganisms to enter the host cell and manipulate cellular mechanisms in order to use the host cell's capabilities to their own advantage, resulting in infection in the host organism. detailed knowledge of pathogen-host protein interactions may enable us to comprehend the mechanisms of infection and to identify better strategies to prevent or cure infection [ , ] . however, the identification of new drug and vaccine targets for infectious diseases is only possible when the molecular machinery within individual pathogenic and host organisms is understood. for instance, anti-infection therapeutics should target essential genes in the pathogens which have no homology with human genes [ ] . the very first genome sequencing was published in with the dna sequence for the genome of a virus, bacteriophage phix [ ] . following the sequencing of the bacterial pathogen haemophilus influenzae in [ ] and the human genome in [ ] , sequence data for prokaryotic and eukaryotic genomes have appeared at an accelerated rate. today, genomic data for most of the pathogen and host organisms are available [ ] . these data are used to study individual genes and corresponding proteins as well as to identify intra-and interspecies connections between proteins. in the light of these advances, the initial steps towards complete understanding of infection mechanisms through protein interactions have been recently published. in this review, the efforts to systematic determination and analysis of protein interaction networks underlying infection pathogenesis are summarized (mainly in a chronological order) to present the current picture of the research on infectious diseases. from a classical perspective, a protein is a functional unit that specifies a small, but discrete, part of the cellular physiology of an organism. in the post-genomic era, a protein is seen to function as an element within network of its interaction, and its role should be evaluated within this network together with its interacting partners [ ] . advances in genomics and proteomics have been followed by the first large-scale efforts to identify functional networks of interacting proteins using the two-hybrid method [ ] [ ] [ ] , pull-down assays [ , ] , and protein chips [ ] . to increase our understanding of the mechanisms of infection, protein-protein interaction (ppi) networks of pathogenic organisms should be determined in order to capture their functional and structural organizations. pathogenic ppi maps reveal biological pathways and processes, allowing prediction of protein functions and discovery of new drug and vaccine targets. the first genome-wide protein interaction networks were determined for viruses [ ] [ ] [ ] . the first large-scale bacterial networks [ ] [ ] [ ] followed successes in eukaryote mapping [ , [ ] [ ] [ ] . today, the genome-wide ppi maps for a number of pathogens and hosts are available in public databases: bind [ ] , biogrid [ ] , dip [ ] , hprd [ ] , intact [ ] , mint [ ] , mips [ ] , reactome [ ] and string [ ] . primarily due to their small genome size, whole genome ppi maps were first constructed for viruses. the first interaction map of whole proteome was determined for escherichia coli bacteriophage t , mapping interactions among viral proteins [ ] . subsequently, genomewide analyses of important human pathogens, hepatitis c virus [ , ] , vaccinia virus [ ] , herpesviruses [ , ] , and sars coronavirus [ , ] were performed through intraviral ppi maps. hepatitis c virus (hcv), a flaviviridae family member causing severe liver disease, is a positive-sense singlestranded rna virus. it encodes only a single polyprotein which is co-or post-translationally processed into at least viral proteins [ ] . a controlled two-hybrid strategy based on a random genomic hcv library screen was used by flajolet et al. [ ] , resulting in the identification of known and novel ppis. interactions among structural and non-structural proteins were revealed in the study, leading to the conclusion that almost all of the viral proteins encoded by the genome function in the hcv life-cycle, as in the cases of other members of the flaviviridae [ ] . the roles of these functional interactions were discussed within the framework of the constructed genome-wide interaction map. interacting domains of the viral polyprotein were also identified to shed light on the development of anti-viral agents [ ] . another genome-wide ppi map of hcv was then generated for the viral non-structural proteins [ ] . vaccinia virus, well-known as a smallpox vaccine and also the source of potential recombinant vaccines against cancer and infectious diseases, is a member of poxviridae family. it is a large, double-stranded dna virus. poxviruses replicate themselves in the cytoplasm of the host cells without depending on the host's transcriptional machinery. the large genome of vaccinia virus can potentially express more than proteins [ , ] . mccraith et al. [ ] performed a comprehensive two-hybrid analysis of full-length vaccinia virus proteins and detected ppis (including novel interactions) among both characterized and uncharacterized proteins. many of the ppis mapped involved one partner which was known to function in a specific process, coupled with another of unknown function, allowing functions to be assigned to previously unannotated proteins within dna replication, transcription, virion structure, or host evasion. another double-stranded dna virus family is herpesviridae whose members encode - proteins. herpesviruses cause human diseases such as kaposi sarcoma, b-cell lymphomas, chickenpox, shingles, and nasopharyngeal carcinoma [ ] [ ] [ ] . the genome-wide intraviral protein interaction maps for three members of this family, kaposi sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (kshv), varicella-zoster virus (vzv), and epstein-barr virus (ebv) were generated by two-hybrid and analyzed comprehensively to reveal viral network properties [ , ] . in the work of uetz et al. [ ] , ppis for kshv and ppis for vzv were identified, the largest dataset published to date, allowing the construction of the first viral networks. topological network analyses of these interactome maps indicated that the viral networks appear as a single, highly coupled module ( fig. ) with relatively many hubs and few peripheral nodes [ ] in contrast to scale-free cellular networks with well-separated functional modules [ , ] . just after this study was published, calderwood et al. [ ] reported the detection of ppis among ebv proteins. the construction of a ppi map for ebv by merging these interactions with already published ones resulted in a network of proteins with interactions. this large-scale network allowed the prediction of functions of uncharacterized proteins, further defining viral mechanisms. in these consecutive studies [ , ] , core proteins common to all herpesviruses and noncore ones specific to each strain were investigated thoroughly. the severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus (sars-cov) is a positive-sense single-stranded rna virus belonging to the family of the largest rna viruses known, coronaviridae. its genome encodes open reading frames expressing up to structural and non-structural proteins that have roles in viral replication, assembly, and other functions for viral amplification in host cells [ , , ] . for a genome-wide analysis of ppis of sars-cov, interactions between all sars-cov proteins were determined [ , ] by two-hybrid producing and interactions, respectively. intraviral ppis were analyzed to elucidate the functions of the proteins as well as to identify the essential proteins in viral replication. von brunn et al. [ ] compared the intraviral network topology of sars-cov with a previously defined viral network [ ] and cellular networks [ ] [ ] [ ] , concluding sars-cov network contained similarities to the kshv network [ ] . insights gained into molecular mechanisms and topological network properties provided by the genome-wide analyses of intraviral ppi maps (table ) may be used as a basis for further characterization of the functions and mechanisms of viral proteins, especially for other members of the same virus families. having successfully built genome-wide ppi maps for viruses, similar two-hybrid methodology was applied to construct ppi networks for the larger, more complex genomes of pathogenic bacteria. the first prokaryotic ppi map was built for helicobacter pylori [ ] . other large-scale prokaryotic networks eventually emerged for campylobacter jejuni [ ] , treponema pallidum [ ] mycobacterium tuberculosis [ ] , and bacillus subtilis [ ] . genome-scale analysis of interacting proteins that assemble into protein complexes were performed for e. coli [ , ] and mycoplasma pneumoniae [ ] . the first large-scale intrabacterial ppi map was constructed for the human gastric pathogen, and gram-negative bacterium h. pylori, identifying interactions between . % of all bacterial proteins using the twohybrid method [ ] . the comparison of these h. pylori ppis with previously described interactions between orthologous e. coli proteins resulted in prediction of protein functions within biological pathways such as chemotaxis and urease activity, essential for h. pylori pathogenicity. in this study, the interacting domains of h. pylori proteins were also identified and used in protein function predictions. interacting domains may serve in mapping new functional domains, providing crucial information for antibacterial drug design studies. gram-negative bacterium e. coli, the main cause of urinary tract infections and a model bacterial system, is one of the best characterized and early studied organisms [ ] [ ] [ ] . however, any large-scale analysis of protein complexes in e. coli was not performed until the studies of butland et al. [ ] and arifuzzaman et al. [ ] . first, binary interactions involving essential and nonessential proteins, were identified by pull-down assay using tandem affinity purification-mass spectrometry, targeting orfs (about one-quarter of the e. coli genome) [ ] . a small number ( %) of these interactions were already available in dip, bind, and string. ten newly described e. coli ppis were found as orthologous to the interactions reported for h. pylori [ ] . the novel interactions were analyzed for functional annotations of uncharacterized proteins, allocating them within ribosome function, rna processing, rna binding, and so on. the graph theoretical analysis of the ppi map of e. coli revealed scale-free behavior and a high correlation between connectivity and the degree of conservation. the genome-wide ppi map of e. coli k- strain with interactions among proteins was then constructed by a similar method [ ] . the comprehensive analysis of this large-scale network also validated the scale-free nature and the connectivity-conservation correlation found previously [ ] . arifuzzaman et al. [ ] identified functional units which have roles in metabolic pathways, transcriptional and translational machinery, recombination and flagella assembly. analysis of ppis based on this functional unit categorization provided further functional annotations. the gram-negative, food-borne pathogen c. jejuni is the major cause of gastroenteritis. the proteome-level analysis revealed interactions involving % of c. jejuni proteins [ ] , the most comprehensive bacterial ppi map determined by two-hybrid. a scale-free network was obtained, removing low confidence-scored interactions. this ppi map of c. jejuni was used to identify evolutionarily conserved subnetworks through comparison with protein networks of h. pylori [ ] , e. coli [ ] and saccharomyces cerevisiae in dip. further analyses of the identified conserved sub-networks allowed the prediction of new c. jejuni interactions using orthologous interactions. this comparative analysis also enabled the identification of essential c jejuni genes based on their orthology to essential genes in other organisms. this comprehensive interactome data were next used to predict protein roles and to map functional pathways such as chemotaxis. the causative agent of syphilis, t. pallidum, has one of the smallest genomes known in extracellular bacteria, encoding proteins [ ] . the global ppi network of t. pallidum, involving interactions connecting bacterial proteins, was identified by two-hybrid [ ] . the high-confidence subset connects proteins by interactions. in that study, an integrated network of dna-metabolism related processes was constructed and proteins were functionally annotated within this network. additionally, various orthologous interactions were predicted for completely sequenced genomes, allowing the description of phylogenetically conserved interaction patterns. atypical pneumonia causing human pathogen, m. pneumoniae also has one of the smallest genomes in self-replicating organisms with protein-encoding genes, making it a good model organism to study proteome organization in prokaryotes [ ] . a proteome-wide analysis was performed by tandem affinity purificationmass spectrometry, identifying homo-multimeric and hetero-multimeric protein complexes [ ] . about a third of the found hetero-multimeric complexes were observed to interact with proteins forming larger, multiprotein complexes implying higher level of proteome organization and protein multifunctionality, allowing functional annotations of assemblies as well as prediction of biological roles of individual proteins within the complexes. m. tuberculosis causes millions of deaths each year with tuberculosis infection [ ] . after computational efforts to construct large-scale ppi maps of m. tuberculosis [ , ] , its genome-wide network was identified experimentally by two-hybrid [ ] . this global network is composed of interactions among proteins which represent . % of the whole proteome. the topological properties of the undirected network of these interactions were calculated and compared with those of the previously defined prokaryotic ppi networks [ - , , ] . similar scale-free behavior following a power-law distribution was observed. in fact, the networks obtained by pull-down assay [ , ] differ in values of clustering coefficient from the networks obtained by two-hybrid analysis [ , , ] . moreover, wang et al. [ ] performed a cross-species network comparison analysis of m. tuberculosis interactions with the available large-scale ppi data [ - , , ] and identified conserved sub-networks. additionally, the highly connected critical proteins and mechanisms of the protein secretion pathways which have roles in its pathogenesis were revealed. a large-scale ppi network was recently constructed for the gram-positive bacterium b. subtilis (which is rarely pathogenic) by two-hybrid [ ] . this network of interactions involves bacterial proteins. due to its role as a model organism, many studies were performed to characterize the biological functions of its ppis in cellular processes [ ] [ ] [ ] . however, many processes remained uncharacterized. hence marchadier et al. [ ] performed a comprehensive analysis with the integration of transcriptomic data focusing on cell division, cell responses to stresses, the bacterial cytoskeleton, dna replication and chromosome maintenance. these sequential efforts on construction of large-scale ppi networks for prokaryotes (table ) constitute the first comprehensive description of the intraspecies mechanisms of the bacterial pathogens. the protozoan pathogen plasmodium falciparum causes malaria which results in deaths of nearly a million of people each year [ ] . a comprehensive protein interaction map of this pathogen was generated by two-hybrid, identifying a highly interconnected, scale-free network of interactions within proteins (~ % of the predicted p. falciparum proteins) [ ] . in this network, % of the interactions are between two uncharacterized proteins whereas % of the interactions include one such protein. bioinformatic analysis of this network yielded functional annotations of the proteins within the processes; chromatin modification, transcription, messenger rna stability, ubiquitination, and invasion of host cells. more detailed studies of ppis within p. falciparum are required in order to unravel its pathogenesis mechanisms thoroughly. despite the increasing rate in the identification of genome-wide ppi networks, they remain unconstructed for most pathogens. in the light of accelerating advances in genomics, proteomics, and interactomics, large-scale maps for many more organisms are expected to be built in the near future. increasing numbers of ppi networks will allow the comparison of networks across diverse organisms, resulting in generalized conclusions about pathogenic molecular mechanisms. the first examples of such comparative studies have been highlighted in the sections . and . above. integration of several highthroughput interaction datasets to generate more detailed networks is also possible, as indicated by recent examples for the e. coli system [ , ] . the frequency of such integrated networks is expected to increase, owing to the large number of diverse data sets. these will be invaluable in defining whole proteomic maps of the pathogens. one of the most striking results of bioinformatic analyses on the constructed ppi maps is the identification of essential proteins functioning within pathogens. these proteins should be examined thoroughly to test their potential as novel therapeutic targets. the exploration of genome-wide ppi maps of the pathogens permits the assignment of unannotated proteins to biological pathways with function prediction. the proteins annotated to the host invasion processes may provide a launching point for pathogen-host interaction studies. biochemical interactions of pathogens with their hosts are necessary to invade the host organism. these connections between pathogens and hosts include interactions between proteins, nucleotide sequences, and small ligands [ , ] . however, the protein interactions of pathogen-host systems have been identified as the most important, and therefore the most studied, type of pathogen-host interactions (phis) [ , ] . since these interspecies crosstalks determine the pathogenesis, focusing on the whole phi system, instead of investigating a pathogen or host individually, may allow us to capture critical mechanisms (i.e. strategies used by pathogens and host immune responses) during infection that cannot be provided by traditional methods. due to a lack of sufficient experimental phi data until recent years, many computational phi prediction methods have been developed [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] . these studies focused mainly on interactions of p. falciparum and human immunodeficiency virus (hiv), as these are some of the most threatening pathogens to humans. very recently experiments have been carried out to determine the first large-scale molecular interactions between human and viruses [ , , ] and bacteria [ , ] . as a result of an increase in data available for pathogen-host systems, phispecific databases have been introduced such as phibase [ ] , virusmint [ ] , virhostnet [ ] , patric [ ] , and phisto [ ] . although these advances in data archiving are promising, most data relevant to phi are still buried in the biomedical literature. some rare efforts have been performed to obtain hidden phis from the literature by text mining [ ] [ ] [ ] . as in the case of intraspecies pathogen ppis, large-scale phi data were generated for viral systems before bacterial systems ( table ). the first examples are for commonly observed human pathogens, ebv [ ] , hcv [ ] and influenza a virus (h n and h n ) [ ] and then recently for hiv [ ] . in calderwood et al. [ ] , protein interactions between herpesvirus, ebv and human were mapped by twohybrid in conjunction with ebv intraviral ppi mapping, providing phis between ebv proteins and human proteins. a systematic analysis of these interactome maps of ppis and phis enabled hypotheses of the roles of ebv proteins in pathogenesis to be generated. furthermore, intraspecies protein interaction data for human were integrated from databases (bind, dip, hprd, mips) and from the literature [ , ] to analyze the organization of the human proteins targeted by ebv within human molecular machinery. it was found that ebv proteins tend to target human proteins which are highly connected (hubs) and central to many paths (bottlenecks) in the human ppi network. on the other hand, the degree distribution of the ebv-human protein interaction network could not be fitted to any model because of its incompleteness (fig. ) . attempts to analyze incomplete maps of ppis and phis are still able to supply a partial understanding of mechanisms underlying infection. a similar thorough analysis was earlier performed with herpesviral protein networks of kshv and vzv and their interaction with the human proteome [ ] . in that study, protein interactions between herpesviruses and human were predicted using the interacting orthologs of both proteins in other organisms [ ] . combined virus-human networks were constructed by starting with the viral networks, adding their human protein targets, and then adding the cellular interactions among the targeted human proteins. the topological analyses of the combined herpesviruses-human networks revealed distinct properties from both viral and human interactomes providing insights into the impact of the two organisms on each other [ ] . a proteome-wide phi map for the flavivirus hcv was mapped by two-hybrid and then by literature mining of previously found interactions between hcv and human [ ] . a map of interactions between hcv proteins and human proteins was generated ( phis by twohybrid). % of this phi network included novel interactions. the integrated human network of ppis among proteins [ ] was used to evaluate the interplay between hcv and human. very similar behavior to ebv [ ] was observed for hcv in terms of attacking hub and bottleneck proteins in the human network. to assess the human pathways targeted by hcv, kegg functional annotation pathways [ ] were used. four pathways were detected to be enriched in hcv-targeted human proteins. three of them were associated already with hcv clinical www.biotechnology-journal.com syndromes as insulin, tgf-β and jak/stat pathways. the last enriched pathway, focal adhesion, is a novel observation as a human pathway affected during hcv infection [ ] . influenza a is a member of negative-sense singlestranded viruses of orthomyxoviridae family. it is the sources of all flu pandemics infecting multiple species. for h n a/pr/ / strain of influenza virus, intraviral ppis among viral proteins and phis between viral and human proteins, most of which are expressed in primary human bronchial cells, were detected by twohybrid [ ] . some of the phis constructed had been published previously [ ] . the topology of the constructed intraviral network revealed a highly interconnected nature, as observed previously for other viral networks [ , ] . in the case of the influenza a-human interaction network, important properties about connectivity of proteins were observed. first, viral proteins interact with significant number of human proteins, reflecting the multifunctionality of the small number proteins encoded in rna viruses. second, each of human proteins connects with two or more viral proteins forming virus-human multiprotein complexes. additionally, it was observed that viral proteins generally target human proteins which are highly connected within their own network, as it was the case in herpesviruses-human system [ ] . in shapira et al. [ ] another phi network was identified for strain of influenza virus, h n a/udorn/ by the same experimental approach. this phi network consists of interactions between viral and human proteins, reflecting a similar nature to the network for h n strain-human system. this confirms the conserved functions of influenza virus proteins through strains. besides direct physical interactions between viral and human proteins, host responses in bronchial cells to influenza infection was identified by expression profiling, generating a regulatory map of interactions between influenza proteins and their human targets. comprehensive analysis of the physical and regulatory maps of the phi system elucidated human mechanisms involved in infection. for example, nf-κb, mitogen-activated protein kinase, apoptosis, and wnt signaling pathways are regulated through transcriptional and/or physical interactions during influenza a infection. one of the most dangerous human pathogens, hiv, belongs to positive-sense single-stranded rna virus family retroviridae. acquired immunodeficiency syndromecausing hiv has been extensively studied since its first observation near the end of the th century [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] . similar to other rna viruses, hiv has a small genome and depends largely on human cellular machinery to be replicated. identifying the physical contacts between hiv and human proteins during hiv replication is critically important for a full understanding of hiv infection. being one of the most studied pathogens, there are many phi data for hiv- in virusmint and phisto. the current phi data have been produced mainly by small-scale experiments [ ] [ ] [ ] . very recently, a global phi network was generated for hiv-human protein complexes by affinity tagging and purification mass spectrometry, producing phis between hiv- proteins and human proteins [ ] . it was observed that hiv-targeted human proteins are highly conserved across primates. the novel interactions identified in that study requires further work to detail their biological significance in terms of hiv infection. besides whole proteins, domains of the interacting proteins were investigated and the enriched domain types in targeted human proteins were indicated for facilitating future structural modeling studies regarding hivhuman system. the first large-scale interaction networks between viruses and humans [ , , , ] provide crucial clues about the viral infections, verifying the critical importance of phi analyses in infection researches. until very recent years, the phi data were scarce for bacterial systems because of lack of any large-scale experiments. the first extensive bacterial phi networks were identified for important human pathogens, bacillus anthracis, francisella tularensis, and yersinia pestis [ ] , then another high-throughput experimental study generating phi data of y. pestis was reported [ ] . gram-positive bacteria b. anthracis and y. pestis and gram-negative bacterium f. tularensis are respiratory pathogens causing anthrax, bubonic plague, and acute pneumonic disease, respectively. using a two-hybrid assay, large-scale interaction data were generated between these bacteria and human producing phis between b. anthracis proteins and human proteins, phis between y. pestis proteins and human proteins, and phis between f. tularensis proteins and human proteins [ ] . the first conclusion of computational analyses of these comprehensive bacteria-human networks, in combination with the integrated human ppi network from databases bind, dip, hprd, intact, mint, mips, and reactome, was that bacterial proteins tend to target hubs and bottlenecks in the human network. secondly, the roles of human proteins targeted by these bacteria were investigated using their gene ontology annotations [ ] . the tendency of all three pathogens to target human proteins involved in immune responses was observed as previously reported [ ] [ ] [ ] . besides being effectors of immune signaling, the bacteria-targeted human proteins also have crucial roles in apoptosis [ ] . thirdly, the conserved protein interaction modules of the three phi networks were computed [ , ] for a more systematic comparative analysis. conserved modules revealed common attacks by the bacterial pathogens to same human pathways. subsequently, another phi map was generated for plague causing y. pestis by a different two-hybrid strategy by choosing only potential virulence factors as bait pro-teins [ ] . phis were yielded between y. pestis proteins and human proteins and then previously reported phis were integrated to construct a comprehensive network between y. pestis and human. a graph theoretic analysis confirms that y. pestis preferentially targets hub and bottleneck proteins in the human intranetwork as concluded previously for viruses [ , ] and bacteria [ ] . signaling pathways, crucial for human immune system, were found to be enriched in human proteins targeted by y. pestis. these pathways include mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling and toll-like receptor signaling and also pathways functioning in focal adhesion, regulation of cytoskeleton, and leukocyte transendoepithelial migration. finally, y. pestis-targeted human proteins were compared with those targeted by viruses whose phi networks were identified previously. of y. pestis-targeted human proteins are included in phi networks of ebv [ ] and hcv [ ] indicating the common infection strategies of both viruses and bacteria. the recent detected first large-scale phi networks of bacteria-human systems [ , ] contribute largely to the understanding of bacterial infection mechanisms with immune evasion. as phi data available for various pathogens increase, a need to analyze comprehensive phi data for all pathogen types together arises in order to draw a generalized picture. although infection mechanisms of individual pathogens have been studied through intraspecies pathogenic ppi maps and interspecies phi maps, a general overview of infection mechanisms was missing until analyses of phi data from different infection agents were attempted [ , ] . in the absence of large-scale phi networks for bacterial, protozoan and fungal systems, dyer et al. [ ] performed the first global analysis of protein interactions between pathogen strains of viruses, bacteria, protozoa, and human through properties of targeted human proteins. diversity of the available phi data was not rich, . % of phis belonged to the virushuman systems with . % of the interaction data drawn from hiv -human interaction systems. the importance of the pathogen-targeted proteins was evaluated within the intraspecies human ppi network of interactions. these phi and ppi data were integrated from public databases; mint, intact, dip, hprd, reactome, bind and mips. firstly, targeting hub and bottleneck proteins was concluded to be global behavior for all pathogens, as reported for individual pathogen strains previously [ , [ ] [ ] [ ] . gene ontology [ ] functions enriched in the targeted human proteins by different pathogens revealed common infection mechanisms. attack of human transcription factors and key proteins that control the cell cycle and regulate apoptosis and transport of genetic material across the nuclear membrane were found to be among the common viral strategies. despite its scarcity ( interactions in the datset), bacterial phi data allowed identification of specific human proteins that function in the host immune response (via toll-like receptors and i-κb kinase/nf-κb signaling cascade) as a target of bacterial infection strategy [ ] . recently we performed another study with comprehensive phi data to explore common and special infection strategies for viruses and bacteria [ ] . a significant amount of bacterial phis, constituting . % of all data, was avaiable thanks to dyer et al. [ ] . we analyzed interactions between proteins of viral, bacterial, protozoan and fungal pathogens (totally strains) and proteins of human obtained from phisto (www.phisto.org). to generate the intra species human protein network, ppis were integrated from biogrid, dip, intact, mint and reactome. the significant amount of bacterial and viral phi data allowed us to focus on comparisons between their specific infection mechanisms. firstly, attacking hub and bottleneck proteins in the human ppi network was verified as a common infection strategy of both bacteria and viruses. furthermore, viruses were observed to target human proteins of much higher connectivity and centrality values in comparison to bacteria. secondly, gene ontology enrichment analysis of the targeted human proteins verified the special mechanisms of bacteria and viruses use to manipulate of human immune defense mechanisms and cellular processes, respectively (as reported in dyer et al. [ ] but relying on lower amounts of phi data). a first attempt at the investigation of the human proteins targeted by both bacteria and viruses revealed that attacking human metabolic processes is a common strategy used by both pathogens during infections [ ] . global analysis of phi data provides insights into the strategies adapted by bacteria and viruses to subvert human cellular processes and immune system for the infection. however, large-scale phi networks for pathogens other than bacteria and viruses are still undetermined, leaving their pathogenesis mechanisms to be relatively uncharacterized. research on infectious diseases through phis has accelerated within the post-genomic era (fig. ) . however, large-scale phi networks have been infrequently studied. efforts to identify and analyze large-scale phis for diverse pathogen types would be expected to parallel the acceleration of biotechnology and bioinformatics research. increasing amounts of data available will allow more complete data sets to be compiled, resulting in characterization of topological properties of phi networks. the first attempt to fit the degree distribution of ebv-human interaction network failed due to scarcity of data [ ] . on the other hand, bioinformatic analyses of the pathogen-tar-geted human proteins succeeded in unraveling some infection strategies such as targeting human hubs and bottlenecks, subverting cellular processes for the usage of pathogens' own advantages and evasion of immune defenses [ , , , , , ] . the huge amount of data expected to be generated for phi systems will enable us to capture all details of infection processes. potentially leading to the development of new and more efficient therapeutics. conventional treatments for infectious diseases often aim to kill pathogens by targeting their essential proteins. this approach unfortunately forces the pathogens to evolve for survival and consequently selects resistant strains (especially in the case of rna viruses with a high mutation rate). to fight drug-resistant patho gens, novel alternative therapeutics are emerging which target host proteins required by pathogens to replicate and persist within the host organism. if these host factors are indispensable for pathogens, but not essential for host cells, their silencing may inactivate pathogenic activity, allowing them to serve as therapeutic targets [ , ] . in the light of phi studies, some human factors required by viral and bacterial pathogens have been determined for hiv [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] , hcv [ ] , west nile virus [ ] , influenza virus [ , ] , and m. tuberculosis [ ] in recent years. despite the efforts reviewed here, the use of systems biology approaches to investigate phi is still considered relatively undeveloped. the availability of new phi network data, together with further topological and functional analyses of pathogen-host systems, are expected to shed more light on infection mechanisms and novel therapeutic targets for infectious diseases in the near future. we particularly thank dr. tunahan Çakır for critical reading of the manuscript and for his contributions to figure . the financial support was provided by the research funds of bogaziçi university, through project d. the doctoral scholarship for saliha durmuş tekir is sponsored by tÜbitak, is gratefully acknowledged. the authors declare no conflict of interest. figure . the number of scientific publications including phi-related terms in pubmed in the post genomic era. the searched phi-related terms: "pathogen host interactions", "host pathogen interactions", "pathogen host interaction", "host pathogen interaction", "pathogen-host interactions", "pathogen-host interaction", "host-pathogen interactions", "host-pathogen interaction". infectious diseases: for considerations the st century host-pathogen systems biology filoviruses are ancient and integrated into mammalian genomes new strategies to fight infectious diseases -arms race on a microscale signaling during pathogen infection the landscape of human proteins interacting with viruses and other pathogens antibacterial drug discovery and structure-based design nucleotide sequence of bacteriophage ϕx dna whole-genome random sequencing and assembly of haemophilus influenzae rd the sequence of the human genome protein function in the post-genomic era a novel genetic system to detect protein-protein interactions interaction mating reveals binary and ternary connections between drosophila cell cycle regulators toward a functional analysis of the yeast genome through exhaustive two-hybrid screens functional organization of the yeast proteome by systematic analysis of protein complexes systematic identification of protein complexes in saccharomyces cerevisiae by mass spectrometry global analysis of protein activities using proteome chips a protein linkage map of escherichia coli bacteriophage t a genomic approach of the hepatitis c virus generates a protein interaction map genome-wide analysis of vaccinia virus protein-protein interactions the protein-protein interaction map of helicobacter pylori interaction network containing conserved and essential protein complexes in escherichia coli largescale identification of protein-protein interaction of escherichia coli k- toward a protein-protein interaction map of the budding yeast: a comprehensive system to examine two-hybrid interactions in all possible combinations between the yeast proteins a comprehensive analysis of protein-protein interactions in saccharomyces cerevisiae protein interaction mapping in c. elegans using proteins involved in vulval development the biomolecular interaction network database and related tools: update the biogrid interaction database: update the database of interacting proteins: update human protein reference database the intact molecular interaction database in mint, the molecular interaction database: update mpact: the mips protein interaction resource on yeast reactome: a database of reactions, pathways and biological processes the string database in : functional interaction networks of proteins, globally integrated and scored protein-protein interactions between hepatitis c virus nonstructural proteins herpesviral protein networks and their interaction with the human proteome epstein-barr virus and virus human protein interaction maps analysis of intraviral protein-protein interactions of the sars coronavirus orfeome genome-wide analysis of protein-protein interactions and involvement of viral proteins in sars-cov replication hepatitis c virus: structure, protein products and processing of the polyprotein precursor flaviviridiae: the viruses and their replication the complete dna sequence of vaccinia virus genetically engineered poxviruses for recombinant gene expression, vaccination, and safety the complete dna sequence of varicella-zoster virus identification of herpesvirus-like dna sequences in aids-associated kaposi's sarcoma the genome of epstein-barr virus type strain ag emergence of scaling in random networks specificity and stability in topology of protein networks unique and conserved features of genome and proteome of sars-coronavirus, an early split-off from the coronavirus group lineage towards a proteome -scale map of the human protein-protein interaction network a human proteinprotein interaction network: a resource for annotating the proteome a first-draft human protein-interaction map a proteome-wide protein interaction map for campylobacter jejuni the binary protein interactome of treponema pallidum -the syphilis spirochete a global protein-protein interaction network in the human pathogen mycobacterium tuberculosis h rv an expanded protein-protein interaction network in bacillus subtilis reveals a group of hubs: exploration by an integrative approach proteome organization in a genome-reduced bacterium primary structure of the succinyl-coa synthetase of escherichia coli one-step inactivation of chromosomal genes in escherichia coli k- using pcr products new partners of acyl carrier protein detected in escherichia coli by tandem affinity purification complete genome eequence of treponema pallidum, the syphilis spirochete complete sequence analysis of the genome of the bacterium mycoplasma pneumoniae epidemiology, strategy, financing mycobacterium tuberculosis interactome analysis unravels potential pathways to drug resistance uncovering new signaling proteins and potential drug targets through the interactome analysis of mycobacterium tuberculosis an expanded view of bacterial dna replication dna polymerase i acts in translesion synthesis mediated by the y-polymerases in bacillus subtilis cell-cycle-dependent spatial sequestration of the dnaa replication initiator protein in bacillus subtilis chemical genetics of plasmodium falciparum a protein interaction network of the malaria parasite plasmodium falciparum inferring genome-wide functional linkages in e. coli by combining improved genome context methods: comparison with high-throughput experimental data global functional atlas of escherichia coli encompassing previously uncharacterized proteins the battle of two genomes: genetics of bacterial host/pathogen interactions in mice structural microbiology at the pathogen-host interface mining host-pathogen interactions host pathogen protein interactions predicted by comparative modeling computational prediction of host-pathogen protein-protein interactions a data integration approach to predict host-pathogen protein-protein interactions: application to recognize protein interactions between human and a malarial parasite ortholog-based protein-protein interaction prediction and its application to interspecies interactions prediction of interactions between hiv- and human proteins by information integration prediction of hiv- virus-host protein interactions using virus and host sequence motifs structural similarity-based predictions of protein interactions between hiv- and homo sapiens hepatitis c virus infection protein network a physical and regulatory map of host-influenza interactions reveals pathways in h n infection the human-bacterial pathogen protein interaction networks of bacillus anthracis, francisella tularensis, and yersinia pestis insight into bacterial virulence mechanisms against host immune response via the yersinia pestis-human protein-protein interaction network phi-base update: additions to the pathogen host interaction database virus-mint: a viral protein interaction database virhost-net: a knowledge base for the management and the analysis of proteome-wide virus-host interaction networks patric: the comprehensive bacterial bioinformatics resource with a focus on human pathogenic species infection strategies of bacterial and viral pathogens through pathogen-human protein-protein interactions document classification for mining host pathogen protein-protein interactions text mining for discovery of host-pathogen-interactions literature mining of hostpathogen interactions: comparing feature-based supervised learning and language-based approaches global landscape of hiv-human protein complexes analysis of the human protein interactome and comparison with yeast, worm and fly interaction datasets gene annotation and pathway mapping in kegg the multifunctional ns protein of influenza a viruses connecting viral with cellular interactomes gay compromise syndrome how does hiv cause aids? science hiv- nef impairs mhc class ii antigen presentation and surface expression hiv- tar mir-na protects against apoptosis by altering cellular gene expression anchorage of hiv on permissive cells leads to coaggregation of viral particles with surface nucleolin at membrane raft microdomains human immunodeficiency virus type vpr interacts with antiapoptotic mitochondrial protein hax- hiv- envelope triggers polyclonal ig class switch recombination through a cd -independent mechanism involving baff and c-type lectin receptors gene ontology: tool for the unification of biology francisella tularensis induces cytopathogenicity and apoptosis in murine macrophages via a mechanism that requires intracellular bacterial multiplication macrophage apoptosis by anthrax lethal factor through p map kinase inhibition inhibition of mapk and nf-kb pathways is necessary for rapid apoptosis in macrophages infected with yersinia graemlin: general and robust alignment of multiple large interaction networks conserved patterns of protein interaction in multiple species network-based prediction and analysis of hiv dependency factors identification of host proteins required for hiv infection through a functional genomic screen global analysis of hostpathogen interactions that regulate early-stage hiv- replication genome-scale rnai screen for host factors required for hiv replication host cell factors in hiv replication: meta-analysis of genome-wide studies a genome-wide genetic screen for host factors required for hepatitis c virus propagation rna interference screen for human genes associated with west nile virus infection genome-wide rnai screen identifies human host factors crucial for influenza virus replication human host factors required for influenza virus replication genome-wide analysis of the host intracellular network that regulates survival of mycobacterium tuberculosis key: cord- -zmx k v authors: stabell, alex c; meyerson, nicholas r; gullberg, rebekah c; gilchrist, alison r; webb, kristofor j; old, william m; perera, rushika; sawyer, sara l title: dengue viruses cleave sting in humans but not in nonhuman primates, their presumed natural reservoir date: - - journal: nan doi: . /elife. sha: doc_id: cord_uid: zmx k v human dengue viruses emerged from primate reservoirs, yet paradoxically dengue does not reach high titers in primate models. this presents a unique opportunity to examine the genetics of spillover versus reservoir hosts. the dengue virus (denv ) - encoded protease cleaves human sting, reducing type i interferon production and boosting viral titers in humans. we find that both human and sylvatic (reservoir) dengue viruses universally cleave human sting, but not the sting of primates implicated as reservoir species. the special ability of dengue to cleave sting is thus specific to humans and a few closely related ape species. conversion of residues / to the human-encoded ‘rg’ renders all primate (and mouse) stings sensitive to viral cleavage. dengue viruses may have evolved to increase viral titers in the dense and vast human population, while maintaining decreased titers and pathogenicity in the more rare animals that serve as their sustaining reservoir in nature. dengue viruses cause clinical disease in approximately million individuals each year and are found in over countries (bhatt et al., ) . yet, to date no vaccine exists that conveys crossprotection against all human dengue viruses (scherwitzl et al., ) . dengue viruses are positive sense rna viruses in the family flaviviridae, and are related to yellow fever virus, zika virus, and west nile virus (best, ) . these viruses are primarily transmitted between humans in highly populated areas by aedes aegypti and aedes albopictus mosquitoes, in what are referred to as human (or 'urban') transmission cycles (diamond and pierson, ; hanley et al., ; vasilakis et al., ) . sylvatic (i.e. forest) dengue virus transmission cycles, which are separate from the human transmission cycles, exist in asia and africa and involve nonhuman primates and forest-dwelling aedes mosquitos (vasilakis et al., ; wang et al., ; rico-hesse, ) . while the exact nonhuman primate species that serve as the sustaining natural reservoirs for sylvatic dengue viruses are unknown, the global distribution of both dengue viruses and their transmitting mosquitoes could be consistent with a significant number of primate species being involved (figure -figure supplement ) (hanley et al., ; vasilakis et al., ) . primarily, dengue viruses have been associated with monkeys (rather than apes) found in africa and asia (figure ). human dengue viruses cluster into four phylogenetically distinct clades referred to as denv , , , and . these clades have sylvatic dengue virus isolates at their bases, supporting zoonotic origins of the four dengue viruses that now circulate in humans (wang et al., ; pyke et al., ; weaver and vasilakis, ) . human dengue viruses have now become uncoupled from the sylvatic reservoir and require only humans and mosquitoes to be sustained (mayer et al., ) . in side-by-side experiments, sylvatic and human dengue viruses replicate similarly in human cells (vasilakis et al., ; . these results have been interpreted to mean that there is little or no adaptive barrier for the emergence of sylvatic dengue viruses into human populations, and the view that dengue viruses are generalists capable of infecting a wide range of primate species including humans. thus, a paradox exists in understanding why human dengue viruses are so difficult to model in nonhuman primates. chimpanzees (pan troglodytes) (scherer et al., ) , rhesus macaques (macaca mulatta) (halstead et al., ; hickey et al., ) , marmosets (multiple callithrix species) (moi et al., ; ferreira et al., ) , and other nonhuman primate species (althouse et al., ) have been explored as possible primate models for studying dengue virus pathogenesis and for vaccine challenge. in general, it has been observed that dengue does not replicate to high titers in these models, and little or no overt disease pathology is observed (cassetti et al., ; zompi and harris, ) . if human and sylvatic viruses are the same in their properties, we speculated that there must instead be something special about the replication of these viruses in the human host. sting is a multi-pass transmembrane protein found in the endoplasmic reticulum, and functions as a critical component in the innate immune sensing pathway for intracellular pathogens (ishikawa and barber, ; zhong et al., ; ishikawa et al., ; jin et al., ; sun et al., ; burdette and vance, ) . although originally described as part of the response to cytosolic dna sensing (zhang et al., ) , sting is also activated upon rna virus infection (holm et al., ) . underscoring this, several rna viruses encode proteins that antagonize or elife digest dengue viruses are found in over countries and cause the tropical disease known as dengue fever. dengue viruses affect around million people per year and can -in severe cases -lead to death. unlike many other deadly diseases, there is currently no vaccine that completely prevents dengue fever. it is thought that dengue viruses that circulate in human populations were derived from monkey versions of that same virus. however, research suggests that both human and primate variations of dengue viruses appear to multiply much better in humans than in other species. scientists believe that this is because some animals, including primates, have defense mechanisms that are ineffective in humans. to explore this idea, stabell et al. looked at a protein called sting in humans and in three different primates: the chimpanzee, the rhesus macaque, and the common marmoset. sting plays an important role in the immune system and helps to fight infections caused by viruses and other microbes. during replication -the process by which a virus spreads through an organism's cells -the dengue virus cuts and inactivates the human sting protein, and so helps the virus spread. stabell et al. discovered that in most primates, dengue viruses cannot inactivate sting. this was found to be reliant on a small region in the sting protein that differed between humans and primates. this small difference may, in part, explain why dengue viruses replicate better in humans than other primates. stabell et al. then searched for other animals whose sting protein would be susceptible to dengue virus inactivation. using a database with genetic information of over , mammals, stabell et al. identified sting proteins of three types of apes and three types of rodents that could also be deactivated by dengue viruses. to develop a vaccine or antiviral drug scientists generally need to study the disease in living animals. since dengue viruses replicate more successfully in humans than they do in other animal models, it makes it more challenging to find an effective treatment. the results from stabell et al. may help to identify animals that could be strong candidates for future research into dengue viruses, potentially paving the way for further therapeutic development. (perelman et al., ) . the primate species from which sting is tested in this study are shown with purple arrows. possible primate reservoir hosts for sylvatic dengue viruses, based on virus isolation from sentinel monkeys, or antibody detection, are shown in red (africa) and green (asia). the current evidence for these primate reservoir hosts is reviewed in the discussion section. (b) t cells were cotransfected with plasmids encoding sting-ha, and the ns b -flag protease complex with or without the s inactivating mutation. whole cell lysate isolated hr post transfection was run on a protein gel and immunoblotted with anti-flag or anti-ha antibodies. the encoded ns b-ns -flag polyprotein auto-processes into the ns b protease complex if the protease is active, as seen in the anti-flag blot where in some samples the ns -flag protein has been liberated through cleavage. we sometimes see lower bands underneath the full-length mouse sting, but conclude that they are endogenous degradation products since they are equal in intensity in the presence of the active or dead protease. doi: https://doi.org/ . /elife. . the following figure supplement is available for figure : degrade sting (sun et al., ; nitta et al., ; ding et al., ; aguirre et al., ; yu et al., ) . for instance, the ns b protease of one human dengue virus, denv , has been shown to target human sting for cleavage yu et al., ) . through the cleavage of sting, denv renders the host unable to induce the phosphorylation of interferon regulatory factor (irf ), therefore decreasing production of type i interferon and increasing viral titers (green et al., ) . mouse sting is resistant to cleavage by the denv protease yu et al., ) . this at least partially explains why mice mount an effective immune response against dengue viruses, protecting them against infection and compromising their utility as model organisms (cassetti et al., ; zompi and harris, ; ashour et al., ) . dengue viruses are known to mute the host interferon response in other ways as well, with the other predominant mechanism being the degradation of stat (ashour et al., ; jones et al., ; mazzon et al., ; best, ; morrison et al., ) . in this study, we show that the ns b proteases of human (denv - ) and sylvatic dengue viruses universally cleave human sting. however, none of these proteases can cleave the sting proteins of chimpanzees, macaques, or marmosets, three primate species that have been pursued as model organisms. we show that an 'rg' motif at positions / of sting is critical for susceptibility to cleavage, and conversion of these residues to 'rg' renders all nonhuman primate sting proteins tested, as well as mouse sting, sensitive to dengue virus proteases. out of the entire genbank database, along with our sequencing of sting from additional primate species, we identify only a small number of apes (gorillas, orangutans, and gibbons), and three small rodent species (chinchillas, naked mole rats, and desert woodrats) as encoding a functional dengue virus cleavage determinant in sting. this may, in part, explain why modeling dengue virus in animal models has been so difficult. the protease of human dengue virus, denv , cleaves only human sting to begin, we cloned sting from chimpanzee (pan troglodytes, genbank xm_ ), rhesus macaque (macaca mulatta, genbank mf ), and the common marmoset (callithrix jacchus, genbank mf ). these species have been explored as animal models of dengue infection, and also represent the three major clades of simian primates: apes (represented by chimpanzee), old world monkeys (represented by macaque), and new world monkeys (represented by marmoset; figure a ). most suspected dengue virus reservoir hosts belong to the old world monkey clade (red and green type in figure a ). on the other hand, new world monkeys (such as marmosets), which reside exclusively in the americas, have presumably never been exposed to sylvatic dengue viruses since sylvatic cycles do not exist in the new world. we also included human (genbank mf ) and mouse (mus musculus, genbank mf ) sting in our studies as positive and negative controls, since it was previously shown that human but not mouse sting is sensitive to denv ns b cleavage yu et al., ) . the dengue virus ns b protease complex is composed of the viral non-structural proteins ns b and ns (preugschat et al., ; zhang et al., ; falgout et al., ) . in the dengue virus genome, the ns b and ns genes sit adjacent and are cotranslated as part of a single long viral polyprotein (perera and kuhn, ; chambers et al., ) . when the ns b -ns region is expressed from a plasmid, the region is translated into a small polyprotein that then auto-cleaves itself to become the functional protease complex (yusof et al., ; bera et al., ) . we used a plasmid expressing the ns b-ns region, including a x flag tag at the c-terminus of ns , from the new guinea c isolate of denv (see methods). as a control, a mutation was created at the activesite serine, changing it to an alanine (s a), which renders the protease inactive (rodriguez-madoz et al., ) . we then used a previously established cotransfection assay yu et al., ) to determine if the dengue virus protease could cleave primate sting orthologs. plasmids encoding primate or mouse sting, and either active or s a (dead) ns b dengue proteases, were cotransfected into t cells. sting cleavage was assessed hr later by western blot. the inactivity of the s a protease can be seen in the anti-flag blot, where the ns b-ns polyprotein does not self-cleave when this mutation is present ( figure b) . we see only a fraction of the human sting being cleaved, but this is consistent with previous publications and is presumably exacerbated by the overexpression of sting achieved in transfection experiments yu et al., ) . unexpectedly, none of the nonhuman primate stings tested were susceptible to cleavage ( figure b) . remarkably, the denv protease could not even cleave chimpanzee sting, which differs from human sting at only three amino acid positions. the dengue virus cleavage site in sting was previously mapped to between the th and th residues yu et al., ) . some uncertainty existed, though, because in the previous studies it was noted that the human residues around / were not sufficient to convey cleavage susceptibility to mouse sting. indeed, human and chimpanzee sting proteins have the exact same amino acid sequence at these positions ( figure a ). human and chimpanzee sting (wu et al., ) . an alignment of human and chimpanzee sting in the region of the newly identified cleavage determinant ( / ) and the one previously determined ( / ) yu et al., ) . (b) site-directed mutagenesis was performed on either human or chimpanzee sting at position , substituting the residue at this position in human (r) with that in chimpanzee (w) and vice versa. plasmids encoding the nsb protease complex and sting were cotransfected into t cells, and hr later lysates were collected and analyzed by anti-flag western blot. in this experiment, both the protease and sting are tagged with flag. data presented are representative of at least two experiments. (c) (bottom) t cells were transfected with plasmids expressing the denv ns b protease and wildtype (wt) or mutated ( w or r) sting. irf and phosphorylated irf (pirf ) were detected by western blot in lysates harvested hr later. (top) the identical experiment, but performed in biological triplicate and with the addition of plasmids encoding a firefly luciferase gene driven by the interferon beta (ifnb) promoter, and a renilla luciferase gene driven by a cmv promoter. the relative luciferase activity (y-axis) was calculated by normalizing the luciferase signal to the renilla signal in each replicate. a welch's t-test was used to compare the levels of luciferase produced in the presence of active versus dead protease. data is representative of at least two experiments. doi: https://doi.org/ . /elife. . the following figure supplements are available for figure : differ at only three amino acid positions, residues , , and . we found that mutating the human sting to encode the chimpanzee residue at site ( w) caused it to become resistant to cleavage by denv ns b ( figure b ). likewise, mutating the chimpanzee sting at residue to the human amino acid ( r) rendered the chimpanzee sting susceptible to cleavage ( figure b ). we saw no effect of mutations at a second site, , either alone or in combination with residue ( figure b ). previously, it had been shown that sting site may be important for retention in the endoplasmic reticulum (er) (sun et al., ) . to ensure that er retention was not disrupted by the mutations that we tested, we disrupted both copies of sting in a cells using crispr-cas targeting, and then stably re-complemented them with wildtype or w (cleavage resistant) human sting (figure -figure supplement ). both the wildtype and mutant sting similarly localized to the er (figure -figure supplement ). it is logical that the w substitution would not affect erlocalization of sting, since w is naturally occurring in the chimpanzee sting protein. therefore, we can conclude that position r is a critical determinant for dengue virus cleavage, either as a binding site or a cleavage site for the dengue protease. it was previously estimated that sting is cleaved in a way that divides the protein into approximately % and % of its original molecular weight, with the n-terminus of the protein representing the smaller portion (yu et al., ) . this would place the cleavage site in the vicinity of the th residue. in addition, the / 'rg' motif is . these cells were recomplemented by retroviral transduction with no gene (plpcx-empty), wildtype human sting, cleavage-resistant human sting (human w), wildtype chimpanzee sting, or cleavage-susceptible chimpanzee sting (chimp r). these cell lines were infected at moi of . with dengue virus (denv ). after and hr the virus supernatant was removed and titrated on bhk cells. at the same time, cells were collected in ripa buffer, lysed, and run on a gel for western blotting using antibodies against sting, dengue virus ns , and gapdh (loading control). a tukey's multiple comparisons test indicated significant differences in infectious virus in the presence of each mutant sting compared to wildtype sting, as shown (****=p < . ), after significant one-way anova. data are representative of at least two independent experiments. doi: https://doi.org/ . /elife. . the following figure supplement is available for figure : in good agreement with what is known about the preferences of ns b , where glycine (g) often lies directly downstream of the peptide cleavage site, and an arginine (r) directly upstream (li et al., a) . next we wished to ensure that the cleavage of sting alters its ability to signal in the interferon induction pathway. transfection of plasmids encoding sting into cells is sufficient to activate the interferon induction pathway (ishikawa and barber, ) . we again performed cotransfection of plasmids encoding sting and the dengue virus protease. hr after transfection, cell lysates were probed in western blots for phosphorylated irf (pirf ) and for total irf . we found that pirf was reduced when human or chimpanzee sting was susceptible to ns b cleavage, and not reduced when sting was resistant to cleavage ( figure c , bottom). we also monitored the activation of the interferon-beta (ifnb) promoter. we performed an identical cotransfection assay with plasmids encoding sting and ns b , only in triplicate, and with two additional plasmids: one encoding a firefly luciferase reporter gene downstream of the ifnb promoter, and another encoding a renilla luciferase reporter gene downstream of a cmv promoter (used to normalize transfection efficiencies between samples, by taking the ratio of firefly:renilla luciferase). with human sting and the version of chimpanzee sting rendered sensitive to cleavage ( r), there was a significant reduction in firefly luciferase production in the presence of active ns b , in comparison to the catalytically dead version of the protease ( figure c , top). this reduction is not observed with chimpanzee sting, or with human sting rendered resistant to cleavage by the w mutation. we then verified these results with infection experiments. we stably re-complemented our a sting knockout cells, using retroviral transduction, to express various forms of sting: chimpanzee or human w (both cleavage resistant), human or chimpanzee r (both cleavage susceptible), or cells were complemented with an empty vector (figure -figure supplement ). these cells were infected with dengue virus (strain ) at moi . . at and hr post infection, supernatant was harvested and viral content was quantified by plaque assay on bhk cells, and at the same time cells were harvested and lysed for western blot. we found that a cells re-complemented with sting, regardless of the version, produced less dengue virus than the sting knockout cell line that was not re-complemented ( figure ) . however, cells re-complemented with a cleavage-resistant sting produced less virus than those re-complemented with a cleavage-susceptible sting (figure ) . in fact, cell lines in this experiment that differ by only a single amino acid in sting demonstrate as much as a -fold change in infectious virus produced at hr post-infection, according to the titration experiments (human versus human w sting). the difference remains significant at hr post-infection. this suggests that cleavage of sting is critically important for dengue virus replication, and has a large impact on viral titers. the sting cleavage product was not visible in the western blots performed during these experiments. this cleavage product is typically only detectable when cells are treated with mg proteasome inhibitor for several hours before cell lysis. while our transfection-based cleavage assays typically incorporate mg treatment (see materials and methods), it was not used in the infection experiments shown here in order to not perturb infectious virus produced. in a separate experiment performed in the presence of mg , we do see the cleavage of sting during infections (figure -figure supplement ) . further, the cleavage of endogenous sting during dengue infection was previously demonstrated under other conditions yu et al., ) . we next wanted to determine if our newly identified cleavage determinant could explain the resistance to sting cleavage seen in other species. the dengue protease also cannot cleave rhesus macaque, marmoset, or mouse sting ( figure b) , all of which deviate from the 'rg' motif found in human sting (highlighted green in figure a ). we next performed site-directed mutagenesis to alter either the th or th residue in sting of these species. we found that, in all cases, mutations that restored this motif to the human 'rg' restored susceptibility to cleavage ( figure b) . consistent with previous studies yu et al., ) , mutation of residues - in mouse sting to match the human 'lrrg' did not confer susceptibility to cleavage by ns b ( figure b ). overall, these results further support the conclusion that sites and are critical determinants for cleavage by the denv ns b protease. an 'rg' motif at these two positions is both necessary and sufficient to make primate and rodent sting susceptible to cleavage by the denv protease. to test whether these results are generalizable to other dengue viruses endemic in humans, we cloned the region encoding the ns b protease complex from three additional denv isolates (one from each endemic human virus): denv (hawaii), denv (philippines/h / ), and denv (h ). while some of these proteases expressed better than others, all were able to cleave wildtype human sting far more efficiently than human sting bearing the w mutation ( figure a ). this data indicates that the / rg motif of sting is recognized (i.e. bound or cleaved) by the ns b proteases of all endemic human dengue viruses. if residues / in fact constitute the actual cleavage site for the protease, this would be in line with biochemical studies showing that the proteases of all four endemic human dengue viruses have similar cleavage motif preferences (li et al., a) . we next cloned the ns b protease from a sylvatic dengue strain (dakar- ). this virus was first isolated from an ae. luteocephalus mosquito in senegal in . we find that this viral protease also cleaves human sting, but not the sting of chimpanzee, rhesus macaque, or marmoset ( figure b) . further, the restoration of the 'rg' motif at positions / again renders all of these sting proteins susceptible to cleavage ( figure b) , indicating that the sylvatic protease is targeting (i.e. binding or cleaving) the same cleavage determinant as the proteases from human dengue viruses. this is consistent with the high degree of similarity between human and sylvatic proteases, as can be seen in alignment of the two ( figure -figure supplement ) . it is curious to find that a sylvatic dengue virus does not cleave nonhuman primate sting. since we don't know the exact species that constitute the viral reservoir, we next considered the question of whether any nonhuman primates encode the correct cleavage determinant at positions / in sting. to address this, we harvested mrna from cell lines derived from different nonhuman primate species (see materials and methods). from these mrna pools, we made cdna libraries and sequenced the sting cdna using sanger sequencing. we also gathered sting sequence for additional primate species from genbank. an alignment of the eight amino acid region in sting surrounding the / cleavage determinant (downward arrow in figure a ) is shown for all of these primate species (a full alignment of primate sting sequences is provided in supplementary file ). with the exception of chimpanzees and bonobos, all apes encode the same amino acids as human in this motif, constituting the correct cleavage determinant for dengue virus. in contrast, no monkey species encodes an 'rg' at positions / . instead, old world monkeys all encode 'rd,' which is the same motif found in the macaque clone that we have tested. also, no monkeys from the americas encode an 'rg' at these residues, and instead these species encode a 'qg' at positions / , just like the marmoset clone tested herein. finally, we queried the entire genbank database for sting sequences available from placental mammals. mice and pigs, two current models for dengue virus infection (cassetti et al., ) , also do not have the correct rg residues at sting / ( figure a) . out of the entire database, only two other mammals were identified that share the exact same sequence as humans in the eight amino acid region surrounding the newly identified dengue virus cleavage determinant in sting: chinchilla and naked mole rat, both of which are rodents ( figure a) . a third rodent species, the desert woodrat, has the rg at positions / , but encodes two amino acid substitutions just downstream of these residues, compared to human sting ( figure a ). the fact that only a small handful of mammals encode an rg at position / , out of the entire database, may in part explain why modeling dengue viruses in animals has been so difficult. we next wished to determine if sting is in fact cleaved by dengue in these rodent species, since all three already serve as animal models for biological research (keane et al., ; nathaniel et al., ; shimoyama et al., ; campbell et al., ; skopec et al., ) . we synthesized ha-tagged sting genes for the rodent species discussed in figure a , as well as an additional rodent ( -lined ground squirrel) which does not have the 'rg' motif at sting / , as a negative control. cleavage assays were performed using the co-transfection assay described previously. we see that the sting of naked mole rat and desert woodrat is clearly cleaved by the denv protease, in that the cleavage product is evident ( figure b ). we do not see a cleavage product for chinchilla sting, even under long exposure, but we do see the sting band disappear. it's possible that, in this case, the cleavage product is too unstable to be detected. the identification of animal models encoding sting proteins that can be cleaved by dengue might be important; the advantage to using such species as models is that, unlike in sting knockout mice, the sting pathway would be intact in these animals. in humans cells, sylvatic and human dengue viruses replicate similarly (vasilakis et al., . these results have been interpreted to mean that there is little or no adaptive barrier for the emergence of sylvatic dengue viruses into human populations. our data agree with, but add a new element to, this model. rather than there being critical differences between human and sylvatic viruses, our data suggest that there are critical differences between human and monkey hosts. this difference tracks, at least in part, to sting, revealing one way in which dengue viruses are reaching higher titers in humans than in monkey models. collectively our data suggest that all dengue viruses cleave human sting, but not the versions of sting found in most other mammals. we have used the sting proteins of closely related primate species to map the determinant of cleavage in sting. we find that the viral protease is recognizing (i.e. cutting or binding) residues around positions / of sting. we show that an 'rg' motif at these two residues is necessary and sufficient for cleavage by the proteases of all four human epidemic dengue viruses, and one sylvatic dengue virus. yet, only some apes and three rodent species, out of all of the mammalian sting sequences in genbank, encode an rg at positions / . why do dengue viruses universally cleave human but not monkey sting? it's possible that what we have uncovered is a brilliant method for balancing alternate host species, one of which is dense and abundant (humans), versus others that are spare and exist in smaller populations (primates in nature). in this scenario, dengue viruses have evolved to suppress innate immunity in humans in order to increase viral titers and spread, even though this trait comes at the cost of increased pathogenicity in some individuals. this might be a good strategy in our abundant and dense host population, where the fitness cost of severe disease in a fraction of individuals would be outweighed by excellent spread. remarkably, though, dengue viruses have achieved this by evolving to recognize a portion of human sting that is not conserved in the sting of the wild and more rare animals that serve as their sustaining reservoir in nature, allowing the viruses to maintain decreased pathogenicity in these species. the evolution of the viral proteases to cleave human sting and simultaneously to avoid cleavage of monkey sting would be expected to reduce virus titers in monkeys, as the interferon pathway would be at least partially enabled. this may be beneficial for many reasons, one of which is that the production of a low-level innate immune response may allow the virus to replicate in reservoir host species without inducing high titers and strong adaptive immune responses. alternately, a second possibility is that sylvatic dengue viruses do cleave the sting of monkeys, but that the sylvatic virus (dakar- ) that we tested is not representative. however, we find this unlikely. because denv - also cannot cleave monkey sting, and all derive from the sylvatic reservoir, this supports the finding that sylvatic viruses do not cleave monkey sting. third, a final possibility is that apes are critical reservoirs for dengue viruses in nature. gorillas encode 'rg' at / and are found in africa, while orangutans and gibbons are found in asia and also encode the correct cleavage motif for the dengue virus protease. in fact, wild orangutans have previously been found to have neutralizing antibodies against dengue virus (wolfe et al., ) . while apes could be playing a role as sylvatic hosts, the highly endangered and rare status of most apes makes it hard to believe that they are playing a major role in sustaining sylvatic dengue virus currently (geissmann, ; walsh et al., ) . the specific primate species that serve as the sustaining reservoir for sylvatic dengue viruses in nature are unknown (vasilakis et al., ) . various old world monkey species in both asia and africa are suspected hosts (vasilakis et al., ; rodhain, ; diallo et al., ) . for instance, sylvatic dengue viruses have been isolated directly from macaques (macaca fascicularis) and leaf monkeys (presbytis obscura) that were placed as sentinels in forest canopies (rudnick, ). other primates have been shown to have antibodies to dengue virus, including macaques (macaca fascicularis and macaca nemestrina), leaf monkeys (presbytis cristata) (rudnick, ) , african green monkeys (chlorocebus sabaeus) (diallo et al., ) , and one ape species, the bornean orangutan (pongo pygmaeus) (wolfe et al., ) . but these results are not definitive due to the cross-reactivity of antibodies directed against various flaviviruses (calisher et al., ; tesh et al., ; mansfield et al., ) , and the possibility that some primates might be accidental, rather than sustaining reservoir hosts (vasilakis et al., ) . instead of being directly isolated from primates, most sylvatic dengue viruses have been obtained from forest mosquitoes (diallo et al., ; rudnick, ) , or from humans that contracted the virus in the forest (pyke et al., ; cardosa et al., ; franco et al., ) . therefore, there are many deficiencies in our understanding of the natural reservoir for dengue viruses. interestingly, though, we have not identified any monkey species with an 'rg' at positions / in sting. our results would indicate that dengue viruses, in general, cannot cleave the sting of monkey hosts. our data suggests that even a sylvatic dengue virus, which we find targets the same residues in sting, would not be able to cleave sting of monkeys. there are also implications of these findings to our understanding of dengue virus model organisms. if dengue proteases do not cleave most nonhuman forms of sting, this may at least partially explain why it has been so difficult to model dengue infection in immune-competent animals. nonhuman primates infected with dengue virus generally don't develop clinical signs of disease, consistent with enhanced control of the virus compared to humans (cassetti et al., ) . in fact, when human dengue viruses have been observed to replicate robustly in primate cell lines, these experiments have typically been done in cells such as vero rossi et al., ; vasilakis et al., ) which are deficient in the type i interferon response (osada et al., ; desmyter et al., ) . human dengue viruses also cannot cleave mouse sting ( yu et al., ) and herein), consistent with the heightened control of this virus in mice as well (cassetti et al., ) . dengue virus will replicate to high titers in mice lacking key genes important for the interferon response, but for many reasons it is desirable to develop animal models in immune competent hosts (cassetti et al., ) . sting now adds to a growing list of host proteins that regulate viral infection differently even in closely related host species (for example, [stabell et al., ; lou et al., ; rowley et al., ; kerr et al., ; meyerson et al., ; demogines et al., ; stremlau et al., ; demogines et al., ; ng et al., ; hueffer et al., ; radoshitzky et al., ; patel et al., ; elde et al., ; martin et al., ; miller et al., ; sawyer and elde, ; meyerson et al., ] ). the identification of such genes is critical to our understanding of viral adaptation during host switching, and to the development of animal models in which to study human viruses. it is possible that the identification of small mammals that have a cleavage-susceptible sting would facilitate the development of better animal models for studying dengue virus. our work suggests the identity of three such species: the naked mole rat, the common chinchilla, and the desert woodrat. all three of these small rodents are already used as animal models in biomedical research, and the genomes of all three have been sequenced (keane et al., ; nathaniel et al., ; shimoyama et al., ; campbell et al., ; skopec et al., ) . these species could be figure continued [cassetti et al., ] ), several small rodent species which encode the correct cleavage motif at / (naked mole rat, common chinchilla, desert woodrat), and one that does not ( lined ground squirrel). genbank accession numbers of sequences shown: mouse (xp_ ), pig (xp_ ), -lined ground squirrel (xm_ ), naked mole rat (jao ), chinchilla (xp_ ), and desert woodrat (obs ). (b) sting-ha genes were synthesized for the rodent species discussed in panel a. cleavage assays were performed by co-transfecting plasmids encoding the dengue protease (dead or active) as well as each sting, and then performing immunoblotting as described in the methods. the data presented are representative of at least two independent experiments. doi: https://doi.org/ . /elife. . superior to sting knockout mice, in that the sting pathway would be intact and the cleavage of sting by the virus would be naturally modeled rather than just bypassed. these species may also be superior to future models where mouse (mus musculus) sting would be replaced with human sting in transgenic animals. in this case, it is unknown if human sting would perform all of its functions the same in mouse as it does in humans. the advantage of using a rodent model with a sting that is naturally susceptible to dengue virus cleavage would be that the sting pathways would all be fully functional and intact. it is important to point out that, in addition to cleaving sting, dengue viruses modulate the interferon response in other ways as well. for instance, dengue viruses also bypass the type i interferon response by binding and degrading host stat via the viral ns protein (ashour et al., ; jones et al., ; mazzon et al., ; best, ) . ideally, human dengue viruses would also be able to bind and degrade stat in newly developed models, as they do in humans. further, dengue viruses neutralize both the type i and type ii interferon responses in other ways as well (perry et al., ; shresta et al., ; . other known host-virus interactions would also need to be characterized in any potential new model organism. it is notable that chimpanzees and bonobos encode stings that are resistant to cleavage, while stings of all other apes are susceptible. these two species differ from other apes in encoding a 'wg' at / of sting rather than the 'rg' encoded by all other apes ( figure ) . remarkably, it was previously found that the 'w' at position , destroying the dengue cleavage determinant, was fixed by positive natural selection in wild chimpanzee populations (mozzi et al., ) . chimpanzees are not one of the suspected natural reservoirs of dengue virus, but chimpanzee ranges do co-occur with known human outbreaks and with sylvatic cycles (figure -figure supplement ) . one model is that, as dengue virus spread through africa, a snp in chimpanzee sting (or the sting of the chimpanzee/bonobo ancestor) at position started to experience strong selection because it provided protection against cleavage by dengue viruses. this would have driven a selective sweep in chimpanzee populations, causing this species to become less susceptible to viral infection. it has previously been proposed that evolutionary pressure imposed by flavivirus proteases can drive selection at cleavage sites. for examples, the hepatitis c protease cleaves mavs, another host signaling protein in the interferon induction cascade (li et al., b; meylan et al., ) . mavs has experienced positive selection at a residue in the cleavage site for the hepatitis c virus protease . the authors of this study speculated that ancient viruses may have exerted selective pressure on primate genomes to acquire mutations in the cleavage site. like other viruses, dengue viruses remodel their host cellular environment in numerous ways, including the cleavage of sting and degradation of stat . using the rich information that exists on how dengue viruses accomplish this, the genetic susceptibility of both suspected reservoir hosts, and potential new animal models, can be systematically assessed. characterizing how host-virus interactions play out uniquely in different host species will help us to understand dengue virus in critical ways. for instance, it will reveal how dengue viruses do (or do not) need to evolve their genomes as they transmit to humans from nonhuman primates in nature. also, understanding the genetics of host tropism will help identify better laboratory animals that can be used to study dengue virus pathogenesis and to develop drugs and vaccines. : tgcttagtcgacactttcttccactggcaaactccttg) to amplify the ns b + ns genomic region in one fragment. in this experiment, the protease from denv was re-cloned so that the structure of the four protease clones was identical in all four cases. the pcr templates were cdnas created from rna obtained through the world reference center for emerging viruses and arboviruses (wrceva) (cat# nr- ). denv (hawaii, nr- ), denv (new guinea c, nr- ), denv (philippines/h / , nr- ), and denv (h , nr- ). the pcr products, and the plasmid containing the denv protease mentioned above (gift from yi-ling lin), were both digested with hindiii and sal . the pcr products were ligated into this plasmid and transformed into dh a chemically competent e.coli. the sylvatic ns b (dakar ) was synthesized (without an epitope tag) using the sequence information deposited on ncbi (genbank accession ef ). sting genes used for functional analysis were amplified from cdna libraries constructed from the following cell lines: human (a ), chimpanzee/bonobo (sting sequence identical for these two species, clone amplified from coriell, pr ), rhesus macaque (mm - , a gift from welkin johnson), marmoset (coriell, pr ), and mouse (generated from rna extracted from whole liver). either an ha or xflag tag were engineered onto the ' end of the gene sequences, separated from the coding sequence by a xglycine-alanine (gagaga) linker region (nucleotide sequence = ggtgc tggtgctggtgct). these sequences were cloned into the pcdna . expression vector with a ' kozak sequence (gccacc). rodent sting constructs were synthesized (quintarabio) to include a kozak sequence, c-terminal ha-tag, and flanking linkers that were used for gibson cloning into the plpcx mammalian expression plasmid. t cells (mycoplasma negative) were grown at ˚c in dmem supplemented with % fbs, pen/ strep, and l-glutamine. hr prior to transfection, cells were plated at a density of . Â cells per well in a -well dish in antibiotic free media. wells were transfected with ng plasmid encoding sting and ng plasmid encoding ns b using transit reagent (mirus mir ). for most experiments ( figures b, b, a and b) , cells were treated with um mg for hr prior to harvesting for western blot. cells were lysed in ripa buffer supplemented with protease inhibitor (roche, ). protein concentration was calculated using the bradford method. % . : acrylamide/bisacrylamide gels were used to run ug of whole cell lysate for each sample. protein was transferred overnight at volts onto a polyvinyl membrane. blocking was performed with a % milk solution in tris-buffered saline supplemented with . % tween . primary antibodies used were used against ha ( f clone sigma ), flag (m clone sigma f ), gapdh (cellsignaling c ), sting (abcam ), actin (santa cruz biotech sc ), and dengue virus ns (mouse polyclonal antibody raised against purified full-length ns from dengue strain [heaton et al., ] ). secondary antibodies used were goat-anti-mouse-hrp (thermo - ) and goat-anti-rabbit (thermo - ). blots were developed using ecl prime (amersham rpn ) and imaged using imag-quant las (amersham - - ). crispr-cas mediated disruption of sting, and stable recomplementation with primate orthologs a cells (mycoplasma negative) were transfected with the pspcas (bb)-p a-egfp (px ) with the guide rna sequence ' agagcacactctccggtacc '. gfp-positive cells were single-cell sorted into a -well dish and colonies were grown up. cloned a cells were screened for homozygous mutations that disrupted the coding sequence of sting as follows. , cells were used to prep whole genomic dna. the region surrounding the guide rna was amplified using the following primers: ' gtccccaagggttcttggtt ' and ' aaccagtcccactcccagta '. amplified genomic dna was sanger sequenced to determine the nature of the crispr-cas -mediated genomic disruption. a cell line with confirmed homozygous disruption of sting (figure -figure supplement ) was then re-complemented with primate orthologs of sting. four different c-terminally ha-tagged versions of sting were cloned into the plpcx retroviral vector: wildtype human sting, r w human sting, wildtype chimpanzee sting, and w r chimpanzee sting. these were packaged into retroviral particles by cotransfecting into t cells (mycoplasma negative) each plpcx-sting construct with plasmids expressing nb-tropic murine leukemia virus (mlv) gag-pol and vsv-g. as a control, we also made virus to complement with an empty plpcx vector. supernatants were collected and used to transduce ^ a cells in the presence of ug/ml polybrene. hr post transduction, cells were selected in . ug/ml puromycin. immunofluorescence hr after plating, cells were fixed with % paraformaldehyde and permeabilized with % tri-tonx in pbs. blocking was performed with % bsa solution in pbs. primary antibodies used were rabbit-anti-grp (bip) (abcam ab ) and mouse-anti-ha (clone b abcam ab ). secondary antibodies used were donkey-anti-rabbit conjugated to alexafluor (invitrogen a ) and donkey-anti-mouse conjugated to alexafluor (invitrogen a ). cells were mounted using vectashield hardset mounting media (vectorlabs h- ). the indicated sting knockout and re-complemented cell lines were plated out in f- k media with % fbs, after hr the cells were counted. an moi of . was calculated for each well and dengue virus ( ) was allowed to attach to cells for hr at room temperature. unattached virus was then removed from cells, %serum in f- k media was added to cells and they were maintained at ˚c with % co . after and hr the virus supernatant was removed for downstream titration on bhk cells. at the same time, cells were removed for downstream western blotting. sequencing sting from other primate species the following sting sequences were collected from genbank: chimpanzee (pan troglodytes, xm_ . ), gorilla (gorilla gorilla gorilla, xm_ . ), sumatran orangutan (pongo abelii, xm_ . ), golden snub-nosed monkey (rhinopithecus roxellana, xm_ . ), black snub-nosed monkey (rhinopithecus bieti, xm_ . ), african green monkey (chlorocebus sabaeus, xm_ . ), pigtail macaque (macaca nemestrina, xm_ . ), rhesus macaque (macaca mulatta, xm_ . ), sooty mangabey (cercocebus atys, xm_ . ), drill (mandrillus leucophaeus, xm_ . ), marmoset (callithrix jacchus, xm_ . ), capuchin monkey (cebus capucinus imitator, xm_ . ), black-capped squirrel monkey (saimiri boliviensis, xp_ . ). the remaining sting gene sequences were obtained by direct sequencing of cdna libraries produced from the following primary or immortalized primate fibroblast cell lines: bonobo (pan paniscus, coriell pr ), bornean orangutan (pongo pygmaeus, coriell pr ), white-handed gibbon (hylobates lar, coriell pr ), agile gibbon (hylobates agilis, coriell pr ), siamang (symphalagus syndactylus, coriell pr ), white-cheeked gibbon (nomascus leucogenys, coriell pr ), leaf monkey (trachypithecus francoisi, coriell pr ), colobus monkey (colobus guereza, coriell pr ), wolf's guenon (cercopithecus wolfi, coriell pr ), talapoin (miopithecus talapoin, coriell pr ), crab-eating macaque (macaca fasicularis, - , gift from welkin johnson), olive baboon (papio anubis, coriell pr ), grey-cheeked mangabey (lophocebus albigena, coriell pr ), bolivian red howler monkey (alouatta sara, coriell pr ), red titi monkey (callicebus (or plecturocebus) cupreus, coriell pr ), common squirrel monkey (saimiri sciureus, coriell pr ). briefly, cells were grown in dmem (cellgro) supplemented with % fbs (gibco) at ˚c and % co . rna was extracted using the allprep dna/rna extraction kit (qiagen). cdna libraries were generated using super-script iii first strand synthesis kit (invitrogen). pcr was performed using pcr supermix high fidelity (invitrogen). pcr products were directly sequenced. each primate sequence was used as a query to search the human genome, and human sting gene was returned as the top hit. sting gene sequences generated in this study have been deposited in genbank (accession numbers mf -mf ). the funders had no role in study design, data collection and interpretation, or the decision to submit the work for publication. collateral damage during dengue virus infection: making sense of dna by cgas dengue virus ns b protein targets cgas for degradation and prevents mitochondrial dna sensing during infection denv inhibits type i ifn production in infected cells by cleaving human sting viral kinetics of primary dengue virus infection in non-human primates: a systematic review and individual pooled analysis ns of dengue virus mediates stat binding and degradation mouse stat restricts early dengue virus replication functional characterization of cis and trans activity of the flavivirus ns b-ns protease the many faces of the flavivirus ns protein in antagonism of type i interferon signaling the global distribution and burden of dengue sting and the innate immune response to nucleic acids in the cytosol antigenic relationships between flaviviruses as determined by cross-neutralization tests with polyclonal antisera the draft genome sequence and annotation of the desert woodrat neotoma lepida dengue virus serotype from a sylvatic lineage isolated from a patient with dengue hemorrhagic fever report of an niaid workshop on dengue animal models production of yellow fever virus proteins in infected cells: identification of discrete polyprotein species and analysis of cleavage kinetics using region-specific polyclonal antisera dual host-virus arms races shape an essential housekeeping protein evidence for ace -utilizing coronaviruses (covs) related to severe acute respiratory syndrome cov in bats defectiveness of interferon production and of rubella virus interference in a line of african green monkey kidney cells (vero) amplification of the sylvatic cycle of dengue virus type , senegal, - : entomologic findings and epidemiologic considerations molecular insight into dengue virus pathogenesis and its implications for disease control hepatitis c virus ns b blocks the interaction of sting and tbk to evade host innate immunity protein kinase r reveals an evolutionary model for defeating viral mimicry both nonstructural proteins ns b and ns are required for the proteolytic processing of dengue virus nonstructural proteins callithrix penicillata: a feasible experimental model for dengue virus infection first report of sylvatic denv- -associated dengue hemorrhagic fever in west africa healthmap: global infectious disease monitoring through automated classification and visualization of internet media reports status reassessment of the gibbons: results of the asian primate red list workshop innate immunity to dengue virus infection and subversion of antiviral responses studies on the pathogenesis of dengue infection in monkeys. i. clinical laboratory responses to primary infection fever versus fever: the role of host and vector susceptibility and interspecific competition in shaping the current and future distributions of the sylvatic cycles of dengue virus and yellow fever virus dengue virus nonstructural protein redistributes fatty acid synthase to sites of viral replication and increases cellular fatty acid synthesis serotype-specific host responses in rhesus macaques after primary dengue challenge influenza a virus targets a cgas-independent sting pathway that controls enveloped rna viruses the natural host range shift and subsequent evolution of canine parvovirus resulted from virus-specific binding to the canine transferrin receptor sting is an endoplasmic reticulum adaptor that facilitates innate immune signalling sting regulates intracellular dna-mediated, type i interferon-dependent innate immunity mpys, a novel membrane tetraspanner, is associated with major histocompatibility complex class ii and mediates transduction of apoptotic signals dengue virus inhibits alpha interferon signaling by reducing stat expression the naked mole rat genome resource: facilitating analyses of cancer and longevity-related adaptations computational and functional analysis of the virus-receptor interface reveals host range trade-offs in new world arenaviruses functional profiling of recombinant ns proteases from all four serotypes of dengue virus using tetrapeptide and octapeptide substrate libraries hepatitis c virus protease ns / a cleaves mitochondrial antiviral signaling protein off the mitochondria to evade innate immunity an intrinsically disordered region of the dna repair protein nbs is a species-specific barrier to herpes simplex virus in primates flavivirus-induced antibody cross-reactivity the avian xpr gammaretrovirus receptor is under positive selection and is disabled in bird species in contact with virus-infected wild mice the emergence of arthropod-borne viral diseases: a global prospective on dengue, chikungunya and zika fevers dengue virus ns inhibits interferon-alpha signaling by blocking signal transducer and activator of transcription phosphorylation a global compendium of human dengue virus occurrence identification of owl monkey cd receptors broadly compatible with early-stage hiv- isolates nuclear trim specifically targets influenza virus ribonucleoproteins to block the onset of rna chain elongation cardif is an adaptor protein in the rig-i antiviral pathway and is targeted by hepatitis c virus ebola virus entry requires the host-programmed recognition of an intracellular receptor presence of viral genome in urine and development of hematuria and pathological changes in kidneys in common marmoset (callithrix jacchus) after inoculation with dengue virus innate immunity evasion by dengue virus oases and sting: adaptive evolution in concert metabolic regulatory clues from the naked mole rat: toward brain regulatory functions during stroke filovirus receptor npc contributes to species-specific patterns of ebolavirus susceptibility in bats hepatitis c virus ns b protein targets sting and abrogates rig-i-mediated type i interferon-dependent innate immunity the genome landscape of the african green monkey kidney-derived vero cell line convergent evolution of escape from hepaciviral antagonism in primates a molecular phylogeny of living primates structural proteomics of dengue virus stat mediates innate immunity to dengue virus in the absence of stat via the type i interferon receptor in vitro processing of dengue virus type nonstructural proteins ns a, ns b, and ns highly divergent dengue virus type genotype sets a new distance record receptor determinants of zoonotic transmission of new world hemorrhagic fever arenaviruses molecular evolution and distribution of dengue viruses type and in nature the role of monkeys in the biology of dengue and yellow fever inhibition of the type i interferon response in human dendritic cells by dengue virus infection requires a catalytically active ns b complex genetic and phenotypic characterization of sylvatic dengue virus type strains xrn is a species-specific virus restriction factor in yeasts studies of the ecology of dengue in malaysia: a preliminary report dengue virus ecology in malasia a cross-species view on viruses experimental infection of chimpanzees with dengue viruses recent advances in human flavivirus vaccines the chinchilla research resource database: resource for an otolaryngology disease model interferon-dependent immunity is essential for resistance to primary dengue virus infection in mice, whereas t-and b-cell-dependent immunity are less critical an in vivo assay for elucidating the importance of cytochromes p for the ability of a wild mammalian herbivore (neotoma lepida) to consume toxic plants non-human primate schlafen inhibits production of both host and viral proteins the cytoplasmic body component trim alpha restricts hiv- infection in old world monkeys coronavirus papain-like proteases negatively regulate antiviral innate immune response through disruption of sting-mediated signaling eris, an endoplasmic reticulum ifn stimulator, activates innate immune signaling through dimerization immunization with heterologous flaviviruses protective against fatal west nile encephalitis fever from the forest: prospects for the continued emergence of sylvatic dengue virus and its impact on public health mosquitoes put the brake on arbovirus evolution: experimental evolution reveals slower mutation accumulation in mosquito than vertebrate cells genetic and phenotypic characterization of sylvatic dengue virus type strains potential of ancestral sylvatic dengue- viruses to re-emerge the history and evolution of human dengue emergence catastrophic ape decline in western equatorial africa evolutionary relationships of endemic/epidemic and sylvatic dengue viruses molecular evolution of dengue viruses: contributions of phylogenetics to understanding the history and epidemiology of the preeminent arboviral disease sylvatic transmission of arboviruses among bornean orangutans molecular evolutionary and structural analysis of the cytosolic dna sensor cgas and sting dengue virus targets the adaptor protein mita to subvert host innate immunity purified ns b/ns serine protease of dengue virus type exhibits cofactor ns b dependence for cleavage of substrates with dibasic amino acids in vitro processing and localization of dengue virus type polyprotein precursor ns -ns a-ns b-ns the helicase ddx senses intracellular dna mediated by the adaptor sting in dendritic cells the adaptor protein mita links virus-sensing receptors to irf transcription factor activation animal models of dengue virus infection we thank kartik chandran, nels elde, emily feldman, maryska kaczmarek, michael smallegan, cody warren, and qing yang for thoughtful comments on this study. this work was supported by national institutes of health grant r -gm- to sls. acs was supported by an m.d./ph.d. training fellowship from the national institutes of health (f -ai- ). nrm was supported by a graduate fellowship from the national science foundation, and a pdep award from the burroughs wellcome fund. rcg and rp were supported by the department of microbiology, immunology and pathology at csu. sls is a burroughs wellcome investigator in the pathogenesis of infectious disease. key: cord- - agnsbyd authors: turner, bryan stanley; dumas, alex title: vulnerability, diversity and scarcity: on universal rights date: - - journal: med health care philos doi: . /s - - - sha: doc_id: cord_uid: agnsbyd this article makes a contribution to the on-going debates about universalism and cultural relativism from the perspective of sociology. we argue that bioethics has a universal range because it relates to three shared human characteristics,—human vulnerability, institutional precariousness and scarcity of resources. these three components of our argument provide support for a related notion of ‘weak foundationalism’ that emphasizes the universality and interrelatedness of human experience, rather than their cultural differences. after presenting a theoretical position on vulnerability and human rights, we draw on recent criticism of this approach in order to paint a more nuanced picture. we conclude that the dichotomy between universalism and cultural relativism has some conceptual merit, but it also has obvious limitations when we consider the political economy of health and its impact on social inequality. the generic concepts of 'ethics of rights' and 'ethics of duties' (patrão neves )-found implicitly in most official bioethics documents-can be viewed as two relevant ideas for a sociological study of human rights and global health policy. they identify basic human needs and socio-cultural conditions that should be safeguarded by political institutions. the fact that health is now considered a basic good within international conventions is an important point of departure for universal rights to health (unesco ) . the duties that are associated with these rights are also expressed by the moral obligation to develop a social contract that would achieve a modicum of social justice by for example reducing social inequalities. both dimensions of the ethics debate (rights and duties) converge on the notion of 'institution'. in sociology, the problems of developing universal institutions to achieve a civilized level of social protection, while respecting personal autonomy, lie at its core. in an effort to promote 'multidisciplinary and pluralistic dialogue' (unesco ) in bioethics, this article makes a contribution to ongoing debates about universalism and cultural relativism from the perspective of sociology. we argue that bioethics has a universal range because it relates to three shared human characteristics,-human vulnerability, institutional precariousness and scarcity of resources. these three components of our argument provide support for a related notion of 'weak foundationalism' that emphasizes the universality and interrelatedness of human experience, rather than their cultural differences. after presenting a theoretical position on vulnerability and human rights, we draw on recent criticism of this approach in order to paint a more nuanced picture. we conclude that the dichotomy between universalism and cultural relativism has some conceptual merit, but it also has obvious limitations when we consider the political economy of health and its impact on social inequality. the idea that different cultures produce not only different ethics and values but also vastly different ways of experiencing the world has become the dominant assumption of both anthropology and sociology. in terms of philosophical anthropology, our social being-in-the-world is deeply rooted in distinctive and separate sets of cultural practices, often referred to simply as 'habitus' (bourdieu ) . the implication is that we cannot assume that the experiences of sickness and disease, and experiences of the body are universal and it follows that some assumptions of western bioethics cannot be generalized. in sociology the problem of relativism occurs under the general discussion of 'social constructionism', namely that the phenomena of the social world have no consistent or permanent essence; they are always and already produced by social conditions. perhaps the classic illustration of the argument was the work of margaret lock ( ) on the cross-cultural experience of menopause in american and japanese women. she found that, while the discomforts of menopause in the united states were widely prevalent, japanese women did not experience negative symptoms to the same extent. medical sociologists therefore concluded that the social construction of menopause was at the source of its medicalization in some areas of the word. while social constructionism is a basic premise of modern anthropology and sociology, it has certain limitations in the context of rights. we defend the idea some conditions such as human vulnerability, precariousness institutions and scarcity of resources, are common to human societies and can serve as a grounding for future research in bioethics. in short we defend a position that we call 'weak foundationalism'. without rejecting cultural relativism, we argue that humans share a physical embodiment, which has significant consequences regardless of cultural variations. for example, the prospect of post-humanism is threatening to alter what it is to be human and is generating many ethical questions that appear to go beyond cultures or religious denomination; it is in this perspective that the study of embodiment in social sciences is central to ethical life (frank : ) . we also elaborate the notion of institutional precariousness that occurs in context of scarcity. the result is that over many issues we have to co-operate through mutual recognition just in order to survive. we start with the observation that cultural relativism runs up against at least two obvious counter arguments. the first is that the notion of cultural specificity is contradicted by the widespread assumption in the social sciences that globalization is the dominant form of social change in the modern world. globalism is especially evident in the fact that the world is shaped by a common technology and production system. for example, access to medical technology, international vaccination co-ordination efforts, and sharing of information through the world health organisation can be viewed as proof that most countries are to some degree part of globalized networks. while the interaction between global and local cultures often results in hybrid cultures that sociologists describe as a process of 'glocalization', there are important common processes that result in shared problems and experiences. medical anthropologists, by grasping the relativist implications of her work, can too easily ignore one of the conclusions of margaret lock's research, which was that japanese women would come to acquire menopausal difficulties as a result of globalization. this first point is supported primarily by the nature of human ageing, demographic data and considerations on the specificity of the social classification of disease. let us take two examples of the emergence of a common 'health world' with respect to globalization and health. perhaps the most important demographic revolution of the late twentieth century was the decline in female total fertility rates and the greying of human populations. this demographic change is more or less uniform regardless of cultural differences and especially religious differences. by the beginning of this century, only four countries in the world have a fertility rate above five, and half the world's population now live in societies that have fertility rates that are near or below the replacement level (macinnes and pérez diaz : ) . obviously there are important differences. china's one-child policy is very different from the demographic situation of the united states, but there are common global processes: the improvement in female education, the availability of contraceptives, rising prosperity of the middle classes and changing attitudes towards children. in association with changing fertility, there is the longer life expectancy and lower death rates that translate into a strong trend of ageing of the world's population. for most societies demography is central to various health, labour and economic policies. it would also be possible to construct a list of such shared health circumstances related to ageing-cancer, alzheimer's disease, strokes, and so forth. with globalization, there is the rapid transmission of conditions such as hiv/aids, sars, and the annual influenza outbreak. there are also more 'exotic' problems such as the arrival and spread of west nile virus to texas where people died and , were infected in the summer of . we can therefore legitimately argue that in the past humans lived in communities that were more or less isolated and hence diseases with geographically and culturally specific. this communal autonomy and isolation was relative. in the medieval world, the bubonic plague devastated human communities across much of europe. the modern world is very different. an outbreak of sars in east asia can reach ottawa in a matter of days if not hours. another example would be diabetes. there is a worldwide epidemic of diabetes. it is clearly widespread among urban, sedentarized and developed societies from australia to the united states, where lack of exercise, fast food and urbanization contribute to its rising incidence among young people. obviously more efficient detection and monitoring contribute to the growth of the disease, but it is also widespread among indigenous peoples from australian aboriginals to native americans. the second counter argument is the widespread, if not universal, acceptance of human rights. sociologists have suggested that the cultural contexts of moral debate are not as radically incommensurable as many philosophers suggest, and thus the process of globalization has provided a counter-balance to national and cultural diversity (mouzelis ). the contemporary almost universal acceptance of human rights suggests that the globalization of the principles of the declaration of can mitigate if not overcome the fragmentation and diversity of human cultures. there are of course many well-known problems with human rights, such as the difference between the acceptance and enforcement of rights (woodiwiss ). human rights began to emerge on the global political agenda in the s when growing dissatisfaction with the historic the role of states in the international order and widespread recognition of the failures of communism opened up opportunities for rethinking the role of rights in international affairs. human rights emerged as a serviceable ideology for a variety of social movements such as women's internationalism, political dissidents in poland and hungary, and as the basis of global ngo activity. the presidency of jimmy carter, who in his inauguration in declared an absolute commitment to human rights as the basis of american foreign policy, was also an important development. however, the critical turning-point occurred when academic lawyers came to embrace human rights as the normative framework of international law. these lawyers, who began to question the prevailing realist doctrines of international relations theory, embraced human rights as part of their core business (moyn ) . one standard argument against human rights has been that they are western and individualistic. but even this argument has lost a lot of traction. the so-called 'asian values debate' has more or less disappeared. at one stage both mahatir in malaysia and lee kwan yew in singapore sought to ground a view of human rights in confucianism with its emphasis on the family, order and respect, but for critics of these societies such values were thought to be a screen to hide the authoritarianism of their respective regimes (kamaludeen and turner ) . although the spread of human rights is far from complete, there is a growing network of international law that is binding on nations. the united nations convention on the law of the sea ( ) is a significant illustration of this development (charney and smith ) . the growth of legally binding relations within the european community has also been seen by legal scholars as an important example of legal internationalism. for example in the treaty establishing the european coal and steel community made provision for an independent court, the court of justice, to interpret and enforce of the treaty's provisions. another example is the creation of the european court of human rights in . these international legal relations have multiplied with juridical globalization in clear recognition of the need to develop a set of universal norms to address global concerns relating to major issues, especially the environment (charney ) . in addition, important normative instruments developed in bioethics and human rights over the last decades (e.g., declaration of helsinki, belmont report, european convention on bioethics, universal declaration of bioethics and human rights) have identified a number of shared human conditions that should be preserved through political means. the notion of shared vulnerability-that is commonly used in bioethics as an answer to relativistic claims in health policy-is a good example in this regard. generally speaking, the notion of vulnerability holds two meanings. first, the word refers to a universal and persistent character of human beings (e.g., kottow ; luna ; patrão neves ; ruof ) . in some respect, it holds an ontological priority over other bioethical principles (solbakk ) . second, it holds a more variable status, which is dependent on a sociocultural context. socioeconomic inequalities increase vulnerability, and humans thus become vulnerated and, as a consequence, more susceptible to disease and shorter lives (kottow ) . essentially, global rights institutions and conventions protect humans because they are vulnerable. the arguments invoking a 'bioethics of protection' or a 'duty to aid' often put forward the significance of international solidarity as an answer to health inequalities (e.g., schramm and braz ; london ) . as stated in a recent report of the international bioethics committee: ''vulnerability might provide a bridge between the moral 'strangers' of a pluralistic society, thereby enhancing the value of solidarity rather than mere individual interest'' (unesco : ). economic development does not automatically reduce the vulnerability of every sector of society, and hence there is a continuing need for basic forms of protection. vulnerability, diversity and scarcity with respect to recent biotechnological developments, various treaties and conventions on the integrity of the human species testify to the existence of a global risk society. in 'protecting the endangered human ' annas, andrews and isasi ( ) suggest an international treaty prohibiting cloning and inheritable alterations in response to species altering technology: 'prevention … must be based on the recognition that all human are the same, rather than on an emphasis on our difference ' ( : ) . we believe that sociological arguments about globalization and human rights can contribute to philosophical debates in bioethics since the empirical findings of sociological research have an obvious bearing on bioethics and health policy. however we do not want to present a counter argument in terms of various empirical examples. we need to develop our position at a much more fundamental and conceptual level. these examples from our discussion so far indicate that what human beings share in common, even when they are profoundly divided by culture and religion, is their ontological vulnerability. this point has been emphasized in vulnerability and human rights, in which turner ( ) argued from a sociological perspective that the concept of vulnerability, which is derived from the latin vulnus or 'wound', recognises the corporeal dimension of human existence, namely our embodiment; it describes the condition of sentient, embodied creatures, who are exposed to the dangers of their natural environment, and who are conscious of their precarious circumstances. our vulnerability signifies our capacity to be open to wounding, and therefore to be open to the world. this theme of human vulnerability clearly has strong religious connotations. it can be easily related to the christian tradition the symbol of which is the cross of jesus. but it can also be recognized in the teachings of the buddha. in a discussion of the buddhist idea of dukkha or suffering, robert bellah ( : ) notes that it can also be translated as meaning that life is 'unsatisfactory'. one reason life is less than satisfactory is because we experience it as transient and tragic. he concludes that 'fundamentally it is the recognition of the vulnerability and fragility of life' (bellah : ) . one might also relate this concept of human vulnerability to the shi'ite tradition of islam with its profound sense of martyrdom and suffering. these comparisons suggest that vulnerability is not cultural specific but speaks to the human condition as a shared ontology. human beings are ontologically vulnerable and insecure, and their natural environment, uncertain. in order to protect themselves from the uncertainties and challenges of the everyday world, they must build social institutions (especially political, familial and cultural institutions) that come to constitute 'society'. we need a certain level of trust in order to build companionship and friendship to provide us with mutual support in times of uncertainty. we need the creative force of ritual and the emotional ties of common festivals to renew social life and to build effective institutions, and we need the comforts of social institutions as means of fortifying our individual precarious existence. because we are vulnerable, it is necessary to build political institutions to provide for our collective security. these institutions are, however, themselves precarious and they cannot begin to function without effective leadership, political wisdom and good fortune to provide an enduring and reliable social environment. however rituals typically go wrong; social norms offer no firm or enduring blue-print for action in the face of rapid social change; and the guardians of social values-priests, academics, lawyers and politicians-turn out to be all too easily open to corruption, mendacity and self interest. nevertheless the uncertainties and contingencies of everyday life also generate inter-societal patterns of dependency and connectedness, and in psychological terms this shared world of risk and uncertainty results in sympathy, empathy and trust without which society would not be possible. all social life is characterised by this contradictory, unstable and delicate balance between scarcity, solidarity and security. in its report on the principle of respect for human vulnerability and personal integrity, the international bioethics committee notably indicates that the 'most significant worldwide barrier to improving the levels of attainment of health through health care interventions is the scarcity of resources' (unesco : ) . drawing on sociology, in recent publications we have placed greater emphasis on this problem of scarcity (especially on the political economy of scarcity), because we believe that debates about human rights have often neglected some of the basic economic problems associated with rights claims. the idea of scarcity has been a basic assumption of economics in which, considering its most generic meaning, it signifies a shortage of means to achieve desirable ends of action. a shortage of income means that i cannot purchase basic commodities to satisfy needs such as food and shelter. adam smith in the wealth of nations recognized the often negative consequences of swings between years of plenty and years of scarcity, and in the latter case for example in , workers could often be hired for less than subsistence. our arguments relating to vulnerability and precariousness also have an economic dimension by grasping the relationship between vulnerability and economic analysis of environment. in the entropy law and the economic process, nicholas georgescu-roegen ( ) argued that waste is an unavoidable aspect of the development process of modernization, and that human beings inevitably deplete natural resources and create environmental pollution. economic progress merely speeds up the inevitable exhaustion of the earth's natural resources. georgescu-roegen's theory showed that classical economics had neglected the problem of natural scarcity, thinking that technology and entrepreneurship could eventually solve the problem described by thomas malthus of population growth in relation to fixed resources. his economic theory of waste applied the ideas of alfred lotka ( ) on biology to the accumulation of capital. human beings have to rely on what lotka called 'exosomatic instruments' to develop the environment, unlike animals which depend on 'endosomatic instruments'. in some respects this distinction is an old anthropological argument. reptiles evolve wings to fly; human beings create aeroplanes. however, wings involve low entropy solutions and do not deplete natural resources; technological solutions, such as jet-propelled aeroplanes, are high entropic solutions that use up finite energy. because humans are ontologically vulnerable, they develop high entropy strategies that have the unfortunate consequence of creating a precarious environment. more importantly, the entropy law implies a pessimistic conclusion that social conflict is inevitable. because resources are scarce, humans degrade their environment, and they must consequently compete within limited space. these malthusian conditions of social conflict in modern times have been further exacerbated by the mechanization of violence and by the de-stabilising impact of new wars. we can as a result interpret social citizenship as an institutional attempt to reduce conflict through, typically modest, income redistribution in the framework of the nation state, and human rights as conflict-reducing instruments between and within states. as argued by etzioni ( ) , increased social divisions and power of lobby groups can be linked to moral relativism. although this assertion has been criticized, it shows that systems that privileges the virtues of the market and individual freedom, fail to nurture the roots of the community (turner and rojek ) . while recognizing the common vulnerability of human beings, as sociologists we cannot ignore the precariousness of human institutions and the basic condition of scarcity. in order to engage with other human beings as moral agents worthy of our respect, there has to be mutual recognition. this basic starting point of ethics is referred to as 'recognition ethics' (williams ) . in a human community, this basic act of recognition requires some degree of equality. for example, hegel's master-slave analysis takes account of the fact that neither slave nor master can arrive at mutual recognition, because the master perceives the slave as his property, while the slave is too lowly to recognise the master. hence, without some degree of social equality, there can be no ethical community, and hence a system of rights and obligations cannot function. material scarcity undercuts the roots of social community without which conscious, rational agency is always compromised. taking their cue from the critique of liberal theories of rights by karl marx ( - ) , sociologists have remained sceptical about human rights traditions that have no corresponding social policies to secure some minimum level of equality through strategies of redistribution such as progressive taxation (waldron ) . rights to individual freedoms without democratic egalitarianism are thought to be merely symbolic not real claims for recognition. without some degree of equality, however basic, bioethics can have no real purchase on the social world. recognition requires some basic redistribution. the vulnerability thesis has received some criticism because it is very relevant to some human rights but not to others. it is limited by its inability to explain the individual rights of liberalism. in fact, it is often is used to prevent excess freedom that may increase inequalities. it can also be criticised on the grounds that we do not automatically feel responsible for the suffering of others. relativism 'opens the door' to moral queuing principles in function of interest groups and political agendas. in luc boltanski's distant suffering ( ) , there has been some discussion about whether we can sympathize with those with whom we are not connected. our argument that embodiment is a valid basis for the defence the universalism of human rights is partly grounded in the notion of the ubiquity of human misery and suffering. in arthur schopenhauer opened his essay 'on the suffering of the world' ( ) with the observation that every 'individual misfortune, to be sure, seems an exceptional occurrence; but misfortune in general is the rule'. while the study of misery and misfortune has been the stuff of philosophy and theology, there is little systematic study of these phenomena by sociologists. one exception is barrington moore ( : ) who argues in reflections on the causes of human misery that 'suffering is not a value in its own right. in this sense any form of suffering becomes a cost, and unnecessary suffering an odious cost'. in general political opposition to human misery becomes a stand-point that can transcend and unite different cultures and values. a critic might object that suffering is too variable in its cultural manifestations and too indefinite in its meanings and local significance to provide such a common, indeed universal, standpoint. what actually constitutes human vulnerability, diversity and scarcity suffering might well turn out to be culturally and historically specific. those who take note of the cultural variability of suffering have made similar arguments against a common standard of disability. although one could well accept this anthropological argument on the grounds that suffering involves essentially the devaluation of a person as a consequence of accident, affliction or torture, pain is less variable. whereas bankruptcy for example could involve some degree of variable psychological suffering through a loss of face, a toothache is a toothache. if we claim that disability is a social condition (basically the loss of social rights) and thus relative, we might argue that impairment is the underlying condition about which there is less political dispute or philosophical uncertainty. in short, some conditions or states of affairs are less socially constructed than others. suffering is often, perhaps always, a threat to our dignity, which is obviously culturally variable. pain by signalling a deeper somatic malfunction is a threat to our existence. yet another criticism is the medical technology paradox. the more medical science improves our global health condition, the less vulnerable we are. therefore technological progress could make this vulnerability thesis historically specific. in principle if we live longer, because we have become less vulnerable with advances in medical technology, then the relevance of human rights might well diminish. this paradox however helps us to sharpen our argument, which is that we are human, because we are vulnerable. the irony of medical advances is that we could only finally escape our vulnerability by ultimately escaping from our own humanity. technological change threatens to create a post-human world in which, with medical progress, we could in principle live forever. this criticism presents an interesting argument, but there are two potentially important counter-arguments. the first is that, if we could significantly increase our life expectancy, then we would live longer but in all probability with higher rates of discomfort and disability. the quantity of life might increase in terms of years, but there would be a corresponding decline in its quality. a post-human world is a medical utopia that has all the negative features of a brave new world. secondly, medical improvements in the advanced societies are likely to increase the inequality between societies, creating a more unequal and insecure international order. in such a risk society, where human precariousness increases and human vulnerability decreases, the need for human rights protection would continue to be important. the prospect of living forever might require us to inhabit, in max weber's pessimistic metaphor, an 'iron cage' in which our existence is by courtesy of lifesupport machines. a post-human world would in principle require a different ethical system namely a post-human ethics (fukuyama ) . scarcity is nonetheless at the centre of bioethics. for many scholars, scarcity is regarded as socially constructed in the sense that it is produced by a consumer culture in which expectations are elastic and diverse. the theory of positional goods suggests that demand for status goods can be controlled only with great difficulty (hirsch ) . our notion of inescapable vulnerability may be questioned by the optimism often generated by medical technologies that promise to provide replacement organs, brain implants, and a wealth of interventions aims to extend life 'indefinitely'. the task of bioethics is to address the problems of scarcity in societies of abundance and to consider the consequences of medical technology that will increase social inequality. with the scarcity of resources, there is always social competition and conflict-even in the richest societies of the developed world (turner and rojek ) . the occupy wall street slogan-we are the %-may become a relatively permanent feature of social movements in this century. there are few discussions on the nature of scarcity in terms of bioethics. if scarcity itself is not a product of modernity, globalization, or ageing populations, new technologies are important factors involved in the politics of life. bioethics will need to consider its relations to humans suffering and protective institutions. geriatric technologies are bringing new standards of longevity and quality of life, and are generating new social and ethical questions. characteristics of patients such as age, capacity to pay, degree of success of medical intervention, and social value of the individual, are all deciding factors that are used to different degrees that determine access to health care in the face of scarcity (moody ) . the opportunity costs of massive investments of health care for older populations are also being evaluated in terms medical ethics and social justice. ageing societies are faced with the difficult questions of 'choosing who's to live', and under what conditions, by limiting resources for the very old (walters ) . researchers in biogerontology have revived the medical utopia of wanting to significantly extending life well beyond the current human life span, situated approximately at years. whether this life extension is achievable or not is somewhat irrelevant for our discussion. however, the justifications for funding such a project have been interpreted as 'cutting through ethics' turner , ) . our criticism of cultural relativism does not endorse a pure foundationalist approach; we recognize that societies are different and have different value systems. however, we cannot minimise the import of universalist claims because there are shared similarities between humans and potent social forces such as globalization that shape and reshape human experiences. perhaps bioethics is deemed to follow a version of the 'glocalization' model, where, on the one hand, it would acknowledge and act upon the fact that globalized forces are being opposed to the legitimate resistance of local cultures, and on the other hand, it would strongly promote universal thresholds when in comes to health and human rights. our contribution to the understanding of conventional bioethics is also based in the strong assumption that there is always a struggle over scarce resources and that scarcity will continue to dominate the lives of large sections of the population, even within the wealthiest countries (bury ) . bioethics needs political economy. if we do not hold any firm foundationalist arguments in contexts of scarcity, we must recognize the inflation of demand for health technologies, increased competition for scarce resources and increased health inequalities. we note that our argument is somewhat similar to the position taken by hervé juvin ( ) in the coming of the body. for juvin, globalized societies are market-driven and characterized by individualism, indeterminacy, increased concerns over health and body appearance. without a strong and forceful legal framework that overrides individual investments in biomedicine, social inequalities will increase further eroding social and intergenerational relations. opposition to austerity measures in many european societies in may become a regular feature of street politics with growing unemployment and increasing inequality. indignation against visible inequality may evolve into political rage (reich ). furthermore, a strict opposition between universalism and cultural relativism is problematic because related forms of ethics are characterized by mutual recognition and empathy between people of different cultures. these forms of ethics also recognize cultural identity as a key component of agency, and without sufficient agency it is difficult to mobilize individuals to preserve their institutions. political anthropology has been dealing with these tensions for some time; however they are mainly framed in efforts to safeguard cultural diversity, which is quite different from the problem of sustaining human rights and bioethics. sociology has brought more attention towards increasing social inequalities. amongst other things, income inequality underlines new power struggles over life and health between the rich and the poor areas of the world. assuming there is a connection between health and wealth, relativism can nourish liberalism in biomedicine to the expense of vulnerable groups. post-humanists, for example, are transforming the discursive space in which bioethical debates are taking pace, and are proposing a detraditionalization of biomedical practices,-a process described as a moving away from nature and tradition that is essentially market-driven (giddens ) . this opposition to 'tradition' is radically changing the foundations of a politics of life. contemporary health care systems and research policies are faced with ethical questions that are derived from the relationship between the 'infinite demand' for health care services and the 'finite systems' of institutions (foucault ) . scarcity is thus creating an 'ethic of limits' in which universal claims for global health are being challenged by various forms of relativism. in this regard, a sharper focus on social inequalities in bioethics within the on-going discussion on cultural diversity will certainly clarify universal thresholds regarding health status and reinforce key objectives of social justice that are central to all major conventions in human right and bioethics. protecting the endangered human: toward an international treaty prohibiting cloning and inheritable alterations religion in human evolution distant suffering: morality, media and politics pascalian meditations. cambridge: polity press. bury, m. . health, ageing and the lifecourse universal international law international maritime boundaries the life extension project: a sociological critique statecraft and soulcraft: foucault on prolonging life the spirit of community social security the varieties of my body: pain, ethics and illusion the entropy law and the economic process affluence, poverty, and the idea of a post-scarcity society. geneva: united nations research institute for social development the social limits to growth the coming of the body governing as gardening: reflections on soft authoritarianism in singapore. citizenship studies vulnerability: what kind of principle is it? medicine encounters with aging. mythologies of menopause in japan and north america justice and the human development approach to international element of physical biology elucidating the concept of vulnerability. layers not labels transformations of the world's population: the demographic revolution aging and controversies reflections on the causes of human misery and upon certain proposals to eliminate them encyclopedia, genealogy and tradition: a sociocultural critique of macintyre's three moral discourses the last utopia. human rights in history beyond outrage. what has gone wrong with our economy and our democracy, and to fix it vulnerability, vulnerable populations, and policy on the suffering of the world bioethics of protection: a proposal for the moral problems of developing countries the principle of respect for human vulnerability and global bioethics vulnerability and human rights universal declaration of bioethics and human rights report of the international bioethics committee of unesco on social responsibility and health report of the international bioethics committee of unesco on the principle of respect for human vulnerability and personal integrity nonsense on stilts. bentham, burke and marx on the rights of man introduction. in choosing who's to live: ethics and aging hegel's ethics of recognition taking the sociology of rights seriously key: cord- -pi nkuc authors: nan title: program schedule date: journal: in vitro doi: . /bf sha: doc_id: cord_uid: pi nkuc nan lysis and phagocytosis of antibody-sensitized chicken red texas in search of better media for invertebrate cell culture. convener: f. hink, ohio state univ. standardization of cells, media, and substrates agrigenetics corp factors convener: t. maciag, harvard medical school introduction: t. maciag platelet derived growth factor: purification and characterization. t. deuel. chemistry and function of somatomedin/insulin-like growth factors and their receptors coffee break purification of growth factors from retina and brain. comparative study of edgf {eye derived growth factor) and bdgf (brain derived growth factor) cape/volusia session-in-depth mutants and variants from plant cultures convener: r. henke, u. tennessee genetic characterization of mutants from cell culture: cosegregation of altered enzymatic phenotype with selected culture traits in progeny of regenerated plants heritable somaclonal variation in wheat chromosomal and mendelian variability in cultures and r regenerated plants genetic analysis of alfalfa variants from somatic cell selection rat kidney epithelial cell culture to study metal toxicity. g. cherian. coffee break altered regulation of proliferation and differentiated function in cultured human epidermal cells by chlorinated aromatic hydrocarbons genetic toxicity evaluation of chemicals: implications for animal assays palm beaeh/broward contributed papers differentiation in cultured cells convener vascular smooth muscle cell modulation in vivo and growth potential in vitro. j. grunwald and c. c. haudenschud.* : stimulation of growth and expression of differentiation antigens of human melanocytes by tumor promoters biologic modification of antigenic expression in dibutyryl adenosine '- ' cyclic monophosphate in cultured human glioma lines hypermethylation of albumin and alphafetoprotein genes in nonexpressing mouse-rat hybrid cell lines. w. church and j. papaconstantinou.* coffee break initiation of muscle-type phosphorylase {pplj and phosphoglycerate mutase {pgam} synthesis is not nerve-dependent * reversible inhibition of the accumulation of muscle-specific proteins by the differentiation * regulation of differentiation of adult human and rat hepatocytes cultured in a serum-free medium by interaction with another liver cell numbers preceding titles refer to abstracts. capitalization identifies speaker; asterisk (*) identifies member coffee break intrinsic and acquired resistance to bcnu correlates with the near-diploid cells in freshly resected human gliomas differential phenotypic response of normal and neoplastic mouse mammary epithelium in collagen matrix culture poster session odd numbered posters should be manned from : to : a.m. even numbered posters should be manned from : a.m. to noon * polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies that identify breast myoepithelial and breast fibroblast cells trypanosoma cruzi infection of human muscle cells is inhibited by antibodies to parasite surface antigens production of the c component of the complement by cultures of rat liver epithelial cells. stimulating effect of supernatants of human preparative density-gradient electrophoresis of cultured human embryonic kidney cells collagen as an attachment factor for cell monolayers on gas-permeable teflon membranes large scale culture of human breast carcinoma ceils to isolate estrogen receptors * evaluation of a new and flexible method for culturing macrophages: attachment to and removal from cytodex microcarriers. c. ostlung, j. clark, and m. kruse.* mutagenesis isolation of epithelial subcomponents of the mouse mammary gland for the tissue level culture studies cytotoxicity and absence of mutagenic activity of vomitoxin ( -deoxynivalenol) in an hepatocyte-mediated mutation assay with v chinese pluronic polyols as vehicles for petroleum derivatives in in vitro assays the influence of metabolic substrates upon hepatocyte proliferation in short term primary cultures enzymology induction of transglutaminase activity in transformed human cells by sodium butyrate substrates of cellular transglutaminase using wi cells generate isopeptide bonds separation of exponential cultures of v- ceils by counterflow centrifugal elutriation: correlation of protein and superoxide coffee : w- propagation of magnolia in tissue culture. i. beiderman cytogerontology convener: l. hayflick, u. florida perspectives in cytogerontology. l. hayflick. dominance of finite vs. infinite in vitro lifespan in somatic cell hybrids * the role of protein and rna synthesis in the inhibition of nuclear dna synthesis in heterokaryons resulting from the fusion of senescent and low passage, actively dividing human diploid fibroblast-like cells * the presence of non-cycling cells at all levels of population doubling of imr- fibroblasts. l. n. castor.* reorganization of the genome during aging of human fibroblasts numbers preceding titles refer to abstracts. capitalization identifies speaker; asterisk (*) identifies member plant genetics, inc. r. mans, univ. of florida introduction: k. redenbaugh trauma as a means of initiating change in genome organization and expression. b. mcclintock. characterization of putative transposons in cytoplasmic male sterility of maize coffee break in vitro plant transformation by bacterial co-cultivation and expression of foreign genes in plant cells new developments in the transformation of plant tissues medical college of pennsylvania introduction: j. leighton insights into human cancer using organ cultures. j.c. petricciani* and i. levenbook.* migration of a rat bladder carcinoma cell line on solid substrata and in three-dimensional tissue. r. tchao, w. schroyens, and j. leighton.* anchorage independent survival as an indicator of malignant transformation: morphological and biochemical comparison * coffee break the analysis of some interactive processes in mammary disease experimental surgical pathology using histophysiologie gradient culture amborski fish cell line: persistent infection with a coronavirus. b. lidgerding.* differential interferon sensitivities of lethal and non-lethal strains of rift valley fever virus (rvfv) in vitro numbers preceding titles refer to abstracts. capitalization identifies speaker; asterisk (*) identifies member. j'submitted for wilton r. earle award. #submitted for the honor b * cardiotoxieity of tricyclic antidepressants in cultured rat myocytes. d. acosta* and k. ramos.* good correlation between the cytotoxicity of drugs and their allergic side effects growth: promoters and control conveners: m. absher and u. k. ehmann conditioned medium promotes clonal growth of amniotie fluid cells the effect of retinoic acid on normal and transformed human embryonic lung fibroblasts. b. stanulis-praeger.* response of fibroblasts to bleomyeln suggest subpopulations with variable sensitivity laminin and fibronectin adsorption to a new surface for cell culture: effect on cell attachment and spreading cinemicrographic analysis of mitosis in primary cultures of adult rat hepatocytes salt lake city virus elimination in caladium and gerbera through tissue culture techniquest --effects on marketing numbers preceding titles refer to abstracts. capitalization identifies speaker; asterisk (*} identifies member key: cord- -rl rur j authors: brown, nik; faulkner, alex; kent, julie; michael, mike title: regulating hybrids: ‘making a mess’ and ‘cleaning up’ in tissue engineering and transpecies transplantation date: - - journal: soc theory health doi: . /palgrave.sth. sha: doc_id: cord_uid: rl rur j this paper explores the institutional regulation of novel biosciences, hybrid technologies that often disturb and challenge existing regulatory frameworks. developing a conceptual vocabulary for understanding the relationship between material and institutional hybrids, the paper compares human tissue engineering (te) and xenotransplantation (xt), areas of innovation which regulators have sought to govern separately and in isolation from one another. contrasting definitional boundaries and regulatory mechanisms partition them socio-institutionally. but despite these attempts at purification, te and xt have proven increasingly difficult to tell apart in practical and material terms. human and animal matters, cell cultures and tissue products have much greater corporeal connection than has been institutionally recognized, and are therefore a source of acute instability in the regulation of implants and transplants. this paper tells the story of how the messy worlds of te and xt have leaked into one another, calling into question the abilities of regulation to adequately control hybrid innovations. globally mobilized in a worldwide traffic of scientific, medical and commercial transactions. while human implant technologies have a long history, contemporary technoscience has thrown up an ever-wider range of boundary-crossing possibilities for both the body politic and corporeal (franklin and lock, ; brown and webster, ) . medicine is now at the heart of an array of combinatorial human, animal and mechanical materials. while the troubled nature of transplantation has been relatively well documented (eg swazey, , ) , less well understood are new forms of innovation that cut across machines, humans and animals raising regulatory concerns about material and cultural risk (brown and michael, ; faulkner et al., ; kent et al., ) . at the same time, such hybrids are powerful sources of hope -new treatments for large populations throughout the aging societies, and new sources of wealth for countries seeking a place in the emerging tissue economies. hybridity takes many forms and contemporary developments in the manipulation of tissues have extended these profoundly. hybrids signal the breach of various socio-material categories, indicating inconsistencies that disorder routines and accepted mores. it is no accident that concepts of pollution and contamination have had an increasingly important place in sociological and anthropological accounts of the life sciences lately. these disruptions are frequently framed around questions of new standards for the purity of cell lines, the cleanliness of animal tissues, new rules to secure safety and avoid hazard. often falling outside existing frames of institutional and disciplinary understanding, hybrids are messy/disorderly creatures. they are 'matters in wrong places' (douglas, ) and for regulation they have consequently become 'matters of concern' (latour, ) . this paper compares the regulatory ordering of human tissue engineering (te) and xenotransplantation (xt) and the changing ways in which both have been defined and classified for regulatory purposes. crucially, they are areas of innovation which regulators have sought to govern separately and in isolation from one another. that is, contrasting regulatory mechanisms and definitional boundaries partition them socially and institutionally. but despite these attempts at purification, te and xt have proven increasingly difficult to tell apart in practical and material terms. human and animal matters, cell cultures and tissue products have much greater corporeal connection than has been institutionally recognized. this paper tells the story of how the messy worlds of te and xt have leaked into one another, calling into question the abilities of regulation to adequately control hybrid innovations. clinical xt has been subject to forceful regulatory prohibition over recent years with the relatively stable consensus that risks outweigh benefits, particularly in respect to transpecies disease. but recently the regulatory grip on xt has been called into question as various -at first seemingly unrelated -areas of te have come to regulatory attention. this has resulted in significant attempts to 'clean up' the definition of xt, broadening its regulatory identity. 'te' on the other hand signifies a far more diverse set of practices whose identity in regulation has been more plastic than that of xt. as such, regulators have sought to draw a clean distinction between different aspects of implant innovation, steering te clear of potential contamination by more problematic hybrids like xt and stem cell therapy. the paper speculates on whether such distinctions can be sustained. first the paper sets out a conceptual terrain -particularly in respect to notions of regulatory ordering, technological zoning, hybridity, and pollution -resources that are analytically useful in making sense of innovative regulation and bioscience. we then take a much closer look first at xt and then human te drawing on data and fieldwork from two social science research projects. to conclude we consider the implications of these comparisons for understanding the variability of governance in human implant technologies. novel natures -like te and xt -are enmeshed in the production of equally novel/hybrid regulatory orders and institutions, processes whereby nature and the social are made available to each other in what rabinow ( ) describes as 'biosociality'. here we are interested in various forms of 'institutional biosociality' (brown and michael, ) through which scientific and regulatory actors -in te and xt -configure one another materially, culturally and institutionally. in other words, regulatory bodies form particular representations of corporeal bodies and in turn subject corporeality to the innovativeness of regulation. hybrids present regulation with the need to alter the boundaries between existing institutional arrangements. stem cells traverse the borders between regulated reproduction and transplantation (waldby, ; franklin, ) . pharmacogenomics newly combines the regulation of genetic diagnostics and medicines (hedgecoe and martin, ) . te and xt are similarly hybrid, falling into a 'regulatory vacuum' (faulkner et al., ) between drugs, devices, human implants and animal research. hybrid regulatory capacities are therefore 'risky creatures' (brown and michael, ) . innovation occurs at the limits of conventional organizational arrangements (gibbons et al., ; nowotny et al., ) challenging the taken for granted and presenting novel risks. new regulatory bodies can be seen as institutional interpretations of the composition and materialities of these novel risks. various regulatory ingredients are assembled together in such a way that they reflect, often imperfectly, new regulatory objects, producing intricate connections between 'natural' and 'institutional' hybrids, or as martin puts it 'how governance arrangements are being challenged and transformed cannot be detached from these other sociotechnical changes' (martin, , p. ) . more radically, regulatory work may also be seen as a powerful force in the very conception and conceptualization of innovative technology (bud, , p. ) . here we employ the concept of the 'regulatory order' (faulkner et al., ) and 'regulatory ordering' to draw together strands of theory relevant to the innovativeness of hybrids. firstly, we can regard corporeal and institutional hybridity in terms of cleanliness and dirtiness (douglas, ) . pollution is a fundamental axis in the dynamics of everyday life. 'dirt is essentially disorder ' ( , p. ) , 'matter out of place' which must be excluded if order is to be maintained, insights into boundary-work and categorization that have proven highly influential in the analysis of medical and scientific knowledge (bloor, ; gabe, ; carter, ; mody, ) . but arguably the douglasian perspective, while bringing into view the value-laden partitioning of material and social boundaries, assumes relatively static categories -pollution as the expression of an underlying structuralist order. by contrast we look to a second set of theoretical perspectives that are more dynamic and indeed even celebrate transgressive intermixing (ansell pearson, ) . the two views might be articulated in terms of deleuze and guattari's ( ) conception of 'being and becoming'. between these extremes lies a more ambivalent position that can be identified with, among others, haraway (eg haraway, a, b; prins, ) . myerson has unpacked this ambivalence in relation to haraway's ( ) writing on oncomouse, a profoundly ambiguous figure with whom 'we can acknowledge our kinshipyeither as victims or as heroes' (myerson, , p. ). haraway's hybrid, the cyborg, also has political potential in terms of holding out the prospect of couplings that ultimately demolish oppressive dichotomies operating across genders, races, species and machines. and for latour ( ) hybrids are perhaps even more ambivalent. they are often dangerous, even catastrophic -the ozone hole, climate change, bse -and are evidence of the underlying hidden connections between humans and non-humans, and especially between 'objective' science and 'subjective' politics. hybrids challenge representational order, disturbing the very basis of modernity's sorting. and of course, they can be highly hazardous unless recognized as such in political process, a 'parliament of things' (ibid). hybrids have agency in as much as they can undermine attempts to conceal connection. regulatory re-ordering, therefore, implies important concepts of cleaning/dirtying, pollution, purification and decontamination. equally, it suggests that hybridity is much more highly unstable and volatile, constantly challenging systems of classification and the material boundaries of technology. the re-ordering of socio-material hybrids therefore recognizes the importance of constructed boundaries and of the transgression and re-formation of new boundaries, often contested normative processes. the jurisdictional fields of socio-technology that regulation attempts to define can be usefully conceptualized as 'zones' (barry, ) or 'territories' (sharp, ) . it is part of the regulatory construction of such zones that the technologies that we will discuss here have come to be known conventionally as 'te' and 'xt'. jurisdictional structures can be difficult to establish in processes of regulatory ordering, but are 'meant to invoke order and to demarcate boundaries' (hogle, , p. ) . processes of regulatory ordering engage with a fluid governance jigsaw -a web of interlinked laws, regulations, guidance and surveillance interacting with the negotiation of technology zones. regulation exhibits, par excellence, societies' attempts to establish links between innovative technologies and the social management of their opportunities and risks, stabilized in institutions and patrolled through standard-setting and surveillance. as we illustrate in the two cases that follow, the ordering of the regulatable zones of bioscience is in the view of many stakeholders -though not all -severely challenged by human and animal tissue-based technologies. in this discussion we will see that both xt and te have been subject to important contestations over their definitional, regulatory identities -that is, what is or is not to be considered inside or outside their leaky borders. we now present these two cases as examples of the workings of 'regulatory re-ordering'. xt has hovered controversially on the horizons of biomedicine for decades but remains firmly locked within a whole range of presently prohibitive dangers. nevertheless, some research has continued together with corresponding developments in regulation and public consultation. one of the foundational problems for regulation in this area has been how to define xt as separate and distinguishable from other developments in bioscience. that is, what are its limits? what is and is not xt? how might regulators 'clean up' the messy worlds of bioscience such that they have a precise understanding of their regulatory object? in , the us food and drug administration ( ) revised its definition of xt as it became aware of an apparently 'unrelated' medical procedure which had until then not been considered relevant to xt regulation. since genzyme had been marketing epicelt a method for culturing human skin for treating severe burns. the problem was that the production method requires base layers of irradiated mouse cells on which to culture human epidermal grafts. xt regulators saw in this the very same dangers that concerned them about transpecies transplants, particularly human/non-human disease transmission. more importantly, many of these diseases are difficult to detect especially in the case of endogenous retroviruses, viruses embedded deep within the dna of a species, which are entirely harmless to the host animal. however, when introduced into an unrelated species they can reactivate, becoming highly infective and harmful. years earlier, epicelt had been originally regulated as a 'medical device', though its connection to the risks associated with xt were not foreseen at the time, nor included in the definition of xt that emerged during the early and mid- s. but with a now increased regulatory focus on transpecies disease the status of epicelt as a 'device' began to collapse, as did the existing definition of xt. the previous definition used by the fda and the british regulatory body for xt (the united kingdom xenotransplantation interim regulatory authority, ) did not account for production methods whereby human and animal tissues may be subject to 'ex-vivo contact' as is the case with epicelt. while they foresaw that there would be the need to regulate clinical practices involving ex vivo 'perfusion' (for example, pig livers used temporarily outside of the body to support a patient in hepatic failure), ex vivo contact remained out with the duties of responsibilities of regulators. the amended fda definition now reads: yany procedure that involves the transplantation, implantation, or infusion into a human recipient of either (a) live cells, tissues, or organs from a nonhuman animal source, or (b) human body fluids, cells, tissues or organs that have had ex vivo contact with live nonhuman animal cells, tissues or organs (fda, ) . this realization in the late s and the fda's later redefinition, undermined the adequacy of existing regulation and also the belief held by many authorities that they had produced a precautionary regulatory process. regulators had been fundamentally committed to the principle that recipients of xenografts should be registered within a programme of life-long surveillance, monitoring potential cross-species infection. but in testimony to the fda, representatives of genzyme acknowledged that while many thousands of patients had been treated internationally with epicelt, there was no registry of recipients and no means of checking for cross-infection. awareness of epicelt and other products suggested that the xeno-horse had indeed already long since bolted. so these questions of definition and what is or is not the object of regulatory action, and by which regulatory institution, are therefore far from trivial. and in this case there are issues about whether a new clinical practice is a device/appliance or a medicine, or more crucially whether it is human or animal, alive or dead, inert or animate, benign or dangerous. as one respondent from the uk department of health commented: ythe mice who provided the cells were long dead. years and years ago, so it's an established cell line that's being used, really without people thinking about it as being particularly mousy (doh member -june ). questions of species were crucial here -a device's 'mousiness' or not. initially, the 'radar' of regulation was focused on the species that looked most likely to be the primary donor source, pigs. therefore, characterizing the pig and its potential donor-host relationship to recipient humans occupied most of the regulatory workload. non-human primates too were at the centre of sustained discussion, particularly in respect to their welfare as proxy humans in preclinical trials. plus the focus was initially skewed towards large organ transplants and perfusion techniques from pigs rather than cellular applications involving mice, and perhaps other slightly more mundane technologies including epicelt. in all, cells and mice were arguably peripheral in the regulatory consciousness: first it was all aboutywhole organsyconcern as a committee tended to shift more towards the use of animal tissuesy. infusion devices, transplanting foetal cells, this kind of thingythis arose out of an american experience where their definition included any tissues which had been in contact with animal body fluids, and this then became relevant in certain thingsynotably the growth of tissue cells, using at one stage mouse cells as a base, and that this was not xenotransplantation according to our definition because no cells or vital animal tissues were transplanted. but human cells have been in contact with mouse cells. and this created quite a difficult problemybecause there was a possibility that we might have inadvertently created a lot of xenotransplant patients simply by changing the definition (ukxira member , oct ). people felt the definition was pretty comprehensiveyright from the startymedia attention and the excitement was always focused round the idea of the kidneys and the heartsyukxira's always been aware that things like liver assist devices, for example, were as likely or more likely to come along and there's the potential cell therapies that parkinson's or diabetes or something; those have always been possible developments. but somehow that's never impinged on the public interest (doh member -june ). as these definitions shift so to does the ground on which regulators understand transpecies risk. as one of our respondents put it, there are differing degrees of risk between whole organs that are transplanted and irradiated mouse cells that are not. in this case, there is the difficulty of balancing the fact that there are now many more various forms of xt and differing degrees of contact, but 'contact' nonetheless. an expert witness from genzyme at an fda committee hearing acknowledged that contact may be sufficient cause for regulatory concern: i think the assumption that one takes using any mouse cell line is that there is the potential for expression of a xenotropic retrovirus from that line. the fact that these tests are negative is comforting at the post-production level, and the fact that they're radiated prior to their use as a feeder cell line is comforting to some extent in that they're not actively replicating. but there is always a potential with any mouse line the assumption being that there is potentially endogenous retrovirus there (d moore, genzyme, fda hearing, april, ) . this account shows how the once 'black boxed' (latour, ) definition of xt was opened up to controversy, how the 'zoning' of xt has expanded, and evolved in relation to institutional assumptions about species difference, and about whether something is an inert device or an active biological agent. the focus on pigs distracted the regulatory gaze from other xenogeneic hybrids including the living cells of long dead mice and the many thousands of human skins cultured on them. the broader point is that the disjunction between the apparent hybridity of a body like ukxira and its actual (species) rigidity generates apparently new risks. in this sense then, hybrid corporealities are in profound tension with hybrid institutional bodies -what we described earlier as a form of 'institutional biosociality'. these processes are strongly linked to questions of species boundary change, institutionally and corporeally. that is, institutions -like other areas of specialization within the biosciences such as professions, disciplines, royal societies, etc -have a certain species identity or emphasis. in this way they may be aptly described as 'institutional animals', each resonating with particular elements in nature. in the uk, two regulatory bodies in particular emerged as crucial to the management of human and non-human risk in xt; ukxira and also the home office's animals procedures committee (apc). ukxira is an interesting illustration of a hybrid or transpecies institutional capacity. its terms of reference include oversight of applications to undertake clinical trials in humans and also consideration of the welfare of source animals from whom tissues and organs might be derived. its remit, its routes of consultation and even its membership criss-cross various 'relevant' regulatory capacities that feed into its role as an intermediary focus in the uk regulatory system for xt: the authority's role as a focal point for xenotransplantation issues is important given the number of interests which xenotransplantation brings together -animal and human welfare and ethics, industry, public health, and the other regulatory systems which exist for medicines and medical devicesy (ukxira, , p. ) . ukxira is answerable to the secretary of state for health and its secretariat is located within the department of health. the important point here is that it is, we might say, a predominantly human-medical regulatory animal. on the other hand, we also have the home office's apc, responsible for preclinical experimental procedures on animals, a non-human-welfare regulatory animal. while both of these committees are crucial regulatory bodies for xt they have been entrenched in institutional arrangements that inhibit good joint responsibility for 'interspecies' regulatory problems. a crucial issue here is that the apc is bound by clause of the animal (scientific procedures) act making it a criminal offence for members of the apc to disclose information to third parties,'otherwise than for the purpose of discharging his functions under the act'. this also applies to the disclosure of information to other regulatory authorities, even when their terms of reference may directly apply. one of our respondents sat on both of these committees, finding themselves at the centre of critical institutional tensions. the apcyis all tied up with confidentialityywhen somebody applies to the apc to do a project on xenotransplantation involving primates, the logical thing to do would be to refer back to the body that regulates xenotransplantation [ukxira]ybut you can't do that because ukxira cannot have sight of the project licence applicationy (ukxira/apc member , april ). another respondent was a member of ukxira but not the apc. they expressed their frustration at being consulted by the apc about licence applications, the contents of which they were forbidden from seeing: ythe apcydoesn't allow the dissemination of information to anybody outside the committee. i mean the sort of issues which arise are whether a series of experiments on a group of primates would be of sufficient importanceyto justify the sufferingy and we would get a question about the health of the animals from the home office but we couldn't get details of the experiments, and we couldn't get details of previous experiments to put them in contexty (ukxira member , oct ). there is then a legal firewall here in the governance of humans and animals, reflected in the structure of government departments and regulatory bodies. these species divisions represent potential weaknesses in the risk management of innovations like this that cut across institutions and natures. so despite its hybrid character, ukxira clearly has a species identity. its institutional location reflects a stronger alignment with networks of humanmedical governance than it does with those of animal-welfare governance. this is not unusual -novel natures and innovative hybrids routinely present difficult challenges to institutional structures. increasingly, clause has come under greater scrutiny but is likely to remain in place until legal process has taken its long and circuitous institutional course through processes of consultation, lobbying and parliamentary timetabling. in the mean time, hybrid bodies like ukxira remain pragmatic and rely on a variety of strategies with which to extend their hybridity and to better meet their terms of reference. as ukxira's fifth annual report notes ( ): ythe relationship between the ukxira, the ho and the apc is very important. it had previously been agreed that a member of the authority would be co-opted onto the apc's primates subcommittee to review applications to undertake xenotransplantation research on primates if and when these are receivedyit may [also] be possible for the ukxira to be given verbal overviews of current areas of work and research directions by ho personnel and the ukxira will be seeking authority for this from the ho (p. ). this story illustrates the limits to institutional hybridity, that the capacity of regulatory bodies to move smoothly across long established institutional structures is inherently partial. more importantly, this partiality articulates particular institutional representations of the boundaries that are seen to exist in nature, and of course those boundaries traversed or innovated in biotechnology. xenografts, as with other biotechnological innovations, often belie both 'natural' and 'institutional' classification, as we could see in the debates about the definition of xt, challenging the way in which routes of responsibility are organized. but as we will see next in our discussion of te, these problems of 'making a mess' and 'cleaning up' are endemic as novel natures are generated and the definitional and institutional alignments of regulation become unsettled. the discussion of xt highlights a number of key features of regulatory re-ordering that are important to consideration of human tissues and te including the purification of the regulatory object, a strong alignment of regulatory institutions with one rather than another substantive fields of governance, and the dynamic tension between institutional hybrids and novel natures. we now draw upon recent research -principally in the uk and europe -elaborating te as a regulatable zone and in relation to xt. more heterogeneous than xt, te includes cultured cell implants for cartilage repair, bone substitutes, 'living' skin tissues (like epicel tn discussed above). future developments are expected to include vascular prostheses, organ-assist devices (liver, kidney), whole organs, structures (heart valves, joints), neurological tissues and stem cell therapies. one influential definition describes te as the 'regeneration of biological tissue through the use of cells, with the aid of supporting structures and/or biomolecules' (scmpmd, a) . they are often conceived of in regulatory policy communities themselves as 'borderline' or 'hybrid' products -occupying a 'regulatory vacuum' at the borders of existing regulatory frameworks. the notion of a regulatory vacuum has been the starting-point for much of the recent development of regulatory policy for human tissues, and the boundaries between pharmaceuticals, medical devices and te are crucial areas of negotiation in re-ordering regulation. some te products have already been regulated as pharmaceuticals while some parts of combination products (eg using synthetic scaffolds) need to gain approval as medical devices. in the face of this complexity there has been a widely, although not unanimously, perceived need for 'new regulation' for human tissues and te, and here we refer to two distinct pieces of regulation. te embraces two closely related regulatory fields whose boundaries are themselves unclear and overlapping. on the one hand, 'human tissues and cells' (htcs) are defined and covered in europe by the tissue and cells directive (tcd) on the sourcing, storage, processing (eg cleaning) and distribution of a wide range of human materials (excluding, as we shall see, matters like blood and blood products and whole organs). on the other hand, the proposed 'human tissue engineering regulation' (ter) refers to manufacturing and market approval, excluding the accreditation of safety and quality of sourcing and storage covered by the tcd, and distinguishes between autologous (donor is also patient) and allogeneic (multiple recipient) applications. these two jurisdictions were already separated in the united kingdom, whose regulatory work in the early s included a tightening of standards and accountability through a code of practice for tissue banking (department of health, ) , and then a code of practice for 'human-derived therapeutic products', voluntary guidance for manufacturers in the te field (mda, ) . importantly, the european directive concerned with sourcing and storage is nevertheless framed, as discussed below, in terms of transplantation and therapeutic application. a te manufacturer or tissue establishment engaged in significant tissue manipulation would have to meet requirements of both fields. these ambiguities are characteristic of the hybrid aspects of tissuebased therapies, pointing to a distinction between the traditional tissue banking for transplantation and the emerging activity of engineering tissues in implants. this is an increasingly troubled distinction as tissue banks engage in manipulation, and industry engages in tissue 'banking'. it has been important for both commercial and regulatory interests that a clearly delineated zone of activity can be identified. european commission directorate-general sanco negotiated the tcd in seeking to fulfil its requirements to protect public health, prefacing this directive that 'the transplantation of human tissues and cells is a strongly expanding field of medicine offering great opportunities for the treatment of as yet incurable diseases' and 'as tissue and cell therapy is a field in which an intensive worldwide exchange is taking place, it is desirable to have worldwide standards'. note here the inclusion of 'cell therapy' in their definition. biomedical zones are matters of negotiation, with national and sectoral interests playing an important role. unlike xt it is not the case with te and htcs that an initially stabilized definition has been changed by a later revision, but that a range of definitions have been proposed and continue to be negotiated, taking the form of partitioning and cleaning with attempts to distinguish te and htcs from xenografts. in what follows we also illustrate further attempts to cleanse te, variously also including or excluding embryonic stem cells, whole organs and blood products. we saw above how the definition of xt had been formed in isolation from regulated 'devices', and how, given the production method used (irradiated cultures of non-human cells) that zone began to collapse, overwhelmed by hybrid linkages. now, while xt regulators have been slowly expanding the definition of xt, just the opposite has been taking place in human te. regulatory efforts have been directed, with mixed success, at distancing te and human tissues/cells from the allied worlds of xt. one respondent spoke of how regulators sought to maintain a firm distinction between te/htcs and xt: q: what about the use of animal ory? a: animal? for me it's a separate areayxenograftingywe should have a centralised authorisation system for that. q: if you look at apligraf [te wound treatment]yit makes use of bovine serum during the culturing process. a: oh, we have a problem of definition here again because for us a xenograft is the use of the animal part in the body or in the perfusion extracorporeal. but it's a direct use. we have a specific category of products we call produits thérapeutique annexe which means additives you could say. and we have a specific authorisation for additives. q: including? a: ybovine serum in many culture processes. yand our regulation of xenograft existed since ' ythat only the health minister can authorise a xenograft trialy . you can see that it's been placed at the most important level (a-eu , ) . essentially, however, the respondent is describing a national regulatory boundary te and xt that no longer exists in the us and will cease to exist in those regulatory arenas that take their lead. the distinction of two regulatory jurisdictions will no longer be tenable, with both defined as xt. this clearly signifies the increasing reach of cleansing policies, with 'problems of definition' potentially jeopardizing both the political and material cleanliness of te and htcs. critical clinical commentary also recognizes this: in ex-vivo corneal stem cell expansionythere is a need for accreditation of laboratories conducting such work. the use ofyof co-culture system must be in consultation [with regulators]. without such stringency, there will be a risk of cross-animal contamination such as the one we witness (sic) recently in outbreaks of sars (kong y then, ) . this writer recognizes the extension of xt and the role of the tcd in providing a framework for inter-national accreditation. these processes of cleaning and re-organizing are as much material as they are institutional and regulatory, calling to mind what rheinberger describes as the 'intracellular representation of extracellular projects' (rheinberger, , p. ). the quotation further illustrates the ambiguous boundaries around htcs and te, where adult stem cell therapy may be regarded as a form of te. in what follows, a respondent in the academic-commercial te sector talks about their attempt to materially re-engineer the methods used to culture skin cells, seeking to replace the use of animal 'feeder layers' with human equivalents, reflecting similar attempts across the te industries. we are very keen to develop a methodology that doesn't use any bovine materials. personally i'm more concerned about using bovine than mouse cells as a feeder layer. y[xt regulators in the uk] are very concerned with our groups using mouse fibroblasts, but when i ask them 'aren't you concerned about bovine material?', they say that's not part of our remit because the cells are not alive. at which point you put your head in your hands and cry. we are working very hard toy[develop] a methodology for using the patients' own fibroblasts to substitute for bovine serumy (s , ) . the statement highlights a further classificatory distinction in te regulation, that of viability/non-viability. here we see a hybrid 'consumer' of regulation troubled by the codified distinction between xt and medical device, and the regulatory vacuum for human te products. (european medical device directives cover the use of non-viable animal materials in medical device manufacture.) industry has sought to maintain the limited relevance to final te products of 'ancillary' viable xt in production processes, as we will see below. the following statement from the european parliamentary debate on the draft tcd concedes some serious ambivalence about the exclusion of xt in the new legislation for htcs: organs, tissues and cells of animal origin for human therapy are still in the research phase, but nevertheless pose different regulatory problems that will need to be addressed in due course' (from the explanatory memorandum to the proposal for a directive on quality and safety of human tissues and cells (eu commission/dg sanco, ) . animal tissues and cells were in fact excluded from the final directive. the ec here is thus acting to preserve the integrity of htcs as a regulatable zone uncontaminated by animal matters. the ec's dg enterprise (eu commission dg enterprise, , a found in its consultations on ter -the te-specific regulation in and -that most stakeholders favoured a separate regulatory framework for xt products. however, some attempt to address the question about contact with animal materials during production was suggested. responding, industry associations proposed the following text: hteps containing not intentionally small quantities or traces of material of animal origin (used during the manufacturing process) which do not perform any function in the finished product are not, for the purpose of this regulation, regarded as xenogenic products (europabio et al., ; author italics) . thus attempting to preserve te production processes against the incursion of the extended definition of xt as discussed above in the case of the us and, possibly, the uk. such products should be regarded as te products in spite of viable xt elements in the production process. the uk has a dedicated xt regulatory body but the european union does not. the uk's code of practice for human-derived therapeutic products (mda, ) is the basis of interim guidance for manufacturers of te technologies while the eu ter is being formulated. the uk code states that 'where cell culturing techniques use cell lines that are not of human origin, for example, murine fibroblasts used for co-culture, guidance should be sought from ukxira'. the code specifies appropriate measures to avoid material contamination and to provide for regulatory accountability: documentation shall be obtained that demonstrates the application of appropriate quality assurance measures by suppliers of biological material, including origins and veterinary certificates for the animals used in the preparation of the material (eg bovine serum albumin). and: culture media, reagents and processing materials derived from animals shall be evaluated for the risk of contamination with micro-organisms, particularly viruses and agents of transmissible spongiform encephalopathies,y verification shall be obtained that all primary raw materials of animal origin originated from animals that had been subject to veterinary inspection, certification, an effective surveillance system and comprehensive sourcing controls. thus it is clear the uk te policy group assumed that the uk system, including ukxira, should and will adopt the extended definition of xt, and allows for a linkage between regulatory zones with parallels to that seen above between medical and animal welfare domains. returning to the clean ordering of htcs, whole organs were also excluded from the tcd, in the face of strong dissension. as one commissioner noted: yi remain convinced that it is not appropriate to include organs in the scope of this directive. the problems to solve in this area are quite differenty requiring a different policy approachy as organ transplantation is a highly specialised subject in its own right, the commission is currently conducting a scientific evaluation of the available optionsyfollowing the example of the blood directive and this proposal on tissues and cells, we would like to get the science right first, before tabling a legal instrument in this sensitive area (byrne, ec, ; author italics). we see here 'getting the science right' as a rhetorical device with the effect of proliferating separate though linked regulatory jurisdictions -blood, organs and human tissues. these distinctions between biosocial matters are artefacts of regulatory political process. but paradoxically, purifications aimed at defining discrete fields at the same time increase the overall complexity. on the exclusion of organs again: we should not include organs in this measure on cells and tissues. organs are for another day. equally, this is not the time to permit cloned human embryos or hybrid human-animal embryosythis is a very young area of scienceyleaving aside the ethical issues, one that should not be permitted now' (mep bowis, ) . this remark nicely points to the complexity of the human tissue terrain and the inevitable difficulties of policing its fragile borders. it is worth remembering here the way the regulation of xt had 'mistakenly' focused on whole organs, for years neglecting cell-based 'xeno-like' practices in te. there is then a curious patterning in the regulation of tissues, human and xenogeneic. while htc regulators would like not to have to embrace whole organs, xt regulators would rather not have had to embrace te. the fact that cells (particularly ex vivo contact) are now more central in the regulation of xt poses yet more problems for htcs and te legislation. it is possible that the exclusion of whole organs raises similar questions about the longer-term tenability of the tcd directive's boundaries. thus the leakiness of distinctions between types of human tissue and their methods of 'production' means that the isolation or segregation of particular zones of a regulatory order is difficult to achieve. hybrids have the potential to overwhelm purification because rhetorical and material connections constantly reference new associations. turning to consider institutional hybridity accompanying the contestation of biomedical boundaries, we note that in the united kingdom the current regulatory authority, the medicines and healthcare products regulatory agency (mhra), was formed from a merger of the medicines control agency (mca) and the medical devices agency (mda) avowedly as a response to the increase in materially hybrid or combination products. products deemed 'tissue-engineered' are assessed in the mhra on a case-bycase basis in the absence of te-specific regulation. in a subsequent recent development, the uk has established a dedicated human tissue authority, which will shortly assume responsibility for oversight of all tissue establishments and their sourcing and related activities. various models for an institutional regulatory agency have been proposed in europe to satisfy conflicting interests in the te zone. the high status scientific committee for medicinal products and medical devices (scmpmd, a) proposed a separate te regulatory authority. opinion then appeared to favour founding a structure located within europe's existing agency for the evaluation of medicinal products (emea). this drew criticism from those stakeholders who preferred to see te products as 'more devicey' (as one informant put it) than pharmaceutical. the hybridity of the technology was further highlighted by apparent territorial disputes within the ec's dg enterprise between the medicines and medical devices jurisdictions, which in a further twist resulted in a proposal to re-classify te within the 'biotechnology' division of emea -neither pharmaceutical nor device. following a europe-wide guidance document (cpmp, ) in the ec medicinal product directive (mpd) was augmented by an annex on 'advanced therapy medicinal products' (eu commission, ) which in effect extended the definition of the regulatory field of medicines (as opposed to devices, or biologics, or te) to include somatic cell therapy products, human and xenogeneic. the overlap of a future european te legislation with the mpd definition of cell therapy medicinal products, and the possibility that some products would be both te and medicinal, had been criticized in responses to the eu dg enterprise consultation on the need for te-specific regulation (eu commission dg enterprise, ) . and it is at this point that we can return to a consideration of the chequered regulatory history and ambiguous regulatory identity of epicel tm, currently described by its manufacturer genzyme as an 'autologous cell therapy product' that is 'co-cultured with mouse cells to form cultured epidermal autografts', and uses 'a cell culture medium containing bovine serum'. thus were epicel tm and allied products to be submitted for authorization in europe now their regulatory status may be unclear, in spite of meeting the main criteria of te, and even though in the case of epicel it is regulated as a device in the us. while the ec does not have an xt regulatory authority it nevertheless does provide some oversight via the advanced therapy medicinal regulation just described. this contains a 'specific statement on xt medicinal products' that, interestingly, includes requirements in respect of animal sourcing and animal husbandry. the definition of xt used is the extended criteria adopted by the us and embraced in the uk code of practice on human derivedtherapeutic products. given that it is highly likely that the eu will consider a specific xt regulatory body (as recommended by the scmpmd ( b)) this prior alignment of xt aspects toward medicines and thus by implication the centralized emea approval system sets the scene for a governance configuration with parallels to that described for the uk in which a humanmedical emphasis predominates over the animal welfare domain. to summarize, the links between htcs, te products and the institutional hybridity of regulatory authorities in the uk and europe are highly complex. like xt, we see attempts to construct and align pure regulatable fields across the hybrid materiality of human tissue-derived therapies in order to control various politico-material risks. also like xt, we see these attempts at partitioning undermined by changes in the sociotechnical definition of regulatable therapeutic materials. the xt/device divide could not be sustained, nor could the cell therapy/medicines divide, nor could the te/medicines/ devices divides as overarching distinctions. in an admission of the difficulty of assigning stable classifications to capture novel te therapies, ec proposals for te regulation allow for a 'lex specialis' function to adjudicate on products that are not clearly either te or medicinal or medical device,'to minimize the risk of grey areas for borderline products' (ec dg enterprise, ) . so we also see tensions between different organizational and indeed ontological claims at the very heart of the social constitution of human therapeutic materials. unmistakable connections cut across the regulatory and material practice of life science innovation generally, particularly evident in the context of the two innovative areas discussed here. that is, engineered human and non-human tissues are inherently messy and liable to 'leakiness' (hogle, ) . their edges, their boundaries, are for regulators annoyingly variegated, and a source of frustration in their attempts at definition, cleanliness and purity. te/htcs and xt both illustrate new capacities of isolation and mobilization in life science innovation. here, processes of 'purification' render matters isolatable, manipulable, and legible in laboratory-based science (knorr-cetina, , p. ) . cells, tissues and bodies, as waldby points out, are increasingly caught up in 'biotechnical fragmentation ' ( , p. ) . crucially, at stake here are regulatory processes of 'territoriality' or 'political ecology' (sharp, ) . that is to say, natural objects are delegated to various arms of regulatory order, institutionally enacted readings of biological risk that subsequently order cells, tissues, embryos. there are important lessons to be learnt from hybrids and dirt. crucially, mess is a consequence of purification and not a cause, a 'by-product' of ordering and for latour, it is the very act of purification that proliferates the production of hybrids. boundary-making is intended to deny connection, to foreclose the production of hybrids, and so paradoxically acts to facilitate their manufacture. and all too often, regulatory ordering systematically obscures the complex interplay of regulated matters. risks flourish, it seems, when practices of regulatory purification continue to be applied, in ignorance and denial of evident associations between technical and social considerations. this prompts crucial questions of regulatory activity in the areas of htcs and te and xt -especially the sustainability of regulating them separately when based upon political or commercially pragmatic differences. this is not to suggest that acts of purification and cleaning-up are bad, even avoidable. they are not, especially in a context where transpecies innovations depend upon strong and rigorous regulatory ordering to lessen the chances of potentially devastating population-wide risks. as barad puts it, 'boundaries are not our enemies' and we can hardly expect to do without them, they are: ynecessary for making meanings, but this does not make them innocent. boundaries have real material consequencesy. our goal should not be to find less false boundaries for all spacetime, but reliable, accountable, located temporary boundaries, which we should anticipate will quickly close in against us (barad, , p. ) . biotechnological innovations are reciprocally enabled by regulatory structures that facilitate particular sorts of research regimes and interactions out of which emerge biotechnological innovation -what we describe above as a form of 'institutional biosociality'. these are highly heterogeneous interactions between multiple forms of social, biological and institutional participants who jointly constitute innovation (callon et al., ; bijker, ; hughes, ) . indeed, it might be useful to think of this as an institutional form of 'intercorporeality' (waldby, ; weiss, ) , the connections of identification and disidentification between bodies that are as 'inter-institutional' as they are inter-embodied. that is, various innovated corporealities (stem cells, growth media, pigs, mice, primates, plants, viruses, patients, etc) are distributed between regulatory bodies each participating in a complex process of exchange and interaction, potentially embodied in both donors and recipients of transplantable tissues. in summary, the messy material hybridity of biomedical regulatory objects highlights societal attempts to introduce clear partitions, jurisdictions and stable regulatory orders in highly complex socio-political zones. we have illustrated how the formations of xt and te have inter-acted with shifting regulatory terrains. we have seen both successful and unsuccessful attempts to maintain boundaries, particularly between xt and human tissues. in both fields we have seen the strength of biomedical and pharmaceutical 'institutional animals' in shaping the discourse in which novel technological governance is constructed. and we have seen the shifting definitions of scientific and social appraisal of public health risk being refracted through the composition of the regulatory bodies that governance activity produces. thus in order to understand the variability of governance in different innovative technological fields, it is necessary to develop accounts of the hybridity of their material forms, to bring into view the detailed social, cultural and material shaping that produce regulatory orderings. and it is here perhaps that we can return to the link between regulatory ordering and deeper categorizing of nature, the human, animal and the moral. for the messy work of regulating is also an inalienably social and moral process of seeking benefit and minimizing risk in highly pluralistic, technologically inventive societies. hybrid technologies highlight the manufactured disturbance of foundational categories and societies' attempts to manage this disruption, a partitioning and aligning process that, in turn, re-distributes the productive elements for the continuing hybridization of biomedical technologies. understood to mean the transplantation into one species of cells or tissues derived from another species. te is commonly taken to involve a combination of cell culturation and chemical engineering to create implantable cells, skin, bone, cartilage and other body parts. note on data and fieldwork: 'medical device governance: regulation of tissue engineering in the uk and eu' (funding: uk economic and social research council (esrc)). this project involved data collection consisting of a literature review and interviews with respondents from regulatory agencies, treatment centres, manufacturers and engineers; 'xenotransplantation: risk identities and the human/nonhuman interface' (funding: uk esrc). data collection for this project consisted of a literature review plus interviews and focus groups with a range of respondents including regulation, public and commercial research, clinical centres, ngos, community and healthcare organizations. 'regulatory regime' is frequently used by analysts of formal regulatory activity (eg hood et al., ) but perhaps conveys greater connotations of planned, systematic, rational design than is often warranted. the verb 'ordering' (law, ) adds process to the sociological concept of 'social order'. in europe, two main regulatory instruments are most directly relevant for te activity. these are the directive on setting standards of quality and safety for the donation, procurement, testing, processing, storage and distribution of human tissues and cells (adopted by the european parliament in ) (we refer to this as the tissues and cells directive (tcd) henceforth; (eu commission/dg sanco, ) ; and a proposed ec regulation on human tissue engineered products (under the auspices of dg enterprise (european commission dg enterprise, ). we will refer to this as the tissue engineering regulation (ter)). germinal life. routledge: london getting real: technoscientific practices and the materialization of reality of bicycles, bakelite and bulbs: toward a theory of sociotechnical change polyhedra and the abominations, leviticus risky creatures: institutional species boundary change in biotechnology regulation. health new medical technologies and society -reordering life resistance to new technology: nuclear power, information technology and biotechnology mapping the dynamics of science and technology boundaries of danger and uncertainty: an analysis of the technological culture of risk assessment points to consider on the manufacture and quality control of human somatic cell therapy medicinal products a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia a code of practice for tissue banks providing tissues of human origin for therapeutic purposes proposal for a harmonised regulatory framework on human tissue engineered products purity and danger: an analysis of concepts of pollution and taboo joint industry comments on proposal for a harmonised regulatory framework on human tissue engineered products. dg enterprise consultation paper amending directive / /ec of the european parliament and of the council on the community code relating to medicinal products for human use need for a legislative framework for results of the consultation on the need for a community legal framework on 'human tissue engineered products proposal for a harmonised regulatory framework on human tissue engineered products. dg enterprise consultation paper proposal for a harmonised regulatory framework on human tissue engineered products amended proposal for a european and council directive on setting standards of quality and safety for the donation, procurement, testing, processing, storage, and distribution of human tissues and cells human tissue engineered products -drugs or devices? purity and the dangers of innovative therapies: re-ordering regulation and governance in the shaping of tissue-engineered medical technology. paper presented to easst/ s conference 'public proofs the courage to fail: a social view of organ transplants and dialysis leaving the field. hastings centre report sept/oct culturing biology: cells lines for the new millennium remaking life and death -towards an anthropology of the biosciences medicine, health and risk: the need for a sociological approach the new production of knowledge the actors are cyborg, nature is coyote, and the geography is elsewhere: postscript to 'cyborgs at large modest_witness@second_millenium.femaleman meets_oncomouse: feminism and technoscience. routledge: london the drugs don't work: expectations and the shaping of pharmacogenetics claims and disclaimers: whose expertise counts? the government of risk: understanding risk regulation regimes networks of power: electrification in western society towards governance of human tissue engineered technologies in europe: framing the case for a new regulatory regime epistemic cultures: how the sciences make knowledge the need to regulate human tissue engineered products: ophthalmology perspective science in action we have never been modern why has critique run out of steam? from matters of fact to matters of concern organising modernity genetic governance: the risks, oversight and regulation of genetic databases in the uk a code of practice for the production of human-derived therapeutic products a little dirt never hurt anyone: knowledge-making and contamination in materials science donna haraway and gm foods. cambridge icon books: cambridge re-thinking science: knowledge and the public in an age of uncertainty the ethics of hybrid subjects: feminist constructivism according to donna haraway artificiality and enlightenment: from socio-biology to biosociality beyond nature and culture: modes of reasoning in the age of molecular biology and medicine scientific committee on medicinal products and medical devices opinion on the state of the art concerning xenotransplantation bodies, boundaries, and territorial disputes: investigating the murky realm of scientific authority united kingdom xenotransplantation interim regulatory authority stem cells, tissue cultures and the production of biovalue body images: embodiment as intercorporeality. routledge: london the findings presented here draw on two esrc-supported projects: 'medical device governance: regulation of tissue engineering' (l ) and 'xenotransplantation: risk identities and the human/nonhuman interface' (l ). we thank in particular the work of ingrid geesink for her contribution the research on tissue engineering. dr julie kent is a reader in sociology of health technology at the university of west of england. she has written on social aspects of pregnancy and childbirth, genetic technologies, medical devices, and human tissue engineering. her current research focuses on abortion and stem cell technologies. mike michael is professor of sociology of science and technology at the department of sociology, goldsmiths college, university of london. his interests have included public understanding of science, cultural aspects of xenotransplantation and the role mundane technology in social ordering. current research topics include technoscience and everyday life, and stem cells and practical ethics. key: cord- - ronfq authors: nicholson, karlg; prestage, howard; cole, peterj; turner, georges; bauer, sallyp title: multisite intradermal antirabies vaccination: immune responses in man and protection of rabbits against death from street virus by postexposure administration of human diploid-cell-strain rabies vaccine date: - - journal: lancet doi: . /s - ( ) - sha: doc_id: cord_uid: ronfq lymphocyte transformation, production of neutralising antibody, and the development of antirabies igg antibody were studied in ten healthy volunteers in response to · ml of human diploid-cell strain (hdcs) rabies vaccine administered on one occasion in divided doses in intradermal (i.d.) sites. all ten volunteers rapidly developed substantial titres of rabies antibody, and eight of the ten had t lymphocytes that were immunologically stimulated by hdcs rabies-virus antigen. postexposure treatment with · ml of hdcs vaccine given at i.d. sites completely protected fourteen rabbits from death by street virus. the results suggest that in developing countries patients could be protected with small volumes of potent tissue-culture vaccine administered intradermally shortly after exposure. lymphocyte transformation, production of neutralising antibody, and the development of antirabies igg antibody were studied in ten healthy volunteers in response to · ml of human diploid-cell strain (hdcs) rabies vaccine administered on one occasion in divided doses in intradermal (i.d.) sites. all ten volunteers rapidly developed substantial titres of rabies antibody, and eight of the ten had t lymphocytes that were immunologically stimulated by hdcs rabies-virus antigen. postexposure treatment with · ml of hdcs vaccine given at i.d. sites completely protected fourteen rabbits from death by street virus. the results suggest that in developing countries patients could be protected with small volumes of potent tissue-culture vaccine administered intradermally shortly after exposure. introduction in , forty-five people severely bitten by rabid dogs and wolves in iran were treated after exposure with a new rabies vaccine produced in cultures of human diploid cells. all except one also received one injection of rabies immune serum. this treatment, in contrast to past experience with other vaccines, resulted in protection of all individuals against rabies. this resounding success has been repeated in trials in germany and the u.s.a. using or doses of human diploid-cell strain (hdcs) rabies vaccine and human rabies immune globulin.', thus, almost a century after the post exposure treatment of man began, effective antirabies prophylaxis appears to have been achieved. with few exceptions, rabies is a problem of impoverished areas of the world, where the annual per-caput expenditure on health care is often far less than the cost of a single ml dose of hdcs vaccine. as a consequence, potent tissueculture vaccine is seldom used in the third world. the need for an effective but less expensive method of treatment prompted us to investigate the possibility of administering potent vaccine more economically and efficiently than at present. our previous studies have shown that substantial titres of antibody can be achieved with small quantities of hdcs vaccine administered by the intradermal (i.d.) route and that the cost of vaccination can be reduced considerably. - in this paper we report the antibody and cellmediated immune response of man to multisite i.d. vaccination and application of the method to postexposure protection of rabbits. it appears possible that the i.d. route could be applied successfully to the post exposure treatment of man. approval for the volunteer study was given by northwick park hospital ethical committee. hdcs vaccine ( - ml) was given i.d., on single occasion, to ten volunteers at sites on the medial and lateral aspects of the upper arms and thighs. blood samples for tests of lymphocyte transformation and antibody determination were taken before vaccination and , , , and days later. a further blood sample for antibody titration was taken on day . four subjects were vaccinated with a dermojet injector;* the six remaining volunteers were given vaccine with a -gauge needle and tuberculin syringe. no volunteer had received antirabies vaccine previously. the nuchal muscles of forty-two new zealand white rabbits were inoculated with rabbit ld ofa first mouse-brain-passage arcticfox rabies virus isolate in two separate sites ( - ml each side). h later fourteen rabbits were given - ml of hdcs vaccine intramuscularly (i.m.) into the left forelimb, and fourteen others received i.d. injections of - ml of vaccine into each limb. the remaining fourteen were used as controls and received no prophylaxis. each animal was then observed for months for signs of rabies. none of the rabbits had been exposed to rabies previously or had been immunised against the disease. in both studies whole-virion hdcs rabies vaccine (i'institut merieux; lot r ; antigenic value - ) inactivated with -propiolactone was used. all blood samples were titrated for rabies neutralising antibody with the mouse neutralisation test; titres in iu/ml were calculated by reference to the international standard antiserum to rabies virus (statens seruminstitut, copenhagen, denmark). in addition, the sera were assayed for igg rabies antibody by enzyme immunoassay (elisa) using a modification of the method used for the detection of coronavirus antibodiesl° (k. g. nicholson, h. prestage, unpublished). absorbance values were read at nm on a flow laboratories titertek multiskan spectrophotometer , , , and min after addition of the substrate. rabies antibody was considered present when the optical-density reading of the test sample was greater than the mean + standard deviations of comparable dilutions of negative control sera. an enriched t-lymphocyte population was obtained by passing a thrice-washed mononuclear-cell suspension taken from the top of a ficoll-triosil gradient (pharmacia fine chemicals, uppsala, sweden) twice through a nylon-fibre column." the cell suspension obtained contained less than % b lymphocytes as judged by staining with polyvalent fluorescein-labelled antihuman immunoglobulin reagent. an enriched b-lymphocyte population was obtained by sedimenting rosettes formed between t lymphocytes and sheep red blood cells." lymphocytes from human cord blood and a non-vaccinated subject were used as controls. hdcs rabies-virus vaccine (l'institut merieux; lot r ) was exhaustively dialysed against phosphate-buffered saline (pbs) and adjusted to the original volume with pbs for use as antigen. phytohaemagglutinin (pha; purified grade, wellcome laboratories, beckenham) was used as control at a concentration of - mitogenic units/ml. cultures containing of antigen or mitogen and of cell suspension containing x lymphocytes were established in microtitre plates then pulsed with tritiated thymidine and harvested as described previously.' because of the ph indicator in the vaccine, needle inoculation immediately resulted in magenta-coloured skin blebs at each injection site. vaccination with the dermojet injector was generally quicker, but bleb formation was less satisfactory and in some areas where the skin was especially soft it appeared that all the vaccine had entered the subcutaneous tissue. this method of inoculation was also associated with lower titres of antibody than occurred after needle inoculation (figs. six subjects who were inoculated with a needle and syringe. by days, neutralising antibody ranged between and iu/ml (geometric mean titre [gmt] iu/ml) and antirabies igg ranged between / and / (gmt / ). peak titres of virus neutralising antibody were found on day (gmt ' iu/ml), but substantial titres were still present days after vaccination. the increments (cpm) in lymphocyte transformation are expressed as a ratio to the cpm values of non-stimulated control cultures (table). the results show that t lymphocytes from eight of ten vaccinees were significantly stimulated in vitro to days after vaccination. this blast transformation occurred with cells from three of four people given vaccine by the dermojet injector and from five ofthe six people inoculated with a needle and syringe. there was no significant difference between the transformation increments of the two groups, and no correlation was found between the transformation increment and the titre of antirabies igg or nine of fourteen rabbits developed paralysis and died after infection with rabbit ldso of street-rabies virus. in these animals, forelimb paralysis developed within to days of infection and progressed to complete paralysis and death to days later. postexposure treatment with a single dose of hdcs vaccine reduced the mortality significantly; the administration of i - ml of vaccine i.m. gave significant (p= ' , fisher's exact test) but incomplete protection, two of fourteen animals developing paralysis and dying after incubation periods of and days. none of fourteen rabbits died after receiving i.d. inoculations of . ml of the vaccine in each limb (p = ' ). britain, [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] , france, and germanyls, that the administration of hdcs vaccine by the intradermal route is followed by substantial titres of virus-neutralising antibody with occasional mild local and systemic reactions. it has also been shown that or doses of ml given in separate sites on a single occasion rapidly induce high titres of antibody. i , the present report confirms these observations and shows in addition that the early production of virus-neutralising antibody is accompanied by high titres of antirabies igg. this early igg response may be most important, for it is now well established that neutralising antibody of the igg class, unlike igm neutralising antibody, confers protection on animals challenged with rabies and may be the key to successful postexposure treatment of man. the possible role of cell-mediated immunity in rabies infection is poorly understood, but it too may be an important component of the host's immune response. we have reported that transformation of lymphocytes occurred with cells taken from eight of ten vaccinees after the first x ml doses of an established postexposure regimen for hdcs vaccine.' in the present study we separated the lymphocyte subpopulations and have shown that the blast transformation is a t-cell response. furthermore, it occurred in the same proportion of vaccinees (eight often) as was found in the previous study, but with only a quarter of the volume of vaccine. clearly, if high titres of neutralising antibody and a cell-mediated response are both important for protection, the present study suggests that they can be obtained equally well with much smaller quantities of vaccine than are used at present. we further showed that rabbits could be completely protected by injecting x - ml doses of hdcs vaccine intradermally h after intranuchal infection with street-rabies virus. by contrast, nine of the fourteen controls ( %) died from rabies with incubation periods of to days (mean days). opponents to the administration of rabies vaccine by the i.d. route claim that it is technically difficult, especially in the elderly and the very young. nevertheless, many vaccines are routinely administered by the i.d. route with apparent success and considerable financial savings. there seems to be ample experimental evidence to justify a postexposure study of hdcs vaccine administered by the i.d. route; we believe that this would be both ethical and potentially of great importance for developing countries. k. g. n. was partly supported by an mrc-eli lilly travelling fellowship at the u.s. national center for disease control, atlanta, ga. g. s. t. was partly supported by mrc grant no. / . we thank dr c. charbonnier and l'lnstitut merieux for the gift of the vaccine requests for reprints should be addressed to k. g. n. successful protection of humans exposed to rabies infection postexposure treatment with the new human diploid cell rabies vaccine and antirabies serum post-exposure use of human diploid cell culture rabies vaccine deitch mw postexposure trial of a human diploid cell strain rabies vaccine immunization with a human diploid cell strain of rabies virus vaccine: two year results studies with human diploid cell strain rabies vaccine and human rabies immunoglobulin in man human diploid cell strain rabies vaccine rapid prophylactic immunisation of volunteers with small doses immune responses of humans to a human diploid cell strain of rabies virus vaccine: lymphocyte transformation, production of virus-neutralizing antibody, and induction of interferon l'injecteur sans aiguille "dermo-jet" presse mé quantitative assay and potency test of antirabies serum and immunoglobulin macnaughton mr enzyme linked immunosorbent assay for detection of antibody in volunteers experimentally infected with human coronavirus e group viruses purification of human t and b lymphocytes immunogenicity and acceptability of a human diploid cell culture rabies vaccine in volunteers rabies prophylaxis simplified resultats de la vaccination antirabique preventive par le vaccin inactive concentre souche rabies pm/w - - m cultivee sur cellules diploides humaines developments in biological standardisation prophylactic immunization of humans against rabies by intradermal inoculation of human diploid cell culture vaccine a large scale antirabies immunisation study in humans using hdcs vaccine. who consultation on cell culture rabies vaccines and their protective effect in man immunoglobulin igg and igm antibody responses to rabies vaccine transformed the management of diabetes and it is now administered to about million diabetics throughout the world. although the frequency of side-effects is relatively low, efforts have been made over the years to improve the quality and extend the range of insulin preparations. the pace of these changes has accelerated during the past decade. introduction of high-purity insulin and of preparations of insulin from a single species of animal have been followed by developments of two kinds: the availability for therapy of insulin containing the aminoacid sequence of the natural human hormone and the construction of continuous-delivery systems to administer insulin under conditions that more closely mimic its natural secretion in the body. the changes in quality and type of insulin available have posed problems of nomenclature.recognition that the molecular structure of insulin can influence tolerance to, and the side-effects of, therapy led to the introduction in the british pharmacopoeia (bp) in ' of a requirement that all formulations be labelled with the species of origin. at that time, the bp contained no monograph for bulk insulin, but the marketing of a variety of purified insulins made such a monograph desirable, and it appeared in the bp . the monograph covers insulin of either porcine or bovine origin that has been purified beyond the stage of conventional crystalline insulin. this has had several consequences. first, the monograph required a title and "insulin" was taken. had the title been "purified insulin" or similar, to draw a distinction with crystalline insulin, the problem might arise of a name for material of yet higher quality (already available as "monocomponent" or "pro-insulin free" preparations). this is one reason why a *professor turner is vice-chairman and dr calam a member of the nomenclature committee of the british pharmacopoeia commission. monograph for a drug substance rarely contains any qualifying adjective indicating degree of purity. however, the title "insulin" had been for many years a synonym for insulin injection, and it was necessary to delete it as an alternative name for that preparation. second, a unique situation arose in that the monographs for formulations continued to specify a minimum potency of iu/mg for the insulin used, against the higher figure in the bulk monograph, thus allowing insulin not of bp quality to be incorporated into bp formulations. this was the result of decisions not to delete conventional formulations, satisfactory for many patients, from the pharmacopoeia and not to add a set of separate monographs for formulations containing the bp grade of insulin, which would require additional titles. another factor was involved in that control of six of the nine insulin formulations is exerted by monographs in the european pharmacopoeia. for these, no unilateral change in the requirements can be made by a national authority, but revision must await agreement by the european pharmacopoeia commission, with a further lapse of time before adoption. this factor illustrates the point that pharmacopoeial decisions in the united kingdom, including those involving nomenclature, cannot be taken without considering the international constraints that apply and the international implications that may result. during the past eighteen months another aspect of insulin nomenclature has been discussed by the british pharmacopoeia commission and its committees concerned with nomenclature and with hormones. this arose from availability, for testing and clinical trial, of insulin possessing the structure of the natural human hormone, the prospect of its wider use, and the eventual need for a monograph for it. that one method of production of such insulin uses geneticengineering techniques suggests that the wider implications must be considered. thus, in the following discussion, it should be remembered that the final outcome should, so far as possible, set a pattern that can be applied to other hormones and therapeutic substances (such as growth hormone and interferons) obtained by novel techniques.the structure of human insulin was established in and was found to differ from that of the porcine hormone only in the presence of threonine in place of alanine at position of the b chain. the total synthesis of insulin having the human sequence was achieved in an elegant manner by workers at ciba geigy in , but the process is not economically viable under present conditions. this material key: cord- -rnskg a authors: majer, m.; behrens, f.; weinmann, e.; mauler, r.; maass, g.; baumeister, h. g.; luthardt, t. title: diarrhea in newborn cynomolgus monkeys infected with human rotavirus date: journal: infection doi: . /bf sha: doc_id: cord_uid: rnskg a of six newborn cynomolgus monkeys (macaca fascicularis) naturally delivered and normally nursed five developed diarrhea after oral administration of human rotavirus. virus excretion was observed in the stool of four animals. this virus was transmitted to four out of six other monkeys causing diarrhea in only one animal. using electron microscopy rotaviruses were detected in stools of infants and young children in various parts of the world, and their etiologic role in infantile gastroenteritis seems to be established ( ) . further progress, however, is hampered by the lack of a productive 'in vitro' system for the propagation of the human rotavirus and of an established animal model for the disease. successful infection of piglets ( ) , gnotobiotic calves ( ), lambs ( ) , and rhesus monkeys ( ) with the human rotavirus was recently described. only colostrum-deprived monkeys delivered by caesarean section developed diarrhea after infection. in search of a more feasible animal model using non-human primates, we inoculated juvenile and newborn cynomolgus monkeys (macaea faseicularis) with the human rotavirus. the virus was isolated by ultracentrifugation of a clarified ~ stool suspension from fecal specimens of four children hospitalized with acute gastroenteritis. the pellet was resuspended in eagle's minimum essential medium supplemented with % bovine serum albumin and hepes buffer ph . . the virus suspension was distributed in . ml samples and stored at -- °c. this corresponds to a . % stool suspension. the virus was identified by typical morphology in electron microscopy and by counterimmunoelectrophoresis using a hyperimmune calf diarrhea virus serum. the calf diarrhea virus for immunization purposes was obtained by courtesy of dr. g.n. wood, compton, berks., great britain. the virus was shown to be serologically related to human rotavirus ( , ). four juvenile cynomolgus monkeys approximately four to six months old were inoculated with . ml of human rotavirus suspension by stomach tube. four similar animals constituted the control group. stool samples were collected before inoculation and during the ten following days, and were examined by electron microscopy for the presence of rotavirus. the method has been described in detail ( ); serum samples were collected before and days after inoculation and they were assayed for complement-fixing antibodies using the calf diarrhea virus as described previously ( ) . three out of four inoculated animals had diarrhea on days , , and respectively. no virus excretion, however, was detected. most animals had low initial antibody titers which remained essentially unchanged during the observation period. thus the etiology of the diarrhea remains uncertain. in the next experiment six newborn naturally delivered and normally nursed animals of the same species were inoculated within hrs of delivery as described previously. one additional animal served as an uninoculated control. five infected animals developed diarrhea lasting two days on the average (table ) . four out of six animals excreted the virus which was identified by typical morphology and by counterimmunoelectrophoresis. virus excretion lasted . days on the average. serum samples were collected from the mothers at the time of inoculation and six weeks after, and from the babies six weeks after inoculation only. seroconversion occurred in three mothers during the observation period indicating a possible natural infection from their infected babies (table ) . only low antibody titers were observed in the babies. virus-containing stool of the animal no. (see tablel) was used to inoculate six other newborn monkeys. table shows that virus excretion was observed over a similar ( , ) . however, newborn cynomolgus monkeys which were naturally delivered and normally nursed, seem to be a promising animal model for the study of human rotavirus infection. at present we are using this model to examine the protective value of orally administered specific immunoglobu!ins. acute enteritis associated with reovirus-like agent propagation of infantile gastroenteritis virus (orbi-group) in conventional and germfree piglets diarrhea in gnotobiotic calves caused by the reovirus-like agent of human infantile gastroenteritis human rotavirus in lambs: infection and passive protection induction of diarrhea in colostrum-deprived newborn rhesus monkeys with the human reovirus-like agent of infantile gastroenteritis neonatal calf diarrhea: identification of reoviruslike (rotavirus) agent in faeces by immunofluorescence and immune electron microscopy iv.: new complement fixation test for the human reovirus-like agent of infantile gastroenteritis viren als ursache der akuten gastroenteritis im s/iuglings-und kleinkinderatter seroepidemiological investigations on the epidemiology of human rotavirus infections rbiviruses and gastroenteritis key: cord- -bqlf fe authors: rydell-törmänen, kristina; johnson, jill r. title: the applicability of mouse models to the study of human disease date: - - journal: mouse cell culture doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: bqlf fe the laboratory mouse mus musculus has long been used as a model organism to test hypotheses and treatments related to understanding the mechanisms of disease in humans; however, for these experiments to be relevant, it is important to know the complex ways in which mice are similar to humans and, crucially, the ways in which they differ. in this chapter, an in-depth analysis of these similarities and differences is provided to allow researchers to use mouse models of human disease and primary cells derived from these animal models under the most appropriate and meaningful conditions. although there are considerable differences between mice and humans, particularly regarding genetics, physiology, and immunology, a more thorough understanding of these differences and their effects on the function of the whole organism will provide deeper insights into relevant disease mechanisms and potential drug targets for further clinical investigation. using specific examples of mouse models of human lung disease, i.e., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and pulmonary fibrosis, this chapter explores the most salient features of mouse models of human disease and provides a full assessment of the advantages and limitations of these models, focusing on the relevance of disease induction and their ability to replicate critical features of human disease pathophysiology and response to treatment. the chapter concludes with a discussion on the future of using mice in medical research with regard to ethical and technological considerations. although the genetic lineages of mice and humans diverged around million years ago, these two species have evolved to live together, particularly since the development of agriculture. for millennia, mice (mus musculus) were considered to be pests due to their propensity to ravenously consume stored foodstuff (mush in ancient sanskrit means "to steal" [ ] ) and their ability to adapt to a wide range of environmental conditions. since the s, domesticated mice have been bred and kept as companion animals, and in victorian england, "fancy" mice were prized for their variations in coat color and comportment; these mouse strains were the forerunners to the strains used in the laboratory today. robert hooke performed the first recorded inquiry-driven experiments on mice in , when he investigated the effects of changes in air pressure on respiratory function [ ] . more recently, with data from the human genome project and sequencing of the mus musculus genome showing remarkable genetic homology between these species, as well as the advent of biotechnology and the development of myriad knockout and transgenic mouse strains, it is clear why the mouse has become the most ubiquitous model organism used to study human disease. in addition, their small size, rapid breeding, and ease of handling are all important advantages to scientists for practical and financial reasons. however, keeping in mind that mice are fellow vertebrates and mammals, there are ethical issues inherent to using these animals in medical research. this chapter will provide an overview of the important similarities and differences between mus musculus and homo sapiens and their relevance to the use of the mouse as a model organism and provide specific examples of the quality of mouse models used to investigate the mechanisms, pathology, and treatment of human lung diseases. we will then conclude with an assessment of the future of mice in medical research considering ethical and technological advances. as a model organism used to test hypotheses and treatments related to human disease, it is important to understand the complex ways in which mice are similar to humans, and crucially, the ways in which they differ. a clear understanding of these aspects will allow researchers to use mouse models of human disease and primary cells derived from mice under the most appropriate and meaningful conditions. in , the encyclopedia of dna elements (encode) program published a comparative analysis of the genomes of homo sapiens and mus musculus [ ] , as well as an in-depth analysis of the differences in the regulatory landscape of the genomes of these species [ ] . encode, a follow-up to the human genome project, was implemented by the national human genome research institute (nhgri) at the national institutes of health in order to develop a comprehensive catalog of protein-encoding and nonproteincoding genes and the regulatory elements that control gene expression in a number of species. this was achieved using a number of genomic approaches (e.g., rna-seq, dnase-seq, and chip-seq) to assess gene expression in over mouse cell types and tissues; the data were then compared with the human genome. overall, these studies showed that although gene expression is fairly similar between mice and humans, considerable differences were observed in the regulatory networks controlling the activity of the immune system, metabolic functions, and responses to stress, all of which have important implications when using mice to model human disease. in essence, mice and humans demonstrate genetic similarity with regulatory divergence. specifically, there is a high degree of similarity in transcription factor networks but a great deal of divergence in the cis-regulatory elements that control gene transcription in the mouse and human genomes. moreover, the chromatin landscape in cell types of similar lineages in mouse and human is both developmentally stable and evolutionarily conserved [ ] . of particular relevance regarding modeling human diseases involving the immune system, in its assessment of transcription factor networks, the mouse encode consortium revealed potentially important differences in the activity of ets in the mouse and human genome. although conserved between the two species, divergence in ets regulation may be responsible for discrepancies in the function of the immune system in mouse and human [ ] . certainly, the biological consequences of these differences in gene expression and regulation between human and mouse invite further investigation. the anatomical and physiological differences between model organisms and humans can have profound impacts on interpreting experimental results. virtually every biological process under investigation in experimental studies involves at least one anatomical structure. to aid in interpretation, many anatomy compendia have been developed for model organisms; the most useful organize anatomical entities into hierarchies representing the structure of the human body, e.g., the foundational model of anatomy developed by the structural informatics group at the university of washington [ ] . although an analysis of the myriad differences between mouse and human anatomy is beyond the scope of this chapter, a few of the most critical issues that have an impact on the interpretation of data from mouse experiments should be mentioned. the most obvious difference between mice and humans is size; the human body is about times larger than that of the mouse. size influences many aspects of biology, particularly the metabolic rate, which is correlated to body size in placental mammals through the relationship bmr ¼ Â mass ( . ), where bmr is the basal metabolic rate (in kcal/day). thus, the mouse bmr is roughly seven times faster than that of an average-sized human [ ] . this higher bmr has effects on thermoregulation, nutrient demand, and nutrient supply. as such, mice have greater amounts of metabolically active tissues (e.g., liver and kidney) and more extensive deposits of brown fat [ ] . furthermore, mice more readily produce reactive oxygen species than do humans, which is an important consideration when modeling human diseases involving the induction of oxidative stress (i.e., aging, inflammation, and neurodegeneration) [ ] . the lung provides an excellent example of the similarities and differences between human and mouse anatomy. similar to the human organ, the mouse lung is subdivided into lobes of lung parenchyma containing a branching bronchial tree and is vascularized by the pulmonary circulation originating from the right ventricle. there are a number of subtle variations in this general structure between species, i.e., the number of lobes on the right and left, the branching pattern, and the distribution of cartilage rings around the large airways, but the most important differences between the mouse and human lung are related to the organism's size (airway diameter and alveolar size are naturally much smaller in the mouse) and respiratory rate. moreover, there are important differences in the blood supply of the large airways in humans versus mice [ ] . specifically, the bronchial circulation (a branch of the high-pressure systemic circulation that arises from the aorta and intercostal arteries) supplies a miniscule proportion of the pulmonary tissue in mice (the trachea and bronchi) compared to humans; the majority of the lung parenchyma is supplied by the low-pressure, high-flow pulmonary circulation. in the mouse, these systemic blood vessels do not penetrate into the intraparenchymal airways, as they do in larger species [ ] . this difference, although subtle, has important ramifications regarding the vascular supply of lung tumors which, in humans, is primarily derived from the systemic circulation [ ] . these differences may also have profound consequences when modeling human diseases involving the lung vasculature. the adaptive immune system evolved in jawed fish about million years ago, well before the evolution of mammals and the divergence of mouse and human ancestral species [ ] . many features of the adaptive immune system, including antigen recognition, clonal selection, antibody production, and immunological tolerance, have been maintained since they first arose in early vertebrates. however, the finer details of the mouse and human immune systems differ considerably, which is not surprising since these species diverged million years ago [ ] . while some have claimed that these differences mean that research into immunological phenomena in mice is not transferable to humans, as long as these differences are understood and acknowledged, the study of mouse immune responses can continue to be relevant. research on mice has been vital to the discovery of key features of both innate and adaptive immune responses; for example, the first descriptions of the major histocompatibility complex, the t cell receptor, and antibody synthesis were derived from experiments performed on mice [ ] . the general structure of the immune system is similar in mice and humans, with similar mediators and cell types involved in rapid, innate immune responses (complement, macrophages, neutrophils, and natural killer cells) as well as adaptive immune responses informed by antigen-presenting dendritic cells and executed by b and t cells. however, due to the anatomical and physiological differences between these species as described above, divergence in key features of the immune system, such as the maintenance of memory t cells (related to the life span of the organism) and the commensal microbiota (related to the lifestyle of the organism), has arisen [ ] . similar to what has been discovered regarding the genetics of mice and humans, i.e., broad similarities in structure but considerable differences in regulation, there are a number of known discrepancies in the regulation of innate and adaptive immunity in mouse models of human disease mice versus humans, including the balance of leukocyte subsets, t cell activation and costimulation, antibody subtypes and cellular responses to antibody, th /th differentiation, and responses to pathogens (described in detail in table ). in addition to these differences in immune cell functions, the expression of specific genes involved in immune responses also differs, particularly those for toll-like receptors, defensins, nk inhibitory receptors, thy- , and many components of chemokine and cytokine signaling; additionally, differences between mouse strains are known to exist for many of these mediators [ ] . another important consideration when using mice to perform immunological research (with a view to translating these findings to human medicine) is the availability of hundreds of strains of genetically modified mice that have enabled exquisitely detailed studies on immune cell function, regulation, and trafficking. many of these strains involve the expression of inducible cre or cas that allow for targeted knockdown or overexpression of key immune function-related genes in specific cell types at specific moments in time. however, it is important to note that drift between mouse colonies has long been known to occur. in fact, a recent report described the fortuitous discovery of a point mutation in the natural cytotoxicity receptor (ncr ) gene in the c /bl cd . mouse strain, resulting in absent ncr expression. this mutation was found to have profound effects on the response of mice to viral infection, i.e., the mice were resistant to cytomegalovirus infection but more susceptible to influenza virus [ ] . this cautionary tale highlights the importance of understanding the genetic evolution of laboratory strains of mice, the effect of these genetic and immunological changes on mouse biology, and the impact on the translation of these results to human medicine. in addition to the differences between mouse and human genetics, physiology, and immunology highlighted above, several factors must also be taken into account when performing in vitro assays using isolated mouse cells and applying these findings to our understanding of human disease. particularly with regard to stem cell research, it should be noted that the telomeres of mouse cells are five-to tenfold longer than human telomeres, resulting in greater replicative capacity [ ] . there are also important differences in the regulation of pluripotency and stem cell differentiation pathways in humans and mice [ ] . moreover, there are considerable species differences in the longevity of cultured cells; for example, mouse fibroblasts are capable of spontaneous immortalization in vitro, whereas human fibroblasts become senescent and ultimately fail to thrive in culture [ ] . in summary, although there are considerable differences between mice and humans, constant improvement in the analytical techniques used to delineate these differences and their effects on whole organism and cell function have provided vital information and contributed to our understanding of both murine and human biology. experimentation employing mouse models of human disease will continue to provide key insights into relevant disease mechanisms and potential drug targets for further clinical investigation. however, several important considerations must be taken into account when selecting a mouse model of human disease, as described in the following section, using mouse models of human lung disease to illustrate this point. the two most salient features of a mouse model of human disease are the accuracy of its etiology (it employs a physiologically relevant method of disease induction) and its presentation (its ability to recapitulate the features of human disease). the relevance of any given mouse model can be judged on the basis of these two criteria, and there is considerable variation within mouse models of human disease in this regard. as a full assessment of the advantages and limitations of all currently available mouse models of human disease would be prohibitively long and complex, here we have elected to assess the accuracy of currently available models of human lung diseases, i.e., asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and pulmonary fibrosis, focusing on the relevance of disease induction in these models and their ability to replicate critical features of human disease pathophysiology and response to treatment. the first and foremost notion when modeling human disease in mice is to acknowledge the species differences, which are significant [ ] . as described above, genetics, anatomy, physiology, and immunology differ between mice and humans, but despite these differences, mouse models of human disease are useful and necessary, as long as data interpretation is performed appropriately. an elegant example of differences between mice and humans that must be considered when designing a mouse model of human inflammatory lung disease is the key effector cell type in human asthma, i.e., mast cells. these leukocytes differ in granule composition as well as localization in the mouse and human airways [ ] . mice mostly lack mast cells in the peripheral lung [ ] , whereas humans have numerous mast cells of multiple subpopulations in the alveolar parenchyma [ ] . another example is anatomy: in contrast to humans, mice lack an extensive pulmonary circulation, which may have significant effects on leukocyte adhesion and migration, and subsequently inflammation [ ] . still, as long as these differences are taken into consideration, mouse models can be powerful tools in the discovery and exploitation of new targets for the treatment of human disease. the world health organization (who) defines asthma as a chronic disease characterized by recurrent attacks of breathlessness and wheezing, which may vary in severity and frequency from person to person. the disease is characterized by airway hyperresponsiveness, airway smooth muscle thickening, increased mucus secretion and collagen deposition, as well as prominent inflammation affecting both large and small airways [ ] . nowadays, it is recognized that asthma is not a single homogenous disease but rather several different phenotypes united by similar clinical symptoms [ , ] . only a few animal species develop asthma naturally, including cats and horses [ , ] , whereas mice do not [ ] . however, mice can be manipulated to develop a type of allergic airway inflammation, which is similar in many ways to the human disease, in response to different aeroallergens [ ] . importantly, these models are capable of recapitulating only the allergic type of human asthma and have less relevance for other types of asthma (i.e., endotypes induced by medication, obesity, and air pollution). as with many human diseases, asthma has a complex and multifaceted etiology, where environmental factors, genetic susceptibility, and microbial colonization all contribute; thus, it is important to take strain differences into consideration. generations of inbreeding have created mouse strains that differ not only in coat color and disposition but also from a physiological, immunological, and genetic perspective. different strains may be more susceptible to allergic airway inflammation or pulmonary fibrosis, whereas others are more or less resistant. choosing the right strain to model a specific disease or pathologic event is thus essential. the most widely used strains for models of allergic airway inflammation are balb/c and c bl/ . these strains differ regarding the type of immune response mounted to an inhaled allergen: c bl/ is generally considered a t h -skewed strain, whereas balb/c is regarded as a t h -skewed strain [ ] . due to their strong t h response, and subsequent development of robust asthmatic responses, balb/c has been commonly used to model asthma [ ] . however, most humans do not express such a strongly t h -skewed immune system, suggesting this strain may not be the best model of human disease; instead, c bl/ may be more suitable as immune responses in this strain are more similar to those of atopic human subjects [ ] . furthermore, as c bl/ is the most commonly used strain for the development of genetically manipulated mice, using these mice allows for very specific investigations into disease pathology; thus, this strain is increasingly used in models of human lung disease. besides the genetic differences in the mouse strains used in these models, the etiology (the method of disease induction) of commonly used models of asthma is highly variable. in humans with allergic asthma, environmental allergen exposure occurs at the airway mucosa; the immune response is coordinated in the bronchopulmonary lymph nodes, and the t cells, macrophages, and eosinophils recruited as part of this response travel to the lung where they mediate the cardinal features of asthma: airway inflammation, structural remodeling of the airway wall, and airway hyperreactivity [ ] . ideally, these features should be found in a physiologically relevant mouse model of asthma. however, for the sake of cost and convenience, early mouse models of asthma used the surrogate protein ovalbumin (ova) [ ] rather than an environmental allergen to induce an immune response, which also requires the use of a powerful t h -polarizing adjuvant such as alum delivered via the intraperitoneal route, followed by ova nebulization-a clear divergence from the etiology of human asthma [ ] . in terms of disease presentation, mice develop some hallmarks of asthma, including airway eosinophilic inflammation, goblet cell metaplasia, and increased airway smooth muscle density [ ] . after the cessation of ova exposure, most of the remodeling resolves, although some structural alterations remain up to month after the last challenge [ ] . based on these attributes, the ova model is primarily a model to investigate the initiation of inflammation, rather than the chronic progression and maintenance of inflammation [ ] . a clear advantage with the ova model is the number of studies where it is used; both the pros and cons are familiar. it is easy to find a suitable protocol, and the model is readily accessible and flexible regarding the number of sensitizations and allergen doses. the model is relatively easy to reproduce, as ova and different adjuvants are easily obtained. however, the resolution of remodeling following the cessation of allergen provocations is a disadvantage, as is the practical problem with the nebulization of an allergen-it ends up in the mouse's coat and is ingested during grooming, potentially resulting in systemic exposure (this is particularly relevant in models employing systemic, intraperitoneal sensitization). in addition, concerns have been raised against the use of adjuvants to induce the immunological response, as well as the clinical relevance of ova as an allergen, which have driven the development of more clinically relevant allergens and models [ ] . the common environmental aeroallergen house dust mite (hdm) extract is increasingly used to initiate disease in mouse models of allergic airway inflammation, as it is a common human allergen (around % of asthmatics are sensitized to hdm [ ] ) that evokes asthma attacks and other allergic responses in susceptible individuals. in addition, hdm has inherent allergenic properties, likely due to components with protease activity [ ] , so there is no need to use an adjuvant, thus improving the etiological similarity of these models with the clinical situation [ ] . in contrast to ova, prolonged exposure of hdm (up to weeks) induces asthma-like severe airway inflammation with prominent eosinophilia, severe hyperreactivity to methacholine, and robust remodeling of the airway wall [ ] , i.e., the presentation of chronic respiratory hdm exposure in mice effectively recapitulates the key features of human allergic asthma. importantly, the airway structural changes induced by chronic hdm exposure, such as increased collagen deposition, airway smooth muscle thickening, and microvascular alterations, persist for at least weeks after the cessation of hdm exposure [ ] , another commonality with human asthma in which airway remodeling is currently considered to be irreversible. thus, the advantages of using hdm as the allergen in mouse models of asthma are the clinical relevance of the allergen [ ] and the route of delivery via the respiratory tract. moreover, studies have shown that the type of inflammation and characteristics of tissue remodeling are relatively similar to those seen in human asthmatics [ , , ] . one disadvantage is the complexity of hdm extract; as a consequence of this complexity, variations exist in some components between batches, particularly regarding the content of lipopolysaccharide, so reproducibility in these studies may be problematic. with similarity to hdm, these models were developed to be as clinically relevant as possible, as many patients suffer from allergy toward cockroach allergen, molds, and other environmental irritants. a common feature of these allergens is their complex nature, as they commonly consist of a mix of different allergic epitopes and fragments. this complexity is most likely why the immunological reaction in mice is relatively similar to that seen in asthmatics [ ] . cockroach allergen (cra) is a common allergen, known to induce asthma in susceptible individuals; thus, it shares with hdm the advantage of being highly clinically relevant [ ] . cra induces peribronchial inflammation with significant eosinophilic inflammation and transient airway hyperresponsiveness, both of which can be increased by repeated administrations of the allergen [ ] . colonization of the airways with aspergillus fumigatus is the cause of allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (abpa), a disease where the lungs are colonized by the fungus, but allergens from aspergillus fumigatus can also induce asthma similar to other allergens [ ] . the reaction to aspergillus allergens is robust, and often no adjuvants are needed to elicit inflammation [ ] . in addition to aspergillus, other fungi such as penicillium and alternaria can also induce asthma in humans and have been used to model disease in mice [ ] . a common difficulty with these allergens is the method of administration, as the physiological route is believed to be the inhalation of dry allergens; mimicking this route with a nebulizer introduces the risk of the animals ingesting the allergen and thus causing systemic responses [ ] . exacerbations of asthma are defined as the worsening of symptoms, prompting an adjustment in treatment, and are believed to be associated with increased inflammation in the distal airways. clinically, exacerbations are believed to be induced by infections (most common), allergen exposure, or pollutants, which can be modeled in different ways [ , ] : . infections with viruses and bacteria or exposure to proteins/ dna/rna derived from these microbes. . administration of a high dose of allergen in a previously sensitized animal. . exposure to environmental pollutants, such as diesel exhaust or ozone. modeling exacerbations adds a layer of complexity, as robust ongoing allergic airway inflammation needs to be established first, before challenge with the exacerbating agent. both the ova and hdm models are used in this respect, and in both cases chronic protocols extending for several weeks before triggering an exacerbation have been used [ ] . chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd) is characterized by chronic airway obstruction, in contrast to asthma where the obstruction is reversible (particularly in response to bronchodilator treatment). clinically, in copd, chronic bronchitis and emphysema can occur either separately or in combination. copd is almost always associated with either first-or secondhand tobacco smoking or in rare cases with a deficiency in the production of α antitrypsin (a serpin that prevents elastin breakdown as a result of neutrophil degranulation) [ ] . the etiology of copd is highly complex and is believed to develop after many years of smoking in combination with other known factors such as genetic susceptibility or environmental factors [ ] . in similarity to asthma, inflammation is a major component in copd, but the leukocyte profile is very different: the most prominent players in copd-related inflammation are neutrophils and, to some degree, macrophages [ ] . due to the complex etiology of copd, it is difficult to recapitulate all aspects of this disease in a single model, so in most cases, the aim is to induce copd-like lesions by exposing mice to tissue-damaging substances (usually cigarette smoke) or to mimic emphysema by the administration of tissue-degrading enzymes [ , ] . clearly, mice do not smoke cigarettes on their own, so to model copd by cigarette smoke (cs) inhalation, the mice need to be exposed to unfiltered cs in an induction chamber; moreover, in an attempt to better model the chronic aspects of copd, this needs to be performed for a prolonged period of time. mice are very tolerant to cs, but eventually (over a period of several weeks), cs induces pulmonary neutrophilic inflammation that is associated with some degree of tissue degradation and destruction [ ] . an important advantage of this model is the fact that cs is the actual irritant responsible for disease in humans, and mice develop several features similar to the clinical disease, making this model highly clinically relevant [ ] . a significant drawback is the self-limitation of the model-the pathological changes do not progress after the cessation of cs exposure [ ] . furthermore, the exposure time needed for mice to develop copd-like pathology is extensive, i.e., studies have shown that an exposure protocol of days per week for a minimum of months is needed to generate robust structural changes to the lung [ ]. the pathological image in copd is complex and varies greatly between patients, commonly encompassing chronic bronchitis and bronchiolitis, emphysema, fibrosis, and airway obstruction. although mice develop some of these symptoms when exposed to cs, they do not develop all the symptoms of human disease; thus, cs has advantages as a model but fails to mimic the complexity of the clinical situation and disease presentation [ ] . other models of copd rely on the administration of proteases (protein-degrading enzymes) that are believed to be involved in the pathology of this disease in a subset of patients, such as elastindegrading elastase. this approach mimics the emphysematous changes seen in copd, but the pathological process underlying tissue destruction is likely very different compared to the clinical situation [ ] , as very few patients show evidence of elastase dysregulation [ ] . however, if the aim of the study is to investigate the general effect of protease-induced tissue destruction and regeneration, then this is a highly relevant method [ ] . some studies on copd have also used genetically modified animals, such as mice overexpressing collagenase, which results in tissue destruction without inflammation or fibrosis with an end result fairly similar to the type of emphysema observed in copd [ ] . pulmonary fibrosis, the accumulation of fibrotic tissue within the alveolar parenchyma, is merely a symptom of disease, and the etiology of this pathology in humans varies greatly [ ] . the most enigmatic class is perhaps the idiopathic interstitial pneumonias, especially idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (ipf). ipf is a debilitating and progressive disease with a grave prognosis, characterized by progressive fibrosis believed to reflect aberrant tissue regeneration [ ] . as the reason behind this defective repair is unknown, although a combination of immunological, genetic, and environmental factors are suspected, it is very difficult to model disease in a clinically relevant fashion [ ] . the most common method used to model pulmonary fibrosis in mice is administration of the chemotherapeutic agent bleomycin; this agent is known to cause pulmonary fibrosis in humans as well, but this may not accurately reflect the true etiology of most cases of human disease. the strain of choice is c bl/ , as it is prone to developing pulmonary fibrosis, whereas balb/c is relatively resistant, a feature believed to reflect the cytokine response following cellular stress and damage [ ] . bleomycin administration can be performed locally or systemically, producing very different results. the most common model of pulmonary fibrosis is a single intranasal or intratracheal administration of bleomycin, with analysis to weeks later. during this time, the drug causes acute tissue damage in a restricted area of the lung (where the solution ends up during administration), followed by intense inflammation in this area and subsequent fibrosis, which gradually resolves within weeks. however, if older mice are used, the fibrosis will persist longer than in younger mice, which is in accordance with clinical ipf, where the majority of the patients are years of age or older [ , ] . a great advantage of this model is how well-characterized it is. in addition, local administration is labor-effective, as only one administration is required and the result is highly reproducible. the fibrosis is robust, only affects the lungs, and the accumulation of extracellular matrix can be easily measured using standard techniques [ ] . furthermore, as it is used throughout the world, studies performed in different labs and by different groups can be compared relatively easily. unfortunately, the intense pulmonary inflammation may be lethal, and fatalities are to be expected with this model [ ] , representing an important ethical limitation. furthermore, fibrosis is heterogeneous-it develops where the bleomycin solution is deposited. the solution usually deposits within the central lung, a localization that is not in agreement with the clinical situation where fibrosis is located in the more distal regions of the lung parenchyma. in addition, the fibrosis that develops as a result of severe tissue damage is self-limiting and reversible, unlike what is observed clinically [ ] . the severe degree of tissue damage induced by bleomycin may in fact be more relevant for modeling acute lung injury (ali) or acute respiratory distress syndrome (ards). bleomycin can also be administered systemically, through intravenous or subcutaneous injection. in contrast to local administration, this route requires multiple administrations and is thus more laborintensive [ ] . some studies have described the usage of osmotic mini-pumps, where bleomycin is slowly administered over a short period of time, and then fibrosis continues to develop over subsequent weeks [ ] . irrespective of the route of delivery, systemic administration results in more homogenous fibrosis, affecting the entire lung through the pulmonary endothelium and persisting much longer than following local administration [ ] . the main advantages of systemic administration are that inflammation is limited, while the fibrosis is more apparent and displays a more distal pattern, all of which mimics the clinical situation relatively well. the multiple administrations allow for lower doses with each injection; this is less stressful to the animals and results in little to no mortality [ ] and is thus more ethically acceptable. a major disadvantage with this model is that it takes time for fibrosis to develop [ ] , which may be the reason it is used relatively scarcely, and thus the pathological development is less well-understood. in addition, as ipf is a local disease, local administration of the etiologic agent may better mimic the clinical reality [ ] . the administration of fluorescein isothiocyanate (fitc) induces focal inflammation, primarily involving mononuclear cells and neutrophils, and localizes in areas where the fitc solution is deposited [ ] . antibodies against fitc can be detected after week, and the fibrosis persists for up to months after instillation [ ] . the benefits of this model are mainly related to the persistent fibrosis that does not appear to be self-limiting, thus reflecting the clinical situation, and it is also very easy to determine which part of the lung has been exposed to fitc, as the molecule is fluorescent [ ] . it is also an advantage that both c bl/ and balb/c mice are susceptible and develop fibrosis following fitc administration [ ] . the disadvantages of this model include profound variability due to differences between batches of fitc, as well as in the method used to prepare the solution before instillation. importantly, given the characteristics of the etiologic agent used to induce this model of ipf, this model is considered a very artificial system with limited clinical relevance [ ] . adenovirus vectors have been used to overexpress the pro-fibrotic cytokine transforming growth factor (tgf)-β, which results in pulmonary fibrosis. as tgf-β overexpression in the lungs is known to be crucial in the development of fibrosis in humans [ ] , this model mimics an important feature of disease etiology. however, the delivery system has some drawbacks, as the virus itself initiates an immune response. moreover, adenoviruses display significant tropism for epithelial cells and rarely infect other cell types such as fibroblasts [ ] , which are the cells meant to be targeted in this model. as tgf-β has major effects on fibroblast biology, the main feature of this model is the effect of epitheliumderived tgf-β on fibroblasts and myofibroblasts, resulting in the deposition of ecm proteins and areas of dense fibrosis [ ] . an advantage of this model is the relatively low degree of inflammation, as well as what appears to be a direct effect on fibroblasts/ myofibroblasts [ ] , which is in accordance with the clinical situation (as we understand it today). silica administration induces a similar pathology in mouse lungs as in humans exposed to silica, and as is also observed in human silicainduced fibrosis, structural remodeling persists when administration is halted [ ] . following the administration of silica particles, fibrotic nodules develop in mouse lungs, with considerable resemblance to the human lesions that develop after exposure to mineral fibers [ ] . the fibrotic response is accompanied by a limited inflammatory response, and different pro-fibrotic cytokines such as tgf-β, platelet-derived growth factor, and il- are involved in disease development, which is in accordance with the clinical situation [ ] . another advantage is that nodules develop around silica fibers, and these fibers are easy to identify by light microscopy. the response in this model is strain-dependent, with c bl/ mice being the most susceptible. the main drawbacks are the time required to establish disease, i.e., - days, and the need for special equipment to aerosolize the silica particles. however, since the route of administration, the driving etiologic agent, and the resulting pathobiology are all similar to the characteristics of this subtype of pulmonary fibrosis [ , ] , the silica exposure model can be considered to have very good clinical relevance. what does the future hold for mouse models of human disease? medical research using experimental animals (not only mice but other animals including rats, guinea pigs, zebrafish, and fruit flies) has greatly contributed to many important scientific and medical advances in the past century and will continue to do so into the near future. these advances have contributed to the development of new medicines and treatments for human disease and have therefore played a vital role in increasing the human life span and improving quality of life. despite the acknowledged benefits of performing research using experimental animals, a number of considerations must be made before embarking on this type of research. of course, the financial aspects of conducting this type of work are an important limitation, as the costs of purchasing and housing mice can be prohibitive, especially when genetically modified mice and colony maintenance are required for the study. the practicalities of working with animals such as mice may also be an issue, as this type of work requires specialized facilities, equipment, and staff to ensure studies are carried out in a manner that is safe for both the researchers and the animals. moreover, as discussed in detail in this chapter, the relevance of the selected animal model to human disease must be carefully evaluated to ensure that these experiments provide robust results that are translatable to human health and disease. another important and demanding aspect of biomedical research using animals is the ethics of imposing pain and suffering on live animals. although there has been a considerable reduction in the numbers of animals used in research in the last years, animal research remains a vital part of biomedical research. however, no responsible scientist wants to cause unnecessary suffering in experimental animals if it can be avoided, so scientists have accepted controls on the use of animals for medical research. in the uk, this ethical framework has been enshrined in law, i.e., the animals (scientific procedures) act . this legislation requires that applications for a project license to perform research involving the use of "protected" animals (including all vertebrates and cephalopods) must be fully assessed with regard to any harm imposed on the animals. this involves a detailed examination of the proposed procedures and experiments, and the numbers and types of animal used, with robust statistical calculations to support these numbers. the planned studies are then considered in light of the potential benefits of the project. both within and outside the uk, approval for a study involving protected animals also requires an internal ethical review process, usually conducted by the research institution where the work is taking place, with the aim of promoting animal welfare by ensuring the work will be carried out in an ethical manner and that the use of animals is justified. additionally, the uk has a national animal use reduction strategy supported by the national centre for the replacement, refinement and reduction of animals in research (nc rs; london, uk). this consortium was established in to promote and develop high-quality research that takes the principles of replacement, refinement, and reduction (the rs) into account. replacement strategies often involve the use of alternative, non-protected species (e.g., zebrafish, fruit flies, flatworms) and in vitro correlates (two-dimensional cell culture or threedimensional organoids containing multiple cell types) to test hypotheses and assess the effects of therapeutic interventions. the main obstacle with studies on non-protected animals is the difficulty of accurately mimicking the complex physiological systems involved in human health and disease, as described in detail above. for example, the fruit fly drosophila melanogaster is an excellent model organism for studies on genetic diseases, aging, and pathogen-borne illnesses but may be less relevant for studies on complex lung diseases. importantly, model organisms such as fruit flies, zebrafish, and flatworms do not possess lungs, which somewhat limits the translatability of research on these animals in the field of respiratory disease. as such, it is likely that rodents will remain the model organism of choice for studies into lung disease for some time to come. there has been considerable progress recently in imitating single organs such as the liver, lung, and brain in vitro using multiple cell types and a physical scaffold. as an important advantage, these in vitro tests have replaced a large number of rodents in initial drug discovery experiments, while also speeding up the process [ ] . these studies still require further refinement and validation to establish them as suitable models for an entire organ; importantly, these in vitro organoids cannot take into account interactions between organ systems in complex, multisystem diseases such as copd. refinement involves selecting the most clinically relevant model for the disease available, informed by the discussion above on closely recapitulating the etiologic agent and disease pathobiology associated with clinical cases. another important factor is refining the management of pain. an assessment of the procedures used and the effects of the substance on the animal, as well as the degree of handling, restraint, and analgesia, are other important aspects of refinement. this standard of animal care is achieved through strict regulations and controls on how personnel are trained to carry out experiments on live animals. adequate training is an important aspect of refinement and should be reviewed and improved on an ongoing basis. moreover, refinement can be achieved by improving animal housing by environmental enrichment, e.g., providing a place for mice to hide in the cage and housing social animals such as mice in appropriate-sized groups. these simple changes can improve the physiological and behavioral status of research animals; this not only increases animal well-being but also contributes to the quality of the experimental results by reducing stress levels. the rs aspect of reduction focuses on the statistical power of experiments and by following the animal research: reporting of in vivo experiments (arrive) guidelines, originally published in plos biology in . these guidelines provide a framework to improve the reporting of research performed on live animals by maximizing the quality of the scientific data and by minimizing unnecessary studies. the arrive guidelines provide a checklist of aspects that must be considered in good quality research using live animals. the guidelines are most appropriate for comparative studies involving two or more groups of experimental animals with at least one control group, but they also apply to studies involving drug dosing in which a single animal is used as its own control (within-subject experiments). the guidelines provide recommendations on what should be considered when preparing to report on the results of experiments involving live animals, i.e., by providing a concise but thorough background on the scientific theory and why and how animals were used to test a hypothesis, a statement on ethical approvals and study design including power and sample size calculations, a clear description of the methods used to ensure repeatability, objective measurements of outcomes and adverse effects, and interpretation of the results in light of the available literature and the limitations of the study. in addition to the positive impact of the arrive guidelines on reducing the number of animals used in experiments, this checklist provides an easy-tofollow roadmap on what is required for good quality reporting of experimental results. in conclusion, the use of animals in research will continue to be an important aspect of medical research, and these procedures can be ethically justified provided the proper controls are in place. the benefits of animal research have been vital to the progress of medical science; abandoning these studies would have severe negative consequences on human health. by considering aspects such as the rs and the arrive guidelines in planning experiments involving live animals, the number of animals used and suffering of these animals for the benefit of human health can be minimized. this requires a strong regulatory framework such as that found in the uk and many other countries, as well an ongoing public debate on the advantages and limitations of animal experimentation. use of house mice in biomedical research the laboratory mouse a comparative encyclopedia of dna elements in the mouse genome principles of regulatory information conservation between mouse and human of mice and men: aligning mouse and human anatomies mouse models of human disease: an evolutionary perspective structure and composition of pulmonary arteries, capillaries, and veins angiogenesis in the mouse lung lung cancer perfusion: can we measure pulmonary and bronchial circulation simultaneously? origin and evolution of the adaptive immune system: genetic events and selective pressures the evolutionary basis for differences between the immune systems of man, mouse, pig and ruminants of mice and not men: differences between mouse and human immunology gender dimorphism in differential peripheral blood leukocyte counts in mice using cardiac, tail, foot, and saphenous vein puncture methods species differences in the expression of major histocompatibility complex class ii antigens on coronary artery endothelium: implications for cellmediated xenoreactivity icos is critical for cd -mediated antibody class switching homozygous loss of icos is associated with adultonset common variable immunodeficiency b -h : a costimulatory molecule for t cell activation and ifn-gamma production global gene regulation during activation of immunoglobulin class switching in human b cells selective loss of type i interferon-induced stat activation caused by a minisatellite insertion in mouse stat regulation of human helper t cell subset differentiation by cytokines functional dichotomy in the cd + t cell response to schistosoma mansoni what animal models teach humans about tuberculosis cutting edge: check your mice-a point mutation in the ncr locus identified in cd . congenic mice with consequences in mouse susceptibility to infection comparative computational analysis of pluripotency in human and mouse stem cells the transition from primary culture to spontaneous immortalization in mouse fibroblast populations studying human respiratory disease in animals -role of induced and naturally occurring models role of mast cells in allergic and non-allergic immune responses: comparison of human and murine data allergic airway inflammation induces migration of mast cell populations into the mouse airway novel site-specific mast cell subpopulations in the human lung animal models of asthma: reprise or reboot? emerging molecular phenotypes of asthma allergens in veterinary medicine immunologic responses following respiratory sensitization to house dust mite allergens in mice understanding asthma using animal models use of the cockroach antigen model of acute asthma to determine the immunomodulatory role of early exposure to gastrointestinal infection t cell homing to epithelial barriers in allergic disease allergic airway inflammation initiates long-term vascular remodeling of the pulmonary circulation respiratory allergy caused by house dust mites: what do we really know? continuous exposure to house dust mite elicits chronic airway inflammation and structural remodeling induction of vascular remodeling in the lung by chronic house dust mite exposure lung responses in murine models of experimental asthma: value of house dust mite over ovalbumin sensitization a novel mouse model of experimental asthma temporal role of chemokines in a murine model of cockroach allergen-induced airway hyperreactivity and eosinophilia animal models of allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis murine models of airway fungal exposure and allergic sensitization mouse models of acute exacerbations of allergic asthma mouse models of severe asthma: understanding the mechanisms of steroid resistance, tissue remodelling and disease exacerbation novel variants of ser-pin a gene: interplay between alpha -antitrypsin deficiency and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease different lung responses to cigarette smoke in two strains of mice sensitive to oxidants collagenase expression in the lungs of transgenic mice causes pulmonary emphysema tissue remodelling in pulmonary fibrosis idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis exploring animal models that resemble idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis the role of mouse strain differences in the susceptibility to fibrosis: a systematic review murine models of pulmonary fibrosis highly selective endothelin- receptor a inhibition prevents bleomycin-induced pulmonary inflammation and fibrosis in mice (r)-resolvin d ameliorates bleomycin-induced pulmonary fibrosis in mice extracellular matrix alterations and acute inflammation; developing in parallel during early induction of pulmonary fibrosis smad signaling involved in pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema adenovector-mediated gene transfer of active transforming growth factor-beta induces prolonged severe fibrosis in rat lung the ethics of animal research. talking point on the use of animals in scientific research key: cord- -w x i im authors: volk, t.; kox, w.j. title: endothelium function in sepsis date: journal: inflamm res doi: . /s sha: doc_id: cord_uid: w x i im endothelial cells can be the prime target for an infection and infected endothelial cells may serve as an initiating system for a systemic response as these cells are able to secrete many mediators known to be of paramount importance. endothelial cell functions in turn are regulated by these circulating mediators. cellular interactions with leukocytes revealed protective and destructive functions. single cell and animal studies indicate that endothelial permeability is increased and apart from clinical obvious edema formation in septic patients, the endothelial component remains unknown. endothelial coagulation activation has been shown in vitro, however human data supporting an endothelial procoagulatory state are lacking. defects in endothelium dependent vasoregulation in animal models are well known and again human studies are largely missing.¶an imbalanced production of reactive oxygen species including nitric oxide has been found to be involved in all endothelial functions and may provide a common link which at present can be supported only in animal studies. sepsis is considered the leading cause of death in noncoronary intensive care units. it has been defined as a systemic inflammatory reaction to an infection. among many cellular disturbances endothelial cells play a major role in the pathogenesis of this disease as these cells are critically involved in maintaining a delicate balance between vasoconstriction and vasodilation, blood cell adherence and nonadherence, anticoagulation and procoagulation, permeability and thightness. all these functions are believed to be imbalanced and impairment is believed to precede clinically recognizable alterations (e.g. bleeding, edema, organ dysfunction and shock) but it is by no means clear whether these changes are the cause or consequence of endothelial dysfunction in sepsis. endothelial functions have largely been studied in vitro from the first successful attempts of culturing isolated human endothelial cells dating back to the early ties. endothelial cells from and within different organs or different species behave differently and tend to change properties the longer they are kept in culture. to overcome isolation variabilities several endothelial cell lines are currently available which have retained at least some features. however, experiments from single cell cultures are flawed in many ways and results from these may never be of any relevance to medical practice. it is inherent to any cell culturing that data obtained from these experiments often are restricted to cell type, time of culture and general working conditions. in vitro stressed endothelial cells almost uniquely tend to activate a functional program leading to a proinflammatory, procoagulatory and hyperpermeable phenotype. in this review we want to summarize investigations of disturbed endothelial functions including infection, mediator and cellular interactions, permeability, coagulation and vasoactivc properties from molecular findings to patient care. staphylococcus aureus is the most prevalent bacterial pathogen isolated from patients with blood stream infection in north america [ ] . s. aureus has been reported to directly infect human umbilical vein endothelial cells (huvec) thereby inducing secretion of cytokines and functional upregulation of adhesion molecules [ ] . internalized s. aureus may lead to apoptosis in huvec [ ] or persistence as small colony variants [ ] . group a streptococci can enter huvec [ ] , a process which may render these cells particularly sen-sitive to otherwise subtoxic concentrations of hydrogen peroxide [ ] . group b streptococci (gbs) are the most common cause of neonatal sepsis and pneumonia. gbs-induced endothelial cell injury can be confirmed by histological findings at autopsy, in animal studies and in vitro [ ] . gbs invasion and subsequent damage of endothelial cells may be inhibited by cytochalasin d in huvec implicating that cytoskeletal interactions are important for toxicity. however, invasion of brain microvascular endothelial cells by gbs may be dose dependently cytotoxic due to beta-hemolysin production [ ] . streptococcus pneumoniae may enter activated endothelial cells using paf-receptors [ ] . this receptor engagement may also serve as a sorting signal for endothelial transcytosis [ ] . infection and activation of endothelial cells by listeria monocytogenes is believed to be a critical component of the pathogenesis of this disease and includes ceramide generation, transcription factor activation and increases in adhesion molecule expression on huvec [ ] . listeria have been described to enter huvec either directly via internalin b or by a cell-to-cell spread from infected monocytes [ ] . gram negative bacteria have lipopolysaccarides (lps) within their cell wall. cellular binding of lps usually is accomplished by cd . endothelial cells lack cd receptors and lps effects on endothelial cells generally require the presence of cd in the serum. lps effects from gram negative live bacteria (b. fragilis, e. cloacae, h. influenzae, k pneumoniae) on endothelial cells have been demonstrated by transcription factor activation and subsequent surface expression of e-selectin and tissue factor which was not seen from viable or heat-killed gram-positive bacteria (s. aureus, e. faecalis, s. pneumoniae) [ ] . neisseria meningitidis adherence on endothelial cells has been reported to be influenced by pilus protein c expression and cd on endothelial surfaces [ , ] and may cause tissue factor expression due to the presence of lps within the cell wall. haemophilus influenzae generally is not toxic to endothelial cells except three clones of biogroup aegyptius causing brazilian purpuric fever [ ] . toxicity has been reported to be independent of endotoxin, phagocytosis and replication since irradiation, cycloheximide, cytochalasin d and methylamine have no effect on the ability of the bacterium to invade and cause a cytotoxic response. piliated pseudomonas aeruginosa adheres to and enters human endothelial cells leading to progressive damage [ ] or may persist by lysis of endosomal membranes [ ] . escherichia coli may invade human brain microvascular endothelial cells involving specialized proteins [ , ] . endothelial infection by chlamydia pneumoniae also activates endothelial cells to produce cytokines and adhesion molecules and become procoagulant [ ] [ ] [ ] . bartonella quintana, the cause of trench fever transmitted by the body louse, has recently been implicated in culture-negative endocarditis and bacteraemia amongst homeless people [ ] . infection and damage of endothelial cells by b. quintana has been demonstrated in vitro and in vivo [ ] . interaction of bartonella henselae with endothelial cells may result in bacterial aggregation on the cell surface and the subsequent internalisation of the bacterial aggregate by a unique struc-ture, the invasome [ ] . rickettsia rickettsii, an obligate intracellular gram-negative bacterium which causes rocky mountain spotted fever, inhibits endothelial apoptosis allowing to remain inside the host endothelium [ ] but is also known to cause a proinflammatory endothelial phenotype. rickettsia conorii causes mediterranean spotted fever which causes endothelial infection with secretion of cytokines, increases in adhesion molecules and induction of surface tissue factor [ , ] . attachment of borrelia burgdorferi, the agent inducing lyme disease, to endothelial cells may be accomplished by cd , alpha(v)beta and alpha beta integrins or different classes of proteoglycans [ ] [ ] [ ] . b. burgdorferi activates the transcription of chemokine and adhesion in molecule gene expression in endothelial cells [ ] . plosmodium infected erythrocytes may bind to endothelial cells via p-selectin, cd , intercellular adhesion molecule (icam- ) or platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule (pecam- ) on the endothelial surface [ ] [ ] [ ] . phagocytosed live candida albicans stimulates cytokine secretion and inducible cyclooxygenase expression in endothelial cells [ , ] . some viral diseases are known to primarily infect endothelial cells and alter their function. dengue virus infection of huvec leads to production of chemoattractant proteins rantes and il- [ ] , herpes and measles virus infection of brain microvascular endothelial cells increases lymphocyte adhesion by increasing icam- [ ] and measles virus and cytomegalovirus increases tissue factor expression on huvec [ , ] . hemorrhagic fever caused by hantaviruses may be accomplished by integrin mediated endothelial infection [ ] . on the other hand, ebola virus infects endothelial cells with a transmembrane glycoprotein and inhibits inflammatory responses [ ] . exotoxins are known to directly activate endothelial cells. platelet activating factor (paf), no˙and pgi secretion from huvec has been demonstrated by e. coli hemolysin via inositolphosphate/diacylglycerol formation and by s. aureus alpha-toxin via transmembrane ca + entry [ ] . there is increasing evidence that hemolytic uremic syndrome results from the systemic action of verocytotoxin producing e. coli on vascular endothelial cells [ ] . alpha toxin from clostridium perfringens is a phospholipase c and has been reported to induce adhesion molecule expression and secretion of chemokines from endothelial cells [ ] . brain capillary endothelial cells have been reported to express mbec , a protein that may serve as the c. perfringens enterotoxin receptor [ , ] . the activity of small gtpase rho has been shown to be altered by c. difficile toxin b [ ] and pasteurella mulrocida toxin [ ] , which leads to alterations of endothelial permeability. p. aeruginosa exotoxin a may directly injure endothelial cells by a motif shared by many toxins [ ] . listeriolysin and phosphatidylinositol-specific phospholipase c secreted from l. monocytogenes has been shown to induce phosphatidyinositol metabolism and diacylglycerol formation in the absence of bacterial uptake by the endothelial cells [ ] . some bacterial exotoxins have been used for years as pharmacological tools like pertussis toxin for studying g-protein dependent endothelial cell functions. lipoteichoic acid and peptidoglycan from cell wall components of gram positive bacteria have been shown to induce sepsis in animal models. while lipoteichoic acid has been reported to directly activate endothelial cells [ ] , peptidoglycan seems monocyte dependent [ ] . most in vitro experiments, however, were performed with different sources of lps as a surrogate activator modelling gram negative bacterial infection. endothelial stimulation using lps in relevant concentrations are usually performed in the presence of serum containing soluble cd -receptor because endothelial cells generally lack cd . alternatively, proinflammatory cytokines including tumor necrosis factor alpha (tnf-a), interleukins (il- , il- ) and interferon gamma (ifng) acting on endothelial cells have extensively been investigated and shown to alter endothelial in vitro functions [ , ] . the inflammatory response in endothelial cells has been linked to an alteration in reactive oxygen production including superoxide (o -˙) , hydrogen peroxide (h o ), nitric oxide (no˙), hydroxyl radicals (oh˙) and secondary reaction products thereof. o -˙i s believed to be present in unstressed conditions in less than nanomolar quantities within cells. mitochondrial and cytoplasmatic superoxide dismutase readily reacts with o -˙f orming h o which has been measured in micromolar concentrations in human blood. sources of endothelial o -˙p roduction apart from mitochondrial leakage may include metabolism of cytp or other metabolic byproducts and production by a nadh oxidase system or by nitric oxide synthase in the absence of l-arginine. some bacterial pathogens are known to be able to produce h o by themselves, however interaction with the endothelium may greatly enhance cellular alterations. streptococcal hemolysin, streptolysin s, is capable of interacting with h o to injure vascular endothelial cells [ ] . iron bound to the p. aeruginosa siderophore, pyochelin, augments oxidantmediated endothelial cell injury by modification of transferrin to form iron complexes capable of catalyzing the formation of oh˙from o -˙a nd h o [ ] . r. rickettsii infection of the endothelial cell line ea.hy and huvec has been demonstrated to cause glutathione depletion, a major intracellular antioxidant, and reduced glutathione peroxidase activity leading to increased amounts of intracellular peroxide [ ] . an increase in reactive oxygen species production has been shown in endothelial cells after incubation with lps, il- , tnf-a and ifn-g [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] . tnf-a has many times been reported to increase, e.g., adhesion molecule expression inhibitable by various antioxidants [ , [ ] [ ] [ ] . nitric oxide, like o -˙, is chemically not very reactive at all. endothelial production has been established by either constitutive no-synthase (nos) iii in a ca + and phosphorylation dependent manner or by inducible nos ii. direct biochemical actions of no˙include metalcomplex containing proteins, other radical species, oxygen and oxygen derivatives leading to oxidation, nitrosation and nitration. relevant concentrations in vivo have been reported to range from nm to mm. no˙directly reacts with oxyhemoglobin (fe -o ) leading to methemoglobin (fe + ) and nitrate (no -). no˙reacts with o forming nitrite (no -) via intermediate no and n o . mainly n o is participating in n-or s-nitrosylations leading to nitrosamines or nitrosothioles, the latter may serve as a circulating source or as a transporter across cell membranes. reduced glutathione has a high affinity to n o and may also be important in toxicity related to no˙autoxidation. toxicity related cellular targets of no˙may include inhibition of cytochrome c oxidase, inhibition of catalase or dna damage. on the other hand, no˙has been reported to inhibit iron catalysed fenton reaction and to inhibit lipid peroxidation. iron nitrosyl formation in heme containing proteins are the best characterized reactions for no˙in biology. this type of interaction includes very sensitive stimulation of guanylate cyclase and inhibition of cytochrome c oxidase. e. coli hemolysin and s. aureus alpha toxin induce no˙formation in cultured porcine pulmonary endothelial cells [ ] . transformed mouse endothelial cells stimulated by the combination of ifn-g and tnf-a killed intracellular r.conorii by a mechanism that required the synthesis of no˙ [ ] . ifn-g, tnf-a and il- stimulated murine endothelial cells have been shown to kill schistosoma mansoni through the production of nitric oxide [ ] . both no˙and o -˙p roduction may have a limited influence on endothelial viability under resting conditions. cultured bovine and porcine aortic endothelial cells showed decreased no˙production after h of lps incubation which was related to decreases in capacitative ca + signals [ ] . posttranscriptional destabilization of nos iii mrna may have accounted for this early decrease in no˙production [ ] . nos ii, which is believed to produce larger amounts of no˙is also known to be regulated by many proinflammatory stimuli with significant cell type variablilities. at sites of endothelial involvement in an inflammatory process both vascular non-endothelial and non-resident cells are known to produce no˙. as the amount and physiological consequences of no˙produced from noss at the microcirculatory level is not known, it may well serve also to reduce inflammatory processes as recently implicated from a coculture experiment [ ] . that an increase in reactive oxygen species is present in human sepsis has been documented by almost any study trying to quantify secondary reaction products by several methods, however the cellular sources remain speculative ( table ). in beckman et al. showed that the presence of both no˙and o -˙p roduced peroxynitrite (onoo -) which may decompose to produce ho˙like molecules and thereby kill endothelial cells [ ] . at ph its lifetime is in the order of a second. half of the onoo formed is rapidly equilibrated to peroxynitrous acid (onooh) and breaks down to no - sepsis immunohistochemical endothelial nitrotyrosine≠ [ ] septic shock no -/no -, plasmatic nitrotyrosine≠ [ ] septic lung injury immunohistochemical endothelial nitrotyrosine≠ antioxidant capacity was defined as the ability of plasma to inhibit * ferryl myoglobin production by hydrogen peroxide addition to metmyoglobin or ** oxo-iron induced damage to deoxyribose, phospholipids and dna. tbars, thiobarbituric acid reactive substances; xod, xanthine oxidase. models and therefore question the view that this molecule solely is detrimental. toxicity induced by an interaction between hydrogen peroxide and nitric oxide has led to conflicting results. rat lung microvascular endothelial cells and porcine pulmonary artery endothelial cells exposed to h o have been reported to be protected by no˙donors [ , ] , whereas toxicity in bovine aortic endothelial cells [ ] and in rat liver microvascular endothelial cells [ ] was increased in the presence of no˙donors. no˙in the presence of h o may also produce oh˙like molecules independent of the presence of iron [ ] . neutrophils may add to the complexity of toxic reactions. myeloperoxidase from activated neutrophils, which produces hocl and oh˙molecules in the presence of o -˙, has recently been demonstrated to convert no into no , thereby damaging endothelial cells [ ] . high doses of reactive oxygen species (including no˙) have been shown to cause apoptosis of endothelial cells, whereas low doses were protective [ ] . in mice disseminated endothelial apoptosis has been suggested to be responsible for organ failure and shock induced by endotoxin or tnf-a [ ] . both lps or tnf-a usually do not cause endothelial cell death unless protein synthesis is blocked probably due to simultaneous increases in antiapoptotic protein synthesis [ ] . however, postmortal investigation in humans deceased from or with sepsis did not confirm these results [ ] . most of the genes activated in vitro during the endothelial stress response are controlled by at least two transcription factor families: activator protein (ap- ) and nuclear factor kappa b (nfkb). nfkb has gained wide interest as a target in inflammatory diseases as it seems to be invariably upregulated [ ] . a variety of agents including cytokines and reactive oxygen stress cause ikb to dissociate from the complex after phosphorylation by ikb-kinase complex. h o has been reported to activate transcription factor nfkb in porcine aortic endothelial cells [ ] whereas huvec were unresponsive [ ] . no˙has in most cases been shown to inhibit transcription factor nfkb and its influence on transcription factor ap- is unclear. inhibition of nfk-b as a therapeutic means has been suggested. however, as this transcription factor is also involved in protective gene regulation, its inhibition can make cells sensitive to e.g. tnf-a [ ] . data on activated intracellular signalling pathways in sepsis patients are scarce but include nfkb within mononuclear cells [ ] . usually any blood cell is kept off endothelial surfaces. this is believed to be accomplished by net electrical charge, biomechanical characteristics of flowing blood and the secretion of no˙. if blood cells touch the endothelium a ca + -signal is induced [ ] , but it is unclear at present whether this has any functional consequence. it is tempting to speculate that ca +signals may then in a context sensitive manner augment proadhesive processes or antiadhesive endothelial properties. activated endothelial cells are potent producers of cytokines like il- , a major proinflammatory cytokine, and chemotactic peptides including il- for neutrophils, macrophage inflammatory protein- alpha (mip- a), monocyte chemoattractant proteins - and rantes (regulated on activa-tion, normal t cell expressed and secreted) for monocytes, t-lymphocytes and dendritic cells, growth related protein (gro) and gamma-interferon-inducible protein (ip- ) for activated t-lymphocytes, epithelial neutrophil activating peptide (ena- ), vascular monocyte adhesion-associated protein (vmap- ) and endothelial monocyteactivating polypeptide ii (emap-ii) for monocytes [ ] . many adhesion molecules are expressed on the surface of endothelial cells in a highly complex yet regulated manner. p-selectin, e-selectin, icam- , vascular cell adhesion molecule (vcam- ), pecam- are well known for their stimulus-, cell-, time-and organ specific dependence of expression and their importance in regulation of leukocyteendothelial interactions. moreover, apart from being passive adhesion molecules, all of the above mentioned molecules have been shown to signal inside endothelial cells upon receptor engagement. shed receptors from endothelial surfaces may also serve as endogeneous antiadhesive molecules demonstrating even more the dynamic and complex nature of these processes. soluble forms of adhesion molecules have been shown to be present in high amounts in human sepsis (table ) , however whether this is beneficial or detrimental is not known and the assumption that these parameters may serve as practical indexes remains to be established. particularly ifn-g has been repeatedly shown to increase endothelial hla-dr expression rendering them capable of mhc class ii restricted interactions with cd + t-cells. costimulatory cd (b - ) and cd (b - ) are usually not present on endothelial surfaces leading to the conventional view that endothelial cells are semiprofessional antigen presenting cells. however, under certain conditions both costimulatory molecules and cd can be upregulated on endothelial surfaces indicating excessive antigen presentation [ ] . migration of lymphocytes into inflamed mouse tis-vol. , endothelial function in sepsis sues has been reported to depend on psgl- and esl- binding endothelial p-selectin and e-selectin, respectively [ ] . this phenotype was found to be restricted to th lymphocytes, but human sepsis seems to be predominated by a th type [ ] . both tnf-a and ifn-g are able to promote transmigration of leukocytes, whereas coapplication of both cytokines inhibit this process [ ] . t-cells migrating through the endothelial barrier in a pecam- -dependent manner are subject to inhibitory signals which may limit their activation in tissues [ ] . tnf bound to monocytes has been shown to inhibit endothelial apoptosis, whereas this process is promoted in the presence of lymphocytes [ ] . unperturbed endothelial cells express fas-ligand which has been implicated as a means of signalling apoptosis to constitutively fas receptor (cd ) bearing cells, whereas tnf-a treated endothelial cells decrease fas ligand expression thereby allowing leukocyte survival during extravasation [ ] . how the endothelium might interact specifically with lymphocytes or monocytes in septic patients can only be speculated on. neutrophils interacting with endothelial cells have repeatedly been shown to cause toxicity due to the release of enzymes and reactive oxygen species. if uncontrolled, these cells are believed to mediate significant tissue damage. however whether uncontrolled activation or rather deactivation is present in human sepsis is a matter of debate. endothelial cells have been reported to inhibit some neutrophil functions [ ] . transmigrated neutrophils may actively participate in the endothelial resealing process by the secretion of adenosin precursors [ ] . however, massive leukocyte extravasation as one would expect from most animal studies has never been shown in septic patients [ ] . endothelium is known to regulate transvascular fluid flux, flux of nutrients, mediators and cells by either paracellular or transcellular vacuolar channel related pathways. lateral junction proteins including the vascular endothelial cadherin-complex, platelet-endothelial cell adhesion molecule- , occludin, zona occludens- , recently described junctional adhesion protein, cd /platelet endothelial tetraspan antigen and cd /target of antiproliferative antigen are known to participate in this process. paracellular permeability is achieved by either an active contraction or the controlled release of an intrinsic tone mediated in most cases by the action of myosin light chain kinase (mlck) acting on non muscle myosin. generally an increase in the concentration of camp keeps cultured endothelial monolayers tight and cgmp has been reported to assist this function in human aortic and foreskin vessels [ ] . endothelial retraction may be initiated by increases in intracellular ca + concentration, but elevation of ca + in the presence of maintained camp-kinase dependent phosphorylation is not edemagenic. these antagonistic effects of ca + and camp in endothelial permeability regulation have recently been reviewed by moore et al. [ ] . many reports documented increases in endothelial permeability involving exotoxins like s. aureus alpha-toxin and p. aeruginosa cytotoxin [ , ] or endotoxins [ ] . for example, p. multocida toxin has been shown to activate rho/rho kinase, which inactivates mlc phosphatase. the resulting increase in mlc phosphorylation caused endothelial cell retraction and a rise in endothelial permeability [ ] . lps induced increases in paracellular permeability by caspase activated cleavage of adherens junction proteins [ ] . counteracting lipid peroxidation during lps activation may inhibit increases in permeability [ ] . tnf-a stimulated endothelial cadherin complex is disrupted in a proteasome dependent manner [ ] . the resulting increase in permeability has been reported to lower camp and activate phosphediesterase ii and iv [ ] . h o induced hyperpermeability of porcine pulmonary endothelial cells has been reported to be effectively reduced by cgmp elevating drugs including phosphodiesterase ii inhibition or no˙donators [ ] . the electroneutral na-k-cl cotransport system is thought to function in the maintenance of a selective permeability. il- , tnf-a and lps upregulate the expression of a bumetanide-sensitive na-k-cl cotransporter subtype in huvec and in murine lung and kidney endothelial cells [ ] . septic rats show different increases in albumin flux accross several endothelial beds [ ] . increases in venular permeability have been shown to be preventable by the antioxidants n-acetyl-cystein or tirilazad mesylate in e. coli infused rats [ , ] . il- , an antiinflammatory cytokine not produced by endothelial cells, was shown to participate as an inhibitor of endothelial permeability induced by lps in mice [ ] . clinically, increases in endothelial permeability may be obvious in many septic patients, but only recently venous congestion plethysmography showed a selectively elevated filtration capacity as a measure of endothelial dysfunction in septic patients [ ] . which of the many pathways of increased permeability might be turned on and whether it persists remains unknown. in principle endothelial cells are believed to be anticoagulatory by virtue of their surface expression of glycosaminoglycan-antithrombin iii complex, thrombomodulin, heparin releasable tissue factor pathway inhibitor and production of adenosine by ecto-adpases, their secretion of protein s, prostacyclin and no˙. no˙production was shown to participate in heparan sulfate preservation in porcine aortic endothelial cells [ ] and may be responsible for prostacyclin secretion by activating cyclooxygenase- under resting conditions [ ] . endothelial release of plasminogen activator (t-pa) and plasminogen activator inhibitor (pai- ) may determine the fibrinolytic potential of plasma. endothelial cells specifically bind coagulation factors xii, iia, ix, viia and xa. xa was shown to bind to endothelial effector cell protease receptor- and thereby cause release of no˙, il- , il- , mcp- and functional upregulation of icam- , e-selectin and vcam- [ ] . when endothelium is perturbed by physical or chemical factors transformation to a prothrombotic surface is invariably seen in in vitro models. thrombomodulin surface expression on huvec can easily be downregulated by lps, il- and tnf-a and upregulated by increasing camp [ ] . a tnf-a induced decrease in surface thrombomodulin has been suggested via activation of phosphodiesterase ii and iv thereby decreasing camp in baec [ ] . vascular endothelial growth factor may counteract il- , tgf-b and lps induced suppression of both thrombomodulin surface antigen and mrna [ ] . adenosin nucleotides are released from damaged as well as lps stimulated and shear stressed huvec [ ] . endothelial cells have atp diphosphohydrolase (cd ) on their surface to degrade atp via adp and amp to adenosine. adenosine is known to have antiaggregatory properties due to stimulation of prostacyelin and no˙production. however, activating endothelial cells with tnf-a has been reported to cause loss of atp diphosphohydrolase activity, which was preventable in the presence of antioxidants [ ] . tissue factor (tf) expression on endothelial cells by bacteria, lps, il- and tnf-a is well known. tissue factor pathway inhibitor (tfpi), a serine protease inhibitor of xa and xa/viia/tf complex on endothelial surfaces, which immediately blocks tissue factor activation, has been shown to be decreased under proinflammatory conditions. another counterbalancing mechanism includes shear stress in tnf-a stimulated huvec [ ] . however, an anticipated increase in endothelial tissue factor expression has not convincingly been demonstrated in animal or human sepsis [ , ] . fibrinolytic systems on endothelial surfaces are also believed to be altered in sepsis. increases in pai- has been reported after stimulation with il- or lps [ , ] . however soluble pai- in septic patients was not found to be different from nonseptic patients [ ] . once thrombin formation has occured, its cleavage of endothelial proteinase activated receptor (par) in turn may lead to secretion of il- and il- [ ] , upregulation of icam- and vcam- [ ] , relaxation via no˙production or to vasoconstriction by an as yet unidentified factor [ ] . these data may demonstrate an interconnection between coagulation activation, inflammation and vasoregulation mediated by the endothelium. coagulation activation is clearly present in septic patients, however endothelial participation in this process is unclear. potent procoagulatorv sources may well include bacterial surfaces per se [ ] or monocytes [ ] . up to the late ies the endothelium was viewed as a passive organ, which at best was able to remove vasoactive hormones in the lung. in - sir john vane's group (noble laureate ) reported that endothelial cells can synthesize i series prostaglandins (like prostacyclin) and thereby relax arteries and inhibit platelet aggregation. however, whether pgi regulates basal vascular tone is unclear. after a new technician used an unintended vessel preparation robert furchgott realized after a series of contradicting results that acetylcholine (ach) was no longer able to relax precontracted arteries when endothelium was removed and termed the nonprostanoid mediator an endothelium derived relaxing factor (edrf). in superoxide was shown to participate in vasoregulation. the presence of superoxide dismutase prolonged the action of edrf whereas addition of o -˙i nactivated edrf. even direct effects of several reactive oxygen species have been suggested to be relevant in cerebral or coronary circulation. collectively robert furchgott, louis ignarro and ferrid murad received the noble laureate in for demonstrating that no˙is a major edrf. endothelial cells produce more relaxing factors which pharmacologically can be separated from nitric oxide action and these were termed endothelium derived hyperpolarizing factors (edhfs). these factors may particularly be important in coronary and gastrointestinal vessels. epoxyeicosatrienoic acids, anandamide, the endogenous ligand of cannabinoid receptors or simply the release of k + may constitute edhfs. conceptually shear may in larger vessels primarily determine production of no˙, whereas cyclic strain determines physiological edhf release. soon after the discovery of edrf endothelin- (et- ), a vasoconstricting peptide produced from endothelial cells was isolated. low doses of et- can induce no˙release and subsequent relaxation via et breceptors on endothelial cells. endothelin secretion is thought to occur abluminally leading to et a -receptor activation on smooth muscle cells and subsequent vasoconstriction. many other factors clearly contribute to endothelial control of vasoregulation by e.g. transcellular production of vasoconstricting prostanoids like thromboxane a or prostaglandin h or the enzymatic conversion of angiotensin i to angiotensin ii by angiotensin converting enzyme. a hallmark of sepsis is the heterogeneous pattern of vasoconstriction and vasodilatation in different organs, culminating in a fall in total peripheral vascular resistance concomitant with regional maldistribution of blood flow. vasoactive substances produced by the endothelium under experimental septic conditions are known to be altered by factors such as no˙, pgi , angiotensin converting enzyme (ace) activity, endothelin and adrenomedullin. endothelium dependent vasoregulation has largely been studied in animal models (table ). in endothelium dependent vasoregulatory failure was seen as a defect in reactive hyperemia related vasodilator release [ ] and decreased dilatation of arterioles induced by ach [ ] . in a rat model of cecal ligation and puncture decreased vasoconstriction was found after administration of norepinephrine in septic animals which was largely reversible by removal of the endothelium [ ] . parker et al. [ ] showed in explanted coronary arteries and aortas of guinea pigs treated with lps intraperitoneally for h that endothelium dependent relaxation induced by acetylcholine and adp was depressed, whereas relaxation induced by substance p or receptor independent relaxations by ca + -ionophore a was unaffected. edrf release and bioactivity from explanted aortas of these animals was decreased after adp or ach stimulation, whereas a induced edrf release was unaltered [ ] . this group also demonstrated reduced adp and ach responses after h of lps endotoxemia in guinea pigs and that adp may produce constricting thromboxane in septic animals [ ] . in contrast, coronary arteries of rabbits treated for weeks with low doses of lps stimulation with ach but not adp showed increased relaxation of explanted vessels [ ] . wang et al. [ ] isolated subepicardial arterioles from rats treated h intraperitoneally with feces containing life e. coli and showed in a pressurized no-flow chamber that relaxation by alpha agonist clonidine and adp was reduced in an endothelium dependent manner, which could be inhibited by the nos inhibitor lnma. also, in this model mesenteric arter-vol. , endothelial function in sepsis iolar relaxation after adp and clonidine was decreased, whereas in skeletal muscle these agonists caused vasoconstriction [ ] . pulmonary arteries of rats treated with lps showed depressed endothelin- induced contractions which were even augmented in endothelium denuded vessels. the authors [ ] concluded that a vasoconstrictor eicosanoid is produced in lps treated animals by pulmonary endothelium upon et- stimulation. swine infused with live p. aeruginosa showed no alteration in endothelium dependent bradykinin and endothelium independent nitroprusside relaxation, whereas ach induced relaxation was found to be reduced in explanted peripheral arteries [ ] . chaudry's group investigated endothelium dependent relaxation in rats treated with cecal ligation and puncture. a time dependent alteration was demonstrated with increased ach induced vasorelaxation early after challenge whereas depressed vasodilatation after - h was found in explanted aortas with no alteration in nitroglycerine induced relaxation [ ] . the decreased endothelium dependent response to ach was also found in superior mesenteric arteries and small intestinal arteries [ ] . in the same model this group demonstrated a reduction of immunodetectable nos iii in explanted aortas [ ] . porcine coronary arterioles incubated for h with e. coli lps ( mg/ml) decreased bradykinin induced edhf secretion [ ] . carotid and coronary arteries from rabbits also showed decreases in edhf-release in an ex-vivo assay after treatment with lps, tnf-a and il- [ ] . collectively these data indicate that the majority of sepsis models consistently show a disruption of receptor coupled relaxation mechanism leading to an intraendothelial signalling deficit. to quantify endothelial function in humans several methods are available. endothelium dependent relaxation after pharmacological stimulation or flow dependent relaxation after vessel obstruction are frequently quantified by high resolution ultrasound techniques [ ] , alternatively flow and size can be determined angiographically. however, definite functional measurements in human sepsis are scarce. endothelium dependent relaxation has been investigated in isolated superficial hand veins of healthy volunteers after lps exposure. reduced vasorelaxation by bradykinin and arachidonic acid in noradrenalin precontracted vessels were noted which persisted for more than days [ ] . reactive hyperemia is believed to mainly test endothelial no˙production upon shear stress if vessel diameters and flow is monitored. implications from indirect measurements support an endothelial dysfunction in septic patients [ ] [ ] [ ] . however, data on pharmacological stimulation of endothelium dependent relaxation in humans are currently not available. t. volk +/-ec: presence or absence of endothelium; ne: norepinephrine; ach: acetylcholine; adp, adenosine diphosphate; sp, substance p; a , ca + -ionophore; cox, cycloogygenase; snp, sodium nitroprusside; ntg, nitroglycerine; et, endothelin; bk, bradykinin; edhf, endothelium derived hyperpolarizing factor; pres., preserved. table . endothelium dependent relaxation is impaired in animal sepsis models. a normal response to infection or other insults is a self limiting process that through temporal expression of regulators and effector molecules causes resolution. the failure to resolve the causative infection may lead to sepsis. cellular and animal models of sepsis using bacteria, endotoxins, exotoxins, cytokines or some peptides all consistently produce endothelial impairment which is usually regarded as dysfunctional. blocking the majority of pathways used by these inducing agents has often lead to the inhibition of such endothelial alterations. many aspects of these induced alterations can be expected to reveal exciting new pathways and complex interactions at various molecular and cellular level. the past has taught us that inhibitors of presumably activated pathways consistently failed to improve survival in septic patients. this has stimulated many researchers to reconcile the results of experimental and clinical models in sepsis. compared to activating pathways, considerably less is known about how an inflammatory response is endogenously counterregulated. cytokines induce a whole host of signal inhibiting proteins and endogenous counterregulating systems are just beginning to be elucidated. activation of endogenous counterregulatory systems may become the predominant feature of the so-called compensatory antiinflammatory response syndrome. endothelial responses to endogenously present antiinflammatory mediators have hardly been investigated in sepsis models. almost all endothelial cell studies in sepsis indicated that an imbalance in reactive oxygen species production is associated with the above described dysfunctions. animal studies in which endothelial function could be improved pharmacologically also consistently indicate that reversal of imbalanced reactive oxygen production may be a common link (table ). it seems that at times an adequate production of nitric oxide is lacking whereas superoxide and/or derivatives are overproduced. however, as endothelial functional measurements in septic humans become available, we will hopefully get a clearer picture of what might happen in our patients. [ ] clp, cecal ligation and puncture; lpo, lipid peroxidation; ros, reactive oxygen species. table . treatment of endothelial vasoregulatory dysfunction in animal sepsis models. bacterial pathogens isolated from patients wit bloodstream infection: frequencies of occurrence and antimicrobial susceptibility patterns from the sentry antimicrobial surveillance program (united states and canada, ) staphylococcus aureus infections internalization of staphylococcus aureus by endothelial cells induces apoptosis staphylococcus aureus small colony variants are induced by the endothelial cell intracellular milieu genetic inactivation of the extracellular cysteine protease enhances in vitro internalization of group a streptococci by human epithelial and endothelial cells interaction of viable group a streptococci and hydrogen peroxide in killing of vascular endothelial cells group b streptococci invade endothelial cells: type iii capsular polysaccharide attenuates invasion invasion of brain microvascular endothelial cells by group b streptococci streptococcus pneumoniae anchor to activated human cells by the receptor for platelet-activating factor pneumococcal trafficking across the blood-brain barrier. molecular analysis of a novel bidirectional pathway two distinct phospholipases c of listeria monocytogenes induce ceramide generation, nuclear factor-kappa acivation, and e-selectin expression in human endothelial cells internalin b is essential for adhesion and mediates the invasion of listeria monocytogenes into human endothelial cells activation of human endothelial cells by viable or heat-killed gram-negative bacteria requires soluble cd interaction of neisseria maningitidis with the components of the blood-brain barrier correlates with an increased expression of pilc the ndomain of the human cd a adhesion molecule is a target for opa proteins of neisseria meningitidis and neisseria gonorrhoeae human microvascular endothelial tissue culture cell model for studying pathogenesis of brazilian purpuric fever pseudomonas aeruginosa selective adherence to and entry into human endothelial cells endothelial function in sepsis cincomitant endosome-phagosome fusion and lysis of endosomal membranes account for pseudomonas aeruginosa survival in human endothelial cells endothelial cell glcnac beta - glcnac epitopes for outer membrane protein a enhance traversal of escherichia coli across the blood-brain barrier escherichia coli invasion of brain microvascular endothelial cells in vitro and in vivo: molecular cloning and characterization of invasion gene ibe characterization of a strain of chlamydia pneumoniae isolated from a coronary atheroma by analysis of the omp gene and biological activity in human endothelial cells chlamydia species infect human vascular endothelial cells and induce procoagulant activity signal transduction pathways activated in endothelial cells following infection with chlamydia pneumoniae bartonella (rochalimaea) quintana endocarditis in three homeless men bartonella quintana invades and multiplies within endothelial cells in vitro and in vivo and forms intracellular blebs interaction of bartonella henselae with endothelial cells results in bacterial aggregation on the cell surface and the subsequent engulfment and internalisation of the bacterial aggregate by a unique structure, the invasome nf-kappa b-dependent inhibition of apoptosis is essential for host cellsurvival during rickettsia rickettsii infection rickettsia conorii infection enhances vascular cell adhesion molecule- -and intercellular adhesion molecule- -dependent mononuclear cell adherence to endothelial cells il- and il- production from cultured human endothelial cells stimulated by infect on with rickettsia conorii via a cell-associated il- alpha-dependent pathway the role of cd in signaling mediated by outer membrane lipoproteins of borrelia burgdorferi integrins alpha(v)beta and alpha beta mediate attachment of lyme disease spirochetes to human cells different classes of proteoglycans contribute to the attachment of borrelia burgdorferi to cultured endothelial and brain cells borrelia burgdorferi upregulates the adhesion molecules e-selectin, p-selectin, icam- and vcam- on mouse endothelioma cells in vitro characterization of plasmodium falciparum-infected erythrocyte and p-selectin interaction under flow conditions intercellular adhesion molecule- and cd synergize to mediate adherence of plasmodium falciparum-infected erythrocytes to cultured human microvascular endothelial cells pecam- /cd , an endothelial receptor for binding plasmodium falciparum-infected erythrocytes candida albicans stimulates cytokine production and leukocyte adhesion molecule expression by endothelial cells secreted aspartyl proteinases and interactions of candida albicans with human endothelial cells dengue virus infection of human endothelial cells leads to chemokine production, complement activation, and apoptosis adhesion molecule expression and lymphocyte adhesion to cerebral endothelium: effects of measles virus and herpes simplex virus measles virus induction of human endothelial cell tissue factor procoagulant activity in vitro effects of viral activation of the vessel wall on inflammation and thrombosis cellular entry of hantaviruses which cause hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome is mediated by beta integrins ebola virus inhibits induction of genes by double-stranded rna in endothelial cells human endothelial cell activation and mediator release in response to the bacterial exotoxins escherichia coli hemolysin and staphylococcal alpha-toxin infection by verocytotoxin-producing escherichia coli alpha toxin from clostridium perfringens induces proinflammatory changes in endothelial cells brain capillary endothelial cells express mbec , a protein that is related to the clostridium perfringens enterotoxin receptors phospholipase c and perfringolysin o from clostridium perfringens upregulate endothelial cellleukocyte adherence molecule and intercellular leukocyte adherence molecule expression and induce interleukin- synthesis in cultured human umbilical vein endothelial cells glucosylation of small gtp-binding rho proteins disrupts endothelial barrier function pasteurella multocida toxin increases endothelial permeability via rho kinase and myosin light chain phosphatase evidence for a structural motif in toxins and interleukin- that may be responsible for binding to endothelial cells and initiating vascular leak syndrome the listerial exotoxins listeriolysin and phosphatidylinositol-specific phospholipase c synergize to elicit endothelial cell phosphoinositide metabolism lipoteichoic acid-induced neutrophil adhesion via e-selectin to human umbilical vein endothelial cells (huvecs) endothelial and epithelial cells do not respond to complexes of peptidoglycan with soluble cd but are activated indirectly by peptidoglycan-induced tumor necrosis factor-alpha and interleukin- from monocytes cytokines and endothelial cell biology cytokine regulation of endothelial cell function: from molecular level to he bedside pseudomonas siderophore pyochelin enhances neutrophil-mediated endothelial cell injury superoxide dismutase-dependent, catalase-sensitive peroxides in human endothelial cells infected by rickettsia rickettsii superoxide release from interleukin- b-stimulated human vascular cells: in situ electrochemical measuremeut lipopolysaccharide enhances oxidative modification of low density lipoprotein by copper ions, endothelial and smooth muscle cells e-selectin expression in human endothelial cells by tnf-alpha-induced oxidant generation and nf-kappab activation superoxide responses of endothelial cells to c a and tnf-alpha: divergent signal transduction pathways lactosylceramide mediates tumor necrosis factor-alpha induced intercellular adhesion molecule- (icam- ) expression and the adhesion of neutrophil in human umbilical vein endothelial cells effect of antioxidants on lipopolysaccharide-stimulated induction of mangano superoxide dismutase mrna in bovine pulmonary artery endothelial cells ambient but not incremental oxidant generation effects intercellular adhesion molecule induction by tumour necrosis factor alpha in endothelium icam- and vcam- expression induced by tnf-alpha are inhibited by a glutathione peroxidase mimic glutathione peroxidase mimics prevent tnfalpha-and neutrophilinduced endothelial alterations pore-forming bacterial toxins potently induce release of nitric oxide in porcine endothelial cells cytokine-induced, nitric oxide-dependent, intracellular antirickettsial activity of mouse endothelial cells endothelial cells are activated by cytokine treatment to kill an intravascular parasite, schistosoma mansoni, through the production of nitric oxide escherichia coli endotoxin inhibits agonistmediated cytosolic ca + mobilization and nitric oxide biosynthesis in cultured endothelial cells expressional control of the "constitutive" isoforms of nitric oxide synthase (nos i and nos iii) inducible nitric oxide: an autoregulatory feedback inhibitor of vascular inflammation apparent hydroxyl radical production by peroxynitrite: implications for endothelial injury from nitric oxide and superoxide nitric oxide donor prevents hydrogen peroxide-mediated endothelial cell injury nitric oxide attenuates hydrogen peroxide-mediated injury to porcine pulmonary artery endothelial cells protective effects of tetrahydrobiopterin against nitric oxide-induced endothelial cell death endothelial damage induced by nitric oxide: synergism with reactive oxygen species hydroxyl radical formation resulting from the interaction of nitric oxide and hydrogen peroxide halliwell b van d v. formation of nitric oxide-derived inflammatory oxidants by myeloperoxidase in neutrophils nitric oxide inhibits lipopolysaccharide-induced apoptosis in pulmonary artery endothelial cells lipopolysaccharide induces disseminated endothelial apoptosis requiring ceramide generation lipopolysaccharide induces the antiapoptotic molecules, a and a , in microvascular endothelial cells apoptotic cell death in patients with sepsis, shock, and multiple organ dysfunction nuclear factor-kappab: a pivotal transcription factor in chronic inflammatory diseases oxidant-sensitive and phosphorylation-dependent activation of nf-kappa b and ap- in endothelial cells endothelial activation by hydrogen peroxide. selective increases of intercellular adhesion molecule- and major histocompatibility complex class i adenovirus-mediated expression of a dominant negative mutant of p /rela inhibits proinflammatory gene expression in endothelial cells without sensitzing to apoptosis role of nfkappab in the mortality of sepsis endothelial function in sepsis initial contact and subsequent adhesion of human neutrophils or monocytes to human aortic endothelial cells releases an endothelial intracellular calcium store chemokines and leukocyte traffic cd ligation induced phenotypic and functional expression of cd by human cardiac microvascular endothelial cells cd + t cells migrate into inflamed skin only if they express ligands for e-and p-selectin t helper cell subset ratios in patients with severe sepsis cutting edge: combined treatment of tnf-alpha and ifngamma causes redistribution of junctional adhesion molecule in human endothelial cells a new role for platelet-endothelial cell adhesion molecule- (cd ): inhibition of tcrmediated signal transduction monocytes stimulate expression of the bcl- family member, a , in endothelial cells and confer protection against apoptosis negative regulation of inflammation by fas ligand expression on the vascular endothelium regulatory effects of endogenous protease inhibitors in acute lung inflammatory injury neutrophil-derived ¢-adenosine monophosphat promotes endothelial barrier function via cd -mediated conversion to adenosine and endothelial a b receptor activation neutrophil migration during endotoxemia expression of cgmp-dependent protein kinase i and phosphorylation of its substrate, vasodilator-stimulated phosphoprotein, in human endothelial cells of different origin signal transduction and regulation of lung endothelial cell permeability interaction between calcium and camp bacterial exotoxins and endothelial permeability for water and albumin in vitro effects of escherichia coli hemolysin on endothelial cell function endotoxin-neutralizing protein protects against endotoxin-induced endothelial barrier dysfunction bacterial lipopolysaccharide disrupts endothelial monolayer integrity and survival signaling events through caspase cleavage of adherens junction proteins endotoxin-induced changes of endothelial cell viability and permeability: protective effect of a -aminosteroid endothelial-dependent mechanisms regulate leukocyte transmigration: a process involving the proteasome and disruption of the vascular endothelial-cadherin complex at endothelial cell-tocell junctions tnf modulates endothelial properties by decreasing camp role of nitric oxide and phosphodiesterase isoenzyme ii for reduction of endothelial hyperpermeability expression of the bumetanide-sensitive na-k-cl cotransporter bsc is differentially regulated by fluid mechanical and inflammatory cytokine stimuli in vascular endothelium endothelial barrier resistance in multiple organs after septic and nonseptic challenges in the rat n-acetylcysteine attenuates endotoxin-induced leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion and macromolecular leakage in vivo effect of the -aminosteroid tirilazad mesylate on leukocyte adhesion and macromolecular leakage during endotoxemia endogenous interleukin- regulates hemodynamic parameters, leukocyte-endothelial cell interactions, and microvascular permeability during endotoxemia increased microvascular water permeability in patients with septic shock, assessed with venous congestion plethysmography (vcp) endothelial-derived nitric oxide preserves anticoagulant heparan sulfate expression in cultured porcine aortic endothelial cells does elevated nitric oxide production enhance the release of prostacyclin from shear stressed aortic endothelial cells? hypotension and inflammatory cytokine gene expression triggered by factor xa-nitric oxide signaling up-regulation of thrombomodulin in human umbilical vein endothelial cells in vitro thrombomodulin-dependent anticoagulant activity is regulated by vascular endothelial growth factor increased release of atp from endothelial cells during acute inflammation loss of atp diphosphohydrolase activity with endothelial cell activation fluid shear stress attenuates tumor necrosis factoralpha-induced tissue factor expression in cultured human endothelial cells cell biology of tissue factor, the principal initiator of blood coagulation on behalf of the subcommittee on tissue factor pathway inhibitor (tfpi) of the scientific and standardization committee of the isth effects of lipopolysaccharide on the expression of fibrinolytic factors in an established cell line from human endothelial cells induction of plasminogen activator inhibitor type and type collagen expression in rat cardiac microvascular endothelial cells by interleukin- and its dependence on oxygencentered free radicals plasminogen: an important hemostatic parameter in septic patients potential mechanisms for a proinflammatory vascular cytokine response to coagulation activation thrombin-activated human endothelial cells support monocyte adhesion in vitro following expression intercellular adhesion molecule- cd ) and vascular cell adhesion molecule- (vcam- ; cd ) dual endothelium-dependent vascular activities of proteinase-activated receptor- -activating peptides: evidence for receptor heterogeneity activation of the contact-phase system on bacterial surfaces -a clue to serious complications in infectious diseases reactive hyperemic responses of single arterioles are attenuated markedly after intestinal ischemia, endotoxemia and traumatic shock: possible role of endothelial cells failure of microscopic metarterioles to elicit vasodilator responses to acetylcholine, bradykinin, histamine and substance p after ischemic shock, endotoxemia and trauma: possible role of endothelial cells vascular endothelium contributes to decreased aortic contractility in experimental sepsis selective inhibition of endotheliumdependent vasodilator capacity by escherichia coli endotoxemia release of edrf and no in ex vivo perfused aorta: inhibition by in vivo e. coli endotoxemia inhibition of endothelium-dependent vasodilation by escherichia coli endotoxemia chronic endotoxemia and endothelium-dependent vasodilation in coronary arteries chronic septicemia alters alpha-adrenergic mechanisms in the coronary circulation mesenteric and skeletal muscle microvascular responsiveness in subacute sepsis contraction to endothelin- in pulmonary arteries from endotoxin-treated rats is modulated by endothelium pulmonary artery endothelial cell function in swine pseudomonas sepsis nitric oxide. to block or enhance its production during sepsis? endothelium-dependent relaxation is depressed at the macro-and microcirculatory levels during sepsis endothelial nitric oxide synthase is downregulated during hyperdynamic sepsis attenuation of endothelium-dependent hyperpolarizing factor by bacterial lipopolysaccharides proinflammatory mediators chronically downregulate the formation of the endothelium-derived hyperpolarizing factor in arteries via a nitric oxide/cyclic gmp-dependent mechanism technical aspects of evaluating brachial artery vasodilatation using high-frequency ultrasound local venous responses to endotoxin in humans reactive hyperemia in patients with septic conditions microvascular function and rheologic changes in hyperdynamic sepsis peripheral vascular tone in sepsis decreased antioxidant status and increased lipid peroxidation in patients with septic shock and secondary organ dysfunction plasma antioxidant potential in severe sepsis: a comparison of survivors and nonsurvivors complement activation and polymorphonuclear neutrophil leukocyte elastase in sepsis correlation with severity of disease xanthine oxidase activity and free radical generation in patients with sepsis syndrome ascorbyl radical formation in patients with sepsis: effect of ascorbate loading the effects of intravenous antioxidants in patients with septic shock nitrogen oxide levels in patients after trauma and during sepsis evidence of increased nitric oxide production in patients with the sepsis syndrome nitrite/nitrate oxide (nox) and cytokine levels in patients with septic shock l-arginine: nitric oxide pathway in endotoxemia and human septic shock relationship between circulating levels of calcitonin gene-related peptide, nitric oxide metabolites and hemodynamic changes in human septic shock assessment of inflammatory cytokines, nitrate/nitrite, type ii phospholipase a , and soluble adhesion molecules in systemic inflammatory response syndrome plasma nitrite and nitrate concentrations and multiple organ failure in pediatric sepsis endothelial function in sepsis measurements of total plasma nitrite and nitrate in pediatric patients with the systemic inflammatory response syndrome activation of the l-arginine nitric oxide pathway in severe sepsis increased serum nitrite and nitrate concentrations in children with the sepsis syndrome circulating methemoglobin and nitrite/nitrate concentrations as indicators of nitric oxide overproduction in critically ill children with septic shock effect of l-name, an inhibitor of nitric oxide synthesis, on plasma levels of il- , il- , tnf alpha and nitrite/nitrate in human septic shock extensive tyrosine nitration in human myocardial inflammation: evidence for the presence of peroxynitrite clinical evidence of peroxynitrite formation in chronic renal failure patients with septic shock evidence for in vivo peroxynitrite production in human acute lung injury elevated von willebrand factor antigen is an early plasma predictor of acute lung injury in nonpulmonary sepsis syndrome increased plasma levels of soluble thrombomodulin in patients with sepsis and organ failure endothelial cell activity varies in patients at risk for the adult respiratory distress syndrome soluble e-selectin levels in sepsis and critical illness. correlation with infection and hemodynamic dysfunction die zirkulierenden adhäsionsmoleküle sicam- und sb-selectin bei patienten mit sepsis elevated circulating e-selectin, intercellular adhesion moleculc , and von willebrand factor in patients with severe infection increased circulating thrombomodulin in children with septic shock systemic endothelial activation occurs in both mild and severe malaria. correlating dermal microvascular endothelial cell phenotype and soluble cell adhesion molecules with disease severity increased plasma von willebrand factor in the systemic inflammatory response syndrome is derived from generalized endothelial cell activation blood levels of endothelin- and thrombomodulin in patients with disseminated intravascular coagulation and sepsis plasma levels of endothelial cell protein c receptor are elevated in patients with sepsis and systemic lupus or erythematosus: lack of correlation with thrombomodulin suggests involvement of different pathological processes demonstration of rickettsia conorii-induced endothelial injury in vivo by measuring circulating endothelial cells, thrombomodulin, and von willebrand factor in patients with mediterranean spotted fever influence of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor enalaprilat on endothelial-derived substances in the critically ill mesenteric and skeletal muscle microvascular responsiveness in subacute sepsis influence of group b streptococci on piglet pulmonary artery response to bradykinin effects of antisense oligonucleotide to inos on hemodynamic and vascular changes induced by lps pentoxifylline maintains vascular endothelial cell function during hyperdynamic and hypodynamic sepsis a novel nonanticoagulant heparin prevents vascular endothelial cell dysfunction during hyperdynamic sepsis effect of endotoxin-enhanced hepatic reperfusion injury on endonthelium-dependent relaxation in rat aorta splanchnic vascular endothelial dysfunction in rat endotoxemia: role of superoxide radicals endothelial dysfunction in a rat model of endotoxic shock. importance of the activation of poly (adp-ribose) synthetase by peroxynitrite endothelial cell dysfunction in septic shock key: cord- -ejvv lxv authors: bowdish, d. m. e.; davidson, d. j.; hancock, r. e. w. title: immunomodulatory properties of defensins and cathelicidins date: journal: antimicrobial peptides and human disease doi: . / - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: ejvv lxv host defence peptides are a conserved component of the innate immune response in all complex life forms. in humans, the major classes of host defence peptides include the α- and β-defensins and the cathelicidin, hcap- /ll- . these peptides are expressed in the granules of neutrophils and by a wide variety of tissue types. they have many roles in the immune response including both indirect and direct antimicrobial activity, the ability to act as chemokines as well as induce chemokine production leading to recruitment of leukocytes to the site of infection, the promotion of wound healing and an ability to modulate adaptive immunity. it appears that many of these properties are mediated though direct interaction of peptides with the cells of the innate immune response including monocytes, dendritic cells, t cells and epithelial cells. the importance of these peptides in immune responses has been demonstrated since animals defective in the expression of certain host defence peptides showgreater susceptibility to bacterial infections. in the very few instances in which human patients have been demonstrated to have defective host defence peptide expression, these individuals suffer from frequent infections. although studies of the immunomodulatory properties of these peptides are in their infancy, there is a growing body of evidence suggesting that the immunomodulatory properties of these small, naturally occurring molecules might be harnessed for development as novel therapeutic agents. that many of these properties are mediated though direct interaction of peptides with the cells of the innate immune response including monocytes, dendritic cells, t cells and epithelial cells. the importance of these peptides in immune responses has been demonstrated since animals defective in the expression of certain host defence peptides show greater susceptibility to bacterial infections. in the very few instances in which human patients have been demonstrated to have defective host defence peptide expression, these individuals suffer from frequent infections. although studies of the immunomodulatory properties of these peptides are in their infancy, there is a growing body of evidence suggesting that the immunomodulatory properties of these small, naturally occurring molecules might be harnessed for development as novel therapeutic agents. human neutrophil peptide hbd human beta defensin tlr toll-like receptor lps lipopolysaccharide lta lipoteichoic acid tnf-α tumour necrosis factor alpha mhc major histocompatibility complex class bal bronchoalveolar lavage overview host defence peptides are small (generally less than amino acids), positively charged peptides that are an evolutionarily conserved component of the innate immune response. originally characterised as natural antimicrobial agents, it is becoming increasingly apparent that these peptides have a wide range of immunomodulatory properties that are either complementary to, or independent of, antimicrobial activity. interest in the immunomodulatory functions of these peptides is increasing, and indeed many peptides and proteins with similar characteristics to host defence peptides have been found to have either antimicrobial or immunomodulatory properties in addition to their primary functions. in humans the best-characterised host defence peptides are the defensins and the sole cathelicidin, hcap- /ll- . the amino acid sequences of these peptides are summarised in table . in general, the defensins are between and amino acids long (approximately . kda) and contain three conserved disulphide bridges (white et al. ) . the genes for all human defensins are clustered on chromosome (sparkes et al. ; maxwell et al. ) . they are further subdivided to include the αand β-defensins, a distinction based on the organisation of the three characteristic cystine disulphide bonds. the canonical sequence of the α-defensins is x - cxcrx - cx ex gxcx gx ccx - , where x represents any amino acid residue. these peptides are rich in cysteine, arginine, and aromatic residues . the cysteines are linked - , - , and - . initially these peptides were isolated from the neutrophils and are thus called human neutrophil peptides (hnp)- to - . the hnps are expressed at the transcriptional level in the bone marrow, spleen and thymus, where they co-localise with peripheral blood leukocytes (zhao et al. ) . the three hnps are highly homologous, differing by only one amino acid at the nh terminus. because of the high sequence similarity and difficulties in purifying the individual peptides as well as the high degree in functional similarity, the hnp - are often studied as a group, although certain studies have demonstrated differences in their antimicrobial ) and immunomodulatory activities (chertov et al. ) . hnp was identified as a hnp due to its structural homology to the hnp - (wilde et al. ). this gene differs from the other genes of this family by an extra -base pair segment that is apparently the result of a recent duplication within the coding region (palfree et al. ) . as with the other hnps, hnp is found in the neutrophils, but is also called corticostatin because it exhibits corticostatic activity and inhibits corticotrophin-stimulated corticosterone production (singh et al. ) . despite its variation from the conserved sequences of hnp - , it appears to have much more potent antimicrobial activity (wilde et al. ) . two other α-defensins, hd and hd , are found solely in the intestinal tract. hd and hd were found to be expressed at the transcriptional level solely in the small intestine and in situ hybridisation demonstrated that this expression occurs in the paneth cells bevins , ) . southern blot analysis using a nucleotide probe for the conserved signal sequence of the defensins indicated that a number of genes with high homology to hnps exist within the human genome. the β-defensins are expressed in a variety of tissue types, including epithelial cells from the trachea and lung, in the salivary and mammary glands, in a variety of organs such as in the plasma and skin (bensch et al. ; zhao et al. ; harder et al. ; reviewed in lehrer and ganz ) . the expression of certain β-defensins is inducible upon stimulation with bacterial components or pro-inflammatory cytokines and thus these peptides are presumed to be an important component of host defence to infection or inflammation. the canonical sequence for the beta defensins is x - cx - (g/a) x cx - cx - c x - ccx n . the best characterised members of the β-defensin family are hbd - ; however, the antimicrobial properties of hbd have been recently published (garcia et al. ) and over potential β-defensin homologues have been identified in the human genome based on sequence similarity to hbd - (schutte et al. ) . the cathelicidins are an evolutionarily conserved family of host defence peptides which are found in cows, sheep, guinea pigs, rabbits, mice, and primates (reviewed in zanetti ) and are characterised by having an evolutionarily conserved n-terminal domain called the cathelin domain. in addition, these peptides have a signal sequence, which is believed to target their delivery to the secondary granules of neutrophils. the c terminal domain, which is released by cleavage of proteases, has both antimicrobial and immunomodulatory properties. despite the conserved nature of the cathelin domain, its function remains unclear, although it has been proposed to block the antimicrobial activity of the cleaved product, presumably as a mechanism which allows storage of the peptide in its inactive form , and there is some evidence that it has anti-protease activity . the sole human cathelicidin ll- /hcap- is found at high concentrations in its unprocessed form in the granules of neutrophils and is processed upon degranulation and release (sorensen et al. ) . consequently, it is found at sites of neutrophil degranulation. it is also produced by epithelial cells and is found in a number of tissues and bodily fluids, including gastric juices, saliva, semen, sweat, plasma, airway surface liquid and breast milk (bals et al. c; murakami et al. b; hase et al. ; murakami et al. ) . generally epithelial cells have been shown to produce the hcap- form. although the hcap- has been shown to be cleaved by the neutrophil protease, protease , when released from neutrophils, it is not entirely clear how or when hcap- is cleaved when it is produced by epithelial cells. there are a variety of processed forms of hcap- that result from as-yet uncharacterised cleavage processes. for example, a -kda form is found in gastric juice (hase et al. ) , while numerous cleavage products are found in the sweat (murakami et al. b) . as well, hcap- from semen is cleaved to a -amino acid antimicrobial peptide all- in the vagina, thus potentially providing some antimicrobial protection after sexual intercourse ). there appears to be some overlapping, complementary and possibly even enhanced antimicrobial activity of these isoforms (murakami et al. ) ; however, to date there is no information about their immunomodulatory properties. due to the high homology of hnp - , they are often classed as a group. the hnps are found exclusively in leukocytes and at their highest concentrations in neutrophils where they are localised to azurophilic granules. the recently described hnp is also found in azurophilic granules but at much lower concentrations (wilde et al. ) . to date there has been no indication that their expression levels can vary substantially. neutrophils stimulated with il- , fmlp or phorbol -myristate -acetate causes degranulation and release of hnp - (chertov et al. ) , thus it is believed that relatively high concentrations of these peptides are present at sites of infection or inflammation. interestingly, in the course of infection hnp levels increase systemically. although the mechanism is not entirely clear, the plasma levels of defensins increase significantly in patients experiencing septicaemia or meningitis (from approximately ng/ml to as much as , ng/ml). the concentration of neutrophil defensins generally correlates with that of il- , a potent chemoattractant for neutrophils (ashitani et al. ) , as well as the presence of other neutrophil components such as elastase (zhang et al. ) . presumably this occurs due to neutrophil degranulation in response to bacterial or pro-inflammatory stimuli as concentrations decrease after antibiotic treatment (panyutich et al. ) . hd and hd are expressed throughout the gastrointestinal tract, with the highest levels of expression occurring in the jejunum and ileum (dhaliwal et al. ) . specifically, immunohistochemical studies have shown that hd is expressed by paneth cells, some villous epithelial cells and in the terminal ileal mucosa (cunliffe et al. ) . although there is great variability between individuals, levels of these defensins are increased in certain disease states such as acute coeliac sprue (frye et al. b) and are decreased in others such as hiv-related cryptosporidiosis (kelly et al. ). in patients with crohn's disease or ulcerative colitis, but not in healthy individuals, hd immunoreactive cells are present in the crypt region of a large proportion of colonic samples, indicating that expression in these disease states might be dysregulated (cunliffe et al. ) . limited studies have demonstrated that hd and hd may also be present at low levels in airway epithelial cells (frye et al. a) or the female reproductive tract (quayle et al. ). the patterns of expression of the β-defensins are markedly different. in general hbd is not up-regulated during the course of infection or inflammation or by stimulation with pro-inflammatory cytokines or bacterial components and in many cases the presence of hbd is detectable at the transcriptional level but is undetectable at the protein level (o'neil et al. ; frye et al. b) . however its constitutive presence in airway surface liquid, in intestinal and colon cell lines and in other tissues and bodily fluids implies that it may be involved in maintenance and homeostasis of these areas (salzman et al. ) . the expression levels of hbd appear to be quite low, ranging from the pg/ml to ng/ml levels in most bodily fluids. hbd is an inducible host defence peptide whose expression is altered under both infectious and inflammatory conditions. it has been found to be up-regulated by pro-inflammatory stimuli in oral epithelial cells and keratinocytes (krisanaprakornkit et al. ) , in intestinal and colonic epithelial cell lines (o'neil et al. ; ogushi et al. ; vora et al. ) and in various lung epithelial cell lines (singh et al. ; becker et al. ) . hbd is believed to be an important component of host defences, since hbd expression is depressed in patients with atopic dermatitis who often present with cases of acute and chronic colonisation by staphylococcus aureus (ong et al. ) but is increased in psoriatic skin, a disease in which patients are fairly resistant to bacterial infection. it has been demonstrated to be upregulated by both commensal and pathogenic bacteria in the oral mucosa and keratinocytes, although by different mechanisms (krisanaprakornkit et al. ; chung and dale ) . hbd is inducible during the course of inflammation and infection in the gastrointestinal system, as observed at both the mrna and protein levels. hbd expression in intestinal and colonic epithelial cell lines is increased upon stimulation with il- α, flagellin or bacteria, in an nf-κb-dependent manner (o'neil et al. ; ogushi et al. ) , and by either lipopolysaccharide (lps) or lipoteichoic acid (lta) in a tlr and tlr -dependent manner (vora et al. ) . interestingly, other inflammatory mediators such as tnf-α and lps do not induce hbd up-regulation (o'neil et al. ) . this may reflect a predominantly intracellular expression pattern of tlr in these cells, which has been suggested to be an evolutionary adaptation to the high bacterial load in the intestine (naik et al. ; hornef et al. ) . increases in hbd expression have been detected in inflamed intestinal and colonic tissues by rt-pcr and immunohistochemistry, in crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis (fahlgren et al. ) , and in the stomach of patients suffering from helicobacter pylori-induced gastritis (wehkamp et al. ) . in the lung, hbd has been found to be down-regulated in a variety of infectious and inflammatory diseases including cystic fibrosis and infections (chen et al. ) . in lung transplant patients, it has been found to be present at greater than ten times the concentration in patients suffering from bronchiolitis obliterans syndrome, a consequence of rejection of the transplant, compared to transplant patients without signs of rejection (ross et al. ) . less is known about the newly characterised hbd . hbd expression and activity is not well characterised; however, it has been demonstrated to be inducibly expressed at the transcriptional level in bronchial epithelial cell lines stimulated with tnf-α, bacteria, or live rhinovirus (harder et al. ; duits et al. ). in addition, this peptide can be induced in amnion cells in response to bacterial components and is found at high concentrations in human fetal membranes, by immunohistology, indicating that it may be involved in maintaining the sterility of the intra-amniotic environment (buhimschi et al. ) . the pro-cathelicidin hcap is found at high concentrations in the granules of neutrophils and is produced by epithelial cells. the camp-gene promoter that directs the expression of this peptide contains many transcription factor binding sites (larrick et al. ) , including a vitamin d response element (wang et al. ) . consistent with this, hcap , and/or its processed product ll- , has been shown to be up-regulated in sinus epithelial cells, at the transcriptional level, by the bacterial products lps and lta (nell et al. ) . it is also increased in bronchial airway cells by il-α (erdag and morgan ) . in other cell types, pro-inflammatory cytokines do not increase the expression of this peptide, implying that other signalling pathways may be involved (hase et al. ). its expression is increased in gastric epithelial cells upon stimulation with a wild-type strain of h. pylori, but not a type iv secretion mutant (hase et al. ) , and is found at increased levels in other forms of bacterial infection. it is not entirely clear under what circumstances neutrophils release ll- . the antimicrobial activity of all host defence peptides is highest in media of low ionic strength, and the activity of most peptides is sensitive to the presence of physiological concentrations of ions such as na + , mg + and ca + . the antimicrobial properties of the β-defensins, for example demonstrate profound salt sensitivity, and in some cases their antimicrobial activity is completely lost at concentrations of mm nacl (bals et al. a (bals et al. , b garcia et al. ) . for example, hbd is antimicrobial towards gram-negative bacteria at concentrations of - µg/ml (singh et al. ), but its antimicrobial activity is almost completely abrogated by the presence of mm sodium ions. although hbd is slightly less sensitive to the presence of sodium ions, its antimicrobial activity is reduced from . - . µg/ml in conditions of low ionic strength to . µg/ml or more in the presence of mm sodium (singh et al. ) . of the human β-defensins, hbd is the most potent antimicrobial. this peptide is more basic, has a broader spectrum and stronger bactericidal activity against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria, as well as yeast, and is salt-insensitive at concentrations less than mm na + ions (harder et al. ) . most biological fluids, including sputum (halmerbauer et al. ) , airway surface liquid (baconnais et al. ) and serum/plasma (hoshino et al. ) contain mg + and ca + at free concentrations between and mm, and the presence of these ions is generally more detrimental to antimicrobial activity than na + alone. the α-defensins are susceptible to concentrations of ca + and mg + as low as . mm ). in the presence of mm na + ions, the antimicrobial activity of ll- is decreased two-to eightfold (turner et al. ) , and in the presence of standard tissue culture media, which contains mm nacl and - mm of mg + and ca + , ll- has no killing activity against s. aureus or salmonella typhimurium even at concentrations as high as µg/ml . in some cases, for example in the granules of neutrophils, the concentrations of host defence peptides are estimated to be as great as mg/ml, and there is no doubt that upon ingestion of bacteria these concentrations are sufficient to cause direct antimicrobial activity, despite the presence of divalent cations or other inhibitory substances. however, it is questionable whether these concentrations are reached at mucosal surfaces. for example, in patients suffering from inflammatory lung disease or infection, the concentration of hnps in the bronchoalveolar lavage (bal) has been estimated to be . - . and µg/ml in two different studies (cole et al. ; spencer et al. ). this contrasts with antimicrobial activity in low salt medium in vitro at greater than µg/ml for s. aureus and escherichia coli (nagaoka et al. ) , and reduction of the infectivity of adenoviruses in an airway epithelial model at concentrations of between - µg/ml (spencer et al. ) . interestingly, the antimicrobial activity of the host defence peptides may also be inhibited by components of serum. for example, hnp has also been demonstrated to possess antiviral activity towards enveloped viruses, but this activity is abrogated by the presence of serum or albumin (daher et al. ). it is believed but has not been conclusively shown that the high concentrations of α-defensins in neutrophils would overcome any localised serum effects (daher et al. ). moreover, the antibacterial activity of ll- has been demonstrated to be abrogated by the presence of apolipoprotein . in contrast to the antimicrobial activity of these peptides, their immunomodulatory properties are generally studied in the presence of standard tissue culture media, which contains physiologically relevant concentrations of ions and serum proteins. under these conditions, host defence peptides have been demonstrated to induce chemokine production, reduce pro-inflammatory cytokine production, alter transcription, induce proliferation and angiogenesis, induce chemotaxis and alter dendritic cell differentiation. thus the immunomodulatory properties of host defence peptides are unaffected by physiological ion concentrations and it seems possible that they may be the predominant function of these peptides in vivo. this perspective is quite controversial, and will remain so since it is extremely difficult to discriminate between direct and indirect (i.e. through stimulation of innate immunity) mechanisms of killing. one often used argument for the likely antimicrobial function of these peptides is their substantial variation over evolution (e.g. the mouse cramp and human ll- peptides share only % homology), which could have arisen from the evolutionary pressure of dealing with different pathogens. however, not all antimicrobial proteins are as divergent, and we note that a number of proteins involved in immunity and reproduction show similar "rapid evolution" to the antimicrobial peptides (emes et al. ). there has been some debate about whether host defence peptides might be directly antimicrobial in vivo. certainly, neutrophil granules and the crypts of the lumen contain sufficiently high concentrations of peptides to ensure substantial antimicrobial activity; however, it is less clear that antimicrobial activity occurs at the lower concentrations in such sites as mucosal surfaces, and it is worth noting that such sites are often heavily colonised by a rich and diverse collection of commensal bacteria. the evidence for antimicrobial activity in certain body sites is in our opinion inconclusive. on the one hand, certain bodily fluids such as sinus fluid (cole et al. ) and gastric fluids (hase et al. ) can directly kill certain micro-organisms, and this antimicrobial activity is ablated or reduced by removal of proteins or immunodepletion with a peptide-specific antibody. however, in certain animal models in which peptides and bacteria are instilled simultaneously, bacterial counts are often not significantly different from mice treated with bacteria alone, despite improved outcome or reduced pro-inflammatory responses (sawa et al. ; giacometti et al. ) . the difficulties in assessing the role of host defence peptides in vivo are profound, as it is almost impossible to account for synergistic interactions between peptides and other factors, to assess the actual concentrations at the sites of infection and to discriminate the direct antimicrobial activity of peptides from other less direct effects such as enhancement of inflammatory mechanisms (chemotaxis and recruitment of effector cells, enhancement of nonopsonic phagocytosis, etc.). nonetheless, creative experiments and animal models have begun to elucidate the roles of these peptides in vivo. in transgenic mouse model studies in which the expression of certain host defence peptides is ablated, these mice are somewhat more susceptible to infection and carry increased bacterial loads when challenged nizet et al. ) . although this was interpreted as being due to direct antimicrobial activity, other components of host defences must be considered. for example, in a mouse model of peritoneal klebsiella pneumoniae infection, small doses of hnp ( ng- µg) caused an increase in leukocyte accumulation. in this model, it was the leukocyte accumulation which was linked to hnp induced antimicrobial activity, as the reduction in bacterial counts was significantly diminished in leukocytopenic mice. similar results were observed in s. aureus thigh infections (welling et al. ) . gain of function studies have found that introducing or increasing the expression of a host defence peptide can reduce bacterial loads in certain animal models of infection. for example, adenovirus transfer of ll- /hcap- into the lungs of mice that were subsequently challenged with pseudomonas aeruginosa led to a reduction in both the bacterial load and in production of the pro-inflammatory cytokine, tnf-α (bals et al. ) , and intriguingly, similar gene therapy decreased susceptibility to sepsis induced by lps in the complete absence of bacterial infection. in other models, the simultaneous instillation into the mouse lung of p. aeruginosa and either of hbd or a ll- derivative led to reduced lung damage and pro-inflammatory cytokine production, but did not affect bacterial counts (sawa et al. ). there are very few human diseases that are characterised by defects in host defence peptide production, perhaps emphasizing their importance. however, the neutrophils of individuals with specific granule deficiency, a disease characterised by frequent and severe infections, have a reduction in the size of the peroxidase positive, defensins-containing granules (parmley et al. ) and are deficient in defensins ). however, it is difficult to assess the extent to which these infections result from the lack of defensins, as these patients are also deficient in other neutrophil components. it is believed that the constitutive production and deposition of neutrophils is of crucial importance to maintaining the immunological balance of the mouth. patients who suffer from morbus kostman, a severe congenital neutropenia, and are treated with g-csf to restore neutrophil level, do not express ll- in these cells. one of the manifestations of this disease is frequent and severe infections and periodontal disease (putsep et al. ) . it has been proposed that the absence of ll- may give a selective advantage to bacteria that at low levels are commensals but at higher levels are responsible for periodontal disease. it is unclear, however, whether ll- is directly microbicidal towards common pathogens of the mouth or marshals other defences. although a number of oral bacteria are susceptible to ll- (< µg/ml) at mm nacl in vitro, far fewer bacteria are susceptible in physiologically more relevant isotonic environments (tanaka et al. ) . although ll- has been detected in saliva, the actual concentration was not determined (murakami et al. a) . other indirect evidence for the in vivo antimicrobial activity of host defence peptides is that a decreased level of expression often correlates with frequency or severity of disease. for example, hbd and ll- expression is depressed in patients with atopic dermatitis who often present with cases of acute or chronic colonisation by s. aureus (ong et al. ) . in contrast to atopic dermatitis, hbd expression is increased in psoriatic skin, a disease in which patients are fairly resistant to bacterial infections (harder et al. ; nomura et al. ) . whether host defence peptides are directly or indirectly antimicrobial, it is apparent that it is of advantage for bacterial pathogens to subvert their expression or activity. for example, streptococcus pyogenes binds to α -microglobin and secretes a small proteinase which inhibits ll- from interacting with the bacteria and thus prevents ll- mediated killing (nyberg et al. ). ll- expression has been shown to be decreased in shigella infection, consistent with a proposed mechanism of evasion by this bacterium (islam et al. ) . however, it is not clear whether this is a direct down-regulation of expression, or a consequence of denuding the epithelium, with reduced expression in the replacement cells. early experiments with host defence peptides demonstrated that many of these peptides have mitogenic effects on a variety of cells and cell lines. since modest to high concentrations of host defence peptides are found at sites of infection and inflammation, it has been hypothesised that this proliferative effect might be involved in wound healing and re-epithelisation. consistent with this hypothesis, both the human and mouse cathelicidins are up-regulated at sites of incision or wounding, even if the wound is sterile. the appearance of cathelicidins in the skin has been ascribed to both synthesis within epidermal keratinocytes, and deposition from granulocytes that migrate to the site of injury . upon incision, hcap- (the precursor to ll- ) has been shown to be up-regulated in the epidermis bordering the wound. this increase in expression at both the rna and protein levels was clearly evident at the migrating front of the wound during re-epithelialisation. levels of hcap- decreased following wound closure and eventually returned to baseline levels when the wound was intact and reepithelisation was complete. hcap- was found to be an active component in the process of re-epithelisation since antibodies specific for the peptide decreased the rate of re-epithelisation in a concentration-dependent manner (heilborn et al. ) . consistent with this observation, low levels of ll- (as low as ng/ml) have been demonstrated to increase proliferation in an endothelial cell line (koczulla et al. ) . the importance of this peptide in re-epithelisation has been further inferred from its presence in wounds which are healing normally, but its absence in chronic ulcers (heilborn et al. ) . hnps are potent mitogens for epithelial cells, squamous cell carcinoma cell lines and fibroblasts in vitro at low concentrations (murphy et al. ; . interestingly, in one of the earliest studies of these effects it was demonstrated that the hnps acted synergistically with insulin to induce proliferation (murphy et al. ) . in general it has been hypothesised that the mitogenic properties of the neutrophil defensins on non-myeloid cells is an important component of the healing process. however, certain tumours and tumour cell lines have been demonstrated to inappropriately express neutrophil defensins, and in such cases it is believed that this expression might lead to inappropriate proliferation. for example, in a renal carcinoma cell line, the α-defensins hnp - are expressed at both the transcriptional and protein levels. at moderate levels (i.e. ≤ µg/ml), the defensins had mitogenic activity on a subset of these cell lines. by influencing tumour cell proliferation, α-defensins could potentially modulate tumour progression of renal carcinoma cells (muller et al. ) . moderate concentrations (e.g. ≤ µg/ml ) of neutrophil defensins (hnp - ) induce proliferation of a lung epithelial cell line in vitro (aarbiou et al. ) . consistent with these observations, a combination of hnp - caused a dose-and time-dependent increase in cell migration and wound closure of an airway epithelial cell line, possibly due to an ability to induce the expression of genes involved in proliferation (aarbiou et al. ). the mitogenic activity of the hnps and cathelicidins does not appear to be shared by the β-defensins. although hbd has been demonstrated to be up-regulated in chronic ulcers (butmarc et al. ) , it has not been demonstrated to be involved in re-epithelisation. in addition, the β-defensins investigated did not increase the proliferation of epithelial cells, squamous cell carcinoma cell lines or fibroblasts (m. ). an interesting phenomenon which has been observed to occur in response to two cathelicidins, human ll- and its mouse homologue cramp, is the induction of angiogenesis, which is the process of blood vessel formation and/or growth. the formation of new blood vessels results in restoration of tissues increasing the oxygen supply and the provision of blood substances and cells to these tissues. as such it is a requirement for tissue repair and wound healing as well as for the marshalling of innate immunity. thus this function is consistent with a role for host defence peptides in the maintenance and repair of tissues. in a chorioallantoic membrane assay, µg of ll- induced an increase in blood vessel growth, while in a rabbit hind limb model of angiogenesis, collateral vessel growth and blood flow were increased (koczulla et al. ) . interestingly however, despite the known chemotactic properties of this peptide, no inflammatory infiltrate was detected. the angiogenic properties of ll- appear to stem from its direct interaction with endothelial cells rather than induction of growth factors. these data are consistent with the observation that cramp knockout mice have reduced vascular structures at the wound edge at the site of injury (koczulla et al. ) . a mouse β-defensin, defbd , has been shown to be involved in vasculogenesis, which is the differentiation of endothelial cells from progenitor cells during blood vessel development, leading to the de novo formation of blood vessels and tubes. tumours expressing defbd recruit dendritic cell (dc) precursors via ccr and result in enhanced vascularisation and growth in the presence of the cytokine vegf-a (conejo- ). interestingly, these dcs differentiate to express both dc and endothelial cell markers in response to vegf, indicating that these cells undergo endothelial cell-like specialisation after or during migration to newly formed vessels. this implies that host defence peptides may play important roles in vascular development. it has been observed that there are similarities between chemokines and host defence peptides. indeed, many chemokines have modest antimicrobial activity (hieshima et al. ; yang et al. ) , while a derivative of the highly active antimicrobial peptide, horseshoe crab polyphemusin is a potent antagonist of cxcr (tamamura et al. ) . indeed it has been proposed that certain host defence peptides have evolved from duplication of chemokine genes, although this connection is controversial (durr and peschel ; yang et al. ) ; consistent with this, certain peptides have chemotactic activity. interestingly, unlike the chemokines characterised to date, many host defence peptides appear to have chemotactic activity over a wide range of species, and generally speaking these activities are often observed at concentrations fold or more higher than observed with the classical chemokines. hnp and - have been demonstrated to induce chemotaxis of t cells in vitro at concentrations of between . - ng/ml, with maximal activity occurring at less than ng/ml (chertov et al. ) . hnp is a more potent chemoattractant of monocytes that hnp , with optimal activity at concentrations of - - - m, while hnp failed to induce significant chemotaxis (territo et al. ) . conversely, these peptides were not chemotactic for neutrophils (territo et al. ) , and indeed a subsequent study demonstrated that hnp actually suppressed polymorphonuclear (pmn) migration to formyl-methionyl-leucyl-phenylalanine but not to interleukin (grutkoski et al. ) . in balb/c mice, h after subcutaneous injection, a mixture of hnp - was demonstrated to induce infiltration of pmns and mononuclear cells, while in hupbl-scid mice the defensins-induced infiltrate consisted of modest numbers of cd + cells (chertov et al. ) . interestingly, in contrast to in vitro results, in this animal model study, the infiltration of pmns was observed. however, it is unclear whether pmn infiltration was caused by direct chemotaxis or indirect effects of the peptide treatment. further studies demonstrated that these peptides specifically lead to chemotaxis of immature dendritic cells and naïve, but not memory, t cells (yang et al. a ). collectively, these data indicate that neutrophil granules contain important chemotactic factors which promote the infiltration of cells of both the innate and adaptive immune responses. the β-defensins hbd and hbd are chemoattractants for immature dendritic cells and memory t, cells with peak activities occurring at µg/ml (yang et al. ) . these activities are mediated through the chemokine receptor ccr , which also binds the chemokine larc. hbd , but not hbd , has also been demonstrated to be a chemotactic agent for tnf-α treated human neutrophils (niyonsaba et al. ), a response that is also mediated through ccr . ll- has been demonstrated to be chemotactic for rat mast cells (niyonsaba et al. b) , mouse mononuclear cells and pmns (chertov et al. ) , as well as human neutrophils, monocytes and t cells (de et al. ) . as ll- has been demonstrated to induce a number of chemokines, there has been some debate as to whether it induces chemotaxis directly or indirectly by induction of classical chemokines. in the rat mast cell model, it appears as though this chemotaxis is a direct effect: as when mast cells are cultured with ll- and the supernatants are used for the chemotaxis assay, chemotaxis can be blocked by anti-ll- antiserum (niyonsaba et al. b) . host defence peptides may also indirectly enhance chemotaxis by inducing the production of chemokines from a variety of different cell types, including epithelial cells and monocytes. the hnps, for example, have been demonstrated to induce il- from lung epithelial cells and cell lines (van wetering et al. ; sakamoto et al. ) and to induce the production of il- β and il- mrna production (sakamoto et al. ) from a lung epithelial cell line. it is unclear whether the β-defensins have similar chemokine-inducing activities. hbd , for example, does not induce il- expression in bronchial epithelial cells (sakamoto et al. ). however, in bal from patients with diffuse panbronchiolitis, the hbd concentration correlated significantly with the numbers of cells recovered from the bal fluid (total cells, neutrophils, and lymphocytes) (hiratsuka et al. ) , implying that there might be a link between this peptide and cellular infiltration to the site of infection. ll- has been demonstrated to induce mcp- and il- release in a mouse macrophage and a human bronchial epithelial cell line, respectively, and both chemokines were increased upon stimulation with ll- in whole human blood (scott et al. ) . ll- has also been demonstrated to induce chemokine transcription (il- , mcp- , mcp- ) and release (il- ) in a mitogen-activated protein kinase (mapk)-dependent manner in human peripheral blood derived monocytes . both ll- and the hnps are neutrophil-derived peptides which are released upon neutrophil degranulation. these peptides induce the transcription and release of chemokines, specifically il- , which preferentially attract neutrophils. consequently the presence of these peptides correlates well with that of il- , a potent chemoattractant for neutrophils (ashitani et al. ) , as well as the presence of other neutrophil components such as elastase (zhang et al. ). it appears that host defence peptides induce chemotaxis in two ways: first through direct chemotactic activity of pmns and mononuclear cells mediated through ccr and other as yet to be identified receptors and second through inducing chemokine production which would hypothetically increase the numbers of neutrophils and monocytes at sites of infection. this then would have the net effect of promoting or marshalling cells important in innate immunity to the sites of excessive production (through induction) or deposition (through neutrophil degranulation) of these host defence peptides. this then begs the question as to whether host defence peptides are overtly pro-inflammatory. early experiments determined that a number of host defence peptides from various sources bound to lps from diverse gram-negative bacteria and reduced lps-induced release of pro-inflammatory cytokines (e.g. tnf-α, il- , il- ) and nitric oxide from monocyte or macrophages and protected mice from lps lethality (larrick et al. (larrick et al. , vandermeer et al. ; kirikae et al. ) . initial studies focussed on the unprocessed form of cathelicidin, hcap- (kirikae et al. ); however, it was later found that the lps-binding properties of the peptide were contained within the processed -amino acid c-terminal domain, ll- (turner et al. ). it has been proposed that the anti-endotoxic properties of these peptides are the result of the inhibition of binding of lps to cd ) and lipopolysaccharidebinding protein (lbp) (scott et al. ) , and/or indirect effects on cells (scott et al. ) . ll- has been shown to block a number of lps-induced inflammatory responses, including contractility and (nitric oxide) no release in aortic rings (ciornei et al. ) , pro-inflammatory cytokine production in a macrophage cell line and in animal models (scott et al. ) (ohgami et al. ) , suppression of leukocyte infiltration in a model of endotoxin-induced uveitis (ohgami et al. ) and lethality in animal models of sepsis (scott et al. ) . these effects occur at concentrations in the physiological range for ll- ( - µg/ml) and may reflect a natural role for ll- in the body (e.g. balancing of the potential stimulus by endotoxin from commensals). this anti-endotoxin activity appears to correlate with an ability to dampen the pro-inflammatory effects of the gram-positive surface molecule lipoteichoic acid (scott et al. ) . it appears that there may be marked differences in the ability of ll- and the defensins to inhibit the pro-inflammatory effects of endotoxin. for example, hnp and hbd are not potent inhibitors of lps-lbp binding (scott et al. ) . in ex vivo whole blood experiments, hnp was approximately , -fold less potent than bpi at reducing tnf-α in response to gramnegative bacteria and is much less potent in blocking endotoxin activity, as assessed by a surrogate assay, the limulus amoebocyte lysate assay, or in priming pmn for arachidonate release or stimulating leukocyte oxidase activity (levy et al. ) . thus, the ability to bind to and neutralise endotoxininduced activity in humans may be more evident for ll- and other proteins such as bacterial permeability-inducing protein (bpi) and lbp (weiss ) . natural killer cells are cd -cd lymphocytes that are an important component of the innate immune response. they kill transformed and infected cells, but unlike t cells they are active against cells that have decreased or ablated expression of major histocompatibility complex class (mhc ) molecules. the cytolytic properties of nk cells are increased in the presence of cytokines produced by cells of the innate immune response. nk cells themselves produce cytokines, such as ifn-γ, which are involved in the enhancement of both the innate and adaptive immune responses. nk cells contain a wide variety of cytotoxic peptides of which granulysin (nk-lysin) is considered to be the most important (kumar et al. ) . recently nk cells have also been demonstrated to express the transcripts for ll- and hnp - , and these peptides were found in the supernatants of il- -treated cells consistent with an involvement in the cytotoxic properties of these cells (agerberth et al. ) , or alternatively an immunomodulatory role. consistent with these observations, it has been shown that both tlr and tlr agonists induce the release of hnp - from nk cells into the supernatant and that this release is increased synergistically in the presence of other cytokines found at the site of inflammation (chalifour et al. ). it is not entirely clear what the role of defensins may be in modulating nk-induced cytotoxicity. in one study it was found that nk mediated cytolysis of the transformed cell line kn is decreased in the presence of hnp - in a dose-dependent manner. as well, nk cells treated with hnps had a decreased expression of both cd and cd ). this study also demonstrated that there are high concentrations of hnps due to the infiltration of neutrophils in colorectal tumours, but not in surrounding healthy tissue. thus the authors hypothesised that the presence of hnps might actually protect cancerous cells from nk cytolysis. a conflicting study demonstrated that pbmcs, treated with opsonin-coated zymosan particles, induced the release of substances that enhanced nk-mediated cytotoxicity. these substances were identified as neutral serine proteases and hnps. of the peptides tested, hnp was the most potent, increasing nk-mediated cytolysis optimally at a concentration of . µg/ml (lala et al. ) . clearly, further studies are required to fully elucidate the role that host defence peptides have on nk mediated cytoxicity. monocytes and macrophages do not express high levels of defensins or cathelicidins unless stimulated by lps or pro-inflammatory mediators (agerberth et al. ; duits et al. ) . however, when thus stimulated, they secrete as yet unidentified factors that stimulate epithelial cells and keratinocytes to produce host defence peptides . monocytes and macrophages are, however, quite responsive to stimulation with these peptides and both ll- and the defensins have been demonstrated to induce chemotaxis (territo et al. ; de et al. ) . it has been noted that host defence peptides are strong inducers of chemokine activity in monocytes (chaly et al. ; . interestingly it has been demonstrated that the hnps are able to prevent hiv replication in monocytes and monocyte-derived macrophages and that this property may be due to their ability to induce chemokine production and/or receptor antagonism (guo et al. ). hnp and hnp were both demonstrated to induce production of mip-α and mip- β, the ligands for ccr in monocyte-derived macrophages and to prevent replication of a ccr tropic strain of the virus, presumably by blocking virus binding to ccr (guo et al. ). there has been some evidence that host defence peptides might work as opsonins (fleischmann et al. ; sawyer et al. ) . although this property would be predicted to generally enhance that antimicrobial activity associated with these peptides, one study demonstrated that an ll- derivative actually promoted infectivity of coxiella burnetii, an intracellular pathogen of macrophages (aragon et al. ) . generally, host defence peptides are thought to possess anti-inflammatory properties, as described above. however, in some cases, they may actually enhance some aspects of a pro-inflammatory response. ll- , for example, has been demonstrated to enhance il- β processing and release in lps-primed primary human monocytes (elssner et al. ) . this property appears to be conserved across a range of host defence peptides from a number of different species (perregaux et al. ) . mast cells are distributed throughout the body and are also found in low amounts in the blood. these cells rapidly accumulate at sites of infection, and upon encountering certain bacterial components or pro-inflammatory stimuli they promote the inflammatory response by releasing histamine, which causes vasodilation and thus assists in the recruitment of cells and substances from the blood. two host defence peptides, ll- and hbd have been demonstrated to be chemotactic for rat mast cells, although they may work by different mechanisms (niyonsaba et al. b (niyonsaba et al. , . thus mast cells may accumulate at sites of high concentrations of host defence peptides such as at sites of neutrophil degranulation or at epithelial surfaces in vivo. hbd and ll- as well as the hnp - and hnp homologues from rabbits and guinea pigs have also been demonstrated to induce histamine release (befus et al. ; niyonsaba et al. ) . this property may be especially important in the development of host defence peptides as drugs, as mast cell degranulation is a potentially detrimental side effect. host defence peptides have been demonstrated to interact with epithelial cells. neutrophil peptides have been demonstrated to induce proliferation (m. , induce chemokine production (van wetering et al. ) and stimulate cell signalling pathways . ll- has been demonstrated to bind to a lung epithelial cell line in a manner which suggests that it may have more than one receptor . it has also been demonstrated that binding and subsequent internalisation is required in order to induce il- production . host defence peptides in the adaptive immune response in addition to apparently having multiple roles in innate immunity, it is becoming clear that host defence peptides can modulate the adaptive immune response, and several studies have now demonstrated adjuvant activities of host defence peptides in vivo. the mechanisms involved remain unclear, although these activities could reflect the innate immunity modulating activity of host defence peptides and the fact that there appears to be a strong interconnection between innate and adaptive immunity. the relatively non-immunogenic model antigen ovalbumin (ova) is widely used to study adaptive immune responses. intranasal co-administration of human α-defensins hnp - with ova was shown to enhance the production of ova-specific igg antibodies and ova-specific cd + t cells, which produced significantly more ifnγ, il- , il- , and il- (lillard et al. ). this indicated the capacity of α-defensins to alter the host response to ova, acting as adjuvants to promote a mixed t helper (th) cell response. in two other recent studies, hnp , the human β-defensins hbd and hbd (brogden et al. ) , and a simple synthetic peptide klkl klk (fritz et al. ) were also demonstrated to be effective adjuvants. the observation that such effects are observed with the model peptide klkl klk suggests the possibility of a relatively non-specific mechanism, and that such activities may therefore be seen with a broad range of host defence peptides. however, the nature of the enhanced responses may depend both on the antigen and the peptide used. in contrast to the mixed th- /th- response enhanced in the hnp - -treated animals (lillard et al. ) , ova-stimulated splenic lymphoid cell cultures were found to produce significantly decreased levels of ifn-γ, when taken from hbd -treated mice (brogden et al. ). on the other hand, although klkl klk induced a strong th- type response when co-administered with ova, it enhanced a mixed response when the trivalent influenza split-vaccine fluvirin was used as antigen, with the production of both igg and igg antibodies (fritz et al. ). interestingly, this report also demonstrated that a peptide could markedly enhance antigen association with a monocytic cell line in vitro, and that co-administration in vivo could result in the formation of a transient depot of antigen at the site of injection. these observations indicate that antigen uptake by antigen-presenting cells (apcs) might be enhanced in the presence of the peptide, and thus influence responses in the presence of klkl klk in vivo. although these studies clearly showed altered humoral and th responses to antigens, the functional consequences of these alterations were not clearly demonstrated. in another study, mice were given an intraperitoneal vaccination combining a b-cell lymphoma idiotype antigen and daily µg injections of human α-defensins. this study also demonstrated adjuvant activity, whereby the defensins led to increased levels of antigen-specific igg antibodies and enhanced ifn-γ production by splenic cells (tani et al. ) . moreover, defensins showed mitogenic properties (with a significant increase in the number of splenic b cells) and led to an increase in resistance to tumour challenge. the latter observation raised the possibility that an antigen-specific cytotoxic t cell response was being generated in addition to a humoral response. these studies collectively demonstrate that co-administration of host defence peptides with antigens can enhance and perhaps alter the nature of the host's specific adaptive immune responses in vivo. this raises the question of whether host defence peptides might naturally act as endogenous adjuvants to enhance normal immunological responses, since many peptides can be up-regulated or secreted at sites of infection and inflammation. it is unclear whether the doses used in such studies to assess in vivo immunological processes are within relevant physiological ranges. the physiological significance should be addressed by examining transgenic mice with defective production of host defence peptides, although the issue of possible functional redundancy amongst the many murine defensins must be considered when examining single gene knockouts. the published characterisations of such mice have concentrated on innate responses and have generally not described defects in adaptive immune responses morrison et al. ; moser et al. ) . however, one mbd- knockout model was found to display a defect in generating antibodies to the carbohydrate capsule of pneumococci (c. moser, personal communication) . while this is consistent with an in vivo role for this constitutively expressed defensin in generating an effective humoral response, it is clearly an area requiring further study. regardless of possible physiological significance, the adjuvant effects of host defence peptides are clearly of interest from an immunotherapeutic and vaccinology perspective. in contrast to the studies that have co-administered host defence peptides and antigens, other groups have taken an alternative dna-vaccine approach. this methodology involved immunizing mice with dna plasmids encoding non-immunogenic lymphoma antigens fused to murine β-defensins (biragyn et al. ) . successfully transfected cells of an undefined nature should then express the peptide/lymphoma antigen fusion proteins. this strategy represents an attempt to target antigen to immature dendritic cells (idcs), by exploiting the affinity of the β-defensin portion of the fusion proteins for the chemokine receptor ccr , expressed on idcs. this approach also demonstrated an adjuvant capacity for host defence peptides; however, igg responses were only observed when the plasmid encoded a fusion of the antigen and peptide, and not observed after simple co-administration of peptide and antigen. interestingly, anti-tumour activity was also generated in these mice (most effectively with murine β-defensin ), but did not correlate with the amplitude of the humoral response (superior with murine β-defensin ). furthermore, this anti-tumour activity could be transferred to other mice with the delivery of splenocytes, but not serum, from vaccinated animals, indicating the generation of cytotoxic t cells in response to non-immunogenic antigens when fused to peptides. in another recent study, using a similar approach, immunisation of mice with a plasmid fusing the human cathelicidin ll- to m-csfr (acting as a tumour antigen in this model) also generated enhanced antigen-specific humoral and cytotoxic responses, and prolonged survival in a tumour model ). ll- fusion plasmids were found to be significantly more effective than the m-csfr plasmid alone, or co-administration of separately encoded m-csfr and ll- plasmids. these animal studies all demonstrate the adjuvant capacity of host defence peptides in vivo, but the mechanisms underlying these observations have not been fully elucidated. a variety of hypotheses can be proposed, including direct modulation of lymphocyte responses, mitogenic effects, chemotactic capacity, increased apc antigen uptake and consequently enhanced presentation, activity as endogenous danger signals, alterations to the apc cytokine environment, or direct modulation of apc function (fig. ) . the most obvious mechanisms might include altered antigen uptake (fritz et al. ) and direct modulation of lymphocyte activity and proliferation (tani et al. ) , boosting apc presentation, cellular and humoral responses. this could be further enhanced by direct chemotactic effects of host defence peptides, resulting in the chemotaxis of monocytes, neutrophils, macrophages, idcs, mast cells and t lymphocytes (territo et al. ; chertov et al. ; yang et al. yang et al. , a yang et al. , b niyonsaba et al. a niyonsaba et al. , b , and the enhancement of chemokine receptor expression on these cells (scott et al. ) . in addition, host defence peptides could act indirectly to stimulate the release of potent traditional chemokines (such as il- ) from epithelial cells (van wetering et al. ) , and/or cause mast cell degranulation , enhancing vascular permeability. these direct and indirect chemotactic effects could amplify the inflammatory response and bring key cells of the adaptive immune response to the location of the antigen. while recruiting memory t cells to an infection site may induce a more rapid cellular response to previously encountered antigens, the recruitment of monocytes and idc is likely to be critical to generating the initial response. dendritic cells are sentinel leukocytes that capture antigen in the peripheral tissues and then initiate and orchestrate t cell helper (th- ) responses, the nature of which determines the character of the adaptive immune response (moser and murphy ) . this process is critical to generating a successful defence against harmful microbial non-self antigens while maintaining tolerance to self. it is dependent upon the antigen-capturing capabilities of idcs, and antigen-presenting capabilities of mature dendritic cells (mdcs). idcs are derived from circulating haematopoietic precursor cells and predc populations (monocytes and plasmacytoid cells) under the influence of specific cytokines and growth factors (liu ; pulendran et al. ). in the tissues, these cells encounter and take up antigen. stimulation of idcs by conserved structures on certain microbial antigens, acting via the toll-like receptors (tlrs) of the innate immune system (medzhitov and janeway ) or by signals from host cytokines, results in dc activation. these activated cells mature to become effective antigen-processing and presenting mdcs, migrate to the secondary lymphoid organs and interact with naïve t-lymphocytes (banchereau et al. ) . the characteristics of the mdcs determine the nature and consequences of this interaction, resulting in proliferation and differentiation, or deletion of t cells, and determine the polarisation of the th response (lanzavecchia and sallusto ) . whereas steady-state trafficking of non-activated idcs carrying self-antigen is thought to help maintain tolerance, it has been proposed that sustained trafficking of large numbers of highly stimulatory mdcs to the t cell areas is necessary for the generation of an effective t cell proliferative response (lanzavecchia and sallusto ) . this would require extensive, repeated recruitment of circulating predcs to the site of infection, with rapid differentiation to replace the "first-line" resident idcs. thus, at the simplest level, it is conceivable that the in vivo effects of host defence peptides on the adaptive immune response are the result of direct and indirect chemotaxis of idcs and monocytes to the site of inflammation. thus, chemotaxis, altered antigen uptake, and mitogenic effects on lymphocytes offer potential mechanisms by which host defence peptides may enhance responses to immunogenic antigens. however, these explanations do not account for the generation of humoral and cytotoxic t lymphocyte responses to non-immunogenic antigens observed in vivo. in these examples, an increase in the number of dcs encountered and the amount of antigen taken up should make no difference to the response in the absence of an activating signal. indeed, theoretically, this might serve to increase host tolerance to these antigens. despite this, host defence peptides clearly enhance an adaptive immune response to non-immunogenic antigens in vivo. on the basis of current literature, we propose three hypotheses that might explain these observations. the first two theories propose that these peptides directly or indirectly provide an activating signal to differentiated idcs concurrent with these cells encountering antigen, while the third proposes peptide modulation of dc differentiation from precursor cells. in one intriguing report, it was demonstrated that murine β-defensin fusion proteins were capable of activating idcs directly in a tlr- dependent manner, to produce t helper (th- ) polarised responses . in the context of these dna plasmid vaccines, stimulation of the innate pattern recognition pathways through tlr would occur in close spatial and temporal conjunction to an otherwise non-immunogenic antigen. this suggests that host defence peptides might be capable of functioning as endogenous ligands of innate pattern recognition receptors. however, activation of idcs was not observed with murine β-defensin in the absence of fusion to lymphoma antigen. although this appears to make it improbable that this mechanism is responsible for most of the above-described in vivo observations, it is possible that peptide and antigen concentrations are much higher in co-administration studies, than when relying on dna plasmid expression. thus, if the temporal coordination of tlr stimulation and antigen presentation are critical, this may be achieved by high concentration co-administration and depot formation at the site of delivery but, when utilizing a dna vaccine approach, require peptide fusion. however, despite proving effective as an adjuvant for humoral responses (biragyn et al. ) , murine β-defensin fusion proteins did not have tlr- dependent idc-activating capabilities . furthermore we have seen no evidence of an ability to directly mature human monocyte-derived dc in vitro when studying a range of peptides at or above the putative physiological concentrations, (dj davidson, aj currie,, rew hancock, dp speert, unpublished data). these data indicate that direct activation of idcs may not be an inherent property of host defence peptides. thus, although direct activation of idcs is unlikely to be the basic mechanism underlying host defence peptide adjuvant activities, we cannot rule out a peptide-specific effect in which temporal coordination of tlr ligation and chemokine receptor-directed antigen uptake by the same cell are critical. an alternative mechanism to explain altered idc activation is to suggest that the effects of host defence peptides might be indirect, acting to alter the milieu in which these cells encounter antigen. defensins have been shown to increase expression of various cytokines, including il- , il- , mcp- and gm-csf , in different airway epithelial cells, while ll- can induce il- and mcp- expression in epithelial and monocytic cells (scott et al. ) . changes to the cytokine environment may induce a myriad of effects, from the chemotactic activities of mcp- and il- , and cellular differentiation effects of gm-csf, to the enhancement of b cell proliferation and blockade of the suppressive effects of regulatory t cells by il- (pasare and medzhitov ) . possibly other factors are induced that might activate idcs even in the presence of non-immunogenic antigens. following activation of monocytes with s. aureus or phorbol myristate, human α-defensins at con-centrations as low as nm, can increase the expression of tnf-α and il- β (chaly et al. ) . these cytokines have the potential to directly induce dc maturation, sharing components of activating pathways with tlr, and thus potentially enhancing the generation of highly stimulatory mdcs. however, while such mechanisms might therefore be proposed at sites of inflammation, similar activities in the presence of non-immunogenic antigens are only speculative. the third hypothesis relates to our recent discovery that the human cathelicidin ll- can modulate the differentiation of idcs from precursor cells, with consequent impact on th cell polarisation ). the stimulatory nature of dcs is subject to dynamic temporal regulation (langenkamp et al. ) and can be modified by precursor cell lineage, the specific antigen captured, the receptors engaged, and the microenvironment for both differentiation and maturation (liu ; pulendran et al. ; de jong et al. ; boonstra et al. ) . we demonstrated that ll- has the potential to act as an endogenous environmental modifier of dc differentiation ). ll- -primed dcs displayed significantly upregulated endocytic capacity, modified phagocytic receptor expression and function, up-regulated co-stimulatory molecule expression, enhanced secretion of th- -inducing cytokines, and promoted th- responses in vitro. these results suggest the potential for host defence peptides to exert effects on the adaptive immune system by priming newly differentiating dcs to enhance their antigen uptake and presentation capabilities and influence the nature of the response they will subsequently generate. according to this hypothesis, host defence peptides would not simply affect "first-line" resident idcs, but act upon the differentiating "second-line" dcs that can sustain highly stimulatory presentation of antigen to generate an effective t cell proliferative response. in the context of a physiological role, ll- -primed idcs might be generated at sites where ll- is up-regulated in response to infection or inflammation, be matured by immunogenic antigens, and promote a more robust adaptive immune response. however, ll- -primed idcs also have increased expression of the co-stimulatory molecule cd in vitro in the absence of activating stimuli and any other signs of maturation. if such cells were generated in vivo in the presence of a high concentration depot of host defence peptides at the site of vaccination, or in an area of peptide overexpression by host cells transfected with a dna vaccine, they might be capable of presenting non-immunogenic antigen in a stimulatory context. although enhanced humoral and cytotoxic t-lymphocyte (ctl) responses in dna vaccinated mice are dependent on the fusion of ll- and the antigen , this might again relate to issues of local concentration and co-presentation to the same cells. interestingly however, enhanced splenocyte ifn-γ responses were observed not only in mice vaccinated with the ll- fusion plasmid, but also in those given separately encoded ll- and antigen plasmids. this might reflect the enhanced ifn-γ responses of t cells stimulated with ll- -primed dcs in vitro. however, further research is required to establish the in vivo significance of the ll- -priming of dcs observed in vitro. furthermore, the effects of other host defence peptides on dc differentiation have not been described, raising uncertainty about this hypothesis in the context of the in vivo studies using defensins, or synthetic peptides as adjuvants. in conclusion, the potential for host defence peptides to modulate the adaptive immune response is evident, but remains largely undescribed. in addition to further exploration of the effects in vitro, innovative in vivo modelling is a priority to dissect the mechanisms underlying these observations. a clear understanding of the extent and mechanisms of the immunomodulatory effects of host defence peptides will be fundamental to their future development as novel therapeutic agents. however, these early in vivo studies demonstrate great potential for targeting tumours, recalcitrant, antibioticresistant pathogens, infections for which effective vaccines do not exist, and vaccines, which generate suboptimal responses of an inappropriate nature. mammalian host defence peptides were originally discovered as components of the non-oxidative killing mechanisms of neutrophils. in the granules of neutrophils, these peptides are found at sufficiently high concentrations to be antimicrobial. however, it is less clear that this is the case at mucosal surfaces or in other body fluids, especially at sites that already support a rich and diverse normal flora. certain body fluids, including sinus fluid and gastric juices, have innate antimicrobial activity against certain bacteria, and the components that appear to contribute to this include a variety of antimicrobial proteins (e.g. lysozyme, secretory phospholipase a ), as well as peptides (e.g. defensins) (cole et al. ) . however, the specific contributions of each of these components to overall antimicrobial activity has not been determined, and given the moderate levels of peptides often found in these fluids, synergy between individual agents working in combination may be important, as been demonstrated for some peptides, and combinations of lysozyme and peptides in vitro (singh et al. ; yan and hancock ) .this is still further complicated at sites such as the mucosa when considering the abilities of host defence peptides to modulate innate immunity, as discussed extensively in this review. one approach to trying to resolve these mechanisms is to use genetic strategies using either knockout models in animals or specific genetic deficiencies in humans nizet et al. ; putsep et al. ; salzman et al. ) . such studies have clearly demonstrated that defensins and cathelicidins are integral components of host defence in mammals, and that these peptides are required to reduce bacterial load and inhibit infection. however, they do not always permit the discrimination between the various potential mechanisms of host defence peptides, namely direct antimicrobial activity, synergistic activity with other antimicrobial components and/or the broad range of abilities to modulate immunity. indeed, these distinctions may be unimportant, as they all have the same net result, namely the control of potentially dangerous microbes. we hypothesise that all of these mechanisms operate in the body of mammals, and that any given peptide may have different roles in anti-infective immunity according to the body site it is found, its local concentration, the prevailing physiological conditions, and the other antimicrobial and cellular components of immunity at that site. a clear illustration of this complexity is provided by a study of the use of human defensin (hnp- ) to treat experimental peritoneal k. pneumoniae infections (welling et al. ). in this model, hnp injection was shown to markedly reduce bacterial numbers, but the antibacterial effect was associated with an increased influx of leukocytes into the peritoneal cavity, and this was strongly related to the antibacterial effect, as no such activity was observed in leukocytopenic mice. a further challenge to our thinking, and possibly the most profound question in innate immunity, is how mammals manage to support a complex normal flora while retaining the ability to respond to potentially dangerous pathogens. the toll-like receptors (tlrs), which represent one of the major "triggers" of innate immunity, do not really distinguish between the conserved surface molecules from pathogens and commensal organisms. thus it is of interest as to whether host defence peptides may play a role in this delicate dance between symbiosis and pathogenesis. as shown by e. nishimura et al., many commensal bacteria from the oral cavity are quite susceptible to hbd , while chung and dale indicated that both commensals and pathogenic bacteria can induce this defensin (chung and dale ; e. nishimura et al. ). conversely, putsep et al. compared germ-free and normal mice to conclude that an intestinal microflora does not have a major influence on the production or processing of defensins (putsep et al. ) . however, we consider at least one activity of these peptides might play a role for host defence peptides in homeostasis, namely anti-endotoxic activity, which in our experience is expressed at lower concentrations of ll- than other immunomodulatory activities. it seems possible that this would provide a mechanism for balancing the po-tential stimulation of tlrs by surface molecules from commensal organisms. innate immunity would then be triggered by local perturbations of peptide concentrations though mechanisms such as degranulation of phagocytes, or specific up-regulation by certain cytokines. in addition, the efficiency of these peptides might the increased by other local factors, for example phagocytes that enter the local site (welling et al. ) or local cytokines such as gm-csf that has been shown to enhance mapk signalling by ll- . the full spectrum of the immunomodulatory properties of these peptides is not yet known and each new report demonstrates that the range and importance of these immunomodulatory effects is greater than initially suspected. most likely both antimicrobial and immunomodulatory activities are to some degree involved, as this is consistent with the redundant and efficient nature of evolution, and with the concept of innate immunity as a network of overlapping mechanisms. understanding the interplay between host defence peptides and innate and adaptive immunity will expand our knowledge of immunity in general and allow us to develop anti-infective therapies adapted from nature's design that will enhance the efficiency of immune defences. human neutrophil defensins induce lung epithelial cell proliferation in vitro neutrophil defensins enhance lung epithelial wound closure and mucin gene expression in vitro the human antimicrobial and chemotactic peptides ll- and alpha-defensins are expressed by specific lymphocyte and monocyte populations ll- enhances adaptive immune response in murine model challenged with tumour cells a cationic antimicrobial peptide enhances the infectivity of coxiella burnetii elevated levels of alpha-defensins in plasma and bal fluid of patients with active pulmonary tuberculosis ion composition and rheology of airway liquid from cystic fibrosis fetal tracheal xenografts mouse beta-defensin is a salt-sensitive antimicrobial peptide present in epithelia of the lung and urogenital tract human beta-defensin is a salt-sensitive peptide antibiotic expressed in human lung the peptide antibiotic ll- /hcap- is expressed in epithelia of the human lung where it has broad antimicrobial activity at the airway surface augmentation of innate host defense by expression of a cathelicidin antimicrobial peptide immunobiology of dendritic cells cd -dependent lipopolysaccharide-induced beta-defensin- expression in human tracheobronchial epithelium neutrophil defensins induce histamine secretion from mast cells: mechanisms of action hbd- : a novel beta-defensin from human plasma mediators of innate immunity that target immature, but not mature, dendritic cells induce antitumor immunity when genetically fused with nonimmunogenic tumor antigens toll-like receptor -dependent activation of dendritic cells by beta -defensin flexibility of mouse classical and plasmacytoid-derived dendritic cells in directing t helper type and cell development: dependency on antigen dose and differential toll-like receptor ligation the human cationic peptide ll- induces activation of the extracellular signal-regulated kinase and p kinase pathways in primary human monocytes impact of ll- on anti-infective immunity defensin-induced adaptive immunity in mice and its potential in preventing periodontal disease the novel antimicrobial peptide beta -defensin is produced by the amnion: a possible role of the fetal membranes in innate immunity of the amniotic cavity human beta-defensin- expression is increased in chronic wounds direct bacterial protein pamp recognition by human nk cells involves tlrs and triggers alpha-defensin production neutrophil alpha-defensin human neutrophil peptide modulates cytokine production in human monocytes and adhesion molecule expression in endothelial cells beta-defensins and ll- in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid of patients with cystic fibrosis identification of defensin- , defensin- , and cap /azurocidin as t-cell chemoattractant proteins released from interleukin- -stimulated neutrophils innate immune response of oral and foreskin keratinocytes: utilization of different signaling pathways by various bacterial species effects of human cathelicidin antimicrobial peptide ll- on lipopolysaccharide-induced nitric oxide release from rat aorta in vitro innate antimicrobial activity of nasal secretions determinants of staphylococcus aureus nasal carriage cationic polypeptides are required for antibacterial activity of human airway fluid tumor-infiltrating dendritic cell precursors recruited by a betadefensin contribute to vasculogenesis under the influence of vegf-a human defensin is stored in precursor form in normal paneth cells and is expressed by some villous epithelial cells and by metaplastic paneth cells in the colon in inflammatory bowel disease direct inactivation of viruses by human granulocyte defensins the cationic antimicrobial peptide ll- modulates dendritic cell differentiation and dendritic cell-induced t cell polarization microbial compounds selectively induce th cell-promoting or th cell-promoting dendritic cells in vitro with diverse th cell-polarizing signals ll- , the neutrophil granule-and epithelial cell-derived cathelicidin, utilizes formyl peptide receptor-like (fprl ) as a receptor to chemoattract human peripheral blood neutrophils, monocytes, and t cells intestinal defensin gene expression in human populations cutaneous injury induces the release of cathelicidin anti-microbial peptides active against group a streptococcus rhinovirus increases human beta-defensin- and - mrna expression in cultured bronchial epithelial cells expression of beta-defensin and mrna by human monocytes, macrophages and dendritic cells chemokines meet defensins: the merging concepts of chemoattractants and antimicrobial peptides in host defense a novel p x receptor activator, the human cathelicidin-derived peptide ll , induces il- beta processing and release comparison of the genomes of human and mouse lays the foundation of genome zoology interleukin- alpha and interleukin- enhance the antibacterial properties of cultured composite keratinocyte grafts increased expression of antimicrobial peptides and lysozyme in colonic epithelial cells of patients with ulcerative colitis opsonic activity of mcp- and mcp- , cationic peptides from rabbit alveolar macrophages the artificial antimicrobial peptide klklllllklk induces predominantly a th -type immune response to co-injected antigens expression of human alpha-defensin (hd ) mrna in nasal and bronchial epithelial cells differential expression of human alpha-and beta-defensins mrna in gastrointestinal epithelia defensins. natural peptide antibiotics of human neutrophils microbicidal/cytotoxic proteins of neutrophils are deficient in two disorders: chediak-higashi syndrome and "specific" granule deficiency human betadefensin : a novel inducible peptide with a specific salt-sensitive spectrum of antimicrobial activity cathelicidin peptide sheep myeloid antimicrobial peptide- prevents endotoxin-induced mortality in rat models of septic shock alpha-defensin (human neutrophil protein ) as an antichemotactic agent for human polymorphonuclear leukocytes alpha-defensins inhibit hiv infection of macrophages through upregulation of cc-chemokines the relationship of eosinophil granule proteins to ions in the sputum of patients with cystic fibrosis a peptide antibiotic from human skin isolation and characterization of human beta-defensin- , a novel human inducible peptide antibiotic expression of ll- by human gastric epithelial cells as a potential host defense mechanism against helicobacter pylori the cathelicidin anti-microbial peptide ll- is involved in re-epithelialization of human skin wounds and is lacking in chronic ulcer epithelium ccl has dual roles in mucosal immunity as a chemokine with broad-spectrum antimicrobial activity increased concentrations of human betadefensins in plasma and bronchoalveolar lavage fluid of patients with diffuse panbronchiolitis tolllike receptor resides in the golgi apparatus and colocalizes with internalized lipopolysaccharide in intestinal epithelial cells influence of heart surgery on magnesium concentrations in pediatric patients downregulation of bactericidal peptides in enteric infections: a novel immune escape mechanism with bacterial dna as a potential regulator paneth cells of the human small intestine express an antimicrobial peptide gene defensin- mrna in human paneth cells: implications for antimicrobial peptides in host defense of the human bowel paneth cell granule depletion in the human small intestine under infective and nutritional stress protective effects of a human -kilodalton cationic antimicrobial protein (cap )-derived peptide against murine endotoxemia an angiogenic role for the human peptide antibiotic ll- /hcap- inducible expression of human beta-defensin by fusobacterium nucleatum in oral epithelial cells: multiple signaling pathways and role of commensal bacteria in innate immunity and the epithelial barrier regulation of human beta-defensin- in gingival epithelial cells: the involvement of mitogen-activated protein kinase pathways, but not the nf-kappab transcription factor family granulysin: a novel antimicrobial the differential effects of polymorphonuclear leukocyte secretion on human natural killer cell activity kinetics of dendritic cell activation: impact on priming of th , th and nonpolarized t cells regulation of t cell immunity by dendritic cells human cap : a novel antimicrobial lipopolysaccharide-binding protein a novel granulocyte-derived peptide with lipopolysaccharide-neutralizing activity structural, functional analysis and localization of the human cap gene interaction and cellular localization of the human host defense peptide ll- with lung epithelial cells defensins of vertebrate animals modulation of the in vitro candidacidal activity of human neutrophil defensins by target cell metabolism and divalent cations antibacterial proteins of granulocytes differ in interaction with endotoxin. comparison of bactericidal/permeability-increasing protein, p s, and defensins mechanisms for induction of acquired host immunity by neutrophil peptide defensins by il- signaling, monocyte-derived cells dramatically enhance the epidermal antimicrobial response to lipopolysaccharide dendritic cell subsets and lineages, and their functions in innate and adaptive immunity rapid sequence divergence in mammalian beta-defensins by adaptive evolution innate immunity characterization of the mouse beta defensin , defb , mutant mouse model beta-defensin contributes to pulmonary innate immunity in mice dendritic cell regulation of th -th development human alpha-defensins hnps- , - , and - in renal cell carcinoma: influences on tumor cell proliferation cathelicidin antimicrobial peptides are expressed in salivary glands and saliva cathelicidin anti-microbial peptide expression in sweat, an innate defense system for the skin postsecretory processing generates multiple cathelicidins for enhanced topical antimicrobial defense expression and secretion of cathelicidin antimicrobial peptides in murine mammary glands and human milk defensins are mitogenic for epithelial cells and fibroblasts cathelicidin family of antibacterial peptides cap and cap inhibit the expression of tnf-alpha by blocking the binding of lps to cd (+) cells synergistic actions of antibacterial neutrophil defensins and cathelicidins absence of toll-like receptor explains endotoxin hyporesponsiveness in human intestinal epithelium bacterial products increase expression of the human cathelicidin hcap- /ll- in cultured human sinus epithelial cells oral streptococci exhibit diverse susceptibility to human beta-defensin- : antimicrobial effects of hbd- on oral streptococci effect of defensin peptides on eukaryotic cells: primary epithelial cells, fibroblasts and squamous cell carcinoma cell lines evaluation of the effects of peptide antibiotics human beta-defensins- /- and ll- on histamine release and prostaglandin d( ) production from mast cells epithelial cellderived human beta-defensin- acts as a chemotaxin for mast cells through a pertussis toxin-sensitive and phospholipase c-dependent pathway a cathelicidin family of human antibacterial peptide ll- induces mast cell chemotaxis epithelial cell-derived antibacterial peptides human beta-defensins and cathelicidin: multifunctional activities on mast cells human beta-defensin- functions as a chemotactic agent for tumour necrosis factor-alpha-treated human neutrophils innate antimicrobial peptide protects the skin from invasive bacterial infection cytokine milieu of atopic dermatitis, as compared to psoriasis, skin prevents induction of innate immune response genes alpha -macroglobulin-proteinase complexes protect streptococcus pyogenes from killing by the antimicrobial peptide ll- salmonella enteritidis flic (flagella filament protein) induces human beta-defensin- mrna production by caco- cells effect of human cationic antimicrobial protein peptide on endotoxin-induced uveitis in rats expression and regulation of the human beta-defensins hbd- and hbd- in intestinal epithelium endogenous antimicrobial peptides and skin infections in atopic dermatitis the gene encoding the human corticostatin hp- precursor contains a recent -base duplication and is located on chromosome plasma defensin concentrations are elevated in patients with septicemia or bacterial meningitis abnormal peroxidase-positive granules in "specific granule" deficiency toll pathway-dependent blockade of cd +cd + t cell-mediated suppression by dendritic cells antimicrobial peptides initiate il- beta posttranslational processing: a novel role beyond innate immunity modulating the immune response with dendritic cells and their growth factors germ-free and colonized mice generate the same products from enteric prodefensins deficiency of antibacterial peptides in patients with morbus kostmann: an observation study gene expression, immunolocalization, and secretion of human defensin- in human female reproductive tract increased bronchoalveolar lavage human beta-defensin type in bronchiolitis obliterans syndrome after lung transplantation differential effects of alpha-and betadefensin on cytokine production by cultured human bronchial epithelial cells protection against enteric salmonellosis in transgenic mice expressing a human intestinal defensin evaluation of antimicrobial and lipopolysaccharide-neutralizing effects of a synthetic cap fragment against pseudomonas aeruginosa in a mouse model interaction of macrophage cationic proteins with the outer membrane of pseudomonas aeruginosa discovery of five conserved beta -defensin gene clusters using a computational search strategy the human antimicrobial peptide ll- is a multifunctional modulator of innate immune responses cutting edge: cationic antimicrobial peptides block the binding of lipopolysaccharide (lps) to lps binding protein primary structures of three human neutrophil defensins structure of a novel human granulocyte peptide with anti-acth activity production of beta-defensins by human airway epithelia synergistic and additive killing by antimicrobial factors found in human airway surface liquid human cathelicidin, hcap- , is processed to the antimicrobial peptide ll- by extracellular cleavage with proteinase processing of seminal plasma hcap- to all- by gastricsin: a novel mechanism of generating antimicrobial peptides in vagina assignment of defensin gene(s) to human chromosome p the role of human neutrophil peptides in lung inflammation associated with α -antitrypsin deficiency pharmacophore identification of a chemokine receptor (cxcr ) antagonist, t ([tyr( , ),lys ]-polyphemusin ii), which specifically blocks t cell-line-tropic hiv- infection sensitivity of actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and capnocytophaga spp. to the bactericidal action of ll- : a cathelicidin found in human leukocytes and epithelium defensins act as potent adjuvants that promote cellular and humoral immune responses in mice to a lymphoma idiotype and carrier antigens monocyte-chemotactic activity of defensins from human neutrophils activities of ll- , a cathelin-associated antimicrobial peptide of human neutrophils effect of defensins on interleukin- synthesis in airway epithelial cells neutrophil defensins stimulate the release of cytokines by airway epithelial cells: modulation by dexamethasone protective effects of a novel -amino acid c-terminal fragment of cap in endotoxemic pigs ) β-defensin- expression is regulated by tlr signaling in intestinal epithelial cells cutting edge: , -dihydroxyvitamin d is a direct inducer of antimicrobial peptide gene expression apolipoprotein a-i binds and inhibits the human antibacterial/cytotoxic peptide ll- defensin pattern in chronic gastritis: hbd- is differentially expressed with respect to helicobacter pylori status bactericidal/permeability-increasing protein (bpi) and lipopolysaccharide-binding protein (lbp): structure, function and regulation in host defence against gram-negative bacteria antibacterial activity of human neutrophil defensins in experimental infections in mice is accompanied by increased leukocyte accumulation structure, function, and membrane integration of defensins purification and characterization of human neutrophil peptide , a novel member of the defensin family regulation of intestinal alpha-defensin activation by the metalloproteinase matrilysin in innate host defense synergistic interactions between mammalian antimicrobial defense peptides beta-defensins: linking innate and adaptive immunity through dendritic and t cell ccr human neutrophil defensins selectively chemoattract naive t and immature dendritic cells ll- , the neutrophil granule-and epithelial cell-derived cathelicidin, utilizes formyl peptide receptor-like (fprl ) as a receptor to chemoattract human peripheral blood neutrophils, monocytes, and t cells mammalian defensins in immunity: more than just microbicidal many chemokines including ccl /mip- alpha display antimicrobial activity antimicrobial and protease inhibitory functions of the human cathelicidin (hcap /ll- ) prosequence cathelicidins, multifunctional peptides of the innate immunity conventional mechanical ventilation is associated with bronchoalveolar lavage-induced activation of polymorphonuclear leukocytes: a possible mechanism to explain the systemic consequences of ventilator-induced lung injury in patients with ards regulation of activities of nk cells and cd expression in t cells by human hnp- , - , and - widespread expression of beta-defensin hbd- in human secretory glands and epithelial cells we would like to acknowledge support for the authors' research from the applied food and materials network, the canadian bacterial diseases network and the functional pathogenomics of mucosal immunity program funded by genome prairie and genome bc, with additional funding from inimex pharmaceuticals. rewh holds a canada research chair, dmeb is supported by a cihr studentship, and djd was funded by a wellcome trust uk, international prize travelling research fellowship ( ). key: cord- -e vvi qo authors: pandit, sb; balaji, s.; srinivasan, n. title: structural and functional characterization of gene products encoded in the human genome by homology detection date: - - journal: iubmb life doi: . / sha: doc_id: cord_uid: e vvi qo availability of the human genome data has enabled the exploration of a huge amount of biological information encoded in it. there are extensive ongoing experimental efforts to understand the biological functions of the gene products encoded in the human genome. however, computational analysis can aid immensely in the interpretation of biological function by associating known functional/structural domains to the human proteins. in this article we have discussed the implications of such associations. the association of structural domains to human proteins could help in prioritizing the targets for structure determination in the structural genomics initiatives. the protein kinase family is one of the most frequently occurring protein domain families in the human proteome while p‐loop hydrolase, which comprises many gtpases and atpases, is a highly represented superfamily. using the superfamily relationships between families of unknown and known structures we could increase structural information content of the human genome by about %. we could also make new associations of domain families to human proteins that are potentially linked to genetically inherited diseases. iubmb life, : ‐ , an important event in the history of humankind has been made at the turn of the st century in the form of the draft version of human genome data ( , ) . this monumental effort provides us with an opportunity to better understand the various biological processes and possible cognition. the functional characterization of the gene products encoded in the human genome could provide insights into such complex biological process. there are various experimental endeavors to understand the functions of gene products encoded in the human genome. in addition to these experimental efforts, computational analyses of human proteins could form an important step in the functional inference of the genome data. the computational approaches for the prediction of functional features of proteins encoded in genomes relies on establishing relationships to homologues that are experimentally studied. there have been several attempts, using various sophisticated homology search tools, to assign functions to gene products encoded in various proteomes (see for example references - ) . such functional predictions could be used as a guiding tool in order to direct the relatively time consuming, more difficult and expensive experimental methods for exploring protein functions. furthermore, functional inferences of human proteins that are implicated in diseases could provide valuable insights on the molecular basis of human diseases. such an understanding could aid identification of effective drug targets and rational design of lead compounds to combat the diseases. the most commonly used computational approach for genome-wide association of functions to proteins is by identification of well-characterized homologues using sequence-based search procedures such as blast ( ) and fasta ( ) . but, pairwise sequence alignment based search procedures are unlikely to be able to identify related proteins with low sequence similarity. however, these distantly related proteins could often be identified with the use of threedimensional ( -d) structural information ( ) as the structure is conserved better than sequence during evolution ( , ) thus, use of structural information could potentially enhance the functional assignments ( - ) . moreover, structure prediction with relevant biochemical motifs can provide more detailed functional insights than sequence comparisons alone ( - ) . the search methods for such an analysis could be improved by the use of multiple sequence alignment of the homologues in a family, which can indicate structurally/ functionally important positions. the information in these multiple sequence alignments can be converted into position specific scoring matrices (pssm) usually referred as profiles ( ) or into a probabilistic model called the hidden markov model (hmm) ( ) . the use of profile-based search methods is known to improve sensitivity of detection of remotely related homologues ( - ) . hence, use of structure and profile-based method would enable detection of remote homologues and thus enrich the functional assignments. some of the commonly used profile-based search methods include psi-blast ( ) , impala ( ) , rps-blast and hidden markov model (hmmer )-based ( ) procedures. these methods have been shown to detect remote and subtle similarities ( , ) between proteins that were previously possible only by structure comparison procedures, which obviously demand the knowledge of -d structures. although the profile-based annotation methods are among the widely used procedures to detect remote similarities, there are other procedures such as genthreader ( ) and environment-based profiles ( ) , which are fold recognition methods for assigning the structural domains to amino acid sequences. furthermore, the comparison of proteins across various genomes could also aid in enhancement of the assignment of functions to the proteins ( - ) . the comparative genomics methods are based on the functional characterization of the gene products by detecting the orthologous proteins in the closely related organisms where the experimental functions of the proteins have been proposed. however, the effectiveness of this approach is dependent on at least two factors: ( ) ability to identify homologues of a given protein in other organisms. ( ) the extent of divergence of amino acid sequences of the homologues across the organisms and its implication on the similarity of functions between the two proteins. in order to understand the biological function of the human proteins we have associated functional or structural domains using sensitive profile-matching procedures. association of functional domain would provide clues to biochemical role of the protein. the structural domain association could provide enhanced abilities to assign function and also provide the molecular basis of action of proteins. furthermore, we have enhanced the structural information content of human genome by relating families apparently with unknown structures to known structural families, as in the supfam database, which was developed by us earlier ( , ) . the functional domain information was considered from pfam database (http://www.sanger.ac.uk/software/pfam) ( ) and structural domain from pali (http://pauling.mbu.iisc. ernet.in/*pali) ( , ) databases. pali contains structurebased sequence alignment and phylogeny of proteins in the families derived from the scop database ( ) , which is a hierarchical structural classification database. the profiles for pfam and pali families have been generated as described by pandit et al ( ) . these profiles were searched using rps-blast. we have also used hmm-based search procedure against the hmm libraries of pfam to associate functional domain to human proteins. profiles of transmembrane sequences have been associated with human proteins in order to predict membrane localisation of the proteins. using sensitive profile-matching procedures, we could make a comprehensive compilation of functional/structural domains to gene protein encoded in human genome. similar attempts have been made in the past by muller et al. ( ) . they have used psi-blast for much of their analysis, apart from impala, to assign structural/functional domains. in their approach psi-blast has been scanned against the nonredundant database of protein sequences augmented with scop domain sequences. in the present review we will discuss the current status of large-scale function association, using various computational procedures, of various gene products encoded in the human genome. furthermore, human proteins potentially involved in diseases have been specifically analyzed by associating functional/structural domain to these protein sequences. the amino acid sequences of the open reading frames (orfs) that correspond to the gene products encoded in human genome have been obtained from the ensembl database ( ) (release . d. , http://www.ensembl.org). the total number of gene products predicted in this release is , . the omim database ( ) is a comprehensive collection of genes and genetic disorders in humans. in our analysis the protein sequences corresponding to the entries in the omim database have been derived from the swissprot database ( ) . it is also possible to obtain details of genes involved in genetic disorders through the genelink table provided at ensembl database ( ) . the genelink table indicates the association of human proteins to omim identifiers. we were able to associate unique protein sequences, which have one or more reference, to the omim database. the number of omim entries referenced in swissprot is , as in march release of the swissprot database. a possible reason for the difference in the numbers of genes could be that more than one genetic disorder entry in omim database is associated with a given protein. in the data set used by muller et al. ( ) there were proteins linked to omim database entries. we have used profile-matching method rps-blast that matches a sequence to sequence-profile obtained from structural (pali -release . ) and functional domain (pfam -version . ) families. we used stringent e-value cut off of in our search methods to ensure reliability of the domain association. this e-value cut-off has been extrapolated from the one reported by schaffer et al. ( ) ( ) as well as based on the benchmarking (n. s. mhatre, b. anand and n. srinivasan, unpublished results) using the database of structure-based sequence alignments of similarly folded proteins. we have used hmmer based procedure against pfam hmm profiles with an e-value cut off of to extract reliable domain association. subsequent to functional/ structural domain identification, all the sequences were subjected to tmhmm . ( ) in order to assign transmembrane helical regions. the functional and structural domain assignments for human proteome along with other organisms are made publicly available at: http://hodgkin.mbu.iisc.ernet.in/*human. the following sections discuss some of the interesting results derived by analysing this large dataset of human proteins. we could assign a total of , functional/structural domains to , ( %) human proteins out of , proteins encoded in the human genome. we also surveyed for transmembrane regions in human proteins, since this would suggest putative localization of these proteins to the membrane hence, could aid in function prediction. using tmhmm ( ) we could identify transmembrane regions in gene products. of these, are found to be present in combination with extracellular or intracellular functional/ structural domains. the total number of residues covered in structural/ functional domain and transmembrane region assignments are about % of the proteome. these functional/structural domain assignments would indicate probable biochemical functions for the assigned proteins, which could be useful for biological function prediction. a total of human proteins with no domain assignment, hence with no function or cellular localization information, could form an interesting set for experimental exploration for their properties and biological roles. the association of gene products with structure can give valuable insights, since structural information provides molecular details of the function of a protein. the structural domain assignment will also help in prioritizing the target for structural genomics consortium by indicating gene products with no structural predictions. with a view to enhance structural information present in human genome, we have used structural information as in pali profiles that is generated using structure-dependent sequence alignments of a large number of protein domain families, since the incorporation of -d structural information could aid in effective detection of remotely related proteins. using pali profiles alone, we could associate additional structural domains to human proteins that are remotely related. furthermore, we tried relating families with unknown structures to known structural families as in supfam database, which was developed by us earlier ( , ) in order to enhance information on the structural content of human proteome. the supfam database relates two or more homologous protein families, of either known or unknown structure, using profiles derived from structure-based sequence alignments. integrating the relationships derived in supfam we could provide structural information for an additional * % of domain families (fig. ). these family assignments would increase known structural content in the genome. a total of pfam families are assigned in human genome, of which pfam families, have structural information documented in pfam. out of pfam families, apparently with no structural information, families could be related to a family of known structure in supfam. there are now families (* %) with structural information known directly or indirectly through relationships present in sup-fam (fig. ). these unique families with structural information are present in , domains, hence would provide further insights into their functions. a total number of , functional domains could be assigned to the human proteins. these assigned functional domains belong to sequence/functional families of the pfam database ( ) . we have surveyed for the most commonly occurring pfam families in human genome. fig. shows the most frequently occurring functional domain families in the human genome. the most frequently occurring family is the zf-c h family, which is a classical zinc-finger domain with very short length (typically residues). identification of such a family with short motifs using bioinformatics tools could be unreliable. hence, we did not consider them in our analysis. the other most frequently occurring globular protein family is protein kinase. it was previously shown that protein kinases occur with typical and atypical combination of domain families in the gene products encoded in human genome. these kinase domain-containing proteins are involved in a wide variety of biological roles ( ) . among the other most frequently occurring pfam families, the majority are involved in or in part responsible for protein-protein interactions (immunoglobulin, ankyrin repeat, tpr domains), cell attachment adhesion function (fibronectin, collagen, cadherin domains), signalling function (ph, sh , c domains), nucleic acid binding function (zf-c h , homoeobox, rrm domains). a considerable number of human proteins are characterized by short lengths, although they match significantly with protein domain families which are typically much longer. there are functional families, associated in human proteins, apparently with no structural information but could be associated to distantly related families of known structures using relationship described in supfam. these proteins have number of domains. most of these families correspond to enzymes. from the structural genomics perspective, structure association for pfam families meant that clues about structure and function could be extended for proteins. some of the pfam protein families are known to be characteristic of prokaryotic organisms or viruses only. however members of some of these families from human genome could be identified from the current analysis and these families are referred to as atypical families. we could associate bacterial specific families and viral specific families to and human proteins respectively. the list of bacterial and viral specific families, identified in human, along with associated gene products in human genome are listed in table a and b respectively the complete list of proteins with the region of pfam domain assignment is made available at http:// hodgkin.mbu.iisc.ernet.in/*human. the assigned domain family includes for example cobalamin biosynthesis protein, minor capsid protein, bacteriophage lambda head decoration protein. such functions have not been shown before to be present in humans. there are two possible explanations that could be drawn in the context of occurrence of the bacterial and viral specific families in human genome. first explanation is that the superfamily relationship exists between the assigned bacterial or viral domain families and the corresponding eurkaryotic domain families as the sequence similarity of these domains with human proteins is low, while significant. these regions in the human proteins could have diverged significantly and sequence data corresponding to these families in other eukaryotes is currently lacking. an alternative possibility is horizontal gene transfer of these bacterial/viral specific families to humans. we surveyed the human genome for the occurrence of specific pfam families, which are known to be present only in eukaryotes. such eukaryote specific families are known to be involved in specific functions in eukaryotes. out of eukaryote specific pfam families, we could not associate eukaryotic specific families to the human proteome. further, we assessed reasons for the absence of these eukaryotic specific families in human genome. most of these families are organism or lineage specific. some of them have no known functions and other, as mentioned below, are involved in functions not required or present in humans, hence not identified in the human proteome. the probable reasons for absence of eukaryotic specific pfam families in human genome are: ( ) class of toxin families (which also includes snake and scorpion toxins) ( ) families that are unique to the plant kingdom, like seed storage class of proteins, potato inhibitor and plant disease resistance response protein. the zf-c h has been excluded from this histogram due to low reliability in assignments of short domains. protein srb, c. elegans sre g protein-coupled chemoreceptor and c. elegans srg family integral membrane protein. this analysis showed that human proteome has eukaryotic specific families ( ) which are involved in eukaryotes-like functions. however, absence of some of the eukaryotic specific families could be explained from the observations that such biochemical functions are undesirable for human or they are highly specific to lower eukaryotes. the pfam families, without known -d structure, could be clustered into sequence superfamilies and such superfamily relationships are documented in the supfam database. in the current release of supfam, of the pfam families, with no structural information, could be clustered into new potential superfamilies. it is expected that members of all the families in each new potential superfamily would share the same fold and might have gross similarity in their functional properties. these relationships could help in prioritizing the target for structural genomics, since the -d structural determination of one of the representative member in each superfamily would result in structures that can serve as framework models. using these sequence superfamilies information we could identify of the sequence superfamilies in the human genome. the list of these new potential superfamilies with their constituent families identified in human genome is listed in table . the sequence superfamilies identified in human genome consist of pfam families, with no known -d structure for any of their members. there are domains belonging to these new potential superfamilies that could be assigned to the unique gene products in human genome. hence, an experimental structure for domains or proteins one each from these superfamilies could provide templates for interpreting the functions of other members in the superfamily. this results in substantial reduction (from to ) in the number of d-structures to be determined experimentally in order to get clues about their functions experimentally. these superfamilies may be considered as priority targets for structural genomics initiatives in order to improve the coverage of structural information for the human proteins. the nature of the superfamily relationships for some of the new potential sequence superfamilies that are identified in human genome is discussed further. this superfamily consists of three families namely patched domain, acr_tran and secd_secf domain families. the acr_tran family is an integral membrane protein family whose members are known to be involved in drug resistance in bacteria ( ) . the other family in this superfamily, patched domain, is a receptor for the morphogene sonic hedgehog and transduces hedgehog signals ( ) . this secd and secf family consists of various prokaryotic secd and secf protein export membrane proteins ( ) . we could identify human proteins with patched family domain assigned. the functional and structural elucidation of other two families could be could be extended to patched domain because of superfamily relationships. this superfamily has four families cluster together viz. sugar_tr, oatp_c, duf and duf . the sugar_tr family is single-polypeptide capable only of transporting small solutes, such as sugar, in response to chemiosmotic ion gradients and lies in uniporter-symporter-antiporter family ( ) . oatp_c is eukaryotic organic-anion-transporting polypeptides that vary in tissue distribution and substrate specificity ( ) . the functions of dufs (domains of unknown function) are not known. we could associate sugar_tr and oatp_c domains to and gene products respectively. this superfamily constitutes methyltransf_ and trna_u -meth_tr pfam families. both families have methyltransferase activity, however, the trna_u -meth_tr family is involved in methylation of t-rnas ( ) . we could identify and human homologues of methyltransf_ and trna_u -meth_tr respectively. the gde_c and duf pfam families could be clustered in this superfamily. the gde_c family is glycogen branching enzyme and has glucosidase activity ( ) . we could identify gde_c and duf in and human proteins respectively. from, this relationship it could be suggested that duf might have glucosidase-like activity. the -d information provides precise molecular details about the function of the protein. the association of gene products encoded in human genome to -d structures would assist in providing further insights into their function. the databases of protein structures in which domains with similar -d architecture are grouped together could be used for such structural analysis. we have used pali database derived from scop for the present analysis. scop classifies protein domain having high sequence and structural similarity into families. the families are grouped in superfamilies when they share similar functional features and have an evolutionary common ancestor. superfamilies are grouped in fold when major secondary structures are topologically equivalent with similar topological connectivity. the assignment of structural domains to the proteins would aid in the investigation of the preponderance of superfamilies and fold in the human genome. using the various search procedures we could associate , structural domains to , human proteins either directly or by using the sequence superfamily relationships as described in supfam. further, we classified these domain assignments at the level of fold or superfamilies to understand the most commonly used function present in human genome. we analyzed the most commonly occurring superfamilies in human proteome. the figure shows the top few superfamilies along with their extent of representation in the human genome. this distribution of superfamilies is similar to the one obtained by muller et al. ( ) . the most commonly occurring superfamily is c h zinc finger, followed by immunoglobulin domain. because of the short length of c h zinc-finger domain and associated low complexity region, there is bias in identification of these domains. hence, all the gene products having this domain might not have zinc-finger like function and we excluded them from our present analysis. p-loop containing nucleotide triphosphate hydrolases domain is the next most represented superfamily and it is involved in many different critical biological functions such as cell growth, differentiation, repair and modification of dna, transcription, etc. this superfamily comprises various atpases and gtpases that are essential for cell survival. for example gtpases include elongation factors, ga subunit of the heterotrimeric g-proteins that are absolutely critical in major cellular processes. the other superfamilies among frequently occurring superfamily are involved in various functions in the cell as cellular signalling (protein kinase-like, ph domainlike), cell adhesion (cadherin, fibronectin type iii), nucleic acid binding function (rna-binding domain). interestingly, 'family a-g protein-coupled receptor-like' superfamily that consists of many receptors as other most populous superfamilies. the complete list of structural superfamilies that occur in human genome with their respective frequency of occurrence in human genome is provided at http://hodgkin.mbu.iisc.ernet.in/*human. figure shows population distribution of few most populated folds, which occur in the human proteome. figure shows the -d folding patterns in the most populated folds. the c h and c hc zinc finger is the most frequent occurring fold in human genome. for the reasons mentioned before, we have excluded c h and c hc zinc finger from this analysis. ferredoxin-like fold has the highest number of superfamilies in the human proteome as well as in scop. however, of the superfamilies occur in the human proteome out of the currently known superfamilies in the ferredoxin fold. ribonuclease h-like motif fold has six out of currently known seven superfamilies in the human proteome. except the superfamily of hypothetical protein mth from methanobacterium, all other superfamilies of ribonuclease h-like motif occur in the human proteome. these superfamilies are actin-like atpase domain, creatinase/ prolidase n-terminal domain, ribonuclease h-like, translational machinery components, dna repair protein muts domain ii and methylated dna-protein cysteine methyltransferase domain. this could be expected as the nucleic acid binding/related superfamilies are highly represented in the human proteome. the complete list of protein structure folds that occur in human genome with their respective frequency of occurrence in human genome is provided at http://hodgkin. mbu.iisc.ernet.in/*human. the sequence to profile matching procedure described in the methods section resulted in the association of at least one functional domain family in pfam database to the proteins of swissprot database linked to omim entries ( . % of the total of proteins in the omim database). the remaining disease-related proteins could not be associated to any functional or structural domain family. hence these proteins could be high priority targets in structural genomics to provide further insights into the molecular basis of the function of these proteins. these proteins contain functional and structural domains from pfam families. it is important to note that domains out of domains could be linked to pfam families with known structural information. in terms of the amino acids coverage in these domains about % of the amino acids in the proteins are in the functional or structural domain ( ) assigned regions in these proteins. figure shows the distribution of the domains in the top most populous families in the proteins, these families contain domains which is about % of all assigned domains. protein kinase is the most frequently occurring domain family in the human disease proteins. among the top most populous families have known structural information. the most populous structural superfamily that is assigned to the proteins is p-loop containing nucleotide triphosphate hydrolases and this has domains in it. the largest representations in the p-loop superfamily come from the domain families like ras, helicase_c, and dead. the list of highly populated superfamilies has much in common with the analogous list generated by muller et al. ( ) . much of these highly represented superfamilies are associated with regulatory roles in development, differentiation and proliferation. further analysis revealed that there are proteins that have been assigned additional functional domains apart from previously assigned functional domains. these proteins are listed in table . these newly assigned domains may play a significant role in furthering our understanding of overall functions of these proteins. using various methods of domain association we could associate at least one domain to about % of gene products in the human genome. interestingly, the assignments of remote homologues to the human proteins revealed the occurrence of some of the viral and bacterial specific proteins in the human genome. among most commonly occurring functional family, protein kinases is one of the most frequently occurring domains, and the p-loop containing nucleotide triphosphate hydrolases is the one of the most represented superfamily. the assignment of domains to families with apparently no structural information to structural families would aid in the prioritization of targets for structural genomics of human genome. the assignment of new domains in addition to previously identified domains to the proteins possibly linked to genetically inherited human diseases could form a basis for the experimental verification of the roles of these domains as well as the molecular basis of disease. initial sequencing and analysis of the human genome the sequence of the human genome predicting function: from genes to genomes and back structural assignments to the mycoplasma genitalium proteins show extesive gene duplication and domain rearrangements the cath extended protein-family database providing structural annotations for genome sequences trends in protein evolution inferred from sequence and structure analysis studying genomes through the aeons: protein families, pseudogenes and proteome evolution predicting protein function by genomic context: quantitative evaluation and qualitative inferences basic local alignment search tool improved tools for biological sequence comparison distant homology recognition using structural classification of proteins the relation between the divergence of sequence and structure in proteins protein evolution. how far can sequences diverge? how representative are the known structures of the proteins in a complete genome? a comprehensive structural census homology-based fold predictions for mycoplasma genitalium proteins the relationship between protein structure and function a comprehensive survey with application to the yeast genome enhanced genome annotation using structural profiles in the program d-pssm predicting structures for genome proteins from protein structure to function genomic-scale comparison of sequence-and structure-based methods of function prediction: does structure provide additional insight? profile analysis: detection of distantly related proteins hidden markov models in computational biology. applications to protein modeling fold and function predictions for mycoplasma genitalium proteins applying motif and profile searches gapped blast and psi-blast: a new generation of protein database search programs supfam-a database of potential protein superfamily relationships derived by comparing sequence-based and structure-based families: implications for structural genomics and function annotation in genomes supfam: a database of sequence superfamilies of protein domains enhanced functional and structural domain assignments using remote similarity detection procedures for proteins encoded in the genome of mycobacterium tuberculosis impala: matching a protein sequence against a collection of psi-blast-constructed position-specific score matrices profile hidden markov models benchmarking psi-blast in genome annotation identification of related proteins on family, superfamily and fold level genthreader: an efficient and reliable protein fold recognition method for genomic sequences a method to identify protein sequences that fold into a known three-dimensional structure comparative genome and proteome analysis of anopheles gambiae and drosophila melanogaster the identification of functional modules from the genomic association of genes genecensus: genome comparisons in terms of metabolic pathway activity and protein family sharing structural characterization of the human proteome protein fold recognition using sequence profiles and its application in structural genomics functional and structural genomics using pedant genome sequences and great expectations the pfam protein families database pali-a database of phylogeny and alignment of homologous protein structures integration of related sequences with protein three-dimensional structural families in an updated version of pali database scop: a structural classification of proteins database for the investigation of sequences and structures the ensembl genome database project omim passes the -disease-gene mark the swiss-prot protein sequence database and its supplement trembl in a hidden markov model for predicting transmembrane helices in protein sequences the repertoire of protein kinases encoded in the draft version of the human genome: atypical variations and uncommon domain combinations acrab efflux pump plays a major role in the antibiotic resistance phenotype of escherichia coli multiple-antibiotic-resistance (mar) mutants the drosophila patched gene encodes a putative membrane protein required for segmental patterning secd and secf are required for the proton electrochemical gradient stimulation of preprotein translocation major facilitator superfamily. microbiol molecular identification and characterization of novel members of the human organic anion transporter (oatp) family dual function of the trna (m( )u ) methyltransferase in trna maturation identification of the catalytic residues of bifunctional glycogen debranching enzyme the human serum paraoxonase/arylesterase gene (pon ) is one member of a multigene family setor: hardware lighted three-dimensional solid model representations of macromolecules this research is supported by the award of senior fellowship to n.s. by the wellcome trust, london as well as by the computational genomics initiative supported by the department of biotechnology, new delhi. s.b. and s.b.p. are supported by the wellcome trust, london and csir, new delhi respectively. key: cord- -fwz chzf authors: myserlis, pavlos; radmanesh, farid; anderson, christopher d. title: translational genomics in neurocritical care: a review date: - - journal: neurotherapeutics doi: . /s - - - sha: doc_id: cord_uid: fwz chzf translational genomics represents a broad field of study that combines genome and transcriptome-wide studies in humans and model systems to refine our understanding of human biology and ultimately identify new ways to treat and prevent disease. the approaches to translational genomics can be broadly grouped into two methodologies, forward and reverse genomic translation. traditional (forward) genomic translation begins with model systems and aims at using unbiased genetic associations in these models to derive insight into biological mechanisms that may also be relevant in human disease. reverse genomic translation begins with observations made through human genomic studies and refines these observations through follow-up studies using model systems. the ultimate goal of these approaches is to clarify intervenable processes as targets for therapeutic development. in this review, we describe some of the approaches being taken to apply translational genomics to the study of diseases commonly encountered in the neurocritical care setting, including hemorrhagic and ischemic stroke, traumatic brain injury, subarachnoid hemorrhage, and status epilepticus, utilizing both forward and reverse genomic translational techniques. further, we highlight approaches in the field that could be applied in neurocritical care to improve our ability to identify new treatment modalities as well as to provide important information to patients about risk and prognosis. electronic supplementary material: the online version of this article ( . /s - - - ) contains supplementary material, which is available to authorized users. translational genomics represents a diverse collection of research approaches that leverage human genomics and model systems to identify new approaches to treat and prevent disease and improve healthcare ( , ) . rooted by the central dogma of dna to rna to protein, genomic research examines the entire genome concurrently, and may include analyses of dna variants in association with traits of interest as well as the impact of genomic variation on gene transcription and translation. genomic research has been enabled by technological advances to accurately and cost-effectively study variation across the genome at scale, as well as computational techniques to store and analyze genomic data quickly and efficiently ( ) . while translational research is often defined in terms of the traditional "bench to bedside" techniques that advance discoveries from model systems through biomarkers and mechanisms ultimately to clinical applications, genomic research offers a strong use-case for an alternative approach. termed "reverse translation," this approach starts with humans as the model system, utilizing genomic associations to derive new information about biological mechanisms that can be in turn studied further in vitro and in animal models for target refinement (fig. ) . both of these approaches possess advantages and drawbacks ( , ) . forward translation depends on the relevance of the model system to human disease, both in terms of the physiologic responses to disease or insult, as well as the approach taken to perturb the system. for instance, the human applicability of genomic studies of the response to traumatic brain injury (tbi) in a mouse model require that the mouse's response to tbi is analogous to a human's, and that the approach taken to pavlos myserlis and farid radmanesh contributed equally to this work. create a tbi in the mouse provokes a similar pattern of injury seen in human tbi ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . as such, a great deal of careful work is required to demonstrate the validity of these model systems before the results arising from them can be judged relevant to human disease. the challenges of bridging this divide are illustrated by the universal failure of neuroprotection mechanisms that reached human trials in the last several decades, essentially all of which had promising model system data in preclinical development ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . reverse genomic translation, in contrast, begins with humans ( fig. ). as such, there are few concerns as to the relevance of the system for discovery of biomarkers and mechanisms of disease. however, this approach carries a new series of challenges in study design and data acquisition ( ) . compared to isogenic cell lines or carefully bred animals in a controlled setting, humans are highly variable in both their environmental and genetic exposures. this is advantageous in identifying genetic susceptibility to disease risk and outcomes, but teasing out these small genetic effects from highly variable non-genetic exposures requires both careful computational techniques as well as large sample sizes. furthermore, because genomic data is both identifiable and can potentially lead to discrimination, human genomic studies require complex consent and data management procedures ( ) . in neurocritical care, the relative rarity of many of the diseases we encounter, coupled with the challenges of critical illness and surrogate consent make human genomic studies all the more difficult to execute effectively ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . neurointensivists routinely encounter diseases and complications for which there are a dearth of effective treatments, or even foundational knowledge of their underlying pathophysiologic mechanisms ( , ) . in this review, we will highlight some of the approaches being taken to apply translational genomics to the study of diseases commonly found in neurocritical care, utilizing both forward and reverse genomic translational techniques. further, we will highlight some of the best practices in the field that could be applied in neurocritical care to improve our ability to identify new treatment modalities as well as risk and prognosis information to patients and their families. in advance of the human genome project and the hapmap consortium, genetic studies were confined to the study of candidate genes and lower-resolution genome-wide techniques such as categorization of restriction fragment length polymorphisms (rflp), tandem repeats, and microsatellites ( ) . these genomic features enabled early efforts to perform linkage analyses in families with related traits and disorders, as well as selected populations of unrelated individuals. careful work in this arena led to validated discoveries that have survived replication in the common era, such as chromosome in late-onset alzheimer disease (ad), ultimately mapped to the apoe locus that has become a target for a great deal of genetic research in ad, as well as many other diseases including tbi and intracerebral hemorrhage (ich) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . still, much of the pregwas era was characterized by candidate gene studies that suffered from low statistical power and multiple sources of confounding that led to a failure to replicate many reported associations in the gwas era that followed ( , ) . the most substantial source of confounding in candidate gene analyses is population stratification, in which differences in allele frequency due to ancestral imbalance between cases and controls introduces spurious associations (positive or negative) between genotype and trait based solely on these cryptic ancestral imbalances ( , ) . even in studies of apoe in european ancestry populations, uncontrolled variation in the percentages of individuals of northern vs. southern european ancestry between cases and controls can mask true associations between apoe and ich, for instance ( ) . the gwas era, in which variants across the genome could be reliably genotyped and mapped to a common reference template by chromosomal location, ushered in a new system of best practices that could minimize the contribution of many of the sources of confounding in describing associations between genomic variation and traits or diseases. the international hapmap consortium obtained genotypes on individuals across ancestral populations around the globe, creating a resource that described the patterns of allele frequency variation across diverse populations ( ) . with these breakthroughs and a number of landmark evolutions that followed, case/control and population-based gwas have led to the identification of over , associations with human diseases and other traits (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/gwas/). obviously there is an enormous disconnect between the discovery of genetic loci and leveraging of this information for human benefit, which is where the translational genomic work that serves as the topic of the present review becomes relevant ( ) . post-gwas, in addition to functional and translational efforts, the movement has been towards so-called "next-generation sequencing" methodologies consisting of whole exome sequencing (wes) and whole genome sequencing (wgs). using these approaches, each nucleotide in the exome or genome is ascertained with high reliability, permitting the identification of rare and de novo variants that escape detection in traditional gwas ( ) . wes captures within-gene coding variation only, offering detection of variants that may more directly impact protein structure and function than non-coding variation detected by wgs ( ) . because the coding exome is only~ % of the overall genome, it is more cost-effective than wgs, but debate continues as to which is the more appropriate tool for large-scale study of the human genome ( ) . regardless, both wes and wgs remain orders of magnitude more expensive than traditional gwas approaches at this time, and as such well-powered sequencing studies remain unreachable for many diseases in the current pricing models. less common diseases and conditions that one may find in a neurocritical care unit are doubly disadvantaged, as even larger sample sizes are required for sequencing analyses than gwas, due to the need for many observations to identify rare exonic or intronic variants associated with disease ( , ) . as pricing models improve and larger and larger community or hospital-based cohorts receive sequencing through clinical or biobanking efforts, it is hoped that even uncommon conditions such as subarachnoid hemorrhage or status epilepticus will benefit from the insights achievable through sequencing analysis, where case/control and smaller sequencing studies have shown promise ( , ) . obviously genomic research need not be limited solely to human studies. a wealth of information about disease pathogenesis and response to injury can be gleaned from model systems of human conditions using genomic and transcriptomic approaches. because animal models and isogenic tissue cultures are specifically designed to limit genetic differences between individual animals or plated cells, dna-based association tests typically do not offer insight in the same way that they do in humans. as such, many model system studies start with rna, examining how the genome responds to perturbation through the transcriptome. however, there are substantial genomic differences between model systems and humans, as coding sequences are not necessarily conserved, promoter and enhancer control of gene expression can vary, and in the case of immortalized tissue and cell-based assays, the chromosomal architecture itself can be quite different from the organism from which it was derived ( , ) . these differences can be highly relevant when determining whether observed transcriptomic and proteomic results from model systems are likely to be shared in humans. with those caveats, the dynamic nature of the transcriptome in model systems offers opportunities to assess the way in which the genome responds to noxious insults or drug exposures, and in animal models this can even be done across specific organs or tissues of interest ( ) . as one example, traumatic brain injury researchers have obtained insight into both the initial injury cascade as well as brain response to potential injury modulators such as valproate using animal models and transcriptional microarrays, in which rna expression patterns in brain tissue can be rapidly and replicably assessed across the transcriptome ( ) . using more recent technological advancements such as drop-seq, rna expression can be assessed in single cells, as has been done in individual hippocampal neurons in a mouse model of tbi ( ) . at a minimum, these elegant studies can help to identify relevant cell types important in the response to injury, highlighting testable hypotheses that may be important in human conditions, all with access to tissues and control over experimental conditions that would never be possible in human-based research. given that diseases common to the neurocritical care population so rarely afford access to brain tissue for pathologic or genomic analysis antemortem, model system genomic studies offer an important adjunct for translational research. forward genomic translation begins with model systems with the goal of using the measured associations in these models to derive insight into biological mechanisms that may also be relevant in human disease. forward translation requires wellcharacterized models that are often designed to mimic the human exposures of interest as closely as possible. this is often challenging given the natural differences between humans and many of the animals chosen to serve as models. in this section, we will highlight several model systems in current use for translational genomics relevant to neurocritical care, but the field of translational modeling in neurologic disease is suitably large to prevent an exhaustive review herein. malignant cerebral edema is a highly lethal complication of ischemic stroke, with mortality of - % ( ) . currently, hemicraniectomy is the only available option to prevent death and yet it does not address the underlying pathophysiology. hyperosmolar therapy is potentially useful as a bridge to surgery. preclinical data based on a forward translation approach has been useful in highlighting mechanisms underlying postinfarct edema as potential targets for therapeutic manipulation. the sulfonylurea receptor (sur ) is encoded by the abcc gene that is upregulated after cns injury, forming an ion channel in association with transient receptor potential melastatin (trpm ). continuous activation of this complex can lead to cytotoxic edema and neuronal cell death, which has been demonstrated in both animal and human models ( , ) . sur is also found in pancreatic beta cells, constituting the target for the oral hypoglycemic agent, glyburide. studies of rodent and porcine stroke models demonstrated that in the first few hours after an ischemic insult, both sur and trpm are upregulated ( , ) . limited case series of human postmortem specimens also demonstrated upregulation of sur in infarcted tissue ( ) . therefore, intravenous glyburide has been proposed for treatment of malignant cerebral edema. targeting sur in rat models of ischemia have consistently resulted in reduced edema and better outcomes ( ) . in particular, glyburide infusion starting h after complete middle cerebral artery occlusion resulted in decreased swelling by two thirds and % reduction in mortality ( ) . one desirable characteristic of glyburide is that it cannot penetrate intact blood-brain barrier, but that is facilitated following brain injury ( ) . the effect of glyburide for treatment of cerebral edema has also been studied in tbi with promising data obtained from animal studies ( ) . limited randomized trials in human using oral glyburide have shown promising results; however, use of oral formulation and study design limitations prohibit generalizability of results ( , ) . building on this preclinical data, the phase randomized clinical trial (games-rp) showed that the iv preparation of glyburide, glibenclamide, is associated with reduction in edema-related deaths, less midline shift, and reduced rate of nih stroke scale deterioration. however, it did not significantly affect the proportion of patients developing malignant edema ( ) . the phase charm trial, sponsored by biogen, is currently enrolling patients with large hemispheric infarction to determine whether iv glibenclamide improves -day modified rankin scale scores. if this trial proves successful, this vignette will represent a dramatic success story for the forward translation paradigm in genomic research. in the light of recent advances in revascularization therapy, the national institute of neurological disorders and stroke has supported an initiative aiming to develop neuroprotective agents to be used as adjunctive therapy to extend the time window for reperfusion and to improve long-term functional outcome. this stroke preclinical assessment network (span) supports late-stage preclinical studies of putative neuroprotectants to be administered prior to or at the time of reperfusion, with long-term outcomes and comorbidities constituting the endpoint. the goal is to determine if an intervention can improve outcome as compared to reperfusion alone and/or extend the therapeutic window for reperfusion. span directly applies to forward translation efforts in preclinical models of neuroprotection after stroke and is an outstanding opportunity to stimulate research efforts in a field more remembered for its past failures than the promise it holds for the future of therapeutic development in the area. other societies have also begun to endorse more comprehensive modeling approaches in areas with few therapeutic options with the hope of implementing a paradigm shift. for example, the neurocritical care society has initiated "curing coma" campaign with the -to -year mission to improve the understanding of the mechanisms and to ultimately develop preventative and therapeutic measures. traumatic brain injury (tbi) is among the leading causes of disability and death worldwide, particularly in the young. the type of tbi is in part determined by the attributes of mechanical forces, including objects or blasts striking the head, rapid acceleration-deceleration forces, or rotational impacts. following the primary injury, an intricate cascade of neurometabolic and physiological processes initiates that can cause secondary or additional injury ( , ) . intensive care management has improved the prognosis of tbi patients; however, specific targeted treatments informed by pathophysiology could have a tremendous impact on recovery. the period of secondary tissue injury is the window of opportunity when patients would potentially benefit from targeted interventions, given that in tbi, the primary injury cannot be intervened upon by the neurologist or intensivist. the goal of therapy is therefore to reduce secondary damage and enhance neuroplasticity. the utility of animal models of tbi primarily depends on the research question, as each model emulates specific aspects of injury and has selective advantages and disadvantages. these include biomechanics of initial injury, molecular mechanisms of tissue response, and suitability for high-throughput testing of therapeutic agents, to name a few. although phylogenetically higher species are likely more representative models for human tbi, rodent models are more commonly used given the feasibility to generate and measure outcomes, as well as ethical and financial limitations of higher-order models. table summarizes some common and representative tbi models [ table ]. in contrast with the rodent models described in table , other model systems in tbi have been selected specifically to study other aspects of the physiologic response to tbi. for example, a swine model of controlled cortical impact offers the opportunity to readily monitor systemic physiologic parameters such as tissue oxygen and acid-base status while investigating therapeutic interventions, which is argued to provide greater insight into human response to injury ( ) . translation of preclinical studies using these animal tbi models to humans is inherently challenging. differences in brain structure, including geometry, craniospinal angle, gyral complexity, and white-gray matter ratio, particularly in the rodent models, can result in different responses to trauma ( ) . the limitation of extrapolating animal studies to human is also manifested at the genetic level, as differences in gene structure, function, and expression levels may suggest genetic mechanisms that are incompletely correlated with humans. as an example, female sex may be associated with better outcome through the neuroprotective effect of progesterone in animal models, but these observations did not carry over to humans in the protect-iii trial ( , ) . variable outcome measures, including neurobehavioral functional tests, glasgow outcome scale correlates, and high-resolution mri have been used in attempts to correlate animal responses to injury with those of humans. the lack of a large cache of standardized tools further limits comparison or pooling the results of different studies that use variable models of tbi or outcome measurement. transcriptomics, a genomic technique in which global rna expression is quantified through either expression microarrays or rna sequencing, has been employed to characterize specific inflammatory states following tbi. many studies have assessed the transcriptome in the acute post-tbi interval within - days after injury, with some showing upregulation of inflammation and apoptosis genes. gene ontology analysis at months post-tbi have shown similar changes, with upregulation of inflammatory and immune-related genes ( ) . importantly, late downregulation of ion channel expression in the peri-lesional cortex and thalamus suggests that this delayed examination of the transcriptome could be valuable for revealing mechanisms relevant to chronic tbi morbidities, including epileptogenesis and prolonged cognitive impairment ( ) . in addition, tissue-specific analysis of gene diffuse axonal injury reproduces human tbi needs standardization, e.g., location of animal within shock tube and heard immobilization ( ) expression across cell types in brain could provide useful insight into cell-specific pathways. for example, temporal trending of microglial expression profile indicates a biphasic inflammatory pattern that transitions from downregulation of homeostasis genes in the early stages to a mixed proinflammatory and anti-inflammatory states at subacute and chronic phases ( ) . the list of antiepileptic drugs has expanded significantly in the past decade, reflecting substantial investment in the search for new therapeutics with better efficacy and tolerability. however, the list of options with demonstrated efficacy in status epilepticus (se) has remained limited. the utility of benzodiazepines, often deployed in the field as a first-line agent, decreases with increasing duration of se. in addition, - % of patients with se develop refractory se when they fail to respond to first-and second-line therapy, posing a significant management and prognostic challenge ( ) . the development of aeds has relied substantially on preclinical animal models to establish efficacy and safety prior to proceeding to human trials. different epilepsy models exist that are each useful for different aspects of drug development and no model is suitable for all purposes. the majority of animal models induce epilepsy using electroshock or chemical seizure induction. nearly all recent aeds have been discovered by the same conventional models, and the reliance on these common screening models has been implicated as one of the reasons for the low yield of drugs with efficacy in refractory epilepsy ( ) . the pros and cons for each epilepsy model are discussed in detail in several excellent reviews ( , ) . some of the chemicals used include kainic acid, pilocarpine, lithium, organophosphates, and flurothyl ( ) . sustained electrical stimulation to specific sites, including the perforant path, the ventral hippocampus, the anterior piriform cortex can induce se ( ) . the latency, length, and mortality of convulsive se are more variable in chemoconvulsant as compared to electrical models, which are in turn determined by the drug and route of administration, species, sex, age, strain, and genetic background among other factors ( ) . it should also be noted that the presence of behavioral convulsion does not correlate fully with the electrographic data and vice versa. this can have c r i t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s w h e n s t u d y i n g d r u g s f o r pharmacoresistant se. therefore, it has been suggested that electroencephalographic quantification be used to measure the severity of se ( ) . furthermore, the genetic background and expressivity of animals can have a significant effect on seizure susceptibility, even between batches of inbred mice ( ) . proteomic and transcriptomic approaches have been utilized for assessment of alterations in expression profile following se, demonstrating that certain subsets of genes are upregulated at each timepoint following the onset of se. specifically, upregulation of genes regulating synaptic physiology and transcription, homeostasis and metabolism and, cell excitability and morphogenesis occur at immediate, early, and delayed timepoints. in addition, related studies have demonstrated changes in expression of micrornas related to epileptogenesis, including mirna- and mi-rna- following se ( , ) . selective rna editing post-transcription is yet another potential source of proteomic diversity in preclinical models of se, and merits further investigation as a modulator of protein levels that may be less closely tethered to gene expression ( ) . aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage (sah) has an earlier age of onset and is associated with higher morbidity compared with other stroke subtypes. the pathophysiology of insult has traditionally been studied under two time-intervals, early brain injury (ebi) and, cerebral vasospasm (cv) and delayed cerebral ischemia (dci). the prime goal of translational research in this arena is to identify the mechanisms and targets related to the risk, severity, evolution and outcome. about % of patients die immediately following sah ( ) . thereafter, early brain injury within the first days, followed by dci are the most feared complications. cv is the phenomenon with strongest association with the development of dci, which - % of patients experience between day to ( ) . the underlying mechanisms leading to cv remain poorly understood and have therefore been a prime focus of preclinical studies. the majority have used rodent models, but primate, swine, and dog models have also been employed ( ) . cerebral aneurysms are difficult to model and hence two common approaches to modeling sah use alternative strategies. the first is direct injection of blood into the subarachnoid space, specifically into either the prechiasmatic cistern or cisterna magna, to generate sah predominantly in the anterior or posterior circulation territories, respectively ( ) . the second model, endovascular suture, passes a suture or filament through the internal carotid artery, creating a hole in one of the major branches resulting in egress of variable amount of blood into the subarachnoid space ( ) . variations in some parameters of the first method, including injected blood volume, csf removal prior to injection to prevent egress of blood into the spinal canal, and replenishing intravascular volume to keep cerebral perfusion pressure constant through maintenance of mean arterial pressure, as well as the rapidity of injection have raised questions about comparability and biofidelity of the results ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . the latter model appears to remove some of the mentioned confounding factors, as the hemorrhage occurs at physiologic mean arterial pressure (map) and intracranial pressure (icp), but is limited by variable puncture site and ultimate hemorrhage volume. another potential drawback is the period of ischemia caused by the intraluminal suture, although the occlusion period is typically not judged to be long enough to cause significant ischemia. the missing element in these models is the absence of aneurysm formation and rupture, and consequently the vascular processes intrinsic to the aneurysm itself that influence dci. as such, some studies have used combinations of interventions to generate aneurysms, including induced hypertension via unilateral nephrectomy and administration of angiotension ii or deoxycorticosterone acetate, as well as elastase injection. the downside of these models is that the timing of aneurysm rupture cannot be reliably predicted, which limits close monitoring and physiologic assessments in the early phase following sah, blurring the timing of dci ( ) ( ) ( ) . the immediate hemodynamic changes following the hemorrhage are monitored via a variety of methods. regardless of the method chosen, reports on the direction and range of values of cpp, cbf, and map can be quite variable, both within the same model and between different models. a common technique to measure blood flow is laser doppler flowmetry that provides a continuous measure of cortical perfusion. although it does not measure global cerebral blood flow and has spatial limitation, it appears to be relatively reliable and technically reproducible. other methods of flow measurement include radiolabeling methods and mri with the latter has the advantage of capturing the dynamic nature of the condition, as well as global and region-specific blood flows. as noted, cv and dci are responsible for delayed morbidity and mortality. given that these manifestations typically occur while patients are inpatient for care of their sah, therapeutic interventions are more feasible compared to the hyperacute phase when the processes leading to initial damage may have already occurred. however, monitoring for cv in animal models is not straightforward. one method of identifying cv is measuring the intraluminal diameter of vessels on histological samples. in addition to being an end-measure and therefore precluding measurements at different time points in the same animal, varying degrees of tissue desiccation among samples may yield numbers different from actual in vivo values. digital subtraction angiography and magnetic resonance angiography can provide a real-time evaluation, but the severity of cvand its timing, as well as neuronal cell death varies depending on the model and the affected vessels ( ) . the foundational molecular pathways that orchestrate cv are complex and remain incompletely elucidated. however, translational research using many of the above models has demonstrated that endothelin- , nitric oxide, and an inflammatory cascade ignited by breakdown of blood products play predominant roles. endothelin- is a potent vasoconstrictor produced by infiltrated leukocytes, and based on this notion, clazosentan was developed as an endothelin- receptor antagonist to combat cv. in human trials, clazosentan was found to significantly reduce the incidence of the dci without improving the functional outcome, and this or a related approach could ultimately prove beneficial if off-target drug effects, including pulmonary complications, hypotension, and anemia can be mitigated ( , ) . hemoglobin and its degradation products are also a strong stimulus for cv through direct oxidative stress on arterial smooth muscle, decreased nitric oxide production and, increasing endothelin and free radical production ( ) . this suggests that facilitating clearance of hemoglobin degradation products from the csf may be a potential therapeutic target. modulating the intense inflammatory response is also intuitive and while preclinical results support this notion in general, the evidence has thus far not been judged adequate to justify clinical trials. for example, il- receptor antagonist (il- ra) reduces blood-brain barrier (bbb) breakdown, a biomarker that is itself correlated with the severity of brain injury, and work continues to determine whether this or related pathways mediating bbb permeability might have therapeutic promise ( ) . given these numerous and likely interconnected mechanisms of delayed brain injury, further research is needed to understand their relative applicability to humans, and whether targeting a single pathway or a number of pathways simultaneously is likely to be the most adaptive strategy to reduce cv and dci in humans. the results of genome-wide rna sequencing analysis have supported the primary role of neuroinflammation in the pathogenesis of early brain injury. some studies have specifically found a key role for long non-coding rna (lncrna), a type of rna without protein-coding potential that are particularly abundant in the brain, in modulating the inflammatory behaviors of microglial cells ( ) . high-throughput mass spectrometry has also been utilized in demonstration of differential expression of proteins in the cerebral vessels after sah, as well as for monitoring the effect of experimental therapeutics ( ). we will not cover these proteomic studies in detail here, as they typically fall outside the rubric of what is classically considered "genomics", but their approach, which leverages global protein signatures rather than restricting observations to specific compounds, shares many similarities with genomics. as mentioned above, reverse genomic translation refers to an approach to the study of a disease by starting with humans using either cohort-based or case/control genomic studies. the observations made through the course of these studies then inform on the best approach for target validation and refinement to prioritize candidate mechanisms and related endophenotypes for therapeutic development. it has been shown that candidate compounds with independent confirmation of their therapeutic target via human genomics are more than twice as likely to prove effective in clinical trials ( ) . therefore, the reverse translation approach would seem an adaptive strategy to identify disease-associated mechanisms and therapeutic targets with the best chance of impacting clinical care in the near term. however, the approach to reverse translation requires large sample sizes with well-characterized patient data in order to achieve a statistically confident result. these large sample sizes raise the issue of variability in risk and treatment exposures between participants, which could impact patient outcomes independently of genomic effects and therefore erode power to detect genetic risk. the utility of reverse translation in target refinement and mechanism exploration in model systems can be highlighted using an example from the stroke community. recent gwas and subsequent meta-analyses of ischemic stroke and stroke subtypes in very large case/control datasets have validated the histone deacetylase (hdac ) region in chromosome p . as a major risk locus for stroke due to large artery atheroembolism (laa). this locus was also previously discovered in association with coronary artery disease (cad) ( , ) . based on these findings, azghandi et al. sought to investigate the role of the leading single nucleotide polymorphism (snp) in this genomic region (rs ) in increasing laa stroke risk ( ) . they found that rs , both in heterozygotes as well as in homozygote human carriers, is associated with increased expression of hdac in peripheral blood mononuclear cells on a dose-dependent manner, suggesting that the effect of this locus in stroke risk may be mediated by increased hdac expression. additionally, they demonstrated that hdac deficiency in mice is associated with smaller and less advanced atherosclerotic lesions in the aortic valves, curvature, and branching arteries, suggesting that hdac may increase atherogenesis and therefore represents a novel target for atherosclerosis and laa stroke prevention. notably, recent studies have suggested that both nonspecific (e.g. sodium valproate) as well as specific hdac inhibitors can have a positive impact on both stroke recurrence risk, as well as other phenotypes, including cancer. this highlights the central role that reverse translation can have in therapeutic target investigation and refinement, with potential beneficial off-target properties ( , ) . while acute stroke care is a vital component of neurocritical care at many institutions, reverse genomic translation successes in other relevant traits also merit mention. acute respiratory distress syndrome (ards) is a frequent complication of severe neurologic injury due to sah or neurotrauma. in a recent gwas by bime et al., variation in the selectin p ligand gene (selpg), encoding p-selectin glycoprotein ligand (psgl- ) was found to be associated with increased susceptibility to ards ( ) . the most significant snp in this locus, rs , which results in a missense mutation, has been successfully replicated in independent cohorts. further functional analyses have demonstrated that selpg expression was significantly increased in mice with ventilator (vili)-and lipoprotein (lps)-induced lung injury, and that psgl- inhibition with a neutralizing polyclonal antibody led to an attenuation of inflammatory response and lung injury. in selpg knockout mice, inflammatory response as well as lung injury scores were significantly reduced compared to wild-type mice ( ) . these results highlight the value of reverse genomic translation in first identifying human-relevant genetic risk factors for disease, and using model systems to understand the pathways impacted by their introduction to select rationally-informed modalities for potential treatment. intracranial aneurysms (ia) are commonly encountered in the neurocritical care setting, albeit most commonly after rupture. even so, inroads leading to a better understanding of aneurysm formation may ultimately reveal opportunities for treatments to prevent acute re-rupture or prevent future aneurysm formation after sah. the strongest associations with ia have been reported in the region near cdkn a/cdkn b in p . as well as in a nearby intragenic region known as cdkn bas or anril ( , ). anril is a long noncoding region responsible for the regulation of cdkn a and cdkn b and has also been implicated in the pathogenesis of cad and atherosclerosis, among other traits ( ) . overexpression of anril in mouse models of cad has been associated with negative atherosclerosis outcomes including increased atherosclerosis index, unfavorable lipid profiles, thrombus formation, endothelial cell injury, overexpression of inflammatory factors in vascular endothelial cells, increased apoptosis of endothelial cells, and upregulation of apoptosis-related genes. notably, reduced anril expression has been associated with reduced inflammatory, biochemical and molecular markers of atherosclerosis, indicating a potential target for atherosclerosis and ia prevention ( ) . when utilizing the reverse translation approach in genomic studies, the aforementioned examples highlight two distinct but equally important considerations for a successful implementation of such approaches. the first major consideration is that large populations of well-characterized individuals must be selected to ensure adequate statistical power to detect meaningful associations. thorough and standardized phenotyping of study subjects is one of the main predictors of the success of a gwas ( , ) . careful assignment of cases based on strict phenotypic criteria permits well-executed gwas even in diseases with heterogeneous presentations and multiple pathogenic features, such as multiple sclerosis (ms) and stroke ( ) . in neurocritical care populations where subtle characteristics of disease presentation and intermediate outcomes may represent important phenotypes for genomic investigation, such as sah, these traits should be closely defined and recorded to the greatest degree possible in all participants. this initial step is critically important in the greater scheme of reverse translational genomics, as these associations with subclasses and endophenotypes of disease often provide the biological insights needed to continue translational efforts using model systems tailored to refine observations. the second major consideration is that the execution of genomic studies needs to be comprehensive and thorough so as to permit association testing in a hypothesis-free environment. at the moment, gwas array-based studies seem to remain a favorable option of the genome, considering the lower cost associated with their utilization and proven track record in discovery, but over time, wes and wgs studies will become reachable even on more modest research budgets. for the transcriptome, rna sequencing and rna microarrays both offer unbiased surveys of global transcriptional variation, but because gene expression varies substantially by tissue it is critical that rational choices are made regarding the suitability of specific tissues for specific conditions. in uncommon conditions with necessarily small sample sizes, including neurocritical care-relevant diseases like se, sah, and ards, external validation studies can strengthen associations from an initial small discovery dataset, and in many cases these follow-up studies can make use of freely available resources. for example, in a recent expression-based gwas (egwas), microarray data for ards from the gene expression omnibus (geo) were collected and combined in an effort to identify novel genetic targets ( ) . the study not only validated previously known lung injury-and ardsrelated genes, but also discovered new candidate genes that may prove to be useful in future translational work. identifying loci, variants, expression patterns, and genenetworks with the use of human genomic studies is only the initial step in the reverse translation process. these discoveries must inform and guide the research to further understand and refine the phenotypic effects of these variants in model systems, including some of those described above. there are several techniques with which we can utilize the discoveries made from case/control genomic studies to build or modify model systems. one approach is transgenesis, in which a larger dna sequence including a human gene containing a mutation of interest, called a transgene, is injected into the pronucleus of a mouse fertilized egg. the fertilized egg is then inserted into the oviduct of a pseudopregnant female mouse, which is a female who has been mated with vasectomized male in order to achieve the hormonal profile of a pregnancy state. the offspring produced from this female can create an animal line that contains the human gene and allele of interest ( ) . however, because the transgene is inserted randomly at one or more genetic locations as either one or more copies, the level of expression and regulatory influences of the gene of interest may not initially be well-controlled across animals. as such, there are several intermediate steps that can allow more specific genetic alteration using transgenesis, involving embryonic stem cells (escs). the first step is the introduction of regulatory sequences (such as expression cassettes) into escs. then, by injecting the transgene first into these modified escs, gene expression can be more closely controlled. the escs with the transgene can then be inserted into blastocysts and give rise to new strains, using the same methods previously described ( ) . there are multiple variations on the transgenic approach which are uniquely suited to the model system being employed and can give rise to models that express transgenes in response to a particular stimulus, or in particular tissues of interest. a newer method utilizing programmable endonucleases has allowed researchers to bypass more traditional escbased methods for direct and precise gene editing. endonucleases are enzymes that cause double stranded dna (dsdna) breaks that can further be repaired either with non-homologous end-joining (nhej), an imprecise method for rejoining the dna breaks that involves various enzymes and may result in inactivating mutations, or with homologydirected repair (hdr), in which the dna breaks are repaired based on a co-injected template. four categories of programmable endonucleases have been used for direct and precise gene editing: homing endonucleases (he), zinc-finger nucleases (zfns), transcription activator-like effector nucleases (talens) and the clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats/crispr-associated (crispr/cas ) system. the common characteristic of these enzymes is that they possess sequence-specific nuclease activity, allowing researchers to cleave dsdna at desired, pre-specified sites. the crispr/ cas system has proven to be the most successful so far, in terms of efficiency, cost, and simplicity of use. perhaps the most important advantage of this approach is that programmable endonucleases do not require the use of escs and can directly be inserted into one-or two-cell stage embryos, thus allowing more specific and direct gene-editing in a single step ( ) . drawbacks include enzymatic limitations as to where dna breaks can be reliably introduced, as well as off-target endonuclease activity at other sites across the genome which can disrupt gene activity in unintended ways. work is ongoing to refine these tools, improving the number of sites where gene editing can occur while also improving the specificity of the system ( ). one illustrative example of human genomic studies being used to refine models to understand disease processes is the case of human ich-associated mutations in col a and col a . col a and col a are the most abundant proteins in basement membranes. they form heterotrimers consisting of one col a and two col a peptides and are produced and modified in the endoplasmic reticulum (er). after their production, they are packaged into vesicles in the golgi apparatus and transferred to vascular endothelial basement membranes ( ) ( ) ( ) . the initial identification of mutations in this region in familial forms of cerebral small vessel disease, coupled with the subsequent detection of common col a /col a variants associated with sporadic deep ich led to the development of animal model systems to explore their effects ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . through mouse models, representative col a /col a mutations were found to recapitulate human disease phenotypes, with multifocal ich in subcortical regions of the forebrain and the cerebellum, as well as porencephaly, small vessel disease, recurrent intraparenchymal and intraventricular hemorrhages, agerelated ich, and macro-angiopathy ( , ) . using cellular assays and tissue derived from mouse models, mutations in col a /col a have been associated with decreased ratio of intracellular to extracellular col a , retention of abnormal collagen proteins in the er, er stress, and activation of the unfolded protein response ( ) ( ) ( ) , suggesting that the intracellular accumulation and er-stress could be an important molecular mechanism underlying ich related to col a and col a mutations. notably, treatment with the molecular chaperone sodium -phenylbutyrate resulted in decreased intracellular accumulation and significant decrease of ich severity in vivo, which could point the way towards eventual forms of treatment for both familial and sporadic col a and col a -associated ich ( ) . another recent example of model system refinement for neurocritical care-relevant disorders is status epilepticus (se). pyridoxal phosphate binding protein (plpbp) variants have been associated with a rare form of b -dependent epilepsy, which, if left untreated can lead to se. in a recent study, johnstone et al. utilized crispr/cas to create a zebrafish model lacking its encoded protein ( ) . they observed that plpbp-deficient zebrafish experienced significantly increased epileptic activity compared to their wild type counterparts, in terms of physical activity (high-speed movements), biochemistry (c-fos expression) and electrophysiologicallyrecorded neuronal activity. additionally, treatment of plpbp −/ − larvae with plp and pyridoxine led to an increase in their lifespan, and a decrease in their epileptic movements and neuronal activity. lastly, in these plpbp-deficient zebrafish, systemic concentrations of plp and pyridoxine were significantly reduced, as well as concentrations of plp-dependent neurotransmitters. collectively, these results provide insights for biomarker development and preclinical target refinement in b -dependent epilepsy. understanding how novel treatments might impact rare disease presentations could ultimately lead to new insights for common forms of disease as well, just as the discovery of rare pcsk variants in patients with very low cholesterol ultimately led to pcsk -inhibitors to treat more common forms of familial hypercholesterolemia. however, the use of animal models is not always the ideal approach to describing the effects of genetic variation, as the phenotypic alterations may be too subtle to observe or require impractical prolonged observation in late-life animals to ultimately exhibit relevant phenotypes. in these cases, tissuebased systems can provide a useful tool to study these effects. for example, ia formation, as previously described, has been associated with variants in anril. although the direct impact of these variants in human tissue or animal models is difficult to discern, work with mutations of anril in endothelial models have provided valuable insight. specifically, upregulation of anril has been associated with increased expression of inflammatory and oxidative markers in the vascular tissue such as il- , il- , nf-κb, tnf-a, inos, icam- , vcam- , and cox- ( , ) . these observations provide vital information about cellular mechanisms impacted by human disease-associated genetic risk factors without requiring the expense and time investment of creating, validating, and studying animal models. ultimately such models may still be required, but prior knowledge about cellular phenotypes associated with genetic variation may be highly valuable in choosing the right model system and selecting efficient approaches to validate these systems. the aforementioned examples highlight significant contributions of the field of translational genomics in identifying novel therapeutic targets, developing biomarkers of disease severity and elucidating disease-relevant pathophysiology. undoubtedly, these contributions are valuable in application to existing model systems of disease, or through refinement of models informed by the reverse translation process. given that many of our current models have proven to be ineffective in many cases, the reverse translation approach offers a significant advantage in that the translational discoveries arising in established or refined model systems have already been proven to be relevant to human disease. this advantage provides us with reasonable expectation that observed effects in model systems will also remain relevant to human disease, providing a substrate for therapeutic development. certainly, the ultimate goal of translational genomics is to be able to transfer the discoveries found from experimental models into clinically useful information in order to improve human health. this aim, with regard to the translational genomic approach, can be satisfied with two distinct approaches. one is concerned with improving our understanding of the mechanisms of disease, providing novel targets for therapeutic development. the other is concerned with leveraging the conclusions of translational genomics through more direct applications to clinical care. we will discuss these in order. once genomic discovery and translational exploration have confirmed the mechanism and relevance of a particular genomic association, translational genomics offers the opportunity to use these same translational approaches to derive highthroughput assays for screening of compound libraries, which are collections of small molecules useful for early-stage drug-discovery ( ) . the same in vitro assays used to identify cellular phenotypes associated with genetic risk factors can be tested for amelioration or "rescue" of wild-type features after exposure to library compounds. this is particularly advantageous for the reverse genomic translation approach, as these assays are often critical components of the overall discovery cycle, and with optimization to provide ideal readouts, screening can proceed quickly. an example of success here is the identification of molecular chaperones that can ameliorate the unfolded protein response detrimental to cell survival in col a -mediated cerebrovascular disease ( ) . identifying hits in these assays has the potential to accelerate drug-discovery, provided that the mechanism can be targeted by a small molecule and not a designed biologic entity such as a monoclonal antibody. while screening can be performed using novel compound libraries, it can also be accomplished using libraries containing already-approved drugs, providing an innovative way for compound repurposing based on genetic interactions. numerous tools already exist for in silico evaluation of existing compounds based on known mechanisms, so this step can begin even in the genomic discovery phase prior to translational validation ( ) . the second approach in which translational genomics has proven to be of great potential is the rapidly evolving and highly anticipated field of precision medicine. the observations arising from translational genomics, even when not informing us about the specific mechanisms associated with the phenotype in question, may be of predictive value. this finds application in two relevant translational genomics tools: polygenic risk scores (prs) and biomarker development based on rna expression profiles. while common genetic variation can provide valuable information about disease-relevant mechanisms and help refine disease models, they are relatively weak in explaining a significant proportion of the genetic basis of complex polygenic disorders, such as cad, diabetes, stroke, or sah ( ) . by summarizing the impact of many variants of small effect across the genome simultaneously, a polygenic risk score (prs) can be developed which explains far more of the genetic risk of a disease than any common variant can individually (fig. ) . application of these prs in independent clinical populations as a predictive tool represents a novel translational approach. in a recent study examining stroke, a prs combining snps associated with atrial fibrillation (af) was found to be significantly associated with cardioembolic (ce) stroke risk and no other stroke subtypes, paving the way for a potentially useful tool to discriminate ce stroke from other etiologies without reliance on expert adjudication or longitudinal monitoring ( ) . another recent study compiled a prs of cad, demonstrating that individuals in the highest quantiles of the prs exhibited cad risk on par with known mendelian cardiac diseases ( ) . these studies highlight the potential uses of prs as a genetic biomarker of disease, capturing orthogonal risk information compared to clinical risk factors alone. much work is still needed in this arena, ranging from derivation of readily accessible clinical genomic testing, dissemination of prs results in an interpretable format, disclosure of off-target results that may be clinically meaningful in their own right, and, critically, the validation of prs in ancestrally-diverse populations ( ) . despite these challenges, utilization of polygenic risk data to directly inform patient risk independent of our understanding of the underlying mechanisms is an exciting and rapidly evolving use-case for translational genomics. development of biomarkers is another approach in translational genomics that focuses more on predictive utilization than on elucidating mechanisms, and critical care has seen some early potential applications of this approach. in sepsis, where clinical prs percentile across the population distribution. plotting percentiles by disease risk, patients in higher prs percentiles (red dots) are at correspondingly highest risk for the disease outcomes are highly heterogenous, tools that might identify patients who are more likely to respond to certain treatments or identify individuals at highest risk for morbidity and mortality would be highly useful. in a recent study by scicluna et al., the authors categorized sepsis patients based on peripheral bloodderived genome-wide expression profiles and identified four distinct molecular endotypes (mars - ) ( ) . the mars expression profile was the only category that was significantly associated with -day and -year mortality. in addition, combination of the apache iv clinical score with this genetic scoring system resulted in significant improvement in -day mortality risk prediction, compared to apache iv alone. to further aid translation to clinical application, the authors used expression ratios of combinations of genes to stratify patients to the four molecular endotypes. bisphosphoglycerate mutase (bpgm): transporter , atp binding cassette subfamily b member (tap ) ratio reliably stratified patients to mars endotype; while other protein ratios were able to assign individuals to the other three mars categories. using this approach, not only could bpgm and tap transcripts potentially be used to identify patients with increased risk of mortality, but if these categorizations can be demonstrated to be causal, these molecular pathways could also be explored for therapeutic target identification and validation. further work is required to extend these findings across clinical populations, but this approach could ultimately yield new tools for prognostication in sepsis. in ischemic stroke, tissue plasminogen activator (t-pa) response and risk for hemorrhagic transformation (ht) are highly correlated with functional outcomes, and biomarkers to predict each of these would have obvious clinical utility. in a recent study, del rio-espinola et al. found that two genetic variations (rs and rs ) were associated with increased risk for ht and mortality after t-pa administration in stroke patients ( ) . specifically, rs in a m was associated with ht and rs was associated with in-hospital mortality. in a subsequent validation study, researchers created a genetic-clinical regression score that was successfully used to stratify stroke patients treated with t-pa based on risk for ht and parenchymal hemorrhage (ph) ( ) . while in the current clinical landscape the vast majority of patients do not have readily accessible genome-wide genotypes prior to events like acute stroke, increasing uptake of clinical genomics and genomically-enabled electronic health record systems could soon enable real-time risk prediction calculations incorporating both clinical and genetic information, providing more accurate tools for clinicians to incorporate into medical decision-making. a separate set of tools that could potentially become diagnostically useful in the clinical setting is the transcriptomic approaches to identify biomarkers, using array-based screening or rna sequencing. in a recent systematic review, a total of mirnas were reported to be differentially expressed in the blood cells of patients with acute ischemic stroke within h after stroke ( ) . some studies reported the area under the curve (auc) ranging from . to . , indicating a potential for clinical utility as early diagnostic markers when neuroimaging is not immediately available or is limited by feasibility. subsequent studies were able to partially replicate these findings, showing three mirnas (mir- a- p, mir- b- p, and mir- - p) that were upregulated in the acute poststroke period, an effect independent of stroke pathophysiology and infarct volume ( ) . these transcripts were associated with an auc of . in differentiating ischemic stroke and healthy controls, a metric that significantly outperformed computed tomography, as well as previously reported bloodbased biomarkers. in ich, a recent report identified up to and transcripts from whole blood that are differentially expressed between ich and controls and, ich and ischemic stroke, respectively ( ) . when comparing ich and ischemic stroke transcriptomes in the first h, and transcripts were differentially expressed compared to controls, respectively. ich transcriptome was over-represented by t cell receptor genes compared to none for ischemic stroke and underrepresented by non-coding and antisense transcripts. t cell receptor expression successfully differentiated between ich, ischemic stroke, and controls. similarly, rna-seq of whole blood rna successfully differentiated between not only ich, ischemic stroke and controls, but also between different stroke subtypes ( ). the list of genetic mutations that can cause se is extensive with most genes are associated with infantile-onset or childhood epilepsy syndromes. only a minority are seen in adultonset status epilepticus ( ) . the patients in the former group usually have accompanying intellectual disability related to their epilepsy syndromes. however, the evidence supporting a genetic etiology in the latter group may be absent, posing a diagnostic challenge. the available options include gene panel sequencing, whole exome sequencing, or whole genome sequencing. sequencing a pre-selected panel of genes is more common, but with decreasing cost, exome and genome sequencing are being used with increasing frequency. bioinformatic filtering and genotype-phenotype correlation are the main challenges, particularly with the large number of genetic variants identified during whole exome or genome sequencing. the yield of sequencing studies depends on pretest probability that is determined by early age of onset, consanguinity, or affected siblings. as such, to date, only a few genes associated with adult-onset se have been identified, posing a practical limitation that predominantly limits next-generation sequencing to pediatric patients at present ( ) . as clinical tools for determination of putative functional significance and deleteriousness of variants identified through sequencing are refined, it is hoped that sequencing approaches find a home in the armamentarium of the clinicians treating refractory or recurrent se in the neurocritical care unit. translational genomics undoubtedly represents an important component to overall efforts to improve our understanding of the diseases we treat, and in principle should improve our ability to identify therapeutic approaches to improve outcomes and, in some cases, prevent disease altogether. given the inherent complexity and inaccessibility of the human brain and its tissues, combined with the relative infrequency of the conditions we treat at the overall population level, progress has been modest when compared to conditions such as hyperlipidemia ( ) , coronary artery disease ( ) , or atrial fibrillation ( ) . nevertheless, the observation-based, hypothesisfree experimental process inherent to translational genomics lends itself well to conditions such as stroke and tbi in which the search for the "master regulator" that governs response to injury has remained elusive despite carefully designed and executed hypothesis-driven studies. an important component to future translational genomic studies in neurocritical care is the pressing need for collaboration across centers with access to large, well-characterized patient populations. the success of the international stroke genetics consortium, and the track-tbi and center-tbi consortia in amassing large human populations with stroke and traumatic brain injury, respectively, is a proven model to accelerate the human genomic studies that serve as the basis for reverse genomic translational research ( , ( ) ( ) ( ) . similar efforts through the critical care eeg monitoring research consortium and other partners could lead to biorepositories of specific conditions relevant to neurocritical care that could provide sample sizes sufficient to drive unbiased genomic discoveries ( ) . close alliances with model systems researchers are another critical component to accelerating translational genomics in neurocritical care. as characterization of human disease through multimodal and continuous physiological monitoring, electrophysiology, medical imaging, and biomarker sampling continues to evolve, it is imperative that this information is shared and explored with allied model systems researchers to ensure that models are re-evaluated for their correlation with these endophenotypes, and potentially for dedicated exploration of how these human-derived phenotypes inform on the utility of specific model systems to investigate disease. finally, building relationships with biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry partners will be essential to efforts to extend therapeutic targets arising from translational genomic discoveries towards drug development ( ) . while repurposing existing drug compounds for new indications is an important consideration, small molecule and biologic targets are likely to require extensive research and development in the preclinical and clinical space, and industry partners are often optimized for these phases of the therapeutic development process ( , ) . relatedly, development of polygenic risk scores for assessment of risk, prognosis, or treatment response will also require commercial investment and infrastructure, as few academic environments exist that can manage cliacertified genotyping, quality control, and result reporting and interpretation for on-target and clinically relevant secondary results ( , ) . particularly in rarer or particularly challenging disease indications like those commonly encountered in neurocritical care populations, academic-industry partnerships are important to raise awareness of and interest in important clinical indications where investment could yield a large impact on a relatively small population of patients. translational genomics, in which genomic associations with risk, outcome, or treatment response are systematically identified and explored for functional relevance in humans or model systems of disease, is a valuable tool for identification of mechanisms, risk factors, therapeutic targets, and risk estimates in multiple diseases that are highly relevant to clinicians and scientists operating in the neurocritical care space. while there are undoubtedly challenges to studying some of the most complex diseases that affect the most complex organ in the body, translational genomic approaches may be uniquely suited to this task. coordinated investments in the collaborations, consortia, and infrastructures that enable these studies are likely to contribute to the novel treatments and biomarkers that are so sorely needed in the highly morbid and often poorly understood conditions in the patient populations we serve. translational genomics reengineering translational science: the time is right human genome project: twenty-five years of big biology it's time to reverse our thinking: the reverse translation research paradigm defining translational research: implications for training a systematic review of large animal models of combined traumatic brain injury and hemorrhagic shock sex differences in animal models of traumatic brain injury animal models of traumatic brain injury and assessment of injury severity differences in pathological changes between two rat models of severe traumatic brain injury neuroprotection in stroke: the importance of collaboration and reproducibility neuroprotection for ischemic stroke: two decades of success and failure stroke foundation of ontario centre of excellence in stroke r. toward wisdom from failure: lessons from neuroprotective stroke trials and new therapeutic directions very early administration of progesterone for acute traumatic brain injury embracing failure: what the phase iii progesterone studies can teach about tbi clinical trials mitochondria-wide association study of common variants in osteoporosis genetic association studies in cardiovascular diseases: do we have enough power? discovery of rare variants for complex phenotypes stroke genetics: discovery, biology, and clinical applications raredisease genetics in the era of next-generation sequencing: discovery to translation review: animal models of acquired epilepsy: insights into mechanisms of human epileptogenesis pathological mechanisms underlying aneurysmal subarachnoid haemorrhage and vasospasm tools for genomics a brief history of alzheimer's disease gene discovery association of apolipoprotein e with intracerebral hemorrhage risk by race/ethnicity: a meta-analysis apolipoprotein e polymorphism and outcomes from traumatic brain injury: a living systematic review and meta-analysis apoe genotype specific effects on the early neurodegenerative sequelae following chronic repeated mild traumatic brain injury evaluating historical candidate genes for schizophrenia current concepts and clinical applications of stroke genetics unbiased methods for population-based association studies robust inference of population structure for ancestry prediction and correction of stratification in the presence of relatedness variants at apoe influence risk of deep and lobar intracerebral hemorrhage international hapmap c. the international hapmap project advancements in next-generation sequencing opportunities and challenges of whole-genome and -exome sequencing whole-genome sequencing is more powerful than wholeexome sequencing for detecting exome variants statistical power and significance testing in large-scale genetic studies rare coding variants in angptl are associated with familial forms of intracranial aneurysm de novo variants in rhobtb , an atypical rho gtpase gene, cause epileptic encephalopathy multi-omic measurements of heterogeneity in hela cells across laboratories mouse regulatory dna landscapes reveal global principles of cis-regulatory evolution resuscitation with valproic acid alters inflammatory genes in a porcine model of combined traumatic brain injury and hemorrhagic shock single cell molecular alterations reveal target cells and pathways of concussive brain injury malignant' middle cerebral artery territory infarction: clinical course and prognostic signs trpm inhibition promotes angiogenesis after ischemic stroke sur -trpm cation channel expression in human cerebral infarcts malignant infarction of the middle cerebral artery in a porcine model. a pilot study newly expressed sur -regulated nc(ca-atp) channel mediates cerebral edema after ischemic stroke sulfonylurea receptor expression in human cerebral infarcts does inhibiting sur complement rt-pa in cerebral ischemia? glibenclamide is superior to decompressive craniectomy in a rat model of malignant stroke. stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation atp-dependent potassium channel blockade strengthens microglial neuroprotection after hypoxia-ischemia in rats glibenclamide pretreatment protects against chronic memory dysfunction and glial activation in rat cranial blast traumatic brain injury effects of oral glibenclamide on brain contusion volume and functional outcome of patients with moderate and severe traumatic brain injuries: a randomized double-blind placebo-controlled clinical trial effect of iv glyburide on adjudicated edema endpoints in the games-rp trial brain injury: the pathophysiology of the first hours cell death mechanisms and modulation in traumatic brain injury lateral fluid percussion brain injury: a -year review and evaluation temporal and spatial characterization of neuronal injury following lateral fluidpercussion brain injury in the rat experimental traumatic brain injury. experimental & translational stroke medicine animal models of head trauma a new model of diffuse brain injury in rats. part i: pathophysiology and biomechanics responses to cortical injury: i. methodology and local effects of contusions in the rat characterization of a new rat model of penetrating ballistic brain injury blast related neurotrauma: a review of cellular injury animal models of traumatic brain injury moderate controlled cortical contusion in pigs: effects on multiparametric neuromonitoring and clinical relevance progesterone in the treatment of acute traumatic brain injury: a clinical perspective and update the role of progesterone in traumatic brain injury. the journal of head trauma rehabilitation acute response of the hippocampal transcriptome following mild traumatic brain injury after controlled cortical impact in the rat analysis of post-traumatic brain injury gene expression signature reveals tubulins, nfe l , nfkb, cd , and s a as treatment targets time-dependent changes in microglia transcriptional networks following traumatic brain injury. frontiers in cellular neuroscience treatment of refractory status epilepticus with pentobarbital, propofol, or midazolam: a systematic review animal models of seizures and epilepsy: past, present, and future role for the discovery of antiseizure drugs experimental models of status epilepticus and neuronal injury for evaluation of therapeutic interventions loscher w. critical review of current animal models of seizures and epilepsy used in the discovery and development of new antiepileptic drugs animal models of status epilepticus and temporal lobe epilepsy: a narrative review kindling and status epilepticus models of epilepsy: rewiring the brain. progress in neurobiology status epilepticus: behavioral and electroencephalography seizure correlates in kainate experimental models differences in sensitivity to the convulsant pilocarpine in substrains and sublines of c bl/ mice. genes, brain, and behavior identification of micrornas with dysregulated expression in status epilepticus induced epileptogenesis dual and opposing roles of microrna- in epilepsy are mediated through inflammatory and nrsf-dependent gene networks genome-wide analysis of differential rna editing in epilepsy a comparison of pathophysiology in humans and rodent models of subarachnoid hemorrhage cerebral vasospasm after aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage and traumatic brain injury. current treatment options in neurology a novel swine model of subarachnoid hemorrhage-induced cerebral vasospasm experimental subarachnoid hemorrhage: subarachnoid blood volume, mortality rate, neuronal death, cerebral blood flow, and perfusion pressure in three different rat models a murine model of subarachnoid hemorrhage learning deficits after experimental subarachnoid hemorrhage in rats a murine model of subarachnoid hemorrhage-induced cerebral vasospasm a modified double injection model of cisterna magna for the study of delayed cerebral vasospasm following subarachnoid hemorrhage in rats. experimental & translational stroke medicine a new percutaneous model of subarachnoid haemorrhage in rats pharmacological stabilization of intracranial aneurysms in mice: a feasibility study elastase-induced intracranial aneurysms in hypertensive mice a mouse model of intracranial aneurysm: technical considerations clazosentan, an endothelin receptor antagonist, in patients with aneurysmal subarachnoid haemorrhage undergoing surgical clipping: a randomised, doubleblind, placebo-controlled phase trial (conscious- ) randomized trial of clazosentan in patients with aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage undergoing endovascular coiling. stroke; a journal of cerebral circulation cerebral vasospasm following subarachnoid hemorrhage: time for a new world of thought interleukin- receptor antagonist is beneficial after subarachnoid haemorrhage in rat by blocking haem-driven inflammatory pathology. disease models & proteomic expression changes in large cerebral arteries after experimental subarachnoid hemorrhage in rat are regulated by the mek-erk / pathway the support of human genetic evidence for approved drug indications genetic risk factors for ischaemic stroke and its subtypes (the metastroke collaboration): a meta-analysis of genome-wide association studies genome-wide association study identifies a variant in hdac associated with large vessel ischemic stroke deficiency of the stroke relevant hdac gene attenuates atherosclerosis in accord with allele-specific effects at p . sodium valproate, a histone deacetylase inhibitor, is associated with reduced stroke risk after previous ischemic stroke or transient ischemic attack identification of hdac as a viable therapeutic target for the treatment of gastric cancer genome-wide association study in african americans with acute respiratory distress syndrome identifies the selectin p ligand gene as a risk factor genome-wide association study of intracranial aneurysms confirms role of anril and sox in disease risk genome-wide association study of intracranial aneurysm identifies three new risk loci anril: a lncrna at the cdkn a/b locus with roles in cancer and metabolic disease effect of circular anril on the inflammatory response of vascular endothelial cells in a rat model of coronary atherosclerosis. cellular physiology and biochemistry : international journal of experimental cellular physiology, biochemistry, and pharmacology genome-wide association studies recommendations from the international stroke genetics consortium, part : standardized phenotypic data collection genes associated with multiple sclerosis: and counting. expert review of molecular diagnostics identification of new biomarkers for acute respiratory distress syndrome by expression-based genome-wide association study technical approaches for mouse models of human disease generating mouse models for biomedical research: technological advances. disease models & mechanisms potential pitfalls of crispr/cas -mediated genome editing the role of secretory granules in the transport of basement membrane components: radioautographic studies of rat parietal yolk sac employing h-proline as a precursor of type iv collagen monoclonal antibodies against chicken type iv and v collagens: electron microscopic mapping of the epitopes after rotary shadowing basement membrane (type iv) collagen is a heteropolymer col a mutations as a monogenic cause of cerebral small vessel disease: a systematic review common variation in col a /col a is associated with sporadic cerebral small vessel disease review: molecular genetics and pathology of hereditary small vessel diseases of the brain genome-wide association study of cerebral small vessel disease reveals established and novel loci molecular and genetic analyses of collagen type iv mutant mouse models of spontaneous intracerebral hemorrhage identify mechanisms for stroke prevention col a mutations impair col a and col a secretion and cause hemorrhagic stroke abnormal expression of collagen iv in lens activates unfolded protein response resulting in cataract col a mutation causes endoplasmic reticulum stress and genetically modifiable ocular dysgenesis. human molecular genetics plphp deficiency: clinical, genetic, biochemical, and mechanistic insights interfering with long chain noncoding rna anril expression reduces heart failure in rats with diabetes by inhibiting myocardial oxidative stress the interplay of lncrna anril and mir- b on the inflammation-relevant coronary artery disease through mediating nf-kappab signalling pathway compound libraries: recent advances and their applications in drug discovery. current drug discovery technologies multiancestry genome-wide association study of , subjects identifies loci associated with stroke and stroke subtypes atrial fibrillation genetic risk differentiates cardioembolic stroke from other stroke subtypes genome-wide polygenic scores for common diseases identify individuals with risk equivalent to monogenic mutations predicting polygenic risk of psychiatric disorders classification of patients with sepsis according to blood genomic endotype: a prospective cohort study. the lancet respiratory medicine a predictive clinicalgenetic model of tissue plasminogen activator response in acute ischemic stroke validation of a clinical-genetics score to predict hemorrhagic transformations after rtpa journal of stroke and cerebrovascular diseases : the official journal of national stroke association rna-seq identifies circulating mir- a- p, mir- b- p, and mir- - p as potential biomarkers for acute ischemic stroke the intracerebral hemorrhage blood transcriptome in humans differs from the ischemic stroke and vascular risk factor control blood transcriptomes intracerebral hemorrhage and ischemic stroke of different etiologies have distinct alternatively spliced mrna profiles in the blood: a pilot rna-seq study genetic mutations associated with status epilepticus association of genetic variants related to cetp inhibitors and statins with lipoprotein levels and cardiovascular risk pcsk : from basic science discoveries to clinical trials rare truncating variants in the sarcomeric protein titin associate with familial and early-onset atrial fibrillation recommendations from the international stroke genetics consortium, part : biological sample collection and storage investigators t-t. outcome prediction after mild and complicated mild traumatic brain injury: external validation of existing models and identification of new predictors using the track-tbi pilot study the center-tbi core study: the making-of comparison of machine learning models for seizure prediction in hospitalized patients developing interactions with industry in rare diseases: lessons learned and continuing challenges. genetics in medicine : official journal of the american college of medical genetics drug repurposing from the perspective of pharmaceutical companies insights into computational drug repurposing for neurodegenerative disease clinical providers' experiences with returning results from genomic sequencing: an interview study recommendations for reporting of secondary findings in clinical exome and genome sequencing, update (acmg sf v . ): a policy statement of the american college of medical genetics and genomics publisher's note springer nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations key: cord- - l mua authors: menotti-raymond, marilyn; o’brien, stephen j. title: the domestic cat, felis catus, as a model of hereditary and infectious disease date: journal: sourcebook of models for biomedical research doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: l mua the domestic cat, currently the most frequent of companion animals, has enjoyed a medical surveillance, as a nonprimate species, second only to the dog. with over hereditary disease pathologies reported in the cat, the clinical and physiological study of these feline hereditary diseases provides a strong comparative medicine opportunity for prevention, diagnostics, and treatment studies in a laboratory setting. causal mutations have been characterized in felid genes, with the largest representation from lysosomal storage enzyme disorders. corrective therapeutic strategies for several disorders have been proposed and examined in the cat, including enzyme replacement, heterologous bone marrow transplantation, and substrate reduction therapy. genomics tools developed in the cat, including the recent completion of the -fold whole genome sequence of the cat and genome browser, radiation hybrid map of integrated coding and microsatellite loci, a -cm genetic linkage map, arrayed bac libraries, and flow sorted chromosomes, are providing resources that are being utilized in mapping and characterization of genes of interest. a recent report of the mapping and characterization of a novel causative gene for feline spinal muscular atrophy marked the first identification of a disease gene purely from positional reasoning. with the development of genomic resources in the cat and the application of complementary comparative tools developed in other species, the domestic cat is emerging as a promising resource of phenotypically defined genetic variation of biomedical significance. additionally, the cat has provided several useful models for infectious disease. these include feline leukemia and feline sarcoma virus, feline coronavirus, and type c retroviruses that interact with cellular oncogenes to induce leukemia, lymphoma, and sarcoma. mankind has held a centuries-long fascination with the cat. the earliest arch eological records that have been linked to the domestication of felis catus date to approximately years ago from cyprus, with recent molecular genetic analyses in our laboratory suggesting a middle eastern origin for domestication (c. driscoll et al., unpublished observations) . currently the most numerous of companion animals, numbering close to million in households across the united states (http://www.appma.org/ press_industrytrends.asp), the cat enjoys a medical surveillance second only to the dog and humankind. in this chapter we review the promise of the cat as an important model for the advancement of human hereditary and infectious disease and the genomic tools that have been developed for the identification, and characterization of genes of interest. for many years we have sought to characterize genetic organization in the domestic cat and to develop genomic resources that establish f. catus as a useful animal model for human hereditary disease analogues, neoplasia, genetic factors associated with host response to infectious disease, and mammalian genome evolution. , to identify genes associated with inherited pathologies that mirror inherited human conditions and interesting pheno-types in the domestic cat, we have produced genetic maps of sufficient density to allow linkage or association-based mapping exercises. [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] the first genetic map of the cat, a physical map generated from a somatic-cell hybrid panel, demonstrated the cat's high level of conserved synteny with the human genome, which offered much promise for the future application of comparative genomic inference in felid mapping and association exercises. several radiation hybrid (rh) and genetic linkage (gl) maps have since been published. [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] , , although previous versions of the cat gene map, based on somatic cell hybrid and zoo fish analysis, , revealed considerable conservation of synteny with the human genome, these maps provided no knowledge of gene order or intrachromosomal genome rearrangement between the two species, information that is critical to applying comparative map inference to gene dis covery in gene-poor model systems. radiation hybrid (rh) mapping has emerged as a powerful tool for constructing moderate-to high-density gene maps in vertebrates by obviating the need to identify interspecific polymorphisms critical for the generation of genetic linkage maps. the most recent rh map of the cat includes markers: coding loci, selected markers derived from the cat x whole genome sequence targeted at breakpoints in conserved synteny between human and cat, and short tandem repeat (str) loci. the strategy used in developing the current rh map was to target gaps in the feline-human comparative map, and to provide more definition in breakpoints in regions of conserved synteny between cat and human. the markers cover the length of the feline autosomes and the x chromosome at an average spacing of one marker every . mb (megabase), with fairly uniform marker density. an enhanced comparative map demonstrates that the current map provides % and % comparative coverage of the human and canine genomes, respectively. ninety-six percent of the cat markers have identifi able orthologues in the canine and human genome sequences, providing a rich comparative tool, which is critical in linkage mapping exercises for the identification of genes controlling feline phenotypes. figure - presents a graphic display of each cat chromosome and blocks of conserved syntenic order with the human and canine genomes. one hundred and fifty-two cat-human and cat-dog homologous synteny blocks were identified. alignment of cat, dog, and human chromosomes demonstrated different patterns of chromosomal rearrangement with a marked increase in interchromosomal rearrangements relative to human in the canid lineage ( % of all rearrangements), as opposed to the more frequent intrachromosomal rearrangements in the felid lineage ( % of all rearrangements) since divergence from a common carnivore ancestor my ago. with an average spacing of marker every . mb in the feline euchromatic sequence, the map provided a solid framework for the chromosomal assignment of feline contigs and scaffolds during assembly of the cat genome assembly, and served as a comparative tool to aid in the identification of genes controlling feline phenotypes. as a complement to the rh map of the cat, a third generation linkage map of strs is currently nearing completion. the map has been generated in a large multigeneration domestic cat pedigree (n = informative meioses). previous first-and second-generation linkage maps of the cat were generated in a multigeneration interspecies pedigree generated between the domestic cat and the asian leopard cat, prionailurus bengalensis, to facilitate the mapping and integration of type i (coding) and type ii (polymorphic str) loci. the current map, which spans all autosomes with single linkage groups, has twice the str density of previous maps, providing a -cm resolution. there is also greatly expanded coverage of the x chromosome, with some str loci. marker order between the current generation rh and gl maps is highly concordant. approximately % of the strs are mapped in the most current rh map of the cat, which provides reference and integration with type i loci. whereas the third-generation linkage map is composed entirely of str loci, the sequence homology of extended genomic regions adjacent to the str loci in the cat x whole genome sequence, to the dog's homologous region, has enabled us to obtain identifiable orthologues in the canine and human genome sequences for over % of the strs. thus, practically every str acts as a "virtual" type locus, with both comparative anchoring and linkage map utility. combined with the cat rh map, these genomic tools provide us with the comparative reference to other mammalian genomes critical for linkage and association mapping. the domestic cat is one of mammalian species endorsed by the national human genome research institute (nhgri) human genome annotation committee for a "light" -fold whole genome sequence, largely to capture the pattern of genome variation and divergence that characterizes the mammalian radiations (http:// www.hgsc.bcm.tmc.edu/projects/bovine/, http://www.broad.mit. edu/mammals/). although light genome coverage provides limited sequence representation, (∼ %), one of the rationales for these light genome sequences included "enhancing opportunities for research on species providing human medical models." the -fold assembly of the domestic cat genome has recently been completed for a female abyssinian cat, "cinnamon," and a x whole genome sequencing effort is planned in the near future. a total of , , reads were assembled to , contigs, covering . gb with an n (i.e., half of the sequenced base pairs are in contigs , patients with erysipelas were treated with serum [ ] (figure ). the efficacy of serum therapy varied with the type or severity of infection. several large controlled studies revealed that type-specific serum reduced the mortality ofpneumococcal pneumonia [ ] . serum therapy also appears to have significantly reduced mortality due to meningococcal meningitis in some epidemics [ , ] . serum therapy reduced mortality due to haemophilus irif/uenzae meningitis, but the effect was small [ ] [ ] [ ] . serum therapy for erysipelas reduced mortality in comparison to historical controls [ , ] . serum therapy reduced mortality in diphtheria, and antibody therapy continues to be used today to treat this disease [ ] . the efficacy of serum therapy for whooping cough, anthrax, dysentery (shigella dysenteriae), and gas gangrene was uncertain. human convalescent serum was effective for prophylaxis ofmeasles, which had a mortality rate of %- % in some populations [ ] [ ] [ ] . the effectiveness of serum in the pre-paralytic stage of poliomyelitis was uncertain [ , ] . no consistently effective sera were developed against many pathogens, including staphylococcus [ ] , mycobacterium, and salmonella species [ ] . the historical use of serum therapy provides lessons for the effective use and development of antibody-based therapies. accurate microbiological diagnosis was essential for successful treatment, and serum therapy was most effective when used for prophylaxis or for therapy early in the course of infection. note. this is not a complete list. [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] nevertheless, it was possible to treat established bacterial infections such as meningococcal meningitis and pneumococcal pneumonia if antibody was administered shortly after symptoms began [ ] . antibodies functioned as direct antibacterial agents (e.g., pneumococcal antisera) or antitoxins (e.g., diphtherial antisera). nonphysiological and nontherapeutic animal models of infection allowed investigators to successfully identify clinically useful antibody reagents [ ] . a considerable amount of basic immunologic and microbiological research was required to develop each serum, and many fundamental discoveries were made in the search for better sera. (the contributions of pneumococcal research to basic science are discussed in [ ] .) sulfonamides were introduced in and rapidly became the standard therapy for many infections [ ] . because antimicrobial chemotherapy had significant advantages over serum therapy, the latter was largely abandoned. systemic administration of animal sera caused fevers, chills, and allergic reactions [ , ] ; "serum sickness," a self-limited syndrome characterized by rash, proteinuria, and arthralgias, occurred in %- % of patients because of immune complex disease. in addition, strain typing was necessary for choosing pneumococcal antisera; there was significant lot-to-lot variation in serum efficacy [ ] ; and dosing was based on clinical experience. inadequate dosage, delays in treatment, errors in typing, mixed infections, and complicated infections (e.g., empyema) could result in failure of serum therapy [ ] . serum was expensive because of the costs of animal husbandry, antibody purification, refrigeration, and reliance on mouse protection tests for standardization. chemotherapy was less toxic and more effective than serum therapy. treatment with type-specific serum reduced the mortality of pneumococcal pneumonia from %- % to %- % [ ] , whereas the mortality rate among patients treated with sulfonamide was % [ ] . serum therapy reduced the mortality rate of erysipelas from % to % [ ] , whereas the mortality rate for patients treated with sulfonamides was %- % [ ] . for meningococcal meningitis, the efficacy of serum depended on the epidemic. in the mid- s, waghelstein [ ] reported that the mortality rate for patients with meningococcal meningitis who were treated at sydenham hospital (baltimore, md) with sulfonamide was . % and for those treated with serum it was %. in controlled trials, the superiority of chemotherapy over serum therapy was lessevident. for example, the mortality among patients with meningococcal meningitis who were treated early with adequate serum therapy was . % vs. . % for sulfanilamide therapy [ ] . the mortality among patients with pneumococcal pneumonia treated with antimicrobial drugs or serum was % and . %, respectively, but there was no difference in the mortality rates among younger .. literature sent on request. is used at bellevue hospital. it is supplied in packages of one therapeutic dose of approximately ten cubic centimeters. the data cited were published in [ ] . patients, and younger patients who received serum recovered faster than those who received antimicrobials [ ] . in the early days of the antibiotic era there was interest in using combination therapies with antibiotics and serum. sulfonamides and serum had a synergistic or additive effect against streptococcus pneumoniae [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] , streptococci [ ] , and meningococci [ ] . the finding that sulfonamides made pneumococci more susceptible to antibody-mediated phagocytosis supported the idea of combination therapy [ ] . it was similarly recognized that sulfonamides, unlike antibody, did not neutralize bacterial toxins or modify the course of disease caused by diphtheria or tetanus toxins [ ] . combination therapy was recommended for scarlet fever [ ] , pneumococcal pneumonia [ , , ] , whooping cough [ ] and meningitis due to pneumococcus [ , ] , meningococcus [ , , , ] , or h. influenzae [ ] . however, the side effects of serum made the potential benefits of combination therapy marginal [ ] . in summary, serum therapy was abandoned because of toxicity, difficulty in administration, narrow specificity, lot-to-lot variation, and expense. chemotherapy was less toxic and easier to use, lots were more consistent, and it was more effective in eradicating infection. in addition, there was no need for strain typing with chemotherapy. however, it is ironic that the broad antimicrobial activity of these drugs used for chemotherapy might have contributed to widespread resistance, and today susceptibility testing is essential to the selection of appropriate antimicrobial drugs. although antibodies are no longer used directly as antibacterial drugs, they continue to be used in infectious diseases (for recent reviews see [ ] [ ] [ ] ). the majority of antibody preparations are now human. antibody administration reduces infection in individuals with immunodeficiencies [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] and is effective for postexposure prophylaxis against measles, hepatitis a and b, rabies, and varicella viruses. specific antibody is used for the treatment of botulism [ ] , diphtheria [ ] , tetanus [ ] , snake bites [ ] , and spider stings [ ] . passive antibody administration has been used for prophylaxis and/or therapy of several viral infections, including cytomegalovirus (cmv) [ , ] , rotavirus [ ] , lassa virus [ ] , varicella [ ] , enterovirus [ , ] , and parvovirus b infections [ ] . in recent years, there has been renewed interest in the use of antibody preparations to prevent infection in high-risk groups. intravenous administration of polyclonal antibody has been reported to reduce the number of infections in patients with aids [ ] [ ] [ ] , patients in surgical intensive care units [ ] , organ transplant recipients [ ] , and neonates [ , ] (for critical reviews and commentary on this practice see [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] ). antibody therapy is used for a variety of illnesses that may or may not be infectious, including autoimmune thrombocytopenia, kawasaki disease, and autoimmune neuromuscular diseases [ , ] . passive antibody administration is used for prevention of rh-hemolytic disease [ ] . equine lymphocyte antiserum [ ] and murine mabs to lymphocytes are used to prevent organ rejection [ ] . digitalis-binding antibodies are useful for the treatment of digoxin toxicity [ ] . thus, antibody therapy is still widely used in medicine, but its role in the treatment of infections is limited largely to viral and toxin neutralization and replacement therapy in patients with immunoglobulin deficiencies. in reconsidering the antibody option it is clear that heterologous antibody (i.e., serum therapy) is a poor choice because of toxicity. human immune sera have fewer side effects, but there are concerns about availability, potency, and consistency. a major disadvantage of all immune sera is that specific antibodies make up a small minority of the antibody present. there is significant variation in pathogen-specific opsonic activity of commercially available immunoglobulin preparations [ ] . there is also concern about the potential of human sera to transmit infectious agents [ ] . the discovery of hybridoma technology in [ ] and recent advances in mab technology, including the generation of humanized antibodies [ ] , make mab-based therapies a more attractive therapeutic option. in contrast to polyclonal sera, mabs are homogeneous and reproducible reagents that can be generated in large amounts. generation of mabs from mice and rats is still easier and more efficient than production of human mabs. however, several technologies are available for the humanization of murine mabs and generation of human mabs [ ] . mouse-human chimeric antibodies can be constructed by linking the genes expressing the mouse variable region to human constant region genes [ ] . the result is a molecule that is mostly human and has a longer half-life than the murine precursor [ ] . as an alternative, the antigen binding regions of murine mabs can be grafted into human antibody frameworks by molecular techniques [ ] , resulting in molecules that are almost completely human in origin. other strategies to generate human antibodies are the transformation of human b cells, the generation ofrecombinant antibody libraries from human b cells, and the use of transgenic mice that have the human immunoglobulin locus. recent setbacks for mab-based therapies: historical perspective clinical trials of antiendotoxin mabs for gram-negative sepsis have produced inconclusive results [ , ] . when the difficulties encountered in developing antiendotoxin mab strategies are considered in the context of the development of serum therapy, they do not seem unusual or unexpected. for example, passive protection with pneumococcal antisera was demonstrated in by the klemperers [ ] , but - years elapsed before serum therapy for pneumococcal pneumonia was widely accepted. for pneumococcal antiserum therapy to be consistently successful, several developments were necessary. these included the appreciation of antigenic variation in pneumococci [ ] , the need for type-specific sera [ ] , the development of rapid in vitro assays to establish antigenic type (i.e., capsular swelling and agglutination reactions) [ ] , the development of methods to standardize potency (mouse protection test) [ ] , and improved purification techniques that would reduce the toxicity of serum. for meningococcal antisera the situation was reversed; flexner's serum significantly reduced mortality in early epidemics of meningitis [ ] but was subsequently less effective, possibly as a result of antigenic changes in neisseria meningitidis [ ] . research into better meningococcal antisera was then hampered by the lack of useful animal models, loss of strain virulence in vitro, and poor understanding of the antigenic diversity of n meningitidis [ , ] . a lesson from the preantibiotic era is that a considerable amount of basic research on the immunology and pathogenesis of each infection is usually necessary before antibody therapy can be developed that will be successful in clinical practice. spectrum ofactivity. antibodies can modify bacterial, fungal, parasitic, and viral infections and are a class of biological agents with broad antimicrobial activity against diverse pathogens. antibody-based therapies are usually pathogen-specific and have the theoretical advantage that they should not affect the normal flora of the patient or select for resistance in nontargeted microbes. nevertheless, narrow specificity is a disadvantage because mixed infections may not be treated by a single antibody preparation. pneumonia due to s. pneumoniae with more than one serotype was recognized as a reason for the failure of type-specific serum therapy [ ] . one solution is to use cocktails of mabs active against common antigenic types. cocktails may be designed to include mabs to multiple serotypes and mabs with multiple isotypes to enhance antibody effector function. pathogen-specific drugs (such as mabs) are less attractive to the pharmaceutical industry because the narrow specificity reduces the potential market for the drug. however, the increasing incidence of resistant organisms resulting from the use of broad-spectrum antibiotic regimens could make pathogen-specific drugs attractive to drug companies. precedents for the development of pathogen-specific drugs already exist in the area of antiviral drug research. mechanisms ofaction. antibodies mediate protection by a variety of mechanisms. direct antibody mechanisms of action include inhibition of attachment, agglutination (and immobili-cm ; (july) zation), viral neutralization, toxin neutralization, antibodydirected cellular cytotoxicity, complement activation, and opsonization [ ] . antibody therapy has the potential to enhance immune function in immunosuppressed hosts. however, since the mechanism of action of many antibodies involves promoting microbial clearance through nonspecific cellular immunity, antibody-based therapies may be less effective in individuals with defective macrophage, neutrophil, and natural killer cell function. in this regard, it is encouraging that antibodies are effective against pseudomonas aeruginosa in neutropenic mice [ ] and that they can reduce the number of infections in pediatric patients with aids [ ] . antibodies are usually considered to be "protective" effector molecules of the immune system. however, not all antibody responses to pathogens are protective and some may be deleterious to the host. for example, some viral-specific antibodies are capable of enhancing infection [ ] . thus, antibody molecules being considered for clinical development will require extensive testing in vitro and in vivo. studies of the mechanisms of antibody action are important for understanding the mode of protection and for designing clinical trials. pharmacokinetics. the pharmacokinetics of human igg suggests several useful characteristics for its role as an antiinfective agent. these include a long half-life (~ days [ ]), good tissue penetration [ ] , and, depending on the isotype, the ability to either cross the placenta to provide antibody protection to fetuses and newborns [ ] or to be excluded from the placenta if fetal toxicity is a concern. heterologous mabs (i.e., murine mabs) have shorter half-lives in humans, but chimeric and humanized mabs have longer half-lives than their murine precursors. mabs with a longer half-life can, in principle, be engineered by altering the regions of the constant domain that regulate clearance. a disadvantage of antibody-based therapies is the need for systemic administration. oral administration is unlikely to be effective, with the possible exception of therapy for enteric pathogens [ , ] . the blood-brain barrier is a potential obstacle for antibody therapy for infections of the brain. however, in infections of the brain in which there is inflammation, there is increased antibody penetration, and intravenous administration of antibodies appears to have been successfully used for therapy of meningococcal meningitis [ ] . antibodybased therapies can also be administered directly into the subarachnoid space, as has been done for the treatment ofmeningococcal and h. influenzae meningitis [ , ] . enhanced penetration of the brain can be achieved by modifying the charge of the molecule [ ] or by linking it to carrier proteins that cross the blood-brain barrier [ ] . antibody therapy for brain infections may be feasible if the blood-brain barrier is leaky, if antibody is administered directly into the subarachnoid space, or if antibodies with greater brain penetration are used. additional research into the pharmacokinetics of antibodies in infection is likely to be required for optimal use of antibody-based therapies. studies of antibody binding to tumors have revealed complex pharmacokinetics [ ] . there may be problems with antibody penetration into abscesses as have been found with tumors. toxicity. immunoglobulins are generally safe drugs [ ] . nevertheless, serious side effects have been reported with highdose ( . - g/kg) antibody therapy, including rare cases of renal failure [ ] , aseptic meningitis [ ] , and thromboembolic events [ , ] . high-dose immunoglobulin therapy is unlikely to be required in antiinfective mab therapy. in the past, serum therapy was effective against various pathogens despite the fact that immune sera contained only small amounts of specific antibody. mabs have significantly higher specific activity than polyclonal preparations. for example, . mg of two anti-tetanus toxin human mabs provides the same activity as - mg of immune globulin [ ] . thus, the toxicities described for high-dose immunoglobulin therapy may not be relevant in antiinfective therapies with mabs. until fully human mabs are available, rodent, mousehuman chimeric, or humanized mabs are therapeutic options. for over a decade, murine mabs directed against t cells have been used to prevent organ graft rejection in humans [ ] . a murine igm to endotoxin (e ) was tested in patients with sepsis and appeared to be a safe treatment [ ] . although administration of murine mabs is generally well tolerated in humans, allergic reactions occur in %- % of patients [ ] and most patients develop antibody responses to the murine mabs that may interfere with their therapeutic function [ , ] . experience with human-mouse chimeric antibodies and humanized mabs is accumulating rapidly as clinical trials with several compounds progress. a chimeric anti-cd mab for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis has been well tolerated [ ] , but approximately half the patients had infusion-related side effects (headaches, nausea, fever, and chills), which were diminished by slowing the infusion rate [ ] . mouse-human chimeric and humanized mabs are less immunogenic than their murine precursors [ , ] , but antiidiotypic responses occur after repeated treatments [ ] . overall, the experience with chimeric and humanized mabs suggests that they are relatively safe compounds [ , [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] . antigenic variation and antibody resistance. the efficacy of antibody-based therapies may be diminished by antigenic changes in the pathogen. this could be minimized by antigenic surveillance systems, as is presently done for influenza virus. antibody-resistant mutants can be generated in the laboratory [ ] , and it is likely that the same can occur in patients. mechanisms of antibody resistance include mutations that change the antigenic site and protease production. antibody use may select for antigenically distinct variants. evidence for the horizontal transfer of iga protease genes exists in neisseria gonorrhoeae and it is conceivable that widespread antibody use would result in selection of protease-producing strains for many pathogens [ ] . thus, large-scale use of antibody-based therapies may result in rapid emergence of antibody resistance in a manner analogous to that of antibiotic resistance. however, one advantage of antibody-based therapies is the versatility of antibody compounds. for example, emergence of an antibodyresistant strain could be countered by a new antibody directed toward the mutated epitope or another antigenic target. emergence of protease-producing strains could be countered by designing antibodies without protease cleavage sites (although these may then be recognized as foreign and be immunogenic) or by addition of antiprotease mabs. selection of antibodyresistant organisms could be minimized by using cocktails of mabs directed at multiple antigenic targets or by using a combination of antibodies and antimicrobials. cost. cost effectiveness is a significant concern that is likely to be a major obstacle for the development of passive antibody therapies. antibody prophylaxis for cmv infections can cost $ , to $ , per patient [ ] . the cost effectiveness of antibody therapy for prevention of infection in leukemic patients has been questioned [ , ] . however, in selected populations such as premature infants, antibody therapy may be cost effective [ ] . furthermore, the cost of a drug when first introduced may not reflect its long-term costs given the potential for improvements in technology and production. mabs are presently made in tissue culture, so the cost of production is high. mabs can be made in bacteria or yeast, and less costly means of production might be developed [ ] . in the past, serum therapy was used despite its high cost because it was believed to be effective. new antibody-based therapies are likely to be used if they prove to be effective. for pathogens such as s. pneumoniae, n. meningitidis, and h infiuenzae, there is a large body of experimental and clinical evidence to support the development of passive antibody therapy. however, for many pathogens, antibody immunity has not been proven to be important. for example, cryptococcus neoformans is a fungus for which the importance of antibody immunity is uncertain. however, administration of preformed antibodies can modify the course of cryptococcal infection in various animal models [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] , and the combination of antibody and amphotericin b is a more effective treatment than the use of either agent alone [ ] [ ] [ ] . studies with mabs have shown that there are protective, nonprotective, and deleterious antibodies to the c. neoformans capsule polysaccharide [ ] . heavy chain isotype [ , ] and epitope specificity [ ] are important determinants of protective efficacy. the existence of protective and nonprotective antibodies against c. neoformans, a fungus for which antibody immunity mayor may not be important, provides a paradigm that may be applicable to other pathogens. we propose the hypothesis that for every pathogen there exists an antibody that will modify the course of infection to the benefit of the host; such antibodies are candidates for development as antimicrobial drugs. our proposal includes the use of antibodies for intracellular pathogens; for example, anti-bodies may exist that could prevent cell entry of intracellular bacteria and/or shift the intracellular location of such bacteria by promoting internalization through fe receptors. an mab that inhibits intracellular toxoplasma gondii infection has recently been described [ ] . in addition, antibodies have been described that can neutralize viruses intracellularly [ ] or penetrate the nuclear membrane [ ] . our proposal is not limited to those pathogens for which antibody immunity has been demonstrated to be protective. conclusions on the importance of antibody immunity are usually based on observations made with polyclonal sera (i.e., passive protection or correlation of immunity with the presence of antibody). since polyclonal sera might contain protective antibodies, nonprotective antibodies, and disease-enhancing antibodies, the existence of protective antibodies cannot be ruled out on the basis of absence of protection in experiments involving passive transfer of polyclonal sera or immunizations. conversely, experiments that demonstrate that polyclonal sera can mediate protection indicate the existence of protective antibodies. for pathogens for which polyclonal antibody has shown no protection, the question of whether useful antibodies exist must be reevaluated with mabs since the presence of nonprotective or deleterious antibodies in polyclonal sera could create confounding variables. a corollary of our proposal is that antibody-based therapies may be developed against pathogens for which antibody immunity is not considered to be important. infections that are difficult to treat and that can be modified by antibody immunity provide a logical starting point for the development of antibody-based therapies. antibodies have historically been more effective in prophylaxis than in therapy. antibody-based therapies have traditionally been most effective in infections where viral and toxin neutralization modifies the course of the disease. however, most of the historical experience was gained with polyclonal preparations of uncertain composition and mayor may not be applicable to mab preparations with high activity. opportunistic infections. infections with low-virulence organisms in immunosuppressed individuals are often difficult to treat and are sometimes incurable. since the problem is deficient immunity, antibody therapy is an attractive option because antibodies can enhance immune function. table lists examples of opportunistic pathogens for which antibody can modify the course of infection. antibiotic resistance. drug-resistant organisms are targets for development of antibody-based therapies. the spread of penicillin-resistant s.pneumoniae, methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus, and multiply-drug-resistant e. faecium has limited the useful antibiotic arsenal against these pathogens [ , , ] . for pneumococcus, antibody therapy has been shown to be useful [ ] . antibody may be useful against staphylococcal infection [ , ] . for e.faecium, the role of antibody immu-ern ; (july) table . opportunistic pathogens for which experimental data suggest a potential role for antibody-based therapies. nity is uncertain, but some patients make opsonic antibodies, which might be protective [ ] . significant work has already been done in the development of pseudomonal antibodies for resistant gram-negative organisms (table ). the addition of antibody-based therapies to chemotherapy may slow the development of resistance and improve outcome. toxin neutralization. the ability to neutralize toxins is a unique characteristic ofantibody-based therapies. antitoxin antibodies are useful for the treatment of diphtheria, tetanus, botulism, snake bites, and black widow bites (see above). recent attempts to develop antibody therapy for gram-negative sepsis have focused on mabs to neutralize endotoxin [ , , ] and cytokines [ ] . pseudomonas aeruginosa sepsis, combination therapy with mabs to endotoxin and tumor necrosis factor was superior to therapy with a single mab [ ] . examples ofpotential targets for antibody-based therapy include the toxins and proteases associated with toxic shock syndromes [ , ] . combination therapy with antibodies to exotoxins could improve outcome, but cocktails of mabs may be necessary because of toxin heterogeneity [ ] . intravenous immunoglobulin administration has been associated with dramatic clinical improvement in a patient with streptococcus pyogenes toxic shock syndrome [ ] . antivirals. virus neutralization is an established property of antibodies. in the preantibiotic era, serum was used for prophylaxis ofmeasles, chickenpox, mumps, and poliomyelitis. recently, the potential of antibody therapy against many viruses, including hepatitis b [ ] , hiv [ ] , respiratory syncytial virus [ ] , cmv [ ] , and parvovirus [ ] , has received considerable attention. newly identified viral illnesses are targets for antibody drug research. combination ofantibody therapy and chemotherapy. antibody-based therapies are unlikely to be used alone unless they are the only available therapy or are being used for prophylaxis of infection. combinations of antibody therapy and chemotherapy offer theoretical advantages. antibodies promote microbial killing directly by a complement-mediated lytic process or indirectly by enhancing nonspecific immune mechanisms. table lists examples of bacterial, fungal, and viral pathogens for which combination therapy has shown promise. combination therapy could reduce the amount of either agent required to table . pathogens for which the combination of chemotherapy and antibody based therapy has shown some promise. pathogen chemotherapy antibody [ , ] neisseria meningitidis sulfanilamide horse immune sera [ ] streptococcus pneumoniae rabbit immune sera [ , ] haemophilus infiuenzae sulfonamide rabbit, horse immune sera [ ] staphylococcus aureus sparftoxacin human igg mab [ ] p. aeruginosa human igm mab [ ] p. aeruginosa murine e lps antibodies [ ] p. aeruginosa human gamma globulin [ ] escherichia coli murine e lps antibodies [ ] shistosoma mansoni praziquantel rabbit immune sera [ ] candida albicans amphotericin b human gamma globulin [ ] cryptococcus neoformans amphotericin b rabbit immune sera [ , ] c. neoformans murine igg mab [ ] c. neoformans murine igg mab [ ] lassa virus ribavirin monkey immune sera [ , ] cytomegalovirus ganciclovir murine immune sera [ ] herpes simplex virus adenine arabinoside rabbit and human sera [ ] herpes simplex virus acycloguanosine human immune globulin note. this is not a complete list. achieve a therapeutic effect. for example, some antibiotics are quite toxic, and the ability to reduce doses could lessen side effects. in a similar vein, the addition of chemotherapy to antibody therapy could reduce the amount of antibody necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect, which would lessen the cost of therapy. the availability of broad-spectrum antibiotics has diminished the need for making exact microbiological diagnoses. for example, gram-negative sepsis or presumed fungal infections can be treated with empirical therapy without identifying the pathogen. this situation is in contrast to the practice of infectious diseases in the s when identification of the pathogen (and its serotype) was necessary for choosing the correct antiserum. for antigenically diverse pathogens such as s. pneumoniae, rapid protocols were developed for typing strains. the present practice of infectious diseases is not unlike a gambling strategy where the probability of infection by a given microbe is matched to the likelihood of activity by the available antibiotics. this has resulted in great emphasis on broad-spectrum antibiotic "coverage" and less emphasis on making an exact microbiological diagnosis. although the relative merits of this practice are beyond the scope of this article, widespread antimicrobial resistance is decreasing the effectiveness of existing antibiotics, and increased caution is warranted when designing broad-spectrum combinations. a return to antibody therapy would force greater emphasis on precise microbiological diagnosis and would foster the development of more accurate and more rapid diagnostic strategies. the use of antibody-based therapies may also require antigenic screening in the clinical laboratory, a practice not unlike the present one of antimicrobial susceptibility testing. in cost-conscious times these measures may not immediately appear to be attractive. in this regard it is worth remembering that penicillin was unobtainable in [ ] but half a century later it is one of our least-expensive therapies. when one is reconsidering the option of antibody-based therapies, it is important not to underestimate the human capacity for improving technology and the effect of the pressures of a competitive market on long-term costs. history of opportunistic infection in the immunocompromised host new york city area tuberculosis working group management of syphilis in human immunodeficiency virusinfected patients emerging antimicrobial resistance and the immunocompromised host epidemiologic analysis and genotypic characterization of a nosocomial outbreak of vancomycinresistant enterococci correlation of in vitro fluconazole resistance of candida isolates in relation to therapy and symptoms of individuals seropositive for human immunodeficiency virus type i serum therapy revisited: animal models of infection and development of passive antibody therapy treatment of haemophilus influenzae infections and of meningococcic and pneumococcic meningitis experimental basis for treatment of haemophilus influenzae infections haemophilus influenzae (pfeiffer bacillus) meningitis and its specific treatment treatment of scarlet fever and diphtheria the hemolytic streptococci and antistreptococcus serum in scarlet fever therapeutic value of scarlatinal antitoxin studies in scarlet fever. ii. studies on the use of convalescent scarlet fever serum and dochez' scarlatinal antistreptococcic serum for the treatment of scarlet fever the etiology of erysipelas treatment of whooping cough bronchopneumonia therapeutic procedures for scarlet fever: comparative studies hyperimmune whooping cough serum: further studies the treatment of pertussis with lyophile hyperimmune human pertussis serum serum in the prophylaxis of contacts and the treatment of whooping cough the treatment of anthrax equine antitoxin use and other factors that predict outcome in type a foodborne botulism allergy: serum reactions, with particular reference to the prevention and treatment of tetanus therapy of tetanus. a study of two hundred and seventy-six cases the treatment of human brucellosis. a review of current therapeutic methods some points in the diagnosis and treatment of dysentery occurring in the british salonika force the dysenteric disorders. in: the diagnosis and treatment of dysentery, sprue, colitis, and other diarrhoeas in general practice tularemia: a summary of certain aspects of the disease including methods for early diagnosis and the results of serum treatment in patients use of convalescent measles serum to control measles in a preparatory school convalescent whole blood, plasma and serum in prophylaxis of measles the prophylactic use of measles convalescent serum park who therapeutic use of antipoliomyelitis serum in preparalytic cases of poliomyelitis the use of convalescent serum in the treatment of measles, chicken-pox, mumps and whooping cough, including the prophylactic value of parental blood the prophylaxis of varicella with convalescents' serum specific treatment of pneumococcus type i pneumonia. including the use of horse and rabbit antipneumococcus serums and sulphanilamide the antitoxin treatment of erysipelas: further observations the results of the serum treatment in thirteen hundred cases of epidemic meningitis antitoxin versus no antitoxin in scarlet fever principles and practice of infectious diseases some recent advances in vaccines and serums: a review the principles and practice of medicine a brief history of the pneumococcus in biomedical research: a panoply of scientific discovery progress in chemotherapy of bacterial and other diseases; with special reference to the prontosils, sulfanilamide and sulfapyridine the therapy of (horse) serum reactions: general rules in the administration of therapeutic serums the units of protective antibody in anti-pneumococcus serum and antibody solution the use of serum, sulfanilamide, and sulfapyridine in the treatment of pneumococcic infections the results of sulfapyridine therapy in cases of typed pneumococcic pneumonia sulfanilamide treatment of erysipelas sulfanilamide in the treatment of patients with meningococcic infections the treatment of pneumococcus pneumonia: a comparison of the results obtained with specific serum and with sulfapyridine sulfapyridine and serum therapy in experimental lobar pneumonia of rats p-aminobenzenesulfonamide and antipneumococcal serum therapy in type i pneumococcal infections of rats chemotherapy of pneumococcic pneumonia. clinical leeture at s . louis session combined therapy of pneumococcic rat infections with rabbit antipneumococcic serum and sulfapyridine ( -sulfanilyl aminopyridine) the treatment of bacterial infections with the combination of antibiotics and gamma globulin sulphanilamide, serum, and combined drug and serum therapy in experimental meningococcus and pneumococcus infections in mice the action of prontosil-soluble and sulfanilamide on the phagocytic activity of leukocytes and on the dissociation of streptococci failure of sulfanilamide to inactivate preformed hemotoxins, diphtheric toxin, or tetanal toxin sulfanilamide and serum in the treatment and prophylaxis of scarlet fever specific serotherapy and chemotherapy of the pneumococcus pneumonias treatment of pneumococci meningitis: a study of ten cases treated with sulfanilamide alone or in various combinations with antipneumococcic serum and complement, including six recoveries the treatment of meningococcic meningitis with sulfanilamide: preliminary report serum and sulphanilamide in acute meningococcal meningitis: a preliminary survey based on cases intravenous usage of gammaglobulin: humoral immunodeficiency, immune thrombocytopenic purpura, and newer indications intravenous immunoglobulins as therapeutic agents newer uses of intravenous immunoglobulins as antiinfective agents prevention of infection in patients with b cell defects: focus on intravenous immunoglobulin poisonous snakebite treatment in the united states medical toxicologist's notebook: snakebite treatment and international antivenin index prophylaxis of primary cytomegalovirus disease in renal transplant recipients: a trial of ganciclovir vs. immunoglobulin treatment of cytomegalovirus pneumonia with ganciclovir and intravenous cytomegalovirus immunoglobulin in patients with bone marrow transplants a randomised trial of oral gammaglobulin in low-birth-weight infants infected with rotavirus lassa immune serum prevention of varicella in high risk children: a collaborative study persistent and fatal central-nervous system echovirus infections in patients with agammaglobulinemia chronic echo type virus meningoencephalitis in x-linked hypogammaglobulinemia: treatment with immune plasma persistent b parvovirus infection in patients infected with human immunodeficiency virus type (hiv-l): a treatable cause of anemia in aids crossover of placebo patients to intravenous immunoglobulin confirms em ; (july) efficacy for prophylaxis of bacterial infections and reduction of hospitalizations in human immunodeficiency virus-infected children does intravenous immune globulin have a role in hiv-infected patients? the national institute of child health and human development intravenous immunoglobulin study group. intravenous immune globulin for the prevention of bacterial infections in children with symptomatic human immunodeficiency virus infection prophylactic intravenous administration of standard immune globulin as compared with core-lipopolysaccharide immune globulin in patients at high risk of postsurgical infection a randomized prospective trial of acyclovir and immune globulin prophylaxis in liver transplant recipients receiving okt therapy intravenous gammaglobulin therapy for prophylaxis of infection in high-risk neonates multicenter group for the study of immune globulin in neonates. intravenous immune globulin for the prevention of nosocomial infection in low-birth-weight neonates intravenous immunoglobulin use in the neonate: role in prophylaxis and therapy of infection use of immunoglobulins in prevention and treatment of infection in critically ill patients: review and critique new uses for intravenous immune globulin immune globulin to prevent nosocomial infections rhesus haemolytic disease the clinical value of antilymphocyte antibodies ortho multicenter transplant study group. a randomized clinical trial of okt monoclonal antibody for acute rejection of cadaveric renal transplants treatment of life-threatening digitalis intoxication with digoxin-specific fab antibody fragments: experience in cases opsonic activity of commercially available standard intravenous immunoglobulin preparations human immunoglobulins for intravenous use and hepatitis c viral transmission continuous cultures of fused cells secreting antibody of predefined specificity genetically engineered antibodies: progress and prospects mouse/human chimeric monoclonal antibody in man: kinetics and immune response anti-endotoxin monoclonal antibodies introduction of new technology into critical care practice: a history ofha-la human monoclonal antibody against endotoxin versuche tiber immunisirung und heilung bei der pneumokokkeninfektion a biologic classification of pneumococci by means of immunity reactions weitere untersuchungen uber pneumokokken-heilsera. arb a d k the reliability of sputum typing and its relation to serum therapy the meningococcus (neisseria intracellularis) serums, antitoxin, and drugs in the treatment of meningococcus meningitis the management of the pneumonias principles and practice of infectious diseases therapeutic effects of a human antiflagella monoclonal antibody in a neutropenic murine model of pseudomonas aeruginosa pneumonia immune enhancement of viral infection metabolism of immunoglobulins immunologic and pharmacologic concepts of monoclonal antibodies placental transfer of human igg subclasses treatment of chronic cryptosporidial infection with orally administered human serum immune globulin intravenous treatment of meningococcic meningitis with meningococcus antitoxin blood-brain barrier transport of cationized immunoglobulin g: enhanced delivery compared to native protein anti-transferrin receptor antibody and antibody-drug conjugates cross the blood-brain barrier acute renal failure after intravenous immunoglobulin therapy aseptic meningitis associated with high-dose intravenous immunoglobulin therapy: frequency and risk factors high-dose weekly intravenous immunoglobulin to prevent infections in patients undergoing autologous bone marrow transplantation or severe myelosuppressive therapy: a study of the american bone marrow transplant group high-dose intravenous immunoglobulin and serum viscosity: risk of precipitating thromboembolic events immunotherapy with human monoclonal antibodies: fragment a specificity of polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies is crucial for full protection against tetanus toxin a controlled clinical trial of e murine monoclonal igm antibody to endotoxin in the treatment of gram-negative sepsis human anti-murine immunoglobulin responses in patients receiving monoclonal antibody therapy chimeric cd monoclonal antibody cm-t as a therapeutic approach to rheumatoid arthritis human mouse chimeric cd monoclonal antibody (sdzchh ) for the prophylaxis of kidney transplant rejection humanised monoclonal antibody therapy for rheumatoid arthritis remission induction in non-hodgkin lymphoma with reshaped human monoclonal antibody campath-lh antibody-resistant mutants of borrelia burgdorferi: in vitro selection and characterization mosaic-like organization ofiga protease genes in neisseria gonorrhoeae generated by horizontal genetic exchange in vivo cost effectiveness of prophylactic intravenous immune globulin in chronic lymphocytic leukemia passive immunization in murine cryptococcosis passive immunization against cryptococcus neoformans protection of mice against experimental cryptococcosis by anti-cryptococcus neoformans monoclonal antibody passive immunization against cryptococcus neoformans with an isotype-switch family of monoclonal antibodies reactive with cryptococcal polysaccharide protective murine monoclonal antibodies to cryptococcus neoformans serum protein enhancement of antibiotic therapy in cryptococcosis improved amphotericin b activity by a monoclonal anti-cryptococcus neoformans antibody: study during murine cryptococco sis and mechanisms of action therapeutic efficacy of monoclonal antibodies to cryptococcus neoformans glueuronoxylomannan alone and in combination with amphotericin b isotype switching from igg to igg converts a non-protective murine antibody to c. neoformans into a protective antibody protective and nonprotective monoclonal antibodies to cryptococcus neoformans originating from one b cell toxoplasma gondii: a monoclonal antibody that inhibits intracellular replication intracellular neutralization of virus by immunoglobulin a antibodies a subgroup of murine monoclonal anti-deoxyribonucleic acid antibodies traverse the cytoplasm and enter the nucleus in a time-and temperature-dependent manner passive immunoprophylaxis with specific monoclonal antibody confers partial protection against pneumocystis carinii pneumonitis in animal models anti-cryptosporidium parvum antibodies inhibit infectivity in vitro and in vivo production, characterization, and antibody specificity of a mouse monoclonal antibody reactive with cryptococcus neoformans capsular polysaccharide autoantibody to heat-shock protein can mediate protection against systemic candidosis mills . prevention and treatment of experimental herpes simplex virus encephalitis with human immune serum globulin human monoclonal antibodies neutralizing cytomegalovirus (cmv) for prophylaxis of cmv disease: report of a phase i trial in bone marrow transplant recipients polyclonal and monoclonal antibody therapy for experimental pseudomonas aeruginosa pneumonia vitro and in vivo activity of polyclonal and monoclonal human immunoglobulins g, m, and a against pseudomonas aeruginosa lipopolysaccharide confronting drug-resistant pneumococci immunoglobulin g enhances c degradation on coagulase-negative staphylococci passive local immunotherapy of experimental staphylococcal pneumonia with human intravenous immunoglobulin roles of antibodies and complement in phagocytic killing of enterococci treatment of gram-negative bacteremia and shock with human antiserum to a mutant escherichia coli phase i study of a murine monoclonal anti-lipid a antibody in bacteremic and nonbacteremic patients therapy with antibody to tumor necrosis factor in sepsis the efficacy of combination immunotherapy in experimental pseudomonas sepsis microbiology of toxic shock syndrome: overview association of phenotypic and genotypic characteristics of invasive streptococcus pyogenes isolates with clinical components of streptococcal toxic shock syndrome intravenous immunoglobulin therapy for toxic shock syndrome human combinatorial antibody libraries to hepatitis b surface antigen passive immunization for the prevention and treatment ofhiv infection human monoclonal fab fragments derived from a combinatorial library bind to respiratory syncytial virus f glycoprotein and neutralize infectivity efficacy of human immunoglobulin and penicillin g in treatment of experimental group b streptococcal infection protection of mice against meningococcus infection by polyvalent antimeningococcic serum combined protective action of human gamma globulin and antibiotics when administered simultaneously in experimental staphylococcal infections synergism between human gamma globulin and chioroamphenicol in the treatment of experimental bacterial infections combined serum and sulphanilamide in the treatment of streptococcal infections in mice monoclonal antibodies for treatment of gram-negative infections efficacy of anti-endotoxin monoclonal antibody e alone or in combination with ciprofloxacin in neutropenic rats with pseudomonas sepsis praziquantelinduced exposure of schistosoma mansoni alkaline phosphatase: drugantibody synergy which acts preferentially against female worms. parasite immuno effects of immunoglobulin g and low-dose amphotericin b on candida albicans infections in burned mice combination of -flucytosine and capsule-binding monoclonal antibody in therapy of cryptococcus neoformans infection enhanced treatment of lassa fever by immune plasma combined with ribavirin in cynomolgus monkeys - -dihydroxy- -propoxymethyl) guanine prevents death but not immunity in murine cytomegalovirus-infected normal and immunosuppressed balb/c mice combined effects of acycloguanosine and humoral antibodies in experimental encephalitis due to herpesvirus hominis synergistic antiviral effects of adenine arabinoside and humoral antibodies in experimental encephalitis due to herpesvirus hominis unequalled but unobtainable key: cord- -w hed w authors: blatt, amy j. title: geographic medicine date: - - journal: health, science, and place doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: w hed w this chapter uses a sub-discipline of medicine, known as geographic medicine, to describe how human movements contribute to the transmission of parasites on spatial scales that exceed the limits of its natural habitat. traditionally, public health programs have focused on the health of populations, whereas the practice of medicine has focused on the health of individuals. it should be noted, however, that the population health management owes much to the effective delivery of clinical care. this chapter demonstrates how public health is intimately linked to patient care through human movement. nearly a century ago, people typically did not develop a disease where it is contracted or even close to that place. today, daily travel is a common way of life in modern metropolitan areas. large, localized mosquito populations in areas that people visit regularly may be both reservoirs and hubs of infection, even if people only pass through those locations briefly. by examining of the role of human movement across different scales, this chapter examines how public health communities can use information on pathogen transmission to increase the effectiveness of disease prevention programs and clinical care. in , the united states' institute of medicine convened an expert committee on the u.s. commitment to global health and reaffi rmed the notion that local health and local health care are linked to sources of disease and disability occurring elsewhere in the world [ ] : the last three chapters of this book will illustrate the importance of geography in the practice of medicine, both on a local and global scale. the current chapter will highlight the role of geographic forces in the fi eld of travel medicine (also known as geographic medicine) and emphasize the role of geographic knowledge and thought in a study of disease that views humans has vectors and hosts. chapter will introduce a relatively new discipline, called geospatial medicine, that utilizes the advances in geospatial data and technology to uncover the genetic, social, and environmental effects of disease as it occurs throughout human development. this is an exciting new fi eld in which there is a tremendous potential for geographers to take center stage in answering some of the hard research questions that scientists have been grappling with for a long time. lastly, chap. puts the fi nishing touches on the new portrait of medical geography that we have been painting, and frames it in a more centralized role on the national stage of the u.s. health care reform. a main objective of this book is to present a new model of patient care that emphasizes the patient's geographic and medical history, against the backdrop of contemporary globalization, while taking advantage of the current advances in geospatial data and technologies. the current chapter will describe the main principles of travel medicine, and emphasize how human movements contribute to the transmission of parasites on spatial scales that exceed the limits of its natural habitat. studies have shown that the ability to identify the sources (origins) and sinks (destinations) of imported infections due to human travel and locating the high-risk sites of parasite importation could greatly improve the control and prevention programs [ , ] . for instance, a group of researchers have combined mobile phone data with a high-resolution malaria prevalence map to analyze the regional travel patterns of nearly million individuals over the course of a year in kenya, in the context of parasitic dispersals. in this way, they were able to identify and map the sources and sinks of human and parasite travel in this country ( fig. . ) [ ] . to describe the challenges of travel medicine on human terms -in , an estimated . billion travelers crossed international borders, including an estimated . million u.s. travelers [ , ] . an increase in the number of international travelers and local commuters has caused a surge of global and regional epidemics in the past several decades [ ] . travel-related risks include infections from food, vectors, and bodily fl uids. most travelers ( - %) report health problems while traveling, but many do not seek pre-travel advice -such as vaccinations, prophylactics, and therapeutic medications [ , ] . moreover, the risk of travel-related diseases is . times higher in those with an underlying medical conditions than in health individuals [ ] . given the unique health situations of travelers, there is a need for better characterization of the geographical and environmental risk factors underlying travel-related illnesses. to address these concerns, this chapter describes how human travelers who are infected can serve as an important route for the transmission of the virus from their place of origin to their place of destination. by understanding the effects of human movement on disease transmission, researchers can appropriately identify high-risk areas for effective intervention and control. historically, epidemiologists have viewed human movement from two main perspective. the fi rst perspective is from that of the populations of susceptible hosts moving into high-risk areas. the second perspective is from that of populations of infected hosts moving into susceptible populations. movements of infected hosts across different spatial scales affect pathogen transmission in a variety of ways. noted historian and geographer r. mansell prothero published one of the fi rst studies describing the role of human movements in epidemiology based on his experience in africa, in . drawing on the geographic literature concerning diffusion and migration processes, he discussed the relevance of these movement patterns to public health in his seminal paper published in the international journal of epidemiology . he carefully outlined the differences between circulatory and migratory movements and categorized these movements by their spatial scale (i.e., a rural-urban gradient) and temporal scale (i.e., the time and timing of displacements). circulatory movements are those in which the individuals return home after some period, and migratory movements are those which usually result in permanent changes of residence. prothero's argument was that knowledge of the nature of these movements would help inform the public's understanding of the incidence and prevalence of disease on a population level and provide informed options for control [ ] . for instance, seasonal migratory movements from one rural area to another for agriculture could potentially expose individuals to different areas where the risk of african trypanosomiasis, or malaria, is high [ ] . at broad spatial scales (e.g., national, international), individual movements can drive pathogen introduction and reintroduction. for example, the global spread of dengue virus via shipping routes was characterized by periodic, large, spatial displacements. globalization and mass air transportation have changed the transmission of pathogens by dramatically shortening the time required to travel around the earth. at fi ner scales (e.g., regional, urban-rural, intra-urban), movement associated with work, recreation, and transient migration into high-risk areas not only lead to individual infection, but also contribute to local transmission when infected hosts return home and infect other individuals ( fig. . ) [ ] . indeed, vector-borne diseases place an enormous burden on public health and require effi cient control strategies that are developed through an understanding of the origin (or sources) of infections and the relative importance of human movement at different scales. a number of social and environmental factors -such as human population density, regional settlement patterns, population movements, precipitation, and other weather-related factors -contribute to local and regional transmission dynamics [ ] . human movement -which determines exposure to vectors -is a key aspect of vector ecology that is poorly understood. this is due to the variations in exposure based on individual host movement that can strongly infl uence the pathogen's transmission dynamics [ ] . the types of movement most relevant for exposure will depend on site-specifi c differences, the ecology of the arthropod vector, human behavior, and the relative scale of host and vector movement. for instance -although fi ne-scale host movements are not important to pathogens transmitted by vectors that are able to move long distances in search of a host -these fi ne-scale host movements are very important for pathogens transmitted by sessile vectors. aedes aegypti is the principal vector of dengue virus. it bites during the day, disperses only short distances, and is heterogeneously distributed within urban areas. humans, on the other hand, move frequently and allocate different amounts of time to multiple locations on a regular basis. not only does this infl uence the individual risk of infection with dengue virus but it also infl uences overall patterns of transmission [ ] . in addition, commuting and non-commuting patients have different diffusion patterns and determinants in a dengue epidemic. non-commuters (e.g., elderly adults and housewives) may initiate a local epidemic, whereas commuters carrying the virus to geographically distant areas can cause a large-scale epidemic [ ] . dengue is a global threat and is endemic or epidemic in almost every country located in the tropics (fig. . ). while new tools (such as vaccines, antiviral drugs and improved diagnostics) are being developed, better use should be made of the interventions that are currently available. along with comprehensive tracking of commuting cases, the concomitant rapid notifi cation and diagnosis of non-commuting cases can enable the appropriate interventions and faster response times, thus preventing subsequent large-scale epidemics. as illustrated in the previous sections of this chapter, human movement is a largely ignored variable in the study and diagnosis of pathogen exposures. there are few, if any, well-established clinical guidelines that utilize a person's place history in the diagnosis of infected individuals, despite the fact that disease management protocols can be made more effective and effi cient by targeting the sources or agents of transmission. the study of human movement is critical to identifying high-risk factors (e.g., hostpreferences) because these factors are always conditioned by exposure rates which are, in turn, closely related to variations in human movement and behavior. although geographical movement is becoming increasing easy to measure through advanced geospatial technologies, a patient's movements and place history have been largely ignored by the medical community. quantifying and describing human movements provides valuable information necessary to predict disease outbreaks and to evaluate control alternatives to halt epidemics [ - ] . in addition, the ability to apply this knowledge to a variety of diseases creates an opportunity to identify common areas where infection occurs across multiple diseases and to leverage public health programs to target the most important locations that serve as sources for more than one disease. by examining of the role of human movement across different scales, public health communities can use this valuable information on pathogen transmission to increase the effectiveness of disease prevention programs. as transmission rates are reduced through intervention efforts, scientists can expect the importance of heterogeneity in exposure to increase and play an even more important role in pathogen persistence. therefore, characterization of human and population movements can facilitate not only the elimination of disease, but also help to prevent its return [ ] . key considerations in the analysis of human movement patterns include, but are not limited to: spatial scale, the type and periodicity of movement, and the time period of observation. spatial scale refers to the geographical extent of the pathogen and the spatial interpretation of the data. the geographical extent of the pathogen and its transmission can be determined by the disease dynamic -i.e., the spread of a pathogen to new geographical areas versus a sustained transmission at a given location. if the transmission is local, then the relevant movements will be those placing the susceptible hosts in high risk locations at times when infection risk is high. assumptions regarding the importance of movements should be made with care because heterogeneity in exposure can have a dramatic effect on infection risk. the type of movement refers to what the researcher is aiming to measure. for instance, is the study interested in the sites where individuals spend their time on a . geographic considerations in human movement regular basis (high spatial and temporal resolution) or when they are traveling outside of their home city? what is the value of travel information (outside of an urban area) that specifi es exactly where people go? are specifi c routes important, or should only destinations be considered? these specifi c details will depend on the nature of the questions, systems, and resources and methods involved for measuring movements. finally, the time period of observation is concerned with how long to observe individual movements for. the correct answer will depend on the questions being asked and available resources. in the case of dengue, infection can occur up to weeks prior to the manifestation of symptoms. for a retrospective study, - days would be an appropriate observation period. conversely, in a prospective study, the length of the observation period will depend on the relative importance of rare movements. studies of human movements in developed societies reveal markedly regular patterns, especially during the work-week [ , , ] . additionally, there may be significant instability in movements on weekends or at other times (e.g., vacations). for regular movements during the work week, at least weeks of observation are desired. for more variable movements/times, longer observation periods will be necessary. over the last century, human civilizations and urbanization have witnessed a huge increase in mobility and population growth. the combined effect of these factors means that, despite great improvements in hygiene, sanitation and vector control, the containment of disease remains one of the biggest challenges of our modern contemporary society. the importance of increased human mobility in disease transmission cannot be under-stated. on national and global scales, the airline transport network has played a key role in the global dissemination of infl uenza and sars [ ] . in addition, migrants, tourists, and commercial travelers also have a signifi cant infl uence on the spread of hiv [ ] . on a local scale, human movements in metropolitan areas are frequent and extensive, but are often composed of highly structured commuting patterns between the home and places of employment, education, or business. the ability to quantify human movement and its effects are vital in the ongoing development of strategies to eradicate vector-borne diseases (such as dengue) from urban centers [ ] . using a meta-population analysis where mobile humans connect with static mosquito subpopulations in a very structured pattern, a group of researchers found that, due to frequency dependent biting, infection incidence in the human and mosquito populations is independent of the duration of contact [ ] . the researchers hypothesize that, since the biting rate is frequency dependent (and independent of the density of the human population), a mosquito will bite the same number of people per day. in addition, their modeled results indicate that people who travel regularly to areas with large mosquito populations form a high-risk group, and have a relatively high level of infection compared to people that travel regularly to patches with small mosquito populations. furthermore, extensive variation in human movement patterns causes the number of interactions between human and mosquito populations to increase. more variable human movements increases the likelihood that people will carry the infection from these highly infested areas to mosquito subpopulations where the pathogen has died out. therefore, a large mosquito population in a frequently visited area may be suffi cient to ensure infection is endemic, even if there are relatively few mosquitoes elsewhere. when people do not vary their travel patterns very much and there is no direct connectivity between mosquito populations, the transit corridor can signifi cantly enhance disease persistence by acting as a reservoir and hub. if people vary the areas they visit even occasionally, the effect of the transit corridor is overridden [ , ] . mosquito and human movements become even more important as remote rural villages are connected to each other by mass transportation networks. nearly a century ago, it was observed that people do not develop a disease where it is contracted or even close to that place [ ] . today, widespread mass transportation makes that observation even more relevant. the incidence and persistence of vector-borne diseases on relatively small spatial scales may be strongly infl uenced by infectious humans who remain mobile because the infection is mild or silent. increased human movement on a local scale may be a key factor behind increased incidence of vector-borne diseases. in modern metropolitan areas, daily travel is a common way of life. distant subpopulations of mosquitoes may be connected by this daily movement. large, localized mosquito populations in areas that people visit regularly may be both reservoirs and hubs of infection, even if people only pass through those locations briefl y. this implies that surveillance with the goal of controlling vector-borne disease may be a much greater challenge than originally anticipated. ultimately, successful public health intervention must focus on both hosts and vectors. large mosquito populations that are also visited by a large fraction of the human population need to be identifi ed. it is vital to employ surveillance strategies that reveal the variability in the distribution of mosquitoes and target areas where the mosquito population is signifi cant and human movement is extensive. further study of networks formed by human movement in urban areas are need, and cell phone records are one potential source of such detailed information [ ] . committee on the u.s. commitment to global health. the u.s. commitment to global health: recommendations for the public and private sectors a global view of health -an unfolding series stable and unstable malaria hotspots in longitudinal cohort studies in kenya international population movements and regional plasmodium falciparum malaria elimination strategies quantifying the impact of human mobility on malaria international tourism results and prospects for international trade administration ( ) u.s. travel to international destinations increased three percent in . department of commerce, international trade administration airports, localities and disease: representations of global travel during the h n pandemic advising the traveler health risks of travelers with medical conditions -a retrospective analysis disease and mobility: a neglected factor in epidemiology population mobility and trypanosomiasis in africa dengue and dengue hemorrhagic fever: its history and resurgence as a global public health problem climate change and risk projection: dynamic spatial models of tsetse and african trypanosomiasis in kenya the role of human movement in the transmission of vector-borne pathogens using geographic information systems to analyze the distribution and abundance of aedes aegypti in africa: the potential role of human travel in determining the intensity of mosquito infestation population movement and vector-borne disease transmission: differentiating spatial-temporal diffusion patterns of commuting and non-commuting dengue cases modelling disease outbreaks in realistic urban social networks understanding individual human mobility patterns large-scale spatial-transmission models of infectious disease what about people in spatial science habitual travel behaviour: evidence from a six-week travel diary the role of the airline transportation network in the prediction and predictability of global epidemics travel and the spread of hiv- genetic variants dengue and dengue hemorrhagic fever man bites mosquito: understanding the contribution of human movement to vector-borne disease dynamics household and community transmission parameters from fi nal distributions of infections in households stegomyia indices and their value in yellow fever control key: cord- - ofi mg authors: wei, yuwa title: human rights issues date: - - journal: issues decisive for china&#x ;s rise or fall doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: ofi mg contemporary china is plagued by a wide range of human rights related issues and problems. in addition to those arising in the areas of religious toleration, judicial practice, treatment of labor and forced abortion, which were extensively reported by the media in the past, some newly emerged problems concerning human rights violation are much more alarming, due to the size of population affected and the degree of challenge caused to the public’s psychological endurance and confidence in the social ethnics and administration of the nation. most of all, these problems concern nearly every chinese citizen’s well-being and impact on their personal prosperity, as well as the prosperity of the nation as a whole. these problems are mainly associated with failures in environmental protection, food safety, and medical security. first white paper on human rights being released in , the white papers of the following years were arranged as a series sequentially informing the progress made and the actions taken in human rights promotion in each year. nevertheless, it is an undeniable fact that contemporary china is plagued by a wide range of human rights related issues and problems. in addition to those arising in the areas of religious toleration, judicial practice, treatment of labor and forced abortion, which were extensively reported by the media in the past, some newly emerged problems concerning human rights violation are much more alarming, due to the size of population affected and the degree of challenge caused to the public's psychological endurance and confidence in the social ethnics and administration of the nation. most of all, these problems concern nearly every chinese citizen's wellbeing and impact on their personal prosperity, as well as the prosperity of the nation as a whole. these problems are mainly associated with failures in environmental protection, food safety, and medical security. achieving modernization has been the core economic objective and a solemn promise of the chinese government. urbanization has been a major means of reaching this goal. this course has been accelerated since the s with an average urban population growth rate of more than . %. nowadays, the number of urban population has reached . million, account for . % of the total population of the nation. in the meantime, china has scored an extraordinary gdp growth rate ranging from the lowest . % to the highest % between and . if these are to be seen as modernization or development, the modernization or development droughts and storms, deforestation, desertification, etc., affected more than two billion people and the economic toll multiplied compared with the previous decades. this trend has an even acuter presentation in china. in the past three decades, china experienced extraordinary economic growth, accompanied by rapid industrialization and urbanization. the emergence of many city clusters has resulted in centralized and condensed population in urban areas. the economic development, together with urbanization, has generated substantial environmental problems. nowadays, china is facing nearly all of the world's ecological challenges including climate change, desertification, deforestation, declining water resources, acid rain, soil erosion, air and water pollution and biodiversity loss. apart from increasingly frequent natural disasters caused by climate change, air and water pollution has become a paramount concern to the general public, which is acutely perceived in their daily life. as mentioned in the beginning of this section, the cost of environmental degradation in china is massive and profound, from people's lifespan to economic toll. the link between environment and human rights can be established on basis that physical environment is a precondition for living a life of dignity and worth. good environment is a pre-requisite for the enjoyment of fundamental human rights. in china, for a long time, human rights violations and environmental degradation have not been treated by central and local governments as related issues and addressed in a coherent and integrated way. it has become evident that environmental protection and human rights are prima facie interrelated, interconnected, and mutually responsive, since they both serve the purpose of improving and sustaining the well-being of humanity. human well-being has a basic requirement for safe food, clean air and drinking water, safe shelter and protection from diseases. human activities such as rapid industrialization and urbanization result in environmental degradation including rising of sea levels, air and water pollution, drought, flooding, which in turn, affects people at a large number. at the international law level, the vital role that environment plays in guaranteeing individuals' fundamental human rights has been recognized at a much earlier time. the stockholm declaration of , nairobi declaration of , world charter for nature of , earth summit of , johannesburg conference on sustainable development of , un conference on sustainable development of have all acknowledged the interdependence between environment and human rights by conveying the message that environment may lead to long term impact on humanity and violation of human rights. the human rights council in its resolution / of march and resolution / of march focused specifically on human rights and climate change, pointing out that environment change impairs and undermines directly and indirectly the effective enjoyment of human rights. traditional international environmental laws commonly address environmental issues through creating and determining rights and obligations between states. human rights laws, on the other hand, place individuals' rights at the center of the focus. the establishment of the linkage between human rights and environment enables individuals victimized by environmental degradation to seek remedy on human rights violation ground, which traditional environmental laws gives little focus. it is unfortunate that in china's priority agenda, both human rights protection and environment protection have given way to economic development for quite a while. the link between environmental damage and human rights violation has not been articulately addressed either. indeed, it is a high time for china to adopt a comprehensive, human rights based approach to formulate environmental policies for clarifying human rights obligation in environment protection and for identifying and promoting good practice in environment management. there are signs that current central government shows the interest in considering human rights law enforcement as a means of achieving the purpose of environment protection. "environment protection" have become hot words in china's political life since the th national congress of the communist party of china (nov. - , ) . in his keynote report in the opening ceremony, hu jin tao, the president of china by then, emphasized the term "ecological civilization" for fifteen times. his successor, the current president xi jin ping, in his speeches at the national people's congress and at the chinese people's political consultative conference , called for environment protection and pointed out that protecting environment is as important as protecting productive forces. with the initiative from top leaders, the governments of all levels have become more and more mobilized to change their focus and give particular importance to environment protection. although the areas like beijing, hebei and shanxi are still frequently blanketed by hazardous smog and problems caused by environmental degradation and climate change are still acute, people are more willingly to adopt an optimistic attitude when speaking likely environmental improvement in the coming decades. nowadays, with the growth of economic prosperity, common chinese people enjoy an ever-abundant supply of food products and are keen to broaden their dining experiences. in today's china, eating occupies nearly all occasions and businesses. visitors to china are likely to find that eating is arranged as a highlight for them by the hosts. some research suggests that the current food consumption pattern in china even poses as an exception to engel's law, that is: as the income of an average chinese family rises, the proportion of income spent on food increases, rather than decreases. some other research finds that in fact, the share of chinese households' income spent on food fell from over half in the s to about one-third nowadays. nevertheless, one-third of household income being spent on food is still spectacularly excessive, compared with . % in the u.s., . % in the u.k., and . % in singapore. while all levels of the population take any possible opportunities to indulge with feasts, disturbing facts concerning food safety emerge. this article concerns itself with some of the most severe problems associated with food safety in china, which mainly refer to the cases involving deliberate contamination of food for profits. these include problems such as manufacturing and trading imitation food (e.g., selling pork as beef), processing and selling contaminated food, adding chemical additives into food products for improving visual appeal, taste, or simply for falsely increasing nutritional value (e.g., adding melamine into baby formula to inflate the protein levels), and producing and trading tainted food (e.g., profiting from recycled oil mainly dredged up from restaurant gutters). worst of all, the above problems are not sporadic but are widespread and rampant, and in some cases, systematic. it needs to be borne in mind that the above issues are the most severe ones and only account for a small part of the avalanche of food scandals. here, incidents relating to sanitation or foodborne illness outbreaks caused by negligence in manufacture and service processes are not taken into account, though they are also serious problems. the right to safe food is a basic human right for all individuals. in addition, safe food should be regarded as an issue of national security for the reason that toxic food poses a serious threat to public health, which in turn leads to destructive social and economic consequences, and eventually has an adverse impact on the national interests of a country. it is high time for the chinese to review their policies and strategies in dealing with social issues, including social justice, equal distribution, anticorruption and clean governments, social ethics and public morality, and public psychology. regulation is surely a necessary instrument to control illegal conduct. however, given the fact that policies and laws are always watered down or compromised in implementation, it is thus particularly important for policy makers to take all the above issues into consideration when shaping the nation's regulatory infrastructure for food safety. when serious food problems have a devastating impact on a large proportion of the population, it is necessary to assess the situation from a human rights perspective while searching for solutions. this section examines china's food safety issues in connection with human rights awareness in the country. it investigates the social, political and cultural causations of the food scandals, and explores possible solutions. before the s, under the planned economy, food problems that arose from manufacturing were extremely rare and the regulatory focus was on sanitation occurring in the service and consumption processes, where the food safety administration was part of the duties of the sanitation and anti-epidemic departments. although it appeared that a legal framework was largely put into place, the food industry was, in fact, less effectively regulated, due to the loose context of the laws and the gaps between the laws and their practice. the situation has deteriorated since the beginning of the new millennium with the introduction of the practice of quality inspection exemption or the regime of self-inspection by enterprises themselves, an initiative launched to reduce the operational costs of food enterprises. the self-inspection regime was a result of the administrative authorities exercising their supervisory powers in an abusive manner while in the discharge of their quality control duties concluding with the imposition of unnecessary and excessive burdens on food producers. however, instead of disciplining administrative conduct, the policy makers opted for a compromise by abolishing food quality inspection. research has shown that the managerial costs in chinese firms are chiefly caused by defects inherent in the governance of these firms. without fundamental improvements in the corporate governance system, xu, supra note . see, for detailed discussions on managerial costs and corporate governance in chinese firms, yuwa wei, "directors' duties under chinese law -a comparative review", ( ) university of the costs are likely to continue to inflate. later instances of food safety crises have proven that those who maintain the argument that relaxation in quality control can reduce food companies' operational costs are simply barking up the wrong tree, where the most likely result is noncompliance. it took the government years to realize that giving enterprises free rein in regards to food quality control was an unwise decision. it was at least partly responsible for the current culpable culture in the food industry. in the aftermath of a series of food scandals, policy and regulatory mechanisms have been introduced as the main crisis control efforts. on the current law imposes full responsibility on food producers and manufacturers to ensure that their products meet safety standards throughout each process, including purchase of raw materials, production, storage, package, transport and delivery. in addition, they need to faithfully record the safety management throughout the whole course. however, china's experiences reveal that without fierce scrutiny, the industry is unlikely to comply with such requirements. under the current regime, the supervision and administration are given to local governments at or above the county level, who formulate annual plans for food safety and undertake food sampling inspection. specific branches of government, including the departments of agriculture administration, quality supervision, industrial and commerce administration, and the food and drug administration carry out the routine work of food sampling inspection. ( ) china, § ( ) , an english version is available at . the section states: "the food producers and traders shall, in accordance with laws, regulations and food safety standards, carry out productive and operational activities, establish and improve the food safety management system and adopt efficient management measures to ensure food safety. the food producers and traders shall be responsible for the safety of produced and trade food themselves as well as society and the public, and also bear social responsibility." ibid, at § . ibid, at § . persons with direct responsibility in the above mentioned governments are subject to disciplinary punishment comprising of the recording of serious demerits, demotion, dismissal or expulsion, in the event of a failure to perform their supervisory and administrative duties, particularly where the failure causes a serious social effect. the same penalties are imposed directly on persons responsible for the above mentioned government branches, in the case where negligence is committed, daily supervision and inspection of food samples are omitted, abuse of power occurs, or favouritism is shown in the supervisory and administrative processes. from the above overview of the new regulatory regime, a few inadequacies can be identified. first, the legal (regulatory) framework is far from comprehensive. the supervisory model of food safety mapped out in the new laws can be summarized as: relying mainly on the segment-based approach, supplemented by a categorybased approach. in other words, the administration of food quality is undertaken by multiple inspection and administrative agencies, exercising their authorities in different stages of food production and services and targeting different types of foods. such an arrangement poses a potential risk in regards to conflict of powers, though the new laws allude to the benefits of efficient coordination among these agencies by identifying their authorities and duties in different stages of production and services. given the gaps in the existing laws, it is very likely that china will encounter further challenges in food supervision caused by its inefficient administrative system. speaking from a broader perspective, china is not the only country that has applied a multi-agency approach to food supervision and administration. the united states and japan have also adopted a scheme of assigning duties of food administration to multiple governmental agencies and departments. however, their comprehensive and detailed stipulations on division of responsibilities, quality standards, transparency and public scrutiny have ensured effectiveness of the system and smooth coordination among the agencies. moreover, it is noteworthy that even in countries such as the united states, there are increasing calls for combining their multiple agencies into a single agency to further the operational efficiency. it is therefore necessary for china to improve its food safety administration system to further enhance its regulatory regime on the one hand, and to rationalize the administrative chains and procedures in food supervision on the other. second, the current legal regime does not provide sufficient remedies for victims of food safety, nor does it effectively encourage consumer and community participation in food safety control. the laws have introduced monetary remedies for consumers consisting of damages and a fine of ten times that of the commodity's value. however, the accused are liable for the fine only where evidence shows that they have produced defective products and are at fault. what is more outrageous is that the onus of proof is on the consumers in such cases. the amount of ten times the value of the goods has already been criticized as being too insignificant to be a deterrent. the requirement that consumers need to prove the culpability of producers in making defective foods renders it nearly impossible for the consumers to benefit from the fine, not to mention the conceivable negligible impact that the provision has on food producers. third, the regulatory regime has loopholes and demonstrates too much leniency towards liable producers and traders, as well as those administrative personnel who fail to discharge their duties or show favoritism. among government staff of relevant departments, only those directly responsible for administrative negligence or abuse of powers that result in serious social impact may face disciplinary action. criminal penalties imposed on food producers for breaches of the law are also weak. moreover, no single criminal penalty is available to penalize delinquent public servants. the criminal law of china only punishes the conduct of producing for instance, in the u.s., the powers of food administration are divided amongst the u.s. department of agriculture, the food and drug administration and the environmental protection agency. see chamus burnside-savazzini, "training in an integrated food safety system: focus on food protection officials", food safety magazine (april/may ), . the people's congress of the people's republic of china, supra note , § . the food safety law does not address the issue of burden of proof. hence, the rules of general law apply, rendering that the burden of proof lies upon he who brings the claim. see tonghai liu, "on the shortcomings of the foot safety law and some suggestions on improvement", blog of tonghai liu on legal study net (october , ), . the people's congress of the people's republic of china, supra note , § . and selling foods causing serious food poisoning and diseases, and the conduct of producing and selling foods mixed with toxic or harmful non-food substances. it can thus be observed that the scope of application of the criminal law provisions is limited to offences occurring in food production and sale. this leaves the conduct of processing, packaging, storing and transporting defective or harmful foods unpunished. furthermore, the amounts of the penal fines provided in the criminal law are even less than those stipulated in the food safety law, and are subject to a higher threshold in application. finally, the most essential issue to be addressed by the chinese is the enforcement of the laws. according to a survey carried out by the national survey research center at renmin university of china in , % of people interviewed attributed the cause of food scandals to administrative inefficiency and supervisory failure. in the meantime, judicial failure to rigorously implement food laws has cast a further shadow over effective law enforcement in the future. it is reported that courts are reluctant to support consumers' claims for damages up to or times the amount of the commodity price provided for in the law of the people's republic of china on the protection of consumer rights and interests and the food safety law of the people's republic of china . many manufacturers also promise the criminal code of china states: "whoever produces or sells food that does not confirm to hygiene standards in a manner that is sufficient to cause a serious food-poisoning accident or any serious disease caused by foodborne bacteria shall be sentenced to fixed-term imprisonment of not more than years or criminal detention, and concurrently or independently be sentenced to a fine of not less than half of the sum obtained through sale and not more than twice of that. if the offence causes serious harm to human health, the offender shall be sentenced to fixed-term imprisonment of not less than years and not more than years, and concurrently be sentenced to a fine of not less half of the sum obtained through sale and not more than twice of that. if the consequences are especially serious, the offender shall be sentenced to fixed-term imprisonment of not less years or life imprisonment, and concurrently be sentenced to a fine of not less than half of the sum obtained through sale and not more than twice of that or confiscation of property." a person who knowingly mixes the food to be produced or sold with toxic and harmful non-food stuffs is subject to the same penalties. : "when any manufacturer produces any food not conforming to the food safety standards or sells any food knowing its nonconformity with the food safety standards, the customer can demand the manufacturer or the seller to pay a penalty times of the paid amount, in addition to the compensation for the loss thereof." the amount of the compensation provided for in article of the law of the people's republic of china on the protection of consumer rights and interests is up to two times upon occurrence of fraud. junhai liu, the deputy president of china consumer association pointed out that due to judges' misunderstanding of legal reasoning, consumers' that an amount of compensation of up to times the amount of the commodity price will be paid to consumers upon violation of food safety. however, such claims are likely to be rejected by courts. some judges insist that such an amount appears to be punitive and thus does not have legal basis in contractual relations. the stance of courts in such cases renewed the public's suspicion of judicial corruption. the worst scenario concerns events involving arrest and conviction of consumer advocates. the zhao lianhai case is a typical example. zhao lianhai was a man who became an activist after his son experienced kidney problems linked to contaminated baby formula. he was convicted of inciting public disorder by setting up a web site to help other parents with sick children share information, seek compensation, and organize protests. it is clear that despite legislative efforts, tackling the food safety problem is an overwhelming challenge. compared to assessing legislative improvements, evaluating law enforcement in china presents a far more demanding task and is entangled with a number of social, political, economic and cultural issues. more discussions on enforcing food safety law in china will be carried out in section iii of this article. in summary, much work needs to be done to develop an efficient and effective food safety regulatory regime. this is not a mere legal task, but a social project involving reform of the administrative culture, a change in the business environment and transformation of the perception of the right to safe food for the public. human rights are rights inherent to all human beings, and they are inalienable and fundamental. the international community has reached a common understanding on the universality of human rights. for promoting and protecting human rights and fundamental freedoms of individuals, governments are obliged to act in certain ways or to refrain from specific acts. the most common universal human rights claims for compensation provided in the above provisions are rarely supported by courts in the past. see social and cultural rights , the right to food is recognized as part of the right to an adequate standard of living. the rome declaration on world food security and world food summit plan of action reaffirms everyone's right to "have access to safe and nutritious food, consistent with the right to adequate food and the fundamental right of everyone to be free from hunger" and describes food security as: "[w]hen all people, at all times, have physical and economic access to sufficient, safe and nutritious food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life." it is therefore clear that as a part of human rights, the right to food is inalienable and indivisible from other fundamental rights including the right to life, the right to health, the right to know, ( - nov. , rome) . here, "right to know" is a term used in environmental law, referring to the legal principle that the individual has the right to know the chemicals to which they may be exposed in their daily living. it comprises two aspects -community right to know (environmental hazard information) and workplace right to know (workplace hazard information). nowadays, the term is used in the field of human rights in reference to the right of access to information concerning citizens' human rights, or their rights under freedom of information laws. for instance see sandra coliver, the justifiable to say that the right to food incorporates at least the following dimensions: availability, accessibility and adequacy. in other words, food must not only be available as a resource and affordable in order for people to be able to satisfy their dietary needs, but must also be safe for human consumption and free from contaminants. everyone must have access to food that is not only nutritionally adequate, but also free from harmful substances, so that it does not endanger people's lives or health. the states parties to the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights have agreed to assume the obligation to progressively realize the right to adequate food. the responsibility is interpreted by the committee on economic, social and cultural rights as comprising three types of obligations: respect, protect and fulfil/facilitate. a state government must not interfere with individuals' efforts to access food. it must also protect its people from infringement of their right to adequate food by others. the government should help those who do not already enjoy the right to food by creating opportunities for them to provide for themselves. in the case where people are unable to enjoy the right to food due to events out of the individuals' control (natural disaster for example), the government ought to provide food to them directly. china is a signatory of the universal declaration of human rights and a contracting party of the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights , the convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women and the united nations convention on the rights of the child . china also signed the international covenant on civil and political rights but has yet to ratify it. the government of china is under international obligation to facilitate a pre-warning system regarding threats to the right to adequate food, and to improve coordination between different government and food safety agencies, as well as improve their accountability. violation of the right to food refers right to know: human rights and access to reproductive health information (article -university of pennsylvania press, london-philadelphia, ) ; and jacqueline klosek, the right to know (praeger, westport, ) . article of the universal declaration of human rights states: "everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers." jean ziegler, "what is the right to food?", right to food (august , ) . not only to shortage of food, lack of infrastructure, mal-distribution and inadequate access to food, but also to protection from contaminated and harmful food. most of the recent food scandals in china involve rampant violations of the right to food in the dimension of adequacy -provision of food for safe consumption. while immoral and illegal conduct of individuals and enterprises is ultimately responsible for the outbreak of food safety crises, the government is accountable for inefficiencies in monitoring the enterprises and disciplining personnel in charge of administrating the food industry. as the most populated country on the earth, the chinese government has always paid great attention to food issues and regarded provision of enough food to the people as the first priority. after decades of effort, china has mostly solved the problem of feeding its people. however, new problems associated with agriculture and food have arisen since the commencement of market oriented reforms. it is reported that due to accelerated industrialization and urbanization, arable land has been shrinking and farmland capacity has declined. this constitutes a threat to china's future food security. the government has introduced the national land consolidation plan ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) that aims to increase the effective area of arable land by . million hectares before , though the enforcement of the plan faces challenges such as lack of mechanisms for protection of cultivated land and inefficiencies in the management of land tenure rights. it appears that china has made a significant effort to achieve food sufficiency in the country. food availability and accessibility have been a top agenda item for the government in the past and will continue to remain a central issue in the future. the adequacy aspect received far less attention. the recent outbreak of food scandals is chiefly a result of a lack of oversight within the food industry. this can be partly attributed to the understaffing of supervisory authorities, partly to the misfeasance, malfeasance, nonfeasance and unprofessionalism of administrative officers. it is noteworthy that administrative personnel's unsupportive attitude and behavior towards businesses has been the cause of changes in inspective practice, resulting in a switch of models from official inspection to enterprise self-inspection. under the enterprise self-inspection regime, the working manner of administration is even more unprofessional. for instance, in the recycled buns case, when doing their sample inspection, the governmental inspectors, once arriving at a food factory or workshop, would only come into the administrative office and wait for the factory managerial staff to provide the samples to be examined. it is no surprise that they did not get any clues over the years. in one of the clenbuterol contaminated pork s z gu and y j zhang, "food security in china", in sun honglie and shidong zhao (eds.), area studies -china: regional sustainable development review (vol. , ) incidents, the problematic pigs were sold from henan pig farms to jiangsu province and had to go through several checkpoints conducted by the trade bureau, health inspection station, veterinary station, etc. however, some inspectors acted as middlemen between pig sellers and slaughterhouses for a commission of rmb yuan per pig, which caused wide dissemination of the contaminated pork and pork products. the recycled buns case showed workers in a filthy workshop "recycling" buns by throwing the stale buns into a vat, adding water and flour, and repackaging them to be sold anew. the clenbuterol contaminated pork case involves pig farmers feeding pigs with pig feed mixed with clenbuterol used to make the pigs have leaner bodies, which sell for a higher price. other food scandals involve melamine-contaminated baby milk; pork sold as beef after it was soaked in borax; rice contaminated with cadmium, arsenic-laced soy sauce; popcorn and mushrooms treated with fluorescent bleach; bean sprouts tainted with an animal antibiotic; and wine diluted with sugared water and chemicals. the alarming fact is that most of the food related offences were first discovered and disclosed by journalists, and not the personnel in charge of the surveillance authorities, or even the police or national security authority. it is inexcusable for administrative agencies to claim that ill-training, poor quality equipment and understaffing are the main causes for such an appalling incidence of food scandals in the country, since journalists are by no means in a position to be better trained and better equipped than food inspection agencies or police. as a matter of fact, detection and disclosure of food safety problems is not the expertise of journalists, nor their major business. respect for human rights is becoming a universal principle of good government. this is because many human rights require activity on behalf of government. these activities relate to the duties to respect, protect and fulfil human rights in order to provide the conditions necessary for prosperity and well being of individuals. a good government is committed to protection of the rule of law. hence, it is the state government's responsibility to make good laws and to establish able, professional and corruption-free administrative institutions, with a public service team to guarantee the implementation of the laws. although china's government is quick in making legislative efforts to curtail misconduct in the food industry, it needs to demonstrate its determination and capability of ensuring that the laws are fully abided by and it is accountable for building a law enforcement agency comprised of highly motivated, dedicated, well-trained law enforcers. a typical national food control system comprises the following components: food law and regulation, food control management, inspection services, laboratory services and information, education, communication and training. the capacity of food safety control in a nation is demonstrated by effectiveness, efficiency and sustainability. in china's case, apart from legislative efforts, much needs to be done in the following aspects: law enforcement involves certain members of society acting in an organized manner to promote adherence to the law by investigating and punishing persons who violate the rules and norms governing that society. the enforcement of the law consists of a system comprised of the courts and procuratorates, the judicial and public security agencies, and the administrative agencies, with their descending hierarchy of departments, bureaus, sub-bureaus, and stations. with regard to enforcement of food laws and regulations, administrative mechanisms play a more substantial role, compared with other enforcement instruments. the key is to enhance food control management. this involves development of food control strategies, implementation of risk analysis, operation of a food control program, securing funds and allocating resources, and development of emergency response procedures. development and implementation of food control strategy is concerned with defining food control objectives, identifying priorities of competing interests relating to public investment, state economic interest, food import and export, farmers and producers. an integral, effective food control strategy is particularly important to china, since it will improve the coherence of multiple existing administrative agencies in the country and reduce confusion, duplications of effort, inefficiencies in performance and waste of resources. for the time being, a crucial task china food and agriculture organization of the united nations and world health organization, assuring food safety and quality: guidelines for strengthening national food control systems (joint fao/who publication) - (rome ), . see food and agriculture organization of the united nations and world health organization, supra note , at . ibid. faces is to consolidate its food control policy at the macro-level by standardizing food quality certification, management, and rating, and in the meantime, to improve the market price system. a market entry certification system should also be put in place. another important task to deal with is to establish a uniform food safety risk analysis scheme to ensure compliance with food regulations and standards. unlike developed countries, the food safety problems in china occur in every stage from food production to service, typically consisting of contamination of raw food materials, cross contamination in manufacture, improper storage and preservation, and unhygienic practices in services. this requires a wide-ranging risk analysis system capable of identifying risk factors at every stage and of providing solutions. in doing so, there is the need to coordinate the risk assessment activities currently exercised by different administrative agencies and to develop a comprehensive scheme for food safety risk assessment, in which a professional team comprising food researchers, toxicological analyzers, pathological analyzers and inspectors play an essential role. attention should also be paid to food safety risk communication improvement. insufficient food risk communication in the past was chiefly responsible for a crisis in customer confidence with china's food industry. until this point, no substantial improvement has been made in this regard. in summary, the flaws of this situation can be attributed to a lack of government guidance, silence on the part of scientific academia, and unreliability of entrepreneurs. addressing this issue, the minister of health recently announced that a plan for food safety risk communication was in development and the press was expected to continue to play a leading role in this aspect. however, without access to channels for obtaining scientific information, the press's capacity for publishing fair and accurate reports is considerably undermined. it is therefore necessary to base risk communication on a system of interactive exchange of information and opinions among all stakeholders, including risk assessors, risk managers, consumers, industries, the academic community and other interested parties. this requires the government to allocate sufficient funds to finance and staff risk communication institutions of various specialities. china has more than million farmers and more than , food production companies. hence, to some, the food production system seems too vast to see world health organization/food and agriculture organization of the united nations, "about risk analysis in food", . allow for meaningful inspection at all stages of the food production process. however, the establishment of a national database for food supervision and inspection and a platform for food safety risk assessment enabling all interested parties to follow the development of food safety will absolutely make a difference to china's food industry. by the end of , the ministry of health formed the expert committee for national food safety risk assessment, which was a significant step toward improvement of china's food safety control. it is also reported that the state council of china has revealed its intention to establish a database of food companies' safety records. according to the plan, companies with poor safety records will be blacklisted and publicized, and will be subject to punishment. better regulation mechanisms, legal and standard systems, as well as technical support systems will also be introduced to improve the overall food safety management level. now, the world is waiting to see how well the plan will be realized. improving inspection services for food safety control is another key element for enhancing the food safety control system in china. food inspection service is a means of ensuring that the food supply is safe for consumers and meets legislative requirements. it is also an instrument for decreasing hazardous intoxicants in foods, including pathogenic bacteria, viruses and parasites, chemical contaminants and mycotoxins. the primary duty of the food safety inspection service is to inspect food manufacturing, processing and handling facilities, importing/exporting of foods and the monitoring of a company's facilities for compliance with the national legal and regulatory requirements. in some countries, the food inspectorate also conducts the functions of investigating food poisoning and injury cases and fraudulent marketing practices, as well as handling consumer complaints. of individual inspectors and the quality of their work. it is thus important to make sure that inspectors have detailed guidance and rules to follow when discharging their responsibilities. their powers and the procedures to be followed should be well defined. inspectors should receive up-to-date training in the new technologies used in processing and manufacturing, including what is required for the control of these technologies in order for them to function at maximum effectiveness and to assure proper performance. they must also be able to evaluate the performance of equipment and instruments used in production to guarantee that they are appropriately controlled and monitored. the impotence of china's food safety inspectorate has been widely reported and acutely recognized by consumers. it is officially perceived that the food safety inspection administration suffers from insufficient resources, a lack of qualified personnel, and deficient coordination among layers of governments and among various institutions, particularly among those administrative agencies at the provincial level and below. apart from the above-mentioned vices, three more factors must be taken into account: corruption, shirking and laziness. china's public services have long suffered from a number of bureaucratic problems such as authoritarianism, routinism, elitism, corruption, shirking of responsibility, deceit, laziness, formalism, red tape, nepotism, seeking special privilege, overstaffing, duplication, ineffectiveness, and over-centralization. upon close study, one can discern that corruption, shirking and laziness are the most prominent problems that induce or exacerbate the other problems. these deep-rooted problems penetrate the food safety inspection system and eventually take their toll on public confidence in the food industry. the government of china has pledged to enhance the ability of the inspectorate. in its food safety decision june , , the state council announced that it planned to take years to improve the nation's food safety and food control management. according to the state council's statement, food safety will become a measure of local governments' performance in their annual assessments, in the hope that incorporating food safety as one of the evaluation criteria will make local governments and officials aware of their responsibilities. however, given the institutional decline, erosion of authority of the central government, and loss of control over local agencies and agents in the era of the market economy, effectively rooting out corruption in the food safety administration will certainly demand much greater efforts based on resolute determination. to a certain extent, it represents a social problem and needs to be tackled on a broader scale. to curtail food safety problems on a broader scale, it is necessary to promote general respect for universal human rights in the society. from this point of view, improvement of food safety can be seen as a social project. in the past three decades, in making the transition from a planned economy to a market economy, china placed much emphasis on economic gains and profitability. along with gdp growth, extreme utilitarianism, fickleness and mammonism have become more and more evident and have turned into a driving force in chinese people's daily life. the food safety outbreaks are merely typical consequences of the erosion of social morality and business ethics. food safety outrages spark a new round of calls to promote public morality and human rights. many chinese have come to realize that without a morally healthy social environment, mere economic prosperity does not guarantee a successful society and true advancement. in contrast, it may only carry with it the seeds of corruption and decay. to bring changes to the broader system, the general public needs to step out from their family-centred tradition and self-interested sphere, and endeavor to shape a society where individual equality is upheld, respect for others' human rights is generally aware of, and public interests are greatly valued. the construction of such a society requires the combined efforts of the government, private sectors and the community. while the government is accountable for formulating policies and initiatives, facilitating state agencies and mechanisms, and allocating resources, the business sector and the community are expected to participate in shaping a good society by promoting sustainable business practices, interacting with the government and influencing the policies of governance. it is worth noting that the constitution of china only implicitly addresses citizens' rights to safe food. article provides that "the state . . . promotes health and sanitation activities of a mass character, all for the protection of the people's health"; and article states: "citizens of the people's republic of china have the right to material assistance from the state and society when they are old, ill or disabled." compared with some nations that incorporate the right to healthy food into their constitutions, china is much behind in providing constitutional safeguards for food security. given the challenge of tackling food problems, it may be necessary for china to introduce provisions to protect food safety in the constitution. in the case of combating food safety problems, the food industry shares responsibility with governmental agencies in achieving the objectives of a national food control strategy. involving the industry in national food control activities might be instrumental in overcoming potential problems. the food industry is responsible for the implementation of rules regulating agriculture, food manufacturing and processing practices, as well as a food quality and safety system. the industry should also be obliged to educate and train all employees in food handling and make sure that they understand general food quality and safety system. it can also provide information to consumers through food labeling and advertising. in china's case, the food industry may need to go through a long journey to correct its practices which may also involve a change in the business culture. as members of the community, consumers have a right to quality and safe food and also have responsibilities to prevent food related health hazards. consumers need to understand there is no such thing as an absolutely safe food supply. the right to food for consumers also requires a responsibility to play a role in food control. consumers can actively contribute to food safety control by providing valuable information to the authorities, usually by complaining about product deception and poor quality and by reporting injury and illness caused by food. the authority then needs to provide them with a channel to let their dissatisfaction be known. consumer organizations are expected to play an important role in representing the consumer in the development of a national food control strategy and also in bringing the concerns of consumers to the attention of policy makers and the industry. the chinese government needs to take proactive action in order to ensure that consumers are heard and taken into account. in summary, combating food safety problems depends on a combination of mechanisms including training, business ethics education, administration and supervision, public scrutiny, civil litigation and penal punishment. in other words, combating the food safety problem require a collective effort from the entire nation. the government is certainly accountable for all mandatory activities necessary to ensure the quality and safety of food, including enacting food regulations, operating food inspectorates, organizing analytical services, and enforcing rules. the participation of other stakeholders and interested parties including the industry, consumers, communities and even the society as a whole, is equally crucial. the battle will happen across a gamut of fields involving governmental conduct, social ethics, public relations, business practice, and consumer culture. the medical insurance system of a state directly affects its people's key human rights, namely the right to life and the right to health. the notion of modern medical insurance can be traced back to the introduction of the sickness insurance program in in germany. the antecedents of similar kinds existed in the form of charity or welfare in some civilizations, such as friendly societies organized by european trade guilds, fraternal organizations, the english poor law , the prussian common law , and the civil war pension program . the sickness insurance program in germany came as a result of the medical reform movement and a series of political debates and compromises afterwards. the sickness insurance act was enacted in to facilitate the program. the law allowed the largest segment of workers to benefit from access to public health care through insurance funds. in the event of accidental injury, illness or old age, workers were entitled for minimum indemnity for medical treatment and sick pay for up to weeks. this initial system was financed by workers and employers, with the employers contributed one third, while the workers contributed two thirds to insurance funds. in germany passed the accident insurance act covering serious and fatal accidents occurring on the job in certain industries. the act went a step further by placing the entire cost of the liability on the employers. the significance of the german health insurance program introduced in the s lay in that it was for the first time in history that a national health insurance system was institutionalized. following the german practice, industrialized countries commonly introduced social security programs in the following decades, i.g., the uk the medical insurance program as an indispensable part of the modern social security system has carried human societies into a new era where the government of a country provides economic assistance to persons faced with unemployment, disability, or agedness for the purpose of advancing the benefits of the members of the community as a whole. the key feature of the scheme is: it is imposed and controlled by the government. before the introduction of social security schemes, the dominant mode of support for people unable to provide for themselves was charitable relief proffered by benevolent societies, sometimes with financial help from the authorities. social security comprises two arms: social assistance and social insurance. the rationale behind modern social security programs is the necessity to maintain social and economic justice. with industrialization, social security has gone through a change from charity to a state responsibility. guaranteeing a certain amount of social well-being and economic security to every individual member in the community has become a duty of a modern state. nowadays, social security has emerged as a human right enshrined in the universal declaration of human rights, which states: after the establishment of the socialist state in , as part of the social welfare or security package china introduced a state funded, central planned health care system, which provided a universal coverage of health care to the chinese population. an innovative feature of the system was the operation of the so call barefoot doctors at health clinics at the village and township level, which served the mass rural citizens accounting for three quarters of the total population. this system was held up as a model for providing universal health care in the developing world in the s by the world health organization (who) and inspired who to launch the "health for all by a.d." program. under this scheme, public health in china improved dramatically, with the citizens' life expectancy increasing from to years, infant mortality decreasing from to per live births. the system operated in china for nearly years until the market oriented medical reform took place in the s. as a result, china's health care program has experienced a change from a scheme performing universal social welfare function to a model that is a mixture of free market and medical insurance. however, the reform turns to be a failure which makes china's health care scheme one of the least equitable systems in the world. care reforms ciency and abuse. its sustainability posed a challenge to the leadership in the post-mao era, which had an economic reform scheme at the top of the agenda. by the s, the administrative and financial support for the health care was removed from the national agenda through decentralization before a nationwide health insurance system was provided. with local governments having little incentive to promote local healthcare, individuals of rural areas and urban non-salaried residents primarily relied on out-of-pocket spending for medical and health services. in the meantime, prices for provision of medicines, diagnostic tests, surgical implants, and specialized care were deregulated. as a direct impact, many chinese were in short of medical services and supplies since they simply resolved to not seeking medical help. it was reported in , about % of the chinese people refused to see a doctor when ill and % of those refused to go to hospital, mainly out of financial concerns. there was still worse to come. after the collapse of the previous model, no strategy was adopted to mitigate the lack of integration and coordination in the later medical system. due to a lack of reliable local clinics, people had to wait in long queues for basic health care, with no scheduled appointments and little privacy. after all the inconvenience, what they could receive was usual a very brief face to face consultation of a few sentences or a couple of minutes. during this period, health care was seen "as a consumption activity rather than a fundamental right of the people or a responsibility of the state". indeed, this unsustainable, reactionary approach had to be subject to review and amendment. as a result, in , the new cooperative medical scheme (ncms) for rural population, mainly funded by the government, was launched. since , a health insurance scheme for urban non-salaried residents, especially for children and old people has been implemented. although china's health care system has appeared to get back on the track of government subsidy since the mid- , it is far from offering accessible, affordable, equitable and quality health care services with a universal coverage. some believe that the current health care reform is unlikely to solve the fundamental problems of accessibility, affordability, equity and quality. as long as the buck-passing polity does not fully change and the health policy process is still influenced by interested groups, the problem of dis- see jason shafrin, "an olympic post: the history of the chinese healthcare system", healthcare economist (august, ), available at . parity inherent in china's health care system will continue to affect the country's social environment. the worst part of china's health care system is the rampant medical corruption stemming from the medical reform over the past decades, particularly in the period between the mid- s and the mid- s. the usual scenario is that doctors and other staff expect to be paid extra fees (usually in the form of "red envelops" ) to perform operations and take kickbacks from pharmaceutical firms and medicalequipment suppliers. the practice is so prevalent that an unsullied doctor nearly does not exist. almost all practitioners and medical staff tell the same story as the defence of their unclean hands -low salary or underpayment. whistle blowers also tell that doctors have economic income targets allocated by hospitals and hospital administrators for them to meet and exceed. only upon completion of their quotes, they are paid benefit bonuses which can be much higher than their basic salaries. in other words, they are under pressure to charge patients extra fees and to recommend patients to go through unnecessary but expensive tests and procedures as well as purchase expensive medicines. nonetheless, such excuses are not sound enough to defeat professionalism and patients' human rights. besides, on many occasions, they are free to make a choice. for instance, a surgeon or a nurse can always hold up professional dignity by declining a red envelop because it is commonly given privately. moreover, nothing can justify their procurement of briberies and kickbacks from pharmaceutical companies or health care companies. facing a choice between campaigning for improving income or work environment and becoming corrupt, chinese doctors have had less difficulty in choosing to compromise their professional morality in the first place. moreover, nothing can defend the corruptive and negligent conduct of the personnel in governments and the health care system, which have caused further spread of epidemics such as aids. a nation has every reason to become alarmed when seeing medical profession to be infested by the epidemic of corruption. the governments and citizens all have a responsibility to trace the deep root of the phenomenon in their society, culture, policy and ethics in order to find the cures. access to quality health care services is a basic right in a civilized society. it is essential to one of the core human rights -human right to health. the human right to health care means that hospitals, clinics, medicines, and doctors' services must be accessible, available, acceptable, and of good quality for everyone, on an equitable basis, where and when needed. hence, universal access, availability, acceptability, dignity, non-discrimination, accountability, and transparency should be the fundamental principles upon which a health care system is built. many countries have upheld health care as a basic human right in their laws. unfortunately, the failure of the health care scheme has deprived many chinese citizens this right for more than two decades after the medical reform. this renders china's medical reform a truly disgraceful story. when people are deprived their access to hospital and health care services, their human rights, including their rights to health, life and information are potentially compromised and threatened. china is a contracting party to the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights (icescr) and the united nations convention against corruption (uncac), a signatory of the international covenant on civil and political rights (iccpr). it is thus under treaty obligation to protect individuals against corrupt acts of third parties. though corruption and abuse of the health care scheme committed by practitioners and professionals in hospitals, insurance companies and suppliers of medical and health care goods and services impact on patients' human rights, the guilty individuals are not in direct breach of the uncac. instead, the uncac is directed primarily at member states rather than non-state actors. hence, it is the obligation of the chinese government to prevent corruption involving governments, industries, companies and individuals in fight against corruption and to raise public awareness of the matter. due to the fact that corruption has invaded into every corner of the chinese society, citizens have faced an unfavorable physical and social environment. fraud in project approvals and failure to apply emission control measures are responsible for the human right to health means that everyone has the right to the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health, which includes access to all medical services, sanitation, adequate food, decent housing, healthy working conditions, and a clean environment. xiangming zhou, a study of the health care right (phd thesis, jilin university, ) . see part ii -articles and uncac. rising pollution in the country. some professions including teachers, doctors, lawyers and those safeguarding consumptive goods are not only important to people's lifestyle and well-being and society's progress, but also play a social role in which trustworthiness is an expectation in every tradition. in china, these professions, because of the rampage of the unethical performance conducted by a majority of the people in the trades, have definitely failed to honor their part of social compact with society, which in turn exacerbates human rights related problems. it is a high time for china to review the ethical conduct of these key professions. the chinese government has an obligation to protect citizens' human rights to health, access to healthy food, safe drinking water, clean air, and a healthy environment. in discharging this obligation, effective mechanisms combating corruption in various forms need to be established in order to sustain the country's social stability and economic prosperity. china -pig farmers told to drug livestock china, fear of fake eggs and 'recycled' buns history of universal human rights -up to ww sourcebook: human rights & good governance (asialink project on education in good governance and human rights office of the united nations high commissioner for human rights a reflection on the circumstances of contemporary chinese social moral ideal from an academic point of view, it is perceived that china's medical reform in the s and s was basically a buck-passing strategy. in a joint report in , both who and the state council of china admitted that china's medical reform was overall unsuccessful. nevertheless, this system was costly and prone to ineffi- the barefoot doctors are the medical practitioners who had only basic health care training and lived in the community they served health care system reform in china: issues, challenges and options (cema working papers , china economics and management academy see the declaration of alma-ata privatization and its discontents-the evolving chinese health care system see who, supra note governing health in contemporary china three prescriptions for treating the symptoms of the medical reform', china youth daily chian's health care reform: not just a policy failure, carengie endonwment for international peace an envelope with cash inside if the government is really serious, all the chinese doctors and drug companies will be found guilty because no drug manufacturer or doctor is innocent. if doctors are to be laid off for receiving hongbao, then every chinese doctor will be laid off. but then who will take care of the patients? if the benefit bonus is fully deducted, the doctor only receives the basic salary part. people usually refer the basic salaries when speaking their salaries consequences of a stalled response: epidemic among blood donors in central china sourcebook: human rights & good governance. asialink project on education in good governance and human rights china's environmental crisis social insurance and allied services public health and human rights: evidence-based approaches privatization and its discontents-the evolving chinese health care system training in an integrated food safety system: focus on food protection officials. food safety magazine historical summary of workers compensation laws (olr research report food safety and public morality, china culture and media daily network evidence on the impact of sustained exposure to air pollution on life expectancy from china's huai river policy article /university of pennsylvania press, london/philadelphia committee on economic, social and cultural rights (twentieth session, ) general comment no. on the right to adequate food the vienna conventions on the law of treaties: a commentary suhe meng's opinion: confidence crisis is the biggest challenge to china's food products, caixin net earth summit ( ) rio declaration on environment and development shrinking arable land threatens grain security, china daily national wide investigation into problematic buns, food safety face trust crisis fifteen organizations share responsibilities in food safety supervision and administration: weak supervision and administration cause frequent problems, cctv half-hour economy assuring food safety and quality: guidelines for strengthening national food control systems workingmen's insurance in europe markets adapt to china's changing diet mcgill_queen's university press, montreal hannah b ( ) how corruption blights china's health care system china food safety, it ain't working and we told you so food safety and effective supervision by the government area studies -china: regional sustainable development review health care system reform in china: issues, challenges and options (cema working papers , china economics and management academy governing health in contemporary china. routledge, london/new york human rights council ( ) human rights council resolution / on human rights and climate change meanings of environment terms international legal instruments addressing good governance (report of united nations human settlements programme) the german sickness insurance programme - : its relevance for contemporary american health policy the right to know: your guide to using and defending freedom of information law in the united states china, fear of fake eggs and 'recycled' buns the right lists tells how to envisaging china's human rights development, people's daily online ping: protecting environment is as importance as protecting productive forces, xinhua news agency (the news center of the national people's congress of china and the chinese people's political consultative conference managing economic reforms in post-mao china studies on issues concerning food safety in criminal law, legal study news of the capital city www on the shortcomings of the foot safety law and some suggestions on improvement equity in health and health care: the chinese experience a comparison of the health systems in china and india (rand, information and interdisciplinary subjects series chian's health care reform: not just a policy failure, carengie endonwment for international peace universal coverage of health care in china: challenges and opportunities (world health report social security of labour in the new indian economy ?cn=c national people's congress of the people's republic of china ( ) criminal law of people's republic of china national people's congress of the people's republic of china ( ) the law of the people's republic of china on food safety glossary of statistical terms: social security schemes human rights approach to environmental protection people's congress ( ) the constitution of the people's republic of china rayner m, history of universal human rights -up to ww chinese baby formula activist sentenced to / years in prison for incitement, the washington post state council information office of the people's republic of china ( ) human rights in china state council of the people's republic of china ( ) trial regulations of the people's republic of china on food hygiene state council of the people's republic of china ( ) decision of the state council on some issues concerning further enhanced product quality state council of the people's republic of china ( ) the regulation on the implementation of the food safety law of the people's republic of china reflections on china's food safety administration the national bureau of statistics of china: the urbanization population rate achieves multilateral trade negotiations on agriculture -a resource manual/sps and tbt agreements module , national food control systems: components and operation the decision of the state council about further strengthening food safety un secretary-general's high-level panel on threats ( ) challenges and change, a more secure world: our shared responsibility united nations ( ) the declaration of the united nations conference on the human environment the future we want united nations environment programme ( ) nairobi declaration on the state of worldwide environment united nations environment programme universal declaration of human rights international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights united nations general assembly ( b) international covenant on civil and political rights convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women draft world charter for nature convention on the rights of the child what are human rights? www.ohchr.org/en/issues/pages/whatarehumanrights.aspx usda -economic research service ( ) percent of consumer expenditures spent on food, alcoholic beverages and tobacco that were consumer at home, by selected countries three prescriptions for treating the symptoms of the medical reform directors' duties under chinese law -a comparative review world meteorological organization, timely access and response to accurate early warnings are crucial for minimizing impacts of natural disasters johannesburg declaration on sustainable development and plan of implementation of the world summit on sustainable development: the final text of agreements negotiated by governments at the world summit on sustainable development a study of china's legal system for food safety a study of the health care right chinese vs. western perspectives: understanding contemporary china food safety becomes national priority, china daily what is the right to food? right to food key: cord- -e ix x authors: perret pérez, cecilia; ferrés garrido, marcela title: pneumonia caused by emerging viral agents date: - - journal: pediatric respiratory diseases doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: e ix x emerging viruses that cause pneumonia in humans are agents which normally circulate in the animal population but can move to human hosts under certain circumstances, which determines the occurrence of a new type of disease. the middle east respiratory syndrome (mers) is caused by a coronavirus. the disease has a wide symptomatic spectrum that can range from asymptomatic infections to fulminant respiratory failure. diagnostic confirmation is achieved through viral isolation. severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars), also produced by a coronavirus, is capable of producing a serious pulmonary disease outbreak with no reappearance. the clinical presentation includes fever, malaise, cough, and headache followed by diarrhea. other coronaviruses (hcov-nl and hcov-hku ) can cause serious lower respiratory infections in small children, the elderly, and immunosuppressed patients. influenza virus is widespread in nature, and avian virus may spread to humans, as has been reported with h n , h n , h n , and h n . cardiopulmonary hantavirus syndrome, a feverish disease characterized by respiratory insufficiency and shock, is produced by andes virus. other emerging viruses are enterovirus d and polyomavirus. emerging viruses that cause pneumonia in humans have a common trait: they are all zoonoses. normally, these agents circulate in the animal population, often without causing morbidity, but under certain circumstances they can move to human hosts, which determines the occurrence of a new type of disease. nature holds many examples of such diseases, including avian influenza, ebola, and severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) . in this chapter we review agents that have provoked major concern outside their country of origin, but also hanta virus, because of the endemic nature it has acquired in chile. the middle east respiratory syndrome (mers) is caused by mers-cov, a recently identified coronavirus. several coronaviruses can cause upper respiratory tract infections, but in some cases they can also produce lower respiratory tract infections and flu-like states. the sars coronavirus and mers-cov are two pathogens from the coronavirus family that predominantly cause serious lower tract respiratory infections with a high mortality rate, but they are genetically different viruses. mers-cov was first identified in following the death of a patient in saudi arabia with a serious respiratory infection. this finding led to the retrospective diagnosis of the first cases of an inhospital outbreak during in jordan. most cases have been recorded in the middle east, with more than % of the cases in saudi arabia and some cases outside this region affecting travelers. the mortality rate of mers is approximately %. information about the mers mechanism of transmission is still limited, but it is likely to occur through droplets and by direct and indirect contact with infected respiratory secretions. aerosol transmission has not been ruled out. currently, transmission between humans is limited and occasional, with a low secondary attack rate. isolated cases have been recorded, consisting of nosocomial and household outbreaks, but transmission is not sustained over time. this was the situation in the major south korean outbreak, which originated through a case in saudi arabia and affected more than people. adequate infection control measures in healthcare rapidly limit in-hospital transmission. genetic analysis shows that the human mers-cov is quite similar to the virus found in bats and essentially identical to that observed in camels. the virus appears to have originated in bats, transitioning through camels, probably in africa, and afterward being transmitted to humans. serological studies do not show its presence in humans before , but it has been observed in camels since the s. this observation suggests that camels are the reservoirs of the virus, which can be transmitted to humans through direct contact with these animals or through consumption of their milk: cases had been diagnosed by july , with deaths [world health organization (who)]. of these patients, % are male, with an average age of years ( fig. . ). in children, the disease tends to be milder or asymptomatic, with severe cases resulting from a comorbidity. incubation, defined as the period between the primary and the secondary case, is estimated to last an average of days ( - days). clinical presentation is characterized by fever, cough, myalgia, and diarrhea. the disease has a wide symptomatic spectrum, which can range from asymptomatic infections to fulminant respiratory failure, which is related to high mortality. patients evolve rapidly ( -day period on average) to respiratory and kidney failure, requiring ventilation support and intensive care management in more than % of cases. diagnostic confirmation is achieved through viral isolation in laboratories with biosecurity clearance level ; alternatively, the virus is detected in respiratory samples through molecular biology techniques (polymerase chain reaction, pcr), which are only available in reference laboratories. in patients who have displayed symptoms for more than days, the determination of specific antibodies is recommended. there is no specific treatment, because no antiviral therapy is available, only support measures in intensive care for the most serious cases. there is no specific preventive vaccine. this infection should be suspected in every traveler who reports having traveled to the arabian peninsula during the past days and who also presents with respiratory symptoms and fever. sars is the first identified coronavirus capable of producing a serious pulmonary disease, unlike those previously known (hcov- e and hcov-oc ), which cause the common cold. sars emerged in late in china and quickly disseminated through southeast asia, europe, africa, and america. bats were its presumed reservoir, and it was transferred to humans through civets. this virus caused great international alarm because of its rapid progression and its seriousness, resulting from extensive and rapidly progressing pneumonia with a mortality rate around %. health workers were particularly affected. the most constant symptoms during admissions were high fever, malaise, cough, and headache, followed by diarrhea and prolonged fever. more than cases were noted, causing more than deaths. thanks to international coordination under who leadership, the epidemic was controlled in july . there were five clear objectives, which were achieved in record time: identification of the etiological agent, development of diagnostic tests for virus detection, creation and evaluation of epidemiological treatment protocols to reduce morbidity and mortality, definition of key epidemiological parameters to control transmission, and formulation of appropriate public health measures. sars demonstrated that coronaviruses can cause serious lower respiratory infections, which would later be observed for hcov-nl and hcov-hku . to date, no new circulation of this agent has been proven. coronavirus nl , which belongs to coronavirus group i, was discovered for the first time in a child with bronchiolitis in the netherlands in , and then ratified in small children hospitalized for serious respiratory infections. hku , which belongs to the coronavirus group ii identified in , was also shown to be capable of causing a lower respiratory tract infection. both have been described throughout the world, proving their ubiquity. this virus is detected in up to % of acute respiratory disease cases, and its symptoms range from upper respiratory disease, including flu-like disease, fever, rhinitis, odynophagia, and cough, to serious conditions with a rapidly progressing respiratory disease. infection by hcov-n in children manifests as an obstructive laryngotracheitis in up to % of cases in comparison with children not infected by this virus. the first hcov-hku viruses were described in elderly patients with preexisting conditions that caused their death. some later studies, which considered children as well as adults, have confirmed that infection caused by this coronavirus may worsen the health status of individuals with underlying diseases, so that they need to be hospitalized more often. as with hcov-n , infection causes upper respiratory tract symptoms, such as fever, coryza, odynophagia, and coughing. wheezing, pneumonia, and bronchiolitis may also be present. in children a greater fre-quency of feverish convulsions has been observed in comparison with children who were not infected by hcov-hku . hcov-nl and hcov-hku are viruses that tend to manifest as a common cold, just as the usual coronaviruses hcov- e and hcov-oc ; nevertheless, in small children, elderly patients, and immunosuppressed patients, they can cause serious respiratory disease with a high mortality rate. the influenza a virus is widespread in nature: its main reservoir is domestic and feral birds. several types exist, according to their hemagglutinin (h) and neuraminidase (n) makeup, only two of which have recently circulated among humans and are causing seasonal outbreaks: h n and h n . the animal reservoir of the virus is large and varied. several subtypes have been described, which include hemagglutinin and neuraminidase types. these zoonotic viruses may cause diseases and infections in several animals, generally pigs and poultry. these zoonotic viruses in particular adapt very poorly to humans, so they seldom cause human diseases, which are limited to outbreaks circumscribed in terms of time and population. nevertheless, human cases of a h n were observed in hong kong for the first time in and have continued being reported to date. more than cases have been notified, all in asia and northern africa, with deaths. most cases are isolated, with some intrafamilial clusters being described. human-to-human transmission is rare, which reflects the poor ability of the virus to adapt to human respiratory mucosa. the persistence of the circulation of these viruses and the great genetic variability of the influenza a virus make us fear that the avian virus may adapt to humans, which would ease its transmission among the human population, potentially causing a pandemic: this is what happened with the h n influenza a, which had a porcine origin and adapted to humans, creating a pandemic in . the first cases of human infection caused by h n influenza a were reported in china during , and most of these were related in one way or another to contact with poultry, whether direct or environmental in markets where live birds are commercialized. by there had been confirmed h n influenza cases in china since the beginning of the outbreak, with deaths. this virus does not seem to spread easily among humans, and there has been no proof of sustained human transmission, although its transmission potential seems to be more effective than that of the h n influenza a virus. a couple of cases have been reported outside china: a traveler in malaysia who stayed in china and a man and his wife who were diagnosed in canada in january after traveling to china (who). there are no recorded secondary cases in these countries, which confirms its low probability of human-tohuman transmission. cases have been observed during the coldest seasons in china. from december to february , new cases were diagnosed, with an average age of years and deaths. of these newly diagnosed patients, % are male, and % of patients have had direct contact with poultry markets. the incubation period is days ( - days). even though mild cases have been described, most diagnoses have been serious, with a mortality rate close to %. hospitalized patients have a febrile disease, with temperatures above . °f and cough. the disease progresses swiftly from moderate to severe. in contrast to human seasonal influenza, most patients do not report rhinorrhea or odynophagia. in a set of hospitalized patients, the disease progressed swiftly for an average of days after its onset, counting from the beginning of the symptoms until hospitalization. almost % required invasive mechanical ventilation, with a death rate of %. deaths from respiratory failure reached %, and % were caused by septic shock. most deaths corresponded to elderly patients and with a underlying disease, as well as to the use of systemic steroids. diagnosis is performed by identifying viral rna through rt-pcr in respiratory tract samples, obtained through swabbing or nasal suctioning. as well as other avian influenza a virus, this virus is sensitive to oseltamivir and is resistant to adamantines. oseltamivir is indicated for hospitalized or ambulatory patients, whether they have been confirmed or are under suspicion of being infected by h n influenza, even if more than h have passed since the onset of symptoms. the dosage and timeframe of therapy are not clearly established for serious patients, but a longer timeframe is suggested, around days and in higher doses. in patients with mild and noncomplicated infections, therapy must continue for days. patients with mild infection, who require ambulatory treatment and whose only exposure factor is travel to an area where there are recorded cases, in humans or birds, have no empirical indication for oseltamivir. isolated cases of avian origin in humans caused by the influenza h n virus and h n have been observed in china. these facts prove that in these zoonotic influenza cases vigilance is extremely important, given its pandemic potential, so it is crucial to pay close attention to travelers and enforce local vigilance. in , a new virus from the the bunyaviridae family was identified in the united states of america. it was named "virus with no name" and was deemed responsible for what is now known as cardiopulmonary hantavirus syndrome (síndrome cardiopulmonar por hantavirus, scph), a feverish disease characterized by respiratory insufficiency and shock. this discovery, which was a new zoonosis, in practice extended over the next years across the whole american continent. in this process, new clinical manifestations were recognized and new agents identified, including the andes, laguna negra, araquara, and choclo viruses, which are prevalent in chile, argentina, paraguay, brazil, and panama, respectively. their natural reservoir are sigmondontinae rodents, which belong to the muridae family. these animals develop a chronic infection with an intermittent viral and asymptomatic excretion. stress situations, such as lack of food during birthing periods, cold, or habitat interventions such as logging, have been associated with greater virus excretion in these rodents. mice excrete the virus through their feces, urine, and saliva, contaminating the environment. the most representative virus-carrying rodents are peromyscus maniculatus or "deer mouse" (which carries the no-name virus), oligoryzomys longicaudatus or "long-tailed mouse," and calomys laucha, among others. humans acquire the infection through the inhalation of secretions (stools, urine, saliva) of infected rodents. the andes virus, predominant in southern argentina and the single causal agent in chile, is only transmitted through close human-to-human contact. hantaviruses are spherical viruses with a trisegmented rna genome with a lipid envelope through which two glycoproteins (gn and gc) protrude. these three segments code through proteins such as rna polymerase (l segment); glycoproteins gn and gc (m segment), which are important in the recognition of β integrins that the virus use as receptors; and nucleoprotein (s segment), a highly conserved protein used for the laboratory diagnosis of these agents. the lipid envelope is sensitive and is destroyed by detergents, chloride, desiccation, and sun exposure. all these actions form the basis of the prevention and control recommendations for hantavirus infections. the agent enters the respiratory tract through inhalation of the aerosolized virus in the environment or through contaminated human secretions. after an incubation period that ranges from to weeks ( days on average), nonspecific symptoms begin, including fever, myalgias, and headache, plus digestive symptoms (more common in children). this stage is followed by progressive respiratory disease and finally by respiratory failure, which is the most serious manifestation of this infection. in % of the cases of acute infection, the virus is present in all the white cells and, in variable proportions, in plasma, respiratory secretions, saliva, and urine. also, viral rna has been detected in white cells up to days before and days after the first symptoms. interaction with β integrins and the replication of viral endothelial cells of various tissues appear to alter the modulation functions of permeability in these cells, especially increasing the permeability in small lung vessels, which favors arterial hypotension, thrombocytopenia, and hypoxia from plasma flooding into alveolar spaces. protein n and superficial glycoproteins stimulate the production of specific and neutralizing antibodies, which have been associated with better survival outcomes when they increase prematurely. patients who progress to the cardiopulmonary phase, where respiratory failure sets in, require supplementary oxygen; in addition, more than two thirds need mechanical ventilation, and % of patients develop cardiogenic shock, which constitutes a poor prognosis factor. the increased vascularity rate explains the pulmonary edema observed during this stage. this functional alteration is transitory, lasting from to h; afterward, pulmonary function is quickly recovered following a brief period of noticeable diuresis. cardiogenic shock is difficult to manage and is the main cause of death. the lethality of hanta cardiopulmonary syndrome is about %, and most deaths occur during the first h of evolution. the hemogram is the most useful general laboratory test for hypothesizing a diagnosis, because it can, from an early stage, reveal manifest reductions in the number of platelets as well as the presence of lymphocytes, which take the shape of immunoblasts. a late onset of hematocrit increase has been observed, which is concomitant with the beginning of the cardiopulmonary phase of the disease. it is also helpful to test for ldh and transaminases, which increase nonspecifically. a chest x-ray may change in a matter of hours from a nonspecific interstitial pattern to diffuse pulmonary edema. the virological diagnosis is confirmed through rt-pcr in white cells or through the elisa detection of specific igm/igg for each regional virus. currently, there is no specific treatment for hantavirus infection other than cardiopulmonary support. patient should be monitored closely, preferably in an intensive care unit, to provide measures such as mechanical ventilation for breathing support, restriction of liquids, and vasoactive drugs. the use of an antiviral such as ribavirin has not been shown to be an effective treatment. extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ecmo) has been used as a rescue therapy in some cases of serious cardiopulmonary failure that do not respond to conventional ventilation and vasoactive drugs. in chile, two therapeutic options have been investigated for hantavirus: methylprednisolone in high doses and immune plasma with high neutralizing antibody titers. only the latter strategy has shown promising results relative to mortality rate reduction when used immediately after symptom onset. as a control measure in hospitalized patient management, and considering that hantavirus has been described as capable of causing nosocomial transmission, standard precautions must be taken: ideally, interning the patient in an individual room and wearing protection equipment [apron, gloves, face mask (no. ) with a high efficiency filter, and security glasses], especially in procedures during which there is close contact with the patient's fluids, such as intubation, secretion suctioning, and retrieval of samples for laboratory tests. this viral agent, enterovirus d , has been known since , when it was isolated in children suffering from bronchiolitis and pneumonia. because no widely available trials have been conducted, not much is known about its epidemiology and clinical manifestations. during the fall of , missouri and illinois hospitals reported an unusual rise in the number of serious cases of children, with or without a background of obstructive disease, who presented with acute respiratory infection. enterovirus d was detected in these patients by applying molecular biology techniques to respiratory samples. the infection is more frequent in school-age children, whose most relevant clinical antecedent was the presence of previous persistent coughing, asthma, or wheezing episodes that may have required intensive care unit (icu) management. the virulence of this agent is more impressive than that of other enteroviruses, considering that it was also identified as a causal agent of obstructive episodes in previously healthy children who, when treated with antiasthma therapy, did not respond adequately and had to be hospitalized in intensive care because of hypoxemia and, with some exceptions, had to receive mechanical ventilation. the most common laboratory findings were high total neutrophils and chest x-ray showing peribronchial interstitial infiltrations, hyperinsufflation, and atelectasis. as diagnostic tests improve in sensitivity and specificity, and their use becomes more widespread in pediatric centers, our understanding of the epidemiology and pathogeny of this viral agent will increase. two polyomaviruses with respiratory tropism were discovered in through deep sequencing of samples taken from respiratory secretions of symptomatic patients: polyomaviruses ki (kipyv) and wu (wupyv). these viruses can be found in the lower and upper respiratory tract of immunocompetent as well as immunocompromised patients. their pathogenic role is not completely clear, because they usually occur at low frequency, have a low viral load, and are related to pathogens whose morbidity is better characterized. diagnosis requires molecular techniques (real-time pcr), whose inclusion in future research will allow us to better characterize the epidemiology and clinical spectrum of the infections caused by these agents. clinical course and outcomes of critically ill patients with middle east respiratory syndrome coronavirus infection confirmed human cases of avian influenza a (h n ) reported to who prospective evaluation of household contacts of persons with hantavirus cardiopulmonary syndrome in chile hantaviruses and cardiopulmonary syndrome in south america prospective population-based study of viral lower respiratory tract infections in children under years of age (the pride study) human infection with a novel avian-origin influenza a (h n ) virus human hantavirus infections: epidemiology, clinical features, pathogenesis and immunology person-to-person household and nosocomial transmission of andes hantavirus middle east respiratory syndrome coronavirus disease in children clínica de prevención, diagnóstico y trata-miento del sindrome cardiopulmonar por hantavirus web site minsal the novel human coronaviruses nl and hku update on the epidemiology of middle east respiratory syndrome coronavirus (mers-cov) infection, and guidance for the public, clinicians, and public health authorities hantavirus immunology of rodent reservoirs: current status and future directions summary of current situation, literature update and risk assessment novel avian-origin influenza a (h n ) in critically ill patients in china key: cord- -k plq ja authors: mohammed, yousuf h.; moghimi, hamid r.; yousef, shereen a.; chandrasekaran, navin c.; bibi, césa r.; sukumar, sinduja c.; grice, jeffrey e.; sakran, wedad; roberts, michael s. title: efficacy, safety and targets in topical and transdermal active and excipient delivery date: - - journal: percutaneous penetration enhancers drug penetration into/through the skin doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: k plq ja a key requirement for topical and transdermal active delivery is the effective delivery of an active to a desired target site, to achieve both safe and efficacious outcomes. this chapter seeks to explore the importance of the pharmacological, toxicological and therapeutic properties of actives and excipients, as well as the site of action as complementary components in percutaneous absorption. this is crucial for optimized topical and transdermal product design. properties of the skin to be completely destroyed, allowing most actives to be delivered in high concentrations. this, in turn, may allow the ingress of previously innocuous excipients and external agents which can then lead to skin irritation and allergic responses. accordingly, the key question that should be asked is: "is the transdermal route suitable and required for the proposed therapeutic agent?" obviously, an active such as acetaminophen, with an oral dose in the hundreds of milligrams, can never be delivered at a sufficient percutaneous flux to achieve efficacy. alternatively, the skin provides for a regulated, constant delivery rate and much lower first pass metabolism than oral delivery and so may be the best route of delivery for certain actives. however, many actives for which transdermal delivery could be the only viable option are yet to be formulated effectively. this is largely because their physicochemical properties make them unsuitable candidates for skin permeation (barry ) . having an appropriate efficacy and potency for a therapeutic agent is a key pre-formulation consideration and will govern the selection of a transdermal delivery technology strategy. such a strategy must also take into account the various factors affecting skin penetration, such as the condition of the skin to be treated (for example, whether it is healthy or diseased), the physicochemical properties of the penetrating molecule, the formulation in which the penetrating molecule is applied and the required dosing conditions (wiechers ). an overriding consideration is also the aesthetic or sensorial properties of the product, as perceived by the user -its appearance, feel, odour, residue, stability, etc. accordingly, we support johann wiechers' proposed percutaneous product goal: "both dermal and transdermal delivery aim to achieve one goal summarized in the four r's of delivery: to deliver the right chemical at the right concentration to the right site in (dermal delivery) or beyond (transdermal delivery) the skin for the correct period of time" (wiechers et al. ). however, we also suggest the inclusion of a fifth r: "…with the right sensorial feel to the consumer". the formulation of a topical product should start with the choice of an appropriate active. the two considerations here are safety and efficacy. hayden et al. ( ) assessed the safety of five sunscreens by determining their in vitro toxicity to human keratinocytes in culture then estimated the equivalent concentration to inhibit % of cells in viable epidermis, after adjustment for the differences in protein binding in the two media ( fig. . ). it is evident that the observed viable epidermal concentrations after topical application are somewhat less than either the observed ic in cultured keratinocytes or the equivalent estimated ic for viable epidermis, based on adjustments for differences in sunscreen binding in culture and in the viable epidermis. although oxybenzone has an estimated unbound viable epidermal concentration of > times or more than those of the other sunscreens, this is still only % of the ic determined in keratinocyte culture. these findings can be summarized by defining a cutaneous margin of safety after topical application as the ratio of concentration of active and excipient associated with toxicity (e.g. ic ) to the viable epidermal concentration of the active or excipient. a desirable margin of safety based on human models should be at least to account for inter-subject variability. toxicities, such as irritancy, photosensitization and corrosivity, are likely to be better defined by the probability of an event occurring in a given patient after a particular exposure and are dependent on patient susceptibility and the nature and conditions of the product used. the second safety measure of interest is the systemic margin of safety which arises when an active applied to the skin for local cutaneous effect enters the systemic circulation and causes systemic side effects. this concept is most highly developed for topically applied corticosteroids and, in this case, is quantified by the extent of suppression of the adrenal gland in the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis. a systematic literature review of the risk of adrenal axis suppression and skin atrophy after application of topical corticosteroids in plaque psoriasis for the period to january found morning cortisol was reduced in - % of patients in short-term studies (castela et al. ) . thong et al. ( ) have listed a range of topical drugs and chemicals known to cause systemic effects. the agents include anti-infectives, antihistamines, minoxidil, insecticides, solvents and steroids. the corollary measure to safety is cutaneous efficacy and, in general, the more potent the topical product used, the less skin flux required to achieve a desired local cutaneous effect after topical application. a commonly used approach, analogous to that described earlier for toxicity, is to estimate the free drug concentration at the local target site (c * ), which, for antivirals, is assumed to be the epidermal basal cell layer (patel et al. ) . afouna et al. ( ) analysed the receptor solutions for full thickness hairless mouse skin mounted in franz diffusion cells. assuming that receptor sink conditions applied, c * was estimated as the ratio of the steady state penetration flux (j s ) to in vivo dermis permeability coefficient (k p, d ): these c* values derived for various formulations of bromovinyldeoxyuridine (bvdu) and acyclovir (acv) were then compared with the in vivo efficacy of the formulations against cutaneous her-pes simplex virus type infections in hairless mice. figure . shows a composite graph of their findings. it is evident that a similar concentration response relationship exists for the % dimethyl sulfoxide (dmso) + % azone for both bdvu and acv and for the % dmso only formulation for acv, whereas much higher bvdu c* values are needed for the bvdu in % dmso only formulation. they surmise that azone could have two effects. firstly, it may either enhance penetration of the active. this is evident from the . times higher c* for % acv in % dmso + % azone than in the % dmso only formulation. the effect is less for bvdu, where the c* for % bvdu in % dmso + % azone is . times that of % dmso only formulation. secondly, azone may have a synergistic effect with the antiviral agents on viral kill, evident in the shift towards higher potencies of c * for bvdu but not for acv ( fig. . ). a key assumption made in this analysis is that the dermal permeability coefficient (which is normally expressed in the pharmacokinetic literature as a dermal clearance (cl d ) (siddiqui et al. hayden et al. ( )) when applied topically, showing the enhanced response that can be achieved by targeted topical application. davis has recast the free drug concentration approach described above in eq. ( . ), which describes the efficacy of the active in terms of both potency of the active and how much penetrates to a target site (davis ; jepps et al. ) : a major issue not fully recognized in the work of cordero and davis (cordero et al. ; davis ) is that the fraction of active bound in the in vitro system used to determine potency may differ from that present in skin penetration studies and in vivo. in order to simplify the present description and be consistent with the work reported by cordero and davis, this important correction will not be included in the following discussion. hence, if a cutaneous concentration for a desired effect is defined as c eff and that observed after topical application as c ve , the efficacy is given by the ratio c ve /c eff . c ve is defined by the penetration flux divided by the clearance from the viable epidermis. cordero et al. assumed that this clearance, in turn, was related to the in vitro dermis diffusion and thickness. in reality, as discussed earlier in referring to the work of afouna et al ( ) , this should be in vivo clearance. our own work supports this, suggesting that, firstly, uptake by the blood in the dermal capillaries located just below the viable epidermis is likely to be the rate limiting determinant of clearance in vivo and secondly, carriage of topical non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) to deeper tissues below that application site is also dependent on blood flow for highly plasma protein-bound drugs (dancik et al. a, b) . accordingly, we have, for illustrative purposes, assumed both constant binding and clearance and expressed efficacy simply as a ratio of flux divided by the in vitro minimum inhibitory concentration (mic), as originally proposed by mertin and lippold (mertin and lippold ) . thus, a greater efficacy is provided by an active with either a higher flux or a greater potency (a open symbols: formulations in dmso without azone; closed symbols: formulations in dmso with % azone (adapted from afouna et al. ( )) lower dose for the same effect). these concepts are illustrated in fig. . , where data from cordero et al. and others for saturated skin flux ( fig. . a) , anti-inflammatory activity ( fig. . b) and efficacy ( fig. . c) for a range of non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs are shown (mertin and lippold ; wenkers and lippold ; cordero et al. ; jepps et al. ) . in fig. . a, the shaded area indicates the region of optimal skin penetration occurring at a log p of around (yano et al. ; zhang et al. ). ketorolac and ketoprofen, in this range, consequently have the greatest saturated flux. the more lipophilic actives also have a greater in vitro performance index of anti-inflammatory activity (i.e. lower mic), and so these two compounds also have high efficacy coefficients. diclofenac, although having a less favourable log p of > , still has the highest predicted efficacy coefficient as a consequence of having the lowest mic. on the other hand, piroxicam has the least saturated flux of all these actives, as well as a relatively high mic, and consequently has the lowest efficacy coefficient of these non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids). apart from a comparatively higher molecular weight and melting point, hydrogen bonding seems to be playing a pivotal role in the lower flux of piroxicam (anrade and costa ) . adrian davis (davis ) also presented efficacy and systemic toxicity indices for topical immunosuppressive agents used in treating atopic dermatitis, extracted from trottet's phd thesis (trottet ) at the sci meeting in (see fig. . ). the corresponding margins of safety for cyclosporin a, tacrolimus and pimecrolimus, calculated as the ratio of the systemic safety indices and the efficacy indices, were , and , respectively. the systemic efficacy of many actives, such as anticonvulsants, anti-infective and cardiac drugs, can be defined by plasma concentrations after dosing by a particular route of administration. as shown in fig. . , in transdermal delivery occurring from a constant rate transdermal passive delivery patch, there is a lag prior to reaching maximal levels and in returning to baseline on patch removal (roberts and walters ) . further, after reaching a maximum, the serum levels slowly decline with time, consistent with a reduction in flux due to a gradual depletion in the amount of active in the patch. topical products, especially transdermal patches, are often required to provide constant therapeutically effective plasma concentrations, c ss . the penetration flux j s ideally needed to reach such concentrations is given by eq. a key goal in formulating an active in a transdermal product is to obtain a desired steady state skin penetration flux (amount penetrated over a period of time) of the active. j s is defined by eq. ( . ) (reeve et al. ) , where j sat is the flux from a saturated solution (often referred as maximum flux (magnusson et al. )), c v is concentration of the active in a given formulation and s v is the solubility of the active in the formulation. f v represents the factional solubility of the active in that formulation, as is evident from eq. ( . ), one way to maximize skin penetration is to use a fractional solubility approaching unity. poulsen led a range of studies that showed maximal skin penetration will occur when an active is at saturation in a formulation (poulsen et al. ) . as discussed in depth by davis ( ) , if an active is used at a concentration below its solubility in the vehicle, the product will normally have a lower efficacy than if the product was used at saturation. consequently, products may be formulated to contain more active than will actually be needed for an adequate effect, as is the case with transdermal fentanyl patches, which have led to numerous deaths. the danger inherent to fentanyl is its potency (greater than - times that of morphine) and rapidity of action (jumbelic ). an optimal dosing strategy demands that the rate of active penetration into the skin will achieve and sustain biologically active free levels at the target site within the specified limits. also, ideally, these conditions should be independent of skin site and skin condition. this is a considerable challenge, given that there is wide variability in skin permeation, depending on the anatomical site (rougier et al. ) and the condition of the skin, such as in particular disease states (elias and feingold ) or levels of hydration (roberts and walker ) . as discussed in other chapters in this book, another strategy to increase efficacy is to use a saturated active solution in the vehicle and to further increase either the stratum corneum solubility s sc and/or its diffusivity d sc using co-solvents and ( )) enhancers, in accordance with eq. ( . ), where h sc is the stratum corneum thickness: however, care has to be applied in representing such saturated fluxes as maximum fluxes because increasingly, formulations are being designed to include a volatile component that may result in enhanced skin penetration due to the generation of a transient supersaturated state. many researchers have now promoted the use of supersaturated solutions (coldman et al. ) , with several showing that these can lead to even higher fluxes than those achieved with saturated solutions (lippold ; morgan et al. ; iervolino et al. ; timothy et al. ; santos et al. ). more recently, there is an increasing tendency to either stabilize supersaturated products by using polymers (raghavan et al. ) or to generate supersaturation on application to the skin as a consequence of the evaporation of the volatile components in the product . supersaturated systems may be obtained either by design or via solvent evaporation or by mixing of co-solvents. the stability of supersaturated solutions is an important issue, and it would be useful to develop supersaturated systems that are stable throughout the product shelf life. santos et al. ( ) investigated the permeation of fentanyl from supersaturated for-mulations across silicone membranes. supersaturated formulations containing either propylene glycol (pg)/water or pg/ethanol were prepared with varying degrees of saturation (ds) of fentanyl. both pg/water and pg/ethanol formulations showed good correlation between the flux and ds. the enhancement observed for pg/ ethanol formulations confirmed that enhanced active thermodynamic activity was induced due to ethanol evaporation. in further studies, tapestripping was used to show that supersaturation of the active is maintained in the outer layers. however, if the active lacks potency, a penetrating active will still prove to be inefficacious. obviously, an improved evaluation of product efficacy and safety will contribute to better therapeutic outcomes. whereas the determination of bioequivalence for two solid oral dosage forms is based on a comparison of active and/or its metabolite concentrations in blood or urine after dosing from a generic product or that of an innovator in healthy volunteers, such considerations are really only appropriate for transdermal products meant for systemic effect. for most topically acting actives, such an approach is not appropriate as the site of action is local, not systemic. hence, generic dermatological products are only required to demonstrate bioequivalence in clinical trials, including the vasoconstrictor test used to assess the efficacy of topical corticosteroids (shah et al. franz et al. ( ) suggested that a substitute for clinical bioequivalence testing is to define the penetration fluxes of an active through excised human skin. their evaluation, based on glucocorticosteroids and generic tretinoin gels, indicated that the in vitro model had greater sensitivity than the clinical method in detecting small differences between two products (franz et al. ). it is unclear, however, how this approach can overcome the well-known wide variability in excised human skin permeability. more recently, lehman and franz have assessed the bioequivalence of topical retinoid products using pharmacodynamic assays (lehman and franz ) . there is a range of skin and systemic sites often targeted by topical and transdermal delivery, summarized in fig. . . in this section, we illustrate some of the actives and their formulations used to achieve appropriate targeted delivery by topical or transdermal delivery. the skin is the site of application of numerous cosmetics and cosmeceutical preparations. in this section, we will discuss the importance of targets on active delivery choices. testing for safety of cosmetic preparations will be discussed in the following sections. a chemist's role in overcoming an active's physicochemical properties to make it suitable for topical and transdermal delivery is a complicated task. formulators have made use of physicochemical characteristics like molecular weight to stop an active from penetrating through the skin. one such example is a high molecular weight (> da) uva and uvb absorber tinosorb ® m (bisoctrizole, inci: methylene bis-benzotriazolyl tetramethylbutylphenol (and) aqua (and) decyl glucoside (and) propylene glycol (and) xanthan gum) developed by ciba chemicals (now part of basf, ludwigshafen, germany). similarly l'oréal's sunscreen with uvinul ® n ( -ethylhexyl -cyano- , -diphenyl- -propenoate, inci: octocrylene), parsol ® (avobenzone; inci: butyl methoxydibenzoylmethane) and mexoryl ® sx (mw- ; ecamsule, inci: terephthalylidene dicamphor sulfon) was formulated to reduce solar-uv-induced skin damage (seité et al. ) . sunscreens containing ecamsule (mexoryl ® sx) are exclusive to l'oréal and its brands. chlorhexidine is another example of a molecule which binds extensively to the skin surface due to its cationic nature (judd et al. ). this ensures that it does not penetrate into the skin and rather provides for a sustained antimicrobial action when used topically (karpanen et al. ) . insect repellents are another good example of actives that are not intended to penetrate. penetration retardants and modifiers have been used for this purpose (kaushik et al. ). on the other hand, terbinafine, a highly lipophilic but equally potent antifungal active, with a log p of . , needs a different approach. when formulated as a microemulsion to enhance its stratum corneum solubility using a mixture of surfactant, co-surfactant and oil, terbinafine exhibited enhanced permeation parameters. microbiological studies of the microemulsion showed better antifungal activity against candida albicans and aspergillus flavus compared to marketed products (baboota et al. ). retinol, with a high molecular weight and lipophilicity, is another active that is used for topical treatment of acne. these unfavourable properties were overcome by delivering retinol using solid lipid nanoparticles (sln). the suitability of the slns was compared to a nanoemulsion of the same size, with respect to the ability to influence active penetration and distribution within the skin. in both formulations, μg retinol was applied to porcine skin. following the sln dispersion for h, a high retinol concentration was found in the stratum corneum and upper epidermis (approximately ng or . % in the top layer). the nanoemulsion, however, only transported ng ( . %) into the upper skin strata (jenning et al. ) . for specific disease, conditions where the surface of the skin itself is the target of therapy, formulation and delivery strategy are of greatest importance. creams, lotions, emulsions and other topical delivery vehicles have been used effectively for this. the challenge here is to modify the formulation according to the active characteristics and skin condition. being the largest organ, skin is exposed to the damaging effects of uva and uvb radiation, often leading to erythema. antioxidants such as vitamin a, vitamin e and vitamin c have shown beneficial effects in reducing oxidative damage to critical cellular components (trevithick et al. ; stamford ) . while the photoprotective effect of topical antioxidants applied before uv exposure is well recognized, the beneficial effect of these compounds when administered after irradiation is less obvious (wu et al. ) . only vitamin a has been proven to be benefi-cial in treating long-term photoaged and photodamaged skin (cho et al. ) . the stratum corneum is a major barrier to the penetration of lipophilic vitamin e (cassano et al. ), and hydrophilic vitamin c is prone to excessive oxidation. oxidation of vitamin c is triggered by its ionization in aqueous solution (stamford ) . another example where erythema and papular oedema lesions are seen is herpes labialis. in a recent study, iontophoretic application of % acyclovir cream was tested in a placebocontrolled trial for treatment of herpes, among patients with an incipient cold sore outbreak at the erythema or papular oedema lesion stage. a min iontophoretic treatment cycle shortened the median classic lesion healing time by h in the active group when compared to the control (morrel et al. ) . steroids have also been popularly used in the treatment of erythema and other inflammatory skin conditions (perry and trafeli ; paller ) . numerous studies have examined various factors controlling percutaneous absorption rates and dermal clearances of steroids (siddiqui et al. ). the lipophilicity of steroids has been associated with their tissue accumulation and toxic effects. however, magnusson et al. showed that the tissue accumulation of steroids was not linearly related to their lipophilicity, but the binding of steroids to tissue components led to their accumulation (magnusson et al. ). long-term corticosteroid usage has been associated with skin deterioration, abnormal skin aging and cutaneous mast cell depletion (lavker and schechter ; gonzalez and sethi ) . one of the most widely explored aims of cellular targeting has been in the viable epidermis itself. inflammatory conditions broadly known as dermatitis or eczema are largely reflected in epidermal involvement (elias et al. ) , including spongiosis, acantosis and parakeratosis, as well as some dermal involvement (freeman-anderson et al. ) . the classical treatment for such conditions is the use of topical corticosteroids, which can be classified on a four-point scale of potency (i-iv, mild, moderate, potent, very potent), based on their vasoconstrictor effects in humans. the body site to be treated determines the potency of the steroid to be used. for example, the face should be treated with mild corticosteroids only, such as hydrocortisone and hydrocortisone acetate. care needs to be taken with the more potent steroids and in the treatment of chronic conditions. intermittent dosing can be effective in these circumstances. salicylic acid has long been used for conditions such as psoriasis and ichthyosis that require keratolytic treatment. at lower concentrations, salicylic acid is known to have keratoplastic effects; however at higher concentrations, it is found to be keratolytic (gloor and beier ; schwarb et al. ) . coal tar, retinoids and anthralin, as well as corticosteroids are some other commonly used treatments for psoriasis (mitra and wu ) . psoriatic skin is one such example where the "rigidization" of skin, ascribed to an increase in the levels of cholesterol and fall in the levels of ceramides and the lack of hydration, makes the topical route a big challenge (wertz et al. ). the intricacies of topical delivery into psoriatic skin have lately been addressed by lipoidal carrier systems, such as liposomes. recent work by ward et al. describes the delivery of novel immunotherapy using a liposomal platform. liposomes synthesized to incorporate clodronate were injected intradermally into kc-tie mice. an elimination of the cd c+, f ⁄ + and cd b + cells was seen in the skin, and the cd + t-cell numbers returned to levels seen in control mice. further, there was also a marked reduction in the levels of interleukin (il)- a, il- , il- and tumour necrosis factor (tnf α ) (ward et al. ) . peptides and proteins such as elafin and psoriasin are known to be highly upregulated in psoriatic skin (madsen et al. ; nonomura et al. ; namjoshi et al. ) . peptide t analogue, dapta, was shown in clinical trials to clear psoriasis lesions and significantly inhibit the monocyte and lymphocyte chemotactic properties of rantes (a beta chemokine found in increased amounts in psoriatic lesions). a better understanding of the role of these peptides may provide new strategies for the treatment of diseases such as psoriasis (harder and schröder ) . the synthesis and distribution of melanin contribute to skin and hair colour. however, melanin and pigmentation-associated skin cancers are a major problem, while there is also interest in cosmetic skin whitening treatments where increased epidermal melanin synthesis causes unwanted darkening of the skin. accurate determination of cutaneous melanin in normal skin and in disease conditions requires the collection of skin biopsies. however, our recent work has used multiphoton tomography and fluorescence lifetime imaging to non-invasively measure levels of epidermal melanin, which can be related to the visible skin colour (dancik et al. a, b) . the use of these techniques has implications for lesion diagnosis and assessment of therapeutic progress. proteins and peptides play an important role in skin health as structural components of the skin as well as activators, regulators or inhibitors of certain biochemical processes occurring in the skin (heidl ). peptides as cosmeceuticals are a fast-growing segment of the personal care industry with an increasing trend towards the use of these agents in skin care regimens for protection from radiation and oxidant damage (brandt et al. ) . peptides also play an important role in melanogenesis. melanocyte-inhibiting factor (also known as pro-leu-gly-nh , melanostatin, msh release-inhibiting hormone or mif- ) is an endogenous peptide fragment derived from oxytocin (taleisnik ) . melanostatin is shown to inhibit melanin formation in streptomyces bikiniensis nrrlb- and b melanoma cells. a patent filed in describes a "one-step" process for production of esters and acetylated forms of peptides, describing melanostatin (mif- ). this chemical modification approach improved metabolic properties leading to increased efficiency for therapeutic and cosmetic purposes including transdermal and topical administration (skinner ) . melanocyte-stimulating hormone analogues that function as melanocortin receptor (mc -r) agonists have been investigated as potential topical agents to prevent skin photocarcinogenesis. in cultured human melanocytes, tetrapeptide α-msh analogues, ac-his-d-phe-arg-trp-nh , n-pentadecanoyl and -phenylbutyryl-his-d-phe-arg-trp-nh were more potent than α-msh in stimulating the activity of melanogenesis, reducing apoptosis and release of hydrogen peroxide and enhancing repair of deoxyribonucleic acid (dna) photoproducts in melanocytes exposed to uv radiation (abdel malek ) . melanostatin- (aqua-dextran-nonapeptide- ) is a new skin lightening biomimetic peptide. this peptide acts as a α-msh antagonist thus preventing and lightening hyperpigmentation (dhatt ) . melanostatin- produces noticeable skin lightening by at least % when formulated into a lightening product, and showed continued improvement over time. skin has evolved a highly competent immunological function, in langerhans cells (lcs -estimated population - cells mm − ) (berman et al. ; chen et al. ) , which often serves as the first line of defence against many pathogens (babiuk et al. ) . the viable epidermis lacks the blood vessels and sensory nerve endings found in the dermis, which makes it an ideal site for pain-free delivery with minimal damage. there are many approaches for non-invasive targeting of viable epidermal cells and dna vaccination against major diseases. there have been attempts at displaying foreign peptides and proteins on virus particles and insertion of mammalian cell-active expression cassettes in baculoviruses to express genes efficiently into many different mammalian cell types (paul et al. ). pearton et al. showed morphological changes in human lcs stimulated with influenza virus-like particulate vaccines delivered via intradermal injection. the lcs were more dispersed throughout the epidermis, often in close proximity to the basement membrane, and appeared vertically elongated, which provides essential evidence of host response (pearton et al. ). there are many physical approaches, both old and recent for targeting lcs; we will try to mention them in brief. the most well-known technique was: (a) needle and syringe: this is an inefficient and indirect way of targeting the dendritic cells with dna. it has resulted in modest immune responses (mumper and ledebur ) . other disadvantages include risks due to needle stick injuries (gill et al. ; sullivan et al. ). (b) liquid jet injector: this is a needlefree approach using high-speed liquid jet injectors (furth et al. ) (mark ) . this technique has seen a recent resurgence, with liquid delivered around the lcs in gene transfer and dna vaccination experiments (furth et al. ) . current liquid jet injectors typically disrupt the skin in the epidermal and dermal layers to target lcs. liquid jet injectors however have been reported to cause pain to the patients. (c) microneedle arrays: unlike current liquid jet injectors, microneedles can accurately target the viable epidermis, are simple to use when built up as patches and are relatively pain free. mcallister et al. ( ) have shown that they can be made from a range of materials, including silicon, metal and other biodegradable polymers. this makes microneedles a cost-effective method for delivering oligonucleotides to epidermal cells for dna vaccination (kendall ) . (d) biolistic microparticle delivery: in this needle-free technique, pharmaceutical or immunomodulatory agents, formulated as particles, are accelerated in a supersonic gas jet to a sufficient momentum to penetrate the skin (or mucosal) layer and achieve a pharmacological effect. sanford and klein (sanford et al. ) pioneered this innovation with systems designed to deliver dna-coated metal particles ( μm diameter) into plant cells for genetic modification. follicular targeting has been approached as another way of targeting the lcs (patzelt and lademann ) . vogt et al. ( ) found a high density of lcs around hair follicles that were very susceptible to targeting with the use of nanoparticles. nanoparticles of nm diameter, but not larger particles in the micron size range, were delivered via the follicles and were able to diffuse through the follicular infundibulum to be taken up by the adjacent langerhans cells. triggered synovial fibroblasts, as part of a multipart cellular complex, play an important role in the pathogenesis of rheumatoid arthritis (pap et al. ; seemayer et al. ) . diclofenac is a commonly used non-steroidal anti-inflammatory active for symptom control in osteoarthritis of the knee and soft tissue injuries (bajaj et al. ) . although analgesics applied topically can provide a local enhanced active delivery for the superficial joint tissues by direct diffusion, they are unlikely to be effective for the deeper tissue synovial fluid (xi et al. ) . recently, fibroblasts have been targeted using diclofenac in vesicles containing various penetration enhancers (manca et al. ) . fibroblasts also play an important role in development of hypertrophic scars, which result from an overgrowth of fibrous tissue at the site of an injury. the development of a hypertrophic scar is a complex interplay between fibroblasts and cytokines (tredget et al. ). zhao et al. recently delivered small interfering ribonucleic acid (sirna) -transforming growth factor beta (tgfβ )- from hydrogel pressure-sensitive adhesive patches in mice and demonstrated a down-regulation in collagen and reduction in scar size. the scar fibroblasts were shown to have significantly reduced by undergoing apoptosis (zhao et al. ). the skin is an ideal route for targeted delivery of steroidal and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents and other analgesics for pain and inflammation. this has been achieved with many techniques. topical nsaids and related solutes are often applied to the skin to target tissues directly below the application site. in a study, roberts et al. used biopsy and microdialysis techniques to show that most solutes penetrate below dermal capillaries into the subcutaneous and deeper tissues of both rats and human subjects. the selectivity of local penetration is time related, and the concentrations of the nsaids in the underlying tissues at longer times are often defined by recirculation from the systemic blood supply (roberts and cross ) . increased depths of penetration may be achieved by the use of vasoactive agents (singh and roberts ) . on the other hand, steroids have been shown to accumulate in the skin to a greater extent. magnusson et al. showed a slower penetration and a higher rate of accumulation of progesterone in the viable epidermis of full-thickness skin. these findings were consistent with dermal penetration limitation effects associated with high lipophilicity of the steroids (magnusson et al. ). previously, pelchrzim et al. also showed a similar reservoir effect of the stratum corneum on corticosteroid penetration, although they considered this to be formulation dependent (pelchrzim et al. ). ketorolac has been successfully delivered by iontophoresis to human volunteers using silver electrodes with a current of ma for five treatment sessions of min every day in order to avoid the well-known gastrointestinal side effects of its oral delivery (saggini et al. ) . transdermal delivery has been successfully used to achieve systemic targeting, by exploiting the rich blood perfusion of the dermis. fentanyl, a widely used opioid, has potency approximately - -fold greater than morphine. its physicochemical and pharmacological properties, together with its pharmacokinetics (short halflife; high first pass effect), make it an ideal candidate to be delivered systemically through the skin. fentanyl has been delivered transdermally using two different techniques. firstly, it is formulated in transdermal patches to be passively delivered for the treatment of chronic pain. however, this technique cannot provide a rapid bolus active input for the relief of acute pain (chelly et al. ). iontophoresis has also been investigated for systemic fentanyl delivery; for example, as a patient controlled system that could be activated for symptomatic relief (ashburn et al. ) . the skin also provides a potential route for the non-invasive delivery of peptides and proteins which are in danger of inactivation when delivered orally, due to chemical and enzymatic degradation, although there are significant challenges involved in achieving this . cosmetics and pharmaceuticals must be formulated not only for efficacy, but also for patient or consumer acceptance. this is influenced by a perception of safety or lack of toxicity. regarding safety and toxicity, it must be understood that for a topically applied active to have either therapeutic or toxic effects, it must first be absorbed through the skin. the toxic effects caused if the chemicals are absorbed can include acute irritation, corrosion and skin sensitization . chemicals applied to the skin can also have direct effects on the stratum corneum, resulting in an alteration in its permeability. this concept has been effectively applied in the development of penetration enhancers. however, the harmful effects of excipients on the skin have been evaluated under increasing scrutiny by regulatory authorities. regulatory considerations will be discussed later in this chapter. topically applied actives causing adverse effects can be classified as either allergens or irritants (zweiman ). these allergens and irritants not only affect the skin but can also affect other body sites. cutaneous active reactions can be classified into three types of contact dermatitis: (a) allergic contact dermatitis, (b) irritant contact dermatitis and (c) photo contact dermatitis. the role and mechanism of irritation caused by various chemical penetration enhancers has been studied extensively. allergic contact dermatitis (acd) results from an adaptive immune response to the penetration of allergens into the skin. acd progresses in two phases: (a) in the initial sensitization phase, the host is immunized to the allergen, and (b) in the elicitation phase, a rapid secondary immune response is mounted following re-exposure to the allergen which manifests as acd (alenius et al. ) . cutaneous photosensitivity can be evoked by both systemic and topical exogenous photosensitizers leading to active photosensitivity and photo contact dermatitis, respectively. photoallergenicity is a well-organized immunological reaction. the current understanding of ordinary contact dermatitis and active hypersensitivity is based on the hapten hypothesis: molecules bind covalently to proteins, and the resulting conjugates can be recognized as immunogenic determinants. likewise, photosensitive chemicals have a haptenic moiety. although the terms structure-activity relationship (sar) and quantitative structure-activity relationship (qsar) are widely used, for skin sensitization, it is more meaningful to describe the relationship as being between chemistry and activity. skin sensitization induction is a multistage process (jowsey et al. ) : stage , translocation of the sensitizer from the skin surface to the epidermal site of action. this depends on the dose given and duration of exposure; stage , covalent reaction of the sensitizer with skin protein. this is strongly dependent on the chemical nature of the sensitizer, in particular electrophilic reactivity and hydrophobicity. the nature of the skin proteins involved in this process is not established. possibilities range from any protein encountered in the skin to highly nucleophilic proteins, "purpose-designed" by evolution, associated with epidermal langerhans cell membranes; stage , response of epidermal langerhans cells to the modified protein, resulting in migration to the lymph node and presentation of antigen, leading to antigen recognition by naïve t-lymphocytes resulting in clonal expansion. regulators classify chemicals as being hazardous after an acute dermal contact if they lead to mortality (owing to absorption), cause acute irritation or corrosion and cause skin sensitization on multiple contacts. in the eu, evaluation of skin irritation/corrosion is mandatory for all products likely to be associated with skin exposure. the section below discusses testing protocols and requirements in the eu. the european commission scientific committee on consumer safety (sccp) adopted its most recent guidelines "the sccs's notes of guidance for the testing of cosmetic substances and their safety evaluation, th revision" in december (sccp ). these set out procedures for the safety evaluation of cosmetic substances (single ingredients or defined mixtures) and finished cosmetic products. in the guidelines, a cosmetic ingredient is defined as "any chemical substance or mixture of synthetic or natural origin, used in the formulation of cosmetic products." a cosmetic ingredient may be: . a chemically well-defined single substance with a molecular and structural formula . a complex mixture, requiring a clear definition and often corresponding to a mixture of substances of unknown or variable composition and biological nature . a mixture of and , used in the formulation of a finished cosmetic product a finished cosmetic product is defined as "any substance or mixture intended to be placed in contact with the external parts of the human body (epidermis, hair system, nails, lips and external genital organs) or with the teeth and the mucous membranes of the oral cavity with a view exclusively or mainly to cleaning them, perfuming them, changing their appearance, protecting them, keeping them in good condition or correcting body odours". table . illustrates the sccp requirements for testing of chemical and physical properties and the relevant toxicity studies for cosmetic substances. other requirements for sccp evaluation of cosmetic substances are included under the general headings listed in table . . the sccp guidelines cover the evaluation of safety and microbiological quality of finished cosmetic products under the headings listed in table . . sccp recognizes the increasing use of synthetic and semisynthetic ingredients, in addition to the ingredients derived from natural products that have been traditionally used in cosmetics. in addition, their requirements for evaluating the safety requirements for cosmetic products are increasingly being brought into line with those for therapeutic products. while dermal toxicity to exogenous materials is seldom associated with mortality, it may involve significant morbidity. ethical concerns have brought about a paradigm shift in the way the skin irritancy of a cosmetic ingredient is evaluated. prior to its phasing out and eventual ban by the european commission, the scientific community has traditionally used in vivo animal testing methods to evaluate the safety of a topically human data functions and uses applied product. there are many in vitro testing models that have been developed and commercialized to provide an alternative to animal testing. models such as episkin ® (episkin snc, lyon, france), skinethic ® (skinethic laboratories (nice, france) and epiderm ® (mat-tek inc., ashland, usa) have reasonable similarities to human tissue in terms of morphology, lipid composition and biochemical markers (netzlaff et al. ) . numerous reviews and research articles have been written comparing the different skin models to each other and to human skin (lotte et al. ; netzlaff et al. ; schafer-korting et al. neis et al. ; gotz et al. ; brinkmann et al. ) . lotte et al. ( ) studied the permeation of lauric acid, caffeine and mannitol in episkin ® , skinethic ® and epiderm ® and observed that although there was huge variability in permeation data among the skin models, the order of permeation was in line with that observed in ex vivo skin. enzymatic equivalence and gene expression were also compared (hu et al. ; neis et al. ) . in microarray analysis, hu et al. ( ) found that the expression of a large percentage of the genes was consistent between epiderm ® and human skin indicating the presence of similar metabolic pathways. in a review, netzlaff et al. evaluated the morphology of commercially available skin models and compared their suitability for testing phototoxicity, irritancy, corrosivity and active transport (netzlaff et al. ) . they tabulated comparative morphological features and test results for these parameters. they commented that currently the models come close to reproducing human skin, but only in certain aspects. these skin models are useful in toxicity testing, including phototoxicity testing, and to an extent for drug transport studies. the variability in transport can be attributed to the incompletely developed barrier. before the enforcement of the eu chemicals policy reach (registration, evaluation and authorization of chemicals) in , basketter et al. ( ) published report and recommendations of european centre for the validation of alternative methods (ecvam's) workshop a . this workshop was part of a concerted effort in recognizing the role of percutaneous/dermal absorption process in sensitization. they defined epidermal disposition as the specific location and stressed the quantification of chemicals in the epidermal compartment, which are relevant to local toxicity endpoints/skin sensitization. oecd test guideline (tg) (oecd ), for in vitro skin absorption, provides general rules on how to measure systemic availability and concentrations of chemicals that permeate through all layers of the skin and the overall kinetics of skin absorption but does not allow for separate evaluation of epidermal disposition to be derived for local skin toxicity endpoints, such as skin sensitization. hence, this report emphasizes the need to relate the in vivo dosimetry of sensitizers that penetrate into the viable epidermis via the stratum corneum of human skin to the concentrations used in in vitro applications. this requires the need to toxicological profile of the substances stability and physical and chemical characteristics of the finished cosmetic product evaluation of the safety of the finished product microbiological quality: quantitative and qualitative limits challenge testing good manufacturing practice estimate both the applied concentration of chemical onto the skin surface for given finite dose exposure conditions and to relate it to what is applied to cells in vitro as being representative of the target dose of chemical in human skin. the models proposed by the sccp for skin safety tests have been validated against in vivo draize tests (sccp ). however, these standalone methods rely heavily on quantification of optical density and colorimetry, which lead to a one-dimensional analysis. moreover, since results obtained from previously conducted human tests studies on model compounds are necessary as reference values for in vitro assays, attention should also be paid to the generation of in vivo data and standardization of in vivo test protocols (ponec ) . in the last decade, numerous committees and taskforces have been set up to constantly review the performance of in vitro irritancy and genotoxicity assays (fentem et al. ; eskes et al. ; pfuhler et al. ). in vitro assays have shown a very high rate of positive genotoxicity results that do not correlate with in vivo genotoxicity or carcinogenicity (kirkland et al. ). due to the inability to follow up the in vitro tests with in vivo assays, many potential new products have been de-selected. the cosmetics europe (formerly colipa) genotoxicity task force has driven and funded projects to help address the high rate of misleading positives in in vitro genotoxicity tests (pfuhler et al. ). the ongoing " d skin model" project is now validating the use of human reconstructed skin (rs) models in combination with the micronucleus (mn) and comet assays. non-testing methods like [quantitative] structureactivity relationships ([q]sars) or in silico methods are also a valuable way of gaining more toxicological information. formation of chemical categories facilitates the application of read across between similar chemicals based on the assumption that their behaviour will be consistent for their class (adler et al. ) . even from before the complete ban on animal testing, alternative techniques to test dermal irritancy and immunogenicity caused by pharmaceutical and cosmetic products were being developed. responses to irritants have been stud-ied in cell culture for a significant period (deleo et al. ) . there are other approaches that can be used to complement the validated in vitro methods and satisfy the need for triangulation in safety evaluation. human ex vivo skin is often used as a realistic model for in vivo human skin in transdermal active delivery. the study of detailed cellular and sub-cellular processes in the skin was previously not possible using conventional light microscopic methods, such as widefield and confocal microscopy. although these tools work reliably in cell cultures and thin tissue sections, their application in thick biological samples such as skin is greatly limited due to light-scattering and absorbing properties of biological tissues. however, this is being addressed with the increasing use of multiphoton or two photon microscopy (mpm/tpm). understanding of the process of epidermal and transdermal transports of xenobiotics is important for rational design of topical active delivery and to avoid exposure to toxic and allergenic compounds. mpm allows d visualization of penetration and distribution with minimal sample preparation. sanchez et al. have used cellular autofluorescence to show that ex vivo skin viability, including metabolic activity, can be preserved up to days at °c (sanchez et al. ). mpm has also been used to demonstrate the importance of stratum corneum, in the sensitization phase of contact allergy (samuelsson et al. ). one of the present drawbacks of mpm is that it tends to be qualitative rather than quantitative; however, the use of fluorescence lifetime imaging (flim) holds promise for quantitative analysis in tissue samples (benati et al. ; koenig et al. ) . excised skin obtained from elective abdominoplasties is a convenient resource, which when used within its viability provides an excellent model. however, not all research facilities have access to freshly excised skin. skin from elective surgery is donated in goodwill to assist scientific research, and there are ethical constraints on its use for commercial testing. the eu prohibits financial gain through the use of human tissue (netzlaff et al. ) . progress is ongoing in the development of advanced skin equivalents with immune and inflammatory equivalency. better culture media to maintain the viability of ex vivo skin and skin biopsies are also under development. chau et al. ( ) recently described an advanced static d skin equivalent which combines human keratinocytes, human dendritic cell and fibroblasts combined into a threelayer cellgrown™ tissue culture insert comprising keratinocyte and fibroblast layers at a thickness of μm and μm, respectively. dinitrochlorobenzene (dncb), an established skin sensitizer, was used topically to stimulate this skin model and showed extensive cell response with up-regulation of the cell surface antigens cd (cluster of differentiation ) and hla-dr (an mhc class ii antigen expressed mainly on antigen-presenting cells) on the dendritic cells. another approach to emulate the human skin composition of both somatic and immune cell populations is the use of skin biopsies for in vitro cultures. skin biopsies contain all the immune cell types relevant for the donor at the place of biopsy extraction (giese and marx ) . a biopsy from the skin sample can then be used to test for the presence of inflammationrelated human genes using real-time quantitative polymerase chain reaction (rq-pcr). the de novo construction of full skin equivalents and the use of skin biopsies are two complementary and scientifically grounded approaches to model human skin immunity in vitro (giese and marx ) . in this chapter, we have discussed some of the major issues facing the formulator: efficacy, safety, toxicity and skin targets. efficacy, defined as the product of potency of the active and the amount delivered to its site of action, and formulation dictate the dosage of a given active. the formulator must be guided by the physicochemical properties of the particular active and knowledge of skin physiology to create a delivery system to target particular skin regions or cell populations. for all topically applied actives and cosmetics, safety and irritancy testing is required. suitable predictive methods of in vitro testing must be estab-lished and validated to replace in vivo animal testing that can no longer be used. a triangulation approach is suggested to deal with the problem of false positives in the in vitro tests. melanoma prevention strategy based on using tetrapeptide alpha-msh analogs that protect human melanocytes from uv-induced dna damage and cytotoxicity alternative (non-animal) methods for cosmetics testing assessment of correlation between skin target site free drug concentration and the in vivo topical antiviral efficacy in hairless mice for (e)- -( -bromovinyl)- ′-deoxyuridine and acyclovir formulations skin, drug and chemical reactions hydrogen bonding effects in the photophysics of a drug, piroxicam, in homogeneous media and dioxane-water mixtures the iontophoresis of fentanyl citrate in humans cutaneous vaccination: the skin as an immunologically active tissue and the challenge of antigen delivery development and evaluation of a microemulsion formulation for transdermal delivery of terbinafine transdermal drug delivery in pain management is transdermal drug delivery research still important today? skin sensitisation and epidermal disposition: the relevance of epidermal disposition for sensitisation hazard identification and risk assessment. the report and recommendations of ecvam workshop quantitative evaluation of healthy epidermis by means of multiphoton microscopy and fluorescence lifetime imaging microscopy proteins and peptides: strategies for delivery to and across the skin anatomical mapping of epidermal langerhans cell densities in adults cosmeceuticals: current trends and market analysis metabolically competent human skin models: activation and genotoxicity of benzo[a]pyrene a novel dextran hydrogel linking trans-ferulic acid for the stabilization and transdermal delivery of vitamin e topical corticosteroids in plaque psoriasis: a systematic review of risk of adrenal axis suppression and skin atrophy the development of a d immunocompetent model of human skin the safety and efficacy of a fentanyl patient-controlled transdermal system for acute postoperative analgesia: a multicenter, placebo-controlled trial distribution of atpase-positive langerhans cells in normal adult human skin long-term treatment of photoaged human skin with topical retinoic acid improves epidermal cell atypia and thickens the collagen band in papillary dermis enhancement of percutaneous absorption by the use of volatile: nonvolatile systems as vehicles in vitro based index of topical anti-inflammatory activity to compare a series of nsaids dermal blood flow, lymphatics, and binding as determinants of topical absorption, clearance, and distribution. dermal absorption models in toxicology and pharmacology use of multiphoton tomography and fluorescence lifetime imaging to investigate skin pigmentation in vivo design and performance of a spreadsheet-based model for estimating bioavailability of chemicals from dermal exposure formulation strategies to overcome the skin's defence getting the dose right in dermatological therapy arachidonic acid release: an in vitro alternative for dermal irritancy testing rebuilding the dermal matrix with this new in-demand ingredient in skin care products lipids and the epidermal water barrier: metabolism, regulation, and pathophysiology epidermal pathogenesis of inflammatory dermatoses regulatory assessment of in vitro skin corrosion and irritation data within the european framework: workshop recommendations the ecvam international validation study on in vitro tests for skin corrosivity. . results and evaluation by the management team use of excised human skin to assess the bioequivalence of topical products cannabinoid (cb ) receptor deficiency reduces the susceptibility of macrophages to oxidized ldl/oxysterol-induced apoptosis gene transfer into mammalian cells by jet injection selective removal of stratum corneum by microdermabrasion to increase skin permeability keratoplastic effect of salicyclic acid, sulfur and a tensio-active mixture curcumin (turmeric) and its evolving role in skin health xenobiotic metabolism capacities of human skin in comparison with a d epidermis model and keratinocyte-based cell culture as in vitro alternatives for chemical testing: activating enzymes (phase i) chemical structure-skin transport relationships skin: the ultimate interface rnase , a novel innate immune defense antimicrobial protein of healthy human skin sunscreen penetration of human skin and related keratinocyte toxicity after topical application peptides for prolonging youth xenobiotic metabolism gene expression in the epiderm in vitro d human epidermis model compared to human skin penetration enhancement of ibuprofen from supersaturated solutions through human skin vitamin a loaded solid lipid nanoparticles for topical use: occlusive properties and drug targeting to the upper skin modeling the human skin barrier-towards a better understanding of dermal absorption a future approach to measuring relative skin sensitising potency: a proposal distribution and visualisation of chlorhexidine within the skin using tof-sims: a potential platform for the design of more efficacious skin antiseptic formulations deaths with transdermal fentanyl patches penetration of chlorhexidine into human skin percutaneous penetration modifiers and formulation effects needle-free vaccine injection how to reduce false positive results when undertaking in vitro genotoxicity testing and thus avoid unnecessary follow-up animal tests: report of an ecvam workshop applications of multiphoton tomographs and femtosecond laser nanoprocessing microscopes in drug delivery research cutaneous mast cell depletion results from topical corticosteroid usage assessing the bioequivalence of topical retinoid products by pharmacodynamic assay how to optimize drug penetration through the skin permeation and skin absorption: reproducibility of various industrial reconstructed human skin models molecular cloning, occurrence, and expression of a novel partially secreted protein "psoriasin" that is highly up-regulated in psoriatic skin molecular size as the main determinant of solute maximum flux across the skin percutaneous absorption of steroids: determination of in vitro permeability and tissue reservoir characteristics in human skin layers close-packed vesicles for diclofenac skin delivery and fibroblast targeting biolistic and other needle-free delivery systems microfabricated needles for transdermal delivery of macromolecules and nanoparticles: fabrication methods and transport studies in-vitro permeability of the human nail and of a keratin membrane from bovine hooves: prediction of the penetration rate of antimycotics through the nail plate and their efficacy topical delivery for the treatment of psoriasis enhanced skin permeation of sex hormones with novel topical spray vehicles iontophoretic acyclovir cold sore study group ( ) topical iontophoretic administration of acyclovir for the episodic treatment of herpes labialis: a randomized, doubleblind, placebo-controlled, clinic-initiated trial dendritic cell delivery of plasmid dna -applications for controlled genetic immunization skin peptides: biological activity and therapeutic opportunities expression and induction of cytochrome p isoenzymes in human skin equivalents the human epidermis models episkin, skinethic and epiderm: an evaluation of morphology and their suitability for testing phototoxicity, irritancy, corrosivity, and substance transport upregulation of elafin/skalp gene expression in psoriatic epidermis test no. : skin absorption: in vitro method latest approaches to treating atopic dermatitis fibroblast biology. role of synovial fibroblasts in the pathogenesis of rheumatoid arthritis correlation of in vivo topical efficacies with in vitro predictions using acyclovir formulations in the treatment of cutaneous hsv- infections in hairless mice: an evaluation of the predictive value of the c* concept drug delivery to hair follicles bioactive baculovirus nanohybrids for stent based rapid vascular re-endothelialization changes in human langerhans cells following intradermal injection of influenza virus-like particle vaccines determination of the formation of the stratum corneum reservoir for two different corticosteroid formulations using tape stripping combined with uv/vis spectroscopy hand dermatitis: review of etiology, diagnosis, and treatment the cosmetics europe strategy for animal-free genotoxicity testing: project status update skin constructs for replacement of skin tissues for in vitro testing the use of mixtures of topical corticosteroids as a mechanism for improving total drug bioavailability: a preliminary report formation and stabilisation of triclosan colloidal suspensions using supersaturated systems people's attitudes, beliefs, and experiences regarding polypharmacy and willingness to deprescribe skin delivery -to scheuplein and beyond. preface percutaneous absorption of topically applied nsaids and other compounds: role of solute properties, skin physiology and delivery systems water -the most natural penetration enhancer human skin morphology and dermal absorption relationship between skin permeability and corneocyte size according to anatomic site, age, and sex in man comparison of electromotive drug administration with ketorolac or with placebo in patients with pain from rheumatic disease: a double-masked study accumulation of fitc near stratum corneum-visualizing epidermal distribution of a strong sensitizer using two-photon microscopy analysis of the metabolic deterioration of ex vivo skin from ischemic necrosis through the imaging of intracellular nad(p)h by multiphoton tomography and fluorescence lifetime imaging microscopy delivery of substances into cells and tissues using a particle bombardment process enhanced permeation of fentanyl from supersaturated solutions in a model membrane influence of penetration enhancer on drug permeation from volatile formulations notes of guidance for testing of cosmetic ingredients and their safety evaluation by the sccs reconstructed human epidermis for skin absorption testing: results of the german prevalidation study reconstructed epidermis and full-thickness skin for absorption testing: influence of the vehicles used on steroid permeation percutaneous absorption of salicylic acid in man after topical administration of three different formulations rheumatoid arthritis: new developments in the pathogenesis with special reference to synovial fibroblasts a full-uv spectrum absorbing daily use cream protects human skin against biological changes occurring in photoaging bioequivalence of topical dermatological dosage forms--methods of evaluation of bioequivalence aaps/fda workshop on 'bioequivalence of topical dermatological dosage forms--methods of evaluating bioequivalence percutaneous absorption of steroids: relative contributions of epidermal penetration and dermal clearance effects of vasoconstriction on dermal pharmacokinetics and local tissue distribution of compounds methods and compositions for improved uptake of biological molecules stability, transdermal penetration, and cutaneous effects of ascorbic acid and its derivatives dissolving polymer microneedle patches for influenza vaccination regulation of formation and proposed structure of the factor inhibiting the release of melanocyte-stimulating hormone systemic toxicity caused by absorption of drugs and chemicals through skin metered-dose transdermal spray (mdts) hypertrophic scars, keloids, and contractures: the cellular and molecular basis for therapy reduction of sunburn damage to skin by topical application of vitamin e acetate following exposure to ultraviolet b radiation: effect of delaying application or of reducing concentration of vitamin e acetate applied nm, but not or , nm, nanoparticles enter epidermal cd a + cells after transcutaneous application on human skin depletion of antigenpresenting cells by clodronate liposomes reverses the psoriatic skin phenotype in kc-tie mice prediction of the efficacy of cutaneously applied nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs from a lipophilic vehicle covalently bound lipids of human stratum corneum the barrier function of the skin in relation to percutaneous absorption of drugs formulating for efficacy antioxidants and skin: an overview intra-articular drug delivery from an optimized topical patch containing teriflunomide and lornoxicam for rheumatoid arthritis treatment: does the topical patch really enhance a local treatment? skin permeability of various non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in man skin solubility determines maximum transepidermal flux for similar size molecules transdermal sirna-tgfβ - patch for hypertrophic scar treatment adverse reactions to drug formulation agents-a handbook of excipients the authors thank the national health & medical research council of australia for support of this work. key: cord- -ls qus y authors: macdonald, david w.; laurenson, m. karen title: infectious disease: inextricable linkages between human and ecosystem health date: - - journal: biol conserv doi: . /j.biocon. . . sha: doc_id: cord_uid: ls qus y nan intellectual ghettos are passé . there was a time when the control of wildlife diseases was the domain of veterinarians while conservation was that of biologists. that false dichotomy has long since passed as infectious disease has become a central issue in biological conservation, which itself has become enmeshed in an inter-disciplinary web that embraces the health of ecosystems and people (e.g. riordan et al., ) . indeed, these issues are set to become more entwined, as globalisation, climate change, human population expansion and the natural and unnatural movements of species interact to catapult emergent and mobile diseases to prominence beyond either the public health or conservation agendas, to land firmly on the global political table. infectious diseases have passed in both directions between people and wildlife since time immemorial, but today the enormous rise in human populations, their penetration to every corner of wilderness with concomitant land-use changes, and their transportation of organisms around the world creates an explosive mix of risks. is infectious disease generally a matter for concern by conservation biologists? one general answer might be that infectious diseases are hazards to ecosystems when they affect keystone species such as top predators, or when they undermine ecosystem support systems (foresight, ) . however, infectious disease is a natural phenomenon, and a general tenet of biological conservation might be not to meddle where natural processes operate naturally. compassion might prompt the rescue, or even euthanasia, of a sick animal, but such an intervention could be said to have little relevance to conservation, much of which is focused on the viability of populations and ecological communities. of course, even before since it was formalised in the models of anderson and may ( ) , ecologists have realised not only that parasites (in the widest sense of pathogens) were not merely a source of morbidity and mortality in nature, but could also limit, even regulate, some populations. in that sense, pathogens are clearly relevant to conservation biologists, as part of natural processes, but that certainly does not qualify them as a problem, nor does it constitute a justification for meddling in population processes insofar as these processes are natural. this line of thought and it has merit, leads to the conclusion that infectious diseases may often not be of concern to conservation. it also leads sometimes to conservationists being disquieted by a too ready eagerness to intervene when disease afflicts wildlife. on the other hand, there are clear and pressing cases where infectious disease in wildlife conspicuously affects, or is affected or caused by, humans, and human involvement is an operational definition of topics within the ambit of conservation . so, as is characteristic of conservation issues, the decision of when an infectious disease justifies intervention is not always straightforward, and indeed the position of infectious disease within conservation is both technically and philosophically challenging. it was discussions of such topics that prompted us to convene a conference to explore the diverse ways in which infectious disease threaded through issues in mammalian conservation. to say that this special issue of biological conservation is merely the proceedings of a conference would not be correct. nonetheless, it was catalysed by a two-day event held on st- nd may : the mammals trust uk's international conference on wild mammals and disease, and the ensuing think tank hosted at tubney house by oxford university's wildlife conservation research unit. from these events grew the papers that comprise this volume. our starting point was that infectious diseases can have profoundly damaging consequences for mammal populations, particularly those that are already small or isolated. some of the diseases affecting wildlife also pose potential threats to human health. of known pathogens that have infected humans historically, % had zoonotic origin . furthermore, emergence of human pathogens is associated with the ability to infect wildlife for bacteria, fungi and viruses (cleaveland et al., ) . it is estimated that % of all diseases emerging over the last two decades have been zoonoses; these include sars, avian influenza, ebola, monkey pox, and the west nile virus (brown, ; hart et al., ) . a brief scan of the major issues in conservation biology worldwide reveals infectious disease as a recurrent linking thread between them. for example, alien species bring with them a host of other, less obvious, creatures that can cause disease: ticks and fleas, intestinal worms and protozoans, viruses and bacteria. in britain, an obvious case is the grey b i o l o g i c a l c o n s e r v a t i o n ( ) - a v a i l a b l e a t w w w . s c i e n c e d i r e c t . c o m j o u r n a l h o m e p a g e : w w w . e l s e v i e r . c o m / l o c a t e / b i o c o n squirrel, sciurus carolinensis; more than half a century of research and puzzlement passed before the breakthrough that their impact on native red squirrels, sciurus vulgaris, was mediated by a virus. habitat loss and modification, the most important issue for biodiversity conservation, which is also due to the expansion of human populations and activities, has widespread ramifications for infectious disease transmission to and from wildlife. worldwide, the expansion, both in range and density, of domestic dogs and cat populations with their human masters has led to an apparent increase in incidence of outbreaks in wild carnivores, particularly canids . for example, rabies spread by dogs threatens canids around the world, including highly endangered ethiopian wolves, canis simensis, and african wild dogs, lycaon pictus (laurenson et al., ) . the few recent isolated cases of rabies transmitted to humans by daubenton's bats, m. daubentonii, have given a new impetus to studies of the prevalence of this group of viruses in bat populations in the uk and its implications for human health (harris et al., ) . these were some of the issues we sought to explore as we began planning the weekend of brain-storming that gathered together experts from the cutting-edge of wildlife disease studies from around the world. and from their energetic deliberations we identified a series of seven themes which we propose as the key topics in this field of conservation biology, and around which this special issue is constructed. while biological conservation is not solely about rarity, and seeks to solve problems involving species that span the pestilential to the imperilled, extinction risk is the ultimate indicator. our first theme, therefore, was to explore the circumstances in which infectious diseases can threaten extinction. several papers, including those on rabies in ethiopian wolves, canis simensis (randall et al., ) , and african wild dogs, lycaon pictus (vial et al., ) , disease in island foxes, urocyon littoralis (clifford et al., ) , squirrel parapox virus (sqpv) in red squirrels, sciurus vulgaris (gurnell et al., ) , and devil facial tumour disease (dftd) in tasmanian devils, sarcophilus harrisii (hawkins et al., ) examine this theme. wild canids are particularly susceptible to generalist pathogens transmitted from domestic dog reservoirs, such as rabies and canine distemper virus . the three papers on canids, case reports and population viability analyses, illustrate how dramatic die-offs of around % can threaten the persistence of such rare populations, particularly when combined with other causes of population decline, as in the case of island foxes. as canids generally exhibit rapid population growth rates, only population viability analyses can estimate population persistence and determine the effectiveness of disease control strategies. pathogen-mediated competition, which can lead to unviable populations, is starkly illustrated by analyses of the dynamics of sqpv in red and grey squirrels. gurnell et al. ( ) describe how sqpv causes disease with high mortality in red squirrels but appears non-pathogenic in grey squirrels. however, not all populations of introduced grey squirrels carry the virus -those in scotland and italy do not -but the rate of red squirrel replacement by grey squirrels is some twenty times faster in those areas where grey squirrels carry the virus. the conservation of red squirrels will depend on minimising contact between these species. these examples illustrate that diseases has the potential drive extinction when a pathogen infects a variety of host species and is maintained, often with low pathogenicity, in a more numerous reservoir host, spilling over into a less numerous and sometimes isolated threatened host (lyles and dobson, ). yet diseases can also decimate large populations of endemic species. hawkins et al. ( ) record the extraordinary case of devil facial tumour disease (dftd) that now constitutes a serious threat to the tasmanian devil sarcophilus harrisii. the tasmanian devil is the world's largest extant marsupial carnivore. dftd is a cancerous disease found exclusively in wild devil populations, and hawkins et al. report that it is consistently fatal to afflicted individuals. the tumours were first reported in and have subsequently been histologically confirmed in individuals from separate sites, covering % of tasmania (with a maximum of % of individuals infected). on the basis of the threat posed by dftd, the devil has been listed as a threatened species in tasmania. a recurring issue in infectious disease epidemiology, from public health, conservation and livestock management perspectives, is the difficulty in identifying the reservoir of infection for multi-host pathogens (e.g. courtenay et al., ; haydon et al., ; mathews et al., ) . reservoir identification can aid disease management, ensuring that the correct host is targeted with appropriate and effective disease control tools. when disease control measures in wild species of conservation concern are difficult to implement, due to complicated logistics or limited finances, identification of a reservoir domestic host may offer potential control measures that might be both effective and feasible. the importance of reservoir identification is classically illustrated by a range of papers in this special issue, for example the ongoing dilemma facing bovine tuberculosis control , the diseases emerging from bats (breed et al., ) , phocine distemper virus (pdv) in northern seal population (hall et al., ) and the canid pathogens threatening island foxes (clifford et al., ) . in the southwest of england bovine tuberculosis has proved increasingly recalcitrant and is currently increasing in cattle at an annual rate of %. macdonald et al. report on studies of the possible role of various wild mammals and conclude that if any wildlife species plays a significant role in the epidemiology of btb in cattle, it is likely to be badgers, meles meles, although the role of deer, particularly fallow deer, dama dama, in a local context is still unclear. other species simply do not occur in sufficiently large numbers or transmission does not appear sufficiently frequent to allow m. tuberculosis persistence and thus constitute potential reservoirs. identifying the reservoirs of the emergent henipaviruses, which caused mortality in humans and domestic animals (hendra virus in horses, nipah virus in pigs) in the s has been challenging, but these viruses have now both been identified in fruit bat species (breed et al., ) . this paper highlights the role of bats as reservoirs of these and other emerging diseases. behavioural and physiological characteristics of species such as the fruit bats, including the ability to cover long distances between islands and continents, close association at roosts and their mammalian physiology, ensure a large effective population size for pathogen persistence and adaptation. identification of fruit bats as reservoirs for henipaviruses means that control can be directed at minimising their contact with domestic species. ecological communities are complex and elucidating the reservoir host, when situations cannot be experimentally manipulated is challenging. hall et al. ( ) illustrate this with the case histories of two outbreaks of phocine distemper that have severely affected harbour seal (phoca vitulina) populations in european and uk waters. both outbreaks were detected on the danish island of anholt, the first in and the second in . harbour seals were highly susceptible to infection while sympatric grey seals are more resistant. in this phocid community the most likely reservoir of the virus are arctic species of seals, but grey seals, halichoerus grypus, could be important asymptomatic carriers that link these reservoir hosts to the harbour seal populations further south. hall et al. emphasise that understanding of the determinants of the host range remains poor, and that development of more realistic epidemiological models should be combined with studies into the factors controlling species and individual susceptibility. only then will further understanding of reservoirs hosts and transmission routes be built up. clifford et al. ( ) paper on island foxes also illustrates the approach that must be taken when reservoirs cannot be identified. serological studies suggest that feral cats are not putative reservoirs for the canid pathogens under study, but have not revealed whether the pathogens can be maintained in the small island fox populations or are introduced from domestic dogs. in this situation, the practical solution seems to be targeted vaccination programs against the most virulent pathogens and continued intensive disease surveillance. using models to improve disease management for conservation it is clear from this special issue that modelling is a powerful tool for understanding and planning the management of infectious disease. recent stochastic, mixed models offer novel predictions about the role of culling, fertility control, and oral rabies vaccination in rabies control and are reviewed by sterner and smith ( ) . furthermore, both vial et al. ( ) and randall et al. ( ) illustrate how alternative management strategies might affect disease persistence and spread in african wild dogs and ethiopian wolves, respectively. targeting only a viable minimal 'core' of the population, through oral or even parenteral vaccination, is likely to be effective as well as more affordable and logistically less demanding. even if only % of animals were protected with a vaccine lasting only two years, this would ensure persistence of even small populations through suppression of the largest outbreaks of disease, that reduce populations to below minimum viable population sizes. similarly, modelling of the spread of both grey squirrels and their sqpv, by gurnell et al. ( ) has identified four main corridors whereby grey squirrels will reach kielder forest (one of the red squirrel's last strongholds in england), initially within two years and in large numbers within years. assuming that greys will not settle within kielder because of the unfavourable nature of the spruce habitat, the authors predict that sqpv disease will burn out at the edges of the forest, although many red squirrels will die. this burn-out is unlikely to be the scenario in other refuge areas where the habitat is more favourable to greys. gurnell et al. conclude that the conservation of red squirrels will therefore depend on minimising contact between red and grey squirrel populations. this will necessitate monitoring grey squirrels as they approach refuge areas, and removing them. morgan et al. ( ) illustrate both the power and the limitations of a modelling approach, through their study of the pathogens of the saiga antelope (saiga tatarica) and domestic ruminants in central asia. for both foot and mouth disease and gastrointestinal nematodes, they reveal that the main risk is associated with infection of saigas from livestock, the putative reservoir host and subsequent geographical dissemination of infection through saiga migration. their discussion on the trade-off between adding biological reality to models, and thereby increasing mathematical complexity and intractability, highlights that the main contribution of modelling is probably to force researchers to formalise understanding in a logical way, highlighting the areas in which too little is known. these areas of uncertainty can then be made the focus of further research, and sound a warning not to accept too readily the predictions of simpler models. sterner and smith ( ) go on to adopt a further multidisciplinary approach and integrate models of disease spread with economic analyses of medical, public health, and veterinary costs. this reveals how post-exposure prophylaxis and increased pet vaccinations have been major costs during and after epizootics in north america. they recommend that this approach should be expanded when considering disease control options in biodiversity conservation. disease surveillance as a cornerstone in disease and conservation management disease surveillance and monitoring self-evidently provide crucial evidence to underpin management decisions. the advances in recent years in molecular techniques have been rapid and have provided powerful tools for the investigation of wildlife disease. this is forcefully illustrated by leendertz et al. ( ) who describe approaches and techniques that can be used in the field when investigating baseline health status and disease outbreaks in great apes, focusing in particular on non-invasive sample collection and mortality investigations. this provides the very basis for diagnosis and surveillance and can be extrapolated to other species. this paper also demonstrates how synergies can also be obtained through close collaboration between the fields of public health and conservation (see below). harris et al. ( ) , also report on exemplary programmes of both passive and active surveillance in the united kingdom to investigate the prevalence of european bat lyssaviruses (eblv) a rabies-related virus, in bats. since , cases of eblv have been recorded in bat species in europe. some bats have been tested for lyssaviruses for surveillance, and an antibody prevalence level of - % of eblv- has been found in daubenton's bat. however no cases of live lyssavirus infection or lyssavirus viral rna have been detected through active surveillance. the authors emphasise how research and monitoring regarding prevalence, transmission, pathogenesis and immunity is required to ensure that integrated bat conservation continues throughout europe, whilst enabling informed policy decision regarding both human and wildlife health issues. disease surveillance is also a cornerstone of diagnosis and control when considering the effect of reintroductions and translocations. however, as mathews et al. ( b) argue, despite guidelines recommending health-screening and surveillance of translocated individuals and in re-established populations, few reports are available and best practice is rarely observed. these authors present two case studies of health surveillance in wildlife reintroduction programmes -in water voles (arvicola terrestris) in the uk, and in marsupial dibblers (parantechinus apicalis) in australia. these illustrate the potential importance of even basic screening strategies in helping to avoid disease transfer and identifying predictors of survival. building on improved techniques for surveillance, one would expect strong parallels between disease in humans and wildlife, and hence that advances in new research fields such as comparative genomics and molecular genetics would hold lessons for conservation biology. o'brien et al., argue exactly this case, using examples drawn from wild species of the cat family, felidae. they conclude that resolving the interaction of host and pathogen genomes can shed new light on the process of disease outbreak in wildlife and in people, by reviewing a highly virulent feline coronavirus epidemic in african cheetahs and a disease model for human sars, which illustrate the critical role of ancestral population genetic variation. furthermore, widespread prevalence of species specific feline immunodeficiency virus (fiv), a relative of hiv-aids, occurs with little pathogenesis in felid species, except in domestic cats, suggesting immunological adaptation in species where fiv is endemic. o'brien et al. conclude that conservation management may benefit greatly from advances in molecular genetic tools developed for human biomedical research to assay the biodiversity of both species host and emerging pathogens. leendertz et al. ( ) provide a further illustration of how these synergies can be built up, by demonstrating how collaboration between human laboratories, veterinarians and field biologists can successfully tackle emerging diseases in great ape and human populations. successful pathogen detection in wild great apes has been achieved several times thanks to approaches and techniques that have been developed for human pathogen detection, focusing in particular on investigation of deaths and non-invasive sample collection. most of the host-pathogen systems reported in this special issue concern situations where pathogens have been defined as 'emerging', that is they have recently increased in incidence, impact or geographic range; have recently moved into new populations; or are caused by recently-evolved pathogens (morse, ; dazak et al., ; lederberg et al., ) . a variety of reviews have highlighted the situations and risk factors for emergence in human and domestic animals populations (morse, ; taylor et al., ; cleaveland et al., ) . the expansion of human populations is paramount, influencing agricultural development, urbanisation, deforestation and habitat fragmentation. this in turn influences disease emergence by changing the densities and ecology of disease hosts vectors and pathogens, and altering human interaction with them (mcmichael, ) . for example, the penetration of remote forest areas through logging or bushmeat hunting is rapidly escalating the contacts between people and primates (zommers and macdonald, ) . not only does this have important implications for direct persecution through the harvest of bushmeat, but it also raises sinister opportunities for disease transmission as described by leendertz et al. ( ) . they describe recent outbreaks of disease in great apes, including ebola, and indications of cross-transmission of ebola and other viruses between primates and humans. there is no doubt that research that integrates infectious disease with primate ecology provides insights to emerging diseases in humans and the role of disease in primate evolution. international travel and global trade hugely increase the capacity for disease spread and are thus other factors that determine disease emergence. a prime example was apparently rabbit haemorrhagic disease virus (rhdv) which was first identified after thousands of domestic rabbits died suddenly in china in . similar epidemics subsequently occurred in other regions of asia, the middle east, europe and north america, suggesting that the virus had dispersed widely following its emergence in china. however, forrester et al. ( ) report that rhdv had circulated apparently harmlessly for many years before the first recognised epidemic in china. they have therefore studied the evolution, emergence and dispersal of this virus in relation to its impact on conservation of wildlife species. using phylogenetic analysis they show that the chinese epidemic virus represents a relatively recent lineage derived from more divergent european viruses that circulated for many years prior to . they show that the genetic lineages of the pathogenic viruses that emerged in the uk in the early s, are distinct from and pre-date those of the chinese virus. in short, several other divergent pathogenic european strains of rhdv emerged from apparently harmless strains to cause epidemic outbreaks, independently of the chinese epidemic virus. forrester et al. also illustrate the complexity of conservation issues surrounding the rabbit in the uk -originally an invasive species, now an agricultural pest, yet a source of food for rare native predators and an important tool for habitat conservation. contact with wildlife has also been identified as a risk factor for emerging human pathogens . this is illustrated in this special issue by papers describing high profile emerging viruses that have caused significant disease in domestic animals and humans from wild fruit bats in asia and australia (breed et al.,) and european bats (harris et al.) hendra virus has caused disease in horses and/or humans in australia every five years since it first emerged in . nipah virus has caused a major outbreak of disease in pigs and humans in malaysia the late s and has also caused human mortalities in bangladesh annually since . emergence may have been precipitated by unsustainable hunting of fruit bats and deforestation which have changed the distribution and thus contact rates between fruit bats and humans or their domestic animals, combined with an increase in domestic pig production in asian countries. animal behaviour, as the central factor, more often than not, in determining transmission of infectious disease between infected and susceptible individuals, is unquestionably important in wildlife epidemiology and conservation. this point was originally made in the context of failing attempts to control rabies in european red foxes, vulpes vulpes, which largely ignored their behavioural ecology (macdonald, ) , and in this volume it is made stridently by randall et al. and vial et al., who illustrate how knowledge of, respectively, ethiopian wolf and african wild dog social systems is important to understanding and managing the extinction threat they both face from rabies. further emphasise this in the context of attempted control of bovine tuberculosis (btb) in cattle. the worsening situation of btb in cattle has occurred despite a succession of government schemes involving killing badgers with the intention of reducing transmission of btb to cattle. macdonald et al. discuss the perturbation hypothesis which postulates that killing individuals may affect the survivors in ways (behavioural, physiological, immunological) that cause a disproportionate, and perhaps counterproductive, effect. they conclude that the perturbation hypothesis is supported by the data and does provide one plausible mechanism to explain why culling badgers has not generally achieved control of btb in cattle. macdonald et al. draw on various studies to argue that to have any prospect of contributing significantly to controlling btb in cattle, a badger cull would have to be undertaken over a very large area. considering the likely very important role of cattle-to-cattle transmission, and the opportunities for solutions in terms of farm management and surveillance, they judge it would be inappropriate (and probably impractical) to undertake such a cull now (especially in the context of revised agricultural payments which increasingly put a premium on custody of the countryside and its biodiversity (mathews et al., a) ). remarkable satellite tracking studies have revealed long distance migrations by the fruit bats (breed et al., ) . this behaviour clearly has far-reaching implications for disease transmission within and across continents, particularly for migratory species. saiga movements, that determine the timing and scale of contacts with domestic animals, also crucially affect disease transmission and persistence. morgan et al. ( ) explain how for both foot and mouth disease and gastrointestinal nematodes, the main risk is associated with infection of saigas from livestock, and subsequent geographical dissemination of infection through saiga migration. the chance of this occurring for foot and mouth disease is predicted to be highly dependent on saiga population size and on the time of viral introduction. for nematodes, the level of risk and predicted direction of transmission are affected by key parasite life history traits, such that prolonged off-host survival of marshallagia in autumn enables infection of saigas and transfer northwards in spring. these seven themes have been in the news regularly fzs since our weekend workshop, as the world anxiously watches the progress of h n avian flu, west nile virus and sars on the front-pages. sars, appearing in southern china in late , illustrates that issues at the heart of biodiversity conservation and ecosystem health are fundamental to human wellbeing. sars may have emerged in humans from sars-like coronaviruses (cov) in himalayan palm civets (paguna larvata) and other small carnivores in the wet markets of asia. specimens collected from animals found in live wild-game markets in guangdong china have yielded a sars cov-like virus and several of the early sars patients in guangdong province worked in the sale or preparation of wildlife for food (bell et al., ; peiris et al., ) and half of civet dealers at the market were found to have antibodies that cross reacted to sars (bell et al., ) . recent research suggests that the disease may have jumped to civets from rhinolophid bats in the marketplace, since sars-like coronavirus has been detected in three species from china, australia and the usa lau et al., ) . greater genetic variation between these bat strains (as revealed by nucleocapsid protein sequences) than seen in the human or civet sars indicates that the viruses and bats have had time to co-adapt, and hence that bats are probably the origin of sars. bats find themselves along with civets and people in wildlife markets, to which live mammals are brought from increasingly remote areas into contact with an increasingly large human population with global links. bats are also important pollinators and dispersal agents, and many are endangered species and thus their conservation is a priority for the continuing function of many ecosystems. this blend of factors links the concerns of public health, agriculture, biodiversity conservation, animal welfare, third world development and global economics. a salient reality shrieks from the sars story and is touched on elsewhere in this volume: the inter-connectedness of global populations of humans and wildlife. hunters, farmers, market vendors and consumers experience direct risk of zoonotic disease transmission from bushmeat and animals (karesh et al., ) . however, human to human transmission then spreads the risk to other individuals around the world and can turn a local outbreak into a global crisis. the local sars outbreak in hong kong and southern china, quickly spread to countries across five continents, through human air travel (peiris et al., ) . the fact that over million people travel by air annually (karesh et al., ) means that the risk of global epidemics has never been higher and is the factor that could accelerate the spread of a global flu pandemic, ahead of vaccine production, should the mutations for human-human transmission occur. all these studies bring repeatedly to the fore the inextricable linkages that ensure that no wildlife disease issue is the preserve of any one discipline. ecologists to economists, virologists to veterinarians, philosophers to politicians, are all enmeshed in understanding the linkages, and in working together to find solutions. the need for an interdisciplinary approach has been reiterated widely in recent years and is highlighted again in the recently published uk office of science and innovation foresight report ''infectious disease: preparing for the future''. this report brought together diverse experts to consider the threats from disease for wildlife and for humans. their conclusions emphasise the pressing nature of the issue, not least because of advancing climate change which may affect host and vector abundance and distribution and thus contact networks and transmission rates, but also because of the huge costs of disease outbreaks that affect human or livestock health. for example, bse in the united kingdom in - is estimated to have cost £ . billion whereas avian influenza in vietnam in / is costed at £ . billion (foresight, ) . against this background, progress forward must be made. but which way is forward? whilst evidence-based policy is surely essential, and thus science must underpin disease management, we live in a rapidly changing, unpredictable world where a complex web of risk factors can give rise to new disease-related problems at any turn. science thus may not always have complete answers prepared in anticipation but, with investment, it can prudently look ahead. one delphic circle of the wise recently identified the following priority areas (foresight, ) for investment (i) novel information technology for capture, analysis and modelling of data for the early detection of infectious diseases, (ii) early detection and characterisation of new or newly resistant/virulent pathogens using genomics, (iii) improving technology for the rapid identification and characterisation of infectious diseases in the field and (iv) high-throughput screening for infectious diseases of people, animals and plants using surrogate, noninvasive markers in airports, sea/road containers and livestock markets. others could add to this list. for example, this, and all other branches of conservation biology, must urgently develop inter-disciplinary syntheses, must achieve alignment with other major guests around the table of environment, sustainability and development, and must not forget the underpinning importance of a deep understanding of natural history . some of the roads leading to these new initiatives are charted in the papers gathered in this special issue. biological conservation stands to benefit from the anticipated advances in new diagnostic, monitoring and control tools. given that the vast majority of endangered species occur in the developing world, these tools and technologies must also be cheap and practical to use in areas where infrastructure is poor. moreover, although we are easily seduced by the new technology, we must keep an eye on the fact that old, lo-tech methods might frequently be best in the developing world and we must keep at eye on the fact that new technology is seductive and that in many instances, old methods might still be best. several spectres loom as infectious diseases, the exploding human population and the biodiversity and extinction crises travel together into the century. some wild populations that were once sufficiently abundant to withstand epizootic disease are now so reduced that an outbreak could tip the balance towards extinction. many of these find themselves encircled and infiltrated by burgeoning hoards of infectious domestic species. some wildlife diseases that once smouldered in isolated wilderness now challenge people that have penetrated their isolation and, through remarkably few links, populate a transmission chain that spans the globe. on the bright side, however, the papers in this volume reveal how the problems are starting to be understood, in some cases sufficiently to achieve solutions. furthermore, biodiversity conservation has taken its place, along with others concerned with infectious diseases, at the table where environmental futures will be decided. one conservation truth is particularly, and perilously, clear when it comes to infectious disease: biodiversity and humanity are in it together. through the kindness of professor john beddington and jill nelson, the mammals trust uk sponsored the weekend of conference and think-tank that spawned this volume, and professor rob mars agreed to publish this special issue of biological conservation. dr. andrew pullin, as the editor guiding us, has been both wise and helpful, and at elsevier julie millard has been unwaveringly supportive and unflustered. all the papers in this volume have been reviewed by at least three reviewers, and by both of us; the result is that all the authors have had to forebear writing at least two, and sometimes more, revisions. we thank both the reviewers and authors for their hard work, and tolerance of our pernicketiness. this paper, which serves as a preface, benefited from the comments of angela mclean, gus mills and zinta zommers. emerging henipaviruses and flying foxes -conservation and management perspectives. biological conservation, this volume emerging disease of animals diseases of humans and their domestic mammals: pathogen characteristics, host range and the risk of emergence the role of pathogens in biological conservation pathogen exposure in endangered island fox (urocyon littoralis) populations: implications for conservation management epidemiology of canine leishmaniasis: a comparative serological study of dogs and foxes in amazon brazil emerging infectious diseases of wildlife-threats to biodiversity and human health unravelling the paradox of the emergence of rabbit haemorrhagic disease virus using phylogenetic analysis squirrel poxvirus; landscape scale strategies for managing disease threat phocine distemper virus in the north and european seas -data and models, nature and nurture. biological conservation, this volume european bat lyssaviruses: distribution, prevalence and implications for conservation emerging disease and population decline of an island endemic, the tasmanian devil sarcophilus harrisii. biological conservation, this volume identifying reservoirs of infection: a conceptual and practical challenge wildlife trade and global disease emergence severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus-like virus in chinese horseshoe bats assessing and managing infectious disease threats to canids emerging infections: microbial threats to health in the united states pathogens as rivers of population declines: the importance of systematic monitoring in great apes and o other threatened mammals. biological conservation, this volume bats are natural reservoirs of sars-like coronaviruses infectious disease and intensive management: population dynamics, threatened hosts and their parasites rabies and wildlife: a biologist's perspective principles, practice and priorities: the quest for 'alignment biological hurdles to the control of tb in cattle: a test of two hypotheses to explain the failure of control. biological conservation, this volume bovine tuberculosis (mycobacterium bovis) in british farmland wildlife: the importance to agriculture health surveillance in wildlife reintroductions. biological conservation, this volume keeping fit on the ark: assessing the suitability of captive-bred animals for release environmental and social influences on emerging infectious disease: past, present and future assessing risks of disease transmission between wildlife and livestock: the saiga antelope as a case study factors in the emergence of infectious diseases factors and determinants of disease emergence plagues and adaptation: lessons from the felidae models for severe acute respiratory syndrome integrated disease management strategy for the control of rabies in ethiopian wolves modelling wildlife rabies: transmission, economics, and conservation. biological conservation, this volume risk factors for human disease emergence development of vaccination strategies for the management of rabies in african wild dogs. biological conservation, this volume infectious disease in the management and conservation of wild canids the wildlife trade and global disease emergence. foresight. infectious diseases: preparing for the future laurenson frankfurt zoological society, p.o. box , arusha, tanzania and royal (dick) school of veterinary studies all rights reserved key: cord- -aods rf authors: lessenger, james e. title: diseases from animals, poultry, and fish date: journal: agricultural medicine doi: . / - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: aods rf nan a key problem is the lack of foot protection so that the unprotected feet of workers come in contact with feces of the animals. the fecal-hand route of transmission is also critical. perhaps the most insidious and difficult to control is the consumption of raw poultry and meat products by workers in farms and processing plants. many people in agriculture are living on subsistence or below-subsistence wages and consume products off the processing lines. many of these products are not fully processed and may contact pathogens that have not been killed through cooking or irradiation (see chapter ) (table . ) ( , ) . the improper handling of manure is a major source of disease, including the use of manure on food crops, the discharge of manure into community water sources, and the spread of manure onto areas where children play. in canada, an outbreak of escherichia coli o :h was traced to organic growers who contaminated their produce with cow manure containing e. coli. also in canada, an outbreak of citrobacter freundii infections was associated with parsley originating from an organic garden in which pig manure was used. other documented infections of humans from manure-contaminated foods includes listeria monocytogenes in cabbage contaminated by sheep waste, cryptosporidium spread by municipal water contaminated by cattle, salmonella hartford in food prepared by contaminated water from a shallow well polluted with poultry manure, and pleisomonas shigelloides infection associated with well-water contaminated by poultry manure ( ) . j.e. lessenger guan and holley ( ) , and weber and rutala ( ) . workers, visitors, inspectors, veterinarians, and people who live on or adjacent to farms, ranches, feedlots, processing plants, and other agricultural endeavors are at risk for contracting diseases from animals, poultry, or fish. one needs only to follow the animals from the farm to the feedlots, slaughter house, processing and sorting lines, and packaging plants to appreciate the large number of people who are at risk due to contact with animals and animal products. physicians and other health care professionals are also at risk as they visit farms and plants for inspections or orientations ( ) . methods of preventing the transmission of infectious material from animals and poultry to agricultural workers mirror in many ways the safety techniques for protection from chemicals, trauma and other hazards (see chapter ) . the methods are summarized in table . . key to the prevention of the transmission of animal disease to humans is the proper processing of food products. this includes proper cook times and temperatures, adequate refrigeration, and appropriate transportation, processing, and stocking in stores. personal protective equipment includes hats or head coverings and protective coats or uniforms that can be laundered and left at the plant or farm. boots should also be cleaned and left at the farm or plant. especially in poultry operations, protective particulate masks may be necessary. in some . diseases from animals, poultry, and fish protective physical barriers in farm, ranch, or plant design allow for the raising or processing of food products without actual contact of humans with the animals or products. built-in barriers, changing rooms, boot baths, and hand-free handling techniques allow for the safe and efficient handling of food. in british chicken hatcheries, an aggressive combination of egg sanitization and handling methods was successful in decreasing zoonotic infections and diseases spread through flocks. procedures included: . design changes in incubators . whole building ventilation systems . control of dust, fluff, and aerosol production . disinfection of surfaces and equipment . improved handling of wastes ( ). policies and procedures to limit or prevent physical contact with animals, feces, or urine prevent transmission. rules prohibiting the consumption of food products on farms and ranches or on production lines are especially important. not only can the production food product be infectious to workers, but food brought in by workers can become contaminated, which mandates eating areas for workers away from the livestock ( ) . aggressive veterinary monitoring of livestock can detect early evidence of disease outbreaks in herds. similarly, public health monitoring of disease in humans can detect and appropriately treat epidemics of food-borne disease in humans and trace the source to the food-processing breakdown that caused the disease. hazard analysis of critical control points (haccp) is crucial to the prevention of infections in herds. low cost, ease of performance, and rapidity of results are the key criteria for the tests, and are sometimes more important than the performance characteristics of sensitivity, specificity, and reproducibility. field test kits are available for bacterial, protozoa, antibiotic residue, and other parameters of animal health ( , , ) . medical monitoring can detect early disease and prevent its spread to other employees, the food product, and family members. pre-placement medical monitoring can identify people who are susceptible to infection, for example people with diabetes or immune diseases. in parts of the world where bovine tuberculosis is common, tb skin test monitoring can detect early infections and allow early treatment ( , ) . immunizations are expensive, unavailable in many parts of the world, and only recommended for areas of high infectivity or occupations of high risk such as veterinarians. three critical immunizations are tetanus, rabies, and influenza (see chapter ) . vaccines against salmonella, shigella, and other pathogens are in development or testing. training and education in proper handling techniques are important. proper ways of herding, handling, and caring for animals and poultry can prevent infection and the transmission of infectious material. see chapter for details of education and training. research and the development of new techniques to prevent transmission are critical. for example, airborne dust has been discovered to be a carrier of pathogens in broiler breeder pullets (chicken pens). the use of an electrostatic space charge system has decreased the particle concentration and, in the process, decreased the potential of disease transmission to other chickens and to poultry workers ( ) . hygiene, both in the person and in the workplace, is essential in preventing the transmission of disease. for example, in many german piggeries workers must shower and change clothing when they enter and leave the buildings. this technique prevents the infection of the pigs with outside pathogens, the transfer of pathogens from one piggery to another, and the transfer of pathogens to the home environment. especially important are the cleaning of machinery and the timely cleaning of animal and poultry urine and feces. not only can urine and feces be infectious but they can attract insects that can spread pathogens. as in medicine, the most important hygiene procedure is aggressive hand washing for all persons handling food products. in louisiana, for example, alligator farmers must wear rubber boots and waders to protect themselves from pathogens (but not from bites, which can go right through the protective ensembles). each day, the pens must be flushed and hosed off to remove the wastes that could harbor pathogens dangerous to the alligator colonies and workers. governmental regulations and oversight are important in providing standardization and systemization of methods and procedures to reduce the risk of infection to agricultural workers. good regulations and oversight are evidence-based and consistent with sound agricultural methods (see chapter ). it is not enough to have rules, regulations, equipment and techniques to prevent the spread of pathogens from animals and poultry to workers. fair and consistent supervision by knowledgeable managers is critical to see that the proper equipment and supplies are used and that handling and hygiene rules and regulations are carried out. game are mammals killed or captured in the field for human consumption or for their hides, including elk, boars, bison, and deer. production animals include cattle, pigs, goats, sheep, horses, dogs, deer, and other animals grown in small to large farms and ranches for human consumption. typically the animals are slaughtered and dressed in various cuts made from the different parts of the animal. in addition, many animals are raised and kept as pets. rabies is a common viral infection in children who live in rural areas and in people who handle un-immunized mammalian animals. the prophylaxis for rabies is discussed in chapter . with the exception of four cases where the disease was treated with intensive therapy, the disease is considered universally fatal. therefore, immunizations and prophylaxis are critical. during may and june , the first cluster of human monkeypox cases in the united states was reported. most patients with this febrile, vesicular rash illness presumably acquired the infection from prairie dogs. monkeypox virus was demonstrated by using polymerase chain reaction in two prairie dogs in which pathologic studies showed necrotizing bronchopneumonia, conjunctivitis, and tongue ulceration. immunohistochemical assays for orthopoxviruses demonstrated abundant viral antigens in surface epithelial cells of lesions in conjunctiva and tongue, with lesser amounts in adjacent macrophages, fibroblasts, and connective tissues. viral antigens in the lung were abundant in bronchial epithelial cells, macrophages, and fibroblasts. virus isolation and electron microscopy demonstrated active viral replication in lungs and tongue. both respiratory and direct mucocutaneous exposures are potentially important routes of transmission of monkeypox virus among rodents and to humans. prairie dogs can be studied for insights into transmission, pathogenesis, and vaccine and treatment trials, because they are susceptible to severe monkeypox infection ( ) . chronic wasting disease (cwd) in north american deer and elk has been associated with creutzfeldt-jakob disease (cjd) in hunters who killed, prepared, and ate their own game. an absolute association was not established, but further monitoring is ongoing (see chapter ) . creutzfeldt-jakob disease does not appear to be a problem with workers who raise cattle or dairy cows ( ) . champylobacter chlamydophila abortus is a well recognized pathogen causing abortions in cattle and goats. a recent report from germany cites a case where a pregnant woman became infected from farm animals and aborted. this rare zoonotic infection underlines the insidious and widespread problem of zoonotic infections on farms ( , ) . campylobacter jejuni and c. coli have recently become recognized as common bacterial causes of diarrhea. infection can occur at any age. sources of infection are typically mammalian and avian hosts. the usual incubation period of campylobacter enteritis is to days. fever, diarrhea and abdominal pain are the most common clinical features. the stools frequently contain mucus and, a few days after the onset of symptoms, frank blood. significant vomiting and dehydration are uncommon. a rapid presumptive laboratory diagnosis may be made during the acute phase of the illness by direct phase-contrast microscopy of stools. isolation of the organism from stools requires culture in a selective medium containing antibiotics and incubation under reduced oxygen tension at ˚c. the organism persists in the stools of untreated patients for up to weeks following the onset of symptoms. erythromycin may produce a rapid clinical and bacteriologic cure and should be used to treat moderately to severely ill patients as well as patients with compromised host defenses ( ) . salmonellosis is one of the most important public health disease problems, affecting more people and animals than any other single disease in agriculture. in canada, for example, there were , cases of food-borne salmonellosis in humans during . the native habitat of members of the genus salmonella is the intestinal tract of warm-blooded and many coldblooded vertebrates. in humans, the incubation period is to hours and produces headache, malaise, nausea, fever, vomiting, abdominal pain, and diarrhea (with and without blood). salmonella is also capable of invading the intestinal mucosa, entering the blood stream, and causing septicemia, shock, and death. the diagnosis is made through the clinical presentation and confirmation with blood and stool cultures and serology. treatment is first started empirically pending culture results and then adjusted if necessary. multi-drug resistant s. typhimurium bacteria have been documented to be present in milk after pasteurization ( , ) . listeria monocytogenes is a zoonotic food-born pathogen that is responsible for % of food-related deaths in the united states annually and that is a major cause of food recalls worldwide. agricultural exposure is through drinking unpasteurized milk or direct contact with the animal or manure. the disease pattern is similar to salmonella ( ). tuberculosis (tb) continues to be a worldwide infectious problem for humans. while human-to-human infection is of greatest concern, one infected dairy herd can infect hundreds, if not thousands, of people. potentially, tuberculosis can infect any mammal, although production cattle, especially dairy cattle, are at greatest risk. complicating efforts to combat the disease is the fact that deer, badgers, elk and other wild species have been found to harbor the mycobacterium. in england, badgers were found to be spreading the infection to herds of cattle. also, in england and ireland, herds of sheep were found to be infected. in new zealand, wild brush tail possums (trichosurus vulpecula) were discovered to be the main source of infection in livestock, including deer herds. in tanzania, tuberculosis-infected herds were found more often in small, pastoral farms that have little veterinary monitoring, as opposed to the large, commercial enterprises ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . in a los angeles zoo, tb was found in two asian elephants, three rocky mountain goats, and one black rhinoceros. an investigation found no active cases of tuberculosis in humans; however, tuberculin skin-test conversions in humans were associated with training the elephants and attending an elephant necropsy ( ) . human-to-animal transmission of tb has been documented. in an exotic animal farm in illinois, three elephants died of mycobacterium tuberculosis and a fourth tested culture-positive. twenty-two handlers were screened for tb; eleven had positive reactions to intradermal injection with purified protein derivative. one had a smear-negative, culture-positive active tb. dna comparisons by is and tbn typing showed that the isolates from the four elephants and the handler with active tb were the same strain, thus documenting that the infection of the elephants came from the handler ( ) . mycobacterium (tuberculosis) can infect agricultural workers in a number of ways: . human-to-human contact with co-workers through the inhalation of respiratory droplets . drinking contaminated, unpasteurized milk . direct contact with infected animals . direct contact with the secretions of infected animals such as respiratory droplets, milk, manure, urine, semen, and vaginal secretions . direct contact or inhalations of respiratory droplets during necropsy, slaughter, or processing of meat or dairy products ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . the clinical presentation is that of weight-loss, night sweats, a chronic cough, and hemoptysis. asymptomatic workers are typically discovered through public health surveys. diagnosis is through the purified protein derivative (ppd) skin test, smears of respiratory secretions demonstrating acid-fast bodies, cultures of respiratory secretions and other body fluids, radiographs demonstrating caseating granulomas, and other typical findings. treatment is by multidrug therapy, complicated by regional drug resistance patterns ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) . giardia infections have been associated with contaminated sewage and water in agricultural environments, producing gastroenteritis. in the sierra foothills of california, cattle drink water contaminated by infected beavers. beaver-and cattle-contaminated water is then consumed by unsuspecting tourists who develop crampy abdominal pain, fevers, and a profuse bloody diarrhea. the giardia infections are easily treated with metronidazole ( ). fowl are birds that grow in the wild. nearly every bird found in the wild can be prepared for human consumption. poultry are birds grown in farm environments for human consumption. common poultry include: chickens, turkeys, ducks, pigeons, game hens, geese, doves, and peacocks. avian influenza a (h n ) first infected humans in , in hong kong. the virus was transmitted directly from birds to humans. eighteen people were admitted to hospitals, and died. in , cases of avian influenza a (h n ) infection occurred among members of a hong kong family, of whom had traveled to mainland china. one person died. how or where these people became infected was not determined. influenza a has the potential to cross species and has been implicated in the flu pandemics in the th century ( , and ). pandemics occur when conditions are met: . the emergence of influenza a virus with a hemagglutinin subtype is completely different from that of strains circulating in humans for many preceding years. . there is a high proportion of susceptible people in the community (i.e., a population with low antibody titers to the new strain). . efficient person-to-person transmissibility of the new virus is possible with accompanying human disease ( ) ( ) ( ) . the reported signs and symptoms of avian influenza in humans include: . typical flu-like symptoms such as fever, cough, sore throat, and muscle aches . eye infections . pneumonia . acute respiratory distress syndrome (ards) . multiple organ failure . lymphopenia . elevated liver enzyme levels . abnormal clotting profiles. physicians are advised to isolate the patient, initiate droplet precautions, and contact their local medical officer for further discussions if an epidemiological link is suspected. the world health organization (who) is moving to rapidly produce a new influenza vaccine capable of protecting people against the h n strain of avian influenza a. preliminary genetic tests conducted in cdc laboratories in atlanta, london, and hong kong suggest that the h n strain is resistant to amantadine and rimantadine but is believed to be susceptible to neuraminidase inhibitors. the who has recommended urgent, rapid culling of infected and exposed bird populations to eliminate the reservoir of the h n strain. in addition, who has discouraged the practice of marketing live poultry directly to consumers in areas currently experiencing outbreaks of avian influenza a (h n ). some countries have introduced trade restrictions to protect animal health. however, available data do not suggest that processed poultry products (i.e., refrigerated or frozen carcasses and products derived from them) or eggs from affected areas pose a public health risk. the virus is killed by cooking ( ) ( ) ( ) . newcastle disease is caused by virulent strains of apmv. death rates among naive bird populations can exceed %. the virus responsible for newcastle disease has been known to cause conjunctivitis and upper respiratory infections in humans since the s. the disease is self-limiting and does not have any permanent consequences ( ) . in , wisconsin public health officials were notified of two cases of febrile illness in workers at a commercial turkey breeder farm. a high prevalence of west nile virus antibody was found among workers and turkeys. an associated high incidence of febrile illness among farm workers also was observed. possible non-mosquito transmission among birds and subsequent infection of humans was postulated, but the mode of transmission was unknown ( ) . avian tuberculosis was diagnosed in two mature rheas on different ratite farms over a -year period. both birds died after weight loss and development of granulomas in the lungs of one bird and bilaterally in the cubcutis cranial to the shoulder in the other. smears and cultures of the granulomas were positive for acid-fast bacilli and tuberculosis ( ) . chlamydophila (chlamydia) psittaci, c. trachomatis, and c. pneumoniae can be passed from birds of all species to humans. wild pigeons and pheasants have been demonstrated to be a source. wild birds in captivity, pets (usually cockatiels, parakeets, parrots, and macaws), and production animals can infect workers, and there are reports of customs and health inspection workers becoming infected. infection is through contact with feces, urine, and oral secretions ( ) . mild infection produces a tracheobronchitis with flu-like symptoms of cough, congestion, myalgias, fatigue, and fever. in severe infections, untreated workers, and immunocompromised workers, pneumonia, sepsis, shock, and death can occur. radiographs reveal a lobar infiltrate ( ) . diagnosis is by detection of the s rrna gene of c. psittasi in sputum with a pcr analysis, and a typical radiographic appearance and culture. tetracyclines and erythromycin are effective for treatment. prevention is through close monitoring and culling flocks and pet birds and personal protection equipment ( ). raising poultry at home is common in low-income countries. studies demonstrate that proximity to free-range domestic poultry increases children's risk of infection with diarrhea-causing organisms such as campylobacter jejuni. corralling might reduce the risk, but research on the socioeconomic acceptability of corralling is lacking. many people report that home-grown poultry and eggs taste better and are more nutritious. they enjoy living around animals and want to teach their children about raising animals. to prevent theft, some residents shut their birds in provisional enclosures at night but allege that birds are healthier, happier, and produce better meat and eggs when let loose by day. many rural peoples view bird feces in the house and yard as dirty, but few see a connection to illness. residents consider chicks and ducklings more innocuous than adult birds and are more likely to allow them inside the house and permit children to play with them. additional food and water costs with corralling are a significant obstacle for some. adequate space and corral hygiene must also be addressed to make this intervention viable. developing a secure, acceptable, and affordable corral remains a challenge for rural populations ( , ) . although approximately % of disease caused by non-typhoidal salmonella is transmitted by food-borne vehicles, four documented salmonella outbreaks in the s have been traced to contact with young poultry. no environmental studies of source hatcheries were completed. a case-control study was performed by comparing culture-confirmed salmonella infantis in michigan residents, identified between may and july , with two age-and neighborhood-matched controls. eighty environmental and bird tissue samples were collected from an implicated hatchery; all salmonella isolates underwent pulsed-field gel electrophoresis (pfge) analysis. the study included case-patients sharing the same pfge subtype and matched controls. within days before illness onset, % of case-patients resided in households raising young poultry compared with % of controls (matched or . ; % ci . , . ). eight hatchery samples yielded s. infantis with pfge subtypes matching the patients' isolates. this investigation identified birds from a single hatchery as the source of human illness and confirmed the link by matching pfge patterns from humans, birds and the hatchery environment. subsequent public health interventions reduced, but did not eliminate, transmission of poultry-associated salmonellosis. five additional pfge-linked cases were identified in spring , necessitating quarantine of the hatchery for depopulation, cleaning and disinfection ( ) . fish farming, or aquaculture, for fish and shellfish is becoming more common and more internationalized with every passing year. in the united states, more than half the seafood consumption is imported, much of it from fish farming. the world's seafood trade is very complex, and if is often difficult or impossible to determine where the seafood is raised or harvested. for example, the united states imports salmon from switzerland and panama though neither country is known for large salmon fisheries ( ) . in general, farmed fish is as safe and nutritious as wild-caught species, but there are public health hazards associated with ignorance, abuse, and neglect of aquaculture technology. numerous small fish ponds increase the shoreline of ponds causing higher densities of mosquito larvae and cercaria, which can increase the incidence and prevalence of lymphatic filariasis and schistosomiasis. especially dangerous is the use of human waste draining to fertilize or create ponds. technology abuse includes the misuse of therapeutic drugs, chemicals, fertilizers and natural fish habitat areas. technology neglect includes the failure to pay attention to mosquito habitats and the concomitant increase in malaria, as well as the propagation of other organisms ( ) . human exposure can be through direct skin contact with fish or the consumption of contaminated fish or shellfish products or contaminated water. the main pathogens acquired topically from fish (through spine puncture or open wounds) are aeromonas hydrophila, edwardsiella tarda, erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, mycobacterium marinum, streptococcus iniae, vibrio vulnificus, and vibrio damsela. s. iniae has recently emerged as a public health hazard associated with aquaculture, and m. marinum often infects home aquarium hobbyists. common zoonoses contracted through the consumption of contaminated products or water include salmonella, leptospirosis, yersiniosis, and tuberculosis ( ) . salmonellae species have been found associated with all of the poikilothermic vertebrate species studied, as well as the mollusks and crustaceans ( ) . leptospirosis does occur in the poikilothermic vertebrates, as evidenced by positive serological reactions and by the isolation of pathogenic leptospiral serovars. the finding of leptospirosis species in fish, mollosks and other aquatic species are of special importance in view of the increased worldwide interest in aquaculture farming. since , of the ( . %) reported human cases of leptospirosis in hawaii have been associated with aquaculture industries (taro farms, prawn farms and watercress farms) ( ) . species of yersinia are a particular problem in fish and in people involved in fish farming. workers who wade in fish ponds or drink drainage water are especially at risk. yersinia enterocolitica has been demonstrated to be a causative agent in acute diarrhea illness in humans after workers become infected through the feces-hand-oral route ( ) . tuberculosis has also been reported in freshwater and marine fish species (piscine tuberculosis), especially in those grown on fish farms. mycobacterium marinum and m. celonae have been demonstrated in fish farms ( ) . turtles, lizards, snakes, green iguanas (iguana iguana), alligators, and crocodiles are grown from eggs in farms for their hides and meat. some species are also grown for sale as pets. salmonella infections in persons who had contact with reptiles usually cause gastroenteritis but can result in invasive illness, including septicemia and meningitis, especially in infants and immunocompromised persons. for decades, reptiles have been known to be a source for salmonellosis; however, numerous reptile owners remain unaware that reptile contact places them and other household members, including children, at greater risk for infection. ( ) captive reptiles (such as iguanas) are routinely identified as reservoirs of salmonella and the number of reports about reptile-associated salmonellosis is increasing. in germany and austria, salmonella was detected in . % of fecal reptile samples cultured. the percentage of salmonella-positive samples was significantly lower in turtles as compared with lizards and snakes, as salmonella was only detected in one sample from a single turtle out of turtles investigated. in all, different salmonella serovars were found. all isolated salmonella belonged to the species enterica, predominantly to the subspecies i (n = ) and iiib (n = ) but also to subspecies ii (n = ), iiia (n = ), and iv (n = ). all isolates were sensitive to the antimicrobials examined. a significantly higher percentage of salmonella-positive reptiles was detected in the group of owners who purchased reptiles in comparison with pure breeders. the high percentage of salmonella in reptiles in the study confirms the risk for the transmission of the infection to humans ( ) . zoonoses as a risk when associating with livestock or animal products social and environmental risk factors in the emergence of infectious diseases public health implications related to spread of pathogens in manure from livestock and poultry operations occupational bio hazards: current issues pathogen survival in swine manure environments and transmission of human enteric illness: a review zoonotic infections an approach to reduction of salmonella infection in broiler chicken flocks through intensive sampling and identification of cross-contamination hazards in commercial hatcheries maff statuatory incident reports in surveillance, prevention, and control of human salmonella typhimurium infection surveillance and control of emerging zoonoses testing to fulfill haccp (hazard analysis critical control points) requirements: principles and examples effect of an electrostatic space charge system on airborne dust and subsequent potential transmission of microorganisms to broiler breeder pullets by airborne dust veterinary monkeypox virus working group. monkeypox transmission and pathogenesis in prairie dogs wild game feasts and fatal degenerative neurological illness abortion in humans caused by chlamydophila abortus chlamydophila abortus infection in a pregnant woman associated with indirect contact with infected goats human salmonellosis associated with exotic pets multidrugresistant salmonella typhimurium infection from milk contaminated after pasteurization dairy farm reservoir of listeria monocytogenes sporadic and epidemic strains a study of the foodborne pathogens: campylobacter, listeria and yersinia, in faeces from slaughter-age cattle and sheep in australia factors influencing the incidence and scale of bovine tuberculosis in cattle in southwest england diagnostic strategies and outcomes on three new zealand deer farms with severe outbreaks of bovine tuberculosis prevalence of bovine tuberculosis in cattle in different farming systems in the eastern zone of tanzania human exposure following mycobacterium tuberculosis infection of multiple animal species in a metropolitan zoo mycobacterium tuberculosis infection as a zoonotic disease: transmission between humans and elephants avian influenza: recent developments human health implications of avian influenza viruses and paramyxoviruses avian influenza outbreak: update phylogenetic relationships among virulent newcastle disease virus isolates from the - outbreak in california and other recent outbreaks in north america center for disease control and prevention. west nile virus infection among turkey breeder farm workers: wisconsin tuberculosis in farmed rheas (rhea americana) a flu like syndrome a woman with a lobar infiltrate due to psittacosis detected by polymerase chain reaction campylobacter, from obscurity to celebrity campylobacter enteritis human salmonellosis associated with young poultry from a contaminated hatchery in michigan and the resulting public health interventions public, animal, and environmental health implications of aquaculture topically acquired bacterial zoonoses from fish: a review epidemiologic aspects of salmonellosis in reptiles, amphibians, mollusks and crustaceans-a review leptospirosis in poikilothermic vertebrates. a review reptile-associated salmonellosis-selected states salmonella enterica in reptiles of german and austrian origin systemic infection with alaria americana (trematoda) amphibians include frogs, toads, newts, and salamanders that are caught in the wild or grown on farms for use as food or as pets. frogs are caught in the wild and grown in farms for their meat, primarily frog legs. eating inadequately cooked frog legs can lead to an infection of alaria americana, a trematode. increasing evidence suggests that amphibians can pose risks for salmonellosis in humans ( ) . key: cord- -pyb pt authors: newell-mcgloughlin, martina; re, edward title: the flowering of the age of biotechnology – date: journal: the evolution of biotechnology doi: . / - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: pyb pt nan the significance of developing genetic and physical maps of the genome, and the importance of comparing the human genome with those of other species. it also suggested a preliminary focus on improving current technology. at the request of the u.s. congress, the office of technology assessment (ota) also studied the issue, and issued a document in -within days of the nrc report -that was similarly supportive. the ota report discussed, in addition to scientific issues, social and ethical implications of a genome program together with problems of managing funding, negotiating policy and coordinating research efforts. prompted by advisers at a meeting in reston, virginia, james wyngaarden, then director of the national institutes of health (nih) , decided that the agency should be a major player in the hgp, effectively seizing the lead from doe. the start of the joint effort was in may (with an "official" start in october) when a -year plan detailing the goals of the u.s. human genome project was presented to members of congressional appropriations committees in mid-february. this document co-authored by doe and nih and titled "understanding our genetic inheritance, the u.s. human genome project: the first five years" examined the then current state of genome science. the plan also set forth complementary approaches of the two agencies for attaining scientific goals and presented plans for administering research agenda; it described collaboration between u.s. and international agencies and presented budget projections for the project. according to the document, "a centrally coordinated project, focused on specific objectives, is believed to be the most efficient and least expensive way" to obtain the -billion base pair map of the human genome. in the course of the project, especially in the early years, the plan stated that "much new technology will be developed that will facilitate biomedical and a broad range of biological research, bring down the cost of many experiments (mapping and sequencing), and finding applications in numerous other fields." the plan built upon the reports of the office of technology assessment and the national research council on mapping and sequencing the human genome. "in the intervening two years," the document said, "improvements in technology for almost every aspect of genomics research have taken place. as a result, more specific goals can now be set for the project." the document describes objectives in the following areas mapping and sequencing the human genome and the genomes of model organisms; data collection and distribution; ethical, legal, and social considerations; research training; technology development; and technology transfer. these goals were to be reviewed each year and updated as further advances occured in the underlying technologies. they identified the overall budget needs to be the same as those identified by ota and nrc, namely about $ million per year for approximately years. this came to $ billion over the entire period of the project. considering that in july , the dna databases contained only seven sequences greater than . mb this was a major leap of faith. this approach was a major departure from the single-investigator-based gene of interest focus that research took hitherto. this sparked much controversy both before and after its inception. critics questioned the usefulness of genomic sequencing, they objected to the high cost and suggested it might divert funds from other, more focused, basic research. the prime argument to support the latter position is that there appeared to be are far less genes than accounted for by the mass of dna which would suggest that the major part of the sequencing effort would be of long stretches of base pairs with no known function, the so-called "junk dna." and that was in the days when the number of genes was presumed to be - , . if, at that stage, the estimated number was guessed to be closer to the actual estimate of - , (later reduced to - , ) this would have made the task seem even more foolhardy and less worthwhile to some. however, the ever-powerful incentive of new diagnostics and treatments for human disease beyond what could be gleaned from the gene-by-gene approach and the rapidly evolving technologies, especially that of automated sequencing, made it both an attractive and plausible aim. charles cantor ( ) , a principal scientist for the department of energy's genome project contended that doe and nih were cooperating effectively to develop organizational structures and scientific priorities that would keep the project on schedule and within its budget. he noted that there would be small short-term costs to traditional biology, but that the long-term benefits would be immeasurable. genome projects were also discussed and developed in other countries and sequencing efforts began in japan, france, italy, the united kingdom, and canada. even as the soviet union collapsed, a genome project survived as part of the russian science program. the scale of the venture and the manageable prospect for pooling data via computer made sequencing the human genome a truly international initiative. in an effort to include developing countries in the project unesco assembled an advisory committee in to examine unesco's role in facilitating international dialogue and cooperation. a privately-funded human genome organization (hugo) had been founded in to coordinate international efforts and serve as a clearinghouse for data. in that same year the european commission (ec) introduced a proposal entitled the "predictive medicine programme." a few ec countries, notably germany and denmark, claimed the proposal lacked ethical sensitivity; objections to the possible eugenic implications of the program were especially strong in germany (dickson ) . the initial proposal was dropped but later modified and adopted in as the "human genome analysis programme" (dickman and aldhous ) . this program committed substantial resources to the study of ethical issues. the need for an organization to coordinate these multiple international efforts quickly became apparent. thus the human genome organization (hugo), which has been called the "u.n. for the human genome," was born in the spring of . composed of a founding council of scientists from seventeen countries, hugo's goal was to encourage international collaboration through coordination of research, exchange of data and research techniques, training, and debates on the implications of the projects (bodmer ) . in august nih began large-scale sequencing trials on four model organisms: the parasitic, cell-wall lacking pathogenic microbe mycoplasma capricolum, the prokaryotic microbial lab rat escherichia coli, the most simple animal caenorhabditis elegans, and the eukaryotic microbial lab rat saccharomyces cerevisiae. each research group agreed to sequence megabases (mb) at cents a base within years. a sub living organism was actually fully sequenced and the complete sequence of that genome, the human cytomegalovirus (hcmv) genome was . mb. that year also saw the casting of the first salvo in the protracted debate on "ownership" of genetic information beginning with the more tangible question of ownership of cells. and, as with the debates of the early eighties, which were to be revisited later in the nineties, the respondent was the university of california. moore v. regents of the university of california was the first case in the united states to address the issue of who owns the rights to an individual's cells. diagnosed with leukemia, john moore had blood and bone marrow withdrawn for medical tests. suspicious of repeated requests to give samples because he had already been cured, moore discovered that his doctors had patented a cell line derived from his cells and so he sued. the california supreme court found that moore's doctor did not obtain proper informed consent, but, however, they also found that moore cannot claim property rights over his body. the quest for the holy grail of the human genome was both inspired by the rapidly evolving technologies for mapping and sequencing and subsequently spurred on the development of ever more efficient tools and techniques. advances in analytical tools, automation, and chemistries as well as computational power and algorithms revolutionized the ability to generate and analyze immense amounts of dna sequence and genotype information. in addition to leading to the determination of the complete sequences of a variety of microorganisms and a rapidly increasing number of model organisms, these technologies have provided insights into the repertoire of genes that are required for life, and their allelic diversity as well as their organization in the genome. but back in many of these were still nascent technologies. the technologies required to achieve this end could be broadly divided into three categories: equipment, techniques, and computational analysis. these are not truly discrete divisions and there was much overlap in their influence on each other. as noted, lloyd smith, michael and tim hunkapiller, and leroy hood conceived the automated sequencer and applied biosystems inc. brought it to market in june . there is no much doubt that when applied biosystems inc. put it on the market that which had been a dream became decidedly closer to an achievable reality. in automating sangers chain termination sequencing system, hood modified both the chemistry and the data-gathering processes. in the sequencing reaction itself, he replaced radioactive labels, which were unstable, posed a health hazard, and required separate gels for each of the four bases. hood developed chemistry that used fluorescent dyes of different colors for each of the four dna bases. this system of "color-coding" eliminated the need to run several reactions in overlapping gels. the fluorescent labels addressed another issue which contributed to one of the major concerns of sequencing -data gathering. hood integrated laser and computer technology, eliminating the tedious process of information-gathering by hand. as the fragments of dna passed a laser beam on their way through the gel the fluorescent labels were stimulated to emit light. the emitted light was transmitted by a lens and the intensity and spectral characteristics of the fluorescence are measured by a photomultiplier tube and converted to a digital format that could be read directly into a computer. during the next thirteen years, the machine was constantly improved, and by a fully automated instrument could sequence up to , , base pairs per year. in three groups came up with a variation on this approach. they developed what is termed capillary electrophoresis, one team was led by lloyd smith (luckey, ) , the second by barry karger , and the third by norman dovichi. in molecular dynamics introduced the megabace, a capillary sequencing machine. and not to be outdone the following year in , the original of the species came up with the abi prism sequencing machine. the is also a capillary-based machine designed to run about eight sets of sequence reactions per day. on the biology side, one of the biggest challenges was the construction of a physical map to be compiled from many diverse sources and approaches in such a way as to insure continuity of physical mapping data over long stretches of dna. the development of dna sequence tagged sites (stss) to correlate diverse types of dna clones aided this standardization of the mapping component by providing mappers with a common language and a system of landmarks for all the libraries from such varied sources as cosmids, yeast artificial chromosomes (yacs) and other rdnas clones. this way each mapped element (individual clone, contig, or sequenced region) would be defined by a unique sts. a crude map of the entire genome, showing the order and spacing of stss, could then be constructed. the order and spacing of these unique identifier sequences composing an sts map was made possible by development of mullis' polymerase chain reaction (pcr), which allows rapid production of multiple copies of a specific dna fragment, for example, an sts fragment. sequence information generated in this way could be recalled easily and, once reported to a database, would be available to other investigators. with the sts sequence stored electronically, there would be no need to obtain a probe or any other reagents from the original investigator. no longer would it be necessary to exchange and store hundreds of thousands of clones for full-scale sequencing of the human genome-a significant saving of money, effort, and time. by providing a common language and landmarks for mapping, sts's allowed genetic and physical maps to be cross-referenced. with a refinement on this technique to go after actual genes, sydney brenner proposed sequencing human cdnas to provide rapid access to the genes stating that 'one obvious way of finding at least a large part of the important [fraction] of the human genome is to look at the sequences of the messenger rna's of expressed genes' (brenner, ) . the following year the man who was to play a pivotal role on the world stage that became the human genome project suggested a way to implement sydney's approach. that player, nih biologist j. craig venter announced a strategy to find expressed genes, using ests (expressed sequence tag) (adams, ) . these so called ests represent a unique stretch of dna within a coding region of a gene, which as sydney suggested would be useful for identifying full-length genes and as a landmark for mapping. so using this approach projects were begun to mark gene sites on chromosome maps as sites of mrna expression. to help with this a more efficient method of handling large chunks of sequences was needed and two approaches were developed. yeast artificial chromosomes, which were developed by david burke, maynard olson, and george carle, increased insert size -fold (david t. burke et al., ) . caltech's second major contribution to the genome project was developed by melvin simon, and hiroaki shizuya. their approach to handling large dna segments was to develop "bacterial artificial chromosomes" (bacs), which basically allow bacteria to replicate chunks greater than , base pairs in length. this efficient production of more stable, large-insert bacs made the latter an even more attractive option, as they had greater flexibility than yacs. in in a collaboration that presages the snp consortium, washington university, st louis mo, was funded by the pharmaceutical company merck and the national cancer institute to provide sequence from those ests. more than half a million ests were submitted during the project (murr l et al., ) . on the analysis side was the major challenge to manage and mine the vast amount of dna sequence data being generated. a rate-limiting step was the need to develop semi-intelligent algorithms to achieve this herculean task. this is where the discipline of bioinformatics came into play. it had been evolving as a discipline since margaret oakley dayhoff used her knowledge of chemistry, mathematics, biology and computer science to develop this entirely new field in the early sixties. she is in fact credited today as a founder of the field of bioinformatics in which biology, computer science, and information technology merge into a single discipline. the ultimate goal of the field is to enable the discovery of new biological insights as well as to create a global perspective from which unifying principles in biology can be discerned. there are three important sub-disciplines within bioinformatics: the development of new algorithms and statistics with which to assess relationships among members of large data sets; the analysis and interpretation of various types of data including nucleotide and amino acid sequences, protein domains, and protein structures; and the development and implementation of tools that enable efficient access and management of different types of information. paralleling the rapid and very public ascent of recombinant dna technology during the previous two decades, the analytic and management tools of the discipline that was to become bioinformatics evolved at a more subdued but equally impressive pace. some of the key developments included tools such as the needleman-wunsch algorithm for sequence comparison which appeared even before recombinant dna technology had been demonstrated as early as ; the smith-waterman algorithm for sequence alignment ( ); the fastp algorithm ( ) and the fasta algorithm for sequence comparison by pearson and lupman in and perl (practical extraction report language) released by larry wall in . on the data management side several databases with ever more effective storage and mining capabilities were developed over the same period. the first bioinformatic/biological databases were constructed a few years after the first protein sequences began to become available. the first protein sequence reported was that of bovine insulin in , consisting of residues. nearly a decade later, the first nucleic acid sequence was reported, that of yeast alanine trna with bases. just one year later, dayhoff gathered all the available sequence data to create the first bioinformatic database. one of the first dedicated databases was the brookhaven protein databank whose collection consisted of ten x-ray crystallographic protein structures (acta. cryst. b, ) . the year saw the creation of the genetics computer group (gcg) as a part of the university of wisconsin biotechnology center. the group's primary and much used product was the wisconsin suite of molecular biology tools. it was spun off as a private company in . the swiss-prot database made its debut in in europe at the department of medical biochemistry of the university of geneva and the european molecular biology laboratory (embl). the first dedicated "bioinformatics" company intelligenetics, inc. was founded in california in . their primary product was the intelligenetics suite of programs for dna and protein sequence analysis. the first unified federal effort, the national center for biotechnology information (ncbi) was created at nih/nlm in and it was to play a crucial part in coordinating public databases, developing software tools for analyzing genome data, and disseminating information. and on the other side of the atlantic, oxford molecular group, ltd. (omg) was founded in oxford, uk by anthony marchington, david ricketts, james hiddleston, anthony rees, and w. graham richards. their primary focus was on rational drug design and their products such as anaconda, asp, and chameleon obviously reflected this as they were applied in molecular modeling, and protein design engineering. within two years ncbi were making their mark when david lipman, eugene myers, and colleagues at the ncbi published the basic local alignment search tool blast algorithm for aligning sequences (altschul et al., ) . it is used to compare a novel sequence with those contained in nucleotide and protein databases by aligning the novel sequence with previously characterized genes. the emphasis of this tool is to find regions of sequence similarity, which will yield functional and evolutionary clues about the structure and function of this novel sequence. regions of similarity detected via this type of alignment tool can be either local, where the region of similarity is based in one location, or global, where regions of similarity can be detected across otherwise unrelated genetic code. the fundamental unit of blast algorithm output is the high-scoring segment pair (hsp). an hsp consists of two sequence fragments of arbitrary but equal length whose alignment is locally maximal and for which the alignment score meets or exceeds a threshold or cutoff score. this system has been refined and modified over the years the two principal variants presently in use being the ncbi blast and wu-blast (wu signifying washington university). the same year that blast was launched two other bioinformatics companies were launched. one was informax in bethesda, md whose products addressed sequence analysis, database and data management, searching, publication graphics, clone construction, mapping and primer design. the second, molecular applications group in california, was to play a bigger part on the proteomics end (michael levitt and chris lee). their primary products were look and segmod which are used for molecular modeling and protein design. the following year in the human chromosome mapping data repository, genome data base (gdb) was established. on a more global level, the development of computational capabilities in general and the internet in specific was also to play a considerable part in the sharing of data and access to databases that rendered the rapidity of the forward momentum of the hgp possible. also in edward uberbacher of oak ridge national laboratory in tennessee developed grail, the first of many gene-finding programs. in the first two "genomics" companies made their appearance. incyte pharmaceuticals, a genomics company headquartered in palo alto, california, was formed and myriad genetics, inc. was founded in utah. incyte's stated goal was to lead in the discovery of major common human disease genes and their related pathways. the company discovered and sequenced, with its academic collaborators (originally synteni from pat brown's lab at stanford), a number of important genes including brca and brca , with mary claire king, epidemiologist at uc-berkeley, the genes linked to breast cancer in families with a high degree of incidence before age . by a low-resolution genetic linkage map of the entire human genome was published and u.s. and french teams completed genetic maps of both mouse and man. the mouse with an average marker spacing of . cm as determined by eric lander and colleagues at whitehead and the human, with an average marker spacing of cm by jean weissenbach and colleagues at ceph (centre d'etude du polymorphisme humaine). the latter institute was the subject of a rather scathing book by paul rabinow ( ) based on what they did with this genome map. in , an american biotechnology company, millennium pharmaceuticals, and the ceph, developed plans for a collaborative effort to discover diabetes genes. the results of this collaboration could have been medically significant and financially lucrative. the two parties had agreed that ceph would supply millennium with germplasm collected from a large coterie of french families, and millennium would supply funding and expertise in new technologies to accelerate the identification of the genes, terms to which the french government had agreed. but in early , just as the collaboration was to begin, the french government cried halt! the government explained that the ceph could not be permitted to give the americans that most precious of substances for which there was no precedent in law -french dna. rabinow's book discusses the tangled relations and conceptions such as, can a country be said to have its own genetic material, the first but hardly the last franco-american disavowal of détente (paul rabinow, ) . the latest facilities such as the joint genome institute (jgi), walnut creek, ca are now able to sequence up to mb per day which makes it possible to sequence whole microbial genomes within a day. technologies currently under development will probably increase this capacity yet further through massively parallel sequencing and/or microfluidic processing making it possible to sequence multiple genotypes from several species. nineteen ninety-two saw one of the first shakeups in the progress of the hgp. that was the year that the first major outsider entered the race when britain's wellcome trust plunked down $ million to join the hgp. this caused a mere ripple while the principal shake-ups occurred stateside. much of the debate and subsequently the direction all the way through the hgp process was shaped by the personalities involved. as noted the application of one of the innovative techniques, namely ests, to do an end run on patenting introduced one of those major players to the fray, craig venter. venter, the high school drop out who reached the age of majority in the killing fields of vietnam was to play a pivotal role in a more "civilized" but no less combative field of human endeavor. he came onto the world stage through his initial work on ests while at the national institute of neurological disorders and stroke (ninds) from to . he noted in an interview with the scientist magazine in , that there was a degree of ambiguity at ninds about his venturing into the field of genomics, while they liked the prestige of hosting one of the leaders and innovators in his newly emerging field, they were concerned about him moving outside the nind purview of the human brain and nervous system. ultimately, while he proclaimed to like the security and service infrastructure this institute afforded him, that same system became too restrictive for his interests and talent. he wanted the whole canvas of human-gene expression to be his universe, not just what was confined to the central nervous system. he was becoming more interested in taking a whole genome approach to understanding the overall structure of genomes and genome evolution, which was much broader than the mission of ninds. he noted, with some irony, in later years that the then current nih director harold varmus had wished in hindsight that nih had pushed to do a similar database in the public domain, clearly in venter's opinion varmus was in need of a refresher course in history! bernadine healy, nih director in , was one of the few in a leadership role who saw the technical and fiscal promise of venter's work and, like all good administrators, it also presented an opportunity to resolve a thorny "personnel" issue. she appointed him head of the ad hoc committee to have an intramural genome program at nih to give the head of the hgp (that other larger than life personality jim watson) notice that he was not the sole arbitrator of the direction for the human genome project. however venter very soon established himself as an equally non-conformist character and with the tacit consent of his erstwhile benefactor. he initially assumed the mantle of a non-conformist through guilt by association rather than direct actions when it was revealed that nih was filing patent applications on thousands of these partial genes based on his ests catalyzing the first hgp fight at a congressional hearing. nih's move was widely criticized by the scientific community because, at the time, the function of genes associated with the partial sequences was unknown. critics charged that patent protection for the gene segments would forestall future research on them. the patent office eventually rejected the patents, but the applications sparked an international controversy over patenting genes whose functions were still unknown. interestingly enough despite nih's reliance on the est/cdna technique, venter, who was now clearly venturing outside the ninds mandated rubric, could not obtain government funding to expand his research, prompting him to leave nih in . he moved on to become president and director of the institute for genomic research (tigr), a nonprofit research center based in gaithersburg, md. at the same time william haseltine formed a sister company, human genome sciences (hgs), to commercialize tigr products. venter continued est work at tigr, but also began thinking about sequencing entire genomes. again, he came up with a quicker and faster method: whole genome shotgun sequencing. he applied for an nih grant to use the method on hemophilus influenzae, but started the project before the funding decision was returned. when the genome was nearly complete, nih rejected his proposal saying the method would not work. in a triumphal flurry in late may and with a metaphorical nose-thumbing at his recently rejected "unworkable" grant venter announced that tigr and collaborators had fully sequenced the first free-living organism -haemophilus influenzae. in november , controversy surrounding venter's research escalated. access restrictions associated with a cdna database developed by tigr and its rockville, md.-based biotech associate, human genome sciences (hgs) inc. -including hgs's right to preview papers on resulting discoveries and for first options to license products -prompted merck and co. inc. to fund a rival database project. in that year also britain "officially" entered the hgp race when the wellcome trust trumped down $ million (as mentioned earlier). the following year hgs was involved in yet another patenting debacle forced by the rapid march of technology into uncharted patent law territory. on june , hgs applied for a patent on a gene that produces a "receptor" protein that is later called ccr . at that time hgs has no idea that ccr is an hiv receptor. in december , u.s. researcher robert gallo, the co-discoverer of hiv, and colleagues found three chemicals that inhibit the aids virus but they did not know how the chemicals work. in february , edward berger at the nih discovered that gallo's inhibitors work in late-stage aids by blocking a receptor on the surface of t-cells. in june of that year in a period of just days, five groups of scientists published papers saying ccr is the receptor for virtually all strains of hiv. in january , schering-plough researchers told a san francisco aids conference that they have discovered new inhibitors. they knew that merck researchers had made similar discoveries. as a significant valentine in the u.s. patent and trademark office (uspto) grants hgs a patent on the gene that makes ccr and on techniques for producing ccr artificially. the decision sent hgs stock flying and dismayed researchers. it also caused the uspto to revise its definition of a "patentable" drug target. in the meantime haseltine's partner in rewriting patenting history, venter turned his focus to the human genome. he left tigr and started the for-profit company celera, a division of pe biosystems, the company that at times, thanks to hood and hunkapillar, led the world in the production of sequencing machines. using these machines, and the world's largest civilian supercomputer, venter finished assembling the human genome in just three years. following the debacle with the then nih director bernine healy over patenting the partial genes that resulted from est analysis, another major personality-driven event in that same year occurred. watson strongly opposed the idea of patenting gene fragments fearing that it would discourage research, and commented that "the automated sequencing machines 'could be run by monkeys.' " (nature june , ) with this dismissal watson resigned his nih nchgr post in to devote his full-time effort to directing cold spring harbor laboratory. his replacement was of a rather more pragmatic, less flamboyant nature. while venter maybe was described as an idiosyncratic shogun of the shotgun, francis collins was once described as the king arthur of the holy grail that is the human genome project. collins became the director of the national human genome research institute in . he was considered the right man for the job following his success (along with lap-chee tsui) in identifying the gene for the cystic fibrosis transmembrane (cftr) chloride channel receptor that, when mutated, can lead to the onset of cystic fibrosis. although now indelibly connected with the topic non-plus tout in biology, like many great innovators in this field before him, francis collins had little interest in biology as he grew up on a farm in the shenandoah valley of virginia. from his childhood he seemed destined to be at the center of drama, his father was professor of dramatic arts at mary baldwin college and the early stage management of career was performed on a stage he built on the farm. while the physical and mathematical sciences held appeal for him, being possessed of a highly logical mind, collins found the format in which biology was taught in the high school of his day mind-numbingly boring, filled with dissections and rote memorization. he found the contemplation of the infinite outcomes of dividing by zero (done deliberately rather than by accident as in einstein's case) far more appealing than contemplating the innards of a frog. that biology could be gloriously logical only became clear to collins when, in , he entered yale with a degree in chemistry from the university of virginia and was first exposed to the nascent field of molecular biology. anecdotally it was the tome, the book of life, penned by the theoretical physicist father of molecular biology, edwin schrodinger, while exiled in trinity college dublin in that was the catalyst for his conversion. like schrodinger he wanted to do something more obviously meaningful (for less than hardcore physicists at least!) than theoretical physics, so he went to medical school at unc-chapel hill after completing his chemistry doctorate in yale, and returned to the site of his road to damascus for post-doctoral study in the application of his newfound interest in human genetics. during this sojourn at yale, collins began working on developing novel tools to search the genome for genes that cause human disease. he continued this work, which he dubbed "positional cloning," after moving to the university of michigan as a professor in . he placed himself on the genetic map when he succeeded in using this method to put the gene that causes cystic fibrosis on the physical map. while a less colorful-in-your-face character than venter he has his own personality quirks, for example, he pastes a new sticker onto the back of his motorcycle helmet every time he finds a new disease gene. one imagines that particular piece of really estate is getting rather crowded. interestingly it was not these four hundred pound us gorillas who proposed the eventually prescient timeline for a working draft but two from the old power base. in meetings in the us in , john sulston and bob waterston proposed to produce a 'draft' sequence of the human genome by , a full five years ahead of schedule. while agreed by most to be feasible it meant a rethinking of strategy and involved focusing resources on larger centers and emphasizing sequence acquisition. just as important, it asserts the value of draft quality sequence to biomedical research. discussion started with the british based wellcome trust as possible sponsors (marshall e. ) . by a rough draft of the human genome map was produced showing the locations of more than , genes. the map was produced using yeast artificial chromosomes and some chromosomes -notably the littlest -were mapped in finer detail. these maps marked an important step toward clone-based sequencing. the importance was illustrated in the devotion of an entire edition of the journal nature to the subject. (nature : - ) the duel between the public and private face of the hgp progressed at a pace over the next five years. following release of the mapping data some level of international agreement was decided on sequence data release and databases. they agreed on the release of sequence data, specifically, that primary genomic sequence should be in the public domain to encourage research and development to maximize its benefit to society. also that it be rapidly released on a daily basis with assemblies of greater than kb and that the finished annotated sequence should be submitted immediately to the public databases. in an international consortium completed the sequence of the genome of the workhorse yeast saccharomyces cerevisiae. data had been released as the individual chromosomes were completed. the saccharomyces genome database (sgd) was created to curate this information. the project collects information and maintains a database of the molecular biology of s. cerevisiae. this database includes a variety of genomic and biological information and is maintained and updated by sgd curators. the sgd also maintains the s. cerevisiae gene name registry, a complete list of all gene names used in s. cerevisiae. in a new more powerful diagnostic tool termed snps (single nucleotide polymorphisms) was developed. snps are changes in single letters in our dna code that can act as markers in the dna landscape. some snps are associated closely with susceptibility to genetic disease, our response to drugs or our ability to remove toxins. the snp consortium although designated a limited company is a nonprofit foundation organized for the purpose of providing public genomic data. it is a collaborative effort between pharmaceutical companies and the wellcome trust with the idea of making available widely accepted, high-quality, extensive, and publicly accessible snp map. its mission was to develop up to , snps distributed evenly throughout the human genome and to make the information related to these snps available to the public without intellectual property restrictions. the project started in april and was anticipated to continue until the end of . in the end, many more snps, about . million total, were discovered than was originally planned. by the complete genome sequence of mycobacterium tuberculosis was published by teams from the uk, france, us and denmark in june . the abi prism sequencing machine, a capillary-based machine designed to run about eight sets of sequence reactions per day also reached the market that year. that same year the genome sequence of the first multicellular organism, c. elegans was completed. c. elegans has a genome of about mb and, as noted, is a primitive animal model organism used in a range of biological disciplines. by november the human genome draft sequence reached mb and the first complete human chromosome was sequenced -this first was reached on the east side of the atlantic by the hgp team led by the sanger centre, producing a finished sequence for chromosome , which is about million base-pairs and includes at least genes. according to anecdotal evidence when visiting his namesake centre, sanger asked: "what does this machine do then?" "dideoxy sequencing" came the reply, to which fred retorted: "haven't they come up with anything better yet?" as will be elaborated in the final chapter the real highlight of was production of a 'working draft' sequence of the human genome, which was announced simultaneously in the us and the uk. in a joint event, celera genomics announced completion of their 'first assembly' of the genome. in a remarkable special issue, nature included a -page article by the human genome project partners, studies of mapping and variation, as well as analysis of the sequence by experts in different areas of biology. science published the article by celera on their assembly of hgp and celera data as well as analyses of the use of the sequence. however to demonstrate the sensitivity of the market place to presidential utterances the joint appearances by bill clinton and tony blair touting this major milestone turned into a major cold shower when clinton's reassurance of access of the people to their genetic information caused a precipitous drop in celera's share value overnight. clinton's assurance that, "the effort to decipher the human genome will be the scientific breakthrough of the century -perhaps of all time. we have a profound responsibility to ensure that the life-saving benefits of any cutting-edge research are available to all human beings." (president bill clinton, wednesday, march , ) stands in sharp contrast to the statement from venter's colleague that " any company that wants to be in the business of using genes, proteins, or antibodies as drugs has a very high probability of running afoul of our patents. from a commercial point of view, they are severely constrained -and far more than they realize." (william a. haseltine, chairman and ceo, human genome sciences). the huge sell-off in stocks ended weeks of biotech buying in which those same stocks soared to unprecedented highs. by the next day, however, the genomic company spin doctors began to recover ground in a brilliant move which turned the clinton announcement into a public relations coup. all major genomics companies issued press releases applauding president clinton's announcement. the real news they argued, was that "for the first time a president strongly affirmed the importance of gene based patents." and the same bill haseltine of human genome sciences positively gushed as he happily pointed out that he "could begin his next annual report with the [president's] monumental statement, and quote today as a monumental day." as distinguished harvard biologist richard lewontin notes: "no prominent molecular biologist of my acquaintance is without a financial stake in the biotechnology business. as a result, serious conflicts of interest have emerged in universities and in government service (lewontin, ) . away from the spin doctors perhaps eric lander may have best summed up the herculean effort when he opined that for him "the human genome project has been the ultimate fulfilment: the chance to share common purpose with hundreds of wonderful colleagues towards a goal larger than ourselves. in the long run, the human genome project's greatest impact might not be the three billion nucleotides of the human chromosomes, but its model of scientific community." (ridley, ) . gene therapy the year also marked the passing of another milestone that was intimately connected to one of the fundamental drivers of the hgp. the california hereditary disorders act came into force and with it one of the potential solutions for human hereditary disorders. w. french anderson in the usa reported the first successful application of gene therapy in humans. the first successful gene therapy for a human disease was successfully achieved for severe combined immune deficiency (scid) by introducing the missing gene, adenosine deaminase deficiency (ada) into the peripheral lymphocytes of a -year-old girl and returning modified lymphocytes to her. although the results are difficult to interpret because of the concurrent use of polyethylene glycol-conjugated ada commonly referred to as pegylated ada (pgla) in all patients, strong evidence for in vivo efficacy was demonstrated. ada-modified t cells persisted in vivo for up to three years and were associated with increases in t-cell number and ada enzyme levels, t cells derived from transduced pgla were progressively replaced by marrow-derived t cells, confirming successful gene transfer into long-lived progenitor cells. ashanthi desilva, the girl who received the first credible gene therapy, continues to do well more than a decade later. cynthia cutshall, the second child to receive gene therapy for the same disorder as desilva, also continues to do well. within years (by january ), more than gene therapy protocols had been approved in the us and worldwide, researchers launched more than clinical trials to test gene therapy against a wide array of illnesses. surprisingly, a disease not typically heading the charts of heritable disorders, cancer has dominated the research. in cancer patients were treated with the tumor necrosis factor gene, a natural tumor fighting protein which worked to a limited extent. even more surprisingly, after the initial flurry of success little has worked. gene therapy, the promising miracle of failed to deliver on its early promise over the decade. apart from those examples, there are many diseases whose molecular pathology is, or soon will be, well understood, but for which no satisfactory treatments have yet been developed. at the beginning of the nineties it appeared that gene therapy did offer new opportunities to treat these disorders both by restoring gene functions that have been lost through mutation and by introducing genes that can inhibit the replication of infectious agents, render cells resistant to cytotoxic drugs, or cause the elimination of aberrant cells. from this "genomic" viewpoint genes could be said to be viewed as medicines, and their development as therapeutics should embrace the issues facing the development of small-molecule and protein therapeutics such as bioavailability, specificity, toxicity, potency, and the ability to be manufactured at large scale in a cost-effective manner. of course for such a radical approach certain basal level criteria needed to be established for selecting disease candidates for human gene therapy. these include, such factors as the disease is an incurable, life-threatening disease; organ, tissue, and cell types affected by the disease have been identified; the normal counterpart of the defective gene has been isolated and cloned; either the normal gene can be introduced into a substantial subfraction of the cells from the affected tissue, or the introduction of the gene into the available target tissue, such as bone marrow, will somehow alter the disease process in the tissue affected by the disease; the gene can be expressed adequately (it will direct the production of enough normal protein to make a difference); and techniques are available to verify the safety of the procedure. an ideal gene therapeutic should, therefore, be stably formulated at room temperature and amenable to administration either as an injectable or aerosol or by oral delivery in liquid or capsule form. the therapeutic should also be suitable for repeat therapy, and when delivered, it should neither generate an immune response nor be destroyed by tissue-scavenging mechanisms. when delivered to the target cell, the therapeutic gene should then be transported to the nucleus, where it should be maintained as a stable plasmid or chromosomal integrant, and be expressed in a predictable, controlled fashion at the desired potency in a cell-specific or tissue-specific manner. in addition to the ada gene transfer in children with severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome, a gene-marking study of epstein-barr virus-specific cytotoxic t cells, and trials of gene-modified t cells expressing suicide or viral resistance genes in patients infected with hiv were studied in the early nineties. additional strategies for t-cell gene therapy which were pursued later in the decade involve the engineering of novel t-cell receptors that impart antigen specificity for virally infected or malignant cells. issues which still are not resolved include nuclear transport, integration, regulated gene expression and immune surveillance. this knowledge, when finally understood and applied to the design of delivery vehicles of either viral or non-viral origin, will assist in the realization of gene therapeutics as safe and beneficial medicines that are suited to the routine management of human health. scientists are also working on using gene therapy to generate antibodies directly inside cells to block the production of harmful viruses such as hiv or even cancer-inducing proteins. there is a specific connection with francis collins, as his motivation for pursuing the hgp was his pursuit of defective genes beginning with the cystic fibrosis gene. this gene, called the cf transmembrane conductance regulator, codes for an ion channel protein that regulates salts in the lung tissue. the faulty gene prevents cells from excreting salt properly causing a thick sticky mucus to build up and destroy lung tissue. scientists have spliced copies of the normal genes into disabled adeno viruses that target lung tissues and have used bronchioscopes to deliver them to the lungs. the procedure worked well in animal studies however clinical trials in humans were not an unmitigated success. because the cells lining the lungs are continuously being replaced the effect is not permanent and must be repeated. studies are underway to develop gene therapy techniques to replace other faulty genes. for example, to replace the genes responsible for factor viii and factor ix production whose malfunctioning causes hemophilia a and b respectively; and to alleviate the effects of the faulty gene in dopamine production that results in parkinson's disease. apart from technical challenges such a radical therapy also engenders ethical debate. many persons who voice concerns about somatic-cell gene therapy use a "slippery slope" argument. it sounds good in theory but where does one draw the line. there are many issues yet to be resolved in this field of thorny ethics "good" and "bad" uses of the gene modification, difficulty of following patients in long-term clinical research and such. many gene therapy candidates are children who are too young to understand the ramifications of this treatment: conflict of interest -pits individuals' reproductive liberties and privacy interests against the interests of insurance companies or society. one issue that is unlikely to ever gain acceptance is germline therapy, the removal of deleterious genes from the population. issues of justice and resource allocation also have been raised: in a time of strain on our health care system, can we afford such expensive therapy? who should receive gene therapy? if it is made available only to those who can afford it, then a number of civil rights groups claim that the distribution of desirable biological traits among different socioeconomic and ethnic groups would become badly skewed adding a new and disturbing layer of discriminatory behavior. indeed a major setback occurred before the end of the decade in . jesse gelsinger was the first person to die from gene therapy, on september , , and his death created another unprecedented situation when his family sued not only the research team involved in the experiment (u penn), the company genovo inc., but also the ethicist who offered moral advice on the controversial project. this inclusion of the ethicist as a defendant alongside the scientists and school was a surprising legal move that puts this specialty on notice, as will no doubt be the case with other evolving technologies such as stem cells and therapeutic cloning, that its members could be vulnerable to litigation over the philosophical guidance they provide to researchers. the penn group principal investigator james wilson approached ethicist arthur caplan about their plans to test the safety of a genetically engineered virus on babies with a deadly form of the liver disorder, ornithine transcarbamylase deficiency. the disorder allows poisonous levels of ammonia to build up in the blood system. caplan steered the researchers away from sick infants, arguing that desperate parents could not provide true informed consent. he said it would be better to experiment on adults with a less lethal form of the disease who were relatively healthy. gelsinger fell into that category. although he had suffered serious bouts of ammonia buildup, he was doing well on a special drug and diet regimen. the decision to use relatively healthy adults was controversial because risky, unproven experimental protocols generally use very ill people who have exhausted more traditional treatments, so have little to lose. in this case, the virus used to deliver the genes was known to cause liver damage, so some scientists were concerned it might trigger an ammonia crisis in the adults. wilson underestimated the risk of the experiment, omitted the disclosure about possible liver damage in earlier volunteers in the experiment and failed to mention the deaths of monkeys given a similar treatment during pre-clinical studies. a food and drug administration investigation after gelsinger's death found numerous regulatory violations by wilson's team, including the failure to stop the experiment and inform the fda after four successive volunteers suffered serious liver damage prior to the teen's treatment. in addition, the fda said gelsinger did not qualify for the experiment, because his blood ammonia levels were too high just before he underwent the infusion of genetic material. the fda suspended all human gene experiments by wilson and the university of penn subsequently restricting him solely to animal studies. a follow-up fda investigation subsequently alleged he improperly tested the experimental treatment on animals. financial conflicts of interest also surrounded james wilson, who stood to personally profit from the experiment through genovo his biotechnology company. the lawsuit was settled out of court for undisclosed terms in november . the fda also suspended gene therapy trials at st. elizabeth's medical center in boston, a major teaching affiliate of tufts university school of medicine, which sought to use gene therapy to reverse heart disease, because scientists there failed to follow protocols and may have contributed to at least one patient death. in addition, the fda temporarily suspended two liver cancer studies sponsored by the schering-plough corporation because of technical similarities to the university of pennsylvania study. some research groups voluntarily suspended gene therapy studies, including two experiments sponsored by the cystic fibrosis foundation and studies at beth israel deaconess medical center in boston aimed at hemophilia. the scientists paused to make sure they learned from the mistakes. the nineties also saw the development of another "high-thoughput" breakthrough, a derivative of the other high tech revolution namely dna chips. in biochips were developed for commercial use under the guidance of affymetrix. dna chips or microarrays represent a "massively parallel" genomic technology. they facilitate high throughput analysis of thousands of genes simultaneously, and are thus potentially very powerful tools for gaining insight into the complexities of higher organisms including analysis of gene expression, detecting genetic variation, making new gene discoveries, fingerprinting strains and developing new diagnostic tools. these technologies permit scientists to conduct large scale surveys of gene expression in organisms, thus adding to our knowledge of how they develop over time or respond to various environmental stimuli. these techniques are especially useful in gaining an integrated view of how multiple genes are expressed in a coordinated manner. these dna chips have broad commercial applications and are now used in many areas of basic and clinical research including the detection of drug resistance mutations in infectious organisms, direct dna sequence comparison of large segments of the human genome, the monitoring of multiple human genes for disease associated mutations, the quantitative and parallel measurement of mrna expression for thousands of human genes, and the physical and genetic mapping of genomes. however the initial technologies, or more accurately the algorithms used to extract information, were far from robust and reproducible. the erstwhile serial entrepreneur, al zaffaroni (the rebel who in founded alza when syntex ignored his interest in developing new ways to deliver drugs) founded yet another company, affymetrix, under the stewardship of stephen fodor, which was subject to much abuse for providing final extracted data and not allowing access to raw data. as with other personalities of this high through put era, seattle-bred steve fodor was also somewhat of a polymath having contributed to two major technologies, microarrays and combinatorial chemistry, the former has delivered on it's, promise while the latter, like gene therapy, is still in a somewhat extended gestation. and despite the limitations of being an industrial scientist he has had a rather prolific portfolio of publications. his seminal manuscripts describing this work have been published in all the journals of note, science, nature and pnas and was recognized in by the aaas by receiving the newcomb-cleveland award for an outstanding paper published in science. fodor began his industrial career in yet another zaffaroni firm. in he was recruited to the affymax research institute in palo alto where he spearheaded the effort to develop high-density arrays of biological compounds. his initial interest was in the broad area of what came to be called combinatorial chemistry. of the techniques developed, one approach permitted high resolution chemical synthesis in a light-directed, spatially-defined format. in the days before positive selection vectors, a researcher might have screened thousands of clones by hand with an oligonucleotide probe just to find one elusive insert. fodor's (and his successors) dna array technology reverses that approach. instead of screening an array of unknowns with a defined probe -a cloned gene, pcr product, or synthetic oligonucleotide -each position or "probe cell" in the array is occupied by a defined dna fragment, and the array is probed with the unknown sample. fodor used his chemistry and biophysics background to develop very dense arrays of these biomolecules by combining photolithographic methods with traditional chemical techniques. the typical array may contain all possible combinations of all possible oligonucleotides ( -mers, for example) that occur as a "window" which is tracked along a dna sequence. it might contain longer oligonucleotides designed from all the open reading frames identified from a complete genome sequence. or it might contain cdnas -of known or unknown sequence -or pcr products. of course it is one thing to produce data it is quite another to extract it in a meaningful manner. fodor's group also developed techniques to read these arrays, employing fluorescent labeling methods and confocal laser scanning to measure each individual binding event on the surface of the chip with extraordinary sensitivity and precision. this general platform of microarray based analysis coupled to confocal laser scanning has become the standard in industry and academia for large-scale genomics studies. in , fodor co-founded affymetrix where the chip technology has been used to synthesize many varieties of high density oligonucleotide arrays containing hundreds of thousands of dna probes. in , steve fodor founded perlegen, inc., a new venture that applied the chip technology towards uncovering the basic patterns of human diversity. his company's stated goals are to analyze more than one million genetic variations in clinical trial participants to explain and predict the efficacy and adverse effect profiles of prescription drugs. in addition, perlegen also applies this expertise to discovering genetic variants associated with disease in order to pave the way for new therapeutics and diagnostics. fodor's former company diversified into plant applications by developing a chip of the archetypal model of plant systems arabidopsis and supplied pioneer hi bred with custom dna chips for monitoring maize gene expression. they (affymetrix) have established programs where academic scientists can use company facilities at a reduced price and set up 'user centers' at selected universities. a related but less complex technology called 'spotted' dna chips involves precisely spotting very small droplets of genomic or cdna clones or pcr samples on a microscope slide. the process uses a robotic device with a print head bearing fine "repeatograph" tips that work like fountain pens to draw up dna samples from a -well plate and spot tiny amounts on a slide. up to , individual clones can be spotted in a dense array within one square centimeter on a glass slide. after hybridization with a fluorescent target mrna, signals are detected by a custom scanner. this is the basis of the systems used by molecular dynamics and incyte (who acquired this technology when it took over synteni). in , incyte was looking to gather more data for its library and perform experiments for corporate subscribers. the company considered buying affymetrix genechips but opted instead to purchase the smaller synteni, which had sprung out of pat brown's stanford array effort. synteni's contact printing technology resulted in dense -and cheaper -arrays. though incyte used the chips only internally, affymetrix sued, claiming synteni/incyte was infringing on its chip density patents. the suit argued that dense biochips -regardless of whether they use photolithography -cannot be made without a license from affymetrix! and in a litigious congo line endemic of this hi-tech era incyte countersued and for good measure also filed against genetic database competitor gene logic for infringing incyte's patents on database building. meanwhile, hyseq sued affymetrix, claiming infringement of nucleotide hybridization patents obtained by its cso. affymetrix, in turn, filed a countersuit, claiming hyseq infringed the spotted array patents. hyseq then reached back and found an additional hybridization patent it claimed that affymetrix had infringed. and so on into the next millennium! in part to avoid all of this another california company nanogen, inc. took a different approach to single nucleotide polymorphism discrimination technology. in an article in the april edition of nature biotechnology, entitled "single nucleotide polymorphic discrimination by an electronic dot blot assay on semiconductor microchips," nanogen describes the use of microchips to identify variants of the mannose binding protein gene that differ from one another by only a single dna base. the mannose binding protein (mbp) is a key component of the innate immune system in children who have not yet developed immunity to a variety of pathogens. to date, four distinct variants (alleles) of this gene have been identified, all differing by only a single nucleotide of dna. mbp was selected for this study because of its potential clinical relevance and its genetic complexity. the samples were assembled at the nci laboratory in conjunction with the national institutes of health and transferred to nanogen for analysis. however, from a high throughput perspective there is a question mark over microarrays. mark benjamin, senior director of business development at rosetta inpharmatics (kirkland, wa), is skeptical about the long-term prospects for standard dna arrays in high-throughput screening as the first steps require exposing cells and then isolating rna, which is something that is very hard to do in a high-throughput format. another drawback is that most of the useful targets are likely to be unknown (particularly in the agricultural sciences where genome sequencing is still in its infancy), and dna arrays that are currently available test only for previously sequenced genes. indeed, some argue that current dna arrays may not be sufficiently sensitive to detect the low expression levels of genes encoding targets of particular interest. and the added complication of the companies' reluctance to provide "raw data" means that derived data sets may be created with less than optimum algorithims thereby irretrievably losing potentially valuable information from the starting material. reverse engineering is a possible approach but this is laborious and time consuming and being prohibited by many contracts may arouse the interest of the ever-vigilant corporate lawyers. over the course of the nineties, outgrowths of functional genomics have been termed proteomics and metabolomics, which are the global studies of gene expression at the protein and metabolite levels respectively. the study of the integration of information flow within an organism is emerging as the field of systems biology. in the area of proteomics, the methods for global analysis of protein profiles and cataloging protein-protein interactions on a genome-wide scale are technically more difficult but improving rapidly, especially for microbes. these approaches generate vast amounts of quantitative data. the amount of expression data becoming available in the public and private sectors is already increasing exponentially. gene and protein expression data rapidly dwarfed the dna sequence data and is considerably more difficult to manage and exploit. in microbes, the small sizes of the genomes and the ease of handling microbial cultures, will enable high throughput, targeted deletion of every gene in a genome, individually and in combinations. this is already available on a moderate throughput scale in model microbes such as e. coli and yeast. combining targeted gene deletions and modifications with genome-wide assay of mrna and protein levels will enable intricate inter-dependencies among genes to be unraveled. simultaneous measurement of many metabolites, particularly in microbes, is beginning to allow the comprehensive modeling and regulation of fluxes through interdependent pathways. metabolomics can be defined as the quantitative measurement of all low molecular weight metabolites in an organism's cells at a specified time under specific environmental conditions. combining information from metabolomics, proteomics and genomics will help us to obtain an integrated understanding of cell biology. the next hierarchical level of phenotype considers how the proteome within and among cells cooperates to produce the biochemistry and physiology of individual cells and organisms. several authors have tentatively offered "physiomics" as a descriptor for this approach. the final hierarchical levels of phenotype include anatomy and function for cells and whole organisms. the term "phenomics" has been applied to this level of study and unquestionably the more well known omics namely economics, has application across all those fields. and, coming slightly out of left field this time, the spectre of eugenics needless to say was raised in the omics era. in the year american and british scientists unveiled a technique which has come to be known as pre-implantation genetic diagnosis (pid) for testing embryos in vitro for genetic abnormalities such as cystic fibrosis, hemophilia, and down's syndrome (wald, ) . this might be seen by most as a step forward, but it led ethicist david s. king ( ) to decry pid as a technology that could exacerbate the eugenic features of prenatal testing and make possible an expanded form of free-market eugenics. he further argues that due to social pressures and eugenic attitudes held by clinical geneticists in most countries, it results in eugenic outcomes even though no state coercion is involved and that, as abortion is not involved, and multiple embryos are available, pid is radically more effective as a tool of genetic selection. the first regulatory approval of a recombinant dna technology in the u.s. food supply was not a plant but an industrial enzyme that has become the hallmark of food biotechnology success. enzymes were important agents in food production long before modern biotechnology was developed. they were used, for instance, in the clotting of milk to prepare cheese, the production of bread and the production of alcoholic beverages. nowadays, enzymes are indispensable to modern food processing technology and have a great variety of functions. they are used in almost all areas of food production including grain processing, milk products, beer, juices, wine, sugar and meat. chymosin, known also as rennin, is a proteolytic enzyme whose role in digestion is to curdle or coagulate milk in the stomach, efficiently converting liquid milk to a semisolid like cottage cheese, allowing it to be retained for longer periods in a neonate's stomach. the dairy industry takes advantage of this property to conduct the first step in cheese production. chy-max™, an artificially produced form of the chymosin enzyme for cheese-making, was approved in . in some instances they replace less acceptable "older" technology, for example the enzyme chymosin. unlike crops industrial enzymes have had relatively easy passage to acceptance for a number of reasons. as noted they are part of the processing system and theoretically do not appear in the final product. today about % of the hard cheese in the us and uk is made using chymosin from geneticallymodified microbes. it is easier to purify, more active ( % as compared to %) and less expensive to produce (microbes are more prolific, more productive and cheaper to keep than calves). like all enzymes it is required only in very small quantities and because it is a relatively unstable protein it breaks down as the cheese matures. indeed, if the enzyme remained active for too long it would adversely affect the development of the cheese, as it would degrade the milk proteins to too great a degree. such enzymes have gained the support of vegetarian organizations and of some religious authorities. for plants the nineties was the era of the first widespread commercialization of what came to be known in often deprecating and literally inaccurate terms as gmos (genetically modified organisms). when the nineties dawned dicotyledonous plants were relatively easily transformed with agrobacterium tumefaciens but many economically important plants, including the cereals, remained inaccessible for genetic manipulation because of lack of effective transformation techniques. in this changed with the technology that overcame this limitation. michael fromm, a molecular biologist at the plant gene expression center, reported the stable transformation of corn using a high-speed gene gun. the method known as biolistics uses a "particle gun" to shoot metal particles coated with dna into cells. initially a gunpowder charge subsequently replaced by helium gas was used to accelerate the particles in the gun. there is a minimal disruption of tissue and the success rate has been extremely high for applications in several plant species. the technology rights are now owned by dupont. in some of the first of the field trials of the crops that would dominate the second half of the nineties began, including bt corn (with the bacillus thuriengenesis cry protein discussed in chapter three). in the fda declared that genetically engineered foods are "not inherently dangerous" and do not require special regulation. since , researchers have pinpointed and cloned several of the genes that make selected plants resistant to certain bacterial and fungal infections; some of these genes have been successfully inserted into crop plants that lack them. many more infection-resistant crops are expected in the near future, as scientists find more plant genes in nature that make plants resistant to pests. plant genes, however, are just a portion of the arsenal; microorganisms other than bt also are being mined for genes that could help plants fend off invaders that cause crop damage. the major milestone of the decade in crop biotechnology was approval of the first bioengineered crop plant in . it represented a double first not just of the first approved food crop but also of the first commercial validation of a technology which was to be surpassed later in the decade. that technology, antisense technology works because nucleic acids have a natural affinity for each other. when a gene coding for the target in the genome is introduced in the opposite orientation, the reverse rna strand anneals and effectively blocks expression of the enzyme. this technology was patented by calgene for plant applications and was the technology behind the famous flavr savr tomatoes. the first success for antisense in medicine was in when the u.s. food and drug administration gave the go-ahead to the cytomegalovirus (cmv) inhibitor fomivirsen, a phosphorothionate antiviral for the aids-related condition cmv retinitis making it the first drug belonging to isis, and the first antisense drug ever, to be approved. another technology, although not apparent at the time was behind the second approval and also the first and only successful to date in a commercial tree fruit biotech application. the former was a virus resistant squash the second the papaya ringspot resistant papaya. both owed their existence as much to historic experience as modern technology. genetically engineered virus-resistant strains of squash and cantaloupe, for example, would never have made it to farmers' fields if plant breeders in the 's had not noticed that plants infected with a mild strain of a virus do not succumb to more destructive strains of the same virus. that finding led plant pathologist roger beachy, then at washington university in saint louis, to wonder exactly how such "cross-protection" worked -did part of the virus prompt it? in collaboration with researchers at monsanto, beachy used an a. tumefaciens vector to insert into tomato plants a gene that produces one of the proteins that makes up the protein coat of the tobacco mosaic virus. he then inoculated these plants with the virus and was pleased to discover, as reported in , that the vast majority of plants did not succumb to the virus. eight years later, in , virus-resistant squash seeds created with beachy's method reached the market, to be followed soon by bioengineered virus-resistant seeds for cantaloupes, potatoes, and papayas. (breeders had already created virusresistant tomato seeds by using traditional techniques.) and the method of protection still remained a mystery when the first approvals were given in and . gene silencing was perceived initially as an unpredictable and inconvenient side effect of introducing transgenes into plants. it now seems that it is the consequence of accidentally triggering the plant's adaptive defense mechanism against viruses and transposable elements. this recently discovered mechanism, although mechanistically different, has a number of parallels with the immune system of mammals. how this system worked was not elucidated until later in the decade by a researcher who was seeking a very different holy grail -the black rose! rick jorgensen, at that time at dna plant technologies in oakland, ca and subsequently of, of the university of california davis attempted to overexpress the chalcone synthase gene by introducing a modified copy under a strong promoter.surprisingly he obtained white flowers, and many strange variegated purple and white variations in between. this was the first demonstration of what has come to be known as post-transcriptional gene silencing (ptgs). while initially it was considered a strange phenomenon limited to petunias and a few other plant species, it is now one of the hottest topics in molecular biology. rna interference (rnai) in animals and basal eukaryotes, quelling in fungi, and ptgs in plants are examples of a broad family of phenomena collectively called rna silencing (hannon ; plasterk ) . in addition to its occurrence in these species it has roles in viral defense (as demonstrated by beachy) and transposon silencing mechanisms among other things. perhaps most exciting, however, is the emerging use of ptgs and, in particular, rnai -ptgs initiated by the introduction of double-stranded rna (dsrna) -as a tool to knock out expression of specific genes in a variety of organisms. nineteen ninety one also heralded yet another first. the february , issue of science reported the patenting of "molecular scissors": the nobel-prize winning discovery of enzymatic rna, or "ribozymes," by thomas czech of the university of colorado. it was noted that the u.s. patent and trademark office had awarded an "unusually broad" patent for ribozymes. the patent is u.s. patent no. , , , claim of which reads as follows: "an enzymatic rna molecule not naturally occurring in nature having an endonuclease activity independent of any protein, said endonuclease activity being specific for a nucleotide sequence defining a cleavage site comprising single-stranded rna in a separate rna molecule, and causing cleavage at said cleavage site by a transesterification reaction." although enzymes made of protein are the dominant form of biocatalyst in modern cells, there are at least eight natural rna enzymes, or ribozymes, that catalyze fundamental biological processes. one of which was yet another discovery by plant virologists, in this instance the hairpin ribozyme was discovered by george bruening at uc davis. the self-cleavage structure was originally called a paperclip, by the bruening laboratory which discovered the reactions. as mentioned in chapter , it is believed that these ribozymes might be the remnants of an ancient form of life that was guided entirely by rna. since a ribozyme is a catalytic rna molecule capable of cleaving itself and other target rnas it therefore can be useful as a control system for turning off genes or targeting viruses. the possibility of designing ribozymes to cleave any specific target rna has rendered them valuable tools in both basic research and therapeutic applications. in the therapeutics area, they have been exploited to target viral rnas in infectious diseases, dominant oncogenes in cancers and specific somatic mutations in genetic disorders. most notably, several ribozyme gene therapy protocols for hiv patients are already in phase trials. more recently, ribozymes have been used for transgenic animal research, gene target validation and pathway elucidation. however, targeting ribozymes to the cellular compartment containing their target rnas has proved a challenge. at the other bookend of the decade in , samarsky et al. reported that a family of small rnas in the nucleolus (snornas) can readily transport ribozymes into this subcellular organelle. in addition to the already extensive panoply of rna entities yet another has potential for mischief. viroids are small, single-stranded, circular rnas containing - nucleotides arranged in a rod-like secondary structure and are the smallest pathogenic agents yet described. the smallest viroid characterized to date is rice yellow mottle sobemovirus (rymv), at nucleotides. in comparison, the genome of the smallest known viruses capable of causing an infection by themselves, the single-stranded circular dna of circoviruses, is around kilobases in size. the first viroid to be identified was the potato spindle tuber viroid (pstvd). some species have been identified to date. unlike the many satellite or defective interfering rnas associated with plant viruses, viroids replicate autonomously on inoculation of a susceptible host. the absence of a protein capsid and of detectable messenger rna activity implies that the information necessary for replication and pathogenesis resides within the unusual structure of the viroid genome. the replication mechanism actually involves interaction with rna polymerase ii, an enzyme normally associated with synthesis of messenger rna, and "rolling circle" synthesis of new rna. some viroids have ribozyme activity which allow self-cleavage and ligation of unit-size genomes from larger replication intermediates. it has been proposed that viroids are "escaped introns". viroids are usually transmitted by seed or pollen. infected plants can show distorted growth. from its earliest years, biotechnology attracted interest outside scientific circles. initially the main focus of public interest was on the safety of recombinant dna technology, and of the possible risks of creating uncontrollable and harmful novel organisms (berg , ) . the debate on the deliberate release of genetically modified organisms, and on consumer products containing or comprising them, followed some years later (nas, ) . it is interesting to note that within the broad ethical tableau of potential issues within the science and products of biotechnology, the seemingly innocuous field of plant modification has been one of the major players of the 's. the success of agricultural biotechnology is heavily dependent on its acceptance by the public, and the regulatory framework in which the industry operates is also influenced by public opinion. as the focus for molecular biology research shifted from the basic pursuit of knowledge to the pursuit of lucrative applications, once again as in the previous two decades the specter of risk arose as the potential of new products and applications had to be evaluated outside the confines of a laboratory. however, the specter now became far more global as the implications of commercial applications brought not just worker safety into the loop but also, the environment, agricultural and industrial products and the safety and well being of all living things. beyond "deliberate" release, the rac guidelines were not designed to address these issues, so the matter moved into the realm of the federal agencies who had regulatory authority which could be interpreted to oversee biotechnology issues. this adaptation of oversight is very much a dynamic process as the various agencies wrestle with the task of applying existing regulations and developing new ones for oversight of this technology in transition. as the decade progressed focus shifted from basic biotic stress resistance to more complex modifications the next generation of plants will focus on value added traits in which valuable genes and metabolites will be identified and isolated, with some of the later compounds being produced in mass quantities for niche markets. two of the more promising markets are nutraceuticals or so-called "functional foods" and plants developed as bioreactors for the production of valuable proteins and compounds, a field known as plant molecular farming. developing plants with improved quality traits involves overcoming a variety of technical challenges inherent to metabolic engineering programs. both traditional plant breeding and biotechnology techniques are needed to produce plants carrying the desired quality traits. continuing improvements in molecular and genomic technologies are contributing to the acceleration of product development in this space. by the end of the decade in , applying nutritional genomics, della penna ( ) isolated a gene, which converts the lower activity precursors to the highest activity vitamin e compound, alpha-tocopherol. with this technology, the vitamin e content of arabidopsis seed oil has been increased nearly -fold and progress has been made to move the technology to crops such as soybean, maize, and canola. this has also been done for folates in rice. omega three fatty acids play a significant role in human health, eicosapentaenoic acid (epa) and docosahexaenoic acid (dha), which are present in the retina of the eye and cerebral cortex of the brain, respectively, are some of the most well documented from a clinical perspective. it is believed that epa and dha play an important role in the regulation of inflammatory immune reactions and blood pressure, treatment of conditions such as cardiovascular disease and cystic fibrosis, brain development in utero, and, in early postnatal life, the development of cognitive function. they are mainly found in fish oil and the supply is limited. by the end of the decade ursin ( ) had succeeded in engineering canola to produce these fatty acids. from a global perspective another value-added development had far greater impact both technologically and socio-economically. a team led by ingo potrykus ( ) engineered rice to produce pro-vitamin a, which is an essential micronutrient. widespread dietary deficiency of this vitamin in rice-eating asian countries, which predisposes children to diseases such as blindness and measles, has tragic consequences. improved vitamin a nutrition would alleviate serious health problems and, according to unicef, could also prevent up to two million infant deaths due to vitamin a deficiency. adoption of the next stage of gm crops may proceed more slowly, as the market confronts issues of how to determine price, share value, and adjust marketing and handling to accommodate specialized end-use characteristics. furthermore, competition from existing products will not evaporate. challenges that have accompanied gm crops with improved agronomic traits, such as the stalled regulatory processes in europe, will also affect adoption of nutritionally improved gm products. beyond all of this, credible scientific research is still needed to confirm the benefits of any particular food or component. for functional foods to deliver their potential public health benefits, consumers must have a clear understanding of, and a strong confidence level in, the scientific criteria that are used to document health effects and claims. because these decisions will require an understanding of plant biochemistry, mammalian physiology, and food chemistry, strong interdisciplinary collaborations will be needed among plant scientists, nutritionists, and food scientists to ensure a safe and healthful food supply. in addition to being a source of nutrition, plants have been a valuable wellspring of therapeutics for centuries. during the nineties, however, intensive research has focused on expanding this source through rdna biotechnology and essentially using plants and animals as living factories for the commercial production of vaccines, therapeutics and other valuable products such as industrial enzymes and biosynthetic feedstocks. possibilities in the medical field include a wide variety of compounds, ranging from edible vaccine antigens against hepatitis b and norwalk viruses (arntzen, ) and pseudomonas aeruginosa and staphylococcus aureus to vaccines against cancer and diabetes, enzymes, hormones, cytokines, interleukins, plasma proteins, and human alpha- -antitrypsin. thus, plant cells are capable of expressing a large variety of recombinant proteins and protein complexes. therapeutics produced in this way are termed plant made pharmaceuticals (pmps). and non-therapeutics are termed plant made industrial products (pmips) (newell-mcgloughlin, ) . the first reported results of successful human clinical trials with their transgenic plant-derived pharmaceuticals were published in . they were an edible vaccine against e. coli-induced diarrhea and a secretory monoclonal antibody directed against streptococcus mutans, for preventative immunotherapy to reduce incidence of dental caries. haq et al. ( ) reported the expression in potato plants of a vaccine against e. coli enterotoxin (etec) that provided an immune response against the toxin in mice. human clinical trials suggest that oral vaccination against either of the closely related enterotoxins of vibrio cholerae and e. coli induces production of antibodies that can neutralize the respective toxins by preventing them from binding to gut cells. similar results were found for norwalk virus oral vaccines in potatoes. for developing countries, the intention is to deliver them in bananas or tomatoes (newell-mcgloughlin, ) . plants are also faster, cheaper, more convenient and more efficient than the principal eukaryotic production system, namely chinese hamster ovary (cho) cells for the production of pharmaceuticals. hundreds of acres of protein-containing seeds could inexpensively double the production of a cho bioreactor factory. in addition, proteins can be expressed at the highest levels in the harvestable seed and plant-made proteins and enzymes formulated in seeds have been found to be extremely stable, reducing storage and shipping costs. pharming may also enable research on drugs that cannot currently be produced. for example, croptech in blacksburg, va., is investigating a protein that seems to be a very effective anticancer agent. the problem is that this protein is difficult to produce in mammalian cell culture systems as it inhibits cell growth. this should not be a problem in plants. furthermore, production size is flexible and easily adjustable to the needs of changing markets. making pharmaceuticals from plants is also a sustainable process, because the plants and crops used as raw materials are renewable. the system also has the potential to address problems associated with provision of vaccines to people in developing countries. products from these alternative sources do not require a so-called "cold chain" for refrigerated transport and storage. those being developed for oral delivery obviates the need for needles and aspectic conditions which often are a problem in those areas. apart from those specific applications where the plant system is optimum there are many other advantages to using plant production. many new pharmaceuticals based on recombinant proteins will receive regulatory approval from the united states food and drug administration (fda) in the next few years. as these therapeutics make their way through clinical trials and evaluation, the pharmaceutical industry faces a production capacity challenge. pharmaceutical discovery companies are exploring plant-based production to overcome capacity limitations, enable production of complex therapeutic proteins, and fully realize the commercial potential of their biopharmaceuticals (newell-mcgloughlin, ) . nineteen ninety also marked a major milestone in the animal biotech world when herman made his appearance on the world's stage. since the palmiter's mouse, transgenic technology has been applied to several species including agricultural species such as sheep, cattle, goats, pigs, rabbits, poultry, and fish. herman was the first transgenic bovine created by genpharm international, inc., in a laboratory in the netherlands at the early embryo stage. scientist's microinjected recently fertilized eggs with the gene coding for human lactoferrin. the scientists then cultured the cells in vitro to the embryo stage and transferred them to recipient cattle. lactoferrin, an iron-containing anti-bacterial protein is essential for infant growth. since cow's milk doesn't contain lactoferrin, infants must be fed from other sources that are rich in iron -formula or mother's milk (newell-mcgloughlin, ) . as herman was a boy he would be unable to provide the source, that would require the production of daughters which was not necessarily a straightforward process. the dutch parliments permission was required. in they finally approved a measure that permitted the world's first genetically engineered bull to reproduce. the leiden-based gene pharming proceeded to artificially inseminate cows with herman's sperm. with a promise that the protein, lactoferrin, would be the first in a new generation of inexpensive, high-tech drugs derived from cows' milk to treat complex diseases like aids and cancer. herman, became the father of at least eight female calves in , and each one inherited the gene for lactoferrin production. while their birth was initially greeted as a scientific advancement that could have far-reaching effects for children in developing nations, the levels of expression were too low to be commercially viable. by , herman, who likes to listen to rap music to relax, had sired calves and outlived them all. his offspring were all killed and destroyed after the end of the experiment, in line with dutch health legislation. herman was also slated for the abattoir, but the dutch public -proud of making history with herman -rose up in protest, especially after a television program screened footage showing the amiable bull licking a kitten. herman won a bill of clemency from parliament. however, instead of retirement on a comfortable bed of straw, listening to rap music, herman was pressed into service again. he now stars at a permanent biotech exhibit in naturalis, a natural history museum in the dutch city of leiden. after his death, he will be stuffed and remain in the museum in perpetuity (a fate similar to what awaited an even more famous mammalian first born later in the decade). the applications for transgenic animal research fall broadly into two distinct areas, namely medical and agricultural applications. the recent focus on developing animals as bioreactors to produce valuable proteins in their milk can be catalogued under both areas. underlying each of these, of course, is a more fundamental application, that is the use of those techniques as tools to ascertain the molecular and physiological bases of gene expression and animal development. this understanding can then lead to the creation of techniques to modify development pathways. in a european decision with rather more far-reaching implications than hermans sex life was made. the first european patent on a transgenic animal was issued for a transgenic mouse sensitive to carcinogens -harvard's "oncomouse". the oncomouse patent application was refused in europe in due primarily to an established ban on animal patenting. the application was revised to make narrower claims, and the patent was granted in . this has since been repeatedly challenged, primarily by groups objecting to the judgement that benefits to humans outweigh the suffering of the animal. currently, the patent applicant is awaiting protestors' responses to a series of possible modifications to the application. predictions are that agreement will not likely be forthcoming and that the legal wrangling will continue into the future. bringing animals into the field of controversy starting to swirl around gmos and preceding the latter's commercialization, was the approval by the fda of bovine somatotropin (bst) for increased milk production in dairy cows. the fda's center for veterinary medicine (cvm) regulates the manufacture and distribution of food additives and drugs that will be given to animals. biotechnology products are a growing proportion of the animal health products and feed components regulated by the cvm. the center requires that food products from treated animals must be shown to be safe for human consumption. applicants must show that the drug is effective and safe for the animal and that its manufacture will not affect the environment. they must also conduct geographically dispersed clinical trials under an investigational new animal drug application with the fda through which the agency controls the use of the unapproved compound in food animals. unlike within the eu, possible economic and social issues cannot be taken into consideration by the fda in the premarket drug approval process. under these considerations the safety and efficacy of rbst was determined. it was also determined that special labeling for milk derived from cows that had been treated with rbst is not required under fda food labeling laws because the use of rbst does not effect the quality or the composition of the milk. work with fish proceeded a pace throughout the decade. gene transfer techniques have been applied to a large number of aquatic organisms, both vertebrates and invertebrates. gene transfer experiments have targeted a wide variety of applications, including the study of gene structure and function, aquaculture production, and use in fisheries management programs. because fish have high fecundity, large eggs, and do not require reimplantation of embryos, transgenic fish prove attractive model systems in which to study gene expression. transgenic zebrafish have found utility in studies of embryogenesis, with expression of transgenes marking cell lineages or providing the basis for study of promoter or structural gene function. although not as widely used as zebrafish, transgenic medaka and goldfish have been used for studies of promoter function. this body of research indicates that transgenic fish provide useful models of gene expression, reliably modeling that in "higher" vertebrates. perhaps the largest number of gene transfer experiments address the goal of genetic improvement for aquaculture production purposes. the principal area of research has focused on growth performance, and initial transgenic growth hormone (gh) fish models have demonstrated accelerated and beneficial phenotypes. dna microinjection methods have propelled the many studies reported and have been most effective due to the relative ease of working with fish embryos. bob devlins' group in vancouver has demonstrated extraordinary growth rate in coho salmon which were transformed with a growth hormone from sockeye salmon. the transgenics achieve up to eleven times the size of their littermates within six months, reaching maturity in about half the time. interestingly this dramatic effect is only observed in feeding pins where the transgenics' ferocious appetites demands constant feeding. if the fish are left to their own devices and must forage for themselves, they appear to be out-competed by their smarter siblings. however most studies, such as those involving transgenic atlantic salmon and channel catfish, report growth rate enhancement on the order of - %. in addition to the species mentioned, gh genes also have been transferred into striped bass, tilapia, rainbow trout, gilthead sea bream, common carp, bluntnose bream, loach, and other fishes. shellfish also are subject to gene transfer toward the goal of intensifying aquaculture production. growth of abalone expressing an introduced gh gene is being evaluated; accelerated growth would prove a boon for culture of the slowgrowing mollusk. a marker gene was introduced successfully into giant prawn, demonstrating feasibility of gene transfer in crustaceans, and opening the possibility of work involving genes affecting economically important traits. in the ornamental fish sector of aquaculture, ongoing work addresses the development of fish with unique coloring or patterning. a number of companies have been founded to pursue commercialization of transgenics for aquaculture. as most aquaculture species mature at - years of age, most transgenic lines are still in development and have yet to be tested for performance under culture conditions. extending earlier research that identified methylfarnesoate (mf) as a juvenile hormone in crustaceans and determined its role in reproduction, researchers at the university of connecticut have developed technology to synchronize shrimp egg production and to increase the number and quality of eggs produced. females injected with mf are stimulated to produce eggs ready for fertilization. the procedure produces percent more eggs than the traditional crude method of removing the eyestalk gland. this will increase aquaculture efficiency. a number of experiments utilize gene transfer to develop genetic lines of potential utility in fisheries management. transfer of gh genes into northern pike, walleye, and largemouth bass are aimed at improving the growth rate of sport fishes. gene transfer has been posed as an option for reducing losses of rainbow trout to whirling disease, although suitable candidate genes have yet to be identified. richard winn of the university of georgia is developing transgenic killifish and medaka as biomonitors for environmental mutagens, which carry the bacteriophage phi x as a target for mutation detection. development of transgenic lines for fisheries management applications generally is at an early stage, often at the founder or f generation. broad application of transgenic aquatic organisms in aquaculture and fisheries management will depend on showing that particular gmos can be used in the environment both effectively and safely. although our base of knowledge for assessing ecological and genetic safety of aquatic gmos currently is limited, some early studies supported by the usda biotechnology risk assessment program have yielded results. data from outdoor pond-based studies on transgenic catfish reported by rex dunham of auburn university show that transgenic and non-transgenic individuals interbreed freely, that survival and growth of transgenics in unfed ponds was equal to or less than that of non-transgenics, and that predator avoidance is not affected by expression of the transgene. however, unquestionably the seminal event for animal biotech in the nineties was ian wilmut's landmark work using nuclear transfer technology to generate the lambs morag and megan reported in (from an embryonic cell nuclei) and the truly ground-breaking work of creating dolly from an adult somatic cell nucleus, reported in february, (wilmut, ) . wilmut and his colleagues at the roslin institute demonstrated for the first time with the birth of dolly the sheep that the nucleus of an adult somatic cell can be transferred to an enucleated egg to create cloned offspring. it had been assumed for some time that only embryonic cells could be used as the cellular source for nuclear transfer. this assumption was shattered with the birth of dolly. this example of cloning an animal using the nucleus of an adult cell was significant because it demonstrated the ability of egg cell cytoplasm to "reprogram" an adult nucleus. when cells differentiate, that is, evolve from primitive embryonic cells to functionally defined adult cells, they lose the ability to express most genes and can only express those genes necessary for the cell's differentiated function. for example, skin cells only express genes necessary for skin function, and brain cells only express genes necessary for brain function. the procedure that produced dolly demonstrated that egg cytoplasm is capable of reprogramming an adult differentiated cell (which is only expressing genes related to the function of that cell type). this reprogramming enables the differentiated cell nucleus to once again express all the genes required for the full embryonic development of the adult animal. since dolly was cloned, similar techniques have been used to clone a veritable zoo of vertebrates including mice, cattle, rabbitts, mules, horses, fish, cats and dogs from donor cells obtained from adult animals. these spectacular examples of cloning normal animals from fully differentiated adult cells demonstrate the universality of nuclear reprogramming although the next decade called some of these assumptions into question. this technology supports the production of genetically identical and genetically modified animals. thus, the successful "cloning" of dolly has captured the imagination of researchers around the world. this technological breakthrough should play a significant role in the development of new procedures for genetic engineering in a number of mammalian species. it should be noted that nuclear cloning, with nuclei obtained from either mammalian stem cells or differentiated "adult" cells, is an especially important development for transgenic animal research. as the decade reached its end the clones began arriving rapidly with specific advances made by a japanese group who used cumulus cells rather than fibroblasts to clone calves. they found that the percentage of cultured, reconstructed eggs that developed into blastocysts was % for cumulus cells and % for oviductal cells. these rates are higher than the % previously reported for transfer of nuclei from bovine fetal fibroblasts. following on the heels of dolly, polly and molly became the first genetically engineered transgenic sheep produced through nuclear transfer technology. polly and molly were engineered to produce human factor ix (for hemophiliacs) by transfer of nuclei from transfected fetal fibroblasts. until then germline competent transgenics had only been produced in mammalian species, other than mice, using dna microinjection. researchers at the university of massachusetts and advanced cell technology (worcester, ma) teamed up to produce genetically identical calves utilizing a strategy similar to that used to produce transgenic sheep. in contrast to the sheep cloning experiment, the bovine experiment involved the transfer of nuclei from an actively dividing population of cells. previous results from the sheep experiments suggested that induction of quiescence by serum starvation was required to reprogram the donor nuclei for successful nuclear transfer. the current bovine experiments indicate that this step may not be necessary. typically about embryos needed to be microinjected to obtain one transgenic cow, whereas nuclear transfer produced three transgenic calves from reconstructed embryos. this efficiency is comparable to the previous sheep research where six transgenic lambs were produced from reconstructed embryos. the ability to select for genetically modified cells in culture prior to nuclear transfer opens up the possibility of applying the powerful gene targeting techniques that have been developed for mice. one of the limitations of using primary cells, however, is their limited lifespan in culture. primary cell cultures such as the fetal fibroblasts can only undergo about population doublings before they senesce. this limited lifespan would preclude the ability to perform multiple rounds of selection. to overcome this problem of cell senescence, these researchers showed that fibroblast lifespan could be prolonged by nuclear transfer. a fetus, which was developed by nuclear transfer from genetically modified cells, could in turn be used to establish a second generation of fetal fibroblasts. these fetal cells would then be capable of undergoing another population doublings, which would provide sufficient time for selection of a second genetic modification. as noted, there is still some uncertainty over whether quiescent cells are required for successful nuclear transfer. induction into quiescence was originally thought to be necessary for successful nuclear reprogramming of the donor nucleus. however, cloned calves have been previously produced using non-quiescent fetal cells. furthermore, transfer of nuclei from sertoli and neuronal cells, which do not normally divide in adults, did not produce a liveborn mouse; whereas nuclei transferred from actively dividing cumulus cells did produce cloned mice. the fetuses used for establishing fetal cell lines in a tufts goat study were generated by mating nontransgenic females to a transgenic male containing a human antithrombin (at) iii transgene. this at transgene directs high level expression of human at into milk of lactating transgenic females. as expected, all three offspring derived from female fetal cells were females. one of these cloned goats was hormonally induced to lactate. this goat secreted . - . grams per liter of at in her milk. this level of at expression was comparable to that detected in the milk of transgenic goats from the same line obtained by natural breeding. the successful secretion of at in milk was a key result because it showed that a cloned animal could still synthesize and secrete a foreign protein at the expected level. it will be interesting to see if all three cloned goats secrete human at at the identical level. if so, then the goal of creating a herd identical transgenic animals, which secrete identical levels of an important pharmaceutical, would become a reality. no longer would variable production levels exist in subsequent generations due to genetically similar but not identical animals. this homogeneity would greatly aid in the production and processing of a uniform product. as nuclear transfer technology continues to be refined and applied to other species, it may eventually replace microinjection as the method of choice for generating transgenic livestock. nuclear transfer has a number of advantages: ) nuclear transfer is more efficient than microinjection at producing a transgenic animal, ) the fate of the integrated foreign dna can be examined prior to production of the transgenic animal, ) the sex of the transgenic animal can be predetermined, and ) the problem of mosaicism in first generation transgenic animals can be eliminated. dna microinjection has not been a very efficient mechanism to produce transgenic mammals. however, in november, , a team of wisconsin researchers reported a nearly % efficient method for generating transgenic cattle. the established method of cattle transgenes involves injecting dna into the pronuclei of a fertilized egg or zygote. in contrast, the wisconsin team injected a replication-defective retroviral vector into the perivitelline space of an unfertilized oocyte. the perivitelline space is the region between the oocyte membrane and the protective coating surrounding the oocyte known as the zona pellucida. in addition to es (embryonic stem) cells other sources of donor nuclei for nuclear transfer might be used such as embryonic cell lines, primordial germ cells, or spermatogonia to produce offspring. the utility of es cells or related methodologies to provide efficient and targeted in vivo genetic manipulations offer the prospects of profoundly useful animal models for biomedical, biological and agricultural applications. the road to such success has been most challenging, but recent developments in this field are extremely encouraging. with the may announcement of geron buying out ian wilmuts company roslin biomed, they declared it the dawn of an new era in biomedical research. geron's technologies for deriving transplantable cells from human pluripotent stem cells (hpscs) and extending their replicative capacity with telomerase was combined with the roslin institute nuclear transfer technology, the technology that produced dolly the cloned sheep. the goal was to produce transplantable, tissue-matched cells that provide extended therapeutic benefits without triggering immune rejection. such cells could be used to treat numerous major chronic degenerative diseases and conditions such as heart disease, stroke, parkinson's disease, alzheimer's disease, spinal cord injury, diabetes, osteoarthritis, bone marrow failure and burns. the stem cell is a unique and essential cell type found in animals. many kinds of stem cells are found in the body, with some more differentiated, or committed, to a particular function than others. in other words, when stem cells divide, some of the progeny mature into cells of a specific type (heart, muscle, blood, or brain cells), while others remain stem cells, ready to repair some of the everyday wear and tear undergone by our bodies. these stem cells are capable of continually reproducing themselves and serve to renew tissue throughout an individual's life. for example, they continually regenerate the lining of the gut, revitalize skin, and produce a whole range of blood cells. although the term "stem cell" commonly is used to refer to the cells within the adult organism that renew tissue (e.g., hematopoietic stem cells, a type of cell found in the blood), the most fundamental and extraordinary of the stem cells are found in the early-stage embryo. these embryonic stem (es) cells, unlike the more differentiated adult stem cells or other cell types, retain the special ability to develop into nearly any cell type. embryonic germ (eg) cells, which originate from the primordial reproductive cells of the developing fetus, have properties similar to es cells. it is the potentially unique versatility of the es and eg cells derived, respectively, from the early-stage embryo and cadaveric fetal tissue that presents such unusual scientific and therapeutic promise. indeed, scientists have long recognized the possibility of using such cells to generate more specialized cells or tissue, which could allow the generation of new cells to be used to treat injuries or diseases, such as alzheimer's disease, parkinson's disease, heart disease, and kidney failure. likewise, scientists regard these cells as an important -perhaps essential -means for understanding the earliest stages of human development and as an important tool in the development of life-saving drugs and cell-replacement therapies to treat disorders caused by early cell death or impairment. geron corporation and its collaborators at the university of wisconsin -madison (dr. james a. thomson) and johns hopkins university (dr. john d. gearhart) announced in november the first successful derivation of hpscs from two sources: (i) human embryonic stem (hes) cells derived from in vitro fertilized blastocysts (thomson ) and (ii) human embryonic germ (heg) cells derived from fetal material obtained from medically terminated pregnancies (shamblott et al. ) . although derived from different sources by different laboratory processes, these two cell types share certain characteristics but are referred to collectively as human pluripotent stem cells (hpscs). because hes cells have been more thoroughly studied, the characteristics of hpscs most closely describe the known properties of hes cells. stem cells represent a tremendous scientific advancement in two ways: first, as a tool to study developmental and cell biology; and second, as the starting point for therapies to develop medications to treat some of the most deadly diseases. the derivation of stem cells is fundamental to scientific research in understanding basic cellular and embryonic development. observing the development of stem cells as they differentiate into a number of cell types will enable scientists to better understand cellular processes and ways to repair cells when they malfunction. it also holds great potential to yield revolutionary treatments by transplanting new tissue to treat heart disease, atherosclerosis, blood disorders, diabetes, parkinson's, alzheimer's, stroke, spinal cord injuries, rheumatoid arthritis, and many other diseases. by using stem cells, scientists may be able to grow human skin cells to treat wounds and burns. and, it will aid the understanding of fertility disorders. many patient and scientific organizations recognize the vast potential of stem cell research. another possible therapeutic technique is the generation of "customized" stem cells. a researcher or doctor might need to develop a special cell line that contains the dna of a person living with a disease. by using a technique called "somatic cell nuclear transfer" the researcher can transfer a nucleus from the patient into an enucleated human egg cell. this reformed cell can then be activated to form a blastocyst from which customized stem cell lines can be derived to treat the individual from whom the nucleus was extracted. by using the individual's own dna, the stem cell line would be fully compatible and not be rejected by the person when the stem cells are transferred back to that person for the treatment. preliminary research is occurring on other approaches to produce pluripotent human es cells without the need to use human oocytes. human oocytes may not be available in quantities that would meet the needs of millions of potential patients. however, no peer-reviewed papers have yet appeared from which to judge whether animal oocytes could be used to manufacture "customized" human es cells and whether they can be developed on a realistic timescale. additional approaches under consideration include early experimental studies on the use of cytoplasmic-like media that might allow a viable approach in laboratory cultures. on a much longer timeline, it may be possible to use sophisticated genetic modification techniques to eliminate the major histocompatibility complexes and other cell-surface antigens from foreign cells to prepare master stem cell lines with less likelihood of rejection. this could lead to the development of a bank of universal donor cells or multiple types of compatible donor cells of invaluable benefit to treat all patients. however, the human immune system is sensitive to many minor histocompatibility complexes and immunosuppressive therapy carries life-threatening complications. stem cells also show great potential to aid research and development of new drugs and biologics. now, stem cells can serve as a source for normal human differentiated cells to be used for drug screening and testing, drug toxicology studies and to identify new drug targets. the ability to evaluate drug toxicity in human cell lines grown from stem cells could significantly reduce the need to test a drug's safety in animal models. there are other sources of stem cells, including stem cells that are found in blood. recent reports note the possible isolation of stem cells for the brain from the lining of the spinal cord. other reports indicate that some stem cells that were thought to have differentiated into one type of cell can also become other types of cells, in particular brain stem cells with the potential to become blood cells. however, since these reports reflect very early cellular research about which little is known, we should continue to pursue basic research on all types of stem cells. some religious leaders will advocate that researchers should only use certain types of stem cells. however, because human embryonic stem cells hold the potential to differentiate into any type of cell in the human body, no avenue of research should be foreclosed. rather, we must find ways to facilitate the pursuit of all research using stem cells while addressing the ethical concerns that may be raised. another seminal and intimately related event at the end of the nineties occurred in madison wisconsin. up until november of , isolating es cells in mammals other than mice proved elusive, but in a milestone paper in the november , issue of science, james a. thomson, ( ) a developmental biologist at uw-madison reported the first successful isolation, derivation and maintenance of a culture of human embryonic stem cells (hes cells). it is interesting to note that this leap was made from mouse to man. as thomson himself put it, these cells are different from all other human stem cells isolated to date and as the source of all cell types, they hold great promise for use in transplantation medicine, drug discovery and development, and the study of human developmental biology. the new century is rapidly exploiting this vision. when steve fodor was asked in "how do you really take the human genome sequence and transform it into knowledge?" he answered from affymetrix's perspective, it is a technology development task. he sees the colloquially named affychips being the equivalent of a cd-rom of the genome. they take information from the genome and write it down. the company has come a long way from the early days of venter's ests and less than robust algorithms as described earlier. one surprising fact unearthed by the newer more sophisticated generation of chips is that to percent of the non-repetitive dna is being expressed as accepted knowledge was that only . to percent of the genome would be expressed. since much of that sequence has no protein-coding capacity it is most likely coding for regulatory functions. in a parallel to astrophysics this is often referred to in common parlance as the "dark matter of the genome" and like dark matter for many it is the most exciting and challenging aspect of uncovering the occult genome. it could be, and most probably is, involved in regulatory functions, networks, or development. and like physical dark matter it may change our whole concept of what exactly a gene is or is not! since beadle and tatum's circumspect view of the protein world no longer holds true it adds a layer of complexity to organizing chip design. depending on which sequences are present in a particular transcript, you can, theoretically, design a set of probes to uniquely distinguish that variant. at the dna level itself there is much potential for looking at variants either expressed or not at a very basic level as a diagnostic system, but ultimately the real paydirt is the information that can be gained from looking at the consequence of non-coding sequence variation on the transcriptome itself. and fine tuning when this matters and when it is irrelevant as a predicative model is the auspices of the affymetrix spin-off perlegen. perlegen came into being in late to accelerate the development of high-resolution, whole genome scanning. and they have stuck to that purity of purpose. to paraphrase dragnet's sergeant joe friday, they focus on the facts of dna just the dna. perlegen owes its true genesis to the desire of one of its cofounders to use dna chips to help understand the dynamics underlying genetic diseases. brad margus' two sons have the rare disease "ataxia telangiectasia" (a-t). a-t is a progressive, neurodegenerative childhood disease that affects the brain and other body systems. the first signs of the disease, which include delayed development of motor skills, poor balance, and slurred speech, usually occur during the first decade of life. telangiectasias (tiny, red "spider" veins), which appear in the corners of the eyes or on the surface of the ears and cheeks, are characteristic of the disease, but are not always present. many individuals with a-t have a weakened immune system, making them susceptible to recurrent respiratory infections. about % of those with a-t develop cancer, most frequently acute lymphocytic leukemia or lymphoma suggesting that the sentinel competence of the immune system is compromised. having a focus so close to home is a powerful driver for any scientist. his co-founder david cox is a polymath pediatrician whose training in the latter informs his application of the former in the development of patient-centered tools. from that perspective, perlegen's stated mission is to collaborate with partners to rescue or improve drugs and to uncover the genetic bases of diseases. they have created a whole genome association approach that enables them to genotype millions of unique snps in thousands of cases and controls in a timeframe of months rather than years. as mentioned previously, snp (single nucleotide polymorphism) markers are preferred over microsatellite markers for association studies because of their abundance along the human genome, the low mutation rate, and accessibilities to high-throughput genotyping. since most diseases, and indeed responses to drug interventions, are the products of multiple genetic and environmental factors it is a challenge to develop discriminating diagnostics and, even more so, targetedtherapeutics. because mutations involved in complex diseases act probabilisticallythat is, the clinical outcome depends on many factors in addition to variation in the sequence of a single gene -the effect of any specific mutation is smaller. thus, such effects can only be revealed by searching for variants that differ in frequency among large numbers of patients and controls drawn from the general population. analysis of these snp patterns provides a powerful tool to help achieve this goal. although most bi-alleic snps are rare, it has been estimated that just over million common snps, each with a frequency of between and %, account for the bulk of the dna sequence difference between humans. such snps are present in the human genome once every base pairs or so. as is to be expected from linkage disequilibrium studies, alleles making up blocks of such snps in close physical proximity are often correlated, resulting in reduced genetic variability and defining a limited number of "snp haplotypes," each of which reflects descent from a single, ancient ancestral chromosome. in cox's group, using high level scanning with some old-fashioned somatic cell genetics, constructed the snp map of chromosome .the surprising findings were blocks of limited haplotype diversity in which more than % of a global human sample can typically be characterized by only three common haplotypes (interestingly enough the prevalence of each hapolytype in the examined population was in the ratio : : . ).from this the conclusion could be drawn that by comparing the frequency of genetic variants in unrelated cases and controls, genetic association studies could potentially identify specific haplotypes in the human genome that play important roles in disease, without need of knowledge of the history or source of the underlying sequence, which hypothesis they subsequently went on to prove. following cox et al. pioneering work on "blocking" chromosome into characteristic haplotypes, tien chen came to visit him from university of southern california and following the visit his group developed discriminating algorithms which took advantage of the fact that the haplotype block structure can be decomposed into large blocks with high linkage disequilibrium and relatively limited haplotype diversity, separated by short regions of low disequilibrium. one of the practical implications of this observation is as suggested by cox that only a small fraction of all the snps they refer to as "tag" snps can be chosen for mapping genes responsible for complex human diseases, which can significantly reduce genotyping effort, without much loss of power. they developed algorithms to partition haplotypes into blocks with the minimum number of tag snps for an entire chromosome. in they reported that they had developed an optimized suite of programs to analyze these block linkage disequilibrium patterns and to select the corresponding tag snps that will pick the minimum number of tags for the given criteria. in addition the updated suite allows haplotype data and genotype data from unrelated individuals and from general pedigrees to be analyzed. using an approach similar to richard michelmore's bulk segregant analysis in plants of more than a decade previously, perlegen subsequently made use of these snp haplotype and statistical probability tools to estimate total genetic variability of a particular complex trait coded for by many genes, with any single gene accounting for no more than a few percent of the overall variability of the trait. cox's group have determined that fewer than total individuals provide adequate power to identify genes accounting for only a few percent of the overall genetic variability of a complex trait, even using the very stringent significance levels required when testing large numbers of dna variants. from this it is possible to identify the set of major genetic risk factors contributing to the variability of a complex disease and/or treatment response. so, while a single genetic risk factor is not a good predictor of treatment outcome, the sum of a large fraction of risk factors contributing to a treatment response or common disease can be used to optimize personalized treatments without requiring knowledge of the underlying mechanisms of the disease.they feel that a saturating level of coverage is required to produce repeatable prediction of response to medication or predisposition to disease and that taking shortcuts will for the most part lead to incomplete, clinically-irrelevant results. in hinds et al. in science describe even more dramatic progresss. they describe a publicly available, genome-wide data set of . million common singlenucleotide polymorphisms (snps) that have been accurately genotyped in each of people from three population samples. a second public data set of more than million snps typed in each of people has been generated by the international haplotype map (hapmap) project. these two public data sets, combined with multiple new technologies for rapid and inexpensive snp genotyping, are paving the way for comprehensive association studies involving common human genetic variations. perlegen basically is taking to the next level fodor's stated reason for the creation of affymetrix, the belief that understanding the correlation between genetic variability and its role in health and disease would be the next step in the genomics revolution. the other interesting aspect of this level of coverage is, of course, the notion of discrete identifiable groups based on ethnicity, centers of origin and such breaks down and a spectrum of variation arises across all populations which makes the perlegen chip, at one level, a true unifier of humanity but at another adds a whole layer of complexity for hmos! at the turn of the century, this personalized chip approach to medicine received some validation at a simpler level in a closely related disease area to the one to which one fifth of a-t patients ultimately succumb when researchers at the whitehead institute used dna chips to distinguish different forms of leukemia based on patterns of gene expression in different populations of cells. moving cancer diagnosis away from visually based systems to such molecular based systems is a major goal of the national cancer institute. in the study, scientists used a dna chip to examine gene activity in bone marrow samples from patients with two different types of acute leukemia -acute myeloid leukemia (aml) and acute lymphoblastic leukemia (all). then, using an algorithm, developed at the whitehead, they identified signature patterns that could distinguish the two types. when they cross-checked the diagnoses made by the chip against known differences in the two types of leukemia, they found that the chip method could automatically make the distinction between aml and all without previous knowledge of these classes. taking it to a level beyond where perlegen are initially aiming, eric lander, leader of the study said, mapping not only what is in the genome, but also what the things in the genome do, is the real secret to comprehending and ultimately curing cancer and other diseases. chips gained recognition on the world stage in when they played a key role in the search for the cause of severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) and probably won a mcarthur genius award for their creator. ucsf assistant professor joseph derisi, already famous in the scientific community as the wunderkind originator of the online diy chip maker in pat brown's lab at stanford, built a gene microarray containing all known completely sequenced viruses ( , of them) and, using a robot arm that he also customized, in a three day period used it to classify a pathogen isolated from sars patients as a novel coronavirus. when a whole galaxy of dots lit up across the spectrum of known vertebrate cornoviruses derisis knew this was a new variant. interestingly the sequence had the hottest signal with avian infectious bronchitis virus. his work subsequently led epidemiologists to target the masked palm civet, a tree-dwelling animal with a weasel-like face and a catlike body as the probable primary host. the role that derisi's team at ucsf played in identifying a coronavirus as a suspected cause of sars came to the attention of the national media when cdc director dr. julie gerberding recognized joe in march , press conference and in when joe was honored with one of the coveted mcarthur genius awards. this and other tools arising from information gathered from the human genome sequence and complementary discoveries in cell and molecular biology, new tools such as gene-expression profiling, and proteomics analysis are converging to finally show that rapid robust diagnostics and "rational" drug design has a future in disease research. another virus that puts sars deaths in perspective benefitted from rational drug design at the turn of the century. influenza, or flu, is an acute respiratory infection caused by a variety of influenza viruses. each year, up to million americans develop the flu, with an average of about , being hospitalized and , to , people dying from influenza and its complications. the use of current influenza treatments has been limited due to a lack of activity against all influenza strains, adverse side effects, and rapid development of viral resistance. influenza costs the united states an annual $ . billion in physician visits, lost productivity and lost wages. and least we still dismiss it as a nuisance we are well to remember that the "spanish" influenza pandemic killed over million people in and , making it the worst infectious pandemic in history beating out even the more notorious black death of the middle ages. this fear has been rekindled as the dreaded h n (h for haemaglutenin and n for neuraminidase as described below) strain of bird flu has the potential to mutate and recognise homo sapiens as a desirable host. since rna viruses are notoriously faulty in their replication this accelerated evolutionary process gives then a distinct advantage when adapting to new environments and therefore finding more amenable hosts. although inactivated influenza vaccines are available, their efficacy is suboptimal partly because of their limited ability to elicit local iga and cytotoxic t cell responses. the choices of treatments and preventions for influenza hold much more promise in this millennium. clinical trials of cold-adapted live influenza vaccines now under way suggest that such vaccines are optimally attenuated, so that they will not cause influenza symptoms but will still induce protective immunity. aviron (mountain view, ca), biochem pharma (laval, quebec, canada), merck (whitehouse station, nj), chiron (emeryville, ca), and cortecs (london), all had influenza vaccines in the clinic at the turn of the century, with some of them given intra-nasally or orally. meanwhile, the team of gilead sciences (foster city, ca) and hoffmann-la roche (basel, switzerland) and also glaxowellcome (london) in put on the market neuraminidase inhibitors that block the replication of the influenza virus. gilead was one of the first biotechnology companies to come out with an anti-flu therapeutic. tamiflu™ (oseltamivir phosphate) was the first flu pill from this new class of drugs called neuraminidase inhibitors (ni) that are designed to be active against all common strains of the influenza virus. neuraminidase inhibitors block viral replication by targeting a site on one of the two main surface structures of the influenza virus, preventing the virus from infecting new cells. neuraminidase is found protruding from the surface of the two main types of influenza virus, type a and type b. it enables newly formed viral particles to travel from one cell to another in the body. tamiflu is designed to prevent all common strains of the influenza virus from replicating. the replication process is what contributes to the worsening of symptoms in a person infected with the influenza virus. by inactivating neuraminidase, viral replication is stopped, halting the influenza virus in its tracks. in marked contrast to the usual protracted process of clinical trials for new therapeutics, the road from conception to application for tamiflu was remarkably expeditious. in , gilead and hoffmann-la roche entered into a collaborative agreement to develop and market therapies that treat and prevent viral influenza. in , as gilead's worldwide development and marketing partner, roche led the final development of tamiflu, months after the first patient was dosed in clinical trials in april , roche and gilead announced the submission of a new drug application to the u.s. food and drug administration (fda) for the treatment of influenza. additionally, roche filed a marketing authorisation application (maa) in the european union under the centralized procedure in early may . six months later in october , gilead and roche announced that the fda approved tamiflu for the treatment of influenza a and b in adults. these accelerated efforts allowed tamiflu to reach the u.s. market in time for the - flu season. one of gilead's studies showed an increase in efficacy from % when the vaccine was used alone to % when the vaccine was used in conjunction with a neuraminidase inhibitor. outside of the u.s., tamiflu also has been approved for the treatment of influenza a and b in argentina, brazil, canada, mexico, peru and switzerland. regulatory review of the tamiflu maa by european authorities is ongoing. with the h n birdflu strain's relentless march (or rather flight) across asia, in through eastern europe to a french farmyard, an unwelcome stowaway on a winged migration, and no vaccine in sight, tamiflu, although untested for this species, seen as the last line of defense is now being horded and its patented production right's fought over like an alchemist's formula. tamiflu's main competitor, zanamivir marketed as relenza™ was one of a group of molecules developed by glaxowellcome and academic collaborators using structure-based drug design methods targeted, like tamiflu, at a region of the neuraminidase surface glycoprotein of influenza viruses that is highly conserved from strain to strain. glaxo filed for marketing approval for relenza in europe and canada. the food and drug administration's accelerated drug-approval timetable began to show results by , its evaluation of novartis's gleevec took just three months compared with the standard - months. another factor in improving biotherapeutic fortunes in the new century was the staggering profits of early successes. in , $ . billion of the $ . billion in revenue collected by genentech in south san francisco came from oncology products, mostly the monoclonal antibody-based drugs rituxan, used to treat non-hodgkin's lymphoma, and herceptin for breast cancer. in fact two of the first cancer drugs to use the new tools for 'rational' design herceptin and gleevec, a small-molecule chemotherapeutic for some forms of leukemia are proving successful, and others such as avastin (an anti-vascular endothelial growth factor) for colon cancer and erbitux are already following in their footsteps. gleevec led the way in exploiting signal-transduction pathways to treat cancer as it blocks a mutant form of tyrosine kinase (termed the philadelphia translocation recognized in 's) that can help to trigger out-of-control cell division. about % of biotech companies raising venture capital during the third quarter of listed cancer as their primary focus, according to online newsletter venturereporter. by according to the pharmaceutical research and manufacturers of america, medicines were in development for cancer up from in . another new avenue in cancer research is to combine drugs. wyeth's mylotarg, for instance, links an antibody to a chemotherapeutic, and homes in on cd receptors on acute myeloid leukemia cells. expertise in biochemistry, cell biology and immunology is required to develop such a drug. this trend has created some bright spots in cancer research and development, even though drug discovery in general has been adversely affected by mergers, a few high-profile failures and a shaky us economy in the early 's. as the millennium approached observers as diverse as microsoft's bill gates and president bill clinton predicted the st century wiould be the "biology century". by the many programs and initiatives underway at major research institutions and leading companies were already giving shape to this assertion. these initiatives have ushered in a new era of biological research anticipated to generate technological changes of the magnitude associated with the industrial revolution and the computerbased information revolution. complementary dna sequencing: expressed sequence tags and human genome project basic local alignment search tool high-tech herbal medicine: plant-based vaccines asilomar conference on recombinant dna molecules potential biohazards of recombinant dna molecules hugo: the human genome organization chimeric plant virus particles administered nasally or orally induce systemic and mucosal immune responses in mice the human genome: the nature of the enterprise orchestrating the human genome project separation and analysis of dna sequence reaction products by capillary gel electrophoresis nutritional genomics: manipulating plant micronutrients to improve human health helping europe compete in human genome research genome project gets rough ride in europe construction of a linkage map of the human genome, and its application to mapping genetic diseases separation of dna restriction fragments by high performance capillary electrophoresis with low and zero crosslinked polyacrylamide using continuous and pulsed electric fields preimplantation and the 'new' genetics a history human genome project it aint necessarily so: the dream of the human genome and other illusions high speed dna sequencing by capillary electrophoresis a strategy for sequencing the genome years early expression of norwalk virus capsid protein in transgenic tobacco and potato and its oral immunogenicity in mice rapid production of specific vaccines for lymphoma by expression of the tumor-derived single-chain fv epitopes in tobacco plants generation and analysis of , human expressed sequence tags national academy of sciences. introduction of recombinant dna-engineered organisms into the environment: key issues functional foods and biopharmaceuticals: the next generation of the gm revolution in let them eat precaution biotechnology: a review of technological developments, publishers forfas vitamin-a and iron-enriched rices may hold key to combating blindness and malnutrition: a biotechnology advance french dna: trouble in purgatory genome: the autobiography of a species in chapters harper collins derivation of pluripotent stem cells from cultured human primordial germ cells production of correctly processed human serum albumin in transgenic plants high-yield production of a human therapeutic protein in tobacco chloroplasts the common thread: a story of science, politics, ethics and the human genome capillary gel electrophoresis for dna sequencing. laser-induced fluorescence detection with the sheath flow cuvette production of functional human alpha -antitrypsin by plant cell culture genetic modification of oils for improved health benefits, presentation at conference, dietary fatty acids and cardiovascular health: dietary recommendations for fatty acids: is there ample evidence? stable accumulation of aspergillus niger phytase in transgenic tobacco leaves antenatal maternal serum screening for down's syndrome: results of a demonstration project viable offspring derived from fetal and adult mammalian cells key: cord- -o cw ufy authors: horby, peter w.; hoa, ngo thi; pfeiffer, dirk u.; wertheim, heiman f. l. title: drivers of emerging zoonotic infectious diseases date: - - journal: confronting emerging zoonoses doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: o cw ufy this chapter discusses drivers of emerging infectious diseases (eid) of humans that have an origin in other vertebrate animals (zoonoses). this is a broad topic, worthy of a book in its own right. this chapter will therefore provide only an overview of key concepts of drivers of the emergence of zoonotic diseases, and particularly infectious diseases with a major disease burden in humans. as the authors mainly work in asia, the focus of this chapter is asia, but many of the lessons learned in this region are likely to apply elsewhere. more than % of the world population live in asia, a region with some of the fastest developing economies in the world. yet, despite tremendous advances, infectious diseases still remain a major burden for the human population in asia. of the estimated . million deaths in children aged less than years in southeast asia in , % are attributable to infectious causes (liu et al., lancet : – , ). as such, asia is both vulnerable to imported eids and a global focus of major social and environmental change that may facilitate the emergence and dissemination of new pathogens. however, it would be too simplistic to present the extensive changes in asia as inevitably increasing the risk of eids. some aspects of socio-economic change might serve to reduce the overall risk of infectious disease emergence, but all ecosystem changes have the potential to provide new opportunities for microorganisms to spill-over into human populations. the conditions or events (the 'drivers') that result in the successful cross-over of an animal microbe into humans are not well characterised, but emergence is often precipitated by changes to ecological or biological systems (wilcox and colwell ) . such changes include altered patterns of contact between wild and domestic animals (e.g. nipah virus), of direct human and wild animal contact (e.g. hiv, ebola), and changes in species abundance or diversity (e.g. hantavirus; lyme disease). species diversity, including the diversity of insect vectors and pathogenic microorganisms, increases towards the equator (guernier et al. ) , and jones et al. found a correlation between the emergence of zoonotic pathogens and the diversity of mammalian wildlife species (jones et al. ) . whilst high animal host and pathogen species diversity may be associated with a high burden of infectious diseases and an increased risk of disease emergence, biodiversity loss may, perhaps counter-intuitively, be associated with increased disease transmission. biodiversity loss directly disrupts the functioning and stability of ecosystems, producing effects that can extend well beyond the particular lost species (hooper et al. ) . changes in species abundance and diversity may favour pathogen amplification and 'spill-over' through a variety of mechanisms, including reduced predation and competition resulting in increased abundance of competent hosts, and the loss of 'buffering species' leading to increased contact between amplifying host species and compatible pathogens (keesing et al. ) . tropical regions with a rich pool of existing and potential pathogens that are increasingly connected, but also experiencing high rates of ecosystem disruption and biodiversity loss, may therefore be at a particularly high risk of disease emergence. human pathogens occasionally re-emerge as a result of dynamics that are beyond the control of humans. for example the hantavirus outbreaks in the southwestern u. s. in - and - have been attributed to changes in the abundance of infected rodents following periods of heavy snow and rainfall and vegetation growth leading to abundant production of rodent food. however, many ecological disturbances resulting in an eid seem to originate in the direct actions of humans. a wide range of anthropogenic factors have been linked to infectious disease emergence, including changes in land-use, travel, trade, and demographics. notably, most of these associations are speculative and supported (wolfe et al. ). stage : the pathogen is still exclusively infecting animals. stage : the pathogen has been transmitted from animals to humans under natural conditions but not yet from human to human. stage : there is limited transmission from animals to humans and between humans. these are often severe and lethal diseases due to for instance filoviruses (e.g. ebola). stage : animal disease that have sustained transmission between humans (e.g. influenza). stage : a microbe that exclusively infects humans (e.g. measles, syphilis) by little hard data because ecological and biological systems are highly complex and multi-layered (woolhouse ) . demonstrating or predicting the impact of particular conditions or events on the functioning of a system is difficult, with further inference of the impact of any changes on the risk of pathogen emergence posing a formidable challenge. socioeconomic development is associated with large increases in demand for natural resources. the demand for water, wood, pulp, agricultural land, living space, roads, minerals and power has had an enormous impact on the landscapes of asia. deforestation occurred throughout the s and the area of primary forest in asia has continued to decline (fao ) . deforestation, forest fragmentation, and afforestation are all alterations in habitat, which change species composition and the interaction between wild animals, domestic animals, insect vectors and humans, providing new opportunities for microbial transmission and potential emergence. there are well-documented examples of deforestation and forest encroachment resulting in increases in infectious diseases, such as yellow fever, mayaro, and chagas disease in the americas (saker et al. ). the clearing of forest and planting of large cacao plantations was linked to the emergence of oropouche virus in brazil. in asia there are already very high pressures on productive land, and the peak in land-use change in asia has probably passed. many areas are now in an era of increasing intensification of land productivity. this intensification is driven largely by demographic pressures, which are predicted to result in a % increase in food production by , with decreased consumption of grains and increased demand for meats, fruits and vegetables (fao a, b) . the increased demand for food, and meat in particular, when combined with demands for natural resources from industry and domestic consumers, and river damming for hydroelectric power, is resulting in a large increase in stress on water resources (fao b). the consequences of intensified agricultural production include the depletion and degradation of river and groundwater, reduced soil quality, and biodiversity loss. a direct and predictable effect of reduced access to clean water for low-income families is an increase in the risk of water-washed diseases (diseases that increase when the availability of water for personal hygiene is limited e.g. diarrhoeal and respiratory infections, trachoma), and water-borne diseases such as typhoid and hepatitis e. however, unquantified risks arising from the intensification of agriculture are pollution of freshwater with pesticides and fertilizers, loss of biodiversity, and land abandonment by small-scale farmers. the potential consequences of these changes on the risk of emergence of zoonotic infections have not been assessed. wild animals are an important source of food (bush meat) in some developing countries and bush meat has been implicated in the emergence of hiv, and the spill over of monkeypox, nipah and ebola virus (brashares et al. ) . whilst the reservoir of the sars coronavirus is thought to be bats, wild civet cats traded for food are thought to have acted as an intermediate host, transmitting the sars virus to humans through live animal markets (li et al. ) . wild animal products are popular in asia as traditional medicines, tonics, delicacies, or as symbols of wealth. although all ten countries in the association of southeast asian nations (asean) are signatories to the convention on international trade in endangered species of wild fauna and flora (cites), asia continues to host the largest illegal wildlife trade in the world (rosen and smith ) . the smuggling of h n -infected birds of prey into europe, the frequent smuggling of bush meat from africa into the u.s., and the importation into the u.s. of pet rodents infected with monkeypox show that both the legal and illegal trade in wild animals and wild animal products is a potential conduit for the international spread of zoonotic pathogens (bair-brake et al. ; van borm et al. ) between and the world population is expected to increase by . billion (a % increase), and the increase will be concentrated in urban areas of developing countries (un-desa ). whilst mega-cities (cities with a population of at least ten million) receive a lot of attention, most urban dwellers live in small cities, with half of the global urban population in living in cities of less than , people (un-desa ). this can be perceived positively as cities generally offer better economic opportunities, better educational opportunities, better living conditions, better nutrition, better sanitation, and therefore better health than underdeveloped rural areas. at the same time it is likely to mean that in many low to middle income countries, health and veterinary infrastructure in rural areas will not improve, or may even deteriorate, adversely affecting the likelihood of the early detection of eid. the demand for food in urban centres will increase and result in livestock and their products being transported over large distances from a wider catchment area, and thereby increase risk of spread and amplification of eid. urbanisation is one facet of changing human sociocultural systems, which also includes changing consumer demands and dietary habits (janes et al. ). the consequence is a spatial concentration of people and animals; not necessarily co-located, but connected through increasingly complex networks of rural and peri-urban farms and markets, distributors, agricultural workers, and consumers. due to the increase in global human population and economic development, demand for livestock products has risen dramatically over the last years, with the per capita consumption of meat in developing countries more than tripling since the early s and egg consumption increasing fivefold (fao a, b) . the increased demand for meat has been met by more intensive and geographically concentrated production of livestock, especially pigs and poultry (steinfeld et al. ). much of this has been through expansion of both the number of small-scale production units and large commercial farms. high-density monoculture of domestic animals is a form of low biodiversity that poses a particular threat for the spread of infectious diseases from farmed animals to humans. where domesticated animals are a conduit of spread from wild animals to humans, high density livestock production may promote spread of zoonotic diseases. genetic diversity within an individual host species is important since genetic diversity limits the potential for devastating epidemics (king and lively ) . the nipah virus outbreak in malaysia and singapore in - is a good example. once nipah virus crossed from wild bats to domestic swine, an explosive outbreak in high-density swine farms resulted in widespread exposure of humans and over human cases of encephalitis (pulliam et al. ) . other examples where intensified livestock production practices may have led to emergence of a zoonosis include: • streptococcus suis causes severe sepsis and meningitis in humans and is associated with areas of intensive pig production (see fig. . ). risk factors for human infection include swine slaughtering and the eating of undercooked pig products (wertheim et al. ). outbreaks in swine herds of porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus also potentially increases the rate of invasive s. suis infection in swine, which in turn leads to an increased risk of s. suis infection in humans (hoa et al. ). • highly pathogenic avian influenza a subtype h n crossed-over from wild aquatic birds (the natural reservoir of influenza a viruses) to humans via massive amplification in domestic poultry. • the human q-fever epidemic in the netherlands during - caused by the bacterium coxiella burnetii is thought to have arisen when economic drivers led to an increased density of dairy goat farming, which resulted in amplification of coxiella burnetii prevalence and consequent increased spill-over to humans (roest et al. ; georgiev et al. ). the classical foodborne diseases such as e. coli, campylobacteriosis and salmonellosis associated with livestock products have been a significant problem in highincome countries for some time (cdc ; painter et al. ). one of the key factors, in particular in the case of campylobacter, has been the integration of highly intensive poultry production with poultry processing systems facilitating cross-contamination of meat (moore et al. ; nyachuba ) . it is notable that some foodborne pathogens cause subclinical infections in their animal hosts (e.g., campylobacter in poultry); therefore there is no direct incentive for farmers to control them. in addition, subsequent attribution of the source of foodborne disease in an affected human is notoriously difficult. it is likely that the global incidence of foodborne illness will rise as a result of increased industrial production of poultry in the emerging economies. the situation will be exacerbated by the emergence of antimicrobial resistant pathogens of foodborne pathogens (sahin et al. ; luangtongkum et al. ; altekruse and tollefson ) . despite the examples above, the intensification of livestock farming often entails more effective separation of domestic and wild animals, improved standards of animal health and welfare, reduced movement and species mixing: all of which reduce the risk of eids. reducing contact between domestic and wild animals, whether the wild animals are in their natural habitat or captive, is a key strategy of the food and agriculture organization (fao) to reduce risk to human health, and is part of the wider fao strategy of enhancing 'biosecurity'. improving biosecurity in farms is a major challenge since a large proportion of farming in asia is based on small-scale backyard production, and there is often a mix of commercial and backyard farming in any one location. achieving improvements in biosecurity without adversely affecting the livelihoods of small-scale farmers requires an approach to risk management that is adapted to their socio-economic context. the longer-term vision is to restructure the livestock production sector towards a more commercialised and controlled system, where controls benefit animal health, human health, and commercial profitability. but it has also been recognised that small-scale producers will continue to have a key role in providing food security in developing economies, and in fact their importance may increase due to their more efficient use of natural resources compared with large-scale industrial production (sjauw-koen-fa ; quan ). food production has become a complex national, regional and global network of food value chains (ercsey-ravasz et al. ; dickson-hoyle and reenberg ). many countries have begun to more tightly regulate live animal trade in the wake of bovine spongiform encephalopathy (bse), sars and avian influenza a/h n , but complex and poorly regulated food manufacturing and distribution chains still offer ample opportunities for disease outbreaks. in endemic regions, live bird markets are frequently contaminated with highly pathogenic avian influenza a subtype h n (davis et al. ; samaan et al. ; wan et al. ) . contaminated markets can become reservoirs and the source of infection for poultry and humans. measures to reduce the risk in live animal markets include the separation of species, not allowing animals to remain in the market more than h, not allowing poultry to exit the market alive, improved cleaning and disinfection, and weekly rest-days, when all animals are removed and the market is thoroughly cleaned. the re-emergence of brucellosis, one of the world's most common zoonoses, is thought to be the result of higher risk of transmission through increased within-and between country trade of susceptible livestock and their products (seleem et al. ) . the development of denser regional road transport networks may be especially important since, compared to air travel, roads offer a more egalitarian form of connectivity that includes animals and goods as well as humans. this provides opportunities for pathogens to disperse beyond their traditional niche by increasing opportunities for informal trade in live animals and their products (eisenberg et al. ) . veterinary medical authorities often struggle to enforce compliance with regulations, and it is common practice for farmers and traders to adapt their production and trading behaviors to avoid adverse economic consequences of regulations aimed at controlling zoonotic diseases. as a result, informal trade networks may intensify and re-structure in unpredictable ways during disease outbreaks. increasing intensification of animal husbandry in asia may be a trade-off between a lower risk of emergence events, as animals will be 'healthier' and better isolated, but should an eid event occur, an increased risk of massive amplification in large, naïve monocultures. perhaps the greatest risk arises when a limited number of intensive livestock production units are surrounded by substantial backyard farming with little or no biosecurity, thereby linking extensive and weakly regulated value chains with global food systems. livestock production practices can have major unintended and unanticipated impacts on the risk of zoonotic infections. perhaps the most notable example is bse. the feeding of ruminant-derived meat and bone meal to cattle, and possibly changes in practices for rendering animal tissue, led to an epidemic of bse in cattle, that was followed by an epidemic of a fatal neurological disease (variant creutzfeldt-jacob disease) in humans (taylor and woodgate ) . in contemporary livestock production, the use of antibiotics is a significant concern. almost % ( / ) of eids identified in asia since represent the emergence of a new pattern of antimicrobial resistance (jones et al. ) . bacteria in some areas show alarmingly high rates of resistance to anti-bacterial agents, and the recent emergence of the new-delhi metallo-beta-lactamase- (ndm- ) resistance gene, conferring resistance to a last resort antibiotic, and its rapid dissemination to other regions highlights the serious threat to human health of antimicrobial resistance (khan and nordmann ) . antibiotics are used extensively in the livestock and aquaculture sector to treat or prevent infections, or as growth promoters. non-therapeutic use of antibiotics as growth promoters involves the prolonged administration of sub-therapeutic doses. this practise has a demonstrable effect on the emergence and prevalence of resistant microorganisms in food animals and their environment, as well as resulting in the excretion of antibiotics into the environment, where environmental bacteria may be subject to antibiotic selection pressures (marshall and levy ) . synthetic antibiotics such as quinolones are quite stable in the environment over long periods of time. heavy metal contamination of animal food may also play a role in selection of antimicrobial resistance. whilst there remains some debate about the overall impact of these findings on human health, it is clear that the continued use of non-therapeutic antibiotics in an agriculture industry that is rapidly increasing in scale and intensity, has potential for becoming a very real threat through the inability to prevent/cure disease in production animals and the consequences for human food security as well as the transmission, for example, of resistant food-borne bacterial pathogens to humans. some recent examples concern transmission of methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus (mrsa) from pigs to humans and esbl (extended spectrum betalactamase, an important resistance mechanism against most beta-lactam antibiotics) positive e. coli on chicken meat for human consumption (verkade et al. ; kluytmans et al. ) . swine-associated mrsa is now contributing significantly to invasive disease in patients in the netherlands (verkade et al. ) . antibiotic production and consumption continues to increase, often in an uncontrolled way, accelerating the evolution of antibiotic resistance, which then spreads rapidly across the globe. since the s few new antibiotics have been developed and we are on the cusp of returning to an era of untreatable infections. the consequences of antibiotic use in animals therefore require better surveillance, research and regulation. infectious diseases continue to be an important cause of human and animal morbidity and mortality worldwide. whilst important health advances (e.g. hygiene and vaccination) have been made, infectious diseases are dynamic and resilient, and continue to challenge local, national and global public health systems (fauci and morens ). the recognition of the linkage between anthropogenic changes, animals, and disease emergence has resulted in repeated calls for a more holistic, interdisciplinary, and integrated approach to the study of infectious diseases. the one health approach is one initiative aimed at realizing this aspiration. the task ahead is to understand how social, economic, and environmental changes are altering the landscape of infectious disease risks for both animals and humans, and how future emerging risks may be mitigated. a more analytical approach to these emergence events requires characterisation of the attributes of natural and artificial ecological systems before and after disturbance, and the functional relationship between changes in system attributes and pathogen emergence (woolhouse ) . human campylobacteriosis: a challenge for the veterinary profession is that a rodent in your luggage? a mixed method approach to describe bushmeat importation into the united states economic and geographic drivers of wildlife consumption in rural africa vital signs: incidence and trends of infection with pathogens transmitted commonly through food-foodborne diseases active surveillance network detection and characterization of clade high pathogenicity avian influenza h n viruses in chickens seized at ports of entry and live poultry markets in vietnam the shrinking globe: globalisation of food systems and the changing geographies of livestock production environmental change and infectious disease: how new roads affect the transmission of diarrheal pathogens in rural ecuador the state of food and agriculture - . rome: food and agriculture organisation of the united nations fao ( ) the state of the world's land and water resources for food and agriculture. rome: food and agriculture organization of the united nations and earthscan fao ( ) state of the world's forests, rome. rome: food and agriculture organisation of the united nations fauci as, morens dm ( ) the perpetual challenge of infectious diseases q fever in humans and farm animals in four european countries ecology drives the worldwide distribution of human diseases streptococcus suis and porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome a global synthesis reveals biodiversity loss as a major driver of ecosystem change emerging infectious diseases: the role of social sciences global trends in emerging infectious diseases ecology of zoonoses: natural and unnatural histories impacts of biodiversity on the emergence and transmission of infectious diseases spread of carbapenemase ndm- producers: the situation in india and what may be proposed does genetic diversity limit disease spread in natural host populations extended-spectrum beta-lactamaseproducing escherichia coli from retail chicken meat and humans: comparison of strains, plasmids, resistance genes, and virulence factors bats are natural reservoirs of sars-like coronaviruses global, regional, and national causes of child mortality: an updated systematic analysis for with time trends since antibiotic resistance in campylobacter: emergence, transmission and persistence food animals and antimicrobials: impacts on human health atlas communicable diseases vietnam from attribution of foodborne illnesses, hospitalizations, and deaths to food commodities by using outbreak data agricultural intensification, priming for persistence and the emergence of nipah virus: a lethal bat-borne zoonosis a future for small-scale farming the q fever epidemic in the netherlands: history, onset, response and reflection summarizing the evidence on the international trade in illegal wildlife molecular evidence for zoonotic transmission of an emergent, highly pathogenic campylobacter jejuni clone in the united states globalization and infectious diseases; a review of the linkages. world health organization critical control points for avian influenza a h n in live bird markets in low resource settings brucellosis: a re-emerging zoonosis framework for an inclusive food strategy. cooperatives -a key for smallholder inclusion in valeu chains rendering practices and inactivation of transmissible spongiform encephalopathy agents highly pathogenic h n influenza virus in smuggled thai eagles recent emergence of staphylococcus aureus clonal complex in human blood cultures indications that live poultry markets are a major source of human h n influenza virus infection in china streptococcus suis: an emerging human pathogen emerging and reemerging infectious diseases: biocomplexity as an interdisciplinary paradigm origins of major human infectious diseases how to make predictions about future infectious disease risks key: cord- -id fjgye authors: djikeng, appolinaire; nelson, barbara jones; nelson, karen e. title: implications of human microbiome research for the developing world date: - - journal: metagenomics of the human body doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: id fjgye the human microbiome refers to all of the species that inhabit the human body, residing both on and in it. over the past several years, there has been a significantly increased interest directed to the understanding of the microorganisms that reside on and in the human body. these studies of the human microbiome promise to reveal all these species and increase our understanding of the normal inhabitants, those that trigger disease and those that vary in response to disease conditions. it is anticipated that these directed research efforts, coupled with new technological advances, will ultimately allow one to gain a greater understanding of the relationships of these species with their human hosts. the various chapters in this book present a range of aspects of human microbiome research, explain the scientific and technological rationale, and highlight the significant potential that the results from these studies hold. in this chapter, we begin to address the potential and long-term implications of the knowledge gained from human microbiome research (which currently is centered in the developed world) for the developing world, which has often lagged behind in the benefits of these new technologies and their implications to new research areas. new high-throughput sequencing and data analysis approaches (costello et al., ; turnbaugh et al., ) , along with novel diversity screens and even more intrinsic single cell approaches to isolating new species (lasken, ) , have presented the sciences with a unique opportunity to investigate and interrogate the microorganisms that are associated with the human body, all at a greater depth than previously appreciated. from the earliest studies, the greater scientific community has recognized a high level of microbial diversity in nature beyond imaginations. this includes observations on the oceans, soils, and on animals. with respect to humans, it became increasingly apparent that the species on and in our bodies make significant contributions to our health and development. these species maintain normal cell function in the gastrointestinal tract (for example, see eckburg et al., ; bik et al., ; gill et al., ) . we are also dependent on these species for the efficient digestion of food components, such as plant material and xenobiotics , and to ward off certain diseases. in parallel, these microbes have been associated with, and can result in, many common diseases such as cavities, stomach ulcers, bacterial vaginosis (bv), and irritable bowel syndrome (foster et al., ; dorer et al., ) . most of the initial studies on the microbial diversity associated with the human body focused either on traditional culturing approaches or on sequencing and phylogenetic analysis of the s ribosomal (r)rna genes derived from microbial samples taken from the human body (eckburg et al., ; bik et al., ) . the limit to culturing or s rrna sequencing was primarily a reflection of the availability of molecular tools and approaches, and the cost associated with earlier versions of available sequencing technologies. the s rrna sequencing and analysis invariably revealed a higher level of microbial diversity than that seen with conventional culture techniques (gao et al., ; gao et al., ) . from the human stomach, for example, although the highly acidic environment was thought to only contain helicobacter types, bik et al. ( ) used , s rrna sequences obtained from gastric endoscopic biopsy samples to identify phylotypes of bacteria that potentially reside in the human stomach. the majority of these phylotypes was shown to belong to the proteobacteria, firmicutes, actinobacteria, bacteroidetes, and fusobacteria. this work also described that % of the clones represented organisms that were previously uncharacterized. subsequent ongoing studies continue to reveal high levels of diversity from the microbial species that inhabit the human body, with high levels of both intra-and interspecies diversity (costello et al., ; turnbaugh et al., ) . most of these studies that have investigated the diversity of the microbial species associated with the human body have however left important questions unanswered such as the identity of the nondominant community members and their biological roles, and which metabolic processes the populations that are present encode and carry out. in addition, the past years of genomic research have made it clear that closely related species, and even species that are identical at the s rrna level, can have wide variation in gene content (perna et al., ; kudva et al., ) . terms such as pan-genome and core-genome have been coined over the years to address the variations that are apparent in closely related species and have now been applied in a similar fashion to metagenomic populations (callister et al., ; bentley, ) . the initial publication of a shotgun sequencing of the human microbiome focused on the analysis of fecal samples from the human gastrointestinal tract . this study along with subsequent applications of shotgun techniques to the study of the human microbiome again highlighted the extent of microbial diversity associated with the human body (grice et al., ) . gordon and co-workers, for example, investigated the interplay between the gastrointestinal ecology and energy balance of animals on a western diet. here they found that obesity that was induced by the diet resulted in an increased proportion of one class of the firmicutes and that this same population could be reduced by manipulation of the diet. transplantation of the microbial populations from the obese mice to lean germ-free mice resulted in a higher level of the deposition of fat than when these microbial populations were taken from lean donors (turnbaugh et al., ) . more recently, gordon's group presented the results of a monozygotic and dizygotic twin pair study, where twins were concordant for leanness or obesity, and their mothers (turnbaugh et al., ) . the aim of this study was to address how host genotype, environmental exposure, and host adiposity influence the gut microbiome (turnbaugh et al., ) . the comparative analysis of fecal samples that were derived from individuals yielded , near full-length and , , partial bacterial s rrna sequences. in addition, . gb of metagenomic data was obtained from their microbiomes. the results from this analysis suggest that the gastrointestinal microbiome is shared among family members, but variations are present within each individual with respect to the lineages that can be observed. this variation was evident in both the monozygotic and dizygotic twin pairs. the results however suggest that there is a core functional microbiome that can vary depending on physiological states. the genomic era created the possibility of studying the detailed genetics of many microbial species. these include pathogens and nonpathogens and species that have both positive and negative impacts on the environment. the developments in the genomics arena have taken advantage of emerging and improving sequencing technologies, as well as improved assembly algorithms and approaches coupled with reduced costs for generating genomic data. the developments also placed the greater scientific community in positions to ask in-depth gene-based questions and get real answers. the advent of metagenomics was a natural progression of the genomics field, and in particular took advantage of the ability to sequence dna that was derived from a mixed community and assemble this genetic information to reconstitute metabolic and physiological information of any community of choice. metagenomic approaches have by now been successfully applied to environments as diverse as soils, the oceans rusch et al., ; yooseph et al., ; yutin et al., ) , and the human body costello et al., ; turnbaugh et al., ) in an attempt to describe and decipher the microbial species that are present in these niches. entire systems can now be studied with respect to viral, microbial, and fungal diversity, over varying time courses, and before and after perturbation (costello et al., ). on the human side, when coupled with s rrna analyses for detailed estimates of microbial diversity, metagenomics approaches present the perfect opportunity to address questions related to human health and associated problems. this is particularly relevant in the developing world, which presents its own series of challenges, some of which are presented below. one of the most valuable examples to date of the potential benefits from knowledge gained with human microbiome studies comes from a series of studies performed by dore and colleagues at inra. the significance of the studies conducted by this group relates to how the evolution of initial studies focusing on the microbiome can result in recommendations to improve human health conditions. their results evolved from initial metagenomic studies on human gastric samples using fosmid libraries from six healthy patients, and six patients with crohn's disease (cd). the group was able to identify nonredundant ribotypes mainly represented by the phyla bacteroidetes and firmicutes, of which distinct ribotypes were identified in the healthy microbiota, and only in cd. this metagenomic approach that was initially published gave the first insight into the reduced microbial diversity in patients with cd. their work continued to focus on microbiology of cd sokol et al., ; sokol et al., ; seksik et al., ) . they most recently compared fecal samples of patients active for cd (a-cd) patients, cd patients in remission (r-cd), active ulcerative colitis (a-uc) patients, four uc patients in remission (r-uc), eight infectious colitis (ic) patients, and by s pcr and found that members of firmicutes (clostridium leptum and c. coccoides groups in particular) were less represented in a-ibd patients compared to healthy subjects (hs) with faecalibacterium prausnitzii species (a major representative of the c. leptum group) in lower abundance in a-ibd and ic patients compared with hs. as a result of the initial work, the group proposed that f. prausnitzii was important for gut homeostasis. in members of the same group had published on the composition of the mucosa-associated microbiota of cd patients at the time of surgical resection and months following using fish analysis (sokol et al., ) , and again found reduced abundance of f. prausnitzii being correlated with an increased risk of postoperative recurrence of ileal cd. they further studied the anti-inflammatory effects of f. prausnitzii and showed that the bacterium exhibited anti-inflammatory effects on cellular and tnbs colitis models. the us national institutes of health (nih) initiated a roadmap program focused on the human microbiome (peterson et al., ) . the project has been described as a community resource, with overarching aims to help determine the core human microbiome, to understand the changes in the human microbiome that can be correlated with changes in human health, to develop new technological and bioinformatics tools to support these goals, and to address the ethical, legal, and social issues raised by human microbiome research (http://nihroadmap.nih.gov/hmp/). the project has a heavy sequencing and data analysis component that currently is underway at the four large nhgri/niaid-funded sequencing centers (j. craig venter institute (jcvi), baylor college of medicine, the broad institute and washington university). the current sequencing focus includes generating at least reference genomes at various levels of finishing (chain et al., ) , coupled with significant s rrna sequencing and metagenomic sequencing from to body sites on individuals some of which would be repeat sample donors (http://nihroadmap.nih.gov/hmp/). a number of "investigator"-driven demonstration projects have also been awarded. these demonstration projects aim to understand the implications of a number of diseases including cd, bv, psoriasis, and esophageal cancer to name a few (peterson et al., ) . it is anticipated that the results from these demonstration projects will give additional insights into the relationship between human health and disease and changes in the human microbiome. finally, the human microbiome project (hmp) roadmap initiative has awarded funds to investigate new technologies for improving knowledge of the human microbiome, as well as for the development of computational tools that will increase the value of metagenomic data (http://nihroadmap.nih.gov/hmp/fundedresearch.asp), and the ethical, legal, and social implications of this work. in summary, and as captured in the recent publication by peterson et al. ( ) , the goals of the hmp are to demonstrate the characterization of the human microbiome with population, genotype, disease, age, etc., and also catalog the influence of disease. the aim also is to present a standardized data resource and technological benefits. the project will go over years at a funding level of close to million us dollars. since the launch of this roadmap initiative in , a number of other hmps have been described. an overview of available projects as of mid- was presented in an editorial (mullard, ) . projects beyond the large nih usa based human microbiome efforts include work in europe, china, australia, and canada. in , the european commission committed close to million us dollars to a -year initiative called the metagenomics of the human intestinal tract (metahit) where the primary focus is the microorganisms that inhabit the gut, and how they contribute to obesity and inflammatory bowel disease (mullard, ) . a review of this effort is presented in another chapter written by ehrlich and colleagues. we are all cognizant of the fact that age, diet, and geographical location contribute to variations in the human microbiome. consequently, the more initiatives that we have in diverse parts of the world, the better positioned we will be to fully understand the key components of the microbiome and their interactions with the host under various environmental and physiological cues. because of a slow rate of progress in the areas of scientific research, along with low levels of available funding and investment in sciences in most developing countries, there has been very little scientific contribution toward solving major problems that hinder their global development. as coloma and harris ( ) nicely put it, "researchers in many developing countries will not be participating in genomics research, mainly because of their technological isolation and their limited resources and capacity for genomics research combined with the urgency of many other health priorities." areas such as public health, emerging infectious diseases, and agricultural development, which are key to long-lasting and sustainable national development, still lack the funding and innovation required to mitigate their inability to contribute to global development. the global health sector is of particular importance given the increasing number of diseases that plague the developing world (some of which are making a comeback after several years under effective control). examples of some of these are detailed below. consequently, in most developing countries throughout the world, and specifically in sub-saharan africa, south america, and asia, there is a serious need to improve public health. in these countries, communicable diseases caused by known and even unknown pathogens (see below) remain a leading cause of mortality. emerging infectious diseases are a major cause for alarm, and malnutrition and associated effects are also major issues that need to be effectively addressed. if one takes emerging infectious disease as an example, this captures many viral and bacterial agents. severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) was the first infectious disease to emerge in the st century, and other emerging viral infectious diseases according to the world health organisation (who) include but are not limited to ebola and marburg hemorrhagic fevers. in addition, in an earlier publication by who ("new who office to help developing countries control emerging diseases"; j environ health , ) it was stated that in alone, communicable diseases caused the death of over million people worldwide, mainly among the poorest populations of developing countries. since then, more than new communicable diseases have been identified, and this list includes several diseases that were thought to be almost extinct that apparently have come back into the human population. certain food-borne diseases are also considered to be emerging as they now occur more often, and that list includes outbreaks of salmonellosis, which have increased significantly in the past years. listeria monocytogenes also falls into this category as its major role in food-borne diseases has become more recently appreciated, and some food-borne trematodes are also emerging as a serious public health concern. although food-borne infections with escherichia coli serotype o :h were first described in , it has rapidly emerged to be a leading cause of infections, which in turn result as a major cause of bloody diarrhea and acute renal failure, with an infection that is sometimes fatal. finally, while cholera devastated much of asia and africa for years, its introduction for the first time in almost a century on the south american continent in makes it another example of an emerging infectious disease. in addition, very little to none of the successful metagenomics stories in understanding the human microbiome and its role in aspects of human health have been conducted or duplicated in developing countries. notwithstanding ongoing efforts focusing on vaccines, better diagnostics, and improved treatment of many of these diseases, it is becoming increasingly essential to complement such approaches with an investigation of the role of the human microbiome on human health. several areas of anticipated important contribution of the human microbiome include zoonotic diseases and other emerging and re-emerging infectious diseases, sexually transmitted diseases, diarrheal diseases, respiratory diseases, eukaryotic diseases, malnutrition, and the integration of probiotics for improving human health. in addition to the translation of findings into practical approaches for improving human health, other opportunities offered by the human microbiome initiative are related to the transfer of technology to developing countries and the associated long-term benefits to training local populations in these developing sciences so that nations can retain the benefits. this will further strengthen capacity in genomics and bioinformatics and all the associated downstream applications that come with these areas of research. it is now appreciated that there is a resident (which constitutes the core microbiome) and a nonresident microbiota. the nonresident microbiota contains known and unknown microbes that cause a wide range of human diseases, most of which remain to be effectively controlled in both the developed and the developing world. human losses in the developing world in terms of mortality and contributions to economic development appear to be greater, however. currently, for example, communicable diseases caused by eukaryotic parasites such as plasmodium spp., leishmania spp., trypanosoma spp., and various viruses, among others, remain serious public health concerns in the developing world and affect more than . billion people (mahmoud and zerhouni, ) . in this context, scientific challenges that include genomics, metagenomics, proteomics, and metabolomics-related activities need to be expanded to ultimately encompass system and ecological understanding of communities of microbes and their interactions with humans. it has in fact been anticipated that the control of these diseases may be accelerated by the complete understanding of the genomes of these species, coupled with an understanding of the changes of the human microbiome that favor or reduce/eliminate their virulence and/or transmissibility. the adaptation processes, for example, by which zoonotic microorganisms that enter the human population adapt to become pathogens overtime can also be accelerated by longitudinal studies that focus on the populations on the bodies of both healthy and diseased individuals. as with most advanced technological and scientific approaches, and as is evident from the developing countries reports presented above, the development and applications of technological advances probably will take a significant amount of time to trickle to the developing world. in the realm of genomics and metagenomics as applied to human health, there is limited evidence that this will happen soon enough to allow developing countries to actively participate and shape research in these new fields. however, a recent award from the bill & melinda gates foundation (bmgf) to dr. jeffrey gordon at the washington state university in st. louis to study childhood malnutrition in developing countries (http://www.gatesfoundation.org/pressreleases/pages/child-malnutrition-microbial-cells-study- .aspx) suggests that there will be more movement in the direction of applying these technologies to problems in the developing world. for the above-mentioned study, gordon's group will investigate the microbes in severe malnutrition with a major focus on severely malnourished infants living in malawi and bangladesh, and whether their microbial flora varies from that found in healthy infants who live in the same environment. it is anticipated that as a result of these studies, we will be better positioned to develop effective treatment regimes for these disease conditions. this award is part of an initiative by the bmgf to fund research on malnutrition (http://mednews.wustl.edu/news/page/normal/ .html?emailid= ). in addition to that award and the anticipated outcome, there have been a significant number of plant and microbial genome projects initiated and conducted in the developing world. the range of microbial species that have been sequenced includes human, plant, and animal pathogens, as well as organisms that have potential benefit to the environment. some of these species include actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae serovar str. jl that causes fibrinous and necrotizing pleuropneumonia in swine, and that was sequenced by the huazhong agricultural university in china and haemophilus parasuis sh also sequenced by the huazhong agricultural university/institute of pathogen biology/chinese academy of medical sciences/peking union medical college. chromobacterium violaceum atcc was sequenced by the lncc (national laboratory of scientific computing in rio de janiero, brazil); this bacterium carries the bacteriocidal pigment violacein and can also cause diarrhea and septicemia in humans. ehrlichia ruminantium str. welgevonden was sequenced at the university of pretoria, south africa. leifsonia xyli subsp. xyli str. ctcb , the causative agent of ratoon stunting disease in sugar cane, was sequenced by the sao paulo state (brazil) consortium and leptospira interrogans serovar copenhageni str. fiocruz l - and xylella fastidiosa were also sequenced by the same group. leptospira interrogans serovar lai str. sequenced by the chinese national hgc, shanghai, and lysinibacillus sphaericus c - sequenced by the chinese academy of sciences/beijing genomics institute, chinese academy of sciences. the developing world has also been involved in the sequencing and analysis of some of the major eukaryotic parasites such as trypanosoma brucei, trypanosoma cruzi, leishmania major, and theileria parva (nene et al., ; berriman et al., ; bishop et al., ; el-sayed et al., ; gardner et al., ) . there have also been several initiatives that have looked at host genotyping in many developing countries. according to coloma and harris ( ) , thailand, south africa, indonesia, brazil, mexico, and india have all devoted resources to studies on human genetics and variation in human populations. as a result of many of these initiatives in developing countries, a limited capacity of tool development for genomics and bioinformatics approaches has occurred. however, much more remains to be achieved in technology and knowledge transfer, particularly in sub-saharan africa and latin america. the main focus should be on developing genomics platforms leveraging on the next-generation sequencing approaches that remain to be established in much of the developing world. events of emerging and reemerging infectious diseases in the human population remain constant occurrences in sub-saharan africa, southeast asia, and south america. emerging infectious disease events such as sars (field, ) and the most recent pandemic of h n illustrate and confirm the constant flow of pathogens from wild and domesticated animals, and other reservoirs into the human population. chikungunya fever, which is an arboviral infection, reemerged in asia in - after a long period of quiescence (bhatia and narain, ) . it is thought that factors including microbial, climatic, social, and economic aspects influenced the reemergence of the disease and the pace at which it spread, eventually resulting in high death rates (bhatia and narain, ) . indeed, there are many microorganisms (viral, bacterial, and eukaryotes) that have moved into the human population and remain part of the human microbiota, which, when able to effectively survive, can cause either new diseases or disease with a much higher severity. such cases of unknown and potentially pathogenic microorganisms in circulation in the human population are usually favored by factors related to ( ) the ability of microorganisms to adapt in new hosts, ( ) human actions (interactions with wild animals, hunting and effects on the environment leading to ecological disturbances), and ( ) human movements as a result of global world travel (field, ) . consequently, at any particular time, there could be a set of known and unknown microorganisms present in a given individual or a population as a result of their presence in and interaction with a specific environment or organisms therein such as animal reservoirs (i.e., bats, mice, and rats) of known and unknown microorganisms. the main challenge in the context of forecasting, and better yet preventing emerging and reemerging infectious diseases has been early detection and genetic identification of such known and unknown microorganisms. global human microbiome studies using metagenomics analysis of known and unknown microorganisms provide unique but powerful opportunities to uncover the near-complete composition of the microbial content of an individual or a population at any given time, thus setting the stage for a comprehensive inventory of the genetic characteristics of potential human pathogens. studies of the human microbiome in the developing world will likely contribute significantly to the discovery of emerging pathogens (viruses, bacteria, and others) in circulation in humans. in fact, in both developed and developing countries the issues of early identification of emerging pathogens have been an impediment for the prevention of emerging and reemerging infections. based on recent studies, human metagenomics coupled with the next-generation dna sequencing provides an opportunity for early detection of microbial organisms even when there is significantly low abundance (relman, ) . because of the extreme importance of monitoring zoonotic infections, metagenomics studies should in principle be extended from humans to domesticated and nondomesticated animals. in fact, based on the technologies already available for human metagenomics studies, there has been increasing interest in launching animal metagenomics initiatives. such initiatives will not only provide insights into the resident and transient microbial populations but also, in the case of natural reservoirs of given microorganisms, provide an opportunity to pinpoint the genetic changes that must occur for their adaptation to a new host -the human body. this is applicable in particular to invertebrate vectors and bats that are known to be host to a number of highly pathogenic viruses that pose significant public health problems to humans. developing countries are particularly affected by the impact of mycobacterium tuberculosis virulence and tb drug resistance. this has been primarily because of genome plasticity in the causative agent. unfortunately, available microarray-based platforms to identify strain diversity have not been fully implemented with the greatest tb incidence largely due the hiv/aids epidemic. the renewed interest and funding for top infectious diseases has recently revamped efforts to accelerate tb research, with a particular focus on the use of integrated approaches to find better control measures. in this context, it is proposed and highly anticipated that key aspects such as the integration of large-scale "omics," datasets focusing on parasite genetic determinants, host genetics, and host-parasite interactions will be crucial for this quest for better control measures. in addition, and given recent reports, the human microbiome would be a great addition to this integration of data in the context of systems biology. to this end, the evaluation of the human microbiome in cases of latent, nonlatent tb, and drug-resistant tb infections will provide insights into the role of the human (resident and nonresident) flora in various aspects of tb infections. such information would most likely contribute to improving diagnosis, control, and spread of tb infection. another example of the potential to come from using human metagenomic research and approaches in the developing world relates to another emerging infectious pathogen that causes leptospirosis. the leptospires cause an infection that is associated with very high levels of mortality annually, but have received relatively little attention, probably because the infection is concentrated in the tropical regions and in the developing world. more than half a million cases are reported annually, and majority of these cases are associated with human exposure to pathogenic leptospira species in the environment. mortality rates as high as % have been recorded. the genus leptospira is serologically divided into two species: l. interrogans, which is pathogenic to humans and animals, and l. biflexa, a free-living nonpathogenic species found in water and wet soil. more than pathogenic and saprophytic species have been recognized. many animals including rodents and dogs are known to be reservoirs of leptospira, and humans are considered to be the accidental hosts of this pathogen. transmission of the pathogen is primarily from soil and water to mammalian tissues (often noticed following on large-scale flooding), with the infection occurring via penetrating leptospires through mucosa or open skin. symptoms of leptospirosis include meningitis, pneumonitis, hepatitis, nephritis, pancreatitis, erythema nodosum, and death. no human vaccine against leptospirosis is available, and mild leptospirosis is treated with doxycycline, ampicillin, or amoxicillin. for severe leptospirosis, the primary therapy is penicillin g. the molecular diagnosis of leptospirosis has been with traditional approaches such as restriction enzyme analysis, nucleic acid probes and hybridization, pulse field gel electrophoresis (pfge), and varying ribotyping approaches. genome sequences from at least six leptospiras have become available in the past few years, and these genomes are providing insight on the diversity of these species. in addition, the availability of these genomes is allowing for the identification of novel virulence factors, and ultimately will facilitate vaccine development. recently, the genome sequence of the free-living l. biflexa was completed (picardeau et al., ) and shown to contain , protein-coding genes distributed across three circular replicons. in the current study, it has been estimated that , genes ( %) represent a progenitor genome that existed before divergence of pathogenic and saprophytic leptospira species. basically, nearly one-third of the l. biflexa genes are absent in pathogenic leptospira. in addition, , pathogen specific genes that are found in the pathogenic leptospires are not present in l. biflexa. of these, genes have no known function suggesting that there are mechanisms that are unique to leptospira and that the pathogenic specific genes need further study. the resulting genome studies suggest that there is still a significant amount of information that is not understood about the leptospiras, particularly as it relates to how the species adapts to new environments and how the genomes mutate. metagenomic studies of samples derived from infected populations will present an opportunity to study the pathogen without repeated passage where it has been shown to have genome rearrangements. in parallel, the pathogen can be studied directly in the environment when it is in transition from its natural host to humans (the accidental host). interestingly, there is a large niaid-funded project underway at the jcvi to sequence the genomes of an additional leptospira isolates (joe vinetz, personal communication; http://gsc.jcvi.org/). leptospirosis is another example of an emerging infectious disease that is prevalent in tropical environments and has not received as much attention as the major diseases in the developed world although the causative organisms result in a high mortality rate. genomics and metagenomics approaches have the potential to increase the understanding of these species and their impact on human health. diarrheal diseases remain one of the leading causes of deaths worldwide (culligan et al., ) . specifically, diarrheal diseases are the second most common cause of child deaths worldwide, and more than % of child deaths due to diarrhea occur in africa and south asia. worldwide, % of deaths from diarrhea are due to unsafe water and poor sanitation or hygiene. three-quarters of all deaths from diarrhea in children younger than years occur in countries. there are about . billion cases of diarrhea among children each year, in addition to those who die from the disease. the un reports that vaccines and better hygiene could decrease the number of deaths from diarrhea among children. since the s, oral rehydration therapy has been the cornerstone of treatment programs. this therapy prevents dehydration that is associated with diarrhea. giving zinc supplements with oral rehydration salts has also been shown to reduce the length of the illness and also the risk of more diarrhea episodes. sixty percent ( %) of children in developing countries do not get the recommended treatment for diarrhea, which is vaccination against rotavirus, the leading cause of the disease. in fact, rotavirus causes about % of hospital admissions of children below years suffering from diarrhea. current therapies are focused on rehydration therapies but the studies from a human microbiome approach, coupled with the development of novel antibiotics and/or probiotics holds significant potential (culligan et al., ) . many diarrhoeal diseases have been associated with viruses (ramani and kang, ) . recent results suggest that viruses are present in as much as % of diarrheal samples in the developing world (ramani and kang, ). there are however a significant number of cases of diarrhea without obvious causes, thus making it difficult to control them. in addition and specifically in the case of rotaviruses, because of their high genetic diversity, the emergence of new genotypes, and the reassortment between different genotypes (matthijnssens et al., ) , there is constant need for surveillance of circulating strains. human metagenomics studies hold the promise for increasing our understanding of the diversity of rotavirus and other etiological agents of diarrheal diseases. based on previous studies, gastrointestinal tract metagenomics studies in both healthy and diarrheal patients in developing countries may lead to the identification and association of additional microorganisms (bacteria, viruses, and eukaryotes) with various cases of diarrheal diseases . as an example, recent human microbiome studies have led to the discovery of a novel virus of the cosavirus genus and its association with acute diarrhea in a child in australia (holtz et al., ) . regular and comprehensive metagenomics analyses focusing on acute and difficult-to-cure cases of diarrhea and diarrhea cases with known and unknown causes primarily in developing countries may provide opportunities for ( ) a constant assessment of the diversity of known causative agents of diarrhea and ( ) identification of new microorganisms as they relate to cases of diarrheal diseases. sexually transmitted diseases (stds) are common infections throughout the developed and the developing world. stds can result in premature birth, stillbirth, and neonatal infections (de schryver and meheus, ) . many ongoing studies on bv aim to understanding the microbial populations that are present in the vaginal ecosystem and how they vary under health and disease conditions. recent studies that are focused on s rrna gene analysis have suggested that the extent of microbial diversity in the vaginal tract is not fully understood, which in turn has implications for current treatment regimes. this has potentially significant implications for asymptomatic disease conditions for example. additional results show a lack of homogeneity within the vaginal tract, highlighting a complex ecosystem (kim et al., ) . metagenomic approaches to studying this environment promise to give additional insights into the extent of diversity within this niche. ongoing studies in several parts in sub-saharan africa reveal that there is some relationship between the population of microbes that exists in the vaginal tract and stds. recently, van de wijgert et al. ( ) described a study in which they investigated the relationships among bv, vaginal yeast, and vaginal practices, mucosal inflammation, and hiv acquisition. from a cohort of , hiv-negative women, they observed that women who were positive for bv or vaginal yeast had a higher likelihood to acquire hiv, and they concluded that bv and yeast may contribute more to the hiv epidemic than previously appreciated (van de wijgert et al., ) . similar observations have been made in a review of all available literature on the extent to which bv may increase the risk of hiv acquisition (atashili et al., ) . earlier, in , van de wijgert et al. ( studied zimbabwean women to determine if intravaginal practices could be associated with changes in the vaginal flora and acquisition of stds. in this study, they found that some disturbances of the flora could be associated with increased likelihood of stds and hiv; the absence of lactobacilli from the vaginal flora was associated with being positive for hiv (van de wijgert et al., ) . martin et al. ( ) had similarly looked at a cohort of sex workers in kenya and demonstrated that although only % of these women were colonized with lactobacillus species at baseline, follow-up studies showed that the absence of culturable vaginal lactobacilli could be associated with the increased likelihood of acquiring hiv- . abnormal vaginal flora on grams-stain was associated with increased risk of both hiv- acquisitions. this group proposed that the treatment of bv and the use of lactobacilli to colonize the vaginal cavity should be evaluated for reduce risk of acquiring hiv- , gonorrhea, and trichomoniasis (martin et al., ) . how the microbial populations in the vaginal cavity can contribute to reduce chances of hiv infection is one of those major areas that need attention, and that will undoubtedly benefit from human microbiome research. according to the world health organisation (who, http://www.who.int/ mediacentre/factsheets/fs /en/), every seconds a child dies of malaria, a disease that can be prevented and cured. in there were million cases of malaria, and these resulted in nearly million deaths mostly among african children. in fact, % of all malaria deaths occur in sub-saharan africa. people who live in lower-income communities, i.e., approximately half of the world's population, are at risk of the disease. the who reports that in malaria was present in countries and territories. the disease, however, can be eradicated, says bill gates. in an interview with the bbc world services world today program in january , gates said "we have a vaccine that's in the last trial phase -called phase three." he added that "a partially effective vaccine could be available within years." a vaccine that is fully effective against malaria would take - years to develop. although most cases of malaria are found in sub-saharan africa, there are other countries, including in asia, latin america, the middle east, and parts of europe, that are also affected. key interventions include prompt and effective treatment with artemisin-based combination therapies; people at risk using insecticide nets; and indoor residual spraying with insecticide to control the vector mosquitoes. genomics approaches have already been used to elucidate the genomes of several of the plasmodium species (gardner et al., ; carlton et al., ; pain et al., ; mitsui et al., ), but new metagenomics approaches present opportunities to monitor the impact of the parasite of the microbial communities that reside on and in the human body, with a longer-term potential to develop novel probiotic approaches to supplement nutrition of infected individuals while the parasite runs its course. in countries that have a high rate of malaria, economic growth rates may be cut by as much as . %. in addition, genomic studies on the environments, in which the mosquitoes reside and breed, are being and will continue to allow for an increased understanding of the communities that they require for their survival (ponnusamy et al., a (ponnusamy et al., , b, ). this is particularly relevant since mosquitoes breed in areas where there are wet conditions, and the transmission of the disease can differ according to local factors such as rainfall, proximity of mosquito breeding sites to people, and the mosquito species in the area. a november report from susan anyangu in nairobi, kenya, carried by inter press service (ips) states that the rts.s vaccine being developed is to be used specifically in africa. it will be for infants and children aged less than years (the most vulnerable to malaria). the vaccine could be ready for use in years time. supplementing nutrition of people with malaria with probiotic solutions that have been derived from a metagenomic approach to understand the human microbiome holds significant promise. the fao/who defines probiotics as "live microorganisms which, when administered in adequate amounts confer a health benefit on the host." probiotics have become more and more valuable over the past few years and are available in a number of food sources, including yogurts and other milk products, fermented and unfermented milk, and some juices. these live microorganisms are in most cases bacteria that are similar to beneficial microorganisms found in the gastrointestinal tract. each species that is present in the gut environment would seem to hold some potential for use as a probiotic and therefore in human health. probiotics have been shown to be effective in treating irritable bowel syndrome (ibs), childhood and traveler's diarrhea, prevention and treatment of vaginal yeast infection and urinary tract infection, preventing and treating inflammation of the colon after surgery, reduction of the recurrence of bladder cancer, shortening the time of intestinal infections, and preventing eczema in children. although the benefits of probiotics are evident, they have yet to be adapted extensively in the developing world (reid and devillard, ) . other ideas on the use of probiotics for reducing the morbidity and mortality associated with hiv/aids have been explored and proposed (reid et al., ) where it has been proposed that lactic acid bacteria could play a role in maintaining the health of the human gut. we can only hope that as a result of the initiatives of the human microbiome project, new probiotics for a range of human health conditions may be developed based on baselines for people in different geographic locales. the efficient implementation of human microbiome research relies on the advanced instrumentation necessary for the processing of collected clinical samples, preparation and amplification of nucleic acid, and dna sequencing. in addition, dna sequence analysis also requires advanced bioinformatics resources. all genomicsrelated technologies developed over the past years remain very expensive to be acquired by developing countries. this is usually justified by low-use volume and high costs of equipment and maintenance (coloma and harris, ) . therefore, as suggested by these authors, involvement of laboratories and institutions in developing countries should take advantage of "north-south" and "south-south" collaborations. previous examples of successful "north-south" collaborations could be leveraged to initiate new ones in the context of human microbiome studies. for the past several years, there have been numerous initiatives in developing countries to reduce the technological divide and hence begin to actively contribute to genomics research. in this context, activities have included training and capacity building in genomics and bioinformatics. in addition, there has also been an emphasis on the development of "centers for excellence" to provide resources and a critical scientific mass at regional levels. four such regional "centers of excellence" are currently being established in eastern and central africa, southern africa, west africa, and north africa. one of the most advanced "centers for excellence," biosciences for eastern and central africa (beca), located at the international livestock research institute (ilri) in nairobi, kenya, has established facilities (with advanced genomics and bioinformatics resources) to support and accelerate research in a wide range of disciplines, including plant/crop sciences and animal sciences. such infrastructure would ideally be poised for use as a focal point for the implementation of a regional initiative on the human microbiome. the existence of such facilities would normally be used to engage various african institutions in south-south collaborations. the "south-south" collaborations indeed provide opportunities to strengthen the scientific capacity of institutions in developing countries, which would be translated into their effective participation in north-south initiatives. genomics and metagenomics initiatives are usually quite expensive, and obviously, most institutions in the developing world would not be able to fund such activities independently. however, given the existence of several human microbiome projects in the united states, canada, europe, china, japan, singapore, and australia, components in developing countries could easily be justified. for example, an african component of the human microbiome would provide elements to answering important outstanding microbiome questions, among which are included: ( ) is there a core human microbiome? ( ) does the composition of the human microbiome vary from one geographical region to another? given the anticipation of such interesting outcomes, existing initiatives could further provide seeds to launch other initiatives in the developing world. furthermore, in the context of the use of biosciences for africa's development, a strong case should be made to various stakeholders such as the african union and other regional organizations to fund the african component of the human microbiome. this next wave of genomics research will not be without its own set of challenges. recent studies, for example, show that many diseases present with similar observations, and as such initial surveys into the human microbiome under health and disease may give unexpected outcomes (yazdanbakhsh and kremsner, ) . bacterial vaginosis and hiv acquisition: a meta-analysis of published studies sequencing the species pan-genome the genome of the african trypanosome trypanosoma brucei re-emerging chikungunya fever: some lessons from asia molecular analysis of the bacterial microbiota in the human stomach analysis of the transcriptome of the protozoan theileria parva using mpss reveals that the majority of genes are transcriptionally active in the schizont stage comparative bacterial proteomics: analysis of the core genome concept comparative genomics of the neglected human malaria parasite plasmodium vivax molecular genomic approaches to infectious diseases in resourcelimited settings bacterial community variation in human body habitats across space and time probiotics and gastrointestinal disease: successes, problems and future prospects epidemiology of sexually transmitted diseases: the global picture helicobacter pylori's unconventional role in health and disease diversity of the human intestinal microbial flora comparative genomics of trypanosomatid parasitic protozoa bats and emerging zoonoses: henipaviruses and sars metagenomic analysis of human diarrhea: viral detection and discovery application of ecological network theory to the human microbiome molecular analysis of human forearm superficial skin bacterial biota substantial alterations of the cutaneous bacterial biota in psoriatic lesions genome sequence of theileria parva genome sequence of the human malaria parasite plasmodium falciparum from where did the 'swine-origin' influenza a virus (h n ) emerge? metagenomic analysis of the human distal gut microbiome topographical and temporal diversity of the human skin microbiome identification of a novel picornavirus related to cosaviruses in a child with acute diarrhea heterogeneity of vaginal microbial communities within individuals strains of escherichia coli o :h differ primarily by insertions or deletions, not singlenucleotide polymorphisms genomic dna amplification by the multiple displacement amplification (mda) method neglected tropical diseases: moving beyond mass drug treatment to understanding the science reduced diversity of faecal microbiota in crohn's disease revealed by a metagenomic approach vaginal lactobacilli, microbial flora, and risk of human immunodeficiency virus type and sexually transmitted disease acquisition rotavirus disease and vaccination: impact on genotype diversity phylogeny of asian primate malaria parasites inferred from apicoplast genome-encoded genes with special emphasis on the positions of plasmodium vivax and p. fragile microbiology: the inside story metagenomics and the global ocean survey: what's in it for us, and why should we care? theileria parva genomics reveals an atypical apicomplexan genome the genome of the simian and human malaria parasite plasmodium knowlesi genome sequence of enterohaemorrhagic escherichia coli o :h the nih human microbiome project genome sequence of the saprophyte leptospira biflexa provides insights into the evolution of leptospira and the pathogenesis of leptospirosis species composition of bacterial communities influences attraction of mosquitoes to experimental plant infusions identification of bacteria and bacteria-associated chemical cues that mediate oviposition site preferences by aedes aegypti diversity of bacterial communities in container habitats of mosquitoes viruses causing childhood diarrhoea in the developing world probiotics for mother and child probiotics for the developing world new technologies, human-microbe interactions, and the search for previously unrecognized pathogens the sorcerer ii global ocean sampling expedition: northwest atlantic through eastern tropical pacific the role of bacteria in onset and perpetuation of inflammatory bowel disease incidence of benign upper respiratory tract infections, hsv and hpv cutaneous infections in inflammatory bowel disease patients treated with azathioprine temperature gradient gel electrophoresis of fecal s rrna reveals active escherichia coli in the microbiota of patients with ulcerative colitis molecular comparison of dominant microbiota associated with injured versus healthy mucosa in ulcerative colitis faecalibacterium prausnitzii is an anti-inflammatory commensal bacterium identified by gut microbiota analysis of crohn disease patients diet-induced obesity is linked to marked but reversible alterations in the mouse distal gut microbiome a core gut microbiome in obese and lean twins intravaginal practices, vaginal flora disturbances, and acquisition of sexually transmitted diseases in zimbabwean women bacterial vaginosis and vaginal yeast, but not vaginal cleansing, increase hiv- acquisition in african women influenza in africa the sorcerer ii global ocean sampling expedition: expanding the universe of protein families assessing diversity and biogeography of aerobic anoxygenic phototrophic bacteria in surface waters of the atlantic and pacific oceans using the global ocean sampling expedition metagenomes the authors wish to acknowledge the invaluable information found on the world health organisation (who) website and on the mayo clinic website. key: cord- -jop rx authors: vignais, pierre v.; vignais, paulette m. title: challenges for experimentation on living beings at the dawn of the (st) century date: - - journal: discovering life, manufacturing life doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: jop rx “we can talk endlessly about moral progress, about social progress, about poetic progress, about progress made in happiness; nevertheless, there is a type of progress that defies any discussion, and that is scientific progress, as soon as we judge it within the hierarchy of knowledge, from a specifically intellectual point of view.” introduction of new exploratory methods such as biocomputing or bioinformatics and high-throughput screening, which involves the simultaneous processing of hundreds or even thousands of samples. this approach is in contrast with traditional biology, in which the research strategy is based upon the observation of effects obtained as a function of experimental parameters that are modified one by one. another aspect of modern times is that, with the irresistible trend in genetic manipulation towards a focus on human beings, certain areas of fundamental research are finding themselves locked into philosophical dilemmas that are matter for ethical and sociocultural consideration, and the subjects of fierce debate. instead of setting out to discover unknown mechanisms by analyzing effects that are dependent on specific causes, with some uncertainty as to the possible success of the enterprise being undertaken, which is the foundation stone of the bernardian paradigm of the experimental method, many current research projects give themselves achievable and programmable objectives that depend upon the means available to them: sequencing of genomes with a view to comparing them, recognition of sequence similarities in proteins coded for by genes belonging to different species, with the aim of putting together phylogenetic trees, synthesis of interesting proteins in transgenic animals and plants, analysis of the three-dimensional structure of proteins, in order to find sites that are likely to fix medicinal substances, and synthesis of molecular species able to recognize pathogenic targets. the facilities that are called into play include instruments that are often sophisticated, the performance of which, in terms of miniaturization, computerization and robotization, is far beyond that of apparatus that was in use a few decades ago. these facilities, applied to research into living beings, have entered the framework of a methodology that has been given the label biotechnology. proceeding handin-hand with applications that have become more and more meaningful in the domains of medicine, pharmacology, agronomy and animal husbandry, the biotechnological process has come to the fore as a new paradigm for the experimental method as applied to living beings. in addition to new discoveries, the driving forces behind biotechnologies are related to economic imperatives as well as the interest and support they receive from the political powers-that-be. the academic spirit that presides over fundamental science gives way to the entrepreneurial spirit that implements a rational programming of facilities and an efficient organization of scientific collaborations. as an example, the sequencing of the human genome, which includes three billion nucleotide base pairs, required the coordination of several dozen scientific teams around the world and the matching of several tens of thousands of results. research on dna provides a typical illustration of the way in which research has become divided, over the last few decades, between an approach and an interest that had previously been purely academic, and the increasing role of technology, which can be justified by the results that arise in the life of society at large, but which, because of these results, also gives rise to questions concerning how wellfounded some of these results are, particularly in the health domain. the experimental method, which had been confined to the laboratory, is now a matter for public debate. before it won acclaim, dna, which was isolated under the name of nuclein by johann friedrich miescher ( - ), at the end of the th century, had to undergo a series of structural evaluation tests that were spread out over the first five decades of the th century. an overall conclusion then came to the fore. dna is a polydeoxyribonucleotide that carries four cyclic bases, adenine, thymine, cytosine and guanine. each base is involved in the structure of a mononucleotide where it is itself associated with a sugar, deoxyribose, which is associated with a phosphate residue. dna was compared to a ladder, the rungs of which (mononucleotides) were linked by ester bonds between an acid group of a phosphate residue of a nucleotide and the free hydroxyl group of the deoxyribose of the following nucleotide. research committed them to this path. it was the curiosity of each, a new way of considering old problems, that led a few men and women to solve the problems of heredity." the middle of the th century saw an accumulation of experimental evidence showing that dna carries genetic information, and because of this, that it controls the transmission of hereditary characteristics: the proof provided in by oswald avery ( - ) , colin macleod ( - and maclyn mccarthy ( - of the transforming power of dna in pneumococcus, the highlighting by alfred hershey ( - ) and martha chase ( - , in , of the role played by bacteriophage dna as an infectious agent for bacteria, the revelation by erwin chargaff at the beginning of the s of the equivalence of molar concentrations of adenine (a) and thymine (t), on the one hand, and of cytosine (c) and guanine (g), on the other hand, in dnas arising from a multitude of sources, animal, plant and microbial, thus suggesting a complementary pairing of adenine and thymine, and cytosine and guanine. based on the pairing of a/t and c/g bases, the model of the double helix structure of dna, formulated in by james watson and francis crick, made it possible to understand the identical synthesis of double strands of dna by replication during cell division (figure iv. ) and, as a consequence, the conservation of hereditary characteristics in descendants. afterwards, it was found that the information contained in the dna base sequence determines the amino acid sequence in proteins. then the roles played by messenger rna and transfer rnas were elucidated, the former acting as a carrier of information between dna and the proteins being synthesized and the latter acting as double-headed adaptors, able to recognize nucleotide triplets (codons) in messenger rna and to specifically fix amino acids in order to position them on the ribosomes, the final result being the synthesis of a protein chain. in , the genetic code was deciphered. the veil of mystery that had covered the mechanism of the synthesis of proteins was lifted, and the decisive role played by nucleic acids in this synthesis was shown. later on, there were a few adjustments. although, in bacteria, proteins are coded for by a continuous sequence of nucleotide triplets in dna, in the s the surprising discovery was made that in eukaryotic organisms, genes are discontinuous and made up of coding dna sequences (exons) interrupted by non-coding sequences (introns). from the end of the s, françois jacob and jacques monod had postulated the existence of a dual determinism for protein synthesis and shown that, next to structural genes expressed as proteins, there are regulatory genes able to control the expression of the structural genes. the importance of the differential regulation of gene expression in cell differentiation in higher organisms was quickly recognized. from this point on it was possible to explain why a particular species of protein is more specifically expressed in a given tissue and another species of protein is more particularly expressed in another tissue, each type of tissue finding its specificity in its molecular components. this fantastic framework of knowledge, which was built up over a couple of decades, has been used as the foundation stone for the so-called central dogma of molecular biology, which explains the transcription of dna sequences into messenger rnas and the translation of messenger rnas into proteins and which, with only a few variants, is the same throughout the living world (figure iv. ) . the fascinating history of molecular biology was well described by james d. watson in molecular biology of the gene ( rd edition ). there are now many works concerning this subject and how it has progressed, including two well-documented books in french: the secrets of the gene by françois gros ( ) and histoire de la biologie moléculaire by michel morange ( ) . new strand a -double helix structure of dna and simplified representation of its self-replication. each strand of the parent molecule of dna acts as a matrix for the synthesis of a daughter molecule of complementary dna, in conformity with the rules of pairing: adenine (a) with thymine (t) and guanine (g) with cytosine (c). the double strands that appear are identical to each other and identical to the parent dna molecule. b -transcription of dna into messenger rna and its translation into an amino acid chain. diagram of gene expression in a eukaryotic cell. one of the strands of dna (the coding strand) has coding sequences (exons) and non-coding sequences (introns). it is said that the gene is split. the transcription of the exons, accompanied by their splicing leads to the formation of a messenger rna, the codons (nucleotide triplets) of which are translated into amino acids that are linked to each other by covalent bonds in order to form a protein chain. in prokaryotic cells (bacteria), the genes do not contain introns and are not split. a: adenine; c: cytosine; g: guanine; t: thymine; u: uracil. met: methionine; his: histidine; tyr: tyrosine; gly: glycine; phe: phenylalanine. interlinked with the epic rise of molecular biology, there was a succession of technical innovations that led to the synthesis of dna by chemical or enzymatic means, and to its being cleaved at specific locations, with the pieces that were obtained being joined together again . in , in geneva, werner arber (b. ) and daisy dussoix highlighted the restriction phenomenon, which involves the degradation of bacteriophage dna by a recipient bacterium. they discovered that an extract of e. coli has a restriction activity, and that this activity is of an enzymatic nature, caused by a nuclease that breaks the phosphodiester bonds in dna. in , the americans hamilton smith (b. ) and kent wilcox purified the first restriction enzyme from a strain of haemophilus influenzae. in , daniel nathans ( - and kathleen danna (b. ) at johns hopkins university in baltimore (usa) drew up the first restriction map based on the circular dna of the monkey sv virus, using a restriction enzyme that was named hindiii and a follow-up of the sequential appearance of shorter and shorter fragments resulting from the partial digestion of dna. in the following years, dozens of restriction enzymes were isolated, all of them endowed with a surprising specificity with respect to specific base sequences in dna ( figure iv . ). these enzymes were to be indispensable tools in genetic recombination experiments. the transformation of rna back into dna was observed by howard temin ( - ) and s. mizutani , in experiments on the rous sarcoma virus, a virus with rna that, when it proliferates in host cells, is able to synthesize a dna that is complementary to its rna. the enzyme responsible, reverse transcriptase, was purified by both h. temin and david baltimore (b. ) . starting with a determined messenger rna, it then became possible to work back to the dna, i.e., to the gene, by a simple enzymatic reverse transcription operation. dna that has been synthesized in this way is called complementary dna (cdna). in eukaryotic organisms, reverse transcription has proved to be all the more useful as a technique in that all cdna is coding, unlike the situation in vivo in which the genes are divided up into portions that are coding (exons) and portions that are non-coding (introns). the ability to cleave dna and to join together the fragments obtained in a deliberately chosen order, or, in other words, to manufacture previously unseen dna sequences by making new combinations, led to the dawning of recombinant dna technology and caused scientists to come to the sudden realization that the pandora's box that contains the secrets of life had been opened, that uncontrollable catastrophes might arise from this, and that there was a potential danger of causing tumorigenic viruses to reproduce in commensal bacteria such as the enterobacterium escherichia coli. in , around a hundred molecular biologists gathered together at the asilomar conference center near monterey in california, in order to discuss the dangers of the new dna technology. they proposed strict regulation to govern genetic manipulation. time and experience have shown that the risks being run were very low. in , dna sequencing methods were published. one of them made use of chemical techniques , the other made use of enzymatic techniques . applications were not slow in appearing. from , the team led by frederick sanger (b. ) in cambridge (uk) determined the first sequence of a genome, that of bacteriophage phix , which is nucleotides long. this was the beginning of an audacious adventure, the apparently senseless challenge being met with unbelievable rapidity thanks to the innovative methods of bioengineering, resulting, during the first years of the st century, in the sequencing of the human genome. analysis of the human dna sequence involved the participation of two rival groups, one of them being academic, coordinated by francis collins (b. ) , and bringing together dozens of laboratories around the world, and the other being a private californian company directed by craig venter (b. ) . at the beginning of the s, when everyone was persuaded that the rnas could be placed into three well defined categories, messenger rnas, transfer rnas and ribosomal rnas, it was with great surprise that it was learned that there were rnas that have catalytic properties (see thomas cech [b. ] ). these rnas, called ribozymes, have, in keeping with enzymatic proteins, structured catalytic sites that are able to catalyze rna or dna cleavage or ligation reactions. recently, engineering techniques have been used to obtain artificial ribozymes that have been found to be able to catalyze reactions as varied as oxidations or the synthesis of peptides and nucleotides, thus opening up wide-ranging possibilities of applications in molecular therapeutics, and, in addition, reinforcing the famous theory of the "world of rna" at the beginning of the appearance of life on earth . another discovery of the s was the role of methylation of dna bases, cytosine and adenine, and its deregulation in a certain number of pathologies: fragile x syndrome, scapulohumeral dystrophy, certain forms of cancer … in the past decade or so, basic proteins known as histones that are associated with the nuclear dna of eukaryotes in the form of a complex called chromatin and which had previously been assigned a structural role, have now acquired the status of functional partners. thanks to specific modifications of certain amino acids (acetylation, methylation, phosphorylation), histones control the state of condensation of the chromatin and the efficacy of transcription of dna contained in the chromatin, to such an extent that we now speak of the "histone code". the development of our understanding of histones is a good illustration of the complexification of a concept, the dna code, into an entity that comes closer to living reality, the dna code in partnership with the histone code. there has also been the discovery of interfering micrornas, small polymers made up of around twenty nucleotide units, the role of which is to control protein synthesis (chapter iv- . . ). methylation of dna, structural modifications of the chromatin histones, and blocking of transcriptional activity by interfering micrornas are a few of the major areas of research in a scientific domain that is in full expansion, epigenetics, which could be said to have "pipped the science of genetics at the post," and which explains the plasticity of the functions of living beings. with the arrival of restriction enzymes and reverse transcription, the foundation stones of genetic engineering have now been laid, and are ready to be used, this being all the easier in that synthetic chemistry is now able to manufacture dna chains that are several hundreds of nucleotides long, and progress in robotics and computing techniques made it possible for chemists to avoid carrying out tedious routine tasks by using completely-programmable machines. the hope that it would be possible to experiment on living beings by means of the manipulation of dna became a reality when the american researchers paul in the first work carried out on the expression of foreign genes, the use of plasmids as vectors was preferred, particularly that of plasmid pbr , because of its considerable replication capacity. in , a first success was obtained by herbert boyer and his co-workers, with the expression of the gene for somatostatin, a peptide hormone comprising twelve amino acids that negatively regulates the secretion of growth hormone, in the bacterium e. coli. because of its small size, the somatostatin gene was synthesized by chemical means. the expression of somatostatin in e. coli was verified using immunological and physiological criteria, thus demonstrating the validity of the procedure that was used. the following year, human insulin was produced in e. coli. fairly soon, yeast was substituted for this bacterium because, as a eukaryotic organism, it has enzyme systems that are able to carry out chemical finishing operations on neosynthesized proteins that bacteria are unable to do, for example the formation of disulfide bridges in insulin. genetic recombination is used in order to cause bacteria to manufacture a foreign protein of animal or plant origin. this involves the insertion of the fragment of animal or plant dna that codes for this foreign protein into a plasmid. the plasmid, a small ring of bacterial dna, acts as a vector for the foreign dna. in order to carry out insertion, plasmid dna is cleaved by an appropriate restriction enzyme. the foreign dna is obtained by reverse transcription from a useful messenger rna. its duplication is catalyzed by a dna polymerase. the s nuclease makes it possible to break the covalent bond between two strands of dna. in the following step, a terminal transferase is used to add four nucleotides for which the base is a cytosine (c) to each of the two dna strands. the same lengthening operation is carried out on the bacterial plasmid, but, in this case, the addition involves a sequence of four nucleotides for which the base is a guanine (g) (complementary to the cytosine c). the bacterial plasmid is hybridized in vitro with foreign animal or plant dna and then introduced into the bacterium which, using its own machinery, perfects the junction between the integrated dna and the plasmid dna. a very small volume of dna ( . - ml) is injected under the microscope into eukaryotic cells (hela cells in inset) using a micropipette with a very fine end that pierces the cell membrane. the swelling of the cells at the moment of injection can be seen (inset). supported by these successes, genetic engineering started to come to the fore as an application-oriented discipline. levels of performance that would never have been imagined half a century before were achieved, such as the production of growth hormone, interferons, blood coagulation factors and vaccines. in the final decades of the th century, phenotype transformations using genetic modifications that had previously been carried out in bacteria and yeasts were successfully attempted in animals and plants. it was observed that a mutated dna integrated into a plasmid and introduced into a fertilized mouse egg (by micromanipulation) modifies the mouse's genetic inheritance, which affects first the embryo and then the adult mouse with phenotype modifications. such mice, which are said to be transgenic because of the stable integration of a foreign dna into their genome, are now widely used as animal models in studies that aim to understand the mechanisms involved in high-incidence human pathologies such as cancer, diabetes, and rheumatoid conditions. in , two american researchers , ralph brinster (b. ) and richard palmiter (b. ) carried out a spectacular transgenesis experiment in mice. using microinjection, they introduced the growth hormone gene (obtained from the rat) into oocytes of mice from a "little" germ line. once the transgeneic mice had reached adulthood, they were giants. at present, the transgenesis technique is being applied both to the animal kingdom and to the plant kingdom. in the s, kary mullis (b. ) perfected an ingenious technique, the polymerase chain reaction (pcr), which makes it possible to produce several tens of thousands of copies of a fragment of dna. using this technique, it is possible to detect traces of a fragment of dna of a given sequence down to an attomolar concentration, i.e., one billion billion ( - ) times smaller than molar concentration. by the end of the th century, genetic engineering had become well-established and wide-spread, thanks to a mastery of techniques involving the manipulation of dna such as the accurate cleavage of a gene into fragments using commercially available restriction enzymes, the covalent assembly of two fragments of dna by ligases, the automated chemical synthesis of fragments of dna of more than one hundred nucleotides and the possibility of manufacturing a complementary dna (cdna) from a messenger rna by using a reverse transcriptase and automated dna sequencing. given this particularly well-equipped toolbox, the molecular biologist is now able to manipulate dna, that is to say, the chemical material that contains the information that is central to the functioning of living structures (microorganisms, plant and animal organisms), and thus to modify, at will, the genotype of these structures that the selective pressure of evolution has previously favored. genomics has produced enormous quantities of data that are stored in databanks. automated procedures have been invented to make the information contained in these data intelligible, these procedures forming the basis for a new discipline, biocomputing, or bioinformatics, which develops programs, or algorithm-based strategies, that are able to solve specific problems, of which the annotation of genomes, i.e., the identification of coding and non-coding sequences. while the annotation of the prokaryotic genomes is relatively easy, because of the absence of introns, that of the eukaryotic genomes is considerably more difficult because of the alternating exons and introns and the small proportion of coding exons (fewer than % in the case of the human genome). this explains why, at the time of writing, several hundred genomes of prokaryotes (around at the beginning of ) have been sequenced, as opposed to only a few dozen genomes of eukaryotes. annotation was carried out manually at first, but it has become automated and it is now possible to analyze thousands of items of genomic data. the comparison of nucleotide base sequences in dnas and of amino acids in proteins of different origins involves biocomputing. the identification of similar or identical regions that provide information about functional similarities and phylogenetic proximity involves the use of alignment methods. one of these methods, which is in current use, is called blast (base local alignment search tool). comparison of protein sequences has been particularly instructive in the science of evolution. it has highlighted evolutive processes in the phylogenesis of proteins and linked these processes to precise functions. it has been possible to deduce that, over time, different families of proteins with similar functions appeared independently and evolved along different routes. this is the case for membrane proteins whose polypeptide chain crosses the thickness of the membrane six or twelve times; thus, the mitochondrial membrane proteins that transport metabolites are formed by triplication of an element with two transmembrane segments, while proteins located in other membranes of the cell are derived from duplication of an element with three transmembrane segments. from this academic context arose the study of paleogenetics, a new discipline that compares dna sequences extracted from fossils and amplified by pcr with dna sequences of current species. in addition to being of immense interest to fundamental biology, genetic bioengineering has led to innumerable industrial applications making use of genetically modified microorganisms that are able to synthesize molecules with a high added value that can also be used in xenobiotic depollution operations. so much data has already been deposited, equivalent to the sequencing of more than one hundred billion nucleotides, that it is inevitable that there have been errors, some of which might prove prejudicial for future use (comparison of sequences, screening of drugs…). nevertheless, the ever-increasing numbers of genome sequencing projects for animal, plant and microbe species show the interest that is shown in understanding the genetic information present in different types of cells, in order to be able to exploit their potential. dna chips appeared in the last decade of the th century, and came to the fore as part of a new technical revolution, the "high throughput" revolution ( figure iv. ). an article written by the group headed by ronald davis and patrick brown (b. ) at the university of stanford gives a precise description of the hybridization technique used in dna chips. thus, around a hundred short dna strands, corresponding to portions of genes of the plant arabidopsis thaliana, commonly known as mouse-ear cress, a small plant in the brassicaceae (formerly cruciferae) family, are synthesized. a robot is used to deposit microquantities of these dnas in solution in a dot pattern on a small glass slide coated with poly-l-lysine, thus comprising a "chip" on which the covalently fixed dnas act as probes for specific molecules. a later step involves both the use of reverse transcription to produce complementary dnas (cdnas) from messenger rnas arising from the expression of genes in the same plant and the labeling of these cdnas with fluorescent ligands for use in screening. once these fluorescent cdnas have been denatured, i.e., after separation into single strands, they are brought into contact with the dna chip. the unhybridized molecules are removed by washing. a -the term dna chip corresponds to a small, chemically-treated glass (or sometimes silicon) plate on which a robot has deposited dna strands of known sequence in a pre-determined order. b -the dna chip may be used for different types of diagnostic procedures. in the differential diagnosis experiment represented here, messenger rnas are prepared from two cell samples that have been treated in parallel, the control sample (normal cell) and the experimental sample (pathological cell). these messenger rnas are reverse transcribed into complementary dnas (cdnas) by means of a reverse transcriptase. each of these two types of cdna, corresponding to the two types of messenger rna, is labeled by a chemical reaction with a specific fluorescent ligand (cy , which emits at nm and cy , which emits at nm). they are then hybridized with chip dna strands. after hybridization and then washing, the fluorescence emitted at nm and nm under laser irradiation are analyzed using an appropriate detection system. the differential expression of the genes in the control cell sample and the experimental sample (shown by a color difference) can thus be analyzed. hybridization between the fluorescent dnas called targets and the complementary nucleotide probes fixed to the dna chip is detected by means of an automated fluorescence detection system. at the beginning of the s, stephen fodor and his group, who were working at the affymax research institute (palo alto, california), developed an ingenious procedure for microphotolithography that led to the synthesis of a network of a thousand peptides on chemically pre-treated glass microscope slides. the resolution of the network was shown by epifluorescence microscopy after fixation of specific antibodies labeled with fluorescent probes. soon after this, microphotolithography was used for the manufacture of dna molecule networks on solid supports. from then on, two competing techniques for the preparation of dna chips became well-established, either the depositing on a solid support of cdna obtained by gene amplification (technique used by davis and brown), or the synthesis in situ of oligonucleotides carried out directly on a solid support (technique used by the american affymetrix company, arising from affymax). one considerable advantage of dna chip technology is that it provides information on the level of transcription of thousands of genes into messenger rnas (mrnas), in a simultaneous manner and in a relatively short lapse of time. experiments that previously required weeks, months or even years to be completed can now be carried out in a matter of hours. we therefore have a sort of instantaneous, precise, freeze-frame picture of the state of a cell at a given moment, with a great number of parameters explored in a semi-quantitative manner. dna chips are a typical example of the application of high throughput technology to the study of living beings. the panoply of mrnas produced by the transcription of dna is called the transcriptome. the method by which transcriptomes are obtained is called transcriptomics. it should be added here that there is not necessarily a correlation between the abundance of a mrna, evaluated on a dna chip, and the functionality of the corresponding protein, which depends on multiple factors that particularly involve post-translational modifications: phosphorylation, glycosylation, hydroxylation, and so on. at the end of the s, dna chips were being used extensively in the research programs of many biology laboratories. they are used in a variety of domains: human pathology, to differentiate between forms of cancer linked to multiform mutations; microbiology, to identify pathogenic germs; comparative genomics, to look at model eukaryotic organisms that have in common a certain number of genes; or even in populations genetics, to detect polymorphisms linked to a change in a single base in a dna sequence. as a complement to the dna chip technique, the fish (fluorescent in situ hybridization) method holds a key position in the study of cytogenetics. this method is based on hybridization between fluorescent nuclear probes of known nuclear sequence and of complementary motifs located in the dna of the chromosomes. it allows the detection of chromosomal modifications with a gain or loss of genetic material, such as those that are found in certain tumors. it is used in prenatal diagnostics to diagnose such modifications. protein chips, which are used to characterize the reactivity of proteins with respect to specific ligands, are another example of the application of high throughput technology. dozens of proteins of different types (antibodies, for example), as well as derivatives of nucleic acids or even molecules capable of being ligands of proteins that might arise from combinatorial chemistry (chapter iv- . ), are arranged in a network on small glass plates that are chemically treated to act as hooks to entrap specific proteins present in a tissue extract or serum ( figure iv . a). this procedure, which is essentially analytical in nature, is complemented by a functional study in which proteins that have been isolated in their native form, i.e., those that are capable of expressing the same functions that they posses in vivo, are deposited on a glass microplate. this type of biochip makes it possible to analyze the reactivity of the proteins that are fixed to it with respect to a multitude of targets (proteins, nucleic acids or pharmaceutical substances) (figure iv. b). antigens peptides a -biochip for the identification of proteins. different types of ligands, antibodies, antigens, dna or rna, small molecules with a high affinity and specificity, are deposited on a reactive surface. these biochips can be used to determine the level of expression of proteins and the type of proteins expressed in cell extracts. they can be used for clinical diagnostics. b -biochip for the functional study of proteins. native proteins or peptides are arranged in micronetworks on a reactive medium. biochips produced in this way are used to analyze the activities of proteins and their affinities as a function of posttranslational modifications. they are useful for identifying drug targets. analytical proteomics, which was still in its infancy in the last decades of the th century (chapter iii- . . ) has become a vigorous discipline. the association of liquid nanochromatography and of mass spectrometry allows the identification of peptides obtained by the trypsin hydrolysis of samples of proteins of around one picomole in size. applied to fundamental and pathological cell biology, the aim of analytical proteomics is not only to decipher the list of proteins on the scale of the cell, but also to highlight variations in the abundance of synthesized proteins as a function of environmental conditions. it also aims to determine the posttranslational modifications that are undergone by the proteins inside the cells, which, for a large part, control the specificity of their operation. in parallel with the study of proteomics, the study of peptidomics, or the study of all of the peptides (peptidome) present in animal and plant cells and in the fluids that bathe these cells, has developed. for example, several hundred different peptides have been found in the cerebrospinal fluid. structural proteomics, which deals with the three-dimensional structure of proteins, has also become a domain in which the activity has been increasingly dominated by high-throughput techniques. this is partly due to the fact that the pharmaceutical industry has given considerable, sustained attention to the understanding of the structure of proteins that could play the role of therapeutic targets. this is the case for protein kinases that catalyze, via atp, the phosphorylation of endocellular proteins, of proteases involved in hydrolysis reactions, or even of cell surface receptors that are able to combine with ligands such as hormones. the use of automated crystallization systems has become common in structural biology. from the classical technique of the hanging drop, in plates comprising wells, we have moved on to plates with , and, recently, wells. obviously, this increase in dimensions requires the use of an automated system that includes a robot in charge of transferring microaliquots of the protein solution into the wells and adding media that differ according to their ph, ionic force and molecular composition to these wells. the crystallization process is followed by an automated microscopic examination coupled with video photography. making use of the recent development of genomics and of proteomics, and a detailed inventory of the structures and functions of the different protein species of living beings, contemporary biology is now able to sketch out a scheme of molecular systematics, including a classification into phylla, families, and classes that echoes those of the zoological and botanical systematics of the th and th centuries. however, modern systematics does not tell us how protein macromolecules interact within dynamic networks. there is still an enormous amount of work to be done in order to achieve an understanding of the meaning of the dialogue between macromolecules in a normal or pathological cell context. this work will require a detailed analysis of metabolic pathways and of how they are controlled, and their evaluation in kinetic and thermodynamic terms. it will be accompanied by modeling (chapter iv- ). there is no doubt that it will be successful. making use of subtle differences in the qualitative and quantitative expression of genes, it will become possible to understand the molecular principles that modulate differences in morphology and in function between neighboring animal, plant or microbial species. the science of evolution should benefit from this. in medicine, the forecasting of predispositions for certain diseases should be made easier (chapter iv- . ), opening up the perspective of prevention strategies. using recombinant dna technology, metabolic engineering applied to microorganisms and plants should make it possible to improve the production of molecules that are of economic interest or can be used for drugs. the diversity of bacteria is amazing, much greater than might be supposed by looking at the number of bacterial species identified by culturing on appropriate media. in fact, the number of bacterial species that can be cultivated only represents % of the total number of existing bacterial species on the surface of the earth. there are two major reasons for this: we do not know the appropriate conditions for culturing these bacteria; a certain number of environmental bacteria live in symbiosis, acting as commensal organisms that benefit from the products secreted by other organisms. nevertheless, the study of the bacterial genome, without any clonal culture, has been carried out, and comprises a branch of genomics known as metagenomics. instead of looking at an isolated, well-identified bacterial species, in order to analyze the sequence of its dna, as has been done traditionally, researchers look at a heterogeneous bacterial sample from which the dna is extracted, amplified, and then sequenced by high throughput methods. computer processing of the data provides information about individual germs. craig venter, who had already gained notoriety with the sequencing of the human genome, recently applied "metagenomic" procedures to the study of the sequence of the "metagenome" of the bacterial species of the sargasso sea . he came up with nucleotide sequences corresponding to approximately million kilobases of non-redundant nucleotides, attributable to more than two thousand different genomes. the challenge to be met by metagenomics is to connect a function to its phylogenetic source and to extend this information to specific species within a bacterial community. group . in human biology, a metagenomics approach has been applied to the study of the population of bacteriophages present in the intestinal flora. approximately genotypes have been identified, a number that greatly exceeds the bacterial species of this flora . this result leads us to think that the luxuriant community of bacteriophages which cohabits with that of the intestinal bacteria may influence the diversity of the latter by selective bacterial lysis and also by promoting the exchange of genes between bacteria. a rapid overview of the history of the exploration of genomic dna over the last fifty years shows the rapidity with which a traditional experimental paradigm can move thanks to modern computing and robotics procedures. in less than twenty years, we have moved from the manual sequencing of dna that was developed at the end of the s to automated high throughput sequencing. at the turn of the st century, the sequencing of communities of genomes (metagenomics) has been substituted for the sequencing of individual genomes. dna and protein chips have become objects of everyday use in fundamental and applied biology. transgenesis is widely practiced. dna, a molecule that remained mysterious for a long time after it was discovered, delivered some of its secrets during the second half of the th century. the purpose of the first experiments on dna was to understand how dna, detector of the genetic code, transmitted its message. after having questioned dna, researchers moved on to manipulating it. the current aim is to use oligonucleotides to build nanoscale constructions with original and, if possible, useful, properties. in addition, the possibility that has recently become available of being able to interfere with the expression of the genome in living cells, with the intervention of small rna molecules, allows the programmed manipulation of the genome. another challenge, the extending of the coding power of the genetic code, now appears to be achievable. from the fact that each of the strands of the double helix overhangs in one direction, and in the other the strand with which it is paired, thus leaving a few bases free ( figure iv. ) . if two strands of dna with sticky ends are brought into contact, when the bases of these ends are complementary, a branched structure will appear spontaneously. using this principle as a basis, cube-shaped nanometric constructions that make it possible to encage molecules of interest have been built. the opening of the cage by appropriate devices liberates the encaged molecules, which can act as substrates in specific reactions. the cutting of a double strand of dna using restriction enzymes able to create fragments with cohesive ends (a) has been used to "build" an artificial construction (b), which, in this case, is a cube (c), but which could be an object of a different geometrical type. a dna nanomachine that is capable of movement is becoming a reality. one dna nanomachine, which is admittedly still rudimentary, has been put together based on the structural difference that exists between b-dna, the classical double helix that twists to the right, and z-dna, a double helix that twists to the left. a propensity to adopt the z-form is triggered when there is an alternating sequence of cytosine (c) and guanine (g) (cg sequence) in the dna. the experiment illustrated in figure iv. makes use of a duplex formed of b-double helices. the dna nanomachine constructed by n.c. seeman comprised a duplex of double strands of dna. one of the double strands, of the classical b-form of dna (right-hand twist), has been cleaved in such a way as to fix fluorescent molecular probes onto the cleavage zones. facing this cleavage zone, a short nucleotide sequence, in which the cytosine (c) guanine (g) motif is repeated, can be found in the other dna double strand, which is also of b-form. the addition of cobaltihexammine induces the transition of the cg segment from a right-hand twist (b-dna) to a left-hand twist (z-dna), which leads to a rotation of this segment and to a rotation of the assembly, which can be detected using fret (fluorescence resonance energy transfer) spectroscopy. one of the double helices has a short cg segment. facing the cg segment, the other double helix is interrupted, and its ends, where the interruption is, carry fluorescent molecular probes. the simple fact of adding a cationic substance such as cobaltihexammine, which neutralizes the negative charges of the phosphate groups, triggers a conformational transition, with the cg segment taking the z-form, causing a rotational movement of the assembly that is detected by the movement of the probes. there is no doubt that the use of dna strands in order to build nanomolecular constructions that are capable of programmed movement marks the beginning of an adventure that we may imagine will be rich in outlets for domains such as computer technology, nanomechanics and even the life sciences. in addition, the discovery that dna conducts electrical current gives rise to dreams of a revolutionary technology in which dna may be used in the design of electrical circuits, in competition with classical electronics . interfering rnas are non-coding rnas of around twenty nucleotides that control gene expression at post-transcriptional level. as with many discoveries, that of rna interference was the result of serendipity. it began during the s with observations made by two american research groups, that of victor ambros now at darmouth medical school, hanover, and that of gary ruvkun (b. ) at boston's massachusetts general hospital, that a gene named lin- , which is involved in the post-embryonic development of the nematode c. elegans, did not code for a protein, but for a small size rna that played an antisense role. this odd discovery was supported and made more explicit a few years later by the research groups of andrew fire (b. ) at baltimore's carnegie institute and craig c. mello (b. ) at the university of massachusetts in worcester . in order to block the production of certain proteins in the nematode c. elegans, the researchers used synthetic antisense rnas. the control involved the use of sense rnas according to a classical protocol. unexpectedly, protein synthesis was blocked in both cases, suggesting that a contaminant was present in the sense and antisense rna preparations. this contaminant was identified as a double strand rna (dsrna -double strand) that is, an rna that is folded back on itself in a "hairpin" loop because of the pairing of complementary bases (adenine vs uracil and guanine vs cytosine). in order to verify the mechanism by which the translation of messenger rnas into proteins is silenced, the nematode c. elegans was injected with a synthetic dsrna, part of the sequence of which was complementary to that of the gene unc- , known to code for a protein involved in muscular contraction. within a few hours, the worm was making disordered movements, suggesting that the dsrna interferes with the production of proteins in the process of muscular contraction. the mechanism of action of dsrna was quickly unraveled: dsrna gives rise to two single strand rnas after cleavage by a specific enzymatic mechanism. one of the single strand rnas (sirna -small interfering rna) is paired thanks to a complementarity of bases with a short sequence of messenger rna transcribed from the gene unc- . the result is a blockage of the translation of messenger rna into a protein, followed by the destruction of messenger rna. this phenomenon was named rna interference ( figure iv the dicer cleavage enzyme, which has a ribonuclease activity, cuts the double strand rna into two strands. in the presence of the risc (rna-induced silencing complex) protein complex, one of the rna strands finds a complementary nucleotide sequence in a messenger rna (mrna) and associates itself with this rna, making it unable to be translated into protein. we now know that eukaryotic cells from animals and plants produce and host interfering rnas that are said to be "natural" . natural interfering rnas, of around twenty nucleotides, are called micrornas (mirnas). although a few details differ between the modes of formation and action of natural interfering rnas and those of synthetic interfering rnas, in particular the fact that messenger rnas are not destroyed by mirnas but blocked in their translation, the effect of negative regulation on the production of specific proteins comes to the same thing ( figure iv. ). there is a far from negligible number of genes that code for mirnas. already, several hundred mirnas have been identified in the genomes of plants and animals. the amount of interest that they arouse, and the feverishness of the research being carried out on them, are in keeping with the major mechanisms that they control: embryogenesis, hematopoiesis, neuronal differentiation, etc. given an understanding of the genome sequence in man, the rat and the mouse, trials have begun that aim to achieve an understanding of how the expression of mammal genes of known sequence might be manipulated by the interplay of interfering rnas (chapter iv- . ). the treatment of viral infections such as aids or hepatitis b, which are worrying public health problems, could benefit from this new technology. it appears that interfering rnas have much more to give to us in the near future than they have taught us up until now. the deciphering of the genetic code in the middle of the s was the end of a first step in elucidating the mechanism by which a sequence of nucleotides in dna is translated into a sequence of amino acids in a protein (chapter iv- . ). during the years that followed, the subtleties of the transcription of dna into messenger rna and of the translation of messenger rna into protein via transfer rnas were explored in hundreds of laboratories around the world. particular attention was paid to the understanding of how a given amino acid is activated and bound to a transfer rna (trna) after being picked up by an aminoacyl-trna synthetase. nevertheless, the idea remained of a code in which triplets of purine and pyrimidine bases of messenger rnas are translated into natural amino acids. recently, methods have been developed that give more flexibility to the action of the aminoacyl-trna synthetases, or, in other terms, relax their specificity . synthetases that have been manipulated in this way are able to recognize non-natural amino acids and to incorporate them into proteins by working together with the ribosomal machinery. it is in this way that, at the time of writing, around thirty non-natural amino acids, obtained by insertion of different types of chemical residue (photoactivable, fluorescent or radioactive residues capable of acting as probes for structural and functional analyses) (figure iv. ) have been incorporated into protein structures. with such an innovation, an unexpected field of exploration has opened up to research in domains as far apart as pharmacology and the science of evolution, giving rise to burning questions: could such non-natural proteins have therapeutic properties? could they give a selective advantage to the organisms that host them? with the addition of non-natural amino acids to the genetic code and the demonstration that proteins containing such amino acids can function in living cells, in sum, with the transgression of the potentialities of the natural genetic code, the experimental method appears to challenge the order of living beings. the triumph of genetic engineering via the study of dna is not unique to biology. many other sectors are undergoing changes in their type of experimental approach, dictated by the technosciences and making use of computer sciences, robotics and high-throughput screening. however, given the many questions that its operation continues to raise, and its central position at the heart of scientific ethics, the study of dna remains a typical example of the way in which the experimental life sciences and the techniques that underlie them are evolving nowadays. "i perfectly agree that when physiology is sufficiently advanced, the physiologist will be able to make new animals or plants, as the chemists produces substances that have potential, but do not exist in the natural order of things." more than a century after claude bernard predicted a genetically manipulated world, it has come to pass. the molecular biologist, having original, highperformance methods for "tinkering" with dna, has moved on to the application and use of his technical expertise for utilitarian ends. during the s, with transgenesis, research on bacteria (chapter iv- . . ) opened up a new biological domain, that of genetically modified organisms (gmos). results led to predictions that it would be possible to transfer a fragment of dna corresponding to a gene of a certain species into the genome of another species and have this foreign gene express itself as a protein in the host cell. in , the successful trans-genesis of a gene for resistance to an antibiotic, kanamycin, in tobacco plants, signaled the beginning of the technology of the first plant-type genetically modified organisms, still called gmps (genetically modified plants). in , the birth of dolly the ewe unveiled the era of reproductive cloning in mammals, i.e., the identical reproduction of an already-existing organism. an additional step was taken with the first tests on the differentiation of embryonic stem cells towards different types of lines that are characteristic of well-defined tissues, such as nerve tissue, cardiac tissue or the hepatic parenchyma, thus opening up promising perspectives in regenerative medicine. the frontiers of the experimental method continue to be pushed back to the limit of what is feasible and sometimes into the realm of fiction, as in immunology, for example, with the idea of xenotransplantation, using "humanized" animal organs. given the universality of the genetic code, any gene that is introduced into the genome of a plant, whether that gene is of animal, plant or microbial origin, is able to replicate itself and be expressed as a specific protein. thus plant gmos or genetically modified plants (gmps) are able to express specific foreign proteins from another plant, a bacterial microorganism or an animal organism. in the s, a short time after fundamental research had revealed the feasibility of plant transgenesis, the first transgenic plant, the flavr savr tomato, was marketed in the usa. since this time, numerous other plant gmos have been cultivated on a large scale and become available on the world market, including corn, soya, rice, cotton and the poplar. one of the desired aims is to produce modified plants that are able to resist destruction by the herbicides that are commonly used to eliminate weeds, while another is to prevent predation by harmful insects. in the first case, transgenesis involves the insertion of a herbicide-resistant gene, and in the second case, the inserted gene codes for an insecticidal toxin. recently, plant gmos that produce proteins with a therapeutic effect have appeared, ranging from antibiotic peptides to antibodies or proteins as unexpected as human hemoglobin. current projects aim to create plants that are resistant to adverse conditions such as the dryness of arid climate zones. the preferred procedure for producing a plant gmo is to use a bacterium, agrobacterium tumefaciens, a microorganism that is able to insert fragments of its own dna into plant cells ( figure iv . ). the useful gene that we wish to transfer into the plant may be a gene for resistance to a pesticide such as glyphosate, marketed under the name of roundup, phosphinothricin (basta) or glufosinate (liberty). the plasmid is reintegrated into a. tumefaciens. during infection of a plant cell by a. tumefaciens the t-dna carrying the gene of interest is inserted into one of the chromosomes of this cell. the ti plasmid is isolated and cut using a restriction enzyme. a foreign gene, known as a gene of interest, is inserted into the t-dna of the plasmid. a plant is generated from a modified clone. all of its cells carry the foreign gene. transgene of interest in the case of the fight against insect predators, the useful gene is carried by a fragment of dna contained in the genome of the bacterium bacillus thuringiensis. this gene, called bt, expresses a toxin responsible for the insecticidal capability of b. thuringiensis. a current application involves the protection of bt corn with respect to the corn-borer, a devastating insect whose caterpillars are particularly destructive. another, more direct, gene transfer method, known as biolistics, involves bombarding plant cells with tungsten microbeads covered with modified dna. with the implementation of large-surface-area experimental fields and the first marketing of gm soya, in , the question of whether or not the advantages achieved with respect to crop yields are counter-balanced by risks for the environment and for consumers came to the fore. food risks could arise from the toxicity or allergenic power of artificially synthesized proteins. at the time of writing, this question remains unanswered, due to the lack of epidemiological studies carried out rationally over several years. when the first creations of gmos took place, the transfer of the gene of interest was carried out by means of the co-transfer of an antibiotic resistance gene. the transformed cells were selected according to the criterion of their resistance to this antibiotic, which involved a risk of dissemination of the resistance gene. this selection technique has been abandoned. in practice, it is difficult to evaluate the theoretical ecological risk of wild plants being invaded by genes that have been inserted artificially into gmos. as a precaution, zones used for experimentation of plant gmos are now surrounded by refuge zones, i.e., fields in which the same species of plants, in non-gmo form, are cultivated. there has been a much fiercer and completely legitimate debate concerning the presence of the terminator gene in seed from the first gmos marketed by the monsanto company in the usa. the terminator gene blocked germination of the seed from the cultivated plant, so it was necessary for the farmer to buy more seed from the company each season, thus creating a state of dependency. this technique is no longer in use, but the fact remains that most transgenic seed is patented, and therefore farmers who use such seed are dependent on the companies that posses this genetic know-how. the culture of plant gmos has spread around the world, covering more than a billion hectares of our planet, more than half of which are in the united states of america. this type of culture is used on a large scale for soya and in a less extensive way for corn, rape seed and cotton, but there are many other applications of plant transgenesis. among the countries that are actively involved we may mention argentina, brazil, canada and china, and more recently india, paraguay and south africa. while the policies of these countries are based on the fact that gmo products do not differ fundamentally from non-gmo products with respect to checks carried out a posteriori, and that there is thus no reason to prohibit them, european policy has taken refuge behind a principle of precaution, and it remains basically restrictive. although the moratorium on the culture and marketing of plant gmos that was put in place in was lifted in , mandatory labeling for any consumable product containing more than . % gmo remains dissuasive. the united states of america has refused to use such labeling. the worries that are aroused by plant transgenesis, which are often exacerbated by the diktats of ecology groups, must be analyzed in a reasoned manner. common sense and lucid thought dictate that the debate should be situated within a scientific perspective in which the main role is played by the experimental method in long-term applications. simple reflection leads us to think that with time parasites and self-propagating plants will develop a resistance to the most drastic treatments, as was the case for bacteria confronted with antibiotics. the perspective of an acquisition of uncontrolled resistances, which gives rise to so much passionate debate, is, in fact, only the first stage of a technology with promising applications. the mastery of plant transgenesis that was acquired through the first experimentations should, in fact, allow the emergence of plant gmos that are assigned to the production of molecules with therapeutic effects (drugs, vaccines, human proteins, vitamins…). in this domain, there have already been creations that include golden rice, which carries β-carotene, the precursor of vitamin a, banana plants that express a vaccine against hepatitis b and tobacco that produces human lactotransferrin and hemoglobin. if we just look at the production of golden rice as a palliative for vitamin a deficiency, it should be remembered that, in certain countries of our planet, this deficiency affects people's sight and is a frequent cause of blindness, that it generates problems with development and the immune response to infections, that it affects more than a hundred million children around the world and that it is responsible for the death of three million of them each year. if these plants are considered to be a material of choice for the production of proteins with a therapeutic effect, this is partly due to the yield of such crops over large surface areas, and also partly due to the low risk of transmission of viral pathogens to man, because of the species barrier, a risk that is less negligible when animal productions are involved. genetically modified plants are also potential factories for the manufacture of chemical products with an industrial impact, for example lubricants, perfumes and aromas. given the unpredictable outlets that plant gmos may have in human medicine and the different domains of the economy, plant gmo technology should be considered in a manner that is free of any pressure or passion, and, as far as the political authorities are concerned, it should be subject to appropriate measures to surround and protect certain strategic experiments. when looking at the worries being expressed by the european society, it should be remembered that the genetic inheritance of plants has never ceased changing, not only in the most of natural of manners, over millions of years, particularly with the mobility of transposable elements located in the genome, but also artificially, at the hands of farmers from ancient times onwards, with their methods of hybridization and selection. the nervousness of european authorities, showing an ignorance of basic scientific ideas, with the pretext of a principle of precaution, and sometimes political compromises that are exemplified by fluctuating and contradictory positions, runs the risk, in the short term, of causing their countries to lag disadvantageously behind the united states of america, which holds the majority of plant biotechnology patents. the principle of gene therapy is simple: the introduction of an appropriate gene into the cells of a patient who carries a mutation can correct the phenotypical consequences of this mutation, or, in other terms, cure the disease affecting the patient, or at least slow down its evolution. the technical difficulty involved in gene therapy is that of finding an appropriate vehicle or vector for the transfer of the gene and addressing it to an appropriate location in the genome of the host cell. the most commonly used vectors in human gene therapy are viral. a certain number of criteria are necessary for a transfer to be efficacious, including a high concentration of viral particles carrying the gene to be transferred (more than a billion viral particles per milliliter) and a good capability on the part of the foreign gene to be integrated into the host's genome. the patient's immune response remains a major worry in the use of viral vectors: at cell level it often leads to a proliferation of cytotoxic lymphocytes and, especially at humoral level, to the synthesis of antibodies directed against the viral proteins. in order to minimize its immune response, the genetic material of the viral vectors is modified. for ethical reasons, gene therapy is currently only applied to somatic cells, germinal gene therapy being rejected. somatic gene therapy has been experimented in the treatment of hereditary illnesses linked to hematopoiesis. one of the technical reasons for this choice is easy access to the progenitor cells of the bone marrow, with the aim of transfection. it was with this in mind that mouse gene therapy models were developed a few years ago. the sickle cell mouse is one of these models. human drepanocytosis (sickle cell anemia) is a serious disease that is caused by a mutation in the β protein chain of normal human hemoglobin a. the molecules of sickle cell hemoglobin s tend to aggregate and form fibers that obstruct the blood capillaries of the microcirculation. somatic gene therapy has been applied to these sickle cell mice. this involves an autograft of bone marrow hematopoietic cells transfected with a retrovirus hosting the gene coding for the β subunit of normal hemoglobin. encouraging results have shown the validity of this approach. in , a gene therapy protocol that had been applied with success to man was described by the group of alain fischer (b. ) and marina cavazzana-calvo at the necker hospital in paris (science, vol. , pp. - ). the purpose of this therapy was to bring about a long term remission in the case of an immune disease known as scid-x (severe combined immunodeficiency linked to a mutation on the x chromosome). because of their susceptibility to microbial and viral infections, babies who are affected can only survive in sterile rooms. they are known as bubble babies. in this illness, the hematopoietic progenitor cells of the bone marrow are unable to differentiate into t and nk (natural killer) lymphocytes because of a mutation that affects a cytokine receptor. previous experiments carried out on model mice show that scid can be corrected by in vivo transfer of the cytokine receptor gene into hematopoietic progenitors. the transfer of the gene of interest paired with a retroviral vector was carried out first in march , in two babies, one of them eleven months and the other two months old. progenitor cells from their own bone marrow, cultured and modified genetically, were injected into them. these were therefore autografts, without any risk of immune rejection. a remission of symptoms over a period of nearly a year, shown by the almost normal behavior of the babies' immune cells, encouraged the application of the same therapy to other babies. in total, ten babies were given this therapy. the enthusiasm that greeted the successes that were recorded was nevertheless tempered by fact that in the spring of , and again in the following year, a child who had undergone the gene therapy developed a leukemia characterized by an anarchical proliferation of lymphocytes, necessitating chemotherapy. these two occurrences were explained by the random character of the insertion of the gene of interest into the patients' genomes: insertion into a site close to a proto-oncogene had led to activation of this proto-oncogene and the proliferation of the lymphocytes. while the trial carried out at the necker hospital gave rise to great hopes, it nevertheless showed that there is still a long way to go before we achieve a targeted transfection of genes so that no undesirable consequences follow. here we have a typical example of the limits of an experimental method that is based on an in-depth technological know-how, but also on a still imperfect understanding of the complex arcana of the mechanisms that regulate the positioning and interaction of genes in the chromosomes of eukaryotic cells. this example highlights a harrowing ethical dilemma: should we not treat a patient whose illness is likely to be fatal, or attempt a therapy that may save the patient, without having any formal assurance of its success? an experimental medicine that has the power to modify the human organism via its genetic material is now able to take over from the experimental method that up until now operated on animals and plants. we can easily understand, given the progress that has already been accomplished and that which is to come in the domain of gene therapy, that the temptation will be great, in the future, to consider manipulations of the human germ cell genome as being licit, insofar as such manipulations make it possible to eradicate a handicapping defect in our descendents. at present, the idea of any attack on the germinal genetic inheritance has been rejected unconditionally on the basis of ethical considerations. nevertheless, the history of science shows that prohibitions that were once considered to be untouchable finish by being contravened. this was the case for abortion. in a text entitled why genetic engineering should continue its battle , james watson writes of his confusion when faced with a choice that is likely to become more and more insistent over the years: "dare we be entrusted with improving on the results of several million years of darwinian natural selection? or do the human germ cells represent on the contrary rubicons that geneticists will never dare to cross?" a mastery of the differentiation of stem cells and of cloning are two essential weapons in the biotechnological arsenal, the use of which for utilitarian ends, particularly in human medicine, gives rise to hope and disquiet, agreement and disapproval. at the beginning of the s, experiments carried out by the canadian biologists ernest mcculloch (b. ) and james till (b. ) attracted attention to the particular properties of cells in the bone marrow, the stem cells, which would subsequently be found in other tissues . the experimental protocol is simple. bone marrow cells from a mouse are injected into another mouse that has previously been irradiated in order to destroy its stem cells. the injected cells go to the spleen where they divide and form colonies that take the form of nodules of different sizes. the researchers realized that the cells of these nodules present differences in their potential for renewal, which is more or less rapid. they reinjected the nodule cells into mice from a second batch. the reinjected cells showed themselves capable of multiplying and generating several types of blood line. these observations suggest the presence in the nodules of progenitor cells that have a strong potential for self-renewal and self-differentiation. in the following years, these observations were confirmed and explained by two characteristic criteria of stem cells; self-renewal and differentiation into multiples cell lines with specific characteristics. from this point on, it was possible to understand the enigma of the amputated hydra in the experiments carried out by trembley, two centuries beforehand (chapter ii- . . ). we now understand why, like the hydra, organisms like the flatworm, the salamander, the starfish and the zebrafish are able to recreate an amputated or damaged part of their bodies. the hydra mobilizes stem cells that it has preserved since its birth. in the case of the salamander, regeneration involves the reprogramming of cells that have already been differentiated. like all stem cells, embryonic stem cells (or es cells) are able to self-renew and differentiate into the different types of known adult cell line, giving rise to different types of cell such as neurons, cardiac cells that are able to contract, or hepatocytes ( figure iv . ). this potential has led to the hope that es cells could be used in regenerative medicine. in a fertilized egg that has developed to the blastocyst stage, it is possible to distinguish a cell mass (inner cell mass, icm) which protrudes inside the blastocyst. the icm cells are removed and placed on a mat of irradiated (and thus unable to divide) fibroblasts that provide them with a support and nutrients (steps and ) so that they can proliferate. the stem cells arising from the icm cells, placed in a medium that has been specifically conditioned to provide cytokines and other biomolecules, are able to differentiate into various cell types (step ). at what stage of embryo development is it possible to remove es cells for experimental purposes? after fertilization by a sperm cell, the ovum undergoes a series of divisions that give rise to a microstructure, the blastocyst, the cells of which are called blastomeres. each isolated blastomere remains capable of producing an entire organism of fetus and placenta, by division and differentiation. at this stage, blastomeres are totipotent. five days after fertilization, the embryo has the form of a hollow sphere. an external layer of cells, the trophoectoderm, surrounds a cavity, the blastocele, inside which a small mass of cells, the inner cell mass, protrudes. from the beginning of the implantation of the blastocyt in the uterus, the trophoectoderm evolves to form the placenta. the cells of the inner cell mass take part in the process of differentiation that generates all of the tissues of the future adult organism. these are called embryonic stem cells (es cells). es cells are said to be pluripotent. isolated, they have lost their ability to give rise to a complete individual, but they have maintained the possibility of differentiating, according to their environment, into any of the two hundred cell types that make up animal tissues. during their division, es cells evolve from a stage of being pluripotent to a stage of being unipotent, passing through a stage of multipotency beyond a hundred cells. a state of multipotency characterizes cells that give rise to a restricted number of cell lines in the tissues in which they nest. this is the case for of the hematopoietic stem cells of the bone marrow that form the red blood cells and the white blood cells. the term unipotent refers to the progenitors, which give rise to a single type of cell, for example the hepatocyte of the liver or the cardiomyocyte of the heart. when es cells are cultivated for to days in a conventional nutritive medium, they multiply and aggregate. if the culture medium is supplemented with certain biomolecules such as insulin, retinoic acid, transferrin or fibronectin, the differentiation of the es cells is oriented towards cells of different types, such as neuron cells, glial cells or muscle cells. there are many publications about experiments concerning the grafting of differentiated stem cells in the mouse or the rat. for example, neuron precursors derived from the spinal cord or the brain are grafted into rats whose spinal chords have been injured. five weeks after the grafts are carried out, the transplanted cells have filled the area of the injury and differentiated into oligodendrocytes, astrocytes and neurons. what is more, after about twelve weeks, locomotive function has been partially restoredirradiated . other experiments involving the grafting of differentiated stem cells have been carried out on rats in which the dopaminergic neurons of the "substantia nigra" of the brain that secrete the neurotransmitter dopamine have been selectively destroyed by injection of -hydroxydopamine. the problems found in the rat as a result of this neuronal degenerescence mimic those found in man in patients suffering from parkinson's disease. dopaminergic neurons obtained by the differentiation of mouse es cells are grafted into the striatum of each of these rats, a region of the brain whose neurons communicate with those of the substantia nigra and play a fundamental role in the control of movement. this results in a significant improvement in the motor deficit, coupled with the establishment of functional synapses between the injected neurons and those of the host , . a recent publication bringing together the results of two french research teams, that of michel pucÉat (b. ) in montpellier and that of philippe menaschÉ (b. ) in paris, provides interesting information about how mouse embryonic stem cells, grafted into sheep cardiac tissue where an infarctus has been artificially induced, are able to colonize the infarct zone and regenerate cardiac contraction in a functional manner. moving from the mouse to the sheep constitutes a considerable species leap, and the absence of any immune rejection leads us to say that embryonic stem cells have an "immune privilege" . the use of es cells in regenerative medicine necessarily requires that their differentiation be regulated in an exhaustive manner into well-defined pathways, in order to produce homogeneous cell lines with a view to implanting them in damaged tissues. in fact, contamination with non-differentiated es cells is likely to cause tumors (teratomas) over the long term. the mastering of the use of es cell culture and differentiation, as well as of cloning, in such a way as to overcome problems of histocompatibility, is still in its infancy. for a long time, the mouse was the preferred animal model for experimental studies on the differentiation of es cells. in , the first es cells from mouse blastocysts were isolated and successfully cultured by two groups of researchers in great britain and the usa. it was only in that human embryonic stem cells (hes) were isolated for the first time and held in culture, on a nutritive layer of fibroblasts from irradiated mice. this delay with respect to the ability to culture animal es cells can be explained by the fact that the molecular machinery that activates replication and cell differentiation programs is not completely identical in man and the mouse . for example, a cytokine called lif (leukemia inhibitory factor), which is indispensable for the renewal of es cells in an undifferentiated state in the mouse, has no effect on human es cells. there are several other differences concerning the control of proliferation and differentiation in human and murine es cells by growth factors. briefly, the conclusions obtained from experiments carried while there is a highly promising future for the use of es cells, this future is littered with obstacles, and rigorous checks and balances need to be put in place. nevertheless, research on such cells is mandatory if we wish to move on to a regenerative medicine that aims to be a new frontier in the art of healing. after specific differentiation, hes cells could provide unlimited quantities of the tissues needed to replace damaged tissues responsible for handicapping illnesses (dopaminergic neurons in parkinson's disease, cardiomyocytes in myocardial infarction, pancreatic islets of langerhans cells in diabetes, fibroblasts in skin grafts, chondrocytes in rhumatoid arthritis). in addition, metabolic analysis of hes cells carrying defective genes whose phenotypical expression is known in human pathology should improve our understanding of the perturbed mechanisms, and could lead to pharmacological advances. as well as the technical difficulties involved, which have not yet been adequately overcome, the handling of hes cells is subject to much ethical debate in many countries, with those who object to it holding to their prejudices, which are linked to religious or cultural traditions. this is the case in france, where, nevertheless, a few timid dispensations had begun to appear at the time of writing. in contrast, in great britain, the law authorizes the isolation of hes cells for therapeutic purposes, using embryos of less than one hundred cells, produced by in vitro fertilization, and surplus to requirements. the british response to the burning question of whether an isolated hes cell may be considered as a potential human embryo is clearly "no", for, in order to be able to develop in utero, such hes cells would need to have the placental progenitor cells. an alternative to the use of es cells is to make use of adult stem cells. however, the proliferation capacity of adult stem cells is considerably lower than that of their embryonic homologues. the hematopoietic stem cell is the paradigm of the adult stem cell. it can differentiate into all known types of cells. in the last decade of the th century, several publications concerning the plasticity of the adult stem cell awakened a hope that these cells could transform the treatment of degenerative illnesses. certain of these publications stated that adult bone marrow stem cells, implanted into different types of tissues, differentiate into hepatocytes, cardiomyocytes or neurons, depending on the specific environment. careful re-examination of the techniques used revealed that, in certain cases, interpretation of the results as showing cell transdifferentiation was an erroneous one, and that the fusion of the bone marrow stem cells with cells from other tissues was a more plausible explanation. in any case, while not ignoring the use of adult stem cells, experimentation on hes cells remains a judicious choice, given our current state of understanding. in france, the law application decree that was issued on the th of february , revising the restrictive bioethical standards of , opens up the possibility of using human embryonic stem cells for scientific purposes, with certain ethical reserves being maintained. one of the obstacles to the stabilization over time of a stem cell graft in a receiver involves the phenomenon of rejection for reasons of histocompatibility. considered to be foreign by the receiver (host), grafted stem cells coming from a donor are rejected. this obstacle could be overcome by using the technique of cloning. based on experiments on several animal species, it is now accepted that the transfer of the nucleus of an adult somatic cell from a host into an enucleated oocyte makes it possible to obtain from this oocyte, which is once again nucleated, and which is the equivalent of a zygote and able to divide, es cells whose genome is identical to that of the host. because of this, the es cells are immunologically compatible with the tissues of the host. in man, such cells could be directed by differentiation towards stable cell lines creating well-defined tissues and organs (liver, muscle…) that could be used in regenerative medicine. this is the principle of therapeutic cloning. in march , korean veterinary researcher woo suk hwang (b. ) and his co-workers, who were recognized experts in animal cloning, announced in the american review science that they had succeeded for the first time in obtaining around thirty human blastocysts by cloning, i.e., by the transfer of nuclei of somatic cells into enucleated ova. this first experiment involved autologous cloning (ovum nuclei and enucleated somatic cells taken from the same woman). hwang and his team used ova, and the yield from the experiment was close to that obtained at that time for the cloning of mammals. using the inner cell mass of one of the blastocysts, they isolated a line of embryonic stem cells able to maintain a normal karyotype after several dozen divisions. this publication, which appeared in a highly prestigious scientific review, triggered an enthusiasm in the media that was in keeping with the spectacular nature of the team's exploit, tempered here and there by a few comments that were mainly linked to questions of medical ethics. in , there were numerous other articles by the same team on the same subject, reinforcing the first results with a heterologous cloning technique (ovum nuclei and enucleated somatic cells taken from different people), thus giving rise to great hopes that the era of regenerative medicine was near. at the beginning of , professor hwang's retractation of all his work, and a public confession of a spectacular fraud, were even more dramatic, offering certain media an occasion for a disproportionate level of fury against therapeutic cloning. however, despite such rear-guard combats, it is obvious that one day these technical difficulties will be overcome. human cloning, in order to obtain stem cells for therapeutic purposes, cannot escape the future. once this aim has been achieved, it will be spoken of as the outcome of a long story. the adventure of animal reproductive cloning began in . in developmental biology , two american researchers, robert briggs ( - ) and thomas king ( - described experiments involving the transfer of cell nuclei of embryos from a frog (rana pipiens), at the blastula and gastrula stages, into enucleated eggs of the same species. a high percentage of the clones obtained in this way were able to reach the tadpole stage when the transferred nuclei came from the early blastula stage, but only mediocre success was achieved when the nuclei came from the later gastrula stage. these experiments emphasized both the totipotency of the embryo somatic cells and the equivalency of the somatic cell nucleus and the nucleus of the fertilized egg in cell division and differentiation. briggs and king's publication did not arouse any particular interest. it is true that the s were dominated by the saga of molecular biology, which would reach its culmination in the deciphering of the genetic code. from the s onward, the first attempts to clone mammals (rat, mouse, pig) began. moving from the amphibian egg, which was a millimeter wide, to a mammal egg that was one hundred times smaller, presented a technical difficulty that would be overcome by a technique of cell-to-cell electrofusion. cloned embryos were thus obtained by nuclear transfer and then implanted into the uterus of a surrogate female. however, in all cases, the nucleus came from embryo cells. in february , the announcement made by ian wilmut (b. ), keith h. campbell (b. ) and their collaborators at edinburgh's roslin institute of the birth of the cloned lamb dolly had an immediate effect in the media. in fact, this was not only the cloning of a higher mammal, but, above all, the cloning by insertion of an adult somatic cell, in this case a mammary tissue cell, into an enucleated oocyte. this went far further than the experiment carried out by briggs and king, which essentially involved the transfer of embryo cell nuclei into enucleated frog eggs. the trick that gave wilmut and campbell their success was to bring the cells providing the nuclei to a quiescent state corresponding to the interphase stage of the cell cycle, by impoverishing their culture medium, before electrofusion with enucleated oocytes. although we should be aware that attempts were made before a positive result was achieved, this does not make it any less astonishing that the nucleus of a cell in its adult state, i.e., completely differentiated, was able to behave as if it were totipotent. despite being committed to a program of differentiation that is considered to be more-or-less irreversible, and which will give it a specific identity, the nucleus of an adult cell can be reprogrammed and become totipotent. since dolly, many other mammals have been cloned from nuclei of adult cells; mice, cows, goats, pigs, rabbits, cats, dogs, rats and horses. as far as ethical discussion about cloning is concerned (chapter iv. ), it is essential to note that the demarcation line between reproductive cloning and therapeutic cloning is situated where decisions are made concerning the destiny of the cloned blastocyst ( figure iv . ). the transfer of the nucleus of a somatic cell (liver, epidermis, muscle) containing n chromosomes into an enucleated oocyte gives rise to an egg ( n chromosomes) that is able to divide and to produce a blastocyst. the cells of the blastocyst inner cell mass (icm) can be used as stem cells that can differentiate into different types of cell line (therapeutic cloning). on the other hand, if the whole blastocyst is implanted into a uterus, it will produce an embryo which, after birth, will grow into an adult animal (reproductive cloning). reproductive cloning and therapeutic cloning therefore differ because of the fact that in reproductive cloning, the whole blastocyst is used, while in therapeutic cloning, only certain cells, corresponding to the inner cell mass (icm) of the blastocyst, are used. the structural and functional identity of the cells of a given tissue in an adult organism involves a basic mechanism: while each cell has the same set of genes, only some of the genes are expressed as proteins and the genes that are expressed differ according to the tissue involved. the key to the mechanism responsible is in the epigenetic type chemical modifications of cell dna, for example methylations, which repress the expression of certain genes without altering the expression of others. these modifications of the dna, which control cellular specificity (muscle, liver, brain…) are not very reversible, but, in certain circumstances, they can become so. this is what happens from time to time when the nucleus of an adult cell is inserted into an enucleated oocyte. we are thus able to assume that in the molecular arsenal of the oocyte cytoplasm there are substances that can cancel the epigenetic modifications of the dna present in the nucleus of an adult somatic cell and recreate a state of pluripotency in this nucleus, or, in other words, provoke the reprogramming of the somatic cell nucleus. in the long term, it is to be hoped that biochemical technology will be able to find and purify the molecules responsible for the nuclear reprogramming of somatic cells. the use of human oocytes for the purpose of therapeutic cloning is still subject to severe criticism. certain groups wish it to be prohibited, because of a fear of a drift towards reproductive cloning. to obviate this risk, the idea has been to make use not of human oocytes but of those of animals, transferring the nuclei of human somatic cells into them. even supposing that the technical difficulties involved could be overcome, the cells that would result, a sort of man-animal chimera, would also be the subject of an ethical debate, even if the purpose of this type of cloning were to be solely therapeutic. some japanese researchers have succeeded in creating mice according to a parthenogenetic process that involves adding the nucleus of an oocyte that is haploid ( n chromosomes) to another haploid oocyte, the result being the equivalent of a fertilized egg ( n chromosomes). this exploit is achieved by the invalidation of one of the genes (h ) involved in the control of the parental imprint. it is known that sexual reproduction in mammals involves a phenomenon called the parental imprint, which, by means of the methylation of dna and perhaps also of histones, allows the expressing or silencing of certain genes in male and female gametes. a single copy of a given gene, originating either from the oocyte or from the sperm cell, is therefore expressed, while the other is inactive. in the japanese experiment, if the mouse h gene had not been invalidated, the result would have been an anarchical development of the responsible genes involved in the parental imprint with overexpression in the case of some and an absence of expression in the case of others. these disturbances would have been incompatible with the viability of the embryo. however limited its application might be, the manipulation of the germinal genome poses the problem of the mechanism by which the parental imprint intervenes in the viability of the egg, a parameter that at the time of writing is still not completely understood, but is being actively explored. in boston, massachusetts, in , a kidney was transplanted from a healthy boy into his twin brother, who was suffering from a fatal renal anomaly. the success of this graft ushered in the era of transplantations of such organs as the heart, liver and kidney in man. in order to try to prevent the rejection of grafts, caused by an immune incompatibility between the receiver and the graft from the donor, different immunosuppressing treatments were tried, one by one, involving corticosteroids or cytostatic agents such as -mercaptopurine. in the s, a decisive step forward was made with the fortuitous discovery of the powerful immunosuppressive effect of the cyclosporin a, a cyclic polypeptide isolated from the mold tolypocladium inflatum. each year, human organ transplants into patients make it possible to save many lives. however, for some time now, organ transplantation has been suffering from penury of donors. one alternative to the homograft is the grafting of animal organs, or the xenograft, and, at the dawn of the st century, this type of graft has entered an active, promising phase, with the creation of pigs that have been partially "humanized" and are thus, as a consequence, immunocompatible. for reasons of genetic and physiological similarity, the first choice for such grafts was to use apes or monkeys. however, this idea was quickly abandoned, for several reasons; a non-negligible risk of viral infection due to the phylogenetic kinship of human and simian species; a slow growth rate; a low reproduction rate and, finally, laws that protect primates. these disadvantages are not found, or are at least minimized, in the pig: the risk of a viral infection passing from the pig to man should be low because of the species barrier (but nevertheless, it ought to be evaluated), the pig growth rate is relatively rapid, pig litters are large and pig organs are of a size close to those of man. hyperacute rejection of grafts is the critical obstacle that must be overcome before it is possible even to envisage the feasibility of xenotransplantation. hyperacute rejection is caused by the presence in man of natural antibodies (xenoantibodies) that accumulate throughout a lifetime and are directed against antigenic motifs carried by the products of the digestion of food or dust that is breathed in. xenoantibodies are mobilized when a xenograft occurs, and when they combine with xenoantigens brought by the graft this activates immune proteins such as the complement proteins. the catastrophic effect of this xenoantibody/xenoantigen combination is a vascular thrombosis followed by necrosis and rejection of the graft. the pig xenoantigen that is considered to be the one mainly responsible for the phenomenon of rejection in man is a sugar molecule, galactose α- , -galactose, located on the plasma membrane of endothelial cells. synthesis of this molecule requires the enzyme α- , -galactosyltransferase, which is present in most mammals, but absent in man and the primates. this enzyme disappeared in man around twenty million years ago, following a double mutation of the gene. in , cloning by nuclear transfer, associated with the invalidation of the gene coding for galactosyltransferase, made it possible to create pigs without galactose α- , -galactose . this performance shows that the xenotransplantation objective, although it can only be envisaged over the long term, is not based on false hopes. plant gmos, gene therapy, embryonic stem cells, therapeutic cloning, and xenotransplantation are a few of the many examples that show how far experimentation on living beings has progressed in just a few decades, from inquiries into the operating mechanism of an organ or a cell, in the interests of pure understanding, to a programmed process, planned with an objective in mind, the chances of success of this objective being analyzed and counted in terms of impact and cost-effectiveness. during the renaissance, ecclesiastical authorities, worried by the libertarian forces that were assailing them, applied the brakes to audacious questioning of dogma such as the circumterrestrial revolution of the sun that had, since ancient times, placed man at the center of the universe. nowadays, civil authorities, conscious of the potential but also of the possible misuses of genetic manipulation, insist on having the right to oversee such procedures. in truth, since the th century, governments have been interesting themselves in research on living beings and encouraging it, as long as its applications have allowed improvements in human health. this has been the case for vaccinations against infectious diseases or for prevention of microbial infections by means of aseptic or antiseptic methods. with the breakthroughs made in genetic manipulation at the end of the th century, it was more than just the results of experiments on living beings that attracted the attention of the political authorities, it was, above all, the manner in which the experimental method, with all its hazards, made use of living material, sometimes of human origin, in order to unlock mysteries. conscious of the social impact of emerging discoveries that are subject to considerable media coverage and are sensationalized in both the written and audiovisual media, the state, with the help of researchers and philosophers, has laid down a code of bioethics, applied through strict or even restrictive legislation. it remains to be seen whether the rules of this code will continue to be an inviolable absolute or will be modified according to the evolution of the moral codes and the cultures of nations. university teaching and the education of a society must now take into account not only the content of successive discoveries, but also the fallout of these discoveries, insofar as they concern man, and even the ethical justification of the methods that have allowed these discoveries. in "remaking" living beings according to imposed norms, and in scheduling, in a certain fashion, the manufacture of life according to new codes, certain questions move from the "how" to the "why", i.e., from the scientific domain that is accessible to human thought to the metaphysical sphere, with its problems of the limit of what is surmountable and tolerable in terms of ethics. in his birth of predictive medicine, jacques ruffiÉ ( - ) reminds us that medicine has evolved through three stages over the course of time: curative medicine, which has been practiced since ancient times and is still being practiced; preventive medicine, which is more recent, and is designed to prevent people from falling ill, either by vaccinating them, in the case of infectious diseases, or by recommending an appropriate diet and medication in the case of metabolic disorders such as diabetes or arterial hypertension that have been detected by means of systematic examination; and, finally, predictive medicine, a branch of medicine that is still in its early phases, and which is based on modern technology and is able to predict situations of risk because of anomalies detected in the genetic inheritance or because of exposure to environments that are reputed to be dangerous (for example, carcinogenic smoke, asbestos). about one and a half centuries ago, the publication of the introduction to the study of experimental medicine ( ) provided proof, based on scientific arguments, that the time had come to transfer the experience that had been acquired through the experimental method practiced on animal models to the ill person. after claude bernard, attentive to the progress made by ideas and techniques in the physical and chemical sciences, and making use of its own advances in the understanding of the living cell, both normal and pathological, experimental medicine was to live through a development that was without precedent in the history of humanity. to understand the causes of epidemics, nutritional deficiencies, metabolic deviations of hereditary origin and degenerative illnesses, and then to translate these causes in cellular and molecular terms, this was the process undertaken by medicine once it began to use the experimental method. in fact, for several decades, from the beginning of the th century, medicine had already undergone some major revisions of outdated practices and had inaugurated a new era in diagnosis. for example, the differential diagnosis of pulmonary ailments became possible because of the invention of the stethoscope by rené laennec ( - ) and the practice of auscultation and percussion by joseph skoda ( - ), the uncontested master of the vienna school. in france, pierre louis ( - ) used statistical methods to evaluate the efficacy of different treatments. armand trousseau ( - ), a pupil of pierre bretonneau ( - ) wrote a famous treatise on the hôtel-dieu medical clinic in paris. in great britain, chronic nephritis, with its identifying symptoms, was described by richard bright ( - ), paralysis agitans by james parkinson ( - ) and addison's disease, which affects the adrenal glands, by thomas addison ( - ). during the th century, many other famous names signaled the arrival of a medicine that was resolutely anatomoclinical in nature, in line with bernardian doctrine. "experimental medicine is thus a medicine that claims to understand the laws of the organism in sickness and in health, in such a way that it not only predicts phenomena, but also in such a way that it can regulate and modify them, within certain limits." in the introduction to the study of experimental medicine, claude bernard stigmatizes the relics of an empirical medicine that was still being practiced in his day and was forgetful of rationalism. the terms that he uses are without leniency: "i have often heard doctors who, when asked the reason for a diagnosis, reply that they don't know how they recognize such a case, but it is obvious, or who, when asked why they administer certain remedies, reply that they don't really know how to put it exactly, and that anyway they are not required to give a reason, because it is their medical tact and their intuition that guides them. it is easy to understand that doctors who reason in this way are denying science. what is more, it is impossible to be too forceful in rising up against such ideas, which are bad not only because they stifle any scientific seed in the young, but also, above all, because they favor laziness, ignorance and charlatanism." in order to evaluate the meaning of these words, it should be remembered that in claude bernard's time, the medical profession was far from considering the microscope as a useful instrument for the study of cell structures and that the cause and effect relationship between bacterial germs and infections was still to be shown. with the development of increasingly effective instruments for exploration, and of methods for microanalyses concerning a wide range of blood and humoral constants, throughout the th century, medicine, which was once empirical, has now become scientific. claude bernard's dream, experimental medicine, is now operative. this medicine is no longer content simply to determine the cause of an illness and to locate the affected organ, which was the major objective of clinical medicine, but it seeks to detect the mechanisms of pathological processes by means of histological and physicochemical explorations. this medicine is no longer willing to passively monitor the evolution of an infectious disease. after having identified the responsible germ, it tries to target this germ with the chemical weapon that is able to selectively destroy it. this medicine is no longer content simply to find remedies, it aims to understand the mode of action. it sets itself the goal of meeting challenges such as finding the genetic cause of degenerative illnesses or of cancers and developing appropriate therapies. it is supported by statistical data. when a new drug is implemented, the results are now evaluated by the double blind method: neither any of the patients (treated and non-treated) nor any of the investigators are aware of who has been administered with the drug and who has been administered with a placebo. in the surgical domain, audacious techniques have also led to considerable progress, particularly in neurosurgery and in cardiovascular surgery. thanks to robotics and to computer technology, remote surgery or telesurgery has become practicable, although up until not that long ago, it was only to be found in fiction. faced with emerging problems in public health, the task undertaken by experimental medicine is immense. in the middle of the th century, the spectacular recovery from high-incidence infectious diseases such as pneumococcal pneumonia, meningococcal meningitis or acute forms of tuberculosis, which that was brought about by antibiotics, gave rise to the idea that medicine had won a battle against the microbial world and that, from then on, it would be able to control the evolution of infectious diseases and to offer rational treatments. the gradual appearance of a microbial resistance to antibiotics has brought an end to this euphoric era. penicillin, for example, which was put on the market at the end of the s, was active on practically all strains of staphylococcus aureus. sixty years later, more than % of the strains of this same microbe are resistant to penicillin. the incidence of nosocomial infections, which are contracted in health care facilities, never ceases to rise. at present, around % of the hospitalizations that take place are complicated by the patient developing a nosocomial infection. equally worrying are the re-emergence of diseases that were once considered to be under control, such as tuberculosis or poliomyelitis in africa, and the emergence of new diseases such as aids, whose hiv virus (human immunodeficiency virus), which was identified at the beginning of the s, has generated a pandemic that has spread throughout the planet. infectious diseases are currently responsible for more than a quarter of human deaths. the koch bacillus responsible for tuberculosis and the pneumococcus kill three to four million people a year, around the world. in , hiv killed more than three million people, and more than forty million people are infected. one person is infected every seconds. in viral diseases, the role of vectors (insects, various animals) as well as the notions of contagiousness and aggressivity have been emphasized. we have only to remember the dreadful contagiousness and aggressivity of the spanish flu virus (influenzavirus ah n ) which, in - , killed more human beings around the world than the first world war that preceded it. in contrast, the sars (severe acute respiratory syndrome) epidemic of , the vector of which was doubtless the civet, a small carnivore raised in china and desired for its meat, was rapidly contained because of its low contagiousness and also because of the isolation measures that were taken. human behavior is not without its effect on the emergence of viral diseases. the growth in intercontinental travel and human migration, as well as intensive deforestation in africa and south america, which bring virus vectors into contact with man, are factors concerned in the emergence of viral diseases that risk being explosive and devastating. in this context, the history of the ebola virus and of the marburg virus, which cause violent hemorrhaging, is edifying. in , in the german village of marburg, an epidemic of unknown origin broke out, the illness manifesting itself with brutal suddenness by vomiting, diarrhea, a high fever and an increased tendency to bleed. this pathology, which was contained rapidly by means of drastic isolation measures, was found to be of viral origin. the pathogen concerned was a filovirus (filiform virus). a brief enquiry showed that the origin of the epidemic was contact between technicians of a pharmaceutical company and monkeys that had been imported from uganda and that were carrying the virus. in , two other epidemics, characterized by severe and often fatal hemorrhagic fevers, were reported in the sudan and the republic of the congo. here again, the illness was caused by a filovirus, the ebola virus. at the time of writing, only public health organizations, including the nih (national institutes of health) in the usa, have attempted to set up vaccination and therapeutic strategies. research on these dangerous viruses requires high security installations that are particularly costly, so that private companies are reticent about investing in work that is only targeted on poor regions and which concerns epidemics that have so far been contained successfully, although one day the ebola and the marburg virus could quite well escape their african niches. experimental medicine must also understand the colossal challenge of the five thousand hereditary diseases that are currently listed, the most handicapping of which are myopathies and neuropathies. given the means that are available to the contemporary clinician in order to assign each of these diseases to a genetic defect, one can only be amazed by the mass of information about them that has accumulated over a century, since the first diagnosis of a hereditary disease, alcaptonuria, which was made in by archibald garrod ( - ), a doctor at london's st bartholomew's hospital. alcaptonuria is a non-serious genetic flaw that can be detected easily by a blackening of the urine. it is the result of a blockage caused by the mutation of an enzyme involved in the catabolism of an amino acid, tyrosine, this blockage leading to the accumulation of homogentisic acid, the polymerization of which gives rise to a brownish color. the patient examined by garrod was a young boy. investigation of the family history revealed that transmission of the flaw was correlated to cross-cousin marriages and followed mendel's laws for recessive traits. garrod demonstrated other hereditary-type anomalies, cystinuria, porphyria and pentosuria. in , these observations were published in a work that became a classic: inborn errors of metabolism. in , the specific molecular defect of a metabolic anomaly linked to a mutation was identified for the first time by the german-born british biochemist vernon ingram. this was the hemoglobin defect responsible for drepanocytosis or sickle cell anemia: a glutamic acid in the β chain is replaced by a valine. the consequence of this simple change is a modification of the structure of the hemoglobin, leading to a sickle-shaped deformation of the red blood cells, the increased fragility of these cells and also a tendency towards cell lysis. this discovery made use of the electrophoresis and chromatography techniques that had just been introduced in biochemistry (chapter iii- . . ): such a discovery would not have been possible without these techniques. because of the progress made in molecular biology, the nosological framework of hereditary diseases has been greatly enriched over the last twenty years. for example, at present, more than one hundred hereditary-type myopathies have been identified by accurately locating molecular lesions in the genomic dna and characterizing the structural and functional modifications of the mutated proteins. certain health problems present real challenges for experimental research. this is the case for the spongiform encephalopathy caused by a prion (proteinaceous infectious particle) , which has all the more impact on the imagination because its etiology remains a mystery. it is also the case for degenerescence of the central nervous system correlated with aging, alzheimer's disease being a striking example, although, as far as familial forms of this illness are concerned, i.e., those of the hereditary type, it has been possible to link the invasion of the brain by a so-called amyloid peptide, which accumulates in plaques, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, the absence, due to a mutation, of an enzyme, a peptidase, which normally degrades the amyloid peptide. contemporary scientific medicine sometimes acquires a revolutionary aspect. here again, as with other disciplines involved in the study of living beings, it arises from discoveries resulting from the principle of serendipity (chapter iii- . . ). this was the case when, in january , a team in grenoble, france , led by the neurosurgeon alim-louis benabid (b. ) and the neurologist pierre pollack (b. ) discovered by accident that in patients affected by parkinson's disease a beneficial effect was achieved by deep, high-frequency electrical stimulation of the brain. the three major symptoms of parkinson's disease are muscular rigidity, a tremor when at rest and a slowing down of the execution of movements. in the s, the swedish team of arvid carlsson (b. ) , who won the nobel prize for physiology and medicine, demonstrated a relationship between the parkinson syndrome and a deficit in the secretion of a neurotransmitter, dopamine. a group of neurons that is limited to half a million (of the billion contained in the brain) produces this neurotransmitter in a small structure located in the midbrain, called the substantia nigra. the neurons of the substantia nigra have elongations that interact with different nerve formations (called nuclei) including the subthalamic nucleus. in , bergman et al. published an article that describes a curious relationship between a provoked lesion of the subthalamic nucleus and the disappearance of the signs of parkinson's disease in a monkey which had been made parkinsonian by chemical treatment. this publication led the team in grenoble to target their electrical stimulation on the subthalamic nucleus. this was completely successful. this electrical stimulation procedure, which is now well-codified, involves using stereotactic neurosurgical techniques, controlled by magnetic resonance imaging, to implant an electrode into the subthalamic nucleus. the electrode is connected to a generator that is implanted under the patient's clavicle. the generator sends brief electrical impulses of frequencies from to hz. under the effect of this stimulation, the characteristic symptoms of the illness, particularly the static tremor and bradykinesis, regress in a spectacular manner. the mechanism by which this stimulation acts is not yet understood. no doubt this has to do with complex phenomena involving the inhibition of certain neuron relays near to the substantia nigra, which remain to be deciphered. here we have a typical case of a progression from an experimental fact, discovered by accident, towards the analysis of its cause. from the point of view of the experimental method, it is interesting to make parallels between this discovery by serendipitous means of the beneficial role of electrical stimulation of the midbrain in parkinson's disease and cartesian style programmed research that aims to graft into the brain of parkinson's disease sufferers embryonic stem cells differentiated into dopaminergic neurons . civilian society and its armed force, the political authorities, have understood that experimental science has the tools, the method and the thought processes necessary to develop strategies for prevention and healing. immune cells of this person and induces the synthesis of immune proteins. finally, it seems relatively certain that hopes concerning gene therapy for hereditary diseases will be fulfilled within before too long (chapter iv- . . ). one of the traits that is characteristic of the period we live in, and which arises partly from the economic stakes involved, is the shortening of the time that elapses between a discovery being made and the application of that discovery. for example, interfering rnas, which were discovered in the s (chapter iv- . . ) are already the subject of therapeutic investigation. more than a hundred biopharmaceutical companies around the world are using them with a view to producing drugs from them . in mice, a certain number of synthetic interfering rnas have proved their efficacy in silencing genes which, following mutation, have acquired carcinogenic potential. however, the use of interfering rnas as therapeutic agents requires them to be stabilized, because they are fragile molecules. the group headed by achim aigner (b. ), at the school of medicine in marburg, germany, managed to stabilize a synthetic interfering rna by complexing it with polyethyleneimine, and this interfering rna is able to block the expression of a receptor involved in cancerization (c-erbb /neu(her- ) receptor). used in mice, such a drug appears promising. despite the undeniable progress that has been made, experimental medicine is still some way from finding solutions to some of the enigmas that it meets along the way, and which underline the complexity of living beings. some time ago, it was thought that after having invalidated a gene coding for a protein that is indispensable to a function, we would discover the secret of a cause-and-effect relationship. experimental practice has shown that, generally, this is far from being the case. another example of the complex relationships that exist in living beings is the interference of the mental and the organic. one experiment that suggests this interference was carried out on mice who had acquired a form of pathology similar to huntington's chorea, by transgenesis. mice from the same line were separated into two batches, one acting as a control, and the other being subjected to daily mental stimulation, including memorization tests. unexpectedly, the appearance of symptoms was noticeably slowed down in mice who had been subjected to mental gymnastics , as if the brain, by intentionally mobilizing its neuron activity, was able to secrete substances able to alleviate its own defects. in short, by means of possible retroactive mechanisms that are called upon by the mind, the brain appears to act as actor and spectator. at the turn of the st century, experimental medicine was being nourished by techniques inherited from experimental physics, chemistry, and even mathematics and computer technology, in the same way as the other sciences of living beings. the progress made in medical imaging techniques has been particularly impressive since the time, at the end of the th century, when the x-rays discovered by wilhelm rÖntgen made it possible to view the structure of the human skeleton. the saga of x-radiation continued through the th century (chapter iii- . . ). for the last few decades, new imaging techniques have come to the fore. they have spread rapidly, and been refined. ultrasound imaging, which is based on the principle of the reflection of ultrasound waves off of different kinds of surfaces, has become an everyday technique for viewing blood flow in blood vessels and the heart. however, it is mainly in the study of the brain that medical imaging has benefited from technical advances in the domains of physics and computer technology, and it has been innovative in assigning cognitive activities to well-identified anatomical structures. this functional neuroanatomy makes it possible, in a non-trauma-inducing manner, to monitor and locate the operation of neuron networks with great temporal and spatial precision, during various cognitive tasks such as reading and the written or oral expression of thought. the middle of the th century saw the gradual development of two methods for exploring zones of cerebral activity, electroencephalography and magnetoencephalography. at present, these techniques are being taken over by mri (magnetic resonance imaging) ( figure iv. ) . the principle of mri is based on the detection of hydrogen nuclei and their differentiation according to their environment. functional mri leads to the location of the areas of the brain that are active during calculation exercises, the perception of sounds, language and objects, and memorization, with a resolution of just a few millimeters. its power of exploration is such that it has been possible to analyze the brain response, in sleeping or awake babies who are only three months old, to auditory stimuli from language that either makes sense or does not make sense . the response, located in the left hemisphere and the prefrontal cortex, leads to the conclusion that, from the first months of life, there are zones of the brain that are potentially active before the first attempts at language appear. both in france (cea-saclay and the frederic joliot hospital at orsay) and abroad, recent mri performance has encouraged projects concerning the manufacture of instruments able to produce magnetic fields of around ten teslas, which allows an unequaled definition in the identification of areas of the brain assigned to specific cognitive functions and in the highly accurate determination of the location of pathological lesions. a technique that is complementary to mri is positron emission tomography (pet). this generally uses water labeled with oxygen ( o), a radioactive isotope of natural oxygen that has a very short lifetime ( s), produced extemporaneously in a cyclotron by bombardment of an n target with protons. the radiolabeled water is injected into the blood flow of the patient. it is found in greater concentration in the zones that are the most irrigated by blood capillaries. the positrons that it emits collide with the surrounding electrons and give rise to photons that can be detected by the appropriate apparatus. affected by a stimulus (whether this stimulus results from talking, writing or listening), the blood irrigation of the zones of the brain that have been specifically excited increases noticeably. the location of the positron emission provides information about the location of these zones. within a few dozen minutes, it is possible to locate a highly vascularized cerebral tumor. pet can use molecules other than water, such as organic molecules labeled with positron-emitting atoms, ( f) fluorine (half life min) and ( c) carbon (half life min). around twenty years ago, in canada, an analogue of l-dopa, the precursor of dopamine in the brain, f- -l-fluorodopa, was synthesized, and was found to be an excellent probe for determining the capture capability of the endings of the dopaminergic neurons in the striatum. in patients suffering from parkinson's disease, this capture capability is noticeably reduced. at present, pet involving f- -l-fluorodopa is being used to evaluate the survival of dopaminergic cells grafted into the striata of parkinson's disease sufferers , . nowadays, brain imaging techniques can be used to explore the electromagnetic anomalies of neurological or neuropsychiatric illnesses such as huntington's chorea, the different forms of alzheimer's disease or even autism, the genetic origin of which is in the process of being deciphered. a bridge has now been built between the molecular defects identified by genetics and the electromagnetic anomalies that result, analyzed by functional cerebral imaging. it was not so long ago that descartes considered that human thought was unconnected to a material support (chapter ii- . . ). we are not far from the era when broca located the language area in a specific zone of the brain after the autopsy of an aphasic patient (chapter iii- . ), thus opening the door to another scientific domain, neuropsychology, which had previously only been the subject of speculation. the consequences, from the societal point of view, were far from being insignificant. thus autism, which was once suspected of being caused by errors in the mother's behavior with respect to her child, has been shown to be a disturbance in the development of the fetal nervous system, in the temporooccipital region. while the neurosciences occupy a preponderant position in the medicine of the beginning of the st century, because of the development of techniques that aim to analyze even the functions of thought, emerging methodologies of another order, such as gene therapy (chapter iv- . ), are in the process of completely modifying our ways of treating and curing a range of previously incurable human diseases, from incapacitating immune disorders to cardiovascular diseases and cancer. "it is in the domain of thought about the future that man is singled out. we are beings who have an imagination. not content to live in the present, to profit from past experience, we remain haunted by a future that we are conscious of constantly entering. this obsession with the future has been a powerful driving force in cultural evolution. we seek to predict in order to avoid the worst and to better prepare for our tomorrows." by predicting potential dangers in subjects who are in good health, predictive medicine aims to provide the means of avoiding these dangers. these dangers can be intrinsic in nature, being written, for example, into a certain genome dna sequence, or they can be extrinsic in nature, linked to an unsuspectedly deleterious environment. in each generation, mutations occur, certain of which can lead to so-called genetic diseases; between and % of newborns are affected. besides these spontaneous mutations, there are also mutations arising from the genetic inheritance of the parents. the purpose of genetic counseling is to warn parents when the existence of a potentially serious genetic flaw is suspected. the highlighting of genes that give a predisposition for cancer (proto-oncogenes) is a convincing illustration of the power of predictive medicine. this involves genes that control the synthesis of growth factors, the activity of which is essential to embryogenesis and to the repair of damaged tissue. while they are normally subject to strict control by anti-oncogenes, proto-oncogenes are able to become active in an anarchical manner, under different influences, and to transform themselves into cancer-generating oncogenes. recently, mutations have been found in two genes, brca and brca , these mutations giving a predisposition for cancers of the breast and of the ovary. thanks to genetic exploration, it will soon be possible to predict whether a cancer of the breast will have a rapid progression leading to uncontrollable metastases or a slow progression. depending on the case patients will be subject to heavy chemotherapy or to a less aggressive treatment. in this context, targeted therapy with monoclonal antibodies is a source of great hope. while genetic inheritance has a role in cancer, the environment plays a notinsignificant role as well. this is the case, for example, in lung cancer sufferers who smoke tobacco, cancer of oesophagus in those who drink alcohol and job-related cancers in those working in factories producing colorants or materials derived from asbestos or tars. cardiovascular diseases are the primary cause of death in the more developed countries, involving either an infarctus, or a stroke. many risk factors for these diseases are known, i.e., metabolic deviations affecting cholesterol or the blood serum proteins involved in the transport of lipids. these metabolic anomalies result in a syndrome known as atherosclerosis, which is characterized anatomically by the deposit of fats in the form plaques in the arteries. while genetic factors are at the origin of these metabolic problems, the latter are clearly amplified by an inappropriate diet. the role of predictive medicine is to recognize the genes that are responsible, warn individuals of the risks they are running and to advise them about the types of lifestyle and diet that do not increase these risks. being able to predict, predictive medicine should be able to prevent by means of targeted drugs. within this context, it gives rise to reflection upon polymorphism linked to variation in a single nucleotide in the dna of the genome of an individual. known as snp (single nucleotide polymorphism), this polymorphism has proved to be a very useful auxiliary in molecular medicine. hundreds of thousands of snps are present in the human genome and several tens of thousands in genes coding for the proteins. where they are located differs according to ethnic backgrounds. among these snps, some appear to be linked to certain pathologies, such as certain forms of cancer or degenerative illnesses such as alzheimer's disease. in addition, in a small number of patients, the location of certain snps has been connected with previously-inexplicable drug incompatibilities. in line with these observations, pharmacogenomics, a branch of pharmacology that deals directly with genome sequence data, is trying to evaluate the impact of "snp variants" on the efficacy and toxicity of drugs and to understand the genetic bases that explain the differences that are observed in the responses of different individuals to the same medication . rather than using a standard drug that is not very efficacious or causes adverse side effects, it might be possible, depending on the genetic profile of the patient, to use a drug that is more appropriate to his or her genetic map. it is doubtless not just a fantasy to imagine that, in or years' time, a patient visiting the doctor will be offered a genetic map thanks to cells taken from the buccal mucosa. finding snp variants that are known to be responsible for drug incompatibilities in such a map will make a targeted prescription possible. it will allow the detection of genes for susceptibility to an illness, at the same time uncovering targets for new drugs. pharmacogenomics, which is still called new pharmacogenetics, contrasts with old pharmacogenetics in which, having found an adverse clinical response to a certain therapy, an attempt was made to identify the protein target of the incriminated drug, and then to go back to the gene coding for this protein, and to look for the mutation responsible for the aberrant response to the drug. the existence of customized predictive medicine, which would read the destinies of individuals in their genes, would not be without its consequences in the life of a citizen. by registering each citizen with a genetic map, matched with a named identity card, predictive medicine might begin to take on the aspect of a janus, with his beneficent face warning subjects of potential risks of metabolic problems, and guiding them towards the actions to be taken to lower the risks, but also with his evil face delivering each individual's intimate details to the indiscrete inquisitiveness of investigators who are operating towards their own ends (insurance companies, employers…). no less worrying would be the sly but predictable transformation of the individuality of the repaired or even doped human being within a system of imposed, docilely-accepted assistance. in the th and th centuries, the methodology for biological experimentation underwent a revolution caused by the progress made in the domain of chemistry, both analytical chemistry, with the deciphering of increasingly complex molecular structures, and also in synthetic chemistry, with the large-scale production of tens of thousands of new molecules. the effects of these molecules, which might eventually be used as drugs, were tested directly on animals. it was thus that in the german chemist paul ehrlich discovered salvarsan, a derivative of arsenic, which was active against a type of treponeme, the agent of syphilis. this was the result of a systematic analysis of the effect of synthetic products, aromatic derivatives of arsenic acid, on syphilis in rabbits. salvarsan was the th derivative that was tested, and this is why it was called for a long time before it was given the name salvarsan. sometimes, lucky chance shows surprising and unexpected properties in synthetic molecules. this was the case for chlorpromazine, which was initially used as an antihistamine. it was luck that led to its antipsychotic activity being discovered in . a new era opened up in psychiatry with the arrival of synthetic narcoleptics like chlorpromazine. a new chemical science known as combinatory chemistry, which dates from the s, has aroused an increasing amount of interest in pharmacology. this involves making two or more species of organic molecules that carry reactive functional residues react in solution or in the solid phase in such a way as to synthesize, by means of all possible combinations, a number of final and intermediary products that is situated in the hundreds or even the thousands, and which makes up chemical library or drug library. we can directly test all of the products formed on a sample of eukaryotic cells, in order to verify their effects (for example the inhibition of an anarchical proliferation of cancerous cells), or on microorganisms in order to evaluate an antibiotic capability. we can also proceed straight away with the fractioning of the reaction products and the testing of each of the fractions. if the response is positive, fractioning is continued until the molecular species responsible for the desired effect is obtained. other evaluation parameters for this molecule, such as its absorption, its toxicity and its metabolic future (distribution in the organs, chemical modifications and excretion) are then explored, first in cells, and then in animals (rats, mice), thus comprising pre-clinical tests. these screening operations, which are said to be high-throughput, require automation and robotization aided by powerful computer technology. each year, pharmaceutical companies screen tens of thousands of different molecules on hundreds of targets. complementary to combinatory chemistry, in silico chemistry works by molecular modeling and uses computer programs for the rational design of new drugs that are able to fix onto specific protein targets. the purpose of this is to provide a virtual follow up to modifications in the reactivity of a given drug molecule as a function of the modifications imposed on its structure, for example, the addition of residues that differ according to their electrophilic or hydrophilic properties, or according to the length of their side-chain. provided there is a chemical library and we know the three-dimensional structure of a macromolecule, for example an enzyme, as well as the nature of the residues that define its active site, we can hope to select and chemically modify a substance that is able recognize the active site of this enzyme and to make an almost perfect ligand out of it which is able to efficiently block the operation of the target enzyme. this method, which is based on computer-aided chemistry, is called "structure-based drug design", and has had some notable successes. it has made it possible to develop an inhibitor capable of blocking a protease involved in the replication of the aids virus. however, both in combinatory chemistry and in molecular modeling, the many successes that have been achieved remain modest in number compared to the means that have been deployed to achieve them. in terms of statistics, out of ten thousand molecules that are recognized as being efficacious for a given target in vitro, around one hundred are chosen for preclinical trials on animals, around ten are chosen for preclinical trials in man and only one will come out as a drug. the financial and economic effect is far from being negligible. it has even become a preoccupation in a system where merciless competition is the rule. in addition to synthetic chemistry, preparative chemistry, which is based on the isolation of natural molecules, is now the subject of renewed interest, due to the introduction of high-throughput techniques. high-throughput screening, which is an essential tool in combinatory chemistry, is also carried out to ensure the systematic detection and isolation of natural substances having interesting pharmacological activities such as antibiotic activities or anti-cancer activities, based on marine animals, microscopic fungi, prokaryotic organisms and various plants. for example, among the substances that have been isolated recently are cibrostatin, a specific cytostatic of melanoma cells, from a marine sponge, mannopeptimycin, a bacterial antibiotic from an actinobacterium streptomyces hydroscopicus and a whole set of alkaloids with a cytostatic activity with respect to human tumor cells from an exotic plant of the genus daphniphyllum. the molecular diversity of the living world is such that the reserves of natural products having pharmacological activities are far from being exhausted. so far, only a small percentage of the microbial species populating the earth have been listed. the depths of the oceans harbor many unknown species. thousands of insect species remain to be discovered in the canopies of tropical rainforests. exploration of the plant kingdom is far from being complete. the listing of natural molecules having a therapeutic activity has only just begun. the hunt promises to be a fruitful one, all the more so because the highthroughput screening methods that can now be used greatly increase the efficiency of the search. high-throughput screening, applied to natural molecules, has overturned the methodological procedures that were in use until recently, which progress through logical steps, using relatively simple artisanal analytical methods, from observation, often resulting from serendipity, to the isolation of the active substance. thus, in the th century, using inherited traditional knowledge that a decoction of cinchona officinalis bark calms malaria crises, pierre joseph pelletier ( - ) and joseph bienaimé caventou ( - ) decided to isolate the active substance of this bark. from the raw extract, they purified an alkaloid, quinine, which proved to be the anti-malarial substance they were looking for. more recently, the starting point of florey and chain's isolation of penicillin from the microscopic fungus penicillium notatum was the fortuitous observation made by fleming that this penicillium secretes an antibiotic factor (chapter iii- . . ). there are many examples in which serendipity has been the principle factor involved in the discovery of a drug, and this will no doubt continue to be the case. the appearance of a lucky chance, after all, is not incompatible with highthroughput practices. also, it is not impossible that in the future there will be a conjugation of the discovery of new natural substances and the use of combinatory chemistry, with the aim of manufacturing derivatives having a much greater power of action and quality of specificity from these substances . to sum up, the experimental method has caused contemporary medicine to take a giant leap forward, with the discovery of increasingly high-performance functional exploration techniques, the development of therapies using molecules that are already present in nature or are manufactured by synthesis and the more and more advanced understanding of molecular mechanisms that takes into account the basic idea of the pioneers of molecular biology was that the function of a macromolecule depended on its structure. thus, perutz's elucidation of the tetrameric three-dimensional structure of hemoglobin, and of its modifications depending on the degree of oxygenation, shed a considerable amount of light on the cooperative mechanism of the transition from the hemoglobin state to the oxyhemoglobin state (chapter iii- . . ). in the same way, an understanding of the structure of many enzymes, receptors and transporters of metabolites has shed light on their mechanisms. in a parallel manner to the exploration of the structures and functions of proteins, that of genomes has made remarkable progress. the subtle entanglements of genomics and proteomics that have become accessible to the experimental method are the order of the day. one major challenge for post-genomics is to understand how proteins, expressed by genes, interact with one another to generate functions that characterize cellular specificity. even more ambitious are attempts to understand the operation of organs or even of living organisms, based on mechanisms that are implemented at molecular level. these attempts lead straight to an integrated biology, that is, a biology that aims to understand the overall functioning of living beings. taking as its purpose the access to emerging functions, resulting from interactions between macromolecules, integrated biology first tries to invent methods that make it possible to detect these interactions. strengthened by the information obtained, it tries to integrate this information with a mathematized language into modules that attempt to simulate living beings. from the simplistic procedures of the middle of the th century, which were justifiable within the reductionist context of this period, and which involved considering each species of proteins as an autonomous functional entity, we have moved on to the idea that the different species of protein that inhabit a cell have a dialogue with one other, and that they may move from one endocellular organelle to another, depending on post-translational modifications (for example, phosphorylations) that change their conformation and, at the same time, their reactivity and their behavior. thus, an enzyme protein is not only defined by its catalytic performance with respect to a given substrate, but also by its place in a metabolic network where it interacts in a dynamic and transitory manner with a multitude of other protein species (figure iv. a) . the concept of cell signaling has also evolved. instead of considering that a cell membrane receptor, activated by fixation of an extracellular ligand (a hormone, for example), addresses the information received to an endocellular effector protein via a linear cascade of individual proteins, it has come to be postulated that communication between an activated receptor and its effector is mediated by proteins organized into interactive networks ( figure iv. b) . this machinery provides more flexibility in the addressing of messages to effectors. the diagram on the right shows that besides its catalytic function, protein a interacts with other proteins in the cell. b -case of the transduction of a signal that is external to the cell (a hormone, for example). the diagram on the left refers to the classical idea of signaling from a receptor r according to a linear cascade of protein-protein interactions inside the cell, leading to an effector z. the diagram on the right shows that the signal is spread through proteins organized into interactive networks. another subject to be considered is the density of macromolecules of all types, such as proteins, nucleic acids, lipids and polysaccharides, contained by a microorganism or a eukaryotic cell, which reaches values of to g/liter, denoting a semi-solid state or a considerable degree of compacting. however, for technical reasons, kinetic studies carried out in vitro on isolated enzymes have been carried out with solutions that are or times more dilute. conscious of this difference in scale between information obtained from in vitro studies and the in vivo reality, the biology of today is trying to re-evaluate molecular dynamics within the context of a cell. this is why we are seeing the birth of an integrated (or integrative) biology of functions, which, using modeling procedures, aims to achieve an understanding of the temperospatial dynamics of the interactive components inside cells. this holistic conception of biological systems ("systems biology ") has been made possible by progress in technological expertise in domains as varied as biochemistry, molecular biology, physical optics, electronics, nanomechanics, physical and mathematical modeling and computer technology. it is a necessary complement to the classical experimental method based on bernardian determinism which, in order to connect an effect with a cause, explores living beings in a manner that is often monoparametric and is inevitably reductionist. this signals a change in paradigm in the experimental approach to living beings. a particularly effective investigative method used to explore the dialogue between proteins is the double-hybrid by genetic construction, two proteins, p and p , whose interaction is to be tested, are expressed in the form of fusion proteins in yeast. protein p is fused with the binding domain (gal -bd) to the dna of gal , a protein that regulates the transcription of the β-galactosidase gene. protein p is fused with the activation domain of gal (gal -ad). insofar as p interacts with p (b), the gal transcription regulation activity is re-established, which is verified by the transcription of the reporter gene. if the opposite occurs, i.e., in the absence of any interaction between the two domains of gal (a), the reporter gene is not transcribed. the principle of this method is based on the modular nature of numerous transcription factors in eukaryotes. these factors contain both a dna-binding domain that includes a specific dna-binding site and a transcription activation domain that starts up the machinery for transcribing dna into messenger rna. these two domains can be dissociated and then re-associated in a functional manner, by forming hybrids with interacting proteins. a first protein, p , is fused with the dna-binding domain of a transcription factor by genetic manipulation, and a second protein, p , is fused with the activation domain of the same transcription factor. if p is able to interact with p , the transcription factor is reconstituted and the reporter gene upon which it depends can be expressed. the trapping technique, which is complementary to the double-hybrid system, was developed to make it possible to identify a set of interactive proteins within a cell. a protein that is included in this set (protein of interest) is fused by genetic engineering techniques to a short polyhistidine chain (called a tag). using this tag, the protein of interest is fixed to a solid medium containing nickel ions, a material that is reactive with respect to the polyhistidine chain. in the presence of a soluble cell extract, the protein of interest binds the cognate proteins of this extract, making it possible to retrieve a complex whose components, corresponding to interactive proteins, can be resolved after denaturing gel electrophoresis and then characterized ( figure iv . ). the techniques described above are backed up by cell imaging techniques that make use of confocal microscopy, which is more directly in keeping with living reality. the optical performance level of confocal microscopes has improved lately, with the arrival of biphotonic and multiphotonic lasers that illuminate precise points of the cell. as we have seen previously (chapter iii- . . ), it is possible to create a protein chimera made up of a protein of interest fused with a fluorescent protein, in this case gfp (green fluorescent protein), inside a cell. there are currently several variants of gfp that are able to emit fluorescent light at different wavelengths. this has allowed the development of a technique known as fret (fluorescence resonance energy transfer ) which explores the interaction between two fluorescent proteins. in practice, two gfp variants that have neighboring emission spectra are fused, by genetic engineering inside the cell, to two proteins of interest, p and p , that are suspected of being interactive. if this is the case, the fluorochromes that they carry are sufficiently close that the result is a modification in the intensity of the emission fluorescence of the donor fluorochrome (decrease) and of the receiver fluorochrome (increase), which is readily detectable. all of these studies, taken together, have given rise to the idea that endocellular proteins are organized into networks, that these networks are interactive and that their location in defined compartments of the cell is dependent on epigenetic events such as phosphorylations. two attributes can be found in integrated systems: firstly, the presence of modules, i.e., interactive motifs, which, like the pieces of a jigsaw puzzle, fit together to produce a complex, coherent structure, and, secondly, the emergence of functional properties due to the newly created interactions. the protein of interest p is expressed in the form of a protein fused to a protein "tag" t that is able to bind to a solid support with a specific affinity. the assembly is brought into contact with a cell extract. certain proteins of this extract, a, b and c, which are able to interact with the protein p, become fixed to the latter. in a second step, the tag t is freed from its attachment to protein p by means of a specific cleavage enzyme. the pabc complex that is recovered from the solid medium in soluble form is subjected to polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, in order to separate and identify its components. given an analytical description of the basic building blocks that are used to construct living systems, and an understanding of their modes of association in defined circumstances, it is normal to try to reconstruct, in their entirety, mechanisms that show the functioning of these systems. this idea was first applied to the yeast saccharomyces cerevisiae for different reasons, such as cell homogeneity (in principle, and, in any case, statistically speaking, all yeast cells have the same genome and the same proteome), an in-depth understanding of the genome and the proteome and the presence of a vast directory of well-characterized mutants. the use of techniques for the detection of interactions between proteins has revealed the existence of a potential dialogue of unexpected richness between a multitude of proteins ( figure iv. ) , in the yeast cell. it is necessary to reflect upon this evidence, which leads to the postulate that, for a given protein, there are mechanisms that restrict and select the many partners able to react with it at a precise moment.faced with a situation in which chance has the upper hand, leading to uncontrollable anarchy, it is necessary to have regulation, which is underpinned by darwinian logic. example of an interaction network involving the yeast sup prion protein. the line of dashes refers to experimental data concerning the interaction of sup with another protein, sup . the lines in bold refer to interactions taken from experimental data; while the fine lines refer to predictions, particularly phylogenetic ones. this logic arises from a choice of the most efficient reaction path, which is first of all dictated by the speed constants involved in the association and dissociation of molecular partners, without, however, neglecting any stochastic events that may arise. chemical modifications of proteins participate in this regulation, such as phosphorylation, glycosylation and acylation. the result at cell level is a coherent channeling of the information that is carried from a molecular signal. thus, fixation of a hormone onto a receptor induces a series of modifications to the intracellular proteins that channel information towards an effector terminal, for example an enzyme responsible for the production of a metabolite with a strategic function. how can the sum of the scattered experimental data that we have concerning the catalytic capabilities of a multitude of enzymes of cellular origin be integrated into the operation of a cell? how can we envisage the gene-enzyme relationship according to current evidence concerning the complexity of the genetic message? biocomputing, or bioinformatics, a science that emerged towards the end of the th century, proposes to try to answer these questions. at the turn of the th century, with the development of increasingly powerful computer microprocessors that are able to carry out complex operations with amazing rapidity, the hope arose that it would be possible to simulate processes as varied as the regulation of the cell cycle, molecular flow in metabolic pathways and the reception of molecular signals, for example from hormones by living cells, as well as the transmission of the messages that result. the dream of an in silico virtual biology has become achievable. the first mathematical theory of simple enzyme reaction kinetics was put forward approximately a century ago, by victor henri ( - ). born in marseilles to russian parents, victor henri studied in saint petersburg and then spent time at the universities of göttingen and leipzig before becoming established in paris. having an eclectic mind, studying both psychology and physicochemistry, he had the wonderful intuition that enzyme catalysis arises from a specific mechanism, different from that implemented in a chemical reaction. the study carried out by henri concerned the cleavage of sucrose (table sugar) into fructose and glucose by the action of an enzyme called invertase (sucrase). the term invertase was used because during reaction there was a change in the rotatory power of the sucrose solution, shown by a polarimeter. analysis of the reaction suggested that an enzyme-substrate complex is formed, which breaks down to regenerate the enzyme and liberate the product of the reaction. this analysis gave rise to an equation for the speed of the enzyme reaction as a function of substrate concentration. henri published the results of his experiments both in his thesis, which he presented to the paris faculty of sciences in , and in two articles that appeared in the reports of the academy of sciences , . in , in biochemische zeitschrift (vol. , pp. - ), leonor michaËlis and maud menten ( - ) confirmed the results of victor henri and formulated an equation that became a classic, describing the speed of formation of a product from a substrate in enzyme catalysis. since the period of these first studies, the concepts involved in enzyme kinetics have evolved considerably. the first metabolic pathway be deciphered was that of the degradation of glucose (glycolysis) , either into ethanol in yeast, or into lactic acid in muscle tissue. after this, researchers became aware that the activity of enzymes could be modulated as a function of covalent modifications of amino acid residues of their protein chain (phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, acylation…). metabolic flow analysis led to the idea of the limiting reaction. in the s, the idea that there is a single limiting reaction in a chain or a cycle of reactions gave way to the idea that metabolic control is distributed over several reactions, and that each reaction has its own, more-or-less intense control force. another complexity factor came to light with the discovery of allostery . allosteric enzymes have the particularity that they can fix reversibly onto a site that is different from the active site (allosteric site) molecules that are often the terminal products of a chain of reactions: the consequence of this is a conformational modification of the structure of the enzyme that has repercussions on the geometry of the active site and modifies its reactivity with respect to the substrate. in the s, faced with the complexity of the tangle of listed metabolic and signaling networks, attempts were made to use mathematical modeling to show the progress of the traffic of molecules inside a cell in relatively simple metabolic pathways such as glycolysis. in the modeling procedure, the concentrations of the different molecular species are considered to be variables whose variations over time depend on their speed of production and their speed of disappearance, which leads to a set of paired differential equations. with this procedure, we entered the domain of virtual biology. thanks to the creation of increasingly powerful software, the aim of virtual biology is to simulate signaling and metabolic pathways. in the longer term, the aim is to understand the molecular and cellular processes that direct embryo development, or to test the effects of drugs of known target on the metabolic behavior of the cell. metabolic engineering (which is already well developed) comprises two types of models, stoichiometric models and kinetic models. stoichiometric models describe metabolic networks in the stationary state, based on analytical data. kinetic models combine stoichiometric information and that concerning the catalytic capabilities of the enzymes in a metabolic network. in canada, the cyber-cell project plans to model the overall functioning of the machinery which, in the bacterium, includes its metabolism and its proliferation. the aim of the afcs (alliance for cellular signaling), which was launched in the usa, is to understand how signaling occurs in cells such as the b lymphocyte, the macrophage or the cardiac cell in response to different types of stress. the techniques that are used range from identification of all signaling network proteins to the evaluation of the flow of circulating information and to the integration of the data acquired into theoretical models. the european nerve synapse project makes use of similar procedures, with its long-term hope of linking the functioning of nerve cells with the cognitive and behavioral functions of living beings. this is a sizable challenge. in fact, there is far from being a real consensus concerning the principle of a demarcation between, on the one hand, cognitive functions such as language or memory, which are located in precise zones of the brain, and which could be reduced to physicochemical processes, and, on the other hand, forms reflective thought that are expressed through the creative imagination or by judgements concerning ethics or esthetics, the notion of personal responsibility, or even pictorial, architectural or musical beauty. should we see the human soul as the programmer of a superb computer that never ceases to develop from the embryonic state onwards, like john eccles ( - ) and others, or should we admit, like jean-pierre changeux (b. ), stanislas dehaene (b. ), daniel dennett (b. ) and others, that thought is not transcendent, and that it is intrinsically dependent on the brain, which is considered to be a neurochemical system, and thus look for the secret of the individuation of the human being in brain information storage mechanisms with retrocontrol loops associated with subtle neuron architectures, or, in short, refer to a sort of turing machine? whatever the case, in this domain, as in others, simple animal models are used in order to identify elementary processes that are able to explain easily-tested functions such as the memory in anatomical and physiological terms. this is the case for the sea slug or sea hare (chapter iii- . ) which, despite its rudimentary cognitive capabilities, provides information that can be used to reconstruct higher cognitive functions, present in the brains of mammals. it is clear that the cognitive sciences have reached a stage in which they are emerging from their infancy (chapter iv- . ). now, ingenious computing methods and a basis for reflection that has spread beyond the confines of psychology and philosophy, are available to them. they have set themselves the goal of producing an artificial intelligence, using ultrarapid computers as well as software that is able to model the operation of neural networks and to come close to the performance of human intelligence in terms of the power of their reactivity and their memorization. at present, many other biological systems are being subjected to multiparametric exploration, with the aim of producing models. this is the case, for example, with the program of the differentiation of certain white blood cells, the neutrophils (chapter iii- . . ), from precursors located in the bone marrow, a differentiation that leads to the emergence of functions such as phagocytosis that are implemented in the fight against microbial infections . in a domain that is closer to mechanical science, hydrodynamics, the digital simulation of the cardiovascular system has already made it possible to represent the physical phenomena associated with the propagation of a wave in deformable arteries during a cardiac contraction, in the form of equations, with a good approximation . in short, from a monoparametric approach that often began as being essentially and necessarily reductionist, the experimental method, applied to living beings, has become a "globalized", or synthetic, multiparametric approach, the aim of which is to understand the dynamics of molecular interactions in defined biological systems. making use of data obtained, the hope is to use mathematical processing to simulate the overall functioning of a cell, organ or organism. this new paradigm of the experimental method ("systems biology" ) is not limited to a simple accumulation of observations concerning a given biological system and their abstraction in mathematical form. the originality of this approach is that it formulates predictions of changes in the behavior of a system as a function of the manipulation of parameters such as substrate concentration, the presence of inhibitors, and so on. the mathematical processing of experimental data, with a view to learning about the functioning of complex systems by modeling, is supported by the technosciences, particularly biocomputing. it is linked not only to the enormous sum of accumulated knowledge concerning the structures and functions of living beings in the post-genomic era, and to the notion that the life of a cell depends on multiple networks of molecular interactions and thousands of enzyme reactions located in its different organelles, but also to the information that comes to it from its environment. a first type of modeling is based on observations made or experiments carried out on an easy-to-study model system. laws are drawn up from this. this so-called "bottom-up" (or synthetic) procedure, which proceeds from the simple to the complex, makes it necessary to have a set of very precise biochemical data. this great precision is all the more imperative in that any deviation, even a minimal one, in the integration of an experimental result can generate a mathematical model that is apparently plausible but which is unconnected to the living reality. the reverse, "top-down" (analytic) procedure proceeds from the overall operation of an organ and its theoretical analysis towards the specific mechanisms of its components. it takes into account the functioning of complex integrated systems such as the nerve and endocrine systems, immune and reproduction systems and the system controlling homeostasis, descending in stages towards the cellular, molecular and genetic levels. in the end, an understanding of living beings involves the management of an amazing capital of experimental data. this makes it necessary to consider all of the genes (genome), all of the transcripts coding for the proteins (transcriptome), all non-coding rnas (rnaome), all proteins expressed in a particular cell type (proteome) and all metabolites (metabolome) as a function of the enzyme catalyzers expressed and the energetics that underlie the catalyzed reactions, and, finally, to connect upstream events (mutations of genes and interference of messenger rnas, chemical modifications to amino acid residues in the proteins) to phenotypical modifications on the scale of the whole organism (phenome) (figure iv. ) . the goal of integrated or integrative biology ("systems biology") is therefore to put living beings into equations, that is, to represent them in virtual systems for which the behavior, accessible by means of calculation, can be predicted as a function of modifying parameters. in addition to the possibilities that are opened up in terms of a deeper understanding of physiological mechanisms, such virtual systems could be used for the design of new drugs or for the manufacture of economically valuable biomolecules. the diagram illustrates the different levels of complexity in the pathway that goes from all the genes together (genome) to all of the expressed characteristics (phenome) in the living being, passing via coding rnas (transcriptome) and non-coding rnas (non-coding rnaome), all the proteins (proteome), all addressing systems in the cell compartments (localisome) and all of the metabolic pathways (metabolome). at a scientific meeting held in sheffield, england, in january of , with the theme systems biology: will it work?, an argumentative discussion of the advantages as well as the disadvantages of an integrated, mathematized biology was useful in that it included a reminder that most of the parameters used in "systems biology" come from studies that are carried out in vitro on purified enzymes, and that it is not sufficient to know the value of the michaelian parameters (v max and k m ) in order to reach biological reality. in fact, in vivo, many enzymes record variations in activity that are hard to control due to allosteric type regulation or interenzyme contact; several enzymes of a metabolic pathway being able to interact to form a metabolon. however, by compacting several enzymes that catalyze contiguous reactions in a metabolic pathway, a metabolon considerably increases the catalytic efficiency of this pathway. another element of uncertainty arises from the protein density of the cell medium, and also from the fact that covalent modifications of enzymes can introduce a change in endocellular location (nucleus, organelles of the cytoplasm…). nevertheless, an approximative approach could limit itself to dealing with biological systems in modular terms, i.e., to considering them as being made up of a number of black boxes, each black box containing a series of reactions being processed mathematically together, with an input and an output. there is still a long way to go if we place ourselves on the cellular scale, but the end of the pathway seems even further away if we envisage the organism as a whole, taking into account the remote interactions between organs involving the interplay of chemical mediators. the brain plays a critical role in the dialogue between different organs, and in the regulation of the energy equilibrium in higher animals. this equilibrium can be disturbed by fasting or intense, prolonged muscular activity, or by an overabundant diet. the corrective response comes from a deep region of the brain, the hypothalamus, via the secretion of different types of peptides, some of which stimulate the appetite and others of which suppress it . while taking into account the multitude of parameters that affect the complexity of living beings on an individual level, the theoretical approach to the study of cell function by modeling has the advantage that it produces predictions and provides information about the validity of conclusions and of theories based on experiments that are old and accepted in the absence of contradictory elements. this was the case for the theory that stated that the state of activation of a gene is determined only by the presence in its environment of transcription factors. recent studies concerning the level of gene transcription in isolated cells have shown that there are probabilistic-type factors which mean that a given gene in a given cell can be activated at any moment. a review which came out in sums up this subject. in this review, the authors use modeling to analyze the behavior of cells in the process of differentiation during embryogenesis. their darwinian model, which associates contingency and selectivity, competes advantageously with the determinist (or instructive) model, based on an all-or-nothing logic, that has been implicitly accepted up until now. the darwinian model takes into account the occurrence of stochastic events at gene expression level, events that are partially linked to the structural modifications to the chromatin that depend on covalent modifications of an epigenetic nature (phosphorylation, methylation…). by basing itself on the existence of mutational fluctuations that arise by chance, associated with a selfregulation of gene expression, the model that is obtained shows that during embryogenesis a cell has a choice either to differentiate into another cell type or to remain in its initial state. differentiated cells stabilize their own phenotype and, in their surroundings, stimulate the proliferation of foreign cell phenotypes. a harmonious equilibrium between these two processes is the necessary condition for the setting up of the steps that lead to the arrangement of different cell types during organogenesis, which take place in an apparently inescapable order, in the absence of disturbances. a break in this equilibrium leads to an anarchical cell proliferation. generally speaking, from the point of view of experimental science, the lesson that can be drawn from current modeling experiments is that the bernardian determinism that has prevailed as the essential foundation stone of the methodology applied to the study of living beings may find itself being requalified by the taking into account of stochastic phenomena. this is the case when the number of reacting molecules is low and the probability of stochastic events is non negligible. the modeling of such systems necessitates having recourse to a complex mathematical formalism. it remains true that determinist models for simulation of the dynamics of living beings, represented by classical differential equations, are more-or-less valid when the number of reacting molecules involved is high and the reactions supposedly take place in a homogeneous medium. should "systems biology" be regarded as a resurgence of a physiology that has been somewhat neglected over the last few decades, but has been reinvigorated by a salutary hybridization of biologists and model-makers? in any case, this is the intention of the "physiome" project which has recently been launched on an international scale. it is also doubtless due to this state of mind that a trend which had gone out of fashion, involving the simulation of the performance of living beings by very elaborate concrete models, robots, is being reborn. an immense distance has been covered in just over two centuries, since the time when vaucanson presented automata in the forms of human figures, moved by ingenious springs and cogs, and giving the illusion that their movements were controlled by an intelligence, to a marveling public (chapter ii- . ). in the last decades of the th century, considerable progress was made in the understanding of the operation of the nervous system and in the development of technologies in which miniaturized electronics have come to the aid of already high-performance micromechanics. the brain being considered as an information processing machine, the aim is to understand the logic of this information machine by means of simulations on computers and, based on the results obtained, to construct robots whose electrical circuits take their inspiration from the operation of animal neurons. these robots are called biorobots or animats. insects have been chosen as a reference for the construction of such creatures because of the relative simplicity of their nervous systems: several hundred thousand neurons, in comparison with the billions of neurons present in mammals ( billion in man). the fly's system of vision has been favored as a subject of study because of the possibility it offers of being able to record the electrical response of neurons that can be identified one by one. in the middle of the s, in france, this inspired the pioneering work in biorobotics carried out by nicolas franceschini (b. ) and his team , (figure iv. ) . their objective was to study how an animal can avoid obstacles by means of its ocular perception and its movement-detecting neurons, the operation of which the team just analyzed using microelectrodes and a microscope-telescope specially built for the purpose. the fly's composite eye has elementary units or ommatidia, each carrying eight light receptor neurons. the electrical signals emitted by these neurons in response to captured light (at most a few dozen millivolts) are sent to subjacent neurons that are organized into three levels that correspond to the optical ganglions called the "lamina", "medulla" and "lobula". the lobula is a strategic decoding center which, because of the small number of neurons contained in it (sixty), has been the subject of in-depth electrophysiological investigation. each of the sixty neurons of the lobula operates as a signal integrator. the neurons of the lobula send their messages to motor neurons involved in the contraction of small muscles that control the guidance and stabilization of the fly's flight. based on an exhaustive study of the neuron wiring of the fly's eye, franceschini and his colleagues were able to reconstruct a facetted artificial eye that can retranscribe the light signals received optoelectronically. this artificial eye, the electronic components of which correspond to around one hundred movement detectors in the fly, was incorporated into the head of a robot. the recorded light signals were transmitted to the moving components of the robot. a -head of the blowfly, calliphora, seen from the front, showing the two compound eyes with their multifacetted array. each eye hides , photoreceptors that drive various image processors based on a few hundred thousand neurons. b -"elementary motion detector" (emd) neuron and its evolution over fifteen years: on the left, first generation ( ), using surface mounted device (smd) technology, compared to a one franc coin from that period; on the right, the version of the highly-miniaturized hybrid (analog + digital) emd circuit (mass . grams), compared with a one euro coin. c -autonomous vehicle ( kg) able to move around in a field of obstacles that it does not know about in advance. its vision is based on a genuine compound eye, whose circuits are inspired by those of the fly. it includes a network of "motion detecting neurons", transcribed electronically according to the principle analyzed in the fly's eye by means of microelectrodes and a specially-constructed microscope-telescope. this network is arranged around a ring that is about thirty centimeters in diameter. the recently-constructed roboflies, oscar and octave, only weigh around one hundred grams. d -routing of the electronic components (resistances, condensers, diodes and amplifiers that operate in their thousands) soldered onto the six-layer printed circuit-board that provides the connection between the sensors and the steering motor on board the autonomous mobile robot shown in (c). figure iv . illustrates the neuromimetic biorobofly constructed according to this principle. completely autonomous because of its on-board power supply, this robot was able to move around at high speed ( cm/s) in a cluttered area, avoiding the obstacles. this first "terrestrial" robofly, which was completed in , was followed by several much lighter brothers and sisters: fania, oscar and octave are aerial roboflys . constructed in , oscar is a captive robot that weighs around one hundred grams. it is equipped with an eye that reproduces the retinal microscanning of the fly's eye discovered by franceschini, oscar is able to rotate around a vertical axis because of its two diametrically opposed helices and can thus orient its view towards an object. if this object moves, oscar follows it with its eye, up to an angular speed comparable to the tracking speed of the human eye. produced in , octave is another aerial robofly that is able not only to take off and distinguish a relief, but also to land automatically and to react sensibly to a contrary wind in a turbulent atmosphere. on board, it has an electronic visuomotive self-regulation system, the operation of which is based on the signal processing operations that, in the insect, carry out the automatic pilot functions . the age of biorobotics, in which robots take their inspiration from animals, has only just begun . if specimens are still so rare, this is because behaviors for which we have a good understanding of the underlying neuronal bases are also rare. at the time of writing, a robot rat named psikharpax, with artificial muscles and a vision system that enables it to perceive objects in three-dimensional space, is being developed at the university of paris vi. almost in the realm of science fiction, we find hybrid robots obtained by hybridization of the living and the non-living. this is the case for the hybrid robot produced by japanese researchers, based on the silkworm moth. control of the nervous system of this insect is spread throughout its body. if its head is cut off, it continues to fly, which gave rise to the idea of replacing the head with an electronic transistor system . using a remote measurement device, it was possible to explore certain behavioral aspects of the insect. although the construction of hybrid robots may raise ethical objections, such technology is capable of giving rise to spectacular applications in the domain of prostheses. the neurological prostheses of the future will nevertheless require that a contact be made between living neurons and the electronic chips that are able to improve the inadequate processing of the physio- logical signal. such a contact was produced recently in a german laboratory directed by peter fromherz (b. ) . a small network of snail neurons, chosen because of their large size, was cultured on the surface of a silicon chip. a signal emitted at one location of the chip was able to be transmitted to another location via the synapse connection between two neurons ( figure iv. ) . on the molecular scale, mitochondrial atpase or atp synthase, with a size of around ten nanometers (chapter iii- . . ) was used recently for the manufacture of a biorobot that made its mark in the media as the smallest known rotating molecular motor. the membrane-type enzyme catalyzes the reversible reaction atp + h o adp + pi. this enzyme therefore has a double function; hydrolysis and synthesis. for this reason it is called atpase or atp synthase depending on the physiological context in which it is involved. in the mitochondria that oxidize metabolites, the enzyme operates like atp synthase. it catalyzes the synthesis of atp coupled to oxidation reactions. in the absence of respiration or of oxidizable substrates, the enzyme operates like atpase; it catalyzes the hydrolysis of atp. for ease of language, the enzyme will be designated here by the term atpase. it should be remembered that mitochondrial atpase includes two sectors, a hydrophobic sector, fo, characterized as a proton channel located inside the mitochondrial membrane, and a hydrophilic sector, f , carrying catalytic subunits that are arranged as if they were on a turret (see figure iii . c). fo contains two master parts of the atpase motor, i.e., a rotor comprising an assembly of around ten so-called "c" subunits and a stator that corresponds to the "a" subunit. the "c" subunit assembly is attached to the "γ" subunit of the catalytic sector f , which thus functions as a rotor. in , the british biochemist peter mitchell ( - ) showed that phosphorylative oxidation in the mitochondria is associated with a transmembrane transfer of protons. the mechanism involved is said to be chemiosmotic. the most important experiment involved an almost serendipitous observation, carried out with a simple ph meter. when a current of oxygen was passed through a suspension of mitochondria in an unbuffered saline medium, in the absence of adp and phosphate, an instantaneous acidification of the extramitochondrial medium occurred, shown by means of the ph meter electrode immersed in this medium. it was concluded that the sudden switch from anaerobiosis to aerobiosis, i.e., the start up of respiration, is correlated with an ejection of protons from the mitochondrial matrix to the extramitochondrial medium. afterwards, this fact was linked with several others, the whole leading to the formulation of the chemiosmotic theory. briefly, mitochondrial respiration generates a vectorial movement of protons from the interior to the exterior of the mitochondrion. because of this, a proton concentration difference is established on either side of the mitochondrial membrane. the electrical potential that is created in this way is used by the mitochondrial atpase in order to synthesize atp from adp and mineral phosphate. this process involves two correlated events: return movement of protons towards the inside of the mitochondrion across the fo sector of the atpase; rotation of the assembly of c subunits and the γ subunit that is interdependent with it. we have therefore moved from electrical to mechanical energy. during its rotational movement, the γ subunit establishes contacts with the three catalytic subunits of the f sector, in succession. one after the other, each of the three catalytic subunits in contact with the γ subunit undergoes a change in the conformation of its active site, which is at the origin of the synthesis of atp. in the absence of mitochondrial respiration, the reverse process occurs. the atp is hydrolyzed into adp and mineral phosphate, and the energy released at each of the three catalytic subunits is used to rotate the γ subunit in the reverse direction to that which accompanies the synthesis of atp. the existence of a rotational movement of mitochondrial atpase, which had been suggested on the basis of biochemical arguments and of structural data was authenticated by masasuke yoshida and his co-workers in japan in , thanks to an imaging technique . in a first step, the molecular system was simplified by being limited to the catalytic f sector of the enzyme. a methodological trick was employed: genetic engineering was used to modify the α and β subunits of this sector by fixing polyhistidine chains to them. because of the strong affinity between polyhistidine and nickel ions, the f sector α and β subunits were immobilized on a medium covered with nickel ions (carried by an organic molecule). an actin filament labeled with a fluorescent ligand was attached to the end of the f sector γ subunit. this assembly made it possible, under a fluorescence microscope, to display a rotational movement of the actin arm carried by the g subunit affected by the addition of atp and by its hydrolysis into adp and mineral phosphate. a similar rotational movement of the γ subunit carrying a metal microbar was observed by an american research group . remarkably, in , after having fixed a metal microbead onto the γ subunit, the japanese researchers demonstrated synthesis of atp from adp and mineral phosphate by rotating the γ subunit by means of rotation of the magnetic bead, induced by magnets. thus, the experimental coupling of a mechanical force and a chemical synthesis was demonstrated. in , the japanese research team succeeded in photographing the rotational movement of the enzyme powered by atp under the microscope, this time looking at the entire atpase complex, f fo. after having attached a gold microbead onto the "c" subunits of the fo sector, to act as a probe, the researchers were able to confirm that the rotational movement of these subunits depended on the hydrolysis of atp into adp and phosphate ( figure iv. ) . the whole of the mitochondrial atpase (atp synthase) does, in fact, function as a molecular rotational motor powered by a proton flow, rather like an industrial rotational motor powered by a fossil fuel or electricity. the analogy is a striking one; the γ subunit of the enzyme corresponds to the motor driveshaft and the "c" subunits correspond to the motor itself. because of its association with non-living structures, for example metal bars or gold beads, which are carried along in the rotational movement of the enzyme, it is possible to speak of molecular biorobots. this domain, in which nanomachines use macromolecules from the living world, has only just opened up, but its future is full of promise. the story of scientific progress made with respect to the mechanisms of phosphorylative oxidation via the functioning of mitochondrial atpase, from the time of mitchell's experiment with the ph meter until the time of the manufacture of yoshida's biorobots, is an exemplary one. it is typical of the way in which a mode of thought evolves over time, from a primary discovery resulting from serendipity or an experiment "to see what happens", leading to the proposal of the existence of a mechanism, to a carefully programmed project which, because of its inventive technicity, shows the validity of the proposed mechanism, and, in addition, demonstrates its future utilitarian value. nowadays, certain biotechnologists dream of being able to "synthesize life" in terms of cells that are able to imitate the performance of living cells. the concept of the "lab-in-a-cell " is coming to the fore , . nevertheless, it would be necessary to design an artificial cell that is an authentic replica of a living cell, and which benefits from all the attributes of a living cell. this is not achievable at the moment. thus, the current aim of nanobiotechnology is limited to scheduling the construction of artificial cells that are relatively simple both in composition and in function, for example, a microvesicle edged with a lipid membrane, containing a system of protein synthesis expressed from a short sequence of dna, as well as a system of atp synthesis able to supply the energy necessary for this protein synthesis. demonstration of a rotational movement of f fo mitochondrial atpase (atp synthase) , induced by atp. atpase or atp synthase (reversible catalysis enzyme that hydrolyzes or synthesizes atp) has two sectors (see figure iii . ). the membrane sector, fo, comprises an assembly of a dozen so-called c (rotor) subunits and an a (stator) subunit. the other, extra-membrane sector, f , is catalytic. it comprises three β catalytic subunits and three α non-catalytic subunits arranged in a ring, in alternating order. at the center of the ring is the γ subunit which is attached to the c subunits of the fo sector. subunits δ, ε and b stabilize the whole of the molecular complex. in the experiment illustrated in this figure, subunits α and β of the f sector of the enzyme have been genetically modified to include polyhistidine chains (his-tag, artificial ligand). due to the interaction of these chains with nickel ions (linked to an organic molecule) covering a solid support medium, the α and β subunits are immobilized. in addition, a gold microbead is fixed onto the ring of the fo sector c subunits by means of a chemical device (streptavidin molecule, artificial ligand). following the addition of atp, rotation of the microbead attached to the ring of fo sector c subunits is observed by microscopy on a black background. this rotation is dependent on (and at the same time an indicator of) the rotation of the c subunits, itself led by the rotation of the γ subunit in contact with the catalytic β subunits. note the ejection of protons. when the enzyme functions as atp synthase, the proton movement takes place in the opposite direction. "progress in biology is possibly mainly tributary to the drawing up of concepts or principles […] . in the process of elaborating concepts, which marks scientific progress in biology, there is sometimes a crucial step, when we realise that a more-or-less technical term that we had previously considered to cover a given concept, in fact covers a mixture of two (or more) concepts." ernst mayr translated from a french translation entitled history of biology. diversity, evolution and heredity - on the margins of the modeling and the difference in mathematized systems that comprise theoretical biology, particularly in silico biology, concepts are mental representations, often image-filled and idealized ones, of fundamental mechanisms that are deduced on the basis of experimental results. from the imaginary domain of the probable, they extrapolate constructions of the mind that are in phase with the facts and experimental data, within a reflective projection that gives them their meaning and makes it possible to make certain predictions. there are premonitory concepts. this was the case for the concept of the reflex arc that associates movement with sensation. this concept was already present in the ideas of descartes (chapter ii- . ), but it took more than a century before the theory of the existence of a reflex arc was supported by bell and magendie's demonstration of the existence of relay centers for sensory and motor nerves in the spinal chord (chapter iii- ). there have been premonitory concepts that, while they were demolished at the time they were first proposed, were shown to be completely accurate a few decades later. in the middle of the th century, the german pathologist jacob henle ( - ) needed a healthy dose of imagination and audacity in order to oppose the theory of the "miasma", a theory that was taught as a dogma, with a new theory that not only explained the spread of contagious diseases by microscopic beings, but also formulated the criteria for validating this theory, i.e., isolation of the pathogenic agent and its development in culture away from the diseased organism, then reproduction of the original pathology after injection of the pathogenic agent, which has been isolated, characterized and multiplied in a culture, into a model animal. thirty years would go by before the formulation of koch's postulates, based on experimental evidence (chapter iii- ). we may ask ourselves whether or not history is currently repeating itself in the case of spongiform encephalopathies that affect humans and animals, for which, according to the thesis of stanley prusiner (b. ) , the prion, as an infectious protein, is responsible. other evocative concepts hold the keys that open doors to domains that are unknown, but are potentially rich in information. it is thus that the double helix dna structure proposed by crick and watson, based on the complementarity of adenine-thymine and cytosine-guanine bases (chapter iv- . . ), led to the concept of dna replication with reconstruction of a double strand that is identical to the original double strand. the concept of dna replication spurred on matthew meselson (b. ) and franklin stahl (b. ) to develop an experimental protocol based on the labeling of the dna nucleotide bases of the enterobacterium e. coli with a heavy isotope of nitrogen, n, and on the differentiation of monocatenary dna strands in the process of synthesis by measurement of their density, as analyzed by centrifugation in cesium chloride gradients. in the same vein, jacob and monod's discovery of regulatory genes (chapter iv- . . ) gave rise to the concept of the operon which, in the bacterium, defines a genetic unit comprising structural genes and regulatory genes. the concept of the regulation of gene expression, extended to higher eukaryotes, makes it possible to explain the phenomenon of differentiation in cells with specific activities (muscle cells, nerve cells, epithelial cells…) by the silencing of certain genes and the activation of others. within the framework of bioenergetics, the chemiosmotic theory put forward by mitchell, in order to explain the coupling of mitochondrial respiration with atp synthesis (chapter iv- . ), gave rise to consideration of the concepts of transmembrane transport of metabolites and of vectorial metabolism. some generalizing concepts that carry a unifying virtue within them are known. one such is the concept of compartmentation. the cell is no longer considered to be a bag of enzymes, as used to be the case. it is now considered to be a compartmented structure in which each type of compartment corresponds to a type of organelle delimited by a membrane and characterized by specific functions. thus, because of the genetic material that is present in it, the nucleus of the cell holds the information necessary for the manufacture of proteins. the mitochondria, which are called cell power plants, are in charge of oxidizing the products of cell catabolism and using the resulting energy for the synthesis of atp from adp and mineral phosphate. the lysosomes are the garbage collectors of the cell. among the functions carried out by peroxisomes is the partial breakdown of very long chain fatty acids. the endoplasmic reticulum and the golgi apparatus are involved in the maturation and the secretion of proteins. the ribosomes represent the machinery upon which messenger rnas are displayed in order to be decoded into proteins. a sign of the extreme sophistication of this setup is that the membranes of the endocellular compartments are not sealed common walls. they contain proteins that act as selective transporters of metabolites or highly specific ion channels, allowing the exchange of messages throughout the cell. thus, each organelle, informed of the condition of the others, is able to adjust its own activity to ensure the greatest harmony of the whole. this conditioned compartmentation at cell level may be compared to the socialization of human communities. while endocellular organelles are compartments delimited by membranes, there are non-membrane-bound compartments in the cell, such as protein complexes in which two, three or even more proteins are closely linked. often, these are enzymes that catalyze reactions that are contiguous in a metabolic pathway. being compacted into a complex known as a metabolon results in an increased efficiency of the flow of metabolites by facilitating the channeling of this flow. concepts evolve, often adjusting their representations according to accumulated knowledge. a good example of this is the evolution of the concept of the gene since its formulation at the beginning of the th century. the term "genetics" was created in by the english naturalist william bateson ( - ) . the term "gene" was introduced three years later by the dane wilhelm johannsen. this term designated a principle which, in the chromosomes of fertilized egg, and in an intentionally vague manner, was supposed to have an influence on the phenotype of the progeniture. during the same period, the term "locus" appeared out of the experiments carried out by the american thomas hunt morgan on the drosophila, a locus being defined as a region of a chromosome which, when altered by a mutation, leads to a modification of the phenotype of the living organism. based on cross-breeding experiments carried out on hundreds of drosophila mutants, morgan and his co-workers drew up the first genetic maps. by chance, the salivary glands of the drosophila have a particular characteristic; the nuclei of their cells contain giant chromosomes called polytenes, which result from the association of a hundred replicate copies of chromosomes that, after staining, are visible under the optical microscope. on these chromosomes, it is possible to distinguish colored bands separated by clear bands. it was observed that specific mutations had specific effects on the arrangement and number of these bands. the material contained in the bands was therefore the site of mutations. in the middle of the s, the listing of more than bands made it possible to construct a cytological map that was already highly detailed. the concept of the gene, the material basis of inheritance, took root. the sporadic mutagenic effect of x-radiation in the drosophila, which was shown by the geneticist and biophysicist hermann mÜller ( - ), led the austrian physicist erwin schrÖdinger to question the sporadic event which, at the level of a target of a few dozen atoms, determines a mutation. he postulated that the target is located in the chromatin of the chromosomes, organized as an aperiodic crystal. the chemical nature of this target was identified with dna, following bacterial transformation experiments (avery, macleod and mccarthy, ) and experiments concerning bacterial infection by the bacteriophage (hershey and chase, ) (chapter iv- . . ). this is how the idea that gene = dna was born. the simple and reassuring idea that one gene → one enzyme, which was deduced from mutation experiments carried out by beadle and tatum on the mold neurospora crassa (chapter iii- . ), had only a limited lifetime. a first stumbling block appeared when it was shown that the activity of a gene, and in consequence its contribution to the phenotype, depends on nucleic elements outside the gene. the definition of the term "gene" was then extended to include promoting and regulatory sequences. in the case of the lac operon of escherichia coli, these sequences are located just upstream of the site where transcription begins. however, in eukaryotes, a regulatory sequence may be distant from the gene that must be transcribed and sometimes it may be involved in the regulation of several genes (chapter iv- . . ). in the s, the idea of the existence of the mosaic gene in eukaryotes appeared. a gene was now thought of as an assembly of several exons that originally in the chromosome are separated by introns. the alternative splicing of these pieces of genes gives rise to numerous possibilities for reconstitution, i.e., many messages coding for many different proteins. thus, however useful the concept of the gene has been with respect to its ability to generate discussion and to provoke experimentation concerning the molecular machinery responsible for the transmission of the hereditary characteristics, we can see that the term itself has not ceased to be the subject of readjustments, since the time it was first formulated. certain concepts are matched with metaphors. while some metaphorical concepts, particularly those that make use of images designed to grab the imagination, and to be easy to understand, tend to take liberties with the realities of living beings, they can also shed light on unsuspected mechanisms in sectors that have been neglected. metaphorical concepts are not a current fashion. it should be remembered that in his passions of the soul ( ), descartes, when asked "how limbs can be moved by objects of the senses and by the mind without the help of the soul," responds that this takes place "in the same way as the movement of a watch is produced only by the force of its spring and the arrangement of its cogs." later on, with lavoisier's clear vision of the vital role of oxygen, and his comparison of respiration with combustion, the concept of the chemistry of life, combined with that of bioenergetics, came to the fore, and was at the heart of studies on the metabolism. chemical reactions that liberate and absorb heat were substituted for the cogs of cartesian mechanics. the second half of the th century saw the birth and development of the concept of the program, a concept with computer technology connotations, which was destined to explain the phenomena of inheritance. this concept began to fill out from the moment when it became certain that, in its nucleotide sequence, dna contains the necessary information for the construction of the protein material of cells. for a certain period of time, the passion for molecular genetics eclipsed the interest that had previously been given to metabolic chemistry. the powerfulness of the metaphorical concept may be measured according to the effect it has in pushing scientific research in particular directions, with the results this has on society. thus, during the th and th centuries, the study of human pathology was impregnated with a strong iatromechanical current. physiological chemistry and its corollary, pathological chemistry, which emerged as disciplines in their own right in the th century and achieved full expansion in the th century, are our inheritance from lavoisier and the concept of discussion about concepts necessarily leads to a brief discussion of scientific semantics, as shown by the few examples given in the previous pages. as we have just seen, the word gene that was put forward by johannsen around one century ago did not have the same meaning at that time as it has now, a meaning that still remains fluid. the gmo, an acronym meaning genetically modified organism, which has been the subject of vehement diatribes over the last few years, becomes much less of an object of passion if it is considered within the context of evolution. after all, for the last two to three billion years, living organisms have been genetically modified constantly by spontaneous mutations, which is why the human beings that we are today are able to discuss them! the term cloning is another example of a semantic misunderstanding that leads to inaccurate interpretation and arouses the passions. the primary meaning of the term cloning is the multiplication and the identical reproduction of a living cell. the simplest and most unambiguous example is that of bacterial cloning, a bacterial cell producing millions of cells that are identical to the original cell by its multiplication in a nutritive medium. the term animal reproductive cloning does not carry exactly the same semantic weight. it should be remembered that, in eukaryotes, the preliminary act of the cloning procedure involves the injection of the nucleus (with n chromosomes) from a somatic cell into an enucleated oocyte (chapter iv- . . ; see also chapter iv- . ). the somatic cell nucleus, by providing its genetic equipment, gives the being that will develop in the uterus a phenotype that is practically identical to that of the somatic cell donor, but nevertheless not completely identical, as the cytoplasm of the enucleated ovum, with its mitochondria, provides a small but non-negligible fraction of genes, the mitochondrial genes. as for therapeutic cloning (in the absence of uterine implantation), this is used for the manufacture of differentiated cells that may be grafted into the individual who has donated the original somatic cell, with no immune-related rejection occurring. this is non-reproductive cloning. the passionate argument that has arisen because the term cloning is bandied about in an ill-considered fashion illustrates the confusion that can result from a lack of precision in the use of certain terms with a high level of media impact. "all the major problems of the relations between society and science lie in the same area. when the scientist is told that he must be more responsible for his effects on society, it is the applications of science that are referred to […] . no government has the right to decide on the truth of scientific principles, nor to prescribe in any way the character of the questions investigated." the progress of science is linked to that of civilization. it is in keeping with the state of mind, the beliefs, the lifestyle and the thought patterns of societies. in ancient greece, where manual work was considered to be servile, science remained essentially theoretical, confined to logic and dialectics, and strongly attached to questions of philosophy. the birth of experimental science in the th and th centuries went hand-in-hand with the rehabilitation of manual work. the technical side dominates in modern biology, which seeks to solve problems concerning the "how", rather than to address philosophical problems concerning the "why". as ian hacking (b. ) says in representing and intervening ( ), nowadays engineering, and not theorizing, is the greatest proof of scientific realism, which leads to the minimization of philosophical thought. in a skeptical biochemist ( ) , the polish-born american biochemist joseph fruton ( fruton ( - emphasizes the contrast between the th century and the first half of the th century, when eminent scientists were still interested in the ideas of the professional philosophers of the history of the sciences concerning the progress of experimental research and, in contrast, the end of the th century, when philosophy and the experimental sciences pretended to ignore one another. this is doubtless partly because the history of biology has become the history of biotechnologies to such an extent that, according to some, the objects being explored are so familiar that they are now part of the life of society. in pandora's hope ( ), bruno latour (b. ) considers that the current confrontation between subject and object, in which the researcher-subject explores the structure and function of the object, is being transformed into a human-nonhuman dialogue, in which the nonhuman-object becomes "socialized". taking yeast as an example, latour writes that it has been "working for millenia in the brewing industry, but now it works in a network of thirty laboratories where its genome is mapped, humanized and socialized like a code, a book, or a program of action that is compatible with our ways of coding, counting and reading […] . non-humans have become automatons, admittedly without rights, but much more complex than material entities." latour visualizes the human-nonhuman associations in the form of collectives that are organized into strata that implement the technical, the political, the social, the ethical, the ecological… the technosciences correspond to one of these strata, the sociotechnical stratum that is directly linked to the stratum of political ecology. in the same spirit, the belgian philosopher gilbert hottois (b. ), in his philosophies of the sciences, philosophies of techniques ( ) remarks that "laboratories produce things that go off to live their lives in society and in nature." thus, bacteria, yeasts or genetically modified plants are able to produce drugs such as insulin, growth hormone and vaccines for human medicine. these drugs become part of and indispensable to life in society. they are evaluated according to their market value by the companies that patent, manufacture and sell them, and according to the comfort they bring to the patients to whom they are administered. the financial management that results from their consumption becomes a worry for those responsible for public health, while their manufacture by specialized companies generates industrial activity and economic growth which may be measured according to how fashionable they are and how they sell. for a long time, society, while benefiting from scientific progress, remained indifferent to the experimental method, that is to say, the way in which knowledge progresses. in the last decades of the th century, society became aware, via information concerning the occasionally demonized exploits of genetic engineering, that science can "take liberties" with the human being. populations were well informed about the effects that genetic engineering could have on the mortality rates of pathologies such as cancer and diabetes or on degenerative illnesses of the nervous system, and about the closeness of possible solutions. however, they were also warned about the risks to which science was exposing humankind. remembering certain tragic episodes concerning hiv-contaminated blood transfusions, growth hormone and mad cow disease, and certain cassandra-like predictions, such as a catastrophic epidemic of spongiform encephalopathy that has happily yet to appear, society shows reservations when the media inform its members of new feats of modern technology. political authorities, for their part, afraid of potential problems, tend to follow the principle of precaution, which in fact hides a fear of risk. however, evaluating risk involves not being afraid of it but understanding it in a lucid and courageous fashion. informed by the media, which often use sensationalism, the citizen is increasingly calling into question whether certain practices involving the biosciences, such as cloning, or certain mercantile transactions such as the taking out of patents concerning gene sequences, or even experimentation on live animals, are well-founded. "the problem of experimentation on man is no longer a simple problem of technique. it is a problem of value. from the moment that biology concerns man no longer simply as a problem, but as instrumental to the search for solutions concerning him, the question arises of deciding whether the price of knowledge is such that the subject of the knowledge is able to consent to become the object of his or her own knowledge. we have no difficulty here in recognizing the still open debate concerning man as a means or an end; an object or a person. this is to say that human biology does not contain in and of itself the answer to questions concerning its nature and its significance." knowledge of life - written at a time when people were far from imagining how molecular biology was going to expand, the prophetic words of georges canguilhem ( - ) have maintained their philosophical validity. manipulation of the human embryo, whether this involves its creation by cloning or the modification of its genetic inheritance, obviously leads to the need to consider the societal, religious and political points that arise from the domain of bioethics and are a reflection of the period in which we are living. until recently, advances made in biology left moralists indifferent. this ceased to be the case when scientific experimentation began to look at the human embryo with a view to utilitarian ends in the health domain. the specter of cloning was brandished without any clear distinction being made between reproductive cloning and therapeutic cloning. biology became demonized. however, as biologist pierre chambon (b. ) said in an interview in the french journal biofutur: "in absolute terms, biology is unable to tell us whether the cloning of a human being is moral or immoral, it simply tells us whether it is biologically possible." the birth dolly the sheep in (chapter iv- . . ) triggered a virulent debate because now that the cloning of an animal had become possible, that of a human being became envisageable. the media sensationalized this debate all the more in that it was exacerbated by debate concerning gmos (chapter iv- . ). the dolly affair became a problem of society. up until then, the biosciences had been happy just to try and understand the mechanisms that explained the functions of living beings, but now, with the advent of gmos and cloning, it became obvious that a forbidden barrier had been crossed and that man had the power not only to transform but also invent himself. faced with this desacralisation of nature, the need arose for some philosophical reflection. this was given the name of bioethics, which is the title of the book, bioethics, a bridge to the future, which was written by the american biologist van rensselaer potter ( - ) in . the term bioethics covers philosophical considerations that range from the biosphere to the human person. bioethics tries to give a wider meaning to the moral codes which, in human societies, depend on ancestral traditions. it aims to prescribe that which is desirable according to the kantian maxim of the categorical imperative. in his what is bioethics? ( ), the belgian historian gilbert hottois reminds us that bioethics are above traditional morals, the latter being a set of norms that are most often spontaneously respected as good habits, without any critical reflection being involved, while bioethics, on the other hand, arises out of critical thought, analysis, discussion and the evaluation of established mores. over the last few years, the problems that are targeted by bioethics have moved towards today's burning issues. human cloning is an example. while allegations of the transcendence of man in nature may lead to human reproductive cloning being considered as a crime, strictly scientific considerations lead to an emphasis on the lack of responsibility shown by a few zealots, given the hazards involved in cloning in animals, such as the need to use a large number of oocytes in order to achieve success in cloning, the very low viability of the cloned embryos and the development of serious functional anomalies in the clones that survive. even supposing that scientific progress will one day overcome these difficulties, human reproductive cloning will come up against an insurmountable obstacle, the cloned subject's fear of finding that he or she is identical to the relative from whom his or her genetic inheritance comes. after all, the notion of manipulation of the human ovule with the aim of serial reproduction has often haunted science fiction stories. in brave new world ( ), aldous huxley ( - ) gives an apocalyptic vision of the budding of human eggs that produce hundreds of identical twins which are conditioned into classes and subclasses while being raised in jars, depending on the quality of the nutritive substances they are given. in the artificial uterus ( ), henri atlan (b. ) predicts that the raising of human fetuses in jars could well become an alternative to uterine gestation in a distant future. let it be understood that human reproductive cloning, which is no longer part of the domain of science fiction, as it has become feasible, must be considered as being reprehensible because it goes beyond the limits of reason, and is a denial of human transcendence. man as subject cannot be considered as an object. the problem of therapeutic cloning is quite different, although it leads to reticence and prohibition because the demarcation between therapeutic and reproductive cloning depends mainly on whether a cloned embryo is implanted in a uterus. while, at the time of writing, therapeutic cloning has been prohibited in france, germany and other countries, it is tolerated in great britain. in the usa, the prohibition only applies to publicly-financed researched, while each state has its own legislation, which is relatively flexible. the objective of therapeutic cloning is to provide patients with tissues that arise from their own selves, and are therefore immunocompatible and able to be grafted without there being any risk of rejection (chapter iv- . . ). it is based on the removal of somatic cells from the subject to receive the graft and the transfer of the nuclei of these cells into enucleated oocytes. the stem cells that are obtained after the first divisions are stimulated using appropriate growth factors. depending on the factor used, the stem cells differentiate to form a type of tissue (hepatic, muscular, nerve…) that can be used as a graft. such a procedure may be envisaged for patients who have suffered a serious, invalidating trauma, for example section of the spinal chord. a graft of immunocompatible nerve cells might make it possible to re-establish nerve continuity. a similar type of therapy has been considered for parkinson's disease, the cause of which is a degenerescence of certain cells of the encephalon (chapter iv- . . ). given the hopes that are raised by the possibility of such therapies, and the fact that, after all, such therapeutic cloning is the equivalent to an autograft, even if the ways in which the graft is obtained are slightly tortuous, the demonization and rejection of such practices should be reconsidered, calmly and coolly. another option for therapeutic cloning is the correction of mutations identified in the mitochondrial genome of a woman wishing to have children. it is, in fact, the mother's ovum that provides the fertilized egg with its complement of mitochondria that are indispensable for its viability. the manipulation involves inserting the nucleus of a fertilized ovum from the mother, obtained by artificial insemination, into an enucleated oocyte taken from a woman who is not suffering from the mitochondrial defect. the cytoplasm of the enucleated oocyte provides the stock of functional mitochondria that are indispensable to normal cell function in the future embryo. in a domain of the bioethics, in which rational objectivity comes up against deliberately technophobic religious and cultural considerations, it is useful to remember certain legal and legislative paradoxes. thus, in france, after having been considered to be a criminal act that was subjected to severe repression by the law up until , the right to have an abortion before the end of the third month of pregnancy became not only authorized but also protected by law. it is interesting to note that in the th century, thomas aquinas, the father of the church, had acknowledged that a fetus only becomes "animated" by the implantation of the soul by holy will in the third month after fertilization. another subject to be considered is pre-implantation genetic diagnosis (pgd), in which human embryos that have been fertilized in vitro are sorted in order to find those that are without defects, a practice which is on the verge of being a deviation in the direction of eugenics. nevertheless, pgd is the basis of a practice that is either already legalized or is in the process of being so in several european countries, the creation of so-called designer babies. a typical example is that of a designer baby arising from an embryo whose immune profile to that of an older sibling who is suffering from leukemia. in this case, there is good reason to hope that a graft of immunocompatible blood cells from the designer baby into the sibling who is suffering from leukemia will save the latter from death. out of the disharmony of opinions that arising from cultural tradition, religious conviction or simply scientific pragmatism, the american biologist and philosopher h. tristram engelhardt (b. ) , in the foundations of bioethics ( ) proposes a lay bioethics that is based upon the principle of permission. lay bioethics advocates tolerance while admitting that this tolerance in no way prevents anyone from taking up a personal position; it means that each human being has a moral sensitivity as well as the ability to reason and to choose within a defined limit of non-harmfulness and of justice. the individual is free to modify his or her destiny, or to manipulate his or her nature by genetic interventions because, adds engelhardt, "there is no lay moral foundation to prohibit such an intervention." when a researcher or the research organization that the researcher belongs to files for a patent for an invention with a patent office, it is necessary to demonstrate the novel and utilitarian nature of this invention. if a patent is accepted, this gives the person or body that filed it the exclusive right to make use of the invention over a pre-determined period of time, generally years, which is a means of protection, or, if desired, to allow others to make use of the invention by issuing a license to do so. in the domain of living beings, there has sometimes been confusion between invention and discovery. in , craig venter, known for his participation in the sequencing of the human genome, filed a demand for a patent covering the sequences of fragments of recombinant dna (cdna) called est (expressed sequence tags) that are obtained by reverse transcription from human brain messenger rnas, in the name of the nih (national institutes of health) at bethesda (usa). the patent specified that ests could be used as probes to characterize genes that are potentially involved in neurological ailments. the resulting outcry led the nih to withdraw its patent demand. in fact, the patenting of living beings has a long history that goes back to the patent that was filed in in france by louis pasteur, and then in in the usa, for the use, in brewing, of a yeast culture that was free from pathogenic bacteria. from this historical perspective, the case of ananda chakrabarty (b. ) set a legal precedent. in , chakrabarty filed a demand with the us patent office for a patent relating to a pseudomonas type bacterium which, by genetic modification, had acquired the ability to digest crude oil. his demand was refused. after an appeal and many legal battles, the united states supreme court overturned the patent demand refusal, the basis of the judgement being that any modified microorganism is a product of human ingenuity and has a specific name, characteristics and use. thus, from onwards, the arrival of an era of patents derived from genetic engineering was indicative of how this discipline was growing. in december of that year, stanley cohen and herbert boyer, acting on behalf of the university of stanford, patented a nucleic chimera comprising a recombinant dna carried by a vector. in , a patent concerning the growth hormone gene was awarded to the university of san francisco. in , the university of california at berkeley obtained a patent for the human insulin gene. in , the american company pioneer hi-bred succeeded in patenting a variety of corn in which genetic modification has led to an increased synthesis of tryptophan, an amino acid that is indispensable for animal feed. in , the genentech company acquired a patent for the gene coding for human gamma interferon. this was followed in japan by a patent for the gene coding for beta interferon. in the same year harvard university patented the oncomouse, a transgenic mouse whose susceptibility to cancer is greatly increased. after this, several species of transgenic animals were patented for utilitarian purposes, such as the production of human alpha- -antitrypsin taken from the milk of transgenic goats and used for the treatment of cystic fibrosis. the frenetic patenting of living beings has reached the domain of natural products arising from the plant world in tropical regions, the immensely varied essences arising from these plants being full of pharmacological potential. the potential for producing drugs of a considerable commercial value from such plants is very high. here we return to the problem of the patenting of genetically modified, cultivatable plants (gmps) (chapter iv- . ). thus, the experimental method, the principle of which is to acquire pure knowledge, finds itself led astray in its applications. whatever the motives that are given, particularly for manipulations that give rise to the manufacture of marketable products, the patenting of genomes for mercantile ends shows the regrettable, but unfortunately inevitable, direction in which the very spirit of a science, molecular biology, which half a century ago wished to be at the heart of an understanding of living beings, has drifted. the suffering of animals that are being experimented upon gives rise to a moral problem. the end of the th century saw large-scale demonstrations against vivisection and repeated demands for it to be abolished. today, there is renewed vigor in the call for the abolition of vivisection, without any real coherent basis. this desire to stop experimentation on animals ignores the imperatives of contemporary medicine, which must meet the challenge of pathologies whose increasing incidence is worrying, such as cardiovascular diseases, diabetes, cancer, and the degenerative illnesses that are linked with aging or are of genetic origin. it is true that animal experimentation inevitably leads to questions. are the stakes involved in a particular experiment, in terms of the acquisition of new knowledge, worth the suffering of an animal used in that experiment? is it not necessary to ensure that the experimental protocol is well-documented, that it is not redundant, or even that it has been the subject of previous studies carried out on cells in culture? it is easy to see the size of the methodological chasm that separates contemporary physiology from that of the time of claude bernard, when cell culture techniques were not yet being used, when the main instrument used was the scalpel and the researcher, using his or her imagination and creativity, had to develop specific protocols that were able to validate or refute a working hypothesis. each period in history operates in its own way according to its moral laws and its technical capabilities. the bloody operations carried out by magendie and by claude bernard in the th century, which were tolerated at this time despite criticisms from antivivisectionists, would not be permitted today. nevertheless, it is true that the physiologists of the th century, by means of the results of their experiments, wove a tapestry of new knowledge on which contemporary biologists were going to work and without which the level of understanding the modern science would be much lower than it is. animal experimentation remains indispensable in many areas of physiological investigation, in genomics, in toxicology and in pharmacology. it is a precondition for clinical trials of any new drug, being used to test for the drug's efficacy, its metabolism and any toxicity. however, not all data arising from animal experi-mentation can be extrapolated to man. the margin of uncertainty can be reduced by means of comparative trials on several animal species. because of their phylogenetic proximity to man, primates may seem to be the solution for experimentation prior to the application of a drug in man. this was the case for the development of a vaccine against hepatitis b. it has been proposed the grafting of stem cells in man should be preceded by experimentation in apes, in order to ensure the absence of tumorization over the long term. however, the researcher is confronted with a dilemma: should he or she ensure the safety of man with respect to possible deleterious effects or respond to ethical demands that recognize the very great genomic similarities between man and the chimpanzee. a consideration of cloning, patenting and animal experimentation practices illustrates the excesses of the experimental method in domains where political authorities consider themselves able to legislate. administrative decisions, often made in the absence of any dialogue with scientific authorities, can have serious consequences. thus, given the pretext of strict obedience to the principles of bioethics, which are a matter of tradition, and while certainly respectable, are nevertheless arguable, and also given the pretext of a sickly and unconsidered fear of the risk involved in certain experimental practices, and the absence of an intelligent evaluation of this risk, research, which until recently took place in a motivating atmosphere of liberty, may, over the long term, be weighed down with a highly prejudicial handicap and a limitless sense of discouragement. in the th and th centuries, experimental research, which was still in an emergent phase, was mainly artisanal, and in the hands of rare scholars. it took form during the th century in the west, particularly actively in germany, and became operational in the th century, under the aegis of governmental authorities, with the creation of institutes, the programmed recruitment of researchers and the allocation of renewable budgets. modern science, based on the principles of the experimental method, came to the fore much later in the east than in the west. the globalization of knowledge has meant that at present experimental science, in all domains, including that of the life sciences, has spread throughout the world, with even those countries that had become relatively backward in these domains because of their isolation catching up rapidly. nevertheless, it is true that the progress of the experimental sciences in the usa and in the united kingdom has been distinguished by pragmatic management of these countries' science policies, based on the excellence and the high degree of autonomy of their universities and research institutes with respect to recruitment and choice of subjects of study. the efficacy of this policy in the life sciences may be judged by the number of researchers who have won nobel prizes since the second world war (at the time of writing, more than in the usa and twenty or so in great britain as opposed to only in france). in france, research on living beings is carried out in the laboratories of universities, in institutes connected with higher education and in laboratories that are run by large organizations such as the national scientific research center (cnrs), the national institute of health and medical research (inserm), the national institute of agronomic research (inra), the atomic energy commission (cea), the national institute of research in computer processing and automation (inria), the national center for space studies (cnes) and the french institute of research on the seas and oceans (ifremer). equivalent bodies exist in countries other than france, some of them being institutes that are dedicated solely to research, and some being university laboratories that associate research and teaching. at the beginning of the th century, the function of researcher was most often associated with that of a professor occupying a chair at a university, surrounded by a few assistants, the professor directing the research work in his area of specialization. now, within a period of a few decades, the status of researcher has been modified greatly. today we talk of research careers classified according to level of expertise and technicality. management, or the supervision of career paths and the control of financing, is carried out by an administration that is itself highly hierarchical. the scientific process has undergone a metamorphosis, shown by changes in the behavior of researchers not only within the institutions in which they work but also in their relationships with the media, the political sphere and society. the teaching of the life sciences needs to take this into account. "long ago, there was a time when scientists recounted the exact circumstances of their discoveries, without shame, even when their recital showed up the fragility of their forecasts or an indecent collaboration on the part of every bit of luck. such times are past, and the researchers of today often like to make us believe that they only find what they are looking for. the thousands of pages pasteur's lab books provide an opportune reminder to us (and to program-makers or impatient users) that it is just as difficult to ask a question as to answer it, that a scientific discovery often occurs after a long, winding path, that rather than following the fashion, it is preferable to follow one's ideas, particularly if they are good ones, and are in advance of the fashion." jean jacques molecular dissymmetry, in "pasteur, workbooks of a scholar" - current technological progress, the accumulation of the scientific knowledge, the institutionalization of the public research and many other factors are disrupting a ritual of the experimental process that had survived until the middle of the th century, and even beyond. the experimental life sciences of the st century will necessarily see themselves remodeled with respect to their objectives and procedures. faced as it is by an increasingly tough international competition, the scientific community is also subject to restrictions in terms of operation and prospectives. an organization into small teams of a few researchers gathered around a boss, working in friendly interaction, is increasingly giving way to large groupings that sometimes seem like consortiums. focused on research subjects that are deemed to be "cost-effective", these superstructures are encouraged, or even imposed, in the sadly illusive hope that the will lead to greater efficacy. the person in charge of such large groups is taken up with everyday management tasks and by maintaining good relations with the administrative bodies on which his or her organization's survival depends. he or she may become distanced from the experimentation and forget the intellectual motivations that in the past caused his or her competence to be recognized. it should be emphasized that the secret of future successes lies in situations where young researchers are in direct contact with their bosses, and where friendly interaction with a known master teaches the apprentice researcher how to learn, how to think and how to experiment in a critical fashion. preoccupied by the rapid expansion of the scientific population, accompanied by the creation of laboratories whose operation necessarily requires financing, often on a large scale, political authorities, giving way to the requirements of media-fed public opinion, are interfering more and more, via administrative relays, in the control of the objectives of experimental research. short-term objectives, considered to be "visible", are favored. a priori, the viability of a project is judged according to the scientific context of the period and its impact on society, insofar as the project looks at health problems with a high degree of media coverage (cancer, degenerative illnesses, viral infections…) and often in agreement with a consensus that avoids going against the orthodoxy of the moment. this leads to a rigid management of projects that are financed and controlled according to objectives that have been fixed in advance, and that are all the more easily accepted by state authorities when they are somewhat fantastic in character. however, fundamental research proceeds from a playful activity, and for this reason, its efficacy is dependent on the passion of the researcher for the problem that he or she is studying. in contrast to what is believed by the narrow-minded, the effectiveness of a researcher in terms of discoveries depends upon the liberty that is given to this researcher, assuming, of course, that this liberty is underpinned by criteria of confidence such as the researcher's scientific past, his or her motivation, and judgements made concerning the researcher by impartial peers. it should not be forgotten that the determination of the three-dimensional structure of hemoglobin by max perutz (chapter iii- . . ) took around twenty years of solitary, uninterrupted and untiring labor. the theoretical and technical tricks that led to this success helped to open up the domain of the structures of giant macromolecules, several dozen kilodaltons in size, which no-one had dared study before. anyone who uses the experimental method realizes that while fundamental research must be organized, it cannot be scheduled. such a person knows that the pathways to discovery are convoluted, and that an inexplicable observation that appears unexpectedly during an experiment can sometimes, if the researcher is sufficiently perspicacious, be the beginning of an adventure that leads to a discovery. it was to just such a convoluted path that the belgian biologist christian de duve (b. ) alluded in his speech when he received the nobel prize for medicine and physiology in . after working at the university of saint louis in the usa, de duve, who had taken up a post at the university of louvain, belgium, decided to look at a research theme that had received a great deal of media coverage, diabetes and insulin. it was while operating on one of the subcellular fractions obtained from ground rat's liver, and analyzing certain of the enzyme activities of these fractions, that he was surprised to find, in one of them, enriched with mitochondria, a phosphatase activity that, paradoxically, increased with time, while the enzyme activities specific to the mitochondria declined. this was an activity belonging to organelles that were contaminating the mitochondria. dropping all research on diabetes, de duve set out to identify and characterize these unknown organelles. he discovered that they were involved in the breakdown (lysis) of molecules that are undesired by the cell and, for this reason, he called them lysosomes. the discovery of lysosomes helped to open a new chapter in cell biology and to attribute a molecular cause to diseases with serious prognoses whose etiology had remained a mystery up until then. these diseases were given the label lysosomal diseases. these diseases result from the absence of a lysosomal enzyme that is responsible for the breakdown of a given metabolite. the accumulation of this non-broken-down metabolite in the lysosomes leads to cell malfunction, which causes the lysosomal disease. as de duve said jokingly, if he had carefully followed the experimental process laid down in his diabetes research project, and if he had not given way to the temptation of "playing hooky" or "playing truant" he would never have mounted the podium in stockholm. in the same way, henri-gèry hers ( - ), a cell pathologist at the internationally renowned louvain school, remarked in an article published in the review médecine/sciences: "i believe we would obtain maximum value for the money devoted to research if we were willing to distribute it to those who have been shown to be productive, according to their needs, and without asking them for a program." hers concluded, in a tone that was deliberately playful, but thought-provoking, "such a simple system would lead to unemployment for a large number of administrators, which is why i suspect that it will never be adopted." research has its own set of ethics, driven by anticonformity and the creative imagination, capable of shaking up firmly-anchored ways of thinking and established hierarchies, and of leaving the researcher the freedom to express him or herself and to experiment off the beaten paths. as eccles says in evolution of the brain and creation of the conscience, it is important to distinguish between intelligence and imagination. intelligence is measured according to the rapidity and depth of understanding and clearness of expression. it may be measured and even given a numerical value. the same is not true for the imagination, a more subtle, unmeasurable phenomenon that cannot be learned. the imagination is one of the levers that is able to lift the boulder that hides scientific truth. the imagination is the ultimate weapon of research, which shakes up the knowledge acquired by the intelligence. nevertheless, the imagination must be tempered by a good critical sense that is able to perceive potential sources of artifacts, both in sophisticated instruments that act as so many black boxes from which already manufactured information emerges and in genetic or chemical cell exploration methods whose specificity must be carefully checked. the benefits that can sometimes be gained from prospective research that is far from dogma that is rooted in sterilizing tradition, the way in which knowledge progresses, most often by moving away from any orthodoxy, the way discoveries appear unexpectedly on the fringes of carefully put together projects, all of these points are matters for reflection for those in power in the worlds of politics, economics and industry. publication is an essential tool for communicating scientific knowledge, and is the judgement criterion for committees in charge of evaluating the creativity of a researcher. in order to have meaning, a publication must provide information that is sufficiently innovative with respect to parallel work carried out in other laboratories. here again, media coverage has quietly infiltrated the scene. its role is all the more perverse in that the rating of a publication is estimated according to its impact index, or, roughly speaking, the renown of the scientific journal in which it is published. curiously, it has happened that articles that would later be considered to be of primary importance have been rejected by highly prestigious journals, simply because the facts mentioned in the article and the conclusions made have not coincided with the orthodox opinions of the period and the traditionalist spirit of the journal's editorial committee. this was the case for an article which the biochemist hans krebs ( krebs ( - submitted to the british journal nature in . in this article krebs described a series of experiments showing that an endocellular metabolite, pyruvate, product of glycolysis, is completely degraded during a cycle of enzyme reactions. this degradation cycle would later be recognized as the central pivot of the intermediate metabolism. called upon to judge revolutionary scientific considerations, and unable to perceive their importance, nature's editorial committee rejected the article. krebs then sent his article to a journal with a relatively restricted audience, enzymologia. it was accepted and published in the two months that followed. the importance of the concept that was put forward in the article ensured that its author gained international recognition, leading to his winning the nobel prize for physiology and medicine in . for the researcher, publication is a way of making his or her work known. it is also the way in which the researcher learns about the work of others. while the rhythm at which publications in the life sciences appeared increased slightly in the first half of the th century, the second half of that century saw a great acceleration in this rhythm, leading to a difficult-to-manage proliferation of reviews and books. it has been estimated that in the last thirty years the volume of publications in the biological domain has increased five-fold; in the preceding twenty years it had already doubled. this accumulation of publications makes it harder for the researcher to judge the quality of the huge mass of published articles, even in the highly targeted domains that are within his or her area of expertise. the researcher, therefore, will deliberately choose a particular article according to the prestige of the journal in which it is published, which is not an inviolable criterion of quality. in addition, any judgement concerning the pertinence of a scientific article necessitates a dissection of the subtleties of the methodology, the well-groundedness of the experimental protocol and the validity of the results, by means of a careful examination of tables of results and graphs, and, finally, the logic of the discussion. this restrictive yet absolutely necessary requirement limits the number of articles that are likely to be screened. however, this is not the worse fault of publication today. there is another problem that is much more worrying. many documentation centers have reacted to this inflation in the scientific press by equipping themselves with computing facilities that are able to find, in data banks, articles that have been selected on the basis of a key word index, and to display them on screens. while acknowledging that this constitutes an inescapable change in the transmission of scientific know-how, it should be recognized that in browsing through the pages of a highquality scientific review, it is possible to come across an article containing an innovative idea or a useful technique, an advantage that is less available when using the on-line system of scientific publication that is most prevalent nowadays. mention should also be made of the requirement to publish frequently and within short time frames, for reasons of competitivity, when aspiring to obtain jobs or promotions, or even just to obtain recognition, this requirement being another factor that is prejudicial to fundamental research. it is the cause of worrying excesses, such as experiments that are hastily published and non-reproducible, or even the falsification of experimental results, occasionally within a context of considerable media coverage. although such practices, which are the exception rather than the rule, are rapidly detected and condemned in a scientific culture where information circulates freely, the publicity that they incite, which reaches society at large via the media, leads to an overall discrediting of experimental research. at present, one of the most noticeable trends in scientific publication is that of collectivism. while, in the th century, scientific articles were usually published in the name of a single author, occasionally two authors, and very rarely more than two, nowadays publications are often co-authored by several people, and when the work involves the analysis of structures, or the sequencing of genomes, several dozen researchers may be co-authors. from being the work of individuals, research has become collective. in domains whose complexity requires a wide selection of techniques that may range from physics to genetics, the hybridization of specific areas of expertise is certainly indispensable, and this requires the collaboration on a particular project of researchers who are sometimes physically remote from one another. the downside for the researcher, particularly one who is young, is that this requires him or her to abandon individuality and creativity. both collectivism and inflation in scientific publication are facts that are an integral part of contemporary science, facts which reflect an irreversible trend that it would be difficult to obviate. over the last few years, scientific publication has been subject to a type of restraint, in that certain "sensitive" data in the domain of molecular biology might be used for the manufacture of biological weapons in a form of terrorism known as bioterrorism. thus, the means of synthesizing de novo viruses (influenza virus, poliomyelitis) and the possibility of modifying their tropism by "directed molecular evolution" (change from a sexual tropism to a respiratory tropism for the aids virus) have been the subject of publications in prestigious journals. given sufficient means, terrorist pharmacists could well make use of such data in order to carry out malicious actions with catastrophic consequences . in order to please a public that is eager for progress and the sensational, politicians favor, by means of targeted financing, the types of organization that appeal to their sensibilities, such as the technological platforms. while recognizing that such platforms are now an integral part of the landscape of research on living beings, and that they must therefore be taken into account, and while acknowledging that projects which implement the latest technologies in different domains need to be federated, it is nonetheless vital not to underestimate the potential creativity of small groups of researchers, a point that was expressed by one of the greatest of contemporary biologists, arthur kornberg ( kornberg ( - , winner of the nobel prize for physiology and of medicine, in a speech given in : "as i view the steady growth of collective science and big science, the greatest danger i see is a dampen-ing of individual creativity and reversion to the old politics -the inevitable local politics that infects every group and institution." however, conscious of the metamorphosis that is occurring in the experimental method, and faced with a particularly inventive and all-conquering technology, fundamental research in the life sciences must come to terms. a century ago, fundamental research and technological research interacted all the more directly because they were both in their infancy. this is no longer the case. management of the ever-increasing amount of knowledge in the life sciences, and the degree of sophistication achieved by bioengineering techniques and instruments, is widening a gap that makes dialogue increasingly laborious. however, dialogue appears to be a guarantee of future progress. the solution can only come from an increase in cross-disciplinarity, which should begin with university teaching and the establishment of a recruitment policy that advocates the cohabitation of talents from different educational backgrounds in the same laboratory. fortified by such hybrid expertise, while maintaining its share of originality and liberty in the choice of problems to be studied, fundamental research on living beings can only be enriched by a marriage of reason with biotechnology. convinced of the necessity for such a marriage, stanley fields, the inventor of the double hybrid method (chapter iv- . ), in an article entitled "the interplay of biology and technology" (proceedings of the national academy of sciences, usa, , vol. , pp. - ), concludes,: "it is at the interfaces of biology and other sciences that many of the future discoveries will be made, at the interfaces of biology and engineering that these discoveries will come to be exploited, and at the interfaces of biology and ethics and law that their consequences for society will be decided." the desired dialogue between biology and technology also implies the breaking down of barriers that too often isolate fundamental research and so-called applied research, and the facilitating of consistent interaction between the discoveries made in the academic institutions and their application for utilitarian ends in private companies. this is where the twin demons of money and power raise their heads. already, at the turn of the s, a. bartlett giamatti ( - ) , who was then president of yale university in the usa, commenting on american university policies, spoke of a "ballet of antagonisms" between, on the one hand, commercial companies that are interested in the rapid cost-effectiveness of any new therapeutic advance and, on the other hand, non-profit university laboratories. recently, james j. duderstadt (b. ), emeritus president of the university of the michigan, argued that the university is a "counter-hierarchical" organism. in fact, its members are free to carry out the research that pleases them and to think in the ways that they wish to think, in any case within an academic norm that considers itself as being free from the constraints dictated by private interest groups. until recently, such behavior was considered as a sort of ethic which arose out of the university conscience and dignity. the crumbling away of this ethic in the final decades of the th century coincided with the rise of biotechnologies and the large-scale filing of patents relating to molecular genetics techniques that could be applied to the manipulation of living beings, by researchers in the public sector. the intrusion of the american private sector into public research laboratories, in the form of collaborations with transfer of "sensitive" information from the public to the private, has become such a worrying problem that drastic control measures have had to be taken. within this context, the american federal government, in february , issued a certain number of prohibitions targeting the national institutes of health (nih) of bethesda, particularly with respect to the retribution of researchers for services rendered to industry . these stands call for thought concerning the place that is currently held in universities with respect to fundamental research. without arguing against the efficacy of major research institutes, it is nevertheless necessary to remember the part played by the university in this domain. the university is not only the place where knowledge, both as it is now, in its current state of advancement, and as it has been, it is also the place where knowledge must be created by fundamental research. for the last few decades, under pressure from state policies, and also as a function of an improvement in social status, the world of the university has opened up to a wider public, leading to an influx of students that is sometimes so enormous that the task of teaching them has become overwhelming. because of this, the share of their time that university researchers can, in practice, devote to their research tasks has shrunk. this situation is highly prejudicial to the mission to innovate, which should be a priority. it is, in fact, during their university studies that the thought patterns of young students are forged by contact with teachers who not only instruct them, but also educate them by inspiring in them a motivation and an enthusiasm that gives rise to hope. how could this be true if the teaching faculty did not itself participate in scientific creation? "what can teaching, ex cathedra, do to guide the researcher? nothing, obviously. the researcher is trained in the laboratory. and the first stroke of genius on the part of a future researcher is to find a good boss. such a find will open up the royal road to success. the road will be opened -but the researcher must travel along it. a researcher may be taught many things. he or she can become familiar with techniques and with equipment. she or he can be assigned a problem to resolve. however, what is essential for the researcher is to know how to understand relationships between phenomena that seem unrelated, and to be able to progress from the particular to the general. a boss may develop such qualities in a gifted young researcher, but intuition is a gift; it cannot be taught." while the bernardian style experimental method, based on a working hypothesis aroused by an observation, followed by implementation of an experimental protocol, is still extant in the life sciences, and while "serendipity" is still the origin of great discoveries, "big science" , underpinned by sophisticated biocomputing or bioinformatics procedures, is intruding more and more, while genomics and proteomics are not far behind. the methods and instruments developed by the biotechnosciences have led to profound modifications in the ways that the structures and functions of living beings are investigated. for example, by varying multiple parameters in dna chips or protein chips, at the same time, the experimenter is able to ask questions that lead to grouped all-or-nothing answers (chapter iv- . . ). in combinatory chemistry, screening makes it possible to detect a molecule that is active for a given pathology from among a multitude of molecules (chapter iv- . ). the mathematical simulation of metabolic networks or of signaling chains is already well under way (chapter iv- . ). given this new technological outlook and the hope that it can provide rapid solutions to health problems subject to considerable media coverage, the teaching of biology in universities must not be limited to a description of current advances, no matter how brilliant and promising they may be. this teaching should return to its origins, be a reminder of history, and should not hesitate to use examples to illustrate how a major discovery can arise from a long period of wandering in the wilderness. in practical terms, while being conscious of the extraordinary complexity of living nature, and carefully avoiding the dangers of simplification, it is important to remember that the reductionist method was a necessary path to an understanding of the integrated, modelized biology that is emerging nowadays. at present, certain people call reductionism naive, but this is only the case insofar as we have faith in recent advances in integrated biology . with this in mind, it should be noted that the deciphering of the protein synthesis mechanism in prokaryotic microorganisms (chapter iv- . . ) was, along with the discovery of the genetic code, a jumping-off point for an inventory of similar, but noticeably more sophisticated, mechanisms in eukaryotic organisms. the reductionist "one gene, one enzyme" dogma, formulated on the basis of beadle and tatum's experiments on the mold neurospora crassa (chapter iii- . ) was a necessary prerequisite to a considerably more elaborate understanding of the relationship between the genotype and the phenotype. the way in which the nucleic acid and protein units in the tobacco mosaic virus spontaneously organize themselves (chapter iii- . ) acted as a basis for thought concerning the self-organization of macromolecular complexes in the cell. these few examples underline the fact that it is difficult to comprehend the scientific research process if we only refer to experiments carried out in the present, and if we do not have a clear idea not only of the way in which hypotheses, even false ones, were once formulated, but also of the way in which experimental work, which may have led to failures, was once carried out, or, in brief, if we do not look back at the past. let us add that it is occasionally good for us to show some humility when we take the trouble to examine the past. thus, the processes involved in the phagocytosis of bacteria by innate immune cells (neutrophils, macrophages), which are today studied in the greatest detail with particularly refined technical facilities, had already been perceived more than a century ago by metchnikoff, and even analyzed, admittedly with the clumsy means at his disposal, but with such accuracy that none of the conclusions formulated at that time have yet been disproved (chapters iii- . . and iii- . . ). the experimental method applied to the life sciences, the history of its birth and of its development, the way in which it is regarded by political and societal authorities, and, finally, the dependencies that are developing at present between the technosciences, human medicine and the different branches of the economic sector, all of these aspects should be covered by university teaching that includes not only the pure sciences, but also the human, political and economic sciences, as well as philosophy. the student should not be saturated with book-learning, but he or she should be taught to reason, to imagine and to criticize, not to accumulate knowledge in an indigestible catalogue, but to ask questions about the way in which certain, carefully chosen, items of knowledge have been acquired, and not to deliberately accept science in its current state without knowing what it was like in the past. he or she should understand what pathways of thought led to dogmas that were established and taught as truths being refuted, and favor experimentation, with its risks and questions, rather than well-smoothed, abstract theoretical presentations without rough edges. these should be the principles of teaching that is designed to open up young minds to creativity. in anglo-saxon countries, the worlds of industry and research that welcome the graduate manage to communicate with one another, but these worlds ignore one another in france, or at least remain reserved, a situation which is prejudicial from the economic point of view. if we look at the pharmaceutical industry in particular, we see that only half a century ago the pharmacopeia was limited to plant extracts or active agents isolated from these plants, with antibiotics quietly beginning to make their appearance. in the last decades of the th century, a great technological leap forward was made, with completely new methods in bioengineering, combinatory chemistry, and the finding of therapeutic targets in macromolecules, and this created a hiatus that severely handicapped countries that were unprepared for it. france, with its biological fundamental research training that is out of phase with that of the anglo-saxon countries, fell behind, and continues to be behind, a situation that is prejudicial for its economy. the remedy for this does not lie in incantatory speeches. it requires a volontarist policy for the management of experimental research. generally speaking, the fact that the major engineering schools in france, which recruit the scientific intellectual elite, students being chosen by competitive exams that select for intelligence rather than imagination, are unable to impose upon their students an end-of-course thesis that would authenticate their engineering degree, should not be tolerated. in contrast to other countries, in france only a small percentage of engineers have received doctoral training or had to present a thesis before entering their careers. the french dual system of major engineering schools and universities, which, a century ago, made sense for the economy of that period, has become completely obsolete, and deserves a courageous revision. "there is a question, much older than modern science, which has never ceased haunting certain men of science: that of the conclusions that the existence of science and the contents of scientific theories can lead to concerning the relationships that humankind has with the natural world. such conclusions cannot be imposed by science as is, but they are an integral part of the metamorphosis of this science." the new alliance. metamorphose of science - ( nd edition) in the s - s, the hybridization of the techniques of genetics, biochemistry and biophysics gave birth to molecular biology. with the resolution of the double helix structure of dna, the demonstration of its replication, the elucidation of the mode of expression of its nucleotide sequence as a sequence of amino acids in proteins and finally the deciphering of the genetic code, biology underwent a revolution of an amplitude similar to that which, at the end of the th century, saw a blossoming of the seeds of cell biology. the last decades of the th century represented the utilitarian era of molecular biology. the introduction of genetic engineering into biological experimentation dates to the beginning of the s. it was at this time that techniques were developed that made it possible to transfer a fragment of genomic dna from one species into the genome of another species. genetic engineering now fills a predominant position in the life sciences, supported by increasingly effective biocomputing or bioinformatics techniques. it is easy to understand that expertise and a high degree of knowledge about fundamental research is necessary in order to be able to master or even invent the genetic engineering techniques that are indispensable if we are going to produce biomolecules with a therapeutic impact, such as those that are currently being used in the pharmaceutical domain: insulin, growth hormone, blood coagulation factors, vaccines, etc. the engineering sciences that make up the greater part of contemporary biotechnology have now come to the fore in many domains of the life sciences. it is thus that a modernistic and original way of investigating nature has come into being. a multiparametric model, in which biocomputing or bioinformatics and high-throughput screening reign, is added to, or even substituted for, the bernardian model for the experimental method, based on observation, an a priori hypothesis, and experimentation to verify this hypothesis by varying a single parameter at a time. the aim of this globalized approach is to integrate the multiple reactions that take place almost simultaneously in different locations of a cell into a coherent whole, to rationalize the interpretation of the dialogue that operates between the different endocellular organelles, and finally to discover how the exchanges of information between cells in an organ and between organs in multicellular organisms are set up. we are therefore witness to the emergence of an integrated biology that has been labeled "systems biology". its long-term objective is to model the functioning of living beings and to theorize them. its development is encouraged by the perspective of consequences that could revolutionize certain sectors of the human economy and of public health. today, concrete, mechanical models, in the form of biorobots and hybrid robots, and, very recently, molecular motors are added to abstract models that are based on the logic of mathematics and algorithms, ushering in the era of nanobiomachines. becoming more utilitarian, the life sciences are imperceptibly detaching themselves from traditional philosophical concepts that try to explain the modes of reasoning of the researcher, or even to impose a framework for thought that is likely to orient his or her way of doing research. looking at genetic inheritance, contemporary experimentation has shown that at all levels of the tree of nature, including man, this inheritance can be modified. aware of his or her ability to influence the functioning and the destiny of living beings, the researcher is confronted with the dilemma of a desire for knowledge versus a questioning of the use to which discoveries may be put. there has never been such a real divorce between the world of phenomena that are understood by the experimenter and the world of noumena whose intelligibility is foreign to our senses. there has never been such a wide gap between the biotechnosciences, whose possibilities are coming to be seen as limitless, and a reflective analysis of thought, which wanders between freedom of action and prohibition. as society becomes aware of the potential applications of discoveries made concerning living beings, problems of bioethics, particularly those involving reproduction, have become problems of public interest. cloning and the production of stem cells are subjects that give rise to diatribes and passions. in the near future, genotyping, which is the result of progress in pharmacogenetics, could usher in a new form of customized medicine. elsewhere, the cognitive sciences that are bringing together philosophy and psychology in the domains of computer technology and artificial intelligence, and which are tackling the processes of thought, the creative imagination and memory, will no doubt be the subject of the considerable questioning concerning research on living beings with which the experimental method will be confronted in the st century. when faced with the way in which biotechnologies have erupted into the life of society, the mind travels back to the allegorical illustration that embellishes francis bacon's novum organum (see figure ii. ) , showing vessels returning from unknown lands, loaded with precious cargoes and returning to port having sailed past the pillars of hercules. at present, the challenge has been partially met, but a great deal remains to be done. innumerable cargoes have already reached port, but what will be the destiny of this precious merchandise? after all, the seeds of the idea of technoscience were already in place in the th century, in the philosophy of francis bacon and robert boyle (chapter ii- ). bacon recommended that the governments of the time promote experimental science by the creation of laboratories equipped with high-performance instruments and libraries, by the organization of researchers into teams and by appropriate financing. the utilitarian ends of scientific research were underlined. boyle imagined a situation in which laboratories were open to society and researchers were able to accept criticism. given innovations that upset tradition, protestations arose. the pneumatic machine or vacuum pump was the subject of the fameuse diatribe between boyle and the philosopher hobbes (chapter ii- . ). hobbes criticized the validity of boyle's conclusions, drawn from experiments that he qualified as doubtful. following his words, he came to see in the discoveries of experimental science a possible threat to the power of governments and the hierarchical layout of society. such overcautious opposition to the pursuit of knowledge is in no way anecdotal, it is still a reality, with the uprooting of genetically modified plants and the veto that has been placed in certain areas on stem cell research. this type of opposition is also shown when pressures or even vetoes are in operation that take into account more the opportunism of the moment than an in-depth understanding of science and of its history and that forget that freedom of the mind is a guarantee of its creativity, because, just as in the world of arts and letters, the world of scientific research is situated outside those norms that can be modulated by state decrees. the creativity of the researcher cannot be manufactured on demand. where it exists, it still needs to be detected and encouraged. the atp-synthase -a splendid molecular machine structure at . Å of f -atpase from beef heart mitochondria direct observation of the rotation of f -atpase powering an inorganic nanodevice with a biomolecular motor mechanically driven atp synthesis by f -atpase atp-driven stepwise rotation of fo-f atp synthase key: cord- -mvoq vln authors: nan title: autorenregister date: - - journal: med genet doi: . /s - - - sha: doc_id: cord_uid: mvoq vln nan complex mechanisms of dosage compensation regulate the mammalian x chromosome due to the presence of one copy in males (xy) and two in females (xx). x inactivation silences one x chromosome in females in early development, leading to specific epigenetic and structural changes. the inactive x chromosome becomes condensed and forms a bipartite structure within the nucleus, as we have shown by chromatin conformation analyses. specific long non-coding rnas are implicated in the formation of this unique structure. the inactive x chromosome is preferentially located near the lamina or the nucleolus. genes that escape x inactivation tend to be located at the periphery of the condensed inactive x chromosome. such genes are more highly expressed in females, and thus associated with sex-specific differences manifested even in early development. we have found that significant sex bias in gene expression are associated with escape from x inactivation in human tissues from normal males and females, and in tissues from individuals with sex chromosome aneuploidy, including turner or klinefelter individuals. institute for genomic medicine, columbia university medical center, new york, usa a central challenge in human disease genetics is the identification of pathogenic mutations. one key approach to distinguishing benign and pathogenic mutations is to use population genetic data to identify regions of the human genome under purifying selection. here i describe how the residual variation intolerance scoring framework has been applied to identifying pathogenic mutations in and outside protein encoding regions of the genome. next i report how these are related approaches are being used to identify pathogenic mutations in large-scale scale studies in epilepsy and other neurodevelopmental diseases. finally, i discuss how the identification of genetic causes of disease can inform treatment choices. scents indicate things, make promises, attract attention and stimulate imagination, feed anxieties and hopes: they are the salt in the atmospheric soup. we regard seeing and hearing as more important sensory functions, because they contribute more to conscious, cognitive processes of perception -but at moments of the greatest enjoyment we close our eyes and taste the scent, smell the taste. before the spirit and beauty of a person can fascinate us, our nose must become infatuated. the olfactory system in the nose acts as a window, monitoring environmental chemical information and convert chemical stimuli in electrical nerve impulses which are conducted along the olfactory sensory neuron to their glomerular target in the brain. olfactory receptors (ors) activation shows the distinguished (camp-based) transduction pathway for odorant perception. in buck and axel discovered the olfactory gene family, the largest gene family in the human genome, and postulated an exclusive expression in the olfactory epithelium. however, recent whole genome sequencing data from our and other labs show that ors have been found in every tissue of human body which was analyzed by next generation sequencing. the importance of such ectopic expression of ors is raised since the physiological function of some of ors was characterized. when identifying additional expression profiles and functions of or in non-olfactory tissue, there are limitations posed by the deorphanization of ors concerning the activated ligands and by the small number of antibodies available. in contrast to the olfactory sensory neurons which are believed to express all functional or genes (only one or type per cell), cells in non-olfactory tissues tend to express more than one individual or gene per cell. in addition, some of the signaling pathways in non-olfactory tissues seem to involve completely different components in comparison to the olfactory neurons. what is the functional role of these ectopically expressed olfactory receptors? evidences rapidly accumulate that ors participate in important cellular processes outside its primary sensorial organ where they function in odor detection and discrimination. in our lab the functional expression of the first was demonstrated in spermatozoa ( ) . in the meantime we could show the existence and function of ors in the cardiovascular system (heart, blood cells), the gastrointestinal system (small intestine, liver, pancreas), the genito-urinary system (kidney, testis, spermatozoa, prostate), the respiratory system (lung, smooth muscle cells), the skin (keratinocytes, melanocytes) and sensory organs (retina). interestingly we found a broad spectrum of important functions like cell-cell communication and recognition, tissue injury, repair and regeneration, cancer growth, progression and metastasis, nutrient sensing and muscle contraction. nevertheless the functional importance of ectopic ors is still not sufficiently understood. studies seeking to determine the function of ectopic ors are still in its infancy and require further intensive exploration. however, the potential of ors to serve a target for a wide range of clinical approaches is indeed given. this hold promises that the knowledge gained by future investigations would lead to deepen our understanding of or function in health and disease and may provide the basis for the development of applications in diagnosis and therapies in near future. enzyme replacement therapies have been developed over the last years for several of the lysosomal storage disorders (lsd's). the success of enzyme replacement therapy for gaucher disease paved the way for the development of similar treatments for the mucopolysaccharidoses, fabry and pompe disease and lately also for neuronopathic lysosomal storage disorders by intrathecal or intracerebral injections. in addition, small molecule approaches have been developed including substrate reduction therapies and chaperones, which can be used orally. while in gaucher disease enzyme as well as substrate reduction therapy results in reversibility of disease manifestations, with decreases in hepatosplenomegaly, normalization of blood counts and prevention of skeletal disease, this is unfortunately not the case for all patients affected with other lysosomal storage disorders. an important concept is the "window of opportunity for treatment" which is different for these disorders. for example, in fabry disease, early fibrosis fects are well defined, neither the specific mechanisms underlying neurological abnormalities nor the role of decreased cholesterol versus sterol precursor accumulation in disease pathogenesis have been clearly delineated. to identify cellular phenotypes and causative signaling pathways, we derived induced pluripotent stem cells (ipscs) from slos and lath subjects to model these diseases in vitro. slos subjects were known carriers of the most common dhcr mutations, including the intronic splice acceptor mutation c. - g>c and the missense mutation p.t m. while all ipscs demonstrated the expected biochemical defects due to dhcr or sc d mutations, cellular assays uncovered a defect in neural stem cell maintenance resulting in accelerated neuronal formation in slos ipscs. further molecular and biochemical analyses demonstrated inhibition of cholesterol-wnt interactions and loss of wnt/β-catenin activity mediated cellular phenotypes. however, this cellular phenotype was exclusive to slos, as lath ipscs did not exhibit a neural progenitor defect or inhibition of wnt/β-catenin activity. while this work demonstrates the utility of ipscs for modeling rare diseases and identifies signaling deficits potentially underlying slos phenotypes, questions remain regarding cellular and functional consequences, the specificity of lipid-wnt interactions, and the role of other disrupted signaling pathways in mediating developmental and functional deficits in these diseases. unpublished work using a variety of approaches will be discussed comparing the specific effects of cholesterol synthesis mutations on cell fate, functional activity, and lipid modulated signaling pathways to more precisely define the consequences of cholesterol synthesis defects and identify potential targets for patient therapy. induced pluripotent stem cell (ipsc) technology has become one of the major approaches for disease modeling since its first report in . the ability to reprogram cells from somatic into embryonic stem cell-like state and to differentiate them into desired cell types in the culture dish has allowed scientists to carry out the study of several diseases in cells such as neurons which, in the past, could not be isolated from living subjects. williams syndrome (ws), a genetic neurodevelopmental disorder where - genes are hemizygously deleted, is among those. despite cardiovascular abnormalities, its unique neurological phenotypes i. e. hypersociability is of our interest. for several decades, research on different neurological aspects of ws has been conducted in a variety of models such as patient-derived cell lines (lymphoblastoid cells and fibroblasts), post mortem tissue, and mouse models. however, the lack of physiologically relevant cell types such as neural progenitor cells (npcs) and neurons has left a critical gap in our knowledge the disease's cellular and molecular phenotypes. to fill this gap, we took the advantage of the reprogramming technology to capture the genomes of ws subjects in ipscs, which could be then differentiated into npcs and neurons, enabling evaluation of whether the captured genome with hemizygous deletion of those genes leads to relevant neuronal cellular phenotypes. dental pulp cells-derived ipscs of classical ws, rare ws and typical developing (td) subjects were neurally induced via dual-smad inhibition in order to generate npcs and neurons. we discovered that classical ws npcs exhibited increased apoptosis, and, therefore, doubling time, compared to td neurons. this could possibly contribute to the reduction in cortical surface area in classical ws individuals as assessed by magnetic resonance imaging. surprisingly, we found that rare ws npcs behaved similarly to td npcs rather than to classical ws npcs in terms of apoptosis. we confirmed that frizzled , which is deleted in the classical ws but not in our rare ws genome, is responsible for such phenotype via gain-and loss-of-function assays. moreover, classical ws neurons in general showed increased frequency of activity-dependent calcium transient compared to td neurons. finally, classical ws neurons acid alpha-oxidation, and ( .) glyoxylate detoxification. with respect to peroxisomal fatty acid oxidation peroxisomes catalyze the chain-shortening of certain fatty acids including very-long-chain fatty acids, but requires the active help of mitochondria to catalyze the degradation of acetyl-coa and the reoxidation of nadh as produced in peroxisomes. furthermore, with respect to ether phospholipid biosynthesis peroxisomes heavily rely on the endoplasmic reticulum to complete formation of ether phospholipids whereas fatty acid alpha-oxidation also requires the functional interplay between peroxisomes and mitochondria and the same is true for glyoxylate detoxification. recent evidence holds that the interaction between peroxisomes and the different subcellular organelles, including mitochondria and endoplasmic reticulum, is mediated by specific tethering protein complexes which bring organelles physically together thereby allowing metabolism to proceed smoothly. the importance of peroxisomes in metabolism is stressed by the existence of a large group of single peroxisomal enzyme deficiencies of which x-linked adrenoleukodystrophy is best known. our current state of knowledge with respect to the role of peroxisomes in metabolism and the peroxisomal enzyme deficiencies will be presented at the meeting. huntington's disease: rna-sequencing, small rna-sequencing, chip-sequencing and gwas data. department of neurology, boston university school of medicine, boston, ma , usa huntington's disease (hd) is a dominantly transmitted neurodegenerative disease of midlife onset. recently several different unbiased genome wide studies in hd have been performed. these analyses point to a variety of pathological pathways that are associated with important features of the disease, including age at onset, cag repeat size, and the extent of neuropathological involvement. genome wide association studies (gwas) have identified several regions of the genome that contain genes that are associated with the age at onset for hd. the strongest of these is located at q . for rs for which a very rare allele (maf = . %) is associated with an approximate -year younger age at onset for carriers of the minor allele. the same locus contains an independent effect for rs where a more common minor allele (maf = . %) is associated with a . year older age at onset for carriers of this allele. these single nucleotide polymorphisms are in the region of fan , mtmr and several other genes; some of which are not expressed in brain and are not likely candidates for hd modification. eqtl analysis has not resolved which gene may be implicated. other gwas implicated loci include rs at q . and rs at p . . we have sought to combine the information derived from multiple platforms to gain additional insight into the pathways that may be implicated in hd pathogenesis. in this strategy, we have performed mrna-sequencing, small rna-sequencing and chip-sequencing using the h k me mark for active transcription and the repressive mark h k me in human hd brain samples with gwas genotyping. while the striatum is most involved in hd, the extent of neurodegeneration in post-mortem tissue precludes meaningful comparison between disease and control samples, and consequently we studied prefrontal cortex (ba ). several common pathways were seen across these three platforms. mrna-sequencing and mirna-sequencing data identified altered transcriptional profiles implicating developmental pathways involving the hox genes and related homeo-box domain genes (e. g. pitx , pou f , etc.) . notably, micrornas located in hox gene clusters were among those most increased and levels of these correlate with pathological involvement in the striatum. these genes, associated with early embryonic development, are commonly silent in normal adult brain, and were among the most differentially expressed genes in hd brain. these prominent statistical effects are driven by the near total absence of expression in normal brain. pathways implicated in mrna-seq and chip-seq studies, included immune function and regulation of gene expression. these associations were very strong, indicating a large immune reactive response in the hd in the heart is related to unresponsive disease and unfortunately fibrosis may occur already in an early stage, sometimes even without prior hypertrophy. whether earlier intervention will be beneficial is largely unknown. and then: what is early? many unresolved questions exist at this stage, including the following: -what is the natural history and "point of no return" for the different lsd's? -what is the natural history and "point of no return" for subgroups of patients within one lsd's? -what are the long term complications: treatments change the phenotype rather than cure the disease -what is the influence of antibody generation on clinical effectiveness? -how do we manage the extreme costs of these products, especially in light of the many unsolved issues with respect to effectiveness? surprisingly, so far healthcare professionals, governments and industry have failed to systematically address these issues, resulting in insufficient knowledge for potentially lifesaving treatments. early conditional access, followed by a strict, transparent, independent, collaborative evaluation in addition to fair pricing should be explored. after the recent explosion in sequencing throughput, variant interpretation has quickly become the bottleneck in our effort to usher in the era of genomic medicine. while homozygosity for apparently pathogenic variants in the context of disease states is a well-established phenomenon, homozygosity can uncover many medically relevant aspects of the human variome that are difficult to study otherwise. for example, seemingly benign variants may prove pathogenic in the homozygous state. this includes variants with benign prediction using in silico tools as well as variants in dominant genes with no phenotype in carriers because they represent bona fide recessive inheritance. variants that are associated with one phenotype in compound heterozygous states may express themselves quite differently phenotypically when homozygous. furthermore, previously reported pathogenic variants can be challenged when their presence in homozygosity is associated with no abnormal phenotype, thus improving the specificity of the annotation of the morbid genome. homozygosity for lof variants is a special scenario that allows us to study naturally occurring human "knockouts", a powerful tool to study the physiological context of genes in humans. finally, homozygosity in the context of autozygosity provides a robust mapping tool that can greatly aid in the identification of relevant variants, especially those that exert their pathogenic effect in ways that defy detection by our usual algorithms. by expanding the spectrum of phenotypes that are studied, one can unlock the full potential of homozygosity to understand the medical relevance of the human variome in it its full range from embryonic lethal to essentially benign. helmholtz zentrum münchen gmbh, institut für experimentelle genetik, ingolstädter landstr. , neuherberg, germany the inheritance of epigenetic information in mammals across generations has been controversial. some reports provided initial evidence that a paternal high fat diet may propagate obesity and glucose intolerance in offspring, but potential confounders such as molecular factors present in seminal fluid, paternal-induced alterations in maternal care or transmission of microbiomes were not ruled out in these studies. we have shown in mice that a parental high fat diet (hfd) renders offspring derived via in vitro fertilization (f ) more susceptible to develop excessive overweight and type diabetes (t d) in a gender and parent-of-origin specific mode. female, but not male, offspring from obese parents became significantly more obese during a hfd challenge than female offspring from lean parents. body weight trajectories and distribution patterns of individual body weights in female offspring from one obese and one lean parent demonstrate that paternal and maternal germline propagate obesity in a roughly equitable and additive fashion, but likely different mode of action. in contrast, a more deteriorated state of hfd-induced insulin resistance was observed in both f genders, albeit predominantly inherited via the maternal germline. towards the identification of epigenetic information in sperm and oocyte from hfd and low fat diet fed parents, we are currently analyzing their transcriptome and methylome signatures. the status of this analysis will be presented. we report for the first time epigenetic inheritance of an acquired metabolic disorder via mammalian oocytes and sperms excluding confounding factors. such an epigenetic mode of inheritance may contribute to the observed pandemic increase in obesity and t d prevalence rates, especially in an environment where nutrition is abundant. brain which may be a major influence contributing to neurodegeneration. in many instances enrichment of h k me at transcription start sites was not accompanied by a corresponding increase in expression. the apparent inconsistency suggests that common regulatory mechanisms in the hd brain are disrupted and this may contribute to a complex interplay of factors contributing to the neurodegenerative process. often findings in human hd brain samples conflicted with those reported in hd transgenic mouse models, suggesting that one may wish to be cautious in interpreting the significance of either type of study in isolation. the causal pathogesis of huntington disease, new therapeutic approaches r. laufer senior vp discovery and product development global r&d, teva r&d product development mgmt. hatrufa st, netanya, israel huntington disease (hd) is an autosomal dominant neurodegenerative disease characterized by progressive loss of voluntary motor control, psychiatric disturbance, cognitive decline and death - years after motor onset. hd is uniquely caused by a polyglutamine encoding cag expansion in the huntingtin gene (htt), which allows for identification of pre-manifest mutation carriers as much as decades before onset and should facilitate development of disease modifying therapies. yet over years after identification of the hd mutation, available therapies offer only symptomatic relief and are fraught with side effects. development of safe small molecule therapies for hd has been hindered by difficulties identifying and validating tractable drug targets within the disorder's complex pathogenesis. teva pharmaceuticals is developing potential novel treatments based on a mechanistic understanding of disease pathways common to neurodegenerative diseases. the progress of these studies will be reviewed. rare complete gene knockouts in adult humans p. sulem statistics department, decode genetics, sturlugata , reykjavik, iceland loss-of-function mutations cause many mendelian diseases. here have create a catalog of autosomal genes that are completely knocked out in humans by rare loss-of-function mutations. we sequenced the whole genomes of over , icelanders and imputed the sequence variants identified in this set into a total of chip-genotyped and phased icelanders. of the genotyped icelanders, around % are homozygotes or compound heterozygotes for loss-of-function mutations with a minor allele frequency (maf) below % in close to genes (complete knockouts). genes that are highly expressed in the brain are less often completely knocked out than other genes. homozygous loss-of-function offspring of two heterozygous parents occurred less frequently than expected (deficit of per , transmissions for variants with maf < %, % confidence interval (ci) = - ). we are currently systematically phenotyping such human complete knock out. this phenotyping lasts hours and attempts to cover most of the observable diversity in a non-invasive and cost efficient manner. i will demonstrate how using systematic phenotyping can advance the knowledge on individual gene knockout. we use results from in-house transcriptomics, existing animal models and complementary approaches to assess the observation in human. we will also discuss the scrutiny in other population in order to detect such complete knock-out. we will exemplify the impact of founder population and consanguinity in such an odissey. early onset and severe obesity can be inherited via loss of function mutations within the melanocortin pathway of hypothalamic body weight regulation. the most prominent player in this signalling pathway is the fat cell hormone leptin. leptin gene mutations were the first to be linked to monogenic early onset obesity. after binding of leptin to leptin receptors in the arcuate nucleus of the hypothalamus the neuropeptide msh is processed from the precursor pomc and acts as a ligand at the mc receptor. mutations in the leptin receptor gene, the pomc gene and the mc receptor gene were subsequently diagnosed in further patients with extreme early onset obesity. while leptin mutation patients can be treated with recombinant leptin -as shown already in the late s -all other monogenic obesity forms are leptin resistants, and additional leptin failed to decrease body weight. only recently pomc gene deficient patients were successfully treated with the msh-analogue setmelanotide (kühnen et al. ) . common severe obesity is defined by the lack of disease causing monogenic defects. a plethora of gwas identified a large number of snps in common obesity associated with the individual bmi but only to a low amount of not more then %. however, almost all these common obese patients are characterized by high leptin levels suggesting sufficient generation of leptin in the increased fat tissue and a state of leptin resistance. several new data concerning the contribution of epigenetic and genetic variants in the pomc gene locus argue for a role of the melanocortin pathway also in common obesity and imply, therefore, a potentially new treatment option also in common obesity based on msh-analogues. genome-wide association studies have highlighted the role of genetic associations with susceptibility to common inflammatory diseases, highlighting potential new insights into disease pathogenesis and opportunities for therapy. however understanding the functional basis of these associations and delivering translational utility remains a significant challenge to the field. non-coding regulatory genetic variants are most commonly implicated in such studies. recent work highlights how such variants are also major drivers of diversity in the immune response transcriptome. this talk will discuss approaches we are taking to try and establish functional links between immune phenotype-associated regulatory genomic and epigenomic variation, and specific modulated genes and pathways. i will describe insights from the application of expression quantitative trait (eqtl) mapping to define genomic modulators of the global transcriptomic response in different primary immune cell populations and to specific innate immune stimuli in health and disease. this work highlights the extent of local and distant context-specific eqtl, enabling resolution of immunoregulatory variants and the identification of specific modulated genes involving disease associated loci. examples will be described showing how mapping trans-regulatory loci can be a powerful approach for discovery and dissection of gene networks informative for disease. i will also show how we have applied analysis of the genetics of gene expression in patients with sepsis admitted to intensive care, revealing new insights into disease pathogenesis. further progress in this area will require characterisation of associated variants in the context-specific disease relevant epigenomic landscape in which they may act, requiring careful consideration of relevant immune cell types and environmental modulators to study, to-abstracts aktuellen stellungnahme der deutschen forschungsgemeinschaft sollen humane genomsequenzierungen die möglichkeit der rückmeldung von analyseergebnissen enthalten. als orientierung für einen verantwortungsvollen umgang mit dieser frage wird auf die projektgruppe eurat verwiesen. dennoch bleibt das problem der einordnung mitteilungswürdiger ergebnisse aus forscher-und probandensicht und der bereitstellung der für aufklärungs-und rückmeldungsalgorithmen erforderlichen ressourcen. darüber hinaus ist bis heute nicht geklärt, welche kommunikativen prozesse eine ausreichende basis für ein informiertes einverständnis darstellen. diese und weitere fragen möchten wir mit frau prof. dr. med. dr. phil. eva winkler (nationales centrum für tumorerkrankungen, heidelberg), herrn dr. phil. martin langanke (theologische fakultät, universität greifswald) und herrn pd dr. phil. peter burgard (universitätskinderklinik heidelberg) kontrovers diskutieren. die organisatoren werden in die fragestellung einführen, anschließend sind impulsreferate (ca. min) der referenten vorgesehen, bevor eine debatte mit dem publikum angeregt wird. fangerau, f. söhner (düsseldorf) in den er jahren erlebte die humangenetik wie eine reihe anderer medizinischer disziplinen auch eine erhebliche institutionelle ausweitung. in den er und er jahren wurde beispielsweise an den universitäten der brd das gros der humangenetischen lehrstühle, in den ausgehenden er und er jahren auch in der ddr, eingerichtet. ging vom symposium "genetik und gesellschaft" im rahmen des marburger "forum philippinum" die initiative aus, in der ganzen bundesrepublik genetische beratungsstellen zu gründen und damit die genetische forschung (wieder) medizinisch nutzbar zu machen. in dieser phase der etablierung der humangenetik auf akademischer und praktischer ebene setzt das geplante zeitzeugenprojekt ein. es will die entwicklung der humangenetik in ihrem selbstverständnis als quer-und als längsschnittfach (pfadenhauer : ) im deutschsprachigen raum ab den er jahren mit hilfe von expertengesprächen dokumentieren und analysieren. im forschungsprojekt sollen zwei komplexe von fragestellungen bearbeitet werden: ein wissenschaftshistorischer, in dem die entwicklung und anwendung von diagnostischen und therapeutischen techniken im mittelpunkt steht, und ein sozialhistorischer, in dem es um die etablierung und den ausbau der institutionen der humangenetik sowie um den verlauf der das fach betreffenden gesellschaftlichen debatten geht. neben der gründung von instituten und der fachgesellschaft sowie der normierung der ausbildung für ärztliche und naturwissenschaftlich ausgebildete humangenetiker sollen die funktion der historischen reflexion und bearbeitung der facheigenen nationalsozialistischen vergangenheit in den er jahren für die etablierung des fachs und der schwierige institutionelle trennungsprozess von der anthropologie mit ihren wirkungen auf das selbst-und fremdbild der humangenetik analysiert werden (weingart, kroll, bayertz ) . zusätzlich zur entwicklung in der brd sollen dabei auch die entwicklung des fachs in der ddr und mögliche deutsch-deutsche kooperationen zur sprache kommen (in jena befand sich z. b. in den er jahren das zentrale referenz-institut für genetische beratung in der ddr (vogel : ) . das projekt kann sich auf zahlreiche arbeiten zur geschichte der deutschen humangenetik stützen (vgl. kröner , cottebrune cottebrune , weingart ; bennike dysmorphism carrying a pathogenic variant in the ebf gene detected by whole-exome sequencing. five missense, two nonsense, one -bp duplication, and one splice-site variant in ebf were found; the mutation occurred de novo in eight individuals, and the missense variant c. c>t [p.(arg trp) ] was inherited by two affected siblings from their healthy mother who is a mosaic. ebf belongs to the early b-cell factor family (also known as olf, coe, or o/e) and encodes a transcription factor involved in neuronal differentiation and maturation. structural assessment predicts perturbing effects of the five amino acid substitutions on dna-binding of ebf . transient expression of ebf mutant proteins in hek t cells revealed mislocalization of all but one mutant in the cytoplasm in addition to nuclear localization. by transactivation assays, all ebf mutants showed significantly reduced or no ability to activate transcription of the reporter gene under control of the cdkn a promotor that corresponds well with loose association of ebf mutants with chromatin as demonstrated by in situ subcellular fractionation experiments. finally, rna-seq and chip-seq experiments demonstrate that ebf acts as a transcriptional regulator at cis-regulatory sequences and ebf mutant had reduced function due to partial disruption of the dna-binding domain. these findings demonstrate that ebf -mediated dysregulation of gene expression has profound effects on neuronal development in humans and add ebf to the growing list of genes in which mutations cause syndromic forms of intellectual disability. step, we performed wes in further unelucidated uhs cases and identified homozygous nonsense mutations in tgm (transglutaminase ) and in tchh (trichohyalin), respectively. elucidation of the molecular outcomes of the disease causing mutations by cell culture experiments of padi and tgm and tridimensional protein models demonstrated clear differences in the structural organization and activity of mutant and wild type proteins. by immunofluorescence analysis, we could demonstrate a diffuse homogenous cytoplasmic distribution of the wt padi , whereas in the mutants the proteins were observed to form large aggregates throughout the cytoplasm. by use of human anti-citrullinated protein autoantibodies, we could show a strong labelling in the wt whereas the staining of the mutants was barely above background. in order to demonstrate the importance of padi in hair shaft formation, we generated padi knockout mice. electron microscopy observations revealed morphological alterations in hair coat of padi knockout mice. for tgm , we performed a transglutaminase activity assay. the analysis results revealed that the wt had a significantly higher transglutaminase activity in comparison to the truncated protein. here, we report for the first time the identification of uhs causative mutations located in the three genes padi , tgm and tchh. the two enzymes responsible for posttranslational protein modifications, and their target structural protein, are all involved in hair shaft formation through their sequential interactions. these findings provide valuable information regarding the pathophysiology of uhs and contribute to a better understanding of this protein interaction cascade. this could be of further value for cosmetics and pharmaceutics industries paving the way for development of novel products. deadenylases are best known for degrading the poly(a) tail during mrna decay. the deadenylase family has expanded throughout evolution and, in mammals, consists of mg + -dependent ' end ribonucleases with mostly unknown substrate specificity. pontocerebellar hypoplasia type (pch ) is a unique recessive syndrome characterized by neurodegeneration with ambiguous genitalia (mim% ). we studied human families with pch , uncovering biallelic, loss of function mutations in toe , which encodes an unconventional deadenylase. toe -morphant zebrafish displayed mid-and hind-brain degeneration, modeling pch-like structural defects in vivo. surprisingly, we found toe associated with incompletely processed small nuclear (sn)rnas of the spliceosome, which is responsible for pre-mrna splicing. these pre-snrnas contained ' genome-encoded tails often followed by post-transcriptionally added adenosines. human cells with reduced levels of toe accumulated ' end-extended pre-snr-nas, and immuno-isolated toe complex was sufficient for ' end maturation of snrnas. our findings reveal the cause of a neurodegenerative syndrome linked to snrna maturation and uncover a key factor involved in processing of snrna ' ends. the kidney maintains acid-base homeostasis and electrolyte balance through highly specialized cells. in the distal nephron acid secretion is mediated by type a intercalated cells (a-ics) , which contain v-type at-pase-rich vesicles that fuse with the apical plasma membrane on demand. intracellular bicarbonate generated by luminal h+ secretion is removed by the basolateral anion-exchanger ae . dysfunction of type a intercalated cells results in distal renal tubular acidosis (drta) and human mutations in v-atpase subunits and ae are causative for this condition. for the ae r h mutation a dominant-negative trafficking mechanism was proposed to explain ae -associated dominant drta based on studies in mdck monolayers. to test this hypothesis in vivo and to test potential rescue strategies correcting this mistargeting defect, we have generated a r h knock-in mouse strain, which corresponds to the most common dominant drta mutation in human ae , r h. heterozygous and homozygous r h knock-in mice displayed incomplete drta characterized by compensatory upregulation of the na+/hco -cotransporter, nbcn . as expected for the r h mutation, red blood cell ae -mediated anion-exchange activity and surface polypeptide expression were unchanged. surprisingly, basolateral targeting of the mutant ae in a-ics was preserved in contrast to previous studies in mdck cells. instead, we found ae expression in a-ics strongly reduced in a r h dosage-dependent manner. additional cell culture studies in two widely used immortalized renal cell lines verified that targeting and half-life time of mutant ae protein was indeed preserved. surprisingly, atpase expression was reduced and its plasma membrane targeting upon acid challenge compromised. ultrastructural analysis revealed a loss of apical vesicles in a-ics, while we observed lysosomal inclusions and multilamellar bodies. accumulation of p -and ubiquitin-positive material in a-ics of knock-in mice suggest a defect in the degradative pathway, which may ultimately lead to loss of a-ics. highlighting the expression of ae specifically in a-ics, type b intercalated cells were unaffected. we propose that reduced basolateral anion-exchange activity in a-ics inhibits trafficking and regulation of v-type atpase, compromising luminal h+ secretion and possibly also lysosomal acidification. our findings illustrate the considerable, context-dependent complexity of ae -related kidney disease. b. vona , d. liedtke , k. rak , , r. katana , l. jürgens , pr. senthilan , i. nanda , c. neuner , mah. hofrichter , l. schnapp , j. schröder , u. zechner , s. herms , , , p. hoffmann , t. müller , m. dittrich , , o. bartsch , pm. krawitz , e. klopocki , w. shehata-dieler , mc. göpfert , t. haaf although many genes have already been identified as causing non-syndromic hearing loss (nshl), diagnostic rates of approximately % among hearing impaired patients suggest that many more genes are remaining to be identified. nshl is the most common sensory deficit that has a prevalence between one and two per newborns. furthermore, it demonstrates classic genetic heterogeneity with as many as % of coding genes in the genome anticipated to be involved in non-syndromic forms of deafness. autosomal recessive ( - %) and autosomal dominant ( - %) forms dominate inheritance patterns of deafness; however, in a small fraction of cases, x-linked deafness ( - %) can be observed. whole exome sequencing of a german family with diagnostically unresolved nshl revealed a novel missense variant predicted as pathogenic in the gene ferm and pdz domains containing protein (frmpd ) on chromosome xp . . this gene, also known as preso , was first described as a regulator of dendritic spine morphogenesis. previous screening of pathogenic cnvs in array based comparative genomic hybridization among families with heterogeneous x-linked intellectual disability (xlid) showed duplication of xp . including part of frmpd which implicated the gene in xlid. interestingly, a segregating truncating and a de novo missense mutation in frmpd have associated this gene with xlid, a phenotype not observed in our family. mouse expression studies localize frmpd to spiral ganglion neuron peripheral dendrites of the developing cochlea. in addition, we analyzed frm-pd knockdown and loss-of-function zebrafish mutants for innervation and structural defects in the otic vesicle and lateral line neuromasts. posterior lateral line neuromasts are observed with reduced axonal outgrowth that is also likely reduced in the lateral line nerve. abnormal innervation is also apparent in the otic vesicle. fluorescent neuromast labeling marked a significant reduction of overall otic vesicle and lateral line neuromasts in mutants versus wild type zebrafish. scanning electron microscopy revealed a pronounced absence of kinocilia in posterior lateral line neuromasts of frmpd -/zebrafish. furthermore, adult frmpd mutants show significantly delayed acoustically evoked behavioural responses compared to wild type fish indicating hearing impairment. investigation of transgenic drosophila insertion mutants detected a mild auditory phenotype i. e. a reduction in mechanical amplification gain and associated reduction in antennal fluctuation power. our results associate frmpd with x-linked hearing loss and suggest mutations in this gene are correlated with pleiotropic effects abstracts has also been demonstrated to be an important pathobiochemical feature in rtt. to test whether common deficits in mtor signaling could be responsible for the molecular pathogenesis underlying both syndromes, we generated and studied a novel cdkl knockout (cdkl -/y) mouse model and performed in vitro experiments in human cells. in cdkl -/y knockout mice loss of cdkl is accompanied by reduced phosphorylation levels of critical components of the mtor signaling cascade. these findings point at a regulatory role of cdkl /cdkl on mtor activity and function. to gain further insights into the possible mechanism through which cdkl /pi k interaction could regulate mtor signaling, we used hek-t cells as cellular model. following knock-down of cdkl , the amount of pi k protein was significantly reduced compared to controls. to evaluate the contribution of our findings to pathogenesis, we performed rescue experiments in cdkl knock-down hek-t cells using wild-type and patient-specific mutant cdkl constructs. further experiments are ongoing to clarify the molecular mechanism by which cdkl regulates pi k protein level in the cells. inferring expressed genes by whole-genome sequencing of plasma dna medical university graz, graz, austria, university of technology, graz, austria the analysis of cell-free dna (cfdna) in plasma represents a rapidly advancing field in medicine. cfdna consists predominantly of nucleosome-protected dna shed into the bloodstream by cells undergoing apoptosis. we performed whole-genome sequencing of plasma dna and identified two discrete regions at transcription start sites (tsss) where nucleosome occupancy results in different read depth coverage patterns for expressed and silent genes. by employing machine learning for gene classification, we found that the plasma dna read depth patterns from healthy donors reflected the expression signature of hematopoietic cells. in patients with cancer having metastatic disease, we were able to classify expressed cancer driver genes in regions with somatic copy number gains with high accuracy. we were able to determine the expressed isoform of genes with several tsss, as confirmed by rna-seq analysis of the matching primary tumor. our analyses provide functional information about cells releasing their dna into the circulation. institute of human genetics, fau-erlangen-nürnberg, erlangen, germany, institute of medical genetics, university of zurich, schlieren, switzerland rna-splicing is an important mechanism for eukaryotic gene expression and regulation. defective splicing significantly contributes to monogenic disease in humans. indeed, the mutational space for variants affecting splicing is larger than for coding variants. several computational methods have been developed to predict a variant's effect on splicing but lack predictive value outside the canonical splice sites and do not predict aberrant transcripts. thus the plethora of dna variants generated by recent advances in "next-generation" based sequencing (ngs) can be scored for a possible splicing effect, but a laborious wet-lab based confirmation and characterization is still required. rna-seq is widely used for quantification of gene expression and can be used to detect splicing events, but is limited for this use by the variable and often low read coverage of individual congenital anomalies of the kidneys and urinary tract (cakut) are the most common cause of chronic kidney disease in children. as cakut is a genetically heterogeneous disorder and most cases are genetically unexplained, we aimed to identify new cakut causing genes. using whole-exome sequencing and trio-based de novo analysis, we identified a novel heterozygous de novo frameshift variant in the leukemia inhibitory factor receptor (lifr) gene causing instability of the mrna in a patient presenting with bilateral cakut and requiring kidney transplantation at one year of age. lifr encodes a transmembrane receptor utilized by il- family cytokines, mainly by the leukemia inhibitory factor (lif). mutational analysis of further patients with severe cakut yielded two rare heterozygous lifr missense variants predicted to be pathogenic in three unrelated patients. lifr mutants showed decreased half-life and cell membrane localization resulting in reduced lif-stimulated stat phosphorylation. lifr showed high expression in human fetal kidney and the human ureter, and was also expressed in the developing murine urogenital system. lifr knockout mice displayed urinary tract malformations including hydronephrosis, hydroureter, ureter ectopia, and, consistently, reduced ureteral lumen and muscular hypertrophy, similar to the phenotypes observed in patients carrying lifr variants. additionally, a form of cryptorchidism was detected in all lifr -/mice and the patient carrying the lifr frameshift mutation. altogether, we demonstrate heterozygous novel or rare lifr mutations in . % of cakut patients, and provide evidence that lifr deficiency and deactivating lifr mutations cause highly similar anomalies of the urogenital tract in mice and humans. loss of cdkl associated with deficient mammalian target of rapamycin (mtor) signaling in mice and human cells we and other groups have shown that mutations in the x-linked cyclin-dependent kinase-like (cdkl ) gene cause a severe neurodevelopmental disorder with clinical features including intellectual disability, early-onset intractable seizures and autism, that are closely related to those present in rett syndrome (rtt) patients. rtt is caused by mutations in the x-linked mecp gene. cdkl is a serine/threonine kinase and to date knowledge about its functional roles is scarce. we searched for cdkl interacting proteins by yeast-two hybrid screens. one of the candidates identified in these screens is a subunit of the phosphatidylinositol- , -biphosphate -kinase (pi k). the results obtained in yeast could be confirmed in vitro in mammalian cells and in mouse brain by immunoprecipitation experiments and by co-localization studies. pi k phosphorylates membrane lipids which act as docking sites to recruit targets upstream of mtor and thereby regulate among major cellular processes synaptic plasticity, which is the cellular basis for learning and memory. alteration of mtor signaling gene tubes for stabilizing rna immediately after drawing the samples. the subsequent rt-pcr analysis showed that of the variants located at potential splicing sites indeed affect splicing. thus of these variants could be classified as deleterious (iarc class ), while one chek variant could not be unequivocally classified as the rt-pcr analysis identified only % of the mutant transcript indicating continued usage of the constitutive splice acceptor site. this led to the classification as a probably hypomorphic allele. the variants in cdh and mlh did not affect splicing and were classified as benign (iarc class ). none of the rare synonymous and nonsynonymous exonic variants showed any effect on splicing. in conclusion, this analysis allowed the disambiguation of out vus at potential splice sites into a definite category (either iarc class or ). this work highlights the importance of computational splicing prediction and validation using rt-pcr of peripheral blood rna to assess the pathogenicity of vus. this in turn, allows more accurate genetic counseling and clinical management of affected families. gliomas present the major group of neoplasia in the central nervous system. they typically show invasive growth and high recurrence rate and are currently not curable. idh mutations are detected in nearly % of low grade gliomas and are considered to play a key role in low grade glioma development. while it is known that idh / mutation leads to high-levels of -hydroxyglutarate ( -hg) that functions as an oncometabolite, little is known about the influence of idh / mutations on energy metabolism and metabolic reprogramming in the tumor cells. since patient derived idh mutant cells do not grow in cell culture, previous studies from our group and others used transduced cell lines that overexpress idh . in order to develop in vitro models with reduced side effects, we used crispr/ cas to introduce the idh r h mutation in a patient derived glioblastoma cell line. the edited cells expressed idh r h in western blot and expression levels of idh were comparable to the expression in wild type cells. the mutation was stable in long time culture experiments, without signs of senescence. moreover we found elevated -hg levels, proving that the idh r h neoenzymatic function is present in our cell lines. thus, we were able to edit and culture genomic idh r h mutated glioma cells for the functional analysis of the idh r h mutation for the first time without the effects of overexpression models. edited idh r h cell lines showed extended doubling times compared to wildtype cells. measurement of krebs cycle metabolites using mass spectrometry revealed elevated glutamate levels. we found enhanced atp-levels that could be a consequence of decreased atp consumption. additionally, the cells showed reduced viability compared to wildtype cells when cultivated in glycolysis inhibiting media, pointing out the enhanced dependency on glycolysis in idh r h cells. these results indicate changes in tumor cell metabolism and energy household induced by the idh r h mutation. since we and others could show that idh r h can alter nad+ and nadph levels, we tested if the idh r h mutated cells are more susceptible to selective inhibition of nad/p regenerating enzymes. esirna-silencing of nampt specifically decreased cell viability in idh r h but not wildtype cells with a concomitant increase of dead cells. in conclusion, we developed genes. thus, a standardized ngs based approach to characterize potential splice variants is lacking. hence we investigated the utility of hybridization based gene-panel enrichment and ngs of cdna. based on results of computational simulation we selected twenty rna-samples of patients with a known pathogenic splice-site variant in an inherited cancer predisposition gene. these variants were previously characterized by rt-pcr in our lab or in the literature. after rrna depletion and dna digestion we performed first and second strand cdna synthesis followed by "tagmentation"-based library preparation, targeted enrichment using the trusight cancer panel and sequencing on an illumina miseq platform. a computational pipeline was established to enable automated detection of aberrant splicing events by implementing different alignment and splice-junction detection algorithms together with filtering against control data sets. we also considered variant calling for the detection of allelic imbalance and gene-level expression analysis in this data. breast and ovarian cancer (bc/oc) predisposition has been associated with a number of high-and low-penetrance susceptibility genes. advances in sequencing technology has made multigene testing a practical option when searching for genetic variants associated with risk for bc/oc. variants of uncertain significance (vus), though, represent a major problem. we now studied patients fulfilling criteria for brca and testing using the next generation sequencing based trusight sequencing cancer panel on a miseq platform (illumina). data was analyzed after remapping with bwa to hg (grch ) using seqnext software (jsi) for variants in known high and moderate penetrance susceptibility genes (brca / , atm, chek , palb , rad c, rad d, nbn, cdh , tp , mlh , msh , msh , pms ) . besides deleterious mutations we also identified vus. of these, variants ( each in brca , brca , palb , rad c, rad d, cdh , and mlh , and in chek and mlh , respectively) affect possible splicing sites. in addition, synonymous and nonsynonymous variants outside the splicing sites ( in brca , brca and cdh , respectively, in rad d) were not reported in exome variant server or exome aggregation consortium (exac) databases, so far. no families were available to study familial segregation. for all these variants a potential effect on splicing efficiency was predicted by three different computational algorithms (bdgp: splice site prediction by neural network, netgene server and the human splice finder (hsf . ) algorithm). we took advantage that these genes are ubiquitously expressed to investigate possible effects of these variants on mrna splicing using easily accessible peripheral blood. as mrna is notoriously unstable, we used pax-abstracts was evaluated for both the individual markers and their combinations derived from multiple algorithms. pronounced demethylation of all markers was observed at baseline among cases compared to controls. risk of developing lc increased with decreasing dna methylation levels, with adjusted ors ( % ci) of . ( . - . ), . ( . - . ) , and . ( . - . ), respectively, for participants in the lowest quartile of ahrr, p . , and f rl compared to participants in the highest quartiles of each site among controls. the individual markers exhibited similar accuracy in predicting lc incidence, with aucs ranging from . to . . combination of the markers did not improve the predictive performance (auc = . ). the individual markers or their combination outperformed self-reported smoking exposure particularly in light smokers. no variation in risk prediction was identified with respect to age, follow-up time, and histological subtypes. ahrr, p . , and f rl methylation in blood dna are predictive of lc development, which might be useful for identification of risk groups for further specific lc screening, such as ct examination. over the past decades the search for disease causing variants has been focusing exclusively on the coding genome. this highly selective approach has been extremely successful however, recent data have revealed the importance of the non-coding genome in fundamental processes such as gene regulation, d chromatin folding, and pinpointed its role in disease. in this study, we systematically investigate the cis-regulatory landscape of pitx , a homeodomain transcription factor that is exclusively expressed in the hindlimb. mutations and non-coding structural variations at the pitx locus have been shown to associate with a variety of congenital limb defects including club feet, polydactyly, and arm-to-leg transformation (liebenberg syndrome). we performed in vivo enhancer reporter essays in transgenic mice and identified several limb enhancer elements at the pitx locus; surprisingly they all showed both forelimb and hindlimb activity, although pitx is never expressed in the forelimb. capture hi-c experiments revealed a hindlimb-specific chromatin-organization at the pitx locus, which enables its promoter to contact several enhancers bearing a pan-limb activity only in the hindlimb. this tissue-specific chromatin folding plays a determinant role to refine the unspecific limb regulatory landscape toward a highly controlled and hindlimb delimited transcriptional output. to gain a better understanding of the pathology of pitx associated limb defects, we used crispr/cas to generate a set of deletions and inversions in the pitx cis-regulatory landscape in mice. genetic perturbations of the regulated d chromatin conformation lead to an ectopic forelimb expression of pitx , resulting in an arm-to-leg transformation in mice and in human patients respectively. our data further highlight the role of non-coding mutations affecting chromatin folding in congenital disease and give new insights into the regulation of pitx during development and the pathomechanism of associated limb defects. hoxb , a member of the embryonic homeobox transcription regulators, has been identified as the first susceptibility gene specific for prostate cancer (prca). the founder missense mutation g e, which likely originated from finland, can be found in most populations of european ancestry. we determined the frequency of hoxb g e for the german population, assessed in a cohort of unrelated cases, each with positive family history of prca, sporadic prca cases and in controls. additional affected relatives from prca families were included to explore association with aggressive disease in subgroups with high gleason score (> ), advanced tumor stage, or psa at diagnosis > ng/ml. carriers of g e were rare in controls ( . %) and showed increased frequencies in both sporadic ( . %) and familial prca cases ( . %). estimated risks were or = . (p = . ) and or = . (p = . ), respectively. the risk effect size increased with the number of affected individuals per pedigree: or = . (p < . ) for or more, and or = . (p < . ) for or more affected men. the strongest association with clinical features was observed between g e and advanced tumor stage (or = . ; p < . ). in conclusion, the observed frequency of hoxb g e mutation carriers in our study cohort was intermediate as compared to the common prevalence in scandinavia and the rare occurrence in mixed european populations from the us. the risk estimates of hoxb g e and the stronger effect sizes in families with increasing number of affected relatives were in line with a high penetrant germline predisposition. the association between g e status and tumor stage may be of greater interest for clinical practice, but needs further validation. the absolute penetrance of the hoxb g e mutation should be investigated in further studies in order to elucidate its suitability as a genetic predictor for prca. smoking-associated dna methylation markers predict lung cancer incidence homozygous smn loss causes spinal muscular atrophy (sma), the most common lethal genetic childhood motor neuron disease. smn encodes smn, a ubiquitously expressed housekeeping protein, which makes the primarily motor neuron-specific phenotype rather unexpected. sma individuals harbor low smn expression from one to six smn copy genes, which is insufficient to functionally compensate for smn loss. however, rarely individuals with homozygous absence of smn and only three to four smn copies are fully asymptomatic, suggesting protection through genetic modifier(s). previously, we identified plastin (pls ) overexpression as an sma protective modifier in humans and showed that smn deficit impairs endocytosis, which is rescued by pls overexpression. here, we identify reduction of the neuronal calcium sensor neurocalcin delta (ncald) as a protective sma modifier in five asymptomatic smn -deleted individuals carrying only four smn copies. we demonstrate that ncald is a ca + -dependent negative regulator of endocytosis, as ncald knockdown improves endocytosis in sma models and ameliorates pharmacologically induced endocytosis defects in zebrafish. importantly, ncald knockdown effectively ameliorates sma-associated pathological defects across species, including worm, zebrafish and mouse. in conclusion, our study identifies a previously unknown protective sma modifier in humans, demonstrates modifier impact in three different sma animal models and suggests a potential combinatorial therapeutic strategy to efficiently treat sma. since both protective modifiers restore endocytosis, our results confirm that endocytosis is a major cellular mechanism perturbed in sma and emphasize the power of protective modifiers for understanding disease mechanism and developing therapies. mutations affecting coding or regulatory regions of smc cause dysregulation of condensins resulting in a phenotype reminiscent of cohesinopathies cornelia de lange syndrome (cdls) is a dominantly inherited malformation syndrome caused by mutations in genes encoding subunits (smc a, smc , rad ) or regulators (nipbl, hdac ) of the cohesin complex. this dna-bound complex regulates several chromatin-related processes such as chromosome segregation, dna-damage repair, transcription and chromatin structure. the project presented initially started with two children and their mother who showed clinical features reminiscent of cdls. while various sequencing approaches failed to identify the disease-causing mutation, a kb spanning deletion co-segregating with the phenotype was identified by array-cgh. besides the last exons of cylc , encoding a sperm head protein, no other genes were affected. subsequent in-silico analyses predicted the existence of a ~ kb tissue-specific regulatory element within this region, located approximately mb distant from the next protein-coding gene smc , which encodes a subunit of the cohesin-related condensin complex. significant reduction of smc expression was verified in patient's fibroblasts by qpcr analysis. accordingly, a strong dysregulation of smc was observed in hek and sh-sy y cells deficient for the putative kb regulatory element, which was deleted by crispr/cas genome editing. reporter gene assays further highlighted the functional relevance of the identified regulatory element in regulating the smc gene promoter. interestingly, we could prove on protein as well as on mrna level that alterations in smc expression are correlated with the dysregulation of other condensin subunits such as smc in patient's samples as well as in cris-pr/cas -generated cells. in a large exome sequencing project we have identified a smc frameshift mutation in an additional family with two patients who show clinical features overlapping with those seen in our initial family. quantitative pcr analyses in fibroblasts of both subjects also showed significant reduction of smc and smc expression, which is consistent with our findings in the first family. to further investigate whether alterations in condensin gene expression are specific for the dysregulation of smc , we have decreased smc levels in different cell types by sirna. quantitative protein as well as mrna analyses revealed reduced smc /smc expression. our data show for the first time the coordinated expression of different condensin subunits and its relevance for human disease. abstracts human pedigree. cardiac valves initially form through a process called endothelial-to-mesenchymal transition (emt) then subsequently elongate and mature during early juvenile life. expression analysis throughout embryonic and postnatal stages of adamts -/-mice revealed an expression in all cardiac valves after valve formation. high resolution, digital echocardiography showed that mice without adamts expression develop dysfunctional aortic valves early in life, reminiscent of the human phenotype. notably, the expression of adamts in the valve was restricted to valvular interstitial cells and not observed in endothelial cells. functional analysis using proteomic approaches suggest that the presence of ad-amts is necessary to maintain extracellular matrix remodelling during valve development and its maturation. not only do the lof mice fully recapitulate the human phenotype, they also highlight adamts as a novel marker for valvular interstitial cells to specifically target initial post-emt processes as well as serve as an important model to understand an ageing valve phenotype in humans. exome sequencing of bipolar disorder patients with rapid cycling implicates novel candidate genes in disease development bipolar disorder (bd) is a severe neuropsychiatric disorder characterized by recurrent episodes of mania and depression. bd has a lifetime prevalence of about % and a high heritability of about %. although recent genome-wide association studies identified the first susceptibility genes contributing to disease development, the cumulative impact of common alleles with small effect may only explain around % of the phenotypic variance (lee et al. ) . in consequence, rare variants of high penetrance have been suggested to additionally contribute to bd susceptibility. in the present study we focused on bd patients with rapid cycling (rc). rc is a course specifier of bd defined as having at least four recurrent episodes of acute illness within one year. since rc showed strong evidence for familiarity, we hypothesized that bd patients with rc might represent a more defined etiological subgroup and that rare variants of high penetrance might contribute to the development of rc in bd patients. we selected unrelated bd patients with rc of german origin and performed exome sequencing using the illumina hiseq platform. for data analysis, the varbank pipeline of the cologne center for genomics was used. we filtered for rare (minor allele frequency < . %), heterozygous and non-synonymous variants that were predicted to be possibly damaging or disease causing by at least of applied prediction tools. after these filtering steps, we identified a total of different genes which harbored rare functional variants in at least three independent patients. gene set analysis for these genes using consensuspathdb revealed decker , g. nuernberg , , d. hassel , g. a. rappold , mutations in the homeobox gene shox cause shox deficiency, the most frequent monogenic cause of short stature. the clinical severity of shox deficiency varies widely, ranging from short stature without dysmorphic signs to mesomelic skeletal dysplasia (léri-weill dyschondrosteosis, lwd). in rare cases, individuals with shox deficiency are asymptomatic. to elucidate the factors that modify disease severity/penetrance, we studied a three-generation family with five affected individuals with lwd using whole genome linkage analysis and whole exome sequencing. the variant p.phe cys of the retinoic acid catabolizing enzyme cyp c co-segregated with the shox variant p.val ala in the five affected individuals, while the shox mutant alone was present in three asymptomatic individuals. two further independent lwd cases with shox deficiency and damaging cyp c variants were identified. the identified damaging variants in cyp c affected its catabolic activity, leading to an increased level of retinoic acid. we also provide evidence that high levels of retinoic acid significantly decrease shox expression in human primary chondrocytes and zebrafish embryos. individual morpholino knock-down of either gene shortens the pectoral fins, whereas depletion of both genes leads to a more severe phenotype. together our findings demonstrate that shox and cyp c act in a common molecular pathway controlling limb growth and describe cyp c as the first genetic modifier for shox deficiency. heart valve dysfunction in men and mice is caused by loss of function mutations in adamts , a novel marker for valvular interstitial cells on a global perspective defects of the cardiac valves are one of the most common heart abnormalities in humans, with a substantial number of them requiring surgical intervention at least once in their life. several mechanisms have been proposed ranging from acquired to developmental causes, but thus far the majority can not be explained on the molecular level. here we report on the identification of a unique human family affected by multiple dysfunctional cardiac valves early in life. genetic screening revealed a homozygous deletion of the first eight exons in ad-amts , a novel candidate gene for valvular heart defects. to investigate its role in heart valve development, we designed a transgenic mouse model that reconstitutes the loss of function (lof) in adamts found in the statistically analyzing de novo mutations identified in > , id patients highlighted ppm d as a candidate id gene. ppm d is a type c phosphatase that functions as a negative regulator of cell stress response pathways by mediating a feedback loop of p -p signaling, thereby contributing to growth inhibition and suppression of stress induced apoptosis. we identified patients with mild-moderate id and a de novo truncating ppm d mutation. deep-phenotyping of the patients revealed in addition to id overlap for behavioural problems (adhd and anxiety disorder), hypotonia, broad based gait, facial dysmorphisms and periods of fever and vomiting. ppm d is shown to be expressed during fetal (brain) development and in the adult brain. all mutations were located in the last, or penultimate exon, suggestive of escaping nonsense-mediated mrna decay. both ppm d expression analysis and cdna sequencing in patient ebv-lcls support the presence of a stable, but truncated transcript, consistent with this hypothesis. exposure of patient's cells to ionizing radiation resulted in normal p activation suggesting that p signaling is not affected by the truncated protein. however, a cell growth disadvantage was observed. thus, we show that de novo truncating ppm d mutations in the last and penultimate exon cause syndromic id which provides novel insights in the role of cell cycle checkpoint genes in neurodevelopmental disorders. de novo truncating variants in asxl are associated with a unique and recognizable clinical phenotype harvard stem cell institute, department of stem cell and regenerative enriched pathways (q < . ) including actin cytoskeleton and calcium ion binding. subsequently we applied the residual variation intolerance score (rvis) and identified genes which were ranked among the % most intolerant genes in the genome. these genes included the previously reported genome-wide significant bd risk genes syne and mll . in addition, we identified novel, promising candidate genes which have not previously been implicated in bd development such as ryanodine receptor (ryr , affected in six patients) and huntingtin (htt, patients). both genes are ranked among the . % most intolerant genes of the genome. ryr encodes a brain expressed intracellular cation channel that mediates the rapid release of ca + from the endoplasmic reticulum, thus making it a highly plausible candidate gene for contributing to rc. abnormal expansion of a trinucleotide repeat in the htt gene causes huntington disease which is a neurodegenerative disease characterized by motor, cognitive and psychiatric symptoms. the seven most promising genes are currently being followed up by resequencing in larger cohorts of independent bd cases (including patients with rc) and controls of european ancestry using the single molecule molecular inversion probes (smmips) technology. de novo truncating mutations in the last and penultimate exon of ppm d cause a novel intellectual disability syndrome abstracts with gα. signaling properties of g protein complexes carrying mutant gβ subunits were further analyzed by their ability to couple to dopamine d r receptors by real-time bioluminescence resonance energy transfer (bret) assays. these studies revealed altered functionality of the missense mutations r g, g v, a t, p s, p l, a t, and d g but not for l f, h r, and k q. in conclusion, we demonstrate a pathogenic role of de novo and autosomal dominant mutations in gnb as a cause of gdd and provide functional evidence for a loss-of-function mechanism underlying the disease. comprehensive phenotyping and trio-exome analysis of children with neurodevelopmental disease whole exome sequencing (wes) has been proven as a powerful analytical tool to dissect the genetic basis of human hereditary disorders. here, we report on a prospective deep phenotyping and trio-wes study of children affected by previously undiagnosed and diverse complex neuropediatric disorders. all children underwent a standardised and comprehensive clinical work-up in a single centre that included detailed clinical evaluations by pediatricians and clinical geneticists, extensive laboratory and metabolic analyses, analyses of cerebrospinal fluid, mri of the brain and eeg, followed by trio-wes analysis. this systematic approach allowed to identify a pathogenic mutation in a known disease gene in altogether children ( %) and discovered a convincing candidate disease gene in additional children ( %). taken together, this translates into a successful genetic diagnosis of up to % in this cohort. in children with mutations in a known disease gene ( / = . %) the molecular diagnosis substantially influenced the clinical management and drug treatment. we further document an expansion of the phenotype in known disease entities in individuals. the extraordinary high gene discovery rate in our cohort emphasizes the potential of trio-wes even in a clinically inhomogeneous group of individuals with likely genetic disease. however, this requires a multidisciplinary approach including deep and sometimes reverse phenotyping, research-based interpretation of trio-wes identified genetic alterations, extensive review of the literature, use of several mutation prediction and protein-modelling tools, as well as openness and exchange of data with national and international researchers and clinicians working on similar diseases. exome sequencing of pooled dna samples for large-scale screening in individuals with sporadic intellectual disability b. popp, a. ekici, s. uebe, c. thiel, j. hoyer, a. wiesener, a. reis, c. zweier institute of human genetics, fau-erlangen-nürnberg, erlangen, germany high throughput sequencing has enabled identification of many novel disease genes and empowered diagnostic testing for heterogeneous disorders, especially for intellectual disability (id) where more than genes have been implicated. due to this extreme heterogeneity gene panels are ineffective, and expensive exome or genome sequencing is necessary. furthermore, many affected individuals have to be sequenced to confirm candidate genes and to refine the phenotypic spectrum. we now explored if pooling strategies could satisfy the need for a genome-wide, simple, cheap and fast screening technology. the asxl genes (asxl , asxl and asxl ) participate in body patterning during embryogenesis and encode for proteins that are involved in epigenetic regulation and assembly of transcription factors to specific genomic loci. germline de novo truncating variants in asxl and asxl have been respectively implicated in causing bohring-opitz and bainbridge-ropers syndromes, resulting in overlapping features of severe intellectual disability and dysmorphic features. to our knowledge, asxl has not yet been associated with a human mendelian disorder. in this study, we performed whole-exome sequencing in six unrelated probands with developmental delay, macrocephaly, and dysmorphic features. all six had de novo truncating variants in asxl . a careful review en abled the recognition of a specific phenotype consisting of macrocephaly, prominent eyes, arched eyebrows, hypertelorism, a glabellar nevus flammeus, neonatal feeding difficulties, hypotonia and developmental disabilities. although overlapping features with bohring-opitz syndrome and bainbridge-ropers syndromes exist, features that distinguish the asxl -associated condition from asxl -and asxl -related disorders are macrocephaly, absence of growth retardation and more variability in the degree of intellectual disabilities. we were also able to demonstrate with mrna studies that these variants are likely to exert a dominant negative effect, since both alleles are expressed in blood, with the mutated asxl transcripts escaping nonsense mediated decay. in conclusion, de novo truncating variants in asxl underlie a new neurodevelopmental syndrome, with a clinically recognizable phenotype. this work expands the germline disorders that are linked to the asxl genes. functional characterization of novel gnb mutations as a rare cause of global developmental delay over the past years, prioritization strategies that combined the molecular predictors of sequence variants from exomes and genomes of patients with rare mendelian disorders with computer-readable phenotype information became a highly effective method for detecting disease-causing mutations. the drawback of phenotype-based prioritization, however, is that they require a deep and comprehensive feature description to gain good performance. but in routine diagnostics, the naming of phenotypic features varies among clinicians, and sometimes a comprehensive phenotypic overview is not possible because of missing terminology. these gaps can be reduced by including a new layer of phenotypic information using facial recognition technology to detect dysmorphic features from two-dimensional photographs. automated image analysis is in principle able to identify any deviation from the norm and to quantify it objectively. we therefore developed an approach that combines facial dysmorphology novel analysis (fdna) technology with standard phenotypic and genomic features to identify pathogenic mutations in exome data. we have started collecting data from a diverse spectrum of patients with molecularly confirmed diagnoses in a multi-center study, and we present the current results. at the time of abstract submission more than patients from over contributing institutions were evaluated and used for simulation of a training set of exomes. automated facial recognition yields the correct diagnosis amongst the first ten suggested syndromes in more than two thirds of the cases and shows a high correlation with syndrome predictions that were based on expert annotated features. hereby, we could also confirm the diagnosis in cases with only subtle facial features. consequently, we used classical machine learning approaches to integrate scores based on the image analysis, phenotypic description and exome se-after initial evaluation of available computational methods by virtual pooling of exome data or simulated reads using different pooling fractions, we decided to exome sequence individuals with sporadic id in pools of samples each. this was suggested to be the optimal combination with a % detection rate. dna was mixed in equimolar concentrations and submitted for exome sequencing. read data was aligned to the human reference, and variants were called using a ploidy of . resulting variant calls in known id genes (sysid database) were then filtered for loss-of-function (lof) variants and for missense variants that were either previously reported as pathogenic or computationally predicted to be deleterious. furthermore, we screened id candidate genes and haploinsufficiency intolerant genes for lof variants. subsequently, sanger sequencing was used to determine the individual carrying each variant in the respective pool and to test segregation in the parents. this approach resulted in the identification of pathogenic variants (assumed or confirmed de novo) in known id genes (ahdc , ankrd , atp v b , cask, chd , kcnq , kmt a, kras, med l, rit , setd , tcf , wac, zbtb ), two pathogenic variants inherited from a symptomatic or healthy parent, respectively, (zmynd , ifih ), and a homozygous variant in the recessive trappc gene. this included loss-of-function and missense variants. additionally, we identified de novo variants in candidate genes. in our id cohort this resulted in a high mutation detection rate of %. thus, detection of rare variants from exome sequenced dna pools (pool-seq) is feasible and has a high detection rate similar other screening approaches. compared to affected-only exome sequencing this method can reduce costs by more than % with only marginal increase in sanger-sequencing costs and significantly speed up wet lab work with an acceptable increase in computational complexity. in contrast to targeted sequencing methods like molecular inversion probes or hybridization-based panels, our method has the advantage of allowing flexible re-analysis of the same data for new genes. in conclusion, we established exome pool-seq as a method for large-scale, cost-efficient and flexible sequencing in highly heterogeneous but well characterized disorders like id. three years of experience with targeted next-generation sequencing of developmental delay next-generation sequencing (ngs) has opened up new possibilities especially in the search for disease-causing mutations in disorders with common clinical features but a heterogeneous genetic background. the identification of the underlying genetic defect provides a clear diagnosis for patients more and more influencing their management and occasionally even their therapy, and it is the prerequisite for prenatal or preimplantation decisions in the affected family. ngs panels are used widely in clinical settings to identify genetic causes of various monogenic disease groups, such as intellectual disability (hu et al. ) , neurodevelopmental and neuromuscular disorders, among others. however, many new challenges have been introduced both at the technical level and at the bioinformatic level, with consequences including new requirements for interpretation of results, and for genetic counseling. we report on our experience with a targeted ngs panel comprising over brain related genes (mpimg- -test) in the routine clinical diagnostics of patients with syndromic and non-sydromic forms of developmental delay as well as patients with neuromuscular disorders. patients (age - ; mean ) with syndromic (s) or non-syndromic (ns) developmental delay or with neuromuscular symptoms (nm), seen at the genetic counselling unit of our institute, were analyzed with targeted exon enrichment and ngs. chromosomal re-arrangements and copy number variations were excluded in all patients previously by conven-it was recently shown that that clonal hematopoiesis can be driven by somatic point mutations. these acquired mutations occur with normal aging in up to % of older (> y) individuals ( ) ( ) ( ) and few reports in younger individuals. here we present a targeted re-sequencing assay that combines high throughput with ultra-high sensitivity based on single-molecule molecular inversion probes (smmip) ( ) . we have now analyzed dna from healthy blood donors from different age groups ( - ; - ; - ; - and - y) , with no previous diagnosis of cancer, for somatic mutation in loci. those loci included known drivers of clonal hematopoiesis ( ) ( ) ( ) and novel or candidate loci. the improved assay allows low-frequency variant detection with variant levels down to < . %. this improved sensitivity allowed the identification of somatic mutations in a limited set of loci in > % of old individuals, but also report those mutations in individuals of the youngest age group. most prevalent mutations include known hotspot mutations in dnmt a and asxl . here we show that somatic drivers of clonal hematopoiesis are more prevalent and occur in younger individuals than previously reported. these somatic events are age-related. however, the high prevalence and their occurrence in relatively young individuals implicates their origin as a common biological process involved in normal aging. a. m. nissen, j. graf, c. rapp, m. locher, a. laner, a. benet-pagès, e. holinski-feder medizinisch genetisches zentrum -mgz, munich, germany gene dosage abnormalities account for a significant proportion of pathogenic mutations in rare genetic disease related genes. in times of next generation sequencing (ngs), a single analysis approach to detect snvs and cnvs from the same data source would be of great benefit for routine diagnostics. however, cnv detection from exon-capture ngs data has no standard methods or quality measures so far. current bioinformatics tools depend solely on read depth which is systematically biased. we developed a novel approach based on: . utilization of five independent detection tools to increase sensitivity, . different reference sets for different kits and normalization against samples from the same sequencing run to improve robustness against workflow conditions, . definition of special quality thresholds for single exon events to minimize false negatives, . identification of reliable regions by assessment of capture efficiency using a reference set of cnv negative patients to minimize false positives. a cnv quence of the patients and could predict the pathogenic mutation among the top positions in a prioritized exome in more than % of the monogenic cases in our cohort. hence, our results show that computer-assisted facial recognition is not only a promising technology that could be applied in the routine diagnostic workflow, but also a technology that allows diagnosis in cases with non-typical clinical presentation and boosts the diagnostic yield in exome studies. the added value of rapid exome sequencing in critical clinical situations for critical clinical situations, turnaround times (tats) of exome sequencing need to be fast in order to have an impact on clinical decision making. we therefore set out to develop a fast exome sequencing approach (max. days). urgent exomes are preferably sequenced as trios to enable de novo analysis and assist data interpretation. dna library preparation is performed using the sureselect qxt protocol (v , agilent), and sequencing is done on a nextseq (illumina) with a high coverage ( - x). automated file handling allows rapid bwa mapping, gatk variant calling and annotation. a total of one-hundred samples have been sequenced until now using this rapid procedure: trio's, x mother and child, x parents plus children, and single cases. six trios with known aberrations were used for experimental setup. of the remaining families, in families (possible) pathogenic snvs were identified, of which some still need further follow up, whereas families remained negative after inspection of snvs and small indels. for cnv analysis, a trio based reference-free cnv approach is still under development. preliminary data show that all control cnvs ( kb- mb) are detected correctly, and retrospective cnv analyses of the other samples identified three possibly de novo cnvs that need further follow up. shorter tats days were already beneficial for some patients, i. e. an adult male suffering from myelofibrosis and autoinflammatory symptoms. a sting-like phenotype (= stimulator of ifn genes) was suspected, with a possible involvement of the jak/stat pathway. urgent exome sequencing was performed and results were available within days. interestingly, both a somatic variant in mpl (= trombopoetine receptor > myelofibrose) and a heterozygous variant in acp (trap, known immune dysregulation disorder) were identified, both fitting to the patients phenotype. based on these results the medication of the patient was changed, resulting in a substantial improvement of the patients constitution. in conclusion, we have implemented a rapid exome sequencing workflow for urgent cases. the rapid identification of pathogenic variants already had implications on patient treatment, underlying the added value of a fast genetic diagnosis. ement insertion, however, was spliced into the mrna of nabp , leading to a frameshift mutation and a premature stop codon, potentially altering or abolishing gene function. in summary, we have shown that transposon insertions, both common variants as well as rare or de novo variants, can be detected in wes data. such insertions in coding or regulatory regions of disease-relevant genes might therefore explain some of the cases in which no pathogenic coding mutation can be identified by wes. the influence of human genetic variation on epstein-barr virus sequence diversity: a genome-to-genome approach c. hammer , , a. loetscher , , em. zdobnov , genome-wide association studies (gwas) have identified common genetic polymorphisms that associate with clinical manifestation and immune response parameters of various infections. we here present an alternative approach, using variation in the virus sequence as phenotype, which is specific by nature and unique to genomic research in infectious diseases, for genome-to-genome (g g) association studies. building on the unprecedented possibility to combine large-scale human and viral genomic data, we explored interactions between human genetic variation and viral sequence diversity in individuals infected with epstein-barr virus (ebv). the major goal is the identification of key genetic players in the evolutionary 'arms race' between pathogen and host. ebv is the pathogenic agent of infectious mononucleosis and is associated with a broad spectrum of lymphoid and epithelial malignancies, including lymphomas and nasopharyngeal carcinomas. there is also evidence for a role of ebv in the pathoetiology of multiple sclerosis. its genome is approximately kbp long and encodes around proteins, not all of which have been definitely identified or characterized. it is known that high loads of ebv are present in patients with advanced human immunodeficiency virus (hiv)-induced immunodeficiency. we therefore selected immunosuppressed patients included in the swiss hiv cohort study (shcs) with low cd + t cell counts, and quantified ebv copy number in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (pbmcs). cell samples contained more than , viral copies in total and were subjected to target isolation and subsequent enrichment using the sureselect method by agilent biotechnologies, followed by illumina whole-genome sequencing. after data processing and quality control, variable amino acids were called as binary variables, resulting in > variable positions per individual in average. the same patients also underwent genome-wide genotyping to obtain host genetic variation, followed by imputation based on the haplotype reference consortium reference panel. the association analyses are currently ongoing, and we will present the results at the conference. we use logistic regression to test for association between host single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) and binary ebv amino acid variants. bonferroni correction is applied for multiple testing correction on the sides of both host and pathogen. stratification is taken into consideration by including principal components (pcs) for the host, and phylogenetic pcs for the virus. this project will offer a global description of the adaptive forces acting on ebv during natural infection. we have shown before for hiv that a virus genome associates much more strongly with human genetic variants than clinical endpoints. the analysis of all signals resulting from the interaction between human and viral genomes has the potential to identify novel host defense mechanisms, which could serve as future diagnostic and therapeutic targets. is called in a reliable region if at least two out of five tools are concordant for the respective cnv. the pipeline shows a sensitivity of % and a precision of %. within routine gene panel diagnostics we analyzed a total of patients indicated to have rare mendelian diseases for snv and cnvs. in patients a cnv was detected in genes associated with the respective individual phenotype. interestingly, in several cases the cnv completed the patients report as it was detected in genes with a recessive mode of inheritance where previously only a heterozygous pathogenic snv was found. overall, with the additional analysis of cnvs we increased the diagnostic yield from % (class , single nucleotide events) to %. however, there are still issues in the detection of cnvs from ngs data for routine diagnostics. cnv pipelines are very prone to errors caused by enrichment inconsistencies compared to snv detection tools. the assessment of sensitivity and specificity is difficult due to the lack of datasets to validate cnv detection pipelines. originally, the analysis of cnvs was performed mainly in patients with mental retardation disorders, resulting in a paucity of cnv data linked to other mendelian diseases. moreover, the identification of the actual size and thus the assessment of pathogenicity of a cnv is difficult, because targeted ngs gene panels do not cover all genes. in conclusion, ngs data is a suitable data source for the simultaneous detection of snvs and cnvs for clinical diagnosis; however, with the current tools it is only applicable in accurately validated regions. identification of transposon insertions in whole-exome sequencing data s. lukassen, n. Übelmesser, ab. ekici, u. hüffmeier, ct. thiel, c. zweier, a. winterpacht humangenetisches institut, erlangen, germany % of the human genome consists of transposable element derived sequences, the most abundant of which are l and alu elements, followed by endogenous retroviruses. several hundred of these elements remain active, leading to insertion frequencies of up to one in live births for alu elements and posing a threat to genome integrity. while most studies on transposons employ whole-genome sequencing (wgs) or target-enrichment based sequencing approaches, the most commonly used form of diagnostic high-throughput sequencing is currently whole-exome sequencing (wes). we were therefore interested in investigating transposon insertions in wes data as a possible source of disease causing mutations. we developed a software to call non-reference transposon insertions from single-end wes datasets by split-read mapping and analyzed exomes this way. on average, non-reference insertions were identified in each exome, with an average of . sites per patient identified in < = . % of other patients. of these rare variants, % were deemed plausible by visual inspection. automated confidence calls of the software were concordant with visual inspection in % of cases. in % of cases a plausible insertion was awarded a lower score by the algorithm and in another % not called at all. in % of cases the automated call appeared to be falsely positive, in another % at the wrong position within the same bp window. laboratory validation of convincing insertions revealed a % true positive rate, leading to an estimated specificity of %. when performing calls for reference l insertions on exomes, % ( % - %) of known elements whose flanking regions were covered by at least two reads were correctly identified, leading to a sensitivity of %. we thus estimate the average number of non-reference transposon insertions in our wes dataset to be ( - ). % and . % of sites identified were associated with alu and l elements, respectively, with the majority of calls stemming from evolutionary young transposons still assumed to be active. . % of sites were located within the cds, . % in the utrs of genes, . % spanned an intron/ exon border, . % were intronic and . % of insertions were found in intergenic regions. we then chose insertions within intronic ( ) or utr ( ) regions for further analysis. seven were not detected in the mrna. one intronic alu el-abstracts ws - novel insights into male-pattern baldness pathobiology via integration of differential hair follicle mirna and mrna expression profiles with gwas data male pattern baldness (mbp) is a highly heritable condition and the most common form of hair loss in men. the phenotype is characterized by a distinct pattern of androgen-dependent progressive hair loss from the scalp that is restricted to hair follicles (hf) in the frontal and vertex scalp area. the molecular mechanisms that underlie this characteristic pattern and the differences in androgen-sensitivity between hf subpopulations in the frontal/vertex and the occipital scalp remain however elusive. to gain novel insights into the underlying biology and contributing genes and pathways, we systematically investigated for a differential expression (de) of mirna-and mrna-genes in hf samples from the frontal and occipital scalp area of healthy male donors. array-based genome-wide mirna and mrna profiling revealed expression of mirnas and , mrnas in human hf, of which mirnas ( %) and , mr-nas ( %) showed a de between hf subpopulations. the strongest de mirnas included mir- , mir- and mir- . among the strongest de mrnas were the wnt-signaling inhibitor dkk , the protein kinase pak and the retinoid acid receptor rora. a subsequent pathway-based analysis in mirpathdb revealed that de mirnas targeted numerous interesting pathways. among them the wnt-and mtor signaling pathway which have been implicated in the control of hair follicle cycling, a mechanism that is disturbed in mpb affected hf and other plausible candidate pathways such as estrogen, thyroid hormone signaling or epidermal growth factor binding which have not yet been implicated mpb pathobiology. to yield further evidence for an involvement of de mirnas and mr-nas in the developement of mpb, we subsequently integrated our expression data with association data from a large gwas meta-analysis on mpb (n = , ). of the de mirnas and mrnas, only mirna (mir- b) and mrnas were located within mb of one of genome-wide significant mpb risk loci. notably, the analysis revealed a co-localization of de mirna, de mrna, and nominally significant association signals (p < - ) at other genomic loci, pointing towards a role of these genomic regions in mpb pathogenesis. among them a locus on chromosome q . that comprises the genes encoding the ephrin-type-b receptor (ephb ) and the prostaglandin transporter slco a . interestingly, ephrins have been shown to be regulated by androgens and to play a role in hf formation, proliferation and hair cycling. and expression of prostaglandin d , which is transported by slco a , has been found to be upregulated in balding scalp where it inhibits hair growth. in summary, our systematic analysis of differential mirna and mrna expression and the subsequent integration with genetic association data identified novel potential risk loci for mpb and numerous candidate genes and pathways that are likely to play a role in mpb pathogenesis and emphasizes the importance of data integration of large-scale omic-analyses. palaeontological genomic analyses have shown that interbreeding between anatomically modern humans and neandertals occurred in europe and asia . - years ago. approximately . - % of the modern european and asian genome consists of introgressed dna from neandertals. some of these introgressed regions have been suggested to contribute to several traits and phenotypes including major depression and other mood disorders. in order to further assess the role of neandertal ancestry in cognition and the contribution of genetic risk for psychiatric disorders, we performed genome-wide analyses of neandertal alleles in publicly available psychiatric genomics consortium (pgc) gwas summary statistics with samples sizes ranging from about to individuals for the following phenotypes: educational attainment, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (adhd), anorexia nervosa, anxiety disorders, autism spectrum disorder, bipolar disorder, major depressive disorder and schizophrenia. we estimated the proportion of heritability explained by snps in neandertal introgressed regions using stratified ld score regression (ldsc) and two sets of previously inferred neandertal introgressed regions. in a secondary analysis, we investigated whether specific functional annotations such as 'utr, promoter regions or histone marks within neandertal regions were significantly associated with selected phenotypes. we identified a modest enrichment of heritability in neandertal introgressed regions in anorexia nervosa, autism spectrum disorder, bipolar disorder and major depressive disorder, although none of the results were statistically significant. several functional annotations, such as h k me histone marks within neandertal introgressed regions, appeared significantly enriched for snps contributing to the heritability of anorexia nervosa and autism spectrum disorder. in bipolar disorder, dnasei digital genomic footprinting regions, h k ac histone marks and super enhancer regions within neandertal regions appeared particularly enriched for heritability. on the other hand, both sets of neandertal regions were slightly depleted of snps contributing to the heritability of schizophrenia. for example, one set of neandertal regions that contained % of all analysed snps only contributed to % of the variance of risk (standard error: . ; p-value: . × - ). in comparison to the rest of the genome, neandertal introgressed regions also contributed less to the heritability of educational attainment, adhd and anxiety disorders, although these findings were not statistically significant. to our knowledge this is the first study to systematically investigate the extent to which snps attributable to neandertal introgressed regions contribute to the heritability of several psychiatric/cognitive phenotypes. we are currently increasing our power to detect snp heritability in neandertal regions by applying the ldsc method to larger pgc datasets. harbor genes involved in the complement system, high density lipoprotein metabolism or extracellular matrix homeostasis. these pathways are known for their pleiotropic role in other conditions, such as cardiovascular disease, auto-immune diseases and cancer. here we aimed to investigate the extend of overlap between the genetic risk of various complex diseases and traits and the genetic risk for amd. methods: first, we catalogued , previously published, genome-wide significant variations associated with complex diseases or traits. next, we computed a genetic score by calculating the (weighted) sum of risk increasing alleles for each disease or trait. consequently, a higher genetic score indicates that an individual has more risk/trait increasing alleles of a given disease or trait. for each score, we computed the association with late stage amd using a dataset provided by the international amd genomics consortium (iamdgc) including , late stage amd cases and , controls. we also assessed the association of each variation individually with late stage amd risk in order to identify novel disease loci with strong evidence for pleiotropy. results: nineteen genetic scores of complex diseases and traits were significantly associated with amd risk (fdr < . ). most notably, all genetic scores related to autoimmunity were elevated in amd patients (p < . × - ), while scores related to cardiovascular disease were reduced in amd patients compared to controls (p < . × - ). we also found that the genetic scores of melanoma and related malignancies were higher in amd patients (p < . × - ). in addition, out of , variants, which were used to compute the genetic scores, were significantly associated with amd (fdr < . ), implicating novel, pleiotropic loci in amd risk. conclusion: our findings demonstrate a substantial overlap between the genetic risk of complex diseases/traits and the genetic risk for amd and provide evidence for novel, pleiotropic loci associated with amd. while our findings highlight common disease pathways that may facilitate to develop multi-use drug targets, they also challenge the notion that gene/genome manipulation could be applied in general terms to eradicate risk for a defined complex disease. worldwide genetic association study of exfoliation syndrome and glaucoma identifies common genetic variants at five new susceptibility loci exfoliation syndrome (pex), a complex systemic disorder of the extracellular matrix, is the commonest cause of secondary glaucoma in aging population and thus a major cause of blindness globally, affecting - million subjects worldwide. inside a large, international collaboration project a genome-wide association study (gwas) was carried out on , pex cases and , controls, recruited from countries across six inhabited continents, with replication in a further independent , cases and , controls from countries. significant association was observed at seven loci, of which two confirmed the already known associated loci at the genetic markers mapping to loxl -and cana a-gene, five are new (p < × - ). the five new loci map to chromosomes q (rs near flt -pomp-slc a , p = . × - ), q . (rs near tmem -arhgef , p = . × - ), p (rs at agpat , p = . × - ), p (rs at rbms , p = . × - ) and q (rs near sema a, p = . × - ). to determine the pathophysiological role of the three most significantly associated loci ( q , q . , p ), we investigated the expression and localization of the six related genes (flt , pomp, slc a , tmem , arhgef and ag- male-pattern baldness (mpb) is characterized by a progressive hair loss from the frontal and vertex scalp that affects ~ % of men at the age of years. epidemiological studies have shown positive associations between mpb and coronary heart disease (chd) and related phenotypes such as blood pressure (bp), diabetes (dm) or elevated blood lipid levels. the results however vary with regard to the associated pattern of hair loss (frontal or vertex) and the assessed endpoint measures for chd. and so far no study has investigated for a shared genetic determinant between the traits. using data from the heinz nixdorf recall study (n = , males) and a large meta-analysis on mpb (n = , ), we aimed at a systematic investigation of the association between mpb and chd on (i) an epidemiological and (ii) a genetic level. , men with vertex balding showed a higher bmi (β = . kg/m ), elevated fasting triglyceride (β = . mg/dl) and lower hdl-c levels (β = - . mg/dl). to assess the genetic overlap between mpb and chd, we created a risk score (rs) from mpb lead snps (p < × - ) and tested for association with chd and related traits phenotypes. no significant associations were observed. however, an age-stratified analysis revealed a % per allele risk increase for chd (hr = . , %ci: . ; . ) and a decrease in fasting triglyceride levels (β = - . ). we next used ld score regression analysis in to test for genome-wide genetic correlation between mpb and chd. the analysis revealed no significant correlations with cardiometabolic (n = ), lipid (n = ) or metabolic traits (n = ). finally, to investigate for a genetic overlap at single loci, we compared the mpb risk loci with reported gwas signals for chd. the analysis identified seven overlapping associations between mpb and bp (n = ); qt-interval length; atrial fibrillation; sudden cardiac arrest; and dm. for the majority of loci, the direction of effect differed between mpb and chd, opposing previous epidemiological findings. positive associations were identified between mpb and diastolic bp (fgf , q . ) and sudden cardiac arrest (atf , q . ). interestingly, fgf is known to stimulate cell growth and proliferation in multiple cell types, including cardiac myocytes and hair follicle (hf) cells, and atf is a hf expressed regulator of cell growth and differentiation that has been shown to prevent foam cell formation, which suggests that fgf and atf -signaling contribute to both traits. thus, our data support an association between mpb and chd related phenotypes and suggest that mpb deserves further evaluation as an additional risk factor for chd. pleiotropic effect of genetic variants associated with complex diseases and traits in age-related macular degeneration purpose: age-related macular degeneration (amd) is the leading cause of vision loss in western societies and is caused by both environmental and genetic risk factors. with regard to the latter, several associated risk loci abstracts otyping, results of which will be presented at the conference. of note, for nonsyndromic cleft lip with/without cleft palate (nscl/p), the most frequent form of orofacial clefting, risk loci have been detected by gwas so far, with some of them reaching (nearly) genome-wide or significant p-values in samples much smaller than cases. in the imputed nscpo dataset none of the presently known nscl/p risk loci showed a p-value < - . our data so far confirm previous molecular and epidemiological findings, that nscpo is genetically distinct from nscl/ p. furthermore, the results indicate that common variants alone might not contribute to the same extent to nscpo as compared to nscl/ p. the correlation between defects at specific imprinted loci and distinct imprinting disorder (id) was accepted for a long time. however, it is now put into question because of a growing number of patients with multilocus imprinting disturbances (mlid), i. e. the aberrant methylation at more than one imprinted locus. in particular, mlid is present in individuals with silver-russell syndrome (srs) and beckwith-wiedemann syndrome (bws), and it has meanwhile turned out that patients with opposite phenotypes can share common epimutation patterns. on the other hand, mlid always occurs as mosaicism and varies in different tissues of the same individual. interestingly, the majority of mlid carriers show only one specific id phenotype, though loci of other ids are affected in addition to the one specific for the phenotype. we become aware of a growing number of patients with unexpected and even contradictory molecular findings in respect to the clinical diagnosis for referral. amongst others, we detected the srs specific icr hypomethylation in p in two of our patients referred as bws. in the first case, the icr hypomethylation was detected only in lymphocytes but was not present in buccal swab dna. the patient only had a slight asymmetry, but showed normal growth and did not exhibit any other feature compatible with bws, nor with srs. the reason for the lack of clinical features is unclear, but is comparable to the observation in monozygotic, but clinically discordant srs and bws twins. here the unaffected twin often carries the epimutation only in lymphocytes whereas the affected one shows the alteration in additional tissues. a reason might be sharing of hematopoietic stem. it can be postulated that the patient presented here is born after an (undetected) twin pregnancy with early loss of the affected twin. in the second case, the initial diagnosis of bws was made due to asymmetry, though overgrowth or other features were not present. further clinical ascertainment did not confirm this diagnosis, but growth of the patient was in the lower percentiles, in concordance with the icr hypomethylation. these cases as well as further cases in our cohort confirm that there is an urgent need to provide detailed clinical data upon requesting molecular diagnostics for imprinting disorders. in fact, the growing number of patients with unexpected results complicates the interpretation and illustrates the broad phenotypic range, but also provides further insights in the etiology of ids and setting of imprinting marks pat ) by qrt-pcr, immunohistochemical-and western-blot analysis in genotyped ocular tissues of pex and control patients. all six genes displayed moderate mrna expression in all ocular tissues analysed, with highest levels in iris, ciliary body, and retina. however, only pomp showed a trend towards reduced expression in the presence of the rs risk allele, in both pex and control patients. in general, both mrna and protein expression of pomp and tmem were significantly reduced up to % (p < . ) in anterior segment tissues in pex eyes compared to controls. no differences in mrna and protein expression were detected for the remaining genes analysed. immunofluorescence analysis showed that pomp, a proteasome maturation protein, is ubiquitously expressed in most ocular cell types and that tmem , a transmembrane protein of unknown function, is primarily localized to endothelial cells of blood vessels and aqueous outflow structures. additionally, protein staining intensities for pomp and tmem were markedly reduced in anterior segment tissues of pex eyes compared to controls and co-localized to abnormal accumulation of pex material on ocular surfaces and in blood vessel walls. thus, at least two of the newly identified loci provide new biological insights into the pathology of pex syndrome/glaucoma and highlight a role for impaired proteasome function as well as vascular and trabecular endothelial dysfunction in the disease pathogenesis. nonsyndromic cleft palate only -evidence for a limited contribution of common variants in contrast to nonsyndromic cleft lip ± palate cleft palate only (cpo) is a common congenital malformation which might occur as part of a syndrome or in an isolated form, i. e., nonsyndromic cpo (nscpo). nscpo has a prevalence of : and is considered multifactorial with genetic as well as environmental factors contributing to the disorder. in a recent study we identified the first genome-wide significant locus for nscpo which has been independently confirmed in another study. in order to discover more nscpo risk loci we performed a genome-wide imputation study with gwas data from case-parent trios with european, asian and african ancestry which was retrieved from db-gap upon approved data access. notably, this gwas dataset had not yet been imputed, and we hypothesized that we can increase power to identify novel genetic associations by increasing the marker density and follow-up of suggestive findings by independent replication. genome-wide genotypes were imputed using impute based on genomes haplotypes, and snps were selected based on info-score > . and minor allele frequency > %. the imputation did not reveal any genome-wide significant snp, however, snps at loci showed p-values < - . loci with more than two variants below this threshold (n = ) were to be replicated using the massarray system (agena bioscience). three independent samples were used: two case/control replication cohorts from central europe ( cases, controls) and yemen ( cases, controls), and one european case-parent trio replication cohort (eurocran study; trios). in a first round we genotyped snps at eleven loci. one variant, rs at chr. q , showed p < . in the replication cohort and after combining replication and gwas data, resulted in a decrease of p-value from . × - to . × - . this indicates that this locus, which includes candidate genes such as igs , a known cell-adhesion molecule with yet unknown function in craniofacial development, might harbour a common risk variant with low effect size. we are currently performing a second round of gen-we report biallelic mutations in cad, encoding an enzyme of de novo pyrimidine biosynthesis, in four patients with developmental disability, epileptic encephalopathy, anaemia, and anisopoikilocytosis. two children died after a neurodegenerative disease course. treatment of two surviving children with oral uridine led to immediate cessation of seizures in both. a four-year-old girl, who was previously in minimal conscious state, started to communicate and walk with assistance after nine weeks of treatment. a three-year-old girl likewise showed developmental progress. blood smears normalised and anaemia resolved. our findings support the efficacy of uridine supplementation rendering cad deficiency a treatable neurometabolic disorder. delineation of the grin a phenotypic spectrum alterations of the n-methyl-d-aspartate (nmda) receptor subunit glu-n a, encoded by the gene grin a, have been associated with a spectrum of neurodevelopmental, speech and epilepsy disorders. we identified previously unreported patients with heterozygous pathogenic variants in grin a, including novel variants. after re-evaluation of all published grin a cases, previously reported patients met the acmg criteria for being pathogenic or likely pathogenic. thus, we are able to collectively review genotypes and phenotypes of individuals with grin a-related disorders. we show that the known phenotypic spectrum is expanded and ranges from near-normal development to severe and unspecific encephalopathy, comprising any disorder of speech development. furthermore, some patients do not display seizures. in contrast to previous reports, gri-n a missense variants cluster within the functionally most relevant domains. we are the first to describe genotype-phenotype correlations in grin a-related disorders, where carriers of pathogenic missense variants tend to have more severe neurodevelopmental phenotypes compared to carriers of truncating variants. the most severe end of the phenotypic spectrum was found to include novel features, such as infantile spasms and arthrogryposis and was associated with pathogenic variants in the pore-forming domain of grin a. the eponymic name galloway-mowat syndrome (gamos; omim ) has been coined for the association of early-onset nephrotic glomerulopathy, microcephaly with variable brain anomalies, and facultative diaphragmatic hernia. it is supposed to be inherited as an autosomal recessive trait and clinical as well as genetic heterogeneity has been suggested. in , wdr mutations were identified as a cause of gamos, but only a few cases have been reported to date. over the last years, we have collected dna samples and clinical data from unrelated families with one or more children affected by gamos or a gamos-like syndrome (glomerulopathy plus variable anomalies of brain morphology or function as inclusion criteria), including consanguineous families. in this cohort, we performed whole exome sequencing followed by targeted analysis by sanger and ngs multigene panel resequencing. in a total of families of this cohort ( %) the probable underlying genetic defect could be identified. in affected individuals from two consanguineous families, homozygous mutations of wdr could be found (vodopiutz et al., ) . thus, this gene accounted for only % of cases of our cohort. the affected child of another family had a novel homozygous mutation in arhgdia. this gene has previously been described in three families to cause early-onset steroid-resistant nephrotic syndrome (gupta et al., ; gee et al., ) , but there is some evidence that non-specific brain anomalies may also be part of the arhgdia-associated phenotype. fourteen and three index patients from unrelated families had mutations in one autosomal (osgep) and one x-linked gene (lage ), respectively, both encoding for components of the keops protein complex that has been implicated in transcription, telomere maintenance and chromosome segregation. no human phenotype has previously been assigned to mutations in this complex. notably, eight unrelated families with an identical mutation originated from the east asian population where the carrier frequency for this allele is . . in one consanguineous family with multiple affected children the disease segregated with a homozygous mutation in the sgpl gene encoding for sphingosine- -phosphate lyase. in four families, the kidney phenotype could be attributed to mutations in genes for non-syndromic nephrosis (nphs , plce , one novel gene), while the brain phenotype was apparently independent. in conclusion, the molecular genetic findings in this cohort confirmed that gamos is exceedingly heterogeneous, and still in almost half of the patients with a gamos-like phenotype the genetic cause remained unclear. on the basis of our findings we are now able to define new biologic mechanisms that are critically involved in both, brain development and integrity of the glomerular filtration barrier. genotype phenotype correlations are emerging. finally, we demonstrate that gamos can also be inherited as an x-linked trait. abstracts taminase gene (tgm ) is mutated in the majority of patients (around %), and its gene product, tgase , is therefore primarily targeted in our approach for protein substitution. patients with arci have an impaired skin barrier function, most of them are born with a collodion membrane and suffer subsequently from varying degrees of hyperkeratosis, erythema, transepidermal water loss and infections. the disease can be life threatening neonatally but lacks a causative therapy and is still only treated symptomatically. therefore, our aim is to develop a personalised, causative therapy where the defective protein is substituted topically via a nanocarrier. therapeutic, human tgase was synthesized in hek cells and assessed by western blot and flow cytometry analysis. enzyme activity was measured by in vitro assay. tgase was then coupled to a polyglycerol-based nanogel (dpg-ng) containing the thermoresponsive linker poly(n-isopropyl)acrylamide (pnipam), stabilising the enzyme as well as adding a thermal protein release trigger at °c, which is favorable for cutaneous applications. immunocytochemical stainings for tgase on monolayered basal keratinocytes that lack tgm expression confirmed the successful uptake of extrinsic tgase into the cells. further analysis over time showed that the enzyme was no longer detectable after h and consequently led us to define a treatment schedule for the following experiments. d full thickness skin models were used as in vitro system to determine barrier function and enzyme activity after treatment with varying concentrations of the dpg-ng/tgase complex. three different sets of skin models were used for these experiments: normal models mimicking the healthy skin with an intact barrier function, models where tgm was knocked down, and models made with arci patient cells with tgm mutations. franz cell tests on treated skin models lacking intrinsic tgase confirmed the impaired barrier activity in disease models, demonstrated an improved barrier function after repeated treatments with dpg-ng/ tgase and showed restored tgase activity using an in situ assay. furthermore, first toxicity tests using mtt revealed high biocompatibility of dpg-ng/tgase after treatment of d and d cell cultures. these findings are successful steps for an advanced topical drug delivery system and are a promising approach for causative therapeutic intervention in arci. after further optimization concerning protein dosage and thorough toxicity tests, we will adapt this system also for the use with other proteins involved in arci. pigmentation disorders (pds) comprise a large group of rare and heterogeneous disorders that are mainly characterized by various coloration abnormalities affecting single parts of the body or the complete integument. the large group of pds includes the autosomal dominant inherited hyperpigmentation disorder dowling-degos disease (ddd). ddd is genetically heterogeneous, and to date causal mutations in three genes, namely krt , pofut and poglut have been identified. after exclusion of mutations in these genes, we performed exome-and sanger-sequencing in six unrelated ddd-patients/families and identified six heterozygous truncating mutations in psenen encoding the presenilin enhancer protein . on closer examination of the histological sections, we came upon a novel feature that distinguished these individuals from previous ddd-cases by the presence of follicular hyperkeratosis. to assess the functional significance of psenen mutations in ddd pathogenesis, we performed mammalian cell culture based studies and knockdown experiments of psenen homolog psenen in zebrafish larvae (zfl). knockdown of psenen in zfl resulted in a phenotype with scattered pigmentation, which mimicked human ddd. in vivo-monitoring of pigment cells in the developing zfl suggested that disturbances in melanocyte migration and differentiation underlie ddd pathogenesis. interestingly, six of the psenen mutation carriers presented with co-morbid acne inversa (ai), an inflammatory hair follicle disorder. all individuals had a history of nicotine abuse and/or obesity, which are known trigger-factors for ai. although psenen mutations have been identified in a small subset (< %) of familial ai previously and the co-manifestation of ddd and ai has been reported for decades, our study is the first to demonstrate experimentally that mutations in psenen indeed can cause co-manifestation of ddd and ai, most likely triggered by predisposing factors for ai. thus, the present report describes a clinically and histopathologically novel ddd subphenotype in psenen mutation carriers, which is associated with an increased susceptibility to ai. protein substitution therapy for autosomal recessive congenital ichthyosis (arci) overall burkitt lymphoma showed a low genomic complexity with a low number of snvs and svs. however, the integration of cnas, snvs and svs allowed us to identify recurrently affected genes, which are involved predominately in the pi( ) kinase pathway, tonic bcr signaling, and cell cycle regulation, chromatin composition and germinal center development. burkitt lymphoma (bl) is the most common mature aggressive b-cell lymphoma in childhood. the genetic hallmark of bl is a chromosomal translocation involving the myc oncogene and one of the immunoglobulin loci leading to myc deregulation. three epidemiologic variants of bl are differentiated: endemic (ebl), which occurs predominantly in equatorial africa and is associated with ebv-infection, sporadic (sbl), which occurs in westernized countries and immunodeficiency-associated. in addition, burkitt leukemia (b-al) is differentiated from bl in cases with more than % of the bone marrow cells being lymphoma cells. another rare bl-variant is myc-positive precursor b-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia coexpressing tdt and myc (tdt+bl). finally, we recently described a myc-negative variant which shows a typical alteration on chromosome (mnbll). the aim of the present study was to examine the epigenetic landscape of these bl variants. to this end, we analyzed the dna methylation of bl ( sbl, ebl, b-al, mnbll, tdt+bl) using the humanmethylation beadchip and contrasted the findings to diffuse-large b-cell lymphoma (dlbcl) and follicular lymphoma (fl). the majority of lymphoma were recruited in the framework of the icgc mmml-seq and mmml projects. the ebl were obtained from the nci ghana burkitt project. as controls, we used public available dna methylation data from b-cell burkitt lymphoma (bl), including its leukemic variant burkitt leukemia (b-al), is the most common type of pediatric b-cell lymphoma accounting for - % of new cases. its biological hallmark is the ig-myc translocation involving myc and mostly the immunoglobulin heavy (igh) locus or more rarely one of the immunoglobulin (ig) light chain loci. at the cytogenetic level the ig-myc translocation is the sole abnormality in around % of cases. overall, bl is characterized by a low genomic complexity. the aim of the present study was to analyze the genomic and transcriptomic landscape of pediatric/adolescent burkitt lymphoma by sequencing according to the guidelines of the international cancer genome consortium. a total of samples of bl/ b-al from pediatric/adolescent patients entered this sequencing study. all patients were treated in population-based prospective clinical trials. inclusion criteria were besides availability of suitable materials, consent to participate in the study and appropriate diagnosis: age at diagnosis (≤ years), the presence of ig-myc rearrangement detected by fish and/or whole genome sequence (wgs), absence of rearrangements of bcl or bcl genes. we performed wgs of tumor and matched control as well as transcriptome sequencing of the tumor cells according to the standards of the icgc (www.icgc.org). the pathognomonic ig-myc translocation was detected in of of the cases using wgs, but was observed in all cases by fish. an igh-myc juxtaposition was detected in patients and its variants igk-myc and igl-myc in and cases, respectively. we identified two different expression patterns of myc transcripts which were associated with the translocation breakpoint location. on the one hand the canonical myc transcript and on the other hand an alternative transcript with a transcription start site before the second exon. the latter produces an mrna which contains nucleotides not included in the canonical transcript but nevertheless it encodes the identical protein. the integration of single nucleotide variants (snv) and copy number aberrations (cna) identified a total of recurrently (≥ samples) mutated genes. myc, id , tp , ccnd , smarca , arid a, fbxo , ddx x were mutated in ≥ % of samples. in / ( %) cases, the id / abstracts ed. the annotation with the chromatin segmentation data of cd + t-cells from the blueprint project revealed enrichment of changes in methylation in distinct genomic regulatory elements in t-lgl. these differentially methylated functional regions were enriched for a set of transcription factor binding sites, known to be relevant in other lymphoid neoplasms. by bioinformatic analysis of methylation data and integration with gene expression data we identified hypermethylated and hypomethylated genes (e. g. bcl b, themis, zeb , hivep ) which point to candidate pathways potentially deregulated in the pathogenesis of t-lgl. conclusion: our study identified dna methylation changes in a set of candidate genes involved in various signaling pathways, which could potentially be used for diagnosis, prognosis and may become targets for novel treatment options. burkitt lymphoma (bl) is a mature aggressive b-cell lymphoma genetically characterized by a chromosomal translocation leading to ig-myc juxtaposition. treatment of bl is usually very successful particularly in children, with a cure rate of over % even among patients with advanced stage disease. however, the prognosis of the remaining patients experiencing disease progression and/or relapse is still very poor. bl has an overall low genomic complexity, thus secondary chromosomal changes in addition to the ig-myc translocation are rare. however, genomic complexity has been associated with aggressive disease and poor prognosis in various lymphomas including bl. because little is currently known about the underlying genetics of disease progression in bl we aimed at characterizing the molecular changes and characteristics that might lead to the relapse of bl. sequential tumor biopsies from initial diagnosis (id) and follow-up were available from a total of patients ( - years at id), which were divided into two groups: five patients experienced a relapse from their initial bl diagnosed - days after id (group ). in contrast, three patients developed twice a bl, i. e. presented with bl as secondary neoplasms diagnosed - years after id (group ). dna extracted from archival formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (ffpe) tissue was used to analyze genome-wide copy number alterations (cna) using the oncoscan® platform (affymetrix) and mutational landscape by whole exome sequencing (wes). analysis of the cna in the paired bl samples (group ) revealed an increase in genomic complexity in / pairs as in id a mean of cna was detected in contrast to . cna in relapse samples (p = . ). of note is that in all pairs, the relapse shared almost all cna which were present in id. wes analysis of group showed similar results in all analyzed pairs. in total, . % of mutations (median number of mutations = ) were shared in id and relapse. nevertheless, a considerable amount of mutations were unique in id and relapse with a median of ( . %) and ( . %) mutations, respectively. on the other hand, mutations detected in samples populations of various differential stages. furthermore, we investigated whole-genome bisulfite sequencing (wgbs) data of sbl and b-al in comparison to germinal center b-cell populations from healthy donors to decipher differentially methylated regions (dmr). these are defined as or more cpgs differentially methylated between two groups. unsupervised dna methylation analysis of bl, fl and dlbcl revealed that all bl variants cluster apart from the non-bl cases. thus, supporting on epigenetic level that all analyzed bl samples are bl variants. multigroup comparison (σ/σ max = . , q < e - ) separated the bl variants roughly in groups: ebl, ebv-positive sbl and all other bl variants. furthermore, this analysis revealed ebl to harbor a massive hypermethylation in comparison to all other bl variants. comparison of the dna methylation using the humanmethylation beadchip data of sbl and b-al revealed cpgs to be differentially methylated (σ/σ max = . , q < . ). in contrast, using the wgbs data of the same samples a total of dmrs could be identified which were mostly located in enhancer and polycomb target regions. in conclusion, we show that all analyzed bl variants share a similar dna methylation profile. interestingly, dmrs between sbl and b-al were mainly located in enhancer and polycomb regions. in contrast, ebl showed a massive hypermethylation in comparison to the other bl variants. thus, the differences identified by dna methylation analysis can improve the understanding of the biological and clinical differences of the bl variants. dürig , introduction: t-cell large granular lymphocytic leukemia (t-lgl) is a mature t-cell leukemia which often arises in the context of autoimmune disease. genetic changes like recurrent chromosomal aberrations are rare. recent studies identified somatic stat and tnfaip mutations in t-lgl cells. however, the molecular events driving leukemogenesis remain largely unknown. objectives: the goal of our study was to characterize the epigenetic basis of t-lgl to better understand leukemogenesis and potentially identify druggable pathways or diagnostic biomarkers for t-lgl. p. johansson , , l. klein-hitpass , g. castellano , k. kentouche , f. nicolau , i. oschlies , e. carrillo-de santa pau , m. przekopowitz , a. queiros , m. seifert , a. valencia , ij. martin-subero , em. murga penas , o. ammerpohl , u. dührsen , r. küppers , j. we analyzed the dna methylome of facs sorted tumor cells of t-lgl cases in comparison to benign αβ t-cell subsets. the infinium human methylation bead chip was used for analysis. we annotated our data with the publicly available chromatin segmentation data of cd + t-cells from the ihec/blueprint project. the expression levels of selected genes were tested by reverse transcription real-time pcr. results supervised analysis of t-lgl compared to benign cd + memory cells resulted in , cpg loci significantly (q < . ) differentially methylat- krawitz , , a. knaus , , m. jäger , , r. flöttmann , t. eggermann , b. hoechsmann , h. schrezenmeier paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (pnh) is an acquired disorder of the blood-forming system. typically, affected hematopoietic stem cells (hscs) in pnh harbor a single somatic loss-of-function mutation in the x-linked piga gene. previously, a pnh patient with a different molecular etiology has been described and herein we report three more cases of this new subgroup: a predisposing germline mutation in pigt, which is an autosomal gene of the glycosylphosphatidylinositol (gpi)-anchor synthesis pathway, is followed by a second somatic hit. by means of deep sequencing and array-cgh, we observed acquired deletions of mb to mb on chromosome q in pnh cells that include pigt as well as a region that is commonly deleted in myeloproliferative neoplasms and myelodysplastic syndromes and that is known to be differentially methylated. this results in a complete loss of expression of certain genes at this locus which is also thought to contribute to the clonal expansion. the deficiency of gpi-anchored proteins on pnh cells results in a lack of the complement regulatory proteins cd and daf/cd on the cell surface and leaves them more vulnerable to the c b- membrane attack complex. in contrast to classical pnh without any fully synthesized gpi-anchors, pigt mutations impair the transamidase that links the substrate to the anchor and thus result in an accumulation of unbound gpi molecules. this difference in the pathophysiology can also be visualized in flow cytometric analysis of peripheral blood: while cd and cd surface levels are reduced in all pnh cells, the atypical pnh cells due to a transamidase deficiency can be discriminated by a specific antibody, t mab, that binds free gpi anchors. besides the classical pnh symptoms of anemia, thrombosis, and hemolysis, patients with pigt mutations also manifest with additional autoinflammatory symptoms, such as urticaria, fever, arthralgia and meningitis, and it is hypothesized that the free gpi-anchor that accumulates in affected cells is causally related to autoinflammation. based on these findings, we propose the new entity of atypical pnh. background: the prevalence of metabolic disorders, in particular obesity has dramatically increased worldwide. genetic variants explain only a minor part of this obesity epidemics induced by physical inactivity and over nutrition. epidemiological studies in humans and animal models of di-from patients with secondary neoplasm (group ) were mostly unique to id (= , . %) whereas only . % of all mutations were shared in id and secondary neoplasm samples (= ). furthermore there were no shared cna in the corresponding samples identified by oncoscan® analysis. to sum up, the oncoscan® and wes analysis, of the paired bl group ( ) provide strong evidence for a linear clonal evolution, meaning relapses may directly evolve from the previous lymphoma clone rather than a common precursor. in contrast, results obtained for patients with secondary neoplasm (group ) showed no indication for linear but rather for divergent evolution. thus, analysis of recurrent mutations shared in id and second neoplasm samples can provide important information about disease progression and are therefore subject of ongoing analysis. y. murakami , t. hirata , s. murata , t. kinoshita , m. kawamoto , s. murase , h. yoshimura , n. kohara , n. inoue , m. osato , j. nishimura , y. ueda , y. kanakura , p. m. in runx mutated aml the number of runx mutations, loss of the wild-type allele and the number and kind of additional mutations impact on prognosis a. stengel, w. kern, m. meggendorfer, k. perglerovà, t. haferlach, c. haferlach mll munich leukemia laboratory, munich, germany, mll , praha, czech republic aml with mutated runx show a distinct pattern of cytogenetic and molecular genetic abnormalities and an adverse prognosis. we analyzed the impact of multiple runx mutations and runx wild-type (wt) loss on associated genetic alterations and survival. for this, aml cases with runx mutations (mut) were split in ( ) runx wt loss (n = ), ( ) > runx mut (n = ) and runx mut (n = ). cases were selected for mutation analyses of genes. in cases with runx mut, + was frequently found, whereas in wt loss + was the most abundant trisomy (+ : % in runx mut vs. % in wt loss, p = . ; + : % vs. %, p < . ). cases with > runx mut showed an intermediate distribution (+ : %, + : %). missense mutations were the most abundant mutation type in wt loss cases ( % vs. %, p = . ), whereas in runx mut, frameshift mutations were found more frequently ( % vs. %, p = . ). in cases with > runx mut, both were observed at similar frequencies (missense: %, frameshift: %). mutation analyses of selected cases revealed additional molecular mutations. % of cases showed at least one runx -accompying mutation (range: - ). the median of accompanying mutations was n = in the total cohort and in cases with runx- mut and > runx mut, whereas it was n = in runx wt loss. srsf ( %), asxl ( %), dnmt a ( %), idh ( %), sf b ( %), tet ( %) and bcor ( %) were revealed as most frequently mutated genes. cases with runx wt loss showed a higher frequency of asxl mut compared to the other cases ( % vs. %, p = . ), while u af mut were absent from this group ( % vs. %, p = . ). median overall survival (os) in the total cohort was months. wt loss (os: months) and > runx mut ( months) showed an adverse impact on prognosis compared to runx mut ( months; p = . and p = . , respectively). mutations in asxl and kras and the presence of ≥ additional mutations also negatively impacted os ( vs. months, p = . ; vs. months, p < . ; vs. months, p = . ). in univariate cox regression analysis runx wt loss (hr = . ; p = . ), ≥ additional mutations (hr = . ; p = . ), asxl mut (hr = . ; p = . ) and kr-asmut (hr = . ; p = . ) had an adverse impact on os. multivariate cox regression analysis revealed an independent adverse effect on os for runx wt loss (hr = . ; p = . ) and krasmut (hr = . ; p = . ). for / cases we received samples during course of the disease. in none of these cases, an evidence for a runx germline mutation was found by analyzing the mutation loads, thus all runx mutations are somatically acquired. taken together, we found strong differences between the subgroups in regard of cytogenetic and molecular genetic aberrations as well as regarding prognosis. thus, not only the presence and number of runx mutations but also the conservation of an intact runx allele as well as the number and kind of additional mutations is biologically and clinically relevant. abstracts different chromatin states, where methylation is inversely correlated with active histone marks. using the hardy-weinberg law, we estimate that there are dmrs with a maf> . . we hypothesized that cis-acting dna polymorphisms could be responsible for the inter-individual variation of the dmrs methylation levels. we genotyped . million snps in the five donors and found that / ( %) dmrs have methylation levels highly correlated (> . ) with the genotype of at least one nearby snp (± kb window). this correlation was verified in / dmrs by targeted bisulfite sequencing in monocytes from individuals used for wgbs and from additional individuals. to validate our results in a larger population and possibly find correlating snps outside the ± kb window for the remaining dmrs, we performed genome-wide association studies (gwas) using snp genotypes and illumina k cpg methylation data from blood samples of individuals from the heinz nixdorf recall study. these methylation arrays encompass only cpgs contained in of our dmrs, showing that they fail to identify a great number of potentially important regions. we certified that for these cpgs, monocyte and whole blood dmrs methylation levels were correlated, and performed a gwas with ~ , snp for each of the cpgs. for / cpgs, the correlation peak was near the cpg position. for each gwas, the snp with lowest p-value (in most cases p < e - ) was designated as lead-snp. snps in high linkage disequilibrium (r > . ) to the lead-snps were located within the corresponding dmr or bp to ~ kb from it. many regions are bound by ctcf and other transcription factors. it is likely that snps affect the binding of these factors and thus the methylation state of the region. we conclude that these inter-individual differences in dna methylation are mainly driven by genetic factors. the dystonia (dyt ) protein thap recruits the histone deacetylase hdac to mediate gene repression sektion für funktionelle genetik am institut für humangenetik, universität zu lübeck, lübeck, germany, institut für neurogenetik, universität zu lübeck, lübeck, germany dystonia describes a heterogeneous group of neurological movement disorders characterized by contractions in various muscles resulting in abnormal postures, involuntary twisting and repetitive movements. dystonia (dyt ), a primary torsions dystonia that first has an impact on cranio-cervical muscles causing problems with speaking and eating, is caused by mutations in the thap gene (thanatos-associated domain-containing apoptosis-associated protein ). thap belongs to the family of thap proteins that are characterized by the presence of an evolutionarily conserved specific dna-binding thap zinc finger motif at their n-terminus. in humans thap family members are known, designated thap to thap . interestingly, most of the dyt -causing mutations affect this thap domain. while we have previously described thap -mediated repression of specific target genes, the molecular mechanisms how thap regulates promoter activity are rather unknown. it is known, that other members of the thap family such as thap and thap interact with the histone deacetylase hdac to mediate transcriptional repression. we have performed yeast-two-hybrid and gst pulldown assays to identify a specific interaction of thap with hdac . by the use of truncated thap fragments we were able to narrow down hdac binding to the n-terminal thap-domain. for further functional characterization we have decreased hdac levels by sirna treatment or chemical inhibition and used taqman analyses to quantify the effect on thap -target genes expression. thus, a significant increase of thap -target genes expression was detected in those cells treated with hdac sirna. to further investigate whether the observed increase in gene expression is due to alterations of histone acetylation within the promoter regions we performed chromatin immunoprecipitation (chip) assays followed by qpcr using antibodies specific for different acetylated n-terminal residues of histone as markers for transcriptional active promoters. by this, we detected an increased acetylation within the promoter regions of thap target genes that are dysregulated in cells treated with decreased hdac levels. et-induced obesity indicate that epigenetic changes associated with adverse parental and/or intrauterine factors may contribute to the missing heritability of metabolic disorders. possible adverse paternal effects are likely transmitted by the sperm to the next generation. to prove this hypothesis, we have systematically analyzed the effects of paternal obesity on the sperm epigenome and its implications for the next generation. results: to study the possible transmission of paternal bmi effects to the next generation, methylation levels of eight paternally expressed imprinted genes (peg , peg , peg , peg , peg , peg , nespas and igf ), two maternally expressed imprinted genes (meg and h ), and the obesity related gene hif a were quantified by bisulphite pyrosequencing in sperm of donors (undergoing ivf/icsi) and fetal cord blood (fcb) of resulting offspring (conceived by ivf/icsi with the same sperm samples). hif a showed a significant positive correlation between sperm methylation and paternal bmi. this effect on the sperm epigenome was replicated in an independent cohort of sperm samples. for hif a, paternal bmi also showed a significant positive correlation with fcb methylation. on the other hand, peg /nnat exhibited a significant negative correlation between paternal bmi and fcb methylation. in contrast to pyrosequencing, deep bisulphite sequencing (dbs) allows one to study dna methylation at the single molecule level and enables us to distinguish between maternal and paternal alleles in fcb samples with an informative snp. epimutations which are defined as alleles showing > % aberrantly (de)methylated cpg sites can also be identified with dbs. upon performing dbs on sperm samples, we observed a higher epimutation rate in the high bmi ( - ) group when compared to the low bmi ( - ) group across the four studied genes (peg , hif a, h and nespas). we are presently analyzing dbs data in selected cord blood samples with an informative snp to separately quantify methylation at the paternal and maternal alleles. it is important to decipher the methylation of the paternal allele when studying whether sperm methylation alterations are transmitted to the offspring. conclusions: our results suggest that male obesity is associated with modification of the sperm dna methylome, which may affect the epigenome (in fetal cord blood) of the next generation. allele-specific dna methylation occurs at functionally different regions: ) at imprinting control elements, ) on the silent x chromosome in females and ) across the genome and probably dependent on the dna sequence in cis. the latter is termed haplotype-dependent allele-specific methylation and may contribute to inter-individual phenotypic variation. in a previous study on monocyte to macrophage differentiation, we showed that dna methylation differences between individuals were greater than between the two cell types. to study the genetic basis of these inter-individual differences in dna methylation, we analysed the methylome obtained by whole genome bisulfite sequencing (wgbs) of monocytes from five unrelated donors. for identifying differentially methylated regions (dmrs), we created two synthetic methylomes: one with the highest methylation values of each cpg in the five samples and one with the lowest methylation values. defining a dmr as a region of at least cpgs with a methylation level difference of at least . , we identified dmrs, which cover cpgs and fall into cer, respectively. we show that ns-associated rit mutants intensified signal flux through the mek-erk pathway upon growth factor stimulation. by using heterologous expression systems, we identified the p -activated kinase (pak ) as novel effector of rit . we found that rit interacts with the rho gtpases cdc and rac , both of which are crucial upstream regulators of pak . disease-causing rit mutations enhance protein-protein interactions and uncouple complex formation from growth factors. expression of both wild-type rit and its mutant forms resulted in dissolution of stress fibers and paxillin-containing focal adhesions from the cell center and increased cell movement. we conclude that rit is a potent regulator of actin dynamics, and dysregulated rac /cdc -pak signaling controlling cell adhesion and migration may be one aspect of the molecular basis of ns. medical systems biology, tu dresden, germany, institute for clinical genetics, tu dresden, germany, cancer science institute of singapore, national university of singapore, singapore, institute of molecular biology, mainz, germany telomeres are short repetitive ttaggg sequences that cap the ends of chromosomes. these stretches of dna are covered by proteins and rnas which together protect the putative double strand break from dna repair mechanisms and facilitate replication. however, telomeres shorten with every cell division due to the end replication problem. the ribonucleoprotein telomerase counteracts this process by de novo elongation of telomeric repeats but its expression is mostly confined to the germ line and stem cells. even in the latter its activity is usually not sufficient to completely prevent telomere shortening. all cancer cells are also faced with this challenge and while the majority of cancer cells rely on telomerase, approximately % of cancers ensure sufficient telomere length via the recombination-based alternative lengthening of telomeres (alt) mechanism. to better understand telomere biology we aimed to identify novel telomeric factors by systematically screening for telomere-binding proteins in cell lines from different vertebrates. here, we identified and characterized zbtb , a zinc finger protein, as a novel direct telomere-binding protein across the vertebrate lineage. zbtb is directly binding to telomeric dna in vitro and it is localizing to telomeres in vivo via one specific zinc finger domain in both telomerase-and alt-positive cancer cells. interestingly, zbtb knock-out cells have longer telomeres, suggesting that zbtb limits telomere elongation. in addition, the combination of chipseq, rnaseq and proteome analysis revealed a transcription factor activity for a small, but specific set of target genes of zbtb , linking its telomeric functions to mitochondrial metabolism. in conclusion, zbtb is a novel direct telomere binding protein with transcription factor activity that acts as negative regulator of telomere length. our data show for the first time a functional interaction of the 'dystonia protein' thap with the histone deacetylase hdac and therefore give new insights into the molecular mechanisms of thap -mediated gene repression. interestingly, previous functional studies as well as structure analyses revealed that only a subset of the dyt -causing mutations affecting the n-terminal thap domain alter thap -binding to dna. in ongoing studies we want to investigate the consequences of dyt -causing mutations on thap -hdac complex formation and its relevance in the molecular pathology of dystonia. reproductive homeobox (rhox) genes are clustered on the x chromosome and share a unique amino acid helix-turn-helix dna binding homeodomain. they were identified in several species as having important roles in reproductive tissues, notably in the testis. the human rhox cluster is composed of three genes: rhoxf and two copies of rhoxf (rhoxf a, rhoxf b) which are referred to as rhoxf / b. rhox proteins are expressed exclusively by germ cells in human testis and aberrant rhox methylation is associated with several sperm parameters. because little is known about the molecular mechanism of rhox function in humans, the aim of the study was to identify target genes of human rhox proteins and to investigate the impact of rhox mutations on protein function. using gene expression profiling, we identified genes regulated by members of the human rhox gene cluster. some genes were uniquely regulated by rhoxf or rhoxf / b, while others were regulated by both of these transcription factors. several of these regulated genes encode proteins involved in processes relevant to spermatogenesis, e. g. stress protection and cell survival. one of the target genes of rhoxf / b is rhoxf , suggesting cross-regulation to enhance transcriptional responses. the potential role of rhox in human infertility was addressed by sequencing rhox in a group of patients with severe oligozoospermia. this revealed two mutations in rhoxf (c. g>a and c. c>t) and four in rhoxf / b (- c>g, c. g>a, c. c>t and c. g>a), of which only one (c. g>a) was found in a control group of men with normal sperm concentration. functional analysis demonstrated that c. g>a and c. g>a significantly impaired the ability of rhoxf / b to regulate downstream genes. molecular modelling suggested that these mutations alter rhoxf /f b protein conformation. by combining clinical data with in vitro functional analysis, we demonstrate how the x-linked rhox gene cluster may function in normal human spermatogenesis and we provide evidence that it is impaired in human male fertility. colorectal cancer (crc). here, we proposed the possible molecular mechanisms responsible for crc initiation, progression and invasion using a network biology approach. materials and methods: in order to investigate the underlying crc pathogenesis, the dataset gse consisting of normal tissues, stage i, stage ii, stage iii and stage iv of crc were obtained from gene expression omnibus (geo) and further examined. the differentially expressed genes (degs) were subjected to protein-protein interaction databases and a ppi network was constructed for each crc stage. topological analysis of resulted ppi networks revealed functional hub genes and involved in crc development. furthermore, the overlap genes between four studied crc stages were determined and deeply evaluated to identify deregulat ed biological networks during crc development. a standard real-time pcr was performed to validate the in silico findings utilizing sw and ncm cell lines. results: the most important hub genes (cdk for stage i, ubc for stage ii, esr for stage iii and atxn for stage iv) and sub-networks were identified in crc stages. moreover, several novel biomarkers were also introduced for each crc stage. gene ontology (go) and signaling pathway enrichment uncovered the important roles of wnt, mapk and jak-stat signaling pathways in regulation of crc pathogenesis. functional annotation of overlap genes revealed that cell cycle regulating genes are the most highly regulated genes during crc initiation, progression and invasion. in vitro analyses confirmed deregulation of atxn and cdk , two hub genes of stage iv, in metastatic colon sw cells compared to normal colon ncm cell line. our study provides a new insight into the distinct molecular mechanisms underlying the pathogenesis of crc. the functional hub genes, sub-networks, prioritizes key pathways and novel crc biomarkers were also provided that can be useful in therapeutic programs. targeted next-generation sequencing approaches as well as next-generation whole exome sequencing are becoming more widespread in routine molecular diagnostics for patients with ataxia. however, since ngs at present is not suitable to detect (trinucleotide) repeat expansions, a pre-ngs testing for common polyglutamine expansion scas seems mandatory. but also sca subtypes caused by expansions in non-coding regions of genes like sca , sca , sca , and sca as well as other ataxias known to be associated with repeat expansions like the fragile x-associated tremor ataxia syndrome (fxtas) should be taken into account before applying ngs-based diagnostics. in order to find an optimal diagnostic strategy in future more information about the frequency and phenotypic characteristics of rare repeat expansion disorders associated with ataxia would be helpful. we therefore analyzed a cohort of patients with symptoms of cerebellar ataxia, dysarthria and other unspecific symptoms who were referred to our center for sca diagnostics and showed alleles in the normal range for the most common sca subtypes sca - , sca , sca , and sca . these patients were screened for expansions in sca , sca , sca , sca and fxtas as well as for the pathogenic hexanucleotide repeat in the c orf gene. no expanded repeats for sca , sca or sca were found in the analyzed patients. five patients with ataxia of unknown etiology showed sca cta/ctg combined alleles ( - ) that are discussed to be potentially pathogenic. one -year-old male patient with unclear dementia syndromes was diagnosed with a large ggggcc repeat expansion in c orf . and the analysis of the fmr gene identified one patient with a permutation (> cgg repeats) and seven patients poster *** = für den posterpreis nominiert preventive genetic counseling in neurogenetic disorders needs a better collaborative approach between genetic and neurology clinics -a report of four siblings with unverricht-lundborg disease: genetic counseling is the process of helping people to understand and adapt the medical, psychological and familial implications of genetic contributions to disease. for parents with a previous child or other family member with a known genetic syndrome expands options for preimplantation or prenatal diagnosis for the current or the future pregnancies. however, timely referral by health providers to genetic counselor and for discussing with couples regarding possible options is important. additionally, other factors such as personal decision making especially due to high price of some genetic services and uncertain results cause considerably delays to genetic testing. there are more than various types of inherited neurological disorders in which alterations in genes lead to an inherited condition such as huntington disease, inherited forms of alzheimer disease, ataxia, muscular dystrophies and epilepsies. the knowledge of the causative gene mutations in the affected individual is critical in the possible prenatal diagnosis in other members of the pedigree. therefore a multidisciplinary care team, including neurologist and genetic counselor for the conditions diagnosed as inherited neurological disorders is critical in prenatal setting and consideration of an effective management. here, our report of four siblings affected by a rare form of inherited epilepsy (unverricht-lundborg disease) with an autosomal recessive pattern highlights the importance of the needs for a better collaborative approach in the neurogenetic setting. in fact, the birth of four successive siblings affected by similar neurogenetics disorders in a specific family is showing the need for more attention to this important issue, especially in terms of intersectoral collaboration. poorebrahim hort: / differentially expressed transcription units). these differences in gene expression we detected did not correlate with dna methylation changes at the corresponding transcription regulatory sites. from our results we conclude that altered expression of imprinted genes indeed plays a role in tumorigenesis of germinal center derived b-cell lymphomas. however, the altered transcriptional regulation of these genes seems not to rely on the usual epigenetic mechanisms known from constitutional imprinting disorders. mf. abazari , h. bokharaie , m. asghari , v. poortahmasebi , h. askari , m. investigating the expression of genes associated with autism spectrum disorders to identify sex related differences s. berkel, a. eltokhi, g. rappold institute of human genetics, heidelberg university hospital, heidelberg, germany neurodevelopmental disorders such as autism, attention deficit and hyperactivity syndrome as well as language problems and learning difficulties have a higher prevalence in male individuals compared to females. autism is characterized by impairments in social interaction, communication deficits and restricted and repetitive behaviors. boys are more frequently affected than girls; the ratio of affected boys compared to girls is : for autism and : for asperger syndrome. in this study we aim to elucidate the reason for this gender difference by following up two hypotheses: ( ) risk genes for autism spectrum disorders (asd) might be expressed at different levels in males and females and ( ) asd risk genes might interact with sexually dimorphic pathways. first, we investigated the expression of genes associated with autism spectrum disorders, including the shank gene family, in the brain of male and female mice to identify sex-dependent differences. the rna expression levels were analyzed in five different brain regions (cortex, hippocampus, striatum, cerebellum, thalamus) at different developmental stages (e , e , p , p , p and adult) in male and female mice. we identified a sex dimorphic expression of shank and shank , but not of shank . due to the fact that early brain development is strongly influenced by sex hormones (estrogen, testosterone), we further investigated the influence of these hormones on shank expression in human neuroblastoma cells (sh-sy y) and primary mouse hippocampal neurons. a better understanding of the sex differences in the brain might help to explain the vulnerability for neuropsychiatric disorders like autism and paves the way to discover putative risk or protective factors for these disorders. imprinting defects in temple syndrome are caused by a failure in imprint establishment and/or maintenance j. beygo, c. mertel, g. gillessen-kaesbach, b. horsthemke, k. buiting institut für humangenetik, universitätsklinikum essen, universität duisburg-essen, essen, germany, institut für humangenetik, universität zu lübeck, lübeck, germany temple syndrome (ts ) is a rare imprinting disorder characterised by low birth weight and height, muscular hypotonia and feeding difficulties in the infant period, early puberty and short stature with small hands and feet and often truncal obesity. in a subset of patients with ts , the disease is caused by an imprinting defect (id) affecting the paternal allele of the imprinted region q . the id results in aberrant methylation of the three known differentially methylated regions (dmrs), the germline-derived primary dlk /meg intergenic (ig-)dmr (meg /dlk :ig-dmr), the postfertilization-derived, secondary dmr at the meg promoter (meg :tss-dmr), and the postfertilization-derived, secondary intragenic meg -dmr (meg :int -dmr). the meg /dlk :ig-dmr and the meg :tss-dmr are methylated on the paternal chromosome and hypomethylated in patients with ts and an imprinting defect. the meg :int -dmr is unmethylated on the paternal chromosome and hypermethylated in these patients. both the meg /dlk :ig-dmr and the with alleles in the grey zone ( to cgg repeats), thus suggesting that individuals with fmr repeat expansions in the gray zone may also present with neurological signs. bernhart , , , h. kretzmer , , r. wagener , c. mmml some genes are subject to the mechanism of imprinting, i. e. their expression depends on parental origin. they primarily function in the control of proliferation, fetal development and cellular differentiation. constitutional imprinting disorders are in part also associated with an increased tumor risk. loss of imprinting has been also described as somatic event in tumorigenesis. while this phenomenon has been broadly analyzed in solid tumors, data on alterations of imprinting in lymphatic neoplasms are largely missing. we analyzed the rna expression of transcription units/regions known or supposed to be subject to imprinting in two cohorts of normal b-cells and germinal center derived b-cell lymphomas. the first cohort (mmml) contains samples: burkitt lymphomas (bl), non-burkitt lymphomas (non-bl, including various subtypes like follicular and diffuse large b-cell lymphoma) and normal germinal center b-cell samples (gcbc, as controls). the second cohort (icgc mmml-seq) comprised samples with bl, non-bl and gcbc samples. gene expression was analyzed with affymetrix u a genechips in the mmml cohort and by rna sequencing in the icgc mmml-seq cohort. results of the transcriptional analyses in the icgc mmml-seq cohort were compared to the dna methylation available from a subset of the analyzed samples (kretzmer et al., nat genet, ) . of the transcription units sites, corresponding to transcription units, were present on the applied array used for the analysis of the mmml cohort. a two group comparison revealed significantly differentially expressed sites corresponding to transcription units between bl and non-bl including the plagl and peg genes. in total, and sites corresponding to and transcription units are differentially expressed between bl versus gcbc and non-bl versus gcbc, respectively. comparison of gene expression in the icgc cohort revealed differentially expressed sites corresponding to transcription units between bl and non-bl (overlap with mmml cohort: / differentially expressed transcription units), including again peg and plagl , differentially expressed sites corresponding to transcription units between bl and gcbc (overlap with mmml cohort: / differentially expressed transcription units) and differentially expressed sites corresponding to transcription units between non-bl and gcbc (overlap with mmml co-abstracts maintenance dna methylation of l promoters, spoc could function in targeting g a to l sequences. in conclusion our data implicate the epigenetic reader spoc in the suppression of line elements during germ cell development. s. bens , j. kolarova , m. kreuz , sh. characterization of the expression of the imprinted kcnk -gene in specific brain regions and the phenotypic analysis of kcnk knockout mice a kcnk /kcnk is a maternally expressed imprinted gene whose mutations are responsible for the maternally inherited birk-barel mental retardation dysmorphism syndrome. it encodes a member of the superfamily of k+channels with two pore-forming domains and is involved in the modulation of the resting membrane potential and excitability of neuronal cells. so far, only homozygous kcnk knockout mice with inactivation of both parental alleles were phenotypically characterized. these mice displayed cognitive deficits as well as a reduction of k+ leak current by %. in the light of maternal-specific imprinted expression of kcnk /kcnk and the maternal inheritance of the birk-barel mental retardation dysmorphism, a thorough phenotypic analysis of heterozygous kcnk knockout mice with inactivation of only the maternally inherited allele is also warranted. as first aim of our study, we characterized the parental allele-specific expression of kcnk in various regions of the mouse brain. quantification of allele-specific expression by pyrosequencing (quasep) method was performed for different brain areas from several developmental stages of (c bl/ xcast/ei) f hybrid mice. exclusive expression from the maternal kcnk allele was detected in the dentate gyrus, hippocampus, mesencephalon, medulla oblongata, thalamus and pons. biallelic expression with, however, a strong bias towards the maternal kcnk allele ( - % of the transcripts) was observed in the olfactory bulbs, cortex, cerebellum, striatum and olfactory tubercles. as the second aim of our study, the phenotypes of wildtype, heterozygous kcnk knockout mice with maternal inherited knockout allele (kcnk komat) and homozygous kcnk knockout mice (kcnk kohom) were comparatively examined in a behavioral test battery. due to the already known cognitive defects of kcnk kohom animals and especially the phenotype of the patients with birk-barel syndrome, it was assumed that kcnk komat and kcnk kohom animals show deficits in some of the tests. the spontaneous alternation in the y-maze test was significantly reduced by approximately - % in kcnk komat and kcnk kohom mice compared to wildtype mice indicating a clearly impaired working memory. in addition, kcnk komat and kcnk kohom mice displayed a reduced prepulse inhibition of startle response compared to wildtype mice indicating an impairment of sensomotoric gating, a process to filter out irrelevant information. acoustic startle response as a measure of anxiety levels was also significantly decreased, but only in kcnk kohom mice. our findings shall further elucidate the role of kcnk /kcnk in brain physiology and pathophysiology and open new avenues for treatment of cognitive dysfunctions in birk-barel syndrome. meg :tss-dmr act as imprinting control centres, although the meg / dlk :ig-dmr functions as an upstream regulator of the meg -dmr. so far, the function and regulation of the meg -dmr is unknown. the hypomethylation of the paternal allele in ts -id patients at the meg / dlk :ig-dmr and the meg :tss-dmr point to a failure in the establishment of the methylation imprint or to maintain the methylation imprint after fertilization. in this case, the incorrectly imprinted chromosome would be inherited from either the paternal grandfather or grandmother. to prove this assumption we are investigating the grandparental origin of the affected chromosome in our cohort of ten ts -id families by studying the parent-of-origin specific methylation of the three dmrs in combination with informative single nucleotide variants (snps). at the moment we have identified three families informative for the meg / dlk :ig-dmr, two families for the meg :tss-dmr and two families for the meg :int -dmr. so far we have obtained results in two families for the meg :tss-dmr. we found that in one case the allele harbouring the id was inherited from the paternal grandmother, but in the second case from the paternal grandfather, indicating that the id occurred after erasure of the parental methylation imprints. a complete lack of methylation observed in the majority of ts -id patients is therefore likely due to a problem in establishing methylation on the paternal chromosome, whereas in rare cases with methylation mosaicism, the id is probably due to a problem to maintain the paternal imprint after fertilization. bosch, s. lukassen, j. kaindl, j. schwarz, c. nelkenbrecher, a. herrmann, a. reichel, a. ekici, t. gramberg, t. stamminger, a. winterpacht humangenetisches institut, erlangen, germany, virologisches institut, erlangen, germany spoc /phf is a gene located on human chromosome region p . and mouse chromosome qe . the protein was first described in patients with epithelial ovarian cancer, where its expression correlated with tumour progression and reduced survival time. spoc is a reader of the epigenetic mark h k me / , dynamically associates with chromatin during mitosis and plays a role in chromosome condensation. spoc deficient mice show a pronounced hypoplasia of the testis with a progressive loss of germ cells. although loss of spoc leads to a significantly reduced chromatin condensation of the sex chromosomes in meiosis, the protein is not expressed in spermatocytes but in the undifferentiated precursor cells, the spermatogonial stem cells (sscs). here, we present chip-seq data of mouse testis tissue demonstrating that spoc strongly binds to evolutionary young l elements in undifferentiated spermatogonia. we show that in hek cells overexpression of spoc leads to repression of transposition activity of line-elements strongly indicating a role of spoc in l element suppression. the cell has developed several lines of defence against retrotransposition to maintain genomic integrity, including dna methylation. these defence mechanisms are most elaborate in spermatogonial stem cells since transposition events in these cells would have a dramatic impact on the next generation. therefore, the repression of retrotransposition is of fundamental importance for germ cell development and ultimately the quality of the gametes. moreover, we present medip results showing that the methylation levels of l sequences decrease upon spoc -knockout and demonstrate that the histone methyltransferase g a is strongly upregulated in preleptotene meiocytes of spoc -/mice. g a is expressed from spermatogonia until early meiosis where it regulates h k di-methylation and has been shown to be involved in the repression of l element in mouse spermatogonia. we are able to demonstrate that h k me levels are unaltered in spoc -/mice, suggesting a potential functional link between g a and spoc that does not affect the catalytic activity of g a. since g a can regulate de novo and medizinische genetik · lated to investigate ciliogenesis. data resulting from rnaseq experiments are analyzed by established informatics tools (tophat, cufflinks and derivatives thereof). we will show results from our work in progress and we hope to convince people to intensify rna analyses even in routine labs to uncover hidden mechanism and/or mutations impacting mrna splicing and thereby causing human disease. telomeres are located at the ends of chromosomes and have an essential role in the maintenance of genome stability. after each cell division, a small part of this specialized sequence is lost. when telomeres reach a critically reduced length, the cell either dies through apoptosis or enters a state of permanent cell cycle arrest. it has been demonstrated that telomere biology is directly linked to basic biological phenomena such as aging, tumorigenesis and maintenance of dna integrity. it is known that oxidative stress accelerates telomere shortening in cells, resulting in premature cell senescence. shorter leukocyte telomeres have been observed in type ii diabetes or degenerative disease like dementia and alzheimer disease as well in chromosomal instability syndrome, such as fanconi anemia (fa) and nijmegen breakage syndrome (nbs). any link between telomere length and inflammation has not yet been extensively studied in autoimmune diseases. accelerated length shortening might be related to autoimmune disease predisposition. yet the reasons for this shortening are likely manifold, including the individual genetic background, oxidative stress and chronic inflammation. in order to shed light on these relationships, we investigate genomic dna extracted from blood of patients diagnosed with multiple sclerosis and from patients with huntington disease. the samples were divided into age groups. stepone q-pcr was applied to detect the relative telomere length as a function of age. initially identified differences in telomere lengths still have to be confirmed in larger cohorts. background: intrauterine exposure to gestational diabetes mellitus (gdm) confers a lifelong increased risk for metabolic and other complex disorders to the offspring. gdm-induced epigenetic modifications modulating gene regulation and persisting into later life are generally assumed to mediate these increased disease risks. to identify candidate genes for fetal programming, we compared genome-wide methylation patterns of fetal cord bloods (fcbs) from gdm and control pregnancies. methods and results: using illumina's k methylation arrays and following correction for multiple testing, cpg sites ( of which are associated with genes) displayed significant methylation differences between gdm and control samples. three of four candidate genes, atp a , prkch, and slc a , from our methylation screen and one, hif a, from the literature were validated by bisulfite pyrosequencing. the gdm effect on fcb methylation was more pronounced in women with insulin-dependent gdm who had a more severe metabolic phenotype than women with dietetically treated gdm. however, the effect remained significant after adjustment for the maternal bmi and gestational week in a multivariate regression model. e. g. dekomien , , b. bellenberg , , n. trampe , , r. schneider , , c. prehn , , c. krogias , , r. kropatsch , , m. regensburger , , c. lukas , , r. gold , , human genetics, bochum, germany, ruhr-university bochum, germany, radiology, st. josef-hospital, bochum, germany, neurology, st. josef-hospital, bochum, germany, molecular neurology, erlangen, germany, university of erlangen, germany a pair of monozygotic -year-old twins suffering from hereditary spastic paraplegia (spg ) is described. patients underwent thorough clinical examination and magnetic resonance imaging (mri) and mr-spectroscopy (mrs) at tesla. genetic testing was performed by sanger sequencing and alternative splicing by rna analysis. clinically the patients presented a similar spectrum of symptoms with a higher level of disability in one of the patients. mri studies including morphometry and regional microstructural analysis by diffusion tensor imaging (dti) of the corpus callosum (cc) revealed marked thinning and corresponding increases of axial diffusivity (ad), radial diffusivity (rd) and apparent diffusion coefficient (adc) and reduction of the fractional anisotropy (fa) as compared to healthy controls in all cc sections, particularly in the anterior callosal body. there was marked supratentorial white matter reduction and to a lesser extent grey matter reduction in both patients. involvement of the cortico-spinal tracts was reflected by fa and rd alterations and cervical cord atrophy. the more strongly affected patient showed a higher degree of callosal microstructural damage and cervical cord atrophy. genetic testing of the spg gene revealed two mutations in compound heterozygous state, a known frameshift mutation as well as a novel synonymous exonic splice site mutation. this study shows similar but distinct clinical and imaging findings in monozygotic twins suffering from spg , suggesting individual downstream genetic effects. targeted next generation sequencing techniques tremendously improved our ability to identify sequence variants. however fixing disease causing mutation still lack behind because of several reasons: inappropriate gene specific data bank, insufficient prediction tools, incomplete analysis and others. in addition identified sequence variants are a mixture of severe disease causing mutations and a myriad of variants of unknown pathogenicity. in addition an unknown number of silent mutations, neutral polymorphism and sequence variants deeply buried in introns might severely influence splicing of the premature rna molecule. by solely analysis of the dna sequence this impact onto the integrity of the mrna is completely ignored. in order to catalog the mrna isoforms derived from genes of our interest we started to set up rnaseq technologies in our routine lab. to reduce the amount of data, to improve the power of analyses and to identify rare isoforms of transcripts we use targeted rnaseq to characterize the mrna molecules originating from those genes we are interested in (e. g.: hereditary breast cancer core genes ( genes), hereditary colon cancer ( genes), primary ciliary dyskinesia (pcd)( genes). genes involved in pcd offer the invaluable advantage that the respiratory epithelium where these genes are normally expressed can be sampled from the inferior turbinate of the nose by brush biopsy either from healthy probands or from patients suffering from pcd. in addition to direct preparation of rna from these cilia, cilia carrying cells or tissue can be cultured and manipu-abstracts long-range pcr and direct sequence analysis. the comparative analysis of parental haplotypes with the sequences flanking the deletion breakpoints in the patients revealed the absence of any de novo mutations in breakpoint-flanking regions of prs -mediated and prs -mediated type- nf deletions. we conclude that although nahr is a mutational mechanism causing large nf deletions, there is no evidence for a local mutagenic effect of these recombination events. hence it is unlikely that nahr underlying type- nf deletions involves error-prone translesion polymerases that would increase the de novo mutation rate in breakpoint flanking regions. furthermore, the detailed haplotype analysis of prs , a highly active nahr hotspot mediating the majority of large nf deletions, revealed that non-allelic homologous gene conversion (nahgc) between nf -repa and nf -repc, which results from non-crossover resolution of recombination intermediates, is the major driving force responsible for the haplotype diversity in this region. remarkably, the haplotype diversity patterns observed for nf -repa and nf -repc were markedly different indicating that during nahgc, nf -repa is disporportionately more often the donor sequence used to repair mismachtes in heteroduplex regions than nf -repc. we also noticed a correlation between haplotype diversity and the number of prdm a-allele binding sites suggesting that haplotype diversity and hence the nahgc rate within prs in nf-repa is regulated by prdm . heidelberg center for personalized oncology dkfz-hipo dkfz, heidelberg, germany dna methylation aberrations at differentially methylated region of imprinted genes interfere with the naturally parental-specific mono-allelic expression. that leads to a bi-allelic or absent expression of the imprinted gene, a cause of imprinting disorders (ids). we aimed at analyzing the genome wide dna methylation pattern of two patients with ids, namely transient neonatal diabetes mellitus (tndm) and multi locus imprinting disturbance (mlid), and their respective parents. the dna methylation profiles of these individuals were obtained by whole genome bisulfite sequencing (wgbs) on b cells sorted by magnetic cell isolation. the sequencing libraries were prepared as described in kretzmer et al. [ ] and sequenced on an illumina hiseq machine. wgbs data were processed with the methylctools toolkit. briefly, bisulphite-treated sequences were aligned with bwa-mem using a three-letter approach, and the methylation ratios were quantified for ~ . million out of . million cpg sites (coverage> ) genome-wide. quality control was performed to assess the quality of the dna methylation profiles and genetic fingerprinting was performed on the wgbs data confirming sample origin and family relationship. the wgbs data was further compared to already existing genome-wide human snp array . (snp array) and humanmethylation k bead array ( k) data, resulting in a good accordance with pearson's correlation coefficients > . . we detected an overall dna methylation level around % in all samples. already known dna methylation alterations, e. g. hypomethylation in plagl were validated by wgbs. by searching for differentially methylated regions (dmrs), defined as regions composed of at least five consecutive cpg loci showing a methylation difference between patient and corresponding parents above %, we identified dmrs in the mlid our study supports an association between maternal gdm and the epigenetic status of the exposed offspring. consistent with a multifactorial disease model, the observed fcb methylation changes are of small effect size but affect multiple genes/loci. the identified genes are primary candidates for transmitting gdm effects to the next generation. they also may provide useful biomarkers for the diagnosis and prognosis of adverse prenatal exposures and assessing the success of interventions during pregnancy. the nuclease hsnm b/apollo has a dual function in both dna-repair and maintenance of telomeres. as to the repair of dna interstrand crosslinks (icl), hsnm b/apollo is linked to the fanconi anemia (fa) pathway and cells depleted for hsnm b/apollo (sirna) resemble those from patients with fa. we have identified a single nucleotide polymorphism, rs , which is associated with quantitative differences in hsnm b/apollo expression (mrna). we analyze whether the differential expression relates to the degree of cellular sensitivity to the dna interstrand crosslinks inducing mutagen mitomycin c (mmc) and ionising radiation (ir), which induces, among other lesions, dna double strand breaks. all experiments are realized using lymphoblastoid cells derived from generally healthy donors. results of rt-pcr analysis of hsnm b/apollo expression and of the cell viability assays will be presented and discussed in the context of the potential usefulness of considering rs in predicting individual sensitivity to mutagens relevant in anti-cancer treatment. p-basepi- nahr events causing type- nf microdeletions are not associated with an increased mutation rate in breakpoint-flanking regions m. hillmer , , a. summerer , , v. f. mautner , , l. messiaen , , h. institute of human genetics, ulm, germany, university of ulm, ulm, germany, department of neurology, hamburg, germany, university hospital hamburg eppendorf, hamburg, germany, department of genetics, birmingham, usa, university of alabama at birmingham, birmingham, usa large deletions of the nf gene and its flanking regions are the most frequent recurrent mutations in patients with neurofibromatosis type (nf ). different types of large nf deletions have been identified which are distinguishable in terms of their size and breakpoint position. most frequent are type- nf deletions spanning . -mb and characterized by breakpoints located within the low-copy-repeats nf -repa and nf -repc which exhibit . % sequence homology within -kb. type- nf deletions are caused by non-allelic homologous recombination (nahr). two nahr hotspots have been identified termed prs and prs which encompass -kb and -kb, respectively. approximately % of all type- nf deletion breakpoints cluster within the prs and prs nahr hotspots. in this study, we analysed whether the nahr events causing type- nf deletions would be associated with an increased de novo mutation rate of sequences located in breakpoint-flanking regions. to do so, we sequenced the deletion breakpoint-flanking regions in the patients and compared these sequences with the homologous regions amplified from dna of the patients' parents who are not affected by nf . however, in the germline of these parents, the deletions were mediated by nahr and then transmitted to their offspring. the parental haplotypes within the prs or prs regions of nf -repa and nf -repc were analysed by in the alpl gene and inherited as an autosomal dominant trait can cause milder forms. so far detailed knowledge of the milder forms is lacking. patients with a mutation in the alpl gene were interviewed in a standardized questionaire concerning the different disease manifestations: teeth, bone fractures, pain of bones and muscles and quality of life. subgroups were formed with regard to the localization of the mutations in the three protein domains. patients with mutations clustering in the catalytic site of the molecule showed the most severe odontohypophosphatasia: one individual had premature primary tooth loss, % of patients showed adult tooth loss, % suffered from dental caries. the majority had the first manifestation before the age of . persons suffering from mutations in the two other domains reported a relatively high quality of live with low pain of muscles and bones. unexpectedly in all groups there was no significant difference in the portion of patients with bone fracture. conclusion: the clinical signs of dominant hpp are mostly unspecific. especially dental problems like severe adult teeth loss, an early manifestation of dental caries or enlarged pulp chambers can be a sign of odontohypophosphatasia and a dominant inherited mild hpp. mutations in the catalytic site of the alpl molecule are associated with a more severe odontohypophosphatasia. screening of non-neoplastic lymphatic tissues from children for the igh-myc fusion using a highly sensitive -color fish-assay burkitt lymphoma is a mature b-cell lymphoma which on the genetic level is characterized by the burkitt translocation t( ; )(q ;q ) juxtaposing the igh locus in q next to the myc locus in q . in a minor part of burkitt lymphomas, immunoglobulin light chain variants of the translocation result in overexpression of myc. despite being pathognomonic for burkitt lymphoma, the ig-myc juxtaposition alone is not sufficient on its own for a malignant transformation of the cell. other igh rearrangements like the igh-bcl fusion, typical for follicular lymphoma, were detected in a significant number of healthy individuals. for the igh-myc translocation, only scarce data in healthy individuals exist. this is most likely due to scattering of the breakpoints which are far more difficult to target by pcr than the igh-bcl translocation. therefore, we aimed at investigating if myc-translocation positive cells can also be detected in normal b-cell maturation. considering the epidemiology of burkitt lymphoma being the most common b-cell lymphoma in children, we focused on samples from young individuals. on the one hand, we analyzed non-neoplastic tissue specimen of bone marrow (n = ) (age range - , median age . years) and lymph nodes (n = )(age range - years, median age years). on the other hand, considering the typical clinical presentation of burkitt lymphoma, we included non-neoplastic tissue specimen containing peyer patches (n = )(age range hours- years, median age years). the specimen were analyzed using a four-color fluorescence in situ hybridisation (fish) assay with probes flanking the breakpoints on chromosomes and . in this setting, a positive result comprised the break on both chromosomes (seen as signal split for each locus) and fusion of the involved genes (leading to two different fusion signals). the assay was first validated on controls of cells with a normal male karyotype from healthy individuals as well as on five burkitt cell lines and each five ffpe embedded t( ; ) negative and positive tissues as negative and positive controls. the assay was then applied for the screening of a igh-myc fusion in the above mentioned paraffin-embedded tissues. successful hybridizations of overall , and ffpe sections from bone marrow, lymph nodes and peyer patches respectively could be obtained. trio and dmrs in the tndm trio. in the mlid trio / dmrs showed increased and dmrs decreased dna methylation in the patient's sample. of dmrs, are located in regions potentially associated with transcriptional regulation. further analysis revealed that / dmrs are associated with imprinted genes. in the tndm trio, we detected / dmrs to show hypermethylation in the patient compared to her parents and / dmrs with lower dna methylation. in these trio / dmrs are associated with regions potentially correlated to transcriptional regulation and dmrs with imprinted genes summarized, our results show that wgbs is a well suited and valid method for analyzing dna methylation. while the overall dna methylation levels does not differ between the analyzed patients and parents, a detailed analysis of smaller regions revealed the existence of respectively differentially methylated regions between the analyzed mlid and tndm patient and their parents. supported by bmbf through fkz: gm und gm and gm p-basepi- characteristic mutational profile in children of individuals exposed to ionizing radiation p. krawitz, h. manuel, a. knaus, g. hildebrandt, m. jäger, m. schubach, m. rodriguez de los santos, t. pantel, d. beule, s. mundlos, k. sperling institute for medical genetics and human genetics charite, berlin, germany the dna damaging effects of ionizing radiation are deliberately used in cancer therapy as well as feared in accidents related to nuclear technology. despite its influence on the exposed organism, irradiation was believed to have no major effect on succeeding generations, as irreparable dna damages were thought to result in cell death. recently, however, genome-wide mutation screenings in offsprings of male mice that were irradiated with high dosages showed an accumulation for certain de novo events. we therefore focused on these mutational classes in a small cohort of human individuals that were conceived while or after their fathers were exposed to high frequency radiation. in the whole genome sequences of such offsprings we could confirm de novo rates for single nucleotide variants in the order of - per base as previously reported. interestingly, however, we found de novo translocations of paternal origin as well as increased numbers of clustered de novo mutations that resemble the results from animal studies. this characteristic mutation profile might thus be used as an indicator of irradiation exposure in one of the individual's parents. from the upstream regular rb promoter. to test this hypothesis, we generated a genetic model carrying modifications in the rb promoter and in cpg using crispr/cas technology. data on the establishment of the model and first results will be presented. the gid/ctlh protein complex with its seven core protein members is conserved in all eukaryotic cells. in saccharomyces cerevisiae it functions as an ubiquitin ligase complex and regulates the metabolic switch from gluconeogenesis to glycolysis ( ) . recently, we could show that the vertebrate gid/ctlh complex also functions as an ubiquitin ligase, however substrates and exact function remain unknown ( ) . a growing number of components of the ubiquitin protein system (ups) are described to be regulators of ciliogenesis ( ). defects in such genes are considered to cause ciliopathies, genetic disorders with typical phenotypic variations in patients and model organisms ( ) . first data supports our hypothesis that the ctlh complex plays a major role in ciliogenesis, e. g. the ctlh subunit rmnd a localizes to the basal body which is a modified centriole of primary cilia in nih- t cells and rmnd knock down in xenopus laevis leads to defects in cilia formation of epidermal multiciliated cells. n. reich, m. sandbothe, r. buurman, b. schlegelberger, t. illig, b . skawran department of human genetics, hannover, germany background and aims: hepatocellular carcinoma (hcc) is characterized by genetic and epigenetic changes that lead to a deregulation of important tumor suppressors and oncogenes in a multistep process. one of these epigenetic changes is the elevated expression of histone-deacetylases (hdacs) which contribute to a transcriptional repression of certain genomic regions by remodeling the chromatin structure. thereby, not only the expression of tumor-relevant genes is affected, but also the expression of micrornas (mirnas). selected mirnas have been shown to play important roles in carcinogenesis. we aimed to identify mirnas deregulated by histone deacetylation and to understand their functional consequences in hcc tumorigenesis. methods: histone acetylation was induced by the global hdac inhibitor trichostatin a (tsa) in four hcc cell lines (hle, hlf, huh , hepg ) and two immortalized liver cell lines (thle- and thle- ) in order to identify differentially expressed mirnas and messenger rnas (mrnas) by global expression profiling. findings were validated by transfection of microrna mimics and sirna-mediated knockdown in hcc cell lines, quantitative pcr, western blotting and luciferase reporter assays. results: after hdac-inhibition, hsa-mir- - p was significantly upregulated. the mir- - p holds tumor suppressive potential and its expression is reduced in different types of tumors. one predicted target gene of mir- - p is the hepatoma-derived growth factor (hdgf). this mitogenic growth factor is highly expressed in a variety of cancers, for example in hcc, and its expression correlates with a poor prognosis, irrespective of the tumor type. hdgf is a multifunctional protein that is involved in several signaling pathways, contributing to proliferation and metastasis of cancer cells, induction of angiogenesis and inhibition of apoptosis. incubation of hcc cells with tsa or transfection with mir- - p reduced expression of hdgf. luciferase assays indicate a direct regulation of hdgf by mir- - p. moreover, expression of the death receptor fas, which is a potential downstream target of hdgf, is also regulated by the mir- - p. a translocation t( ; )(q ;q ) was not detectable in any of the investigated tissues. with the established assay we were able to provide a highly sensitive tool for the detection of the translocation t( ; )(q ;q ). however, we did not detect normal b-cells carrying this translocation. this does not exclude that such cells exist. alternatively, the growth advantage conferred by myc may promote the acquisition of secondary genetic changes. this may result in a rapid tumorigenesis, that if occurring these cells only present as full blown burkitt lymphoma. myotonic dystrophy: links to the nuclear envelope p. meinke, s. hintze, s. limmer, b. schoser friedrich-baur-institute, munich, germany myotonic dystrophies (dm) are slowly progressing multisystemic diseases with a predominant muscular dystrophy -making dm the most frequent muscular dystrophy in adulthood. dm is caused by heterozygous dna-repeat expansions in the dmpk gene (dm ) or the cnbp gene (dm ). the repeat-containing rna accumulates in ribonuclear foci and splicing factors are sequestered to these foci, resulting in abnormal regulation of alternative splicing. dm patients show overlapping phenotype presentations with progeroid laminopathies, which are caused by mutations in nuclear envelope proteins. in search for molecular signatures of this overlap, we found an enrichment of nucleoplasmic reticuli in dm and dm patient myoblasts. additional, we found an alternative splicing of the lmna gene -both effects that are associated with progeroid laminopathies. this implies possible shared pathomechanism between dm and progeroid laminopathies. retinoblastoma is a tumor of the retina occurring in young children up to the age of five. it is caused by biallelic inactivation of the tumor suppressor gene rb . we have shown that human rb is an imprinted gene and as such characterized by differential dna methylation of a cpg island (cpg ) in rb intron . cpg is not methylated on the paternal allele and acts as a promoter for the alternative rb transcript, rb -e b. it is argued that expression of rb -e b is causative of the observed skewing of regular rb expression in favor of the maternal allele. a true gametic differentially methylated region (gdmrs) is established in only one of the parental germ lines. it is supposed to be stable during early embryonic development and to be passed on to all daughter cells. we could show that cpg is free of methylation in human sperm. publicly available methylome data on oocytes revealed that cpg is fully methylated in human oocytes. these data are in agreement with cpg being a maternal methylated gdmr. we showed that the level of cpg methylation is percent in blood, as expected. however, in eight tissues of three individuals we observed a gain of methylation at cpg ranging from to percent in liver and skin, and increasing to to percent in the other tissues (heart, kidney, muscle, brain, lung and spleen). interestingly, the degree of methylation was lower in fetal tissue than in adult tissue, as determined for brain and muscle. we also observed gain of methylation at cpg in two human embryonic stem cell lines and induced pluripotent stem cells. this is consistent with the finding of complete methylation at cpg in eight different retinoblastoma cell lines. we therefore conclude that cpg is an unstable dmr. in oocytes, dna methylation of gdmrs is established by transcriptional read-through from an upstream promoter. therefore, we hypothesize that gain of dna methylation at cpg is caused by run-through transcription erozygous state (nomenclature according to hgvs; reference sequence nm_ . ). in silico-analysis by alamut (version . . ) predict the loss of the donor splice site of intron of the atm gene. cdna-analysis was performed and revealed the loss of exon of the atm by a complex activation of two kryptic splice sites. a premature stop codon was generated giving rise to a truncated protein that leads to a pathogenic variant. the results of the genetic analysis are discussed in the context of the clinical findings. identification of the underlying genetic causes of gastric cancer will give a better view of the mechanisms that contribute to the pathophysiology of the disease. gemeinschaftspraxis für humangenetik und genetische labore, hamburg, germany, zentrum für diabetologie bergedorf, schwerpunktpraxis, hamburg, germany about - % of all pregnant women develop gestational diabetes mellitus (gdm) during their pregnancies and diabetes complicating pregnancy is associated with adverse maternal and perinatal outcomes, notably, risk of fetal macrosomia and neonatal hypoglycemia and development of diabetes after pregnancy. gdm is considered to result from interaction between genetic and environmental risk factors. the case of a -year old female german patient with a novel mutation in the pax gene (rare mody gene type ) as a cause of gestational diabetes mellitus is presented. we describe clinical, biochemical and genetic features of the patient, who developed gdm and gave birth to her child by cesarean section. mody genes type - were analyzed. sequencing the pax gene revealed a novel mutation in exon , pax ,c. delc, p.(leu cysfs* ); reference sequence nm_ . ), a deletion of a cytosine leading to a truncated, non-functional protein. to date, no small deletion has been detected in the pax gene. identification of the underlying genetic causes of gdm will give a better view of the mechanisms that contribute to the pathophysiology of the disease. furthermore, early identification may improve options to prevent gdm and complications for the mother and her child. the results of the genetic analysis are discussed in the context of the clinical findings. the modulation of dna methylation is highly flexible and plays an important role during cell differentiation. furthermore, the dna methylome alters considerably during aging. age related changes in the dna methylation of regulatory genes are assumed to have a major impact on carcinogenesis (teschendorff, ) . moreover, it was demonstrated that the chronological age of a human donor can be predicted with high accuracy by analyzing the dna methylation of a specific minor set of cpg loci which are aberrantly methylated during aging (horvath, ) . hence, we intended to investigate the effect of epimutations identified in different lymphoma entities in comparison with the influence of epigenetic changes in sequential b cell differentiation stages on the epigenetic age. the altered expression of the tumor suppressor mir- - p due to chromatin remodeling may play a fundamental role in hepatocarcinogenesis. we expect that histone deacetylation and putative target genes of epigenetically deregulated mir- - p can be targeted by new therapeutic agents. the microrna- family inhibits tgf-β-mediated liver cancer cell migration by targeting sox introduction: modulation of microrna expression is considered for treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma (hcc). therefore, we characterized the epigenetically regulated microrna- family (mir- a, mir- b, mir- c) with regards to its functional effects and target genes in hcc. methods: after transfection of mir- a, mir- b, and/or mir- c, tumor-relevant functional effects were analyzed using in vitro assays and a xenograft mouse model. binding specificities, target genes, and regulated pathways of each microrna were identified by microarray analyses. target genes were validated by luciferase reporter assays and expression analyses in vitro. furthermore, target gene expression was analyzed in primary human hccs compared to normal liver tissue. results: tumor suppressive effects, binding specificities, target genes, and regulated pathways of mir- a and mir- b differed from those of mir- c. transfection of mir- a, mir- b, and/or mir- c inhibited cell proliferation and migration, induced apoptosis, and reduced tumor growth to different extents. importantly, mir- a, mir- b, and, to a lesser degree, mir- c directly targeted sox , which codes for a transcription factor involved in epithelial-mesenchymal transition and hcc metastasis, and thereby inhibited tgf-β-mediated cell migration. conclusions: this study provides detailed insights into the regulatory network of the epigenetically regulated microrna- family and, for the first time, describes distinct tumor suppressive effects and target specificities of mir- a, mir- b, and mir- c. our results indicate that particularly mir- a and mir- b may be considered for mirna replacement therapy to prevent hcc progression and metastasis. novel mutation in the atm gene and activaton of two kryptic splice sites in an year old female patient with gastric cancer gemeinschaftspraxis für humangenetik und genetische labore, hamburg, germany, schwerpunktpraxis, hämatologie, onkologie und palliativmedizin, hamburg, germany, israelitisches krankenhaus, chirurgische klinik, hamburg, germany gastric cancer is a global public health concern, ranking as the third leading cause of cancer mortality. familial aggregation of gastric cancer is common in about % of the cases, and about half of these can be attributed to hereditary germline mutations. however, for most gastric cancer cases, whether genetic events contribute to cancer susceptibility remains unknown. here we present a case report of a patient with gastric cancer, a family history of breast cancer and a novel mutation leading to complex cryptic splicing in the atm gene. ngs panel sequencing and cnv/mlpa analysis of genes associated with gastric and breast cancer were performed. sequencing revealed a novel mutation in intron of the atm gene, atm,c. + g>a in an het-abstracts tions remained unidentified since positive deletion-junction pcr products could not be amplified. to identify the breakpoints of the deletions, we performed custom-designed microarray cgh analysis with a high resolution of probes located within and flanking the nahr hotspots prs and prs . the array analysis suggested that of the deletions exhibit breakpoints within prs , even although previously performed breakpoint-spanning pcrs with primers designed according to the reference sequence of the human genome have been negative in these cases. since prs exhibits high sequence diversity resulting from frequent nonallelic homologous recombination events without crossover, we surmised that haplotype diversity is responsible for the failure of the breakpoint-spanning pcrs performed with primers designed according to the reference sequence. therefore we characterized the haplotype diversity of prs in human individuals and designed deletion-junction pcr primers that facilitate the amplification of rare prs haplotypes. so far, we have identified the breakpoints of four of the type- nf deletions predicted to have been mediated by prs according to the array results. we are confident to identify further breakpoints by extending these analyses using primers suitable to amplify rare prs haplotypes. our findings indicate that the characterisation of nahr hotspots in terms of haplotype diversity is a premise to identify the breakpoints of nahr-mediated microdeletions by means of deletion-junction pcrs. p-basepi- *** array-based dna methylome analyses of primary lymphomas of the central nervous system ulm university, ulm, germany, university of cologne, cologne, germany, christian-albrechts-university kiel, kiel, germany, university hospital muenster, muenster, germany primary lymphomas of the central nervous system (pcnsl) are defined as diffuse large b-cell lymphomas (dlbcl) that are confined to the central nervous system (cns). although pcnsl cannot be distinguished from dlbcl by their morphology as well as their histology, they differ in prognostic outcome. the aim of the present study was to compare the epigenomic landscape of pcnsl and dlbcl. to this end, we analyzed the dna methylation of a total of pcnsl (cryopreserved or formalin fixed and paraffin embedded (ffpe)) using the infinium humanmethylation beadchip array (illumina) and contrasted these findings to dlbcl (kretzmer et al., ) . as controls, we used publicly available dna methylation data from a total of normal brain samples derived from different regions of the cns (gilbert et al., ; jaffe et al., ; kurscheid et al., ; mur et al., ; wockner et al., ) . after normalization of the data we performed thorough filtering and removed the random snps, all loci located on gonosomes, as well as those loci with a detection p-value > . in at least one of the samples, leading to , loci entering subsequent analyses. when comparing the dna methylation profiles of pcnsl versus dlbcl we identified differentially methylated loci (σ/σ max = . ; q < e- ). in order to remove those loci which represent a "brain signature", we compared dlbcl versus brain (σ/ σ max = . ; q < . ) based on the list of the previously identified loci. after removing this "brain signature", we ended up with loci that are differentially methylated between pcnsl and dlbcl. in a next step we wanted to make sure that the differences in methylation at these loci are not due to differences in starting material (cryopreserved versus ffpe) which is known to influence the outcome of the beadchip analysis. therefore, we compared the dna methylation profiles of five cryopreserved versus ffpe samples (derived from the same tissue samples) and identified differentially methylated loci (σ/σ max = . , q < . ). only five loci of both lists overlapped, which were subsequently removed from further analysis so that we ended up with a final list of loci which are differentially methylated between pcnsl and dlbcl. in order to analyze the biological implications of the differentially methylated loci we evaluated an enrichment of known functional groups (ku-additionally, our aim was to analyze whether entity-specific differences in the resetting of the epigenetic clock are generated during lymphomagenesis or derive from modified dna methylation in the germinal center b cells of origin. to address these issues, we performed dna methylation profiling (hum-anmethylation beadchip) of burkitt lymphoma samples (age - yrs), diffuse large b cell lymphoma samples (age - yrs) and follicular lymphoma samples (age - yrs) from the icgc mmml-seq and mmml-consortium (kretzmer et al., ) and the hematopathology section kiel as well as peripheral blood samples of healthy individuals ( - yrs) available from the same project and current publications of our group (kolarova et al., ; friemel et al., ) . in addition, we received b cell subpopulation samples ( - yrs) covering different stages of b cell differentiation that were measured in the same way (kulis et al., ; lee et al., ) . the epigenetic age of the samples was predicted using the "online age calculator" accessible at https://dnamage.genetics.ucla.edu and compared with the corresponding chronological age of the donors. in fact, the epigenetic age of peripheral blood samples of healthy donors was in high accordance with their chronological age (pearson's r . , p-value < . ) while the correlation between epigenetic and chronological age of sequential b cell differentiation stages was slightly lower (pearson's r . , p-value< . ). in contrast, the predicted epigenetic age of the burkitt lymphoma samples was significantly higher than the corresponding chronological age. this deviation may be interpreted as "epigenetic pre-aging". nevertheless, the epigenetic age of diffuse large b cell lymphomas and follicular lymphomas tended to be less affected. in conclusion, we found significant epigenetic pre-aging in burkitt lymphoma samples that seems to be induced during lymphomagenesis and does not derive from altered dna methylation patterns in the germinal center b cells of origin. moreover, no significant shift of the epigenetic age was observed for the other lymphoma entities, healthy blood samples and b cells of sequential differentiation stages. identification of type- nf deletion breakpoints mediated by rare prs haplotypes a. summerer , , m. hillmer , , v. f. mautner , , l. messiaen , , h. institute of human genetics, ulm, germany, university of ulm, ulm, germany, department of neurology, hamburg, germany, university hospital hamburg eppendorf, hamburg, germany, department of genetics, birmingham, usa, university of alabama at birmingham, birmingham, usa neurofibromatosis type (nf ) is a hereditary cancer syndrome with an incidence of in . in % of all nf patients, large deletions encompassing the nf gene and its flanking regions are causing the disease. the majority of all large nf deletions are of type- ; they encompass . -mb and are mediated by nonallelic homologous recombination (nahr) with crossover. the breakpoints of type- deletions are located within the lowcopy repeats nf -repa and nf -repc which exhibit high sequence homology to one another. previous studies suggested that type- deletion breakpoints cluster within the paralogous recombination sites prs and prs spanning -kb and -kb, respectively. in our present study, we investigated patients with type- nf deletions using long-range pcrs to detect breakpoints located within prs or prs . according to these analyses, ( %) of the breakpoints are located within prs and ( . %) in prs . however, ( . %) of the type- deletions were not positive for these deletion-junction pcrs. we surmised that some of these deletions may have breakpoints within the -kb region located between prs and prs . this -kb region also exhibits high sequence homologoy between the nf -reps which is a prerequisite for nahr. indeed, of the type- nf deletions exhibited breakpoints within this -kb region as determined by the analysis of seven overlapping deletion-junction pcrs. however, the breakpoints of dele-esophageal adenocarcinoma (ea) represents one of the most rapidly increasing cancer types in high-income countries. barrett's esophagus (be) is a premalignant precursor of ea and has an estimated prevalence of - % in the population. however, only . to . % of be patients develop ea. within an international consortium, we carried out a gwas meta-analysis in be patients, ae patients and . controls (gharahkhani et al., lancet oncology, ) . in a comprised be/ae analysis, we identified genome-wide significant risk loci, of which seven were previously unreported. the strongest associated new risk variant was identified for rs (p = . × - ), which maps within intron of the cftr gene. cftr encodes a protein that functions as a chloride channel and that is mutated in patients with cystic fibrosis (cf). mutations in cf lead to abnormal viscous secretions with altered chemical composition, resulting in dysfunction of the respiratory system and the gastrointestinal tract. the most common cf mutation is Δf , a deletion of three nucleotides in cftr that results in the loss of a single codon for phenylalanine on protein position . interestingly, cf patients show a highly increased incidence of gastroesophageal reflux, which represents the major risk factor for be and ae. in view of the phenotypic overlap for gastroesophageal reflux and cystic fibrosis, and for gastroesophageal reflux and both be and ae, combined with the association of cftr risk variants in patients with be and ae, it seems plausible that a common pathophysiological mechanism is triggered by cftr. in order to test this hypothesis, we analyzed the association of Δf in a european case-control cohort with be and ae patients. for this, we performed a genotyping assay of Δf in be patients, ae patients and controls. we could not observe a significant association (p = . ). this might be (i) due to insufficient sample power or (ii) due to the fact, that not Δf but other genetic variants at the locus might explain the underlying functional mechanism of the association. fine mapping of all genetic variation at the cftr locus and exten-lis et al., ). remarkably, cpg loci that are differentially methylated during normal b-cell maturation were significantly depleted. in turn we saw an enrichment of loci located in heterochromatin. in summary, we detected more than loci that are differentially methylated between pcnsl and dlbcl, which do not play a functional role in normal b-cell differentiation. replication study of gwas-identified genetic modifiers of age at huntington's disease onset although there is a strong correlation between cag repeat length and age at onset (ao) of motor symptoms, individual huntington disease (hd) patients may differ dramatically in onset age and disease manifestations despite similar cag repeat lengths. since the modifier variations described so far only account for a small fraction of the heritable contribution to the ao, the identification of loci and genes using genome-wide methods appears highly promising. against the background of incomplete understanding of the hd disease pathophysiology, the hypothesis-free approach of gwas offers an ideal starting point for the search of modifier genes. recently, a combined analysis of all gwa data to hd modifiers identified different loci with genome-wide significant signals for association to residual age at motor onset [gem-h. consortium]. interestingly, none of the most significant association signals and none of the trending snps in the european gwa analysis corresponded to any previously suggested candidate modifier genes. in order to be able to better assess these data, we tried to replicate the top ten associated gwas variants in a comprehensive cohort of german hd patients. we only found modest association with one of the top ranked snps (rs ), all remaining variations showed no correlation with the ao. this inconsistency highlights once again the difficulties of modifier searching in hd or any other monogenic disorder, which faces the same challenges as the genetic characterization of complex disorders. with an incidence of . - . / . malignant tumors of the thymus are a rather rare type of cancer. here we report the case of a man of german descent, who presented with a thymoma at age . in the pathological report the thymus tumor was described as an extremely unusual thymoma with partial loss of keratin and massive proliferation of myoid cells. it was subsumed to a primary thymic, partially epithelial neoplasia, resembling an uncommon b /b -thymoma. after the patient's death his widow looked for genetic advice concerning the risk of disease for her children. detailed personal and familial history brought up surprising information: thymoma was one of four cancers in our patient. he developed adenocarcinoma of the colon at age , squamous cell cancer of the nose/upper lip at years and in addition current cancer staging revealed a papillary renal cell carcinoma. according to family history his father and his uncle developed colon cancer with and years, the son of this uncle was diagnosed with colon cancer at age . this cousin of the propositus was referred to genetic counseling, because of msi-high-status and loss of mlh and psm in immunohistochemistry. he was found to have a deleterious mutation in exon of mlh gene (c. c>a, p.tyr stop) resulting in a premature termination of mlh -protein. our patient has never been tested for hnpcc. however a post mortem performed immunhistochemical examination of thymic cancer cells revealed an almost complete loss of mlh nuclear expression suggesting the presence of a mlh germline mutation and indicated hnpcc. considering the loss of mlh in tumor cells it is more than likely that the development of thymoma was the consequence of deficient dna mismatch-repair. there have been reports of rare tumors in hnpcc families in the last years (i. e. clear cell renal carcinoma and uterine sarcoma). pande et al. reported one case of thymoma in their registration of cancer occurrences in mutations carries from hnpcc families [ ] . our case emphasizes the importance of detailed family history and contributes to the discussion of widening the inclusion criteria for genetic counseling and testing for hnpcc. to this day the revised criteria of bethesda are used to identify families at risk. we propose that the established criteria have to be revised and rare tumors should be included. unknown partner genes in leukemias with rare translocations can be identified using targeted rna sequencing c. haferlach, n. nadarajah, m. meggendorfer, n. dicht, a. stengel, w. kern, t. haferlach mll, munic, germany in hematological malignancies fusion genes play an important role and function as therapeutic targets, impressively shown for e. g. bcr-abl and etv -pdgfrb. thus, the identification of fusion genes is the basis for precision medicine, selecting treatment based on genotype and providing markers for disease monitoring. the aim of this study was to test the value of targeted rna sequencing in a routine diagnostic work up. cases were selected harboring rearrangements of kmt a (n = ), runx (n = ), etv (n = ), pdgfrb (n = ), npm (n = ), rara (n = ) and jak (n = ) identified by chromosome banding (cba) and fish analyses. in none of the cases the partner gene could be identified using standard methods. targeted rna sequencing was performed using the trusight rna fusion panel (illumina, san diego, ca) consisting of probes covering genes known to be involved in gene fusions. this assay allows the capture of all targeted transcripts. sequencing was performed on nextseq (illumina, san diego, ca). analysis was performed with the rna-seq alignment app (basespace sequence hub) using star for alignment and manta for gene fusion calling with default parameters (illumina). sive functional analysis are needed to find the causal variant that explains how the cftr locus interferes with the pathomechanism of be and ae. a recent functional study indicated cftr as a tumor suppressor gene in murine and human intestinal cancer, providing further evidence for cftr as a true disease gene for be and ae. background: it has long been established that mutations in brca predispose for pancreatic adenocarcinoma with brca germline mutations identified in - % of familial pancreatic cancer cases. consequently, screening for pancreatic cancer has been recommended for mutation carriers with an affected first-degree relative since early detection has been shown to significantly improve -year survival from - % to %. for brca mutations, however, relevance in pancreatic tumorigenesis is still being discussed with several studies questioning an elevated risk of pancreatic cancer in families with brca mutations while others are suggesting that brca may also play an important role in predisposing to pancreatic cancer. clinical screening for pancreatic cancer commonly remains unavailable to brca mutation carriers and it has even been questioned whether brca should be analyzed in familial pancreatic cancer at all. clinical report: here we report on a year old woman with metastatic pancreatic cancer whose sister had died of pancreatic cancer at years of age. in this family we identified a pathogenic brca -germline mutation (brca : nm_ . :c. dupt,p.(leu phefs* )) by next-generation sequencing using a -gene panel. the index patients' tumor was available for genetic analysis and showed loss-of heterozygosity for brca . this strongly suggests the brca mutation to be causative of the pancreatic cancer development in this patient. when the family was first introduced to genetic counselling there was no evidence of breast-or ovarian cancer in any relatives. only after identification of the mutation did the index person reach out to distant family members and it was thereby revealed that a distant branch of the family had independently been counselled for hereditary breast and ovarian cancer. in this part of the family, however, there had not been any cases of pancreatic cancer. subsequent predictive testing was offered to healthy family members and further mutation carriers could be identified. two women were referred to breast cancer screening. additionally, the mutation was identified in a relative with recurrent metastatic breast cancer at the age of years. for her and the index patient parp-inhibition therapy thus became a possible further treatment option. conclusions: in conclusion we propose next-generation sequencing approaches including the analysis of brca to be used in familial pancreatic cancer. we also argue that brca mutation carriers with pancreatic cancer cases in their family should be offered the same screening program as brca mutation carriers. within the framework of a study this could allow for more precise risk stratification in the future. contralateral dcis is unknown. only the male breast carcinoma was herceptin receptor positive, all other breast carcinomas of the chek mutation carriers were her negative. among our chek positive families we noticed the association with chek mutation and female breast cancer. we observed a contralateral breast cancer, male breast cancer and other tumors in our families as well. the majority of the observed breast cancers was estrogen and progesterone receptor positive and herceptin negative. while benign uterine smooth muscle tumors are among the most frequent human symptomatic tumors, their malignant or borderline lesions are only rare findings. both lesions can show somatic copy number alterations, but their patterns differ, thus constituting helpful diagnostic tools. aimed at an advanced classification of the lesions we have performed molecular inversion probe array analyses of these tumors. besides complex patterns of genomic alterations seen in nearly all cases, two of the lesions presented with copy number neutral uniparental disomies i. e. normal copy numbers with an apparent monoallelic origin. in one case, an upd of part of the long arm of chromosome was detected in a uterine leiomyosarcoma. the tumor showed genetic heterogeneity with gains and losses. in addition, the . mb segment located at q . -q . was clearly of monoallelic origin throughout all cells investigated. all other genetic alterations were restricted only to part of the cells of the sample thus reflecting the presence of tumor cells as well as normal bystander cells which in general characterizes mutations that had arisen during tumor development. in contrast, the upd that was detected in all examined cells clearly suggests its germline occurrence. the second tumor was a leiomyoma-variant of the type with bizarre nuclei. again, besides gains and losses an apparent germline upd was found that covered a . mb segment on chromosomal segment q . . upd for even the whole arm of chromosome repeatedly has been reported not to coincide with phenotypic manifestations. nevertheless, the question arises whether or not the observed upds might be related to a familiar predisposition for uterine muscle tumors. of note, as a result of genome-wide association studies snps on q recurrently have been found to be significantly associated with fibroid development. triple negativity is an independent predictor of germline mutations in breast cancer predisposing genes breast cancer is the most common cancer in women. - % of all tumors are triple-negative breast cancers (tnbc) lacking expression of estrogen receptor, progesterone receptor and human epidermal growth factor receptor . so far, tnbc have been mainly associated with mutations in brca , although recent studies also found mutations in other breast cancer susceptibility genes. a brca / -centered perspective thus may ignore the significance of other predisposing genes, whose relevance appears obvious as dna damage repair by homologous recombination is a complex process involving many proteins. in / cases with rearrangements involving kmt a (n = ), runx (n = ), etv (n = ), pdfgrb (n = ), rara (n = ), npm (n = ) or jak (n = ) the partner genes were identified. these were in kmt a rearranged cases: mllt (n = ), mllt (n = ), itpr , flnc, asxl , dcp b, maml and arhgef . in runx translocated cases partner genes were plag (n = ), prdm , mecom, zfpm , man a , n amt , and kiaa l. prdm , mecom and zfpm have previously been described in the literature as runx partner genes but were not suspected in our cases as partner genes due to complex cytogenetic rearrangements. the other identified partner genes have not been described so far. interestingly, prdm , mecom, zfpm and the newly identified plag are all members of the c h type zinc finger gene family. partner genes identified in etv rearranged cases were: abl , ccdc , clptm l, erg, foxo and cflar-as . wdr , zbtb , nfia and mprip were identified as partner genes of pdgfrb and rpp in an npm -translocated aml. in an all patient a jak -ppfibp fusion was identified leading to classification as a bcr-abl -like all. in an apl patient showing an ins( ; ) (q ;q q ) a zbtb -rara fusion was identified and thus resistance to all-trans retinoic acid, arsenic trioxide, and anthracyclines can be predicted. further in a case with t( ; )(q ;q ) an irf bp -rara fusion was detected. conclusions: targeted rna sequencing was able to characterize rare gene fusions and provided the basis for the design of rt-pcr based assays for monitoring mrd. targetable genetic aberrations were identified, which were not detected by cba enabling more individualized treatment. targeted rna sequencing may be a valuable tool in routine diagnostics for patients with rearrangements unresolved by standard techniques. female carriers of a pathogenic mutation in the chek gene are reported to have a life time risk of about - % to develop breast cancer. there is evidence for increased risks for contralateral breast cancer, male breast carcinoma and other types of tumors. in addition to well-known mutation chek :c. del, other pathologic mutations are being identified in the gene due to the inclusion of the gene in most breast cancer gene panels for dna testing. between - the center for hereditary breast and ovarian cancer regensburg cares for families with pathogenic or probably pathogenic mutations in the chek gene affecting nine female patients and one male patient ( × c. del, × deletion of exon , and × variants considered as likely pathogenic: c. g> c, c. c> t, c. a> c). the mean age of diagnosis of breast cancer (both sexes) was . years (range - years). the patient with the deletion of exon was first diagnosed at years of age and developed a contralateral breast carcinoma (dcis) at years of age. the male patient was diagnosed with breast cancer at years of age and at years with a renal carcinoma. one patient was diagnosed with a papillary thyroid carcinoma at age years and developed breast cancer with years. in out of the families, breast carcinoma diagnosed with . years on average, was reported in the family history. in addition, there were additional malignancies such as prostatic carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, colorectal cancer, gastric carcinoma, leukemia, cervical carcinoma and malignant melanoma. none of the affected family members was tested for the respective chek mutation. the tumors with an initial diagnosis at years and years were estrogen-receptor-negative and progesterone-receptor-negative. the other of the breast cancers were positive for the estrogen receptor, of the tumors were positive for the progesterone receptor. the receptor status of the abstracts it has been shown that in d culture hescs can be differentiated into neural retina containing organoids. we established this differentiation schedule and started comparative differentiation of wildtype h hescs and the rb null derivative (g , rb mt/mt ) into neural retina. during the first weeks of differentiation into neural retina organoids generated from the rb mt/mt hescs have a smaller diameter and thinner retina layer compared to wildtype organoids. however, during the time-course the mutant organoids began to catch up. thus, at later stages no difference in size and thickness could be observed anymore. comparative immunostainings of cryosections at d show no difference in expression of the markers pax and sox between the wildtype and mutant hescs. further comparative immunostainings for markers specific for neural retina like e. g. rx and vsx at d and d are ongoing and will be presented. exome sequencing identified potential causative candidate genes for unexplained cowden syndrome purpose: cowden syndrome (cs) is a cancer predisposition syndrome characterized by the occurrence of breast cancer, epithelial thyroid cancer, endometrial carcinoma and various other findings such as mucocutaneous lesions and macrocephaly. cs belongs to the pten hamartoma tumor syndrome (phts) primarily associated with germline mutations in pten. in recent years, germline mutations in additional genes (sdhb, sdhc, sdhd, pik ca, akt , sec b) have been described in few patients; however, to date, in - % of patients meeting clinical criteria for cs the underlying cause remains unclear. methods: to uncover predisposing causative genes, the exomes of clinically well characterized, mutation negative patients with suspected cs were sequenced (illumina hiseq) using leukocyte dna. assuming a monogenic disease model, the called variants were filtered for rare (minor allele frequency ≤ % for homozygous/compound heterozygous variants and ≤ . % for heterozygous variants according to dbsnp, evs, and exac), truncating (nonsense, frameshift, highly conserved splice sites), and missense germline variants (predicted to be pathogenic by at least / in-silico tools). for data analysis and variant filtering the gatk software and the cartagenia bench lab ngs software were applied. all candidate genes were included in a pathway analysis (ingenuity). in a first preliminary analysis, we focused on known cancer genes and genes interacting with pten. results: after stringent filtering steps, comparison with large datasets from population-based controls, and detailed manual inspection to exclude artifacts, genes were affected by presumed biallelic variants ( homozygous and putative compound-heterozygous), one of these is a known cancer gene (cbfa t ); in genes biallelic variants were found in - patients. heterozygous variants were found in genes in - patients, but none of these are known cancer genes. in genes, heterozygous truncating mutations occurred in only one patient, of these are cancer genes (msh , wrn, kdm a, pml) . the phenotype of the patient with a msh frameshift deletion fulfilled key features of cs (early-onset metachronous papillary thyroid cancer, breast cancer, endometrial and colorectal cancer), however, the tumor spectrum is partly compatible with lynch syndrome/ hnpcc. examination of the colorectal cancer demonstrated microsatellite instability and a loss of msh protein expression. the pathway analysis of the remaining candidate genes identified several interacting partners of pten (grhl , ehhadh, cstf ). conclusions: preliminary data indicate that exome sequencing might identify potentially relevant causative genes for cs, some of which are recurrently mutated. the present work-up consists of the inclusion of further non-cancer genes, validation of variants by sanger sequencing, testing of to determine the prevalence of mutations we performed panel-based germline mutation testing of high and low-moderate penetrance breast cancer susceptibility genes (brca , brca , atm, cdh , chek , nbn, palb , rad c, rad d and tp ) in consecutive individuals affected with tnbc unselected for age at diagnosis or breast and ovarian cancer family history. age at diagnosis ranged from to years with an average of . and a median of years. in women ( . %) we detected a pathogenic mutation, with a higher frequency ( . %) in the group manifesting cancer before years. deleterious brca mutations occurred in . % of tnbc patients, predominantly frameshifting ( / , . %). the most frequent, both among brca mutations and in total, were the founder mutations c. dupc and c. _ delag. deleterious brca mutations occurred in . % of patients, all but one (c. du-pa) being unique. while no mutations were found in cdh and tp , mutations ( %) were detected in one of the six other predisposition genes (palb , chek , atm, nbn, rad c, rad d). no individual presented more than one mutation. almost half of all deleterious mutations ( . %) were detected in very young women aged years or less. the median age at diagnosis was significantly younger for brca ( years) and brca ( . years) carriers compared to patients without a mutation (p = . e- ; mann-whitney) or compared to non-brca / mutation carriers (p = . ). in contrast, patients with non-brca / mutations were not significantly younger than mutation negative women (p = . ). interestingly, family history had an independent influence on age at diagnosis. taken as a whole, women with family history had a median age at diagnosis years earlier than those without (p = . ). this difference was lost in mutation carriers while it remained in cases without mutation. in summary, our data confirm and expand previous studies of a high frequency of germline mutations in genes associated with ineffective repair of dna damage by homologous recombination in women with tnbcs. many of these women would go untested with current restrictive criteria. in order that each patient receives therapies tailored to her genetic status, gene panel based mutation testing should be offered to all women diagnosed with tnbc, irrespective of age at diagnosis or family history. p-cancg- *** neural retina differentiation of hescs as an in vitro model for retinoblastoma d. kanber, m. hiber, d. lohmann, l. steenpass institute of human genetics, university hospital essen, university duisburg-essen, essen, germany retinoblastoma is the most common eye tumor of early childhood. inactivation of both alleles of the retinoblastoma gene (rb ) results in the development of retinoblastoma. our aim is to establish a human cell-based model for retinoblastoma. using the crispr/cas system we have generated human embryonic stem cells (hescs) carrying a mutation either on one or both rb alleles. all the detected mutations are located in exon of the rb gene and close to the splice donor site of this exon. analyses on dna, rna and protein level were performed for three mutant and one double-mutant clone. the following genotypes were identified by deep sequencing (nm_ . (rb _v )): clone c , c. _ del, heterozygous; clones c and g , c. _ del, heterozygous; clone g , c.[ _ del; c. _ dup] (complex mutation on one allele), homozygous (loss of heterozygosity). the mutations of all four clones result in a premature stop codon in exon . on rna level we detected expression of mutant rb transcripts reflecting the genotype in all clones and an additional mutant rb transcript with skipping of exon in three clones. as the heterozygous clones also showed expression of the wildtype rb transcript, rb protein (prb) could be detected for these clones (c , c , g ) by western blot analysis. however, the double-mutant clone g showed no expression of prb. so far, we have characterized heterozygous and one homozygous clone. another three double-mutant clones are under investigation. the recurrent germline missense mutation g e in the hoxb gene has been demonstrated to predispose to hereditary prostate cancer (prca), despite the underlying pathogenic mechanism is not yet understood. molecular examination of a first set of g e positive tumors sought for somatic characteristics, and suggested that oncogenic ets gene fusions may appear at unusually low frequencies as compared to the general prevalence of ets fusions in prca ( % vs approx. %). hypothesizing that hoxb could predispose to ets fusion negative prca, we have analyzed cases from three european ancestry populations (finland, germany and us) for the coincidence of hoxb g e and the most common ets fusion, tmprss :erg, in corresponding tumor samples. while the prevalence of tmprss :erg fusions was similar among the three study groups (range: . - . %), the frequency of g e genotypes differed markedly between us ( . %), german ( . %) and finnish samples ( . %). despite the expected frequency gradient among study populations, all subsamples showed a strong enrichment of g e mutation carriers among tmprss :erg fusion negative cases as compared to fusion positive cases (center adjusted or = . ; %ci = . - . ; p = . ). consistent with the previous study, the crude frequency of the tmprss :erg fusion in hoxb g e carriers was . % (range . % - . %). examination of disease characteristics highlighted age at diagnosis to be associated with tmprss :erg negative status (per year or = . , p = , ) and by trend, also with the presence of the g e germline variant (per year or = . , p = . ). within the subtype of tmprss :erg fusion negative carcinoma carriers of g e were diagnosed . years earlier as compared to non-carriers ( . ± . years versus . ± . years, p = . ). in conclusion, this study demonstrated a significant tumor subtype specific association for hoxb g e mutation carriers having a higher frequency of tmprss :erg fusion negative prca. meta-analyses from case control comparisons suggested that subtype specific risk of hoxb g e for tmprss :erg negative prca could be as high as or = . , as compared to or = . , when prca is regarded as one entity regardless of fusion status. finally, although tmprss :erg negative prca is usually known to be associated with later ages of diagnoses, hoxb mutations may indicate a subgroup of earlier onset cases within the fusion negative entity. relatives to determine the phase of assumed biallelic variants and segregation with the phenotype where applicable. with to cases in million inhabitants per year adrenocortical cancer (acc) is a rare disease. due to often late diagnosis and limited treatment options prognosis for patients are poor with a year overall survival rate of to %. though knowledge about molecular genetic events in acc increased over the last few years no reliable molecular prognostic factors, no effective targeted cancer therapy and no personalized treatment approach has emerged to date. that's why we intend to establish a reliable method to define a molecular signature of accs that could be used for a prognostic classification of adrenocortical cancers, for planning an individualized therapeutic approach and for the identification of known or potential targetable molecular events in the single patient. in a retrospective study dna from acc and matched blood samples is sequenced to detect somatic single nucleotide variants (snv), small insertions and deletions (indel) and copy number alterations (cnv). sequencing data are then compared to clinical data e. g. tumor stage, resection status, ki -index and time of progression free and overall survival to define molecular prognostic factors. target enrichment of genes that are known to be associated with different entities of cancer is performed with the human comprehensive cancer panel (qiagen) and sequenced on a nextseq (illumina). data are analysed with gensearchngs (phenosystems). znrf , a gene that was also described to be involved in the development and the progression of acc a few years ago, is sequenced separately with sanger and analysed with gensearch (phenosystems). to date tumor samples and matched blood samples from patients were analysed. one or more tumors comprise one or more snvs or small indels in of genes of the panel and in znrf . snvs and small indels are most often found in tp , ctnnb and znrf with frequencies of %, % and % respectively. in of genes cnvs -duplications and deletions -occur. cdk is duplicated in over % of the cohort. mdm gains are found in over %. one can also find three types of cn patterns: a quiet type with low number of copy alterations, a noisy one with high number of chromosomal breakages and a chromosomal one with high frequency of alterations of chromosomal arms. while no correlation between snvs and small indels and clinical outcome could be found so far, cn patterns of the accs seem to correlate with progression free survival and overall survival. patients with a noisy cn pattern have a shorter progression free and overall survival than patients with chromosomal and quiet type. though tendencies in the correlation of molecular markers and prognosis for patients suffering acc can be recognized, further samples need to be analysed to confirm the results. it is planned to sequence another tumor samples and matched blood samples for this retrospective study and to validate the results in a prospective study with another patients. expression of mir- a- p and mir- - p was analysed in serum samples by quantitative pcr. the cohort of gcnis patients consisted of patients with a solitary testicle, who had undergone orchiectomy for contralateral tgct, and patients with two testicles, one of which with gcnis, but no concurrent tgct. twenty men with non-malignant testicular disease served as controls. additionally, in situ hybridisation (ish) with a probe against mir- a- p was performed on four testicular biopsy specimens known to harbour gcnis. sequential step sections of the corresponding tissue blocks were analysed immunohistochemically, using oct antibody to visualise gcnis. the median expression value of mir- a- p in gcnis-patients was . (interquartile range [iqr] = . ) which is significantly higher than the median expression of . (iqr = . ) in controls. both of the two gcnis subgroups had significantly higher mir- a- p levels than controls, with a median expression of . (iqr = . ) and . (iqr = . ), respectively. regarding mir- - p expression, there were no significant differences between gcnis and controls. using a relative quantity of as a cut-off value, the mir- a- p was able to detect . % ( % confidence interval [ % ci] = . - . %) of gcnis, while only % ( % ci = . - . %) of the controls were positive. in the subgroup with previous tgct . % ( % ci = . - . %) of gcnis could be detected and in the subgroup without previous tumour the rate was . % ( % ci = . - . %). the detection rates for all gcnis and for both subgroups were significantly higher than for the controls. ish staining demonstrated the expression of mir- a- p in gcnis cells in two of the four cases. in conclusion, this study indicates a new and minimal-invasive way of diagnosing gcnis by measuring serum levels of mir a- p. this approach is endorsed by the demonstration of mir a- p in gcnis cells by ish staining. however, the sensitivity is still low and thus, the method certainly needs refinement possibly by applying a panel of additional mi-crornas. nonetheless, measuring serum levels of mir a- p may constitute a valuable aid in clinical assessment of men afflicted with high-risk factors of tgct. p-cancg- *** the mir- a- p is a highly specific and sensitive serum-based marker for the diagnosis and follow-up of testicular germ cell tumours testicular germ cell tumours (tgct) are a paradigm of curable malignancies. clinical management largely relies on measuring the serum biomarkers. inopportunely, the markers beta-hcg, afp and ldh are only elevated in about % of patients. therefore, micrornas of the clusters mir- - and mir- / were proposed as novel serum-based markers. we evaluated four of the candidate mirnas (mir- a- p, mir- - p, mir- - p and mir - p) with regard to their usefulness as tgct markers. overall, serum samples from tgct-patients and from controls were analysed using quantitative pcr. the first consecutive patients and controls were analysed for all four mirnas. after roc-analysis only the marker with the greatest discriminative power was studied further. the decline of mirna expression after orchiectomy was quantified in cases and in metastasized cases the marker was analysed repeatedly during the course of chemotherapy. additionally cases with relapsing disease were studied. the mir- a- p featured the highest discriminative power (area under the curve: . ; % confidence interval [ % ci]: . - . ). in the entire cohort, patients could be distinguished from controls with a sensitivity of . % ( % ci: . - . %) and a specificity of . % ( % ci: neuroendocrine tumor of the adrenal gland: an unusual manifestation of tsc c. müller-hofstede, j. horvath, b. dworniczak, p. wieacker institute of human genetics, university of münster, germany we report on a young woman asking for the recurrence risk of the neuroendocrine tumor of her mother deceased at the age of . her mother clinically presented because of therapy-resistent hypertonia, dyspnoe, progressive edema in the legs and face and a caput medusae. mri scan revealed a tumor ( × cm) in the right adrenal gland with lymph node metastases compressing the v. cava inferior and synchronous metastases in lung and liver. laboratory examinations showed highly elevated levels of cortisol and adrenocorticotropin (acth). cerebral mri was normal suggesting an ectopic acth secretion by a non-pituitary tumor. histologically, an undifferentiated, largely necrotic tumor was described so that the neuroendocrine nature of the tumor could not be proven. she died within three weeks after diagnosis. on suspicion of multiple endocrine neoplasia type we initially performed a sequence analysis of men on tumor dna by next generation sequencing without detection of a pathogenic mutation. thereupon the molecular genetic panel analysis (nf , ret, sdhb-d,tmem , tsc , tsc , vhl) uncovered the heterozygous mutation c. c>t (p.arg trp) in the gene tsc . this mutation is already described as pathogenic (hu et al. ). in the tumor dna the allele frequency of the normal allele mounted up to %, whereas the allele frequency of the mutant allele came to % pointing to a loss of heterozygosity (loh). the mutation was confirmed by sanger sequencing. taken all together, we assumed, that the mutation in the gene tsc represents a germline mutation. mutations in the suppressor genes tsc and tsc cause tuberous sclerosis, an autosomal-dominant disorder, resulting in hamartomatous tumors in the heart, brain, kidneys, skin and other organs. once in a while it is discussed whether neuroendocrine tumors (nets) represent a characteristic of tsc. there are some case reports describing nets in the context of tsc, but mainly in connection with nets of the pancreas (e. g. insulinoma) or the pituitary. to the best of our knowledge there exists only one case report of a bronchial carcinoid as a result of a germline mutation in tsc (dworakowska et al. ) and no description of net of the adrenal gland due to a mutation in tsc or tsc . ngs provides the opportunity of wide-spread testing, even post-mortem, in order to get clarification for the descendants. although in our case we could not distinguish if the mutation detected represents a germline mutation or a somatic mutation, we were able to offer a predictive testing to the daughter and other family members. we report on a rare case of net of the adrenal gland because of mutation in the gene tsc . this case illustrates that in the differential diagnosis of nets, tsc genes should also be considered. germ cell neoplasia in situ (gcnis) is the precursor lesion of testicular germ cell tumours (tgct). if detected clinically, this lesion may herald a pending tgct. unfortunately, the only way of diagnosing gcnis is by testicular biopsy and subsequent immunohistochemical examination. therefore, non-invasive methods of diagnosis are required. mirnas of the mir- - and mir- / cluster had been suggested as serum biomarkers of full-blown tgcts. we aimed to explore the utility of these mirnas for the detection of the pre-invasive stage of tgcts and we looked to the expression of two mirnas in serum samples of gcnis patients. psmc ip located on chromosome q is a putative tumor suppressor gene that encodes for the nuclear psmc interacting protein. the protein functions as coactivator of steroid hormone mediated gene expression and is important for rad and dmc -mediated homologous recombination during dna repair of double-strand breaks. recently germline variants in psmc ip, also known as gt , tbip, and hop , have been identified with low frequency in early onset familial breast and ovarian cancer (hboc) patients and in a patient with apparently sporadic early onset breast cancer. somatic variants in psmc ip are frequently observed in breast, ovarian, and fallopian tube cancers. in this study, we analyzed a cohort of brca / mutation-negative hboc (n = ) or early onset sporadic breast cancer patients (n = ) for variants in psmc ip. we identified seven different heterozygous variants in out of index patients: c.- g>a (rs ); c.- t>a (rs ); c.- a>t (rs ); c.- c>g (rs ); c. g>a p.(trp *); c. + g>c (rs ); c.* g>a. these variants were not listed or at very low frequency (< %) in the exac database. carriers of psmc ip germline variants were mostly ( / ) affected by early onset breast cancer (median age of onset years). for three out of seven different variants (c.- g>a, c. g>a, and c* a>g), a possible impact on psmc ip expression or function was observed. the stop mutation c. g>a p.(trp *) was found in two sisters, which were both diagnosed with unilateral breast cancer at age . the premature stop codon is located within the dna-binding domain of psmc ip and is predicted to induce nonsense-mediated mrna decay (nmd). remarkably, c.- g>a was already described in familial breast and ovarian cancer, and was found once in this study in a female that developed unilateral breast cancer at the age of years. the variant c.- g>a (rs ) was shown to induce a slightly, albeit significant decrease of reporter gene expression. the c. *g>a variant was identified in a woman diagnosed with unilateral breast cancer at the age of years. luciferase reporter assays indicated an impaired effect of c. *g>a on microrna binding. germline variants in psmc ip are present in breast and ovarian cancer families. whether mutated psmc ip is a new risk factor for early onset breast/ovarian cancer in families with hboc and/or apparently sporadic early onset breast cancer remains to be shown. . - . %) with this marker. in patients without metastases the mir- a- p expression declined significantly after surgery. in metastasized cases the levels dropped sharply after chemotherapy. all of the relapses had elevated mir-levels, and expression decreased upon chemotherapy. mir- a- p has significantly higher sensitivity than each one of the classical tgct markers and than a combined panel of beta-hcg, afp and ldh ( . % vs . %). in non-metastasised seminoma the mir- a- p expression depended significantly on tumour size. mir- a- p is highly sensitive and specific for tgct. it correlates with the stage of disease and with treatment effects and it therefore fulfils the prerequisites of a valuable serum-based biomarker. the significant association with tumour bulk in localised disease provides evidence for the tgct being the primary source of mir expression. the sensitivity of mir- a- p surpasses that of classical tgct markers by far, and thus it may become the new gold standard for serum diagnostics of tgct in the coming years. co-occurrence of radioulnar synostosis and amegakaryocytic thrombocytopenia (rusat) was initially described as an inherited thrombocytopenia syndrome that is caused by a mutation in hoxa . in three simplex patients, de novo missense mutations in mecom were reported as an alternative origin of the disease (rusat ). mecom, identified as a common ecotropic viral integration site (evi ) in murine myeloid leukemia, is known as a key transcriptional regulator in hematopoiesis and sporadic myeloid leukemia. we report here on a novel mecom mutation cys gly (uniprot q - ) identified by whole exome sequencing in a family with rusat, hearing impairment, hand dysmorphisms, and patellar hypoplasia in four patients spanning three generations. notably, two of four affected individuals in our family developed a myeloid malignancy. the novel mecom missense mutation cys gly affects a heavily conserved cysteine residue in c h -zinc finger motif in the c-terminal zinc finger domain of mecom. this residue is crucial for the tetrahedral coordination of a zinc ion stabilizing the zinc finger conformation and thus, is essential for dna binding of the c-terminal zinc finger domain. our findings reconfirm the causality of mecom mutations and indicate that mecom mutations also need to be considered in familial rusat patients. in addition, we report for the first time that mecom germline mutations targeting the c-terminal zinc finger domain are associated with an increased risk for myeloid malignancies. this extends the rusat -associated phenotype and proposes that mecom germline mutations can cause a genetic predisposition to myeloid malignancy. (z., b. and s., d. contributed equally to this work) many genes that harbor rare mutations which entail a medium or high risk for breast cancer (bc) belong to dna double strand repair and have been identified by linkage analysis or by sequencing of candidate genes in bc families. in addition, a considerable number of common but low risk germline variants have been found in genome wide association studies. however, these predisposing factors yet only explain a fraction of bc cases. with the intention to identify low frequency variants conferring an intermediate bc risk, we performed an association study using a candidate gene approach and testing dna repair capacity with the micronucleus test (mnt) as an additional second phenotype. rs in the slx /fancp gene showed an association with bc that was pronounced in younger cases and was confirmed in a verification cohort (combined analysis of , cases, controls: or = . ( . - . ) , p = . for cases ≤ years). genotyping additional snps and imputation revealed a specific european haplotype of ca. kb length that spans slx and adjacent genes. it is tagged by the observed mutual dependence of the two phenotypes allowed a considerably improved interpretation of the results: (i) the unknown causal variant on the haplotype can be assumed to be present mostly in cases, indicating a rare variant with a rather strong effect; (ii) using this information on the two phenotypes in the association between the mnt results and bc improved considerably the identification of the specific risk among cases (< years) who carried the haplotype. roc curves for bc depending on mnt results revealed that the stratification on carriers of the haplotype increased the auc from . (p = . ) to . (p = . ). both associations can be best explained by a risk variant carried by a fraction of the haplotypes that is enriched in early onset bc cases. slx is the only gene in the tagged region which can be functionally related to both associated phenotypes, while for the other genes no connection to bc or dna repair is reported. inherited dna repair mutations: are they modifiers of brca and brca penetrance and age at onset of hereditary breast and ovarian cancer? background: inherited mutations in brca and brca are the most common causes of hereditary breast and ovarian cancer (hboc). the risk of developing breast cancer by age in women carrying a brca mutation is - % and - % in brca carriers. however, mutations in brca and brca only explain about % of all hboc cases. the lifetime risk varies between families and even within affected individuals of the same family. the cause of this variability is unknown but it is hypothesized that additional mutations or rare variants in genes that are possibly interacting with brca / in different dna-repair pathways contribute to this phenomenon. methods: we obtained samples of patients positive for brca or brca mutations and an age-of-onset (aoo) of breast cancer below or above years of age from the german consortium for hereditary breast and ovarian cancer. panel sequencing was done to screen germline dna for mutations in genes involved in different dna-repair pathways. variants were classified into five classes according to a modified version of plon et al ( ) . only truncating mutations and known pathogenic missense mutations were considered pathogenic or likely pathogenic. results: the patient group with an early aoo ( women) had developed breast cancer at a mean age of . years (± . ) and the control group ( women) had developed breast cancer at a mean age of . years (± . ). a total of , variants were detected in all patients and of these ( . %; % ci, . %- . %) were presumed to be deleterious. mutations were found in genes other than brca and brca . mutations were mainly found in single-strand break repair (ssbr %), double-strand break repair (dsbr %) and checkpoint factors ( %). the rest were found in genes with other functions such as brca / interactors, centrosome formation, and signal transduction. the putative mutations were found in women of the control group ( . %; %ci, . %- . %) compared to women of the patient group ( . %; % ci, . %- . %). the incidence of germline mutations in dna-repair genes did not differ according to the age of onset (p = . ). prevalence of additional germline mutations in dsbr in patients ( %) was not significantly different from prevalence of dsbr mutations in controls . % (p = . ) conclusions: the preliminary results failed to show a difference in mutation load between the two cohorts of brca / carriers sorted by age of onset. larger studies are needed and may provide further insight into the role of mutation load in hboc age of onset of brca / carriers. objective: glioblastoma stem-like cells (gscs) carry stem cell features and therefore seem to be responsible for tumor initiating, maintaining, recurrence and chemo-and/or radiotherapy resisting. the current knowledge on genetic and transcriptomic characteristics of these cells especially in comparison to glioblastoma tissue is still limited. the aim of this study is to compare the genetic and genomic profile of glioblastoma tissue and gscs. thereby, differences in involved genes and affected pathways on dna level as well as on gene expression level are identified. material and methods: peripheral blood and tumor tissue were obtained from patients with glioblastoma. tumor tissue derived explant cell culture and serum-free culture were established. based on multi-parameter magnetic-activated cell sorting (macs) technique, cd and cd labeled cell subpopulations of gscs could be isolated. the tumor tissue, serum-free culture, and the isolated cell subpopulations as well as blood were analyzed by snp array and gene expression (excluding blood) in a paired design. for preliminary characterization of gscs in the serum-free culture we confirmed the stem cell features of gscs by the expression of nestin, sox , and cd (applying immunofluorescence staining). results: our results of snp array analyses showed genetic aberrations in all analyzed cellular entities (tumor tissue and cell subpopulations, e. g. gain of chromosome , loss of q . , loss of q . ->q . , and complete loss of chromosome ). furthermore, distinct genetic differences between the cell subpopulations and tumor tissue were observed (e. g. loss of chromosome and segmental uniparental disomy of p . ->p . , only in cancer stem-like cell subpopulations). in addition, we detected many possibly candidate cancer genes and pathways which may have an influence on tumorigenesis. gene expression analyses revealed strongest differences between fresh tumor tissue and serum-free culture based cells, where more than a third of investigated genes were affected. when contrasting fresh tumor tissue with stem cell marker positive serum-free cultured cells, , genes were upregulated in the stem cell marker positive cells, whereas , genes where upregulated in fresh tumor tissue. within these genes, strongest enriched pathways in stem cell marker positive cells included positive regulation of cell cycle and cancer-related pathways, whereas in fresh tumor tissue predominantly immune-related pathways were found, e. g. myeloid leukocyte activation, inflammatory response and phagocytosis. conclusion: differences between gscs and tumor tissue using snp array analyses and gene expression were detected. our results may help to get more information about the molecular pathomechanisms of glioblastoma. it still needs more investigations on the field of genetic and genomic analyses between gscs and glioblastoma tissue to identify novel potential targets for therapy development. background: fanconi anemia (fa) is a rare inherited chromosomal instability syndrome associated with bone marrow failure as well as myelodysplastic syndrome (mds) and acute myeloid leukemia (aml). one-third of fa individuals exhibit bone marrow cytogenetic clones, notably gains of q and q and/or loss of / q, and % to % of fa patients developed mds/aml. in recent years, the application of high throughput technologies has revealed recurrent somatic mutations in genes implicated in myeloid malignancies. as additional genetic maladies facilitating mds/aml development in fa is lacking, we aimed to elucidate whether these mutations would be present in fa patients with mds/aml. methods: using illumina trusighttm myeloid sequencing panel (san diego, ca), we performed next-generation sequencing (ngs) on dna extracted from bone marrow specimens from fa mds/aml patients registered in the european working group of childhood mds. the sequencing panel targeted genes frequently mutated in hematologic neoplasms. results:. ten of the ( . %) evaluable patients had lesions ( to mutations per patient; missense, nonsense, insertion and duplication) in genes. the presence of a somatic mutation did not appear to correlate with complex karyotype or − / q. all affected genes occurred in isolation with exception of runx and kras. while of the mutations were pathogenic, were variance of unknown significance. mutations in genes involved in epigenetics (dna methylation, chromatin maintenance and cohesin complex; idh , tet , dnmt a, idh , ezh , rad and asxl ) and mutations in transcription factor genes (runx , ikzf and etv ) represented the most frequently affected genes. this was followed by mutations of genes encoding signaling molecules including the ras pathway (kras and ptpn ). altered runx was the most common lesion and occurred in individuals with aml, raeb or raeb-t. one patient with refractory anemia with ring sideroblasts (rars) had a mutation in the spliceosomal gene, sf b . conclusions: while the most common mutations encountered in sporadic cases of mds were in genes involved in rna splicing and epigenetics, these two broad categories of genes appeared to have less influence in our fa patients. most mutations were nonrecurring suggesting that there is no specific mutation pattern of these genes in fa-related mds/aml. however, runx mutations and also mutations involved in genes of the ras pathway appear to play a pathogenic role in fa mds/aml development. taken together, the data suggests that mutations in genes that cause clonal hematopoiesis in the population at large do not contribute significantly to fa hematopoietic clonal disease; however, particularly acquisition of runx and ras pathway alterations promote malignant myeloid disease progression. more extensive studies analyzing more patients are necessary to further define the secondary hits leading to fa myeloid disease. chromatin remodeling is a complex process shaping the nucleosome landscape, thereby regulating the accessibility of transcription factors to regulatory regions of target genes and ultimately managing gene expression. the swi/snf (switch/sucrose nonfermentable) complex remodels the nucleosome landscape in an atp-dependent manner and is divided into the two major subclasses brahma-associated factor (baf) and polybromo brahma-associated factor (pbaf) complex. somatic mutations in subunits of the swi/snf complex have been associated with different cancers, while germline mutations have been associated with autism spectrum disorder and the neurodevelopmental disorders coffin-siris (css) and nicolaides-baraitser syndromes (ncbrs). css is characterized by intellectual disability (id), coarsening of the face and hypoplasia or absence of the fifth finger-and/or toenails. so far, variants in five of the swi/snf subunit-encoding genes arid b, smarca , smarcb , arid a and smarce as well as variants in the transcription factor-encoding gene sox have been identified in css-affected individuals. arid is a member of the pbaf subcomplex, which until recently had not been linked to any neurodevelopmental phenotypes. in , mutations in the arid gene were associated with intellectual disability. in this study, we report on two individuals with private de novo arid frameshift mutations. both individuals present with css including id, coarsening of facial features, other recognizable facial dysmorphisms and hypoplasia of the fifth toenails. hence, this study identifies mutations in the arid gene as a novel and rare cause for css and enlarges the list of css-associated genes. the ubiquitin pathway is an enzymatic cascade including activating e , conjugating e , and ligating e enzymes, which governs protein degradation and sorting. it is crucial for many physiological processes. compromised function of members of the ubiquitin pathway leads to a wide range of human diseases, such as cancer, neurodegenerative diseases, and neurodevelopmental disorders. mutations in the thyroid hormone receptor interactor (trip ) gene (omim ), which encodes an e ligase in the ubiquitin pathway, have been associated with autism spectrum disorder (asd). in addition to autistic features, trip mutation carriers showed intellectual disability (id). more recently, trip was postulated as a novel candidate gene for intellectual disability in a meta-analysis of published id cohorts. however, detailed clinical information characterizing the phenotype of these individuals was not provided. in this study, we present seven novel individuals with private trip mutations including two splice site mutations, one nonsense mutation, three missense mutations, and one translocation case with a breakpoint in intron of the trip gene and clinically review four previously published cases. the trip mutation-positive individuals presented with mild to moderate id ( / ) or learning disability [intelligence quotient (iq) in one individual], asd ( / ) and some of them with unspecific craniofacial dysmorphism and other anomalies. in this study, we provide detailed clinical information of eleven trip mutation-positive individuals and thereby due to its heterogeneous etiology, primordial growth retardation is often a challenge for geneticists and clinicians in respect of diagnosis, therapy and prognosis. thus, pinpointing its genetic origin is required for a personalized treatment and prognosis. one syndrome mainly characterized by intrauterine and postnatal growth is silver-russell syndrome (srs), a clinically and molecularly heterogeneous disorder with a considerable overlap with other syndromes. in only % of patients with the characteristic srs phenotype the diagnosis can be confirmed molecularly, but % of cases remain without molecular diagnosis. in fact, in clinically less well characterized patients referred for diagnostic testing, the detection rate is less than %. however, systematic investigations on the contribution of mutations in genes which may be considered in the differential diagnoses of srs are still missing. we examined patients referred for molecular testing of srs but without molecular alterations associated with srs by ngs. a targeted ngs approach comprising genes implicated in the differential diagnoses of srs or suggested as srs candidate genes was performed. in patients fulfilling the criteria of srs accordingly to our recently developed clinical scoring system, disease-causing variants were found. these patients carried mutations in genes associated with bloom syndrome, mulibrey nanism, kbg syndrome, short syndromes or ig-f r-associated short stature, respectively. indeed, some of the differential diagnoses detected in our cohort have a major impact on clinical management, including cancer screening because of a high risk for tumor development. furthermore, we did not identify any pathogenic mutation in one of proposed srs candidate genes (e. g. mest, grb , copg ), thus raising the question whether these genes are indeed involved in the etiology of srs. we show that a (targeted) ngs approach is an important tool to identify the genetic cause in patients with unexplained growth retardation. furthermore, our data show (positive) clinical scoring in srs should not impede the consideration of differential diagnoses and other molecular causes. submicroscopic deletions of chromosome band p . have been reported in more than patients. common clinical features include intellectual disability/developmental delay, central obesity and behavioural difficulties. myt l became the main candidate gene for id and obesity since it is deleted or disrupted in all published patients. however, reports of deletions affecting only this gene and even more so of deleterious myt l sequence variants are very rare. to our knowledge, until now only two patients with de novo myt l point mutations have been reported. in the present study, we analysed a cohort of individuals with intellectual disability of unknown aetiology and their unaffected parents by whole exome sequencing. we identified de novo myt l sequence variants in two out of patients. patient carried a nonsense mutation (c. g>t, nm_ . ; gly *) whereas patient carried a direct splice site mutation (c. - a>g). according to prediction algorithms, both detected myt l variants are deleterious (patient : sift score , cadd score ; patient : cadd score . ). in addition, patient carried a de novo splice site variant in setd b. however, this variant is predicted to be benign (cadd score . ) as well as a known snv (rs , maf . ). a comprehensive clinical characterisation of the two patients yielded only mild or moderate intellectual disability, behavioural problems and muscular hypotonia as common clinical signs. surprisingly, obesity was only present in patient . postnatal tall stature and transient microcephaly were present in one patient each. this clinical picture is compared to the published phenotypes of patients with myt l point mutations, patients with microdeletions of only myt l and patients with larger p . deletions. with the reduced penetrance regarding obesity, the clinical picture of patients with myt l mutations is becoming more and more unspecific. the retina and anterior neural fold homeobox gene (rax) controls the embryonic eye development and is involved in human autosomal-recessive microphthalmia. so far only a few compound heterozygous mutations in rax have been described in microphthalmia patients. we report a first case of microphthalmia caused by a novel homozygous mutation in rax. the -month-old patient was born to consanguineous parents and presented with extreme microphthalmia, panhypopituitarism and developmental delay. mri of the brain showed bilateral agenesis of the anterior visual pathway and tractus opticus. ocular ultrasound confirmed bilateral anophthalmia. additionally, dysgenesis of the corpus callosum and an abnormal pituitary gland have been detected. the first child of these parents, who died shortly after birth, had also been diagnosed with bilateral anophthalmia. using panel diagnosis of the disease associated genome, we identified the homozygous pathogenic variant c. del, (p. fs) in rax. we performed a segregation analysis and confirmed that both parents are heterozygous for this variant. so far developmental delay and panhypo-expand the clinical spectrum of the trip gene in non-syndromic intellectual disability with or without asd. background: whole exome sequencing (wes) using next generation sequencing has proven to be a powerful tool in determining the underlying genetic cause of rare disorders. here, we show, that clinical follow-up and diagnostic re-evaluation can be crucial for uncovering further disease-causing mutations. clinical report and genetic findings: we report follow-up data of a previously published consanguineous family with two children, a boy and a girl, suffering from severe encephalopathy, hypotonia, microcephaly and retinal dystrophy. wes had shown a homozygous intronic splice variant in pgap (c. - a>g;p.?) causative for the symptoms. both parents were heterozygous carrier for the pgap variant (granzow, paramasivam et al, mol cell probes ) . in the next pregnancy, the unborn child presented hydrops fetalis, omphalocele, short tubular bones and cystic kidneys. chorionic villus sampling showed the fetus to be homozygous for the pgap variant. however, neither of these symptoms fit with a pgap -associated disorder. additional wes of fetal dna and re-evaluation in the family showed a homozygous nonsense variant in ift (c.g t;p.e *) consistent with a diagnosis of mainzer-saldino syndrome (mss) which is characterised by the association of renal disease, retinal pigmentary dystrophy, cerebellar ataxia and skeletal dysplasia, as a second diagnosis in the fetus. again, both parents were shown to be a heterozygous carrier for the ift variant. yet, as omphalocele was not accounted for by any of the identified conditions, a third genetic cause cannot entirely be excluded. alternatively, omphalocele may be a rare manifestation of mss, or be the result of a combination of both disorders. the couple opted for induced abortion. discussion: it is estimated that an individual carries multiple heterozygous variants for autosomal recessive disorders in his or her genome. especially in consanguineous families, this results in an elevated risk for children with more than one disorder. in recent publications of clinical exomes, double diagnoses have been reported in to % of investigated subjects. thus, the possibility of more than one causative gene should be carefully explored when working with wes and re-evaluation in case of additional clinical symptoms within a family should be considered. also, follow-up of families with rare genetic disorders may lead the clinical geneticist beyond the assumed single cause to multiple single gene disorders in the same family. conclusion: using wes, we have identified two independent single gene disorders in a consanguineous family demonstrating that clinical follow-up and diagnostic re-evaluation can be crucial for uncovering multiple disease-causing mutations in one family. we present a case study using molecular cytogenetic approaches on a year old boy presenting with microcephaly-brachycephaly, macroglossia and absent speech development. the boy is the first child of healthy, consanguineous parents of pakistani origin. following an uncomplicated pregnancy, the hypotrophic newborn was delivered at weeks weighing g. in the third month of life, the baby had viral meningitis. regular pediatric follow-up revealed psychomotor delay with hypotonia. creatine kinase, lactate and fibroblast growth factor measured in serum were high. subsequent investigations at the age of months included brain mri, electroencephalogram and muscle biopsy that gave hints of a mitochondriopathy or potential neuropathy of axonal type. due to the suspicion of a complex mitochondriopathy, whole exome sequencing was performed using a sureselect human all exon kit (agilent, mb v ) on a hiseq (illumina). the analysis revealed a heterozygous microdeletion of kb on chromosome q . which was classified as an unclear variant (uv), ehmt -gen was not affected. re-examination of proband's dna using array cgh detected a larger kb heterozygous deletion in the q . region (arr[hg ] q . ( , , - , , ) x ), encompassing exon of ehmt (euchromatin histone methyltransferase ; transcript nm_ . ). haploinsufficiency of this gene results in kleefstra syndrome (omim ), a multisystem disorder due to either microdeletions in q . encompassing ehmt or intragenic point mutations. mlpa analysis (ehmt mpla-kit p ) of parental dna further indicated a de novo origin of the deletion in our proband. a similar deletion has been described previously in a case presenting with clinical features of kleefstra syndrome [ ] strengthening the importance to include the ' part of ehmt in sequencing as well as cnv screening. in summary, our study clearly shows that array cgh is a valuable complementary approach to ngs especially for poorly covered regions in ngs i. e. exon of many transcripts. we report on a three-generation family with variable manifestations including delayed and incomplete tooth eruption, early tooth loss due to short dental roots, acroosteolysis, osteoporosis, tendon ruptures, joint hypermobility, muscle weekness, glaucoma, neurological features, and psoriasis. after detection of elevated cd /siglec -expression on monocytes and an upregulation of interferon-stimulated gene transcripts, singleton-merten syndrome was diagnosed. the novel heterozygous mutation c. c>g (p.thr arg) in ifih was found in three affected family members. singleton-merten syndrome is a very rare autosomal dominant interferonopathy, so far described in not more than four families. until now, only two different gain-of-function mutations in ifih have been detected. mutations in ifih are also associated with aicardi-goutière syndrome and recently features of both conditions were found in the same family. our findings expand the mutational spectrum of singleton-merten syndrome and demonstrate the high intrafamiliar variability associated with mutations in ifih . pituitarism have not been described in association with rax mutations. therefore we conducted array comparative genomic hybridization and karyotyping in the index patient. both tests gave normal results. prenatal diagnosis by chorionic villus sampling in the next pregnancy excluded a homozygous carrier status for this rax mutation. mutations in the phf gene are associated with borjeson-forssman-lehmann syndrome (bfls), an x-linked intellectual disability disorder affecting mainly males. female carriers usually show no or mild clinical signs. however, recent studies described females with de novo phf gene defects (mutations, deletions) and severe phenotypes resembling coffin-siris syndrome [ , ] . here, we report on a girl with a maternally inherited phf mutation and a phenotype resembling those described previously in affected females. the mother had learning difficulties and mild dysmorphological features (hypertelorism, prominent forehead). when seen at age months, the proposita showed muscular hypotonia, was unable to sit and had limited head control (developmental delay months). dysmorphic features included scaphocephaly, hypertelorism, a small flat nose with anteverted nares, low set, prominent ears, a high, narrow palate, absent labia minora and linear skin pigmentation on the thighs. ophthalmologic investigation identified strabism convergens of the left eye, hyperopia and an excavated papilla with a pale optical nerve. ultrasound showed patent foramen ovale, tricuspid insufficiency and a unilateral incomplete duplication of the renal pelvis. karyotyping performed elsewhere was normal ( ,xx). results of a genome-wide snp array analysis (affymetrix cytoscan hd) were also normal. using a targeted ngs approach for syndromic and non-syndromic developmental delay encompassing over brain related genes (mpimg- -test), we identified a heterozygous lof-mutation c. c>t (p.gln *) in the phf gene (encoding phd finger protein ). in addition, a human androgen receptor (humara) assay using blood dna showed a highly skewed x-inactivation ( : ). segregation analysis indicated a maternal origin of the variant. the mother also had skewed x-inactivation in blood. her husband and other daughter tested normal for the c. c>t variant. here, we describe the first female patient with a maternally inherited phf mutation and a severe phenotype. the mild phenotype in the mother might be due to different patterns of x-inactivation or to (undetected) mosaicism. this report represents the th case of a severely affected female patient with a phf gene defect. findings support the assumption [ ] that the female phenotypes of bfls might be more common than previously estimated. toms typical for ada deficiency such as fever, livedo racemosa, abdominal colics, arthralgias, and raynaud's phenomenon were observed months later. cecr sequencing (nm_ . ) revealed two previously described pathogenic missense mutations: c. g>c, p.(gly ala) and c. g>a, p.(arg gln). compound heterozygosity was confirmed by parental analysis. to the best of our knowledge, this combination of mutations has not been described until now. the p.(arg gln) is considered as founder mutation in the dutch population, but first phenotype-genotype analyses did not allow further prediction of clinical outcomes. ada deficiency should be considered in patients with childhood stroke despite the absence of systemic inflammation and cerebral vasculitis. congenital hyperinsulinism (chi) has been described as heterogeneous entity caused by at least different genes. in , tein et al. first described a defective activity of l- -hydroxyacyl-coa dehydrogenase in a -year old patient with hypoketotic hypoglycemic encephalopathy. biochemical markers of l- -hydroxyacyl-coa dehydrogenase deficiency (schad) are high -oh-glutarate excretion in urine and c -oh-carnitine in plasma. the clinical presentation is very heterogeneous with regard to age of onset, severity of symptoms as well as response to medical treatment and leucine-sensitivity. in some patients even a near total pancreatectomy was performed. schad dependent hyperinsulinism (hhf ) is a rare autosomal recessive disorder that is caused by mutations in the gene hadh. here we describe patients from unrelated families out of a cohort of chi patients mainly from central europe. patients and are siblings from unrelated parents. the older brother manifested with hypoglycemic convulsions at the age of weeks. a subtotal pancreatectomy was performed in an outside academic hospital. in further course he developed epilepsy and has been treated with diazoxide and anticonvulsants. the nd child was born with hypoketotic hypoglycemia and chi was diagnosed in first days of life. diazoxide treatment stabilized blood glucose and both children were referred to our pediatric endocrinology at the age of years and months, respectively. mutational analysis revealed the homozygous variant c. - c>g within the region of the splice acceptor site in intron of the hadh gene in both affected children. this change is neither registered in exac nor described in the mutation databases hgmd or in the literature and was predicted to disrupt proper splicing. we then completed mutational analysis in unidentified patients of our chi cohort with diazoxide responsiveness and known or suspected consanguinity. patient was born to consanguineous parents and chi manifested in the girl at neonatal age with hypoketotic hypoglycemia. she was successfully treated with diaxozide. later, she developed convulsions and statomotoric developmental delay. the homozygous splice mutation c. + g>t in intron of hadh was detected in the child. the parents were identified as heterozygous carriers. in patient , a girl born to consanguineous turkish parents, chi manifested at the age of months with hypoglycemic seizures. she responded well to diazoxide treatment. a homozygous missense mutation (c. a>g; p.lys glu) in exon of hadh was detected in the patient and her parents were heterozygous carriers. hadh mutations in case and have been previously described in probands of turkish descent and appear to be founder mutations in the turkish population. in conclusion, we recommend hadh mutation analysis to be considered in chi children with unknown cause and known consanguineous pedigrees or originating from populations with higher prevalence of consanguinity. homozygous or compound heterozygous mutations in cecr (cat eye syndrome chromosome region, candidate ) have recently been identified to causing deficiency of adenosine deaminase (ada ; dada ) with childhood polyarteritis nodosa (pan) (omim # ). this inflammatory vasculitis affects the skin, and inner organs (predominantly kidneys and gastrointestinal tract) and also shows a high risk of ischemic stroke, brain hemorrhage as well as peripheral neuropathy. using whole-exome sequencing it was also found that the six adult patients (aged - ) described by sneddon in (sneddon syndrome, omim # ) likewise carried compound heterozygous cecr mutations. sneddon syndrome is characterized by a combination of dermatologic features (livedo racemosa) and ischemic brain infarctions. recently, clinical and genetic data of more than sixty ada patients have been reviewed and underlined the wide clinical variability in age at onset, clinical findings, outcome of neurological involvement, and additional hematological symptoms. typically, stroke has been reported to follow systemic inflammatory disease and predominantly affects posterior and central brain areas. here we describe one of the rare patients in whom acute mesencephalic stroke preceded systemic inflammation and presented as initial clinical symptom. symp- triploidy is a recurrent finding in prenatal diagnostics. in a small number of individuals, correction of triploidy has been suggested based on the finding of (mosaic) genome-wide uniparental disomy (upd). we here investigated uncultured und cultured amniotic cells (ac) and placental tissue from a fetus, in which ultrasound examination in the + th week of gestation revealed growth retardation, left diaphragmatic hernia with parts of stomach and bowel localized in the chest, dextrocardia, short nasal bone and single umbilical artery. these findings were confirmed at the + th week when the pregnancy was terminated. the pregnancy was conceived spontaneously by a -year-old mother and a -year-old father, both healthy and with uneventful family history. the parents were non-consanguineous and carry a normal karyotype. microsatellite analyses of uncultured ac obtained at initial presentation showed for chromosomes , and a pattern suggesting triploidy with only biallelic presentation. while y-chromosomal sequences were lacking the x-chromosome showed, unexpectedly a rather disomic pattern. metaphase yield on cultured ac was low but showed a mosaic karyotype ,xxx-,+ [ ]/ ,xxx[ ], which was confirmed for several chromosomes by interphase fish. remarkably, a triploid clone was cytogenetically not detected. thus, we performed further analyses using microsatellite markers, oncoscan technology and fish. these studies unraveled in uncultured ac a pattern suggestive of triploidy with the supernumerary chromosomal complement derived from a maternal isodisomy with the notable exception of the x chromosome. in cultured ac and placental tissue for all chromosomes, except x and , a diploid pattern was observed with alleles from both parents identical to those in the uncultured ac. trisomy x was confirmed in both tissues with the supernumerary chromosome x being of paternal isodisomic origin. the trisomy was seen only in cultured ac, and likely represents a pseudomosaic which nevertheless could not be proven due to insufficient yield of mitoses from the parallel cultures. finally, retrospective interphase fish on remnant uncultured ac showed two diploid clones, one disomic (approximately % of nuclei) and one trisomic ( %) for the x chromosome. the most likely explanation for the findings is a mosaicism for one diploid clone with genome-wide maternal isodisomy and a second diploid but bi-parental cell line with paternal trisomy x. given the identity of the (maternal) alleles in both clones our findings suggest that originally a triploid clone due to a maternal division error/inclusion of a polar body ii existed which underwent (erroneous) triploidy rescue resulting in one diploid biparental clone and one haploid clone of maternal origin that underwent haploid rescue resulting in genome-wide maternal isodisomy. the biparental clone with trisomy x either resulted from a sperm with two x-chromosomes or an erroneous x-duplication during trisomy rescue. since the introduction of non-invasive prenatal diagnosis (nipd, e. g. har-mony® test) in , this test is frequently demanded and routinely applied in prenatal centers and medical practices. mostly, nipd is intended to detect autosomal trisomies ( , , ), but also offers the possibility to analyze sex chromosomes. therefore, also sex chromosome aneuploidies (sca) (e. g. monosomy x (turner syndrome), triple x, xxy (klinefelter syndrome), xyy) are incidentally found. so far, in our prenatal center sca were detected in pregnancies by har-mony® test, consisting of three pregnancies with monosomy x (turner syndrome) and two pregnancies with klinefelter syndrome (xxy). triple x and xyy were detected one time each. of the three cases with suspected monosomy x, the diagnosis of turner syndrome could only be confirmed in one case. this fetus also had a hydrops at week + . for the other two fetuses, the chromosomal analysis of amniotic fluid revealed normal female karyotypes ( ,xx). in both cases with suspected klinefelter syndrome, this diagnosis could be disproved by amniocentesis (karyotype ,xy). in the pregnancies with assumed triple x and xyy, the true fetal karyotype was not further determined yet. from our experience, the rate of false positive results concerning the sex chromosome aneuploidies is noticeably higher than reported in two studies of nicolaides and hooks . this has to be strongly considered in the counselling of patients who wish to know the fetal sex by nipd. congenital myopathies and congenital muscular dystrophies: will genetic testing replace muscle biopsy in the near future? congenital myopathies and muscular dystrophies are a group of inherited neuromuscular diseases with early onset and broad genetic and histopathological overlap. the diagnostic approach has considerably changed with next generation sequencing methods available. here, we describe the diagnostic value of genetic and histological methods in a cohort of index patients and hence the efficacy of diagnostic procedures. of patients had a muscle biopsy as a first-tier approach. in of patients muscle biopsy was informative, leading to a classification in subgroups of cm or cmd. however, in only a few of these cases biopsy led to a specific diagnosis (e. g. merosin deficiency). in of patients genetic testing (candidate gene sequencing or ngs) was performed additionally to muscle biopsy as a second-tier diagnostic step, while patients of the whole cohort received genetic testing only. in almost two-thirds of these patients genetic testing identified known pathogenic or most likely pathogenic variations. these findings illustrate that genetic testing is superior to muscle biopsy in accurately diagnosing cm or cmd. in conclusion, we suggest that invasive muscle biopsy should be replaced by genetic testing as first-tier diagnostic procedure in patients with clinical signs of cm or cmd. nmd inhibition increases the amount of gaa-rna in patient's lymphocytes as well as in the cells of his parents. the residual function of the resulting protein has to be investigated. discussion and conclusion: rna analysis in lymphocytes with and without nmd inhibition is a simple method for analysing splice defects in all monogenic disorders with expression of the disease causing gene in lymphocytes. a further advantage for the patient is the use of blood cells instead of fibroblasts, because a skin biopsy can be avoided and analysis times are reduced. the exact characterization of pathogenic variants is an important aspect of diagnosis, prediction of disease severity and genetic counselling. in vitro nmd inhibition in lymphocytes of affected patients allows the characterization of splice defects. in the future successful inhibition of nmd in vitro might help to identify patients, who may profit from a therapeutic intervention with nmd inhibitors. even expression of a partial protein with low or no activity reduces the risk for the patient to develop antibodies hampering enzyme/protein replacement therapy. p-cling- q microdeletion syndrome: a family with short stature and silver-russel (srs)-like phenotype. introduction: the silver-russel syndrome (mim ), first described independently by silver and russell in , is a condition with intrauterine growth retardation, postnatal growth failure and other characteristic features, including relative macrocephaly (defined as a head circumference at birth ≥ . sd score (sds) above birth weight and/or length sds), prominent forehead, body asymmetry and feeding difficulties as recently defined in an international consensus statement. patients and methods: we report here on first degree relatives with a silver-russel syndrome phenotype who presented with prenatal-and postnatal growth retardation, feeding difficulties, a prominent forehead and a failure to thrive. additional features such as dysmorphic facial features, periodically increased sweating, and scoliosis were present in one of the family members only, whereas learning problems and cardiac arrhythmia were present in one other. none of the patients had relative macrocephaly. high resolution array-cgh was performed to screen for cncs and mlpa to confirm the array-cgh result. results: no hypo-methylation of the imprinting center on p nor uniparental disomy of chromosome and were found in the index-patients. high-resolution array-cgh identified a q . microdeletion of . mb (arr[grch q . ( , , , )× ). the heterozygous loss was confirmed by mlpa in the index patient and the other two affected family members (i. e. her brother and mother). the deletion includes the genes hmga , llph, tmbim , irak , helb, grip , and the pseudogene rpsap . conclusion: to the best of our knowledge this is the first report on familial presentation of a silver-russel syndrome due to a microdeletion in q . . none of the patients had relative macrocephaly. supporting the hypothesis by takenouchi et al. that the causative gene for relative macrocephaly resides centromeric to hmga , the region centromeric of hmga is not included in the deletion in our family. spastic ataxia of charlevoix-saguenay (sacs) is an autosomal recessive neurodegenerative disorder and is caused by homozygous or compound heterozygous mutations in the sacs gene. first symptoms of sacs are walking difficulties due to unsteady gait. further typical clinical features include spasticity, ataxia, pyramidal tract signs, nystagmus and dysarthria. here, we report on a -year-old female patient who initially presented with disturbances in motor abilities including frequent falls and high arched foot. cranial mrt was normal while nerve conduction velocity was significantly reduced. the patient's parents did not show any clinical features. since no pmp duplication was detected we performed a gene panel including genes that are associated with hereditary motor and sensory neuropathies (hmsn) and related disorders by using targeted next generation sequencing. we identified the two heterozygous stop mutations c. t>a (p.leu ter) and c. dupt (p.leu phefs* ), located at the same position in the sacs gene. sanger sequencing did not enable us to properly display that there is a transversion and a duplication of the same nucleotide at two different alleles. this exemplifies that, in contrast to sanger sequencing, ngs can illustrate both alleles separately. to conclude, this case was only resolvable by ngs which makes this method appropriate for the detection of compound heterozygous mutations, especially in the rare event when two mutations occur at the same position. background: the precise identification and characterization of genetic variants in monogenic diseases has a wide influence on diagnosis and therapy. about % of pathogenic variants are splicing variants. due to the complex mechanism of splicing regulation it is difficult to predict the effects of variants on mrna splicing. possible consequences are exon skipping, intron retention, generation of novel splice sites or the utilization of a cryptic splice site. common consequences are a frame-shift and the generation of premature termination codon. this leads to rna degradation via the nonsense mediated decay (nmd) pathway. in a patient with the clinical symptoms of non-classical infantile pompe disease and a confirmed acid alpha-glucosidase (gaa) deficiency, we detected two novel, exonic variants in the gaa gene. both base pair exchanges suggested either an amino acid exchange or a splice defect as consequences. however, conventional investigation of the leucocyte mrna of the patient and his parents was inconclusive. degradation of the respective mutated rna by nmd was suspected. we developed an approach in order to characterize novel splicing mutations in a simple and non-invasive manner. material and method: isolated blood lymphocytes from patient and his parents were cultured in standard leucocyte medium supplemented with different concentrations of the nmd inhibitors ocadaic acid, anisomycin, and wortmannin for h. cells were harvested and rna was isolated. the reverse transcribed cdna was amplified in allele specific pcrs and qpcr assays. results: compared to the non-stimulated lymphocyte controls nonsense mediated rna decay was inhibited by anisomycin. the consequences of aberrant rna splicing were detectable: the maternal mutation results in exon skipping, the paternal mutation in intron retention. furthermore vascular ehlers-danlos syndrome (type iv) is considered to be an autosomal dominant disorder caused by heterozygous mutations in col a , which are missense or splice site variants in about % of cases. we here report on a three-year-old female of non-consanguineous parents born with bilateral clubfoot as well as dysmorphic facial features, joint laxity, and mild contractures of finger joints. developmental delay became evident. after trauma at years of age she developed brain haemorrhage. mri diagnosis at this age revealed an additional frontal aneurism as well as frontoparietal polymicrogyria. we identified novel compound heterozygous col a mutations: the nonsense mutation c. c>t (p.arg *) and the c. delc (p.pro leufs* ) frameshift mutation leading to a premature stop codon. further studies showed that the mutations were inherited from each parent who had no features for ehlers-danlos syndrome type iv. only two other families have been reported so far with recessive mutations of this gene and a severe vascular phenotype and polymicrogyria. biallelic mutations of col a seem to be accompanied with a significantly worse outcome compared with heterozygous mutations and polymicrogyria is an additional phenotypic feature. here we describe five patients with epidermolytic epidermal nevi in different degrees of severity with the mosaic mutation c. c>t (p.arg cys) in krt gene. the same mutation has previously been described in patients with ei (bygum et al. ) . we analyzed dna from peripheral blood and/or skin biopsies from affected and unaffected skin with next generation sequencing (ngs) and sanger sequencing methods. using ngs we found this mutation in blood in mosaic states ranging from % to %. the mosaic could only be confirmed by sanger sequencing in the patient with the highest mosaic frequency of %. in four of our patients we investigated skin biopsies from affected and unaffected skin. it is noteworthy, that only one of four patients showed the mutation in heterozygous state of % in the affected skin, whereas the other patients presented a mosaic state also in the affected skin. to exclude a recurrent sequencing artefact at this position, we examined control patients for this mosaic mutation using ngs. in none of these patients we found the same dna change. patients with epidermolytic epidermal nevi have a higher risk to have children with a full-blown ei phenotype. our results show the importance of ngs as the method of choice to explore the molecular genetic basis of epidermolytic epidermal nevi. strikingly, all our patients carry the same mosaic mutation c. c>t in krt . we suggest that this position is a hotspot for postzygotic mutations in krt . non-syndromic hearing loss (nshl), with presently around associated genes, is one of the most genetically heterogeneous disorders constituting nearly % of genetic deafness with a predominantly recessive inheritance pattern. thirty percent of hearing loss (hl) can be connected as a part of over distinct syndromes. next generation sequencing (ngs) technologies have revolutionized pathogenic variant identification. different strategies enhance pathogenic variant detection supporting detailed hl investigation to overcome the many ambiguities associated with clinical heterogeneity. detection of the disease causing variant in correlation with the phenotype can be challenging in small families, in situations with ambiguous clinical histories and allelic heterogeneity. using a clinical and whole exome sequencing approach, we tested over probands as part of a multicentre iranian and german genetics of hl study that included probands primarily with sporadic or dominant hl in a parent-child or parent-sibling trio context. the majority of these probands were pre-screened for defects in gjb and strc. libraries were prepared using trusight one and nextera rapid capture exome enrichment and sequenced using the miseq and nextseq desktop sequencers (illumina). analysis was performed using gensearchngs and an inhouse exome analysis pipeline. around % of cases were resolved from phenotype matching and segregation analysis. interestingly, the fraction of resolved cases was much higher in our iranian cohort (> %) compared to our german cohort (> %) which may be attributed in part to increased consanguinity in the iranian families. we observed likely disease causing variants in syndrome-associated genes including eya causing branchio-oto-renal syndrome, a phenotype that was retrospectively confirmed by acquisition of additional clinical information. with few exceptions, we observed a diverse collection of affected genes in probands from our german collected cohort. contrastingly, the iranian cohort revealed frequent mutations in myo a and otof. furthermore, co-segregation of variants in myo and tecta, with expected dominant hl phenotype, was a hindrance overcome by extensive segregation testing. familial locus heterogeneity was also observed by mutations in cib and slc a segregating in different branches of the same extended pedigree. success in the identification of disease causing variants in known hl genes is contingent upon analysis strategy, clinical information and opportunity for segregation testing. the ability to retrospectively connect an already apparent syndromic phenotype to a syndrome-associated gene without prior knowledge is a powerful application of comprehensive analysis that is not restricted to nshl genes. this work provides an improved understanding of population-specific genetic epidemiology of hereditary hl and highlights the challenges in defining genetic causes in a highly heterogeneous disorder such as hl. vere disproportionate microcephaly (- , sd), corneal clouding, myopia, teeth abnormalities and dysmorphism. panel diagnostic by next generation sequencing for primary microcephaly, including all known genes for seckel syndrome, was unremarkable. microarray analysis (affymetrix® cy-toscan hd) revealed a heterozygous kb deletion, spanning the plk gene. this deletion was confirmed by mlpa (multiplex ligation-dependent probe amplification) analysis. subsequent sequence analysis of the plk gene showed a variant of unknown significance on the second allele. in silico analysis of this variant indicated a significant decrease of the relative splice efficiency at the splice donor site. rt-pcr analysis confirmed altered splicing, resulting in a predominant loss of exon of the transcript and predicting truncation of the plk protein. interestingly, a residual wild-type transcript was also detectable in patient rna, implying that this variant effects splicing only partially. by analysis of the parents, the splice variant and the large deletion were proven to be compound heterozygous. discussion: up to now, only a few patients with plk mutations have been described in the literature. the phenotype comprises primary microcephaly, primordial dwarfism and chorioretinopathy (mccrp ). to our knowledge, we describe the first case of a plk heterozygous whole gene deletion and at least partial biallelic inactivation of the gene, therefore expanding the genetic background of this disorder. furthermore, we give a detailed phenotypic description of a further individual with plk alterations. the girl does not show retinopathy so far. while generalised retinopathy was discussed to be one of the most prominent distinctive features between mccrp and primary microcephaly/seckel syndrome, we consider plk rather to be a further candidate gene pointing towards seckel syndrome. additional investigations on centriole function in patient-derived cells are in progress. pathogenic variants of mitochondrial dna cause a wide range of severe congenital disorders with maternal inheritance and a high transmission risk for female carriers. we report on eight families with an index case presenting with the common pathogenic variant m. t>g (p.leu arg) in the mt-atp gene in virtually homoplasmic form. in five families the mutation was detectable in peripheral blood from the mother in heteroplasmic form. in three families with a sporadic case of leigh syndrome the mutation was not detectable in peripheral blood (or urinary or buccal cells) from the mother, possibly indicating a de novo event. furthermore, one family presented with a de novo nonsense mutation in the gene mt-atp , which was present in peripheral blood of the index case in about % and was not detectable in the mother or the unaffected sister. two female carriers with a heteroplasmy level of % asked for prenatal testing. both pregnancies showed an apparently homoplasmic load of the mutation. mutations in lztfl (bbs ) may be associated with a severe renal phenotype huntington's disease (hd) is a rare autosomal dominant neurodegenerative disorder caused by expanded cag repeats as diagnosed via direct dna analysis. for asymptomatic individuals, predictive testing (pt) can facilitate life planning and diminish uncertainty, but it is also associated with substantial social and psychological challenges. we present a prospective case series of counselees seeking predictive hd testing at the huntington centre north-rhine westphalia (bochum, germany) between and . the international protocol including several pre-test sessions was followed throughout. the aim of this study was to prospectively follow the decision-making process of individuals at risk in our centre and explore their experiences following the decision as well as the impacts of mutation test results by means of standardized questionnaires and a semi-standardized telephone interview one year after the initial counselling session. individuals participated in at least one of the three phases of the survey, including individuals for the telephone interview. in our cohort, almost all interviewees reported a balanced emotional state one year after initial counselling, regardless of the decision for or against the test. the most important motivations for a decision in favor of pt were the ability to plan private life and to eliminate uncertainty. the most important motivations against pt were the fear of an increasing risk for others (e. g. offspring) and the fear to obtain an unfavorable htt mutation result, followed by the considered, willful decision for "wanting to not know". furthermore, we identified evidence for gender-specific aspects in decision-making in line with and expanding our previous observations. this study represents one of the few comprehensive prospective evaluations regarding decision-making and coping strategies related to predictive testing for huntington's disease. we submit that gender-related aspects should be heeded in genetic counselling during the predictive testing and counselling processes. our findings could serve as a basis for more extended prospective evaluations with higher numbers of participants and longer follow-up intervals. institute of human genetics, heidelberg, germany, department of conservative dentistry, heidelberg, germany, cegat gmbh, center for genomics and transcriptomics, tübingen, germany background: plk (polo-like kinase ) has been designated as "master regulator" of centriole assembly. complete loss of plk is lethal in mice, whereas biallelic plk mutations with some retained function have been described in a few patients with microcephaly, growth failure and retinopathy (mccrp , omim # ). this is a heterogeneous entity overlapping with mcph (primary microcephaly) and seckel syndrome. during the last years several new genes have been discovered associated with this spectrum. clinical report and genetic findings: we report on a year old female patient with intellectual disability, primordial dwarfism (- , sd), most se-abstracts linked to rare autosomal recessive diseases with poor prognosis. we then compared couples and filtered for variants present in genes overlapping in both partners. putative pathogenic variants were tested for co-segregation in affected fetuses where material was available and in unaffected siblings. out of eleven couples of mediterranean and arabian ancestry (c: , nc: ) and two non-consanguineous couples of european ancestry, we found five cases ( / , %, c: , nc: ) with both parents being heterozygous carriers of rare potentially deleterious variants in one or more overlapping genes. in four of these couples the underlying genetic cause for pre-or early postnatal child death could be established, in two of the families the diagnosis was confirmed by homozygous detection of the parental variant in the available dna of the affected child. in a consanguineous couple with pathogenic variants for a severe autosomal recessive disorder identified in both parents, the molecular diagnosis for their child that had died at months of age could not be established. out of couples in whom no causative diagnosis could be achieved consented to undergo further wes analysis. identified variants are now used for preimplantation and prenatal diagnostics in all four families in which a causative diagnosis was established. our data show that ngs based gene panel sequencing of selected genes involved in lethal autosomal recessive disorders is an effective tool for carrier screening in parents and for the identification of recessive gene defects in families that have experienced early child death and/or multiple miscarriages. k. komlósi , s. diederich , d. l. fend-guella , u. zechner , s. schweiger , o. bartsch recently an x-linked syndrome with maternally inherited or de novo mutations in taf was described with global developmental delay, intellectual disability (id), delayed speech, characteristic facial dysmorphology, generalized hypotonia and variable neurologic features (mrxs , mim: # , xlr). there have been only three publications of unrelated families, with single-nucleotide changes and with gene duplications including taf (kaya et al., ; o'rawe et al., ; hu et al., ) . we identified a german family in which two brothers ( and years) showed severe intellectual disability, absent speech and understanding, and hypotonia but different neurologic and behavioral phenotypes. besides severe id the older brother also had postnatal short stature (- sd), a severe lennox-gastaut epilepsy and a neurodegenerative course. the younger brother showed autistic behavior and lost his very limited skills at age to . years. both showed mild dysmorphic features (prominent supraorbital ridges, sagging cheeks, long philtrum, long face, thin upper lip, and high-arched palate), oropharyngeal dysphagia and generalized hypotonia. a gluteal crease with a sacral caudal remnant described as a characteristic feature was not seen in our case, and hearing impairment, microcephaly, dystonic movements or tremor were not observed either. the family history was highly suggestive of x-linked inheritance with an affected maternal uncle, a maternal aunt with multiple miscarriages, and two aunts with learning disability. since a previous analysis of known x-linked mental retardation genes had not revealed the cause in the older brother, we used a targeted ngs approach (mpimg -test: > brain related genes) for the analysis of the younger brother. following enrichment a bp paired end sequencing was carried out on an illumina miseq system with > % of target covered > -fold (hu et al, ) . only taf fitted the x-linked model and the phenotype. the unreported hemizygous sequence variant c. g>a (p.asp asn) in exon of taf was deemed pathogenic. it affected a highly conserved residue in the central "duf " domain, where / previously described mutations had clustered. segregation analysis confirmed hemizygosity in the older brother and heterozygosity in the mother with completely skewed x-inactivation ( : ). gonadism and learning disabilities. because of the delayed onset of symptoms, the diagnosis is often established during late childhood. however, in some cases renal morphological changes detected by ultrasound may resemble those usually seen in autosomal recessive polycystic kidney disease (arpkd). however, histologically bbs-kidneys differ distinctly from other polycystic disorders by cystic orientation, localisation, extension, structure and size. bbs genes have been identified to date. mutations in bbs , bbs , bbs and bbs have been found to cause an antenatal presentation of bbs that may in some aspects mimic meckel gruber syndrome (mks). there is increasing evidence that bbs, at least in some families, shows an oligogenic mode of inheritance with three mutations at two bbs loci. yet, only three patients in two families with bbs caused by mutations in lztfl (bbs ) have been reported. their diagnosis was established in childhood and all patients had mesoaxial polydactyly as a distinct manifestation. in contrast to previous lztfl cases, in our family the diagnosis of arpkd was suspected sonographically at weeks gestation (wg). pregnancy was terminated at wg. autopsy revealed postaxial polydactyly of both hands, enlarged spongy kidneys, hemivertebra t and some features of potter's sequence. histological examination of the kidneys showed multiple, not radially oriented thin walled cysts, internally lined by thickened pas-positive basement membranes and microcystic dilatation of collecting ducts. cystic changes were accentuated in the renal medulla. corticomedullar differentiation was mainly preserved. the tentative diagnosis was bbs. fetal dna was investigated using a next generation sequencing panel which included known bbs causing genes. hereby a heterozygous nonsense variant (np_ . : p.glu *) inherited from the mother and a heterozygous missense variant (p.glu lys) inherited from the father of the lztfl gene were identified. furthermore a maternally inherited heterozygous missense variant of unknown clinical significance in bbs was detected (np_ : p.pro ala). our case shows for the first time that mutations in lztfl can lead to a severe prenatal presentation of bbs due to profound renal manifestations with a kidney histology that is not considerably milder but distinct from that observed in mks. it is not clear to which extent the bbs variant may act as a disease modifier. this may challenge genetic counselling and prenatal diagnosis in a further pregnancy. furthermore our case shows that mesoaxial polydactyly is not always present in bbs patients with lztfl mutations and further studies are necessary to establish the frequency of mesoaxial polydactyly and other genotype phenotype correlations for bbs patients with lztfl mutations. p-cling- *** targeted next-generation sequencing analysis in couples at increased risk for autosomal recessive disorders k. komlósi, s. diederich, d. l. fend-guella, j. winter, o. bartsch, u. zechner, s. schweiger genetic childhood disorders leading to prenatal, neonatal or early childhood death are genetically heterogeneous. many follow autosomal recessive or x-linked modes of inheritance and bear specific challenges for genetic counselling and prenatal diagnostics. parents are carriers but unaffected and diseases are typically very rare but with recurrence risks of % in the same family. often, affected children (or fetuses) die before a genetic diagnosis can be established, post-mortem analysis and phenotype descriptions are insufficient and dna material of affected fetuses or children is not available for later analysis. a genetic diagnosis showing biallelic mutations or mutations on the x-chromosome in male fetuses or children is, however, the requirement for targeted carrier testing in parents, risk calculations, and prenatal and preimplantation diagnostics in further pregnancies. we employed targeted next-generation sequencing (ngs) for carrier screening of autosomal recessive lethal disorders in consanguineous (c) and non-consanguineous (nc) couples with one or more affected children. we searched for heterozygous variants (non-synonymous coding or splice variants as well as cnvs) in parents' dnas in a set of genes r. kropatsch , , j. preine , , jt. epplen , department of human genetics, ruhr university, bochum, germany, charcot-marie-tooth disease (cmt), also commonly called as hereditary motor sensory neuropathy, is the most common monogenetic disease of the peripheral nervous system with significant clinical and genetic heterogeneity. the main clinical manifestations of cmt include progressive distal muscle weakness and atrophy, impaired distal sensation, depressed tendon reflexes and high-arched feet. based upon electrophysiological and histopathological features cmt can be divided into predominantly demyelinating or axonal forms. an intermediate form also exists characterized by evidence of both, demyelinating and axonal, impairments. genetically cmt can be caused by mutations in over genes, including the dnm gene encoding dynamin protein, a large gtpase primarily involved in receptor-mediated endocytosis and membrane trafficking. only a small number of mutations in dnm causing cmt have been described so far. we report the case of a -year-old man presenting with backache, ataxic gait and distal muscle weakness of the lower limb considered to be a consequence of the pre-diagnosed disc prolapse years ago. over the past months bilateral progressive weakness of ankle dorsiflexion, foot drop and tingling paresthesia in stocking distribution have occurred. neurological examination disclosed depressed tendon reflexes of the upper and lower limbs. neurophysiologic investigations revealed an axonal sensible polyneuropathy with normal distal motor latencies and nerve conduction velocities. the sural nerve biopsy indicated single unmyelinated or thinly myelinated axons, loss of myelinated nerve fibers, numerous clusters of regenerating fibers without onion bulb formations suggesting an intermediate form of cmt. by using next generation sequencing (ngs) and a multi-gene panel, consisting of inherited neurological disease-associated genes, we identified a heterozygous missense mutation c. g>a, p.asp asn (rs ) in the dnm gene. this particular mutation is located in a highly conserved nucleotide region encoding the catalytic n-terminal gtpase domain. this evidence suggests a pathogenic phenotype caused by the described mutation, which is being underlined by the following facts: public genome database covering harmless variants of the human genome does not report it. additionally, the exac browser with exome sequencing data of > , unrelated individuals, lists the mutation and shows a low allele frequency of . , corresponding to one known heterozygous mutation carrier. other online prediction tools like the mutation taster, polyphen, sift and provean categorize it as pathogenic. in conclusion, the novel dnm mutation is responsible with high probability for the late-onset form of intermediate cmt of the investigated patient. heterozygous mutations in pcdh cause an x-linked female-limited form of an early infantile epilepsy (juberg-hellman syndrome). the phenotype of this syndrome is variable, ranging from benign focal epilepsy to severe, serial seizures, repeating up to more than times a day for several consecutive days. the intellectual outcome of affected patients ranges from normal to severe intellectual disability. psychiatric disturbances are frequent and manifest as autism, schizophrenia or aggressive behavior. neurological features such as ataxia may also be present. women with triple x syndrome usually show a normal physical development. cognitive deficits in vivo functional modeling of taf has already provided evidence for an effect on a neuronal phenotype. the phenotype in patients can be reminiscent of rett syndrome, but with milder regression and normal movements lacking a specific stereotypic pattern (no hand wringing). while severe neurodegeneration has been described in duplications, the present probands clearly showed developmental regression associated with a missense mutation. the analysis of further family members is pending. our case adds to the phenotypic spectrum of x-linked syndromic mental retardation type . targeted enrichment sequencing was successfully applied to identify greenberg dysplasia as cause of fatal anomalies in one fetus of a dizygotic twin pregnancy. p. m. kroisel , , b. csapo , , m. häusler , , l. michelitsch , , s. verheyen , , p. klaritsch , , k. wagner , institute of human genetics, medical university of graz, graz, austria, department of obstetrics and gynecology, gynecologist and obstetrician, weiz, austria in the first pregnancy of a year old kosovarian woman and her year old husband during the th week of gestation one of her dizygotic twins showed a severe skeletal dysplasia with all long bones extremely shortened and partially bended. the thorax was short and narrow. in addition a ventriculomegaly of the brain and an increased nuchal translucency was noticed. a very bad prognosis was expected and an achondrogenesis was suspected clinically. the other twin appeared to be normal. an amniocentesis was performed to potentially identify the genetic basis of the disorder. qf-pcr to rule out common trisomy's and cytogenetics revealed normal results and following a normal agilent k array cgh analysis as a next diagnostic step next generation sequencing by using the trusight one gene panel focusing on three genes including slc a , trip and col a was performed. since no pathogenic mutation was found by this approach, a more extended bioinformatics study was initiated. by filtering out common variants in the more than genes of the panel in our own database or in the exac-and genome databases our search was extended to genes with rare homozygous or compound heterozygous variants. by this strategy it was possible to reduce the potentially causative gene mutations dramatically and among those remaining genes for known very severe skeletal phenotypes just in the lbr gene the homozygous missense mutation c. a>g, p.asn asp was identified in our fetus. since this particular mutation is already known to be pathogenic leading to the lethal greenberg dysplasia (clayton et al., nucleus. ) the diagnosis could be achieved in the affected fetus of the pregnancy of our patient still before completion of the rd week of gestation. both parents were found to be heterozygous for this mutation in the lbr gene. recently it was shown that different mutations of the very same gene can also lead to less severe forms of bone dysplasia. the couple was informed about our results and possible consequences were discussed and offered. the couple however came to the decision not to draw any consequences. both fetuses especially the affected one were well documented sonographically including in a series of d images. in the th gestational week during a sonographic investigation the affected fetus did not show cardiac function and an oligohydramnios was found. since development of the second non affected fetus was still within the normal range, we hope the now single pregnancy will carry on normal until birth. from our finding we would propose that our chosen strategy is straightforward and can be applied in a wide range of pregnancies to identify various up to severe and fatal single gene disorders associated with sonographic anomalies within a few weeks which should provide substantial benefits for these families. after the working diagnosis ps had been established, molecular analyses regarding the recurrent akt mutation (p.glu lys) were performed by sanger sequencing in available affected tissue specimen of all three individuals. this revealed a high level of mosaic state for the akt mutation c. g>a, (p.glu lys) in affected tissues from bone and in meningiomas. re-evaluation of the ngs data from blood (individual i) confirmed the absence of that mutation in all reads, and no mutation was detected by sanger sequencing in dna from blood in individuals ii and iii. thus, a somatic mosaicism leading to a mild proteus phenotype could be confirmed as the underlying genetic cause in all three affected individuals. in conclusion, mild forms of proteus syndrome caused by the recurrent akt mutation in patients with limited regional involvement may be particularly difficult to diagnose and might be underdiagnosed. distal gne-myopathy: rare differential diagnosis of polyneuropathy here, we report a case of a -year-old patient with presumed polyneuropathy and elevated creatine kinase levels ( - u/l). clinical features included atrophic and bilateral paresis of lower legs of the frontal and rear compartment without high arched foot, while sensibility was not affected. additionally, a myopathic emg in m. tibialis anterior and a slight axonal damage in the motor neurography was detected. due to this overlapping neuromyological phenotype we performed a gene panel including genes associated with neuromuscular diseases using targeted next generation sequencing. gene panel analysis revealed the homozygous mutation c. c>t (p.arg trp) in the gne gene. this mutation is described in the literature as cause of a distal gne-myopathy and was also detected in an affected brother (ck u/l), having consanguineous parents. the current case emphasizes that a large gene panel analysis is recommended in case of an overlapping neuropathological and myopathological phenotype. c. landgraf, g. schmidt, s. morlot, b. schlegelberger, b. auber institute of human genetics, hannover medical school, hanover, germany ehlers-danlos syndrome (eds) is a heterogeneous group of connective tissue disorders. according to the villefranche classification, eds comprises six major types as well as some rare specific entities. one of these has been referred to as "eds, musculocontractural type" (mc-eds), "adducted thumb-clubfoot syndrome" or "eds, kosho type". first described in as an eds vi subtype, it recently was identified to be caused by biallelic changes in either the chst or dse genes, resulting in a loss of dermatan sulfate (ds) biosynthesis. characteristic symptoms are multiple congenital malformations such as contractures (club feet, adducted thumbs), visceral and ocular anomalies, generalized joint laxity, scoliosis, muscular hypotonia, fragile, hyperextensible and bruisable skin, as well as a typical craniofacial appearance. distinctive features include hypertelorism, down-slanting palpebral fissures, bluish sclerae, micro-corneae, short nose with hypoplastic columella and long philtrum, thin upper lip vermillion, small mouth, retrognathia, low-set and posteriorly-rotated ears. the psychomotor development is delayed. (chst ) and (dse) patients have been reported as yet. the patient, a -year-old woman using a wheelchair, had club feet, surgically corrected asd ii, muscular hypotonia, the characteristic face and hyperextensible skin with atrophic scars; particularly visible were those and learning disabilities are more common than in the general population and compared to siblings. their motor skills are likely to be somewhat impaired and coordination problems are frequent. in some patients psychological problems were described. furthermore, eeg abnormalities are occasionally observed, with clinical seizures present in up to % of patients. here we report on a -year-old girl with a ,xxx karyotype and early infantile, intractable epileptic seizures, beginning at the age of months. about three years later, she developed severe, serial seizures often related to febrile infectious diseases. in adolescence, the epileptic symptoms became less intense. she additionally showed autistic features, mental deficiencies, hypermobility of the joints and ataxia. array-cgh, fragile x-analysis as well as sanger sequencing and mlpa of the scn a and mecp genes revealed no additional abnormalities, besides the xxx karyotype. in the pcdh gene the heterozygous missense mutation c. a>g (p.asn ser) was identified, whereby the mutated allele seemed to appear in a : ratio compared to the wild type allele. this mutation has been previously described as disease causing. furthermore, three in silico prediction programs (sift, polyphen- , mutationtaster) classified the mutation as pathogenic. the patient's asymptomatic mother had a normal ,xx karyotype and was not a carrier of the pcdh mutation. pcdh -related epilepsy exhibits an unusual mode of inheritance in which only heterozygous females are affected and hemizygous males are asymptomatic carriers. random x-inactivation in the brain of females with pcdh mutations causes a cellular mosaicism, which likely accounts for the pathogenesis by altering the cell-cell-interactions ("cellular interference"). however, the precise mechanism is still unknown. hypothetically, the wide range of phenotypic expressions may be explained by partially skewed x-inactivation and thereby limitation of the cellular interference. hence, an unequal ratio of mutated to wild type cells should give a milder phenotype compared to the fifty-fifty situation. in contrast to this hypothesis, the phenotype in our patient was rather severe. nevertheless, we cannot exclude that the triple x status contributes additionally to the observed phenotypic expression. proteus syndrome (ps, omim ) is a highly variable disorder with asymmetric and disproportionate overgrowth of the body, connective tissue nevi, epidermal nevi, dysregulated adipose tissue, and vascular malformations, caused by a somatic activating akt mutation. we report on three unrelated individuals (two adults and one year old boy) who showed similar clinical findings that not fulfilled the rigorous clinical criteria for ps (biesecker, ) . beside an asymmetric hyperostosis of the skull or facial bones, all three had an ocular dermoid. two individuals developed alveolar hyperostoses and intracranial calcifying meningiomas. only one individual showed skin changes. all three had normal feet and no vascular lesions. molecular analyses in individual i performed in blood revealed normal results for array karyotyping and no relevant variant in whole exome sequencing (trio approach). introduction: incontinentia pigmenti (ip) is a rare x-linked male lethal genodermatosis that affects the neuroectodermal tissue and is always associated with a bullous rash of the skin along blashko lines in female neonates. it is caused by mutations in ikbkg which encodes the regulatory subunit of the ikb kinase complex required for nf-kb activation. ikbkg has a pseudogene (ikpkgp) with identical exons to . the most frequent ip mutation is a recurrent exon _ deletion due to non-allelic homologous recombination with the pseudogene. here, we report a novel deletion of exons and in the ikbkg transcript recognized by rna analysis. patient: we investigated a yr old girl with typical erythematous rash after birth which resolved within - m. apart from a small hyperpigmented area around the right mammilla there were no skin alterations. she had few conically shaped teeth, normal nail and hair structure, no neurological manifestation and normal intelligence. only clinical sign were repeated vitreous hemorrhage of the left eye from age m. family history was negative. methods: analyses on genomic dna extracted from blood included testing for the common ikbkg exon _ deletion by long range pcr and mlpa (p -a , mrc holland), x inactivation analysis in the androgen receptor gene as described, and massively parallel sequencing (mpseq) of the ikbkg gene (trusightone, nextseq, illumina®; data analysis with nextgene/geneticist assistant [softgenetics®] and seqnext [jsi®]; reference sequence grch , hg ). rna was extracted from cultured blood lymphocytes, and the entire ikbkg transcript (nm_ . , exons) was sanger sequenced on cdna level (the a of the start codon is in exon ); the results were analyzed with sequencepilot (jsi). result: genomic dna analyses including mlpa of ikbkg and ikbkgp specific probes in our patient did not reveal a putative mutation. there was a completely skewed x-inactivation pattern. cdna sequencing of ikbkg demonstrated skipping of exon and (r. _ del) which is predicted to cause a frame shift starting from codon p.gln , a premature stop codon amino acids downstream (p.gln glyfs* ) and complete loss of protein function. the loss of exons and is most likely due to an intronic splice variant in intron ; investigations regarding the origin of this deletion are ongoing. conclusion: the presence of the high homologous pseudogene makes sequence analysis of ikbkg challenging. we report a deletion of exons and in the ikbkg transcript that required rna analysis for its identification. due to the skewed x-inactivation and typical clinical picture causality of the detected deletion is certain. the exact genomic cause of this alteration remains to be clarified. also in the era of mpseq, rna analysis may be necessary for detection of deep intronic mutations or the study of genes with homologous pseudogenes, as shown here in the case of ikbkg. primary congenital glaucoma (pcg) and early onset glaucomas are one of the major causes of of blindness in children and young adults' worldwide. both autosomal recessive and dominant inheritance have been described resulting from bowel surgeries due to colon perforation. her older sister who died aged following an acute abdomen had club feet and the typical facial appearance, while three healthy sisters seem to be unaffected. her parents are first cousins of turkish origin and do not show eds symptoms either. the two affected sisters had been diagnosed with a syndromic disorder that could represent a rare form of eds. however, neither a confirmation of the suspected diagnosis nor a classification had yet been achieved. due to the distinctive symptom complex and the presumed autosomal recessive inheritance pattern, we strongly suspected this to be a case of mc-eds. sequencing of the chst gene (reference sequence: lrg_ ) revealed a formerly undescribed homozygous variant (c. c>t; p.pro- leu). the variant changes the highly conserved pro residue which is located in the critical '-phospho- '-adenylyl sulfate binding site and can be classified as likely pathogenic (acmg standards and guidelines, richards et al., genetics in medicine ) . the parents are heterozygous carriers of this variant, respectively. this case represents a unique entity within the umbrella term eds and illustrates the importance of clinical assessment leading to a diagnosis confirmed by genetic analysis. the underlying genetic defect in patients with mitochondrial peo is either a primary mutation of the mitochondrial genome (single, large-scale mtdna deletion or mtdna point mutation) or recessively and dominantly-inherited mutations in nuclear genes involved in mtdna maintenance leading to clonally-expanded multiple mtdna deletions in muscle. the nuclear disease genes are largely implicated in the replication and stability of mtdna, and as such a pathogenic mutation leads to secondary instability of the mitochondrial genome. causal mtdna deletions can be found in a heteroplasmic (mixture of mutated and wild type mtdna) state. however, each tissue/cell has its own biochemical threshold of mutant mtdna load which needs to be exceeded before focal respiratory chain deficiency becomes evident. to investigate this, muscle biopsies of patients with genetically-and clinically-characterized mitochondrial disease of nuclear origin ( polg, twnk, rrm b and slc a (ant )) and healthy controls were analysed using quadruple oxphos immunohistochemistry, quantifying the biochemical phenotype in individual muscle fibres of patient muscle biopsies. this technique is based on quadruple immunofluorescence to detect structural components of complexes i (ndufb ) and iv (coxi), as well as porin (a marker of mitochondrial mass) and laminin (a cell membrane marker to define the boundaries of muscle fibres). further studies on / patients ( polg, rrm b, twnk, slc a (ant )) included the correlation of the biochemical deficiency with the mtdna abnormality in individual cells, following laser microcapture and determination of the size and level of clonally-expanded mtdna deletion within fibres by real-time pcr. our preliminary data from quadruple immunocytochemical studies show that the muscle biochemical phenotype is different in patients with multiple mtdna deletions compared to other mtdna mutations; work is continuing to determine the exact size and level of clonally-expanded mtdna deletion in individual muscle fibres and correlate this with the observed biochemical defects and disease thresholds. abstracts these families, and functional studies, together with phenotype descriptions in the literature, are essential for pathogenic grading. however, several difficulties remain, such as the huge size of the ttn gene (> kb) impeding functional studies, the wide spectrum of phenotypes and variants, the still small patient cohort, and often unspecific immunohistochemical abnormalities in muscle biopsies. the clinical evaluation of ttn variants thus presents a great challenge to the field of human genetics diagnostics. compound heterozygous variants in the qars gene (omim ) have been identified in only four patients with autosomal recessive progressive microcephaly with seizures and cerebral and cerebellar atrophy (mscca), to date. these patients showed severe developmental delay, progressive primary microcephaly, intractable seizures, hypomyelination or delayed myelination, thin corpus callosum, and small cerebellar vermis on brain imaging. here we report on two unrelated girls with progressive primary microcephaly, epilepsy and brain anomalies. trio exome analysis in each of the families revealed two different combinations of compound heterozygous variants in qars. all four variants are highly conserved throughout vertebrates, not reported in any database, yet, and in silico analysis predicted the variants as possibly damaging or deleterious. the first patient was born to non-consanguineous german parents. at birth, she was too short (− . sd) and mildly microcephalic (− . sd). she developed intractable seizures within the first hour of life. her growth continued to be mildly retarded (− . sd at age years) but microcephaly was progressive (− . sd at age years). she did not achieve any of the motor or cognitive developmental milestones, she did not have eye contact. the only interaction with her surrounding was a diffuse reaction to being touched. cranial mri showed no myelination of the supratentorial region, corpus callosum agenesis, simplified gyral pattern of frontal lobes, enlarged cerebral ventricles, and normal brain stem and cerebellum. trio-exome sequencing revealed the compound heterozygous qars variants c. c>t, p.(arg- cys) and c. c>t, p.(arg *). segregation analysis by sanger sequencing confirmed the heterozygous variants in the parents and two non affected sibling of the index patient. the second patient was initially evaluated at days of age when she exhibited myoclonic seizures, intrauterine growth retardation, microcephaly, and elevated lactic acid. at birth, she was microcephalic (hc cm) and microcephaly was progressive (− . sd at age months). cranial mri suggested undersulcation. she has required a gastrostomy feeding tube. trio-exome sequencing revealed the compound heterozygous qars variants c. g>a, p.(gly ser) and c. c>t, p.(arg trp). segregation was confirmed by sanger sequencing analysis. together with the four previously described patients we conclude that compound heterozygous variants in qars are associated with a primary and progressive microcephaly, early onset of intractable seizures and severe developmental delay. brain imaging in the neonate can show simplified gyral pattern as an early characteristic feature. overlapping phenotypes are seen in patients with epileptic encephalopathy, lissencephaly and primary microcephaly. application of ngs panels or exome technology will allow for early diagnosis and further collection of patients for better delineation of the phenotype. with involvement of several genes including cyp b , foxc , pitx , myoc and pax . however, mutations in these genes explain only a small fraction of cases suggesting the presence of further candidate genes. to elucidate further genetic causes of these conditions we performed whole exome sequencing in a patient with pcg and retinal detachment and identified compound heterozygous variants in col a (p.met leu; p.ala- thr). targeted col a screening of additional patients detected three further heterozygous variants (p.arg *, p.gly ser and p.gly- val) in three distinct subjects: two of them were diagnosed with early onset glaucoma and mild form of osteogenesis imperfecta (oi), one patient had a diagnosis of pcg at age years. all five variants affected evolutionary, highly conserved amino acids indicating important functional restrictions. molecular modeling predicted that the heterozygous variants are dominant in effect and affect protein stability and thus the amount of available protein, while the compound heterozygous variants act as recessive alleles and impair binding affinity to two main col a binding proteins: hsp and fibronectin. dominantly inherited mutations in col a are known causes of connective tissues disorders such as oi. these disorders are also associated with different ocular abnormalities, although the common pathology for both features is seldom recognized. our findings expand the role of col a mutations in different forms of early-onset glaucoma with and without signs of oi. thus, we suggest including col a mutation screening in the genetic work-up of glaucoma cases and detailed ophthalmic examinations with fundus analysis in patients with oi. the gene ttn encodes the largest known protein, titin, which plays a key role in structural, mechanical, developmental and regulatory functions of cardiac and skeletal muscles. accordingly, titinopathies are characterized by great clinical and genetic heterogeneity. the clinical spectrum ranges from severe phenotypes with cardiac involvement to pure myopathies at the milder end, including autosomal recessive and dominant inheritance patterns (chauveau et al. , hum mutat; : ) . next generation sequencing analysis identifies a large number of variants of unknown clinical significance; the potential clinical relevance of these variants cannot be assessed with certainty without further studies. three case reports highlight the difficulties in human genetics diagnostics concerning ttn. the first case is of a year-old woman with proximal muscle weakness, slightly elevated ck, scoliosis, and no family history. a heterozygous known pathogenic variant was identified in mex , associated with autosomal recessive congenital core myopathy combined with primary heart disease. additionally, an unknown variant was detected. both variants could be clinically relevant with regard to the patient's phenotype, but this can be neither confirmed nor excluded at this time. the second case is of a month-old finnish girl who presented with severe muscle hypotonia at birth and mental alertness with normal brain mri and eeg. congenital fiber-type disproportion was suspected. a homozygous frame-shift mutation in mex was identified which to our knowledge has not yet been described in the literature. this variant is likely of clinical relevance with regard to the patient's phenotype, but this can be neither confirmed nor excluded at this time. the third case is that of a year-old woman with suspected myofibrillar myopathy. a known pathogenic homozygous frame-shift mutation in mex was detected which is associated with autosomal recessive congenital myopathy with central nuclei. segregation analysis revealed that the healthy parents are heterozygous carriers of this variant. the clinical diagnosis of a ttn-associated disease could therefore be confirmed. ttn variants need to be assessed in combination with detailed clinical and muscle biopsy data. segregation analysis is necessary but not sufficient for the clinical grading of variants. identification of a variant in several independent families, segregation of the variant with disease phenotype in gous pathogenic smad variant c. dupt;p.(ala fs) (ncbi reference sequence nm_ . ). gastric as well as colonic cancer and polyposis was present in the paternal family history. conclusions: ts and other imprinting disorders are likely underdiagnosed, as the main clinical features (e. g. growth retardation, hypotonia) are distinct but unspecific. as exome sequencing becomes a more frequent diagnostic procedure, imprinting disorders caused by mutations in imprinting centers will presumably be diagnosed more often. methylation defects, however, will remain underdiagnosed, without a specific clinical differential diagnosis, which would guide to appropriate analysis of the methylation status. a bowel invagination in early childhood due to a single polyp can be a symptom of jps, especially in the context of a paternal history of polyposis and intestinal cancer; thus, family history should be carefully obtained. in the outpatient clinic, child psychiatrists as well as neurologists thoroughly work up phelan-mcdermid patients according to a standardized protocol by taking medical history, performing physical examination, and, if needed, organizing further supplementary examinations. in addition, a genetic analysis and hair/tissue sampling is performed. since its foundation, a steadily increasing number of so far patients from all over germany has been seen and treated. the outpatient clinic aims at facilitating and accelerating the diagnosis of phelan-mcdermid syndrome, improving medical support for affected patients of all ages, and, last but not least, fostering a better understanding of the causes and pathomechanisms leading to the symptoms of the disease. t. m. neuhann, l. neuhann, c. rapp, a. laner, a. benet-pages, e. holinski-feder medizinisch genetisches zentrum, münchen, germany congenital eye malformations, such as the microphthalmia-anophthalmia-coloboma (mac) spectrum, congenital cataracts, anterior segment dysgenesis (asd), and congenital glaucoma, affect more than : . newborns. the phenotypic spectrum of the aforementioned entities is highly variable and partially overlapping. eye malfomations are very heterogeneous; to date causative mutations have been described in more than next-generation-sequencing (ngs) technology has revolutionized genomic research and has transformed clinical diagnostics. ngs offers enormous potential for providing accurate diagnoses to individuals with previously unresolved syndromes. in the pediatric endocrine clinic, clinicians are often faced with the task of making a diagnosis in children with syndromic short stature. as there may be considerable clinical overlap between short stature syndromes, deriving a clinical diagnosis may prove challenging. furthermore, even if a clinical differential diagnosis is established, often several genes would need to be tested before a molecular diagnosis is made. as access to genetic testing is limited in algeria, we conducted a pilot study on algerian patients with syndromic short stature using a combination of two different ngs modalities, namely whole-exome-sequencing (wes) and mendeliome sequencing (trusight one sequencing panel). a molecular diagnosis could be established in / patients, making the diagnostic rate in this initial cohort %. as patients had novel mutations we could expand the mutational spectra of several genes, namely cul , npr , sos , vps b, and znf . we could thus substantiate the clinical utility of wes and the mendeliome in patients with a diverse array of syndromic short stature syndromes. chromosome harbours an imprinted locus at q . maternal uniparental disomy of chromosome , paternal deletions and paternal loss of methylation at the intergenic differentially methylated region (ig-dmr) and the somatic dmr within meg are associated with temple syndrome (ts , mim ). the phenotype of ts consists of pre-and postnatal growth retardation, early feeding problems and muscular hypotonia, joint laxity, motor developmental delay, premature puberty, and truncal obesity. juvenile polyposis syndrome (jps, mim ) is characterized by predisposition to hamartomatous polyps in the gastrointestinal (gi) tract, specifically in the stomach, small intestine, colon, and rectum, including the risk for gastrointestinal cancer. pathogenic variants in the bmpr a and smad gene are identified in about - % of affected families. we report on a family with two female children. the index patient, an -year-old girl, was diagnosed to have ts due to hypomethylation at the somatic dmr within meg with clinical features reminiscent of prader-willi syndrome in early childhood and milder clinical signs at further age (i. e. mild global development delay, muscular hypotonia, suspected central obesity, no prominent facial dysmorphisms). snp array-cgh analysis was unsuspicious and no deletion of the imprinting center was observed. thus, ts is caused by a sporadic imprinting defect in our patient. her -year-old sister was diagnosed with smad -associated jps after an episode of intestinal invagination due to a polyp, histologically diagnosed as peutz-jeghers polyp, in early infancy. sequencing identified a heterozy-abstracts coding vmat have only very recently been described as causal for brain dopamine-serotonin vesicular transport disease in two families with multiple affected children (rilstone et al., n engl j med , , - ; jacobsen et al., j inherit metab dis , , - ) . the index case presented here is a -year-old girl with severe mental retardation and a dystonic movement disorder. she is the tenth child of a consanguineous arabic couple and was initially referred to neuropaediatric examination at the age of four months due to recurrent oculogyric crises and muscular hypotonia. blood metabolic testing and cerebrospinal fluid (csf) analyses were inconclusive. notably, biogenic amines were within their normal ranges and the differential diagnosis of aromatic l-amino acid decarboxylase (aadc) deficiency could not be confirmed. conventional cytogenetics, subtelomeric screening, array-cgh and different ngs panel analyses did not identify a causative mutation. both parents and all eight living siblings are obviously unaffected. a brother with a known hypotonic movement disorder died at the age of three years due to prolonged seizures with hyperthermia and cerebral edema. by utilizing whole-exome sequencing, we identified a homozygous substitution in the slc a gene of the index case causing an amino acid change (c. c>a; p.pro his) in a conserved transmembrane domain of vesicular monoamine transporter (vmat ). homozygosity for this missense change could also be verified in a dna sample of her deceased brother. an obvious reduction in frequency of oculogyric crises was observed in our index case under therapy with pramipexole already within weeks after start of treatment. furthermore the patient shows less dystonic movements under therapy. the case presented here highlights the importance of considering brain dopamine-serotonin vesicular transport disease as differential diagnosis for early-onset extrapyramidal movement disorders combined with mental retardation even if neurotransmitters in csf are normal. for a large number of individuals with intellectual disability (id), the molecular basis of the disorder is still unknown. however, whole exome sequencing (wes) is providing more and more insights into the genetic landscape of id. in the present study, we performed trio-based wes in patients with unsolved id and additional clinical features, and identified homozygous cplx mutations in three patients with id from two unrelated families. all displayed marked developmental delay and migrating myoclonic epilepsy, and one showed a cerebellar cleft in addition. the encoded protein, complexin , is crucially involved in neuronal synaptic regulation, and homozygous cplx knockout mice have the earliest known onset of ataxia seen in a mouse model. recently, a homozygous truncating mutation in cplx was suggested to be causative for migrating epilepsy and structural brain abnormalities. id was not reported. the currently limited knowledge on cplx suggests that complete loss of complexin function may lead to a complex but variable clinical phenotype, and our findings encourage further investigations of cplx in patients with id, developmental delay and myoclonic epilepsy to unravel the phenotypic spectrum of carriers of biallelic cplx mutations. genes. due their heterogeneity, diagnostic testing for congenital eye malformations was limited in the pre-ngs era. we performed exome analysis in patients with congenital eye malformation (mac spectrum, asd, congenital cataract, congenital glaucoma). primarily, a gene panel comprising genes associated with eye malformations was evaluated. additionally the exome data was evaluated in selected patients as a second step. the panel analysis revealed pathogenic sequence variants in patients and genes (mab l , bcor, nhs, prss , cyp b , foxc , pitx , gcnt ). putatively causative sequence variants were identified additional patients. the diagnostic yield of the panel was highest in patients with non-syndromic microphthalmia/coloboma and congenital cataracts, and lowest in patients with syndromic mac spectrum (i. e. additional systemic features/malformations). ngs based panel testing is a strong diagnostic tool to determine the underlying causes of non-syndromic congenital eye malformations. due to the partially overlapping phenotypes and high heterogeneity it is more sensible to perform large gene panel analysis, as opposed to smaller single phenotype based panels. superactivity of phosphoribosyl¬pyrophosphate synthetase i (prpps) is a rare inborn error of purine metabolism that is characterized by increased levels of uric acid in blood and urine (omim ). the disorder is caused by gain-of-function mutations in the x-chromosomal gene prps . in male patients, disease manifestation is in early childhood. additional clinical characteristics include intellectual disability, hypotonia, ataxia and hearing loss. heterozygous female mutation carriers have a later age of onset and a less severe clinical course. only seven families with prps gainof-function mutations have been reported to date. we report on a -year-old boy with congenital hyperuricemia, urolithiasis, developmental delay, short stature, hypospadias and facial dysmorphisms. his mother also had hyperuricemia that was diagnosed at age years but was otherwise healthy. a novel prps missense mutation (c. g>c, p. leu phe) was detected in the proband and his mother. enzyme activity analyses confirmed superactivity of prpp synthetase. the family reported here broadens the clinical spectrum of prpps superactivity and indicates that this rare metabolic disorder is associated with a recognizable facial gestalt. homozygous and compound heterozygous mutations of the rnu at-ac gene are associated with mopd and roifman syndrome. mopd is characterized by severe microcephaly with brain malformations including abnormal gyral pattern, corpus callosum agenesis or hypoplasia, vermis hypoplasia and intracranial cysts, psychomotor retardation, short stature, skeletal dysplasia, dry skin, sparse hair, flexion contractures, round face with beaked nose and protruding eyes, and premature death with a majority of the patients who die before the age of months for unknown reasons. roifman syndrome was first described as a novel association of antibody deficiency, spondyloepiphyseal chondro-osseus dysplasia, retinal dystrophy, poor pre-and postnatal growth, cognitive delay and facial dysmorphism including long eyelashes, downslanting palpebral fissures, a long philtrum and a thin upper lip. all patients with roifman syndrome reported so far lack brain malformations. the rnu atac gene encodes a small nuclear rna (snrna), which is essential for minor intron splicing. homozygous (g. g>a, g. g>a) and compound heterozygous mutations (g. g>a;g. g>a, g. g>a;g g>a and g. c>t;g. g>a) have been described in mopd . all mutations involve the ' or ' stem loop of the u atac snrna. in contrast, all cases with roifman syndrome investigated so far showed compound heterozygous rnu atac mutations with one allele harboring a mutation in the mopd associated ' stem loop and the other allele showing a mutation in the stem ii site of the u atac snrna, which has not been involved in mopd , so far. thus, the different pattern of the mutations observed in mopd and roifman syndrome may contribute to the distinct features of both syndromes. however, our patient shows, that features of mopd , i. e., brain malformations, may also be present in patients who show roifman syndrome associated rnu atac mutations. this indicates that both syndromes may represent overlapping features of the clinical spectrum of rnu atac mutations. h. roth, h. stöhr, b. h. f. weber institute of human genetics, university of regensburg, germany introduction: inherited retinal degenerations comprise a genetically heterogeneous group of eye diseases with overlapping clinical presentations. up to now, more than genes have been associated with different forms of retinal dystrophies (rd) such as retinitis pigmentosa (rp) or cone-rod-dystrophies (crd) with mutations in and causative genes, respectively. here, we present the results from three patients with remarkable findings and discuss their implications for risk prediction and genetic counseling. methods: targeted next-generation sequencing (ngs) technology based on agilent custom designed gene panels (sureselect) has been established in our diagnostics department to identify causative mutations in a large patient cohort with approximately rd patients. high-throughput sequencing data are routinely analyzed with the clc biomedical workbench. classification of variants was based on bioinformatic analyses using alamut visual software, mutationtaster, sift and polyphen- prediction programs, allele frequencies, amino acid conservation and literature. results. ngs analysis revealed two patients with rp and one patient with crd, each of whom carry putative causative mutations in several rd genes. first, a male patient with a family history of crd, is a carrier of a nonsense mutation p.(arg ter) in rims and two likely pathogenic missense mutations in aipl (p.(tyr phe)) and guca a (p.(pro- leu)), each in a heterozygous situation. mutations in all three genes can cause adcrd. in addition, the patient carried a hemizygous nonsense mutation p.(glu *) in the x-chromosomal rpgr gene. secondly, a female patient with simplex rp was found to be homozygous for a frameshift-causing deletion p.(ser leufs* ) in the impg gene causing arrp. she also carried three heterozygous, likely pathogenic missense mutations in crx (p.(tyr cys)) causing adrp, in the x-chromosomal rpgr (p.(ala val)) and in ush a (p.(ile val)) associated m. s. reuter , a. riess , u. moog , t. a. briggs , , k. e. chandler background: disruptions of the foxp gene, encoding a forkhead transcription factor, are the first known monogenic cause of a speech and language disorder. so far, mainly chromosomal rearrangements such as translocations or larger deletions affecting foxp have been reported. intragenic deletions or convincingly pathogenic point mutations in foxp have up to date only been reported in three families. we thus aimed at a further characterization of the mutational and clinical spectrum. methods: chromosomal microarray testing, trio exome sequencing, multi gene panel sequencing and targeted sequencing of foxp were performed in individuals with variable developmental disorders, and speech and language deficits. results: we identified four different truncating mutations, two novel missense mutations within the forkhead domain and an intragenic deletion in foxp in fourteen individuals from eight unrelated families. mutations occurred de novo in four families and were inherited from an affected parent in the other four. all index patients presented with various manifestations of language and speech impairment. apart from two individuals with normal onset of speech, age of first words was between and years. articulation difficulties such as slurred speech, dyspraxia, stuttering or poor pronunciation were frequently noted. motor development was normal or only mildly delayed. mild cognitive impairment was reported for most individuals. conclusion: by identifying intragenic deletions or mutations in fourteen individuals from eight unrelated families with variable developmental delay/cognitive impairment and speech and language deficits, we considerably broaden the mutational and clinical spectrum associated with aberrations in foxp . h. rieder, f. beleggia, d. wieczorek we report on a -year-old boy with microcephaly, arachnoidal cysts, pachygyria, microgyria, and severe intellectual disability. he also had short stature including shortening and deformation of the femora, brachydactyly, and short ribs with costochondral dysplasia. he showed facial dysmorphism with narrow palpebral fissures, a short nose with a depressed nasal bridge, and a broad mouth with full lips. clinical laboratory investigations demonstrated persistently slightly elevated liver enzymes. exome sequencing revealed compound heterozygous mutations of the rnu at-ac gene, g. g>a;g. g>a, which has been described in an individual with roifman syndrome. we report on a seven-year-old girl, first child of non-consanguineous italian parents, with developmental delay, muscular hypotonia and distinctive craniofacial features (epicanthus inversus, ptosis, broad nasal bridge, mild retrognathia, low-set posteriorly rotated ears and malpositioned teeth in the mandible). because of the tentative diagnosis of blepharophimosis-ptosis-epicanthus inversus syndrome (bpes), conventional cytogenetic analysis, sanger sequencing and mlpa (multiplex ligation-dependent amplification) of foxl were initiated and showed unremarkable results. microarray-cgh revealed a kb microduplication of genetic material on q . : arr[hg ] q . ( _ )x encompassing the genes tubgcp , cyfip , nipa and nipa of maternal origin. patients with q . microduplication have been described to be affected by developmental delay, motor and/or expressive language delay, epilepsy, learning disabilities and/or behavioral problems. however, genotype phenotype correlation is complicated by incomplete penetrance. healthy and mildly affected carriers are reported in the literature. we speculate that the microduplication might contribute but does not fully explain the phenotype of our patient, in particular concerning the craniofacial features. subsequent trio whole-exome sequencing identified a de novo heterozygous mutation in setbp (c. t>a/ p.tyr *) leading to a premature stop codon and most probably resulting in a truncated and functionally impaired protein. mutations in the set binding protein gene (setbp ) on q . have been identified to cause schinzel-giedion syndrome (sgs, omim ), a rare autosomal dominant disorder characterized by postnatal growth failure, severe developmental delay, seizures, facial dysmorphism, genitourinary, skeletal, neurological, and cardiac defects. chromosomal deletions in q including setbp have been reported to cause a milder phenotype known as "autosomal dominant mental retardation- " (mrd , omim ). these observations suggest that the severe sgs phenotype might be the consequence of a gain-of-function or dominant-negative effect of the mutations and that setbp haploinsufficiency results in a different, milder phenotype. so far, the function of the set-bp protein is unknown. the presented case adds up to the yet small number of reported cases of mrd and thereby contributes to the clinical spectrum of setbp haploinsufficiency. this work was supported by "förderstiftung des uksh" (project number: _ ). the demand for genetic counseling had been constant, in germany, over many years. from to around . cases per year on the average and with minor fluctuations were reimbursed by the german sickness funds (public health insurance system; pabst and schmidtke, gendiagnostik in deutschland, bbaw, p. - , ) . in connection with the "genbin "-project, a new nationwide survey was initiated regarding with arrp. finally, in another female rp patient with no family history of rd, we detected a nonsense mutation p.(trp ter) and a likely pathogenic splice site change (c. + a>g) in the arrp gene eys, assuming compound heterozygosity. in this patient we also identified two heterozygous, likely pathogenic missense mutations in hmcn (p.(pro thr)) and cep (p.(arg cys)) underlying dominant and recessive forms of rd. in all three cases, specific mutation(s) could not be uniquely identified as causative. conclusion. results in the three rd cases emphasize that ngs can generate unexpected results that are difficult to interpret, particularly in the absence of segregation analysis and functional data on pathogenicity. the implications for genetic counselling and predictive testing will be discussed. smart qnipt study -detection of fetal trisomy based on methylation-specific quantitative real-time pcr m. sachse, s. werler, j. bonnet, u. neder, h. sperling, s. busche, s. grömminger, w. hofmann lifecodexx ag, konstanz, germany objectives: current non-invasive prenatal testing (nipt) methods for the detection of fetal trisomy (t ) are primarily based on next generation sequencing (ngs) strategies which are quite costly in clinical application and hence are limited to patients who can afford the testing. here, we describe the results of a blinded study with respect to the test accuracy of a newly developed nipt assay based on quantitative real-time pcr (qpcr) for prenatal testing of fetal trisomy (qnipt). methods: in the study maternal plasma samples were collected from , pregnant women and blinded by an independent contract research organization. after extraction of cell-free dna using qiasymphony instrument and methylation-specific digestion of dna samples a multiplex qpcr was performed. the primary qpcr data were finally evaluated with our ce marked data analysis software. results from this analysis and from confirmatory ngs testing were compared with nipt results using ngs. the study results of successfully analysed maternal plasma samples (n = ) demonstrated a positive percentage agreement (ppa; equates to sensitivity) of % (lower -sided % confidence interval of . %; n = / ) and a negative percentage agreement (npa; equates to specificity; n = / ) of % compared to ngs-based results. the negative predictive value (npv) for the novel qnipt and confirmatory ngs testing was % (lower -sided % confidence interval of . %). the average fetal fraction of the examined blood samples was . %. the qnipt assay provided reliable test results in blood samples with a fetal fraction below % and as low as . %. conclusion: our results suggest that the proprietary qnipt assay is a very reliable and robust method suitable for clinical routine in accordance with international medical associations. the assay represents a more cost-efficient solution over ngs testing and will also be able to provide results in the shortest possible time. while current nipt methods require a minimum fetal fraction of % in blood samples from singleton pregnancies, we could demonstrate in the study that our smart qnipt assay can be employed on blood samples with a fetal fraction of as low as . %. in summary, the application of smart qnipt could have the potential to become a nipt solution on a global scale for pregnant women of all ages and risk groups. further studies which aim to include the determination of trisomy and trisomy are currently underway. with respect to the developmental delay of our index patient, chromosome analysis and array-cgh were performed. a microduplication in p . (app. kb) of unknown significance and a microduplication in xq . (app. kb), which comprises the fmr -gene, were identified and shown to be of maternal origin (arr[hg ] p . ( , , , )x , xq . ( , , , )x ). fmr is associated with fragile x syndrome, which is one of the most common causes for x-linked mental retardation. cgg-trinucleotide repeat expansions in the ' untranslated region (> repeats) lead to aberrant hypermethylation of the fmr -promotor and silencing of fmr expression. in contrast, premutations ( - repeats) lead to a higher expression of fmr and cause a clinical syndrome that is characterised by late progressive cerebellar ataxia (fxtas). in line with this gain-of-function mechanism, we hypothesize that the xq . duplication, which could lead to an increased gene dosage of fmr , causes a fra(x)-/fxtas-like syndrome and explain the clinical findings in our family. vengoechea et al. described a patient with a similar duplication, who was affected by developmental retardation, epilepsy and hyperactivity. they discussed the microduplication, which arose de novo in their patient, as the cause for the boy's symptoms (vengoechea j. et al., eur j hum genet., nov; ( ): - ) . in conclusion, we assume a fmr -duplication syndrome in our family with variable expressivity and a different impact on male and female patients. to further prove this hypothesis, we are planning to perform a segregation-analysis within the whole family. background: congenital myasthenic syndromes (cms) are a genetically heterogenous group of disorders leading to weakness of skeletal muscles -especially ocular, bulbar and limb muscles -with onset mostly at birth or in early childhood. the severity of cms can vary significantly ranging from death in early childhood due to respiratory insufficiency to only mild muscle weakness in adulthood. more than genes that are highly expressed in the neuromuscular junctions are associated with cms. mutations in the chrne gene on chromosome p . are responsible for about one half of genetically solved cms cases. they can cause different subtypes of cms with either autosomal dominant or autosomal recessive inheritance. results: here, we report a -year-old boy who was born with bilateral eyelid ptosis and congenital vertical talus of the right foot that needed surgical correction. the boy displayed muscular hypotonia with a myopathic facial expression and delayed motor development. ophthalmologic examination revealed external ophthalmoplegia. a next generation sequencing based gene panel for congenital myopathies detected the homozygous frameshift mutation c. _ dup (p.leu profs* ) in the chrne gene in the boy. gene dosage analysis did not show an exonic deletion in the chrne gene. sanger sequencing confirmed the mutation in a heterozygous state in the boy's father. however, his mother did not carry the mutation in the chrne gene. conclusions: these results suggest the rare event of a (partial) paternal uniparental isodisomy of chromosome as cause of the homozygous c. _ dup (p.leu profs* ) in the chrne gene in the boy. further experiments are currently undertaken to confirm this hypothesis. the annual reimbursement frequencies of the relevant entries in the ebm fee schedule, , , and , for which only specialists in human genetics and subspecialists in medical genetics can account, from until . contrary to the findings in the earlier period the demand for genetic counseling has risen sharply: , (of a total of , ) cases in ; , ( , ) in ; , ( , ) in ; , ( , ) in ; , ( , ) in ; and , ( , ) in . we speculate that the temporal correlation of the rise of genetic counseling demand with the enactment of the german act on testing (february , ) is not coincidental. further factors that might contribute to the increase in demand are the ensuing guidelines of the german commission on genetic testing and cme activities related to attaining a qualification for genetic counseling for specialties other than human genetics. in the course of these activities the awareness for the importance of genetic counseling delivered by specialists in human genetics and subspecialists in medical genetics may have risen. acknowledgements: the "genbin "-project supported by the robert koch-institute through funding from the german federal ministry of health. we gratefully acknowledge the collaboration with dr. michael erhart, zentralinstitut der kassenärztlichen bundesvereinigung (zi-kbv), berlin, germany it is well known that duplications of down syndrome critical region (dscr) on chromosome q can cause down syndrome whereby the distinct phenotype is associated with the involved genes and the size of duplication. however, in literature are hardly any cases with mosaic duplications of dscr described. here we report on a year old boy with some clinical features of down syndrome including distinctive craniofacial dysmorphism, simian crease and sandal gap as well as delayed motor and speech development. no other organ abnormalities are known. conventional chromosome analysis showed no numerical or structural aberration whereas interphase fish analysis revealed three signals for dscr in approx. % of lymphocytes and in approx. % of buccal mucosa cells. array-cgh analysis on dna from peripheral blood confirmed a , mb duplication of chromosome q . q . . the duplication involves among others the gene dyrk a which is reported as a candidate gene for down syndrome. this case presents one of the smallest known duplications within dscr which causes even in a mosaic state a mild phenotype of down syndrome. -year-old boy was referred to our outpatient clinic due to global developmental delay mainly affecting his speech and his fine motor development. in addition, muscular hypotonia and an abnormal gait were reported by the referring paediatrician. his mother, his maternal grandmother, and numerous relatives are affected by gait ataxia. no causative mutation was detected in the maternal grandmother by means of a multi-gene panel for spinocerebellar ataxia encompassing genes. genetic testing for friedreich ataxia was also without pathological findings. cer, but the patient mother's grandfather had a cancer of unknown origin and died at the age of years. because of the suspicion of having a lynch syndrome an immunohistochemistry and microsatellite analysis have been performed on the tissue of the colorectal cancer and the hepatic metastasis. all four mmr proteins were properly expressed in immunohistochemistry in colorectal cancer. just the expression of mlh protein in the hepatic metastasis was focally weakened and inhomogeneous. the microsatellite markers bat , bat , d s (apc), d s and d s (mfd) were all stable, a a t-kras mutation was found. after performing a multi-gene panel (ngs, next-generation sequencing), a gross heterozygous deletion of exon in msh gene has been found in the cnv analysis of the ngs data. this mutation was confirmed with a mlpa and quantitative real time pcr analyses. furthermore, rna expression of msh was reduced to % in blood lymphocytes in comparison to control samples pointing to a potential role of msh loss in the patient's tumor development. we are observing more and more patients with probably pathogenic and pathogenic mutations in one of the mmr genes with normal immunohistochemistry and microsatellite analysis. therefore, we propose that the criteria for performing a molecular genetic analysis of hnpcc/lynch syndrome should be revised. exome sequencing reveals gata mutation in a patient with partial delta-storage pool deficiency and mild thrombocytopenia objectives: we report about a -year-old male patient of russian background with severe and frequent epistaxis and hematoma since infancy. he presented with mild thrombocytopenia and increased mean platelet volume. von willebrand's disease and subhemophilia had been excluded. previously, he was diagnosed with immune thrombocytopenic purpura. he never underwent elective surgery. his parents were asymptomatic. however, his -year-old daughter also suffers from severe bleeding symptoms (multiple, light red hematoma in consequence of minimal trauma). methods: whole exome sequencing (wes) was carried out for the patient, his asymptomatic wife, his symptomatic daughter and her asymptomatic -year-old brother. platelet function was assessed by light transmission-, lumi-aggregometry and flow cytometry. lysates of gel-filtered platelets were analyzed for total granule p-selectin, cd and von willebrand factor (vwf) content by western blotting and for serotonin levels by elisa, respectively. results. platelet function and characterization of the patients granula suggested a delta-storage pool disease (spd). in most cases delta-spd occurs as part of a syndrome, e. g. combined with albinism, immunodeficiency or a thalassemic-like blood disorder. as the patient and his daughter did not show any conclusive phenotype, their dna was subjected to wes. exome sequencing revealed a not yet described gata -mutation close to two zinc finger domains (znf and znf ) in a highly conserved region of the gata gene in the -year old daughter (c. a>c, p.t p, heterozygous) and her father (c. a>c, p.t p, hemizygous). this mutation was absent in wildtype-controls but could also be demonstrated in the indexpatients' asymptomatic mother. only a few mutations are known to be located in this c-terminal region to date. mutations in gata may lead to different clinical presentations, depending on their location within gata (e. g. diamond-blakfan anemia (exon ), x-linked thrombocytopenia (znf ), transient myeloproliferative disorder (intron , exon , exon ) and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia (intron , exon , exon ) in case of down-syndrome). significantly increased hbf-levels (reference level: ≤ , %) in the affected family members of , % ( -year-old daugh- our proposita is a years old woman, who was transferred to our genetic counselling department for the suspicion of m. osler (hereditary hemorrhagic teleangiectasia, hht). during routine check up an anemia was diagnosed. a tumor search was initiated and unexpectedly the ct of the abdomen showed a suspect coin lesion of about . cm in diameter localized in the basal part of the right lung. further investigations revealed a pulmonary arterio-venous malformation which was hemodynamically relevant and already led to chronic right heart overload. a coil embolization was performed. retrospectively, medical history of the patient included episodes of severe epistaxis in childhood and a neurosurgical intervention for intracerebral bleeding at the age of years without permanent neurological deficits. during genetic counselling our proposita mentioned that her years old daughter also suffered from anemia due to multiple polyps of the colon. after polypectomy her hemoglobin values normalized. although histologically the polyps appeared as juvenile ones a mutation search in the apc-gene was initiated by the gastroenterologists without identifying a pathogenic mutation. combining the two pieces of information, we offered a mutation search in the smad gene and a pathogenic mutation c. c>t (p.arg cys) was found in both patients in heterozygosity. colonoscopy in the mother did not show juvenile polyps or gastrointestinal vascular malformations. vice versa, no cerebral or pulmonary arteriovenous malformations could be detected in the daughter. our family illustrates, that the same mutation within a family may phenotypically appear as different diseases. a careful taking of medical history and the knowledge of all relevant diagnostic findings (in this case e. g. the histology of the polyps) can enable the geneticist to offer a precise differential diagnosis leading to a well-directed molecular testing. to our opinion this is still relevant even in the era of ngs-based panels because the more precise the clinical diagnosis and the choice of the genes to analyse the less problems with unclassified variants will arise. the hereditary non-polyposis colon cancer (hnpcc, lynch syndrome) is caused by pathogenic germline mutations in mismatch repair genes (mlh , msh , msh and pms ) causing microsatellite instability (msi) and decreased or lost expression of the appropriate mismatch repair protein (mmr) in the immunohistochemistry (ihc) on tumor material. thus, ihc and msi testing help to identify the mmr gene, which most likely harbors a germline pathogenic variant. msi and ihc testing prior to germline analysis are specified in the s guidelines of hnpcc and if negative normally preclude further genetic analyses. here, we present a year old patient with a synchronous colonic (ceacum) and renal cancer at the age of years. at the time of the diagnosis hepatic metastases of the caecal adenocarcinoma have already been present. histologically, the colonic tumor was a poorly differentiated adenocarcinoma (pt pn) with lymphangiosis and haemangiosis carcinomatosa. the renal cancer showed histology of a moderately differentiated clear cell renal carcinoma. in the family history the year old sister and the parents are healthy. the twin sister of the patient's mother had a collateral breast cancer at the age of years and died two years later. the mother's grandparents had no canmedizinische genetik · p-cling- pitfalls in molecular genetic diagnostics a. tibelius, e. fey, k. hinderhofer institute of human genetics, heidelberg, germany probably every clinical laboratory geneticist may look back on at least one case in his career which has caused him quite a headache. this means those cases with completely unexpected and at a first glance implausible results which could be interpreted correctly only after intensive enquiry and additional testing. here, we report on three of such pitfall cases from our routine diagnostics. case : a -year-old woman, pregnant with monozygotic twins, was referred to prenatal cystic fibrosis diagnosis. she and her partner were carriers of mutations in the cftr gene ( + g>t and g x, respectively). prenatal molecular diagnosis demonstrated that both fetus had inherited only the paternal mutation. routinely, we performed maternal cell contamination analysis by comparing polymorphic microsatellite loci between the maternal and fetal dna. surprisingly, of tested microsatellite loci revealed a discrepancy between the maternal and fetal genotypes, meaning neither of both maternal alleles was present in fetal dnas. a potential confusion of samples was excluded. moreover, the presence of paternal mutation in fetal dnas indicated a correct genetic relationship between awaited children and the partner of pregnant woman. the only one plausible interpretation of the obtained result was a pregnancy by egg donation. afterwards, this suspicion was confirmed by the couple. case : we present a -year-old man with infertility resulting from azoospermia. conventional chromosomal analysis and an additional fish analysis using y probes indicated a ,xx karyotype with no detectable sry. in parallel, a molecular azf (azoospermia factors) diagnostic was performed by a standard multiplex pcr. by this method the absence of sry region and a deletion of regions azfb and azfc, was identified, explaining the observed azoospermia. interestingly, the pcr showed that the azfa region was still present in patient chromosomes, contradicting cytogenetic and fish results. thus, a complementary fish analysis was performed in order to reveal a low-grade y-mosaicism and sry material was detected in % of the cells (a result under the threshold level). based on this observation, pcr conditions for the azf diagnostic were modified and a very weak sry-specific pcr product detected. case : a molecular diagnostics for frax (fragile x syndrome) was requested for a -year-old boy with a slight delay in speech development. his brother was already molecular-genetically diagnosed as having frax. the analysis by southern blot hybridisation in the patient revealed a smear of methylated fragments characteristic for an expanded allele in the full mutation range. surprisingly, two fragments of normal length, methylated and non-methylated, could also be detected in patient's dna. a subsequent aneuploidy mlpa confirmed a supernumerary x-chromosome in the patient consistent with a klinefelter syndrome. these results were verified by an independent cytogenetic analysis. the syndrome of congenital symmetric circumferential skin creases (cscsc and cscsc ) replaces the old term michelin-tire-baby syndrome (mim ) and is characterized by congenital circumferential skin folds, primarily of the limbs, facial dysmorphism, cleft palate and intellectual disability. mutations in the β-tubulin encoding gene tubb or in the microtubule end binding family member mapre are the underlying genetic cause. ter) and , % ( -year-old indexpatient) suggested dyserythropoiesis, although thalassemic features of the blood count were lacking. conclusion: we describe a gata mutation as the cause of a delta-storage pool disorder. imbalanced x-chromosome inactivation might explain the different phenotypes of the gata mutation carriers and will be investigated through allele-quantification based on rna isolated from whole blood and from platelet rich plasma in case of the index patient and different family members. we saw three siblings (aged , , ; two female, one male) with variable signs of retinal disease. all three developed night blindness till the rd decade, furthermore near-sightedness and deterioration of the visual acuity to a various degree at age - . the clinical diagnosis was given as stargardt's disease, fundus flavimaculatus or unspecified retinal degeneration respectively. two more siblings (aged and ) and the mother (died age ) were clinically unaffected. the father (died age ) was reported to have had bad eyesight beginning in the th decade, his father similarly (no further information available). the three affected siblings have a total of five children (age - ), none of them showing clear signs of retinal disease up to now. considering the clinical diagnosis stargardt's disease we analysed the genes abca , elovl , prom and cngb by sanger sequencing. no pathogenic mutation could be detected. afterwards we performed next generation sequencing of several genes associated with retinal dystrophies and found a novel splice site mutation in the prph gene (mim # ). the mutation was confirmed in all three affected siblings by sanger sequencing. considering that mutation pathogenic we could re-diagnose our patients with patterned macular dystrophy type (mim # ). that disease is inherited in an autosomal dominant fashion, corresponding to the pattern of inheritance evident in our family. the etiology of epileptic encephalopathies, characterized by severe, early-onset seizures accompanied by developmental delay or regression, is highly heterogeneous. in recent years, next-generation sequencing approaches have led to the discovery of numerous causative genes; however the spectrum of associated phenotypes still needs to be further explored for many of these genes. we performed multi-gene panel analysis in a little boy of german non-consanguineous parents who showed severe early-onset infantile epileptic encephalopathy and almost absent neurological development. in this patient we identified a novel heterozygous missense mutation in the gabrg gene which was absent in the parents. in silico analyses strongly suggested a pathogenic relevance of this sequence variation which resides within a highly conserved region. so far, gabrg mutations have mainly been associated with milder types of epilepsy such as febrile seizures and childhood absence epilepsy. therefore, our findings extend the phenotypic spectrum associated with mutations in this gene at the severe end. referring on a case report by al marzouqi et al. ( ) , who reported on a girl with bilateral amastia in the context of skewed x-inactivation, we want to underline the importance of mlpa analyses in the case of negative sequencing of the eda gene, as whole exon duplication can be the cause of hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia. to our knowledge, the report of al marzouqi et al. has been the only case about this genetic alteration in the literature so far. novel pogz mutation in a patient with intellectual disability, microcephaly, strabismus and sensorineural hearing loss we report on a -year-old male patient with severe intellectual disability, microcephaly, sensorineural hearing loss, ocular abnormalities (strabismus and hyperopia), congenital heart defect (atrial septum defect and pulmonary stenosis) and minor facial abnormalities (thin upper lip, frontal upsweep). next-generation sequencing analysis revealed a novel heterozygous de novo mutation in pogz: c. _ del, p.(thr serfs* ) . the clinical problems of this patient are in accordance with the findings in the previously reported pogz mutation carriers. reports of additional patients with pogz mutations will be needed to establish detailed phenotype-genotype correlations of this novel and probably underdiagnosed syndrome. novel clinical and molecular aspects in two patients with kleefstra syndrome d. wand, b. seebauer, k. heinimann, i. filges medical genetics, university hospital, basel, schweiz the phenotype of kleefstra syndrome is clinically variable but characterized by facial dysmorphism, intellectual disability, childhood hypotonia and variably associated other malformations. haploinsufficiency of ehmt , caused by either heterozygous microdeletions in q . or sequence mutations in ehmt , has been identified to be the underlying causal mechanism. here we present two girls from two unrelated families with clinical signs of kleefstra syndrome. besides the main features such as facial dysmorphism, intellectual disability/developmental delay and childhood hypotonia, the years old girl presented with additional accelerated growth whereas the other girl, years old, showed failure to thrive. both children have no heart defect, renal or urogenital anomalies or severe respiratory infections. we identified two rare variants likely to be causal: a novel heterozygous splice site ehmt variant and a heterozygous microdeletion in chromosome q . , including exons an of the ehmt -gene . these patients broaden the spectrum of kleefstra -associated ehtm causes, contribute to novel aspects of genotype-phenotype correlations and a better understanding of the clinical variability of the disorder. here, we present two girls from two non-consanguines families showing clinical aspects of the syndrome of congenital symmetric circumferential skin creases. additional features are present in both girls. patient is the first child of healthy parents. she was born at + weeks of gestation with a weight of g, a length of cm and a head circumferences of cm. respiratory distress, a cleft palate, a heart defect (atrial septum defect), an anogenital malformation and facial dysmorphism were diagnosed after delivery, additionally to the skin creases phenotype. conventional karyotyping performed on blood lymphocyte cultures and cgh-array analysis showing normal results. patient is the second child of unrelated healthy parents. her older sister is healthy as well. because of an intrauterine growth retardation an amniocentesis with chromosomal analysis was performed, showing a normal karyotype of ,xx. patient was born at + weeks of gestation by caesarean section. the birth weight was g, the birth length was cm and the head circumferences was cm and the apgar score was / / . due to respiratory distress and hypoxia a tracheotomy was initiated. she also presented with cleft palate, feeding difficulties, a heart defect (atrial and ventricular septum defect), asplenia and facial dysmorphism. the skin phenotype was remarkably similar to that of patient with a prominent neck fold and skin creases mainly on the back part, but also at the limbs. in both children the skin folds gradually diminish over the time without any intervention like it was described for michelin-tire-baby syndrome/ cscsc and cscsc patients. for these reason, a disease-causing mutation in the genes mapre and tubb were excluded in both children. to identify a genetic cause, we performed a trio whole-exom sequencing, including the healthy parents and the affected child, in both families. a de novo stop mutation was detected in patient , while no promising results could be detected in patient . further studies, especially functional in vivo studies and analysis of further patients with a similar clinical presentation will answer the question if the above described phenotype is an expanded variant of the congenital symmetric circumferential skin creases or a unique new syndrome. clinical findings in a family with x-linked hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia due to a duplication of exon in the eda gene -a case report we want to summarize the phenotypic spectrum in one affected three generation family with x-linked hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia. we report on one strongly affected male and slightly affected female carriers, carrying a duplication of exon in the eda gene. reason for genetic assessment was the request of a female for evaluation of a possible risk for occurrence of the familial disorder in a further planned pregnancy. the woman reported an inability to breastfeed and she and her daughter showed conical teeth, a dry skin and sparse hair. the affected male showed absent deciduous teeth, hypodontia of permanent teeth, missing regulation of the temperature due to a lack of sweat glands, bilateral nipple hypoplasia, a dry and wrinkled skin, missing eye lashes, eyebrows and scalp hair and sparse body hair. the fingernails were inconspicuous, whereas the nails of the toes, particularly the nails of the hallux were yellowish and thickened. the affected male had an operation due to a gallstone and cysts were found in one kidney. there was no increased predisposition to infections. the suspected diagnosis of x-linked hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia was confirmed by genetic analysis of the eda gene (sequencing and mlpa analysis). a duplication of exon was detected in the affected male patient and was confirmed in the two mildly affected female relatives by realtime-pcr. terminator sequencing mix v . on an abi xl genetic analyzer (applied biosystems) and detected an insertion of bp between the exons and . we located the insertion's sequence in intron of the dmd gene and sequenced flanking sequences of gdna to find the underlying mutation causing the insertion. two hemizygous single nucleotide variants (snvs) surrounding the inserted fragment could be identified. the first variant (c. - a>c) is a common polymorphism (maf according to genomes project: . %) at the position of an existing acceptor splice site. the second variant (c. - a>g) is novel and creates a new cryptic donor splice site with high probability. these two cryptic splice sites create the formation of a bp pseudoexon which produces a frameshift and a premature stop codon (p.asp alafs*) in the dmd gene. in summary, we could genetically confirm the clinical diagnosis of a dystrophinopathy by two divs in dmd. although the insertion of the pseudoexon creates a premature stop codon the patient's clinical phenotype indicates a milder type of becker muscular dystrophy. this contradiction could be explained by the remaining existence of dmd wild type mrna most likely due to a not constantly active cryptic splice site. most interesting about the present case is the fact that a common snv facilitates the creation of a pseudoexon. this makes the region a potential hotspot for divs in the dmd gene which would be worthwhile further investigations. with more than % of all humans preferring to use their right hand, handedness is the most noticeable functional expression of cerebral lateralization in humans. however, the precise molecular mechanisms that regulate handedness and other related forms of cerebral lateralization remain largely elusive. therefore, the question which genetic, epigenetic and environmental factors contribute to human handedness is one of the central questions in research on lateral asymmetries. handedness is a complex, heritable trait, for which polygenic inheritance is assumed, meaning that a large number of genetic factors with a small additive effect contribute to the observed variance in hand preference. to date, genetic association studies have implicated only a few specific genes influencing handedness. particularly interesting is the association between the human androgen receptor (ar) gene and different aspects of handedness, since the interrelationships constitute a conceptual bridge between the theories that invoke testosterone as a factor in the development of cerebral asymmetries with theories proposing that the x chromosome contains a locus that influences the direction of hand preference. in an initial large association study in samples of healthy adults we already demonstrated that handedness in both sexes is associated with the ar cag-repeat length, with longer repeats being related to a higher incidence of non-right-handedness. in addition, we have performed a second association study in an independently collected healthy cohort of more than test persons with comprehensive data on the handedness phenotype. we were able to replicate the association with longer cag repeats being related to a higher incidence of non-right-handedness, especially in females. since longer cag-repeat blocks have been linked to less efficient ar function, these results implicate that differences in ar signaling in the developing brain might be one of the factors that determine individual differences in brain lateralization. dej. waschk, ac. tewes, p. wieacker, s. ledig institute of human genetics, münster, germany the mammalian female and male reproductive tracts develop from the paramesonephric ducts (müllerian ducts, md) and mesonephric ducts (wolffian ducts, wd), respectively. in the absence of testicular differentiation and anti-müllerian hormone, the wd regress and the md give rise to the fallopian tubes, uterus, cervix and the upper part of the vagina. disorders of normal md development in females can manifest as fusion anomalies of the uterus such as septate uterus, bicornuate uterus, unicornuate uterus and uterus didelphys, or more complex malformation patterns like mayer-rokitansky-küster-hauser syndrome (mrkh) or herlyn-werner-wunderlich syndrome. mrkh is characterized by congenital absence of the uterus and the upper two-thirds of the vagina in individuals with a normal female karyotype, most of whom show normal ovarian function. mrkh can further be associated with additional malformations e. g. of the kidneys and the skeletal system. herlyn-werner-wunderlich syndrome is characterized by uterus didelphys, obstructed hemivagina and ipsilateral renal agenesis. despite anomalies of the md occur quite frequently, the etiology of most cases with these disorders remains unknown. the homeodomain transcription factor emx (empty spiracles homeobox ) was found to be critical for urogenital and central nervous system development. previous studies showed that in emx mutant mice, the kidneys, ureters, gonads and genital tracts were completely missing. in order to elucidate whether mutations in emx are causative for md anomalies in humans, we performed sequence analyses of emx (genbank nm_ . ) in our study group of female patients with clinically characterized disorders of the md including patients with mrkh and cases with herlyn-werner-wunderlich syndrome. we found the heterozygous intronic mutation c. - c>a twice in this cohort. this variant has been described earlier (rs ) and is listed in the exome aggregation consortium exac variant with a minor allele frequency of . %. in silico analysis revealed no significant changes for the correct splicing of emx . we therefore consider this variant to be a benign polymorphism. we conclude that mutations in emx are not causative for disorders of the md in our cohort. a. zaum, w. kreß, a. gehrig, s. rost institute of human genetics, würzburg, germany dystrophinopathies are x-linked muscle diseases caused by mutations in the dmd gene (omim: ). due to the huge size of this gene, the detection of mutations is sometimes challenging. despite multiplex ligation-dependent probe amplification (mlpa) and sequencing of all exons, about % of patients do not show any mutations in coding regions and therefore remain without molecular diagnosis. we assume that the majority of these patients have deep intronic variations (div) which are not detectable by standard diagnostic techniques. the index patient analysed is a twelve-year-old boy who was by chance diagnosed with elevated ck levels (up to , iu/i) at eight weeks of age. today he is still able to walk without walking aids but needs assistance when climbing stairs. in , a muscle biopsy revealed complete absence of dystrophin which established the diagnosis of dmd. for the molecular diagnosis, standard diagnostics ascertained no causative mutation. therefore we decided to search for deep intronic mutations. we isolated mrna from muscle tissue of the patient and amplified overlapping cdna fragments using rt-pcr. the fragments were analysed by gel electrophoresis for size differences compared to an unaffected control. the cdna product comprising exons - revealed an augmented fragment size compared to the control and the expected product size (about bp instead of the expected bp). we sequenced the altered cdna product using bigdye recent research in psoriasis has identified pustular psoriatic manifestations as either mendelian traits or as major genetic risk factors in contrast to the numerous associated snps in classical plaque psoriasis vulgaris. autosomal recessive mutations in il rn have been identified in ~ - % of patients with generalized pustular psoriasis (gpp), a rare, severe pustular variant of psoriasis. in addition, heterozygous missense variants in card and ap s have been associated to pustular psoriasis as well and shown to be functionally relevant. in order discover how relevant those genes were in our large gpp cohort of patients recruited all over germany, we screened them for coding variants in il rn, card and ap s by sanger sequencing and for quantitative aberrations by mlpa. we identified homozygous or compound heterozygous il rn mutations in of gpp patients ( %) and single heterozygous mutations in patients ( %). the most common mutations were c. >c>t/ p.ser leu and c. c>t/ p.pro leu, present on %/ % of mutated alleles, respectively. we also identified three so far unreported mutations: c. c>a/ p.ser x, c. - delacct-tc/ p.thr _phe del and c. g>a/ p.val met. according to molecular modeling, c. c>a/ p.ser x resulted in a shortened, de-stabilized protein analogous to c. g>t/ p.glu x. the other two mutations were also predicted to result in destabilized, likely disease-relevant, loss-of-function proteins. heterozygous ap s mutations were detected in two gpp patients, both of whom carried additional homozygous or compound-heterozygous il- rn mutations. gpp patients were heterozygous carriers of rare missense variants in card ( %); of note, two of these patients carried additional mutations in il rn. our genotype-phenotype correlation revealed a similar gender distribution in carriers of il rn mutations and wildtype carriers, but a strong association between bi-allelic mutations in il rn and early age of manifestation (p = . x* - ). as in other autosomal recessively inherited mutations, the frequency of parental consanguinity was significantly higher in patients with two il rn mutations compared to non-carriers. overall, our genetic studies suggest a lower impact of variants in ap s and card in pustular psoriasis than of those in il rn. interestingly, the combination of il rn mutations with either ap s or card congenital prosopagnosia (cp), also known as developmental prosopagnosia or face blindness, describes the inability to recognize faces. cognitive functions such as intelligence as well as the sensory visual capabilities are usually not impaired but people with prosopagnosia are negatively affected in their social life because individuals with the disorder have difficulty in recognizing family members, close friends or colleagues. although the prevalence of cp is estimated at . % and it appears to run in families, the contexts, which genetic, epigenetic and environmental factors contribute to this trait, are largely unknown. therefore we started to establish a large, well-characterized cp cohort for genetic studies. we hypothesize that rare highly penetrant non-synonymous genetic variants could explain some cases of cp. as part of a larger genetic study of patients with cp, we performed family based whole-exome sequencing and targeted re-analysing on four individuals from two families with multiple affected members. by obtaining samples from affected and unaffected members of the same family, we hope to effectively identify de novo and inherited variations. variations are considered on the basis of allele frequency, mutation type, literature and mutation prediction tools, thus generating a list of candidate variations/genes for each patient that is amenable to interpretation and further analyses in the extended cohort. through this approach, we hope to identify causal variations/genes in families and isolated patients with cp. erythrokeratodermia variabilis (ekv) is a rare, autosomal dominant genetic skin disorder with a highly heterogeneous phenotype. to date, three causative genes (gjb , gjb and gja ) are described but further genetic heterogeneity is expected. card mutations are only described for psoriasis vulgaris, generalized pustular psoriasis and pityriasis rubra pilaris. for the first time, we present disease causing card mutations in patients with an "ekv-like" phenotype. it refers to one familial case with two affected individuals, with an autosomal dominant transmission from the mother to the daughter and one independent sporadic case. all patients present typical ekv symptoms. a rash of well-demarcated erythematous and scaly plaques interspersed with distinct islands of uninvolved skin or small reddish papules coalescing into large reticulated scaly plaques and palmoplantar keratoderma. to confirm the suspected diagnosis of ekv, we analyzed a custom designed multi-gene panel by next generation sequencing with genes associated to hereditary skin diseases (agilent haloplex technology). the sequencing results did not reveal any mutation in the genes gjb , gjb and gja , but we found two pathogenic mutations in card . in the familial case c. t>c p.leu pro (rs , enst . ) was detected, while the sporadic case carries c. t>c p.leu pro. we hypothesize that different genetic and environmental factors are involved in the evolution of the phenotype in patients with card mutations. our cases show that classification of unusual skin phenotypes can be challenging without genetic testing. therefore, gene panel sequencing is a cost-efficient and time-saving solution for solving difficult cases with sometimes unexpected genetic background. bipolar disorder (bd) is a complex psychiatric disorder affecting more than % of the world's population. the highly heritable disease is characterized by recurrent episodes of manic and depressive symptoms. as the cumulative impact of common alleles with small effect may only explain around % of the phenotypic variance for bd, rare variants of high penetrance have been suggested to contribute to bd susceptibility. in the present study we investigated individuals of large multiply affected families of european origin using whole exome sequencing (wes). in each family, two to five affected individuals with bd or recurrent major depression were selected for sequencing. wes was performed on the illumina hiseq platform and the varbank pipeline of the cologne center for genomics was used for data analysis. all identified variants shared within each family were filtered for a minor allele frequency < . % and potentially damaging effects predicted by at least four of five different bioinformatics tools. we identified a total of rare, segregating and functional variants implicating different genes, of which were brain expressed. subsequently, we applied the residual variation intolerance scores (rvis, petrovski et al., ) and identified genes that were ranked among the % most "intolerant" genes in the genome. gene enrichment analysis of these genes showed a significant enrichment for a total of pathways (p < . ) including neuron projection, axon development and cell adhesion. for follow up analyses, we prioritized genes that were either found in at least two unrelated families in the present study or that were previously reported in next generation sequencing or gwas studies of bd. in addition, we enclosed the genes that were predominantly driving the significant pathways in the above mentioned gene enrichment analysis. the different approaches of prioritization yielded candidate genes that are currently being followed up by resequencing in cohorts of about independent bd cases and controls of european ancestry. the candidate genes include cdh that encodes a calcium-dependent cell adhesion protein that may play an important role in the morphogenesis of neural cells during the development and maintenance of the brain. for resequencing we use the single molecule molecular inversion probes (smmips) technology that enables multiplex targeted resequencing in large cohorts. the smmips sequences were designed with an empirically variants in several patients indicated an oligogenic inheritance rather than a purely monogenic one. moreover, the oligogenic basis of this group of inflammatory diseases might currently be underestimated, as our study suggests that genetic risk factors other than il rn mutations remain to be identified in the majority of gpp patients. exome sequencing of multiply affected schizophrenia families provides new insights into the pathogenesis of the disorder schizophrenia (scz) is a multifactorial psychiatric disorder with a lifetime risk of ~ % and a heritability of about - %. analysing multiply affected families using whole exome sequencing (wes) is a very promising approach to identify new scz risk factors. in these families, individuals are affected with scz over several generations. it is likely, that in multiply affected families genetic variations with particularly strong effect co-segregate with the disorder and contribute to the development of the psychiatric symptoms. to our knowledge, the present study is the largest study analysing multiply affected scz families using wes worldwide so far. we included families with at least affected members each. from each family, - individuals were exome sequenced on an illumina hiseq and analysed using the varbank pipeline of the cologne center for genomics (http://varbank.ccg.uni-koeln.de) and the clc bio biomedical genomics workbench. we included rare (allele frequency ≤ . % in the exome aggregation consortium dataset) variants that were predicted to be pathogenic (combined annotation dependent depletion score ≥ ; cadd.gs.washington.edu), confirmed by sanger sequencing and co-segregating with the disorder. in total we identified potentially pathogenic mutations in ~ genes. a substantial proportion of these will not contribute to the pathogenesis of scz. in order to further tease out the most promising candidate genes we applied multiple strategies: (i) screening our mutations in independent patient and control cohorts through international cooperations (access to more than , scz patients), (ii) gene-based tests, (iii) pathway-and network-analyses, (iv) gene expression analyses and (v) sequencing of the candidate genes in , scz patients and , controls. analyses are ongoing and will be presented at the upcoming conference. abstracts and our evolution, we know very little about the different mutagenic processes in our germline. of particular interest are a handful of highly recurrent dnm associated with congenital disorders and/or rasopathies, that have been described as driver mutations expanding in the male germline. the mutation itself causes a change in the tyrosine kinase receptor/ras/ mapk pathway, which in turn confers the spermatogonial stem cell a proliferative advantage. selfish or driver mutations are quite common in cancer, but we still know very little about the selfish expansion in the male germline. the reason might be that mutations in the human germline are very rare, and it is rather difficulty to directly measure such rare events. most of our knowledge on germline mutagenesis comes from indirect sequence comparisons or whole genome sequencing of pedigree families, but it renders little information about individual mutagenic events. for this reason, we have adapted an ultrasensitive, next generation sequencing (uss) technology for the measurement of rare mutations to study the expansion of selfish genes in the male germline. as a proof-of-principle, we have sequenced at an extremely high coverage exon and of the fgfr gene in young and old sperm donors. we found an increased mutation frequency for the loci associated with achondroplasia and thanatophoric dysplasia ii in sperm of older donors. our results also show that we can distinguish ultra-rare mutations occurring at a frequency of one in hundred thousand wild type; thus, making this method ideal to discover potential driver dnm that might be expanding with paternal age. s. sivalingam , , a. j. forstner , , , s. herms , , , a. maaser , , c. s. reinbold , , t. andlauer , j. frank , h. dukal , d. schendel , , p. hoffmann , , , t. kircher , u. dannlowski , , a. krug , a. cichon , , , s. witt , m. rietschel , m. m. nöthen , introduction: affective disorders such as major depressive disorder (mdd) and bipolar disorder (bd) are genetically complex and heterogeneous disorders. both genetic and environmental risk factors contribute to the etiology of the diseases. however, the neurobiological correlates by which these risk factors influence the disease development are hardly understood. increasing evidence suggests that epigenetic modifications such as dna methylation have important implications on the development of psychiatric disorders including mdd and bd. several studies revealed that alterations in the dna methylation can modulate gene expression in response to the environment. to investigate this, genome-wide dna methylation analysis of female individuals from three extreme groups (genetic-, environmental risk and healthy controls) was performed. methods: for the genome-wide dna methylation analysis we selected: (i) individuals with genetic risk (at least one st degree relative with a life-time diagnosis of mdd or bd), (ii) individuals with environmental risk (maltreatment in the childhood trauma questionaire) and (iii) matched healthy controls. all individuals were of european origin. processing was done according to the manufacturer's protocol using the infinium methylationepic beadchip (illumina, san diego, ca, usa) covering more than . methylation sites at the life & brain center (bonn, germany). state-of-the-art data processing protocols, including correction for blood cell type heterogeneity, color correction, eliminating probes containing snps and cross reactive probes were used. after quality control trained design algorithm mipgen (boyle et al., ) and sequencing is currently performed on the illumina hiseq platform. our preliminary results strongly suggest that rare and highly-penetrant variants in neuronal and cell adhesion genes contribute to bd etiology. the results of resequencing of a large case/control sample will provide further evidence for an involvement of particular pathways. the use of zebrafish as model system to quantitatively assess the impact of risk variants in non-coding regions in vivo s. l. mehrem , , b. nagarajan , n. ishorst , , a. c. böhmer , , e. mangold , b. odermatt , k. u. ludwig , department of genomics, life & brain center, university of bonn, bonn, germany, institute of human genetics, university of bonn, bonn, germany, institute of anatomy, university of bonn, bonn, germany most human malformations occur early in embryonic development and are present immediately after birth. one common human birth defect is nonsyndromic cleft lip with or without cleft palate (nscl/p), affecting about in , newborns. nscl/p has a multifactorial background with a strong genetic component. recent genome-wide association studies identified several loci as risk factors for nscl/ p. notably, most of them map to non-coding regions and are expected to have a functional impact through regulatory mechanisms. given the early developmental time point of facial development and the resulting lack of accessible human tissue, follow-up analyses of risk variants are challenging. we are hypothesizing here that we might be able to quantitatively detect differences in regulatory activity between wildtype and risk variants located in predicted enhancers by using the zebrafish as model organism. the advantages of using the zebrafish are ( ) ex utero development, ( ) transparency of the fish, ( ) easy manipulation and ( ) relatively short generation times. we applied a dual-luciferase assay plasmid system which is based on a sequential measurement of two luciferases (firefly and sea pansy luciferase) in fish lysates upon injection of a single plasmid. this plasmid, which contains a minimal promoter (minp) and the enhancer region of interest, is microinjected into zebrafish eggs of one-cell stage. after three days, fish are collected, lysed and luciferase activity is measured using a luminometer. for our proof-of-principle analysis we analyzed an nscl/p risk locus on chromosome q (ludwig et al. ) . through database research one enhancer was predicted that contained two strongly associated risk variants. in vivo fluorescence analysis using egfp in zebrafish embryos revealed this enhancer to be active in craniofacial development, but qualitative differences in activity were not observed by eye. upon cloning of the enhancer in the dual-luciferase system, our injection results in vivo indicate that the system is working in principle. however, a high standard deviation between single replicate measurements was observed, probably due to variability in transfection efficiency. we therefore are planning to adapt the protocol in order to screen for positively injected fish embryos. we are currently investigating the functionality of these screening constructs in zebrafish embryos. results will be presented at the meeting. once successful, our approach represents a practical method to quantify the activity of regulatory elements in real time in vivo. this will be of particular importance in the functional follow-up of genetic findings in non-coding regions for the majority of birth defects. previously genome-wide association methods in patients with classic bladder exstrophy (cbe) found association with isl , a master control gene expressed in pericloacal mesenchyme. this study sought to further explore the genetics in a larger set of patients following-up on the most promising genomic regions previously reported. genotypes of markers obtained from cbe patients of australian, british, german ital-and normalization , cpg-sites were tested for genome-wide dna methylation by a linear regression model while accounting for biological as well technical covariates. results: the genome-wide dna methylation analysis of the three extreme groups revealed cpg sites (p < × - ) in the subgroup analysis "environmental risk vs. controls" and cpg sites (p < × - ) in the analysis "genetic risk vs. controls". in addition, we identified cpg sites (p < × - ) in the comparative analysis of "genetic risk vs. environmental risk". none of these cpgs showed significant differential dna methylation after correction for multiple testing. however the hierarchical clustering of the differentially methylated sites provided some evidence for differentially methylated patterns between the subgroups. discussion: our genome-wide dna methylation analysis of the extreme groups provided some evidence for differentially methylated cpg sites which unfortunately did not withstand correction for multiple testing. this may reflect at least in part that the sample size of the present study was too small to detect differentially methylated cpgs at the genome-wide level. a. tafazzoli , , t. vaitsiakhovich , l. pethukova , , , s. redler , , r. kruse , b. blaumeiser , m. böhm , g. lutz , h. wolff , , am. christiano , p. kokordelis , mm. nöthen , , rc. betz , alopecia areata (aa) is a common hair loss disorder that occurs in both sexes and all age groups. aa is thought to be a tissue-specific autoimmune disease directed against the hair follicle. both, gene-based and genome-wide association studies have identified more than susceptibility loci for aa; however, a large percentage of the overall heritable risk still awaits identification. to provide further insight into the immune related nature of aa, we and our us collaborators had each performed an immunochip-based analysis. we recently performed a meta-analysis, combining the data from both studies, and are now aiming to follow-up the best results in an additional german cohort by use of a sequenom assay to identify novel susceptibility loci. we conducted the meta-analysis by using data from the above mentioned two studies on illumina beadchip arrays including a total of , cases and , controls of central european origin. method of synthesis of regression slopes (msrs) was used for the analyses which are implemented in metainer software package. for follow-up step, we chose the most promising candidate snps. these will be examined with the sequenom massarray iplex platform in an independent aa sample comprising , cases and controls. by use of the meta-analysis combining data from the us and our sample, we identified novel loci with a suggestive p-value of pbecker-wu ≤ - (phet ≥ . ). among them, nfkb is the most significant locus (pbecker-wu = . × - ). in order to achieve genome-wide significance, we plan to follow-up the most promising snps in an independent german sample. we considered the most significant loci (lower p-becke-wu value) for the replication step. the experiments are ongoing and results will be presented at the meeting. despite the recent identification of susceptibility loci for aa, our understanding of the genetics of aa is incomplete. identification of new loci may provide novel insights into biological pathways and a better elucidation of disease pathophysiology. q . encompassing only one gene: kcnj . the duplication segregates with the phenotype in the family. kcnj belongs to the same subfamily of potassium channels as the known disease gene for cooks syndrome kcnj and both share several biological functions. recent data show that gain of function mutations in another potassium channel kcnh cause zimmermann-laband syndrome, a congenital malformation syndrome also associated with hypoplasia or aplasia of nails and terminal phalanges. therefore we propose that duplications of kcnj may also cause tissue specific misregulation resulting in digit and nail defects. taken together we show in a three generation pedigree that cooks syndrome is associated with a duplication of kcnj . our data further highlight the emerging role of potassium channels in congenital digit and limb anomalies. case report: deletion of the terminal short arm of chromosome (chromosome p deletion syndrome) without q-duplication with a familial history of a large pericentric inversion of chromosome b. gläser, n. hirt, e. botzenhart, j. fischer, m. leipoldt institut für humangenetik, universitätsklinikum freiburg, freiburg, germany we report on a male patient referred as a newborn with typical clinical features of chromosome p deletion syndrome. conventional karyotyping of lymphocyte cultures confirmed a deletion of the terminal short arm of chromosome with breakpoint in p . the size of the deletion ( mb) could be refined by microarray analysis and assigned to pos : - . parental cytogenetic investigations showed a normal karyotype in the mother whereas the father was revealed to be carrier of a large pericentric inversion of one chromosome . odd crossing-over in the inverted segment of a pericentric inversion in a parent can lead to unbalanced offspring caused by gametes with a terminal deletion of the p-arm together with a duplication of the q-arm or gametes with a duplication of the p-arm together with a deletion of the q-arm. in order to find out, whether the p-deletion in the child is the result of an independent event or if it is related to the structural chromosomal aberration of the father a microsatellite analysis is going to be performed p-cytog- a small supernumerary marker chromosome of the pericentric region of chromosome in a child with intellectual disability: case report and literature review b. hoffmann, g. gillessen-kaesbach, i. hüning institut für humangenetik, universität zu lübeck, lübeck, germany small supernumerary marker chromosomes (ssmc) are reported in . % of newborn infants. we report on a girl, which was born preterm at weeks of gestation via cesarean section due to pathological ctg. the pregnancy was complicated by gestational diabetes. she presented with muscular hypotonia, multiple hemangiomas, dysmorphic features and feeding problems. the body measurements were in normal range. the feeding problems made a tube feeding necessary until the age of four months. facial features consisted in epicanthus, high palate, broad nasal tip and broad nasal root. a brain mri showed periventricular leukomalacia and hypoplasia of corpus callosum. drug-resistant seizures with hypsarrhythmia started at the age of ten months. the affected girl was the only child of healthy non-consanguineous parents. the father also presented with a few small hemangiomas in the face. there was no history of intellectual diasability in the extended family. karyotyping showed ssmc in mosaicism. molecular characterization by array-cgh showed that the ssmc consists of pericentric chromosomal material derived from chromosome (arr [ h g ] p . p . ( , , - , , ) x ~ , q . q . ( , , - , , ) x ~ dn (grch /hg ). ian, spanish and swedish origin and , ethnically matched controls and from cbe case-parent trios from north america were analysed. only marker rs at the isl locus showed association (p = . × - ). a meta-analysis of rs of our previous and present study showed a p value of . × - . developmental biology models were used to clarify the location of isl activity in the forming urinary tract. genetic lineage analysis of isl -expressing cells by the lineage tracer mouse model showed isl -expressing cells in the urinary tract of mouse embryos at e . and distributed in the bladder at e . . expression of isl in zebrafish larvae staged hpf to hpf was detected in the developing pronephros region. our study supports isl as a major susceptibility gene for cbe and as a regulator of urinary tract development. to date, seven patients with interstitial deletions at chromosome q . -q . have been described in the literature. all patients reported had moderate to severe intellectual disability and a characteristic facial phenotype including blepharophimosis, telecanthus, epicanthus, flat malar region, and a thin upper lip vermillion. six of the seven patients had epileptic seizures. by analyzing the deletion's overlaps, two distinct critical regions have been suggested for the facial phenotype as well as for intellectual disability and seizures. here we present another patient with a de novo . mb deletion in q . -q . . the patient shows moderate mental retardation. he has an abnormal eeg, however, only one episode of clinical seizures has been observed so far. the facial gestalt resembles the typical dysmorphic features of the patients with q . -q . deletions reported previously. minor anomalies were short fingers and toes, and a single palmar crease. our report supports the assumption that deletions in q . -q . cause a distinctive and clinical recognizable microdeletion syndrome with characteristic facial features and intellectual disability. since the patient's deletion overlaps with most of the critical region for the dysmorphic phenotype but only with parts of the intellectual disability critical region, the molecular data presented here further narrow down the critical region for the intellectual disability seen in patients with q . -q . microdeletions. p-cytog- *** cooks syndrome is associated with a duplication of the potassium channel kcnj mundlos , , , d. horn , m. spielmann , , institute for medical genetics and human genetics, charité universitätsmedizin berlin, berlin, germany, max planck institute for molecular genetics, berlin, germany, northern ireland regional genetics service, belfast city hospital, belfast, ireland, berlin-brandenburg school for regenerative therapies -bsrt, berlin, germany cooks syndrome (mim ) is a rare autosomal dominant disorder classically characterized by onychodystrophy, and anonychia, with absence or hypoplasia of the distal phalanges of the hands and feet. large duplications including kcnj were shown to be causative for cooks syndrome. recently mouse studies revealed that tissue specific misregulation of kcnj , a potassium channel of the subfamily j, cause hypoplasia of nail beds and abnormal distal phalanges, thus resembling the cooks phenotype. here we report on a three generation pedigree with typical features of cooks syndrome that was negative for kcnj testing. we performed high resolution array-cgh and identified kb duplication on chromosome p-cytog- chromosome q . -q . deletion syndrome -an additional case with sensorineural hearing loss. s. leubner, c. hennig, a. junge mitteldeutscher praxisverbund humangenetik, dresden, germany the chromosome q . -q . deletion syndrome (mim # ) is a contiguous gene syndrome caused by a deletion encompassing the chromosome region q . -q . . initially, it has been described by ballif et al. ( ) . up to now, only a few cases with a microdeletion q . q . have been reported. most of them carry a microdeletion with recurrent breakpoints and similar size of about . mb. the common clinical features of cases with the chromosome q . -q . deletion syndrome comprise mild-to-moderate developmental delay, microcephaly, postnatal growth retardation, heart defects, limb anomalies, and hearing loss. we present an additional male patient with a . mb deletion of chromosome q . -q . , detected by array cgh (cytochip isca × k v . , illumina). our index patient shows typical symptoms of the chromosome q . -q . deletion syndrome like developmental retardation (in particular speech delay), a head circumference at the rd centile, postnatal growth retardation with a body height at the th centile, heart anomalies (right-sided aortic arch, patent ductus arteriosus), and sensorineural hearing loss on both sides. our data improve the characterization of the typical phenotype caused by a chromosome q . -q . deletion and reinforce the suspicion that this region might be associated with sensorineural hearing loss. partial, homozygous deletions of ahi gene causes joubert syndrome type d. meier, a. behnecke, jwg. janssen, u. moog, k. hinderhofer institute of human genetics, university hospital heidelberg, heidelberg, germany we describe a patient who is second child of consanguineous healthy parents from turkey. he was born after weeks of gestation with normal birth parameters ( g, cm, ofc cm). at the age of three months atypical eye movements became apparent. psychomotor development was delayed from the beginning, he presented with hypotonia and later developed ataxia. an abnormal breathing pattern was not noticed. an abnormal mri with hypoplasia of the cerebella vermis at the age of months and the clinical signs described above led to a clinical diagnosis of joubert syndrome. at that time no diagnostic testing was available. he returned to the outpatient clinic of the institute of human genetics at the age of years having developed retinopathy in the meantime. his height was below average (~ cm,

t (p.arg *, adnp), resulting in the introduction of a stop codon in exon / and truncation of the corresponding protein. both of the parents did not carry this mutation. adnp is part of the atp-dependent baf chromatin-remodeling p-monog- the challenge to insert costello syndrome causing hras mutations into human keratinocytes using the crispr/cas editing technology. l. brandenstein, k. kutsche, g. rosenberger university medical center hamburg-eppendorf, hamburg, germany germline missense mutations in the hras gene cause costello syndrome, a rare developmental disorder characterized by a typical facial gestalt, postnatal growth deficiency, intellectual disability, and predisposition to malignancies as well as skeletal, cardiac and dermatological abnormalities. the molecular pathophysiology caused by heterozygous hras gain of function mutations has been analysed in various tissues and cell types, however, up to date the molecular basis for cutaneous manifestations in costello syndrome is largely unknown. to address this question in an appropriate model system, permanent human keratinocyte (hacat) cells carrying costello syndrome-associated mutations in the endogenous hras gene should be generated by using the crispr/cas technology. double strand breaks induced by cas can be repaired in two ways: the error-prone non-homologous end-joining pathway for the generation of knockout models or the homology directed repair pathway, which allows precise editing. the latter enables the introduction of specific point mutations into a cell line by using a single stranded dna (ssdna) as repair template. however, we found that this is a very rare event and its efficiency depends on various factors including used cell line, selected guide rna, length and amount of ssdna and also cas variant. nonetheless, by using cas wildtype, we could insert the disease-associated c. g>t (p.g v) mutation into genomic hras both in hacat cells ( positive clones out of ) and hek cells ( positive clones out of ). in contrast, using the cas nickase protein variant that prevents off target effects, did not result in positive clones. taken together, in months of working with crispr/ cas we gradually gained experience with many problems and pitfalls of this technology and, finally, now we are able to introduce point mutations in cell lines. next, we will use the mutant hacat cell line to gain deeper insight into the function of hras for epidermal homeostasis and its deregulation in costello syndrome. ccdc could also play a role in prenatal development of the mouse retina and brain. embryonic stages of interest comprise t, p.s l (maf = . , rs , enst . ) in the phospholipase c delta (plcd ) gene within the tricy locus. furthermore, all five individuals present a second variant c. a>g, p.p p (maf = . , rs ) in the same gene. plcd is a member of the phospholipase c family. the enzyme is involved in calcium-dependent intracellular signal transduction and catalyzes the hydrolysis of phosphatidylinositol , -bisphosphate into the second messenger diacylglycerol and inositol triphosphate. homozygous knockout-mice have hair defects and show aberrant skin development with increased progression of skin tumors and intradermal hair-follicle derived cysts. in humans, plcd is highly expressed in the hair follicle but so far only nonsense mutations have been described causing hereditary leukonychia totalis without any skin or hair abnormalities. a segregation analysis of plcd in a tunisian family cohort and one german family ( families, individuals, affected) showed that all affected individuals contain the same two sequence variants. based on these results, we propose that plcd is responsible for the cyst phenotype. cdna sequencing from three different cysts revealed additional acquired somatic sequence variants in plcd . we found c. c>t p.s l in two cysts and the two variants c. c>t, p.s f and c. c>t p.s f in the third one. all three somatic variants are not described in the exac database and the genomes project. allele-specific rt-pcrs were performed with cyst cdna and we could show that the somatic variants are on the same allele as the inherited variants. the acquired somatic cyst sequence variants lie within or respectively near the c domain of the plcd protein. the c domain is involved in the calcium-dependent binding to membrane-integrated phospholipids. depletion of the domain leads to decreased membrane association and protein activity. we assume that the allele with the variants c. c>t and c. a>g is a risk factor for hereditary trichilemmal cysts and that additional acquired rare sequence variants are the genetic trigger for the development of the cysts. and patients. discordant results for variants proposed a higher specificity of the rtpcr-seq. thus, we established a simple amplicon based deep sequencing approach for standard rtpcr fragments to ascertain the effects of specific splice site variants. this technique has proven to be highly scalable, fast and efficient to analyze splice-site variants. p-monog- eif s mutations associated with severe x -linked intellectual disability syndrome mehmo mehmo (mim % ), is a rare x-linked syndrome characterized by profound intellectual disability, epileptic seizures, hypogonadism, hypogenitalism, microcephaly, and obesity. in steinmüller and colleagues described a large family with mehmo syndrome with five affected males in two generations and assigned the disease locus to the short arm of chromosome x (xp . - . ). we took advantage of massively parallel sequencing in four families with mehmo syndrome, including the family reported by steinmüller et al. to identify the underlying genetic cause if this severe disorder. we here show mehmo syndrome is associated with mutations in the x chromosome gene eif s . in three families we identified a c-terminal frameshift mutation (p.ile serfs) and in an unrelated boy who is less severely affected, we identified a novel maternally inherited missense mutation (p.ser arg) in eif s . eif s encodes the gamma subunit of the eukaryotic translation initiation factor (eif ). eif is essential for eukaryotic translation initiation and regulation of the integrated stress response (isr). subsequent studies in patient fibroblasts (p.ile serfs) showed increased isr activation due to the mutation and functional assays in yeast demonstrated that the p.ile serfs mutation impairs eif gamma function to a greater extent than tested missense mutations, consistent with the more severe clinical phenotype of the affected males with ile serfs mutation. our results suggest that more severe mutations in eif s cause the full mehmo syndrome, while less deleterious mutations are associated with a milder form of the syndrome with only a subset of the symptoms. introduction: larger structural genomic duplications or deletions (copy number variations = cnvs) are routinely detected by array comparative genomic hybridization (acgh). while acgh has been established as a robust and effective approach for cnv screening, it remains expensive and is limited by resolution. in addition, commercial mlpa testing today allows the identification of exon deletions or duplications for a limited number of core genes. more recently, massive parallel sequencing of multi gene panels (mgps) has been introduced as a fast and cost-effective tool in routine genetic diagnostic testing to identify causal intragenic sequence alterations not only in core genes but also in those with small contribution to the respective phenotypes. the obtained mgps data may also be bioinformatically assessed to detect exon deletions or duplications within the analyzed genes panels and thus can be expected to further improve the diagnostic yield. methods: more than patients were sequenced with phenotype specific gene panels on a miseq platform (illumina) and analyzed with our bioinformatic diagnostic workflow including a quantitative data assessment using our in house java based bioinformatic script to search for gene or exon deletions. detected deletions were confirmed by an independent method (e. g. mlpa, pcr amplification of the junction fragment or linkage analysis), if available. results: we here report details for six suspected deletions in seven patients detected by our in house bioinformatic workflow: heterozygous gene deletions of pafah b , spastin or arfgef , respectively; two heterozygous cftr deletions of exon and , one homozygous partial sftpb deletion and a homozygous ispd exon deletion. the complete gene deletions of pa-fah b and spastin as well as the cftr deletion of exon and could be confirmed by mlpa. for the partial sftpb deletion both breakpoints could be precisely located within the readout, allowing determining correct deletion size and design of primers to amplify the junction fragment. the homozygous deletion of exon in the ispd gene could be confirmed by pcr and linkage analysis. discussion: diagnostic multi gene panel sequencing after nextera enrichment allows sufficient homogeneity of the obtained patient and control data per target to quantitatively search for constitutional deletions covering two or more adjacent targets. combined data assessment considering the individual clinical data will not only further increase the diagnostic yield but can also be expected to further delineate the mutational spectrum for specific phenotypes by the simultaneous detection of clinically relevant sequence variants as well as cnvs. mgps sequence assessment may also allow to gain new insights into the genomic architecture and origin of target regions and haplotypes, involved in common structural variations. c. niemietz, v. sauer, l. fleischhauer, s. guttmann, s. reinartz groba, a. zibert, h. schmidt universitätsklinikum münster, klinik für transplantationsmedizin, münster, germany various types of somatic cells have been reprogrammed to induced pluripotent stem cells (ipsc) followed by differentiation into hepatocyte-like cells (hlc). recently, cells that shed from the renal epithelial system were shown to be a suitable and convenient source for ipsc generation. in the current study, urine-derived cells (ucs) were isolated from urine donations of patients having familial amyloid polyneuropathy (fap), a neurodegenerative disease caused by mutation of the transthyretin (ttr) gene and wilson disease (wd), a genetic disorder of atp b causing copper accumulation, predominantly in liver and brain. patient-specific hlcs were differentiated in order to study disease-specific mechanisms and to investigate the efficacy of novel compounds. for isolation of renal epithelial cells, urine of fap and wd patients was processed. ucs were reprogramed into ipscs using plasmids resulting in transient expression of factors sox , oct / , klf , and c-myc. after characterization of ipsc that expressed high levels of pluripotency markers, like oct and nanog, a -step hepatocyte differentiation protocol was performed. ipscs were subjected to a treatment with growth factors (activin a, wnt a, fgf , hgf) for days. the hepatic, patient-specific character of differentiated hlcs was assessed by functional analysis, gene expression profiling, genotype analysis, and immunostainings. therapeutic oligonucleotide efficacy targeting ttr was determined by immunocytochemistry, qrt-pcr and western blot analysis. ttr-stabilizing activity of tafamidis was investigated by means of thermal shift assay and western blot analysis. copper chelation by methanobactin was determined by atomic absorption spectroscopy. reprogramming of ucs resulted in stable ipsc lines with characteristic pluripotent marker expression. differentiated hlcs showed high similarity to human hepatocytes in terms of genetic profile and functional activity. small-interfering rnas (sirnas), antisense oligonucleotides (aso) (niemietz et al. , plosone ( ) :e ), and the ttr stabilizing compound tafamidis that are currently assessed in clinical studies were studied in hlcs derived from fap patients. a novel chelator was used to determine intracellular copper accumulation in hlcs derived from wd patients (lichtmannegger et al. , jci ( ): - ). fap-specific hlcs revealed differently expression of key regulators of the protein quality control (pqc) system. our results demonstrate that ipsc derived from urine are excellently suited to study hereditary liver diseases. hlcs could be investigated in the patient-specific genetic background. the efficacy of novel compounds was assessed and individual responses were monitored. involved in gene regulation. by parent-patient trio whole-exome sequencing, we were able to characterize the unterlying genetic cause in the patient, who has undergone multiple diangostic test before without receiving a diagnosis. discussion: although for many congenital syndromic diseases the disease-associated genes are known it remains difficult for physicians to interpret the highly variable phenotypes as well as their variable nomenclature in order to request the appropriate molecular analysis. here we present one of more than cases that will help to establish a database connecting specific phenotypes, using the human phenotype ontology terms, with the each corresponding disease-causing genes (midas). novel compound heterozygous nalcn variants in two brothers with muscular hypotonia and global development delay l. segebrecht , c. weiß , m. jäger , , t. zemojtel , , , d. horn , n. ehmke , institute of medical and human genetics, charité -universitätsmedizin berlin, berlin, germany, spz dpt. pediatric neurology, charité -universitätsmedizin berlin, berlin, germany, berlin-brandenburg center for regenerative therapies -bcrt, charité -universitätsmedizin berlin, berlin, germany, institute of bioorganic chemistry, polish academy of sciences, poznań, poland, labor berlin -charité vivantes gmbh, berlin, germany, berlin institute of health, berlin, germany we report on two brothers aged two and three years, with muscular hypotonia, global development delay, abnormal respiratory rhythm, mild facial dysmorphism, recurrent respiratory infections, and failure to thrive. sequencing of disease related genes identified compound heterozygosity for two novel mutations in nalcn: c. c>a (p.phe leu) and c. + t>c. nalcn encodes a voltage-independent, non-selective cation channel, which is involved in regulation of neuronal excitability. the missense variant c. c>a affects the highly conserved amino acid position phe which is located in segment s of domain iv in the pore-forming unit of nalcn. the variant c. + t>c alters the donor splice site in intron and is predicted to cause skipping of exon , resulting in loss of function of nalcn. biallelic mutations of nalcn are associated with infantile hypotonia, psychomotor retardation and characteristic facies (ihprf ), whereas heterozygous de novo mutations cause congenital contractures of the limbs and face, muscular hypotonia, and global developmental delay. the clinical features of our patients resemble mild ihprf , caused by a biallelic missense mutation in segment s of domain iv. it has been suggested that variants in or close to s and s of the pore-forming domains lead to the above mentioned autosomal dominant condition whereas variants in other regions or loss of function mutations result in autosomal recessive inheritance. this is the first report of a mutation in a s segment, inherited in autosomal recessive manner. our findings indicate that phenotype-genotype correlations in nalcn are more complex than suggested so far. phenotype: in a young undiagnosed patient with developmental delay, intellectual disability and craniofacial dysmorphic anomalies, whole-exome sequencing (wes) identified a de novo insertion in the gene arid b, known to cause the rare congenital coffin-siris syndrome and nicolaides-baraitser syndrome, respectively. methods: as part of the midas genotype-phenotype-correlation project, we sequenced the index patient and his healthy parents on a next-seq platform (illumina, san diego, ca, usa) and performed a trio analysis. for library preparation we used an enzymatic fragmentation approach. exome capture was performed using the sureselect human all exon kit v (agilent, santa clara, ca, usa) to target most of the over . genes. the libraries were sequenced to approximately -fold mean coverage as bp paired end reads. % of the target region was covered -fold or higher. data analysis and variant evaluation was performed using the clc genomic workbench . (qiagen, hilden, germany) and annotations from commercial as well as public databases (dbsnp, hgmd, clinvar, exac). results: we identified a de novo bp insertion in the arid b gene, causing a frameshift mutation that leads to the truncated protein. arid b is part of the atp-dependent chromatin remodeling baf-complex, which is abstracts tient affected by psoriasis carried the surrogate marker snp rs -a for the psors risk variant hla-cw haplotype homozygously; and the same snp was found heterozygous in his prp-affected father. neither the pathogenic variant in card , nor the risk variants for psoriasis described above were found in the healthy mother. whole exome sequencing revealed genetic variants, predicted to have serious consequences in further genes involved in the nf-κb as well as the notch pathway. these variants either segregate with prp or are present in the psoriasis affected individual only. the presence of an individual carrying the same card mutation as his prp-affected relatives but suffering from psoriasis instead strengthens the relation between prp and psoriasis, which has been repeatedly suggested in literature. we propose a balance between familial prp and psoriasis in the family investigated in this study and present genetic variants, which might influence this balance in addition to variants in card . wilson's disease (wd) is an autosomal recessive disease resulting from copper (cu) excess due to mutations in the atp b gene coding for a cu-transporting atpase. wd pathogenesis, however, can not only be explained by gene coding mutations since phenotypes exhibit strong variations despite the same exonic dna makeup in the gene. also in several patients with clinical wd symptoms no gene coding variants are detectable. our former studies revealed decreased liver atp b mrna expression in some wd patients. this decrease was not only observed in patients with nonsense atp b mutations leading to rapid mrna decay, but also in patients with missense mutations and also in some patients with suspected wd without atp b mutations. patients with low atp b expression presented with a more fulminant disease progression. however, we could not detect mutations in the atp b promoter region (c.- to atg) in those patients. there are possibly other deregulating mechanisms responsible for decreased atp b mrna expression. up to now, atp b transcriptional regulation is only poorly characterized. it is known, that four metal responsive elements (mre a, c, d and e) are located within the atp b promoter. gene regulation through mres is often metal-dependent. liver atp b mrna expression revealed also to increase under cu addition in several species by an unknown mechanism. up to now, only one atp b transcription factor (tf), the mrea binding ku protein, is known. the aim of our work was to further analyze the regulation of the atp b gene, especially through mres. to screen for tf-mre interactions and to narrow down the binding site of tf, we performed electrophoretic mobility shift assays (emsa) by incubating nuclear extracts of the liver cell line hle with probes corresponding to atp b mrec, d and e. to identify mre-binding tf matinspector analysis was performed. identified candidate tf were coexpressed with atp b promoter-driven reporter gene to evaluate their impact on reporter gene expression. one in the reporter assay positively tested tf was validated by different emsa experiments. further it was overexpressed with and without addition of metal ions in hle to investigate the impact on endogenous atp b expression. we showed that tf mtf is able to bind to mree within the atp b promoter and significantly increases atp b promoter driven reporter gene expression. mtf binding was primarily mediated by the first three bases of the mre consensus sequence. also for mrec and mred specific protein interaction could be shown and the protein binding site was narrowed down by emsa with protein identification still pending. fur-polyglutamine diseases is the formation of the so called neuronal intranuclear inclusion bodies (nii). as ataxin- is predominantly located in the cytoplasm, the formation of protein aggregates in the nucleus require a nucleocytoplasmic shuttling of ataxin- . we already demonstrated in vivo using transgenic mouse models that the toxicity of expanded ataxin- depends on its intracellular localization: while nuclear ataxin- gave rise to a strong phenotype with a high number of protein aggregates, purely cytoplasmic ataxin , however, even with a highly expanded polyglutamine repeat ( glutamines), was not able to induce a phenotype and even did not aggregate. we further identified and characterized intracellular transport signals (two nuclear export signals, nes, and one nuclear localization signal, nls) within the coding sequence of ataxin- . therefore, it is evident that proteins involved in the nucleocytoplasmic transport machinery recognize these localization signals, control the intracellular localization of ataxin- , thereby influence the toxicity and aggregation of ataxin- and, thus, the pathogenesis of sca . we now screened a library of transport proteins in order to identify the transport protein which is critically involved in the nucleocytoplasmic shuttling of ataxin- . we indeed identified a transport protein which modifies both the formation of aggregates and the intracellular localization of ataxin . while the overexpression of this protein moved ataxin- into the nucleus, its downregulation kept it out of the nucleus. we replicated this correlation in vivo in drosophila and observed in addition to this again a clear link between the intracellular localization of ataxin- and its toxicity i. e. its ability of induce neurodegeneration and a behavioral phenotype. likewise we even confirmed in a mouse model of sca the importance of the identified transport protein as its knockout largely prevented ataxin- from aggregating and alleviated behavioral and movement deficits. understanding the mechanisms behind the intracellular transport of ataxin- could give us clues into the pathogenic functions of expanded ataxin- and ways to mediate the progression of neuronal degeneration in sca . evidence for genetic factors outside card influencing the phenotype of a family with familial pityriasis rubra pilaris and psoriasis familial pityriasis rubra pilaris (prp) is an erythematous inflammatory skin disease caused by heterozygous activating mutations in card , a known activator of the nf-κb pathway. different genetic variants within card have been associated with psoriasis. the purpose of our study was to clinically and genetically investigate affected as well as unaffected members of a family with prp in order to determine the mutation responsible for this severe skin disease in the three affected family members. a father, three of his adult children as well as the mother of one child affected by prp were investigated clinically. in addition we extracted genomic dna from the blood of each individual and performed whole exome sequencing as well as direct sequencing of single genes. clinical investigation confirmed that the father and two of his children were affected by familial prp, with the skin showing the characteristic pattern of prp, early onset and chronic course. a third child was unaffected by prp, suffered however from psoriasis. the mother of one child affected by prp showed no sign of skin disease. genetic investigation revealed a heterozygous missense mutation in exon of card , c.[ c>t], p. present in all investigated individuals with prp or psoriasis. the same mutation has been described before as being pathogenic in a different family with prp. regarding genetic variants associated with psoriasis, we found the risk alleles of three coding variants in card : rs , c. short stature is a common condition of great concern to patients and their families. in most cases it is genetic in origin but the underlying cause often remains elusive due to clinical and genetic heterogeneity. in an unbiased approach we carefully phenotyped patients and randomly selected for whole exome sequencing. sequence variants were analyzed for pathogenicity and the affected genes characterized regarding their functional relevance for growth. all patients received extensive clinical and endocrinological examinations, careful clinical genetic phenotypic evaluation followed by targeted diagnostic assessment for suspected diagnoses. we identified a known disease-cause in only % of patients, the most common causes being cnvs found in %, followed by syndromic monogenic causes in % and turner syndrome in %. whole exome sequencing identified additional mutations in known short stature associated genes ( ) in % of patients who manifested only part of the symptomatology precluding an early clinical diagnosis. here, heterozygous carriers of recessive skeletal dysplasia alleles (acan, npr ) were a surprisingly frequent cause of idiopathic short stature found in . % of cases. we next selected known short stature genes with mutations for pathway analyses of the affected proteins and found that % are involved in the main functional categories cartilage formation, chromatin modification and ras-mapk signaling. in addition we identified further strong candidate genes, of which seven had deleterious mutations in at least two families. interestingly, % of these candidate genes are involved in the main functional categories already identified for the known short stature associated genes further supporting their pathogenicity. finally, in % of the sequenced individuals our findings were of significant clinical relevance regarding preventive measures, symptomatic or even targeted treatment. besides evaluation for orthopedic or developmental issues especially screening for neoplasias (trim , ptpn , nf ), symptomatic treatment for chronic kidney disease (clcn ) and targeted treatment for severe hypertension (pde a) were of clinical relevance for the affected individuals. these results demonstrated that deep phenotyping combined with targeted genetic testing and whole exome sequencing is able to increase the diagnostic yield in short stature up to % with concomitant improvement in treatment and prevention. rigorous variant analysis considering phenotypic data further led us to the identification of further probable novel candidate genes. thermore, we found the endogenous atp b mrna expression to be significantly increased in hle after cu treatment or cu treatment and concurrent mtf overexpression. sole mtf overexpression did not alter atp b expression. we newly identified mtf to bind mree within the atp b promoter. its in vivo role in the pathogenesis of wd needs to be further elucidated. modifying genes have been identified for lung function in cystic fibrosis [ ] , disease severity [ ] and several comorbidities [ ] . within the european cf twin and sibling study, we focus on genes that modify the basic defect, assessed as defective chloride conductance in cftr-expressing epithelia, which we could describe by an association study on patient cohorts selected for informative endophenotypes among f del-cftr homozygous patients [ , , ] . as a first example, rs in fas modifies fas gene expression (p = . , data from intestinal biopsies [ ] ), cf disease phenotype (praw = . , comparing concordant mildly affected f del homozygous sib pairs and concordant severely affected sib pairs; praw = . , comparing unrelated f del homozygous index cases without residual chloride secretion by nasal potential difference measurement (npd) to patients with cftr-mediated chloride secretion; [ ] ) and alters binding affinity for the transcription factors nf-kbp , nf-kbp and hif a [ ] which govern the cellular response to infection and hypoxia. as a second example, the transcription factor ehf, derived as a positional candidate from a north american genome wide scan [ ] , is associated with npd-defined phenotypes (praw = . , comparing index cases with high response to amiloride in npd to index cases with low response to amiloride in npd; praw = . , comparing index cases without chloride secretion in intestinal current measurement (icm) to index cases with cftr-mediated residual chloride secretion in icm [ ] ) and affects the transcriptome of cf patients' intestinal biopsies in favor of a better processing of f del-cftr [ ] which we could confirm in epithelial cell lines as sirna provided against ehf results in a downregulation of mgat and mgat , both of which are key enzymes for the complex glycosylation of proteins such as cftr. these examples indicate that small, albeit carefully selected subpopulations facilitate the identification of genetic variants by an association study that can be validated in functional assays. furthermore, we suggest that while the selection of subsamples within a population with a rare disease such as cystic fibrosis results in a loss of power, findings obtained for more than one endophenotype are indicative for a true-positive finding of a modifying gene. finally, transcriptional regulation influences the cf basic defect. interference with these pathways may results in better f del-cftr maturation, leading to better cftr function in patient's tissue and thereby promoting health in cystic fibrosis. funding by: deutsches zentrum für lungenforschung dzl; mukoviszidose institut ggmbh abstracts at presentation at age years her head circumference was on the th centile, her height below the rd centile, and her weight on the rd centile. she showed a disproportional short stature and mild skeletal signs like clinodactyly of the ths fingers. minor facial dysmorphisms included an oval face, epicanthic folds, upslanting palpebral fissures and a bulbous nose. karyotype was normal and copy number variants were excluded by high-resolution cma. as no aetiological diagnosis could be made clinically we performed whole exome sequencing (wes) and detected a homozygous splice site mutation (c. + g>t) in pik c a (phosphatidylinositol- -phosphate -kinase catalytic subunit type alpha) (nm_ ). sequencing of rt-pcr products from cdna of patient's fibroblasts showed in-frame skipping of exon and , equally affecting all known isoforms. phosphatidylinositol -kinases (pi ks) are lipid kinases involved in a large set of biological processes, including membrane receptor signaling, cytoskeletal organization, and endocytic trafficking. pi kc a is ubiquitously expressed and has been proposed to play an important role in clathrin-mediated endocytosis and regulation of phosphatidylinositol -phosphate (ptdins p) levels. furthermore pik c a has been implicated in the biology of the primary cilium. the patient's distinct phenotype resembles the previously described phenotype in pik c a hypomorphic mice with pre-and postnatal growth retardation and a broad spectrum of renal abnormalities. the complete knockout of mouse pik c a showed embryonic lethality. ongoing studies on the exact consequences of the splicing defect will determine if and how much residual wild-type transcript is retained and if this is a hypomorphic variant. this case is to our knowledge the first description of a pik c a human phenotype. adaption of the crispr/cas genome editing system as a platform for the mutation of nipal as a representative of arci-associated genes in hela cells n. ballin, m-a. rauschendorf, j. fischer institute of human genetics, freiburg, germany autosomal recessive congenital ichthyosis (arci) is a rare genetic disorder with known disease-causing mutations in genes. functional implementations of identified mutations are in most cases still unknown, which is amongst others due to the limited amount of skin biopsies of arci-patients. thus, suitable cell culture models for the investigation of keratinocyte differentiation are highly needed. during the last years the prokaryotic clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (crispr)/crispr-associated (cas) system has been turned into a potent tool in the field of genome engineering. the cas endonuclease is directed by a short guide rna (grna) to its target sequence, where it generates a dna double strand break (dsb). as cellular repair mechanisms often fail in reconstituting the original sequence, insertion/ deletion (indel) mutations occur potentially leading to a complete gene knock-out (ko). consequently, the crispr/cas system offers a simple rna-programmable tool for in vitro mutation of arci-associated genes. hence, this system was applied in hela cells to target nipa like domain containing (nipal ), the second most frequently mutated gene in arci patients. in this context, functional studies were used to validate nipal as suitable target in hela cells. successful application of the crispr/cas system lead to the generation of a new clonal hela cell line carrying a one basepair insertion in nipal exon (c. insg (ccds . ) ). this mutation was further characterized and potentially results in a complete ko of nipal . this system can now be used as a basis for targeting further arci-associated genes and for transferring the system into keratinocytes, which are the amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als) is a late-onset progressive, neurodegenerative syndrome. most als cases are sporadic (≈ %). in familial forms, mutations in several different genes have been identified with a repeat expansion in c orf and mutations in sod being the most prevalent. no non-genetic cause of als has been identified. since there are no overt clinical or pathoanatomical differences between sporadic or familial cases, de novo mutations have been suggests in disease pathogenesis and two previous studies provided some evidence for this hypothesis. we present data of patient-parents trios from an international collaborative study. by whole exome sequencing we identified non-synonymous de novo mutations in the patients, however all of them occurred in different genes. there was no concordance between the mutated genes found in our trio set and the two earlier smaller trio studies. in silico analyses suggest that none of the here identified mutations are part of any of the previously postulated molecular pathways. also, gene-gene-interaction analyses failed to find an enrichment of interacting genes. lastly, we demonstrate that the de novo mutations in als patients in this and the two earlier studies are located in genes prone for de novo mutations in general. our results thus indicate that, in contrast to previous reports, de novo mutations do not seem to be a major contributor for als. disproportioned short stature and multiple anomalies in a patient with a homozygous pik c a mutation -a new ciliopathy? we present a year old female with disproportional growth retardation, eye and renal anomalies. she was born small for gestational age as the first child of healthy, consanguineous tunisian parents at weeks after an uneventful pregnancy ( g, cm). during her first year of life, there were severe feeding problems with regurgitation and she developed postnatal growth retardation. developmental milestones were normal. during the second year the girl developed strabismus in both eyes. later on, a cataracta polaris anterior, anomalies of the cornea, hyperopia and progressive retinal degeneration led to profound visual impairment. furthermore, a right kidney agenesis and a complex tubulopathy, as well as increased echogenicity of the single left kidney were diagnosed. r. brumm, m. schmuck, y. dinçer, s. schulz, s. wilson, i. rost, hg. klein, sh. eck center for human genetics and laboratory diagnostics dr. klein, dr. rost and colleagues, martinsried, germany next-generation sequencing may lead to a significant improvement in diagnostic yield for rare, heterogeneous disorders through the ability to simultaneously sequence all genes contributing to a certain indication at a cost and speed that is superior to traditional sequencing approaches. on the other hand, the practical implementation of ngs in a clinical diagnostic setting involves a variety of new challenges which need to be overcome. among these are the generation, analysis and storage of unprecedented amounts of data, strict control of sequencing performance, validation of results, interpretation of detected variants and reporting. especially the variant interpretation emerges as current bottleneck of the diagnostic workflow. here we present midas (multiple integration of data annotation software), a central software system for data integration in a diagnostic laboratory. the goal of midas is to construct a modular software system to integrate data from laboratory information management system (lims), data from the routine sanger sequencing workflow as well as ngs sequencing results and correlate the identified variants with the patients' phenotypical features to aid in variant interpretation and accelerate reporting. the phenotype is systematically recorded using the human phenotype ontology standard nomenclature. in particular, genotype-phenotype correlations identified in one patient are made available for all other cases, to aid the interpretation and build a comprehensive knowledge base. the midas software may thus serve as central information system all diagnostic patient data. midas is implemented in java using direct database access via jdbc, and javafx as graphical user interface. its architecture is designed modular including a dynamic module loader, a user management with ldab connection and basic search functionality. according to available modules the user management and search form are adjusted; granting access for module specific views. as an advantage of this architecture, other molecular diagnostic data, such as arraycgh or mlpa results can easily be integrated by implementing new modules. midas aims to aid molecular diagnostics by simplifying and accelerating data analysis and interpretation, improving patient care. midas is being developed as part of a prospective multicentric study including clinical, diagnostic and software development partners. a grant by the bavarian ministry of economy, media, energy and technology is used to fund this effort. institute of human genetics -medical faculty -rwth aachen university, aachen, germany, izkf aachen -rwth aachen university, aachen, germany with the implementation of next generation sequencing (ngs) based assays as key tool in dna-sequencing, conventional sanger-sequencing has become a standard method to verify single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) of interest. however, designing specific pcr-and sanger-sequencing primers has always been a rather time consuming task in terms of searching the right genomic sequence, considering known snps that could result in allele-specific amplification, and converting selected primer-sequences to upload them to web-based services. to circumvent this, we developed optimus primer, a python script, that automatically designs respective primers. the script uses the database of the ucsc genome browser to download positional information of genomic sequence (refseq gene: hg ) and common snps (snp common: hg ) in the region of interest. the genomic sequence is downloaded via the ucsc primarily affected cell type in the skin of arci patients. furthermore, it is only a small step to expand the system from generating gene ko to gene editing allowing the introduction of patient-specific mutations in non-patient derived keratinocyte cells. hence, setting-up the crispr/cas system to target an arci-associated gene is an important starting point for future studies to investigate pathogenic effects of arci-causing mutations and to understand arci pathogenesis on a molecular level. in this context, the transfer of the established protocol into keratinocytes offers the possibility to generate d cell culture models of mutations in arci-associated genes and allows in vitro investigation of their implications on the differentiation process. this system would further represent an organotypic model of arci-disease with potential application in screening and identification of chemical compounds for the complementation of existing clinical therapies. background: telomeres cap and protect chromosome ends from degradation and fusion, and are therefore essential for maintaining chromosome stability and genomic integrity. they have a length of to kb (depending on age, sex and cell populations). due to the end-replication problem there is a continuous telomere loss of to bp/cell cycle and thus throughout lifetime. in laboratory practice different methods of telomere length measurement are used to identify patients with bone marrow failure syndromes (e. g. dyskeratosis congenita, aplastic anemia), hematological diseases, or other telomeropathies. each telomere length measurement method has its advantages and disadvantages regarding material required the complexity and feasibility of the method and other parameters. methods: in this study we compared and validated four different methods for telomere length measurement, i. e. southern blot analysis, quantitative pcr (qpcr), quantitative fluorescence in situ hybridization (t/ c-fish) and flow cytometry-fish (flowfish). whenever possible, edta and/or heparin blood samples were collected from a population of healthy individuals of different age groups (newborn - years). depending on the method dna (southern blot and qpcr), metaphases (t/ c-fish) or rather vital cells (flowfish) were analyzed. results: comparison and validation of the telomere length measurement methods allowed us to calculate percentiles for all age groups. percentile curves could be used in diagnostic to identify patients with short telomeres. all methods showed acceptable accuracy, but equally imply the necessity of validation and appropriate controls in each experiment. here, flowfish was the most precise, accurate and reproducible method compared to the other methods. discussion: our study emphasizes the influence of expertise and experience that is required in order to produce robust and reliable telomere length analyses. here, we provide advice on how to choose the appropriate method in general and for individual cases to safely discriminate between natural variability and pathological telomere shortening in individual cases. in the next generation sequencing age, the strongest challenges have shifted from genotyping to handling the myriad of variants detected. whole exome sequencing yields tens of thousands of coding and non-coding variants, a number increased to millions if the whole genome is sequenced. to master this mountain of data, computer-based identification of potential disease mutations is absolutely indispensable. however, current computational strategies are usually generated by computer scientists without integrating human geneticists into software development. this often leads to tools which fulfil their main purpose but are not ideally suited to the needs of human geneticists. to assess the relevance of a suggested disease mutation, geneticists need detailed information about the effect on the protein and about the gene or protein itself. to close this gap, we have developed mutationdistiller, a web-based tool for user-driven variant prioritisation based on biological disease properties. its analysis includes the potential role of a mutated gene in pathogenesis as well as the estimated effect of a variant on gene/protein function. thus, mu-tationdistiller allows human geneticists to use every piece of information they consider relevant. unlike similar tools, its input goes beyond the human phenotype ontology and can include complete diagnoses, biological pathways, gene expression, and gene function. potentially harmful variants are identified by mutationtaster, which provides a deleteriousness score together with data on the actual effect of the variants. mutationdistiller is not restricted to non-synonymous variants but can also handle intragenic non-coding or synonymus variants. moreover, the program incorporates the known modes of inheritance of disease genes and the genotype of the queried variants (including compound heterozygosity). the output page provides all information on one site: the core component is a concise overview table of the most likely disease genes and variants. here, the most crucial information such as the variants' effect on the protein, frequencies in polymorphism databases and known diseases caused by mutations within this gene and their mode of inheritance are listed. more detailed gene and disease information and hyperlinks to external data are provided below, hence offering a comprehensive overview of the available knowledge. this allows geneticists to draw their own conclusions without any tedious collection of relevant information from the internet. a beta-version of the program is freely available at http://www.mutationtaster.org. m. jäger , , m. schubach , t. zemojtel , k. reinert , d. m. church , p. n. robinson , , institute for medical and human genetics, charité, berlin, germany, bcrt, berlin, germany, institute for bioinformatics, department of mathematics and computer science, freie universität, berlin, germany, x genomics, pleasanton ca, united states, department of mathematics and computer science, freie universität, berlin, germany, the jackson laboratory, farmington ct, united states with the grch human genome release in the genome resource consortium extended the previous linear, "golden-path" paradigm of the human genome and introduced a more graph-like model in the sense of regions with alternate loci, representing common alterations in sequence and structure. in whole-genome sequencing (wgs) these stretches of sequence are largely but not entirely identical between the primary assembly and an its corresponding alternate locus can result in multiple variant calls against regions of the primary assembly. this results in characteristic and recognizable patterns of variant calls at positions that we term alignable scaffold-discrepant positions (asdps). we developed an algorithm (asdpex) that analyzes these patterns in the structurally variable regions of the current grch genome assembly. a heuristical approach then infers whether the pattern of variant calls of a sample contains sequences from the primary assembly, an alternative locus, or their heterozygous combination at each of these regions. api and common snps are annotated. in the following step primers are picked using primer (whitehead-institute). the target sequence is either the snp-containing exon in case of exons smaller than bp, or, the genomic region flanking the snp of interest. the positional information of the snp is gathered using the mutalyzer api (lumc). the last two bases of each primer are checked for all snps in the ' end (snp : hg ). the script will be integrated into a website for free easy access and usability (www.optimus-primer.com). the only information needed is the refseq id, the exon, and the cdna position (eg: nm_ . . :c. t>g). the script optimus primer will provide the user with primers in the widely used primer format. the users are also able to download the source from our website, and to run it on a local unix system as a command line tool. mutationtaster : moving towards a comprehensive evaluation of disease causing mutations o. ebner, jm. schwarz, d. hombach, m. schuelke, d. seelow charitè universitätsmedizin, berlin, germany mutationtaster is a free and user-oriented application for comprehensible evaluation of non-synonymous and synonymous as well as non-coding dna sequence variants. as + citations show, the software has been strongly embraced by the clinical and research community. however, its capacities for assessing the functional consequences of non-coding variants are still limited. while mutationtaster is able to predict the variant's effect on major intragenic regulatory features such as splice sites or polyadenylation signals, many other potential effects of intronic or utr variants are not covered by the software yet. variants in the non-coding region of the genome are frequent and thought to cause a substantial part of yet unsolved mendelian diseases. these variants can occur either in extragenic regulatory regions (see abstract on regulationspotter) or in the untranslated regions, including introns, of a gene. unfortunately, their effects are much harder to predict than those of non-synonymous variants. therefore, only few disease mutations outside the coding sequence have hitherto been found and experimentally confirmed. to close this gap, we are advancing the current version of mutationtaster to improve the analysis of intragenic non-coding variants. we do so by implementing additional tests for variants in the ' and 'utr to determine their effect on au-rich elements, microrna binding sites and the influence of secondary structure on gene expression. moreover, we plan to shift from the analysis of exclusively monogenic to complex diseases with cancer being the first disease model to be integrated into mutationtaster . already implemented enhancements of mutationtaster comprise the improved splice site analysis using maxentscan and the integration of mitochondrial polymorphisms from the human mitochondrial genome database. the addition of links to the integrative genomics viewer and the lof-metrics of the exac browser (exome aggregation consortium) streamline the usage of the mutationtaster results and enable researchers to get a detailed view of the relevant variants and associated genomic sequences. taken together, mutationtaster will offer much better capabilities to predict the disease-causing potential of intragenic variants than its predecessor. the software is freely available at http://www.mutationtaster.org neurocure exzellenzcluster, berlin, germany, neuropädiatrie charité-universitätsmedizin, berlin, germany, medizinische genetik charité-universitätsklinikum, berlin, germany, berliner institut für gesundheitsforschung bih, berlin, germany ifications, or genome-wide interactions. all variants which have the potential to influence one or several candidate genes are presented in a graphical interface and ranked according to their predicted effect on the target gene(s). instead of giving scores, we present the potentially affected regulatory features in an intuitive graphical matrix. the software can freely be used at http://www.mutationtaster.org p-techno- genecascade -a one-stop shop for finding disease mutations d. seelow , in the last years, our genecascade software suite for the elucidation of rare diseases has seen some major extensions, mainly for the discovery of non-coding mutations. the website contains a number of tools focusing on the different steps in studying genetic disorders. all applications are web-based, have easy-to-use interfaces and are aimed directly at human geneticists, without any need to install software, use the command line or to try to explain clinical features to it specialists. we think that software should adapt to the user -not the other way around. and, unlike other web shops, its use is completely free. homozygositymapper finds disease-linked regions in consanguineous families. users can upload genotypes from snp chips as well as wes and even wgs data. we display likely disease loci in intuitive graphical interfaces. the results can also be used in our 'downstream' applications such as genedistiller, mutationtaster, or mutationdistiller to identify the actual disease mutation. genedistiller provides a user-driven way to find the best candidate gene for a genetic disorder. users can specify various aspects of the patients' phenotypes and the results are presented in a comprehensive way without the need to manually query other internet resources to collect further information relevant to asses the disease potential. mutationtaster evaluates the disease potential of non-synonymous as well as of non-coding and synonymous dna variants within genes. it does not only display a prediction but also detailed information on the variants' likely effect on mrna and protein. it can either analyse single variants as found by sanger sequencing or complete vcf files from wes or wgs projects. regulationspotter lists information about potentially regulatory dna variants outside of genes. variants are ranked according to their predicted effect on gene regulation. in addition to a score, we provide a user-friendly summary of the functional effects a variant may have. mutationdistiller combines genedistiller and mutationtaster in a single application for convenient variant and gene prioritisation. it offers human geneticists much more freedom to enter the phenotype than similar applications and provides deeper information about the variant and the gene. cnvinspector is aimed at the study of copy number variants. users can upload their patients' (or cohorts') cnvs and compare them with their own healthy controls or public data stored in our database. we include deci-pher to indicate known diseases caused by cnvs at the same position. epossum examines the effect of dna variants on transcription factor binding. as tf binding site prediction is notoriously unreliable, we also give an indication of the statistical relevance of a result. the genecascade website can be accessed at http://www.mutationtaster.org. we investigate in-house wgs datasets and found that on average . ± . of the regions correspond to an alternate locus rather than the primary assembly sequence. filtering these genomes with our algorithm identified around variant calls per genome that colocalized with asdps. our findings suggest the potential of fully incorporating the resources of graph-like genome assemblies into variant calling. our algorithm already uses the information contained in the structurally variable regions of the grch genome assembly to avoid spurious variant calls in cases where samples contain an alternate locus rather than the corresponding segment of the primary assembly. the human phenotype ontology project provides three resources, the ontology of clinical features, disease-phenotype associations and algorithms that enable analysis of data that is described using hpo. this resource is being used for computational deep phenotyping and precision medicine. it enables clinical data integration for translational research. the hpo is being increasingly adopted in software, research projects and companies world-wide. we will discuss the progress and recent developments that the hpo project has made since . this will include the expansion of hpo for common (complex) diseases, novel algorithms for phenotype-driven analysis of genomic variation, cross-species mapping of phenotype data, translation of hpo into several languages and also the addition of a more patient-friendly terminology for hpo terms. millions of patients worldwide suffer from a rare genetic disease. to date, the omim database lists more than diseases with proven or suspected mendelian basis, but the molecular cause is known for less than %. although next generation sequencing has drastically facilitated the discovery of disease mutations, a substantial fraction of whole exome sequencing (wes) projects fail to identify the causal variant. this may be due to the fact that disease-causing mutations are not always located within the coding sequence. whole genome sequencing (wgs) could solve this problem, but we are not yet readily prepared to handle the vast amount of variants which are generated by this technique, as intuitive and reliable software solutions for variant evaluation are missing. the currently existing approaches are not well-suited for a diagnostic setting, because they output a battery of different scores whose interpretation is left to the users. however, human geneticists are specialists for the assessment of symptoms of genetic diseases -not for the analysis of numerical scores indicating different likelihoods of the occurrence of regulatory elements. this is especially true when it comes to the hundreds of thousands of extragenic variants found by wgs, for which effect predictions always face a high level of uncertainty. we consider it crucial to provide geneticists with the information they need to determine the significance of a variant, not to flood them with scores whose meanings are difficult to grasp. to facilitate the interpretation of extragenic variants, we are developing regulationspotter. in contrast to other approaches such as genomiser or cadd, we integrate as much knowledge as possible in a user-friendly fashion to pinpoint the variants which are most likely to disturb the expression of candidate genes. regulationspotter includes different data on regulatory dna elements such as dna methylation, transcription factor binding sites, histone mod-the human exon in the ' end of the murine huntingtin gene. by using a novel object recognition test with a h interval between sample and test phase we have found a profound deficiency of hippocampus dependent long-term memory in heterozygous transgenics. this phenotype was detected as early as weeks of age and is complementary to deficits that we have identified in the hdhcag mouse model previously. motor deficits as well as intranuclear aggregates are described at much later stages in both of these models. we have shown previously that in hd patients, mediated through mtor signaling, translation of mrna carrying expanded cag repeats is elevated (krauss et al., ) . we have also seen that the biguanid metformin antagonizes mtor signaling in neurons in-vitro and in-vivo (kickstein et al., ) . we show here that metformin, by interfering with the mtor kinase and its opposing phosphatase, pp a, regulates local protein synthesis in the brain and is able to suppress the production of disease making protein in early hd. furthermore metformin leads to a significant improvement of movement abilities in a c-elegans model for hd and to a rescue of early cognitive symptoms in the hdhcag animal model. these data suggest that metformin is a very promising candidate for early phase treatment of hd patients. allele-specific suppression of dominant-negative bestrophin mutations a. milenkovic, lm. braun, f. grassmann, b. h. f. weber institute of human genetics, regensburg, germany purpose: retinal pigment epithelium (rpe) differentiated from human induced pluripotent stem cells (hipsc) demonstrated degradation and mislocalization of mutant bestrophin (best ) protein in autosomal dominant best disease (bd). importantly, mutated alleles revealed a dominant-negative effect leading to an impairment of volume-regulated chloride transport, the basic function of the homo-pentameric best channel. here, our study aimed for a proof-of-concept to treat bd by selectively eliminating best mutant transcripts in patient-derived hipscs prior to rpe differentiation via the crispr/cas genome editing technology. methods: adult human dermal fibroblast were obtained from skin biopsies of bd patients and reprogrammed into hipscs. single guide rna sequences (sgrna) targeting best mutations were selected by the "optimised crispr design tool" (zhang lab, mit ) . editing efficiency and specificity of designed sgrnas were tested in hek cells using an established fluorescence-based assay. after transfection of hipscs the percentage of indel formation of on-and off-targets was determined by a pcr-based crispr/cas cleavage detection kit. cas -treated stem cell populations were analyzed for pluripotency and selected for full genome sequencing before differentiation to rpe cells. results: computational design of disease-causing best variants (n k, v m, s r, q r, a v, and i del) offered at least one sgrna with predicted high quality per mutant allele. the guide sequences were cloned into the cas -expressing plasmid px and co-transfected with pcag-egxxfp plasmids containing genomic fragments of ~ bp of either the mutated or wildtype sequence to the corresponding sgrna. as targeted cas cleavage results in reconstitution of the egfp expression cassette by homology dependent repair, the efficiency and specificity of cas cleavage was evaluated on a plate reader by quantifying egfp fluorescence after h of transfection. as a result, out of the sgrnas tested showed high allele-specificity and are now used for targeted genome editing in hipscs. conclusion: so far, there is no treatment for bd although the molecular pathology of best has recently been established. our proof-of-concept study aims to determine whether haploinsufficiency of normal best protein is sufficient to fully or partly restore cellular function in cells of primary bd pathology, namely the rpe. to this end, we will determine the degree of rescue (i. e. reconstitution of volume-regulated chloride conductance) by whole-cell patch-clamp analysis. if successful, our crispr/ cas -driven approach will be useful to treat other diseases with dominant negative effects of the mutated allele. p-therap- *** metformin rescues early cognitive symptoms in the hdhcag mouse model and is therefore a promising candidate for treatment of hd patients. huntington's disease (hd) is an autosomal dominant neurodegenerative disorder that is caused by an unstable glutamine (cag) trinucleotide repeat expansion within exon of the huntingtin gene and leads to cognitive decline and affects motor abilities. in the prodromal phase of the disease patients develop mood swings, personality changes and subtle cognitive impairment. close understanding of clinical signs and molecular mechanisms behind this early stage of hd is an important step for the development of a causal therapy. we have analysed a knock-in mouse model that carries cag repeats and single molecule molecular inversion probes for targeted, high-accuracy detection of low-frequency variation age-related clonal hematopoiesis associated with adverse outcomes clonal hematopoiesis and bloodcancer risk inferred from blood dna sequence age-related mutations associated with clonal hematopoietic expansion and malignancies cancer spectrum in dna mismatch repair gene mutation carriers: results from a hospital based lynch syndrome registry update on kleefstra syndrome characterization of a novel transcript of the ehmt gene reveals important diagnostic implications for kleefstra syndrome national institute of child health and human development abstracts p-monog- novel mutation in hoxc expand the mutation spectrum of pure hair and nail ectodermal dysplasia abstracts in conclusion, targeted sequencing represents an effective, fast, cost-efficient and flexible method, since new candidate genes can be added easily to the panel, for the sequential analysis in chh patients. furthermore, panel sequencing alleviates the uncovering of oligogenic inheritance in genetic traits like chh abstracts p-monog- neurodegeneration in the olfactory bulb and olfactory impairment in the ccdc -/-mouse model for retinal degeneration s. schreiber , e. petrasch-parwez one hallmark of sca and other mechanisms that govern ccdc -deficient degeneration, a detailed evaluation is performed in order to reveal processes that contribute to retinal degeneration during early postnatal development and adulthood. methods: the functional role of ccdc deficiency is investigated by two independent approaches: ) gene expression profiles at p and p are analyzed in retinal tissue of cccdc -/-and wildtype mice (genechip mouse gene . st array, affymetrix) followed by quantitative real-time pcr (qrt-pcr) and ) potential retinal interaction partners of ccdc protein are identified by yeast-two hybrid screening in the wildtype mouse and further analyzed by immunohistochemistry. results: using two screening methods (rna-expression profiles and protein interaction partners), our results indicate that ) the ccdc deficient mouse model reveals early changes in retinal rna gene expression already at p and the highest number of genes differential expressed at p . most expression differences were related to genes associated with the extracellular matrix. further genes are involved in retinal degeneration, angiogenesis, transcription factors and proteolysis. ) the ccdc protein interacts with the proteins eps (epidermal growth factor receptor kinase substrate ) and mpdz (multiple pdz-domain protein). both proteins are expressed in several retinal layers of the retina, confirmed by immunohistochemistry. moreover, mutations in the mpdz gene were already identified in patients with retinitis pigmentosa/leber congenital amaurosis. conclusion: expression profiles reveal expression changes at an early time point of retinal degeneration in the ccdc -/-mouse model enabling further studies on the role of genes and processes involved in early retinal degeneration. in addition, the interaction partners of ccdc , eps and mpdz, are the basis for further studies examining the pathways of retinal degeneration in the mammalian retina including man -and possibly contribute to future studies in man and human disease. ccdc null mutation causes retinal degeneration and dysfunction of medical and molecular genetics and skeletal dysplasia multidisciplinary unit hospital unit of genetics of neurodegenerative and metabolic diseases sel- , ws - , p-compl- ws - p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , ws - , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-monog- p-cancg- p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , ws - , p-cling- ws - , p-cling- p-cancg- , p-cancg- , p-cling- ws - medizinische genetik · ws - , p-cling- ws - , p-cling- ddd study . p-cling- ws - , ws - , p-cling- , p-compl- ws - , p-cling- , p-cling- distelmaier f. ws - ws - , p-basepi- , p-cancg- ws - , ws - , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-cling- , p-monog- ws - ekici ab. ws - , p-monog- sel- p-cancg- , p-techno- plen , ws - golla a dfg-workshop göpfert mc sel- , sel- haferlach c. ws - haferlach t. ws - ws - , ws - , p-compl- , p-compl- p-cancg- , p-cancg- , p-cancg- gilissen c. ws - ws - , p-basepi- , p-cling- , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-compl- p-monog- medizinische genetik · ws - hüffmeier u. ws - ws - , p-cling- seq consortium ws - ws - , ws - , p-compl- p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-cancg- ws - , ws - , ws - , p-compl- p-cancg- , p-cancg- ws - ws - , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cytog- ws - , ws - , p-compl- , p-compl- , p-compl- ws - , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-cancg- ws - , p-cling- ws - , ws - , p-cancg- khor cc. ws - sel- , ws - ws - medizinische genetik · p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-compl- , p-compl- ws - , p-cancg- ws - , p-cling- meggendorfer m. ws - ws - , p-cancg- p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-cancg- ws - , ws - , p-monog- ws - ws - ws - , p-cling- pasutto f. ws - nanda i. ws - nöthen mm. ws - , ws - , ws - , ws - , ws - ws - ws - , ws - , ws - , ws - , p-cling- , p-compl- , p-compl- sel- medizinische genetik · p-cancg- schnapp l. ws - ws - , p-cancg- , p-cancg- , p-cling- ws - , p-basepi- , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- p-cancg- , p-cling- salaverria i. ws - ws - , p-compl- ws - , ws - , ws - , p-cancg- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cytog- , p-monog- , p-monog- p-cancg- , p-cancg- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - sel- , ws - , p-compl- the international gamos consortium e ws - , ws - , ws - , p-cancg- , p-monog- , p-monog- sel- , ws - ws - , p-cytog- p-cancg- , p-cling- , p-cling- p-cancg- , p-cancg- , p-cling- stengel a. ws - p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , ws - , ws - , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- p-cancg- , p-cling- ws - ws - , p-cling- ws - witsch-baumgartner m. p-cling- p-cancg- p-cancg- wunderle m. ws - zechner u. ws - , ws - , p-basepi- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- ws - , p-cancg- , p-cling- edu , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- p-cling- , p-cling- , p-cling- wiesener a. ws - , p-monog- ws - , ws - , p-cancg- , p-cling- , p-compl- , p-monog- ws - ws - , p-cancg- autorenverzeichnis zenker m. ws - , ws - , p-cling- , p-cling- dialog mit shg, p-cling- ws - , ws - , p-cling- , p-monog- ac. koller , , j. strohmaier , ku. ludwig , , fc. degenhardt , m. wulff , , d. breuer , , l. winkler , , f. neukirch , , a. maaser , , a. forstner , , s. sivalingam , , a. reif , a. ramirez , w. maier , d. rujescu , i. giegling , h. thiele , p. nürnberg , , a. fischer congenital hypogonadotropic hypogonadism (chh) is a rare and clinically and genetically heterogeneous disorder. chh is characterized by incomplete or absent puberty caused by the lack or deficient number of hypothalamic gonadotropin-releasing hormone (gnrh) neurons, disturbed secretion or action of gnrh, or both. chh is often associated with anosmia and is then termed kallmann syndrome (ks), as well as with other phenotypes like unilateral kidney agenesis, skeletal abnormalities, midline malformations, and hearing loss. x-linked, autosomal-dominant, and autosomal-recessive, as well as di-and oligogenic inheritance has been described for chh. in the meantime a multitude of genes has been reported to be associated with chh. actually, in fewer than % of the chh cases the underlying genetic cause can be identified. we analyzed a total of patients with chh ( female/ male) by using targeted sequencing of chh-associated genes kal , chd , fgf , fgfr , fshb, gnrh , gnrhr, hs st , kiss , kiss r, nsmf, prok , prokr , spry , tac and tacr and identified pathogenic mutations in chh patients of our cohort. mutations were detected in kal ( patients), tacr ( patients), prokr ( patient), hs st ( patient) and gnrhr ( patient). furthermore, we found in two patients with described pathogenic mutations (one patient with prokr mutation and the other with kal mutation, respectively) additional mutations in nsmf gene and tacr gene, respectively, suggesting digenic inheritance in these cases. pain is necessary to alert us to actual or potential tissue damage. specialized nerve cells in the body periphery, so called nociceptors, are fundamental to mediate pain perception and humans without pain perception are at permanent risk for injuries, burns and mutilations. pain insensitivity can be caused by sensory neurodegeneration which is a hallmark of hereditary sensory and autonomic neuropathies (hsan). although mutations in several genes were previously associated with sensory neurodegeneration, the etiology of many cases remains unknown. using next generation sequencing in patients with congenital loss of pain perception, we here identify bi-allelic mutations in the flvcr (feline leukemia virus subgroup c receptor ) gene, which encodes a broadly expressed heme exporter. different flvcr isoforms control the size of the cytosolic heme pool required to sustain metabolic activity of different cell types. mutations institute of human genetics, bonn, germany, the rild institute, wonford, exeter, uk introduction: ectodermal dysplasias (eds) are a large group of heterogeneous genetic disorders characterized by abnormal development in ectoderm-derived tissues and organs including skin, hair, and nails. among the eds, pure hair and nail ectodermal dysplasia (phned) is a rare genodermatosis characterized by nail dystrophy and sparse or absent hair on the scalp. materials and methods: a family of iranian origin was enrolled in this study. two children from a consanguineous marriage are affected from phned. in addition, the father has alopecia areata (aa) but does not show any nail dysplasia. the mother is unaffected. the paternal and maternal grandfathers had nail dysplasia almost similar to the siblings but did not manifest any hair loss or aa. homozygosity mapping and genedistiller analysis were performed to identify candidate genes. sanger sequencing was used to localize the mutations. results: in total, we identified homozygous regions with almost candidate genes. among these genes were also krt and hoxc , already known to be related to the phenotype of our patients. therefore, we focused our additional analyses on krt and hoxc . sanger sequencing showed a so far unknown homozygous insertion of bp in exon of hoxc . conclusion: we identified an unknown mutation for phned which expands the spectrum of mutations for phned. the hair loss of the father seems rather be due to a distinct type of hair loss, namely aa, which is quite common in the general population. however, the nail dysplasia from both grandfathers is unclear and cannot be examined anymore. it still remains unclear if the nail dysplasia in the grandfathers was due to the same mutation in hoxc or is based on a different mutation. generation of a cell culture model for epidermodysplasia verruciformis by knock-out of ev , a novel gene involved in this genodermatosis e. imahorn , m. aushev , sj. de jong , e. jouanguy , , , jl. casanova , , , ph. itin , , j. reichelt , epidermodysplasia verruciformis (ev) is a rare hereditary skin disease leading susceptibility to certain types of cutaneous human papilloma viruses, mainly β-hpv, and a high risk for development of cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma. homozygous or compound heterozygous loss of function mutations either in tmc or in tmc have been described in several ev patients, but more than / of affected families do not have mutations in one of them. a third gene (ev ) has recently been identified to be mutated in ev patients without tmc or tmc mutation. investigations on the function of this gene may elucidate pathomechanisms of ev. we aim to generate an ev deficient model cell line to study the effects of ev despite the scarcity of patient material. detection of deletions during diagnostic massive parallel ngs gene panel sequencing neuronal differentiation at a later time point. a novel mutation c. a>g, pser gly in des gene in a family with catecholamine polymorphic ventricular tachycardia s. komatsuzaki, p. villavicencio lorini, k. hoffmann institute for human genetics, university hospital halle, germany background: myofibrillar myopathy (omim ) is a heterogeneous neuromuscular disease characterized by progressive muscle weakness, partially with cardiomyopathy and/or arrhythmia. pathohistological examinations show desmin-positive protein aggregations. the mutations in des, cryab, bag , myot, ldb , flnc, fhl , and dnajb have been identified in patients with myofibrillar myopathy. desmin is a intermediate filaments and composed of non-helical n-and terminal head domain and a central a-helical rod domain. till now more than mutations myofibrillar myopathy were identified in patients with and a genotype-phenotype was reported: mutations in rod domain tend to cause neuromuscular symptoms, and mutations in head domain is associated with cardiac symptoms. the head-domain is a serine rich domain and phosphorylated by protein kinase c. almost all reported mutations in head-domain in des are at serine residues (e. g. s i, s f, s f, s f, s y, s t). these findings suggested that the serine residues in head-domain could play an important role in biological function of desmin. here we report a novel mutation c. a>g, ps g in des in a family with catecholamine polymorphic ventricular tachycardia. case: a years old patient developed a syncope in a cold winter. the cardiological investigations revealed a diagnosis of catecholamine polymorphic ventricular tachycardia and the implantation of permanent pacemaker was indicated. his older brother, father and paternal uncle suffered from arrhythmia and all of them received a permanent pacemaker implantation at around years of age. his cousin was died at age of years due to sudden cardiac arrest. we performed a genetic analysis for ryanodin-rezeptor -gen and lamin a gene and no mutation in these gene was identified. next, we performed an exome sequencing. here a novel heterozygous mutation c. a>g, ps g in des was identified. this mutation was also identified in uncle of index patient. the c. a>g, ps g in des was not reported neither in human genome project, nor in exome aggregation consortium. a mutation at serine (p.s i) was previously reported in patients with myofibrillar myopathy with cardiac symptoms. based on these findings, it was strongly supposed that the p.s g in des gene is a causative mutation for myofibrillar myopathy with arrhythmia in our patients. discussion: recent studies suggest that the mutations in des influence not only on muscle stability and myocardial force generation, but also impaired ubiquitin proteasome system, which could be caused by aggregated desmine. generally, phosphorylation of serin and threonine in head-domain of desmin is related to disassembly of filaments. therefore the p.ser- gly mutation in des could cause altered phosphorylation of desmin. the functional abnormalities caused by pser gly in des gene need to be studied. gene dosage manipulation of the chromatin organizer ctcf in the nervous system of drosophila melanogaster results in neurological and morphological phenotypes e. konrad, a. gregor, m. brech, c. zweier institute of human genetics, fau-erlangen-nürnberg, erlangen, germanythree-dimensional organization of eukaryotic genomes is crucial for temporal and spatial regulation of gene expression. architectural proteins, like the ccctc-binding factor ctcf are responsible for establishing and maintaining this organization. ctcf is involved in virtually all chromatin regulating processes including enhancer function, insulation, alterna-for this purpose we used the crispr/cas system to delete the ev coding sequence in an immortalized keratinocyte line. after isolation by facs, single cell clones have been expanded. we screened clones for deletion of the whole gene as well as for the expression of ev . three clones showed no detectable gdna sequence or expression of the ev gene. we found only one wildtype clone without deletion of ev or alterations near the cas cut sites. all clones have been characterized by a snp-array as well as sequencing of the knockout site and the most probable offsite targets. these ev deficient keratinocyte lines are the first cell culture model for ev. it will be a valuable tool to identify cellular pathomechanisms of the disease and allow insight into the control of β-hpv in the general population. hemizygous loss of function of single x-chromosomal genes is the most frequent cause for genetic intellectual disability (id). while a long list of gene mutations have so far been described to be responsible for the disease phenotype, little is known about the underlying neuronal mechanisms. reprogramming of somatic cells into stem cells (ipscs) followed by differentiation into neuronal precursors (npcs) is an important tool for translating research allowing an understanding of network dysfunction in id patients. opitz bbb/g syndrome (os) is characterized by a number of ventral midline defects combined with learning disability, developmental delay and intellectual disability. it is caused by mutations in the x-linked mid gene, which, as we have shown previously, regulates mtor dependent local protein synthesis. in a mouse model, loss of mid function leads to significant disturbance of axonal outgrowth. we have generated ips cells from several patients with os and from one mother that carries a loss of function mutation in the mid gene. by sorting cell clones after reprogramming we have established ips cell clones from this female carrier of a bp deletion in the mid gene (c. _ delctcc) either expressing from the mutated x-chromosome or the non-mutated x-chromosome and have shown that indeed the generated ipsc-clones express either % of the mutated or % of the wildtype mid . we determined this directly using an allele-specific mid -rt-pcr and indirectly by comparing the methylation of humara-alleles. comparison of mutation expressing ipsc-clones with non-mutation expressing ipsc-clones showed that the mid mutation results in significantly smaller cells with reduced s phosphorylation supporting aberrations in the mtor/pp a signaling cascade. when differentiating ipscs into neuronal precursor cells, significantly bigger embryoid bodies (ebs) can be detected in the mutation expressing clones, while the total eb number is higher for the non-mutated mid expressing clones. when further differentiated, ebs from all ipsc-clones form neuronal rosette structures expressing beta-iii-tubulin, with a lower rosette structure count in the mutated mid expressing cells. these data clearly hint a defect in neurogenesis in cells with hemizygous mid mutations. interestingly, while ipscs stably kept the x-incativation pattern of the original fibroblast, during differentiation x-inactivation was lost leading to biallelic expression from both x-chromosomes in the npcs pointing towards an as yet unknown reactivation mechanism of the inactive x-chromosome. we are currently analyzing x-inactivation throughout the differ- mutations in the aminoacyl-trna-synthetase genes sars and wars are associated with autosomal recessive intellectual disability l intellectual disability (id) is the common feature of a very heterogeneous group of disorders, which comprises a broad variety of syndromic and non-syndromic phenotypes. here we present mutations in two aminoacyl-trna synthetases that are associated with id in two independent iranian families. in the first family, we found a missense mutation (c. g>a, p.d n) in the cytoplasmic seryl-trna synthetase (sars) gene that affects the enzymatic core domain of the protein and impairs its enzymatic activity. this probably leads to reduced trnaser concentrations in the cytoplasm. in silico analyses predicted the mutant protein to be unstable. this prediction could be experimentally substantiated by results obtained through studies with ectopic mutant sars in transfected hek t cells. in the second family, we identified a compound heterozygous genotype of the mitochondrial tryptophanyl-trna synthetase (wars ) gene, consisting of a nonsense mutation (c. dela, p.ser alafs* ), which very likely leads to nonsense-mediated mrna decay, in combination with a missense mutation (c. t>g, p.w g). the p.w g mutation affects the mitochondrial localization signal of wars , leading to mislocalization of the mutant protein. thus, when taking aimp into account, which we have recently implicated in the aetiology of id as well, there are now three genes with a role in trna-aminoacylation that are associated with this condition. hence we propose that the functional integrity of t-rnas in general is an important constituent in the development and maintenance of human cognitive functions. dravet syndrome is a rare autosomal dominant genetic disorder with early-onset epileptic encephalopathy is mainly caused by different de novo mutations of the scn a gene encoding the type subunit of voltage-gated sodium channel. whole exome sequencing(wes) enables scanning a large number of genes which not only can confirm the diagnosis but also helpful in understading for possible relationship between clinical manifestations and mutaion. the authors investigate wes in a months term boy with hypotonia and convulsion of normal and relative parent. she had uncontrolled sizure without fever, and developmental delay from months.in treatment protocol anti covulsants changes to valorate, clonazepam and stiripentol as well. a deleterious novel heterozygous splice site mutation in scn a tive splicing, imprinting, v(d)j recombination, chromatin loop formation and defining topologically associated domains (tads). recently, we identified de novo mutations in ctcf in patients with a surprisingly mild phenotype of variable developmental delay or intellectual disability, mild short stature and microcephaly, and behavioural anomalies. apart from observing brain malformations and early lethality or learning deficits in two conditional knockout mouse models, little is known about the role of ctcf in neuronal development and preservation so far. therefore, we utilized the model organism drosophila melanogaster to further explore the role of ctcf in cns development and function. similar to observations in knockout mice, complete knockout or ubiquitous knockdown of ctcf is embryonic lethal in drosophila. we therefore utilized the uas/gal system to induce tissue specific knockdown or overexpression of ctcf in the fly nervous system. we first investigated development and morphology of the larval neuromuscular junctions (nmjs), an established model for synaptic development. while pan-neuronal overexpression of ctcf showed no morphological nmj alterations, pan-neuronal knockdown resulted in fewer nmj branches than in a specific control. additionally, we observed a reduced number of active zones in a hypomorphic mutant line compared to a wildtype control. using the negative gravitaxis assay to examine gross neurological function, we found a highly significant impairment of geotaxis behavior in flies with ctcf knockdown in neurons, motoneurons and muscle and in flies with overexpression of ctcf in glia cells, muscle and motoneurons. currently we are testing learning and memory behavior with the courtship conditioning paradigm. our findings of various neurological and morphological anomalies upon manipulation of ctcf dosage in the fly nervous system emphasize the role of ctcf in nervous system development and function and provide a basis to further study the molecular mechanisms underlying cognitive dysfunction caused by ctcf-deficiency. congenital or early-onset nystagmus (cn) is characterized by involuntary eye movements and shows enormous clinical and genetic heterogeneity. cn may be an ambiguous sign of many different diseases, including retinal dysfunction/degeneration, ocular/oculocutaneous albinism, and severe central nervous system disorders, such as pelizaeus-merzbacher or pelizaeus-merzbacher-like diseases (pmld). due to enormous heterogeneity found among the diseases leading to cn, whole exome sequencing (wes) and panel-based bioinformatics was considered as an approach to rapidly identify disease-associated genetic sequence variants. we have analyzed families with cn-affected patients. herein, we present three clinically different patients who were initially affected with cn, but developed further clinical symptoms of various severities. one of these patients showed features of retinal dysfunction, including night blindness and myopia, while two other patients developed severe phenotypes including mental retardation or pmld. wes identified four genetic variants in genes associated with cn. the first patient showed a hemizygous splice-donor variant (c. + g>a) in the calcium channel voltage-dependent alpha- f subunit (cacna f) gene, the second patient carried a hemizygous variant (c. g>a, p.r h) in the ferm domain-containing protein (frmd ) gene, and the third patient showed two heterozygous variants (c. c>g, p.y * and c. t>c, p.v a) in the gap junction protein gamma- (gjc ) gene. sanger sequencing confirmed the identified variants in the index patients and verified co-segregation in several family members. our results suggest a beneficial role of wes to identify the molecular causes of cn and to rapidly confirm an initially unclear clinical diagnosis. especially, patients with rare and severe disorders (e. g. pmld) will benefit from a wes analysis performed in the early stage of the disease. the ccdc -deficient (ccdc -/-) mouse model exhibits slow retinal degeneration similar to a human retinitis pigmentosa (rp) phenotype (gerding et al., hum mol genet., ) . in order to determine whether ccdc gene expression might also play a role outside the retina, this study aimed at characterizing ccdc protein expression during early postnatal development of the mouse brain. furthermore, morphological and behavioral impact of ccdc deficiency in the mouse brain was analyzed. methods: ccdc protein expression was determined by sds page and western blot in whole brain homogenates and in selected brain regions of interest (olfactory bulb, hippocampus, cortex, striatum, cerebellum, brain stem) during early postnatal development and in adult wildtype (wt) mice. in addition, cryosections of the ccdc -/-olfactory epithelium and bulb (during postnatal development) and the rostral migratory stream (in adult) were analyzed for ccdc reporter gene expression by x-gal staining. selected brain regions were additionally analyzed by electron microscopy. in order to correlate anatomical with behavioral data, olfactory performance was studied in aged ccdc -/-mice compared to ccdc +/+ controls by an olfactory habituation/dishabituation test (yang and crawley, curr protoc neurosci., ) , where olfactory exploration-time during the presentation of neutral and social odors is examined. results: ccdc protein was detected throughout the early postnatal development of the wt mouse brain, decreasing after birth. amongst analyzed brain regions, highest expression of ccdc protein was detected in the olfactory bulb exhibiting similar ccdc levels to retinal expression. accordingly, ccdc reporter gene expression was demonstrated in the mature olfactory bulb glomeruli, the adjacent olfactory epithelium and along the rostral migratory stream in the ccdc -/-mouse brain. interestingly, strong ccdc reporter gene expression in glomeruli of the ccdc -/-olfactory bulb was correlated with signs of degeneration in the ccdc -/-mouse, but not in controls. the degeneration was also reflected by olfactory impairment in ccdc -/-mice, which spent significantly less time for sniffing at initial presentation of unknown, neutral odors and barely responded to social odors. conclusion: besides the retina, ccdc protein plays a crucial role in the olfactory system as shown by its expression there as well as by ccdc deficiency resulting in neurodegeneration and alteration of olfaction-related behavior in the ccdc -/-mice. as impairment of the olfactory sense in multiple neurodegenerative disorders is a common finding, the ccdc -/mouse model is not only restricted to study retinal degeneration but possibly also degeneration of the central nervous system. background: the ccdc -deficient (ccdc -/-) mouse model exhibits slow retinal degeneration similar to a human retinitis pigmentosa (rp) phenotype (gerding et al. ) . in order to gain insights into the molecular disruptions in cilia structure or function lead to a class of human disorders called ciliopathies. joubert syndrome is characterized by a wide spectrum of symptoms, including a variable degree of intellectual disability, ataxia, and ocular abnormalities. here we report a novel homozygous missense variant (c. g>a; p.g r) in the arl b gene, which we identified by whole exome sequencing of a trio from a consanguineous family with multiple affected individuals suffering from intellectual disability, ataxia, ocular defects, and epilepsy. the same variant was also identified in a second family. we saw a striking difference in the severity of ataxia between affected male and female individuals in both families. functional analysis demonstrated that dihydrotestosterone treatment of sh-sy y cells induced a down regulation of arl b expression. both arl b and arl b-p.g r expression rescued the cilia length and shh defects displayed by arl bhennin (null) cells, indicating that the mutation did not disrupt either arl b function. in contrast, arl b-p.g r displayed a marked loss of arl guanine nucleotide-exchange factor activity, despite retention of its gtpase activities, highlighting the correlation between its loss of function as an arl guanine nucleotide-exchange factor and joubert syndrome. s. renner, a. busch, t. bierhals, j. butter, v. kolbe, g. rosenberger institute of human genetics, university medical center hamburg-eppendorf, hamburg, germany taad (thoracic aortic aneurysm and dissection) is a heterogeneous disease that often remains silent until a life-threatening complication occurs. it belongs to the connective tissue disorders and causes % of death in industrial countries. several disease genes have been already identified; however, about % of patients with taad-associated syndromes do not show a mutation in these genes. thus, further heterogeneity is obvious. since individual risk stratification and therapeutic options highly depend on the individually mutated gene, it is very important to identify more disease genes which are aimed to be found by whole exome sequencing (wes). many of the known disease genes encode for proteins that are important for the structure and stabilization of the extracellular matrix as well as for the contraction of vascular smooth muscle cells. one central pathway is the tgf-beta signaling which functions among other proteins via the tgf-beta receptor, its ligand and its downstream target smad / . our project plan includes (i) exome sequencing both in affected individuals within families as well as in sporadic patients, (ii) filtering of raw data and prioritization of sequence variants by using a bioinformatic in house pipeline, (iii) verification of novel putative disease genes in a cohort of mutation-negative patients with taad spectrum disease and (iv) functional analyses to gain deeper insight into the pathobiology of taad. in a first round of wes analysis and variant prioritization, we identified a highly conspicuous sequence variant in three family members with taad. screening of the respective gene in a large cohort of mutation negative patients revealed another variant in two siblings with taad. structural and functional considerations strongly support deleterious effects for both identified putative pathogenic missense variants that affect a novel cell cycle-and/or apoptosis regulating protein. functional analyses did not show an involvement of this protein in tgf-beta signaling. in ongoing experiments, we focus on mutation-induced consequences on cell proliferation, cell cycle progression and apoptosis. indeed, we found inhibitory effects of the missense variants on proliferation by affecting the cell cycle key protein cdkn a. we hypothesize that dysregulation of proliferation and/ or apoptosis of specific cells, e. g. smooth muscle cells, underlies taad.abstracts for screening. positively tested compounds were reanalyzed by whole-cell patch clamp recordings and cell volume measurements. results: the halide assay revealed reproducible halide permeability across wells and, as a control, reliably detected mdckii cells overexpressing wild type best by a decrease of yfp fluorescence to % following seconds iodide stimulation. cells harboring mutant best showed % of default yfp fluorescence after the same time interval. conclusion: the current study established an assay appropriate for high and small-scale compound screening targeting best localization and function. this assay will be used to screen for compounds in mutant cells lines best -t p and best -y n for their ability to improve trafficking to the pm or correcting protein folding to enhance ion permeability. background: neuropeptide y-y receptor (y receptor), an auto-receptor of neuropeptide y (npy) and attractive guanine nucleotide (g) protein-coupled receptor target, has been implicated as a potential therapeutic target for many clinical conditions, including epileptic seizure, depression, pain, and alcoholism. in huntington's disease (hd) patients and animal models of hd, npy-expressing striatal interneurons are selective preserved and increased with advancing disease. however, the potential role of y receptor in hd pathology remains under-explored. aims: to investigate whether activation of y receptor using npy and selective y r ligands could ameliorate behavioral deficits and neuropathology in r / mouse model of hd. methods/techniques: npy and selective y receptor agonist npy - were intranasally administered to r / mice, five days in a week, beginning from weeks of age until weeks of age. in the second study, r / mice received daily intraperitoneal administration of selective non-peptide y receptor antagonist (sf- ) to selectively block y receptor. results/outcome: intranasal application of npy showed significant increase in rotarod performance compared to the saline and sf- treated r / mice (*p < . and **p < . at and weeks of age respectively, n = ). however, treatment with npy - showed a clear trend towards increased rotarod performance at weeks of age compared to the saline and sf- treated r / mice but the difference did not reach significance. also, treatment with npy and npy - showed no significant effect on body weight loss in r / mice, contrasting with previous data obtained with single intracerebroventricular (icv) injection of npy in r / mice. furthermore, intranasal application npy or npy - led to decrease in mutant huntingtin (htt) aggregation and mediated increase in dopamine-and camp regulated phosphoprotein (darpp- ) and brain derived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) levels. additionally, we found that npy and npy - attenuate microglial activation, inducible nitric oxide synthase (inos) expression, and proinflammatory cytokines production in r / mice compared to the saline and sf- treated r / mice. conclusion: taken together, our findings suggest that targeting npy-y receptor might be a potential neuroprotective therapy for hd and other neurodegenerative diseases. best of both world's: a novel, rapid capture protocol that overcomes drawbacks associated with dna fragmentation in established methods j. seggewiß, c. ruckert, p. wieacker institute of human genetics, westfaelian wilhelms-university of muenster, muenster, germany rapid capture protocols are an attractive proposition for clinical sequencing labs, as they enable quicker sample-to-sequencing turnaround times. the fragmentation of input dna for the construction of pre-capture libraries is a bottleneck in established protocols. mechanical shearing is the gold standard, but is laborious using single-tube covaris instruments; and higher-throughput instrumentation is cost-prohibitive to many smaller labs. "tagmentation"-based methods (e. g. the nextera rapid capture system from lllumina, or agilent's sureselect qxt system) employ transposases for fast ond simple library construction. however, these protocols are associated with significant sequence bias, especially with low-quality ffpe samples and are extremely sensitive to dna input -thus requiring meticulous quantification of viscous, high-molecular weight dna. here we describe a newly-developed rapid capture protocol that combines the kapa hyperplus kit (kapa biosystems) with integrated, low-bios enzymatic fragmentation, and agilent's proven sureselect xt target enrichment technology. the streamlined method follows for the preparation of high-quality, sequencing-ready libraries in one working day. the novel enzymatic fragmentation reagent does not require careful quantification of input dna, yielding reproducible fragmentation profiles optimal for capture over the fold range-tested ( - ng) the single-tube kapa hyperplus protocol results in very efficient conversion of input dna to precapture library thereby decreasing duplication rates and increasing the complexity of the library going into the modified, min sureselect fast xt hybridization protocol. our protocol represents a significant improvement for fast routine diagnostics, where robust and reproducible pipelines ore needed to support timely treatment decisions. lmj. braun, a. milenkovic, bhf. weber institute of human genetics, regensburg, germany purpose: human bestrophin- (best ) is a chloride channel controlled by ca + and cell volume and is localized at the basolateral membrane of the retinal pigment epithelium (rpe). so far, there is no therapy for the best -associated diseases, of which the most common is best vitelliforme macular dystrophies (bvmd). in this study, we developed an assay applicable for high and small-scale compound screening targeting best localization and function. methods: to assess best channel function we developed a halide assay. briefly, mdckii cell lines were established, stably expressing wildtype best or bvmd-associated best mutants together with a yellow fluorescent protein (yfp)-based halide sensor. in polarized mdckii cells, wildtype best and best -r c localize regularly at the basolateral plasma membrane (pm) while best -l m and best -y n appear significantly reduced in quantity and grossly mislocalized to cytosolic compartments. cells were stimulated with extracellular addition of iodide known to pass the pm through anion cannels and, as a consequence, intracellularly quench yfp fluorescence. variations in yfp fluorescence levels as a marker for best function were recorded in well plates by a plate reader setup. a small-scale , compound library, commercially available as spectrum collection (microsource discovery systems, gaylordsville, usa) was used key: cord- - xfkse authors: bindenagel Šehović, annamarie title: human rights and state responsibilities date: - - journal: reimagining state and human security beyond borders doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: xfkse this chapter lays out an argument that citizens’ human rights are the responsibility of the corresponding state, meaning that citizens of a territorial state claim particular rights that state is obliged to deliver. in return, in an aspect which is often neglected in analyses of human security, citizens also owe allegiance to the state. citizens’ rights have been expanded to encompass not only physical protection within a territory but also a host of economic and welfare provisions. despite the increasingly international discourse on human security rights, their legal home remains with the national state vis-à-vis its citizens. the chapter argues that the rules of the state-based order are shifting, with no clear loci of responsibility and accountability for human security. the introduction sketched the origins and elements of human security. this chapter lays out one argument to make the case that citizens' human rights are the responsibility of the corresponding state, meaning that citizens of a territorial state claim particular rights that state is obliged to deliver. as outlined in the introduction, these rights have been expanded to encompass not only physical protection within a territory but also a host of economic and welfare provisions (hösle ; slaughter ; cescr ; icpcr ) . however, especially with regard to the latter, not all of these rights are equally or legally encoded into national law. thus despite the increasingly international discourse on human security rights, their legal home remains with the national state vis-à-vis its citizens. in return, in an aspect which is often neglected in analyses of human security, citizens also owe allegiance to the state. this includes submitting to civic codes such as police ordinances and taxation, as well as to the military draft when instituted : without such a reciprocal relationship between states and citizens, it might not be possible to guarantee territorial or other human security protections. of course, the necessary existence of such a relationship does not preclude its potential for abuse by either party (see also howell ) . this reciprocal relationship is based on a state-citizenship centric order, and that not only at the national level, but also internationally. in other words, citizenship here is dependent upon its conferral by a territorial state, which derives its contours from its citizenry. this chapter thus assumes that the current national/international governmentality order continues to be based upon this state-citizens relationship, with a twist. that is, while the national/international legal order rests upon the pillars of state-citizen reciprocity with regard to rights and obligations, this exchange does not reflect the more complicated reality. that is, the rules of the state-based order are shifting, with no clear loci of responsibility and accountability for human security. the hypothesis presented here argues that a bifurcated evolution wherein rights have ascended up the international agenda but not necessarily at the national level, and state or sovereign obligation has been diffused between state and nsas without clarifying where the locus of the final guarantee of protection lies, describes the current status. this has led to a diffusion of the guarantor status of the national state, with elements of power in governance-agency, scope, mechanisms, and normative context-diverging. this leads to two questions: first, if state a acts as a guarantor to the human security of citizens of a, the same holds for state b and citizens of b; but what happens to citizens of state a residing in state b, or vice versa? second, what are the consequences of human security provision to citizens of a or b by nsas, notably when nsas go bankrupt or depart? both of these questions point again to the need to clarify the relationship between citizens and states in order to conceive of suitable answers. as outlined in the introduction, the idea of human security as the remit of the state is inextricable from the notion of state sovereignty. sovereignty as a concept has been debated since its inception, and each idea of it has made various assumptions as to what it entails and what it excludes. the majority of scholars (krasner ) of westphalia-influenced definitions of sovereignty include requisites such as the state enjoying a monopoly of power capable of defending its territorial borders against external aggression; even these have rarely been absolute in practice (krasner , - , ) . in describing this 'compound' myth, anne-marie slaughter defines westphalian sovereignty as "the right to be left alone, to exclude, to be free from any external meddling or interference" (slaughter , ). yet the same sovereignty that offers the option to opt out is also the ticket to inclusion in the inter-national community of (equal) states. the westphalian definition also invokes "the right to be recognized as an autonomous agent in the international system, capable of interaction with other states and entering into international agreements" (slaughter , ) , the responsibility for whose implementation resides squarely with those signatory states. this reveals the schism between what robert keohane ( ) called formal and 'operational' sovereignty, and what i referred to as the divergent 'final guarantee' and 'functional' sovereignty with regard to the governance accountability problem (gap) (Šehović ). it acknowledges that westphalian sovereignty is not absolute, and rather that "it is now a platitude that the ability of governments to attain their objectives through individual action has been undermined by international political and economic interdependence" (keohane, quoted in slaughter , ) . the eu exemplifies political and economic interdependence, a model partially replicated to differing degrees by the african union (au), asean (association of southeast asian nations), and mercosur (the common market of select south american states) in a quest to confront threats and maximize opportunities. both in theory and in practice then, this means that, on the one hand, states increasingly cannot-and often do not want to-fully guard against external interference. on the other hand, states (should also) acknowledge that the sources of such interference include not only other states but also activities of nsas, from crime syndicates and cyber surveillance and mercenaries to human rights' campaigners, as well as cross-border challenges such as (infectious) disease spread and migration. these interdependencies and their potential both for cooperation and for conflict directly influence a state's ability not only to control its own territory (see krasner, interdependence sovereignty, pages - ) but also to the "security, economic stability and a measure of prosperity, clean air and water, and even minimum health standards" (slaughter , ) that are the hallmarks of hösle's expanded definition of sovereignty (hösle ) and the integral components of human security. human security's main argument places the emphasis of security on the human as opposed to the state. the central assumption underscoring human security is that "when a human faces a threat, so does international security" (burgess and gräns , ; kerr , ; undp ). yet the two are necessarily in dialogue with each other: first of all, states in the inter-national remain the arbiters of human security (hösle ; un declaration ; undp ) , regardless of whether the point of departure is human-or state-centric; and second, as members of the international community of (equal) states, these are themselves increasingly subjected to trial by their peers. "states can no longer assume that if they refrain from interfering in the affairs of other states they will remain free from interference themselves" (slaughter , ) . furthermore, governments increasingly understand that they often cannot afford to look the other way; that fundamental threats to their own security, whether from refugees, terrorists, the potential destabilization of an entire region, or a miasma of disease and crime, may well have their origins in conditions once thought to be within a state's exclusive domestic jurisdiction. (slaughter , ) as the post-cold war era has shown, both intra-and inter-state conflict have coincided with the spread of disease. this has been evident in the former yugoslavia, in rwanda and somalia, in iraq and syria (intrastate conflict by the numbers ; human security centre). these conflicts have seen the increase in cross-border spread of disease such as evd, h n , hiv, measles (notably in continental europe, and the us), mers-cov, and sars, to name a few examples. this incidence salience of the insight that: "states can only govern effectively by actively cooperating with other states and by collectively reserving the power to intervene in other states' affairs" (slaughter , ) . it has been backed up by the normative evolutions first from rights to responsibility, to the r p, to, arguably at this moment, the responsibility to respond. this captures the essence of a continual conversation between human security and sovereignty. therein, "internally, a government has a responsibility to respect the dignity and basic rights of its citizens," and "externally, it has a responsibility to respect the sovereignty of other states" (slaughter , ) , except when a state heeds the (r)evolution rewriting sovereignty as control to sovereignty as responsibility. daniel philpott describes this shift as part of an ongoing process. he attributes this revolution in sovereignty to "prior revolutions in ideas about justice and political authority" (philpott , ) . the post-cold war reordering of the world proffers a multitude of examples of this progress: from emergent multipolarity (flockhart ) to the rise of nongovernmental organizations (ngos) and nsas, from the human rights debates to gain access to hiv treatment to those to usher in the r p (iciss ), reconceptualizations of internal and external state responsibility have been pitted against each other. though the state remains legally dominant, theoretical and philosophical evidence underscored by empirics points to two key unresolved tensions: the locus of the responsibility for human security and the scope of human security, particularly in reaching non-citizens. on the theoretical side, foucault presciently identified emergent 'governmentality' (faubion and rabinow ), anticipating the collaborative governance that would emerge as states and nsas sparred and cooperated in response to ever more global challenges to human security. the s, amid the (western) euphoria of the 'end of history' (fukuyama ) , witnessed an initial acknowledgment that states alone could not meet the rising number of international and increasingly global challenges-from the multiplication of intra-state conflict and the proliferation of weapons to water management. rosenau introduced the idea of 'governance without government' (rosenau and czempiel ), maintaining that governance 'regimes' composed both of states and nsas would form to tackle specific issues in the international realm. nsas have long been engaged in shoring up or tearing down state sovereignty, with (hösle ) or without the consent of the state. while on the one hand a tension exists between theory and practice of state sovereign obligation with regard to human security, it also means that though threats to human security abound on the part of both state and nsas, precedents likewise exist for mitigating these to the benefit of human security. to a large extent, rosenau has been proven correct: if nsas are included, then a plethora of organizations exist dedicated to treating hiv/aids, providing water and sanitation, and even administering public transportation in municipalities around the world. however, these are not regimes in the sense that they have a central organizational structure, that their interventions are legally binding, or that any mechanisms are in place to ensure the continuation of their work if and when they opt out. this is not a central theme of risse's work, which focuses on 'areas of limited statehood' (risse ) . here nsas might perform functions theoretically if not in practice associated with state responsibility for human security. yet they are not bound to such actions, for instance, of service delivery and health care. critically, instead of shoring up states' lack of capacity, nsas have contributed to the fragmentation of their power-including their ability to guarantee traditional and human security: ngos' [nongovernmental organizations'] role and influence have exploded in the last half-decade. their financial resources and-often more importanttheir expertise, approximate and sometimes exceed those of smaller governments and of international organizations. "we have less money and fewer resources than amnesty international, and we are the arm of the u.n. for human rights," noted ibrahima fall, head of the u.n. centre for human rights, in . "this is clearly ridiculous." today ngos deliver more official development assistance than the entire u.n. system (excluding the world bank and the international monetary fund). in many countries they are delivering the services-in urban and rural community development, education, and health care-that faltering governments can no longer manage. (matthews ) nonetheless, risse assumes that nsas will continue their activities. that these nsas might be accountable not to the human beings they serve, but otherwise, or that they might be dependent upon funding sources whose priorities are prone to shift, remains under-analyzed. it leaves unanswered the questions of what happens to the state-citizen relationship when they do not. krasner attempts to corral some of these disparate responses to the sovereign redrafting by delineating four elements of sovereignty: westphalian, juridical, domestic, and interdependence (krasner ; czempiel and rosenau ) . none directly deal with the engagement between sovereignty and human security explicitly, yet they are critical in highlighting their exchange. whether the four 'sovereignties' can be meaningfully divorced from one another and applied in an empirical sense to state or human security remains unproven: while theory must conform to practice, so, too, must practice inform theory (see box . ). while keohane's divide between formal and functional sovereignty alludes to some of the problems with distilling sovereignties listed above, they are not thereby resolved (keohane ) . similarly, slaughter's network theory, taking nsas into account, revives some of the same solutions put forward by foucault and rosenau. likewise my gap thesis, while identifying the lack of accountability between state and nsas with regard to the guarantee of human security to citizens, it did not deal with the same responsibility to non-citizens. this points to a new stage in philpott's (r)evolutions in ideas: while each of the conversations between sovereignty and human security introduced above acknowledges the limits of westphalian absolutism, each fails to account for their (re)imagining beyond borders. on the philosophical side, scholars have wrangled with this conceptually in various terms. the human rights agenda, which both precedes and parallels that of human security, is itself an outgrowth of a historical trajectory of political theology. referring to "to the connections between religion (in the broadest sense, including philosophy as well) and legally structured power," political theology is of "special importance in the western world and influenced the development of juristic concepts, especially those concerned with public law" (hösle , ; schmitt ) . public law, inextricable from the relationship between states and subjects, then states and citizens, is vested with antecedents of values-with morals and their changing interactions with politics (hösle , ; carlson and owens ) . • what is the value of westphalian sovereignty where a state cannot control its territory? • what role does juridical sovereignty play when a state is only partially recognized by its peers? (see kosovo) • what does domestic sovereignty mean if (a) a portion of the citizenry is excluded from, for instance, health care? (b) non-citizens have no recourse to rights (to education, health, justice)? • what is interdependence sovereignty if borders are porous or surveillance systems are technologically or politically incompatible? christianity in the west, particularly after the treaties of westphalia largely ended internecine wars on the european continent, contributed immensely to the conversation and construction of sovereignty, as related to human rights and human security. hösle argues that christianity estranged citizens from their state and universalized their rights' claims. through the idea of all human beings as god's children, a broader as well as existentially deeper diffusion of the universalistic and individualistic ideas of hellenism-and thereby eliminated a possible identification with any state that does not include all human beings and is not constituted in accord with the principles of christianity. (hösle , ) christianity can arguably be made responsible for two things (hösle , ) : first, a politics free of religious and ritual considerations, taken further through the enlightenment; and second, an intensive moralization of the religious, demanding "an influence on politics that went far beyond what was conceivable for ancients" (hösle , ) . the latter finds its echo in the articulation and demand for individual human rights delivered by the state. thus although the notion of a christian theocracy likewise receded with the secularization of westphalia, the ideas of universal human rights and of a universal claim to human security have wound their way through various (r)evolutions in sovereignty right up to this present reimagining. returning to the core of the conversation between sovereignty and human security, theory and philosophy back up the urgent need to practically respond to the three main tenets of state and human security: ( ) ensuring the territorial and physical security of citizens; ( ) protecting lives and livelihoods through basic economic stability, health, and welfare; and ( ) bearing accountability internally and to the international community (hösle ; risse ) . assuming that states remain the final arbiter of such securities, articulating, delegating, and assuming respective state and human rights and responsibilities are key to reimagining and implementing human security beyond borders. states, sovereignty, human security-all are predicated upon a relationship of rights and responsibilities between citizens and states. the tension in this reciprocal relationship is not new. it can be divided into three broad shifts dating from westphalia through to the last major global reordering in the s, which ended the second wave of democratization (strand et al. ) and inaugurated the third wave of liberal, democratic capitalism based on state sovereignty. the first shift, demarcated but by no means consolidated with the treaties of westphalia in , ordered responsibility, for territorial and physical protection in the name of state sovereignty, at the level of the state. the second shift, from circa the s, occurred at the height of the second wave of democratization, and in the name of 'self-determination' (unpo ) . this meant on the one hand that especially newly minted states could cling in particular to the westphalian notions of 'nonintervention,' a stance reemphasized by both blocs at the height of the cold war. on the other hand, however, the existence of the post-world war ii un and its emerging norms and values spread the notion that state responsibility includes human rights discourse if not its translation into practice. this pre-exposure arguably paved the way for the s shift, which, in the words of the independent commission on human security, refers to the 'vital freedom,' explicitly tied state responsibility to "protecting people from severe and pervasive threats, both national and societal, and empowering individuals and community to develop the capabilities for making informed choices and acting on their own behalf" (ogata and cels , ) . what remained formally the same throughout these transitions, and became all the more pronounced as state subjects/constituents became citizens, is the onus placed on the state to assume responsibility for the security of those citizens. while a constituent refers to a voter within a particular area, a citizen is a (political) member of a state. this has two implications: first, a constituent must not be a citizen. indeed, a constituent might receive physical security within a territory in return for heeding the obligation to serve that same territorial state's security in the event of war. this leads to the second point: a citizen might have more privileges, such as the right to vote. yet the obligation to serve the state-by taxation and/or by (required) military service-remains. so, too, does the threat of the revocation of citizenship if an individual serves in the armed forces or swears allegiance to another state. as is quoted on the inside of every us passport: . loss of u.s. citizenship: under certain circumstances, you may lose your u.s. citizenship by performing, voluntarily and with the intention to relinquish u.s. citizenship, any of the following acts: ( ) being naturalized in a foreign state; ( ) taking an oath or making a declaration to a foreign state; ( ) serving in the armed forces of a foreign state; ( ) accepting employment with a foreign government; or ( ) formally renouncing u.s. citizenship before a u.s. consular officer overseas. (authors' passport) (generous) provisions do exist that allow dual citizenship. some states, the us among them, allow citizens to renounce their citizenship. others, such as iran, do not. while citizenship obligation has long been linked to a measure of state responsibility for protection, such as consular services overseas, it has not been synonymous with citizenship rights. by its very exclusivity, citizenship does not and cannot confer universal, inalienable rights. the concept and enactment of human security attempt to rebalance those obligations into an equation wherein state sovereign responsibilities meet individual human rights (bergman ; kerr ; nef ; undp ) . the revolution of human security and rights-based development lies in their universalism. states become the bastions not only of ultimate responsibility for the extent of the provision of rights for what is possible within their capacities but also, arguably, for the highest standard internationally. president franklin d. roosevelt's now-famous "four freedoms speech" of preceded the call for human security in the undp and again in the publication of the report "human security now" by the commission on human security (roosevelt ; ogata and cels ) . from the very beginning of the post-world war ii period, article of the un charter and article of the un universal declaration of human rights (udhr) encoded the principles of human security, including an emphasis on the right to health, which is central to the case studies presented in chaps. and : everyone has the right to a standard of living adequate for the health and well-being of himself and of his family, including food, clothing, housing and medical care … and the right to security in the event of … sickness, [and] disability … motherhood and childhood are entitled to special care and assistance. (udhr ) the centrality of health among global policy priorities is reiterated in the constitution of the world health organization (who) in ; the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights (icescr); the undp; and the adoption of the ihr in and most recently updated in . the icescr-as well as the convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women (cedaw), the convention on the rights of the child, and the world trade organization's doha declaration on "trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights," which allows for the production of generic versions of essential medicines under certain conditions before patent protection runs outappears to provide an implicit obligation on the part of states to improve health and to establish and secure health as a human (security) right. however-and crucially-none of them prescribes an explicit obligation. similarly, the ihr emphasize the universal and expanding right of each individual citizen (of the world) to the highest standard of health. in fact, the ihr, having gone into effect in , require their signatory state parties to "develop public health capacities to detect and respond to public health emergencies of international concern (pheic), with states required to cooperate in building these capacities" (who ) . "however, the regulations do not provide incentives, sanction states for failing to cooperate, or allocate responsibility" (gostin and friedman , ) . no specific or enforceable obligation to ensure that individuals attain physical and mental health and no guidelines for how the state's obligations are to be discharged exist (davies ) . this situation obviously creates problems for the implementation of the right to health within the remit of a state's responsibility to provide (human) security. nonetheless, these agreements have transformed normative ideas into principles of action (icescr , article ). yet real implementation lags, lost in the opaque realm between theoretical and practical responsibility. the consequences are particularly obvious with regard to states' responses to threats to human security of, but not only of, health. in the narrow sense, human security is limited to physical protection and the creation of conditions conducive to human welfare, but stops short of full protection and provision. whether or not defending those values parallels interests that reach to the hindu kush (löfflmann and vaughan-williams ; maull ) , the assertion of which resulted in the then german defense minister struck ( struck ( - tendering his resignation, remains a point of contentious debate, not just in germany. kaldor et al. ( ) attempt to work this into an especially value-based foreign policy strategy for the eu that nonetheless takes state interests into account. this morphs into the broader conceptualization of human security, wherein an equal level of priority is given to any type of threat (thakur , ) . critics argue that such prioritization of all is equal to prioritization of none. liotta and owens present one attempt to differentiate between threats, risks, and vulnerabilities as part of this debate (liotta and owens ) . they arguably all converge and infringe upon human security which demands a response. a gap emerges between theory of protecting human security and its practice. it begs the questions: for whom? how far? by whom? the (inter)national system based on sovereign states continues to operate under the assumption that "governments have a responsibility for the health of their peoples which can be fulfilled only by the provision of adequate health and social measures" (who ) . critically, "while only states are parties to the covenant, and thus ultimately accountable for compliance with it, all members of society-individuals, including health professionals, families, local communities, intergovernmental and non-governmental organisations as well as the private business sectorhave responsibilities regarding the realisation of the right to health" (who, ihr ) . as lake notes with regard to judicial processes in the congo, "the de facto assumption of power by these diverse sets of actors has created opportunities through which non-state actors can enter and influence juridical processes by engaging in tasks normally reserved for representatives of the sovereign government. these activities would not be possible in contexts where the state had greater reach" (lake , ) . this exacerbates the problem of responsibility because merely counting the number of convictions of a prioritized crime or the number of people inquiring about health treatments and antiretroviral medications for hiv, for example, "tells us little about the dynamics of power" that determine the necessary response to the problem (including the problem definition) at hand (lake , ) . lake notes that "on a broader scale, it could also be argued that the involvement of international actors in micro-level governance activities in dr [democratic republic of] congo has served not to build capacity but in fact to further relieve the congolese state of its responsibilities to provide basic goods and services to its citizens." indeed, because a litany of "international and domestic organizations ready to engage in this work, there may be little incentive for the central government to re-invest its own time and resources into developing a functional state apparatus" (see also keohane ; lake , ) . such developments actively undermine state's sovereignty and capacity to exercise responsibility, leading to absurdities such as indonesia's claim to 'viral sovereignty'-the idea that viruses belong to the state in which they originate. it was invoked to prevent and delay sharing data and sam-ples of h n influenza also due to the anticipated costs of being branded a state of contagion amid exclusion from research and treatment benefits. indonesia's was an ill-fated attempt by the state to seize control over information pertaining to the outbreak, its domestic response, and its interdependence sovereignty-notably its ability to regulate any potential medical interventions and possible patents created externally and sold (back) to indonesia. these examples all iterate the theory and practical reality in the still state-centric international system that there are roles that only the state-at least among today's polities-can perform. states are the only nonvoluntary political unit, the one that can impose order and is invested with the power to tax…. moreover, it may be that only the nation-state can meet crucial social needs that markets do not value. providing a modicum of job security, avoiding higher unemployment, preserving a livable environment and a stable climate, and protecting consumer health and safety are but a few of the tasks that could be left dangling in a world of expanding markets and retreating states. (matthews ) assuming then the necessary vitality of a responsible sovereign state to the guarantee of access to rights, any reworking of state and human security must take states into account even while rising to the challenge of responding to and guaranteeing human security beyond states. placing the responsibility for human security beyond states requires flexible relocation of that responsibility itself. although state sovereignty continues to be the building block of local, national, and international relations and global governance, its real power to enact responsibilities and assume accountability for the provision of the rights of its citizens has arguably waned-not uniformly but almost regardless of whether the state in question is considered consolidated, fragile, or failing/failed. consequently, the ostensibly sovereign state is ultimately responsible for the traditional, territorial security and physical security of the populace within its borders. in addition, it is accountable for both of these securitizations both internally and externally (i.e., within the international community of states). however, the same state is increasingly confronted with nsas that both demand its action and assume some of its functional responsibility-but not state(-citizen) accountability. as such, the statecentric international governance system faces the challenge of responding to both internal and external rights' demands and responsibility duties. the next chapter will further explore these conceptual challenges and analyze possible levels of such a reordering of human security responsibilities beyond borders. see also the cambridge dictionary entry for "citizenship: the status, rights and duties of a citizen, especially of a particular country on concepts and paradigms in mixed methods research human security the sacred and the sovereign global politics of health the coming multi-order world the end of history and the last man. the national interest (spring) morals and politics international commission on intervention and state sovereignty (iciss). . the responsibility to protect the international relations and security network intrastate conflict by the numbers human security: a new strategic narrative for europe hobbes's dilemma and institutional change in world politics: sovereignty in international society human security sovereignty: organized hypocrisy organizing hypocrisy: providing legal accountability for human rights violations in areas of limited statehood ebola: a crisis in global health leadership why human security? the whitehead journal of diplomacy and international relations winter/spring narrating identity, border security, and migration: critical focus groups and the everyday as problematic power shift germany's uncertain power: foreign policy of the berlin republic human security and mutual vulnerability: the global political economic of development and underdevelopment revolutions in sovereignty: how ideas shaped modern international relations paradoxien der souveränität: die konstituive norm, auf der die heutige staatenwelt gründet-dass nämlich staaten souverän sind-gilt uneingeschränkt nicht mehr. was heisst das? internationale politik state of the union address (the four freedoms) governance without government: order and change in world politics human security-protecting and empowering the people the concept of the political hiv/aids and the south african state: the responsibility to respond sovereignty and power in a networked world order democratic waves? global patterns of democratization international covenant on civil and political rights unrepresented nations and peoples organization (unpo) constitution of the world health organization world health organization key: cord- - iqpl p authors: mackay, ian m.; arden, katherine e. title: rhinoviruses date: - - journal: viral infections of humans doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: iqpl p picornaviruses, which include the human rhinoviruses (hrvs) and enteroviruses (evs), are the most frequent cause of acute human illness worldwide. hrvs are the most prevalent cause of acute respiratory tract illnesses (aris) which usually commence in the upper respiratory tract (urt). aris are the leading cause of morbidity in children under years and occur in all seasons. aris linked to hrv infections are associated with excessive and perhaps inappropriate antibiotic prescribing and with significant direct and indirect healthcare expenditure. ari incidence is highest in the first years of life, with up to thirteen episodes per year including up to six positive for an hrv, and it is not uncommon to average one infection per child-month. picornaviruses, which include the human rhinoviruses (hrvs) and enteroviruses (evs), are the most frequent cause of acute human illness worldwide [ ] . hrvs are the most prevalent cause of acute respiratory tract illnesses (aris) which usually commence in the upper respiratory tract (urt). aris are the leading cause of morbidity in children under years and occur in all seasons [ , ] . aris linked to hrv infections are associated with excessive and perhaps inappropriate antibiotic prescribing [ ] and with signifi cant direct and indirect healthcare expenditure [ , ] . ari incidence is highest in the fi rst years of life, with up to episodes per year including up to six positive for an hrv, and it is not uncommon to average one infection per child-month [ , - ] . in preschool-aged children, nearly % of general practitioner visits are for ari [ ] , many of which are self-limiting. aris can often be managed in the community with supportive care from parents, but complications can arise that require a medical visit for management of asthma, otitis media, or sinusitis [ ] . hrvs replicate in nasal cells, sinus cells, bronchial epithelial cells (becs) [ , ] , and smooth muscle cells [ ] but not in monocytes [ ] or dendritic cells (dcs) [ ] . the infl ammatory immune response they trigger very soon after infection has its greatest impact in the young, the elderly, those with asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd), and in the immunocompromised. first infections usually elicit a stronger response. antiviral interventions have been under development for decades; to date most have met with varying degrees of failure or unacceptability. vaccines have been considered unachievable because of the large number of diverse and distinct viral types. there are classically defi ned and recognized hrv serotypes grouped into two species, hrv-a and hrv-b, and a recently defi ned third species, hrv-c, containing more than genotypes identifi ed and characterized entirely by molecular means. their cousins, the four enterovirus species (ev-a, ev-b, ev-c, and ev-d), are also found in the airways at times. most systematic and mechanistic studies of hrv etiology and pathogenesis have been informed by studies in adults, mostly prior to the discovery of hrv-cs. adults exhibit reduced symptoms from hrv infections because of prior exposure and the resultant protective immune memory which that imparts (see sect. . ). furthermore, many modern studies ( ) draw conclusions about lower respiratory tract (lrt) disease using urt specimens and ( ) infrequently sample, doing so across small cross sections of time. these limitations have hampered attempts to associate virus detection and disease. current thinking is that hrv-cs may be key players in asthma exacerbations although our inability to culture them routinely has hindered our progress in understanding their role. the impact of the hrvs has been underestimated for decades, and the concept of the hrvs as a very large assemblage of genetically, immunogenically, antigenically, and temporally distinct and stable viral entities remains rare; they are more commonly considered a single variable virus, a view that science does not support. the disease most commonly associated with the airways and resulting from hrv infection is the common cold, a selflimiting coryzal illness [ - ] . the term dates back to ancient greece, but evidence that the syndrome and asthma, another disease most frequently due to hrv infection, has been with us since ancient times can be viewed in writings on the ebers papyrus, a medical document written in the sixteenth century bc [ , ] . in the common cold was considered either to be due to exposure to the elements or to infection by bacteria [ ] . it was later understood to be largely due to something in bacteria-free fi ltrates, and so the search for viral causes began [ , ] . the common cold unit (ccu) was established in salisbury, uk, to seek solutions to the mysteries of the common cold, mostly through adult volunteer infection studies and careful systematic science [ ] . the ccu functioned for years ( - ) , and it was here in that the fi rst in vitro culture of an hrv was achieved using lung tissue from a particular embryo ( fig. . ) [ , ] . propagation failed once this tissue was expended [ , ] . once hrv isolation was possible, viral serotyping developed and culture techniques were further refi ned. this leads to an international effort to characterize and name the hrvs [ - ] . in renewed interest in hrv research was triggered by the description of a distinct clade of hrv types [ ] found using molecular typing. the resultant fl urry of hrv research raised questions about many earlier paradigms of rhinovirology and of the role of established respiratory viruses in aris. the novel clade was proposed as a new species, hrv-c, which was taxonomically confi rmed in [ - ] . prior to the discovery of the hrv-cs, the genus rhinovirus had been abolished and the hrv-a and hrv-b species assigned to the genus enterovirus within the family picornaviridae [ ] . the hrv-cs have been assigned a new naming scheme based on genetic sequence in the absence of antigenic or serological data. while the sequencing of all serotyped hrv genomes was completed in , few of the hrv-cs or apparently novel hrv-as or hrv-bs have been similarly characterized, so the full spectrum of hrv genomes, the rhinovirome, remains incomplete. in this chapter we have described individual serotyped hrvs as the "classical" types, a type being the description for a single, genetically stable, stand-alone hrv. methods for epidemiologic analysis the original clinical defi nition of an hrv infection was written using data from cell and tissue culture and adult human infection studies. after in vitro isolation methods employed a virus interference test to more easily determine successful isolation; cultures suspected of infection with an uncharacterized hrv prevented infection by another, readily titratable virus [ ] . later, price ( ; the jh strain) and then pelon and co-workers ( ; , strain) developed culture systems that permitted hrv replication to be more easily identifi ed [ , ] . the early hrvs were initially classifi ed as echoviruses (echo ; later hrv- ) [ ] . at the same time, propagation of the hgp (hrv- ) strain resulted from using increased acidity, lowered cultivation temperatures, and constant motion (rotation) [ , ] . despite the challenges [ ] , virus isolation was a more sensitive indicator of infection than an antibody rise in paired sera [ ] . it was found that several cell lines and methods were required to encompass virus concentrations ranging from to tcid /ml [ - ] and growth differences among the different virus types. additionally, cell age after plating (< h), inoculum volume (relevant to the culture vessel), medium ph ( . - . ), and cell density were important factors for the reproducible appearance of hrv-induced plaques and for higher virus yields [ - ] . the hrvs can grow at temperatures above °c (some prefer that under certain conditions) [ ] , but rolling at °c, preceded by a - -h stationary incubation period [ ] , has historically provided the highest yield and fastest in vitro hrv growth [ , , , ] . serodiagnosis grew increasingly impractical as the number of serotypes increased [ , ] . however, antibody-based methods were essential for type-specifi c neutralization of infection [ ] from which early epidemiology data were derived and around which the hrv nomenclature system evolved in [ ] . the fi rst classical strains were officially named in [ ] , the last in [ ] . today we know that cell culture-based methods are unreliable for accurately representing respiratory virus epidemiology; although enhanced by immunofl uorescence, they are still used [ ] . the hrv-cs have not been successfully cultured in any cell lines or primary cell culture, although many attempts have been described [ , - ] . in hrv-c and w (another hrv-c) were shown to grow using organ culture [ ] . sinus tissue hosted increasing levels of viral rna, as did adenoid, tonsil, and nasal polyp tissue, but much less effectively, as measured by in situ hybridization [ ] . the sinus organ culture system also allowed testing of the fi rst reverse engineered hrv-c (pc ) [ ] . isolation identifi ed hrvs in ~ % of adults with aris, associated with . illnesses per year [ ] . because culture is ineffi cient and subjective and requires expertise, even for the culturable hrv types, it is becoming an art lost to clinical laboratories the world over. it is unsurprising that pcr-based methods now prevail, providing a much improved understanding of the nature and scope of hrv infections. the virological and immunobiological cost of this improvement is a paucity of low passage "wild" hrv isolates to work with; thus, many research fi ndings from recent years have employed easy to grow highly passaged and adapted hrv isolates. the impact of virus adaptation on the reliability of data from use of such viruses is unknown. pcr-based assays have dramatically increased the frequency of hrv detection [ - ] . the improved sensitivity and reduced turnaround time have shown that hrvs, as a group, are usually the predominant viruses in ari cases [ - ] . with reliable detection levels that extend from as few as tcid /sample to well above clinically relevant loads, pcr can detect virus levels which are commonly shed during all stages of experimental infection studies [ , ] . the common understanding of the systemic [ - ] or symptomatic [ , ] context of hrv detections was established during the era of culture detection, and pcr has challenged these paradigms by detecting virus more often than culture. hrvs are sometimes found in "healthy controls"; however, it is likely that with more thoughtful defi nitions of "healthy," these detections would reduce. it is not uncommon to experience a feeling that one is "coming down" with something that never develops further. this is likely due to a transient infection or reinfection by an hrv or other respiratory virus that is eliminated quickly by the host response. it is possible to correlate viral nucleic acid load at the sampling site with disease severity; however, this is made diffi cult by the highly variable sampling effi ciency of respiratory tract specimens which only permit the generation of reliable quantitative pcr (qpcr) data if serial specimens are available [ ] . the ′ untranslated region (utr; figs. . and . ) is the most common target for diagnostic oligonucleotides since the fi rst hrv rt-pcr in [ ] , and the region has retained relevance for virus detection by its adaptation to reverse transcriptase real-time methods (rt-rtpcr) [ , , , , - , , - ] . the ′utr is comprised of a number of conserved sequence "islands" (fig. . ) that permit the robust detection of the majority of hrvs and those "respiratory evs" which can be regularly detected in the respiratory tract [ , ] . the detection of respiratory evs in no way detracts from the importance of supporting clinical decision making using these assays. however, repositioning [ ] . the pcr primers of broadly reactive conventional rt-pcr [ , ] and rt-rtpcr [ , ] assays are shown these primers or changing the method of employing them [ - ] may undermine assay performance, as evidenced by predicted hybridization mismatches, uncommonly low detection frequencies [ ] , and by comparison of multiple primer sets using the same specimens [ ] . the addition of an oligoprobe rtpcr method increases amplicon detection sensitivity and specifi city, identifying -fold fewer tcid /ml or fold fewer genome copies than agarose gel detection of amplicon [ , , ] . other molecular tools, capable of detecting multiple targets, have evolved in recent years [ , , - ] , and some have gone on to be approved for clinical laboratory use [ ] . microarrays can detect thousands of viral targets, but are expensive for routine use (usd - per sample) and not sensitive enough to avoid a pre-hybridization pcr amplifi cation when using clinical specimens. at their most robust, microarrays, like pcr, rely on the existence of conserved regions of sequence to detect unknown viruses allowing them to detect previously unknown hrv types [ ] . highthroughput or "deep" sequencing platforms have become less expensive and more readily available, and they have succeeded in fi nding new diversity within the hrv species [ ] . the experiments remain costly so have not yet found a place for regular screening tasks and remain coupled to a need for pre-pcr steps. rapid protein-or virion-based assays are not (yet) adequately sensitive [ , ] . because of the high number of hrvs and the high frequency of infections, genotyping methods have become an essential accompaniment for understanding hrv epidemiology. nucleotide sequencing of the vp , ′utr+vp +vp (called hereafter vp /vp ), or ′utr region has replaced traditional serological methods, because of its speed and need for fewer specialized reagents compared to serotyping. vp yields the most comprehensive subgenomic genotyping information and is essential for the minimal defi nition of a new hrv type [ ] . the vp /vp region (fig. . ) is considered easier to use because it encompasses suffi cient genetic diversity to confi rm the identity of a clinical hrv type while also providing broad enough sensitivity to amplify the ~ hrvs from a challenging biological substrate, clinical specimens [ ] . screening of airway specimens for hrvs is not routine [ ] due to factors including cost and the perceived low clinical relevance of detection. genotyping is mostly relegated to research facilities. because of this, hrv molecular epidemiology studies tend to be smaller and focused on a specifi c disease or research question. most in-depth molecular studies of hrv replication have focused on a single hrv type. generally, it is presumed that results can be extrapolated to the other hrv types and to the in vivo situation. hrvs replicate in the cytoplasm (fig. . ) [ ] with membrane-associated replication structures containing double-stranded rna (dsrna) replicative intermediates (ri) which are formed in cells h after infection [ , ] . single-stranded infectious rna forms after ris start to accumulate [ ] . genomic rna (plus strand) is the template for complementary minus strand synthesis which in turn is the template for new genomic plus strands that become incorporated into virions [ ] . virions are synthesized from to h after infection and reach maximum release levels at - h [ ] . hrv replication in epithelial cells may shut off host cell transcriptional activity via direct cleavage of transcription factors and nuclear pore complex components. protease a ( a pro ) of hrv-b may directly cleave eukaryotic initiation factor g (eif g) when bound to eif e [ , ] . the eifs have key roles in initiation and rate control of host cell translation [ ] . host cellular protein production is virtually replaced by hrv-b proteins after only h of infection [ ] . hrv-b -infected cells also display reduced nuclear importing and degraded nuclear pore complex (npc) components [ ] . this may represent another hrv strategy for limiting the host response by preventing or reducing key signaling pathway molecules (e.g., irf- , stat , nf-κb) and shutting down host cell protein synthesis. protease c ( c pro ) from hrv-a targets the nucleus and can disrupt active and passive nucleocytoplasmic transport [ , ] . recombinant a pro protein from hrv-a ,hrv-a , hrv-b , hrv-b , hrv-c , and hrv-c exhibited differing specifi cities and kinetics against eif g as well as npc components demonstrating functional diversity between hrv types [ ] . this fi nding underscores the functional diversity within the hrv species and the risk of extrapolating too greatly from the study of single hrv types. it is apparent from a wealth of immunobiological data that hrvs still effi ciently trigger a proinfl ammatory immune response that has considerable clinical impact among at-risk groups, and that their putative interruption of host cell machinery does little to hinder this. the virion encapsulates an approximately kb positive sense rna genome (fig. . ), which tends to be more adenine and uracil (a+u) rich than the ev genome [ ] . in particular, a+u more frequently occupies the third or "wobble" genome replication in association with membranes produces the viral polyprotein which is co-and posttranslationally processed by a pro and c pro into the proteins ( p -p ) and structural peptides ( vp -vp ; vp and vp derive from the vp precursor protein) that assemble into protomers, pentamers, and fi nally capsids. nonstructural proteins are also released in these cleavages as well as through autoproteolytic cleavage. mature hrv virions packaged with an ssrna genome escape by cell lysis (adapted with permission from arden et al. [ ] ) codon position. the single rna "gene" acts as messenger rna to encode the single multi-domain, proteolytically processed "polyprotein." the coding region is bracketed by utrs which perform regulatory functions necessary for genome duplication [ ] . these are very similar genomic, transcriptional, and translational features to those of their close cousins, the evs. most of the information currently required for virus identifi cation by the international committee on taxonomy of viruses (ictv) can be found through analysis of the genetic features of hrvs ( fig. . ). there are complete hrv polyproteins on the genbank database ( fig. . ). the fi rst complete hrv genome sequence (hrv-b ) was described in [ ] followed by hrv-a in [ ] and hrv-a b in [ ] (fig. [ ] . sequencing of the vp /vp region was completed for all classical strains in [ ] , and the complete set of d regions were available in [ ] . currently there are at least named hrv-c vp regions the current spectrum of complete hrv complete polyprotein amino acid sequences available on the genbank database. the alignment was conducted using mafft within geneious pro v . [ ] . the phylogenetic and molecular evolutionary analyses were con-ducted using mega version (poisson model, bootstraps with consensus support shown at the nodes where space permitted [ ] ) (reprinted with permission from miller and mackay [ ]) available and complete hrv-c genomes. many more genomes are appearing as part of the rhinovirus consortium's efforts to complete and study the rhinovirome using highthroughput sequencing technologies to genetically characterize hrvs from their combined clinical specimen stores ( http://www.international-rhinovirus-consortium.org/ ). many ′utr and vp /vp sequences reside on the genbank database, most of which are labeled using in-house laboratory schemes rather than an approved nomenclature. analysis of the full-length genomes supports the use of ′utr, vp , and vp /vp subgenomic regions for useful representation of hrv species and types [ , ] . recombination, the process of genetic exchange which results in a chimeric genome [ ] , can only be detected in mature viruses after the fact, and it must therefore be inferred indirectly through genomic analysis and comparison. predictions of infrequent recombination among the hrvs [ ] have been made based on examination of the available set of hrv coding and noncoding regions [ ] . intensive analyses reported that recombination is not a driving force for the evolution of hrv types [ , , ] . some discrepancies are likely because of the different number of sequences used, the different origins of the viruses used for sequencing, and the analysis methods employed. hrv-c evolution seems to have been more affected by prior recombination, than is apparent for members of hrv-a or hrv-b. this is similar to the ev species but with far fewer predicted recombination events than for ev evolution [ , , , ] . most of the recombination proposed to have affected the hrvs occurred between hrv-c and hrv-a and is often found within the ′utr or at the ′utr/vp junction [ , , ] but rarely in coding sequence ( a [ ] or c [ ] ). the high sequence diversity among the individual hrv polyprotein coding sequences may keep recombination events to a minimum in order to retain viral fi tness [ ] . the ability of hrvs to recombine in practice awaits empirical evidence; the extent of recombination among all hrv or ev types and the frequency with which viable recombinants arise are entirely unquantifi ed. the - nm hrv virion has been visualized for only a handful of hrv-a and hrv-b types (including hrv-a a, hrv-a , hrv-b , hrv-b , and hrv-a ), but no hrv-c structures have been empirically determined to date. the fi rst, hrv-b , was described in [ ] followed by hrv-a a in [ ] , hrv-a in [ ] , hrv-a in [ ] , and hrv-a in [ ] . hrv-c structure has only been predicted using computer modeling, but their basic structure seems to be that expected of an hrv ( fig. . ) [ ] . the hrv capsid shell is composed of protomers, each comprising one copy of the viral proteins vp , vp , vp , and vp . vp , vp , and vp (each ~ kda) are to some extent exposed on the capsid surface, whereas vp (~ kda) is internalized and associated with viral rna. five protomers come together at a point around a fi vefold axis, and this cluster is called the pentamer. the fi vefold axis is circumscribed by a cleft referred to as the "canyon." vp , vp , and vp are each formed by a convoluted set of protein sheets and loops [ ] . the loops protrude beyond the external capsid surface and contain discontinuous antigenic sites. of the hrv types studied, four neutralizing antibody immunogenic (nim) regions have been identifi ed on hrv-b and hrv-a : nim- a (located in vp ), nim- b (vp ), nim-ii (vp and vp ), and nim-iii (vp and vp ) [ ] . antigenic sites identifi ed on hrv-a are called a, b, and c [ ] . the scope and location of antigenic and immunogenic moieties among the hrv-cs is unknown. using known receptor binding sequence as a guide for computer modeling ( fig. . ), it has been predicted that when discovered, the receptor for the hrv-cs will differ from the major and minor receptors defi ned for the hrv-as and hrv-bs [ ] . the three hrv species within the genus enterovirus are a genetically, immunogenically, and antigenically diverse assemblage of > viral types (table . ). this accounts for the combination of hrv-a a and -a b, exclusion of hrv- , which is actually ev-d despite confusion over acid liability [ - ] and combination of hrv-hanks which is actually hrv-a [ ] . serological studies indicate that some hrv-a and hrv-b types may not be distinct enough to deserve a unique identity [ ] . species within the genus share > % amino acid (aa) identity in the polyprotein and in c+ cd and > % aa identity in p ( fig. . ) as well as their host cell receptors, a limited natural host range, a genome base composition (g+c) that varies by no more than . %, and a similar compatibility of proteolytic processing, replication, encapsidation, and genetic recombination [ ] . a variant of the same hrv type shares - % aa identity or more in vp [ ] . much of the nongenetic criteria remain undefi ned for the hrv-cs. in the genera enterovirus and rhinovirus were offi cially combined, retaining the former genus name enterovirus with the human enterovirus c as the prototype species. a genus in the order picornavirales , family picornaviridae , is at least % different in its amino acid identity from any other genus. in a proposal establishing the species human rhinovirus c was ratifi ed by the ictv. formal hrv-c numbering commenced in , and type numbers were initially assigned based on the date of submission of relevant sequences to genbank (hrv-c , formerly nat ; hrv-c , f. nat ; hrv-c , f. qpm; hrv-c , f. c , etc.; table . ) [ ] . a clinical detection of an hrv-c can be considered a novel type principally based on its vp sequence or provisionally ("c_pat," table . ) based on vp /vp [ ] and could be confi rmed as a variant of a previously characterized hrv-c by identity thresholds to either region. the ′utr can be and still is used [ , ] for hrv genotyping, but it is a more problematic region than vp or vp /vp because of the recombination activity that affects this region, especially among the hrv-cs [ ] . this is presented as phylogenetic intermingling of some hrv-a and hrv-c types [ ] . nonetheless, careful application of sequence identity thresholds when comparing clinical sequences to the genbank database (≥ % identity required before assigning a clinical detection to a particular type) succeeds in characterizing hrv species and types [ ] . there are currently types within hrv-c (which includes the types once grouped together under hrv-"a ," hrv-x, and hrv-ny clades), hrv-a types, and hrv-bs. the most up-to-date information on current taxonomic trends can be found at the ictv picornaviridae study group website ( http://www.picornastudygroup.com/ ). ( c ) hrv-c versus hrv-a simplot data projected onto the hrv-c pentamer. the domains of interest are mostly shown within a single asymmetric unit. ( d ) a minor group pentamer (hrv-a , gray ) including antigenic sites (sites a -c , green ) and very-low-density-lipoprotein receptor (vldlr) footprint ( red ) [ ] . attachment of the vldl-r involves adjacent vp molecules. magnifi ed vp area represents one half of a vldl-r footprint [ ] . amino acid substitutions ( arrowed ) contributed to the differences between minor group sites b and c (adapted with permission from mcerlean et al. [ ] ) historically a key feature distinguishing the hrvs from the evs was the instability of the hrv capsid in the presence of acid and their lower preferred laboratory propagation temperature ( - °c versus °c for evs). over time hrvs have been subclassifi ed in different ways. the fi rst was based on tissue tropism and host range. hrvs that preferred growth using monkey cells were called "m" strains and those (the majority) that grew only in human cell cultures, "h" strains [ , - ] . these two groups correlate with receptor usage [ ] (table . ) and possibly with the titer of the inoculum employed [ ] . in it was proposed to abandon this terminology in favor of a sequential numbering system [ ] . picornaviruses recognize a variety of cellular receptors [ , , ] . hrv types are also subdivided into major and minor groups defi ned by use of one of the two main receptor molecules [ , ] . the capsid of the majority of classical hrvs ( n = ) [ ] interacts with the amino-terminal domain of the kda intercellular adhesion molecule (icam- ; cd ) [ - ] . receptor binding destabilizes the hrv capsid, probably by dislodging the "pocket factor," and initiates uncoating [ , , ] . icam- interacts with its receptor, leukocyte function antigen- (lfa- ), and plays a role in recruitment and migration of immune effector cells [ ] . the minor group [ ] of classical viruses employ members of the low-density lipoprotein receptor (ldlr) family to attach to cells [ ] . binding of vldl-r occurs outside of the canyon employing a different destabilizing and uncoating mechanism. heparan sulfate may act as a receptor under specifi c conditions [ , , ] . in andries et al. defi ned, and laine et al. refi ned, two "antiviral groups" (a and b) based on their susceptibility to a panel of antiviral molecules [ , ] . these groupings refl ected the nature of the amino acid (and hence nucleotide) sequence of the region interacting with the antiviral molecules. these antiviral groups can also be visualized using phylogeny [ ] . when sequences from other subgenomic regions, including p , c, and cd, were examined by phylogeny, the species were found, in most cases, to inversely correlate with antiviral grouping labels (table . ). m and h indicate early cell tropism-based classifi cation (monkey, human) abandoned in favor of a sequential numbering system [ ] . hrv types were later divided into the major and minor groups defi ned by receptor tropism [ , ] . receptor-designated minor group hrv types are underlined, and major group types are shown in bold. antiviral groups (a and b) are labeled [ , ] . hrv-a and hrv-a are also likely the same serotype [ ] . a full list of genetically close serotype pairings was presented by ledford et al. [ ] hrv-c nomenclature was defi ned in and currently includes a number of p rovisionally a ssigned t ypes (pat) which are confi rmed once preliminary vp /vp data can be confi rmed with vp sequence and the provisional number removed (e.g., c_pat to c_pat have already been reassigned) today, sequencing and phylogeny play a central role in species classifi cation within the genus, and together, they are surrogates for the important biological classifi cation criteria [ , , , - ] . for the hrv-cs, fi rst described as the "hrv-a " clade (not to be confused with the single virus, hrv-a , this naming scheme appeared after the hrv-c clade's name was proposed) of viruses in [ ] , sequencing of ′utr and vp /vp has provided the bulk of hrv information from clinical studies. while culture in primary sinus tissue has been reported [ ] , no receptor is yet defi ned. hrvs are the most numerous and frequently detected of all the "respiratory viruses," so-called because of their predominant detection in and tropism for the human urt or lrt ( fig. . ). the circulation of hrvs varies with population age, underlying disease, immunocompromise, over time, and across distance. circulation is infl uenced by the nature, strength, distinctiveness, and memory of the immune response hrvs trigger and by the nature and prevalence of other concurrently circulating respiratory, and perhaps nonrespiratory, viruses. with the recent discovery of the unculturable hrv-cs came the realization that previous hrv epidemiology was only reliable if conducted by one or more suitably broad-spectrum hrv pcr assays [ ] ; hence, prior to , detection of the full spectrum of ≥ hrvs did not occur. after , the ability to detect all types very much depended on the nature of the pcr primers and detection methods used. the great number of distinct hrv types has burdened the search for answers to epidemiology-related questions. however, as for other important respiratory viruses including human respiratory syncytial virus (hrsv) and the infl uenza viruses (ifvs), the virus types within a species show evidence of being both distinct and discrete viruses that are independently recognized by their host and consequently independently infect their hosts. each hrv type is also genetically stable [ ] . the hrv species circulate variably from year to year with evidence of epidemics of distinct types. a prospective longitudinal cohort study over months examined hrv frequency and diversity in specimens from healthy children ( - years of age) [ ] . a median of three hrvs and a maximum of six were detected per child. a similar outcome resulted from an australian cohort study [ ] . genotyping reveals more of the hrv diversity at a single site than culture ever could with molecular studies fi nding between and distinct hrvs at a single location [ , , ] . the number of additional hrv cases that occur in children outside of specifi cally defi ned symptomatic periods remain to be defi ned, with current studies indicating that a much higher number of hrv infections may occur. more comprehensive investigation of hrv type and illness will be undertaken during analysis of data from the australianbased observational research in childhood infectious diseases (orchid) study ( http://clinicaltrials.gov/show/ nct ). interestingly, the hrv-bs are often underrepresented, even when accounting for the smaller number of known hrv-b types [ ] . a number of studies have not found any robust patterns between the circulating hrv types or species and clinical outcome, but the majority of studies seeking this information are short and sample infrequently, limiting their ability to fi nd the patterns they seek [ ] . studies into the relative sensitivities of nasopharyngeal aspirates (npa) and swab sampling methods produce differing results, but generally, if seeking the best diagnostic yield for as many respiratory viruses as possible (i.e., seeking a laboratory diagnosis to support clinical decision making), npas are the sample of optimal choice. one study reported similar clinical sensitivities between swabs and npas for human coronaviruses (hcovs), ifvs, and hrsv, but reduced sensitivities using swabs for hrvs, human adenoviruses (hadvs), human metapneumovirus (hmpv), or parainfl uenza viruses (hpivs) [ ] . a second study reported no difference in sensitivities for hrvs, hadvs, and hpivs but a reduced sensitivity for hrsv and ifvs when using swabs [ ] . nasopharyngeal washes also yield more viral culture success than either nasal or pharyngeal swabs. nonetheless, many studies use nasal swabs as the sample of choice because they allow self-collection and involve much less discomfort than npas, and pcr has meant that infectious virus is not required, only viral nucleic acid which relaxes some limitations imposed by the need for rapid, careful, temperaturecontrolled, and expensive transport requirements [ , , ] . bronchoalveolar lavage samples are best for seeking lrt etiologies, especially in adults where nasal wash viral loads can be low compared to those in children, but this is an invasive method with some risk attached [ ] . hrvs infect all people, all around the globe. spread of hrvs is most obvious and frequent from child to child and from child to parent [ ] . in populations of mixed age, the majority of hrv detections occur in children [ ] . among specimens from healthy children, over a third ( %) were hrv positive. children less than years of age ( % of whom were hrv positive) were shown to have more hrv infections and a wider diversity of hrv types than children more than years old ( % hrv positive) [ ] . healthy adults in the military [ , ] , at university [ ] , at home [ - ] , and in the workplace [ ] have also featured prominently in historical, culturebased, and volunteer infection studies and heavily infl uenced our view of hrv infection outcomes [ , ] . although studies of children in hospital-based populations usually report more signifi cant clinical outcomes (relating to the lrt) [ ] than community-based studies, these data are still broadly applicable. hospital populations originate from the community and refl ect the more serious and perhaps fi rst exposures to the virus. hospital-based populations defi ne the potential of a virus to cause severe clinical outcomes. disease at this end of the spectrum has the strongest infl uence on future prioritization of therapeutic research and developments [ ] . modern air travel contributes to the rapid spread of respiratory viruses as seen in their often frequent detection among travelers [ ] including those with febrile illnesses [ ] . apart from children, hrvs are found with the great clinical impact in the elderly (described as - years of age) with % of aris positive for an hrv, sometimes with a greater burden of disease than ifvs [ ] . those with asthma or copd are also affected by the ari triggering exacerbations of wheezing illness (see sect. . ). it is thought that this is not a different type of infection but rather a different response to infection by the host. wheezing can also result from infection in atopic people who do not have underlying asthma or copd. hrvs cause signifi cant impact in the immunocompromised, and this group is the only population to date that has been found to host truly persistent hrv infections (see sect. . ). because the hrvs are the largest group of viruses to infect humans, it is not surprising that they confuse differential diagnoses during pandemics and have key roles in co-detections and asymptomatic disease. the study of hrvs is the study of all respiratory viruses; while each can be considered in isolation, this will likely be detrimental to a greater understanding of respiratory virus pathogenesis. hrvs circulate throughout the year but usually with a bimodal peak in temperate locations in both hemispheres. the highest peaks, mostly defi ned using adult populations, are in the autumn (fall) and spring [ , , ] (and, peculiarly, on a monday [ ] ). the major winter dip in hrv prevalence closely coincides with the peaks of other respiratory viruses, particularly ifvs [ ] and hrsv [ ] . one hypothesis states that a miasma exists in the school classroom, of particular relevance to those who suffer asthma exacerbations, and this miasma maintains immune stimulation, which subsequently wanes among school children during holidays, to be challenged anew upon return to school [ ] . it is clear that an interplay or interference takes place between viruses at the population level, particularly evident among rna viruses. there is a correlation between spiking spring and autumnal hrv case numbers and an asthma exacerbation "season" - days after return to school from holidays, in a range of climates [ - ] . this was particularly obvious among asthma hospitalizations of children ( - years of age) in ontario, canada, which peaked at weeks - across a decade [ ] . upon investigation, hrvs were the most prevalent of the viruses found in a -year analysis of emergency room presentations in ontario [ ] . hrvs also predominate during "hay fever season" [ ] . although a defi ned seasonality is not always found in the tropics [ ] , this may sometimes be due to testing that does not include hrvs [ , ] or only some hrvs [ ] . all the hrv types continue to circulate today, including those named in the earliest of the nomenclature assignments. at a single site during - months, or more types can co-circulate [ , ] [ ], dropping [ , ] if the study time frame at the site is shortened. a recurring hrv type, defi ned using molecular tools, accounted for . % of any virus detected in a birth cohort followed for months [ ] and, in another cohort, occurred twice in two children, within a -month period [ ] . within a given year and across different years, it is apparent that hrv species exchange predominance [ , , , - ] . no evidence exists to satisfactorily explain this; however, herd immunity may be a factor. the use of cell and tissue culture underestimated the frequency of multiple infections in patients, most likely because the dominant virus out-replicated any others, or due to viral load differences, specimen quality issues, differing cell tropisms, or the triggering of an antiviral state by the fi rst virus. when the majority of respiratory viruses are sought using pcr techniques, multiple virus-positive specimens can comprise a third of those tested [ ] , dropping to around a fi fth of ari episodes when fewer viruses are sought [ ] . there is sometimes an emphasis on the high number of hrv cases that are identifi ed in the presence of another virus, and including hrv testing does raise the frequency of pathogen detection above one per sample [ ] . coinfections, or, more correctly for pcr-based studies, co-detections (since pcr cannot determine infectivity), have been found to either increase [ , - ] or have no impact on the clinical outcome in their host [ - ] , and so the issue of clinical relevance of co-detections is still uncertain. in extreme cases, half of all hrv detections can be found concurrently with another virus. on the surface, this is a signifi cant fraction, and yet % or more of hrsv, hmpv, ev, and ifv detections and % of hcov-nl detections can be found in the company of another virus [ ] . other studies fi nd different, but still higher proportions of co-detections involving non-hrvs [ ] . whether co-detections represent a particular synergism between the involved viruses, a differential capability to manipulate the host immune response, a sign of innocuousness for the most frequently involved virus [ ] , or a chance due to overlapping seasons remains unclear. it is clear, however, that co-detections are not an anomaly or an error due to "overly sensitive" pcr tests; they are evidence of further biological complexity that, until recently, remained hidden from us. recent studies have shown that the initial impression of hrvs being overrepresented in these cases was incorrect. closer analysis of viral co-detections has revealed patterns [ , ] . these became clear when codetections were examined bidirectionally, not just how many hrvs were positive for virus x but also how many of virus x cases were positive for an hrv. whether in a hospital or a community setting, hrvs more often occur as the sole virus detected in aris [ , ] . considering their ubiquity, it is interesting that relatively low numbers of concurrent detections occur [ , ] , supporting the concept that hrvs have a direct role in the clinical outcome of their infection [ ] . the hrv partnership with host immunity may be a mutualistic one, inadvertently imparting an advantage to the host by protecting against more cytopathic respiratory viral pathogens, while the host provides a vessel for hrv replication and transmission. studies of single respiratory viruses without being in the context of the respiratory virome are of limited value in drawing conclusions about clinical impact. much of the longitudinal epidemiology data previously relied upon to form assessments of hrv signifi cance was acquired using culture-based techniques. with improved and more comprehensive testing, patterns can be seen among the interactions of hrvs and other respiratory viruses. virus interference is a type of virus-virus interaction (vvi) that has been known for decades. vvi has recently been categorized into types [ ] . at the population level, it has been noted that during trials of live attenuated ifv (laiv) vaccines, an interferon (ifn) response was triggered that protected vaccinees against off-target viruses for days postvaccination [ ] . this study went so far as to suggest such effects could be maintained for a prolonged period using a regime of consecutive schedule vaccinations, each separated by days or more, during times of a prolonged epidemic [ ] . a similar effect was produced using live ev vaccines (lev) to replace pathogenic ev types and interrupt outbreaks [ ] . orally administered levs succeeded in their principal task but also reduced the incidence of aris during epidemics by % overall [ ] . this shows that immune activation in the gastrointestinal system generates an anatomically distinct protective effect and there may be a similar effect on the gut's infl ammatory status after respiratory virus infection. in contrast to the laiv results, the offtarget protective effect was reversed in a study using a trivalent inactivated ifv vaccine [ ] . the mechanism underneath these opposing outcomes is unclear. during the heyday ( s) of tissue culture for virus studies, a common biological assay for infection with hrv involved attempted infection of the culture with an enterovirus (ev) or hpiv- [ , ] . failure of the superinfecting virus to grow heralded the likely presence of a noncytopathogenic hrv. virus interference has been used to measure ifn in specimens through its inhibition of hrv growth [ ] . more recently hrv-hadv dual pcr-positive cases were found less often than expected and harbored lower viral loads of hrv than did specimens from cases of sole hrv infections [ ] . signifi cantly, the majority of these instances of vvi involve rna viruses [ ] . it has been shown that dual infections of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (pbmcs) with viruses other than hrsv (including hrvs) induced immune responses similar to those of single infections, but coinfections including an hrsv resulted in reduced ifn-γ responses [ ] . vvis are affected by the ability of each to moderate the host response against them. virus interference has also been identifi ed in virus positives as a series of patterns among respiratory specimens tested for up to respiratory viruses (fig. . ) [ , ] . statistical analyses supported that many of the co-detections occurred in patterns, in particular that fewer co-detections involved an hrv than would have been expected by chance alone ( p ≤ . ). for some period, rna virus infection, especially the hrv group, may render the host less likely to be infected by other viruses and, by extrapolating to the community level, help constrict the epidemic periods of other viruses by reducing the number of fully susceptible hosts. virus interference as a feature of respiratory virus epidemiology can also be seen in results of other studies [ ] . during an -week period that spanned peak h n pandemic infl uenza season in wisconsin, it was infl uenza a virus (ifav) that seemed to dominate hrv in children with asthma who were sampled weekly [ ] . whether this refl ects all ifv-hrv interactions or just those involving a novel ifv such as h n is unclear. it was found that pbmcs from these children exhibited normal immune responses [ ] . reports of subjects with continuous and extended (greater than - weeks) periods of hrv positivity [ , ] increased as pcr methods replaced cell culture for hrv detection. this had only rarely been recorded using culture [ ] . hrv rna has been detected days prior to symptoms commencing and for as long as or more weeks after they cease [ , - ] . studies that only defi ne the period between aris in children as that time when specimens are rt-pcr negative [ ] will not detect overlapping serial infections (fig. . ). epidemiology that incorporates hrv typing generally does not fi nd chronic shedding [ ] . hrv shedding normally ceases within - days, after signs and symptoms have stopped [ , , , , , ] . thus, the perception of persistence is probably due to serial or overlapping infections by multiple untyped strains [ , , , ] . few studies [ ] have suitably addressed persistence in hrv infections involving healthy subjects since pre-and post-sampling clinical data are rarely described [ , ] . to date, true persistence-an ongoing detection of a single confi rmed hrv type-has been limited to individuals with underlying immunosuppression or immune dysfunction [ ] . hrv-cs were detected more than three times longer in immunocompromised young patients than in immunocompetent children, with a mean of versus days [ ] . multiple detection of the same hrv type ( % identical hrv- a sequence in each patient over time) extended to months in hematopoietic stem cell transplant recipients. the proof of causality is as diffi cult to achieve as the proof of innocuousness when it comes to respiratory viruses and aris. the defi nition of "well" subjects prior to or at the time of sampling or inoculation is sometimes not clear, especially for young children who cannot reliably report symptoms [ , , ] . often parents notice a symptomatic illness before an infection is detected in the laboratory [ ] , supporting the importance of diaries in longitudinal home-based community studies. nonetheless, even with the support of telephone interviews and home visits, milder cold symptoms may be missed. it is not uncommon for an asymptomatic control to subsequently become symptomatic or have been symptomatic before sampling [ , ] . some studies employ sensitive symptom scoring systems [ ] , but the criteria for being symptomatic are usually designed to describe and clearly discriminate overt or more "severe" illnesses, those with obvious and measurable signs. strict defi nitions help improve patient management and the commencement or better direction of treatment or cohorting. however, in research studies the arbitrary degree of severity required for reporting a symptomatic event often overlooks very simple changes in host biology due to a virus's replication. these changes to the norm are mild but nonetheless represent disease (a disorder of structure or function that produces specifi c symptoms or that affects a specifi c location and is not simply a direct result of physical injury) in the literal sense. such minor or short-lived, often unrecorded [ ] , indications of infection include sinus pain, headache, sore throat, earache, watery eyes, fatigue, muscle aches and pains, and mood changes. within families, hrvs are frequently transmitted from vsig activated "shields up" a b children who are usually symptomatic [ ] . infants frequently exposed to other children have more asymptomatic viral infections [ ] . among infected adult family members, asymptomatic infections are more likely [ ] . among older parents, whether their children live at home or not, asymptomatic infections are more frequent following hrv challenge than among adults without children or in younger parents [ ] . in a study of viral species in age-stratifi ed cases and controls, signifi cantly lower viral loads were found in those without the required symptoms [ ] . qpcr may prove useful to determine viral load cutoffs to address this issue in the future, although the respiratory tract is a diffi cult tissue for qpcr [ ] . the high sensitivity of pcr-based methods has raised concerns over the clinical relevance of a virus-positive result [ ] . it is clear that a proportion, around fi ve to % of study-defi ned asymptomatic control populations [ , , ] , are virus positive using sensitive pcr-based methods. this may vary up to nearly % of cases when stratifi ed by age, virus, and season or when including highrisk populations [ , ] . every respiratory virus, even ifvs and hrsv, can be found in cases without symptoms at the time of specimen collection even after specifi c inoculation of adults [ , , ] . this is a complex and incomplete story in need of more research, and so it is frustrating that positivity in asymptomatic people is often used to rank viral importance. better data are required from asymptomatic controls for any conclusion to be drawn about causality [ ] , but this requirement often disregards the memory of a normal functioning protective host immunity. it is the host response that defi nes the degree of clinical severity for the infl ammatory disease that is the hallmark of an ari [ ] . it is well known that previous exposure to a virus affords protection from the full clinical spectrum of disease upon repeat exposure to that virus. it should come as no surprise then that hrvs, which usually cause brief infection anyway, could well produce only minor signs and symptoms upon reinfection. the unique and extremely personal infection history of each member of a control group cannot be determined unless they are part of a longitudinal cohort. so, what do cohort studies, supported by comprehensive pcr-based testing, tell us about asymptomatic virus infections? some cohort studies do not look in asymptomatic children, seeking samples only at times of symptomatic illness [ , , ] . a birth cohort of children enrolled and sampled when ill and every months for months identifi ed hrvs - % of infants and toddlers who had no nasal symptoms (defi ned solely by the presence of rhinorrhea) [ ] . the childhood origins of asthma (coast) birth cohort followed infants at high risk for allergies and asthma for months and identifi ed hrv infections as preceding (mean age of fi rst detection, months) those of hrsv (mean age at least months), and hrvs were found in % of asymptomatic versus % of moderately to severely ill patients; the most frequently symptomatic children also had the greatest proportion of asymptomatic infections [ ] . in a study of children with asthma sampled weekly for weeks during each of two peak hrv seasons, nearly two-thirds who were virus positive but not sensitized to at least one allergen showed no asthma symptoms, and nearly half showed no ari symptoms; in the children who were sensitized, less than one-third showed no asthma symptoms, and only a fi fth had no ari symptoms [ ] . a convenience population of healthy children ( - years old) without asthma were followed during at least three seasons, and picornaviruses were detected in % of specimens ( % of infections) not associated with symptoms, the impact of hrv typing and of sampling based only on symptoms. the example provided here diagrammatically represents a single, hypothetical monitoring period, starting at time = , for a single individual. the period of potentially detectable hrv is indicated by an open box. if sampling occurred at each time point ( - ) and hrv positives were genotyped, it would be apparent that three different strains infected the individual, although discerning hrv-x from hrv-z at time point would require a molecular cloning approach. illness, in different forms, may have continued over the entire period depending on the symptoms required/recorded and the period of time represented by the monitoring period. in this case a clinical diagnosis may record only a single symptomatic episode. genotyping may not be performed, and sampling may be intermittent, and so association between viral type or species and disease is impossible. in the study examples indicated by ( a ) start and fi nish sampling or ( b ) symptomatic sampling, ( asterisks mark sampling times in fi lled bars), the laboratory data would have made only one or two identifi cations, respectively. in the third example, ( c ) frequent sampling of this type has previously led to conclusions of hrv persistence or chronic shedding; when combined with genotyping, it becomes apparent that different hrv types are present although of the infections came from households with an infected sibling [ ] . in summary, there is clear evidence for the presence of hrvs in asymptomatic controls. a precise proportion cannot yet be defi ned. some study controls show signs of a "lead-in" period where rna positivity precedes an ari defi ned on follow-up, while others may have been defi ned as symptomatic if more symptoms had been accounted for. mechanisms and routes of transmission hrvs have been found at extra-respiratory sites. viremia was determined in the blood of children with lrt infection or pericarditis [ , ] , and hrv-c was more commonly associated with viremia than was hrv-a, supporting possible increased pathogenicity [ ] . blood was also positive for hrv rna and infectious virus from infants at necropsy [ , ] , and hrv rna was detected in the plasma of children with asthma, bronchiolitis, or common cold [ ] . an hrv was once isolated from feces [ ] , and more recently higher than expected loads of hrvs were detected in fecal specimens from children with suspected meningitis and fever of unknown origin [ ] , with gastroenteritis [ ] , and in a child with pericarditis [ ] . nonetheless, the nasopharynx is still considered the main site of focal virus production [ ] , regardless of inoculation route [ ] , and most studies of transmission routes have centered on the urt. in contrast to ifv and hrsv, hrv infection involves less destruction of tissue. ciliated epithelial cells are sloughed off in proportion to the severity of an hrv ari, but this damage is minimal and does not occur during the viral incubation period or with subclinical infections [ , ] . the incubation period between infection and onset of virus shedding into nasal secretions is - days with shed viral titers peaking in adults between days and [ , ] . the time until successful hrv transmission among adults in a childless family setting is usually - days and requires the donor to be shedding at least tcid at some stage, to have recoverable virus on the hands and in the nares, enough shared time, and a moderate to severe ari [ ] . the lungs have been shown to host replicating hrv [ ] , and the reader of such reports may be left with the perception that detection of hrv replication in the lrt explains all lrt symptoms. however, relatively few studies seek or identify true hrv replication in the lrt. while the overwhelming majority of lrt cases detect hrv from the urt, a correlation between urt positivity and lrt disease does exist [ ] . it is well known from experimental inoculation studies that hrv infection can result from inoculation of the conjunctival sac after virus is moved through the nasolacrimal duct [ ] . in these studies virus was commonly delivered by aerosol or intranasal instillation of . ml to ml of suspension [ - , , - ] . in the laboratory, hrvs can retain infectivity for hours to days on suitable, nonporous solid surfaces, especially if the inoculum remains damp [ , ] , which supports direct self-inoculation especially in the family setting and indirect inoculation via fomites [ ] . in a trial to defi ne the movement of virus from a contaminated donor to a recipient via multiple surfaces or by hand-to-hand contact, % (donor to objects to recipient) and % (donor to recipient fi ngers) of the virus recoverable from the donor's fi ngertips were recoverable from the recipients' [ ] . even under observation, eye rubbing ( . h − - . h − ) and nosepicking ( . h − - . h − ) occur frequently [ , ] , suggesting self-inoculation could outpace personal hygiene, particularly in the young. it was once thought strange that aris were so common, but isolation rates for the expected viruses were so low [ , ] . with a better understanding of the importance of preexisting antibody (something common among the predominantly adult volunteers used by many studies), the discovery of a third, unculturable species of hrv (still causing aris but impossible to isolate or detect using antibody-based systems for which no reagents existed), and a vastly improved diagnostic sensitivity, this is much less confounding. in the past, household cross infection, determined by ari, was low, about fi ve exposures to infected members required for infection [ ] despite viral loads in nasal washings peaking at . × tcid /ml [ ] . experimental transmission was also reportedly ineffi cient [ ] . in contrast, "naturally" close-quartered military populations, interacting over - weeks, experienced rapid spread of hrvs to > % of the group [ ] . the use of pcr recently clarifi ed this discrepancy, confi rming that frequent transmission in families is more common than culture-based studies had identifi ed, often resulting in asymptomatic infection among older siblings and parents [ ] . pcr has helped defi ne the scope of viral rna, if not actual infectious virus, survival, and spread. transmission studies require infectious hrv, and so the hrv-cs do not contribute to the historical data. under crowded or intimate conditions and with more severe colds, transmission reaches - % [ , ] . in some studies, both large-and small-particle aerosols proved ineffi cient, supported by a low isolation rate from saliva ( % compared to % of hand washes and % of nasal swabs) [ , , ] and from only . % of participants exposed to large-particle aerosols [ ] . in other human donor-recipient model studies however, aerosol proved to be the main transmission route among antibody-free adults [ , ] . the discrepancy may have been due to insuffi ciently long or intense exposure in the earlier aerosol experiments [ , ] . apart from particle size, spread of virus by aerosol is affected by existing nasal obstruction which can divert secretions from the nares to contaminate saliva, the presumptive source of virus in coughs and sneezes [ ] . when exposed to liters of a small-particle aerosol, tcid of hrv- was associated with fever and prominent tracheobronchitis in antibody-free (< : ) adult volunteers but not when delivered via nasal drops or a coarse aerosol [ ] . it has also been found that simple breathing releases hrv rna (the same type was also identifi ed from nasal mucous) from at least a third of adults and children with symptomatic aris and infectious hrv could be isolated from a fi fth [ , ] . it is apparent that hrvs accumulate at sites with heavy human traffi c, potentially forming a secondary source of infection. hrv rna can be detected from % of ~ -hourold fi lters placed to sample air in offi ce buildings [ ] . in aircraft, high effi ciency particulate air (hepa) fi lters have been found to harbor hrv rna more than days after they were removed for servicing [ ] . hrv infections trigger a vigorous proinfl ammatory immune response that is thought to drive the symptoms experienced as illness [ , , ] , but they do not seem to actively prevent or interfere with the host's immune response the way most other viruses have evolved to do. there may be a role for repeated challenge by hrvs and other respiratory viruses leading to infl ammation and tissue remodeling. the host response to hrv infection can be broadly broken into the innate (very fast, encoded in the germ line, nonadaptive) and adaptive (slower to develop, reliant on t cells, b cells, and the generation of antibody) responses. while the innate system is "always watching," it is signifi cantly amplifi ed by virus infection. the adaptive response is initiated by the host's fi rst infection with a particular virus and then functions to limit subsequent infections through the production of neutralizing antibodies and amplifi cation of existing cell-mediated immunity. after virus-receptor binding and internalization, the earliest host cell immune response to an hrv infection is elicited by the innate immune system (fig. . ). epithelial cells represent the front line against hrv invasion although alveolar macrophages and dcs are better equipped to respond [ ] and do so despite not hosting hrv replication directly [ ] . virus detection is mediated by pattern recognition receptors (prrs) that have evolved to recognize conserved molecular structures shared among diverse pathogens. internal-or surface-mounted prrs include sentinels that specifi cally recognize picornavirus rna and protein and, in doing so, trigger an immune circuit that results in the production of ifns and subsequently hundreds of ifn-stimulated gene products. the innate response to viral infection hinges on inducing two type i ifns (initially ifn-ß then ifn-α), secreted cytokines that produce antiviral, antiproliferative, and immunomodulatory outcomes [ ] . the type iii ifns (ifn-λ or il- , ifn-λ or il- a, and ifn-λ or il- b) are also produced in response to viral infection in a range of cells, although their receptor is not as widespread [ ] . the type ii ifn, ifn-γ, is produced by activated t cells and natural killer cells rather than in direct response to virus [ ] . detection of viral components triggers protein signaling cascades that regulate ifn synthesis through the activation of viral stress-inducible genes (vsigs) [ , ] . these are sometimes expressed constitutively but upregulated after ifn induction following hrv infection [ ] . released ifn-ß binds to the ifn-α/ifn-ß receptor in an autocrine (the same cell) and paracrine (neighboring cells) manner, starting a positive feedback loop for type i ifn production, the "second wave." vsigs include the antiviral proteins protein kinase r (pkr), ′ ′oas/rnasel, and the mx proteins [ ] . ifn-α upregulates expression of mxa, ′ ′-oas, and pkr [ ] . the mx pathway is also induced after virus infection but is not constitutively expressed [ ] . depending on the sentinel system stimulated, there are different pathways to vsig activation. those vsigs with antiviral properties (e.g., mxa, pkr, ′ ′oas/rnasel) inhibit different stages of virus replication and strengthen an antiviral state in the host. while this state is well known, the nature of its induction by different respiratory viruses and the impact of induction upon the replication of other respiratory viruses are topics for considerable ongoing research. one pathway to ifn induction relies on the ifn-upregulated cytosolic sentinels retinoic acid inducible gene rig-i-like receptors (rlrs) rig-i (specifi c for ifav and others) and melanoma differentiation-associated gene (mda , specifi c for picornaviruses and others) [ , ] . these rna helicases recognize either rna with a ′-triphosphate or distinct dsrnas, which results in activation of nf-κb leading to "classical" type i ifn induction [ , ] . studies into the innate response to hrv infection have been limited to the use of a very few easily cultured types. it is presumed that the result can be extrapolated to most if not all types. this is yet to be tested. rig-i is degraded by hrv-a [ ] , ifn regulatory factor (irf)- homodimerization is interfered with hrv-b which limits ifn-β induction [ , ] , and mda is degraded by hrv-a a but not hrv-a [ ] . another pathway for recognizing hrv infection involves the toll-like receptors (tlrs), transmembrane prrs that terminate in an intracellular signaling region. the endosomally localized tlr , tlr , tlr , and tlr recognize nucleic acids and are also involved in innate antiviral responses. tlr and tlr identify g/u-rich ssrna from endocytosed viruses, while tlr recognizes unmethylated cpg dna present in dna viruses [ , ] . tlr and tlr are found on the cell surface and recognize hrv or hrsv proteins, respectively [ , ] , and tlr recognizes dsrna. tlrs operate mainly, but not exclusively, in plasmacytoid dc [ ] . the particular tlr that notifi es of an hrv incursion may depend on the method of virus approach [ ] . tlr activation can reduce ′ ′oas and mxa mrna expression and ip protein in adolescents with asthma compared to healthy controls [ ] . tlr activation did not result in a similar disparity [ ] . it has been suggested that hrvs may have evolved with humans to such an extent that their symbiotic relationship serves to help train the human immune system [ ] . intriguingly, within the hrv species, there are differences in the type and level of host response induced [ ] which may refl ect receptor usage, route of entry and cell type infected, hrv species, or the degree of laboratory-adapted virus used during in vitro studies. after initial hrv infection, the innate response results in production of proinfl ammatory cytokines, vasoactive peptides, and chemokines that attract leukocytes, granulocytes, dcs, and monocytes (table . ) [ , , ] . the t-lymphocyte response to viral intrusion can be broadly categorized as t h - -like and t h- -like. other t-cell subsets exist, but most work in relation to hrv has been conducted on the earliest defi ned subsets. the t h - cellular response is important in managing cellular immunity and producing interleukin (il)- and ifn-γ. the t h - cellular response manages humoral immunity and stimulates b cells via il (initiating production of ige), il (infl uencing eosinophils), and il (crucial component of allergen-induced asthma). these two t-cell responses act in concert with epithelialderived chemokines (e.g., eotaxin) to promote the recruitment and activation of eosinophils and mast cells, contributing to chronic airway infl ammation and the hyperresponsiveness of airways to a variety of nonspecifi c stimuli [ ] . t h- lymphocytes, opposing t h- lymphocytes, contribute to an allergic infl ammatory cascade, akin to what occurs to rid humans of parasites [ ] . the t h- response can also be repressed by binding of microrna, which leads to an altered balance favoring a t h- state in mice and probably in humans [ ] . regulatory t cells (t reg ) suppress allergic infl ammatory pathways and are therefore fundamental in protecting the airway from allergen sensitization [ ] . considerable immunobiological research has focused on asthma exacerbation, with which hrvs are intimately involved. although upregulated by hrv infection, the t h - response is comparatively defi cient in people with asthma [ , ] . this is problematic as an increased t h - -like cytokine response, deduced from higher sputum mrna ifn-γ/il values, speeds clearance of hrv and symptom amelioration [ ] . one possible cause of the t h - defi ciency in people with asthma is inadequate maturation of type i and iii ifn responses due to reduced exposure to infections early in life [ ] . the "hygiene hypothesis" [ , ] posits a pathway for an asthma etiology described [ ] in terms of the young, unchallenged immune system, dependent on infections to stimulate the development of its t h- -like functions. one theory suggests that hrvs play a central role in developing that effi cacious antiviral immunity, particularly in infancy, via their frequent, usually mild self-limiting infections [ ] . genome-wide expression analysis of becs from healthy and asthmatic adult subjects after hrv-a a infection revealed some signifi cant differences that were found between cell types and response to infection [ ] . these included immune response genes (il b, il , il , il f , il ) and airway remodeling genes (loxl , mmp , fn ) and an overall proinfl ammatory response and metabolic slowdown consistent with proteolytic cleavage of transcription factors by some hrvs [ , - ] in the infected cells. this study further noted some similarities to gene expression changes observed in brushings from people with mild asthma after allergen exposure and in bal cells from subjects with corticosteroidresistant asthma [ ] . overall, hrv replication and the host transcriptional response to it were similar in normal or asthmatic bec cells [ ] . this indicated, at least in adults, that something beyond the epithelial cell is an important contributor to more severe clinical outcomes in asthma. the application of inactivated hrv-b was found to promote release of il from monocytes (an immunosuppressive cytokine) and to inhibit the stimulation of il (drives t h - development) [ ] . however, neither il nor il was signifi cantly induced in asthmatic adult volunteers in response to hrv-a compared to healthy subjects [ ] . while ifn-α was detected after transfection of dcs with hrv-b ssrna, low tnf-α and il levels were also noted [ ] . it was posited that the reduced il could indicate negatively affected local immunity possibly predisposing to secondary infections [ ] . infection of stromal lung cells by hrv-b triggered exaggerated levels of the pleiotropic il (an il type cytokine), akin to those triggered by hrsv, which were also detected in nasal secretions from children with wheezing [ ] . other cytokine changes have been identifi ed in atopic adult volunteers challenged with hrv-a . g-csf and il (chemo-attractant for neutrophils) levels rose in the urt (as examined by protein detection in nasal lavage) and lrt (mrna detection in sputum) with concomitant rises in blood and nasal neutrophil numbers [ , , ] . the nasal epithelial cells of atopic individuals, especially in season, express more icam- than those of nonatopic adults [ ] as do normal subjects infected by the major group hrv-b [ ] . by contrast, ifn-γ and il , which appear later postinfection, downregulate icam- expression in infected cells [ ] and encourage infi ltration of neutrophils [ ] , respectively. changes in icam- levels may modify participates in creation of an antiviral state; produced by and infl uences the maturation of dcs il- β proinfl ammatory properties; enhances adhesion molecule expression including icam- ; induces il- receptor gm-csf a granulocyte and monocyte growth factor il- stimulates growth and differentiation of t and b lymphocytes and cytotoxic activity of nk cells and monocytes il- t h differentiation, promotes ige synthesis il- activation, differentiation, and proliferation effects on t and b lymphocytes; induces c-reactive protein stimulating pyrexia il- /cxcl- neutrophil chemoattractant resulting in neutrophilic, monocytic, and lymphocytic recruitment and degranulation activity il- anti-infl ammatory factor produced by monocytes that acts by inhibiting proinfl ammatory cytokines il- , il- , and tnf-α irf a master hub, regulating antiviral immunity ip /cxcl chemoattractant for activated t h and nk cells tnf-α proinfl ammatory activity similar to il- β; activates neutrophils; induces vascular permeability mpc- a monocyte attractant bradykinin potent infl ammatory mediator, increases vascular permeability tslp an il- -like cytokine that activates myeloid dcs to induce naive t cells into t h cells producing il- , il- , and tnf-α; induced by hrv in the presence of il- bec bronchial epithelial cells, dc dendritic cell, irf interferon regulatory factor, ifn-γ inducible cytokine protein, nk natural killer, pbmc peripheral blood mononuclear cells, il interleukin, tnf tissue necrosis factor, tslp thymic stromal lymphopoietin t-lymphocyte-mediated cytotoxic or t h interactions with hrv-infected cells, upregulating receptor expression and encouraging eosinophil and t-cell infi ltration into the lower airways of asthmatic individuals [ , ] . before an hrv can enter a cell, it must pass through a defensive barrier of secreted anti-hrv antibody, mostly iga. the ease with which this passage occurs is proportional to the progression of clinical disease. healthy adult volunteers were found to develop iga by at least days to weeks after inoculation-about the same time as serum antibody-and retain peak levels for at least weeks [ , - ] , falling faster than serum levels [ , ] . there is also some evidence for a degree of nasal immune memory [ ] . volunteers with pre-study serum antibody could still be infected in some studies [ , , ] , but not in others [ ] . infection is more clear in volunteers without preexisting nasal antibody to experimental challenge virus; they become infected, exhibit more severe ari, and shed more virus for longer [ , ] . iga does not seem to modify illness severity or virus shedding, but high levels prevent reinfection by the initiating virus type. low levels or absence of iga does not prevent reinfection by the same hrv type, which may manifest as symptomatic or asymptomatic disease [ ] . older children, adolescents, and adults have greater amounts of hrv-neutralizing antibody than young children [ ] , accompanying a trend toward decreasing numbers of symptomatic aris with increasing age [ , ] . this feature raises an issue: did the use of older subjects in many common cold studies underplay the pathogenic potential of the hrvs because protective or partially cross-protective antibodies moderated the impact of infection? consequently, quantifying levels of type-specifi c serum antibody became routine practice prior to some studies. adult volunteer studies determined that no infections resulted if preexisting neutralizing antibody titers ≥ : existed; as levels grew from , so did levels of resistance to infection [ , ] . adults were protected by serum titers of : - : [ , ] . the trend was interrupted by adults in the - year age group, presumably because they had begun families and their young children acquired and amplifi ed currently circulating types from the community and transmitted them into a household that was either immune naïve or lacking suffi cient antibody or cell-mediated memory for protection [ ] . traditional vaccine strategies were quickly ruled out as a prophylactic intervention for hrv illness because of the extensive antigenic variability that is a hallmark of the genus enterovirus [ , ] . however, if it were possible to identify "master" strains [ ] that exhibit suffi cient antigenic cross-reactivity to induce broad heterotypic responses against many other hrv strains, then an effective vaccine could still be possible. in fact, boosting host immunity to an hrv type by repeat infection does heighten immunity to one or more other types [ , ] . the highest of these heterotypic antibody titers develop against those types with the highest preexisting antibody levels [ ] . the fi rst description of a unifying hrv numbering system recounted the appearance of minor serological cross-reactions, which were removed by modifi cation of the technique [ ] . subsequently, cross-reactions were better defi ned during experimental inoculation when multiple hrv immunogens and antigens were used to deduce the extent of heterotypic responses [ , , , ] . less promising for hrv vaccinology was the description of antigenic variation within hrv types which suggested that immunity to one variant of the type might not protect against infection by other variants [ , ] . the "prime strain" is a specifi c antigenic variant of a prototype hrv type that is neutralized to a lesser extent by antisera from the prototype, while yielding antisera that effectively neutralize both itself and the prototype [ ] . another form of this cross-neutralization is ascribed to the "intertypes," which are hrv isolates that share a lower-level serological relationship with a pair of hrv strains, which themselves share neutralizing reactivity, e.g., hrv-a and hrv-a [ ] . the low-level reciprocal neutralizing activity was not equivalent in both directions; anti-hrv-a sera had a higher titer for hrv-a than anti-hrv-a sera did for hrv-a [ ] . over strains were linked directly by such one-or two-way cross-reactions or indirectly through two or more strains. hrv-a and hrv-a are linked via hrv-a , hrv-a , and hrv-a (anti-a serum neutralizes hrv-a , anti-a neutralizes hrv-a , and anti-a neutralizes both hrv-a and hrva-a [ , ] ). a surrogate molecular method which provided insight into these interrelationships, perhaps expanding upon them to identify useful patterns for vaccine immunology purposes, would be most welcome. in summary, heterotypic immunity and hrv intertypes might be exploitable features of hrv immunobiology that could confer maximum protection upon the host from the minimum number of hrv types [ ] . hrvs circulate in great numbers, and any specifi c roles for distinct hrv types in initiating disease remain to be defi ned. the relatively inconsequential common cold is the most frequent manifestation of viral infection in humans, with to > % of colds positive for an hrv [ , , ] . furthermore, aris due to hrv infection can exacerbate or result in a much greater burden of disease in those with asthma, copd, or cystic fi brosis. other complications include otitis media, pharyngitis, and wheeze in atopic people without asthma. the role of viruses in the origin of some of these diseases or their exacerbation is still unresolved. the lrt disease may mask the urt nature of the infection, favoring clinical diagnosis of an lrt illness. interestingly, during the h n pandemic, much of the parentinitiated healthcare visits from a birth cohort in the united states were not due to pandemic virus but hrv and hrsv [ ] . there is no known natural murine rhinovirus on which to base a small animal model of hrv infection, and mice are not natural hosts for hrvs. a recently developed model of airway disease using mengovirus (a picornavirus infecting rodents) may yield valuable in vivo airway infection and infl ammation data [ ] . hrvs are often detected in neonates and infants with lrt signs and symptoms because the very young have narrow, immature airways and are more signifi cantly affected by airway swelling, excessive secretions, and smooth muscle contraction [ ] . this may also be due to the relatively naive immunity of very young children. much of the more severe disease in hrv-positive children occurs in the youngest of them. some key examples are addressed below. for the common cold, as for any illness, accurate epidemiology and burden of disease data underpin the prioritization of preventing, treating, and further researching the etiological agent. to assign funds for researching the agent, health policy makers also need to understand how effi cacious and costeffective the development of an intervention will be [ ] . the host immune response to hrv replication is the main cause of the signs (quantifi able fever, rhinorrhea) and symptoms (feeling of fever, myalgia, headache, fatigue, and mood change) of a cold that the host experiences [ , , ] . a feature of common colds is increased vascular permeability which, enhanced by kinins, results in increased plasma protein (albumin and immunoglobulin [ig] g) levels in mucus, approaching the levels in serum [ ] . histamine levels do not rise in nasal secretions of otherwise healthy cold sufferers [ ] . during the resolving phase of the ari, glandular proteins (lysozyme, siga) predominate [ ] . the common cold syndrome is also described as rhinosinusitis (the agglomeration of rhinitis and sinusitis since they frequently clinically coexist) [ , ] . this consists of nasal discharge or rhinorrhea, nasal obstruction, sore throat, sinus pain, headache, sneezing, watery eyes, cough, fever, fatigue, muscle aches and pains, and mood changes [ , ] . these are caused directly or indirectly by viral infection; cough is the result of vagus nerve irritation by mucus; sneeze results from trigeminal nerve irritation; sore throat is likely due to the action of prostaglandins and bradykinins; and fever, psychological effects, fatigue, and myalgia are mediated by cytokines [ ] . hypertrophic adenoids have also been found to have a high proportion of viral, especially hrv, occupation regardless of host symptomatic state [ ] . observation of natural culture-confi rmed hrv colds in adults noted that cough usually started by day and was more persistent up to days later [ , ] . rhinorrhea, sneezing, and sore throat were reported by half or more of patients and headache by at least a quarter of cases [ , ] . as neutrophils accumulate at the site of primary urt infection, the myeloperoxidase in their azurophilic granules creates the yellow-green coloration of nasal mucus that was once considered a sign of bacterial superinfection [ , ] . a common cold caused by an hrv cannot be clinically distinguished from one that caused by any of the other respiratory viruses [ , ] . as is likely for a single hrv type, once the host has been infected by an hmpv, hpiv, ifv, etc., a secondary exposure to that same virus type will produce less severe clinical outcomes due to pre-primed host immunity. asthma is a clinical diagnosis made on the basis of patient history, physical examination, assessment of airway obstruction or reversibility, and response to bronchodilators [ ] . it is a complex chronic respiratory disease involving airway infl ammation, airfl ow obstruction, and airway hyperresponsiveness, which manifests as recurrent reversible attacks with deteriorating asthma control that are generated by interactions between infectious agents and other environmental and genetic factors that remain incompletely characterized [ ] . the mechanistic role for hrvs in asthma inception and exacerbation is not yet defi ned [ , ] but is being revealed as the extremely complex interplay between infl ammation due to virus versus that due to atopy is explored [ ] . possible virus-host interactions include (i) severe hrv infection of healthy infants which may result in subsequent development of asthma; (ii) hrvs may trigger asthma in children with a genetic predisposition toward atopy; (iii) repeated mild infections may protect against more asthmogenic/cytopathic viruses or the overdevelopment of the t h type response; and (iv) hrvs may simply exacerbate that which already exists [ ] . it is unclear if the risk of atopic asthma during infancy is increased by aris which affect the development of the immune system, or whether aris lead to asthma development in children with a genetic predisposition to more severe responses to infection [ , , ] , or a mix of both. in children with asthma, viruses have been detected in at least % of exacerbations ( % picornaviruses, probably hrvs [ ] ) and in % of adults [ ] . acute wheezing episodes (including bronchiolitis and acute asthma) are a frequent, epidemic, and seasonal lrt manifestation of urt respiratory virus infection of children from all ages, especially during the fi rst year of life [ , - ] . bacteria are not major factors in wheezing exacerbations [ ] . wheezing is blamed for high socioeconomic and healthcare costs, overuse of antibiotics, being the primary cause of hospitalization among children, and, rarely, for death [ , , ] . traditionally hrsv infection has most often been the virus causally associated with expiratory wheezing, wheezy bronchitis, or asthma exacerbations because of the virus's well-known ability to infect the lrt, its more frequent detection in some studies [ ] , and the low perceived likelihood of urt viruses such as hrvs replicating in the warmer lrt. nonetheless, periods of epidemic wheezing in the absence of high rates of hrsv detection are common [ , ] . hrvs even predominated in some culture-based studies of wheeze [ , ] . the coast study used sampling criteria that were intentionally designed to investigate the role of hrsv in illness, but instead indicated that hrvs were the most important predictor of subsequent wheezing in early childhood, and this is supported worldwide [ , , ] . the asthmatic airway is characterized by an infi ltration of eosinophils and th -type t cells (th cells) [ ] . in those with an atopic background, eosinophilia was more common, and the virus isolation rate was higher than in the nonatopic group [ ] . the cytokine and eosinophil activation profi les for hrsv-induced wheezing differ from those induced by hrv in which il is signifi cantly higher in serum and nasal aspirates than for hrsv [ ] . ip was the only cytokine signifi cantly elevated in all symptomatic wheezing groups [ ] . signifi cantly higher rates of hrv detection with more obvious lrt symptoms are more common in children with asthma than in non-asthmatic populations [ , , , ] . exacerbations of asthma are often preceded by a symptomatic rather than asymptomatic hrv infection [ , , , - ] although, in some instances, an exacerbation is the only sign of infection [ ] . reduced peak expiratory volume in children is especially associated with detection of respiratory picornaviruses [ ] . severe "wheezy bronchitis," a historical term describing an acute illness with preceding ari and characterized by cough, wheezing, breathlessness, and mucous production, was more often positive for a virus than mild disease [ ] . even the use of culture found that hrvs predominated in both urt and lrt (sputum containing becs) or combined respiratory tract samples [ ] . bacteria were often present with ifv, but not with hrvs [ ] . the airway epithelial cells form a physical barrier in addition to their roles in immune surveillance and regulatory control [ ] . however, the asthmatic bronchial epithelium is compromised by incomplete tight junctions that are more sensitive to airborne pollutants [ ] and most likely to allergens and respiratory viral infections. this is further specifically disturbed by hrv infection which reduces expression levels of tight and adherens junction proteins [ ] . in those with asthma, the presence of an hrv can induce illness that, while often more severe than in non-asthmatics, has been associated with signifi cantly different hrv load or duration of hrv rna detection in people with asthma compared to those without [ ] . hrv-c types are often detected in more serious clinical outcomes than hrv-a or -b [ ] although hospitalizations may be fewer for hrv-cs than the other species [ ] . aom is diagnosed by middle ear effusion (otorrhea) with simultaneous signs and symptoms of ari including fever, earache, rhinitis, cough, sore throat, chest wheeze, nocturnal restlessness, irritability, poor appetite, diarrhea, and vomiting. transient abnormal (negative) ear pressure upon tympanometry occurs in two-thirds to three quarters of uncomplicated colds among healthy children [ , ] . aom is a frequent reason for outpatient antibiotic therapy which can reduce the time to resolution of symptoms in infants and has been attributed to reducing the overall hospital burden of aom [ - ] . since a longitudinal day-care study in , the association between aom and viral urt infection has been coalescing, and it is now clear that aom often occurs with or shortly after a viral ari, most frequently in the young and occurring more often during winter than summer [ , ] . the use of infl uenza vaccines reduced aom occurrence by a third during an epidemic period [ ] , but the use of pneumococcal vaccine did not reduce the occurrence of aom overall, just that relatively small fraction ( %) due to the target bacteria [ ] . the isolation by culture and pcr detection of viruses from middle ear fl uids and the refractory nature of some aom cases to antibiotic therapies confi rmed that viruses play an important role in this illness [ , , ] . studies relying on underperforming culture-based techniques underestimated the role for viral aris [ , ] , but other studies using pcr techniques and including hrvs found them to be the most frequently detected virus in middle ear fl uids and nasopharyngeal secretions [ , ] . the use of pcr has identifi ed respiratory viruses, most often hrvs, in nasal secretions of - % of children with aom [ , ] . because virus is often detected in the nasopharynx at the same time as the middle ear fl uid, the question of the relevance of a pcr positive is a valid one [ ] . picornaviruses have been detected in % of nasopharyngeal swabs taken during cold season from aom-prone infants and young children, and large quantities of hrv rna have been detected by in situ hybridization of adenoid tissues from % of children with recurrent aom and/or adenoid hyperplasia [ , ] . in a cohort of children followed from to months and using culture-rt-pcr, hrvs in the urt were the second most frequent pathogens associated with aom, after hrsv [ ] . viruses, most often hrvs ( . % of aom with ari), were also detected concurrently with non-ari periods associated with aom episodes ( % of aom without ari) [ ] suggesting that aom may be the only manifestation of some hrv aris, just as wheezing sometimes is. in the united states, subjects were enrolled and followed in a birth cohort until the fi rst aom episode or between and months of age ]. hrvs accounted for % of viruses detected and % of specimens with a single virus detected. this dominance was maintained even through the h n infl uenza pandemic [ ] . in the day-care aom study mentioned above, primary acquisition of streptococcus pneumoniae or haemophilus infl uenzae had minimal importance as an initiation factor for aom with effusion, but nasopharyngeal colonization was important [ ] . animal studies have shown that virusbacteria interactions have a role in nasopharyngeal colonization and aom development [ ] . positive correlation has been made between hrv detection in aom-prone children and moraxella catarrhalis infection as well as a tendency toward the copresence of streptococcus pneumoniae [ ] . the presence of hrv-b was shown to increase adherence of s. pneumoniae in human tracheal epithelial cell cultures [ ] . it is believed that these three bacterial pathogens can colonize without symptoms until a viral ari shifts the balance toward a cytokine-mediated infl ammatory state [ ] . other diseases in which hrvs are often detected this disorder of older patients encompasses emphysema (alveolar destruction) and chronic bronchitis (large airway infl ammation with chronic mucous production) and describes a long-term obstruction to airfl ow in the lung (compared to asthma which is a reversible obstruction with normal fl ow between exacerbations). while bacteria are found in half of all exacerbations, antibiotic therapies have often yielded poor outcomes [ ] . hrv infections result in more copd exacerbations (~ % of cases [ ] ) than any other virus identifi ed to date [ , ] . an experimental human model of hrv infection in copd provided preliminary evidence that hrvs cause exacerbations [ ] . viral culture associated symptomatic hrv infections with exacerbations among chronic bronchitics, including cases of isolation from sputum (lrt sample) in the absence of hrv in the urt [ ] . adding the measurement of an infl ammatory marker in the serum, like il- , further improves the speed of predicting an infectious etiology for exacerbations of copd [ ] . pneumonia is a disease that often occurs early in life, is responsible for millions of deaths each year [ ] , and is caused by viral and/or bacterial infections. a diagnosis of pneumonia requires a radiologically confi rmed infl ammatory infi ltration of the lung tissue. childhood communityacquired pneumonia (cap) is common in developing countries [ ] . cap also complicates existing chronic medical conditions and takes advantage of immunosenesence [ ] . the role of hrvs in contributing to the development of bacterial pneumonia is likely underestimated [ , ] . determining an etiology is confounded by the rarity of obtaining lrt specimens, by short-term studies, and by the complex milieu of viruses and bacteria involved. less invasive sampling of the urt permits more routine sampling and screening, and so convenience and reduced risk have led to the detection of putative pathogens in the urt with the general assumption that they account for lrt disease, especially in children under the age of years [ ] . pneumonia studies are complicated by the lack of a suitable control group; sputum is not produced from the healthy lower airway and needle aspiration, while a gold standard is also a hospital procedure with some risk [ ] . studies that are comprehensive and use sensitive molecular testing are also rare for the study of cap etiology. when used for cap investigations, pcr methods almost double the microbiological diagnoses over conventional culture and serology techniques, especially improving the identifi cation of mixed infections and fastidious viruses [ ] . rapid diagnosis aids management and helps make decisions about treatment, while prolonged searching for an etiological agent leads to further invasive testing [ , ] . at least a quarter of clinical cap cases remain unsupported by microbiological fi ndings [ , ] . infections causing pneumonia vary with age and vaccination status [ ] . viruses can be detected in up to % of infants ( - months of age) with pneumonia, and these cases follow a seasonal pattern [ , ] . bacteria can also be detected in over % of infants and older children, the elderly, and those with severe cap [ , ] . studies that predated the use of pcr pronounced hrsv, followed by hrvs, the major viral contributors to cap, with viruses comprising - % of childhood pneumonia cases [ , ] . in the pcr age, the role of hrvs has received increasing attention, and they are increasingly the major viral group detected from both urt and lrt (sputum) specimens of children with cap. this holds true even when studies extend across or more years, which presumably would account for seasonal variation in virus prevalence [ , , , ] . it is suspected that viruses such as hrv prepare the way for subsequent bacterial infection in some direct or indirect fashion [ , , , ] . there are laboratory data which support this [ ] as well as observational data showing a high proportion of hrvbacterial co-detections [ , ] . mixed infections including viruses are a possible cause of antibacterial treatment failure and sometimes a puzzle for physicians. mixed infections occur frequently in lrt diseases such as pneumonia, which is not surprising since new techniques make it clear that the lungs are not the sterile environments we once thought [ , , , ] . viral-bacterial coinfections can comprise % of patients, while viral-viral ( - %) and bacterial-bacterial ( - %) are much less common [ , , , , ] . hrsv or hrv is often co-detected with s. pneumoniae in urt samples [ , , ] . hrv detections dominate in younger children with pneumonia during peak hrv seasons, although frequently in co-detections with other viruses [ ] . acute bronchitis (less than -week duration in children) is defi ned as a sudden cough that often results from large airway infection and frequently involves viruses. croup or laryngotracheobronchitis (viral or recurrent [ ] ) is a common lrt illness in children that includes the trachea and larynx as well as the larger airways, resulting in a barking cough. patients with croup most often have a viral infection with some role for hrvs, although the extent of this is unclear [ , ] . despite testing, a third of cases remain without a viral etiology [ ] . tracheobronchitis resulted from some hrv-a infection of volunteers [ ] . chest pain and cough have been reported in half or more of adults with hrv infection [ ] as well as in children and adults with hrvs detected during exacerbations of bronchitis, with or without an associated ari [ , ] . bronchiolitis occurs seasonally, especially in winter, in infants ( - months of age), affecting the small peripheral bronchioles. winter is the peak season for hrsv circulation, but not usually for hrv. bronchiolitis is a clinical diagnosis encompassing various disease entities and is most often reported in association with detection of hrsv, a winter virus [ , ] . however, hrvs make up the majority of hrsv-negative bronchiolitis cases [ ] , and hrvs are co-detected with hrsv for which hospitalization is prolonged compared to cases positive for either virus alone [ ] . those children positive for an hrv during a clinically diagnosed bout of bronchiolitis have a signifi cantly higher risk of recurrent wheezing in the subsequent year than those in whom another virus is detected [ ] . hrvs were reported in over fi vefold more cases of bronchiolitis than hrsv among patients in a -year prospective cohort of very low birth weight infants in buenos aires, argentina [ ] . after a viral ari, some proportion of infections may be complicated by sinusitis (infl ammation of the sinus mucosa), the extent of which may be underestimated in children if the ari is mild and unattended by parents [ ] . symptoms may include sinus pain, headache, facial pain, discolored nasal discharge, postnasal drip, cough, sore throat, malaise, and sometimes fever (more so in children) [ , ] . the precise role for viruses and bacteria in sinusitis is still unclear [ ] . sinusitis is a common comorbidity in those with asthma [ ] . the in situ presence of hrv-b rna in maxillary sinus epithelium was reported in seven of adults with acute sinusitis [ ] . hrvs were also detected by pcr in half of adults with acute maxillary sinusitis; half of the hrv positives were negative for any bacteria [ ] . the common cold is often associated with computed tomographically confi rmed sinus cavity occlusion or abnormality in adults with self-diagnosed aris [ , ] . magnetic resonance imaging identifi ed reversible abnormalities of the paranasal sinuses in a third of healthy adult volunteers following challenge with hrv-a [ ] . further evidence of the tropism of hrvs for sinus tissue comes from it being, so far, the only successful host for in vitro hrv-c replication [ ] . culture-and serology-based testing has shown that virus infections in cystic fi brosis (cf) patients occur with the same prevalence as the general community, but the consequences of infection are more obvious or severe. these include deterioration of lung function, cough, increased expectoration and weight loss, and a synergistic increase in bacterial growth or acquisition of new bacterial infections [ , - ] . the mechanism behind the acquisition of new bacteria is still unknown and not always observed [ ] , but may involve a reduction in the host's immune response or viral damage to the respiratory epithelium. there is circumstantial evidence that hrv infections have been associated with respiratory exacerbations in cystic fi brosis patients [ , ] , albeit in very low numbers by nonmolecular studies [ ] and without a significantly different clinical outcome from non-hrv aris in these patients [ ] . molecular methods have not yet been applied regularly, thoroughly, and systematically, but they generally fi nd hrvs to be prominent among cf children with ari-associated respiratory exacerbation and involved in mixed viral-bacterial infections [ ] . hand washing and disinfectant wipes have been shown to be effective methods of interrupting transfer from fomites to the nose or to conjunctivae [ , , ] . however, with eye rubbing, face touching, and nose-picking occurring frequently [ , ] , self-inoculation often outpaces personal hygiene, particularly in the young. hand disinfection is frequently recommended for prevention of hrv infection but has not been supported by controlled clinical trials in a natural setting [ ] despite good results in experimental tests [ ] . ethanol-containing disinfectants were more effective than simple hand washing with soap and water for removal of hrv-a inoculum, as assessed by culture, and the inclusion of organic acids afforded a residual antiviral effect [ - ] . however, continual hand washing with extra ingredients resulted in skin irritation [ ] . the experimental testing [ , ] may have been biased by short study periods, the absence of a mucus carrier to mimic natural surface deposition and overly stringent control over virus application/hand disinfection compared with the natural study. additionally, the natural setting study used pcr [ ] which detects hrvs more often than culture. the disparity between outcomes may also refl ect the contribution of airborne hrv transmission. because of the absence of a vaccine or specifi c antiviral, the most popular method of intervention in uncomplicated hrv aris is treatment of the symptoms. this is achieved using analgesics, decongestants, antihistamines, and antitussives. due to a lack of studies, data are limited on the effectiveness of over-the-counter common cold medications for children [ ] . anticholinergic agents have proven useful to reduce rhinorrhea [ ] . for controlling symptoms in those with exacerbated asthma, most of which do not require hospitalization, bronchodilators and oral corticosteroids are the main treatments [ ] . the interruption of proinfl ammatory immune responses or specifi c signaling pathways using steroids, or other novel therapeutics, may prove to be a more robust approach for treating hrv infections; they have not been successful for hrsv [ ] . when initiated early in the illness, a combination of antiviral (ifn-α b) and anti-infl ammatory (chlorpheniramine) components showed promise for interrupting nasal viral replication and symptoms [ ] . antiviral agents (table . ) require early application to effectively precede the pathogenic immune response to hrv infection [ ] , but they often fail to reproduce their in vitro successes in vivo. most antirhinoviral drugs are based on capsid-binding agents (fig. . ) . additionally, oral delivery can complicate drug safety because this route increases the risk of systemic side effects compared to a nasal or topical route, but these risks must be considered alongside the disease to be treated; drug side effects are disproportionately severe compared to a common cold than to a severe asthma exacerbation. a systemic route is benefi cial if an effect is sought on hrv replication sites that are otherwise inaccessible, such as those not associated with respiratory tract illness [ ] . the recent discovery of the new species, hrv-c, has shone a bright light on how little was known about the hrvs. the hrv-cs and also the newly discovered hrv-as and hrv-bs are fastidious in culture, with a single report of hrv-c growth in primary sinus tissue, and the identity of a cellular receptor still unknown. thus, it is diffi cult to proceed in many areas, including basic virology, seroepidemiology, immunobiology, and antiviral testing. determination of the receptors for these new hrvs would aid the search for a more accessible culture system. there would be great interest in a vaccine for some or all of the hrvs, but with increasing evidence of the interactions between hrvs, their hosts, and other respiratory viruses, it may not be wise to interfere before we fully understand what the impact of losing a constantly circulating hrv challenge would be. antivirals specifi cally targeting the hrvs may be a better bet, but routine hrv testing and genotyping will fi rst need to be more widespread as surveillance for antiviral resistance will be an important component of monitoring the success of any intervention. studies to determine whether there are differences in clinical and immunobiological impact between the many different types are lacking but would greatly improve our ability to plan future routine testing, understand all the clinical responses to the diverse hrvs and to outbreaks of ari, and improve hrv epidemiology. it is interesting to note that the hrv-bs are signifi cantly underrepresented in hrv detections. we do not yet know their niche or clinical impact. it may be possible that hrv-bs are the most well adapted of the hrvs, causing little to no detectable clinical impact, or they may create a different impact than that which we expect, or they may be a species in decline. the jury remains out on whether hrvs cause or are involved in the development of asthma or merely trigger exacerbations once asthma is established. with a very high healthcare impact from asthma around the world and atopic conditions that may be exacerbated by hrvs on the rise, this is an important area for further investigations. picornavirus infections: a primer for the practitioner who estimates of the causes of death in children picornavirus infections in children diagnosed by rt-pcr during longitudinal surveillance with weekly sampling: association with symptomatic illness and effect of season cost burden of viral respiratory infections: issues for formulary decision makers the cost of communitymanaged viral respiratory illnesses in a cohort of healthy preschoolaged children epidemiology of viral respiratory infections serial viral infections in infants with recurrent respiratory illnesses community-wide, contemporaneous circulation of a broad spectrum of human rhinoviruses in healthy australian preschool-aged children during a -month period morbidity and treatment in general practice in australia incidence of acute otitis media and sinusitis complicating upper respiratory tract infection: the effect of age rhinovirus replication causes rantes production in primary bronchial epithelial cells rhinoviruses infect the lower airways mechanism of rhinovirusinduced changes in airway smooth muscle responsiveness rhinovirus enters but does not replicate inside monocytes or airway macrophages the ssrna genome of human rhinovirus induces a type i ifn response but fails to induce maturation in human monocyte-derived dendritic cells observations on the incidence and distribution of the common cold in a rural community during and transmission of the common cold to volunteers under controlled conditions. iv. specifi c immunity to the common cold the common cold a short history of the common cold the medical features of the papyrus ebers the common cold cold wars: the fi ght against the common cold in pursuit of the common cold. london: william heinemann medical books limited propagation of common-cold virus in tissue cultures the cultivation in human-embryo cells of a virus (d.c.) causing colds in man rhinoviruses: basis for a numbering system. i. hela cells for propagation and serologic procedures rhinoviruses: basis for a numbering system. ii serologic characterization of prototype strains a collaborative report: rhinoviruses-extension of the numbering system a collaborative report: rhinoviruses -extension of the numbering system from to frequent detection of human rhinoviruses, paramyxoviruses, coronaviruses, and bocavirus during acute respiratory tract infections clinical features and complete genome characterization of a distinct human rhinovirus genetic cluster, probably representing a previously undetected hrv species, hrv-c, associated with acute respiratory illness in children distinguishing molecular features and clinical characteristics of a putative new rhinovirus species, human rhinovirus c (hrv c) ratifi cation vote on taxonomic proposals to the international committee on taxonomy of viruses ratifi cation vote on taxonomic proposals to the international committee on taxonomy of viruses rhinoviruses and common colds a cytopathogenic agent isolated from naval recruits with mild respiratory illnesses the isolation of a new virus associated with respiratory clinical disease in humans classifi cation of the " " virus as echo and further study of its properties some virus isolations from common colds. i. experiments employing human volunteers a plaque method for assaying some viruses isolated from common colds problems in characterizing and identifying an apparently new virus found in association with mild respiratory disease in recruits relation between naturally acquired immunity and infectivity of two rhinoviruses in volunteers quantitative rhinovirus shedding patterns in volunteers short-duration exposure and the transmission of rhinoviral colds production of tracheobronchitis in volunteers with rhinovirus in a small-particle aerosol transmission of rhinovirus colds by self-inoculation reproducible plaquing system for rhinovirus serotypes in hela cells -agarose suspension micro-neutralization test for identifi cation of rhinovirus serotypes growth, plaque production and cationic stabilization of rhinovirus type (echovirus ) enhancement of rhinovirus plaque formation in human heteroploid cell cultures by magnesium and calcium an rna replication-center assay for high content image-based quantifi cations of human rhinovirus and coxsackievirus infections rhinoviruses replicate effectively at lower airway temperatures epidemiology of the common cold in military recruits with emphasis on infections by rhinovirus types a, , and two unclassifi ed rhinoviruses viruses as precipitants of asthma symptoms iii. rhinoviruses: molecular biology and prospects for future intervention characterization and classifi cation of echo -rhinovirus-coryzavirus agents rhinoviruses: a numbering system immunofl uorescence versus xtag multiplex pcr for the detection of respiratory picornavirus infections in children characterisation of a newly identifi ed human rhinovirus, hrv-qpm, discovered in infants with bronchiolitis a novel group of rhinoviruses is associated with asthma hospitalizations rhinovirus-induced modulation of gene expression in bronchial epithelial cells from subjects with asthma a diverse group of previously unrecognized human rhinoviruses are common causes of respiratory illness in infants molecular modeling, organ culture and reverse genetics for a newly identifi ed human rhinovirus c rhinovirus infections in an industrial population i. the occurrence of illness detection of rhinovirus in sinus brushings of patients with acute community-acquired sinusitis by reverse transcription-pcr epidemiology of documented viral respiratory infections and acute otitis media in a cohort of children followed from two to twenty-four months of age nested pcr for specifi c detection and rapid identifi cation of human picornaviruses improved detection of rhinoviruses in clinical samples by using a newly developed nested reverse transcription-pcr assay frequency and natural history of rhinovirus infections in adults during autumn a recently identifi ed rhinovirus genotype is associated with severe respiratory-tract infection in children in germany single versus dual respiratory virus infections in hospitalized infants: impact on clinical course of disease and interferon-gamma response communityacquired pathogens associated with prolonged coughing in children: a prospective cohort study a communitybased, time-matched, case-control study of respiratory viruses and exacerbations of copd detection of human rhinovirus rna in nasal washings by pcr real-time reverse transcription-pcr assay for comprehensive detection of human rhinoviruses rhinovirus viremia in children with respiratory infections high detection frequency and viral loads of human rhinovirus species a to c in fecal samples; diagnostic and clinical implications metagenomic analyses of viruses in stool samples from children with acute fl accid paralysis use of polymerase chain reaction for diagnosis of picornavirus infection in subjects with and without respiratory symptoms rhinovirus/enterovirus rna in tonsillar tissue of children with tonsillar disease quantifi cation of microorganisms: not human, not simple, not quick polymerase chain reaction amplifi cation of rhinovirus nucleic acids from clinical material new respiratory enterovirus and recombinant rhinoviruses among circulating strains typing of human rhinoviruses based on sequence variations in the ′ non-coding region relationship of upper and lower airway cytokines to outcome of experimental rhinovirus infection incidence, etiology, and symptomatology of upper respiratory illness in elite athletes environmental contamination with rhinovirus and transfer to fi ngers of healthy individuals by daily life activity prevalence of viral respiratory tract infections in children with asthma rapid detection of human rhinoviruses in nasopharyngeal aspirates by a microwell reverse transcription-pcr-hybridization assay human picornavirus and coronavirus rna in nasopharynx of children without concurrent respiratory symptoms role of respiratory viruses in acute upper and lower respiratory tract illness in the fi rst year of life respiratory viruses, symptoms, and infl ammatory markers in acute exacerbations and stable chronic obstructive pulmonary disease rhinovirus identifi cation by bgl i digestion of picornavirus rt-pcr amplicons detection of rhinovirus, respiratory syncytial virus and coronavirus infections in acute otitis media by reverse-transcriptase polymerase chain reaction effi cacy and safety of oral pleconaril for treatment of colds due to picornaviruses in adults: results of double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trials comparison of results of detection of rhinovirus by pcr and viral culture in human nasal wash specimens from subjects with and without clinical symptoms of respiratory illness early detection of acute rhinovirus infections by a rapid reverse transcription-pcr assay detection of rhinovirus and enterovirus in upper respiratory tract samples using a multiplex nested pcr polymerase chain reaction for human picornaviruses detection of respiratory syncytial virus, parainfl uenzavirus , adenovirus and rhinovirus sequences in respiratory tract of infants by polymerase chain reaction and hybridization detection of enteroviruses and rhinoviruses in clinical specimens by pcr and liquid-phase hybridization virological and serological analysis of rhinovirus infections during the fi rst two years of life in a cohort of children simultaneous detection of fourteen respiratory viruses in clinical specimens by two multiplex reverse transcription nested-pcr assays acute, chronic and persistent enterovirus and poliovirus infections: detection of viral genome by seminested pcr amplifi cation in culture-negative samples multicenter evaluation of a commercially available pcr assay for diagnosing enterovirus infection in a panel of cerebrospinal fl uid specimens improved detection of rhinoviruses in nasal and throat swabs by seminested rt-pcr effects of upper respiratory tract infections in patients with cystic fi brosis amplicon sequencing and improved detection of human rhinovirus in respiratory samples respiratory picornaviruses and respiratory syncytial virus as causative agents of acute expiratory wheezing in children detection of respiratory viruses with two-set multiplex reverse transcriptase-pcr assay using a dual priming oligonucleotide system usefulness of published pcr primers in detecting human rhinovirus infection differential detection of rhinoviruses and enteroviruses rna sequences associated with classical immunofl uorescence assay detection of respiratory virus antigens in nasopharyngeal swabs from infants with bronchiolitis amplifi cation of rhinovirus specifi c nucleic acids from clinical samples using the polymerase chain reaction newly identifi ed human rhinoviruses: molecular methods heat up the cold viruses multicode-plx system for multiplexed detection of seventeen respiratory viruses diagnostic system for rapid and sensitive differential detection of pathogens masstag polymerasechain-reaction detection of respiratory pathogens, including a new rhinovirus genotype, that caused infl uenza-like illness in new york state during different cytokine profi le and eosinophil activation are involved in rhinovirus-and rs virus-induced acute exacerbation of childhood wheezing development of a respiratory virus panel test for detection of twenty human respiratory viruses by use of multiplex pcr and a fl uid microbead-based assay comparison of three multiplex pcr assays for the detection of respiratory viral infections: evaluation of xtag respiratory virus panel fast assay, respifinder assay and respifinder smart assay diagnostic performance of two highly multiplexed respiratory virus assays in a pediatric cohort molecular diagnosis of respiratory virus infections microarray-based detection and genotyping of viral pathogens characterization of the viral microbiome in patients with severe lower respiratory tract infections, using metagenomic sequencing rapid multiserotype detection of human rhinoviruses on optically coated silicon surfaces rapid and sensitive detection of respiratory virus molecular signatures using a silver nanorod array sers substrate proposals for the classifi cation of human rhinovirus species c into genotypically-assigned types prospective genotyping of human rhinoviruses in children and adults during the winter of - differential processing of nuclear pore complex proteins by rhinovirus a proteases from different species and serotypes replication of rhinovirus rna the structure and replication of rhinoviruses the eif g-eif e complex is the target for direct cleavage by the rhinovirus a proteinase eukaryotic initiation factor gii (eif gii), but not eif gi, cleavage correlates with inhibition of host cell protein synthesis after human rhinovirus infection human rhinovirus infection of hela cells results in the proteolytic cleavage of the p cap-binding complex subunit and inactivates globin mrna translation in vitro inhibition of nuclear import and alteration of nuclear pore complex composition by rhinovirus rhinovirus c protease can localize in the nucleus and alter active and passive nucleocytoplasmic transport upper respiratory tract viral infection and mucociliary clearance els the complete nucleotide sequence of coxsackievirus a systematic nomenclature of picornavirus proteins the complete nucleotide sequence of a common cold virus: human rhinovirus human rhinovirus : complete nucleotide sequence and proteolytic processing signals in the capsid protein region the nucleotide sequence of human rhinovirus b: molecular relationships within the rhinovirus genus genome-wide diversity and selective pressure in the human rhinovirus new complete genome sequences of human rhinoviruses shed light on their phylogeny and genomic features genetic clustering of all human rhinovirus prototype strains: serotype is close to human enterovirus vp sequencing of all human rhinovirus serotypes: insights into genus phylogeny and susceptibility to antiviral capsid-binding compounds ref type: computer program) mega : molecular evolutionary genetics analysis using maximum likelihood, evolutionary distance, and maximum parsimony methods from sneeze to wheeze: what we know about rhinovirus cs recombination in the evolution of picornaviruses molecular characterization of human rhinovirus fi eld strains isolated during surveillance of enteroviruses phylogenetic relationships and molecular adaptation dynamics of human rhinoviruses recombination and selection in the evolution of picornaviruses and other mammalian positive-stranded rna viruses recombination of poliovirus rna proceeds in mixed replication complexes originating from distinct replication start sites the mechanism of rna recombination in poliovirus sequencing and analyses of all known human rhinovirus genomes reveals structure and evolution analysis of genetic diversity and sites of recombination in human rhinovirus species c structure of a human common cold virus and functional relationship to other picornaviruses crystal structure of human rhinovirus serotype a (hrv a) the structure of human rhinovirus human rhinovirus at . a resolution crystallization and preliminary x-ray analysis of human rhinovirus serotype (hrv ) picornavirus-receptor interactions alignment of capsid protein vp sequences of all human rhinovirus prototype strains: conserved motifs and functional domains full-length human immunodefi ciency virus type genomes from subtype c-infected seroconverters in india, with evidence of intersubtype recombination members of the low density lipoprotein receptor family mediate cell entry of a minor group common cold virus virus taxonomy: eighth report of the international committee in taxonomy of viruses the major and minor group receptor families contain all but one human rhinovirus serotype a probable new human picornavirus associated with respiratory diseases human rhinovirus identifi ed as human enterovirus by vp -based molecular diagnosis classifi cation and nomenclature of viruses: ninth report of the international committee for the taxonomy of viruses clinical characteristics and genetic variability of human rhinovirus in mexico prevalence of and risk factors for human rhinovirus infection in health aboriginal and non-aboriginal western australian children ′ noncoding region alone does not unequivocally determine genetic type of human rhinovirus strains some further virus isolations from common colds serotypes of viruses (rhinoviruses) isolated from common colds demonstration of dual rhinovirus infection in humans by isolation of different serotypes in human heteroploid (hela) and human diploid fi broblast cell cultures relationship of rhinovirus infection to mild upper respiratory disease rhinoviruses and respiratory disease viral cell recognition and entry human rhinovirus type infection via heparan sulfate is less effi cient and strictly dependent on low endosomal ph many rhinovirus serotypes share the same cellular receptor isolation of a monoclonal antibody that blocks attachment of the major group of human rhinoviruses the major human rhinovirus receptor is icam- a cell adhesion molecule, icam- , is the major surface receptor for rhinoviruses cell recognition and entry by rhino-and enteroviruses cdna cloning reveals that the major group rhinovirus receptor on hela cells is intercellular adhesion molecule structural studies of two rhinovirus serotypes complexed with fragments of their cellular receptor interferon-gamma (ifngamma) down-regulates the rhinovirus-induced expression of intercellular adhesion molecule- (icam- ) on human airway epithelial cells human rhinovirus type variants use heparan sulfate proteoglycan for cell attachment entry of a heparan sulphate-binding hrv variant strictly depends on dynamin but not on clathrin, caveolin, and fl otillin two groups of rhinoviruses revealed by a panel of antiviral compounds present sequence divergence and differential pathogenicity sequence analysis of human rhinoviruses in the rna-dependent rna polymerase coding region reveals within-species variation phylogenetic analysis of human rhinovirus capsid protein vp and a protease coding sequences confi rms shared genus-like relationships with human enteroviruses virus taxonomy. seventh report of the international committee for the taxonomy of viruses highly frequent infections with human rhinovirus in healthy young children: a longitudinal cohort study association between human rhinovirus c and severity of acute asthma in children challenges facing real-time pcr characterization of acute respiratory tract infections non-invasive sample collection for respiratory virus testing by multiplex pcr nasal swab versus nasopharyngeal aspirate for isolation of respiratory viruses studies with rhinoviruses in volunteers: production of illness, effect of naturally acquired antibody, and demonstration of a protective effect not associated with serum antibody rhinovirus transmission within families with children: incidence of symptomatic and asymptomatic infections rapid diagnosis of respiratory syncytial virus infections in immunocompromised adults epidemiology of the common cold patterns of illness in rhinovirus infections of military personnel rhinoviruses and respiratory illnesses in university students rhinovirus infections in an industrial population. iv. infections within families of employees during two fall peaks of respiratory illness epidemiology of infections with rhinovirus types and in a group of university of wisconsin student families the seattle virus watch. v. epidemiologic observation of rhinovirus infections, - in families with young children viruses in families spectrum of clinical illness in hospitalized patients with "common cold" virus infections epidemiology of acute lower respiratory disease in children spectrum of viruses and atypical bacteria in intercontinental air travelers with symptoms of acute respiratory infection incidence of respiratory viruses among travelers with a febrile syndrome returning from tropical and subtropical areas acute viral infections of upper respiratory tract in elderly people living in the community: comparative, prospective, population based study of disease burden acute respiratory illness in an american community: the tecumseh study etiology and clinical characterization of respiratory virus infections in adult patients attending an emergency department in beijing a modern miasma hypothesis and back-to-school asthma exacerbations seasonal variation in childhood asthma hospitalisations in finland, - descriptive epidemiology of asthma in trinidad, west indies the september epidemic of asthma hospitalization: school children as disease vectors distribution and seasonality of rhinovirus and other respiratory viruses in a crosssection of asthmatic children in trinidad, west indies respiratory infections in the american tropics viral etiologies of acute respiratory infections among hospitalized vietnamese children in ho chi minh city weekly monitoring of children with asthma for infections and illness during common cold seasons host and viral factors associated with severity of human rhinovirus-associated infant respiratory tract illness rhinovirus transmission one if by air, two if by hand viruses in communityacquired pneumonia in children aged less than years old: high rate of viral coinfection evidence from multiplex molecular assays for complex multipathogen interactions in acute respiratory infections human metapneumovirus in severe respiratory syncytial virus bronchiolitis dual infection of infants by human metapneumovirus and human respiratory syncytial virus is strongly associated with severe bronchiolitis dual respiratory virus infections human metapneumovirus infection in young children hospitalized with respiratory tract disease increased h n infection rate in children with asthma the association of newly identifi ed respiratory viruses with lower respiratory tract infections in korean children comparison of human metapneumovirus, respiratory syncytial virus and infl uenza a virus lower respiratory tract infections in hospitalized young children prevalence and clinical characteristics of human metapneumovirus infections in hospitalized infants in spain hmpv infections are frequently accompanied by co-infections etiology of communityacquired pneumonia in hospitalized school-aged children: evidence for high prevalence of viral infections the impact of dual viral infection in infants admitted to a pediatric intensive care unit associated with severe bronchiolitis rhinovirus infections of children in hospital; isolation of three possibly new rhinovirus serotypes do rhinoviruses reduce the probability of viral co-detection during acute respiratory tract infections? human bocavirus; multisystem detection raises questions about infection community epidemiology of human metapneumovirus, human coronavirus nl , and other respiratory viruses in healthy preschool-aged children using parent-collected specimens rhinovirus-associated hospitalizations in young children a systematic approach to virus-virus interactions induction of endogenous interferon by use of standard live vaccines for prevention of respiratory viral infections potential use of nonpathogenic enteroviruses for control of human disease increased risk of noninfl uenza respiratory virus infections associated with receipt of inactivated infl uenza vaccine some virus isolations from common colds. ii. virus interference in tissue cultures recovery and characterization of non-cytopathogenic rhinoviruses the formation of interferon during acute respiratory virus infection of volunteers broad spectrum respiratory pathogen analysis of throat swabs from military recruits reveals interference between rhinoviruses and adenoviruses comprehensive detection of causative pathogens using real-time pcr to diagnose pediatric community-acquired pneumonia persistence of rhinovirus and enterovirus rna after acute respiratory illness in children prolonged shedding of rhinovirus and re-infection in adults with respiratory tract illness presence of viral and bacterial pathogens in the nasopharynx of otitis-prone children. a prospective study chronic rhinoviral infection in lung transplant recipients persistence of rhinovirus rna after asthma exacerbation in children human rhinoviruses: coming in from the cold rhinoviruses are a major cause of wheezing and hospitalization in children less than years of age detection of viruses in human adenoid tissues by use of multiplex pcr clinical severity and molecular typing of human rhinovirus c strains during a fall outbreak affecting hospitalized patients human bocavirus detection in nasopharyngeal aspirates of children without clinical symptoms of respiratory infection a model for obtaining predictable natural transmission of rhinoviruses in human volunteers parenthood and host resistance to the common cold frequent detection of respiratory viruses without symptoms: toward defi ning clinically relevant cutoff values time lines of infection and disease in human infl uenza: a review of volunteer challenge studies the host response, not the virus, causes the symptoms of the common cold respiratory illness during winter: a cohort study of urban children from temperate australia predominance of rhinovirus in the nose of symptomatic and asymptomatic infants detection of human rhinovirus c viral genome in blood among children with severe respiratory infections in the philippines pneumonia and pericarditis in a child with hrv-c infection: a case report virological studies of sudden, unexplained infant deaths in glasgow - detection of human rhinovirus c in fecal samples of children with gastroenteritis localization of human rhinovirus replication in the upper respiratory tract by in situ hybridization sites of rhinovirus recovery after point inoculation of the upper airway shedding of infected ciliated epithelial cells in rhinovirus colds aerosol transmission of rhinovirus colds transmission of experimental rhinovirus colds in volunteer married couples correlation of rhinovirus load in the respiratory tract and clinical symptoms in hospitalized immunocompetent and immunocompromised patients association between interleukin- concentration in nasal secretions and severity of experimental rhinovirus colds an experimental model of rhinovirus induced chronic obstructive pulmonary disease exacerbations: a pilot study an investigation of the possible transmission of rhinovirus colds through indirect contact mechanisms of transmission of rhinovirus infections role of infectious secretions in the transmission of rhinovirus a study quantifying the hand-to-face contact rate and its potential application to predicting respiratory tract infection the complex epidemiology of respiratory virus infections studies of experimental rhinovirus type infections in polar isolation and in england hand-to-hand transmission of rhinovirus colds exhalation of respiratory viruses by breathing, coughing, and talking a new method for sampling and detection of exhaled respiratory virus aerosols detection of airborne rhinovirus and its relation to outdoor air supply in offi ce environments detection of respiratory viruses on air fi lters from aircraft the cold case: are rhinoviruses perfectly adapted pathogens? ifn-g-induced protein is a novel biomarker of rhinovirus-induced asthma exacerbations the type i interferon response during viral infections: a "swot" analysis antiviral innate immunity pathways type iii interferon (ifn) induces a type i ifn-like response in a restricted subset of cells through signaling pathways involving both the jak-stat pathway and the mitogen-activated protein kinases interferons and viruses: an interplay between induction, signalling, antiviral responses and virus countermeasures viral stress-inducible genes rhinovirus induces airway epithelial gene expression through double-stranded rna and ifndependent pathways the interferon response circuit: induction and suppression by pathogenic viruses il- and ifn-alpha regulate the expression of mxa, ′, ′-oas and pkr genes in association with the activation of raf-mek-erk and pi k-akt signal pathways in hepg . . cells the interferon-inducible rna helicase, mda- , is involved in measles virus-induced expression of antiviral cytokines rig-i is cleaved during picornavirus infection human rhinovirus attenuates the type i interferon response by disrupting activation of interferon regulatory factor attenuation of the type i interferon response in cells infected with human rhinovirus mda- is cleaved in poliovirus-infected cells interferons: signaling, antiviral and viral evasion sensing of rna viruses: a review of innate immune receptors involved in recognizing rna virus invasion viral infections and atopy in asthma pathogenesis: new rationales for asthma prevention and treatment innate and adaptive immune responses to viral infection and vaccination principles of intracellular viral recognition viruses and toll-like receptors human rhinovirus recognition in non-immune cells is mediated by toll-like receptors and mda- , which trigger a synergetic pro-infl ammatory immune response toll-like receptor function is reduced in adolescents with asthma modulation of the immune system by human rhinoviruses diversity in the bronchial epithelial cell response to infection with different rhinovirus strains host defense function of the airway epithelium in health and disease: clinical background the common cold at the turn of the millennium relationship of viral infections to wheezing illnesses and asthma innate and adaptive immune responses in asthma microrna- limits in vivo immune response-mediated activation of the il- /ifn-gamma pathway, th polarization, and the severity of delayed-type hypersensitivity a defective type response to rhinovirus in atopic asthma acute severe asthma innate immunity in the pathogenesis of virusinduced asthma exacerbations hay fever, hygiene, and household size family size, infection and atopy: the fi rst decade of the "hygiene hypothesis microbial manipulation of immune function for asthma prevention rhinovirus c protease precursors cd and cd' localize to the nuclei of infected cells human rhinovirus a proteinase cleavage sites in eukaryotic initiation factors (eif) gi and eif gii are different rhinovirus a proteinase mediated stimulation of rhinovirus rna translation is additive to the stimulation effected by cellular rna binding proteins human major group rhinoviruses downmodulate the accessory function of monocytes by inducing il- rhinovirus-induced lower respiratory illness is increased in asthma and related to virus load and th / cytokine and il- production interleukin- : stimulation in vivo and in vitro by respiratory viruses and induction of airways hyperresponsiveness nasal-secretion leukocyte populations determined by fl ow cytometry during acute rhinovirus infection expression of intercellular adhesion molecule- (icam- ) in nasal epithelial cells of atopic subjects: a mechanism for increased rhinovirus infection? rhinovirus infection of human embryonic lung fi broblasts induces the production of a chemoattractant for polymorphonuclear leukocytes immune responses to viral infections: relevance for asthma the role of nasal secretion and serum antibody in the rhinovirus common cold an elisa for the detection of rhinovirus specifi c antibody in serum and nasal secretion analysis of nasal secretions during experimental rhinovirus upper respiratory infections further characterization of the local respiratory tract antibody response induced by intranasal instillation of inactivated rhinovirus vaccine the time course of the humoral immune response to rhinovirus infection evaluation of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay that measures rhinovirusspecifi c antibodies in human sera and nasal secretions effect of rhinovirus infection on cellular immune parameters in allergic and nonallergic subjects rhinovirus infections in tecumseh, michigan: frequency of illness and number of serotypes antibody to rhinovirus in human sera. ii. heterotypic responses homologous and heterologous resistance to rhinovirus common cold antigenic groupings of rhinovirus serotypes antigenic variation among strains of rhinovirus type hyper-antigenic variation occurs with human rhinovirus type antigenic variation of rhinovirus type isolation of rhinovirus intertypes related to either rhinoviruses and or and is a rhinovirus vaccine possible? allergens, viruses, and asthma exacerbations viruses and bacteria in the etiology of the common cold effect of the infl uenza a/h n pandemic on viral respiratory infections in the fi rst year of life lower respiratory tract infection induced by a genetically modifi ed picornavirus in its natural murine host viruses as precipitants of asthma symptoms ii. physiology and mechanisms infl uenza vaccination: policy versus evidence: no gap between policy and evidence mechanisms of symptoms of the common cold and infl uenza mechanisms of the symptoms of rhinosinusitis kinins are generated in nasal secretions during natural rhinovirus colds european position paper on rhinosinusitis and nasal polyps european position paper on rhinosinusitis and nasal polyps . a summary for otorhinolaryngologists development of a predictive index for picornavirus infections frequent detection of respiratory viruses by real-time pcr in adenoid samples from asymptomatic children rhinovirus infections in an industrial population. ii. characteristics of illness and antibody response prevalence of asthma symptoms and atopic disorders in preschool children and the trend over a decade acute exacerbations of asthma: epidemiology, biology and the exacerbation-prone phenotype gene-environment interactions in asthma viral infections and asthma inception rhinovirus infections more than a common cold community study of role of viral infections in exacerbations of asthma in - year old children respiratory viruses and exacerbations of asthma in adults rhinovirus and respiratory syncytial virus in wheezing children requiring emergency care virus-induced eosinophil mediator release requires antigen-presenting and cd + t cells the etiologic and epidemiologic spectrum of bronchiolitis in pediatric practice role of viral infection and host factors in acute episodes of asthma and chronic bronchitis the association of viral and bacterial respiratory infections with exacerbations of wheezing in young asthmatic children how viral infections cause exacerbation of airway diseases viruses as precipitants of asthma symptoms. i. epidemiology the childhood origins of asthma (coast) study viral infection in wheezy bronchitis and asthma in children viral specimen collection by parents increases response rate in populationbased virus studies rhinovirus illnesses during infancy predict subsequent childhood wheezing tlr -and th cytokinedependent production of thymic stromal lymphopoietin in human airway epithelial cells role of viruses and bacteria in acute wheezy bronchitis in childhood: a study of sputum greater frequency of viral respiratory infections in asthmatic children as compared with their nonasthmatic siblings asthma exacerbations in children are associated with rhinovirus but not human metapneumovirus infection role of viral infections, atopy and antiviral immunity in the etiology of wheezing exacerbations among children and young adults synergism between allergens and viruses and risk of hospital admission with asthma: case-control study viruses as precipitants of asthmatic attacks in children viral respiratory infections in asthmatic children staying in a mountain resort defective epithelial barrier function in asthma rhinovirus infection-induced alteration of tight junction and adherens junction components in human nasal epithelial cells enhanced severity of virus associated lower respiratory tract disease in asthma patients may not be associated with delayed viral clearance and increased viral load in the upper respiratory tract prevalence and clinical characterization of a newly identifi ed human rhinovirus c species in children with acute respiratory tract infection effect of upper respiratory tract infection on eustachian tube ventilatory function in the preschool child the antiviral compound enviroxime targets the a coding region of rhinovirus and poliovirus importance of respiratory viruses in acute otitis media prevalence of various respiratory viruses in the middle ear during acute otitis media respiratory virus infection as a cause of prolonged symptoms in acute otitis media is acute otitis media a treatable disease? antimicrobials for acute otitis media? a review from the international primary care network a placebo-controlled trial of antimicrobial treatment for acute otitis media a longitudinal study of respiratory viruses and bacteria in the etiology of acute otitis media with effusion role of viruses in middle-ear disease infl uenza vaccination in the prevention of acute otitis media in children effi cacy of a pneumococcal conjugate vaccine against acute otitis media rhinovirus in acute otitis media temporal relationships between colds, upper respiratory viruses detected by polymerase chain reaction, and otitis media in young children followed through a typical cold season presence of viral nucleic acids in the middle ear: acute otitis media pathogen or bystander? rhinovirus in adenoid tissue effects of rhinovirus infection on the adherence of streptococcus pneumoniae to cultured human airway epithelial cells diagnosis of pathogens in exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease overview of virus-induced airway disease virological studies in chronic bronchitis identifying viral infections in vaccinated chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd) patients using clinical features and infl ammatory markers. infl uenza other respi viruses viral pneumonia viral pneumoniae in children: incidence and aetiology community-acquired viral pneumonia childhood community-acquired pneumonia community-acquired pneumonia in children etiological diagnosis of childhood pneumonia by use of transthoracic needle aspiration and modern microbiological methods improved diagnosis of the etiology of community-acquired pneumonia with real-time polymerase chain reaction diagnosis and management of pneumonia in children viruses and bacteria in sputum samples of children with community-acquired pneumonia a study of pneumonia in a rural area in southern alabama respiratory viruses augment the adhesion of bacterial pathogens to respiratory epithelium in a viral species-and cell type-dependent manner etiology of communityacquired pneumonia in hospitalized children atypical bacterial infections explained by a concomitant virus infection metagenomic analysis of respiratory tract dna viral communities in cystic fi brosis and non-cystic fi brosis individuals evolution of the df cftr mutation the viral aetiology of croup and recurrent croup croup: an -year study in a pediatric practice rhinovirus neutralizing antibody responses and their measurement rhinovirus infection in acute exacerbations of chronic bronchitis: a controlled prospective study respiratory syncytial virus, human bocavirus and rhinovirus bronchiolitis in infants rhinovirus bronchiolitis and recurrent wheezing: -year follow-up prospective multicenter study of viral etiology and hospital length of stay in children with severe bronchiolitis human rhinoviruses in severe respiratory disease in very low birth weight infants intranasal fl unisolide spray as an adjunct to oral antibiotic therapy for sinusitis respiratory illness caused by picornavirus infection: a review of clinical outcomes rhinitis, sinusitis, and asthma rhinovirus rna in the maxillary sinus epithelium of adult patients with acute sinusitis computed tomographic study of the common cold physiologic abnormalities in the paranasal sinuses during experimental rhinovirus colds viral infections of the respiratory tract in patients with cystic fi brosis respiratory infections in cystic fi brosis patients caused by virus, chlamydia and mycoplasma -possible synergism with pseudomonas aeruginosa clinical manifestations of exacerbations of cystic fi brosis associated with nonbacterial infections association of respiratory viral infections with pulmonary deterioration in patients with cystic fi brosis the role of respiratory viruses in cystic fi brosis rhinovirus c and respiratory exacerbations in children with cystic fi brosis infective respiratory exacerbations in young adults with cystic fi brosis: role of viruses and atypical microorganisms a randomized trial of the effi cacy of hand disinfection for prevention of rhinovirus infection effectiveness of hand sanitizers with and without organic acids for removal of rhinovirus from hands effi cacy of organic acids in hand cleansers for prevention of rhinovirus infections virucidal hand treatments for prevention of rhinovirus infection over-the-counter cold medications: a critical review of clinical trials between and ipratropium nasal spray: a new treatment for rhinorrhea in the common cold a -versus -day course of oral corticosteroids for children with asthma exacerbations who are not hospitalised: a randomised controlled trial combined antiviralantimediator treatment for the common cold in vitro antiviral activity and single-dose pharmacokinetics in humans of a novel, orally bioavailable inhibitor of human rhinovirus c protease treatment of picornavirus infections the common cold: control? uncommon(ly considered) manifestations of infection with rhinovirus, agent of the common cold intranasal interferon-a treatment of experimental rhinoviral colds human tolerance and histopathologic effects of long-term administration of intranasal interferon-a safety and effi cacy of intranasal pirodavir (r ) in experimental rhinovirus infection combating enterovirus replication: state-of-the-art on antiviral research rhinovirus chemotherapy a comparison of the anti-rhinoviral drug binding pocket in hrv and hrv a a new oral rhinovirus inhibitor bta human rhinovirus c protease as a potential target for the development of antiviral agents in vitro resistance studies of rupintrivir, a novel inhibitor of human rhinovirus c protease effi cacy of tremacamra, a soluble intercellular adhesion molecule , for experimental rhinovirus infection inhibitory effects of tiotropium on rhinovirus infection in human airway epithelial cells levofl oxacin inhibits rhinovirus infection in primary cultures of human tracheal epithelial cells pellino- selectively regulates epithelial cell responses to rhinovirus azithromycin induces antiviral responses in bronchial epithelial cells suggested reading newly identifi ed human rhinoviruses: molecular methods heat up the cold viruses do rhinoviruses reduce the probability of viral codetection during acute respiratory tract infections? human rhinoviruses: the cold wars resume proposals for the classifi cation of human rhinovirus species c into genotypically-assigned types cold wars: the fi ght against the common cold acknowledgments we wish to sincerely thank the following for valuable discussions: john upham, anne chang, danielle wurzel, michael nissen, ron turner james gern, and stephen b. liggett. we are grateful for the extreme patience of corin and ronan mackay, slightly less so for their frequent provision of our fi rsthand experience in hrv clinical symptoms. key: cord- -cqtpj m authors: ramcharan, robin title: intellectual property and human security date: - - journal: international intellectual property law and human security doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: cqtpj m this chapter discusses the interrelatedness between intellectual property and human security. there are two sides of this interrelationship. in the first place, ip issues are closely related to the hard security of nations. in the second place, the application of the regime of international intellectual property laws can help promote economic and social development and, at the same time, can result in major hardships when it comes to protection of the right to life and realization of the rights to health, food, and education. in the pages that follow, different aspects of these issues are explored. this chapter takes an in-depth look at the relationship between iprs and human security. it examines the nature of security and the contemporary understanding of the term "security", which now encompasses "human security". whereas the term security had been applied to states traditionally it now encompasses the individual as an object of security. iprs are discussed in the framework of human security, which has placed emphasis on fundamental human rights and the right to development. this chapter discusses the interrelatedness between intellectual property and human security. there are two sides of this interrelationship. in the first place, ip issues are closely related to the hard security of nations. in the second place, the application of the regime of international intellectual property laws can help promote economic and social development and, at the same time, can result in major hardships when it comes to protection of the right to life and realization of the rights to health, food, and education. in the pages that follow, different aspects of these issues are explored. the term "security" is widely accepted as encompassing three levels: individual or human, national and international. the nature of threats have moved well beyond cold war era geo-political concerns of soviet-usa balance of power and see buzan and ramcharan . no longer can state security be limited to protecting borders, institutions, values, and people from external aggressive or adversarial designs. the spread of deadly infectious diseases, massive forced population movements, human rights violations, famine, political oppression and chronic conditions of deprivation threaten human security and, in turn, state security. a debate has been raging on the confines of the human security concept, since its popularization by the undp's human development report of , about the utility of an expansive definition of human security for theorizing about security. one the one hand, an expansive definition has seen the human security paradigm being applied to a wide range of contemporary problems affecting individuals, communities, states, and global society. these include environmental problems, humanitarian intervention, underdevelopment, small arms proliferation, and so on. on the other hand, theory-inclined scholars have questioned the utility of an expansive definition for the purposes of theorizing about security. some scholars have warned against "overstretch". from a policy perspective, taylor owen, has warned that this was corroding the impact of human security on the un landscape. three approaches to human security have emerged since : ( ) a rightsbased approach anchored in the rule of law and treaty-based solutions to human security, that believes that new human rights norms and convergent national standards can be developed by international institutions; ( ) a humanitarian conception of human security, according to which the safety of peoples is the paramount objective, and links human security to preventive and post-conflict peace building; and ( ) a sustainable human development conception, which draws on the undp's report. kaldor has distinguished between the canadian government's approach, namely "security of the individual as opposed to the states'" but with primary emphasis on security in the face of political violence and the undp approach. the latter has emphasized the importance of development as a security strategy. a japanese commission on human security (chs) initiated discussions on the "responsibility for development"-freedom from want and human security as development became a topic of the reform agendas at the un and in regional organizations (eu). owen has warned that there has been a failure to distinguish clearly between human development and human security and that there is a lack of distinction between human rights and human security, both of which are detrimental on the un landscape. sorpong peou has warned that we must not make the human security concept too elastic and amorphous. from a political science theory perspective, he has cautioned that scholars must not carelessly combine competing insights from different theoretical perspectives, rendering our arguments unintelligible. "there are limits to eclecticism or pluralism. if possible, clear theoretical statements should be made to allow us to test our theoretical insights against empirical evidence or to keep critically evaluating our normative commitment to human security." in order for human security to be more useful, mary kaldor has argued for a "global conversation" about human security, "the transformation of the social relations of warfare and the character of threats we face." the key to dealing with "new wars is the reconstruction of political legitimacy around the ideas about human rights and global civil society that were reinvented in the last decades of the cold war." kaldor noted that millions of people live in daily fear of violence and new wars were increasingly intertwined with global risks-disease, natural disasters, poverty, and homelessness. her work sought to develop new proposals to address gaps in understanding of "war", which is still influenced by the example of world war i and world war ii. for kaldor, human security is about the security of individuals and communities rather than the security of states, and it combines both human rights and human development. mcfarlane and khong agree with the notion that the individual's security is not subordinate to that of the state and that this pre-dates the undp report. indeed, they have shown that it is pervasive throughout the international human rights instruments that were drafted during the cold war. however, they limit their definition of human security to protection from violence. this reflects a concern among scholars and policymakers that human security remain relevant and useful for policy making, just as the concept of "national security" has been. "this concern is reflected in glasius and kaldor's attempt to reconcile internal and external security", now held to be inseparable. they sought to define a global security agenda for europe, nato, and the us. they drew upon amartya sen's work on development as freedom and focus on the "downside risks", that is "the insecurities that threaten human survival or the safety of daily life, or imperil the natural dignity of men and women, or expose human beings to the uncertainty disease and pestilence, or subject vulnerable people to abrupt penury." they have contrasted these to an expansive view of human security as human rights as owen , . peou , . kaldor macfarlane and khong , . glasius and kaldor , - . id., . suggested by bertrand ramcharan, who served as un high commissioner for human rights, and note that violations of the right to food, health and housing, even grave and massive ones, are not commonly recognized as belonging to the category of jus cogens norms like genocide, large-scale torture, inhuman and degrading treatment, disappearances, slavery, crimes against humanity, and war crimes as defined by icc. the moral case for europe's interest in human security outside its borders was founded simply on 'our common humanity', which posits that human beings have a right to live with dignity and security, and a concomitant obligation to help each other when that security is threatened. it was also founded on the legal consideration that articles and of the un charter enjoin states to promote universal respect for, and observance of human rights. the development and human rights perspectives were two sides of the same coin: both were rooted in the philosophical approach that privileges the search for substantive equality and justice. these stood at the heart of the human rights movement and the attendant international legal regime that guarantee such rights. the commission on human security, in , defined human security as the protection of the vital core of all human lives in ways that enhance human freedoms and human fulfillment. human security meant protecting fundamental freedoms-freedoms that were the essence of life. it meant protecting people from critical (severe) and pervasive (widespread) threats and situations. it meant using processes that build on people's strengths and aspirations. it meant creating political, social, environmental, economic, military and cultural systems that together give people the building blocks of survival, livelihood, and dignity. human security reinforced human dignity. human security complemented state security in four respects: its concern was the individual and the community rather than the state. menaces to people's security included threats and conditions that had not always been classified as threats to state security. the range of actors was expanded beyond the state alone. achieving human security included not just protecting people but also empowering people to fend for themselves. the commission on human security proposed a new framework-a human security framework-to address the conditions and threats people face at the start of the twenty-first century. human security was 'people-centred', focusing the attention of institutions on human beings and communities elsewhere. by placing people at the center, the human security approach called for enhancing and redirecting policies and institutions. human rights and human development had reoriented legal, economic and social actions to consider their objectives from the perspective of their effect of people. recognizing the interdependence and interlinkages among the world's people, the human security approach built on these efforts, seeking to forge alliances that could wield much greater force together than alone. ibid. commission on human security , . human security, the commission added, was also concerned with deprivation: from extreme impoverishment, pollution, ill health, illiteracy, and other maladies. catastrophic accident and illness ranked among the primary worries of the poorand understandably, because of their toll on human lives-causing more than million preventable deaths in . educational deprivations were particularly serious for human security. without education, men and especially women were disadvantaged as productive workers, as fathers and mothers, as citizens capable of social change. without social protection, personal injury or economic collapse could catapult families into penury and desperation. all such losses affected people's power to fend for themselves. each menace, terrible on its own, justified attention. yet to address this range of insecurities effectively demanded an integrated approach. human security, in the view of the commission, was deliberately protective. it recognized that people and communities are deeply threatened by events largely beyond their control: a financial crisis, a violent conflict, chronic destitution, a terrorist attack, hiv/aids, underinvestment in health care, water shortages, and pollution from a distant land. to protect people-the first key to human security-their basic rights and freedoms must be upheld. to do so, required concerted efforts to develop national and international norms, processes and institutions, which must address insecurities in ways that are systematic not makeshift, comprehensive not compartmentalized, and preventive not reactive. human security helped identify gaps in the infrastructure of protection as well as ways to strengthen or improve it. as many as million people in the developing world and at least million people in developed and transition countries lived without enough food. these people suffered daily hunger, malnutrition, and food insecurity even though most national food supplies are adequate. the problem was lack of entitlement to food and access to adequate food supply. food insecurity and hunger undermined a person's dignity and well-being. human security, the commission urged, should be mainstreamed in the agendas of international, regional, and national security organizations. the growing inequity between and within countries affected displacement patterns. as long as inequity and imbalances between labor demand and supply were growing among countries, people would continue to seek every opportunity to better their livelihoods. measures to ensure that there was adequate social protection for all, including the working poor and those not in paid work are critical. disease and poverty went hand in hand. so, too, do disease and conflict. good health was both essential and instrumental to achieving human security. it was essential id., . id., . id., . id., . id., . id., . id., . because the very heart of security was protecting human lives. health security was at the vital core of human security-and illness, disability and avoidable death are critical pervasive threats to human security. health included not just the absence of disease, but also a state of complete physical, mental, and social well-being. health was both objective physical wellness and subjective psychosocial wellbeing and confidence about the future. one may ask: why 'securitise' intellectual property? this is a logical and natural consequence of the human security agenda of the international community that places individuals at the center of security. objections may come from academics who long for a concept of security that allows for the development of neat theories of national and international security. but the complexity of security studies no longer allows for this, a point made amply clear by the field of critical security studies. the term 'security' injects a sense of urgency into the inquiry and securitization may also perhaps serve as a guide to policy making and allocation of resources. jonathan ban has suggested two analytical tools for thinking about national (threats to the state, national interests, and state power), international (interconnectivity of states' security), and global security (social development, public health, environmental protection human rights, and other such global issues). first, threats can be characterized as either direct or indirect to determine the immediacy or tangential concern for security planners. second, a risk-based approach could provide a framework to characterize the degree to which problems like health concerns represent threats to security. securitization also serves to bring intellectual property into the mainstream of the field of international relations, which is increasingly characterized by feuds over knowledge. in an increasingly globalized world, spearheaded by revolutions in communications technology as exemplified by global internet communication, geo-economic competition between nation-states have become as important or perhaps even more important as trade relations between nations deepen. paradoxically, while freer trade between nations is touted as a means of ensuring that wars become a phenomenon of the past, the deepening of trade relations between nations often leads to ferocious competition between economies as each seeks to preserve its competitive advantage or to protect particular industries. moreover, in the so-called knowledge economy, where information is a prized asset, nations seek to maintain a stranglehold on information, which they perceive as vital to their economic well-being. the protection of intellectual property thus takes on a different dimension when viewed in this light, as it is not only an asset in and of itself, but the protection of state and privately owned intellectual property assets may provide significant competitive advantages to nations. where the well being of one id., . see peoples and vaughan-williams and baylis et al. for an overview of the field of security studies. ban , - . sorensen , bergsten nation depends on access to technology in another, ip is of vital importance. sadako and cels have noted the fact that many of the poorest countries and people are excluded from technological and knowledge-based advances. in order to meet "the challenges that the current intellectual property rights regime poses to health security requires new thinking about the ownership of knowledge, health as a human right, and effective market and institutional structures to protect incentives as well as lives." clearly, the concept of security has 'broadened' (to include non-military threats) and has 'deepened' (to include security of individuals and groups). the study of security, therefore, encompasses many aspects of human activity. the founding editors of the journal international security (is) noted in the first issue in that the view of international security taken then was one which embraced "all of those factors which have a direct bearing on the structure of the nation state system and the sovereignty of its members, with particular emphasis on the use, threat and control of force." steven miller, editor in chief of is, noted that he and his predecessors had aspired "to reflect the inherently multidisciplinary character of the field." what then, is the relationship between ip and the security of the individual, the state, and the international community? the concern with national and human security is apparent in some intellectual property treaties. article ( ) of the trips agreement stipulates that "patents shall be available for any inventions, whether products or processes, in all fields of technology, provided that they are new, involve an inventive step and are capable of industrial application." according to para : members may exclude from patentability inventions, the prevention within their territory of the commercial exploitation of which is necessary to protect ordre public or morality, including to protect human, animal or plant life or health or to avoid serious prejudice to the environment, provided that such exclusion is not made merely because the exploitation is prohibited by their law. carvalho has noted that the rationale for exclusion of patentability on grounds of ordre public or morality is often misunderstood to mean "that patentability should be excluded whenever the technology puts health at risk or offends public morality." following this logic, it would appear that there is a line beyond which research should not cross. the fallacy of this line of reasoning is exposed when one considers that "patents alone are not sufficient to promote technology". indeed, technology will evolve with our without patents. the term "order public or morality" was borrowed from article (a) of the european patent convention (epc). the european board of appeals has understood the term to mean "not whether certain living organisms are excluded [from patentability] as such but rather whether or not the publication or exploitation of an invention relating to a particular organism is to be considered contrary to "ordre public" or morality". rather, the board defined the concept of ordre public "as covering the protection of public security and integrity of individuals as part of society. it also encompassed the protection of the environment". accordingly inventions, that would likely seriously prejudice the environment were to be excluded from patentability as being contrary to ordre public. the latter term "is linked to a notion of security, both collective and individual". carvalho has noted that trips article , titled "security exceptions", has acknowledged the same concept of security in the light of which "exclusions from patentability do not require any sort of justification or objective test (such as the necessity to prevent the invention's commercial exploitation)". article states that nothing in the trips agreement shall be construed: (a) to require a member to furnish any information, the disclosure of which it considers contrary to its essential security interests; or (b) to prevent a member from taking any action which it considers necessary for the protection of its essential security interests; (i) relating to fissionable materials or the materials from which they are derived; (ii) relating to the traffic in arms, ammunition and implements of war and to such traffic in other goods and materials as is carried on directly or indirectly for the purpose of supplying a military establishment; (iii) taken in time of war or other emergency in international relations; or (c) to prevent a member from taking any action in pursuance of its obligations under the united nations charter for the maintenance of international peace and security. in the same context, a "security exception" is mentioned in article of the patent law treaty (plt) of june , which stipulates that "[n]othing in this treaty and the regulations shall limit the freedom of a contracting party to take any action it deems necessary for the preservation of essential security interests". in the context of the wider scope of national and international security concerns, article of the trips agreement is noteworthy in that it takes into account public health concerns. it stipulates that: . members may, in formulating or amending their laws and regulations, adopt measures necessary to protect public health and nutrition, and to promote the public interest in ibid. however, article ( ) calls for "appropriate measures" consistent with trips, to be taken to "prevent the abuse of intellectual property rights by right holders or the resort to practices which unreasonably restrain trade or adversely affect the international transfer of technology". a significant aspect of transfer of technology is the publication of technical details of an invention. article ( ) of the trips agreement set forth that: members shall require that an applicant for a patent shall disclose the invention in a manner sufficiently clear and complete for the invention to be carried out by a person skilled in the art and may require the applicant to indicate the best mode for carrying out the invention known to the inventor at the filing date or, where priority is claimed, at the priority date of the application. among the genuine and urgent security concerns in recent times is the threat of aids (acquired immune deficiency syndrome). persons afflicted by this and other deadly viruses cannot wait for compulsory licensing schemes or for contracts to be negotiated on favorable pricing schemes as their lives hang in the balance. the commission on human security recognized that the burden of hiv/aids is overwhelmingly concentrated among the poorest people in the poorest regions. hiv/aids decreases the ability of affected individuals to work and increases their health care costs, resulting in greater financial strain on their households. national disease surveillance and control systems should be strengthened and then networked into a global system. health empowerment and protection depend on reliable and up-to-date data and analysis and a capacity to act in response to information. central to health and human security, therefore, are systems to collect and deploy information for detecting disease threats, monitoring their changes, and guiding control efforts. all surveillance and control activities ultimately depend on people and local communities, but national and international systems are needed to empower people and communities. health and human security are central matters of human survival in the twentyfirst century. knowledge and technology can make a difference. the challenges are to make tools and knowledge accessible while promoting incentives and commission on human security , . id., . structures for the production of new knowledge. social action was needed to deploy that knowledge for health and human security. education and knowledge may enable groups to identify common problems and act in solidarity with others. four priorities for action are promoting a global commitment to basic education; protecting students' human security at and through school; equipping people for action and democratic engagement; teaching mutual respect. access to information and skills allowed people to learn how to address concerns that directly affect their security. knowledge, education, and democratic engagement were inseparable-and essential. free and diverse information media can provide individuals with the knowledge required to exercise their rights and to influence-or challenge-the policies of the state and other actors. there is an urgent need for institutional arrangements to make inexpensive and affordable generic drugs available to the developing countries that need them most. community-based health initiatives, community-based health care, and selfinsurance schemes are fundamental to this progress. the world urgently needs primary health services and national disease surveillance systems. it is important to develop an efficient and equitable system for patent rights. global flows of knowledge and technology are increasing under the wto. in november , the wto's doha ministerial declaration recognized the challenges facing developing countries. a number of important drugs do not have patent limitations. but for those that do, current international rules governing intellectual property leave many of the poorest people in the world unable to use the drugs. because so many lives were at stake there was an urgent need for institutional arrangements to make inexpensive and affordable generic drugs available to the developing countries that need them most. developing countries that currently export generic medicines-such as brazil, china, and india-were obliged to comply by january with the wto requirements that generic medicines be used domestically only. they cannot be exported, even to other countries with similar emergencies that may not be able to produce medicines on their own. if a country has insufficient manufacturing capacity to produce medicines domestically, it will have to rely on expensive patented medicines for health needs-unless the rules are changed. on the positive side, the wto has recognized public health emergencies as requiring special provisions. the doha round affirmed the rights of governments to grant 'compulsory licenses' allowing the domestic production of essential medicines, when they are covered by patent, and to purchase 'parallel imports' from legitimate international sources during national emergencies, including the hiv/ aids pandemic. further the ministers at doha agreed that the least developed countries would not be required to offer patent protection on pharmaceutical products id., . id., . id., . . balancing public and private rights: intellectual property and human security until . because many poor countries did not have sufficient manufacturing capacity, their exercise of compulsory licensing and parallel imports depends on international sources. if other developing countries cannot export essential emergency medicines and vaccines under the wto, the exercise of emergency measures will be nominal, not real. the doha round of trade talks is not yet completed years on. moreover, matthew kennedy noted the slow pace of acceptance of the protocol amending the trips agreement ( ) that would allow the doha agreements to come into effect. according to the commission on human security, three challenging issues that needed to be resolved were the following: clarifying the definition of "insufficient manufacturing capacity"; allowing companies in one country to export inexpensive generic drugs still under patent to other countries; and deciding on the measures necessary to prevent the re-export of drugs manufactured under compulsory licenses back to the developed world. a major objective was to have intellectual property rights systems that advance human security through the efficient development of appropriate drugs and the facilitation of their extensive use. any resolution of the current impasse should involve favoring flexibility and overcoming import and export controls on the drugs and vaccines needed for emergencies. a balance was required in order to provide incentives for research and development for both profitable products and technologies to fight diseases of the poor. that balance should also provide equitable access to life saving essential drugs and vaccines for people unable to purchase technologies from the global marketplace. the balance should recognize the very large public investments in basic research that underlie product development by all manufacturers, including private ones. in the context of such concerns, it is not surprise that some developing countries have enacted laws to deal partly with such situations. in egypt, article of the patent law stipulates that the state may expropriate a patent for national security reasons and in cases of extreme urgency. in tunisia, its patent law of august has provided in article , para , that the state may avail itself of an ex-officio license for defense and national security reasons for the exploitation of an invention. such exploitation may be undertaken by a third party on behalf of the state. in morocco, a law on the protection of industrial property sets forth in article , that the state may be granted an ex-officio license for the exploitation of an invention for national defense and that third parties may undertake such exploitation for the state. given the expansive definition of human security that is found in the literature and recognition that national and human security are interconnected, one may take note of the direct or indirect linkages between intellectual property and national and global security, which have been explored by this author in an earlier work. for example, in an age when weapons of mass destruction and their potential use by non-state actors has become a major concern, we argued that careful attention must be paid to the patent regime and the information that is available through the same. information contained in a patent application enters the public domain once the patent is granted, and thus becomes an invaluable source of information on the state-of-the-art in any given field. these documents are easily searchable by any government, corporate entity, or individual and they constitute an important means/source of transfer of technology. transfer of technology is defined as a "matter of how items used in one area of activity or in one place, can be applied and used in others". such a transfer refers to products but also includes, according to molas-gallart, "a broader concept encompassing the social relations and the "mode of production" in which the development and production of artifacts occur". information can be retrieved through the international patent classification (ipc) system, which is based on the strasbourg agreement concerning the international patent classification, a wipo-administered international treaty concluded in , that entered into force in . the ipc is a hierarchical classification system covering all fields of technology that is indispensable for efficient retrieval of patent information. wipo has promoted the use of the ipc since: the amount of information contained in patent documents is immense. they contain practically everything that represents an advance in the knowledge of mankind in the field of technology. it is therefore extremely important that this information be accessible to anyone who needs it. such accessibility exists in theory because the patent documents are published, that is, are made available to any member of the public. in relation to trade secrets, it was argued that in light of concern over the national and international security implications of trade secrets (confidential information which is the object of economic espionage) a balance must be struck between the legitimate public concern for security and the legitimate rights of the inventor. this calls for an honest distinction between genuine security concerns and non-genuine security concerns. in a climate of concern for terrorism and the threat of wmd, excessive controls on the publication of information may inadvertently serve the cause of terrorists who seek to disrupt normal commercial, economic, social, and political intercourse in society. other global security vulnerabilities may be added to this discussion, including social development (poverty and its impact on state security), human rights and ramcharan . molas-gallart . wipo . environmental challenges, and transborder public health issues. these are addressed briefly in chap. and elsewhere in this work. climate change scientists have called attention to a fast-approaching point of no return that would herald catastrophic consequences for the earth's climate, and thus human life in the next - years. in terms of 'immediacy' one may highlight the global nature of the security challenges posed by health. the un secretary general's agenda for peace, which took stock of "new risks for stability", had explained that "drought and disease can decimate no less mercilessly than the weapons of war". jonathan ban has argued that the question is not whether some health challenges generate risks that have implications for security but, rather, to what degree do the various health challenges pose risks and have security implications. using the 'direct' versus 'indirect' categorization scheme, he has noted that direct security involves risks that relate more to traditional aspects of security, such as biological attacks, attacks on medical personnel facilities and supplies by combatants in a conflict, and threats to the health of military personnel, peacekeepers or deployed contingents because of infectious diseases. indirect threats, such as hiv/ aids and sars (severe acute respiratory syndrome, which led to international crisis response in and , may carry less risk than direct threats). they nevertheless "have the potential to impact national and international security and should not be excluded from traditional national security considerations". the un security council convened a meeting in january to discuss aids. the us national intelligence council produced a report on "the global infectious disease threat and its implications for the united states" in january . in april , the clinton administration announced that it formally recognized aids as a threat to us national security. this was later enshrined in the us national security strategy of . security is as much real as it is about perceived threats. the nature of the threats faced by individuals, nations and the international community, has changed dramatically. the end of the bipolar cold war superpower rivalry has seen greater economic interdependence as more parts of the world are effectively integrated into the world economy. in an increasingly technologically and economically interconnected world, interdependence causes occurrences in one part to impact directly upon individuals and nations in another, and sometimes the impact is immediate and devastating. the national security of a state exists symbiotically with its economic well-being. nations seek to protect scarce resources of which intellectual property assets are a key component. for technologically advanced states it is the specter of lost capital, jobs, and especially military advantage, which are worrisome. in the post-cold war era, the quest for technological and economic supremacy is raging among china, the eu, boutros-ghali . ban see national intelligence council, the next wave of hiv/aids: nigeria, ethiopia, russia, india and china. ica - d, september , footnote , ban india, japan, and the usa while russia was trying to regain its soviet-era grandeur. a larger strategic competition between big powers is evidenced, for example, in the close monitoring by the us of transfers of sensitive technologies. of special concern to the us is china. for the less technologically advanced states and especially the world's least developed countries the success of their quest to acquire knowledge and new technologies that they can absorb into their economies may make the difference between life and death. in this chapter, we have reviewed the literature on human security and noted instances in which there is a direct relationship with international intellectual property laws. we would conclude this chapter with a simple point: it must be right to argue that international intellectual property laws should seek to protect human security and advance human welfare across the globe. this is the basic thrust of this book that we take forward next by looking at the fundamentals of the international intellectual property law regime. national security and international affairs division. gao/t-nsiad- - us commercial technology transfers to the people's republic of china key: cord- - r lhpo authors: norman, robert a.; paul, sharad p. title: the last natural brain date: - - journal: the last natural man doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: r lhpo the work of the brain would be easy if we knew what we needed to remember or understand in the future. life is full of surprises – new people whom we need to know, names we have to remember, problems we try to solve. the work of the brain would be easy if we knew what we needed to remember or understand in the future. life is full of surprises -new people whom we need to know, names we have to remember, problems we try to solve. to a creationist, the brain as god's masterpiece seems self-evident: a summation of motor synapses and sensory stimuli, infused with the most important emotions of all -faith, hope and love; the least copy-able of god's own artworks. to a computer-programmer, this vision may seem a gimmick, a concept that has the blitheness of ignorance. in an interview published in the guardian , the celebrated scientist stephen hawking said: i regard the brain as a computer which will stop working when its components fail. there is no heaven or afterlife for broken down computers; that is a fairy story for people afraid of the dark. the idea that the brain, once its blood supply has ceased, simply degenerates into nothingness is both stirring and frightening. for human beings drunk with an engorged quest for immortality, the search for a 'human computer' to replace or replicate our brain is ongoing. but is it possible? about, two decades ago, in , penrose wrote : as yet, no computer-controlled robot could begin to compete with even a young child in performing some of the simplest of everyday activities: such as recognizing that a colored crayon lying on the floor at the other end of the room is what is needed to complete a drawing, walking across to collect that crayon, and then putting it to use. for that matter, even the capabilities of an ant, in performing its everyday activities, would far surpass what can be achieved by the most sophisticated of today's computer control systems. scenes from films like 'blade runner' and 'terminator' featured intelligent bioengineered 'replicants' whose brains are indistinguishable from human thought, but academics have been long frustrated by the inability to replicate a human brain's analytical power. i met garry kasparov, considered one of the greatest chess grandmasters at an international ideas conference called think, when we were both asked to sign copies of our books at the store they had set up for speakers' books -garry was signing copies of how life imitates chess: insights into life as a game of strategy and i was autographing copies of my skin: a biography . that was the biggest book-signing i've ever had to do - copies one after the other. 'you like chess?' i was lured out of the monotony by garry's voice. he had been leafing through my book and found a passage featuring bobby fischer, the late chess prodigy. bobby fischer, towards the end of his life, became reclusive, neurotic, paranoid and 'stateless', and iceland had offered him residence after the us refused to allow him entry post a trip to japan. in his prime, fischer had been obsessive about chess and had admired marcel duchamp, a french artist, who gave up art for chess. duchamp had described an opening called trebuchet or 'the trap'. but his favourite chess position was of an endgame called the lasker-reichelm position: a rare and unique position where black cannot win, but at best delay events. 'my dad used to play tournaments,' i replied. 'i played as a child with him, but not later on.' in his prime as world chess champion, kasparov had famously played against an ibm supercomputer, named 'deep blue'. a team of computer and chess experts recalibrated the machine between games, while kasparov reprogrammed his own brain. the first match was played in february in philadelphia, pennsylvania. kasparov won - , losing one game, drawing in two, and winning three. a rematch took place in , with deep blue winning ½- ½. i asked garry about what it was like to play a computer at chess -surely a computer was capable of calculating possible moves faster than a human? 'the best way to beat a computer is to play unlike a computer,' gary said. 'which is why carlsen will win this year's chess championship . . . and why fischer was so good.' i opened garry's book and read: "… ordered systems lose less energy than chaotic systems." if our pieces work together they can better transform one advantage into another without losing quality. this theory of 'ordered systems' conserving energy and 'pieces working together' to create an advantage is a good analogy to explain the functioning of the human brain and memory. one of the problems thus far has been that in medicine, we have simplified the brain into modules -physicians have insisted in dividing up the brain into well-defined anatomical regions -frontal lobe for personality, temporal lobe for memory etc., theories that we know are problematic when we survey the evidence. just because computers need memory, it seems convenient to locate a 'memory module' in the brain. megan erickson puts it elegantly : the brain is not a storage dump, and consciousness is not a place. synapses are also far more complex than electrical circuits. neither processing speed nor short term memory capacity are fixed, whereas ram is. we measure computers based on storage and speed, yet even an average human brain shades a computer when if comes to efficiency. writing in the scientific american, mark fischetti notes : the world's most powerful supercomputer, the k from fujitsu, computes four times faster and holds times as much data. and of course, many more bits are coursing through the internet at any moment. yet the internet's servers worldwide would fill a small city, and the k sucks up enough electricity to power , homes. the incredibly efficient brain consumes less juice than megan erickson. "the electronic brain? your mind vs. a computer." http://bigthink. com/re-envision-toyota-blog/the-electronic-brain-your-mind-vs-a-computer accessed dec , . a dim lightbulb and fits nicely inside our head. biology does a lot with a little: the human genome, which grows our body and directs us through years of complex life, requires less data than a laptop operating system. even a cat's brain smokes the newest ipad- , times more data storage and a million times quicker to act on it. how does the ancient brain beat the power of modern computers? it is the battle of the analog vs. digital -humans brain store information as varying threads and 'learn' and evolve based on previous experiences; a computer by contrast sees memory as a binary collection of ones and zeroes. scientists working in this space of artificial intelligence now realize that storing memory as varying threads of information, rather than as binary digits is the key to making computers 'more human. ' memory is everything when we choose a computer, yet the capacity to remember is the least important in selecting a mate as a human companion. when we go to the computer store, devices tout memories of gb or gb of ram (random access memory). ram may help a computer multi-task but any arrest in the power supply leads to a rapid unraveling of memory (at least until the last 'auto-save'!). enter memory-resistors, or 'memristors' -electronic components where electrical resistance is not constant as in standard resistors, but is determined by the history of the electric current that has previously flowed through it. in other words, a memristor "remembers" like a human brain. researchers working at the royal melbourne institute of technology (rmit) and the university of california in santa barbara claim to have constructed the world's first electronic memory cell that effectively mimics the analog process of the human brain -and with it comes the possibility and peril of a truly bionic brain. however, there exist some significant hurdles -when it comes to memory, speed alone isn't the problem -artificial intelligence (ai) will need to come up with new ways to match the c's of brain function -complexity and consciousness. *** perhaps medical neuroscience has been slow to move towards 'singularity' due to the constraints of a medical model, or the differences between biological and technological concepts of the brain. for a start, if the human brain could be re-created, then medicine would have to be more inclusive, and couldn't inflict the prices it does on the premise of citizenship of a guild or cartel. the world of computer science is inherently less bureaucratic by nature, but also it couldn't care less about things like difficulty or danger that an artificially intelligent world would bring. the concept of singularity was first espoused by vernon vinge, from the department of mathematical sciences of san diego state university, to mean 'the imminent creation by technology of entities with greater than human intelligence.' somewhat chillingly (for natural humans), in this essay written in , vinge wrote : within thirty years, we will have the technological means to create superhuman intelligence. shortly after the human era will have ended. however, people like ray kurzweil, proponents of 'singularity' theorize that computers shall exceed human capacity for thought fairly soon. in his book, the singularity is near: when humans transcend biology (viking press, ) kurzweil creates a vision of intelligent nano-robots integrated into our bodies, our brains, and our environment, with a capability to eradicate pollution and poverty, offering the new artificial man extended longevity, while enjoying the sensory stimulation of a full-immersion virtual reality (think movies like "the matrix" or "being john malkovich"). kurzweil sets the date for this dramatic and disruptive transformation into a new human species as , a hundred years after the end of the second world warduring that year, the non-biological intelligence created will be one billion times more powerful than all human intelligence today. indeed, the world of nanotechnology is progressing rapidly. microscopic robots can be placed inside human organs to give us an inside-knowledge of both brains and blood vessels. in his book, kurzweil feels that for singularity to occur, there has to be a confluence of three scientific streams -the three great overlapping technological revolutions that go by the letters "gnr," that stands for genetics, nanotechnology, and robotics. genetic sequencing has also become faster and cheaper -sequencing the hiv virus took over a decade; recently sars virus was sequenced in a month. this is about the last natural man playing god -creating a new species in man's own image, using the power of science with one difference from the last time around -the new bionic humans will no longer be in the shadow of their creators. kurzweil does not see hardware requirements as a barrier. in fact, in an interview about his book on singularity , kurzweil describes the computing power of the brain and computers thus: we can break this down further into hardware and software requirements. in the book, i show how we need about quadrillion ( ) calculations per second (cps) to provide a functional equivalent to all the regions of the brain. some estimates are lower than this by a factor of . supercomputers are already at trillion ( ) cps, and will hit cps around the end of this decade. several supercomputers with quadrillion cps are already on the drawing board, with two japanese efforts targeting quadrillion cps around the end of the decade. by , quadrillion cps will be available for around $ , . there is not much dissent about the concept of singularity anymore; the controversies are more focused on the actual algorithms. speaking of algorithms, it is this ability of computer-scientists to view the human brain as a generator of various algorithms that creates the possibility of treatment of various disabilities. at think, i also met moran cerf, my good friend, who is now a professor of neuroscience and business at the kellogg school of management and heads the neuroscience program at northwestern university. additionally, he holds a position at the department of neurosurgery, where he studies patients undergoing brain-surgery to examine behavior, emotion and decision-making. moran sees the brain differently to me. i trained in medicine and have an interest in evolutionary biology and cutaneous oncology. moran had a background as a computer hacker, before he studied neuroscience, and sees the brain as a generator of patterns -all emotions or dreams or maladies can be interpreted by studying brainwaves -once you've studied enough patterns, the 'big data' seems to make sense -for example, as we discussed the ability to mimic a human brain, moran spoke to me about the interpretation of dreams. using electrodes implanted in the brain he was able to decipher dreams -he could for example tell if you were thinking of an elephant (at the time we spoke, the technology was not refined to determine if the elephant was african or asiatic). in his lecture, moran spoke about an experiment that featured a chimpanzee and a robotic arm. the scientists implanted electrodes onto the motor cortex, over an anatomical region known to signal arm and hand movements. these electrodes, each connected to neurons that were wired to the brain, were also linked to a computer. there were plenty of food treats in the rooms -grapes, bananas etc. it didn't take a lot of time before the ape realized that the robotic arm was able to read brain signals, and therefore could be controlled by thought. within a few days, the monkeys needed no help. they sat stationary in a chair, repeatedly manipulating the arm with their brains to reach out and grab grapes or nuggets of food dangled in front of them. imagine the useful of thought-control for physically-disabled patients. writing about a similar experiment in nature , dr. john f. kalaska, a neuroscientist at the university of montreal, feels that as this technique is refined further, scientists might even discover areas of the cortex that allow more intimate, subtle control of prosthetic devices: such controllers would allow patients with severe motor deficits to interact and communicate with the world not only by the moment-to-moment control of the motion of robotic devices, but also in a more natural and intuitive manner that reflects their overall goals, needs and preferences for example someone paralyzed or in an institution because of mobility issues could order a robot to provide food or coffee by using thought-waves. the technology is here. now. *** in the past, drosophila, the fruit fly, was the most studied 'model organism' in genetics and biology. this was because it is hardy, easy to care for, breeds quickly and lays many eggs. in , sydney brenner, mooted caenorhabditis elegans, the non-parasitic nematode worm, as a new model organism for studying organ development, cell death, behavior and many other biologic processes. brenner had obtained a culture of the bristol strain of this worm from ellsworth c. dougherty (then in the department of nutritional sciences at the university of california at berkeley), who had worked extensively with the organism. brenner, originally from south africa and then director of the laboratory of molecular biology (lmb) at cambridge had written: "nearly all the 'classical' problems of molecular biology have either been solved or will be solved in the next decade." for his work on this worm, in , the nobel prize committee honored sydney brenner with the nobel prize for physiology or medicine (along with john sulston and robert horvitz). this soil worm had excited scientists as it had many attributes that made it a natural model for scientific study -for a start, it is barely over mm in length, lives for approximately three days, feeds on easily cultivated bacteria such as e. coli and a single petri-dish can hold over , of these critters. in its hermaphrodite form, it is even capable of reproducing itself. it is anatomically simple, with a body containing just over cells including a -cell nervous system. c. elegans was the first multicellular organism to have its genome completely sequenced. the genome of this worm contains million base pairs. this is about % the size of the human genome, which has three billion base pairs. drawing a connectome is basically mapping all neural connections in the brain, and can be thought of as being similar to an electrical "wiring diagram". in , the entire connectome of c. elegans was mapped, and as the genome had been mapped, science was much closer to completing the gnr triad needed to create an artificial brain. therefore in , a team of scientists from the us, europe and russia began the openworm project -an attempt to build a complete artificial nervous system of this worm with the capacity to stimulate various actions i.e. an artificial c. elegans. researchers on the openworm project soon reached a philosophical crossroad. if they could replicate the nervous system of this creature and implant that 'brain' into another body, would that body behave like a worm? this was the very experiment they undertook -scientists took the connectome of a c. elegans worm and transplanted it as software into a lego mindstorms ev robot -what happened next? the lego model robot began to behave exactly like the worm! stimulation of the nose stopped forward motion. touching the anterior and posterior touch sensors made the robot move forward and back accordingly. stimulating the food sensor made the robot move forward. they now had a creature that behaved like a worm but was a lego model (and therefore not as squishy). slowly but surely science is wiggling towards singularity. it's all very well messing about with a tiny nervous system, but if we were to build a truly human brain, could we control this being? after all human beings have billion neurons with trillions of possible interactions. many scientists indeed voice a fear of artificial intelligence taking over the world. the other possibility for an artificial brain is both frightening and exciting. think about this: if the openworm project could be replicated, we would no longer be constrained by our organic bodies -physical forms that were the result of four billion years of evolution by natural selection. life could become inorganic, powered by exact replicas of our own brains. this possibility was made more probable by funding from the european union -in april , it selected the human brain project to be its scientific flagship, giving it a grant of more than € billion. even before the openworm project model, henry markram, a south african neuroscientist led the blue brain project at the École polytechnique fédérale de lausanne in switzerland. using a similar technique (as in the c. elegans research), his team began studying the neural networks of rat brains -with a goal of computer-based models that mirror the rat brain's complex biological networks. "technologically, in terms of computers and techniques to acquire data, it will be possible to build a model of the human brain within years," markram has been quoted saying. yuval harari, debates the transition or rather our progress as a species from evolution by natural selection to evolution by intelligent design. he calls this 'the greatest revolution in thousands of years of history, but also the greatest revolution in billions of years of biology.' harari, in sapiens: a brief history of humankind writes about the many positive aspects of intelligent design : the replacement of natural selection by intelligent design could happen in any of three ways. the first way is through biological engineering. biodesigners could re-engineer the shapes, abilities and desires of organisms, in order to realize some preconceived cultural idea. there is nothing new about biological engineering, per se. people have been using selective breeding, castration and other forms of bio-engineering for at least , years. but recent advances in our understanding of how organisms work, down to the cellular and genetic levels, have opened up previously unimaginable possibilities. for example, scientists can today take a gene from a jellyfish that glows in a green florescent light, and implant it in a rabbit or a monkey, which starts glowing in a green florescent light. e. coli bacteria have been genetically engineered to produce human insulin and bio-fuel. a gene extracted from an arctic fish has been inserted into potatoes, making the plants more frost resistant. harari has a very hopeful view of intelligent design. but as a medical doctor, i am aware that medicine is often unpredictable, phenomena like the 'placebo effect' cannot be easily explained by computers. a computer can beat me hands down in predicting what percentage of my patients would respond to a particular medication, but could it deal with the imperfections and frailties of the human mind? max pemberton, the author of the doctor will see you now (hodder and stoughton, ) writes about an experiment conducted by the psychologist ellen langer in . a group of elderly men were taken to a 'reminiscence retreat' outside boston. the first group was the 'control group' and spent a week simply reminiscing about the fifties. the second group, however, was taken back in time and surrounded by objects from the fifties and asked to behave as if it really was . over the week, something astonishing happened. the men stopped using their walking sticks, they began to walk faster and their posture improved. what this experiment demonstrated is that as humans we are more than genes and brains. we have a collective consciousness. pemberton is skeptical that computer code could replace medicine. "computers are a useful tool in treatment, but medicine is far too complex to be reduced to code," he says . like me, pemberton is a medical doctor and this may only turn out to be wishful thinking. technically it will soon be possible to create artificial versions of our brains and implant them into all kinds of inorganic models. given a choice, you could take on any form that you wish. the question more to the point would be: what do you want to become? but with your brain and without your existing form, would that really be you? when i visit oxford university, i usually stay at keble college. it is a lovely college and the last time i was there, i stayed in the lewis room, named after c.s lewis. in , lewis penned that hideous strength: a modern fairy-tale for grown-ups , as the final book in his theological sci-fi space trilogy, which was recently reviewed in salvo magazine . in its plot, a philosophy professor, mark studdock, gets caught up in a diabolical scheme to take over the world. the leader of the cult is the severed head of a criminal genius, kept alive by tubes and wires. "don't you see," says one character, inviting mark into the fellowship, "that we are offering you the unspeakable glory of being present at the creation of god almighty?" this book was lewis' foray into transhumanism -transhumanists speculate freely about becoming immortal by "uploading" their consciousness into computer brains with robotic bodies, something that is now becoming closer and closer to scientific reality. *** in my view, there are two requirements for a brain to be truly human: the c's of complexity and consciousness. the complexity of the human brain has been a barrier in facilitating rapid evolution. chimpanzees, the apes closest to humans weigh about % less than the average human, but the human brain is % larger than that of a chimp. given this, it was assumed that human genes that regulate brain development would evolve at a much faster rate than that of apes. in actual fact, the reverse is true. this is all to do with complexity. you see in primitive creatures, the larger the brain, the more rapid the evolution -protein sequences in chimpanzees changed faster than genes from monkeys, which changed faster than those from mice. writing in the influential scientific journal plos biology, a team from the university of chicago found that gene evolution in human beings has slowed. on the basis of individual neurons of the brain, humans may indeed have a far more active, or even more complex, transcription profile than chimpanzee …we suggest that such abundant and complex transcription may increase gene-gene interactions and constrains coding-sequence evolution. this means that natural selection is no longer enough to code new advanced genetic sequences. for human populations to improve their "fitness", intelligent design needs to design new codes. necessity may indeed be the mother of new inventions. let's examine consciousness for a bit. at a basic level, being conscious means 'being awake.' therefore if your computer cannot wake itself up every morning, it cannot be conscious, right? michael graziano is a professor of neuroscience at princeton university in new jersey. his latest book is consciousness and the social brain (oxford university press, usa, ). in an essay titled, 'build-a-brain' he describes how human brains perceive objects. for example, if we were to look at a tennis ball bouncing, we would note its color, shape, how high it bounced, the variability of the bounce etc. our brain constructs something like a dossier, a dataset that is constantly revised as new signals come in. this is what scientists refer to as the "internal model." however, if we were to ask a robot a few questions regarding the tennis ball, graziano suggests that the conversation would go something like this : singularity will not be achieved. but what if humans could 'lend' a computer some conscious awareness? this has led scientists to develop braincomputer interfaces (bci). in a first-of-its-kind study, engineers and neuroscientists in india and france recently demonstrated the viability of direct brain-to-brain communication in humans. they successfully transmitted information (words like 'hola' and ciao') via the internet between intact scalps of two human subjects -located , miles apart. explaining their methods in plos one, they say : by using advanced precision neuro-technologies including wireless eeg and robotized tms (trans-cranial magnetic stimulation), we were able to directly and noninvasively transmit a thought from one person to another, without them having to speak or write one of the reasons consciousness has been elusive for otherwise intelligent robots is that consciousness (or to the philosopher, the psyche) is everywhere. neuroscientist christof koch, chief scientific officer at the allen institute for brain science, talks about the theory of panpsychism -put simply, we are just a mind (or soul) in a world of minds. this was a theory espoused by thinkers like plato and spinoza, only to be sidelined by modern society's quest for empiric science. but a failure to infuse computers with consciousness has reignited this debate. according to koch, consciousness arises within any sufficiently complex, information-processing system and the solution to singularity may lie in us being connected. in an interview with wired magazine (rather appropriate, don't you think), he noted: the internet contains about billion computers, with each computer itself having a couple of billion transistors in its cpu. so the internet has at least transistors, compared to the roughly trillion (or quadrillion) synapses in the human brain. that's about , times more transistors than synapses. but is the internet more complex than the human brain? it depends on the degree of integration of the internet… for instance, our brains are connected all the time. on the internet, computers are packet-switching. they're not connected permanently, but rapidly switch from one to another… therefore, consciousness = connectivity. therein lies the future. technology now has the capability of making humans communicate via computers without using any of their traditional five senses. genomes have been mapped. artificial brains have been created for worms and mice that transmit their behaviors to inorganic hosts, even lego models. we also have the capability to use our thoughts to control robotic bodies. even if singularity isn't here yet, we have reached a new level of human-machine interaction as a halfway measure towards achieving the ultimate goal. for now, this human-computer seems the immediate future and one that will help computers 'learn' our way. will the future be dystopian and utopian? time will tell. however, i must say this -when i read utopia i felt uneasy about the sameness of society portrayed therein. i am not worried about singularity as long as artificial intelligence can be varied, moody, altruistic and joyful. isn't life about celebrating differences? over half a century ago, i.j. good wrote about the dangers of artificial intelligence : let an ultra-intelligent machine be defined as a machine that can far surpass all the intellectual activities of any man however clever. since the design of machines is one of these intellectual activities, an ultra-intelligent machine could design even better machines; there would then unquestionably be an "intelligence explosion," and the intelligence of man would be left far behind. thus the first ultra-intelligent machine is the last invention that man need ever make, provided that the machine is docile enough to tell us how to keep it under control. if you consider evolution by its dictionary meaning -'a gradual process in which something changes into a different and usually more complex or better form' -then the move from natural selection to intelligent design as the architect of biological progress is no different. the problems for human brains will be coping with mathematics and robotics with no specific purpose in mind. in a brave new world of independent thought, some human, some not -there is bound to be a conflict with the most human tendency of all: the need to control other beings. as vinge noted in his essay right through evolution, the next life form does not pay its dues to previous models: 'follow the money' may be an adage when it comes to solving complicated crimes, but it often gives us an idea where science is leading us. recently, darpa, the us defense advanced research projects agency announced a $ million challenge to researchers to create connections between the human brain and computers. successful teams must create a neural engineering design system -with 'full-duplex interaction with at least , neurons -initially in regions of the human auditory, visual, and somatosensory cortex' . the future of the computerized brain is here. one concern is however, security of such a system. humans can be influenced; computers can be hacked. therein lies another challenge. intelligent machine of the sort he (good) describes would not be humankind's "tool" --any more than humans are the tools of rabbits or robins or chimpanzees speculations concerning the first ultralntelligent machine american heritage® dictionary -english language, fifth ed proceedings of a symposium cosponsored by the nasa lewis research center and the ohio aerospace institute electronic memory may bring bionic brain one step closer the singularity is near: when humans transcend biology artificial brains: the quest to build sentient machines a worm's mind in a lego body'. iprogrammer sapiens: a brief history of humankind how computers will think. siri-ous business darpa challenges researchers to link human brains with computers we ask: 'what's there?' it says: 'a ball. ' we ask: 'what are the properties of the ball?' it says: 'it's green, it's round, it's at that location.' it can answer that because the robot contains that information. now we ask: 'are you aware of the ball?' it says: 'cannot compute.' it is this lack of 'awareness' that differentiates a computer from a human. it is the inability to understand the abstract or imperfect relationships. however, people developing artificial intelligence view this as a technical or engineering problem rather than an emotional one.giulio tononi at the university of wisconsin-madison has been trying to solve this problem of the mathematical theory of consciousness, dubbed the "integrated information theory." tononi feels one of the main aspects of human consciousness is the ability to learn from experience; the second is the ability to solve mysteries -everyday relationships are mysteries are they not (men are from mars, women from venus)? tononi reckons that unless these problems are solved, a computer cannot be truly conscious and key: cord- - hlgjiqp authors: harvey, david j. title: analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates by matrix‐assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry: an update for – date: - - journal: mass spectrom rev doi: . /mas. sha: doc_id: cord_uid: hlgjiqp this review is the third update of the original review, published in , on the application of matrix‐assisted laser desorption/ionization (maldi) mass spectrometry to the analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates and brings the topic to the end of . both fundamental studies and applications are covered. the main topics include methodological developments, matrices, fragmentation of carbohydrates and applications to large polymeric carbohydrates from plants, glycans from glycoproteins and those from various glycolipids. other topics include the use of maldi ms to study enzymes related to carbohydrate biosynthesis and degradation, its use in industrial processes, particularly biopharmaceuticals and its use to monitor products of chemical synthesis where glycodendrimers and carbohydrate–protein complexes are highlighted. © wiley periodicals, inc., mass spec rev : – , this review is a continuation of the three earlier ones in this series on the application of matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (maldi) mass spectrometry to the analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates (harvey, (harvey, , (harvey, , and brings the coverage of the literature to the end of . the review is intended to illustrate both developments in technology and in the way in which analysis of carbohydrates contributes to scientific knowledge in general. matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (maldi) continues to be a major technique for the analysis of carbohydrates although electrospray, particularly with quadrupole-time-offlight (q-tof) instruments, is becoming increasingly popular. advantages of the maldi-q-tof combination for proteomics and glycomics have been stressed in a brief focus paper (huang, ) . figure shows the year-by-year increase in papers reporting use of maldi ms for carbohydrate analysis for the period - . as the review is designed to complement the earlier work, structural formulae, etc. that were presented earlier are not repeated. however, a citation to the structure in the earlier works is indicated by its number with a prefix (i.e., /x refers to structure x in the first review and /x to the second). other reviews and review-type articles directly concerned with, or including maldi analysis of glycoconjugates that have been published during the review period include general reviews by harvey ( ) , stuhler and meyer ( ) , and zaia ( ) , a review of capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry for glycoscreening (zamfir & peter-katalinic, ) and a review on new methods for mass spectrometry of bioorganic macromolecules (cristoni & bernsrdi, ) . more specific reviews include those on the glycosylation of caenorhabditis elegans , characterization of substituent distribution in starch and cellulose derivatives (richardson & gorton, ) , derivatization of carbohydrates for chromatographic, electrophoretic, and mass spectral structural analysis (lamari, kuhn, & karamanos, ) , structure of bacterial lipopolysaccharides (caroff & karibian, ) , analysis of post-translational modifications (cantin & yates, ; jensen, ; seo & lee, ) , the use of maldi ms to detect enantioselectivity in gas-phase ion-molecule reactions with carbohydrates such as cyclodextrins (speranza, ) , synthesis of heparan and heparin sulfate fragments , analysis of protein glycation products (horvat & jakas, ; kislinger, humeny, & pischetsrieder, ) , carbohydrate biosensors (jelinek & kolusheva, ) , synthesis and discovery of oligosaccharides and glycoconjugates for the treatment of disease (macmillan & daines, ) , dendrimers in drug research (boas & heegaard, ) , combinatorial carbohydrate synthesis (baytas & linhardt, ) , chemical tagging strategies for proteome analysis (leitner & lindner, ) , capillary electrophoresis of biopharmaceutical products (kakehi, kinoshita, & nakano, ) and the use of mass spectrometry to study congenital disorders of glycosylation type iix (mills et al., b) . a comparison between spectra obtained with a conventional quadrupole ion trap (qit) (electrospray ionization) and a maldi-qit-reflectron-tof instrument has shown that the latter instrument produces significant amounts of metastable fragmentation due to the longer (msec) time span of the qit trapping process, an observation also made by harvey et al. ( ) with released n-glycans. glycopeptides were completely desialylated in the process. fragmentation (ms ) of glycopeptides produced fragments exclusively from the carbohydrate with the esi-qit instrument with peptide fragmentation occurring in ms , whereas the maldi-qit-reflectron-tof instrument yielded both types of fragmentation at the ms stage (demelbauer et al., ) . coupling of both vacuum and atmospheric pressure maldi (ap-maldi) ion sources with ion-trap instruments has been reviewed (moyer et al., ) and the latter technique investigated as a method for obtaining fragmentation spectra from carbohydrates. high-pressure ion sources have been developed to cool ions in an attempt to reduce or eliminate fragmentation occurring either in-source or post-source. such fragmentation is the primary factor limiting the use of vacuum maldi for analysis of acidic glycans and can be considerably reduced with a high-pressure ion source but at the cost of diminished sensitivity. arabinosazone ( / ) has been used as the matrix for maltohexaose (a-d-glcp-(a-d-glcp-) -( ! )-a-d-glcp, ) in positive ion mode ([m þ na] þ ion) and for -sialyllactose ( ) in negative mode ([mÀh] À ). the spectrum of the latter compound contained two abundant fragments, an o, a and a c-ion (domon and costello ( ) nomenclature, see first review, scheme ) whereas the major glycosidic fragments in the positive ion spectrum were produced by b or y cleavages. because of the near physiological conditions attainable at atmospheric pressure with glycerol as the matrix, it has been possible to observe non-covalent complexes between carbohydrates and synthetic peptides that were designed to mimic the binding sites of three members of the siglec family. -( ) and sialyllactose ( ), were used as the carbohydrate ligands with sialyllactose maintaining its binding specificity for sialoadhesin (von seggern & cotter, ) . a new ap-maldi technique named atmospheric pressure infrared ionization from solution (ap-iris) that is claimed to be times a sensitive as ap uv-maldi has been implemented on a qit mass spectrometer . the method operated in the absence of an extraction year year year year year year year year number of publications figure . yearly totals of the number of publications containing work relating to the application of maldi mass spectrometry to carbohydrates and glycoconjugates. field and used a high power ir laser with aqueous glycerol as the matrix. spectra consisting of [m þ na] þ ions were obtained from several high-mannose and complex n-linked glycans with much better signal/noise ratios than with corresponding amounts ionized by uv-maldi from , , -trihydroxyacetophenone (thap, / matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (maldi) plates sprayed with the hydrophobic m product, scotchgard tm , a water repellent material for coating fabrics, has the effect of reducing the maldi spot size and improving sensitivity (owen et al., ) . for cleaning, the coating could easily be removed with methyl-t-butyl ether and the film reapplied to the clean plate. experiments with the carbohydrate-containing antibiotic, erythromycin a ( ), showed increases in sensitivity of two-to threefold when ionized from the coated targets compared with signals from uncoated plates. a microdeposition device has been constructed which mixes effluent from capillary electrochromatography or microcolumn liquid chromatography with the maldi matrix and deposits the mixture onto the maldi plate. dextrin and n-linked glycans from ribonuclease b were successfully analyzed (tegeler et al., ). an array of perforated nanovials manufactured by silicon microfabrication and filled with nl of reversed-phase beads has been developed as a maldi target for peptide analysis. it was successfully used to examine peptides and glycopeptides from prostate-specific antigen (ekström et al., ) . liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (lc-ms) has the disadvantage that the entire sample is consumed after exiting the hplc column. lochnit and geyer ( ) have used nano-lc-maldi-tof ms to examine tryptic peptides and glycopeptides, a technique that allows more detailed ms investigation of the effluent to be made. the technique also produced enhanced detection of glycopeptides in the presence of peptides and improved characterization of the attached glycans by optimizing the experimental conditions. investigations into the mechanism of proton transfer from dihydroxybenzoic acid (dhb) isomers continues. yassin and marynick ( ) have calculated the gas-phase acidities of the radical cations of all six dihydroxybenzoic acid (dhb) isomers using density functional theory and found excellent agreement with experimental measurements. the , -isomer ( / ), the most effective matrix, was the least acidic (in this review the abbreviation dhb is used for the , -isomer, unless stated otherwise). the results indicate that, as proposed earlier (gimon et al., ) , deprotonation occurs at the phenolic rather than the acidic site as the result of resonance stabilization of the resulting ion. this conclusion is consistent with the theory proposed by harvey ( ) that one of the reasons that the , -isomer is so effective a matrix is that it is the only one that can form a p-benzoquinone-type ( ) structure after photochemical decarboxylation. sugars, however generally ionize as [m þ na] þ ions for which the factors governing formation are much less clear. a recent study by antonopoulos et al. ( ) on the mechanism of attachment of sodium to glucose and its methylated derivatives found no simple correlation between ion yield and factors such as volatility and hydrophobicity. a study by luxembourg et al. ( ) using the high resolution capability of matrix-assisted secondary ion mass spectrometry has demonstrated crystal inhomogeneity among dhb crystals on maldi targets. some crystals were free of sodium whereas others contained sodium and sample. yet other areas of the target contained mostly sodium and little matrix. the results were thought to explain the analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates & phenomenon of ''sweet spots'' frequently observed with maldi targets. proton-affinity values for common matrices have been measured by a kinetic method. a-cyano- -hydroxycinnamic acid (chca, / ) and dhb showed the lowest affinity whereas -( -hydroxyphenyl)azobenzoic acid (haba, / ) and norharmane ( / ) had the highest affinity. in general, the rank order was similar to that found by other investigators. with bcyclodextrin ( , cyclic-( ! )-a-d-glucose) as the reference compound in negative ion mode, matrices with low proton affinity, such as dhb ( . ae . ), produced no [mÀh] À ions whereas those with high affinity, such as nor-harmane ( . ae . ), did (mirza, raju, & vairamani, b) . gasphase potassium binding energies of several maldi matrices have also been published . cyclic-(( → )-α-d-glc) . β-cyclodextrin fournier et al. ( ) have measured the ablation volume of dhb crystals under different laser powers and found that, although the ablation volume increased only slowly with increasing laser power, the signal rose dramatically. they interpreted their results as involving a very rapid ablation to produce a plume that was further ionized by the incoming laser beam. frankevich et al. ( ) have discussed the role of photoelectrons on maldi sensitivity. suppression of photoelectrons with a film of insulating material on the target; the authors used scotch magic tape; was found to produce an increase of up to two orders of magnitude in sensitivity and an improvement in resolution. bashir, mutter, and derrick ( b) have investigated long-chain esters of dhb as matrices and found some improvement in performance, particularly after the addition of iodine to those compounds that contained a double bond in the chain. the mechanism producing this enhancement in performance by the addition of iodine was unclear but the reason for the improved performance with some of the long-chain compounds was thought to be the formation of micelles that enhanced the matrixanalyte interactions. -amino- -mercapto- , , -thiadiazole (amt, ) has been described as a new matrix for carbohydrates (mirza et al., a) . its performance was similar to that of dhb although slightly higher-mass compounds could be ionized from dextran- . kéki et al. ( ) have ionized simple organic molecules such as a peracetylated isoflavone glycoside ( ) from common matrices such as dhb doped with silver trifluoroacetate to give [m þ ag ] þ species. these ions were shown to be more stable than the corresponding [m þ ag] þ ions. the latter ions and their cu þ counterparts, fragmented in a similar manner to those from na þ and li þ (kéki et al., ) . carbon nanotubes, prepared from coal by an arc discharge have been reported as a novel matrix for low molecular weight peptides and b-cyclodextrin . spectra showed a very low background as the result of the absence of matrix peaks and ions produced by fragmentation. to obtain the spectrum, a well-dispersed ethanolic solution of nanotubes was deposited onto the maldi target and allowed to dry. the sample solution was then deposited onto the nanotubes and dried with hot air. two papers reporting the use of fine cobalt powder for the analysis of lepidimoic acid ( ) from okra pectic polysaccharide (hirose et al., ) and of lepidimoide ( ) from okra mucilage have appeared (hirose, endo, & hasegawa, ) . a mixture of dhb and chca has been shown to give enhanced performance for the ionization of glycopeptides than use of the individual matrices. the mixed matrix showed better tolerance towards the presence of salts and impurities and improved peptide sequence coverage (laugesen & roepstorff, ) . a thin layer of very homogeneous crystals has been produced by mixing thap with nitrocellulose and used to analyze pectin digests (mohamed, christensen, & mikkelsen, ) . atmospheric pressure maldi (ap-maldi) has the advantage over vacuum maldi of collisional stabilization of fragile molecules such as carbohydrates containing sialic acid residues. the technique is also compatible with the use of liquid matrices whose volatility presents problems under vacuum conditions. von seggern, moyer, and cotter ( a) have compared water, glycerol, and nitrobenzyl alcohol ( / ) for ionization of sialylated glycans with an ir laser (er:yag, , nm) and have found that glycerol provides the longest lasting signal with the best signal/noise ratio. water was too volatile to survive for long under the heat produced by the laser. intact sialylated glycans were desorbed as [mÀh] À and [m þ na] þ ions under negative and positive conditions respectively. in a further study (von seggern, zarek, & cotter, b) , the glycerol matrix was doped with alkali (li, na, k) alkaline earth (ca) or transition metal cations (ca, co) for production of adducts containing one or two singly charged cation or one doubly charged cation. adduction proved to be efficient with lithium or potassium being able to replace the more common sodium adduction when salts (cl À or i À ) containing these metals were used as the doping agents. cobalt adduction was achieved by use of cobalt powder added to the glycerol. fragmentation (see below) was obtained with an ion-trap instrument. the use of glycerol as the matrix with an ir laser under atmospheric pressure conditions has also enabled non-covalent sugar-sugar complexes to be observed (von seggern & cotter, ) . the stability of the complexes varied with different sugars potentially due to the strengths of the hydrogen bonding networks. fragmentation of the complexes was also a function of structure; some complexes, particularly those containing sialic acid, fragmented by loss of the acid before breakdown of the complex whereas complexes between neutral molecules tended preferentially to dissociate into monomer units. ionic liquid matrices appear to show great promise for carbohydrate analysis. the matrix dhb-butylamine (dhbb) was reported to give improved shot-shot reproducibility compared with solid matrices such as dhb, and reduced the relative standard deviation by %. it also produced much less fragmentation from compounds such as sialylated carbohydrates (mank, stahl, & boehm, ) . greatly improved quantitative performance has also been reported by zabet-moghaddam, heinzle, and tholey ( ) . derivatization techniques for analysis of carbohydrates have been reviewed (gao et al., ; suzuki et al., b) . advantages of analytical derivatization have been emphasized by rosenfeld ( ) with, among others, examples from the reductive amination of carbohydrates for improving the interpretation of fragmentation spectra and for modifying behavior in chromatographic systems. maldi is frequently used to monitor reducing-terminal labeling, used to attach fluorophores or chromophores to carbohydrates for chromatographic detection as illustrated in a recent study of glycans from the tamm-horsfall glycoprotein (rohfritsch et al., ) and the use of -aaderivatives to monitor glycosylation of therapeutic glycoproteins (dhume et al., ) . benzylamine ( / ) derivatization was used by mainly for esi-ms/ms analysis of small and n-linked glycans. however, exoglycosidase sequencing was performed on a maldi target and it was observed that the derivative did not inhibit the enzymic reaction. an, franz, and lebrilla ( a) have derivatized several sugars, including n-linked glycans released from ribonuclease b, with benzylamine and quaternized the product with methyl iodide as originally performed by broberg, broberg, and duus ( ) but with a procedure not involving the use of resins. the product allowed separation of isomers by capillary electrophoresis (ce) and also gave strong maldi spectra on account of the inbuilt charge. it is possible to remove labels attached by reductive amination; thus, -aminopyridine ( -ap, / )-derivatized nglycans have been underivatized by a process that involved catalytic hydrogenation and hydrazinolysis using the method reported by hase ( ) to give the reducing-terminal amine which was converted to an aldehyde using the sommlet reaction (hexamethylenetetramine and acetic acid) (takahashi, nakakita, & hase, a ). phenylhydrazine ( ) has been used to form hydrazone derivatives of n-linked glycans for both maldi and electrospray ionization. because the derivatives were not reduced, as with reductive amination, no post-derivatization clean-up was necessary. derivatives could be prepared on-target by addition of a solution ( . ml), prepared by dissolving phenylhydrazine ( ml) in ml of water/methanol ( : v/v), directly to the glycanmatrix mixture on the maldi target and allowing the mixture to dry under ambient conditions for min. no osazone formation was reported and the derivatives produced [m þ na] þ ions. postsource decay (psd) spectra were reported to be simpler than those of the underivatized glycans and to be dominated by b/y internal fragments (lattova & perreault, a,b) . hn nh several hydrazones containing either a constitutive cationic charge, such as those formed from girard's t reagent ( / , quaternary ammonium) or from hydrazines carrying a guanidine group (e.g., ), have been shown to produce increases in sensitivity and to suppress signals from peptides, thus allowing n-linked glycans to be detected in the presence or tryptic peptides without extensive clean-up . differences in sensitivity among the derivatives were observed. among those containing a charge, and which formed m þ ions, the pyridinium analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates & derivative ( ) was the most efficient, producing a detection limit of fmol. the guanidine derivatives formed [m þ h] þ ions and some produced equal detection limits. it would appear that the most efficient derivatives possessed both good ion-forming properties and high lipophilicity. improved detection limits have also been achieved by use of hydrazide derivatives of the cyanine dyes or cy- ( ) that contain a constituent positive charge . n-glycans from chicken ovalbumin could be detected with near independence from the type of matrix. psd spectra contained mainly y-type ions consistent with localization of the positive charge on the derivative. sialic acids can be stabilized for maldi analysis by formation of methyl esters to remove the very labile acidic proton on their carboxyl groups. migration of this hydrogen atom is largely responsible for lability of this carbohydrate. a recent example of methyl ester formation is in a study of the n-linked glycosylation of the glycoprotein, n-cadherin, from human melanoma cell lines (ciolczyk-wierzbicka et al., ) . the acids were first converted into their sodium salts with a dowex ag resin (na þ form) and these salts were then reacted with methyl iodide. other examples are included below. removal of contaminants such as salts, buffers, etc. is essential to obtain high quality spectra. a variety of methods are used, the majority being dialysis, use of various membranes such as nafion (börnsen, mohr, & widmer, ) or various resins. methods for preparing samples for mass spectrometric analysis have been reviewed (perreault, ) . some examples of those during the review period are listed below. drop dialysis has been used in clean-up of lipooligosaccharide (los) from moraxelle catarrhalis by luke et al. ( ) and a nafion membrane for on-probe clean-up of o-acetylated glucomannans from birch and aspen (teleman et al., ) . dowex ag resins in various forms have been used for analysis of n-glycans from the moss physcomitrella patens (viëtor et al., ) (ag w-x form), deacylated lipopolysaccharide (lps) from vibrio parahaemolyticus strains (hashii et al., a,b) ( w  , h þ form to remove cations) and extracellular polysaccharide (eps) from burkholderia cepacia (cescutti et al., ) ( w  - ) . ag combined with ag (anions) in a gel loader tip have been used for n-linked glycans (hoja-lukowicz et al., ; ciolczyk-wierzbicka et al., ) . porous graphitized carbon has been employed to desalt quaternized benzylamine derivatives (an, franz, & lebrilla, a) and hypercarb columns have been used by mills et al. ( b) for n-linked glycans released from human plasma glycoproteins proteins and by forno et al. ( ) (higai et al., a) and sialyl lewis x antigen-expressing glycoproteins secreted by human hepatoma cell line (higai et al., b) and wada, tajiri, and yoshida ( ) have employed both cellulose or sepharose for the separation of tryptic glycopeptides from tryptic peptides. c -solid-phase extraction followed by carbograph column was used by ohl et al. ( ) to remove detergents from nglycans. salts, etc. ware eluted from the columns with water, neutral glycans with % mecn and acidic glycans with % mecn/ . % trifluoroacetic acid (tfa). amberlite ir- (h þ ) was used by frirdich et al. ( ) to purify core oligosaccharide from e. coli. release of n-glycans with protein-n-glycosidase f (pngase f) is more efficient if the glycoprotein is pre-digested with trypsin or other protease. however, the resulting peptides can interfere with subsequent analysis and are difficult to remove with octadecyl (c ) silica cartridges, cation exchange columns or graphitized carbon cartridges. to overcome this problem, nakano, kakehi, and lee ( b) have modified the amino groups of the peptides with , , -trinitrobenzene- -sulfonate ( ) to render them more hydrophobic so that they can be more strongly retained on c or graphitized carbon. . , , -trinitrobenzene- -sulfonate affinity capture of glycoproteins to a maldi target has been reported by koopmann and blackburn ( ) . the target was coated with poly-l-lysine poly(ethylene glycol)-biotin polymer followed by tetrameric neutravidin. this surface then acted as a capturing surface for biotinylated proteins which could be adsorbed and desalted by washing. maldi spectra were obtained following addition of chca to the surface. proteinprotein interactions could also be studied with this treated target and, furthermore, it could be used to isolate glycoproteins by lectin binding. thus, biotinylated wheat germ agglutinin bound to the surface was used to further capture fetuin. the resulting maldi spectrum contained ions from the biotinylated lectin, neutravidin and fetuin. glycopeptides, such as those obtained from protease digests, frequently give weak signals in the presence of hydrophobic peptides. a simple method for separating hydrophobic from hydrophilic peptides on a maldi target has recently been devised (kjellström & jensen, ). an aqueous solution of the peptide mixture was placed on the target followed by an immiscible solvent, such as ethyl acetate with or without added matrix. the organic solvent extracted the hydrophobic peptides and was allowed to evaporate, after which, the residual aqueous phase was transferred to another part of the target and allowed to dry after addition of dhb. maldi spectra could then be acquired from both the hydrophobic and hydrophilic fractions. a paper on quantitation of glucose ( / ) in a study on enzyme kinetics has highlighted problems in the use of maldi-ms for quantitative work and how the technique can produce good quantitative results in spite of the popular belief that the technique is not quantitative. the inhomogeneity of the target and variations in the shot-to-shot laser intensity can be compensated for by averaging many shots from different target positions. it is also important to eliminate any spectrum in which the a/d converter is saturated. by use of a [u- c]-labeled internal standard and measurement of the [m þ na] þ ions, a linear calibration curve was obtained with a correlation coefficient of r ¼ . . the mean standard deviation was % but the authors (bungert, heinzle, & tholey, b) state that this could be improved if more spectra were averaged although this would have increased the analysis time. a maldi method for the quantification of glucose from hydrolyzed starch has been reported. sorbitol ( / ) was used as the internal standard and dhb provided the matrix even though it produced peaks in the same region, but not at the same mass as the analytes. calibration curves were linear over the range . - pmol added to the target and the method compared favorably with the normal colorimetric method for measuring glucose. even though the maldi results showed a greater degree of variability, this was more than compensated for by the speed of analysis (grant et al., ) . a quantitative maldi-tof ms method as also been developed for screening of ten pyranose oxidase variants. the isotopic labeled internal standard, [u- c]-glucose and the ionic liquid matrix, dhb/pyridine, were used with aliquots of enzyme reaction mixtures without pre-purification steps (bungert et al., a) . the ionic, liquid matrix enabled spectra to be recorded from most areas of the target (only out of spots failed to produce a signal). the mean standard deviation for glucosone was . % and the results were in good agreement with hplc measurements. glycosidic and cross-ring cleavages produce most of the fragment ions from carbohydrates. a third type of fragmentation mechanism has now been reported involving hexacyclic hydrogen rearrangements. the products were proposed to consist of unsaturated sugar rings lacking two oxygen atoms as shown in scheme (spina et al., ) . post-source decay (psd) fragmentation of per-acylated isoflavone glycosides (e.g., ) cationized with various metals and hydrogen have shown that the number of fragment ions decreased in the order li þ =na þ > ag þ > cu þ > h þ > k þ > rb þ =cs þ , roughly in line with earlier studies of underivatized carbohydrates (kéki et al., ) . fragments were largely glucosidic and losses of acetic acid and ketene but, unusually, there were a few fragments in some of the metal-cationized spectra that had lost the metal. loss of acetic acid and ketene was highest for the lighter metals. the authors attributed this observation to elimination of metal acetates. neutral and some acidic carbohydrates have been shown to form stable adducts with chlorine that survive the maldi process to give [m þ cl] À ions from matrices such as harmine ( / ) that have gas-phase acidities lower than or close to that of hcl (cai, jiang, & cole, ) . such adducts open the way for the production of negative ion fragmentation spectra from carbohydrates that, in many cases, produce more informative spectra than their positive ion counterparts. in the above publication, the adduct of the disaccharide d-turanose (a-d-glcp-( ! )-d-fru, ) was reported to fragment initially by loss of hcl to give a psd spectrum containing both glycosidic and ms/ms analysis of n-acetyllactosamine- , -disulfate ( ) and its -epimer produce different fragmentation patterns under several mass spectrometric methods (fast-atom bombardment (fab), esi and maldi-psd). the psd spectra were characterized by an abundant ion at m/z that was produced from the a-epimer by elimination of both the n-acetylamino-group and the -sulfate (ohashi et al., ) . muzikar et al. ( ) have found that many carbohydrates containing an amino group at the reducing terminus show enhanced psd fragmentation with production of more abundant cross-ring fragments. n-linked glycans are normally released enzymatically in this form but cross-ring fragmentation of these branched compounds was not enhanced as much as that from linear compounds and was inferior to the high-energy fragmentation obtained with a tof/ tof mass spectrometer. a novel method of ion isolation for cid has utilized ir-induced fragmentation and consequent removal of unwanted ions by use of a nd:yag laser that shone directly into the analytical cell of a modified fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance (ft-icr) mass spectrometer (xie, schubothe, & lebrilla, ) . the method differed from existing techniques in that it did not involve diverting the unwanted ions with magnetic or electric fields. the paper reported the isolation of g-cyclodextrin ( / ) from a mixture containing maltotetraose ((b-( ! )-linked d-glucose) , ) and maltohexaose both of which also produced fragments in the analytical cell prior to irradiation with the ir laser. infrared multiphoton dissociation (irmpd) of alkali metaladducted carbohydrates has also been studied in this instrument and compared with cid. although higher energy fragmentation could be obtained with cid, irmpd provided continuous energy transfer to the fragment ions with the result that more extensive fragmentation was achieved . fragmentation of maltohexaose and high-mannose glycans (positive ion) with a tof-tof mass spectrometer with air as the collision gas has been shown to give high-energy-type fragmentation with the production of abundant cross-ring cleavage ions and, in particular, x-type cleavages not seen in the low energy spectra. isomers of man glcnac ( ) could be distinguished with respect to the antenna ( or ) to which the seventh mannose was attached by the o, a and , a ions (mechref, novotny, & krishnan, ) . similar results have been reported by with a series of smaller sugars. a study of the effect of dhb or chca on fragmentation patterns of native and permethylated oligosaccharides in a tof/tof mass spectrometer has shown that, whereas chca promoted mainly glycosidic cleavages, dhb initiated glycosidic, cross-ring and internal cleavages with x-type cross-ring cleavages among the most abundant ions. permethylation produced increased sensitivity and spectra that were easier to interpret. studies with avidin from a dhb matrix allowed most of its n-glycans to be identified (stephens et al., a) . a comparison of matrices used for ionization of -ap-labeled complex n-linked glycans with a tof-tof mass spectrometer has shown that, whereas chca produced only sodiated fragments in ms spectra from [m þ na] þ parent ions, dhb produced both sodiated and protonated ions. it was suggested that the two matrices produced parent ions in different excited states . however, chca was more effective than dhb in producing abundant psd ions. although providing additional information through the production of more cross-ring cleavages, acidic glycans showed extensive fragmentation before reaching the collision cell. sialylated glycans, however, can be stabilized by permethylation or methyl ester formation, as discussed above. negative ion fragmentation appears to be gaining more in popularity because of its ability to produce abundant cross-ring cleavages. the [mÀh] À ion generated by ap-maldi from sialyl-lactose ( -sl, ) using a glycerol matrix, for example, yields the o, a ion as the most abundant fragment (von seggern, moyer, & cotter, a) . c-ions were prominent in the spectrum of this and larger sugars such as lsta (neu ac-a- glc, ) and the spectra easily allowed the location of sialic acids to be determined. cross-ring and c-type fragments were also prominent in the spectra of lithiated adducts and, in particular, the spectra of lithium salts of sialic acids (von seggern, zarek, & cotter, b) . fragmentation of the [m þ li] þ and [m þ co] þ ions showed no significant difference between -( ) and -sl ( ) but the spectra of the [mÀh þ li] þ ions were different. in general, replacing the acidic proton of the sialic acid group by salt formation prevented ready loss of sialic acid under positive ion conditions and accentuated differences between the spectra of isomeric sugars containing sialic acid at different positions. neu ac-α-( → )-gal-β-( → )-glcnac-β-( → )-gal-β-( → )-glc . lstb gal-β-( → )-glcnac-β-( → )-gal-β-( → )-glc | neu ac-α-( → ) studies with a maldi-ion-trap-tof instrument have shown that many of the fragments in the positive ion spectra of n-glycans originate from multiple sites. in the spectra of high-mannose glycans an ion formed by loss of the chitobiose core and antenna is diagnostic for the composition of the -antenna. however, in the spectra of biantennary glycans ( ), the abundant ion at the equivalent mass (m/z , hex -hexnac) was shown to be formed predominantly from the b ion (loss of the reducingterminal glcnac) and gal-glcnac from each antenna . symbols as for plus % = galactose the programming language java has been used to write a program for identifying the total monosaccharides present in a tryptic glycopeptide containing up to six o-linked glycans from the hinge region of human serum immunoglobulin (igg ). the program also calculated the amount of each glycopeptide as a percentage of total peak area . a modification and extension to the stroligo algorithm (ethier et al., ) for assigning structures of n-linked glycans from their cid spectra has been published (ethier et al., ) . spectra were recorded with a maldi-q-tof instrument, isotope-stripped and examined for peaks corresponding to monosaccharide losses. the program then built a relationship tree that was analyzed with respect to fragment ion types and adduct. [m þ na] þ , the ions usually encountered in maldi spectra of carbohydrates are now catered for as well as the [m þ h] þ ions featured in the original version of the program. negative ion fragmentation was also accommodated. greater attention to known biochemistry was incorporated in the new algorithm and the program was able to annotate spectra with the most probable structure. a web-based tool entitled glyco-fragment, to be found at http://www.dkfz.de/spec/projekte/fragments/ accepts carbohydrate structures in the extended iupac nomenclature (http://www.chem.qmw.ac.uk/lupac/ carb/ .html), as developed for the carbohydrate database, carbbank, and calculates the masses of all possible fragments. the presence of reducingterminal derivatives, various adducts such as sodium or lithium, persubstituted (e.g., permethyl) derivatives and substituents such as sulfate, acetate and phosphate are also accepted. b-and y-type fragments are listed by default and masses of c-, z-and crossring fragments can be obtained on demand. internal fragments are not catered for. output is in the form of a list or, in ''view as structure'' mode, ions associated with cleavage of each bond are shown when the user moves a cursor over a specific glycosidic linkage (lohmann & von der lieth, ) . glycosearchms (http://www.dkfz.de/spec/glycosciences.de/sweetdb/ms/) compares each peak in a mass spectrum with calculated fragments from all structures in the sweetdb database and the best matches are displayed (lohmann & von der lieth, ) . constituent monosaccharides can be obtained from the program glycomod (http://www.expasy.ch) as demonstrated by ma et al. ( a) to assign compositions to n-glycans released from the glycoprotein rat selenoprotein p. reviews of available databases relating to glycomics have been published (von der lieth, a,b) . work in this area is summarized in table . a comparison of the behavior of dextrans in positive and negative ion maldi has shown the expected formation of [m þ na] þ ions in positive mode whereas the negative ion spectra contained ions at [m- - ] À as the result of fragmentation. under esi conditions on a shimadzu-kratos seq instrument, positive ionization again produced [m þ na] þ ions but with a bias towards the lower masses. the negative ion spectra were dominated by extensive a-type fragment ions. maldi was reported to be more sensitive than esi but esi was more useful for structural studies (cmelík, stikarovská, & chmelík, ) . comparisons of fragmentation modes for the [m þ na] þ ions from these compounds have shown that, whereas psd, isd, and cid all produced glycosidic cleavages, only isd and cid produced significant cross-ring cleavage. localization of the charge to the reducing terminus by formation of a -phenyl- methyl- -pyrazolone derivative (see / ) restricted cleavage to the non-reducing terminus (bashir et al., ) . the b-d-fructan (inulin; for fructose, see / ) from dahlia tubers and glucose syrup from potatoes, together with similar polysaccharides from red onion and jerusalem artichokes, were used as reference compounds by stikarovská and chmelík ( ) to evaluate the best matrices for these compounds. linear-maldi-tof analysis gave stronger signals than reflectron-tof; dhb was found to be the best matrix for starch and thap for inulin. less effective matrices were chca, haba, aminoquinoline ( -aq, / ) and sinapinic acid ( / ). depolymerization of most of these very large molecules is necessary before maldi analysis. enzymatic treatment is usually used (details in table ) but heat treatment is also common. acetylation of glucuronoxylans and glucomannans has received considerable attention (table ) with some evidence of acetyl group migration during depolymerization (kabel et al., ) . acetylated glucuronoxylans and glucomannans have been recovered from flax shive following hydrothermal treatment but in this case, acetyl migration was not reported . acetylation has also been found on the mannose residues of glucomannans from birch and aspen wood and appear to be randomly distributed (teleman et al., ) . maldi-tof spectra from these two papers consisted of an extensive series of peaks with a mass separation of units (masses up to , ) but considerable simplification was found after deacylation. fernández et al. ( ) have examined arabinoxylans from wheat by maldi and esi mass spectrometry and detected structures with up to monosaccharide residues. as arabinose ( / ) and xylose ( / ) are isobaric, it was not possible to study the distribution of arabinose residues along the xylose backbone. however, this problem was overcome by permethylation; arabinose residues attracted three methyl groups, unsubstituted internal xylose residues, two and substituted residues one group. matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (maldi) conditions for determination of the substitution patterns in methyl- (momcilovic et al., b) and carboxymethyl-cellulose (momcilovic et al., a) have been evaluated. depolymerization was achieved both by use of enzymes or acid and the products fractionated by size-exclusion chromatography (sec). dhb, chca, haba and indoleacrylic acid (iaa, / ) were tested as matrices for methylcellulose but little difference was found between them. the choice of solvent, however, did have a significant effect, probably due to differential solubility of the variously methylated compounds. measurements on two acid-depolymerized samples of methylcellulose with different degrees of substitution gave values that agreed well with the involved in ary cell wall metab. (goujon, et al., ) argania spinosa (argan tree) identification of novel xufg motif aspergillus wentii araf, gal structure of oligosaccharides that modulate intestinal immune system (taguchi, et al., ) azorhizobium caulinodans glc, man random acetylation on man residues of glucomannans. (teleman, et al., ) barley starch enzyme l-tof (+ve) (dhb) glc quantification of glucose from starch. sorbitol as internal stand. (grant, et al., ) barley (hull-less) heat maldi glc study of structural changes caused by heating (li, et al., c) birch wood glucomannan -tof (dhb) sec, hpaec, nmr glc, man random acetylation on man residues of glucomannans. (teleman, et al., ) brassica campestris l. (field mustard) endo-( → )-βxylanase tof(dhb) glc, gc/ms, sec rha, fuc, ara, xyl, man, gal, glc structural characterization of polysaccharides from seed cake (ghosh, et al., ) chaetosartorya chrysella (rosenbohm, et al., ) coffea arabica (green coffee) endomannase tof (dhb/hiq) man, gal, acetyl groups structural characterization (oosterveld, et al., ) commercial sample structural determination in pharmaceutical formulations (kühn, et al., ) (continued ) structural characterization. inhibition of salivary α-amylase (kandra, et al., ) corn starch enzyme l-tof (+ve) (dhb) glc quantification of glucose from starch.sorbitol as internal standard. (grant, et al., ) craterostigma wilmsii endo-glucanase r-tof (dhb) ara, rha, xyl, man, gal, glc, glca, gala study of cell-wall composition of dehydrated resurrection plant. more gal than hydrated leaves. (vicré, et al., ) eleusine coracana (kabel, et al., ) flax shive acetyl-glucomannan hydrothermal l-tof (+ve, -ve) (dhb) sec glc, man no acetyl migration after hydrothermal treatment flax shive xylooligosaccharides hydrothermal l-tof (+ve, -ve) (dhb) sec xyl, me-glca isolation and characterization of water-soluble hemicelluloses gelidum amausii to study antioxidative properties (wang, et al., a) gramineae (doco, et al., ) lasallia pustulata pustulan galactomannan acetolysis r-tof (dhb) nmr, ir, glc gal, α-man main constituents are pustulan, a β-glucan-chitin complex and a β-( → )-glucan (pereyra, et al., ) lycopersicon esculentum (tomato) xyloglucan-specific endoglucanase tof (dhb/hiq) nmr α-ara, β-ara, xyl, glc, gal structure of xyloglucan produced by suspension-cultured tomato cells. (jia, et al., ) manihot esculenta crantz, starch iso-amylase tof ("standard matrix") glc study of different strains. one has more water-soluble glycans and unusual starch with low branching (carvalho, et al., ) mesorhizobium haukuii cyclic-β-glucan (guérardel, et al., ) nothogenia erinacea xylan xylanase r-tof (dhb) esi, nmr xyl comparison of xylanases from different families (nerinckx, et al., ) olea europaea (olive) polygalacturonase, arabinofuranosidase maldi, hplc rha, gal, fuc, xyl, ara, man, glc structural determination related to oil extraction (vierhuis, et al., ) (reis, et al., ) picea abies (spruce wood) galactoglucomannan hydrothermal l-tof (+ve, -ve) (dhb) sec man, glc, gal, xyl, ara effect of temperature and ph for extn. of hemicelluloses. % naoh increased high mass ( kda) extn. but removed oac groups (lundqvist, et al., ) picea abies (spruce wood) steam sec-maldi mannan and xylan investigations of compounds that can replace fossil-based products (palm & zacchi, ) potato, sweet potato (mou, et al., ) red wine rhamnogalacturonan ii endogalacturonase acid hydrolysis β-d-apif structural determination of heptasaccharide from red wine rhamnogalacturonan scheelea phalerata (palm) heteroxylan partial acid hydrolysis tof (dhb) , nmr, gc/ms glcpa, α-galpa, β-xylp, α-glcpa, araf structural characterization (simas, et al., ) schizosaccharomyces pombe glucans naoh/zymolyase tof (chca), nmr structural characterization (sugawara, et al., ) solanum tuberosum (potato) isoamylase tof (dhb) glc-phosphate phosphorylation of starch is required for degradation (ritte, et al., ) sugar beet pulp acetylated homogalacturonan endogalacturonase from fusarium moniliforme tof (thap), hpaec gala, me-gala products of enzymolysis show decreasing hydrolysis for more highly acetylated compounds (bonnin, et al., ) sweet potato water tof (dhb) glc investigation of hydrothermal conditions for glucose production (nagamori & funazukuri, ) tamarind xyloglucan pyrococcus furiosus β → -endoglucanase tof (dhb) glc xyl, glc structural determination. fragments with - residues. (marry, et al., ) wheat arabinoxylans endoxylanase a r-tof (dhb), esi, ms/ms structures with up to monosaccharide residues detected. (fernández, et al., ) wood, various species hemicelluloses - xyl, hexa xylan more abundant in surface layers of pulp fibres (dahlman, jacobs & sjöberg, ) ( ) instrument (matrix) other technique, sample (derivative). data supplied by the manufacturers. however, data from the carboxymethyl-celluloses was less satisfactory even though samples with different degrees of substitution could easily be distinguished from each other. a method has been published for detecting hydroxyethyl starch in urine. the compound is used as a plasma volume expander by athletes and has been banned by the international olympic committee. partial acid hydrolysis of urine was carried out with tfa and the product was examined directly by maldi-tof using super-dhb (s-dhb). the method was claimed to provide unambiguous identification in only min (gallego & segura, ). of the matrices dhb, nor-harmane ( / ), chca, haba, iaa, and sinapinic acid, dhb and nor-harmane were found by xiong et al. ( b) to give the strongest and best resolved spectra from macrocyclic polysaccharides containing from to sugar residues. sinapinic acid gave a very weak signal and was only recorded in linear mode. the liquid matrix, chca/ -aq/ glycerol also gave a strong and long-lasting signal but with inferior resolution. addition of alkali metal salts produced the expected adducts. a glass slide containing a uv absorbing tio sol-gel film from which imprinted a-cyclodextrin (cd (cyclic-( ! )-a-dglucose) , ) molecules had been removed has been used to selectively adsorb a-cd from a mixture of a-, b-, and g-cd. the a-cd was detected directly by maldi-ms without the addition of extra matrix . cyclic-( → )-α-d-glc) experiments with a-, b-, and g-cyclodextrins have shown that the larger molecules have greater affinity for larger alkali metals suggesting that the products are inclusion complexes that can be ionized intact. sinapinic acid was used as the matrix and under these conditions, dextran, a linear polymer, produced only [m þ h] þ ions (bashir et al., a) . inclusion complexes with cyclodextrins have recently been used to investigate the composition of humic acids from antarctica. the structure of humic acids is still largely unknown even though they are widely distributed in nature. gajdošová et al. ( ) recorded the maldi spectra of humic acids with and without g-cyclodextrin and found that several constituents appeared to form inclusion complexes. thus, for example, a shift in the cyclodextrin peak by . mass units after addition of humic acid from a standard soil sample was interpreted as consistent with inclusion of a cyclopentadiene radical (c h þ ). results from the soils from antarctica were similar. maldi spectra were recorded without a matrix to simplify the spectra. an investigation of the mechanism of the well-known migration of alkyl-silyl groups from the two-to the three position in cyclodextrins has shown that the receiving oxygen is that from the same ring as the migrating silyl group and not to the adjacent ring (teranishi & ueno, ) . matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (maldi) sample preparation protocols for examination of curdlan ((( ! )-b-d-glc-( ! )) n , ), a polyglucose obtained from the bacterium alcaligenes faecalis var. myxogenes c , have been reported. the crude sample was separated into a low molecular weight, water-soluble portion and a high-molecular weight, waterinsoluble portion. the low molecular weight portion was examined from dhb containing ammonium fluoride and gave two low-mass (< kda) polysaccharide distributions differing by da. the high molecular weight, water-insoluble portion was found to produce good signals from a mixture of dhb and -aq in dimethylsulfoxide (dmso) that was dried on a hot-plate at c. ions with masses of up to , were observed (chan & tang, ) . spectra of extracellular polysaccharides from the colony-forming prymnesiophyte algae phaeocystis globosa and p. antarctica showed peaks of less than , da, some of which had a repeat pattern of da but the monosaccharide units were not identified (solomon et al., ) . (→ )-β-d-glc-( →)) n supplementation of a pre-term formula with a mixture of galacto-and fructo-oligosaccharides with a molecular weight range similar to that of carbohydrates found in human milk as determined by maldi-tof analysis has been found to have a stimulating effect on the growth of bifidobacteria in the intestine and results in more frequent produced and softer stools. thus, prebiotic mixtures such as the studied oligosaccharide mixture might help in improving intestinal tolerance to enteral feeding in pre-term infants (boehm et al., ) . it is unusual for all but the simplest, low mass glycoproteins to produce maldi-tof spectra with resolved glycoforms but broad peaks and significant mass differences between observed and calculated protein masses for larger glycoproteins suggest glycosylation. thus, epoetins (erythropoietins), with several glycosylation sites occupied by sialylated complex glycans, produced only broad peaks with masses in the range of - kda and half-height peak widths of up to kda when examined by maldi-tof (stanley & poljak, ) . deglycosylation, however, produced sharp peaks from the protein with only minimal tailing. human follistatin expressed in cho cells has two n-linked glycosylation sites at asn- and . its maldi spectrum contained three peaks; the first at m/z , corresponded to the unglycosylated protein and the other two at m/z , and , were produced by unresolved glycopeptides. lc/ms analysis identified nine complex glycans (hyuga et al., ) . several partially resolved peaks from to . kda suggest glycosylation of human b-secretase catalytic domain, confirmed as n-linked by digestion with pngase f . reduction in mass of . kda of a humanized anti-hbs fab fragment by treatment with endo-h gave a mass that was still . kda above that of the protein. the authors speculated that the extra mass might indicate o-linked glycosylation but no proof was provided (ning et al., a) . similarly, a reduction in the mass of approximately . kda of a lysosomal serine carboxypeptidase from trypanosoma cruzi following endo-h treatment suggested the presence of two to three n-linked glycans (parussini et al., ) . other carbohydrates detected by massdifference measurements of proteins before and after deglycosylation include glcnac in cu/zn-superoxide dismutase from fungus humicola lutea (dolashka-angelova et al., b) and the high-mannose glycan man glcnac in ovotransferrin expressed in pichia pastoris (mizutani et al., ) . matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (maldi) analysis is also useful for detecting the absence (perteguer et al., ) or modification of glycosylation. thus, the mass of human transferrin produced in insect (drosophila melanogaster s ) cells is consistent with lack of sialic acids on its n-glycans (lim et al., ). . n-linked glycans a. analysis of derived glycopeptides and site occupancy. although n-linked glycans have long been known to attach to a consensus sequence consisting of an asn-xxx-ser(thr) motif, where xxx can be any amino acid except proline, evidence is now emerging that asn-xxx-cys can also act as a motif. satomi, shimonishi, and takao ( ) have identified a third site based on this motif, occupied by approximately % of the glycosylation, in human transferrin. proteolysis, usually with trypsin, to localize each consensus sequence site to an individual glycopeptide is the classical method for determination of the glycosylation at each site. detection of glycopeptides by hplc following proteolysis is often difficult because of effects such as signal suppression. monitoring of oxonium ions ( for hexose, for glcnac, etc.) is a standard method for tracking the glycopeptides and has been extended to monitoring with an ion trap mass spectrometer by generating them in the ion-source region (sullivan, addona, & carr, ) . peptide masses were confirmed by maldi-tof ms after desalting with c ziptips. a method for predicting peptide retention times in reversed-phase hplc has been published (krokhin et al., b) following examination of tryptic peptides and deglycosylated glycopeptides identified by maldi-tof ms from proteins. glycopeptides eluted slightly earlier than their deglycosylated versions. liu, feasley, and regnier ( ) have evaluated the technique of diagonal chromatography which involves comparisons of hplc chromatograms run under identical conditions before and after enzymatic removal of the glycans and have concluded that, although the technique worked well for detection of protein phosphorylation, retention times of the glycopeptides and derived peptides, identified by maldi-tof ms, were too similar for diagonal chromatography to be a reliable technique for detecting glycopeptides. maldi-tof ms has the advantage over esi-ms for the detection of glycopeptides in that the spectra usually only contain singly charged ions unlike esi with its tendency to produce multiply charged ions. glycopeptides are often revealed in maldi profiles by their relatively high mass and by peak spacing corresponding to monosaccharide residues (e.g., for hexose) (krokhin et al., a) . rather than attempt detection of glycopeptides in the presence of peptides, some investigators employ fractionation techniques to isolate the glycopeptides before mass spectrometric analysis. for example, wada et al. ( ) have developed a method whereby glycoproteins are reduced and alkylated, cleaved with trypsin and lysylendopeptidase and partitioned with cellulose or sepharose to bind the glycopeptides. the isolated glycopeptides could then be examined by lc or linear maldi-tof. ms/ms in an ion-trap-tof instrument provided peptide fragments for protein identification and carbohydrate ladders that gave information on the glycan composition. the method was applied to transferrin, igg and b -glycoprotein . a method has been reported for identification and quantification of n-linked glycoproteins following their specific immobilization on a solid support . cis-diol groups in the carbohydrate were oxidized with periodate to aldehydes allowing the carbohydrate to be captured by hydrazide chemistry. the protein was then cleaved with trypsin or another suitable enzyme and the resulting peptides were released with pngase f for analysis by maldi or esi mass spectrometry. deuterium labeling of the peptide with succinic anhydride allowed quantitative studies to be made. the frequent absence of glycopeptides in lc/ms analyses has been used to advantage in indicating which peptide might be glycosylated. thus, peptides containing the consensus n-glycosylation sites at asn- , , and were not observed by hambrock et al. ( ) from the tryptic digest of the recombinant protein tsc- /flik expressed in human cells suggesting that these sites were glycosylated. an et al. ( b) have used pronase to digest two wellcharacterized glycoproteins and found that steric factors prevented complete digestion in the region of the glycosylation site leaving the carbohydrate attached to a short peptide. n-glycan masses were obtained by maldi-ft ms from a separate experiment involving glycan removal by pngase f and subtracted from those of the glycopeptides to obtain the peptide mass and, hence, its structure. the method was claimed to be more rapid that the traditional method of proteolysis and the results easier to interpret because no large peptides appeared in the final sample. the method was applied to the study of site heterogeneity of xenopus laevis egg cortical granule lectin. asn to asp conversion after pngase digestion effectively labels the percentage of a given site that is occupied and is detected by a mass difference of one unit. the technique has been used, for example, to show glycosylation in of the consensus sequence sites of the su component of avian sarcoma/ leukosis virus envelope glycoprotein (kvaratskhelia et al., ) and to identify occupied glycosylation sites in membrane-bound glycoproteins. normally this latter task is difficult because d sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (sds-page) gels are ineffective in separating these compounds. to overcome the problem, the proteins were solubilized in guanidine-hcl, digested with trypsin and the glycopeptides were recovered by lectin binding. following removal of the n-glycans with pngase f, the peptides with the asn to asp conversion were detected by maldi-q-tof ms (fan et al., ) . investigations of the spike glycoprotein from the sars virus have revealed four occupied and one unoccupied n-linked sites by molecular weight measurements made before and after glycan removal by pngase f and by observing the asn to asp conversion (ying et al., ) . in a similar experiment, digestion of the glycoprotein n-cam with aspn and trypsin resulted in the identification of glycopeptides, each containing a single glycosylation site. they were separated by hplc and analyzed by maldi-tof ms. five of the six sites were identified but glycopeptides from site asn- were missing. this site was eventually characterized by a direct maldi-fticr analysis of the glycopeptides released in-gel by trypsin (albach et al., ) . incorporation of o into the aspartic acid from h o can be used to label the newly produced aspartic acid and was used by barinka et al. ( ) to identify and confirm glycosylation on each of the consensus sequence sites of glutamate carboxypeptidase ii. b. n-linked glycan composition from glycopeptide analysis. measurement of glycan masses directly or by subtraction of the mass of the peptide from those of glycopeptides leads directly to the constituent isobaric monosaccharide composition as illustrated by a recent study of n-glycan masses from the androgenic hormone of porcellio scaber (crustacea) (grève et al., ) . sometimes, with large glycopeptides, peaks are poorly resolved but can often be improved by chemical treatments. thus, for example, the core fragment of human luteinizing hormone gave a broad, poorly resolved peak (m/z , - , ) when examined from sinapinic acid with a linear tof instrument (jacoby, kicman, & iles, ) . the compound consisted of two peptide chains, only one of which was glycosylated, linked with four disulfide bonds. these bonds were reduced on the maldi target with dithiothreitol (dtt) to give a more fully resolved envelope of peaks from which the n-linked glycan composition was deduced by subtraction of the peptide masses. c. glycan release. most structural determinations of these compounds are performed on released glycans. experimental details for chemical and enzymatic release of n-glycans have been described (merry & astrautsova, ) . release with pngase f (or pngase a if the glycans contain fucose in a-( ! )-linkage to the core glcnac) or hydrazine are the preferred enzymatic and chemical release methods respectively. no new chemical release techniques or modifications were found during the review period reflecting the increasing popularity of enzymatic release, particularly with pngase f. additionally, pngase f release is not accompanied with the potential hazards of hydrazine. however, there is some controversy as to whether this enzyme releases all glycans, particularly from larger glycoproteins. thus, it has been shown not to release glc man glcnac ( ) from arylophorin under non-denaturing conditions and, in addition, reinhold et al. (zhu et al., a) assert that pngase f fails to release a subset of glycans from c. elegans and thus use hydrazine. artifacts detected by maldi-tof analysis after in-gel release with pngase f have included glycans with urea attached to the reducing terminus (omtvedt et al., ) as the result of its inclusion in an earlier procedure for glycoprotein purification. deglycosylation with trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, a method that leaves the protein intact for further study has been reviewed (edge, using the well-studied glycoproteins a -antitrypsin and ribonuclease b. gutternigg et al. ( ) , however, preferred att as the matrix because of its neutrality. a large number of studies have been conducted on the structural determination of n-glycans from isolated glycoproteins and from intact organisms or tissues; these are summarized in tables and respectively. among the more unusual glycosylations to have been reported are the presence of glc man glcnac ( ) in the insect antheraea pernyi (chinese oak silkworm) complex, di-, tri-, tetra-antennary peptides, not glycosylation control residence time β site-specific glycan characterization. (kamar, et al., ) α -acid glycoprotein human pngase f r-tof (dhb), glycans and me esters complex altered glycosylation in patients with inflammation and diabetes. (higai, et al., a) α -acid glycoprotein human, ox, sheep, rat pngase f trypsin, chymotrypsin l-tof (dhb), glycans comparison of glycosylation in four species. different glycosylation in each. (nakano, et al., ) α -acid glycoprotein human pngase f trypsin l-+ r-tof (dhb), glycans (various hydrazones) high-mannose hybrid, complex use of cationic or hydrophobic derivs. to enhance signal α -acid glycoprotein human pngase f tof, glycans ( -aa) complex, fucosylated di-and tri-antennary new separation method. fucglycans up in cancer (szöllosi, et al., ) α -acid glycoprotein cancer patients showed raised agp with abnormal glycans aminopeptidase n (stephens, et al., b) α -antitrypsin identification of congenital disorders of glycosylation α -antitrypsin human hepatoma cells complex increase in → -fucosylation in hepatoma cell line (higai, et al., b) α -antitrypsin -pngase f trypsin tof (dhb), glycans complex (di-, tri-, tetra-antennary) as reference compound to demonstrate on-target digestion amyloid fibril human trypsin tof, glycopeptide complex detection of one occupied glycosylation site (karimi, sletten & westermark, ) androgenic hormone structural identification (grève, et al., ) α -antitrypsin under-glycosylation of plasma α -antitrypsin not random (mills, et al., a) table . use of maldi ms for examination of n-glycans from specific glycoproteins (see also asialofetuin fetal calf serum pngase f trypsin l-+ r-tof (dhb), glycans (hydrazones) complex use of cationic or hydrophobic derivatives. to enhance signal avidin complex glycan identification in human ovarian tumour marker n-cadherin high-mannose, complex structural characterization cd (heat stable antigen) pngase f r-tof (dhb), glycans complex structural determination from different cell lines (ohl, et al., ) chorionic gonadotropin complex abnormal (branched on -arm) biantennary glycans in choriocarcinoma jeg- cells cortical granule lectin pngase f pronase, trypsin high-mannose, complex asn- , n-glycan ident. method based on pronase digestion to determine site occupancy cytotoxin naja kaouthia (cobra) venom pngase f trypsin l-, r-tof (dhb, sinapinic acid) glycopep. complex, asn- first ident. of glycosylation in three-fingered toxin (osipov, et al., ) decay-accelerating structural identification (lukacik, et al., ) ecto- '-nucleotidase bull seminal plasma cnbr, trypsin l-, r-tof (chca), oligo-man, hybrid, complex, asn- structural identification (fini, et al., ) site-specific structure determination. (hyuga, et al., ) α-galactosidase (caputo, et al., ) glutamate carboxypeptidase trypsin, asp-a tof (chca, ferulic acid, dhb), glycopeptides all sites occupied but nature of glycans not stated identification of glycosylation sites by o-incorporation (barinka, et al., ) β -glycoprotein i human trypsin, lysylendopeptidase tof (dhb), ms n complex as test compound for method based on hydrophilic affinity isolation (wada, et al., ) gp /sabp human seminal fluid pngase f trypsin seldi, l-tof (chca) cid glycans (per-me) different n-linked glycan profile in pathological state (caputo, et al., ) gp hiv-i sf t r y p s i n l-tof (chca, +ve, dhb, -ve), lc/ms (esi), glycopeptides complex, high-man, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , high-mannose complex (gal-fuc) structural identification. novel galactose-substitution on core fucose (wuhrer, et al., c) hemocyanin megathura crenulata (keyhole limpet) hydrazine maldi, glycans ( -ap) high-mannose, hybrid first gal-β-( → )-man and fuc-α-( → )-galnac epitopes hemocyanin high-mannose, complex structural identification mainly by hplc. igd/ige human pngase f, ingel r-tof (dhb), hplc ( -ab) identification of glycans. interaction with lectins. (arnold, et al., ) igg human (sjögren's disease) hydrazine tof, glycans, (abee) complex structural ident. lower gal on glycans from patient (kuroda, et al., ) igg human hydrazine r-tof (dhb), maldi-q-tof, lc/ms ( -ab) hybrid, complex identification of congenital disorders of glycosylation igg α-gal-caps) structural identification igg human trypsin, lysylendopeptidase tof (dhb), ms n complex as reference compound for method based on hydrophilic affinity isolation (wada, et al., ) igm determination of site-specific glycosylation endo-d, pngase f tof (sinapinic acid) complex fuc-glcnac on asn- needed for max. il- r binding (logsdon, et al., ) integrin pngase f tof, (+ve) (dhb), high-mannose, complex glycans from melanoma integrins have β → -branches (pochec, et al., ) (westphal, et al., ) lysozyme mutant (g n) pngase f (in gel) high-mannose plus glcnac yeast shown to be capable of adding glcnac to glycans (yoko-o, et al., ) matrix metalloproteinase- human pngase f, trypsin tof, glycans complex (biantennary) structural determination. asn- , (kotra, et al., ) neoculin curculigo latifolia fruit - paucimannosidicdeduced from mass structural characterization of taste-modifying protein (shirasuka, et al., ) neural cell adhesion molecule calves endo n pngase f trypsin tof (att), esi, ion trap, glycans ( -ap) complex hnk- epitope -sites , , , structural identification. polysialic acid removed by endo n treatment (wuhrer, et al., a) ovalbumin chicken pngase f l-+ r-tof (dhb), esi, procyclin trypanosoma brucei hf, pngase f tof (chca), glycopeptides, glycans high-mannose identification of glycosylation mutants resistant to con a prostate hybrid, complex structure of glycans in normal and prostate cancer (ohyama, et al., ) receptor (gotte, et al., ) ribonuclease b bovine pancreas pngase f trypsin l-+ r-tof (dhb), glycans (hydrazones) high-mannose use of cationic or hydrophobic derivs. to enhance signal ribonuclease b bovine pancreas to investigate the effect of charged (sialylated) glycans on glycoprotein migration in isoelectric focusing gels thy- avian in lec or tn cells asp-n, glu-c tof (chca), glycopeptides paucimannosidic structural identification (mehndiratta, et al., ) transferrin human pngase f r-tof (dhb, -aq), glycans (me ester, ants) multiple changes in glycosylation explains poor sensitivity as etoh-use marker (flahaut, et al., ) transferrin human serum identification of congenital disorders of glycosylation transferrin structural identification. glycosylation at asn- in asn-xxx-cys motif. (satomi, et al., ) transferrin human trypsin, lysylendopeptidase tof (dhb), ms n complex as reference compound for method based on hydrophilic affinity isolation (wada, et al., ) transferrin human hepatoma cells pngase f r-tof (dhb), glycans complex increase in ( → )-fucosylation in hepatoma cell line (higai, et al., b) vicilin cor a trypsin tof, glycopeptides to study allergenic behaviour. (lauer, et al., ) vitelline pngase f high-mannose, complex study of the effect of glycan structure on sperm-binding (vo, et al., ) vitellogenin high-mannose structural identification (khalaila, et al., ) β-xylosidase high-man (me-man) paucimannosidic structural identification (gutternigg, et al., ) caenorhabditis elegans (natsuka, et al., ) caenorhabditis elegans soluble glycoproteins hydrazine tof (dhb), glycans ( -ap) high-mannose, truncated complex structural identification and genetics (hirabayashi, et al., ) chinese hamster ovary cells with glcnact-iii pngase f l tof (s-dhb), glycans complex (with bisect) structural identification. glcnac-tiii produces bisects (lee, park & stanley, b) chinese hamster, (wild and lec ovary cells pngase f tof (+ve, -ve) (s-dhb, thap), glycans high-mannose, complex lec cho cells have reduced ability to add galactose (lee, et al., c) chinese hamster, (schmitt, et al., a) human serum hydrazine r-tof (dhb), q-tof, lc/ms, glycans ( -ab) high-mannose, hybrid, complex identification of congenital disorders of glycosylation maize glycoproteins pngase a r-tof (dhb), glycans (reduced, per-me) paucimannosidic for detection of immunogenic core ( → )-fuc and core xyl (bardor, et al., a) mice erythrocytes hydrazine tof (dhb) complex β-gal-transferase- deficient mice produced more n-ac-lactosamine (kotani, et al., ) nicotiana benthamiana paucimannosidic, highmannose, complex structural identification. glycans similar to those of higher plants (viëtor, et al., ) oryza sativa (rice) pngase a r-tof (dhb), glycans (reduced, per-me) paucimannosidic for detection of immunogenic core ( → )-fuc and core xyl (bardor, et al., a) rice, maize, wheat, date pngase a l-tof, r-tof (dhb/hiq), gc/ms, glycans paucimannosidic n-glycan structure similar between mono-and di-cotyledons (léonard, et al., ) . paucimannosidic glycans with similar gal-b-( ! )-fuc and gal-b-( ! )-gal-b-( ! )-fuc groups at the reducing-terminal -position have been found in keyhole limpet (megathura crenulata) hemocyanin (wuhrer et al., c ). an unusual difucosylated core structure man -glcnac dhex ) in which one of the fucose residues is attached to a mannose residue has been reported as a constituent of phaiodactylipin (phospholipase a ) from scorpion anuroctonus phaiodactylus) venom (valdez-cruz, batista, & possani, ) . high-mannose glycans including the first report of a glycan with a gal-b-( ! )-man moiety have been reported from keyhole limpet hemocyanin together with glycans with a fuc-a-( ! )-galnac epitope which causes cross-reactivity with schistosoma mansoni glycans which share same epitope . some n-glycans from c. elegans and related organisms are substituted with phosphorylcholine (pc, / ) which is thought to modulate the host immune response. studies on their biosynthesis have shown that c. elegans microsomes transfer pc from l-a-dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine ( ) to both hybrid and complex n-glycans containing glcnac (cipollo et al., a) . hl cells treated with the glucosidase inhibitor n-butyldeoxynojirimycin (nb-dnj, ) produced a series of compounds with the structure of high-mannose glycans but with only one glcnac residue as the result of cytosolic cleavage from misfolded glycoproteins that had been exported from the endoplasmic reticulum (mellor et al., b) . a novel trisulfated hybrid glycan containing a glca residue capping the gal-glcnac antenna has been identified from bovine myelin glycoprotein p (yan, kitamura, & nomura, ) . e. applications of maldi ms to the study of n-glycan function. the presence of n-glycans on ribonuclease has been shown to reduce oligomerization (gotte, libonati, & laurents, o-linked glycans continue to receive less attention than their n-linked counterparts, one factor being their tendency to occur in groups that make site analysis difficult. as with n-linked glycans, much structural analysis is conducted on released glycans. a method for the identification of sites modified by o-glcnac that relies on mild b-elimination followed by michael addition with dithiothreitol and known as bemad has been described (wells et al., ) . the method was validated by mapping three previously identified o-glcnac sites, as well as three novel sites, on synapsin i purified from rat brain and on the lamin b receptor and the nucleoporin nup . a. studies on intact glycoproteins and glycopeptides. collision-induced decomposition (cid) spectra of glycopeptides obtained by esi from doubly charged ions frequently display prominent loss of the sugar moieties as the result of the labile protons. czeszak et al. ( ) have used maldi-psd on glycopeptides derivatized with a phosphonium group at the amino-terminus and have shown that the resulting singly charged phosphonium ions and a-type fragments retain the sugar. in contrast, when doubly charged ions were generated by proton addition, loss of the glycan was again seen. the method was claimed to be an effective alternative to electron-capture dissociation (ecd) and was used to locate up to three galnac residues on the full tandem repeat peptide derived from the muc ac mucin. kurogochi, matsushita, and nishimura ( ) have reported that lift-tof with dhb as the matrix is an ideal system for fragmenting glycopeptides (b and y series ions) and have used it to determine the o-linked glycosylation sites in mucin-type glycopeptides. up to six o-linked glycosylation sites have been found in the hinge region of iga from human serum . tryptic digestion yielded a -mer glycopeptide that was examined by maldi-tof ms from thap/ammonium citrate. this matrix gave more highly resolved spectra than s-dhb or analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates & chca; the chca spectrum, in particular, was very poorly resolved . structural analysis was by exoglycosidase digestion (sialidase and galactosidase) and site analysis was performed on the degraded glycans by further cleavage with the endoproteases glu-c from staphyloccus aureus and proteinase k from tritirachium album . maldi-tof analysis of the stalk-region glycopeptide (aptpvppptgtprpl) from murine cd has shown that all three threonine residues are glycosylated with hexnac. four peaks were obtained and attributed to molecules containing - additional hexose residues . the kda portion of the / kda glycoprotein from mycobacterium tuberculosis expressed in streptomyces lividans has been found to contain glycans on both the n-and c-terminal tryptic peptide; maldi-tof analysis showed from to hexose residues at the n-terminus but the glycosylation site was not determined (lara et al., ) . the -amino acid-containing peptide isolated from conus textile contains a gal-galnac residue attached to threonine but with an unknown linkage between the sugar rings. maldi-tof analysis of the products of a b-galactosidase digest on a synthetic analogue containing the common b-d-gal-( ! )-a-d-galnac-carbohydrate showed that the enzyme was unable to remove the galactose residue suggesting the presence of a ! -linked galactose and this was confirmed by subsequent nmr analysis (kang et al., ) . tryptic glycopeptides from surface glycoproteins of the hepatitis b virus were found by maldi-tof ms and on-target exoglycosidase digestion to be o-glycosylated with gal-galnac or neu ac-gal-galnac. the n-glycans were mainly biantennary complex (schmitt et al., a) . b. applications of maldi to the structural determination of o-linked glycans. studies on the structural determination of o-glycans from isolated glycoproteins and from intact organisms or tissues are summarized in tables and respectively. studies on some specific structural types are summarized below. i. mucins. the ability of maldi ms to resolve complex mixtures of glycans has been utilized in studies of mucins from the jelly coats of amphibian eggs. thus, three layers of the jelly coat from x. laevis have been shown to contain different but overlapping glycan structures; neutral and sulfated compounds were identified by hplc (pgc column), maldi-ft-icr, cid and the ''catalog-library'' approach of cid peak matching reported earlier (tseng, hedrick, & lebrilla, ) . thirty-five neutral, sulfated and sialylated glycans have been identified from x. tropicalis by similar techniques combined with exoglycosidase digestion (zhang et al., a) . sialylated glycans were stabilized by formation of methyl esters. sulfated core- and core- glycans have been identified by maldi-tof ms and nmr from respiratory mucins from a patient suffering from chronic bronchitis but, unlike the structures of glycans identified earlier from a cystic fibrosis patient (lo-guidice et al., ) , these glycans contained no sialic acid (degroote et al., ) . maldi-tof data were recorded in negative ion mode and no loss of sulfate was reported. human intestinal mucins show an acidic gradient along the intestinal tract which may explain the region-specific colonization of the gut by various bacteria (robbe et al., b) . o-glycans of stomach mucosa have an antibacterial action against helicobacter pylori by inhibiting biosynthesis of cholesteryl-a-d-glucoside (identified by maldi-tof ms), a major cell wall component (kawakubo et al., ) . ii. glycosaminoglycans (gags). methods for the analysis of hyaluronan and its fragments have been reviewed (capila & sasisekharan, ) . a. unsulfated gags. hyaluronan oligomers ( , with masses up to kda, obtained from hyaluronic acid by the action of bovine testicular hyaluronidase have been examined by electrospray and maldi-tof ms. electrospray showed the presence of oligomers with both odd and even numbers of sugar units whereas maldi and high-performance anion exchange chromatography (hpaec) showed only even numbered oligomers. the discrepancy was traced to the electrospray ion source which was producing cone-voltage fragmentation. it was recommended that for esi studies of compounds of this type, the cone voltage be kept low and precisely controlled (prebyl et al., ). an lc/ ms method for quantification of hyaluronic acid fragments in pharmaceutical preparations produced by the action of hyaluronate lyase from streptococcus agalactiae has been reported, with negative ion maldi-tof from dhb being used to record the glycan profiles of three fractions. the largest fraction showed peaks to kda (kühn et al., ) . a model disaccharide, dua-glcnac ( mmol), derived from heparan sulfate by heparitinase enzyme digestion and bearing an unsaturated , uronic acid (dua) at the non-reducing end has been adducted to mercuric acetate and the product characterized by maldi-tof ms, confirming the formation of a mercury adduct (m/z calc. . , obs. with the expected spread of mass units for hg to hg , consistent with the production of a cyclic , mercurinium intermediate (skidmore et al., ) . b. sulfated gags. a common method for analysis of these glycans is the use of basic peptides for ion pairing as outlined in the earlier reviews in this series. thus, for example, cleavage of heparin by controlled g-irradiation has produced fragments enriched in highly sulfated sequences which were examined by maldi-tof ms using ion-pairing with (arg-gly) -arg to stabilize the sulfates (bisio et al., ) . studies by maldi-tof ms and hplc of the serine protease inhibitor and its chondroitinase and hyaluronidase digestion products have shown that, in acute inflammation, its chondroitin- sulfate chain is both longer and undersulfated compared with control glycoproteins (capon et al., ) . combined maldi-tof and enzyme digestion have also been used by kett and coombe ( ) for gag analysis. a method for simultaneous analysis of both n-and o-linked glycans has been published by robbe et al. ( a) . glycans were released by non-reductive b-elimination using the ammonia-based method described earlier by huang, mechref, and novotny ( ) (plihal, et al., ) bile core- core- structural identification. branched core i in cancer c inhibitor human in rabbit mammary gland β-elimination r-tof (dhb (+ve) thap/nh citrate), glycans core- structural ident. of glycans expressed in milk (koles, et al., b) carbohydrate- trypsin, chymotrypsin tof (cinnamic acid), seldi, glycopeptides mannose structural identification. regions of glycans with maximum of four mannose (boraston, et al., ) κ-casein neu gc-gal-galnac structural identification (mamone, et al., ) κ-casein trypsin, gluc neu gc-gal-galnac structural identification (holland, deeth & alewood, ) cd mouse trypsin r-tof (dhb), esi, glycopeptides core- structural identification chorionic gonadotrophin human in cho cells hydrazine r-tof (dhb cmbt), ssi, ion trap, glycans ( -ab) to residues, sialylated structural identification (gervais, et al., ) coagulation core- structural identification (lukacik, et al., ) granulocyte- ser- , , thr- , core structural identification (forno, et al., ) iga ( core ii structural identification, mainly by hplc -aminoacridone (amac, / ) or -aminonaphthalene- , , trisulphonic acid (ants, ). they were then separated by gel electrophoresis, the bands containing the glycans were excised and the derivatized glycans were extracted for analysis by maldi and electrospray ms. comparisons between the electrophoresis profiles from the amac (uncharged) and ants (charged) derivatives provided an indication of the charge state of the glycan. the method was designed mainly for profiling mucin glycans and was applied to porcine gastric mucin and bovine submaxillary mucin. a popular method for the independent study of both n-and o-glycosylation is to remove the n-linked glycans with, for example, pngase f and then examine the o-glycosylation, either by further release using b-elimination or by measurements on the glycopeptides obtained from the o-linked region (forno et al., ; trimble et al., ) . the well-established differential hydrazinolysis method was used by gervais et al. ( ) to study n-and o-linked glycosylation of human recombinant chorionic gonadotropin allowing o-linked glycans to be identified for first time. with the recent sequencing of several genomes, attention has become focused on how the complexity of higher organisms can be encoded by such a small number of genes. post-translational modifications and, in particular, glycosylation have emerged as important determinants of the control of biological systems. lamarre-vincent and hsieh-wilson ( ) have studied glycosylation of cyclic amp-responsive element-binding protein, a transcription factor essential for long-term memory and have shown the first link between o-glcnac and information storage in the brain. o-glcnac was detected by specific enzymatic radiolabeling with galactose from [ h]udp-galactose to the position of o-glcnac. maldi-tof analysis of the tryptic peptides was used to show that the enzyme was modified with two o-glcnac residues. most organisms synthesize a-linked-polyglucans, such as glycogen, as an energy source when other reduced carbon compounds are insufficiently available but, to date, the method for the initiation of glycogen synthesis in prokaryotes has not been determined. in an attempt to rectify this gap in our knowledge, albrecht et al. ( ) have produced the eukaryotic enzyme yeast glycogenin (glg p), a known initiator in fungi and animals, in e. coli and found it to be autocatalytically glucosylated at tyrosine residues and with from to glucose residues, as determined by maldi-tof and ms/ms analysis. further incubation with udpglucose resulted in transfer of more than additional glucose residues over min as detected by maldi-tof. in another study, the z under-o-glycosylation in iga nephropathy (horie, et al., a) iga human serum identification of glycans. computer program to interpret data iga selenoprotein p glu-c trypsin l-tof (chca), glycopeptides thr- , hex, hexnac, neu ac structural identification (ma, et al., a) zona pellucida human and mouse β-elimination r-tof (dhb), glycans (per-me) gal, galnac, neu ac, neu gc proteins from both sources have same glycans (coppin, et al., ) caenorhabditis elegans total glycoproteins β-elimination tof, q-tof (dhb), glycans glca, gal, galnac srf- mutant, resistant to bacterial infection is deficient in glycoconjugates (cipollo, et al., b) hepatitis b virus trypsin, o-glycosidase tof (att), glycopeptides galnac-gal-neu ac structural identification (schmitt, et al., a) human airway mucin core- , core- biosynthesis of airway mucins related to bronchial disease (degroote, et al., ) human intestinal mucins β-elimination tof (dhb), gc/ms, glycans core- evidence for region-specific glycosylation dependent on ph (robbe, et al., b) human tonsillar lymphocytes trypsin tof, glycopeptides galnac, gal, neu ac asialo-o-glycans deposited in iga nephropathy (hiki, et al., ) mouse intestinal mucins β-elimination tof, gc/ms, glycans (n-meamide) core- , core- alterations in intestinal mucins caused by parasite (holmén, et al., ) xenopus laevis egg mucin β-elimination ft-icr (dhb (+ve) , -dha (-)), cid, glycans neutral, sulfated, core- structural determination. catalog library approach ox submaxillary gland mucin neutral, acidic, unspecified core non-reductive β-elimination with nh oh allows labeling (robbe, et al., a) rat skeletal muscle (zhang, et al., a) n-terminal segment of potato x virus has been found to be glycosylated at the n-terminus with galactose or fucose and that the presence of the sugar mediates the formation of a bound water shell on the virion surface (baratova et al., ) . glycan profiling by maldi-tof ms for the detection of disease is gaining ground. for example, a new method has been developed for the extraction of the acute-phase glycoprotein, a -acid glycoprotein from human serum and its n-glycans have been compared in patients with inflammation or cancer and healthy controls. the disease states produced an increase in both the degree of branching and in the amount of fucosylation szöllosi et al., ) . the amounts of fucosylated bi-, tri-, and tetra-antennary glycans were also found to increase at the expense of unfucosylated triantennary glycans in this glycoprotein in patients with acute inflammation (higai et al., a) . sialylated glycans were stabilized for maldi-tof analysis by formation of methyl esters. the same stabilization method was used by flahaut et al. ( ) in a study on the effect of ethanol on transferrin glycosylation in chronic alcoholics has revealed patient-dependent differences in both the level of sialylation and in the number of glycans attached to the molecule, possibly accounting for the controversial use of transferrin glycosylation as a marker for chronic ethanol consumption. a. detection of cancer biomarkers. n-glycans from normal human pancreatic cells consist mainly of complex biantennary structures with small amounts of tri-and tetra-antennary compounds and larger compounds with poly-n-acetyllactosamine extensions and extensive fucosylation (up to five fucose residues and eight gal-glcnac units as detected by maldi-tof ms). glycans from ribonuclease extracted from pancreatic adenocarcinoma tumor cells, on the other hand, contain fucosylated hybrid structures and biantennary glycans whose antennae terminated in galnac, thus providing a potential diagnostic test for the adenocarcinoma (peracaula et al., a) . maldi-tof analysis gave much better resolution of the large glycans than could be obtained by hplc. altered glycosylation has also been found associated with prostate cancer; glycans from prostate-specific antigen (psa) contained increased amounts of fucose and galnac in the antennae, again indicating a possible diagnostic test (peracaula et al., b) . another study found increased amounts of a-( ! )-linked sialic acid in human polysialic acid (psa) suggesting that differential binding to maackia amurensis agglutinin lectin could be used to differentiate prostate cancer from benign prostate hypertrophy (ohyama et al., ) . masses of some sialylated glycans were reported from linear maldi-tof spectra but most measurements were made on neutral glycans following linkage-specific removal of sialic acid. increased fucosylation has also been found in n-linked glycans from human hepatoma (higai et al., b) and melanoma (ciolczyk-wierzbicka et al., ) cell lines and a reduction in the concentration of fucosylated glycoproteins has been found in dogs undergoing treatment for lymphosarcoma (xiong, andrews, & regnier, a ). an extensive study of the n-and o-glycosylation of the human ovarian tumor marker ca has been reported. the bi-, tri-, and tetra-antennary glycans were identified by maldi-tof, ms/ms and fab mass spectrometry as permethylated derivatives coupled with exoglycosidase digestion . highly processed glycans have also been found on the breast tumor marker protein, gross cystic disease fluid protein- , than on the same protein from healthy controls (caputo et al., ) . glycans were again examined as permethylated derivatives but, this time, by surface-enhanced laser desorption/ionization (seldi) mass spectrometry. muc glycoprotein is overexpressed in breast cancer and o-glycans have been shown to control proteolysis by preventing proteolysis of the thr -ser bond if either amino acid is glycosylated (hanisch et al., ) . tetrasialylated-tetra-antennary glycans carrying a b ! antenna appear to be associated with the development of cancer metastases as demonstrated by studies on integrins from metastatic and non-metastatic human melanoma cell lines (pochec et al., ) . maldi-tof profiles were obtained following in-gel glycan release using the method described by küster et al. ( ) as modified by hoja-lukowicz et al. ( ) . bi-and tri-antennary glycans have been identified attached to human chorionic gonadotropin produced in a choriocarcinoma cell line (jeg- ); the biantennary glycans, which were useful markers, were unusual in having a branched -antenna ( ) rather than carrying both unbranched -and -antenna . the structure was confirmed by maldi-tof analysis of exoglycosidase digestion products with an a-mannosidase digestion following b-galactosidase digestion to confirm the presence of the exposed mannose residue on the -antenna. the study illustrates the danger of assigning structures directly by matching masses with those from a database or by using only the usual exoglycosidase sequence of b-galactosidase followed by n-acetylhexosaminidase which would incorrectly have suggested a normal biantennary structure such as . b. congenital diseases of glycosylation. matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization-time-of-flight (maldi-tof) analysis of both the n-glycans released from tryptic peptides and of the peptides themselves has shown that the asparagine residues of a -antitrypsin in patients suffering from congenital disorder of glycosylation (cdg) type i (deficiency in the initial protein glycosylation by glc man glcnac , ) are preferentially glycosylated in the order asn- > > (mills et al., a) . asparagine occupation was measured by observing the extent to which it was converted to aspartic acid during glycan removal by the enzyme pngase f. in a newly characterized disorder, cdg- i, maldi-tof and hplc were used to show that some of the n-glycans on fibroblasts consisted only of man glcnac and man glcnac (thiel et al., ) . analysis by maldi-tof and hplc of serum glycoproteins from several patients with cdg type ii syndromes (defective glycan processing) has been used to identify several enzyme defects. one patient was characterized with a mannosidase-iii deficiency that prevented biosynthesis of complex glycans as the result of failure to remove residual mannose residues from the -antenna. the predominant hybrid glycan was characterized by cid using a maldi-q-tof instrument . a-mannosidase deficiency causes accumulation of mannosecontaining oligosaccharides (released from n-glycans) in various tissues but the disease has been successfully treated by enzyme replacement therapy. residual glycans were monitored in this study by maldi-tof ms (roces et al., ) . a glcnactransferase-ii deficiency in another patient in the study by butler et al. prevented c. other diseases. the hinge region of iga has been shown by maldi-tof ms to be under-o-glycosylated in patients with iga neuropathy (horie et al., a) . as upper respiratory tract infection often precedes hematurea and proteinurea in these patients, horie et al. ( b) have investigated the effect of tonsillectomy and steroid treatment and found that they produce increases in the extent of iga o-glycosylation. again, analysis was by maldi-tof with s-dhb as the matrix. a method has been reported for detection of the biomarker, serum amyloid component, in human plasma or urine. extraction was by monoclonal antibody binding and analysis by maldi-tof ms from sinapinic acid. several new, desialylated compounds were detected from three individuals (kiernan et al., ) . krokhin et al. ( ) have identified, in a preliminary study, several high-mannose and complex n-glycans from the spike protein of the sars virus taken directly from patients. the compounds were identified mainly with the aid of ms/ms on a q-tof instrument. work with these compounds usually involves analysis of intact proteins that are modified with chemically attached glycan residues and are ideal subjects for the high mass resolving ability of maldi-tof instruments. analysis of b-lactoglobulin glycation products formed from lactose and galactose has revealed lysine as the main binding site with additional binding at the amino-terminal leucine residue and at arg- . maldi-tof analysis was found to be more efficient than lc/esi-ms for locating the binding sites (fenaille et al., ) . maldi-tof has, for the first time, enabled kinetic data to be obtained on defined glycation products from specific sites of a glycated protein. thus, lysozyme was incubated with d-glucose for , , , or weeks in phosphate-buffered saline, digested with endoproteinase glu-c and the c-and n-terminal peptides were used for the relative quantification of the initial amadori product, n e -(carboxymethyl)lysine ( ) and an imidazolone ( ) formed from arginine (kislinger et al., ) . the preferred glycation sites in human serum albumin (hsa) have been determined as lysines , , , , and following incubation of hsa with glucose, enzymatic digestion of the protein with either trypsin or endoproteinase lys-c, and examination of the resulting glycated peptides by lc/ms/ms and maldi-tof from chca (lapolla et al., a) . glycation of casein by glucose, fructose or ribose has been characterized and shown not to affect its protective effects on human intestinal caco- cells (jing & kitts, ) . a study of type diabetic patients and controls have shown that complications of diabetes are associated with a higher concentration of glyco-oxidized variants of globin than observed in controls or patients without complications (lapolla et al., b) . several other studies on advanced glycation end products (ages) have been reported. yamada et al. ( ) have synthesized a collagen model peptide and subjected it to glycation with glucose, ribose and glyoxal ( ). a dimeric peptide linked glyoxal-lysine dimer ( ) was isolated and identified by maldi-tof as the first example of an intact glycation-derived dimer. the same technique has been used to show that methylglyoxyl, produced during the maillard reaction binds to arg- and arg- located within the binding site of bovine glutathione peroxidase and to deactivate the enzyme, resulting in an increase in the intracellular peroxidases responsible for oxidative cellular damage . ages from ribose were formed more rapidly when incubated with bovine serum albumin (bsa) than those from glucose or fructose as measured by binding to age receptors (valencia et al., ) . the use of in-house-developed perl script software has been used to identify and localize ages on b -microglobulin . the program identifies masses, measured by maldi-tof ms that correspond to those of peptides with an age modification. in other studies, the ages n e -(carboxymethyl)-lysine, imidazolone a ( ) and b ( ), pyrraline ( ) and -alkyl- -formyl- , glycosyl pyrrole ( ) have been found on the type ryanodine receptor calcium-release channel, accounting for decreased cardiac contractility in diabetes . the soluble age receptor (srage), a member of the immunoglobulin superfamily, has been characterized from mouse and its nglycosylation identified by maldi-tof ms (hanford et al., ) . in another study, measurements of protein molecular weights have added support to the conclusion that amadori decomposition pathways are constrained in the presence of metal ion chelators and radical traps (culbertson et al., ) . although protein glycation is usually associated with pathology, as in the secondary effects of diabetes, the reaction is also involved in cooking where it changes the color (browning) and flavor of the food. fay and brevard ( ) have recently reviewed the use of mass spectrometry in the study of the involved maillard reaction. one protein encoded by the drosophila peptidoglycan recognition proteins has been shown to possess enzymatic activity. maldi-tof analysis of the degradation products demonstrated that the enzyme hydrolyses the lactylamide bond between the glycan chain and the cross-linking peptides. the enzyme was, thus, classified as an n-acetylmuramoyl-l-alanine amidase (mellroth, karlsson, & steiner, ) . hplc and maldi-psd were used by antignac et al. ( ) to characterize the peptidoglycan from neisseria meningitidis. the peptidoglycan was hydrolyzed with muramidase from streptomyces globisporus. fourteen of the muropeptides separated by hplc were found to be o-acetylated to different degrees. proteoglycan-like glyconectins from three sponges, microciona prolifera, halichondria panicea, and cliona celata have been examined by nmr and mass spectrometry. the structures were complicated and contained distinct acid-resistant and acid-sensitive domains. some sugars were sulfated and others pyruvylated (guerardel et al., ) . muropeptides derived from escherichia coli peptidoglycan have been labeled with the fluorescent dyes ants, -aminonaphthalene- , -disulfonic acid (anda, ) or -aminonaphthalene- -sulfonic acid (ansa, ) and examined by fluorophore-assisted carbohydrate electrophoresis (face). results compared favorably, both qualitatively and quantitatively with earlier hplc-based methods. maldi-tof ms was used to confirm the identity of the face separated glycans (li, höltje, & young, d some small anaerobic bacteria such as treponemes contain glycoconjugates that are different from the normal glycolipids. one of these glycoconjugates has been isolated from the oral spirochete, treponema medium by phenol/water extraction and the carbohydrate removed enzymatically for structural identification by nmr and maldi-tof ms. fragmentation was performed with a tof/tof instrument and revealed the glycan sequence of a tetrasaccharide repeat unit containing the two amino acids ornithine ( ) and asp. the repeat unit ( that was amide-linked to l-ornithine and fucose linked to daspartic acid (hashimoto et al., a) . many examples of the application of maldi-based methods to analysis of these compounds have been published; these are summarized in table and only a few representative studies and some with more unusual features will be discussed here. extractions are normally carried out with hot aqueous phenol. these compounds often contain many more monosaccharide constituents than are found in the glycoproteins, requiring additional techniques such as combined gas chromatography/ mass spectrometry (gc/ms) and nmr for their analysis. their generally acidic nature, conferred by kdo glycans and phosphate groups, makes them ideal candidates for examination in negative ion mode. a. intact los. although small lipooligosaccharides can be examined directly, most have to be modified by hydrolysis of the large o-glycan chain or by removal of much of the lipid component of the lipid a ( / ) moiety. thus, for example, the backbone structures of the los from v. parahaemolyticus strains have been obtained following o-and n-deacylation with hydrazine and dephosphorylation with tfa (hashii et al., a,b) . laser-induced decomposition can be a problem or, in some cases, can yield useful structural information. thus, the negative ion maldi-tof spectrum from dhb of the shortchain los from a strain of v. parahaemolyticus ( kda) following deacylation showed successive losses of phosphoethanolamine ( ), hexuronic acid and phosphate (hashii et al., b) . los from m. catarrhalis has been deacylated with hydrazine and examined in negative linear mode from dhb/ hydroxy-iso-quinoline (hiq). the spectrum showed several peaks produced by in-source cleavage at the labile kdo-lipid a glycosidic bond (luke et al., ) . the lipid a molecule itself, examined in reflectron mode, was found to contain seven acyl groups and varying amounts of ethanolamine esterified to the two phosphate groups. both maldi-tof and nanospray ms/ms analysis of the de-o-acylated (hydrazine) los from pseudoalteromonas haloplanktis tac grown at c has shown the presence of three phosphate groups, two on the lipid a and one on the core oligosaccharide, whereas at c, an additional phosphate was added to the core (ummarino et al., ) . the los from pseudoalteromonas issachenkonii kmm t has been found to contain what is thought to be the first example of a , -disubstituted heptose as determined mainly by nmr; maldi-tof ms was used to delineate the lipid a acylation pattern (silipo et al., b) . two sets of ions were obtained as the result of cleavage of the labile kdo-lipid a bond. haemophilus ducreyi has been shown to be capable of incorporating sialic acids with n-acyl groups larger than acetyl. however, the extent of sialylation dropped with increasing chain length, becoming non-existent for sialic acid with chains above c (goon et al., ) . the los was deacylated with hydrazine and examined by maldi-tof from dhb/hiq in negative ion mode; positive ion ms/ms spectra were obtained with electrospray ionization. b. lipid a. mild acid hydrolysis of the labile bond between kdo and the lipid a moiety is the normal method for releasing lipid a from these glycolipids. a method combining thin-layer chromatography (tlc) with both maldi-tof and esi-ms n (up to ms ) has been applied to the analysis of lipid a from e. coli. the predominant fragmentation was loss of acyl groups but, whereas this appeared to occur by charge-remote processes in the cid spectra, charge-driven processes appeared to predominate in the maldi spectra (lee et al., a) . several novel lipid as have been discovered during the review period. the first example of a neutral lipid a has been isolated from the predatory bacterium bdellovibrio bacteriovorus (schwudke et al., ) . the molecule consisted of a b-( ! )linked , -diamino- , -dideoxy-d-glucopyranose disaccharide carrying six hydroxylated fatty acids. a-d-mannopyranose residues occupied the two positions normally occupied by phosphates. a similar , -diamino- , -dideoxy-d-glucopyranose (preston, et al., ) burkholderia caryophylli of ara n at reducing end of lipid a (molinaro, et al., ) burkholderia cepacia eps l-tof (+ve, -ve) (dhb), nmr -α-d-gal, β-d-gal, kdo structure. growth in mannitol-enriched medium gave → )-β-dfruf-( → (levan) (cescutti, et al., ) butyrivibrio fibrisolvens h b (andersson, et al., ) chlamydophila psittaci bc lps lipid a l-tof (thap + . % tfa), nmr α-glcn, β-glcn, kdo structure. lps less active than typical endotoxins in cytokine induction. chlamydia trachomatis e, l lps lipid a l-tof (thap + . % tfa), nmr α-glcn, β-glcn, kdo structure. lps less active than typical endotoxins in cytokine induction. coxiella burnetii glcpn lipid as with different degrees of ac more potent than fully acylated (mueller, et al., ) francisella novicida in e. coli l-tof (att) glcn, kdo lipid a -de-phosphorylation occurs on periplasmic surface of inner membrane (wang, et al., c) haemophilus ducreyi lps tof (dhb/hiq) -neu ac homologues, β-d-glcnac h. ducreyi can incorporate unnatural sialic acids into lps (goon, et al., ) (tran, et al., ) klebsiella pneumoniae essential for lps synthesis (regué, et al., ) leptospira interrogans lipid structural characterization (corsaro, et al., ) pseudomonas stutzeri ox core tof (-ve) (thap), nmr -glcn, galn, hep, kdo, glc, pyruvic acid structural determination of novel highly negatively charged lps (leone, et al., a) pseudomonas stutzeri ox (hashii, et al., b) xanthomonas campestris pv. pruni lipid a l-, r-tof (thap) glcnacp, phosphate presence of methyl-branched acyl chains (silipo, et al., d) yersinia pseudotuberculosis (marceau, et al., ) disaccharide carrying six hydroxylated fatty acids was found in the lipid a from leptospira interrogans which causes a hemorrhagic fever known as weil's disease. the molecule carried only one phosphate group which was mono-methylated. the two hydroxy-acyl groups attached to the diamino-glucose residue i were esterified with unsaturated o- - : and : fatty acids (que-gewirth et al., ). , -diamino- , -dideoxy-dglucopyranose has also been found in lipid a from bartonella henselae, a gram-negative bacterium that causes cat-scratch disease (zähringer et al., ) and in that from mesorhizobium huakuii. in the latter compound, the phosphate group normally attached to the di-nh -glc moiety ii was replaced by d-glucuronic acid (choma & sowinski, ) . a -amino- deoxy-l-arabinopyranose- -phosphate has been found at the reducing end of the lipid a from burkholderia caryophylli (molinaro et al., ) . the negative ion maldi-tof (dhb) spectrum showed considerable heterogeneity due to differing numbers of acyl groups. the proximal (reducing end) glcn residue of lipid a from rhizobium leguminosarum lacks a phosphate group and can be oxidized to -amino- -deoxy gluconate by an enzyme recently identified in the outer membrane of the bacterium (que-gewirth et al., ). the first example of lipid a from an agrobacterium species (a. tumefaciens strain c , a plant pathogen) has revealed the presence of a normal bis-phosphorylated glucosamine disaccharide backbone with several acyl variants. the main species was a penta-acyl derivative bearing two -oh- : fatty acids in ester linkage and two -oh- : acids in amide linkage. the -oh- : acid on glcn ii was esterified with -oh- : that, in turn was esterified with a -oh-butyroyl residue . other lipid a molecules to have been analyzed in the review period are listed in table . c. core oligosaccharide. mild acid hydrolysis is also the method normally used to obtain core oligosaccharides from lps. ethanolamine diphosphate has been identified for the first time and its position of substitution established in the lps core of a rough-type mutant of pseudomonas aeruginosa (pao dalgc). in addition, the paper reported a reinvestigation of the structure of the complete lps core of wild-type p. aeruginosa pao and a reassignment of the phosphorylation sites (kooistra et al., ) . the lps was complex because of the presence of esterified fatty acids that were removed by mild hydrazinolysis prior to analysis by esi and maldi. phosphoethanolamine has also been found in strains of n. meningitidis and , -o-( -carboxy)-ethylidine residues derived from pyruvic acid have been identified in the core of los from pseudomonas stutzeri ox (leone et al., a) . the o-chain from bordetella avium lps, obtained by mild acid hydrolysis to remove the lipid a followed by hydrofluorolysis to remove the core oligosaccharide, was found to consist only of a chain of the substituted ! linked monosaccharide -acetamido- -( -hydroxybutanamido)- , dideoxy-b-d-glucopyranosyluronic acid ( ). the negative ion maldi-tof spectrum from dhb showed a series of peaks from to . kda (larocque et al., ) . other examples of o-chain analysis are cited in table . table and only two representative examples will be expanded here. the structure of the repeating unit of the eps from butyrivibrio fibrisolvens strain h b is a hexasaccharide carrying o-acetyl and -carboxyethyl groups and has been determined with a variety of techniques including nmr and circular dichroism (cd) following extraction with phenol. maldi-tof ms of fractions from a partial acid hydrolysate was used to determine the carbohydrate sequence (andersson, cotta, & kenne, ) . b. cepacia, a bacterium causing lung infections was obtained from a cystic fibrosis patient and cultured on agar plates. phenol was added to the harvested cells, stirred for hr at c and the eps was precipitated with isopropanol. maldi-tof and nmr were used to determine the structure of the repeating unit as . when grown on a mannitol-rich medium, conditions that induce the formation of eps, the bacteria produced a second compound with the structure ( ! )-b-d-fruf-( ! ) (cescutti et al., ) . a. studies on the glycan moiety following removal of the ceramide. glycosphingolipids can be analyzed directly by maldi-tof but the spectra are usually complicated because of heterogeneity in the ceramide portion of the molecule. thus, many investigators use an enzyme such as ceramide glycanase to remove the ceramide. a recent example is a study of the effect of n-alkyl analogues of deoxynojirimycin (dnj), inhibitors of ceramide glucosyltransferase, on gsl structure. gsls were cleaved with ceramide glycanase and labeled with -ab ( / ) for analysis by hplc and maldi-tof (mellor et al., a) . carbohydrates substituted with phosphocholine (pc) and phosphoethanolamine (pe) have been released with endoglycoceramidase from glycosphingolipids of the pig parasitic nematode ascaris suum and identified by maldi, esi, gc/ ms (methylation analysis) and nmr (friedl et al., ) . a rapid method for splitting glycosphingolipids into their three components (sugar, sphingosine and fatty acid) by use of a domestic microwave oven has been reported by itonori et al. ( b) . the glycosphingolipids were heated with . m naoh/ meoh for min followed by m hcl/meoh for sec. the alkaline methanolysis step produced the intermediate lysoglycosphingolipids virtually free of by-products such as the omethyl ethers that are usually seen but the n-acetylamino-sugars needed re-acetylation by reaction with acetic anhydride/pyridine at room temperature. b. studies by tlc and maldi. glycosphingolipids are frequently separated by tlc. ivleva et al. ( ) have published a method for attaching tlc plates to a maldi target and have obtained spectra of even fragile compounds such as gangliosides by using an fticr instrument fitted with a vibrationally cooled maldi ion source. twenty matrices were investigated and the soft matrices, dhb, att and anthranilic acid ( / ) were found to produce the least sialic acid loss from gangliosides. tlc resolution was best preserved by using matrices in rapidly evaporating organic solvents. c. applications to the structural elucidation of glycosphingolipids. a novel glcnac-a- ! hpo ! -gal-( ! )-ceramide ( ) has been identified from the liver fluke, fasciola hepatica, by maldi-tof and electrospray-ms/ms. hf treatment released the glcnac residue, confirming the glcnacphosphate link (wuhrer et al., b) . mammalian type globoand iso-globotriaosylceramides have also been found in this species obtained from infected sheep. maldi-tof spectra were obtained from both the intact glycosphingolipids and the -ap derivatives of their released glycans using att as the matrix, and the presence of antigenic terminal a-galactose was demonstrated by on-target incubation with a-galactosidase (from chicken) (wuhrer et al., a) . ceramides carrying b-gal-( ! )-b-gal-( ! )-cer and larger oligosaccharides with from one to three additional b ! -linked mannose residues represent a departure from the common glycosphingolipids that contain inositol phosphate found in many fungi and may account for the resistance of this species to the fungicide, aureobadidin a . measurements by seldi ms of tetanus neurotoxin ( . kda) incubated with the ganglioside gt b, and observation of the intact protein/ganglioside complex, has shown that two carbohydrate binding sites are required for toxicity (rummel et al., ) . d. miscellaneous studies. two photoaffinity probes (ganglioside gm labeled on the acyl chain with a p-( -trifluoromethyl)diazirinyl-phenyl group) ( ), were used to probe the active site of gm -activator protein. after binding, and trypsinization, the tryptic peptides were examined by maldi-tof and esi-ms and found to be bound to the most flexible region of the protein (wendeler et al., a) . g-radiolysis of glucosylceramide and galactosyl diglyceride resulted in the release of the sugars as shown by maldi-tof ms (shadyro et al., ) . other studies and details of the above work are summarized in table . novel zwitterionic glycosphingolipids having the sugar chain capped with phospholcholine have been reported from the mycelia of filamentous fungi of acremonium species . structures were of the type pc ! -(man-(a ! )-man-(a ! )-glcn-(a ! )-ins -p- -cer. a related compound without the attached glycan chain has been identified from the red alga gracilaria verrucosa (khotimchenko & vas'kovsky, ) . the glycoglycerolipid a-d-glcp-( ! )-a-d-glcp-( ! )-lipid where the lipid is glycerol containing a c acyl group at c- and a c ether at c has been separated from the propionibacterium propionibacterium propionicum by tlc and its structure determined by maldi-tof, nmr, esi/ms, and gc/ms. related compounds acylated at c of the outer glucose residue and compounds lacking either this glucose or one fatty acid residue were also found (pasciak et al., ) . glycoglycerolipids from the thermoplilic bacterium meiothermus taiwanensis have been shown to have the structure a-galp-( ! )-b-galp-( ! )-b-galnacyl-( ! )-a-glc-( ! )gro where acyl ¼ : or hydroxy- : (yang et al., ) . a similar compound from the thermophilic bacterium thermus oshimai ntu- has the structure b-glcp-( ! )-b-glcp-( ! )-b-glcpnacyl-( ! )-a-glcp-( ! )-glycerol diester where the n-acyl group is a : or : fatty acid and the glycerol-attached fatty acids have chain lengths from : to : . the maldi-tof spectrum contained a range of peaks from m/z , to , (lu et al., a) . di-mannosyl-acyl monoglyceride in which the mannose residue adjacent to the glycerol contained an anteisobranched -carbon acid at the -position has been characterized from rothia mucilaginosa, a pathogen responsible for several opportunistic infections. unusually the acyl group attached to the glycerol was at c rather than the more usual c (pasciak et al., ) . the structure of a novel mannose-capped lipoarabinomannan from amycolatopsis sulphurea has been investigated with a range of techniques of which maldi-tof (dhb, negative ion) showed an average molecular mass of around kda but with a broad, unresolved envelope of peaks with a half-height width of approximately kda . the lipoarabinomannan from the mycobacterium-like organism tsukamurella paurometabola has produced a maldi-tof spectrum from s-dhb with a broad peak with a mass range from to kda. the structure was mainly determined by nmr. it lacked some of the features such as branching arabinan chains that are found in arabinomannans from mycobacteria but, nevertheless the molecule was claimed to be the most elaborated non-mycobacterial arabinomannan identified to date . lipomannan and lipoarabinomannan from mycobacterium kansasii has been shown to possess a manno-oligosaccharide cap but to lack the phosphoinositol cap found in lipoarabinomannans from mycobacterium smegmatis (guérardel et (batrakov, et al., ) ascaris suum not analysed structural identification of zwitterionic glycans containing phosphocholine and phosphoethanolamine (friedl, et al., ) cow and human (bode, et al., ) fasciola hepatica (liver fluke) mammalian-type glycolipids. gal by exoglycosidase digestion (wuhrer, et al., a) human vitreous body of eye tof (dhb), tlc (fujiwaki, et al., ) human and rat classification into new molluseries (aoki, et al., ) mucor hiemalis plasmodium falciparum intra-erythrocyte stage l-, r-tof (dhb, norharmane), tlc gal, glc, galnac d : , d : oh- : , oh- : , oh- : structural determination (couto, et al., ) (korduláková et al., ; . mass spectrometric methods for analysis of flavonoids have been reviewed (prasain, wang, & barnes, ) . three glycosyltransferases (pérez et al., b) and two methyltransferases (pérez et al., a) involved in the biosynthesis of phenolic glycolipids from mycobacterium tuberculosis have been characterized. maldi-tof spectra of the glycolipids showed a range of produces with masses of around . kda resulting from acyl heterogeneity. a new mannitol teichoic acid has been reported from the cell wall of the bacterium brevibacterium sp. vkm ac- isolated from a frozen late pliocene layer ( . - myr) of kolyma lowland, russia. the structure consisted of , -poly(mannitol phosphate) with the majority of mannose residues carrying additional phosphate groups. positive ion maldi spectra from dhb gave peaks to kda (potekhina et al., ) . the structures of hexamannosides from mycobacterial species have been elucidated and found to contain up to four long-chain acyl groups (gilleron, quesniaux, & puzo, ) . a typical structure is . studies with m. smegmatis have shown that mannose metabolism, as revealed by studies on phosphoinositol mannosdes, is required for growth (patterson et al., ) . mycoglycolipids have been isolated from the edible fungus hypsizygus marmoreu and identified by gc/ms and maldi-tof ms . the biosynthesis of mycobacterial phosphatidyl mannosides has been revised with the help of maldi-tof analysis (morita et al., ) . pim (four mannose residues and two palmitate chains) present in mycobacterial phosphatidyl manno-oligosaccharide, identified by psd from chca, has been shown to be a natural antigen for cd d-restricted t cells . although maldi-tof ms is used quite extensively in this field, fab still appears to be the most commonly encountered ionization technique. glycosides identified by maldi during the review period are listed in table . glucosylated heteropolyflavans (e.g., ) from sorghum bicolor have been examined by krueger, vestling, and reed ( ) ; polymers with from three to seven flavan units and up to seven glucose residues were found. to overcome problems with estimation of the number of hydroxyl groups present due to the coincidence in mass with the [m þ k] þ ion, samples were analyzed as cesium adducts by addition of cesium trifluoroacetate to the sample/matrix solution. silver trifluoroacetate was also investigated but problems were ardisia mamillata triterpenoid saponins tof, fab, ord, nmr, lc β-d-glcp, α-l-rhap, α-larap borrelia burgdorferi cholesteryl galactoside l-tof, nmr, fab, glc β-d-gal, agent for lyme disease (ben-menachem, et al., ) borrelia burgdorferi (schröder, et al., ) cheilanthes glauca (neretina, et al., ) henricia sanguinolenta and h. leviuscula leviuscula steroidal polyols. cholesterol tof (chca), hplc, tlc, nmr mono-, di-and tri-ome-β-xylp (sanguinoside c from starfish) (levina, et al., ) henricia sanguinolenta and h. leviuscula leviuscula steroidal glycosides (cholestanes, cholestenes) tof (chca), nmr, hplc, tlc -o-me-xylp hippasteria phrygiana (starfish) steroidal glycosides (cholestanes, cholestenes) tof (chca), nmr, hplc, tlc β-d-xylp, α-l-araf hordeum sp. (barley) flavone glycosides tof (dhb), nmr β-d-glc (nørbaek, et al., ) lupinus oreophilus ten triterpenoid saponins ft-icr, esi, nmr, hplc α-l-ara, β-d-gal, β-d-glc, α-l-rha (woldemichael, montenegro & timmermann, ) marrubium velutinum acetylated glycosides ft-icr (dhb) lc tlc nmr β-d-glcp (karioti, et al., ) mycale laxissima steroidal glycosides tof, nmr, gc/ms d-ara, d-glc, d-gal (antonov, et al., ) mycobacterium tuberculosis, phosphatidyl-myo-inositol mannoside r-tof (-ve) (haba), nmr β-d-man phlomis physocalyx hub.-mor. phenylethanoid tetraglycoside (physocalycoside) ft-icr (dhb), mnr, or, ir, uv, tlc α-l-rha, β-d-glc, api (ersöz, et al., ) plantago major l. phenolic glycoside, (verbascoside, tof, nmr, hplc glc, rha (egorov, et al., ) triterpene glycoside tof (chca), nmr xyl, qui, ome-glc quillaja saponaria triterpenoid saponins ( compounds) β-gal, β-glca, α-l-rha, β-fuc, α-l-ara, β-xyl, β-glc, β-d-api (nyberg, et al., ) rhizophora mangle l. flavonol glycosides from tannin maldi rha, glc, (mangrove) (kandil, et al., ) sorghum bicolour (l.) moench heteropolyflavans l+r-tof (+ve) ( -iaa), glc (krueger, et al., ) solenostemma argel (asclepiadaceae) oxo-pregnane glycosides (stemmosides c and d) r-tof (chca), nmr, esi linear pentasaccharide, β-d-glcp β-d-olep, β-d-canp, β-d-cymp (plaza, et al., ) triterpenoid saponins tof (chca), nmr, gc/ms β-d-ome-glcp, β-xyl, β-d-quip, β- -so na-xyl (moraes, et al., ) thalictrum orientale phenyl glycosides ft-icr, uv, nmr β-d-glcp, β-d-xylp (erdemgil, et al., ) (nyberg, baumann, & kenne, ) . the triterpene glycoside from the sea cucumber stichopus mollis (stichopodidae) was found by moraes et al. ( ) to differ in structure from the corresponding glycosides from all other known stichopodids in possessing a sulfate group in the carbohydrate chain, prompting the authors to propose a reclassification to a new genus, australostichopus levin. both maldi and esi in negative ion mode have been demonstrated to be capable of detecting carminic acid ( ), the red dye isolated from cochineal, in paintings applied to canvas. binding agents such as linseed oil did not interfere with the detection (maier, parera, & seldes, ) . maldi-tof has also been used to study the biotransformation of ginsenoside rb by microbial strains (dong et al., ) . these compounds are mixtures of cyclic, branched, and linear polymers of glucose containing various species-different substituents. they accumulate in the periplasmic space of gramnegative bacteria in response to low osmolarity. lequette et al. ( ) have identified the gene that encodes for the protein that controls the backbone structure of these carbohydrates. associated analysis of the carbohydrates with masses up to . kda was performed by maldi-tof from dhb or -aq. matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization-time-of-flight mass spectrometry (maldi-tof ms) has been used by many laboratories to monitor the products of enzyme reactions aimed at deducing mechanisms of action or characterization of newly discovered enzymes. much of this work is summarized in table . desorption/ionization on silicon mass spectrometry (dios-ms) or laser desorption without a matrix has been shown to be a viable alternative to maldi for analysis of small molecules and carbohydrates and has been used to monitor the activity of a ! -sialyltransferase on the disaccharide gal-b-( ! )-glcnac (shen et al., ) . jobron et al. ( ) have immobilized n-acetyllactosamine on a cellulose membrane and used it as an acceptor for assaying four glycosyltransferases. the trisaccharide produced by a ! -galactosyltransferase was identified by maldi and the method was proposed as the basis of a high-throughput technique for enzyme screening. a method for detecting the presence of o-glycanase, an enzyme that cleaves the galb-( ! )-galnaca-( ! ) link to serine or threonine, uses maldi to detect the [m þ na] þ ion at m/z corresponding to the released sugar (akai et al., ) . a maldi-tof method for the simultaneous detection and measurement of sugars, ascorbic acid ( ), citric acid ( ), and sodium benzoate has been developed by ayorinde, bezabeh, and delves ( ) . the matrix was meso-tetrakis-(pentafluorophenyl)porphyrin ( ), a compound with a molecular weight of which is well above that of the target molecules. sodium or potassium hydroxides were used as dopants. the method was particularly good at detecting the low molecular weight organic acids. maldi-tof ms, from dhb also provides a method for detecting the presence of starch hydrolysates as adulterants in fruit juices (cabálková et al., ) . the action of the enzyme preparation, olivex, used in the preparation of olive (olea europaea) oil has been investigated. the preparation is mainly a pectinase that hydrolyses ( ! )-linked galactan chains from the cell wall. however, it is unclear how this reaction improves the quality of the product (vierhuis et al., ) . a comparative study of five rhizobium strains from different cropping areas of china has concluded that differences in the efficiency of nitrogen fixation is not related to differences in nod factor structure (identified by maldi-tof and esi-q-tof ms) (thomas-oates et al., ) . production of humanized antibodies and other biopharmaceuticals in plants and insect cell lines, as a safe and economically feasible alternative to production in animals, requires reengineering of the n-glycan synthesis machinery to eliminate potentially antigenic a ! -fucose-and b ! -xylose-containing glycans. maldi-tof analysis is ideally placed for analysis of the resulting glycans and many examples are listed in table . an analysis of human transferrin expressed in lymantria dispar (gypsy moth), however, has shown the natural absence of core a ! -fucosylation, a normally common motif in insects (choi et al., b) . to study the specificity of igg and ige antibodies against the a ! -fucose and b ! -xylose epitope, bencúrová et al. ( ) have modified the relatively simple biantennary glycans on human transferrin to incorporate these epitopes. products were monitored by maldi-tof ms and antibody binding was reported to be greatest for the fucosylated glycans. maeda et al. ( ) have replaced all of the asparagine residues of the n-glycosylation sites in procarboxypeptidase y by alanine and expressed the protein in p. pastoris. the resulting protein lacked n-glycosylation but contained residual glucose, thought to be o-linked, as detected by an increase in the maldi mass from that expected from the amino acid sequence. analysis of erythropoietins (epo) with varying glycosylation has shown the fully sialylated tetraantennary glycan, identified by hplc and maldi-tof ms as its -aa derivative, to be the major determinant of biological activity (yuen et al., ) . sanz-nebot et al. ( ) have recorded maldi spectra from intact human recombinant epo and noted a drop in measured mass with increasing laser power which they attributed to loss of sialic acid within the ion source. maldi-tof has been used to identify o-glycans from a von willebrand factor c domain produced in p. pastoris (o'leary et al., ) . methods for their removal were investigated. a method for monitoring glycosylation in pharmaceuticals based on capillary electrophoreses of -aa derivatives with structural confirmation by maldi-tof ms has been published by kamoda et al. ( ) . maldi and ion exchange chromatography have proved useful for checking the batch-to-batch variation in glycosylation of three recombinant gonadotropins. as an example, excellent consistency ( . ) was found for the degree of sialylation of batches of recombinant thyroid stimulating hormone over a -year period (gervais et al., ) . several reviews on the production of biopharmaceuticals and containing reference to maldi-tof analysis have been published. these include production of human therapeutic proteins in yeasts (bretthauer, ) , yeasts and filamentous fungi (gerngross, ) and lepidopteran cell lines (tomiya et al., ) . methods for characterizing biological products after manufacturing changes have also been reviewed (chirino & mire-sluis, ) . slime deposits in paper mills, termed biofouling, is a problem in the paper industry and has prompted studies on the composition of their glycolipids. the eps from methylobacterium strains, responsible for ''pink slime'' have been shown by verhoef et al. ( ) to consist of the repeating unit: sadly, many chemical papers appear to ignore details of the equipment and conditions used to obtain mass spectra of carbohydrates (and other compounds) even though conditions such as the choice of maldi matrix are often essential in getting the compounds to ''fly.'' although nmr experiments and equipment are usually described in great detail, information on mass spectrometry is frequently reduced to uninformative acronyms such as hrmaldims with no further details. without knowledge of the equipment used to record the spectra it is difficult to judge if hr is indeed meaningful. the relegation of essential methods to ''supplementary information'' is also to be regretted. the absence of essential information such as the matrix from many publications is reflected in table (with apologies to authors from whose papers this information has been missed). ''maldi'' is used for papers omitting to cite the type of instrument used to record the spectra. most of the publications in this area relate to routine monitoring of reaction products and are summarized in table . in addition to chemical reactions, enzymes are frequently used in this area because of their stereospecificity. both transferases and glycosidases such as pngase f used in their reversed mode to catalyze transglycosylations can be used; however, evidence has been found to suggest that enzymes used for reverse hydrolysis reactions can have their activity reduced by maillard glycation (maitin & rastall, ) . as with the previous review, tof, hplc (kaneko, et al., ) human, gnt-ix transfers glcnac to the -antenna of n-glycans. also transfers glcnac to the -position of the -antenna to produce a novel structure. enzymes uniquely expressed in brain. r-tof (dhb), nmr (inamori, et al., ) human, gnt-ix enzyme acts on the glcnac-β-( → )-man-α- -ser/thr moiety forming a , -branched structure in brain o-mannosyl glycan. r-tof (dhb), nmr (inamori, et al., ) pp α-glcnac-t (korekane, et al., ) saccharomyces cerevisia a strain of this yeast is unusually shown to be able to add a single glcnac residue to a variety of high-mannose glycans. in-gel removal of glycans with pngase f. tof (dhb) (yoko-o, et al., ) galnac-transferase modification of the glycosylation signal of the herpes simplex virus type glycopeptide gc- by mutation, increased the content of o-linked glycans but little effect on n-glycans. tof (mårdberg, et al., ) human csgalnact- and csgalnact- csgalnact- is involved in the initiation of chondroitin sulfate synthesis. csgalnact- participates mainly in elongation. tof (sato, et al., b) human, galnac-t , -t , -t , -t , -t , -t enzymes have different substrate specificities but galnac-t was found to transfer galnac residues to the same five positions of the iga hinge region in b cells. r-tof (chca) (iwasaki, et al., ) human, pp-galnac-t (neuroblastoma cell) transfers galnac to several mucin-derived peptides including muc ac and muc . tof (dhb), glycopeptides (zhang, et al., e) human, pp-galnac-t transfers galnac to muc , muc ac, muc and muc . may be involved in oglycosylation in the kidney tof (chca) (wang, et al., c) human, transfers galnac to the -position of glcnac in n-and o-linked glycans. tof (dhb) (sato, et al., c) human, galnac-tiv similar enzyme to human, β galnac-t . transfers galnac in β → -linkage tof, nmr human, synthesises a unique carbohydrate structure, galnac-β-( → )-glcnac. tof, nmr human, pp-galnac-t transfers up to seven galnac moieties onto the muc ac peptide whereas the t enzyme only transfers five. tof (chca), lc, glycopeptides other transferases α-( → )-l-gal-t from helix pomatia transfers an l-fucose residue to terminal d-galactopyranosyl residues, has been found to be specific for galactose with β-linkages. . r-tof (dhb), hpaec (scheppokat, et al., b) b -gal-t, cho lec cells resistance to plant lectins such as ricin and abrin that bind galactose shown, in these cells, to be due to a reduced ability of the cells to transfer galactose to the n-linked glycans. tof (dhb, neutral, thap, acidic) (lee, et al., c) lpcc (rhizobium leguminosarum) adds a mannose unit to the inner kdo moiety of the lps precursor, kdo -lipid iva. tof (att, ammonium citrate) (kanipes, et al., b) pimf (mycobacterium marinum) first analysis of a man-t involved in the later stages of phosphatidylinositol mannoside synthesis. r-tof, psd (alexander, et al., ) membrane bound gal-t, glycine max pectin gal-t involved in biosynthesis of β-( → )-galactan chains of pectin. gal transfer to unmodified pectic galactan (mr> , ) low but increased after partial acid hydrolysis. tof (dhb) hplc, gc/ms (konishi, et al., ) aknk (l- -deoxyfucosyltransferase) identified as the enzyme that adds l- -deoxyfucose as the second sugar in the carbohydrate of the antitumor drug aclacinomycin a produced by streptomyces galilaeus. tof, lc/ms, nmr (lu, et al., b) dermatan sulfate biosynthesis clarification of controversy over whether -sulfation in dermatan sulfate occurs on galnac before epimerization of neighbouring glca to iduronic acid or afterwards l-tof (dhb), hplc (mikami, et al., ) glycosidases β-n-acetylhexosaminidases enzymes hydrolyse and transglycosylate β-glcnac and β-galnac moieties suggesting that they are single enzymes having affinity for both substrates. studies in about fungi tof (weignerová, et al., ) α-amylase (bacillus licheniformis and human saliva) aspergillus niger pectinase an isoenzyme that cleaves both glcnac-glcn and glcn-glcn linkages thus offering a replacement for expensive chitinase and chitosanase currently used for this purpose. tof (dhb) (kittur, et al., ) endo-β-n-glcnac-ase from mucor hiemalis (endo-m) enzyme expressed in candida boidinni can transglycosylate a disialo-biantennary glycan in media containing % acetone, dmso or meoh in higher yield than aqueous solution. tof (thap), hplc endo-β-n-glcnac-ase from mucor hiemalis a variety of sugar derivatives modified at c- or c- can be used as acceptors for this enzyme. tof (dhb, thap), hplc endo-β-gal-ase from bacteroides fragillis glycolysis of the tamm-horsfall glycoprotein releases two sugars, measurement of which in identical twins indicates closely-controlled glycosylation in the two individuals. tof (chca), glycans (rohfritsch, et al., ) polygalacturonases from trichoderma reesei study of substrate specificity; the random pattern for pectin cleavage showed that the enzymes were exo-polygalacturonases. tof (thap/nitrocellulose) (mohamed, et al., ) xyloglucanases xyloglucanases from aspergillus japonicus, chrysosporium lucknowense, trichoderma reesei. a. japonicus displayed endo-type attack whereas other two enzymes exo-type. tof (grishutin, et al., ) other enzymes acting on carbohydrates chitinases, chit and chit purified from the filamentous fungus trichoderma harzianum and their hydrolysis products characterized tof (dhb) (boer, et al., ) gdp- -deoxy-d-talose synthetase identification of the enzyme that converts gdp- -keto- -deoxy-d-mannose into gdp- deoxy-d-talose in the gram-negative bacterium actinobaccillus actinomycetemcomitan. r-tof (thap, nh citrate) (mäki, et al., ) heparin/heparan -o-sulfatase enzyme from flavobacterium heparinum active site and saccharide substrate specificity maldi (chca) (raman, et al., ) lipid a -phosphatase from rhizobium leguminosarum r a h c l a c i m e h c o i b d n a g n i n o l c , n o i s s e r p x e (karbarz, et al., ) lpxa (mesorhizobium loti and leptospira interrogan) mechanism of action in formation of lipid a with four n-linked acyl groups. enzyme does not acylate udp-glcnac but requires udp-glcnac n tof (sweet, et al., ) pectin methylesterase from aspergillus niger enzyme prefers oligogalacturonides with one or two non-esterified galacturonic acids in its active cleft rather than fully methylated acids. tof (thap/nitrocell) potato d enzyme catalyzes the cyclization of amylose to produce cycloamylose tof (takaha, et al., ) quinone-dependent pyranose dehydrogenase products formed by enzyme extracted from basidiomycete fungi studied with lactose as substrate. the -oxo-product characterized as its n,n-diphenylhydrazone derivative. maldi-tof, nmr. (volc, et al., ) pngase f r-tof (s-dhb), glycans p. pastoris engineered to produce complex glycans (bobrowicz, et al., ) angiogenic vascular growth factor vegf (human) pepsin, pngase a tof (dhb) genes encoding the enzymes for ( → )-fucose and → -xylose disrupted. did not affect plan to be produced without the immunogenic sugars. (koprivova, et al., ) anti-rabies monoclonal antibody tobacco pngase (in gel) r-tof (dhb), ion-trap/tof, glycans structural characterization (high-mannose, complex). glycosylation did not affect efficacy (ko, et al., ) avidin (chicken) pngase a r-tof (dhb), glycans (reduced, per-me) for detection of immunogenic core ( → )-fucose and core xylose (bardor, et al., a) bile salt-stimulated (trimble, et al., ) c inhibitor (human) pngase f r-tof (dhb (+ve), thap/nh citrate (-ve)), glycans structural determination of glycans expressed in milk (koles, et al., a , koles, et al., b c - antibody alfalfa pngase a r-tof, psd (dhb, chca), glycans (per-me) structural determination, plant-type, complex (bardor, et al., b) c - antibody (human) alfalfa pngase a pepsin r-tof (dhb, chca), psd, (glycopeptides), glycans (reduced, per-me) alfalfa plants able to synthesise igg with humantype glycans (bardor, et al., b) chorionic gonadotrophin hydrazine r-tof(dhb, cmbt), esi, ion trap. glycans ( -ab) structural determination of complex glycans and method development. (gervais, et al., ) dac g and proder p trypsin tof (chca) presence of man can have an adverse effect on the specificity of diagnostic tests for autoimmune and allergic diseases that are based on immunoassays. (van oort, et al., endogenous glycoproteins pepsin, pngase a tof (dhb) enzymes adding potentially antigenic β ( → )-xylose and α ( → )-fucose removed (strasser, et al., b) erythropoietin cho cells pngase f tof (dhb), glycans ( -aa) structural determination under different culture conditions. fully sialylated tetra-antennary glycan is the major determinant of biological activity (yuen, et al., ) erythropoeitin cho cells -l-tof (sinapinic acid, dhb, hpa, ferulic acid), esi, ce, glycoproteins characterization of intact glycoprotein by several methods (sanz-nebot, et al., ) follicle stimulating hormone cho cells hydrazine r-tof (dhb, cmbt), esi, ion trap, glycans ( -ab) structural determination of complex glycans and method development (gervais, et al., ) into yeast. pronase glycotetrapeptide from bovine fibrin to assay enzyme activity. (bencúrová, et al., ) gm -activator protein pngase f tof (dhb), esi-tof, nmr structural determination (wendeler, et al., b) hyaluronan synthase (human) e. coli -l-tof (dhb) expression of catalytic region of human hyaluronan synthase (has ) in e. coli shown to synthesise a mixture of ha oligomers from -to -mer. (hoshi, et al., ) igg ( (sriraman, et al., ) igg (human) rat hybridoma or cho hydrazine maldi, hplc, glycans ( -ap), absence of fucose but not presence of galactose or bisect enhances cellular toxicity (shinkawa, et al., ) igg m o u s e hydrazine, pngase f r-tof (+ve) (dhb), esi, ms/ms, glycans effect of buffer and ph on production. (müthing, et al., ) igg (human) trypsin tof (chca), glycopeptides glycosylation (high-mannose, truncated complex) not significantly affected by anti-mitotic agent (tait, et al., ) kdel-tagged cpipp antibody structural characterization (fujiyama, et al., ) lecithin:cholesterol acyltransferase (lane, et al., ) luteinizing hormone (human) hydrazine r -tof (dhb, cmbt), esi, ion trap, glycans ( -ab) structural determination of complex glycans and method development (gervais, et al., ) mfe-cp trypsin r-tof, lc/ms, cid, psd, glycopeptides structural characterization of glycoprotein (highmannose, asn- , ) used to target cancer cells (medzihradszky, et al., ) (continued ) onconase endo-h tof, glycoprotein cancer chemotherapeutic agent. structures of high mannose glycans (man - ) from mass of glycoprotein ovotransferrin (chicken) endo h tof (sinapinic acid), glycoprotein, glycan mass by difference structural characterization (mizutani, et al., ) placental alkaline phosphatase (human) pngase f tof (dhb), glycans ( -ab) presence of silkworm hemolymph improvesnglycosylation, high mannose (joosten, park & shuler, a) plasminogen kringle pngase f tof (s-dhb) glycosylation machinery re-engineered to perform sequential glycosylation reactions that mimic nglycan processing in humans. plasminogen kringle pngase f tof yeast engineered to produce glcnac man glcnac plasminogen kringle pngase f tof ppalg gene that encodes for dol-p-man:-man glcnac -pp-dol man-t deleted to prevent further mannose addition. incorporation of a -( )-gal-t gave human-type glycans. (bobrowicz, et al., ) procarboxypeptidase y pichia pastoris -tof (sinapinic acid), glycoprotein replacement of all asn of n-glycosylation sites by ala removed n-glycosylation. residual glucose thought to be o-linked. (maeda, et al., ) soluble human complement receptor type (scr ) pngase f tof (dhb), glycans ( -aa) glycan remodelling using the soluble glycosyltransferases, -( )-silyltransferase to introduce silyl lewis x moieties. (thomas, et al., a) transferrin insect cell line pngase a trypsin + chymotrypsin tof (dhb), glycans ( -ap) trichoplusia ni insect cells engineered to produce biantennary glycans (tomiya, et al., ) transferrin (human) lymantria dispar (gypsy moth) pngase a l-tof (dhb), glycans ( -ap) attempt to find a better expression system than those currently used. absence of core ( )fucosylation, a normally common motif in insects. (choi, et al., b) transferrin (human) pepsin, pngase a l-tof, q-tof (chca), glycans, glycopeptides to study specificity of igg and ige antibodies against ( )-fucose and ( )-xylose epitopes. binding greatest for fucosylated glycans. (bencúrová, et al., ) vascular growth factor vegf ( )-xylose enzymes (koprivova, et al., , koprivova, # ) glucose-based glycoprobes ident. of binding sites in na/d-glucose co-transporter protein l-tof (sinapinic) (tyagi & kinne, ) monosaccharide amides ru(iii)-promoted amide formation from azides and thioacids, which do not form amides at room temp. in the absence of ru ft-icr (fazio & wong, ) quaternary ammonium salts of ribitol salts from five aromatic amines tof (chca) oligosaccharides n-acetylglucosaminobioses by reverse hydrolysis using fungal n-acetylhexosaminidases tof (rauvolfová, et al., b) arabinogalactosyl nonasaccharides β-( → )-d-galp backbone, α-( → )-linked l-araf side-chain tof (dhb) (li & kong, ) (argyropoulos & sarli, ) biotinylated saccharides as part of avidin/biotinylated drug delivery system tof (ouchi, et al., ) -branched cyclo-( → )-glucohexose cyclisation of branched glucohexaose tof (wu & kong, b) , -branched galacto-oligosaccharides synth. of tetra-and hexa-saccharides related to arabinogalactans tof (ning, yi & yao, b) carbohydrate-modified poly(di-me-siloxane)s linear dimethylsiloxanes capped with various monosaccharides tof (henkensmeier, et al., ) -o-carboxymethylated chitotetraose selective glycosidation with chitinase catalysts tof (ochiai, ohmae & kobayashi, b) chitobiose analogues sugar oxazolines glycosylated with chitinase from bacillus sp. nafion plate (ochiai, ohmae & kobayashi, a) chitooligosaccharides as standards for diffusion-ordered spectroscopy tof (groves, et al., ) chitooligosaccharides synthesis from chitosan by enzymatic hydrolysis with chitinase tof chitooligosaccharides dp - use of pectinase from aspergillus niger tof, fab (kittur, et al., ) chititriose nicotinic amide for conformational studies. inhibitor of chininase hevamine maldi (germer, et al., ) c (galan, et al., ) cyclosophoraoses of rhizobium meliloti enzymatic synthesis. as additive for enantioseparation in ce tof deoxy phospha sugar-sugar disaccharides phospha analogues of normal sugar disaccharides tof (chca) (haritha, et al., ) fucosyl-lactoses specific fuc addn. after lipase-catalysed regioselective acylation tof (rencurosi, et al., ) fucosyl pentasaccharide (sulfated fucan repeat) convergent " + " synthetic strategy tof (dhb) (hua, et al., a) fucosylated trisaccharides study of the specificity of the α-( → )-l-galactosyltransferase from helix pomatia. specific for d-galp β-linkages tof (dhb) (scheppokat, et al., b) fucosylated trisaccharides synthesis with α( → )-l-galactosyltransferase from helix pomatia. tof (dhb) (scheppokat, bretting & thiem, a) fucosylated trisaccharides (lactose) random fucosylation to construct library tof (meng, et al., ) gal-β-( - )-glcnac use of an anomeric fluorous silyl protecting group tof (manzoni, ) galactans biosynthesis by use of galactosyltransferase from radish (raphanus sativus l.) seedlings tof (abee derivs.) (kato, et al., ) galactose-containing oligosaccharides β-gal-t from bovine testes to synth. novel food components tof (dhb) (schröder, et al., ) β-( → )-d-galactosylated oligosaccharides use of β-( → )-d-gal-transferase from helix pomatia tof (scheppokat, et al., ) galactosylated tri-and tetrasaccharides regioselective synth. β-galactosidase from bacillus circulans tof (dhb) (farkas, et al., ) , et al., d) β-d-glucosamine-containing nonasaccharide chemical synthesis with isopropyl thioglycosides tof (chca) β-d-glucosamine-containing oligosaccharides chemical synthesis with isopropyl thioglycosides tof (chca) (yang, hua & du, ) glucosylated isokestose and nystose enzymatic (kojibiose phosphorylase from thermoanaerobacter brockii to synthesise five novel oligosaccharides tof glycosaminotrioses with galnac or mannac termini. to study binding to hevein from hevea braziliensis tof (chca) (aboitiz, et al., ) imino sugar scaffolds for the generation of glycosidase inhibitor libraries tof (dhb) (la ferla, et al., ) kanamycin analogues chemical synthesis and antibacterial evaluation maldi (li, et al., b) lacto-n-neotetraose dendrimeric polyethylene glycol supported synthesis tof laminarin hexasaccharide , -o-benzylidenated acceptor to avoid generation of α−isomer in attempted β-d-( → ) glycosylation under standard condits. tof (chca) (he, gu & du, ) lepidimoide unsaturated disaccharide ( -deoxy-β-l-threo-hex- enopyranosyl-( → )-l-rhap) from okra mucilage tof (co powder) ) chemical. use of anomeric fluorous silyl protecting group tof (manzoni & castelli, ) maltooligosyl fructofuranosides immobilized cyclodextrin glucosyltransferase catalyst tof (dhb) maltosyl-erythritol transglycosylation product of erythritol by maltogenic amylase tof (chca) (yoon, et al., ) α-( → )-linked manno-hexaose and -octaose α-( - )-linked di-and tetra-saccharide donor + tetrasaccharide tof (chen & kong, ) mannosides synthesis by double differential glycosylation by lanthanide triflates tof i in situ method for identification of novel α-amylase inhibitors r-tof n- (methyl- , , -tri-o-acetyl- -deoxy-α-andβ-d-glucopyranoside- -yl (remenyik, et al., ) oligosaccharides (di-, tri-and tetrasaccharides) solid-phase synthesis with azidoglucose as a glycosyl acceptor tof (dhb) (wu & schmidt, ) oligosaccharides (general) polymer -resin hybrid capture-release strategy for rapid oligosaccharide construction tof (hanashima, manabe & ito, ) oligosaccharides (general) reiterative intramolecular glycosylation by use of a rigid spacer tof (dhb) (paul, müller & schmidt, ) oligosaccharides (rhamnan backbone) synthesis of oligosaccharides consisting of α-( → )-and α-( → )-linked rhamnan backbones and glcnac side chains tof (zhang & kong, d) n-pentenyl arabinofuranosyl donors synthesis of little-studied donors for furanosides tof n(och )-linked disaccharide analogues carbohydrate mimics resistant to hydrolysis by glycosidases tof (dhb) non-reducing oligosaccharides by reverse hydrolysis using fungal n-acetylhexosaminidases tof (rauvolfová, et al., a) silyl lewis x and silyl lewis a precursors determination of recombinant ( → )-α-silyltransferase tof (dhb) (ivannikova, et al., ) sucrose laurate enzymatic (alkaline protease from bacillus pseudofirmus al- tof (chca) (pedersen, et al., ) -sulfo-glcnac-β-( → )-gal-β-( → )-glc product of -sulfo-transferase produced in baculovirus system tof (dhb) (el-fasakhany, et al., ) (renaudie, et al., ) (prosperi, et al., ) various oligosaccharides automated solid-phase synthesiser. times faster than solution tof (dhb) (palmacci, et al., ) various oligosaccharides formylacetal (ch ) as novel linker on soluble-polymer support tof (oikawa, et al., ) various oligosaccharides use of a novel hexakisfluorous butanoyl support tof (chca), esi (goto, et al., ) various oligosaccharides use of fluorous-tagged saccharide primers tof (dhb) (kasuya, et al., ) various oligosaccharides acetyl esterase from trichoderma reesei rut-c found able to transglycosylate carbohydrates in organic solvents tof (dhb) (kremnický, mastihuba & côté, ) polysaccharides c h e m i c a l ( n-pentenyl-arabinofuranosyl donor) tof arabinogalactans from echinacea purpurea synthesis of double-branched isomeric nonasaccharides tof (csávás, et al., ) c tof (faijes, et al., ) lepidimoic acid from hibiscus esculentus chemical degradation of okra tof (co powder) (hirose, et al., ) maltobi-and -triose , -dinitrophenyl-derivs. substrates for human pancreatic α-amylase. kinetic analysis r-tof mannan of candida kefyr ifo , cell wall first synthesis of penta-and deca-saccharide repeats tof (chca) (xing & ning, ) , et al., ) chondroitin sulfate e hexasaccharide synthesis from β-d-galnac-( → )-β-d-glca tof (tamura & tokuyoshi, ) heparan sulfate fragments use of orthogonal protecting groups to synth. disaccharides tof (-) (dhb) (prabhu, venot & boons, ) heparin-like fragments synthesis of hexa-and octasaccharides on a solid support tof (ojeda, et al., ) heparin fragments chemical synthesis via regio-and stereo-selective glycosylation ftms heparin-like hexasaccharides synthesis by convergent block strategy tof (dhb) (lucas, et al., ) isotope-labelled hyaluronan oligomers n-, c-labels for nmr studies tof (dhb) (blundell, et al., ) monodisperse hyaluronan oligosaccharides chemoenzymatic synthesis with immobilized mutant enzymes r-tof (att) (-) (deangelis, oatman & gay, ) carbohydrates from algae fucoidan repeat from brown algae chemical synthesis. good antitumor activity tof (dhb) (hua, gu & du, b) disaccharide fragments of lps from several species jones oxidation of allyl glycosides tof (chca) (madaj, jankowska & wisniewski, ) lipid a from chlamydia trachomatis chemical synthesis and purity assessment tof (dhb) (zamyatina, et al., ) mycobacterium tuberculosis phosphoinoside intermediate use of regioselective mannosylations maldi (jayaprakash, lu & fraser-reid, ) o-chain from campylobacter jejuni trisacch. from glcnphth-( → )-gal + allyl -deoxy-altrohep tof ( , -dhb) (yoon, et al., b) o-chain repeat from helicobacter pylori chemical synthesis of unique trisaccharide from danish strains tof o-chain repeat from shigella flexneri chemical synthesis of tetra-and two pentasaccharide fragments - (mulard & guerreiro, ) capsular polysaccharide from (alpe, oscarson & svahnberg, ) eps repeat from cryptococcus neoformans chemical synthesis of repeating unit tof (zhang & kong, a) repeat (zhang & kong, b) lipoarabinomannan from rhodococcus equi chemical synth of pentasaccharide repeat from equine pathogen tof (chca) (ma, zhang & kong, ) chemical plus enzymatic synthesis tof (dhb) (furuike, et al., ) biotinylated, sialylated biantennary glycan enzymatic synthesis with endo-m tof (dhb) (mori, et al., ) high-mannose type attached to ethylene glycol as microarrays for gp- (from hiv) interaction studies tof (adams, et al., ) hybrid-type, bisected glycan transglycosylation with endo-β-n-acetylglucosaminidase tof (thap) α-d-man-( → )-β-d-glcnac-( → )-d- synthesis of unnatural α-d-mannose isomer tof (dhb) α-( → )-sialic acid-containing n-glycans use of α-( → )-sialyltransferase tof (fukae, et al., (hernández, et al., ) (xian, et al., ) complex n-glycans-glycopeptides chemoenzymic synth. of sugar-asn. solid-phase synth. of g-pep tof core ii o-linked glycopeptide solid phase plus enzymatic synthesis tof (dhb) (takano, et al., ) core ii o-linked glycopeptide solid-phase synthesis plus enzymatic sialylation tof (takano, et al., ) core ii sialyl lewis-x o-glycopeptide (gallego, et al., ) cyclic glycopeptides macrolactamization of glycosylated peptide thioesters maldi eel calcitonin plus n-glycans transglycosylation with glcnac-ase from mucor hiemalis tof (chca) (haneda, et al., ) emmprin with n-linked core pentasaccharide chemical, solid phase. n-glycosylated ig domain tof epidermal growth factor-like domain of blood coagulation factor ix carrying xyl-glc solid-phase synthesis. mild conditions enabled protecting groups on the sugar to be omitted tof (kitamura, et al., ) epithelial cadherin glycopeptides solid-phase synthesis. fmoc chemistry tof (reipen & kunz, ) epithelial mucin muc synthesis of tumor-associated glycopeptide by solid-phase synthesis tof (brocke & kunz, , brocke & kunz, galactosylated -hydroxylysine mimetics for incorporation into peptides such as type ii collagen tof (marin, et al., ) (sato, et al., b) glycopeptides (of cell-surface glycoproteins) use of ( -ph- -tms)ethyl-(ptmsel) as a fluoride-sensitive anchor for solid-phase synthesis tof (wagner, dziadek & kunz, ) glycopeptides study of glycosylation catalysed by pngase f in reverse rn. (chca) (jeong, lee & park, ) glycopeptide mimetics incorporation of unnatural (keto) amino acids in peptide chain fticr (liu, et al., a) glycopeptide from collagen chemical synthesis. helical models incorporating collagen sequences for receptor binding studies tof (dhb, sinapinic acid) (lauer-fields, et al., ) gly-pro-thr(β-gal) carbohydrate stabilizes triple helix of collagen by h-bonds tof (bann, bächinger & peyton, ) heterocyclic-tethered c-glycosyl amino acids , et al., ) interleukin- α plus neu ac-gal coupling by acyl azide, . mols/mol of protein tof (ootsubo, et al., ) β-lactoglobulin glycosylation by heating with glc or fru for thermal stability tof (chca) (broersen, et al., ) (halkes, et al., ) s-linked glycopeptides wo-phase system to avoid use of strong base maldi (zhu & schmidt, ) s-linked glycopeptide derived from human tamm-horsfall glycoprotein direct base-catalyzed s-glycosylation of cysteine and homocysteine-containing peptide with o-ac protected bromides maldi (zhu, haag & schmidt, c) sperm cd fmoc chemistry to build peptide chain with glycan-asn tof (shao, xue & guo, ) glycosides acylated ginsenosides regioselective acylation in organic solvents with vinyl acetate and candida antarctica lipase tof (chca) (teng, et al., , teng, et al., -adamantylmethyl glycosides single-step synthesis from per-ac-monosaccharides. binding to cyclodextrins depends on pyrenose stereochemistry tof (charbonnier & penadés, ) β-d-aminoglycosides use of -nitro-thioglycoside donors tof (dhb) (barroca & schmidt, ) diadzein glycosides transglycosylation with thermotoga maritima maltosyltransferase to increase solubility l-tof (dhb) dihydrodiosgenin glycosides as mimetics of bidesmosidic steroidal saponins r-tof (dhb) (suhr, et al., a) (joosten, et al., b) glycosyl glycerol transglycosylation by cyclodextrin glucanotransferase tof (chca) (nakano, et al., a) (continued ) (dondoni & perrone, ) lipo-chitooligosaccharide nodulation factors two-step chemical and biotechnology synthesis tof p-methoxyphenyl β-lactosides with 'supfonic acid to find carbohydrate ligand(s) which can inhibit adhesion of helicobacter pylori and gastrointestinal epithelial cells. maldi (borbás, et al., ) osw- analogues (cholestanes saponins) mod. of steroid side-chain. no change in anti-tumor action. maldi (deng, et al., ) rhamnosylated diosgenyl glucosides as mimetics of cytostatic steroidal saponins from ornithogalum saundersiae and galtonia candicans r-tof (dhb) (suhr, et al., b) ) , et al., ) '-substituted p-methoxyphenyl β-lactosides to find ligand(s) which can inhibit the adhesion between helicobacter pylori and gastrointestinal epithelial cells. maldi (borbás, et al., ) glycosphingolipids reaction of thioglycosides with benzoyl ceramide tof (yamamura, et al., ) mannobiose-linked phosphoethanolamine chemical synthesis of gpi anchor intermediate tof (dhb) glycolipids dolichylphosphomannose analogues potential inhibitors of man-t in endoplasmic reticulum maldi (dhb) (kulesza, et al., ) glycolipids (general) ag triflate as alternative to tms-triflate for sensitive rns. tof (chca) glycolipids with partially f-alkyl chains (stadelmaier, et al., ) maltosyl erythritol transglycosylation with amylase (bacillus stearothermophilus) tof (chca) (yoon, et al., ) -o-sulfo lewis x neo-glycolipid containing lactamized neuraminic acid tof (dhb) cyclodextrins acetylated α, β and γ cyclodextrins chemical synthesis. properties in dense co tof (potluri, et al., ) allylated cyclodextrin ( -nh-(ch ) -si(oet) ) substituents. as chiral hplc phase. tof (dhb) (lai & ng, ) amphillic cyclodextrins novel monosaccharide carriers through bulk liquid membranes tof (kida, et al., ) amphiphilic cds fully substd. on primary face chemical and enzymatic synthesis. -substituted cds tof (sallas, niikura & nishimura, ) bis-β-cyclodextrin/ pyromellitic acid , -diamidate chemical. improved binding of guest dyestuff result of double cavity. tof (liu, et al., b) cationic cyclodextrins -nhpy, -me-imidazole, -bu-imidazole, -nh-c h och , nh . plasmid complexes for transfection maldi (cryan, et al., ) -n-carboxyalkyl (-nh-co(ch ) , or cooh) substituents, enzyme promoter maldi -o-carboxymethyl (per-me) (ch cooh) , (me) substituents. cec r-tof (+) (thap) (culha, et al., ) cyclodextrin dimer for transport of saccharides through a liquid membrane tof (ikeda, matsuhisa & ueno, ) cyclodextrins with acetone bridge epoxidation catalysts. ozone, catalysed epoxidation of alkenes tof (chca) (rousseau, et al., ) (teranishi, ) cyclodextrins with methacryl moieties characterization, copolymerization with -vinyl- -pyrrolidone tof (dhb) (janus, et al., ) cds with one dithienylethene-tethered β-cyclodextrin dimers photocontrolled release and uptake of a porphyrin guest tof (mulder, et al., ) fluorescent cyclodextrin/peptide hybrids with macrocyclic metal complex znii-cyclen as a ligand site and β-cd is a receptor site for guest molecules, while the dansyl unit acts as a fluorescent probe. tof (furukawa, mihara & ueno, ) glycosylated β-cyclodextrin (β-gal) , , (lac) , , β-(gal-lac) , subs. molecular recognition r-tof (+) (dhb) (ikuta, et al., ) mannoside substituted (harabagiu, et al., ) pseudopolyrotaxanes + lactose-substituted cds receptor binding studies (lac) (lac) substituents ft-icr (dhb) (nelson & stoddart, ) pyridylmethyl-per-polyethyleneglycol-β-cd synthesis of model hemoprotein. ch -py, -(c h o) -ch subs. tof (zhou & groves, ) na dodecyl sulfate + cd-based nanotubes study of binding in formation of inclusion complexes tof (kalashnikov, et al., ) , et al., b) β-alanine-based glycoclusters β-alanine polypeptide plus galactose tof (sato, hada & takeda, a) carbohydrate amphiphiles hydrazone ligation with lipophilic glyoxylyl acid derivatives tof (grandjean, et al., ) carbohydrate-centred glycoclusters penta-and -valent mannosides, glucose centre tof (dhb) (köhn, et al., ) carbosilane dendrimers tetravalent glycodendrimers. two new synthesic methods tof ( , -dhb) (choudhury, et al., ) i l ( , et al., ) galnac-containing biotinylated clusters lgands of asialoglycoprotein receptor for targeted gene delivery tof (dhb,thap) (westerlind, et al., ) glycerol and glycol oligomers with mannose to study multivalent binding with proteins tof (dhb) (continued ) (oshovsky, et al., ) glycoclusters from silsesquioxanes prepared via thiol-radical addition reaction tof (gao, et al., ) o , et al., ) peptide dendrimers based on β-cyclodextrin thiol link to -position of glucose residues tof (muhanna, et al., ) poly(n-butyl- -cyanoacrylate)/dextran nanoparticles comparison of methods for nanoparticle characterization tof (dhb) (weyermann, et al., ) polyphenylene-based glycodendrimers synthesis of glycodendrimers with sugars within scaffold tof (sakamoto & müllen, ) porphyrin-containing glycodendrimers with four and twelve derivatized glucose residues tof (chca) (ballardini, et al., ) schizophyllan with β-lactoside and αmannoside appendages naio oxidation followed by reductive amination with aminoethyl-sugars tof spherical and hemispherical poly(ornithine) glycodendrimers maltose or lactose. up to arms tof (dhb) (baigude, et al., a ) (baigude, et al., ) tempo-functionalized pamam dendrimers with increasing mannose loadings tof ( -iaa) (samuelson, et al., ) thioglycosylated cationic porphyrins potential photodynamic drugs for colorectal adenocarcinoma maldi (ahmed, et al., ) tri ( bisected biantennary glycans plus bsa hemoenzymatic synth. bisect modulates ligand properties tof (dhb) (andré, et al., ) core of e. coli r plus tetanus toxoid synthesis via reductive amination tof (thap) (lukasiewicz, et al., ) fluorescent saccharide biosensors plus con-a photoaffinity labelling to concanavalin a tof (dhb, chca, sinapinic) (nagase, et al., ) gd , gq b and gm epitopes plus bsa for oligosaccharide-specific immunoadsorption therapy of guillian-barré syndrome tof (andersen, et al., ) glycopeptides from group a streptococcus and shigella flexneri y plus bsa or tt diethyl squarate coupling tof (dhb, sinapinic acid) (hossany, et al., ) ldnt, ldnfp and lnfpiii plus bsa study of targets for immune intervention in schistosomiasia tof lewis b hexasaccharide plus hsa linked with disuccinimidyl suberate spacer tof (thap) (zhu, et al., b) o-specific polysaccharides from vibrio cholerae plus bsa di-to penta-saccharides linked via squaric acid diester chemistry seldi-tof (saksena, et al., ) schistosoma mansoni glycan fragments + bsa squaric acid chemistry. for studies on antibody binding tof trisaccharides from toxocara sp. plus bsa trisaccharides bound to bsa to act as immunoreagents tof (+ve) (dhb) (amer, hofinger & kosma, ) truncated complex glycans plus bsa ninhydrin coupling of pronase glycopeptides for binding studies maldi (van remoortere, et al., ) polymers allylurea-carbohydrate polymers synthesis of biodegradable material similar to thermoplastic tof (dhb) (olivier, et al., ) ( , : (iyer, et al., ) polyacetyl containing trehalose reaction of α,α-d-trehalose with terephthaldehyde. mw kda tof (chca) (teramoto, et al., ) polymers by ring-opening metathesis from norborene-attached acetyl-protected carbohydrates tof (iaa) schizophyllans with β-lactoside and α-man synthesis by naio oxidation followed by reductive amination tof antibiotics/anticancer (menéndez, et al., ) kanamycin a-cholesterol conjugates aminoglycoside-derived cationic lipids for gene transfection r-tof (dhb) (sainlos, et al., ) landomycin e clusters new compounds synthesised by biosynthetic and lndgt gene manipulation tof (ostash, et al., ) squaric acid amides of anthracycline antibiotics for covalent binding to biomolecules tof (tevyashova, et al., ) vancomycin analogues one-pot synth. of modified carbohydrate after glycan removal maldi (ritter, et al., ) miscellaneous azido-glycoside on a sensor chip mannose-c glycoside attached by two methods tof (sato, et al., c) ferrocene-carbohydrate complexes two methods to attach mono-and di-saccharides to one or both cyclopentadienyl rings. electrochemical behaviour studied. , et al., ) oligosaccharide microarrays assembly of sugars on polystyrene plates ft-icr (fazio, et al., ) analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates & the two areas that are particularly relevant for monitoring are those of glycodendrimers and glycoprotein conjugates. many polyfunctional compounds have been used to build the basic scaffold of these molecules. dendrimers built on such scaffolds include those on tris-( -aminoethyl)-amine ( ) (li et al., e) , trimesic acid ( ) (nishida et al., ) , carbosilanes ( ) , silsesquioxanes ( ) (gao et al., ) , cyclotriveratrylene ( ) (van ameijde & liskamp, ) , tetra-aryl porphorins ( ) (ballardini et al., ; ahmed et al., ; laville et al., ) and fullerene derivatives (isobe et al., ) . further examples are in table . poly-hydroxy compounds such as carbohydrates themselves have been used as the core for dendrimers. thus, wu and kong ( a) used ethylene glycol and glycerol to produce di-and trivalent ( ) trisaccharides. three first-order dendrimers based on a cyclodextrin core containing fourteen val, phe or val-phe residues have been synthesized. the amino acids were linked to the terminal residues of , -iminobispropanolamine which was coupled through the central nitrogen to the -iodo derivative of bcyclodextrin (muhanna et al., ) . first-order dendrimers have also been synthesized by coupling , , or man-o-ph-c:c-ch -groups to b-cyclodextrin (ortega-caballero, giménez-martínez, & vargas-berenguel, ) ( ) giving glycodendrimers with carbohydrate moieties both at the core and periphery. wu and kong ( a) have also synthesized related compounds by cyclization of nona-and dodecasaccharides to give dendrimers containing hexa-and octa-saccharide rings. schizophyllan ([ ! glc-b-( ! )-(glc-b-( ! )glc-b-( ! )-glc-b-( ! )-] n ) has also been used as a backbone; b-glucoside appendages were oxidized to give aldehyde groups which were coupled to aminoethyl-b-lactoside or a-mannoside by reductive elimination . there is also a report of a glycodendrimer, based on a polyphenylene scaffold with a ring of monosaccharides between the center and the periphery (sakamoto & müllen, ) ( ) . some of the largest multivalent glycodendrimers are based around a scaffold consisting of amino acids or polyamidoamine (pamam). in one of the latter cases, maldi-tof analysis of the products gave broad peaks with masses less than those predicted and attributed to incomplete synthesis of the pamam scaffold. masses ranged from , to , da ( mannose residues) (woller et al., ) . choudhury, kitaoka, and hayashi ( ) with sugar units produced a spectrum (m/z , ) but the next generation glycodendrimer ( sugar units, predicted mass for c h o n ¼ , ) failed to give a signal. synthesis of large, fifth generation glycodendrimers with potentially outer sugar residues ( ) and sulfated analogues has been monitored by maldi-tof ms from thap (positive ion) and iaa (negative ion) to reveal that approximately of the potential sugars were actually incorporated (kensinger et al., ) . sharp maldi-tof peaks from spherical oligosaccharide-b-alanine-poly(lysine) dendrimers containing cellobiose ( , da), maltose ( , da), and lactose ( , da) groups respectively, synthesized by baigude et al. ( ) , showed complete substitution of the amino groups by carbohydrate. differences were found between the measured and calculated masses of larger maltose-containing glycodendrimers ( kda) based of a poly(ornithine) scaffold with the higher experimental masses being attributed to instrumental factors. the maldi-tof spectrum from chca of a third generation maltose-proline-poly(lysine) dendrimer ( . kda) synthesized by baigude et al. ( b) gave three peaks attributed to the [m þ h] þ , [m þ na] þ , and [m þ k] þ ions. attempted addition of a succinyl group to each maltose residue produced a maldi spectrum with multiple peaks attributed to different numbers of attached succinyl groups and giving an average number of attached groups. finally a -mer peptide was attached to produce a potential aids vaccine; maldi-tof analysis indicated the addition of one and two such units. self-assembling dendrimers carrying four or eight galnac residues have been constructed on a bipyridyl core; addition of cu(ii)so linked two bipyridyl units to give the dendrimer. it was characterized by ( ) (roy & kim, ) . matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization-time-of-flight (maldi-tof) analysis is used in this area mainly to estimate the number of carbohydrate molecules bound to the protein. conjugation of the glycans is frequently by squaric acid chemistry or by reductive amination. however, lewis b hexasaccharide has been linked to human serum albumin (hsa) with a disuccinimidyl suberate spacer. the authors found that this spacer had a similar linking efficiency to squaric acid but had the advantage of a fast incorporation of the receptor saccharide to the carrier protein . saksena, ma, and kovác ( ) have used seldi to monitor the conjugation to bsa of di-through penta-saccharides that mimic the upstream terminus of the o-specific polysaccharide of vibrio cholerae o: , serotype ogawa using squaric diester chemistry. seldi monitoring of the reaction allowed the extent of conjugation to be monitored and stopped when the desired molar hapten-bsa ratio had been reached. the accuracy of the mass measurement could be increased by using the carrier protein as the internal standard. tri-and hexa-galacturonates have been synthesized and coupled to bsa by reductive amination; maldi analysis gave a molecular weight of . corresponding to . mol of ligand/mol of bsa (clausen & madsen, ) . to develop antibodies to saikosaponin a, a triterpenoid saponin from the root of bupleuri radix, a plant used in eastern medicine, zhu et al. ( b) have conjugated the saponins to bsa and determined the hapten number as by maldi from sinapinic acid. concanavalin a has been labeled with a fluorescent probe at the active site by first binding a photolabile linker attached to mannose to the active site. the probe was then fixed to the protein by photoaffinity labeling, the mannose was removed by reduction of the disulfide link and the resulting thiol group used to attach various fluorescent reagents (nagase et al., ) . maldi from sinapinic acid was used to monitor various stages of the reaction and to demonstrate that the final addition of the fluorescent group occurred to the extent of - %. nyame et al. ( ) have synthesized di-and trisaccharides bearing the ldn and ldnf epitopes and conjugated these, together with one carrying the lewis x epitope, to bsa. maldi-tof analysis showed that three to four molecules were coupled per mole of bsa. these and additional examples are listed in table . a cyclosophoraose (cyclic-( ! )-b-d-glucan) named cys, produced by soil micro-organisms of the genus rhizobium, has been found to act as a catalyst for the methanolysis of several compounds such as phosphatidylcholine (lee & jung, ) . maldi analysis of several of the reaction intermediates showed acylated cyclosophoraoses in the mass range , - , . carboxymethylated cys from r. leguminosarum biovar trifolii could be used to complex and, consequently increase the aqueous solubility of hydrobenzoin and n-acetyltryptophan (lee et al., c) . a few additional papers documenting the use of maldi analysis for carbohydrate analysis that do not fit the above categories, have (mcce ), an -amino acid antimicrobial peptide from klebsiella pneumoniae has been purified in a post-translationally modified form from e. coli vcs harboring the pjam plasmid or k. pneumoniae rcy . the da modification was characterized by ms and nmr and found to consist of a trimer of n-( , -dihydroxybenzoyl)-l-serine linked via a c-glycosidic bond to b-d-glucose that was o-linked to the mcce (thomas et al., b) . it has been proposed that tunicamycin, an inhibitor of d-hexnac- -ptranslocases, exerts its action by coordinating the divalent metal cofactor at the active site. maldi spectra of tunicamycin in the presence of several divalent metals contained ions with compositions of [tun þ metal ] þ showing that one of the metal atoms was present as a metal chelate (xu et al., ) . the cterminus loop of the na þ glucose co-transporter (sglt ) has been shown to contain a binding site for inhibitory alkyl glucosides following photoaffinity labeling and maldi-tof analysis (raja, kipp, & kinne, ) . three hydroxyproline-rich peptides of , , and amino acids, containing several pentose residues have been identified as defense signaling peptides released at wound sites in tomato plants (pearce & ryan, ) . from the above, it can be seen that maldi and particularly maldi-tof is still a major analytical method for carbohydrate analysis. even though electrospray ionization, particularly when coupled with cid, is being increasingly used, maldi-tof usually provides a superior profile of constituent sugars because of the tendency of the technique to produce only singly charged ions. however, maldi-tof ms of native acidic glycans is less satisfactory because of problems with prompt fragmentation. electrospray causes less fragmentation of these compounds but tends to produce ions in different charge states from glycans with several acidic groups, thus giving a profile that is not representative of the glycan content. however, this problem, and the instability of acidic carbohydrates under maldi conditions, can be overcome by derivatization of the carboxylic acid group of sialic acids but sulfates must be protected by other techniques such as ion pairing. thus, both maldi and electrospray have advantages and disadvantages for carbohydrate work and the best technique to use will be dictated by the problem to be solved. the work during the review period has shown that although maldi is now relatively ''mature,'' it is expected that future editions of this review series will be able to report many improved methods for performing these analyses. he is currently a consultant to the department of biochemistry, oxford, the oxford-dublin glycobiology institute and is an honorary professorial fellow at the university of warwick, uk. he has served on the committee of the british mass spectrometry society and has published more than papers and reviews, mainly on mass spectrometry. enzymatic synthesis of complex glycosaminotrioses and study of their molecular recognition by hevein domains oligosaccharide and glycoprotein microarrays as tools in hiv glycobiology: glycan-dependent gp /protein interactions thioglycosylated cationic porphyrins-convenient synthesis and photodynamic activity in vitro a method for detecting oglycanase in biological samples using a combination of maldi-tof mass spectrometry and time-resolved fluorimetry high efficiency of transferring a native sugar chain from a glycopeptide by a microbial endoglycosidase in organic solvents ionone, iridoid and phenylethanoid glycosides from ajuga salicifolia identification of n-glycosylation sites of the murine neural cell adhesion molecule ncam by maldi-tof and maldi-fticr mass spectrometry yeast glycogenin (glg p) produced in escherichia coli is simultaneously glucosylated at two vicinal tyrosine residues but results in a reduced bacterial glycogen accumulation pimf, a mannosyltransferase of mycobacteria, is involved in the biosynthesis of phosphatidylinositol mannosides and lipoarabinomannan synthesis of tetra-and pentasaccharides corresponding to the capsular polysaccharide of streptococcus pneumoniae type a&l, n and a synthesis of cryptococcus neoformans capsular polysaccharide structures. iv. construction of thioglycoside donor blocks and their subsequent assembly synthesis of neoglycoproteins containing o-methylated trisaccharides related to excretory/secretory antigens of toxocara larvae improved capillary electrophoretic separation and mass spectrometric detection of oligosaccharides determination of nglycosylation sites and site heterogeneity in glycoproteins synthesis of ganglioside epitopes for oligosaccharide specific immunoadsorption therapy of guillian-barré syndrome structural studies of the extracellular polysaccharide produced by butyrivibrio fibrisolvens strain h b determination of modulation of ligand properties of synthetic complex-type biantennary n-glycans by introduction of bisecting glcnac in silico, in vitro and in vivo default biosynthesis pathway for blood group-related glycolipids in human small intestine as defined by structural identification of linear and branched glycosylceramides in a group o le(a-b-) nonsecretor detailed structural analysis of the peptidoglycan of the human pathogen neisseria meningitidis study of the attachment of na þ on glucose and on some of its methylated derivatives mycalosides b-i, eight new spermostatic steroid oligoglycosides from the sponge mycale laxissima classification into a novel mollu-series of neutral glycosphingolipids from the lamp shell, lingula unguis structural elucidation of novel phosphocholine-containing glycosylinositol-phosphoceramides in filamentous fungi and their induction of cell death of cultured rice cells newly discovered neutral glycosphingolipids in aureobasidin a-resistant zygomycetes: identification of a novel family of gala-series glycolipids with core gal- - -gal- - -gal sequences synthesis of a branched chain aza-cdisaccharide via the cycloaddition of a chiral nitrone to an alkene, both sugar derivatives the glycosylation of human serum igd and ige and the accessibility of identified oligomannose structures for interaction with mannan binding lectin synthesis and cholera toxin binding properties of multivalent gm mimics preliminary investigation of the simultaneous detection of sugars, ascorbic acid, citric acid, and sodium benzoate in non-alcoholic beverages by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry an efficient approach towards the convergent synthesis of fully-carbohydrate mannodendrimers synthesis of sphere-type monodispersed oligosaccharide-polypeptide dendrimers synthesis of spherical and hemispherical sugar-containing poly(ornithine) dendrimers synthesis of structurally-controlled aids vaccine model with glyco-peptide dendrimer scaffolds porphyrin-containing glycodendrimers role of carbohydrate in stabilizing the triple-helix in a model for a deep-sea hydrothermal vent worm collagen characterization of the o- -phosphorylated and o- substituted kdo reducing end group and sequencing of the core oligosaccharide of aeromonas salmonicida ssp salmonicida lipooligosaccharide using tandem mass spectrometry n-terminal segment of potato virus x coat protein subunits is glycosylated and mediates formation of a bound water shell on the virion surface immunoreactivity in mammals of two typical plant glyco-epitopes, core ( , )-fucose and core xylose monoclonal c - antibody produced in transgenic alfalfa plants exhibits a n-glycosylation that is homogenous and suitable for glycoengineering into human-compatible structures identification of the n-glycosylation sites on glutamate carboxypeptidase ii necessary for proteolytic activity -nitro thioglycoside donors: versatile precursors of b-d-glycosides of aminosugars martix-assisted laser desorption time-of-flight mass spectrometry of dextran and dextrin derivatives matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionization mass spectrometry with re-engineered , -dihydroxybenzoic acid derivative matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry. a comparison of fragmentation patterns of linear dextran obtained by in-source decay, post-source decay and collision-induced dissociation and the stability of linear and cyclic glucans studied by insource decay lipids of the zygomycete absidia corymbifera f- combinatorial carbohydrate synthesis expression of eukaryotic glycosyltransferases in the yeast pichia pastoris specificity of igg and ige antibodies against plant and insect glycoprotein glycans determined with artificial glycoforms of human transferrin a newly discovered cholesteryl galactoside from borrelia burgdorferi chronic diabetes increases advanced glycation end products on cardiac ryanodine receptors/calcium-release channels controlled g-ray irradiation of heparin generates oligosaccharides enriched in highly sulfated sequences sialoside specificity of the siglec family assessed using novel multivalent probes. identification of potent inhibitors of myelin-associated glycoprotein use of n-nmr to resolve molecular details in isotopically-enriched carbohydrates: sequence-specific observations in hyaluronan oligomers up to decasaccharides dendrimers in drug research engineering of an artificial glycosylation pathway blocked in core oligosaccharide assembly in the yeast pichia pastoris: production of complex humanized glycoproteins with terminal galactose human and bovine milk gangliosides differ in their fatty acid composition prebiotic concept for infant nutrition differential recognition of animal type b -galactosylated and -fucosylated chito-oligosaccharides by two family chitinases from trichoderma harzianum mode of action of fusarium moniliforme endopolygalacturonase towards acetylated pectin oglycosylation of a recombinant carbohydrate-binding module mutant secreted by pichia pastoris replacement of carbohydrate sulfates by sugar c-sulfonic acid derivatives ion exchange and purification of carbohydrates on a nafion(r) membrane as a new sample pretreatment for matrix-assisted laser desorption-ionization mass spectrometry differential effects of subunit asparagine oligosaccharide structure on equine lutropin and follitropin hybrid conformation and receptor-binding activity glycerol and glycerol glycol glycodendrimers sugaring' carbosilane dendrimers via hydrosilylation genetic engineering of pichia pastoris to humanize nglycosylation of proteins matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry of oligosaccharides derivatized by reductive amination and n,n-dimethylation synthetic glycopeptides of the tandem repeat sequence of the epithelial mucin muc with tumour-associated carbohydrate antigens synthetic tumor-associated glycopeptide antigens from the tandem repeat sequence of the epithelial mucin muc glycoforms of blactoglobulin with improved thermostability and preserved structural packing aminoglycoside array for the high-throughput analysis of small molecule-rna interactions screening of sugar converting enzymes using quantitative maldi-tof mass spectrometry quantitative matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry for the determination of enzyme activities the immunogenicity of the tumorassociated antigen lewis y may be suppressed by a bifunctional crosslinker required for coupling to a carrier protein detailed glycan analysis of serum glycoproteins of patients with congenital disorders of glycosylation indicates the specific defective glycan processing step and provides an insight into pathogenesis determination of carbohydrates in juices by capillary electrophoresis, high-performance liquid chromatography, and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionizationtime of flight-mass spectrometry anionic adducts of oligosaccharides by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry strategies for shotgun identification of posttranslational modifications by mass spectrometry methods for the analysis of hyaluronal and its fragments in acute inflammation, the chondroitin- sulphate carried by bikunin is not only longer structural study of gcdfp/gp in disease versus physiological conditions using a proteomic approach structure of bacterial lipopolysaccharides identification and characterization of a novel cassava (manihot esculenta crantz) clone with high free sugar content and novel starch convenient methods for the synthesis of ferrocenecarbohydrate conjugates exopolysaccharides produced by a clinical strain of burkholderia cepacia isolated from a cystic fibrosis patient analysis of a bioactive b-( - ) polysaccharide (curdlan) using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-offlight mass spectrometry a straightforward synthesis of -adamantylmethyl glycosides, and their binding to cyclodextrins fructans in crested wheatgrass leaves molecularly imprinted tio -matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry for selectively detecting a-cyclodextrin an efficient and practical synthesis of a-( - )-linked mannohexaose and mannooctaose differently sized granules from acetylated potato and sweet potato starches differ in the acetyl substitution pattern of their amylose populations characterization of a novel human udp-galnac transferase, pp-galnac-t characterizing biological products and assessing comparability following manufacturing changes use of combinatorial genetic libraries to humanize n-linked glycosylation in the yeast pichia pastoris nglycan structures of human transferrin produced by lymantria dispar (gypsy moth) cells using the ldmnpv expression system characterisation of mesorhizobium huakuii cyclic beta-glucan characterization of mesorhizobium huakuii lipid a containing both d-galacturonic acid and phosphate residues synthesis of a cellobiosylated dimer and trimer and of cellobiose-coated polyamidoamine (pamam) dendrimers to study accessibility of an enzyme, cellodextrin phosphorylase identification of o-linked n-acetylglucosamine proteins in rat skeletal muscle using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis and mass spectrometry the structure of the oligosaccharides of n-cadherin from human melanoma cell lines biosynthesis in vitro of caenorhabditis elegans phosphorylcholine oligosaccharides srf- , a mutant of caenorhabditis elegans, resistant to bacterial infection and to biofilm binding, is deficient in glycoconjugates synthesis of oligogalacturonates conjugated to bsa different behavior of dextrans in positive-ion and negative-ion mass spectrometry identity and localization of advanced glycation end products on human b -microglobulin using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry amino acid domains control the circulatory residence time of primate acetylcholinesterases in rhesus macaques (macaca mulatta) comparative study of carbohydrate chains released from the oviducal mucins of the two closely related amphibian species bombina bombina and bombina variegata structure of lipid a from pseudomonas corrugata by electrospray ionization quadrupole time-of-flight tandem mass spectrometry glycosphingolipids in plasmodium falciparum. presence of an active glucosylceramide synthase development on new methodologies for the mass spectrometry study of bioorganic macromolecules cell transfection with polycationic cyclodextrin vectors synthesis of an arabinogalactan-type octa-and two isomeric nonasaccharides. suitable tuning of protecting groups paradoxical impact of antioxidants on post-amadori glycoxidation. counterintuitive increase in the yields of pentosidine and n e -carboxymethyllysine using a novel multifunctional pyridoxamine derivative evaluation of newly synthesized and commercially available charged cyclomaltooligosaccharides (cyclodextrins) for capillary electrokinetic chromatography characterization of glycopeptides from hiv-i sf gp by liquid chromatography mass spectrometry localization of the o-glycosylated sites in peptides by fixed-charge derivatization with a phosphonium group matrixassisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry and nuclear magnetic resonance analyses of end-functionalized saccharidic polymers: an example of a useful analytical technique combination molecular properties of hemicelluloses located in the surface and inner layers of hardwood and softwood pulps synthesis and characterisation of novel chromogenic substrates for human pancreatic a-amylase porphyromonas gingivalis lipopolysaccharide contains multiple lipid a species that functionally interact with both toll-like receptors and polysaccharides of pseudomonas pathovar strains that infect pea, tomato, and soya bean functional analysis of the alg gene encoding the dol-p-man: man glcnac -pp-dol mannosyltransferase enzyme of p. pastoris structural determination of the o-chain moieties of the lipopolysaccharide fraction from agrobacterium radiobacter dsm a novel core region, lacking heptose and phosphate, of the lipopolysaccharide from the gram-negative bacterium pseudomonas cichorii (pseudomonadaceae rna group ) synthesis and conjugation of oligosaccharide analogues of fragments of the immunoreactive glycan part of the circulating anodic antigen of the parasite schistosoma mansoni rapid chemoenzymatic synthesis of monodisperse hyaluronan oligosaccharides with immobilized enzyme reactors sulfated oligosaccharides isolated from the respiratory mucins of a secretor patient suffering from chronic bronchitis murine and human zona pellucida derived from mouse eggs express identical o-glycans determination of glycopeptide structures by multistage mass spectrometry with low-energy collision-induced dissociation: comparison of electrospray ionization quadrupole ion trap and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization quadrupole ion trap reflectron time-of-flight approaches synthesis of osw- analogs with modified side chains and their antitumor activities monitoring glycosylation of therapeutic glycoproteins for consistency using highly fluorescent anthranilic acid revisiting the structure of the anti-neoplastic glucans of mycobacterium bovis bacille calmette-guérin: structural analysis of the extracellular and boiling water extract-derived glucans of the vaccine substrains polysaccharides from grape berry cell walls. part ii. structural characterization of the xyloglucan polysaccharides characterization of the carbohydrate moieties of the functional unit rvh -a of rapana venosa haemocyanin using hplc/electrospray ionization ms and glycosidase digestion carbohydrate moieties of molluscan rapana venosa hemocyanin structural and functional analysis of glycosylated cu/zn-superoxide dismutase from the fungal strain humicola lutea a systematic nomenclature for carbohydrate fragmentations in fab-ms/ms spectra of glycoconjugates a new synthetic approach to mycobacterial cell wall a-( ! )-d-arabinofuranosyl c-oligosaccharides a convenient synthesis of iminosugar-cglycosides via organometallic addition to n-benzyl-n-glycosylhydroxylamines assembling heterocycle-tethered c-glycosyl and a-amino acid residues via , -dipolar cycloaddition reactions microbial transformation of ginsenoside rb by rhizopus stolonifer and curvularia lunata synthesis of saponins using partially protected glycosyl donors deglycosylation of glycoproteins with trifluoromethanesulphonic acid: elucidation of molecular structure and function phenolic glycoside isolated from seeds of the greater plantain (plantago major l.) integrated selective enrichment target-a microtechnology platform for matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization-mass spectrometry applied on protein biomarkers in prostate diseases n-acetylglucosamine- -o-sulfotransferase- : production in the baculovirus system and its applications to the synthesis of a sulfated oligosaccharide and to the modification of oligosaccharides in fibrinogen thalictricoside, a new phenolic compound from thalictrum orientale physocalycoside, a new phenylethanoid glycoside from phlomis physocalyx hub.-mor automated structural assignment of derivatized complex n-linked oligosaccharides from tandem mass spectra application of the stroligo algorithm for the automated structure assignment of complex n-linked glycans from glycoproteins using tandem mass spectrometry in vitro synthesis of a crystalline ( ! , ! )-b-d-glucan by a mutated ( ! , ! )-b-d-glucanase from bacillus a method for proteomic identification of membrane-bound proteins containing asn-linked oligosaccharides regioselective synthesis of galactosylated tri-and tetrasaccharides by use of b-galactosidase from bacillus circulans contribution of mass spectrometry to the study of the maillard reaction in food rucl -promoted amide formation from azides and thioacids assembly of sugars on polystyrene plates: a new facile microarray fabrication technique solid-state glycation of b-lactoglobulin by lactose and galactose: localization of the modified amino acids using mass spectrometric techniques characterization of plant oligosaccharides by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization and electrospray mass spectrometry functional properties and application in peptide synthesis of trypsin modified with cyclodextrin-containing dicarboxylic acids biochemical and mass spectrometric characterization of soluble ecto- -nucleotidase from bull seminal plasma mycobacterial phosphatidylinositol mannoside is a natural antigen for cd d-restricted t cells the effects of ethanol on the glycosylation of human transferrin n-and o-linked carbohydrates and glycosylation site occupancy in recombinant human granulocyte-macrophage colonystimulating factor secreted by a chinese hamster ovary cell line irradiation effects in maldi, ablation, ion production, and surface modifications. part ii: , -dihydroxybenzoic acid monocrystals role of electrons in laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry structural elucidation of zwitterionic carbohydrates derived from glycosphingolipids of the porcine parasitic nematode ascaris suum overexpression of the waaz gene leads to modification of the structure of the inner core region of escherichia coli lipopolysaccharide, truncation of the outer core, and reduction of the amount of o polysaccharide on the cell surface evaluation of sphingolipids in vitreous bodies from a patient with gaucher disease, using delayed extraction matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry n-linked glycan structures of human lactoferrin produced by transgenic rice chemoenzymatic synthesis of diverse asparagine-linked a-( ! )-sialyloligosaccharides an efficient synthesis of a biantennary sialooligosaccharide analogue using a , -anhydro-b-lactose derivative as a key synthetic block sensing behavior of fluorescent cyclodextrin/peptide hybrids bearing a macrocyclic metal complex separation and characterization of humic acids from antarctia by capillary electrophoresis and matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry. inclusion complexes of humic acids with cyclodextrins chemoenzymatic synthesis of conformationally constrained oligosaccharides rapid screening of plasma volume expanders in urine using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionisation time-offlight mass spectrometry enzymatic synthesis of the core- sialyl lewis x o-glycan on the tumor-associated muc a' peptide analyzing response variability using high-ph anion-exchange chromatography and pulsed amperometric detection progresses of derivatization techniques for analyses of carbohydrates efficient preparation of glycoclusters from silsesquioxanes characterization of low-glycosylated forms of soluble human urokinase receptor expressed in drosophila schneider cells after deletion of glycosylation-sites functional microdomains of glycolipids with partially fluorinated membrane anchors: impact on cell adhesion stereoselective entry to b-linked c-disaccharides using a carbon-ferrier reaction solutionand bound-state conformational study of n,n,n-triacetyl chitotriose and other analogous potential inhibitors of hevamine: application of trnoesy and std nmr spectroscopy advances in the production of human therapeutic proteins in yeasts and filamentous fungi glycosylation of human recombinant gonadotrophins: characterization and batch-tobatch consistency characterization of keyhole limpet hemocyanin (klh) glycans sharing a carbohydrate epitope with schistosoma mansoni glycoconjugates cell wall polysaccharides of brassica campestris seed cake: isolation and structural features identification of a novel mannose-capped lipoarabinomannan from amycolatopsis sulphurea tsukamurella paurometabola lipoglycan, a new lipoarabinomannan variant with pro-inflammatory activity acylation state of the phosphatidylinositol hexamannosides from mycobacterium bovis bacillus calmette guérin and mycobacterium tuberculosis h rv and its implication in toll-like receptor response are proton transfer reactions of excited states involved in uv laser desorption ionization? primary structure of the -omethyl-a-l-fucose-containing side chain of the pectic polysaccharide, rhamnogalacturonan ii differences among the cell wall galactomannans from aspergillus wentii and chaetosartorya chrysella and that of aspergillus fumigatus metabolic incorporation of unnatural sialic acids into haemophilus ducreyi lipooligosaccharides rapid oligosaccharide synthesis on a fluorous support molecular cloning and characterization of b ! -n-acetylgalactosaminyltransferases iv synthesizing n,n -diacetyl-lactosediamine glycosylation and specific deamidation of ribonuclease b affect the formation of three-dimensional domain-swapped oligomers atbxl , a novel higher plant (arabidopsis thaliana) putative beta-xylosidase gene, is involved in secondary cell wall metabolism and plant development unique in vivo modifications of coagulation factor v produce a physically and functionally distinct platelet-derived cofactor efficient preparation of carbohydrate-and related polyol-amphiphiles by hydrazone ligation comparison of maldi-tof mass spectrometric to enzyme colorimetric quantification of glucose from enzyme-hydrolyzed starch nontypeable haemophilus influenzae strain produces a biofilm containing n-acetylneuraminic acid that may mimic sialylated o-linked glycans the glycosylated androgenic hormone of the terrestrial isopod porcellio scaber (crustacea) specific xyloglucanases as a new class of polysaccharidedegrading enzymes diffusion ordered spectroscopy as a complement to size exclusion chromatography in oligosaccharide analysis synthesis of -chloro- -nitrophenyl a-lfucopyranoside: a substrate for a-l-fucosidase (afu) structural characterization of the lipid a component of sinorhizobium sp. ngr rough and smooth form lipopolysaccharide. demonstration that the distal amide-linked acyloxyacyl residue containing the long chain fatty acids is conserved in rhizobium and sinorhizobium sp molecular fingerprinting of carbohydrate structure phenotypes of three porifera proteoglycan-like glyconectins lipomannan and lipoarabinomannan from a clinical isolate of mycobacterium kansasii: novel structural features and apoptosis-inducing properties solidsupported enzymatic synthesis of pectic oligogalacturonides and their analysis by maldi-tof mass spectrometry neutral n-glycans of the gastropod arion lusitanicus glycopeptides as oligosaccharide mimics: high affinity sialopeptide ligands for sialoadhesin from combinatorial libraries structural characterization of tsc- / flik. analysis of two charge isoforms production of complex human glycoproteins in yeast polymer-resin hybrid capturerelease strategy for rapid oligosaccharide construction chemo-enzymatic synthesis and structureactivity study of artificially n-glycosylated eel calcitonin derivatives with a complex type oligosaccharide purification and characterization of mouse soluble receptor for advanced glycation end products (srage) o-linked glycans control glycoprotein processing by antigenpresenting cells: a biochemical approach to the molecular aspects of muc processing by dendritic cells synthesis and characterization of persilylated cyclodextrins a novel synthesis of deoxy phospha sugar-sugar disaccharides quantitative aspects of the matrix-assisted laser desorption mass spectrometry of complex oligosaccharides matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry of carbohydrates matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates by matrixassisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry: an update covering the period - analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates by matrixassisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry: an update covering the period fragmentation of nlinked glycans with a maldi-ion trap time-of-flight mass spectrometer conversion of pyridylamino sugar chains to -amino- -deoxy derivatives, intermediates for tagging with fluorescein and biotin schizophyllans carrying oligosaccharide appendages as potential candidates for cell-targeted antisense carrier structural analysis of the carbohydrate backbone of vibrio parahaemolyticus o lipopolysaccharides structural characterization of the carbohydrate backbone of the lipopolysaccharide of vibrio parahaemolyticus o-untypeable strain kx-v isolated from a patient structural elucidation of polysaccharide part of glycoconjugate from treponema medium atcc chemical structure and immunobiological activity of lipid a from prevotella intermedia atcc lipopolysaccharide hallmarks of caenorhabditis elegans n-glycosylation: complexity and controversy synthesis of laminarin oligosaccharide derivatives having d-arabinofuranosyl side-chains endotoxic activity and chemical structure of lipopolysaccharides from chlamydia trachomatis serotypes e and l and chlamydophila psittaci bc synthesis and characterisation of terminal carbohydrate modified poly(dimethylsiloxane)s specificity of amaranthus leucocarpus syn. hypocondriacus lectin for o-glycopeptides altered glycosylation of a -acid glycoprotein in patients with inflammation and diabetes mellitus targeted proteoglycomics analysis of sialyl lewis x antigen expressing glycoproteins secreted by human hepatoma cell line iga nephropathy and tonsils-an approach from the structure of iga produced by tonsillar lymphocytes affinity capturing and gene assignment of soluble glycoproteins produced by the nematode caenorhabditis elegans preparation of a growth-promoting substance, lepidimoic acid, from okra pectic polysaccharide a convenient synthesis of lepidimoide from okra mucilage and its growth-promoting activity in hypocotyls a novel human b ! -nacetylgalactosaminyltransferase that synthesizes a unique carbohydrate structure, galnacb ! glcnac high-mannose-type oligosaccharides from human placental arylsulfatase a are core fucosylated as confirmed by maldi ms the first synthesis of peptide thioester carrying nlinked core pentasaccharide through modified fmoc thioester preparation: synthesis of an n-glycosylated ig domain of emmprin proteomic analysis of kappacasein micro-heterogeneity two glycosylation alterations of mouse intestinal mucins due to infection by the parasite nippostrongylus brasiliensis the lec chinese hamster ovary mutant is a sensitive host for detecting mutations in a-glucosidase i that give rise to congenital disorder of glycosylation iib iga molecules produced by tonsillar lymphocytes are under-o-glycosylated in iga nephropathy the structural alteration of o-glycosylated hinge peptides in serum iga before and after tonsillectomy in iga nephropathy peptide and amino acid glycation: new insights into the maillard reaction an engineered hyaluronan synthase. characterization of recombinant human hyaluronan synthase expressed in escherichia coli fluorescence resonance energy transfer in a novel cyclodextrin-peptide conjugate for detecting steroid molecules synthesis and immunochemical characterization of protein conjugates of carbohydrate and carbohydrate-mimetic peptides as experimental vaccines synthesis and biological activities of octyl , -di-o-sulfo-a-l-fucopyranosyl-( ! )- -o-sulfo-a-lfucopyranosyl-( ! )- , -di-o-sulfo-a-l-fucopyranosyl-( ! )- -osulfo-a-l-fucopyranosyl-( ! )- , -di-o-sulfo-b-l-fucopyranoside synthesis and biological activities of octyl , , -tri-o-sulfo-a-l-fucopyranosyl-( ! )- , -di-o-sulfo-a-l-fucopyranosyl-( ! )- , -di-o-sulfo-a-l-fucopyranosyl-( ! )- , -di-o-sulfo-b-l-fucopyranoside application of maldi-qtof in proteomics and glycomics microscale nonreductive release of o-linked glycans for subsequent analysis through maldi mass spectrometry and capillary electrophoresis ardisimamillosides g and h, two new triterpenoid saponins from ardisia mamillata effects of polymerization initiator complexation in methacrylated b-cyclodextrin formulations analysis of site-specific glycosylation in recombinant human follistatin expressed in chinese hamster ovary cells glycosylation of rapana thomasiana hemocyanin. comparison with other prosobranch (gastropod) hemocyanins efficient transport of saccharides through a liquid membrane mediated by a cyclodextrin dimer preparation and characterization of novel branched b-cyclodextrins having b-d-galactose residues on the non-reducing terminal of the side chains and their specific interactions with peanut (arachis hypogaea) agglutinin molecular cloning and characterization of human gnt-ix, a novel b , -n-acetylglucosaminyltransferase that is specifically expressed in the brain n-acetylglucosaminyltransferase ix acts on the glcnacb , -mana -ser/thr moiety, forming a , -branched structure in brain o-mannosyl glycan synthesis of fullerene glycoconjugates through sulfide connection in aqueous media glycosphingolipids in edible fungi and their biological activities microwave-mediated analysis for sugar, fatty acid, and sphingoid compositions of glycosphingolipids recombinant ( ! )-asialyltransferase immobilized on nickel-agarose for preparative synthesis of sialyl lewis x and lewis a precursor oligosaccharides coupling thin-layer chromatography with vibrational cooling matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization fourier transform mass spectrometry for the analysis of ganglioside mixtures initiation of oglycan synthesis in iga hinge region is determined by a single enzyme, udp-n-acetyl-a-d-galactosamine:polypeptide n-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase synthesis of a hyaluronan neoglycopolymer by ring-opening metathesis polymerization the klebsiella pneumoniae wabg gene: role in biosynthesis of the core lipopolysaccharide and virulence mannose-bsa conjugates: comparison between commercially available linkers in reactivity and bioactivity isolation and characterization of water-soluble hemicelluloses from flax shive identification of post-translational modifications resulting from lhb polymorphisms by matrix-assisted laser desorption time-of-flight mass spectrometric analysis of pituitary lhb core fragment mass spectrometric characterization of a new -hydroxypropylb-cyclodextrin derivative bearing methacrylic moieties and its copolymerization with -vinyl- -pyrrolidone one-pot chemo-, regio-, and stereoselective double-differential glycosidation mediated by lanthanide triflates synthesis of a key mycobacterium tuberculosis biosynthetic phosphoinositide intermediate carbohydrate biosensors modification-specific proteomics: characterization of post-translational modifications by mass spectrometry specificity of enzymatic in vitro glycosylation by pngase f: a comparison of enzymatic and nonenzymatic glycosylation structure of the xyloglucan produced by suspension-cultured tomato cells chemical characterization of different sugar-casein maillard reaction products and protective effects on chemicalinduced cytotoxicity of caco- cells glycosyltransferase assays utilizing n-acetyllactosamine acceptor immobilized on a cellulose membrane effect of silkworm hemolymph on n-linked glycosylation in two trichoplusia ni insect cell lines synthesis of b-d-galp-( ! )-b-d-glcpnac-( ! )-a-d-manp-( ! o)(ch ) ch mimics to explore the substrate specificity of sialyltransferases and trans-sialidases location of o-acetyl substituents in xylo-oligosaccharides obtained from hydrothermally treated eucalyptus wood inner core assembly and structure of the lipooligosaccharide of neisseria meningitidis: capacity of strain nmb to express all known immunotype epitopes prompt chemoenzymatic synthesis of diverse complex-type oligosaccharides and its application to the solid-phase synthesis of a glycopeptide with asn-linked sialyl-undeca-and asialo-nonasaccharides analysis of glycoproteins and the oligosaccharides thereof by high-performance capillary electrophoresis-significance in regulatory studies on biopharmaceutical products inclusion complexes formed by sodium dodecyl sulfate and cyclodextrin-based nanotubes steroid polyols from the far eastern starfish henricia sanguinolenta and h. leviuscula leviuscula analysis of the site-specific n-glycosylation of b , nacetylglucosaminyltransferase v detection of oligosaccharides labeled with cyanine dyes using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry profiling analysis of oligosaccharides in antibody pharmaceuticals by capillary electrophoresis polyphenolics in rhizophora mangle l. leaves and their changes during leaf development and senescence a-amylases of medical and industrial importance inhibitory effects of tannin on human salivary a-amylase a novel b( ! )-n-acetylglucosaminyltransferase v (gnt-vb) total chemical synthesis and nmr characterization of the glycopeptide tx a, a heavily post-translationally modified conotoxin, reveals that the glycan structure is a-d-gal-( ! )-a-d-galnac relaxed sugar donor selectivity of a sinorhizobium meliloti ortholog of the rhizobium leguminosarum mannosyl transferase lpcc: role of the lipopolysaccharide core in symbiosis of rhizobiaceae with plants a mannosyl transferase required for lipopolysaccharide inner core assembly in rhizobium leguminosarum. purification, substrate specificity and expression in salmonella waac mutants expression cloning and biochemical characterization of a rhizobium leguminosarum lipid a -phosphatase biclonal systemic al-amyloidosis with one glycosylated and one nonglycosylated al-protein acylated flavonoid and phenylethanoid glycosides from marrubium velutinum fluorous-tagged compound: a viable scaffold to prime oligosaccharide synthesis by cellular enzymes in vitro biosynthesis of galactans by membrane-bound galactosyltransferase from radish (raphanus sativus l.) seedlings study on the structures of xyloglucans using specific enzymes structural variability of bm- /sparc/osteonectin glycosylation: implications for collagen affinity natural antibiotic function of a human gastric mucin against helicobacter pylori infection malonylated flavonol glycosides from the petals of clitoria ternatea flavonoid composition related to petal color in different lines of clitoria ternatea post-source decay matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometric study of peracetylated isoflavone glycosides cationized by protonation and with various metal ions cationization of simple organic molecules by singly-charged ag þ cluster ions in matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry: metal cluster-molecule interactions synthesis of novel, multivalent glycodendrimers as ligands for hiv- gp a structural analysis of heparin-like glycosaminoglycans using maldi-tof mass spectrometry structural characterization of the nglycan moiety and site of glycosylation in vitellogenin from the decapod crustacean cherax quadricarinatus conjugate addition of phenols to -nitrogalactal-synthesis of o-( -acetamido- -deoxygalactosyl)tyrosine a convenient route to oglycosyl lactates via conjugate addition to -nitroglycals: ring closure to novel pyrano an inositol-containing sphingolipid from the red alga gracilaria verrucosa a facile synthesis of novel cyclodextrin derivatives incorporating one b-( , )-glucosidic bond and their unique inclusion ability amphiphilic cyclodextrins as novel monosaccharide transport carriers through a bulk liquid membrane proteomic characterization of novel serum amyloid p component variants from human plasma and urine structural determination of the n-glycans of a lepidopteran arylphorin reveals the presence of a monoglucosylated oligosaccharide in the storage protein glycosylation of onconase increases its conformational stability and toxicity for cancer cells relative quantification of n-(carboxymethyl)lysine, imidazolone a, and the amadori product in glycated lysozyme by maldi-tof mass spectrometry analysis of protein glycation products by matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry synthesis and conformational characterization of the epidermal growth factor-like domain of blood coagulation factor ix carrying xylosyl-glucose chitosanolysis by a pectinase isozyme of aspergillus niger-a non-specific activity in situ liquid-liquid extraction as a sample preparation method for matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization ms analysis of polypeptide mixtures glyco-sams as glycocalyx mimetics: synthesis of l-fucose-and d-mannose-terminated building blocks function and glycosylation of plant-derived antiviral monoclonal antibody functional evaluation of carbohydrate-centred glycoclusters by enzyme-linked lectin assay: ligands for concanavalin a influence of lactation parameters on the nglycosylation of recombinant human c inhibitor isolated from the milk of transgenic rabbits n-and o-glycans of recombinant human c inhibitor expressed in the milk of transgenic rabbits isolation and characterization of periplasmic cyclic b-glucans of azorhizobium caulinodans biosynthesis of pectic galactan by membrane-bound galactosyltransferase from soybean (glycine max merr.) seedlings structure of a highly phosphorylated lipopolysaccharide core in the dalgc mutants derived from pseudomonas aeruginosa wild-type strains pao (serogroup o ) and pac r (serogroup o ) high affinity capture surface for matrixassisted laser desorption/ionisation compatible protein microarrays targeted knockouts of physcomitrella lacking plant specific immunogenic n-glycans identification of the required acyltransferase step in the biosynthesis of the phosphatidylinositol mannosides of mycobacterium species purification and cdna cloning of udp-glcnac:glcnacb ! galb ! glc(nac)-r [glcnac ! gal]b , n-acetylglucosaminyltransferase from rat small intestine: a major carrier of dignt activity in rat small intestine polylactosamine synthesis and branch formation of n-glycans in b , -galactosyltransferase- -deficient mice n-glycosylation pattern of the zymogenic form of human matrix metalloproteinase- liquid chromatographic and mass spectrometric analysis of human serum acid alpha- -glycoprotein trichoderma reesei acetyl esterase catalyzes transesterification in water mass spectrometric characterization of proteins from the sars virus. a preliminary report site-specific n-glycosylation analysis: matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization quadrupole-quadrupole time-of-flight tandem mass spectral signatures for recognition and identification of glycopeptides an improved model for prediction of retention times of tryptic peptides in ion pair reversed-phase hplc. its application to protein peptide mapping by off-line hplc-maldi ms matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry of heteropolyflavan- -ols and glucosylated heteropolyflavans in sorghum quantification of hyaluronic acid fragments in pharmaceutical formulations using lc-esi-ms synthesis of stable dolichylphosphomannose analogues structural studies on igg oligosaccharides of patients with primary sjögren's syndrome structural characterization of nglycopeptides by matrix-dependent selective fragmentation of maldi-tof/tof tandem mass spectrometry post-translational modifications on proteins: facile and efficient procedure for the identification of o-glycosylation sites by maldi-lift-tof/tof mass spectrometry sequencing of n-linked oligosaccharides directly from protein gels: in-gel deglycosylation followed by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry and normal-phase high performance liquid chromatography identification of glycosylation sites in the su component of the avian sarcoma/leukosis virus envelope glycoprotein (subgroup a) by mass spectrometry synthesis of the trisaccharide repeating unit of the atypical o-antigen polysaccharide from danish helicobacter pylori strains employing the -carboxybenzyl glycoside synthesis of imino sugar scaffolds for the generation of glycosidase inhibitor libraries synthesis of the lewis b hexasaccharide and hsa-conjugates thereof preparation and chiral recognition of a novel chiral stationary phase for high-performance liquid chromatography, based on mono( a -n-allylamino- a -deoxy)-perfunctionalized bcyclodextrin and covalently bonded silica gel derivatization of carbohydrates for chromatographic, electrophoretic and mass spectrometric structure analysis dynamic glycosylation of the transcription factor creb: a potential role in gene regulation characterization of lecithin:cholesterol acyltransferase expressed in a human lung cell line enzymatic digestion and mass spectrometry in the study of advanced glycation end products/peptides the complexity of non-enzymatic glycation product sets of human globins expression, secretion, and glycosylation of the -and -kda glycoprotein of mycobacterium tuberculosis in streptomyces lividans structural characterization of the o-chain polysaccharide isolated from bordetella avium atcc : variation on a theme labelling saccharides with phenylhydrazine for electrospray and matrix-assisted laser desorption-ionization mass spectrometry profiling of n-linked oligosaccharides using phenylhydrazine derivatization and mass spectrometry a new synthetic route for the preparation of glycoprobes hazelnut (corylus avellana) vicilin cor a : molecular characterization of a glycoprotein and its allergenic activity melanoma cell cd interaction with the (iv) - region from basement membrane collagen is modulated by ligand glycosylation combination of two matrices results in improved performance of maldi ms for peptide mass mapping and protein analysis a study of the stability of tri(glucosyloxyphenyl)chlorin, a sensitizer for photodynamic therapy, in human colon tumoural cells: a liquid chromatography and maldi-tof mass spectrometry analysis transposon mutagenesis of trypanosoma brucei identifies glycosylation mutants resistant to concanavalin a enantioseparation using cyclosophoraoses as a novel chiral additive in capillary electrophoresis cyclosophoraose as a catalytic carbohydrate for methanolysis antidiabetic effects of chitosan oligosaccharides in neonatal streptozotocin-induced noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in rats antibodies that recognize bisected complex n-glycans on cell surface glycoproteins can be made in mice lacking n-acetylglucosaninyltransferase iii a mutation causing a reduced level of expression of six -galactosyltransferase genes is the basis of the lec cho glycosylation mutant structural analysis of lipid a from escherichia coli o :h :k-using thin-layer chromatography and ion-trap mass spectrometry the pmra-regulated pmrc gene mediates phosphoethanolamine modification of lipid a and polymyxin resistance in salmonella enterica synthesis and characterization of carboxymethylated cyclosophoraose, and its inclusion complexation behavior current chemical tagging strategies for proteome analysis by mass spectrometry a genetic and structural analysis of the n-glycosylation capabilities of rice and other monocotyledons a novel type of highly negatively charged lipooligosaccharide from pseudomonas stutzeri ox possessing two , -o-( -carboxy)-ethylidene residues in the outer core region structure of minor oligosaccharides from the lipopolysaccharide fraction from pseudomonas stutzeri ox identification of mdod, an mdog paralog which encodes a twin-arginine-dependent periplasmic protein that controls osmoregulated periplasmic glucan backbone structures steroidal polyols from far-eastern starfishes henricia sanguinolenta and h. leviuscula leviuscula a new steroidal glycoside phrygioside a and its aglycone from the starfish hippasteria phrygiana discovery and characterization of sialic acid o-acetylation in group b streptococcus syntheses of arabinogalactans consisting of b-( ! )-linked d-galactopyranosyl backbone and a-( ! )-linked l-arabinofuranosyl side chains biotechnological production of highly soluble daidzein glycosides using thermotoga maritima maltosyltransferase application of glycodiversification: expedient synthesis and antibacterial evaluation of a library of kanamycin b analogues starch from hull-less barley: iv. morphological and structural changes in waxy, normal and high-amylose starch granules during heating comparison of high-performance liquid chromatography and fluorophore-assisted carbohydrate electrophoresis methods for analyzing peptidoglycan composition of escherichia coli synthesis of cluster mannosides via a ugi four-component reaction and their inhibition against the binding of yeast mannan to concanavalin a expression of functional human transferrin in stably transfected drosophila s cells a chemoenzymatic approach to glycopeptide antibiotics macrolactamization of glycosylated peptide thioesters by the thioesterase domain of tyrocidine synthetase a method for the generation of glycoprotein mimetics inclusion complexation behavior of dyestuff guest molecules by a bridged bis(cyclomaltoheptaose)[bis(b-cyclodextrin)] with a pyromellitic acid diamide tether optimization of diagonal chromatography for recognizing post-translational modifications an optimized protocol for nano-lc-maldi-tof-ms coupling for the analysis of proteolytic digests of glycoproteins the il- r binding hot spot on il- is located on the nterminal helix and is dependent on n-linked glycosylation sialylation and sulfation of the carbohydrate chains in respiratory mucins from a patient with cystic fibrosis glyco-fragment: a web tool to support the interpretation of mass spectra of complex carbohydrates glycofragment and glyco-searchms: web tools to support the interpretation of mass spectra of complex carbohydrates molecular structures of fructans from agave tequilana weber var. azul preparation, properties, and applications of npentenyl arabinofuranosyl donors structure of a major glycolipid from thermus oshimai ntu- aknk is an l- -deoxyfucosyltransferase in the biosynthesis of the anthracycline aclacinomycin a synthesis and structural study of two new heparin-like hexasaccharides complement regulation at the molecular level: the structure of decayaccelerating factor serological characterization of anti-endotoxin serum directed against the conjugate of oligosaccharide core of escherichia coli type r with tetanus toxoid identification of a -deoxy-d-manno-octulosonic acid biosynthetic operon in moraxella catarrhalis and analysis of a kdsa-deficient isogenic mutant characterization of galactoglucomannan extracted from spruce (picea abies) by heat-fractionation at different conditions effect of local matrix crystal variations in matrix-assisted ionization techniques for mass spectrometry mass spectrometric identification of n-and o-glycosylation sites of full-length rat selenoprotein p and determination of selenide-sulfide and disulfide linkages in the shortest isoform neoglycoconjugates from synthetic tetra-and hexasaccharides that mimic the terminus of the o-ps of vibrio cholerae o: , serotype inaba concise synthesis of b-glcnacp-( ! )-a-manp-( ! )-manp and its dimer, b-glcnacp-( ! )-a-manp-( ! )-manp facile synthesis of arabinomannose penta-and decasaccharide fragments of the lipoarabinomannan of the equine pathogen, rhodococcus equi recent developments in the synthesis and discovery of oligosaccharides and glycoconjugates for the treatment of disease synthesis of cis-( ! )-glycosides of allyl -acetamido- , -o-benzylidene- -deoxy-a-d-glucopyranoside indiscriminate glycosylation of procarboxypeptidase y expressed in pichia pastoris matrix-assisted laser desorption and electrospray ionization mass spectrometry of carminic acid isolated from cochineal enzyme glycation influences product yields during oligosaccharide synthesis by reverse hydrolysis synthesis of oligosaccharides on soluble high-molecular-weight branched polymers in combination with purification by nanofiltration cloning and functional expression of a novel gdp- -deoxy-d-talose synthetase from actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans casein phosphoproteome: identification of phosphoproteins by combined mass spectrometry and two-dimensional gel electrophoresis -dihydroxybenzoic acid butylamine and other ionic liquid matrixes for enhanced maldi-ms analysis of biomolecules rapid synthesis of oligosaccharides using an anomeric fluorous silyl protecting group synthesis of the lewis a trisaccharide based on an anomeric silyl fluorous tag the pmrf polymyxin-resistance operon of yersinia pseudotuberculosis is upregulated by the phop-phoq two-component system but not by pmra-pmrb, and is not required for virulence basic amino acids as modulators of an o-linked glycosylation signal of the herpes simplex virus type glycoprotein gc: functional roles in viral infectivity synthesis, conformational studies and mannosidase stability of a mimic of , -mannobioside galactosylated -hydroxylysine mimetics for glycopeptide synthesis structural characterization of chemically and enzymatically derived standard oligosaccharides isolated from partially purified tamarind xyloglucan synthesis of maltooligosyl fructofuranosides catalyzed by immobilized cyclodextrin glucosyltransferase using starch as donor identification of disulfide bonds and site-specific glycosylation in chicken a -acid glycoprotein by matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry structural characterization of oligosaccharides using maldi-tof/tof tandem mass spectrometry glycoforms obtained by expression in pichia pastoris improve cancer targeting potential of a recombinant antibody-enzyme fusion protein expression, purification, and characterization of avian thy- from lec mammalian and tn insect cells cellular effects of deoxynojirimycin analogues: uptake, retention and inhibition of glycosphingolipid biosynthesis cellular effects of deoxynojirimycin analogues: inhibition of nlinked oligosaccharide processing and generation of free glucosylated oligosaccharides a scavenger function for a drosophila peptidoglycan recognition protein tailoring modification of deoxysugars during biosynthesis of the antitumour drug chromomycin a assembly of a library of trisaccharides as mimics of sialyl lewis x via random combination strategy chemical and enzymatic release of glycans from glycoproteins o-glycan sialylation and the structure of the stalk-like region of the t cell co-receptor cd specificities of three distinct human chondroitin/dermatan n-acetylgalactosamine -o-sulfotransferases demonstrated using partially desulfated dermatan sulfate as an acceptor: implication of differential roles in dermitan sulfate biosynthesis the underglycosylation of plasma -antitrypsin in congenital disorders of glycosylation type i is not random mass spectrometric analysis of glycans in elucidating the pathogenesis of cdg type iix -amino- -mercapto- , , -thiadiazole: a new matrix for the efficient matrixassisted laser desorption/ionization of neutral carbohydrates estimation of the proton affinity values of fifteen matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization matrices under electrospray ionization conditions using the kinetic method nlinked glycan structures of mouse interferon-b produced by bombyx mori larvae structural and functional characterization of ovotransferrin produced by pichia pastoris new polygalacturonases from trichoderma reesei: characterization and their specificities to partially methylated and acetylated pectins a transient tobacco expression system coupled to maldi-tof-ms allows validation of the impact of differential targeting on structure and activity of a recombinant therapeutic glycoprotein produced in plants the structure of lipid a of the lipopolysaccharide from burkholderia caryophylli with a -amino- -deoxy-l-arabinopyranose- -phosphate residue exclusively in glycosidic linkage sample preparation effects in matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry of partially depolymerised carboxymethyl cellulose sample preparation effects in matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry of partially depolymerised methyl cellulose phase-variation of the truncated lipo-oligosaccharide of neisseria meningitidis nmb phosphoglucomutase isogenic mutant nmb-r structure of the major triterpene glycoside from the sea cucumber stichopus mollis and evidence to reclassify this species into the new genus australostichopus sequencing of oligosaccharides derivatized with benzylamine using electrospray ionization-quadrupole time of flight-tandem mass spectrometry fragmentation characteristics of permethylated oligosaccharides using a matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization twostage time-of-flight (tof/tof) tandem mass spectrometer enzymatic preparation of biotinylated naturally-occurring sialylglycan and its molecular recognition on a quartz-crystal microbalance biosynthesis of mycobacterial phosphatidylinositol mannosides pmrab, a two-component regulatory system of pseudomonas aeruginosa that modulates resistance to cationic antimicrobial peptides and addition of aminoarabinose to lipid a structural analysis of kappacarrageenan oligosaccharides released by carrageenase from marine cytophaga mca- atmospheric pressure matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (ap maldi) on a quadrupole ion trap mass spectrometer aggregates are the biologically active units of endotoxin synthesis of peptide dendrimers based on a b-cyclodextrin core with guest binding ability total synthesis of a tetra-and two pentasaccharide fragments of the o-specific polysaccharide of shigella flexneri serotype a photocontrolled release and uptake of a porphyrin guest by dithienylethene-tethered -cyclodextrin host dimers effects of buffering conditions and culture ph on production rates and glycosylation of clinical phase i anti-melanoma mouse igg monoclonal antibody r enhanced post-source decay and cross-ring fragmentation of oligosaccharides facilitated by conversion to amino derivatives capillary electrophoresis to characterize ricin and its subunits with matrixassisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry glucose production by hydrolysis of starch under hydrothermal conditions construction of artificial signal transducers on a lectin surface by post-photoaffinity-labeling modification for fluorescent saccharide biosensors synthesis of an unnatural n-glycan-linked dolichyl pyrophosphate precursor cyclodextrin trimers as receptors for arranging ester and catalyst at optimized location to achieve enhancement of hydrolytic activity synthesis of glycosyl glycerol by cyclodextrin glucanotransferases sample clean-up method for analysis of complex n-glycans released from glycopeptides detailed structural features of glycan chains derived from a -acid glycoproteins of several different animals: the presence of hypersialylated, o-acetylated sialic acids but not disialyl residues structural analysis of n-linked glycans in caenorhabditis elegans dynamic multivalent lactosides displayed on cyclodextrin beads dangling from polymer strings synthesis of lactoside glycodendrons using photoaddition and reductive amination methodologies flavonoids of hedysarum setigerum hydrolysis of nothogenia erinacea xylan by xylanases from families and expression, purification and characterization of humanized anti-hbs fab fragment an efficient method for the synthesis of , -branched galacto-oligosaccharides and its applications to the synthesis of three tetrasaccharides and a hexasaccharide related to the arabinogalactans (ags) design and synthesis of c -symmetric lewis x antigen living ringopening metathesis polymerization of norbornenes containing acetylprotected carbohydrates using well-defined molybdenum and ruthenium initiators flavone c-glycoside, phenolic acid, and nitrogen contents in leaves of barley subject to organic fertilization treatments in situ extension as an approach for identifying novel a-amylase inhibitors immunity to schistosomiasis: glycans are potential antigenic targets for immune intervention solid-phase extraction nmr studies of chromatographic fractions of saponins from quillaja saponaria enzymatic glycosidation of sugar oxazolines having a carboxylate group catalyzed by chitinase enzymatic synthesis of alternatingly -o-carboxymethylated chitotetraose by selective glycosidation with chitinase catalysis analysis of sugar epimers using mass spectrometry: n-acetyllactosamine- - -disulfate and the -epimer n-glycosylation patterns of hsa/cd from different cell lines and brain homogenates: a comparison glycotentacles: synthesis of cyclic glycopeptides, toward a tailored blocker of influenza virus hemagglutinin carbohydrate structure and differential binding of prostate specific antigen to maackia amurensis lectin between prostate cancer and benign prostate hypertrophy simple formylacetal (ch ) as a novel linker for saccharide synthesis on soluble-polymer support synthesis of heparinlike oligosaccharides on polymer supports synthesis and structural analysis of five novel oligosaccharides prepared by glucosyltransfer from b-d-glucose -phosphate to isokestose and nystose using thermoanaerobacter brockii kojibiose phosphorylase identification and removal of o-linked and non-covalently linked sugars from recombinant protein produced using pichia pastoris structural evidence of grafting in electron beam irradiated starch-allylurea blends artefacts formed by addition of urea to n-linked glycans released with peptide-n-glycosidase f for analysis by mass spectrometry structural features of acetylated galactomannans from green coffea arabica beans synthesis and biological activities in vitro and in vivo of glycosylated human interleukin- a, neoglyco il- a, coupled with n-acetyloneuraminyl-galactose diverse motifs of mannoside clustering on a b-cyclodextrin core anion complexation by glycocluster thioureamethyl cavitands: novel esi-ms-based methods for the determination of k a values the first representative of glycosylated three-fingered toxins. cytotoxin from the naja kaouthia cobra venom generation of new landomycins by combinatorial biosynthetic manipulation of the lndgt gene of the landomycin e cluster in s. globisporus mucor hiemalis endo-b-n-acetylglucosaminidase can transglycosylate a bisecting hybrid-type oligosaccharide from an ovalbumin glycopeptide design of attachment type of drug delivery system by complex formation of avidin with biotinyl drug model and biotinyl saccharide increasing sensitivity and decreasing spot size using an inexpensive, removable hydrophobic coating for matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionisation plates separation of hemicellulosic oligomers from steamtreated spruce wood using gel filtration automated synthesis of oligosaccharides in vitro glycosylation of peptide (rkdvy) and rnase a by pngase f identification of the binding site of methylglyoxal on glutathione peroxidase: methylglyoxal inhibits glutathione peroxidase activity via binding to glutathione binding sites arg and characterization of a lysosomal serine carboxypeptidase from trypanosoma cruzi molecular basis of anti-horseradish peroxidase staining in caenorhabditis elegans novel bacterial polar lipids containing ether-linked alkyl chains, the structures and biological properties of the four major glycolipids from propionibacterium propionicum pcm (atcc t ) structural and serological characterization of the major glycolipid from rothia mucilaginosa uso de espectroscopia de rmn y maldi-tof ms en la elucidacion estructural de flavonoides antioxidantes provenientes de la planta medicinal chilena cheilanthes glauca mannose metabolism is required for mycobacterial growth reiterative intramolecular glycosylation supported by a rigid spacer systemic signaling in tomato plants for defense against herbivores: isolation and characterization of three novel defense-signaling glycopeptide hormones coded in a single precursor gene synthesis of sucrose laurate using a new alkaline protease new class of quaternary ammonium salts, derivatives of methyl d-glucopyranosides roles of -deoxy-d-manno- -octulosonic acid transferase from moraxella catarrhalis in lipooligosaccharide biosynthesis and virulence glycosylation of human pancreatic ribonuclease: differences between normal and tumor states altered glycosylation pattern allows the distinction between prostate-specific antigen (psa) from normal and tumor origins studies of new polysaccharides from lasallia pustulata (l.) hoffm molecular dissection of the role of two methyltransferases in the biosynthesis of phenolglycolipids and phthiocerol dimycoserosate in the mycobacterium tuberculosis complex characterization of three glycosyltransferases involved in the biosynthesis of the phenolic glycolipid antigens from the mycobacterium tuberculosis complex synthesis and conformational analysis of novel n(och )-linked disaccharide analogues sample preparation for hyphenated analytical techniques minor interspecies variations in the sequence of the gp tsl- antigen of trichinella define species-specific immunodominant epitopes two-dimensional electrophoresis replica blotting: a valuable technique for the immunological and biochemical characterization of single components of complex extracts purification and characterization of a b-xylosidase from potatoes (solanum tuberosum) mass spectrometric assignment of smith degradation glycopeptides derived from ribonuclease b stemmosides c and d, two novel unusual pregnane glycosides from solenostemma argel: structural elucidation and configurational study by a combined nmr-quantum mechanical strategy n-glycosylated catalytic unit meets o-glycosylated propeptide: complex protein architecture in a fungal hexosaminidase glycosylation profile of integrin a b changes with melanoma progression chemical contributions to understanding heparin activity: synthesis of related sulfated oligosaccharides a novel mannitol teichoic acid with side phosphate groups of brevibacterium sp. vkm ac- the high co -solubility of per-acetylated a-, b-and gcyclodextrin glycoform composition profiling of o-glycopeptides derived from human serum iga by matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization-time of flight-mass spectrometry new set of orthogonal protecting groups for the modular synthesis of heparan sulfate fragments mass spectrometric methods for the determination of flavonods in biological samples characterizing the electrospray-ionization mass spectral fragmentation pattern of enzymatically derived hyaluronic acid oligomers bordetella bronchiseptica pagp is a bvg-regulated lipid a palmitoyl transferase that is required for persistent colonization of the mouse respiratory tract efficient synthesis of unsymmetrical ureido-linked disaccharides matrixassisted laser desorption/ionization-time of flight-mass spectrometry of lipopolysaccharide species separated by slab-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis: high-resolution separation and molecular weight determination of lipooligosaccharides from vibrio fischeri strain hmk characterization of a tomato protein that inhibits a xyloglucan-specific endoglucanase an outer membrane enzyme that generates the -amino- -deoxy-gluconate moiety of rhizobium leguminosarum lipid a a methylated phosphate group and four amide-linked acyl chains in leptospira interrogans lipid a: the membrane anchor of an unusual lipopolysaccharide that activates tlr c-terminus loop of na þ glucose cotransporter sglt contains a binding site for alkyl glucosides the heparin/heparan sulfate -o-sulfatase from flavobacterium heparinum. a structural and biochemical study of the enzyme active site and saccharide substrate specificity new access to lipo-chitooligosaccharide nodulation factors b-n-acetylhexosaminidase-catalysed synthesis of non-reducing oligosaccharides enzymatic synthesis of n-acetylglucosaminobioses by reverse hydrolysis: characterisation and application of the library of fungal b-n-acetylhexosaminidases structural investigation of hemicellulosic polysaccharides from argania spinosa: characterisation of a novel xyloglucan motif a gene, uge, is essential for klebsiella pneumoniae virulence synthesis of peptide and glycopeptide partial structures of the homophilic recognition domain of epithelial cadherin structural characterisation by maldi-ms of olive xylo-oligosaccharides obtained by partial acid hydrolysis introducing transglycosylation activity into human salivary aamylase (hsa) enzymatic supported synthesis of lacto-n-neotetraose using dendrimeric polyethylene glycol lipase-catalysed regioselective acylations in combination with regioselective glycosylations as a strategy for the synthesis of oligosaccharides: synthesis of a series of fucosyllactose building blocks characterisation of the substituent distribution in starch and cellulose derivatives phosphorylation of transitory starch is increased during degradation a programmable one-pot oligosaccharide synthesis for diversifying the sugar domains of natural products: a case study of vancomycin microscale analysis of mucin-type o-glycans by a coordinated fluorophore-assisted carbohydrate electrophoresis and mass spectrometry approach evidence of regio-specific glycosylation in human intestinal mucins: presence of an acidic gradient along the intestinal tract efficacy of enzyme replacement therapy in a-mannosidosis mice: a preclinical animal study donor specificity in the glycosylation of tamm-horsfall glycoprotein: conservation of the sd a determinant in pairs of twins chemically methylated and reduced pectins: preparation, characterisation by h nmr spectroscopy, enzymatic degradation, and gelling properties derivatization in the current practice of analytical chemistry cyclodextrins containing an acetone bridge. synthesis and study as epoxidation catalysts cu(ii)-self-assembling bipyridyl-glycoclusters and dendrimers bearing the tn-antogen cancer marker: synthesis and lectin binding properties secretory iga n-and o-glycans provide a link between the innate and adaptive immune systems two carbohydrate binding sites in the h cc -domain of tetanus neurotoxin are required for toxicity aminoglycoside-derived cationic lipids for gene transfection: synthesis of kanamycin a derivatives sugars within a hydrophobic scaffold: glycodendrimers from polyphenylenes one-pot preparation of a series of glycoconjugates with predetermined antigen-carrier ratio from oligosaccharides that mimic the o-ps of vibrio cholerae o: , serotype ogawa a practical synthesis of amphiphilic cyclodextrins fully substituted with sugar residues on the primary face epr and affinity studies of mannose-tempo functionalized pamam dendrimers comparative analysis of the site-specific n-glycosylation of human lactoferrin produced in maize and tobacco plants separation of recombinant human erythropoietin glycoforms by capillary electrophoresis using volatile electrolytes. assessment of mass spectrometry for the characterization of erythropoietin glycoforms synthesis of new peptidic glycoclusters derived from b-alanine differential roles of two n-acetylgalactosaminyltransferases, csgalnact- , and a novel enzyme, csgalnact- . initiation and elongation in synthesis of chondroitin sulfate molecular cloning and characterization of a novel human b , -n-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase, b galnac-t , responsible for the synthesis of n,n -diacetyllactosediamine, galnacb ! glc- glcnac glycoinsulins: dendritic sialyloligosaccharide-displaying insulins showing a prolonged blood-sugar-lowering activity site-specific introduction of sialic acid into insulin display of azido glycoside on a sensor chip n-glycosylation at asn in the asn-xaa-cys motif of human transferrin fast and efficient synthesis of a novel homologous series of l-fucosylated trisaccharides using the helix pomatia a-( ! )-l-galactosyltransferase enzymatic a( ! )-l-fucosylation: investigation of the specificity of the a( ! )-lgalactosyltransferase from helix pomatia facile synthesis of b( ! )-d-galactosylated oligosaccharides employing the b( ! )-d-galt-ii from the albumen gland of the snails helix pomatia structure of pre-s n-and o-linked glycans in surface proteins from different genotypes of hepatitis b virus chiral capillary electrophoresis: facts and fiction on the reproducibility of resolution with randomly substituted cyclodextrins acylated cholesteryl galactoside as a novel immunogenic motif in borrelia burgdorferi sensu stricto synthesis of oligosaccharides as potential novel food components and upscaled enzymatic reaction employing the b-galactosidase from bovine testes the obligate predatory bdellovibrio bacteriovorus possesses a neutral lipid a containing a-dmannoses that replace phosphate residues: similarities and differences between the lipid as and the lipopolysaccharides of the wild type strain b. bacteriovorus hd and its host-independent derivative hi post-translational modifications and their biological functions: proteomic analysis and systematic approaches formation of phosphatidic acid, ceramide, and diglyceride on radiolysis of lipids: identification by maldi-tof mass spectrometry a complex array of post-translation modifications determines the circulatory longevity of acetylcholinesterase in a hierarchical manner chemical synthesis of a skeleton structure sperm cd -a gpi-anchored glycopeptide a mass spectrometry plate reader: monitoring enzyme activity and inhibition with a desorption/ionization on silicon (dios) platform the absence of fucose but not the presence of galactose or bisecting n-acetylglucosamine of human igg complex-type oligosaccharides shows the critical role of enhancing antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity direct nglycan profiling in the presence of tryptic peptides on maldi-tof by controlled ion enhancement and suppression upon glycan-selective derivatization neoculin as a new tastemodifying protein occurring in the fruit of curculigo latifolia pseudostichoposide b-new triterpene glycoside with unprecedent type of sulfatation from the deep-water north pacific sea cucumber pseudostichopus trachus full structural characterization of the lipid a components from the agrobacterium tumefaciens strain c lipopolysaccharide fraction the complete structure of the lipooligosaccharide from the halophilic bacterium pseudoalteromonas issachenkonii kmm t the structure of the phosphorylated carbohydrate backbone of the lipopolysaccharide of the phytopathogen bacterium pseudomonas tolaasii the structures of the lipid a moieties from the lipopolysaccharides of two phytopathogenic bacteria, xanthomonas campestris pv. pruni and xanthomonas fragariae structure elucidation of the highly heterogeneous lipid a from the lipopolysaccharide of the gram-negative extremophile bacterium halomonas magadiensis strain m structure of a heteroxylan of gum exudate of the palm scheelea phalerata (uricuri) how does peripheral lipopolysaccharide induce gene expression in the brain of rats attachment of glycosaminoglycan oligosaccharides to thiolderivatised gold surfaces synthesis and structure of selected quaternary n-( , -anhydro- -deoxy- , -o-isopropylidene-d,l-ribitol- -yl)ammonium salts characterization of extracellular polymers of phaeocystis globosa and p. antarctica enantioselectivity in gas-phase ion-molecule reactions new fragmentation mechanisms in matrixassisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight/time-of-flight tandem mass spectrometry of carbohydrates recombinant anti-hcg antibodies retained in the endoplasmic reticulum of transformed plants lack core-xylose and corea( , )-fucose residues synthesis of the first fully active lipoteichoic acid matrix-assisted laser-desorption time-of flight ionization and high-performance liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization mass spectral analysis of two glycosylated recombinant epoetins fragmentation characteristics of neutral n-linked glycans using a maldi-tof/tof tandem mass spectrometer the n-linked oligosaccharides of aminopeptidase n from manduca sexta. site localization and identification of novel n-glycan structures determination of neutral oligosaccharides in vegetables by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry human galectin- recognition of poly-n-acetyllactosamine and chimeric polysaccharides unaltered complex nglycan profiles in nicotiana benthamiana despite drastic reduction of b , -n-acetylglucosaminyltransferase i activity generation of arabidopsis thaliana plants with complex n-glycans lacking b , -linked xylose and core a , -linked fucose maldi: more than peptide mass fingerprints structural analysis of arabinoxylans isolated from native and malted finger millet (eleusine coracana, ragi) refinement of the structures of cell-wall glucans of schizosaccharomyces pombe by chemical modification and nmr spectroscopy val- , a novel polysaccharide lyase encoded by chlorovirus cvk synthesis of dihydrodiosgenin glycosides as mimetics of bidesmosidic steroidal saponins synthesis of rhamnosylated diosgenyl glucosides as mimetics of cytostatic steroidal saponins from ornithogalum saundersiae and galtonia candicans selective detection of glycopeptides on ion trap mass spectrometers site-specific n-glycosylation of chicken serum igg preparation of a unique glucan with large intervals in molecular weight distribution. controlled ring-opening polymerization of o-permethylcyclodextrin n-glycan structures of pigeon igg. a. major serum glycoprotein containing gala ! termini capillary electrophoresis of carbohydrates enzymatic synthesis of lipid a molecules with four amidelinked acyl chains. lpxa acetyltransferases selective for an analog of udp-n-acetylglucosamine in which an amine replaces the -hydroxyl group a novel method for the separation and purification of human serum acid alpha- -glycoprotein. liquid chromatographic and mass spectrometric investigation of tryptic fragments structure of oligosaccharide side chains of an intestinal immune system modulating arabinogalactan isolated from rhizomes of atractylodes lancea dc transient production of recombinant proteins by chinese hamster ovary cells using polyethyleneimine/dna complexes in combination with microtubule disrupting anti-mitotic agents potato d-enzyme catalyzes the cyclization of amylose to produce cycloamylose, a novel cyclic glucan conversion of pyridylamino sugar chains to corresponding reducing sugar chains n-glycan structures of squid rhodopsin. existence of the a - and a - difucosylated innermost glcnac residue in a molluscan glycoprotein abnormal biantennary sugar chains are expressed in human chorionic gonadotropin produced in the choriocarcinoma cell line solid-phase synthesis of core o-linked glycopeptide and its enzymatic sialylation synthesis of a mimic for the heterogeneous surface of core sialoglycan-linked glycoprotein synthesis of chondroitin sulfate e hexasaccharide in the repeating region by an effective elongation strategy toward longer chondroitin oligosaccharide mass spectrometry of n-linked oligosaccharides using atmospheric pressure infrared laser ionization from solution studies directed toward the synthesis of protein-bound gpi anchor human serum iga is substituted with up to six o-glycans as shown by matrix assisted laser desorption ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry microdeposition device interfacing capillary electrochromatography and microcolumn liquid chromatography with matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry isolation and characterization of o-acetylated glucomannans from aspen and birch wood regioselective acylation of ginsenosides by novozyme regioselective acylation of ginsenosides by novozyme to generate molecular diversity a facile synthesis of a novel polyacetal containing trehalose residue in the main chain practical and convenient modifications of the a,csecondary hydroxyl face of cyclodextrins cyclodextrin-bound -( -methoxyphenyl) imidazo[ , -a]pyrazin- ( h)-ones with fluorescein as green chemiluminescent probes for superoxide anions mechanism of -o- -o silyl migration in cyclomaltohexaose (a-cyclodextrin) formation of squaric acid amides of anthracycline antibiotics. synthesis and cytotoxic properties a new type of congenital disorders of glycosylation (cdg-ii) provides new insights into the early steps of dolichol-linked oligosaccharide biosynthesis production of a complement inhibitor possessing sialyl lewis x moieties by in vitro glycosylation technology siderophore peptide, a new type of post-translationally modified antibacterial peptide with potent activity a catalogue of molecular, physiological and symbiotic properties of soybeannodulating rhizobial strains from different soybean cropping areas of china physicochemical characterization of the endotoxins from coxiella burnetii strain priscilla in relation to their bioactivities complex-type biantennary n-glycans of recombinant human transferrin from trichoplusia ni insect cells expressing mammalian b- , -galactosyltransferase and b- , -nacetylglucosaminyltransferase ii comparing n-glycan processing in mammalian cell lines to native and engineered lepidopteran insect cell lines periplasmic cleavage and modification of the -phosphate group of helicobacter pylori lipid a characterization of n-and o-linked glycosylation of recombinant human bile salt-stimulated lipase secreted by pichia pastoris catalog-library approach for the rapid and sensitive structural elucidation of oligosaccharides synthesis of photoaffinity probes [ -iodo- -( -trifluoromethyldiazirinyl)phenoxy]-d-glucopyranoside and [( -benzoyl)phenoxy]-d-glucopyranoside for the identification of sugarbinding and phlorizin-binding sites in the sodium/-glucose cotransporter protein the misr/miss two-component regulatory system influences inner core structure and immunotype of lipooligosaccharide in neisseria meningitidis determination of phosphorylation sites in lipooligosaccharides from pseudoalteromonas haloplanktis tac grown at c and c by nano-electrospray ionization quadrupole time-of-flight tandem mass spectrometry phaiodactylipin, a glycosylated heterodimeric phospholipase a from the venom of the scorpion anuroctonus phaiodactylus advanced glycation end product ligands for the receptor for advanced glycation end products: biochemical characterization and formation kinetics partially esterified oligogalacturonides are the preferred substrates for pectin methylesterase of aspergillus niger synthesis of novel trivalent amino acid glycoconjugates based on the cyclotriveratrylene ('ctv') scaffold substitution of pichia pastorisderived recombinant proteins with mannose containing o-and n-linked glycans decreases specificity of diagnostic tests schistosoma mansoni-infected mice produce antibodies that cross-react with plant, insect, and mammalian glycoproteins and recognize the truncated biantennary n-glycan man glcnac -r methylobacterium sp. isolated from a finnish paper machine produces highly pyruvated galactan exopolysaccharide composition and desiccation-induced alterations of the cell wall in the resurrection plant craterostigma wilmsii structural characteristics of pectic polysaccharides from olive fruit (olea europaea cv moraiolo) in relation to processing for oil extraction protein n-glycosylation is similar in the moss physcomitrella patens and in higher plants identification of the zpc oligosaccharide ligand involved in sperm binding and the glycan structures of xenopus laevis vitelline envelope glycoproteins conversion of lactose to b-d-galactopyranosyl-( ! )-d-arabinohexos- -ulose-( ! dehydrolactose) and lactobiono- , -lactone by fungal pyranose dehydrogenase an endorsement to create open access databases for analytical data of complex carbohydrates bioinformatics for glycomics: status, methods, requirements and perspectives fragmentation studies of noncovalent sugar-sugar complexes by infrared atmospheric pressure maldi study of peptide-sugar non-covalent complexes by infrared atmospheric pressure matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization liquid infrared atmospheric pressure matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization ion trap mass spectrometry of sialylated carbohydrates fragmentation of sialylated carbohydrates using infrared atmospheric pressure maldi ion trap mass spectrometry from cation-doped liquid matrixes hydrophilic affinity isolation and maldi multiple-stage tandem mass spectrometry of glycopeptides for glycoproteomics the ( -phenyl- -trimethylsilyl)ethyl-(ptmsel)-linker in the synthesis of glycopeptide partial structures of complex cell surface glycoproteins initiation of mucin-type o-glycosylation in dictyostelium is homologous to the corresponding step in animals and is important for spore coat function site-specific characterization of the n-linked oligosaccharides of a murine immunoglobulin m by high-performance liquid chromatography/ electrospray mass spectrometry cloning and characterization of a novel udp-galnac:polypeptide nacetylgalactosaminyltransferase, pp-galnac-t anti-oxidation of agar oligosaccharides produced by agarase from a marine bacterium crystallization of glycosylated human bace protease domain expressed in trichoplusia ni msba transporter-dependent lipid a -dephosphorylation on the periplasmic surface of the inner membrane: topography of francisella novicida lpxe expressed in escherichia coli a four-component one-pot synthesis of a-gal pentasaccharide a convergent strategy for the preparation of nglycan core di-, tri-, and pentasaccharide thioaldoses for the sitespecific glycosylation of peptides and proteins bearing free cysteines site-specific glycosylation of an aglycosylated human igg -fc antobody protein generates neoglycoproteins with enhanced function long-acting folliclestimulating hormone analogs containing n-linked glycosylation exhibited increased bioactivity compared with o-linked analogs in female rats silver triflate. a mild alternative catalyst for glycosylation conditions using trichloroacetimidates as glycosyl donors fungal b-n-acetylhexosaminidases with high b-n-acetylgalactosaminidase activity and their use for synthesis of b-galnac-containing oligosaccharides facile formation of novel carbohydrate-amino acid conjugates by reductive amination covalent structure of soybean seed coat peroxidase mapping sites of o-glcnac modification using affinity tags for serine and threonine post-translational modifications photoaffinity labelling of the human gm -activator protein. mechanistic insight into ganglioside gm degradation expression of the gm -activator protein in the methylotrophic yeast pichia pastoris, purification, isotopic labeling, and biophysical characterization ligands of the asialoglycoprotein receptor for targeted gene delivery, part : synthesis of and binding studies with biotinylated cluster glycosides containing n-acetylgalactosamine molecular characterization and allergenic activity of lyc e (b-fructofuranosidase), a glycosylated allergen of tomato physicochemical characterisation of cationic polybutylcyanoacrylat-nanoparticles by fluorescence correlation spectroscopy carbohydrate moieties can induce mediator release: a detailed characterization of two major timothy grass pollen allergens o-glycosyl amino acids by -nitrogalactal concatenation-synthesis of a mucin-type o-glycan triterpenoidal lupin saponins from the chilean legume lupinus oreophilus phil altering the strength of lectin binding interactions and controlling the amount of lectin clustering using mannose/hydroxyl-functionalized dendrimers characterization of the oligosaccharides associated with the human ovarian tumor marker ca synthesis of divalent b-( ! )-branched ( ! )-glucohexaose and trivalent b-( ! )-branched ( ! )-glucotriose synthesis of -branched cyclo-( ! )-glucohexaose and glucooctaose solid-phase synthesis of complex oligosaccharides using azidoglucose as a glycosyl acceptor localization of defined carbohydrate epitopes in bovine polysialylated ncam a novel glcnaca -hpo - gal( ! )ceramide antigen and alkylated inositol-phosphoglycerolipids expressed by the liver fluke fasciola hepatica the parasitic trematode fasciola hepatica exhibits mammalian-type glycolipids as well as gal(b ! )gal-terminating glycolipids that account for cestode serological cross-reactivity glycopeptide analysis by matrixassisted laser desorption/ionization tandem time-of-flight mass spectrometry reveals novel features of horseradish peroxidase glycosylation a novel gal(b ! )gal(b ! )fuc(a ! )-core modification attached to the proximal n-acetylglucosamine of keyhole limpet haemocyanin (klh) n-glycans identification of a-galactosyl epitope mimetics through rapid generation and screening of c-linked glycopeptide library infrared multiphoton dissociation of alkali metalcoordinated oligosaccharides infrared laser isolation of ions in fourier transform mass spectrometry first synthesis of d-mannose penta-and decasaccharides, the repeating unit and its dimer of the cell-wall mannan of candida kefyr ifo comparative proteomics of glycoproteins based on lectin selection and isotope coding characterization of macrocyclic polysaccharides using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization timeof-flight mass spectrometry carbon nanotubes as assisted matrix for laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry conformational analysis of chirally deuterated tunicamycin as an active site probe of udp-n-acetylhexosamine:polyprenol-p n-acetylhexosamine- -p translocases intact glycation end products containing carboxymethyl-lysine and glyoxal lysine dimer obtained from synthetic collagen model peptide synthesis and antigenic property of a novel sialyl -o-sulfo lewis x neoglycolipid containing lactamized neuraminic acid convenient synthesis of a glycopeptide analogue having a complex type disialyl-undecasaccharide synthetic studies on glycosphingolipids from protostomia phyla: total syntheses analysis of carbohydrates and glycoconjugates & of glycosphingolipids from the parasite, echinococcus multilocularis transglycosylation reaction of mucor hiemalis endo-b-nacetylglucosaminidase using sugar derivatives modified at c- or c- as oligosaccharide acceptors a novel oligosaccharide on bovine peripheral myelin glycoprotein p a practical synthesis of a ( ! )-linked b-dglucosamine nonasaccharide synthesis of biantennary b-d-( ! ) glucosamine oligosaccharides structural determination of the polar glycoglycerolipids from thermophilic bacteria meiothermus taiwansis computational estimates of the gas-phase acidities of dihydroxybenzoic acid radical cations and their corresponding neutral species proteomic analysis on structural proteins of severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus an nacetylglucosaminyltransferase of the golgi apparatus of the yeast saccharomyces cerevisiae that can modify n-linked glycans maltosyl-erythritol, a major transglycosylation product of erythritol by bacillus stearothermophilus maltogenic amylase enzymatic synthesis of two salicin analogues by reaction of salicyl alcohol with bacillus macerans cyclomaltodextrin glucanyltransferase and leuconostoc mesenteroides b- cb dextransucrase synthesis of glcnacpb-( ! )-galp-a-( ! )- -deoxy-altrohepp-a-( -o-propyl), an oantigenic repeating unit from c. jejuni o: and o: novel efficient routes to heparin monosaccharides and disaccharides achieved via regio-and stereoselective glycosidation relationships between the n-glycan structures and biological activities of recombinant human erythropoietins produced using different culture conditions and purification procedures qualitative and quantitative analysis of low molecular weight compounds by ultraviolet matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry using ionic liquid matrices structure and biological activity of the short-chain lipopolysaccharide from bartonella henselae atc t mass spectrometry of oligosaccharides capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry for glycoscreening in biomedical research synthesis and purity assessment of tetra-and pentaacyl lipid a of chlamydia containing (r)- -hydroxyicosanoic acid synthesis of a hexasaccharide fragment of group e streptococci polysaccharide and the tetrasaccharide repeating unit of e. coli o : k :h an efficient synthesis of a hexasaccharide-the repeating unit of the exopolysaccharide from cryptococcus neoformans serovar a facile syntheses of the hexasaccharide repeating unit of the exopolysaccharide from cryptococcus neoformans serovar a synthesis of a hexasaccharide, the repeating unit of o-deacetylated gxm of c. neoformans serotype a a general method for the synthesis of oligosaccharides consisting of a-( ! )-and a-( ! )-linked rhamnan backbones and glcnac side chains identification and quantification of n-linked glycoproteins using hydrazide chemistry, stable isotope labeling and mass spectrometry gasphase potassium binding energies of maldi matrices: an experimental and theoretical study the emb proteins of mycobacteria direct arabinosylation of lipoarabinomannan and arabinogalactan via an nterminal recognition region and a c-terminal synthetic region rapid determination of advanced glycation end products of proteins using maldi-tof-ms and perl script peptide searching algorithm cloning and characterization of a new human udp-n-acetyl-a-d-galactosamine: polypeptide n-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase, designated pp-gal-nac-t , that is specifically expressed in neurons and synthesizes galna-serine/threonine antigen strategy for profiling and structure elucidation of mucin-type oligosaccharides by mass spectrometry profiling the morphological distribution of o-linked oligosaccharides hemodextrin: a self-assembled cyclodextrinporphyrin construct that binds dioxygen n-linked oligosaccharide analysis of glycoprotein bands from isoelectric focusing gels synthesis of a-s-linked glycopeptides in water containing solution caenorhabditis elegans triple null mutant lacking udp-n-acetyl-d-glucosamine:a- -d-mannoside b , -n-acetylglucosaminyltransferase development of an assay system for saikosaponin a using anti-saikosaponin a monoclonal antibodies synthesis of an s-linked glycopeptide analog derived from human tamm-horsfall glycoprotein synthesis of novel s-neoglycopeptides from glycosylthiomethyl derivatives key: cord- -in r ww authors: nan title: the way forward: prevention, treatment and human rights date: journal: global lessons from the aids pandemic doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: in r ww there now is a considerable body of evidence to support the view that an effective hiv/aids strategy integrates prevention, treatment and human rights. in this chapter, we emphasize the importance of each of these aspects and draw upon the conclusions reached in previous chapters to map out the future of hiv/aids. while medicine and science have a crucial role to play in addressing pandemics, whether slow-moving (like hiv/aids) or fast-moving (like influenza), the social, legal, political, financial and economic ramifications of pandemics can not be ignored. well-considered social, legal, political and financial strategies are essential in order to address any pandemic effectively. united kingdom kingdom - source: global hiv prevention working group ( ) in chap. , we discussed how integrated prevention-treatment-human rights strategies aimed at high-risk groups have proved effective in countries like brazil. in chap. , we explained that limited resources need to focus on high-risk groups and locations to achieve the best possible results. however, as we showed in the sex workers, who are the source of almost % of hiv infections, a negligible amount of funding for hiv/aids is targeted at this group. the mismatch between the most affected group and the allocation of funding in ghana highlights the importance of matching funding to prevailing prevalence and transmission patterns in a given country or region. as we saw in chap. , an hiv prevalence rate above % is a key threshold for an hiv epidemic to run out of control unless funding for prevention efforts is targeted at high-risk groups, such as commercial sex workers, men who have sex with men, injection drug users and prisoners. however, in chap. we saw that pepfar -the largest bilateral donor of funding for hiv/aids programs in developing countries -prohibits the use of funding for programs for commercial sex workers and needle exchange programs. in chap. , we saw that african-americans make up % of hiv/aids patients, even though african-americans account for less than % of the us population. moreover, black men who have sex with men (msm) have the highest rates of unrecognized hiv infection, hiv prevalence and incidence rates and aids mortality rates among msm in the united states. in five us cities, % of african-american msm are infected with hiv. hiv and aids prevalence rates have affected black msm disproportionately since the beginning of the epidemic. black msm are the only group in the united states with hiv prevalence and incidence rates that are comparable to those in the most affected developing countries. however, the vast majority of hiv prevention intervention for african-americans does not target homosexual men and for homosexual men does not target black msm (millett and peterson ) . thus, the need to focus prevention efforts on the most vulnerable groups remains an issue not just in developing countries. while prevention strategies need to be tailored to the sources of hiv infections in specific contexts, there are several proven prevention strategies that need to be scaled up. the resources for prevention need to be focused according to the specific nature of the epidemic in different settings, as we showed in chap. . figure . shows the source of new hiv infections by region. table . summarizes the coverage levels of several essential prevention strategies and fig. . shows their deployment by region. it is important to emphasize that prevention and treatment are mutually supportive and need to be addressed simultaneously. access to treatment supports prevention by reducing risky behaviors, increasing disclosure of hiv status, reducing stigma and reducing infectiousness (global hiv prevention working group ) . prevention supports access to treatment by reducing the number of people that require treatment, thus making universal access to treat- group ( ) order to enhance the effectiveness of both. ment more affordable. hiv treatment and prevention should be integrated, in hiv prevention strategies fall into four general categories: ( ) prevention of sexual transmission; ( ) prevention of blood-borne transmission: ( ) prevention of mother-to-child transmission; and ( ) social strategies. the strategies for preventing sexual transmission are: ( ) behavioral change programs (to increase condom use, to delay the initiation of sexual behavior in young people and to reduce the number of sexual partners); ( ) condom promotion; ( ) hiv testing (knowledge of hiv status decreases risky behavior); ( ) diagnosis and treatment of sexually transmitted infections (which significantly increase the risk of hiv acquisition and transmission, particularly in the case of genital herpes); and ( ) adult male circumcision (which reduces the risk of female-to-male transmission by about %) (global hiv prevention working group ) . the effectiveness of these strategies varies. the promotion of condoms has been largely successful with respect to commercial sex and casual sex, but condom use remains low within marriage. as we noted in chap. , increasing life expectancy, in areas where it is low due to diseases like malaria, is a cost effective strategy for enhancing behavioral change to lower the risk of hiv infection. a survey by the who, on behalf of the global fund, reviewed anti-malaria operations in ethiopia, ghana, rwanda and zambia. in ethiopia, childhood malaria declined by % and the death rate was cut in half within years of the beginning of the mass distribution of mosquito nets. within a single year, both cases and deaths dropped by twodeaths by a third. in many cases, the distribution of free nets was accompanied by free drugs based on artemisinin, a substance to which the malarial parasite has yet to develop widespread resistance, and spraying ddt inside people's houses. free nets and malaria drugs would bring malaria under control in most of africa at a cost of usd billion (economist ) . these promising results also bode some studies suggest that treating sexually transmitted infections may not rediseases. moreover, as we noted in chap. , oster ( ) argues that the explanation for the substantial difference in the transmission rates between the united tions, which leave open sores from chlamydia, syphilis and gonorrhea that facili-there is significant evidence that male circumcision significantly reduces hiv a similar picture is seen in south and south-east asia, where overall hiv prevalence is much lower, but the countries with highest hiv prevalence have little thirds, in rwanda, and one-third in zambia. in ghana cases fell by an eighth and based on these results, the who believes that a -year campaign that distributes well for hiv prevention. association between the risk of infection with hiv and other sexually transmitted prevent as many as % of new infections over a decade duce hiv transmission significantly (halperin ) . however, there is a strong transmission. box . discusses the relationship between circumcision and hiv/ tate hiv transmission. thus, treating bacterial sexually transmitted infections could states and sub-saharan africa is due to other untreated sexually transmitted infec-male circumcision (papua new guinea, cambodia and thailand) . conversely, hiv prevalence is extremely low in those countries where most men are circumcised (pakistan, bangladesh, indonesia and philippines). there is ecological evidence that prevalence of circumcision is negatively correlated with prevalence of hiv/aids. specifically, there is a strong inverse correlation between the prevalence of circumcision in countries and the prevalence of hiv in those countries. all the highest hiv prevalence countries are those where circumcision is little practiced. in fact, no country with nearly universal circumcision coverage has ever had an adult hiv prevalence higher than %, including higher risk than that in countries with prevalence of around %. this fact is illus- fig. . ecological relationship between circumcision and hiv prevalence. source: bailey ( ) a large, randomized controlled trial in , men between the ages of and years showed that circumcision resulted in a significant % reduction in hiv vulnerability to hiv varies considerably from one epidemic to the next, as do the issues facing vulnerable groups. for example, in a concentrated epidemic, such as in asia and latin america, hiv transmission occurs primarily among vulnerable groups and prevention programs targeted at vulnerable groups would reduce infection (auvert et al., ) . these results were confirmed by two other trials. the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights trated in fig. . . countries such as cameroon, where a survey found sexual behavior to be overall infection. however, in a generalized epidemic, such as in several countries groups, halperin ( ) argues that transmission would continue unabated despite prevention programs targeted at vulnerable groups. however, as we noted in chap. , research regarding the relationship between trade routes, truckers, sex workers and hiv propagation contradicts this idea. in a generalized epidemic, where hiv is spread along trade routes, prevention programs targeted at truckers and sex workers would be effective in bringing down the growth rate of the spread of the disease. having multiple sex partners increases the risk of hiv infection in both concentrated and generalized epidemics, but the impact of this factor on hiv prevalence rates can vary considerably. for example, even though the united states and uganda have similar rates of multiple sex partners, and the number of sexual partners that men and women had over a -year period were much higher in the united states than in uganda, uganda's hiv/aids prevalence rate was about times higher than that of the united states (halperin ). however, as we noted in chap. , a recent study indicates that abstinence-only programs are as effective as providing no information at all when it comes to preventing pregnancies, unprotected sex and sexually transmitted diseases. abstinence-plus interventions, which promote sexual abstinence as the best means of preventing hiv, but also encourage condom use and other safer-sex practices, are more effective than the proven strategies for preventing blood-borne transmission are: ( ) to supply injection drug users with clean injection equipment; ( ) methadone or other substitution therapy to reduce drug dependence; ( ) blood safety programs, including screening of donated blood; and ( ) infection control in health care settings, including injection safety and antiretroviral treatment following exposure to hiv. as we noted in chap. , the risk of aids infection through the use of blood products was recognized as early as , but countries were slow to adopt measures to ensure the safety of the blood supply and the world health organization (who) passed a resolution on blood products that made no mention of aids as late as january . in the s, chinese health authorities promoted bloodselling by poor farmers to commercial blood collection centers, despite warnings from the who, spreading hiv/aids through the blood fractionation and reinjection process. in , new hiv infections through hospital blood transfusions continued to be reported in china, and illegal underground blood collection centers have continued to operate. box . recounts the story of the libyan scandal over blood-borne transmission to children. in southern africa, where hiv transmission occurs primarily outside vulnerable abstinence-only programs (underhill et al., ) . on december , , sixth sense productions, inc., an independent holly-snezhana dimitrova, valentina siropulo) and a palestinian medical intern (ashraf ahmad djum'a al-hadjudj) who were jailed in libya and faced the death penalty for allegedly infecting children with hiv. this news item is a postscript to a long international drama that began to unfold in when the medics were arrested on charges of injecting libyan children with hiv-tainted blood while at a benghazi hospital. of them, over had died by the end of . one important report was submitted by luc montagnier and vittorio colizzitwo leading experts on hiv/aids. their report concluded that the infection at the infections began before the arrival of the nurses and doctor in . through hospital records, and the dna sequences of the virus, they traced it to patient n. who was admitted times between and in ward b, iso and ward a. the first cross-contamination occurred during that patient's admission. montagnier and colizzi both testified in person at the trial of record for the defense. on that the strain of virus was already present before the arrival of the six accused. the accused were tried and retried. the libyans had signed confessions from them -which the accused said were extracted under torture. the final verdict in sentenced them to death by firing squad. the libyan president likened the scotland for the bombing of pan am flight over lockerbie, scotland, on and political favors in exchange for the release of the six. in the end, bulgaria, qatar and a group of european countries funneled usd million into the international fund benghazi to finance the treatment of the hiv-infected children and the improvement of the libyan health care system. france played a pivotal role in the final release of the accused. in exchange for the release, france agreed to sell antitank missiles and nuclear technology to libya. it was a win-win deal for france: they did multi-million dollar business with libya and got publicity for helping the release of the accused. when the nurses returned to bulgaria, the government endorsed a , leva reimbursement for each of the nurses. a bulgarian mobile telephony provider donated an apartment for each nurse. the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights december , nature ( , - ) published a report that also concluded wood producer, announced plans to make a usd million movie about five event to the case of abdel basset ali al-megrahi, who is serving a life sentence in hospital resulted from poor hygiene and reuse of syringes. they concluded that the bulgarian nurses (kristiyana vulcheva, nasya nenova, valya chervenyashka, december . thus, it became clear that libya was trying to extract economic the proven strategies for preventing mother-to-child transmission are: ( ) general hiv prevention for women of child-bearing age; ( ) a brief course of antiretroviral treatment in advance of delivery (which can reduce transmission by %, but is only received by an estimated % of women in need); ( ) prevention of undesired pregnancy in hiv-positive women; ( ) breast-feeding alternatives; and ( ) cesarean delivery where the mother has a high viral load (global hiv prevention working group ) . in developing countries, a small but growing number of children are dying of hiv/aids. as fig. . shows, some % of children died of hiv/aids in . hiv infected mothers carry additional risks for the baby. in table . , we indicate some of the major risks. some risks like stillbirth or high infant mortality have been found only in developing countries but not in developed countries. for these additional risks, it has been suggested that one way of eliminating vents mother-to-child transmission by %. thus, family planning could also help to reduce mother-to-child transmission: o t h e r ( % ) mother-to-child transmission is not to have the baby in the first place. this pre-another often neglected aspect of hiv prevention -one prohibited from funding by the bush administration's international aids programinvolves expanding family planning services, including for hiv-positive women who do not want to conceive. reducing unintended pregnancies could greatly decrease the number of infected infants as well as the number of children who eventually become orphans (halperin ). if an hiv-positive woman gives birth to a child, there is a risk of transmission of hiv itself, in addition to the other risks listed in table . . however, the transmission risk of hiv from mother to child is not %. it can be minimized through drug treatment of the mother and careful birthing. figure . clearly demonstrates this fact, using the data from the united states. the introduction of zidovudine (for the mothers before childbirth) has dramatically reduced the risk of hiv infection of the baby. since , most countries have applied a regimen of zidovudine from weeks, with nvp administered during labor and to the baby, and the addition of a day zidovudine/lamivudine postpartum regime. the result has been a dramatic reduction of infected newborns (see fig. . ). note that the reduction has been evident in europe and the united states since , when this regime was introduced. in thailand, the regime was introduced in and in most parts of africa years later. once a child is born, the question is whether the infected mother should breastfeed the child. on the one hand, unaids estimated that globally there are , babies infected through breastfeeding. on the other hand, the unicef estimates that , , children die every year from lack of breastfeeding by the breastfeed the baby. key factors that increase vulnerability to hiv include: ( ) gender inequality (which reduces women's access to information and services, reduces power to negotiate safe sex with partners, increases the risk of sexual violence and may create the need to depend on sex for economic survival); ( ) institutionalized discrimination against vulnerable groups (such as criminalizing drug use and needle possession, commercial sex work and sex between men); ( ) poverty (which reduces access to information and services and access to prevention tools, such as condoms); ( ) hiv stigma (which discourages individuals from seeking testing, disclosing their status, seeking hiv-related services or using alternatives to breast-feeding); and formation and social support by displacing populations and increase the risk of sexual violence) (global hiv prevention working group ). as we noted in chap. , there is no clear evidence that reducing poverty and income inequality will necessarily reduce hiv/aids prevalence. moreover, povcondoms and circumcision. significant percentage of men who have sex with men are hiv-infected in many africa; % in guyana; % in st. petersburg, russia; and % in urban ethiobetween vulnerable groups and the general population in bangladesh. the linkages between vulnerable groups, and between vulnerable groups and the general social strategies that address the factors that increase vulnerability to hiv innities and hiv-positive individuals in hiv/aids programs; ( ) visible political leadership; ( ) engaging a broad range of sectors in hiv awareness and prevention the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights hiv/aids prevention strategy. thus, if poverty reduces access to information and parts of the world ( % in bangkok; % in phnom penh; . % in urban sene-vulnerable groups are not compartmentalized. people infected through injection drug use can infect their sexual partners. a significant percentage of men who their clients, who in turn may infect their spouses or other sexual partners. in would be to find innovative ways to improve access to information, provide funding measures; ( ) gender equity initiatives to empower women; ( ) involving commution working group ). human rights are the core of most social strategies to gal; and % of african-american men in five us cities). sex workers can infect many areas, sex workers have very high rates of hiv infection ( % in south have sex with men also have sex with women (for example, % in asia) and a ( ) conflict and humanitarian emergencies (which reduce access to services, inerty reduction is too broad a goal to constitute what might be considered a concrete programs; and ( ) legal reforms to support hiv prevention strategies, such as laws clude: ( ) hiv awareness campaigns, including in the mass media; ( ) anti-stigma services and access to prevention tools, such as condoms, a concrete policy response to enhance access to services and provide free access to prevention tools, such as pia) (global hiv prevention working group ). figure . shows the linkages decriminalizing needle possession and anti-discrimination laws (global hiv preven-population, make effective prevention strategies for vulnerable groups essential. awareness of hiv status has a significant impact on rates of hiv transmission. when unaware of hiv seropositivity, the transmission rate is estimated at . - . the transmission rate to an estimated . - . % (holtgrave ). however, inorder to balance the need for more testing with the need to respect human rights, it has been recommended that health care providers offer and recommend hiv testing, in conjunction with counseling (the opt-in approach), rather than rely on the client to initiate this process. however, mandatory hiv tests and routine hiv testand confidentiality (jürgens ). the major barriers to increasing hiv prevention are: ( ) failure to target limited funding where it will have the greatest impact, due to ing unless the client opts out risk violating individuals' rights to informed consent lack of information on the nature of the epidemic or ideological, non-scientific creasing access to hiv testing and counseling also raises human rights issues. in increases in funding; ( ) failure to integrate hiv prevention in schools, workplaces and other health care programs, such as tb and reproductive health; and ( ) stigma and discrimination against hiv-positive people and vulnerable groups, which deter people from seeking testing and prevention services and discourage political leadership (global hiv prevention working group ) . we analyze the problems and solutions regarding stigma and discrimination against hivpositive people and vulnerable groups later in this chapter. we analyzed the issues of inadequate financing, targeted financing and donor coordination in chap. . as we noted in chap. , a lack of donor coordination is an obstacle to expanding treatment and prevention programs, due to the administrative burden that it imposes on recipients. as we noted in chap. , the us government's foreign aids program, pepfar, devotes only % of funding to prevention and requires that two-thirds of that amount be spent on abstinence-only programs that do not promote condom use, despite evidence that this approach to prevention is not effective and undermines best practices. pepfar guidelines also undermine hiv/aids prevention by further stigmatizing sex workers and prohibiting funding of needle exchange programs, despite evidence that such harm reduction programs are effective. the pepfar approach assumes that vulnerable groups do not interact with the rest of society. pepfar is perhaps the best example of ideological, non-scientific restrictions on the use of donor funding, although it also serves as an example of two of the other significant barriers to hiv prevention, due to its promotion of stigma and discrimination against vulnerable groups and the percentage of funding that it allocates to prevention. however, it is important to emphasize that pepfar has done more than any other bilateral funding program to address the need for adequate financing. the key point is that the money that has been made available through pepfar could be better spent. on december , us president bush signed legislation that lifted a ban that had made washington, dc the only us city barred by federal law from using municipal money for needle exchange programs. officials of the district of columbia health department planned to allocate usd million for such programs in (urbina ) . extending this change in policy to pepfar would enhance the effectiveness of prevention programs in the countries that receive pepfar funding. in chap. , we provided an overview of the history of drug developments to treat hiv/aids and saw the dramatic impact on survival of triple combination therapy. without this treatment, the chance of surviving years was about %. with this treatment, patients have a % chance of living another years. in the early s in the united states, the leading causes of death among - old year men come the leading cause of death in this group. following the introduction of universal access to triple combination therapy, deaths from aids fell to fourth place, behind accidents, cancer and homicide. as a result, whereas % of americans considered hiv/aids to be the most urgent health problem facing the united ents became so important, as we saw in chaps. and . this is also why access to there are five classes of anti-hiv drugs, which are known as antiretroviral verse transcriptase inhibitors (nnrtis), which began to be approved for use in , stop hiv from replicating within cells by inhibiting the reverse transcriptase protein. ( ) fusion or entry inhibitors prevent hiv from entering human immune sert its genetic material into human cells (http://www.avert.org/introtrt.htm). hiv-positive people are prescribed antiretroviral therapy once the number of cd cells falls below a certain threshold or when they develop clinical aids , an international panel of experts continued to recommend these guidelines in low-and middle-income countries, which represents % of those in need (who/unaids progress report on universal access to treatment). the " by lion people on arv therapy by the end of . during this period, the number of people in low-and middle-income countries receiving arv treatment increased from , to . million (who ) . and human resources, management capacity and the ability to identify new patients through testing and counseling (chai ) . in chap. , we examined multilateral funding programs that address these capacity constraints in developing ing treatment are just that -estimates. as we have noted, unaids hiv/aids estients that have been identified as requiring treatment. the reluctance of the united states to allow pepfar funding to be spent on who-approved drugs has also been criticized as an obstacle to expanding treatturer, cipla, created a triple-combination drug in a single pill (triomune) that could be taken twice daily, which it offered to sell for about usd per patient per year in . cipla's triomune offer made the by initiative a realizable goal and cipla has the production capacity to produce four million doses of triomune per day. the who approved triomune in december as a first-line treatment for hiv/aids (hamied ) . the pepfar restriction on the use of who-approved drugs had the effect of preventing the use of pepfar funding to buy triomune. moreover, the majority of pepfar funds have been used to purchase patented versions of hiv/aids drugs, rather than generic versions (see chap. ). figure . shows how generic competition has lowered the cost of triple combination antiretroviral therapy. between and , the price of the generic drugs has brought down the price of the originator substantially -from over usd , to under usd . at the same time, the generic prices have stayed in the - % range of the originator price. pepfar funds can be used to purchase other low-cost generic equivalents of several patented hiv/aids drugs, including some produced by cipla. pepfar requires that generic drugs be approved by the us fda, canada, japan or western europe to be eligible for funding (see chap. ). if us fda approval is sought for fixed dose combinations of previously approved antiretrovirals for the treatment of hiv, if one or more of the approved drug components are covered by a patent, the fda cannot approve an application until the patent expires. however, the application can receive tentative approval (which recognizes that at the time the tentative approval action is taken, the application meets the technical and scientific requirements for approval, but final approval is blocked by patent or exclusivity). products that receive tentative approval are eligible for procurement under the table . . lists the generic versions of hiv/aids drugs that have been approved by the fda for purchase with pepfar funds, along with the generic companies that own the patents for the specific generic formulations and the country of manufacture. the fact that the patents for hiv/aids drugs are owned by different companies has delayed combining different hiv/aids drugs in a single pill in markets protected by patents. one such pill, atripla, was created through a joint venture between merck and bristol-myers squibb with gilead sciences and combines efavirenz (bristol-myers squibb, merck) with emtricitabine and tenofovir (gilead sciences) (ib times ). atripla was approved for sale in the united states in , several years after the indian generic manufacturer, cipla, had started manufacturing a triple-combination pill and years after cipla's pill was approved by the who. approval to market atripla in the european union was sought in december . gilead sciences and merck have formed a joint venture to market atripla in developing countries (ib times ). table . shows the us patents, patent owners and patent expiry dates for selected hiv/aids drugs. zidovudine was the first drug to be approved for treatment of hiv infection. as table . shows, the patent for zidovudine expired in and the patent for lamivudine expires in . however, glaxo extended the life of these patents to by combining the two drugs into one pill (called combivir). while the new combination reduces the number of pills that a patient needs to take, it did not involve the invention of any new chemical entities. the patent history of zidovudine has been cited as a classic case of "evergreening" -the use of the patent system to extend drug monopolies far beyond the term of the original patent (hamied ). box . discussed evergreening. zidovudine was originally synthesized in , as a potential cancer treatment. research in showed that it was effective against hiv/aids, which formed the basis for glaxo's patent application. following clinical trials, the us fda approved zidovudine in march for advanced hiv disease in adults and the patent for zidovudine as a treatment for hiv/aids was granted in february (cochrane ) . while zidovudine alone only extended life by a matter of months, once it was combined with two other classes of hiv/aids drugs, it extended life for years. the fda expanded zidovudine approval in to include evergreening is a mechanism by which pharmaceutical and other companies can keep extending patents on drugs after the initial patents expire. over a fixed period of time. the intention of providing a monopoly is to provide an incentive to innovate. granting a patent requires three elements: ( ) novelty of the product. product; ( ) non-obviousness of the new product; and ( ) demonstrated utility of the the role of patents is to give exclusive rights to manufacture the patented product less-advanced stages of hiv disease (coffey and peiperl, ) . to understand evergreening in the united states, we need to examine the drug price competition and patent term restoration act, informally known as the "hatch-waxman act" . it is a united states federal law which established the modern system for generic drug approval. hatch-waxman generic. section ( j)( )(b)(iv), the so-called paragraph iv, allows -day exvolume). for pharmaceutical companies, the hatch-waxman act has created a perverse drugs by making marginal changes than to try the risky strategy of inventing completely new chemicals. thus, the two decades following its passage, the hatch-waxman act has resulted in more me-too drugs than drugs with new chemical case of prilosec -the so-called "purple pill" of astrazeneca (usd billion/year global blockbuster drug), the patent for which expired in only to be reincarnated as a new patented drug nexium. however, on april the supreme court of the united states issued a ruling in ksr international co v. teleflex et al., which raises the bar for patent holders to prove that their invention is not obvious, and therefore patentable. this ruling will make many existing patents more vulnerable, make it harder to gain approval for new patents and make evergreening more difficult in the future. if the patent claim extends to what is obvious, it is invalid. for example, a patent's subject matter can be proved obvious if there existed at the time of invention a known problem for which there was an obvious solution encompassed by the patent's claims. the supreme court noted that, "granting patent protection to advances that would occur in the ordinary course without real innovation retards progress and may, in the case of patents combining previously known elements, deprive prior inventions of their value or utility." it is worth quoting in full the court's description of the reason that patents are only granted for non-obvious innovations: "we build and create by bringing to the tangible and palpable reality around us new works based on instinct, simple logic, ordinary inferences, extraordinary ideas, and sometimes even genius. these advances, once part of our shared knowledge, define a new threshold from which innovation starts once more. and as progress beginning from higher levels of achievement is expected in the normal course, the results of ordinary innovation are not the subject of exclusive rights under the patent laws. were it otherwise patents might stifle, rather than promote, the progress of useful arts." the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights ents for branded counterparts. the hatch-waxman act encouraged the growth of generic industry, whose market share rose from % in to % in (by amended the federal food, drug, and cosmetic act. section ( j) sets forth clusivity to companies that are the "first-to-file" an anda against holders of pat-the process by which would-be marketers of generic drugs can file abbreviated incentive. it has given them more incentive to try to extend the life of existing abbreviated new drug applications (andas) to seek fda approval of the compounds. the most famous documented case of evergreening occurred in the who guidelines for arv treatment regimens provide a basis for a range of treatment protocols in individual countries. in individual countries, factors such as prices, drug efficacy and side effects are also taken into account. stavudine (d t) recommended that d t no longer be used, due to toxicity. instead, countries should switch to tenofovir (tdf) or zidovudine (azt). of these two, tdf is preferable, because of its efficacy and safety and because it can be taken only once a day. emtricitabine (ftc), in one, triple-combination pill that can be taken once a day. patients are more likely to adhere to this once-a-day regimen, thereby reducing azt and tdf, compared to d t, has delayed the shift to the new regimen in many below), the clinton foundation hiv/aids initiative (chai) has negotiated price reductions for several hiv/aids drugs for use in low-and middle-income countries (see table . ). the clinton foundation is discussed in chap. . as of may , , people were benefiting from medicines purchased under chai agreements in countries (chai ). table . . first, the prices are generally higher for middle-income countries than for low-income countries. thus, the pharmaceutical companies are pursuing a price discrimination strategy across different markets, selling drugs at a price that the markets can bear. therefore, there is clear room for generic products in these markets, especially for the low-income countries. compulsory licensing is a distinct possibility (see, however, our discussion in chap. about the difficulties many developing countries faced importing drugs under compulsory license from canada). some companies have used the world bank's country income index or the human development index as their criteria for setting prices. in chap. , we developed a much more comprehensive index that takes into account not just the level of development of the country but also level of prevalence of hiv/aids explicitly. second, the price of hiv/aids drugs in many cases in many developing countries is not necessarily lower than in developed countries. for example, in guatemala, between and , prices of most hiv/aids drugs were consistently higher than in the united states (hellerstein ). according to chai, in , , ( %) of those receiving arv treatment in low-and middle-income countries were taking second-line treatment. the reason that relatively few are on second-line treatment is that most only began treatment within the last years. as a result, relatively few have experienced treatment failure, which is defined as ( ) virologic failure (a viral load of more than copies per milliliter), ( ) immunologic failure (a declining cd cell count in spite of treatment) or ( ) clinical failure (progression to aids evidenced by weight loss or the appearance of opportunistic infections). another reason is that poor diagnostic and laboratory capacity in many countries has made treatment failure difficult to diagnose. by , chai estimates that close to , people will require second-line treatment in low-and middle-income countries (chai ) . the higher cost of second-line treatment means that access requires further funding. however, patents are not expected to be an obstacle to acquiring affordable second-line treatments in the most affected low-income countries, due to the delay of trips patent rules on pharmaceuticals to , although patent rules may affect affordability in middle-income countries (chai ) . in chap. we analyzed trips rules on patents for pharmaceuticals in developing countries. however, as we noted in chap. , the problem of regulatory capture in free trade agreements can undermine trips rules so that patents create obstacles to affordable treatment in some lowincome countries and political pressure on low-and middle-income countries can discourage the use of trips flexibilities to increase access to treatment. unitaid is a global health initiative for hiv/aids, tuberculosis and malaria that is funded by several national governments. with respect to hiv/aids, unitaid funding is focused on pediatric and second-line treatment and the prevention of mother-to-child transmission. unitaid will finance a free supply of second-line hiv/aids treatment in countries for months, after which the reduced prices achieved by chai will enable other funding sources, such as the global fund (discussed in chap. ) and pepfar (discussed in chap. ), to fund the purchase of second-line treatments at lower prices (chai ) . while high-income countries and middle-income countries with low prevalence rates are in a position to pay for hiv/aids treatment, middle-income countries with high prevalence rates and most low-income countries are not. low-income countries with high prevalence rates in particular will have to depend on external funding sources, such as pepfar and the global fund, to expand access to treatment and then to maintain treatment. medical care for people with hiv/aids in developing countries costs about usd , a year, in drugs and support facilities. the economist estimated that it would cost usd - billion a year to provide treatment for the - million people with hiv/aids in low-income countries that were in need of treatment in . however, expanding treatment means that fewer people will die. moreover, millions more will become infected, and even more so if prevention efforts are not improved. thus, universal treatment in lowincome countries could cost usd billion by the end of the next decade. this highlights the need to ensure that external funding is both increased and sustained and the importance of prevention in making universal access to treatment affordable (economist ). scientists have been trying to develop an hiv vaccine for more than years, although some have suggested that an effective aids vaccine may be a biological impossibility (epstein ) . in , about experimental hiv vaccines were being tested in clinical trials. most viral vaccines work by generating antibodies that neutralize or inactivate the invading virus. however, unlike other viruses, hiv- evades the antibody response, which, together with the large genetic variety found in hiv- strains, has made the development of an hiv- vaccine difficult. to date, antibody-based hiv- vaccines have only succeeded in neutralizing a minority of the copies of the virus that are found in a given patient. hiv- antibodies target the mechanism that hiv- uses to bind itself to the host immune cells in order to prevent hiv- from entering the cell. however, hiv- uses shielding mechanisms to prevent the antibodies from recognizing the virus, including a dense coating. current hiv- vaccine research therefore seeks to find vulnerabilities in these shielding mechanisms, but this requires research for multiple genetic subtypes of hiv- (montefiori et al., ) . for example, one recent study identified a place on the outside of the human immunodeficiency virus that could be vulnerable to antibodies that could block it from infecting human cells, which might be targeted with a vaccine aimed at preventing initial infection (dunham ) . a new class of hiv vaccines was designed to trigger cell-mediated immunity to create an extended immune defense. however, in , merck reported that its hiv vaccine, v , had failed. v was being tested by merck and the us national institutes of health in a clinical trial involving , people in highrisk groups in australia, brazil, canada, the dominican republic, haiti, jamaica, peru, puerto rico and the united states (associated press ). v used the common cold virus (the adenovirus) to transport three synthetic hiv genes into the body's cells (park ) . merck halted the trials after of volunteers who got the v vaccine later became infected with hiv, while only of participants that received a placebo also became infected (associated press ). the v vaccine was one of only two aids vaccine candidates in advanced human trials, the other being tested by sanofi-aventis sa (dunham ) . other approaches are also being explored. david ho (the inventor of triple combination therapy) and his team at the aaron diamond aids research center are researching the use of different vectors, or not using vectors at all, to produce stronger immune responses. scientists at the international aids vaccine initiative are studying the use of crippled, live strains of hiv and ways to stimulate a special class of antibodies that appear to be able to defuse hiv. the global hiv vaccine enterprise, which is funded by the gates foundation (discussed in chap. ), wellcome trust, the us national institutes of health and the european union, is seeking to accelerate research on hiv vaccines by linking together independent organizations so that researchers can learn from each other, rather than work in isolation (park ). as we noted in chap. , there are many subtypes of hiv- (the most commonly occurring hiv infection in humans). the major hiv- subtypes accounting for most infections in africa are subtype c in southern africa, subtypes a and d in eastern africa, and circulating recombinant form _ag (crf _ag) in westcentral africa (peeters and sharp ) . the most commonly occurring form of hiv- in north america and in europe is subtype b. the first hiv/aids vaccine ever to reach phase iii trial was for subtype b. the gp vaccine was not effective. however, what vaccine trials have indicated thus far is that, in the case of hiv/aids, there is pattern of development of potential vaccines not in the subtypes where the needs are the greatest but in the area where the biggest monetary rewards are expected. the economics of hiv/aids vaccines suggest that funding for vaccines for the worst-effected countries are unlikely to come from the private sector (see box . ). hiv/aids affects hundreds of millions and kills several million people every year. the disease was identified several decades ago. two nobel prizes have been awarded in the past two decades for identifying the cause and the transmission mechanism of hiv/aids. yet we still do not have a vaccine for hiv/aids. kremer and snyder ( ) have developed an argument as to why the private sector is very unlikely to develop a vaccine for aids. here, we illustrate the argument with one example. imagine there are people in the world. there are people (type l) who have a small chance of % of contracting hiv/aids. there are another ten people (type h) who would develop hiv/aids with a % chance. let us suppose that the harm from hiv/aids is usd for each person. let us also assume that for each usd decrease in harm, a consumer is willing to pay usd (technically, each consumer is risk neutral). suppose the drug is perfectly effective, has no side effects and is costless to produce. how much revenue will a pharmaceutical company generate in each of the following scenarios? ( ) it develops a drug d that cures hiv/aids (forever). ( ) it develops a vaccine v that prevents hiv/aids from developing. we show that under the assumption that the pharmaceutical company cannot distinguish between type h and type l, it is more profitable for the drug companies to produce the drug rather than the vaccine. if the pharmaceutical company develops the drug d, it will be able to sell it to all the people who get hiv/aids. by assumption, all the type h people will develop hiv/aids. thus, there will be ten people from type h who will get hiv/aids. in addition, nine people of type l will also develop hiv/aids. in total, there will be people with hiv/aids, including both types. by assumption, each person contracting hiv/aids will be willing to pay usd to reduce the effects of hiv/aids by %. therefore, the pharmaceutical company will be able to earn usd , in revenue from the entire population. given our assumption of zero cost of production, usd , will also be the profits of the pharmaceutical company. the vaccine has to be sold before hiv/aids strikes. for type l, there is a % chance of hiv/aids. thus, they will be willing to pay the average loss of ( / ) = usd for the vaccine. if the pharmaceutical company cannot distinguish between type l and type h, it can only charge usd to all. in that case, it will generate usd = usd , profits by selling the vaccine to all people. the other possibility is the following. the company sets a price of usd for the vaccine. in that case, no person of type l will buy the vaccine ex-ante (as their expected benefit before hiv/aids strikes is usd but the cost is usd ). the only people who will buy the vaccine will be of type h. since there are ten of type h, the profits will be usd = usd , . thus, in either price strategy, the profits of the company will be usd , . therefore, the profits of the company are bigger in the case of the development of drug d instead of the vaccine v. this argument is extremely general as long as the probability of the type l does not get close to the probability of type h getting the disease and the company cannot distinguish between the types. at the beginning of this book, we highlighted the need to integrate three interrelated issues into any comprehensive aids strategy -prevention, treatment and human rights protection. as we showed in chap. , each of these issues must be considered in the context of specific countries or regions, in order to take into account variations in cultural values, affected groups, infection rates, legal systems, economic resources and human resources. in this chapter, we have analyzed prevention and treatment issues in greater detail. the preceding discussion shows that great progress has been made on these two fronts and that greater progress is possible. our analysis of prevention issues in particular has shown the need to integrate prevention, treatment and human rights strategies. the primary reason that human rights need to be addressed is because discrimination keeps people away from both prevention and treatment programs (gruskin et al., ) . changing social attitudes in order to overcome stigma and discrimination is not an easy task, particularly given deep-seated fears and prejudices surrounding sex, blood, disease and death and the wide-spread perception that hiv/aids is closely supportive and enabling environment for women, children and other vulnerable to change attitudes of discrimination and stigmatization associated with hiv/aids variations in cultural values and legal systems make hiv/aids-related human rights particularly difficult to tackle on a global basis. however, hiv/aidsrelated human rights are the area where the least progress has been made and need to become a central focus in the global fight against hiv/aids (jürgens and cohen ) . in this section, we focus on three categories of laws: ( ) laws that discriminate against vulnerable groups; ( ) laws that discriminate against hiv-positive people, such as those that criminalize hiv transmission; and ( ) laws that prohibit discrimination against vulnerable groups, including hiv-positive people. we review the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights and provide examples in each category. the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights to understanding and acceptance (united nations ). groups. the guidelines also recommend that states promote the wide and ongoing distribution of creative education, training and media programs explicitly designed united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights redialogue, specially designed social and health services and support to community commend that states, in collaboration with and through the community, promote a groups by addressing underlying prejudices and inequalities through community tied to deviant or immoral behavior (jürgens and cohen, ) . in this regard, the the law plays different roles with respect to infectious diseases. some health risks, such as poor access to sterile injection equipment, can be directly attributed to law, and laws have been used to change unhealthy behaviors, such as smoking and drunk driving. both international and national laws are used in disease control. in addition to the law's role as a source of disease control authority for government, the law has a countervailing role as a source of protection against excessive and unnecessary regulations (burris ) . the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights acknowledge the inherent limitations in using law reform to enhance human rights. the effectiveness human rights laws depend on the strength of the legal system in a given society and on the access of its citizens to the system, both of which vary considerably from one country to the next. moreover, the law cannot serve as the only means of educating, changing attitudes, achieving behavioral change or protecting people's rights. nevertheless, since laws regulate conduct between the state and the individual and between individuals, they can either support or undermine the observance of human rights, including hiv-related human rights (united nations ) . for these reasons, we first consider laws that support human rights. while social attitudes may take time to change, an important first step is to reform laws, policies and practices that institutionalize discrimination against the groups of people who are most vulnerable to hiv/aids: women and girls; men who have sex with men; commercial sex workers; and injection drug users. the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend consistent with international human rights obligations and are not targeted against vulnerable groups (united nations ). laws in this category include those that prohibit sexual acts between consenting adults in private, laws prohibiting sex work that involves no victimization and laws prohibiting measures such as needle exchange that can reduce the harm associated with illicit drug use (elliot ). the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend the enactment of anti-discrimination and protective laws to reduce human rights violations against women and children in the context of hiv, to reduce the vulnerability of women and children to hiv infection and to the impact of hiv/aids. with respect to women, the guidelines recommend law reforms to ensure the equality of women regarding property and marital relations and access that states reform criminal laws and correctional systems to ensure that they are have a negative impact on hiv-related human rights and then consider laws that to employment and economic opportunity, such as equal rights to own and inherit property, to enter into contracts and marriage, to obtain credit and finance, to initiate separation or divorce, to equitably share assets upon divorce or separation and to retain custody of children. in addition, laws should ensure women's reproductive and sexual rights, including the right of independent access to reproductive and sexual health information and services and contraception, the right to demand safer sex practices and the right to legal protection from sexual violence. with children against sexual abuse and provide for their rehabilitation if abused and ensexual abuse by their husbands. when the husband is hiv-positive or engages in unsafe sex or drug use, this increases the risk of infection for women. child cusdren make it difficult for women to leave abusive relationships. while statutes allow property ownership regardless of sex, in practice women only have user rights under customary laws, not ownership. under inheritance laws, property remains in the man's family after he dies. thus, if a woman wants to leave an abusive husband or her husband dies, she cannot take any property with her, leaving women economically dependant upon their husbands or, as widows, their families. new laws have created inheritance rights for dependants, but are ignored by the man's family and not enforced. as a result, women and children widowed and women must either rely on their in-laws for support or become commercial sex workers (kelly ) . laws and cultural traditions thus increase women's vulnerability to hiv/aids, either within marriage or by forcing them to support themselves and their children as sex workers. recommend the enactment of anti-discrimination and protective laws to reduce discriminatory property, divorce and inheritance laws for same-sex relationships. the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights tody laws, customary practice and traditions that favor paternal custody of chil-sure that they are not subject to penalties themselves. protection under disability human rights violations against men having sex with men, including in the context orphaned by aids are left without adequate resources for medical treatment, and the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights of hiv, including penalties for vilification of people who engage in same-sex respect to children, laws should provide for children's access to hiv-related inlaws, inheritance laws, and child custody laws. in many african countries marital rape does not exist as a legal concept, leaving women with no recourse against formation, education and means of prevention, govern children's access to volcontext of orphans, including inheritance and/or support. laws should also protect untary testing with consent, should protect children against mandatory testing, particularly if orphaned by aids, and provide for other forms of protection in the in sub-saharan africa, laws of particular concern include marital rape, property laws should also be ensured for children (united nations ). one key purpose of such anti-discrimination laws is to reduce the vulnerability of men who have sex with men to infection by hiv and to the impact of hiv/aids. the guidelines also recommend that the age of consent to sex and marriage be consistent for heterosexual and homosexual relationships and that laws and police practices relating to assaults against men who have sex with men ensure adequate legal protection (united nations ). in a internet-based survey of sexually active msm in new york city, % reported being hiv-positive and % reported being hiv-negative. the majority were white, college-educated and in their s. the race of the respondents was white ( %), latino ( %), black ( %) and other ( %). in the previous months, % had more than ten male sex partners, % had engaged in unprotected anal sex and % had used non-injection drugs. fifty percent of the hiv-positive men had unprotected anal sex in the previous months and % of the hiv-negative men had unprotected anal sex in the previous months (nyc health ). in a survey of black msm in new york city, % were hivhigh school education, % were unemployed and % had an annual income of less than usd , . fifty-six percent identified themselves as homosexual, % as bisexual, % as heterosexual and % as other. sixty-five percent had previously been diagnosed with a sexually transmitted infection and % had been raped ( % before they were years old). eighty-four percent knew that they were hiv-positive. of the % that were unaware that they were hiv-positive, % reported having been tested for hiv previously. of those who had never been tested for hiv, the reasons they gave were: ( ) being afraid to learn that they had the perception of not being at risk because they practiced safe sex ( %); and ( ) being afraid that results will be reported to the government ( %). fifty percent reported unprotected anal sex with a man in the previous months and % had exchanged sex for drugs, money or a place to stay in the same period. among those who had unprotected anal sex with a man in their last sexual encounter, % of the hiv-positive men had an hiv-positive sex partner and % of the hivnegative men had an hiv-negative sex partner (nyc health ). according to the unaids guidance note on hiv and sex work, despite high hiv prevalence among sex workers, only one in three receive adequate hiv prevention services and even fewer receive adequate treatment and health care (unaids ) . the unaids guidance note focuses on the reduction of hiv vulnerability among sex workers, who are defined as adults over the age of years in order to take into account that sexual exploitation of children under years of age is prohibited under international law. the key factors that lead people into sex work include poverty, gender inequality, indebtedness, migration, criminal hiv ( %); ( ) being worried that others might treat them differently ( %); ( ) positive. the median age of the respondents was years, % had less than a coercion, humanitarian emergencies, drug use and dysfunctional families. laws, policies and practices that drive sex work underground make hiv/aids prevention and treatment for sex workers and their clients more difficult. discrimination against sex workers among the police, health care services and other social services impede access to prevention and treatment. the unaids guidance note organizes its recommendations into three categories: ( ) reducing vulnerabilities and addressing structural issues; ( ) reducing risk of hiv infection; and ( ) building supportive environments and expanding choices. the strategies in the first category are to: ( ) address poverty and gender inequality by providing alternatives to sex work through micro-finance programs and reforms to property rights; ( ) address the demand for paid sex by seeking to changes men's behavior; ( ) expand access to education for girls and women; ( ) provide alternative job opportunities through employment growth and vocational training; and ( ) provide employment and education opportunities and access to social services for refugees, internally displaced persons and economic migrants. the strategies in the second category are to: ( ) involve sex workers in hiv prevention and treatment programs; ( ) make male and female condoms available for free or at low cost; ( ) increase access to antiretroviral treatment; ( ) address the specific needs of sex workers in sexual and reproductive health programs, taking into account the different needs of female, male and transgender sex workers; ( ) make hiv prevention information and condoms readily available to clients; ( ) seek to eliminate violence against sex workers by clients, managers, police and other government officials; ( ) seek to change attitudes towards sex workers to reduce stigma and discrimination; ( ) promote initiatives to enable sex workers to negotiate safe sex practices; and ( ) promote access to drug addiction treatment programs and harm reduction programs, such as needle exchange. the strategies in the third category are to: ( ) address sex work stigma and discrimination to reduce economic, cultural and social marginalization in families and communities; ( ) improve access to health care, education and training, microfinance and credit, social services, housing support and legal services; and ( ) promote community organizations that work with sex workers. the unaids guidance note on hiv and sex work has been criticized for emphasizing alternative livelihoods without offering concrete examples, rather than emphasizing the right to engage in sex work and workplace safety and national laws that undermine sex workers' rights, particularly criminal prohibition of sex work and related activities. the guidance note's strategy of reducing demand for sex work has been criticized as implicitly supporting the criminalization or repression of sex work, which can increase the risk of hiv infection by driving sex work underground, limit sex workers' choices regarding working conditions and clients and increase stigmatization. the guidance note was further criticized for not advocating enhanced human rights protection for those engaged in sex work -as women, men, transgender persons and workers. the process used for preparing the document was criticized for not meaningfully engaging sex workers. unaids' response to criticism of this document -to withdraw it as a public document and restrict it to internal use -was also criticized (canadian hiv/aids legal network b) the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend that criminal law prohibiting sexual acts (including adultery, sodomy, fornication and commercial sexual encounters) between consenting adults in private should not be allowed to impede provision of hiv prevention and care services and should be repealed. with regard to adult sex work that involves no victimization, the international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend de-criminalizing and legally regulating occupational health and safety conditions to protect sex workers and their clients, including support for safe sex during sex work. more generally, criminal law should not impede provision of hiv prevention and care services to sex workers and their clients and should ensure that children and adult sex workers who have been coerced into sex work are not prosecuted for such participation but rather are removed from sex work and provided with medical and psycho-social support services, including those related to hiv (united nations ). in eastern europe and central asia, unaids ( ) estimates that the use of contaminated injection equipment accounts for more than % of hiv/aid cases and accounts for about % of new infections outside sub-saharan africa. the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend that criminal law not be an impediment to measures taken by states to reduce the risk of hiv transmission among injecting drug users and to provide them with hiv-related care and treatment. they further recommend that criminal law be reviewed to consider: ( ) the authorization or legalization and promotion of needle and syringe exchange programs; and ( ) the repeal of laws criminalizing the possession, distribution and dispensing of needles and syringes (united nations ) . in saint petersburg, russia, a study found that % of injection drug users had shared needles in the days prior to their first use of a needle exchange program. in early , there were four syringe exchange facilities in saint petersburg -one mobile service (a bus) and three fixed facilities. however, the most important source of sterile syringes for injection drug users was drug stores. human rights watch found that state-supported impediments to access to both needle exchange points and drug stores were important barriers to hiv prevention, including: ( ) police patrols of drug stores, which deterred injection drug users from purchasing syringes; ( ) police patrols of needle exchange bus stops; and ( ) arrests, fines or bribes for possession of syringes, even though carrying syringes is not illegal in the russian federation. however, while police interference with the syringe exchange bus was a problem in the late s, it lessened in the early s. humanitarian action, an ngo that delivers syringe exchange services in saint petersburg, visited with police chiefs to talk about the importance of syringe exchange for hiv prevention and organized a training session in for police officers that included the participation of former drug users and people living with hiv/aids. however, due to past incidents, the fear of apprehension by the police kept some drug users from using fixed as well as mobile syringe exchange facilities (human rights watch ) . table . shows the dramatic increase in hiv prevalence among injection drug users in saint petersburg from to . a survey of injection drug users (idus) in new york city found that % had obtained a syringe from an exchange program in the previous year, % at a pharmacy, % from a medical provider, % from a friend or sexual partner and % from a drug dealer. the self-reported hiv prevalence rate in the group was %. idus who obtained syringes from sterile sources (exchange, pharmacy or provider) were less likely to share syringes than those who obtained them from non-sterile sources (friends, relatives or the street). those who obtained syringes from exchange programs were significantly less likely to share syringes. nevertheless, % of idus had shared a syringe at least once in the previous months and % had engaged in unprotected sex. idus that had shared a syringe were . times more likely to engage in unprotected sex (nyc health ). another category of laws discriminates directly against people with hiv/aids, such as laws that criminalize hiv transmission and travel restrictions based on hiv status. there is a concern that the criminalization of hiv transmission will discourage people from seeking testing (tarantola and gruskin ) . there is evidence that knowledge of hiv status results in behavioral changes that reduce transmission. in addition, where knowledge of hiv status leads to antiretroviral treatment, treatment also reduces transmission by reducing the amount of virus in the body. thus, the criminalization of hiv transmission may have the effect of increasing, rather than reducing, hiv transmission. one possible response is mandatory hiv testing in health care settings (that is, testing without the informed consent of the patient). however, this policy, too, may be self-defeating if it discourages people from nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommendation that public health legislation ensure that hiv testing of individuals should several studies have concluded that the criminalization of hiv transmission is unlikely to serve the goals of public health policy or the goals of criminal law, and ommended that governments and the judiciary take into account the following principles in determining policy regarding the use of criminal sanctions under modes and risk of hiv transmission to rationally determine when and if conduct should attract criminal liability; ( ) the primary objective should be to prevent public health and conform to international human rights norms, particularly nondiscrimination and due process; and ( ) policy makers should assess the impact of law or policy on human rights and prefer the least-intrusive measures possible to achieve a demonstrably justified objective of preventing disease transmission. with respect to the four functions of criminal law (harm prevention through response to the epidemic: ( ) imprisoning an hiv-positive individual does not prevent transmission through conjugal visits or high-risk behavior with other prisoners; ( ) criminal penalties are unlikely to change sexual activity and drug use, due to the complexity of these human behaviors; ( ) punishment/retribution do not achieve the goal of hiv prevention and risk reinforcing prejudice and discrimination against already stigmatized hiv-positive people; and ( ) criminal sanctions are unlikely to act as a deterrent, given that drug use and sexual activity persist even with the risk of criminal prosecution and are more likely to be driven underground when prosecuted, hindering hiv prevention. moreover, overly broad use of criminal laws risks spreading misinformation regarding how hiv is transmitted. in an empirical study conducted in the united states, burris et al. ( ) found that laws prohibiting unsafe sex or requiring disclosure of infection do not influence people's normative beliefs about risky sex and did not significantly influence sexual behavior. the study concluded that criminal law is not a clearly useful in-moreover, given concerns about possible negative effects of criminal law, such as stigmatization or reluctance to cooperate with health authorities, criminal law should be used with caution as a behavioral change mechanism for hiv-positive people. seeking health care. moreover, mandatory hiv testing runs counter to the united thus may do more harm than good. in a unaids policy paper, elliot ( ) bution; and deterrence), elliot ( ) concluded that criminal law is an ineffective imprisonment; prevention of future harm through rehabilitation; punishment/retri-hiv transmission in common law countries. in some cases, courts have applied existing criminal laws to cases involving hiv, where the laws themselves do not refer specifically to hiv. in this context, law reforms could come from the legislature, through amendments that clarify the application of relevant criminal laws to cases involving hiv, or through the evolution of precedents in the courts. the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend the reform of criminal laws and correctional systems to ensure that they are consistent with international human rights obligations and are not misused in tization of the judiciary, in ways consistent with judicial independence, on the legal, ethical and human rights issues relative to hiv, including through judicial education and the development of judicial materials (united nations ). criminal laws should not include specific offences against the intentional transmission of hiv but rather should apply general criminal offences to these exceptional cases. such application should ensure that the elements of foreseeability, intent, causality and consent are clearly and legally established to support a guilty verdict and/or harsher penalties (united nations ) . in the united states, a series of cases involving spitting have gone in different directions. in ohio v. bird ( ) , an hiv-positive man was convicted of felonious assault, which requires the knowing attempt to harm by use of a weapon capable of inflicting death, after spitting in a police officer's face, even though all medical and scientific evidence demonstrated that saliva does not transmit hiv. in state v. jones ( ) , another case of an hiv-positive individual accused of spitting on an officer, the new mexico court of appeals ruled that criminal liability for battery could not be based upon the victims' subjective and unsubstantiated fears that they could develop a disease, and reversed the lower court on this issue. in weeks v. state ( ) , the texas court of appeal sustained the attempted murder conviction of an hiv-positive inmate who spat in a guard's face. the spitting cases show how the application of criminal laws to hiv-positive individualswhen based on hiv status, stigma and discrimination rather than on medical or scientific evidence -can undermine genuine efforts to reduce hiv transmission by spreading misinformation and increasing stigma and discrimination. in cases involving behavior that does carry a risk of hiv transmission, such as unprotected sexual intercourse or sharing drug injection equipment, the central issue is consent. in r v. cuerrier ( ) the supreme court of canada established that there is a duty to disclose one's hiv status before engaging in any activity that poses a "significant risk" of hiv transmission. failure to do so legally invalidates a sexual partner's consent to sexual intercourse. the lack of consent to have intercourse with a partner that is hiv-positive converts the sexual intercourse into a criminal assault. in that case, the complainants did not become infected with hiv as a result of the unprotected sex. however, if the complainants believe that their partner is hiv-free and the accused puts the complainants at significant risk to their health, failure to disclose hiv status vitiates consent to sexual intercourse. the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights there have been numerous cases in which criminal laws have been applied to the context of hiv/aids (united nations ). they also recommend the sensi-this decision suggests that there might not be a duty to disclose hiv status prior to engaging in activities that do not pose a significant risk of transmission, such as kissing and oral sex, or where an hiv-positive individual uses a condom. in r v. edwards, a lower court judge ruled that there is no duty to disclose hiv status prior to engaging in unprotected oral sex because it is a low risk activity (canadian aids society ) . on november , the defendant learned that he was hiv-positive, but did not reveal his status to the complainant and continued to have unprotected sex with her. the supreme court of canada ruled that the defendant was not guilty of the act itself, but rather the consequences of the act. because it was likely that the defendant had infected the complainant before he learned of his hiv status, it could not be proved beyond a reasonable doubt that he had endangered the life of the complainant. however, the defendant was guilty of attempted aggravated assault for continuing to have unprotected sex with the complainant after having learned of his hiv status. the court ruled that there is sufficient criminal intent for a conviction on a sexual assault charge if a person acts "recklessly". in canadian law, a person acts "recklessly" if they know that their conduct risks committing a crime but they commit the act nevertheless. in this case, the supreme court ruled that criminal recklessness is established once an individual becomes aware of a risk that he or she has contracted hiv, but continues to have unprotected sex without disclosure of hiv status, thereby creating a risk of further hiv transmission. in this case there was no evidence before the court regarding the defendant's awareness of the risk that he might be hiv-positive, prior to november , other than the fact that he had been asked to take an hiv test. this aspect of the ruling raised the issue of whether there is a duty to disclose the mere awareness of a risk that one might be hiv-positive before having unprotected sex. the court also suggested that an hiv-positive person might be held criminally liable for failure to disclose hiv status before having unprotected sex with another hivpositive individual, where this results in the transmission of a different strain of hiv or a drug-resistant strain of hiv. the supreme court of canada cases have been criticized, on the one hand, for discouraging people from seeking testing in order to avoid the possibility of a criminal conviction based on knowledge of hiv status and, on the other hand, for risking undesirable invasions of privacy if courts are required to determine whether an individual was aware that their past activities put them at risk of hiv infection (canadian hiv/aids legal network ) . however, in r v. williams, the fact that the defendant had been asked to take an hiv test, because he was on a list of former partners provided by an individual who had tested hiv-positive, was not sufficient to establish that he was aware that his past activities had put him at risk in r v. williams ( ) , the defendant began a sexual relationship with the comthe complainant". what distinguishes aggravated assault from mere assault is not plainant in june , in which they had unprotected sex on numerous occasions. requires that the assault "wounds, maims, disfigures or endangers the life of aggravated assault under section ( ) of the canadian criminal code, which of hiv infection. nevertheless, the decision has been criticized for extending the without defining the nature of the awareness that might be required. more generally, the use of criminal law to prevent hiv transmission has been criticized for stigmatizing all hiv-positive people because of the conduct of a few individuals, for discouraging those most at risk from seeking testing and for being unlikely to stop people from having risky sex or sharing needles and syringes. moreover, all of the hiv-related criminal prosecutions in canada have occurred in the context of heterosexual intercourse, rather than homosexual intercourse or injection drug use, creating a perception of discriminatory application (or non-application) of the laws (betteridge ). sion of hiv/aids between and , in which eight accused pleaded guilty, two were convicted and one was acquitted (klein ) . a new zealand court has ruled that people living with hiv/aids are not required to disclose their hiv status if they use condoms during vaginal sex (klein ) . in particular, the use of criminal laws to prevent hiv transmission also has been criticized for not taking into account that hiv-positive individuals living in abusive relationships may fear the consequences of disclosing their status to partners and may not be able to use a condom or insist that their partner use a condom (canadian aids society ) . in a literature review of hiv/aids and genderbased violence, the harvard school of public health program on international health and human rights ( ) found that gender-based violence (which is not limited to violence against women) can interfere with safe sex practices and access to treatment. not only is gender-based violence a risk factor for acquiring hiv/ in summary, the use of criminal laws to prevent hiv transmission may undermine overall public health initiatives by: ( ) reinforcing hiv/aids-related stigma; ( ) spreading misinformation about hiv/aids; ( ) creating a disincentive for hiv testing; ( ) hindering access to counseling and support services; ( ) creating a false expectation that criminal laws eliminate the danger of unprotected sex for people who believe that they are hiv-negative; ( ) creating the risk of selective prosecution of marginalized groups; ( ) criminalizing behavior that results from gender inequality, in the case of hiv-positive people living in abusive or economically dependent circumstances; and ( ) invading privacy through the disclosure of medical records and hiv status in public court proceedings (elliot ) . however, the use of criminal laws may be warranted in some circumstances, where hiv status is an aggravating or otherwise relevant factor in cases involving physical assault that would constitute criminal behavior even in the absence of hiv, such as rape or the use of needles as weapons (elliot ) . finally, a distinction should be made between criminal laws and public health laws that are quasi-criminal in nature, particularly those regarding quarantine. while quarantine laws, such as isolation, detention or quarantine, may be suitable the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights criminal law beyond cases where individuals know that they are hiv-positive, in the united kingdom, there were eleven prosecutions for reckless transmis-aids, but hiv/aids is also a risk factor for gender-based violence. for casually communicable and curable diseases, such laws run the same risk of misuse as do criminal laws (elliot ) . in this regard, the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend that public health law provisions applicable to casually transmitted diseases not be applied inappropriately to hiv/aids and that they be consistent with international human rights obligations (united nations ). some countries have restricted the entry of people living with hiv/aids, for shortterm or long-term stays, through mandatory testing or a requirement to declare one's hiv status. as we saw in chap. , the who international health regulations also contain provisions regarding health measures applied to travelers. these provisions encourage states to base their determinations upon scientific principles, available scientific evidence of a risk to human health and any available specific guidance their dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms and minimize any discomfort or distress associated with such measures. governments cite two main reasons for imposing travel restrictions on people living with hiv/aids -public health protection and reducing demand on health care and social services (unaids/iom ) . in the united kingdom, another source of demands for hiv screening of migrants has been a concern over "health tourism" -hiv infected migrants from developing countries that go to europe to receive health care. however, research shows that access to treatment is rarely the after having arrived in the host country, and there is no uniform policy in european union countries regarding screening of migrants for hiv (carballo ) . hiv/aids is not considered to be a condition that poses a threat to public health in relation to travel because hiv/aids is already present in virtually every country in the world and hiv is not transmitted through casual contact. unlike highly contagious diseases with short incubation periods, such as sars, cholera and plague, hiv transmission can be prevented through safe sex and safe drug injection, which can be used by both the infected and the non-infected to prevent transmission. there is no evidence to support the assumption that both the infected and the non-infected will engage in unsafe practices. as a result, the presence of hiv-positive individuals, by itself, does not pose a risk to public health. in addition, travel restrictions are not effective in preventing the entry of hiv-positive individuals, since hiv tests do not detect the virus in newly infected people and nationals that are returning from travel abroad (who may have been infected while outside the country) are not subject to hiv/aids-related travel restrictions and are not prevented from entering their own country. moreover, travel restrictions can undermine hiv/aids-related public health initiatives by increasing stigma and discrimination and mislead the public into thinking that hiv/aids can be or advice from the who. they also require states to treat travelers with respect for reason for migration to europe, since most migrants only learn of their hiv status prevented through border measures, rather than through proven prevention strategies (unaids/iom ) . unaids and the international organization for migration (iom) recommend that exclusion on the basis of possible costs to health care and social services only occur on an individual basis, where the following considerations are shown: ( ) the person requires the health care and social services and is likely to use them in the near future; ( ) the person has no other means of meeting those costs (for example, through private or employment-based insurance or personal resources); and ( ) these costs will not be exceeded by the benefits of the person's skills, talents, contribution to the labor force, payment of taxes, contribution to cultural diversity and capacity for revenue or job creation (unaids/iom ) . they also recommend that countries treat similar conditions alike, rather than singling out hiv/ aids. one study showed that the -year economic impact of admitting immigrants with asymptomatic hiv infection would be similar to admitting immigrants with asymptomatic coronary heart disease (zowall et al., ) . the canadian immigration and refugee protection act provides that foreign nationals can be deemed "medically inadmissible" based on a medical condition, danger to public health or public safety; or ( ) they might reasonably be expected to cause excessive demand on health or social services. since , canadian danger to public health or public safety by virtue of their hiv status. the issue of excessive demand on health or social services is mainly a consideration in cases of immigration or stays that exceed months, is determined on a case-by-case basis permanent residents (spouses and children). demand on health or social services of health or social services for the average canadian resident; or ( ) the demand the united states has had a travel and immigration restriction in place for people living with hiv/aids since (human rights watch ) . under the united states are inadmissible if they have "a communicable disease of public high level meeting on aids a "designated event" for which an hiv waiver would be available. visitors entering the united states on the visa waiver program (which waives the requirement to apply for a visa prior to traveling to the united the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights government policy has been that people living with hiv/aids do not represent a and therefore denied a visa or entry at the border, if: ( ) they are likely to be a would add to existing waiting lists for those services and would increase the rate us immigration and nationality act, applicants for a visa or for admission to the health significance", which includes hiv infection, although waivers are available ces by canadian citizens or permanent residents. the social or economic contribu-and does not apply to refugees or close family members of canadian citizens or tions the individual is expected to make to canada are not taken into account. or mortality and morbidity in canada by denying or delaying access to those servi- hiv status or to be tested for hiv (canadian hiv/aids legal network a) . on a case-by-case basis. for example, the us attorney general named the people entering canada for less than months are not required to disclose their is considered excessive if: ( ) the anticipated costs would likely exceed the costs states, for certain countries) must fill out an i- w form, which asks, "have you ever been afflicted with a communicable disease of public health significance." if the visitor answers yes to the question or the us border authorities suspect a visitor to be hiv-positive the person may be: ( ) placed into secondary inspection; ( ) questioned by an official of the us department of homeland security; ( ) placed into deferred inspection; ( ) asked to withdraw the application for admission into the united states; ( ) placed into the expedited removal process; or ( ) placed into an us department of homeland security detention center and detained until the case is heard by an immigration judge (gmhc ) . hiv-positive non-immigrants seeking to enter the us on a temporary basis for business, pleasure, or education are eligible for a waiver under which they can be allowed to enter the united states. in practice, a waiver is granted in most cases if: ( ) they are not symptomatic; ( ) it is a short visit; ( ) they have insurance or other assets sufficient to pay medical expenses; and ( ) they don't appear to be a public health risk. permanent residency and immigration applicants can also apply for a waiver, but they are usually rejected. to receive a waiver as an immigrant, the person must be the spouse, unmarried son or adopted child of a united states citident as their son or daughter. in addition, an hiv-positive immigration applicant must prove that: ( ) he will not be a danger to public health; ( ) the possibility of spreading the disease is minimal; and ( ) there will be no cost incurred by any level of government without its prior consent (tarwater ) . june the us public health service added aids to the list of excludable conditions, noting that the exclusion was not based on any new scientific knowledge and that aids is not spread by casual contact, which is the usual public concept of contagious. in july , republican senator jesse helms also added hiv infection to the exclusion list, through the us congress, together with a prohibition on funding from the us centers for disease control for aids programs that "promote, encourage or condone homosexual activities" (koch ; aids treatment news ) . senator helms accompanied the introduction of his amendments with the following statement: "we have got to call a spade a spade, and a perverted human being a perverted human being" (koch ) . in july , senator jesse helms advocated spending less money on hiv/aids, because it resulted from "deliberate, disgusting, revolting conduct" and was "a disease transmitted by people deliberately engaging in unnatural acts" (associated press ). ten years later, he had this to say: "it had been my feeling that aids was a disease largely spread by reckless and voluntary sexual and drug-abusing behavior, and that it would probably be confined to those in high-risk populations. i was wrong" . in , the us centers for disease control (cdc) recommended that all diseases except active tuberculosis be removed from the list of excludable conditions. hiv was left on the list because it had been put on the list by congress. in november the political history of the us hiv travel restrictions is an interesting story. in zen or permanent resident or have a united states citizen or lawful permanent resi- , the immigration reform act of directed the cdc to establish a new list of excludable conditions, based solely on current epidemiological principles and medical standards. in january , the cdc again proposed that only active tuberculosis remain on the list of excludable conditions. religious leaders campaigned to maintain the ban and the us house of representatives opposed removing the hiv ban (aids treatment news ) . in august , democratic representatives barbara lee and hilda solis introduced the "hiv nondiscrimination in travel and immigration act". the proposed legislation would restore the authority of the secretary of health and human services to determine whether hiv status is a communicable disease of public health significance. the decision to maintain or remove the ban would then be based on public health analysis instead of a formal ban made by congress (latino commission on aids ). in november , the us department of homeland security proposed a new rule that would allow short-term visas to be granted to hiv-positive people by us consulates in their home countries. however, applicants would have to agree to conditions, including ceding the right to apply for longer stays or permanent residency in the united states. democratic members of the us house of representatives objected that the changes would only shift decision-making authority to local consular officers, who may lack the appropriate medical expertise. moreover, there would be no appeal process (werner ) . the united states and canada are similar societies, both culturally and economically, but have adopted very different approaches to hiv/aids travel restrictions. the hiv prevalence rate in the united states is higher than in canada. this suggests that the us travel restriction has not been effective in preventing hiv transmission in the united states, and that the lack of such a restriction in canada has not had the effect of increasing hiv prevalence. health care costs, measured as a percentage of gdp, are also higher in the united states than in canada. while this difference is attributable to many factors, making it difficult to determine the impact of the different travel restriction policies on health care costs without further study, it is an indication that the canadian approach has not led to a significant increase in health care costs compared to the american approach. in , americans spent usd , per capita on health care, compared with usd , in canada. americans spent . % of gdp on health care compared with . % of gdp in canada. interestingly, this gap was not always there. in , both countries spent exactly . % of their respective gdp on health care (oecd ) . another factor that suggests that us travel restrictions are unlikely to prove successful is illegal immigration. there are several million illegal entries into the united states each year. they are obviously not screened. thus, from a practical point of view, travel and immigration restrictions for hiv-positive individuals are unlikely to be effective in preventing the entry of many hiv-positive individuals and may provide additional incentives for some individuals to migrate illegally. the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend that states enact or strengthen anti-discrimination laws that protect vulnerable groups, people living with hiv/aids and people with disabilities from discrimination in both the public and private sectors, and provide for speedy and effective administrative and civil remedies (united nations ). human rights laws in many jurisdictions prohibit discrimination against vulnerable groups or against people with hiv/aids, as well as providing other rights that are relevant to hiv/aids, such as the right to life and the right to health. human rights laws fall into two categories. the first category applies to governments, prohibiting governments from passing discriminatory laws or requiring governments to uphold certain human rights. the second category of human rights law prohibits discrimination on the part of private actors, for example with respect to employment practices or rental of housing. while it is not possible to eliminate individual or societal prejudices with legislation, human rights laws provide victims of discrimination with legal recourse against acts of discrimination and create economic disincentives through fines or other legal remedies, thereby contributing to social change. canada provides one example of the sources and functioning of human rights laws. section of the canadian charter of rights and freedoms, which is part of the constitution of canada, guarantees equality rights in the following terms: the equal protection and equal benefit of the law without discrimination and, in particular, without discrimination based on race, national or ethnic origin, colour, religion, sex, age or mental or physical disability. canadian courts have interpreted the term "disability" to include hiv/aids, which means that people living with hiv/aids have constitutional protection listed, but also covers analogous grounds, such as sexual orientation. any law that is inconsistent with constitutional provisions may be struck down or interpreted by courts to make it consistent with the constitution. the charter applies to all levels and branches of government, all government acts, government corporations and ment government policies or programs. however, the charter does not otherwise apply to acts by private citizens. instead, discrimination by an employer, a landlord or a private business is addressed under other federal and provincial human rights laws, such as the canadian human rights act, which apply to both the public and private sectors. by virtue of a policy of the canadian human rights commission and decisions of canadian courts and tribunals, the prohibition against disability-based discrimination in the every individual is equal before and under the law and has the right to against discrimination by the state. section is not limited to the grounds that are private persons or bodies that exercise authority granted by a statute or that imple-canadian human rights act and its provincial counterparts cover discrimination based on hiv/aids status (elliott and gold ) . the remainder of this section provides an overview of court cases in a variety of countries that have applied constitutional law, international law and other legislation to uphold the rights of people living with hiv/aids with respect to employment and access to hiv-related medical care and treatment. in march , mexico's national supreme court of justice ruled that a provision in article of the social security institute law for the armed forces (issfam) that required hiv-positive individuals to be discharged from the military was unconstitutional, because it was not based on an individual assessment of the pering people living with hiv/aids. the court ordered that three soldiers be reinduty, which would include an obligation to reinstate their social security benefits with respect to hiv/aids, laws in south africa and latin america that provide a action campaign used this provision to challenge the government's program that limited the use of nevirapine to prevent mother-to-child hiv transmission to test sites. the court ruled that the government's restriction on the use of nevirapine was unreasonable and that the policy should be reformed to meet the government's constitutional obligation (singh et al., ; elliot et al., ) . in argentina, five court cases between and repeatedly ordered the argentine ministry of health to supply antiretroviral treatment to people living with hiv/aids, in accordance with the right to health set out in international treaties, which had been incorporated into domestic law. the failure of the ministry of health to act in a timely fashion, which led to interruptions in the supply of antiretroviral drugs, ultimately led to a court order that would fine the ministry of health usd , per day (funds which would then be used to implement the national aids plan) until it complied with the courts' previous orders, and the threat right to health care have been used to induce governments to provide access to and equality and was inconsistent with mexico's international obligations regardvides a right to health care that is binding on the government. the treatment mexico's national supreme court of justice ruled for a fifth time that this provision was unconstitutional, thereby creating jurisprudence that is binding on all federal son's ability to work, violated constitutional protections of non-discrimination judges in mexico (avilés allende ). table . summarizes several other antiretroviral treatment (gruskin et al., ) . the south african constitution pro-cases involving hiv-related discrimination in employment from various juris- (pearshouse ; medina and reyes ; scjn a, b) . in september , dictions around the world. stated until medical certificates were issued to determine whether they were fit for (elliot et al., ) . an argentine court also relied on the right to health set out in international treaties to order the government to produce and administer a vaccine within a set period of time, in order to protect people living in a region affected by argentine haemorrhagic fever (singh et al., ) . the constitutional court of ecuador relied on the right to health set out in international treaties to rule that the ministry of health had failed to meet its obligations when it suspended its hiv treatment program (singh et al., ; elliot et al., ) . in costa rica, the supreme court ruled in that the costa rican social security fund could not argue that financial constraints justified failure to comply with its very reason for its existence, which is to provide coverage for necessary medical care. shortly after this ruling, the supreme court ordered the social security fund to develop a plan to provide coverage to all persons living with hiv/aids that were in need of antiretroviral treatment. a few weeks later, costa rica became the first central american country to include cov- ) . in india, the courts have interpreted the right to life in the indian constitution to sources to uphold the right to health in a variety of cases (singh et al., ) . table . summarizes several other cases from various jurisdictions around the world where litigation has increased access to hiv-related medical treatment. these cases suggest that human rights laws can be instrumental in promoting health care reforms through litigation, provided that judicial authorities are independent and competent and governments respect the rule of law (singh et al., ) . in addition to laws that institutionalize or prohibit discrimination, institutional policies and practices can represent an important force with respect to stigma, discrimination and access to health care. the united nations international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights recommend that states ensure that government and the private sector develop codes of conduct regarding hiv/aids issues that translate human rights principles into codes of professional responsibility and practice, with accompanying mechanisms to implement and enforce those codes. in many jurisdictions, the courts have the power to order changes in policies and practices of both governmental and non-governmental institutions. however, litigation is an expensive and time-consuming process that creates additional stress for the people living with hiv/aids who choose to litigate. thus, it is important to promote the voluntary adoption of appropriate policies and practices. one example in this category is the policies and practices of health care institutions. for example, in the mid s, in british columbia, canada, all hospitals refused to treat aids patients, with the exception of st. paul's hospital, which adopted appropriate policies based on the commitment of the founding sisters of include a right to health, and have obliged the indian government to dedicate re-erage for antiretroviral drugs in its national health insurance plan (elliot et al., another example in this category is the policies and practices of employers. as we showed in chap. , hiv/aids affects the productivity of workers substantially, making it cost effective for companies to have prevention programs and to provide treatment for employees, from a purely financial point of view. business leaders have an economic incentive to invest resources in fighting the epidemic. moreover, as we saw in chap. , firms can have a tremendous impact in promotment. however, it is important to have an overarching framework that ensures the adoption of best practices by individual firms and to minimize overlap between the private sector and the other players that are involved in addressing the pandemic. in this regard, the global business coalition on hiv/aids has provided leadership, particularly in its efforts to identify ways to improve the global business community's response to hiv/aids, including through leadership to dispel myths and stigma, break down workplace barriers and influence community change. given the economic and legal incentives, an effective hiv/aids response the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights providence to care for all who were in need, regardless of financial or social standing (gratham ) . in , the city of philadelphia agreed to resolve a complaint regarding the refusal of emergency medical services personnel to touch or lift a patient because of his hiv status, by paying monetary compensation and agreeing to implement a mandatory paramedic/emt training program on hiv and infectious diseases (john gill smith and united states v. city of philadelphia ) . ironically, "philadelphia" was the name and setting of the first high-profile hollywood film to take aids seriously, in . we can think of hiv/aids as a disaster from the point of view of a country as a whole. unlike other disasters (such as an outbreak of an influenza pandemic), this kind of risk, we need to measure the severity and the frequency of occurrence of that risk. once we measure the risk, we need to find ways of managing the risk in a dynamic way. that means putting a risk management plan in place, monitoring the plan and modifying the plan as events unfold. most often, at the national level, hiv/aids is seen as a public health problem and is managed as such. thus, various measures are taken to reduce the incidence of hiv/aids by taking steps against the main channels through which the disease strikes: ( ) actions to reduce the contamination of the blood supply; ( ) special steps to promote health care for key groups, such as sex workers; ( ) needle exchange programs; ( ) promoting safe sex through the use of condoms; and ( ) minimizing hiv transmission from infected mothers to newborns. disaster unfolds over many years. however, the standard operating procedure for ing prevention among employees and their families and providing access to treatdisaster management also applies to managing hiv/aids risk. for managing any must be a core component of an overall business strategy. another approach to risk management is risk avoidance. at the country level, risk avoidance could imply two extreme actions: quarantining people who are already infected and preventing infected people from coming into the country. neither of these policies is feasible for most countries, as they directly go against human rights. thus, extreme forms of risk management and the respect for human rights pose a tradeoff for a country. cuba provides a striking example of how containment of hiv/aids can be conducted at a national level. cuba started promoting public health messages against hiv/aids in , years before the first hiv case was reported in the country. between and , cuba undertook a massive testing exercise, which tested more than % of the adult population. those who were seropositive were quarantined indefinitely in sanitariums. over the years, cuba has relaxed the rule. today, anybody found seropositive is required to attend an week course. after that, they are free to leave. nearly half the people choose to stay in the sanitariums, where they get free food and a place to stay, along with retraining if they choose to help with the logistics of the sanitariums. such a curtailment of freedom of movement without committing a crime is unprecedented anywhere in the world. it has been criticized by many. it did produce a result that is also unprecedented. cuba has an hiv incidence rate of . %. in the neighboring island of haiti, the rate is times as high, at . %. it should be noted that quarantine of individuals who have committed no crime is not unheard of. there was the case of mary mallon in the united states in better known as the "typhoid mary" -who carried typhoid without every showing any symptoms. she was quarantined against her will for a number of years. similarly, during the outbreak of influenza in the united states in , many families were quarantined on public health grounds. individuals with sars were also quarantined in toronto. the future of hiv/aids presents a mixed picture. while hiv/aids incidence has begun to level off in some high-prevalence countries, new infections have increased in many developed countries. while several science-based prevention strategies need to be scaled up significantly, the increase in mother-to-child prevention has dramatically reduced infections among newborns and male circumcision is a promising new prevention strategy. while millions still lack access to treatment, there has been a large increase in funding, drug prices have dropped dramatically, several key drug patents will expire in the near future and efforts to develop new treatments continue. while stigma and discrimination remain obstacles to effective prevention and treatment, human rights laws have proved to be an effective vehicle for addressing discrimination and increasing access to treatment around the world. thus, while hiv/aids continues to pose a significant threat to public health, there are many signs that progress in fighting this pandemic can and will continue, as knowledge gradually replaces ignorance. travel/immigration ban: background senator jesse helms: cut aids funding experimental aids vaccine falls short randomized, controlled intervention trial of male circumcision for reduction of hiv infection risk: the anrs trial amplía corte protección a militares con vih male circumcision: the road from evidence to practice. division of epidemiology, school of public health, university of illinois at chicago betteridge g ( ) criminal law and hiv transmission or exposure: new cases and developments law as a structural factor in the spread of communicable disease the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights do criminal laws influence hiv risk behavior? an empirical trial hiv disclosure & the criminal law in canada supreme court of canada decision in r v canada's immigration policy as it affects people living with hiv/aids a human rights-based commentary on unaids guidance note: hiv and sex work communicable diseases: challenges for health in the age of migration c fe c/ /chpt eu.pdf. accessed a% human% rights-based% commentary% on % unaids % guidance % zidovudine's patent history look to the future: the war against aids. the economist net benefits: giving bed nets and drugs away free may be the way to deal with malaria criminal law, public health and hiv transmission: a policy options paper protection against discrimination based on hiv/aids status in canada: the legal framework the effect of pregnancy on survival in women infected with hiv: a systematic review of the literature and meta-analysis global hiv prevention working group ( ) bringing hiv prevention to scale: an urgent global priority history, principles and practice of health and halperin d ( ) evidence-based behavior change hiv prevention approaches for sub-saharan africa harvard school of public health program on international health and human rights hamied yk ( ) trading in death lessons not learned: human rights abuses and hiv/aids in the russian federation family, unvalued: discrimination, denial, and the fate of binational same-sex couples under memoir, jesse helms says he was no racist a salute to the sisters. promise fall/winter literature review increasing access to hiv testing and counseling while respecting human rights reasons why human rights should occupy the center of the global aids struggle. open society institute the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights conspiring to kill: gender-biased legislation, culture, and aids in sub-saharan africa new hiv cases drop but rise in young gay men. www.nytimes senator helms's callousness toward aids victims the latino commission on aids supports the hiv nondiscrimination in travel and immigration act discriminación por vivir con vih: fuerzas armadas, a punto del revés, letra s the known hidden hiv/aids epidemic among black men who have sex with men in the united states plos medicine : nyc health ( ) hiv epidemiology and field services research unit report accessed november human rights watch ( ) family, unvalued: discrimination, denial, and the fate park a ( ) assessing a failed aids vaccine mexico: supreme court rules discharge of hiv-positive troops unconstitutional genetic diversity of hiv- : the moving target seeds of change in rwanda sesión pública núm the tuberculosis & hiv debate in immigration law: critical flaws cuerrier ( ) scr , supreme court of canada new mexico court of appeals, nm ohio state court appellate amicus brief us food and drug administration ( ) guidance for industry fixed dose combina antiretrovirals for the treatment of hiv /nr/rdonlyres/ ef e-cf - abb-ab f- adf / / demarzode do human rights matter to health? lancet marde state ( ) texas court of appeal united states academic anti-exclusion arguments. georgetown immigration law journal hivlawandpolicy.org /resources /partial % case % &resource % list-lambda packaged drug products, and single-entity versions of previously approved tarantola d, gruskin s ( ) new guidance on recommended hiv testing and hiv_data/ globalreport/default.asp. accessed the way forward prevention, treatment and human rights consolidated version new law allows needle exchanges in washington modeling health care costs attributable to hiv infection and hiv prevention programs in high-income countries systematic review of abstinence-plus aids epidemic -planning, policy and predictions limited setting: treatment guidelines for a public health approach scaling up antiretroviral therapy in resouurce lawmakers, gay-rights groups protesting new hiv/aids travel unaids/iom ( ) statement on hiv/aids-related travel restrictions international guidelines on hiv/aids and human rights key: cord- -ofzm x a authors: nan title: theories of carcinogenesis date: journal: molecular mechanisms of cancer doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: ofzm x a the oldest description of human cancer, referring to eight cases of tumors of the breast, was found in the egyptian edwin smith papyrus, written around – bc. the oldest specimens of human cancers were detected in the remains of a female skull dating back to the bronze age ( – bc), and in fossilized bones of ancient egypt. the mummified skeletal remains of peruvian incas, dating about , years ago, contained lesions suggestive of malignant melanoma. the term “cancer” goes back to hippocrates ( – bc), who named a group of diseases καρκινοσ and καρκινομα, the ancient greek word for crab. it is a metaphor for the hard center and spiny projections of the tumors he studied. cancer is the latin word for crab and its use has been traced back to galen (ad – ). a snapshot of theories of carcinogenesis, devised in the course of the last two centuries, reflects the progress of insight from the cellular level via biochemistry to an understanding of damaging influences and oncogenes, and to a more wholistic approach in the regulatory theory. it shows the relative success of reductionism as well as the current need to put the insights of various research endeavors into broader paradigmatic contexts. in , robert hooke described walled cavities in his microscopic examination of cork and called them cells. in , lorenz oken conceptualized a cell-based theory of life, arguing that plants and animals are assemblages of tiny living infusoria. this notion was later populated and refined by matthias schleiden and theodor schwann [schleiden ; schwann ; nurse ]. in , robert remak ( - described the phenomenon of cell division in chick embryos and in muscle development. between and , he extended these observations to embryonic development and proposed that tumor cells arose by cell formation from existing specific tissues [remak [remak , . like giovanni morgagni, who had performed the first autopsy in and had correlated illness to macroscopic pathology, rudolf virchow ( virchow ( - correlated illness to microscopic pathology. after initial skepticism, virchow acknowledged remak's evidence for cell division. in , he gave a series of lectures to a group of physicians at the institute of pathology in berlin, in which he summarized his experience in microscopic anatomy of tissues with special attention to those deviating from the healthy condition [virchow ]. according to virchow's dictum "omnis cellula e cellule" cells of diseased tissues are derived from normal tissues, implying that malfunction begets disease (significantly, virchow had been a student of müller's, who had demonstrated in that cancer is made up of cells, not lymph; but he was of the opinion that cancer cells arose from interstitial budding elements, blastema, not from normal cells). hence, tumors are derived from cells that divide faster than they should. the average human body experiences around cell divisions in a lifetime. with an individual's risk to contract cancer being about %, malignant transformation occurs in out of cell divisions [weinberg ]. the mechanistic underpinning for this process was defined by the identification of key regulators of the cell division cycle by leland h. hartwell, r. timothy hunt, and paul m. nurse. chapter the analysis of transformation has been guided substantially by the technical accomplishment to expand cells in culture. tissue culture was developed in the early years of the th century [harrison ; burrows ] . warren lewis cultured rodent cancers [lewis ] . in at the johns hopkins hospital, george gey established human cancer cell culture from the cervical adenocarcinoma of the -year-old, black henrietta lacks [gey et al. ] . although the resulting hela cells are among the cornerstones of cancer research, their high rate of proliferation caused a risk for cross-contamination of other cultures by them. this lead to the establishment of cell-typing techniques on the biochemical [gartler ] and genetic [nelson-rees et al. ] levels. generally, the human tumor cells that grow permanently in culture are a selected group of very aggressive cancers. almost all of the continuous cell lines are derived from high-grade, high-stage cancers. programmed cell death (apoptosis, greek: falling off of tree leaves) [kerr et al. ] may be invoked by many organisms as a control mechanism to prevent unrestricted growth. research during the s through s in the worm caenorhabditis elegans, identified ced- and ced- as essential genes for programmed cell death, while ced- was found to be a negative regulator of apoptosis. the , nobel prize in medicine and physiology was awarded for these observations to sydney brenner, h. robert horvitz, and john e. sulston. the first mammalian homolog for ced- was described as bcl- , a gene that is involved in b-cell lymphomata [negrini et al. ; vaux et al. ]. bcl- transfected b-lymphocytes are resistant to apoptosis, which is typically induced by interleukin- withdrawal. for the first time, it was demonstrated that the pathway to tumorigenesis depends not only on the ability to escape growth control but also on the ability to prevent cell death [hockenbery et al. ]. according to the biochemical theory of cancer, a key process that governs cell proliferation goes awry and causes transformation. various aspects of metabolism may be affected in a manner that could lead to cancer. consequently, before the discovery of oncogenes, a large variety of theories was debated, which incriminated the malfunction of diverse biochemical processes as causative for malignant transformation. during tumor progression, the enzymatic composition of the affected cells is simplified (described as the theory of convergence in cancer), so that various cancers resemble one another more than they resemble their tissue of origin [greenstein ]. as one possible underlying reason, the biochemist otto von warburg [von warburg ] had suggested that the oxidative metabolism in cancer cells is replaced by glycolysis and that the excessive proliferation of cancer cells reflects their ability to metabolize independently of oxygen. later, it was found that the limiting substrates for tumor growth are oxygen and glucose. hence, anaerobic glycolysis is not the cause, but the consequence of the accelerated growth, which cannot be satisfied by the reorganization of the micro-vasculature [vaupel et al. ]. however, in a remarkable reversal toward supporting the warburg model, a publication showed that in cells engineered to become cancerous glycolytic conversion started early and expanded as the cells became more malignant [ramanathan et al. ]. this rekindled the discussion of bioenergetics in cancer cells. others attributed the simplified enzyme patterns of cancerous cells to a regression of the tumor tissues to early embryonal stages of development. highly malignant cells tend to resemble fetal tissues more than their adult normal counterparts do. the idea of derepressive dedifferentiation in carcinogenesis found support in the occurrence of onco-fetal proteins during the disease. the expression of these genes should be repressed in differentiated tissues, but this repression is reversed in tumors. the description of tumor tissue in histopathologic analysis as dedifferentiated is derived from this concept. the alternative model of "oncogeny as partially blocked ontogeny" suggested that cancer is the result of a series of alterations in the genes and their gene expression, which prevent a stem cell from completing all the steps necessary for terminal differentiation, suggesting that the target cell for carcinogenesis is the pluripotent stem cell [potter ]. the protein deletion theory, an extension of the dedifferentiation theory, is an epigenetic model of cancer. based on the observation that a carcinogenic aminoazo dye covalently bound liver proteins in animals undergoing early carcinogenesis, whereas little or no dye binding occurred to the proteins of tumors induced by this dye, miller and miller [ ] proposed the deletion hypothesis. they suggested that carcinogenesis resulted from permanent alterations or loss of proteins that are essential for the control of growth. thus, carcinogens eliminate specific enzymes from the affected cells by binding covalently to water-soluble basic proteins (h proteins according to electrophoresis nomenclature). this causes the elimination (deletion) of these proteins from the cells. cancer originates because the water-soluble basic proteins contain several growth inhibitory components. therefore, the initial step in carcinogenesis is the inactivation of endogenous inhibition. transformation can be associated with refraction to exogenous inhibitors of cell cycle progression. potter [ ] suggested that the proteins lost during carcinogenesis may be involved in the feedback control of enzyme systems required for cell division, and he proposed the feedback deletion theory. in this model, repressors crucial to the regulation of genes involved in cell proliferation are lost or inactivated by the action of oncogenic agents on the cell, either by interacting with dna to block repressor gene transcription or by reacting directly with repressor proteins and inactivating them. it was thought that experimental evidence, in which the fusion of cancerous cells with nontransformed cells resulted in the absence of transformation, supported the epigenetic theory. later, this phenomenon was attributed to the functional dominance of tumor suppressor genes. the demonstration of the presence of an ordered biochemical imbalance, linked to transformation and progression, in cancer cells led to the molecular correlation concept. weber [ ] stated that the biochemical dysregulations underlying neoplasia could be identified by elucidating the pattern of gene expression as revealed in the activity, concentration, and isozyme aspects of key enzymes and their linking with neoplastic transformation and progression. key enzymes are involved in the regulation of rate and direction of the flux of competing synthetic and catabolic pathways and are most likely affected in the malignant process. a number of enzyme activities found to be altered in malignant cells are those involved in nucleic acid synthesis and catabolism. in general, the key enzymes in the de novo pathways and salvage pathways of purine and pyrimidine biosynthesis are increased and the opposing catabolic enzymes are decreased during malignant transformation and tumor progression. these findings and concepts were further developed by the analysis of gene expression profiles and identification of gene expression signatures in cancer cells some years later. the stigma that cancer equals death, originating in the experiences of hippocrates, galen, and celsus, was attached to the disease for centuries. it led to the long-respected dictum that doctors should not inform their patients of the diagnosis to avoid agony. in view of progress in surgery, which allowed the removal of some tumors, the american cancer society was formed in to educate the public about the warning symptoms of cancer and to reduce their fatalistic fears. the increased public health awareness was helpful whenever carcinogenic mechanisms were identified and the need for lifestyle changes was publicized. the insight that malignancy may be caused by the influence of damaging agents forms the basis of the noxious theory of carcinogenesis. among the influences that may cause cancer are chemicals, radiation, and viruses. chemical carcinogenesis. in , chemical carcinogenesis was observed by the english surgeon sir percival pott, who related the cause of scrotal skin cancer in a number of his patients to a common history of occupational exposure to large amounts of coal soot as chimney sweepers when they were boys. the connection between soot and cancer was confirmed in by the first controlled experimental induction of cancer in laboratory animals by katsusaburo yamagiwa. the experiment established chemical carcinogenesis, and specifically occupational exposure, as one possible cause for malignant growths. an unrelated form of occupational exposure was documented in the mid- th century in silver miners from st. joachimsthal, bohemia (today czech republic). silver had been extracted there since the mid- th century and was manufactured into the joachimsthaler silver coins that were predecessors of the german currency "thaler" and later the american currency "dollar." these miners had a high incidence of lung cancer, which was otherwise extremely rare at that time. the cause was traced to their occupational exposure (table . archeological evidence suggests that the mayans smoked tobacco leaves as early as the st century bc. only in , john hill published a treatise that warned of unusual tumors of the nose consecutive to sniffing tobacco. by , ernst wynder had conducted a survey of lung cancers, which indicated a substantially elevated risk in smokers compared to nonsmokers. it was followed months later by a similar analysis, authored by richard doll. about years after the publication by john hill, a connection between lifestyle choices and cancer risk was established. during the following years of the th century, chemical carcinogenesis by tobacco products became a major cause for an increasing incidence of lung cancers. (table . .b). in italy, bernardino ramazzini associated breast cancer with reproductive factors. he reported in the virtual absence of cervical cancer and relatively high incidence of breast cancer in nuns and suggested that this was in some way related to their celibate lifestyle. the key observations by pott, hill, and ramazzini laid the foundation for the field of cancer epidemiology. this area of research was given another foundation between and , when fisher, haldane, and wright established the principles of population genetics. in the united states, the first hospital registry for cancer was established in at yale-new haven hospital in connecticut. in and , the first central cancer registries were initiated in connecticut and california. in , the united states national cancer institute published a survey of chemical compounds, of which were found to be carcinogenic in animals. during the s, environmental movements became prominent in most of the western societies. rachel carson believed that the long-term ecological effects of synthetic chemical pesticides were not being researched adequately. her book "silent spring" pointed to the pathogenic potential of environmental toxins, and the concept of carcinogens entered popular consciousness. in , rachel carson succumbed to cancer at the age of . the national cancer act of (declared "war on cancer" by president richard nixon) mandated the collection, analysis, and dissemination of all data useful in the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of cancer. it resulted in the establishment of the national cancer program, under which the surveillance, epidemiology, and end results (seer) program was developed in . over the years, the susceptibility to various cancers has been associated with nutritional habits. in , doll and peto [ ] estimated that % of cancer deaths in the united states were attributable to dietary factors. the western european diet is rich in meat and correlates with a high incidence of colon cancer. nasopharyngeal cancer is among the most widespread tumors in southeast asia, possibly supported by the ingestion of salted fish. esophageal cancer typically occurs in conjunction with alcoholism. the growing health conscience in the late years of the th century, combined with insights into the potential carcinogenic properties of reactive oxygen intermediates prompted multiple studies into cancer preventive capacities of antioxidants as nutrition supplements. it was soon found that while theories of carcinogenesis table . .a. occupational cancers. certain occupations are associated with high levels of exposure to specific carcinogenic influences. these agents cause dna damage through physical or chemical effects. accordingly, the types of cancers induced by these carcinogens have a higher than normal incidence among exposed workers the intake of some foods can increase the risk for specific malignancies, others -such as retinoidscan act in a chemopreventive [sporn et al. ] fashion (figure . from their studies of oral cancer, slaughter, southwick, and smejkal derived the concept of carcinogenesis as a process of field cancerization (field carcinogenesis, condemned mucosa syndrome). the repeated exposure of a region's entire tissue area to carcinogenic insult increases the risk for developing multiple independent premalignant and malignant foci in that tissue [slaughter et al. ]. increasingly, molecular mechanisms have been identified to link certain toxins to specific cancers. in , bruce ames at the university of california in berkeley developed a test for the mutagenicity of chemical compounds, which was used to confirm that carcinogens are mutagens. further mechanistic insight was gained with the demonstration that aflatoxin causes the mutation g t in p , which is associated with hepatoma [bressac et al. ] . ultraviolet (uv) light induces pyrimidine dimers, which cause mutations in p that lead to skin cancer [brash et al. ; pierceall et al. ] . the double-edged sword of mutagens became evident when their possible benefit in the treatment of neoplasias was discovered. mustard gas had been used as a chemical warfare agent during world war i and was studied further in world war ii. in , krumbhaar, a captain in the us medical corps, noted the development of profound leukopenia in individuals who survived a gas attack for several days [krumbhaar ]. following up on this observation, a group of the us office of scientific research and development (osrd) at yale medical school secretly studied the effects of nitrogen mustard on lymphomata. there, lindskog successfully treated a radioresistant lymphosarcoma that compressed the patient's trachea with the injection of nitrogen mustard in december . none of this was made public until . during a military operation in world war ii, allied ships in bari harbor, italy, were sunk in an air assault ( december ). at the center of the destruction was the vessel john harvey, laden with ammunition, supplies, and , mustard gas bombs. a large number of military personnel were accidentally exposed to mustard gas and were later found to have abnormally low white blood cell counts. it was reasoned that an agent, which damaged the rapidly growing white blood cells, might have a similar effect on cancer. cornelius p. rhoads served as chief of the medical division of the us army's chemical warfare unit during world war ii. based on his experience in the bari incident, he investigated mustard gas as a tumor-killing agent. this presaged classical chemotherapy [rhoads ]. soon, the pharmacists louis goodman and alfred gilman, recruited by the us department of defense to investigate potential therapeutic applications of chemical warfare agents, observed that exposure to mustard gas caused profound lymphoid and myeloid suppression suggesting its utility for the treatment of lymphomata [goodman et al. ]. sidney farber of boston recognized that folic acid stimulated the proliferation of leukemia cells. in one of the first examples of rational drug design, he collaborated with lederle laboratories to devise folate analogs. he demonstrated that aminopterin produced remission in acute leukemia in children because it blocked a critical chemical reaction needed for dna reduplication [farber et al. ]. aminopterin was the predecessor of methotrexate (developed by lederle laboratories in ), which in became the first compound cure of metastatic cancer, when it was used by roy hertz and min chiu li to treat a case of choriocarcinoma. from , research by george hitchings and gertrude ellion at the burroughs wellcome corporation had corroborated that it was possible to treat cancer with chemical compounds. using one of them, -mercaptopurine, joseph n. burchenal achieved a high percentage of complete remissions in childhood leukemias. due to these early successes, the us congress created a national cancer chemotherapy service center (nccsc) at the national cancer institute in . in , cisplatin was discovered by barnett rosenberg, who explored the effects of electric fields on the growth of bacteria. he observed that the bacteria unexpectedly ceased to divide due to the exposure to an electrolysis product of the platinum electrodes. the discovery soon initiated studies into the effects of platinum compounds on cell division. this drug was later pivotal in the cure of testicular cancer. the often adverse effects of these agents were diminished when it was realized that they could be effectively used in combination [frei et al. ; frei et al. ]. this approach followed the strategy of antibiotic therapy for tuberculosis, which used combinations of drugs with different mechanisms of action. frei, freireich, and holland hypothesized that cancer cells would be less likely to mutate and develop drug resistance to the drug combination (table . .c). the coalescence of efforts to eliminate compounds with intrinsic mutagenic potential from cancer therapy with increasing insights into the molecular pathways associated with growth signals led to the development of small molecule inhibitors, including sti (gleevec) [druker and lydon ] and zd (iressa). röntgen , experimenting with electrical discharges in vacuum tubes (crookes tubes), identified penetrating radiation that also produced theories of carcinogenesis table . .c. categories of conventional anticancer drugs. chemotherapy is the use of chemical substances to treat cancer. the groups of classical anticancer agents comprises cytotoxic drugs that interfere with cell proliferation through various mechanisms fluorescence, and named it x-rays ("x" symbolizing the unknown). he died from leukemia after years of working with these newly discovered rays. in , henri becquerel observed that penetrating radiation was given off by uranium. marie curie (born maria sklodowska, - ) discovered the element radium, as well as methods for separating radium from radioactive residues in sufficient quantities to analyze its therapeutic properties. after a life time of research into radioactivity, marie curie succumbed to pre-leukemia. the hazards of exposure to ionizing radiation were soon recognized. acute skin reactions were observed in many individuals working with the recently invented x-ray generators. in the early years of the th century, these researchers were frequently affected by skin cancers and leukemias. by , a case of radiation-induced cancer was reported, arising in an ulcerated area of the skin. within a few years, a large number of such skin cancers had been observed, and the first report of leukemia in five radiation workers appeared in . the french physician jean bergonie developed the law of radiosensitivity. he died in from cancer caused by his research with x-rays. in , hermann j. müller recognized that ionizing radiation, already known to be carcinogenic, is also mutagenic [müller ]. x-rays break the sugar-phosphate backbone of dna. radiation damage may be exerted by directly and indirectly ionizing radiation. photons and neutrons are not charged and are indirectly ionizing. radiation of charged particles (α-rays, electron rays including β-rays, proton rays) bear a higher risk for cellular damage, including transforming events. the atomic bombs that exploded over hiroshima and nagasaki caused dramatic increases in the incidence of leukemias during the ensuing decades. by the s, researchers at the sloan-kettering institute in new york city became alarmed over thyroid cancers that were diagnosed in adolescents who had received radiation treatment of their thymus glands in childhood. later reports began to document that thyroid cancers could develop about years following childhood radiation therapy. nevertheless, the use of radiation to fight cancer was under study early on. the work by maude menton , simon flexner, and j.v. jobling at the rockefeller institute lead to the publication of the monograph "influence of radium bromide on a carcinomatous tumor of the white rat" in . tumor viruses were detected at the turn of the th century with the cell-free transmission of human warts [ciuffo ] and of chicken leukemia [ellermann and bang ] . in , peyton rous isolated a highly oncogenic retrovirus (rous sarcoma virus) from a chicken sarcoma [rous ]. in , shope and hurst demonstrated that papillomavirus had oncogenic activity in rabbits. in the early s, clarence cook little argued that viruses had caused breast cancer in a strain of laboratory mice. these groundbreaking results had been met with skepticism, because transmissibility in chickens and tumorigenesis in rabbits were not seen as applicable to human disease. the doubts were dispelled in the s, by the demonstration that a tumor induced by rous sarcoma virus (rsv) could produce infected tumor cells [rubin ]. in conjunction with the observation that murine leukemia viruses are transmissible to newborn animals [gross ], it initiated two decades of intense research into animal viruses, including many retroviruses with tumorigenic properties in animals. in , the epstein-barr virus (ebv) was observed by electron microscopy in cultured cells from burkitt lymphoma [epstein et al. ]. studies of rsv lead to the identification of the first oncogene, v-src, in the s [martin ; brugge and erikson ] and its subsequent sequencing [czernilofsky et al. ]. in general, the infection of cells with an oncogenic dna virus may result either in productive lytic infection with cell death and the release of newly formed virus particles or in cell transformation to the neoplastic state with little or no virus production, but with the integration of viral genetic information into the cell dna. the genomes of herpes viruses are doublestranded linear dna molecules with sizes in the range of - kb. the initiation of transformation by oncogenic herpes viruses appears to depend on specific genes, although no single t antigens (tumor antigens) have been identified. ebv was discovered in by epstein, achong, and barr in a biopsy from burkitt lymphoma. it is a γ- herpes virus infecting all human populations, with a prevalence of over % in adults. infection results in the establishment of a lifelong carrier state, characterized by the persistence of antibodies to several viral gene products and the secretion of infectious virus in the saliva, which is also the usual vehicle of transmission. the epstein-barr virus, which is the agent of infectious mononucleosis, is causative for burkitt lymphoma (described by english surgeon denis burkitt in uganda in ) in africa and sporadic cases elsewhere, for b-cell lymphomata in acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (aids), as well as for nasopharyngeal carcinoma with high prevalence in china. viral dna and various ebv antigens are detectable in the affected tumor cells. a herpes virus designated hhv type (kshv, kaposi sarcomarelated herpes virus) has been implicated in aids associated kaposi sarcoma [chang et al. ] , the most common malignant tumor in aids, and also in rare sporadic kaposi sarcomata unrelated to aids. the herpes simplex virus type (hsv- ) may be involved in the pathogenesis of cervical cancer. originally known as serum hepatitis, hepatitis b has only been recognized as such since . it has caused epidemics in parts of asia and africa. hepatitis b is recognized as endemic in china and various other parts of asia. hepatitis b viruses (hbv) specifically infect liver cells. chronic infection with hbv may have a causal role in primary hepatocellular carcinoma, which is one of the most common forms of cancer in asia. viral dna is integrated into the tumor cells in some of these cases. in , baruch blumberg and harvey alter reported the discovery of the hepatitis b surface antigen (aa, hbsag, australia antigen), and a specific antibody binding to it. in , dane visualized the hepatitis b virion. these discoveries paved the way for the development of a vaccine. the genomes of the papova family members polyomavirus and sv are double-stranded circular dna molecules with sizes of about kb. they contain two main groups of genes that are associated with early and late events in the replication cycle. the early genes are transcribed soon after infection of a cell and their encoded proteins participate in viral dna synthesis but are not structural components of the virions. the late genes encode proteins of the viral coat and capsid. in productive lytic infection, early proteins are formed transiently before the structural proteins are assembled into viral particles. when stable transformation takes place, viral dna is integrated into the cellular chromosomal dna and some of the early proteins are persistently synthesized, but viral particles are not produced. approximately - distinct types of human papilloma viruses (hpv) have been identified, which infect epithelial cells. while several forms cause benign tumors, such as warts, some types of sexually transmitted hpv are associated with precursor lesions to squamous carcinoma of the uterine cervix. in , harald zur hausen and colleagues isolated hpv from a human cervical cancer specimen. hpv types and ("high risk hpv"), followed by hpv types and , may cause invasive cervical carcinoma or anorectal cancers. hpv dna is extrachromosomal in the precursor lesions and infectious virus is produced. viral dna is frequently integrated into the cancer cells, but additional agents or factors may be involved at various stages of the progression to invasive carcinoma. cell transformation by hpv results from the expression of two early genes, e and e . e binds to p , while e binds to rb, in both cases resulting in the degradation of their targets in the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway. acting together, e and e are sufficient to induce transformation in the absence of mutations in cell regulatory proteins. in , a vaccine against high risk hpv strains came on the market. while there is no evidence that sv can induce human tumors or that sv dna is present in human tumor cells, it has been a valuable model in cancer research. the early proteins found in tumors induced by polyomavirus and sv are termed t (tumor) antigens. polyomavirus produces large, middle, and small t antigens, of which the middle t antigen ( kd) is necessary for transformation. this early protein is bound to the plasma membrane of transformed cells and activates signal transduction pathways that promote cell cycle progression. the two early proteins, t (large t, kd) and t (small t, kd), are formed from the same reading frame by alternative splicing. the large t antigen is located in the nucleus of infected cells and maintains the transformed state. distinct domains of large t bind to p and rb, inhibiting their function. because large t inhibits both proteins, expression of only the sv large t protein is sufficient to induce the transformation of certain cells. most adenoviruses only cause acute upper respiratory tract infections. adenoviruses were discovered in adenomatous tissue in by rowe. their genomes are double-stranded linear dna molecules with sizes of about - kb. in cells transformed by oncogenic adenoviruses, a region of the genome encoding early gene products, including the e a and e b oncoproteins, is transcribed. these transforming proteins inactivate the rb and p tumor suppressors, with e a binding to rb and e b binding to p . oncogenic rna viruses. hübner and todaro postulated the existence of retroviral oncogenes [hübner and todaro ] . among the many families of rna viruses, only members of the retrovirus and flavivirus families are capable of transforming cells and inducing tumors. the genomes of retroviruses are single-stranded rna molecules with a size range of - kb. all retroviruses contain a reverse transcriptase [baltimore ; temin and mizutani ] , and their reduplication requires the synthesis of a double-stranded dna intermediate of the rna genome. some of the virally determined dna becomes integrated into the host dna as a provirus. typically, there are three retroviral genes that encode proteins necessary for viral reduplication, but do not contribute to transformation: -the gag gene encodes internal structural proteins of the virus. two unique types of human retroviruses, human t-cell leukemia viruses (htlv) types and take part in the etiology of leukemias [ruscetti et al. ; mier and gallo ; poiesz et al. ] . human t-cell leukemia virus type (htlv- ), the first human retrovirus to be isolated and characterized, may be the causative agent of a relatively rare form of t-cell lymphoma that occurs mainly in japan and the caribbean islands. htlv- can cause hairy t-cell leukemia [kalyanaraman et al. ] . all the known rna-containing tumor viruses are classified as retroviruses, with the exception of the hepatitis c virus (hcv), which resembles a flavivirus. in , daniel bradley provided chiron with non-a/non-b hepatitis serum from chimpanzees. there, michael houghton and colleagues discovered a single virus and changed the name to hcv. the virus was then cloned from infectious sera of patients with posttransfusion hepatitis. hepatitis c may lead to chronic liver disease and cirrhosis, which is a predisposing factor for liver cancer. the encounter with a family, in which many members developed breast or liver cancer, led pierre paul broca to hypothesize, in , that an inherited abnormality within the affected tissue caused the tumor development [broca theodor boveri ( boveri ( - then proposed that defects in chromosomes lead to malignancy [boveri ]. he hypothesized that malignant tumors might be the result of a certain abnormal condition of the chromosomes, which may arise from multipolar mitosis. the main concepts of boveri's theory are: -the problem of tumors is a cellular problem -typically, every tumor arises form a single cell -the primordial cells of tumors contain, as a result of an abnormal process, definite and wrongly combined chromatin contents -chromosome abnormalities are the cause to the tendency toward rapid cell proliferation, which is passed on to all decendents of the primordial cell. in the s, sajiro makino in japan, theodore hauschka in the united states, and albert levan in sweden observed that virtually all tumor cell lines have chromosomal aberrations. the discovery of the philadelphia chromosome in chronic myeloid leukemia [nowell and hungerford ] later provided experimental evidence for boveri's theories. it supported the hypothesis that damage to the chromosomes induced carcinogenesis. aneuploidy, typically with elevated dna content, is a frequent marker of cancerous cells. providing more functional insight, the first description of a translocation was reported in by janet d. rowley [rowley ]. although the philadelphia chromosome was among the first translocations to be discovered, the genes involved in the translocation that causes burkitt lymphoma were the first to be molecularly characterized. in , carlo croce and bob gallo showed that the myc proto-oncogene on chromosome is affected by the translocation. simultaneously, phil leder's group demonstrated that myc is translocated into the ′ region of the immunoglobulin heavy chain (igh) gene [dalla-favera et al. ; taub et al. ] . cancers represent a large category of somatic cell genetic diseases [mckusick ] . the term "somatic mutation" was first applied to cancer by ernest tyzzer, who observed that tumors sequentially transplanted into mice developed a continuous broadening of host specificity among recipients from various inbred strains [tyzzer ]. by the s, tyzzer's model had received a molecular underpinning and cancer was understood as a disease of genetic alterations. tumor initiation and progression occurs through the accumulation of changes that begin when a single normal cell sustains a permanent genetic damage. the resulting dysregulation of gene function is responsible for the clonal expansion of a population of somatic cells that ultimately becomes dominant. progress in the understanding of dna and genes has been a major determining factor for progress in cancer research. in , johann friedrich miescher had identified a weakly acidic substance of unknown function in the nuclei of human white blood cells, which later became known as deoxyribonucleic acid, or dna. the term gene (derived from the greek γενοσ = origin), attributed to johanssen, first appeared in as an abstract concept to explain the hereditary basis of traits. oswald avery, colin mcleod, and maclyn mccarthy showed in that dna constitutes the genetic material. in , james watson and francis crick deduced the double helical structure of dna from x-ray diffraction data, generated by rosalind franklin. in , sidney brenner and francis crick established that groups of three nucleotide bases, or codons, are used to specify individual amino acids. the genetic code of nucleotide triplets was worked out in final detail in , mainly through work by marshall nierenberg and heinrich matthaei. this paved the way for the molecular analysis of gene damage. one of the most important approaches for biotechnology is the cloning of genes inserted into plasmids. it was initiated through discussions between stanley cohen and herb boyer at a conference in hawaii, and by march the feasibility of their new method was demonstrated. pcr was invented by kary b. mullis in spring of . these techniques allowed for the large availability and easy manipulation of cancer related genes. in , frederick sanger at the medical research council in cambridge, uk and walter gilbert at harvard university in boston, usa independently devised methods for sequencing dna, which were further developed by leroy hood at the california institute of technology, who invented an automated dna sequencer in . in , the human genome project was launched to obtain the complete blueprint of human dna, planned for . in , the competition by a private enterprise, led by craig venter, accelerated the process, so that both groups presented a draft sequence of the genome by june . the genetic analysis of cancer experienced additional support from the technical accomplishment to manipulate individual genes in vivo. in , a team led by richard palmiter and ralph brinster generated the first transgenic mouse. this was achieved through pronuclear microinjection of genetic material into the nuclei of fertilized eggs. from through , teams led by martin evans, oliver smithies, and mario capecchi created knockout mice by selectively disabling a specific target gene in embryonic stem cells. rna tumor viruses can cause normal cells to adopt the characteristics of rapid uncontrolled growth that are typical of many tumors. the discovery of the human proto-oncogene src by dominique stéhelin, harold varmus, michael bishop, and peter vogt [stéhelin et al. ] confirmed that viral oncogenes are derived from related genes of host cells. their analysis implied that the cellular src sequence is involved in the normal regulation of growth. it also suggested that tumors could arise independently of viruses as a result of mutations in their related cellular genes. consecutively in , three publications in the journal nature independently of one another identified a point mutation in the proto-oncogene ras as a defect associated with bladder cancer [chang et al. ; parada et al. ; mcbride et al. ]. these discoveries revealed that a cellular transforming gene involved in human bladder and lung tumors was homologous to the transforming viral ras gene [parada et al. ; der et al. ] , and that an activating point mutation affected the identical codon in all cases. thus, it became apparent that the same cellular proto-oncogenes could be affected by viruses, by chemical carcinogens, or by nonviral somatic mutations, which brought together various previously independent lines of research. the observation that the growth of murine tumor cells in vivo could be suppressed by fusion of the tumor cells with nontransformed cells provided evidence that the ability of cells to form a tumor is a recessive trait [ephrussi et al. ]. knudson [knudson ] carried out an epidemiological study of retinoblastoma development in children. he postulated that "two hits" are required for the complete inactivation of a tumor suppressor gene. the gene p was discovered independently by linzer and levine [ ] and by lane and crawford [ ] as a cellular protein that binds to the viral oncoprotein of sv . initially suspected as a cellular oncogene, due to mutations that act as dominant negative forms, the identification of loss of heterozygozity and loss of function mutations of p confirmed its actual role as a tumor suppressor [baker et al. ]. after this clarification, p became known as the guardian of the genome, because it protects from the consequences of genetic damage by inhibiting cell division or inducing cell death. in , loss of heterozygosity analysis was used to map the tumor suppressor gene rb, which was then cloned in [friend et al. ]. oxidative metabolism inevitably leads to dna damage. this may occur by direct oxidation of bases, by induction of dna strand breaks, or by mediation of frameshift mutations in microsatellite dna. each cell (of estimated in the human body) loses more than bases (out of a total of × nucleotides) per day from the spontaneous breakdown of dna at body temperature, mostly through the damage by reactive oxygen species. a similar number of lesions is generated by spontaneous depurination, resulting in miscoding by the residual apurinic site [loeb ]. the deamination of -methylcytosine to thymine is among the most frequent causes for point mutations. it accounts for more than % of all base mutations that give rise to genetic disease [krawczak et al. ]. it has been estimated that -methylcytosine deaminates at a rate of . × − s − at each cpg site (cytosine and guanine separated by a phosphate) [shen et al. ] , which corresponds to about four residues per cell per day. mutation frequencies of the hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (hprt) gene, a commonly used marker for mutation frequency, in normal adult epithelial cells reach approximately . × − [martin et al. ]. the reduplication of dna during cell division introduces the possibility of errors at an estimated rate of . × − nucleotides/cell/division. loeb and colleagues [loeb et al. ] realized that it would be unlikely for tumor cells to acquire the number of mutations presumably needed for full transformation during the lifetime of the host and postulated the existence of mutator genes. much later, the study of hereditary non-polyposis coli led to the discovery of defective dna repair genes [ionov et al. ; thibodeau et al. ; parsons et al. ] . any mutation of cancer associated genes can be handed on to following generations and predispose the affected cells to malignant transformation in the case of additional dna damage. the formation of cancer has been termed "clonal evolution" to describe how certain mutations enable cells to copy their damaged dna and divide under conditions, which cause normal cells to stop replicating. the repetition of this process allows cells to accumulate cancerous mutations [cavenee and white ] . in , berenblum and shubik [ ] concluded that carcinogenesis is at least a two-stage process. five years later, armitage and doll [ ] inferred from their analysis of age and cancer incidence a - step process. in , newbold and overell observed that an activated ras gene failed to transform normal fibroblasts, unless they were first immortalized [newbold and overell ] . this led to the hypothesis that ras activation was only one step in a number of mutations necessary in the pathway to malignancy. the concept of multiple somatic mutations as underlying mechanism of carcinogenesis was further advanced by a multistep carcinogenesis model, conceived of by foulds [ ] and refined by fearon and vogelstein [ ] . it also gave rise to the recognition of chromosome instability and microsatellite instability as two distinct pathogenetic mechanisms of carcinogenesis. the technical achievements of differential display ], serial analysis of gene expression (sage) [velculescu et al. ; zhang et al. ] , and dna microarrays [schena et al. ; derisi et al. ] further advanced these concepts to the definition of transformation on the basis of aberrant gene expression profiles [kononen et al. ; golub et al. ]. in addition to chromosome integrity and dna sequence fidelity, the regulation of the chromatin structure is an important determinant in transformation. dna methylation is a covalent modification of the c position in cytosine. this methylation pattern is stably maintained at cpg dinucleotides by a family of dna methyl transferases that recognize hemi-methylated cpg dinucleotides after dna replication. dna hypo-methylation was identified as a characteristic of cancer cells in [feinberg and vogelstein ] . in , vincent allfrey had realized that histones were often chemically modified by acetylation, which caused them to relax their binding to dna [allfrey et al. ]. this implied the possibility of a role for histones in cancer [roth ]. in , robert kornberg proposed that chromatin was quite structured, consisting of repeated units of about base pairs of dna wrapped around - distinct histones (later called nucleosomes) [kornberg ; kornberg and thomas ] . the importance of acetylation for the regulation of gene expression and gene silencing was, however, realized only many years later. in , methylation and phosphorylation of histones were observed by several investigators to contribute similarly [bestor ]. today, various enzymes that modify histones are known to contribute to transformation [horiuchi et al. ]. beyond the development of cancer research from explanations on a cellular level to a molecular genetic level, there has been a development of dynamic models of carcinogenesis. winge introduced the concept of selective cellular proliferation, realizing that selection must operate on a genotypically mixed population of proliferating cells as inevitably as it acts on a genotypically mixed population of reproducing organisms [winge ]. macfarlane burnet conceptualized the clonal selection theory for immunity and applied it to cancer. it suggests that tumorigenesis represents the development of a clone of cells with the capacity to multiply excessively in the context of its relationships within the body [burnet ]. in the s, feedback control in biological systems was described by francois jacob and jacque monod. cellular metabolism and proliferation are regulated by spatiotemporal circuits of mutual feedback control. they include extracellular and intracellular signals, rate limiting steps, and checkpoint controls. cancer development has also been described with the algorithms of ecology [michelson et al. ; maley et al. ] and game theory [tomlinson ]. the regulatory theory contends that cancer is not a morphologic entity, but an aberrant regulatory process among individual cells, their microenvironment, and the entire host. genetically identical cells and organisms exhibit substantial diversity, even when they have identical histories of environmental exposure. variation in gene expression, based in part on the stochastic nature of biochemical reactions, may contribute to this phenotypic variability [raser and o'shea ] . genetic changes underlying growth control, senescence, invasion, and stromalparenchymal interactions are part of a continuum of carcinogenesis that affects interrelated pathways. in malignant cells, the normal balance between the number of cells completing the cell cycle and the number of cells dying is changed. likewise, the balance of adhesive versus migratory surface molecules on malignant cells is shifted in favor of the motility enhancing receptors. full transformation has two basic requirements: -genetic instability of the cell to drive tumor progression -selective advantage of the cell to allow for clonal expansion [cairns ; nowell ]. the genetic instability of tumor cells is reflected in the heterogeneity within individual tumors and among tumors of the same type. it is based either on chromosome instability, leading to aneuploidy, or on defective dna repair, leading to microsatellite instability and gene mutations. genomic destabilization is an early event in tumor development. the mean number of alterations in a cell that turns carcinomatous may amount to about , [stoler et al. ]. waves of clonal expansion give rise to daughter cells that have the growth advantage typical of cancer. clonal selection drives this process. tumors are clonal insofar as they are derived from the same stem cell precursor. genetic instability generates a collection of coexisting subclones, each with the potential for future changes in the face of selective pressures [cahill et al. ]. the relative importance of selective advantage versus genetic instability in tumor initiation and progression is still subject to debate. studies of cell senescence have led to a research focus on population dynamics, selection, and evolution. hayflick recognized that there is a finite number of possible population doublings by nontransformed differentiated cells [hayflick and moorehead ] . after a limited number of divisions, a state of crisis is reached, in which most cells die. a few cells may be altered in a fashion that conveys a selective advantage, which allows them to grow out and dominate the population. these cells are selected and form an expanding population with potentially precancerous characteristics. the demonstration that htlv- immortalizes normal t-lymphocytes [popovic et al. ] led to additional investigations, which confirmed that tumor viruses can frequently immortalize human host cells. the shortening of the chromosome ends, telomeres [szostak and blackburn ; moyzis et al. ] , is an integral part of replicative senescence. the enzyme telomerase [mckay and cooke ; chong et al. ] replenishes the chromosome ends and can prevent this shortening. its activity is present in most cancer cells, but not typically in nontransformed differentiated cells [hastie et al. ]. the first cancer hospital was founded in the th century in reims, france. french gynecologist joseph claude anthelme récamier ( - ) described the invasion of the bloodstream by cancer cells, coining the word "metastasis." in the s, pierre paul broca ( broca ( - and karl von rokitansky ( - , independently of each other, observed the venous spread of cancer. theories of metastasis formation have traditionally been based on concepts of population dynamics. in , english surgeon stephen paget ( paget ( - described the propensity of various types of cancer to form metastases in specific organs. he stated that "the distribution of the secondary growth is not a matter of chance" and proposed that these patterns were due to the dependence of the "seeds" (the cancer cells) on the "congenial soil" (the target organ for metastasis) [paget ]. this notion was challenged by american pathologist james ewing ( ewing ( - , who suggested that circulatory patterns between a primary tumor and specific secondary organs were sufficient to account for most of the targeted metastasis [ewing ]. this was relativized by leonard weiss, who demonstrated that the number of metastases in specific target organs, derived from certain tumors, could not be accounted for solely by blood flow patterns [weiss ]. the first evidence that metastasis formation depends on intrinsic characteristics of the tumor cells came from experiments by isaiah fidler [fidler ], who generated sublines with increasing invasive potential by serial passage of a melanoma cell line through mice. soon, somatic cell fusion and microcell mediated chromosomal transfer suggested that the ability to disseminate was under positive and negative genetic control [ramshaw et al. ; sidebottom and clark ; layton and franks ] . these observations placed ensuing research activities into metastasis on a deterministic footing. the secretion of proteases by tumor cells [turpeenniemi-hujanen et al. ; matrisian et al. ] was recognized as one factor causing invasiveness. homing receptors were identified on the cell surface, which are necessary and sufficient to mediate metastasis formation by specific tumors [günthert et al. ] . in conjunction with the finding of metastasis suppressor genes [steeg et al. ; alvarez et al. ], the detection of metastasis genes has corroborated the existence of genetic programs intrinsic in the tumor cells, which regulate invasiveness. these observations have led to the development of a genetic theory of metastasis formation, according to which metastasis genes are developmentally nonessential genes that physiologically contribute to inflammation, wound healing, and stress-induced angiogenesis. their dysregulation in cancer occurs on the level of aberrant expression and splicing [weber and ashkar ] . tissue-specific molecular markers (addressins) were identified in [streeter et al. ], which implied the possibility that circulating cells could recognize target organs. this was corroborated by the identification of the contribution by chemokines and their cognate receptors to tumor dissemination [mueller et al. ]. in the evolution of research progress from a reductionist to a comprehensive understanding of cancer, interactions between the host and the cancer cells have recently received increasing attention. mintz and illmensee [ ] had demonstrated that the injection of undifferentiated embryonal carcinoma cells into mouse blastocysts suppressed their inherent tumorigenicity and led to the contribution by these cells to a variety of functional tissues. around the same time, the michigan radiologist john wolfe recognized that women with dense breasts had an elevated risk of contracting breast cancer, implying a role for the stromal architecture. in , it was realized that the tissue environment had a dramatic effect on the potential by tumors to metastasize [nakajima et al. ]. tumorigenic prostatic stroma and nontumorigenic prostatic epithelium can interact to induce the development of carcinosarcoma [chung et al. ]. the concept that the stroma plays important roles in carcinogenesis has since been developed by mina bissell [bissell and radisky ] , judy campisi [krtolica et al. ] , and donald ingber [huang and ingber ] . early work in experimental carcinogenesis had shown vascularization and hyperemia around tumor transplants [ide et al. ; coman and sheldon ] and similarities were seen between the vascular reactions to tumors and to tissue damage [algire et al. ] . cancer researchers became interested in angiogenesis factors in , when the first hints emerged that tumors might release such substances to foster their own progression. two groups, one led by melvin greenblatt in california with phillipe shubik in chicago, and another by robert l. ehrmann and mogens knoth in boston, showed that burgeoning tumors can release a substance that induces existing blood vessels to grow into them [rijhsinghani et al. ; ehrmann and knoth ] . such vascularization promotes tumor growth because it ensures a sufficient supply of oxygen and nutrients. folkman [ ; folkman et al. ] recognized the important role of blood vessels in the growth of cancerous tumors. after more than a decade of research, mediators of angiogenesis that are secreted by some tumors were identified [senger et al. ; shing et al. ]. the inhibition of vegf (vascular endothelial growth factor)-induced angiogenesis was shown to suppress tumor growth [kim et al. ]. today, a monoclonal antibody to vegf is used in the treatments of some cancers. these investigations also led to the discovery of naturally secreted compounds that curtail the growth of new tumors [taylor and folkman ; o'reilly et al. ; o'reilly et al. ]. in the th and th centuries, some believed that cancer was contagious. in fact, the first cancer hospital in france was forced to move from the city in because of the fear that cancer could spread throughout the city. more than a century later, the potentially protective role of the immune system against transformed cells was recognized. in the s, new york surgeon william b. coley found a record of a young patient with round cell sarcoma on the neck, who had been listed as an utterly hopeless patient when he developed a severe infection of erysipelas. he survived the infection and his tumor went into remission. based on this case, coley devised a killed vaccine of streptococcus pyogenes (the cause of erysipelas) with serratia marcescens. after a few years of its use, he reported to have successfully treated some sarcoma patients with the application of his bacterial toxins (coley's toxin) [coley [coley , . after coley's death, his daughter helen coley nauts reviewed his records, published several reviews of his work, and founded the cancer research institute, which promotes immune therapies for cancer. in , paul ehrlich carried out immunizations in animals with tumor cells and suggested that tumors occur at high frequency in humans, but are kept under control by the immune system [ehrlich ]. further developments in tumor immunology have led to models of selection and evolution of cancer cells. macfarlane burnet coined the term immunosurveillance in [burnet ]. in this conceptual framework, the host immune system constantly screens cells for signs of transformation and eliminates those that pose a threat to the body's integrity. the growth of a tumor reflects an escape from immunosurveillance. cancer cells that can evade the immune system, be it by down-regulation of antigen presenting or co-stimulatory molecules, be it by expression of immunosuppressive cell surface molecules or cytokines, will grow out and form tumors. three distinct theories were developed to interpret the nature of the tumor recognition by the immune system. -lewis thomas described homograft rejection as a primary defense against neoplasia [thomas ]. -according to concepts by burnet, which are based on self/non-self discrimination, the immune system is active early in antitumor protection. the early surveillance mechanisms shape the tumor's immunological phenotype [burnet ]. this was supported by the description of tumor specific antigens [old and boyse ] . tumors mostly express self antigens, which may account for the incomplete protection from transformation by the immune system. -the alternative proposal of the danger theory [matzinger ] implies that the immune system is activated only at later stages of carcinogenesis. during the early stages, tumor cells appear immunologically as healthy growing cells that do not send out danger signals to activate the immune system because they express neither microbial immune recognition patterns nor release distress signals to alarm the innate immune system cells [fuchs and matzinger ] . in advanced growth, hypoxia and tissue damage induce stress responses, which activate the immune system. in the framework of the danger theory, the immune system is activated at later stages of tumor development, when tissue damage has occurred. the possibility to direct the immune system to fight cancer cells in virtually any location within the body with minimal side effects has attracted increasing research efforts. the high specificity and high binding affinity of antibodies made them attractive as potential anticancer agents. for a long time, however, they were difficult to isolate in large quantities. the fusion of antibody producing cells with myeloma cells into hybridomas, accomplished by cesar milstein and georges koehler in the early s, changed that. yet, biotechnology had to advance to accomplish humanizing such antibodies before they became successful in therapy. in , the us food and drug administration (fda) approved rituxan, a monoclonal antibody to cd (developed by idec pharmaceuticals) to treat non-hodgkin lymphoma [mclaughlin et al. ]. the process also led to the development of herceptin, spearheaded by dennis slamon, an antibody that targets the receptor erbb (her- /neu) that is overexpressed on the surface of about % of breast cancers. because antitumor immunity is predominantly cellular immunity, other research has been directed toward turning t-lymphocytes against tumors. steven a. rosenberg focused his efforts to generate antitumor vaccines on tumor associated antigens. in a similar approach, martin kast studied the development of peptide-based vaccines. glenn dranoff demonstrated the high effectiveness of irradiated tumor cells transfected with the cytokine gm-csf in inducing antitumor immunity [dranoff et al. ] . over time it became clear, on the other hand, that the immune system could also impact negatively on cancer risk in the context of chronic inflammation. in , robert koch and louis pasteur had shown independently of each other that microorganisms can cause disease. in the s, barry j. marshall and j. robin warren demonstrated that gastric ulcers were caused by bacteria they called helicobacter pylori. infection results in widespread inflammation that predisposes to stomach cancer. inflammation in the stomach mucosa is also a risk factor for malt (mucosaassociated lymphoid tissue) lymphoma, a lymphatic neoplasm in the stomach. over the decades, the roles of hormones in carcinogenesis have received increasing attention. the observation by bernardino ramazzini in of a virtual absence of cervical cancer and relatively high incidence of breast cancer in nuns was an important step toward identifying and understanding the importance of hormonal factors, such as those associated with pregnancy, in modifying cancer risk. in , thomas beatson discovered that the breasts of rabbits stopped producing milk after he removed the ovaries. he suggested to the edinburgh medico-chirurgical society in : "this fact (. . .) pointed to one organ holding control over the secretion of another and separate organ." beatson found that oophorectomy often resulted in the improvement of breast cancer patients and inferred the stimulating effect of a female ovarian hormone on breast cancer, before the hormone itself was discovered [beatson ]. allen and doisy [ ] identified an ovarian hormone they referred to as "estrus stimulating principle," later called estrogen. from the late s to the s elwood jensen demonstrated that such hormones do not undergo redox modifications to become activated. instead, they bind to a receptor protein within their target cells [jensen and jacobson ] . this hormone/receptor complex then travels to the cell nucleus, where it regulates gene expression. the first nonsteroidal antiestrogen to be reported in the literature, mer , was described by lerner and coworkers in [lerner et al. ] as an agent that had no other hormonal or antihormonal properties. the drug failed in clinical trial because the large doses required caused serious central nervous system side effects. tamoxifen, first discovered in , is a nonsteroidal antiestrogen that serves a dual role as breast cancer treatment and preventive. it was approved for the treatment of advanced breast cancer by the us fda in . awareness of the androgen dependence of prostate tissue can be traced back to the scottish surgeon john hunter, who observed in that castrated bulls had small prostates. in , charles brenton huggins ( - , a urologist at the university of chicago, with his students clarence v. hodges and william wallace scott, published three papers that demonstrated the relationship between the endocrine system and the normal functioning of the prostate gland. in the s, charles huggins also reported a dramatic regression of metastatic prostate cancer following removal of the testes [huggins and hodges ] . later, drugs that blocked male hormones were found to be effective treatments for prostate cancer. androgen ablation with gonadotropin releasing hormone agonists (gnrh-as) in prostate cancer patients was first reported in [tolis et al. ] . in , the androgen receptor was cloned ]. iatrogenic causes for cancer predisposition were incriminated by a study published in , which documented an association between clear-cell adenocarcinoma of the vagina and in utero exposure to diethylstilbestrol [herbst et al. ] (dodds and associates had characterized diethylstilbestrol as an extremely potent estrogen [dodds et al. ] ; it had been prescribed for close to years to prevent certain complications of pregnancy and as a treatment for advanced breast cancer in postmenopausal women). in july , the women's health initiative study was stopped after more breast cancers and heart problems occurred among women taking estrogen-progestin pills. in , multiple clinical studies showed that breast cancer rates in the united states dropped in , consecutive to a drastic reduction in the use of hormone replacement therapy. some of the numbers came from the national cancer institute's surveillance database, which uses cancer registries around the country to project national incidence and death rates. vascular reactions of normal and malignant tumors in vivo: i. vascular reactions of mice to wounds and to normal and neoplastic transplants an ovarian hormone: preliminary report on its localization, extraction and partial purification and action in test animals acetylation and methylation of histones and their possible role in the regulation of rna synthesis inhibition of collagenolytic activity and metastasis of tumor cells by a recombinant human tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases the age distribution of cancer and a multi-stage theory of carcinogenesis suppression of human colorectal carcinoma cell growth by wild-type p rna-dependent dna polymerase in virions of rna tumour viruses on the treatment of inoperable cases of carcinoma of the mamma: suggestions for a new method of treatment with illustrative cases an experimental study of the initiating stage of carcinogenesis, and re-examination of the somatic cell mutation theory of cancer gene silencing. methylation meets acetylation putting tumors in context zur frage der entstehung maligner tumoren a role for sunlight in skin cancer: uv-induced p mutations in squamous cell carcinoma selective g to t mutations of p gene in hepatocellular carcinoma from southern africa traité des tumeurs, vols identification of a transformationspecific antigen induced by avian sarcoma virus immunological aspects of malignant disease the clonal selection theory of acquired immunity the cultivation of tissues of the chick embryo outside the body genetic instability and darwinian selection in tumours mutation selection and the natural history of cancer the genetic basis of cancer molecular cloning of human and rat complementary dna encoding androgen receptors tumorigenic transformation of mammalian cells induced by a normal human gene homologous to the oncogene of harvey murine sarcoma virus identification of herpes-like dna sequences in aids-associated kaposi's sarcoma a human telomeric protein prostatic carcinogenesis evoked by cellular interaction innesto positivo con filtrado di verrucae volgare further observations upon the treatment of malignant tumours with the toxins of erysipelas and bacillus prodigiosus with a report of cases the treatment of malignant tumors by repeated inoculations of erysipelas, with a report of ten original cases the significance of hyperemia around tumor implants nucleotide sequence of an avian sarcoma virus oncogene (src) and proposed amino acid sequence for gene product human c-myc onc gene is located on the region of chromosome that is translocated in burkitt lymphoma cells transforming genes of human bladder and lung carcinoma cell lines are homologous to the ras genes of harvey and kirsten sarcoma viruses use of cdna microarray to analyze gene expression patterns in human cancer oestrogenic activity of esters of diethylstilboestrol the causes of cancer: quantitative estimates of avoidable risks of cancer in the united states today vaccination with irradiated tumor cells engineered to secrete murine granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor stimulates potent, specific, and long-lasting anti-tumor immunity lessons learned from the development of an abl tyrosine kinase inhibitor for chronic myelogenous leukemia ueber den jetzigen stand der karzinomforschung transfilter stimulation of vasoproliferation in the hamster cheek pouch. studied by light and electron microscopy experimentelle leukämie bei hühnern malignancy of somatic cell hybrids virus particles in cultured lymphoblasts from burkitt's lymphoma. the lancet i neoplastic diseases: a treatise on tumors temporary remissions in acute leukemia in children produced by folic antagonist, -aminopteroylglutamic acid (aminopterin) a genetic model for colorectal tumorigenesis hypomethylation distinguishes genes of some human cancers from their normal counterparts biological behavior of malignant melanoma cells correlated to their survival in vivo tumor angiogenesis: therapeutic implications isolation of a tumour factor responsible for angiogenesis tumor progression a comparative study of two regimens of combination chemotherapy in acute leukemia the effectiveness of combinations of antileukemic agents in inducing and maintaining remission in children with acute leukemia a human dna segment with properties of the gene that predisposes to retinoblastoma and osteosarcoma is cancer dangerous to the immune system? genetic markers as tracers in cell culture tissue culture studies of the proliferative capacity of cervical carcinoma and normal epithelium molecular classification of cancer: class discovery and class prediction by gene expression monitoring nitrogen mustard therapy. use of methyl-bis(beta-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride and tris(beta-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride for hodgkin's disease, lymphosarcoma, leukemia, and certain allied and miscellaneous disorders biochemistry of cancer susceptibility of newborn mice of an otherwise apparently 'resistant' strain to inoculation with leukemia a new variant of glycoprotein cd confers metastatic potential to rat carcinoma cells observations on the living developing nerve fiber telomere reduction in human colorectal carcinoma and with ageing the limited in vitro lifetime of human diploid cell strains adenocarcinoma of the vagina. association of maternal stilbestrol therapy with tumor appearance in young women bcl- is an inner mitochondrial membrane protein that blocks programmed cell death increased histone acetylation and deacetylation in rat ascites hepatoma cells the structural and mechanical complexity of cell-growth control oncogenes of rna tumor viruses as determinants of cancer studies on prostatic cancer, i: the effect of estrogen and of androgen injection on serum phosphatases in metastatic carcinoma of the prostate vascularization of the brown-pearce rabbit epithelioma transplant as seen in the transparent ear chamber ubiquitous somatic mutations in simple repeat sequences reveal a new mechanism for colonic neoplasia basic guides to the mechanism of estrogen action a new subtype of human t-cell leukemia virus (htlv-ii) associated with a t-cell variant of hairy cell leukemia apoptosis: a basic biologic phenomenon with wide-ranging implications in tissue kinetics inhibition of vascular endothelial growth factor-induced angiogenesis suppresses tumour growth in vivo mutation and cancer: statistical study of retinoblastoma tissue microarrays for high-throughput molecular profiling of tumor specimens chromatin structure: a repeating unit of histones and dna chromatin structure; oligomers of the histones neighboringnucleotide effects on the rates of germ-line single-base-pair substitution in human genes senescent fibroblasts promote epithelial cell growth and tumorigenesis: a link between cancer and aging role of the blood and the bone marrow in certain forms of gas poisoning t antigen is bound to a host protein in sv -transformed cells selective suppression of metastasis but not tumorigenicity of a mouse lung carcinoma by cell hybridization a nonsteroidal estrogen antagonist -( p- diethylaminoethoxyphenyl)- -phenyl- -p-methoxyphenyl-ethanol malignant cells differential display and cloning of messenger rnas from human breast cancer versus mammary epithelial cells differential display of eukaryotic messenger rna by means of the polymerase chain reaction characterization of a k dalton cellular sv tumor antigen present in sv -transformed cells and uninfected embryonal carcinoma cells a mutator phenotype in cancer errors in dna replication as a basis of malignant change genetic clonal diversity predicts progression to esophageal adenocarcinoma somatic mutations are frequent and increase with age in human kidney epithelial cells rous sarcoma virus: a function required for the maintenance of the transformed state the mrna coding for the secreted protease transin is expressed more abundantly in malignant than in benign tumors tolerance, danger, and the extended family localization of the normal allele of t human bladder carcinoma oncogene to chromosome a protein which specifically binds to single stranded ttagggn repeats marcella o'grady boveri ( - ) and the chromosome theory of cancer rituximab chimeric anti-cd monoclonal antibody therapy for relapsed indolent lymphoma: half of patients respond to a four-dose treatment program tumor micro-ecology and competitive interactions purification and some characteristics of human t-cell growth factor from phytohemagglutininstimulated lymphocyte-conditioned media the presence and significance of bound aminoazo dyes in the livers of rats fed p-dimethylaminoazobenzene normal genetically mosaic mice produced from malignant teratocarcinoma cells a highly conserved repetitive dna sequence, (ttaggg)n, present at the telomeres of human chromosomes involvement of chemokine receptors in breast cancer metastasis artificial transmutation of the gene influence of organ environment on extracellular matrix degradative activity and metastasis of human colon carcinoma cells molecular analysis of mbcl- : structure and expression of the murine gene homologous to the human gene involved in follicular lymphoma banded marker chromosomes as indicators of intraspecies cellular contamination fibroblast immortality is a prerequisite for transformation by ej c-ha-ras oncogene the clonal evolution of tumor cell populations chromosome studies on normal and leukemic human leukocytes the incredible life and times of biological cells immunology of experimental tumors endostatin: an endogenous inhibitor of angiogenesis and tumor growth angiostatin: a novel angiogenesis inhibitor that mediates the suppression of metastases by a lewis lung carcinoma the distribution of secondary growths in cancer of the breast human ej bladder carcinoma oncogene is homologue of harvey sarcoma virus ras gene hypermutability and mismatch repair deficiency in rer + tumor cells mutations in the p tumor suppressor gene in human cutaneous squamous cell carcinomas detection and isolation of type c retrovirus particles from fresh and cultured lymphocytes of a patient with cutaneous t-cell lymphoma isolation and transmission of human retrovirus (human t-cell leukemia virus) biochemical perspectives in cancer research phenotypic diversity in experimental hepatomas: the concept of partially blocked ontogeny. the th perturbational profiling of a cell-line model of tumorigenesis by using metabolic measurements the use of cell fusion to analyse factors involved in tumour cell metastasis noise in gene expression: origins, consequences, and control Über extracellulare entstehung thierischer zellen und über vermehrung derselben durch theilung. müllers archiv für anatomie untersuchungen ueber die entwickelung der wirbelthiere the edward gemaliel janeway lecture: the sword and the ploughshare vascular abnormalities induced by benzo[a]pyrene: an in vivo study in the hamster cheek pouch histones in development, growth and cancer a sarcoma of the fowl transmissible by an agent separable from the tumor cells identification of a translocation with quinacrine fluorescence in a patient with acute leukemia quantitative relations between causative virus and cell in the rous no. chicken sarcoma functional and morphologic characterization of human t cells continuously grown in vitro quantitative monitoring of gene-expression patterns with a complementary-dna microarray beiträge zur pathogenesis. müllers archiv für anatomie mikroskopische untersuchungen über die übereinstimmung in der struktur und dem wachsthum der thiere und der pflanzen tumor cells secrete a vascular permeability factor that promotes accumulation of ascites fluid the rate of hydrolytic deamination of -methylcytosine in doublestranded dna heparin affinity: purification of a tumorderived capillary endothelial cell growth factor cell fusion segregates progressive growth from metastasis field cancerization" in oral stratified squamous epithelium: clinical implications of multicentric origin prevention of chemical carcinogenesis by vitamin a and its synthetic analogs (retinoids) evidence for a novel gene associated with low tumor metastatic potential dna related to the transforming gene(s) of avian sarcoma viruses is present in normal avian dna the onset and extent of genomic instability in sporadic colorectal tumor progression a tissue-specific endothelial cell molecule involved in lymphocyte homing cloning yeast telomeres on linear plasmid vectors translocation of the c-myc gene into the immunoglobulin heavy chain locus in human burkitt lymphoma and murine plasmacytoma cells protamine is an inhibitor of angiogenesis rna-dependent dna polymerase in virions of rous sarcoma virus microsatellite instability in cancer of the proximal colon cellular and humoral aspects of the hypersensitive states tumor growth inhibition in patients with prostatic carcinoma treated with luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone agonists game-theory models of interactions between tumour cells expression of collagenase iv (basement membrane collagenase) activity in murine tumor cell hybrids that differ in metastatic potential tumor immunity kritische sauerstoff-und glucoseversorgung maligner tumoren bcl- gene promotes haemopoietic cell survival and cooperates with c-myc to immortalize pre-b cells serial analysis of gene expression die cellularpathologie in ihrer begründung auf physiologische und pathologische gewebelehre Über asymmetrische zellteilung in epithelkrebsen und deren biologische bedeutung the metabolism of tumours hereditary with reference to carcinoma enzymology of cancer cells (first of two parts) stress response genes -the genes that make cancer metastasize racing to the beginning of the road. the search for the origin of cancer comments on hematogenous metastatic patterns in humans as revealed by autopsy zytologische untersuchungen über die natur maligner tumoren. ii gene expression profiles in normal and cancer cells key: cord- -o pmuhd authors: mine, yoichi; gómez, oscar a.; muto, ako title: human security in east asia: assembling a puzzle date: - - journal: human security norms in east asia doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: o pmuhd this chapter describes the motivation of the research project, provides the theoretical framework of the entire book, and gives a summary of the findings of the case study chapters. in the process of diffusion of human security norms in east asia, several features have emerged. first, east asians have accepted a comprehensive definition of human security regarding the perception of threats. second, east asians tend to think that human security and state security are complementary. third, the constituent elements of the human security norms such as freedom from fear and from want, freedom to live in dignity, protection, and empowerment are already accepted by east asian nations. we need an extra effort to elevate human security to a full-fledged norm in the region. human security is an international norm concerned with global public interest, or a concept that aims to be an international norm such as human rights, the sustainable development goals (sdgs), and corporate social responsibility (csr). in general terms, norms denote codes of desirable (or undesirable) behaviors shared in a specific community. one of the strongest norms common in human society is that "homicide is evil." even when the death penalty and war are allowed, they are considered exceptions to this norm. written norms become statutes and formal regulations, while social consciousness supporting specific codes of conduct can also be called norms. normative sciences not only describe facts but also inquire into "how the object ought to be," covering logic, ethics, and aesthetics. the study of norms can be part of such an intellectual exercise: we describe and evaluate what people consider to be appropriate behaviors, nationally and internationally. let us try to answer the above question. why does human security not fade out? it is because the international community needs this concept. though not explicitly using this term, the un can be thought of as being originally organized to realize human security beyond international security. the originality of human security as an international norm lies in its attempt to shift the referent object of security from "states" to "individuals" and to urge various actors to conduct themselves accordingly. the two world wars in the twentieth century claimed large numbers of human lives and stripped as many of their dignity and property in the all-out wars between nation states. in order not to repeat such calamities, the un conferred on its security council the authority to limit the sovereignty of states threatening international peace and security and to impose military sanctions under international law. in the un, state sovereignty is not necessarily an inviolable sanctuary, even though "non-interference" remains a major norm in international society. it is often assumed that hobbes' "realism" and kant's "idealism" are poles apart. however, if the nation-state is invented to overcome the havoc caused by the war of every man against every man (hobbes (hobbes [originally , and a world federation is shaped to avoid the devastation caused by the war of every state against every other state (kant (kant [originally ), these two world views are conterminous in a single spectrum. in this light, the ultimate objective of both nation states and international organizations is to realize the security of individuals by ensuring freedom for all people. therefore, it is of pressing importance to evaluate government functions on the extent to which they serve this objective. although we cannot deny the crucial roles of nation states and national governments, the strong nation states are those that effectively serve the security of individuals living in their territories, not those that demand citizens' sacrifice for state security too easily. in a nutshell, the normative message of human security boils down to a powerful proposition that the ultimate objective of governance at all levels is to provide security (or ensure freedoms) for every individual. the core message of human security is thus very simple, but many other intentions and meanings have been subsumed in this concept along the way. if the objective is the security of individual persons, we must be able to characterize the core constitutive elements of such a secure state, as well as the principal means to achieve that goal, which can be described as norms themselves. human security is being formed as a "norm-complex" in which different existing norms are combined and nested under the umbrella of human security (kurusu ) . this hybrid nature of human security is observable in the consensus-based resolution on the definition of human security adopted by the united nations general assembly (unga) in september . that resolution stipulates that human security is "an approach to assist member states in identifying and addressing widespread and cross-cutting challenges to survival, livelihood and dignity of their people." according to the resolution, a common understanding on the notion of human security includes: "(a) the right of people to live in freedom and dignity, free from poverty and despair. all individuals, especially vulnerable people, are entitled to freedom from fear and freedom from want, with an equal opportunity to enjoy all their rights and fully develop their human potential." the resolution then enumerates certain qualifications of the concept: "(b) human security calls for people-centred, comprehensive, context-specific and preventionoriented responses that strengthen the protection and empowerment of all people and all communities," "(c) human security recognizes the interlinkages between peace, development and human rights, and equally considers civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights," "(d) the notion of human security is distinct from the responsibility to protect and its implementation," and "(e) human security does not entail the threat or the use of force or coercive measures" and "does not replace state security." human security thus makes much of "national ownership," local contexts and bottom-up initiatives, and pays respect to all generations of human rights. based on the characterization of human security in past documents, including this unga resolution as well as the commission on human security ( ) and undp ( undp ( , , we defined the practice of human security for the present research as follows: to ensure three freedoms (freedom from fear, freedom from want, and freedom to live in dignity) for individuals and communities vulnerable to large-scale and cross-border threats, by combining protection from above and empowerment from below. although this definition may still feel too complicated, with careful attention, one finds that the concept has been made dynamic by incorporating new elements into a set of established norms. let us discuss three points. first, while taking the concept of "freedoms from fear and want" as a given, human security brought in the third element, "dignity." realizing a world free from "fear and want" is the ideal of the universal declaration of human rights, and these two freedoms can be represented by civil liberties and socio-economic rights. they are embedded in the national constitutions of many nations as well as in international human rights law. on the other hand, dignity corresponds to a moral attitude when aiming at the realization of these freedoms: to express respect for humanity, recognizing that every human being has intrinsic worth (rosen ) . it is impossible to think of the human rights of the dead, even though we do think of the dignity of the dead. this is because dignity is a relational concept, and practical methods to respect the irreplaceability of others depend on local cultural contexts. second, while human security does not deny the importance of protection, it incorporates the element of "empowering" people from below as a complement to protecting them from above. empowerment is a process that enables people to become the masters of their own lives and may require the redistribution of power and resources between the powerful and the powerless. in the context of social development, friedman ( ) developed a theory of empowerment focusing on community development and livelihood support. women's empowerment has been incorporated into both the millennium development goals (mdgs) and, more recently, the sdgs. self-evaluation tools for empowerment processes have also been developed (fetterman et al. ) . if practitioners of human security want to translate empowerment into practice, it is important for them to unambiguously respect the agency of local people while avoiding their protracted dependence on assistance wherever possible. by reinforcing the power not only of individuals but also of communities and local governments, the excessive power of national governments can also be effectively checked. in human security, it is important to lower the level of the focus of empowerment from the national to the subnational and down to the community level. thus, in the human security discourse, by adding the concepts of dignity and empowerment, the elements of culture and agency have been grafted onto existing norms of human rights and humanitarian intervention. this deserves more attention as a new value that has been added to the human security idea. in east asia, where social hierarchy is relatively strongly rooted, the concept of dignity based on the premise that individuals are embedded in society can be accepted more easily than the concept of empowerment that might "disturb" public order. however, as a counterbalance to public authorities' sometimes excessively paternalistic protection, the emphasis on empowerment is undeniably of great significance in this region. the third source of power that can dynamize human security is the awareness that human society is in danger. mahbub ul haq, a pakistani economist and the first advocate of human security in the un, wrote: "a powerful, revolutionary idea, the emerging concept of human security forces a new morality on all of us through a perception of common threats to our very survival (…) while great religions often move the human spirit through the sublimeness of their messages, they also carry in their messages the fear of eventual punishment. much human change comes from a fear for human survival (haq , ) ." we cannot fully control the forces of nature or the fate of humanity. in envisioning a sustainable future for human beings and nature, the human security idea is expected to contribute to the realization of the sdgs through its emphasis on serious and pervasive threats (downside risks) and people's vulnerability to these. human security as defined in the unga resolution makes much of national ownership in organizing human security action. the implication of this approach will be discussed further in the rest of this volume. modern international norms involving many and diverse stakeholders tend to be complex, which relates to the ways a norm is established. there is a normative process of norm-making: in other words, a desirable process that is the standard way of setting a new norm. wise people may gather to put bonum commune of humankind into statutory forms and diffuse this downward. however, the actual processes of norm creation and diffusion are a little different. for an idea to be established as a norm, it must be internalized in the minds of the members of society irrespective of whether it is legally enforced or not. for this purpose, it is desirable for as many parties as possible at the center and at the periphery to actively participate in the process of norm-making instead of passively waiting for the advent of a new norm. in this process, both universal and local values tend to slot into a new norm, thereby making it hybrid, composite, or complex. international norms are said to have life cycles. at the beginning, "norm entrepreneurs" propose a new norm, which is accepted by several states (the norm emergence stage). then, after a certain "tipping point," the norm diffuses quickly and prevails throughout international society (the norm cascade stage). finally, the norm is internalized in every country and becomes "taken for granted" (the internalization stage) (finnemore and sikkink ) . however, as clarified by amitav acharya in the case of the security regime in southeast asia, foreign norms may be opposed, modified, or displaced by existing local norms in local space. norms are not simply accepted or rejected but are also localized (acharya ; . conversely, new norms that are (re)created by local actors in the periphery may eventually reach the core nations and/or challenge global powers (acharya ; towns ) . as indicated by the concept of bricolage in cultural anthropology (lévi-strauss ) , people living in communities bring together various indigenous and foreign materials to ingeniously create a new modality of life. proposed norms are to diffuse or fade out while being transformed vertically from the un headquarters to a small village, and horizontally across diverse world regions and nations. the process of initiation, diffusion, and regeneration of a norm is called "norm dynamics." as described above, the concept of human security was first advocated by a group of norm entrepreneurs at the undp, consisting of mahbub ul haq and others. after that, several countries including canada reinterpreted the human security concept, and this gave rise to an offshoot norm called responsibility to protect (r p), which defined the conditions for international society to intervene into a sovereign state with military and/or non-military measures to directly protect citizens from the horror of "genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity." on the other hand, countries including japan, thailand, and the philippines understood the nature of threats in broader and more comprehensive ways and tried to redefine human security to avoid confrontation between state sovereignty and humanitarian imperatives by emphasizing prevention and sensitivity to local contexts. it should be noted that the comprehensive human security initiative of the latter group, maintaining the universality of un-based messages, has passed through the process of localization in asia. a radical change of international norms is often triggered by a dispute or a grave event (sandholtz and stiles ) . the prime minister of japan, keizo obuchi, officially advocated human security for the first time in singapore in after the asian financial crisis (he was foreign minister at the time) (kurusu ) . the commission on human security, which released the final report on the comprehensive human security approach in , was co-chaired by the former united nations high commissioner for refugees (unhcr) sadako ogata and the nobel prize-winning economist amartya sen, a combination of east asian and south asian universal figures (chs ). pitsuwan and caballero-anthony ( ) relate the effects of the financial crises, as well as the multiple humanitarian crises, that have made evident the significance of human security as a "compelling normative framework." still, they argue "that as far as institutionalizing human security in its security practices, … asean still has a long way to go," particularly because of gaps in economic security, protection from disasters and of minorities and migrants, among others. in the rest of this introductory chapter, we discuss how the concept of human security has been received in east asia in terms of the perspective of norm dynamics. what do asian countries accept, reject, or remodel of the idea of human security born in the un? in this book, the so-called asean plus three countries (the member states of the association of southeast asian nations (asean) plus china, japan, and south korea) is defined as east asia. in this region that has experienced "miraculous" growth (world bank ), the nexus between economic development and human insecurities is prominent. japan is not the only country that has accepted the human security norm in asia. the late surin pitsuwan, a member of the commission on human security and distinguished fellow of the jica research institute, persevered in his effort to diffuse the concept of human security in southeast asia, serving as the minister of foreign affairs of thailand and then as secretary general of asean. as discussed in chap. , in the gov-ernment of thailand set up the first government ministry in the world bearing the name of human security: the ministry of social development and human security. in thailand, knowledge on human security had been widely diffused among academic researchers, but the practice of human security canalized by the establishment of this ministry came to focus on the social welfare of the vulnerable: persons with disabilities, the elderly, children, women, and ethnic minorities. the philippines also paid attention to human security as soon as the undp report was released, and multiple efforts of localization can be enumerated, including the design of a "human security index." there have been attempts of co-option as well. an antiterrorism law called the "human security act" was enacted in , inviting criticism from filipino civil society (chap. ). application of the concept of human security in thailand and the philippines headed in the opposite directions of benign welfare and hardline public order. the chinese government does not often mention human security, but chap. argues that china articulates a vision similar to this concept and practices it without saying so. that is partly because china, a permanent member of the un security council, is expected to promote international norms embraced by the un system. the acceptance of human security by way of participation in multilateral stages is applicable to south korea as well. in , south korea became a member of the organisation for economic co-operation and development-development assistance committee (oecd-dac). in addition, ban ki-moon promoted human security in his capacity as un secretary-general. also, the government of south korea has occasionally referred to the importance of human security in addresses by its president and foreign minister (chap. ). thus, in east asia, several countries have accepted the concept of human security to varying degrees under government initiatives. in the meantime, local scholars have also accumulated academic inquiries. in addition to two major single-authored books (howe ; nishikawa ) , a train of edited volumes on human security in the east asian contexts has been published (kassim ; peou ; teh ; tow et al. tow et al. , umegaki et al. ). moreover, with relatively limited circulation, the proceedings, commentaries, and policy recommendations based on international conferences held in bangkok, seoul, jakarta, and so on, have been published one after another (banpasirichote et al. ; hernandez and kraft ; thabchumpon ; unesco unesco , wun'gaeo ) . these publications have shared a certain feature: authors based in east asia transmit messages mainly to readers within the region. these earlier studies, especially most of the edited volumes, discuss how concrete issues can be interpreted using the concept of human security and how those issues can be addressed on the ground. however, there is little research that digs into the processes by which individual countries in the east asian region have accepted the human security norm in their own ways. the country-by-country analyses in this book are expected to fill this gap. in , when the final report of the commission on human security was published, sadako ogata returned to japan to take the helm of the japan international cooperation agency (jica). under her presidency, the human security idea became embedded in the spirit of the agency. when a part of the japan bank for international cooperation (jbic) and jica were integrated to set up the new jica in , the jica research institute was established and launched several international research projects related to human security. then, in , a research project to directly investigate the norm dynamics of human security in east asia was set up. based on a common questionnaire, researchers from east asian countries were to work on interview surveys and document research to elucidate the present status of human security in each country (see fig. . ) . the researchers participating in the project-the authors of the chapters in this book-are a combination of senior and young scholars specializing in international relations, political science, development studies and other disciplines and working for universities and think tanks in various parts of the region. the researchers agreed to ask questions about the following three topics in the interviews: first, local perceptions of threats (the ranking of human security issues that are considered important in each country and in the east asian region); second, the ways of (selective) acceptance of the concept of human security (the understanding of freedoms from fear, from want and to live in dignity, the strategy for combining protection and empowerment, and the understanding of preparedness for calamities, and so on); and third, the question of national sovereignty (whether to allow foreign actors to operate within the country in case of natural disasters and violent conflict, as well as whether to take action in territories of other countries in such a case). at the same time, respondents were allowed to change the combination of interview questions to adapt to their countries' unique circumstances. in addition, it was agreed that the researchers would welcome responses criticizing human security. the interviewees included government officials, lawmakers, researchers at universities and think tanks, nongovernmental organization (ngo) activists, religious leaders, journalists, business persons, and international organization staff. though they were not necessarily statistically representative, in-depth interviews were conducted (some of the survey activities included anthropological interviews with villagers in the countryside and focus group discussions). the interviews reached more than a hundred, and two workshops for chapter authors were organized in tokyo and manila. in the next section, we put together the research outcomes in the light of norm dynamics, including the localization processes. first, let us think about what threats to human security we face. classifying the sources of threats to human security into those derived from the physical system (the earth), from the living system (animals and plants), and from the social system (human beings), akihiko tanaka called for a clearer understanding of the mechanism in which these threats bring about human insecurities. to that end, close collaboration between different academic disciplines including the natural sciences and engineering, the biological and ecological sciences, and the social sciences and the humanities is required (tanaka ) . in our surveys of the east asian countries, local experts were asked to enumerate the threats to human security. though priority ranking varies from country to country, an integrated list of threats arranged according to the above three systems can be as follows: climate change, typhoons/ cyclones, floods, volcano eruptions, earthquakes, tsunami, infectious diseases such as severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars), avian influenza and hiv/aids, food crises, lack of basic health and education, environmental pollution, urbanization, extreme poverty, unemployment, migration, human trafficking, violent conflicts, interstate military conflicts, religious intolerance, organized crime, oppression from the government, and so forth. meanwhile, the undp's human development report listed seven main categories of human security: economic, food, health, environmental, personal, community, and political security (undp , chap. ) . in the case studies of cambodia (chap. ), thailand (chap. ), the philippines (chap. ), and vietnam (chap. ), human security challenges are classified in line with these seven categories. these areas correspond not only to the divisions of the un specialized agencies but also to government ministries, so that the classification could be accepted as familiar and practical. such a diversity of threats largely overlaps with the so-called nontraditional security (nts) issues. while military threats from foreign states are considered "traditional," many threats that simultaneously affect multiple countries are of a non-military nature and fall into the category of "non-traditional" threats. as pointed out in the cases of china (chap. ), indonesia (chap. ), malaysia (chap. ), the philippines (chap. ), south korea (chap. ), and vietnam (chap. ), there is growing interest in nts among policymakers and researchers in china, south korea and in the asean countries, which seems to have contributed to the acceptance of human security in the region (caballero-anthony et al. ; caballero-anthony and cook ; li ) . however, there is substantial difference between the nts and the human security approach: while the actors that address such diverse threats still concentrate on the national governments in the former, more emphasis is placed on peer collaboration between states and other actors in the latter. the role of national armies in coping with human security challenges should be limited. chapter presents the opinion of an indonesian military officer who argued that the term "security" should not be used until the poverty level or the impact of a disaster exceeded a certain threshold and becomes a real threat to the survival of all citizens. if every threat was considered a security challenge, the military would be overwhelmed by the resulting deluge of duties. human security is regarded as a principle of official development assistance (oda) policies in japan, and to a lesser extent, in south korea. as described in chap. , in japan, the idea to combine efforts toward development and peacebuilding has gradually taken root under this framework. as an added value of human security, japanese interviewees emphasized the importance of a "comprehensive approach" in which diverse actors (including ngos and private firms) cooperate, as well as the significance of working among grassroots people and paying more attention to real needs in the field. meanwhile, most experts pointed out that human security challenges lie on the domestic front, too. people who were familiar with the concept of human security interpreted the great east japan earthquake and the resultant fukushima disaster as a typical human security issue. in addition, the aging population and a possible collapse of social security in the future can also be serious domestic human insecurity issues. in terms of domestic human security challenges, the case of singapore as presented in chap. is also revealing. while singapore has achieved a high degree of human security as a developed country in southeast asia, this small city-state is also going through acute human insecurities such as growing inequalities, increasing psychological stresses on citizens, the survival race between small enterprises, and discrimination against migrants and minorities. here, social media cuts two ways by spreading messages virally: it can mobilize good will but may also deeply wound people. in singapore, with strong administrative control from above, empowerment is supposed to be of great significance. besides, singapore assists neighboring countries in the form of philanthropy, even though this is not officially classified as oda. it is pointed out that the philippines has also provided humanitarian assistance while receiving assistance itself (chap. ) . in the great east japan earthquake, japan, a major provider of oda, received goodwill support from many countries including recipients of japan's assistance (chap. ) . it is noteworthy that the line separating providers from recipients of oda is blurred in the case of humanitarian crises. a country that has faced a series of exceptionally acute threats to human security is cambodia (chap. ). this country is considered "a showcase of human insecurities" that started with the genocide under the pol pot regime (it is said that around million people were killed in a country with a population of million). the interviewees enumerated contemporary sources of threats in cambodia such as the government, natural disasters, diseases, political insecurity, and land issues. some respondents pinpointed the problem of the "government approach, relying on the heavy presence of security forces and legal means to threaten and detain people." it is widely perceived that cambodian society has been destabilized and that human security has been threatened despite (or due to) recent economic growth. one of the topical concerns in east asia that has wider political implications is the north korean issue (chap. ). an emergency on the korean peninsula could bring about an exodus of refugees and other situations, which may potentially give rise to grave human insecurities both regionally and globally. the risk of military conflict over maritime interests could also be a threat to human security, as voiced by several countries. the necessity to address cross-border issues such as human trafficking, air pollution, infectious diseases, food security, and cybersecurity was also pointed out by many interviewees. how far has the concept of human security permeated east asian countries so that stakeholders can jointly address the multiple threats described thus far? as pointed out in those chapters that discuss the experiences in the philippines (chap. ), malaysia (chap. ), and thailand (chap. ), east asian experts did not fully understand the difference between human security and human rights or human development, while activists in civil society tended to use the discourse of human rights more often than that of human security. however, even though the human security norm has not prevailed in east asia, the concept has been accepted at least partially, as argued in several of the case study chapters. the survey carried out in vietnam (chap. ) broke down human security into the seven security categories of the undp and found that all these elements were inscribed into the vietnamese constitution and other laws. in addition, even when interviewees were not familiar with the concept of human security, they "were able to quickly connect the abstract concepts of 'freedom from fear', 'freedom from want', and 'freedom to live in dignity' to specific examples in their lives." human security in vietnam "can be said to be a jigsaw puzzle, in which the pieces are identified, but have not been put together." the surveys in indonesia (chap. ) and south korea (chap. ) also found, by examining official documents, that the elements of human security defined in this chapter, such as the three freedoms, protection, and empowerment, were all written into these documents to varying degrees (the former in domestic policies and the latter in oda policies). in addition, people who were interviewed in cambodia pointed out that the three freedoms were closely linked to each other in substance (chap. ). what is the most important element among the components that make up human security? the study of japan (chap. ) presented the expert opinion that the third "freedom to live in dignity" could be a real added value of the human security approach, indicating that "dignity is an idea of waiting and caring." the survey in the philippines also mentioned that the concept of dignity had potential to lead human security to a higher dimension and emphasized the importance of local contexts. moreover, people in cambodia said that having dignity is associated with "having a moral character; with notions of respect, pride, and having value and independence; and of helping others and having an honest character." a rural resident made a candid remark: "dignity is most important because it is about no discrimination, having rights to do what we want, not being looked down upon by wealthy people." while the expectation of state protection was found in many interview results, empowerment was mostly referred to in general terms. however, protection and empowerment make an effective pair in reality. empowerment leads to a series of concepts that value people's agency, such as ownership, self-help support, resilience, and capacity development in the practice of development cooperation, while the same concept is expected to promote collaboration between governments and civil society in domestic policies. given that the asian approach to human security tends to give relative weight to the role of states as discussed below, the counterbalance of empowerment is needed all the more in this region. in many countries, we also asked the interviewees whether foreign support should be accepted in case their own country suffers an uncontrollable crisis due to a natural disaster or violent conflict (and whether their country should support neighboring countries in case the latter suffers the same situations). the common pattern of responses to these hypothetical situations was that foreign support was undesirable during political unrest but welcome when a natural disaster occurs. it was also preferred that the support should be provided in multilateral rather than unilateral frameworks, as mentioned in the studies on malaysia (chap. ), the philippines (chap. ), and vietnam (chap. ). these reactions illustrate that east asians tend to think that state security could be compromised in favor of humanitarian concerns in certain emergency situations, especially in case of natural disasters. it should be remembered that sadako ogata stressed that human security and state security complement one another (ogata ) . as to the role of states in realizing human security, both a loose consensus and a subtle disagreement could be found among east asian countries. the case study of china argues as follows (chap. ). on the one hand, we can establish the causal connection that state security contributes to human security. the idea that people should not be easily sacrificed for national objectives is absolutely correct because human beings are not means but ends in themselves. on the other hand, national security and personal security can be compatible. the perception that states are a "necessary evil" is not a chinese but a western idea. east asians naturally expect a great deal from their governments: people expect the governments to protect them just like parents protect their children. this represents a view of states as benevolent and "paternalistic." the relationship in which a stable state guarantees people's security is also expressed in the case study of vietnam (chap. ). on the "right" of this view of states, there is another understanding that human security is part of state security, that is, state security subordinates human security, not vice versa. in this research project, such a view was expressed by government officers from indonesia (chap. ) and malaysia (chap. ) . from the government side, however, some added that the role of the military in human security should be strictly limited. indonesian interviewees opined that military operations should be firmly placed under civilian control, even though the military effectively responded to the earthquake and tsunami in . this is because they consider that the military is essentially not trained to respond to nonmilitary threats, and it is often better to entrust the duty of maintaining public order to police forces in disaster situations. on the "left" side, there are countries with impressive traditions of civil society activism such as the philippines (chap. ) and thailand (chap. ), which have strongly influenced the trajectories of acceptance of human security. in the case studies of malaysia (chap. ) and singapore (chap. ), dynamic and strained relationships between the government and civil society are vividly depicted. the chapter on malaysia places expectations in consolidating human security through empowerment of local governments, more active dialogues between the government and civil society, and regional cooperation through the networks of asean and ngos, against the backdrop of the government repression of free speech, religious intolerance, and the surge of rohingya refugees. when severe threats to human security are actualized, the relationship between state sovereignty and human security may become extremely tense. as described in chap. , when cyclone nargis hit myanmar in , the military government refused to accept foreign aid, even while lowland residents were caught in the flooding. it is said that the dead and missing persons numbered nearly , . though western countries such as france threatened to make a r p-type humanitarian intervention, the government of myanmar rejected such operations and instead decided to accept coordinated assistance from organizations such as asean and the un. this multilateral collaboration has become a model for humanitarian operations in east asia. the case study of japan (chap. ) warns that the concept of human security could be "politicized" in the contexts of domestic debates on security and securitization. in contrast, the study of thailand (chap. ) voices concern that human security is now too "depoliticized," arguing that the concept has been reduced to the practice of social welfare and is now rarely discussed in thai diplomatic contexts. however, behind the activities of the ministry of social development and human security seeking to improve the well-being of the socially vulnerable seems to lie the buddhist concept of mercy as well as an attempt to integrate human security with the concept of sufficiency economy advocated by king rama ix. these dynamics of politicization, depoliticization, and local reinterpretation are interesting in terms of the "norm localization" discussed in this chapter. keeping in mind the urgent problems including land grabbing and king sihanouk's political legacy in cambodia, chap. emphasizes the importance of "cooperative leadership" based on the spirit of tolerance and compromise. the key to ensuring human security in cambodia is to realize voluntary collaboration among opposing political parties, between the government and civil society, and between the central and local governments, and to make the government listen to the voice of the people. different countries have different perceptions as to which state and non-state actors should be valued as against others. however, we can safely say that there is a shared understanding in the region that diverse actors, including national governments, should coordinate each other's activities to secure freedoms and development for individual persons in the face of serious and pervasive threats. just as a world where autonomous villages cease to make decisions on their own affairs is hard to imagine, it is unlikely that the governments of nation states will cease to make their own decisions. national governments are important because most of them have strong powers and the authority to ensure security for individuals by utilizing well-developed institutions, resources, and national cohesion. however, overly powerful state security mechanisms require an antidote, which can be the human security norm. as history illustrates, when pluralist thinking that endorses critical roles played by non-state actors is denied, the world as well as national politics go awry. the purpose of the association of world peoples is not only to promote the security of nations but also to ultimately promote the security of all human beings. in this sense, the security council of the un could be renamed a human security council. in the practice of human security, neither "western individualism" nor "oriental despotism" is required in their pure forms; it seems that asian versions of human security have begun walking along the middle road between the two. in east asian nations, perceptions of diverse threats as sources of insecurities largely overlap, and therefore the conditions for collective action to address common threats also seem to be maturing. even though the term human security is not officially used very often, in this research it was found that the constituent elements of human security, namely, the three freedoms as well as protection and empowerment, have been accepted more or less in all parts of east asia. if regional spaces for dialogues are provided, the human security idea may diffuse in the short term like a cascade. an international network of experts sharing the value of a specific norm and assuming key roles in its diffusion as well as policy coordination is called an epistemic community (haas ) . in the process of this research, we witnessed the emergence of a bridged community with a shared interest in human security in east asia. the process of this research endeavor itself might be part of the formation of such a community. lastly, we would like to pay notice to the fact that the outcomes of this research reflect not only east asia's potential unity but also its actual diversity. once we zoom in to the regional space of east asia, we can see a kaleidoscopic diversity of human security stakeholders and their values. this is the reason why this book is entitled human security norms rather than the human security norm. the latter is only in the making: there remain forces that resist the idea of human security, while east asian nations are developing their own human security norms with different interpretations and preferences. the country-by-country analyses in subsequent chapters are based on independent research, which seems to have succeeded in shedding light upon the diversity of the history, society, and political economy of the region. the chapters are arranged in the alphabetical order of countries, so readers can start with any chapter while referring to the comparative analysis in chap. . we return to the issue of east asia's diversity in chap. , in which we will suggest a direction to proceed with the practice of human security in this region. notes . martin and owen ( ) present a stock-taking collection of reflections on the concept and its application. bourbeau ( ) captures the multidisciplinary nature of the study of security, including human security. . in international relations, norms are defined as "shared expectations about appropriate behavior held by a community of actors" (finnemore , ) or "collective expectations for the proper behavior of actors with a criticizing the proposition that human rights make sense only when they are legally guaranteed, amartya sen argues that strong moral imperatives of what to do and not to do make up human rights. these imperatives may call for legislation, but legal provision is not a prerequisite for human rights see also the discussions of "composite norms united nations general assembly, follow-up to paragraph on human security of the world summit outcome the concept of dignity was explicitly introduced to the human security discourse in the commission on human security ( ) as one of the triad of "survival, livelihood and dignity annan ( ) has introduced "freedom to live in dignity" into the agenda of the un reform, and tadjbakhsh and chenoy ( ) have attempted to incorporate dignity fully into the human security perspective. on the other hand, while the concept of empowerment is widely diffused in social movements in the americas and south asia after a norm is established by idealistic "norm entrepreneurs," a different group of pragmatic actors called "message entrepreneurs human development and human security correspond to the upside and the downside of economic growth, and to the dual policy challenges of "growth with equity" and "downturn with security for the role of states to promote human security, see bae and maruyama ( ), a collaborative work by american and japanese scholars of human security how ideas spread: whose norms matter? norm localization and institutional change in asian regionalism larger freedom: towards development, security and human rights for all: report of the secretary-general human security, changing states and global responses: institutions and practices mainstreaming human security: asian perspectives. bangkok: chula global network and international development studies program implementation and world politics: how international norms change practice security: dialogue across disciplines non-traditional security in asia: issues, challenges and framework for action non-traditional security in asia: dilemmas in securitization chs (commission on human security). . human security now. new york: commission on human security dignity: a history the cambridge handbook of human dignity: interdisciplinary perspectives empowerment evaluation: knowledge and tools for self-assessment, evaluation capacity building, and accountability national interests in international society international norm dynamics and political change empowerment: the politics of alternative development international norm dynamics and the 'end of poverty': understanding the millennium development goals introduction: epistemic communities and international policy coordination reflections on human development mainstreaming human security in asean integration (three volumes). quezon city: institute for strategic and development studies leviathan the protection and promotion of human security in east asia perpetual peace: a philosophical sketch strategic currents: issues in human security in asia introduction: alternative perspectives on national security japan as an active agent for global norms: the political dynamism behind the acceptance and promotion of 'human security la pensée sauvage china and non-traditional security in asia routledge handbook of human security human security in southeast asia human security and state security human security in east asia: challenges for collaborative action human security in southeast asia: years in review dignity: its history and meaning international norms and cycles of change the concept of the political development, rights, and human security human security: concepts and implications toward a theory of human security human security: securing east asia's future critical connections: human rights, human development and human security asia's emerging regional order: reconciling traditional and human security new approaches to human security in the asia-pacific: china, japan and australia. harnham: ashgate norms and social hierarchies: understanding international policy diffusion 'from below human insecurity in east asia united nations development programme) proceedings of the international conference on human security in east asia. seoul: korean national commission for unesco the east asian miracle: economic growth and public policy human security now: strengthening policy networks in southeast asia key: cord- -d zmdm authors: crowe, james e.; williams, john v. title: paramyxoviruses: respiratory syncytial virus and human metapneumovirus date: - - journal: viral infections of humans doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: d zmdm human respiratory syncytial virus (rsv) and human metapneumovirus (mpv) are members of the family paramyxoviridae of the mononegavirales order, comprising the nonsegmented negative-strand rna viruses. paramyxoviridae has two subfamilies: paramyxovirinae, which includes the parainfluenza viruses – and measles and mumps viruses, and pneumovirinae, which includes rsv and mpv. pneumovirinae has two genera: pneumovirus, which includes human rsv, bovine respiratory syncytial virus, and pneumonia virus of mice, and metapneumovirus, which includes human mpv and avian metapneumovirus, sometimes called avian pneumovirus. human respiratory syncytial virus human respiratory syncytial virus (rsv) and human metapneumovirus (mpv) are members of the family paramyxoviridae of the mononegavirales order, comprising the nonsegmented negative-strand rna viruses. paramyxoviridae has two subfamilies: paramyxovirinae , which includes the parainfl uenza viruses - and measles and mumps viruses, and pneumovirinae , which includes rsv and mpv. pneumovirinae has two genera: pneumovirus , which includes human rsv, bovine respiratory syncytial virus, and pneumonia virus of mice, and metapneumovirus , which includes human mpv and avian metapneumovirus, sometimes called avian pneumovirus. rsv was isolated fi rst in from an ill chimpanzee in a laboratory setting that had an illness similar to the common cold. a virus causing a similar cytopathic effect in cultured cells was recovered from infants with respiratory illness shortly after, and studies of human antibodies in the serum of infants and children indicated that infection was common early in life [ , ] . now it is known that rsv is the most common viral agent of serious pediatric respiratory tract disease worldwide. in most areas of the world, rsv is the most common cause of pneumonia and bronchiolitis in infants less than year of age. rsv causes severe disease in young infants, but disease is not restricted to the early life period. the virus can cause severe lower respiratory tract illness in large numbers of elderly subjects and also in subjects who are severely immunocompromised such as hematopoietic stem cell transplant recipients [ - ] . mortality in infants and children caused by rsv is uncommon in developed countries with modern critical care units. estimates of the mortality rate are about . % of hospitalized children or less. mortality has been dropping over the last several decades, and by the late s the estimated number of deaths in the usa was several hundred children a year or less [ , ] . large epidemiologic studies report that the us mortality in children may be only about cases a year. interestingly, while many providers think of rsv infection as principally a pediatric illness, there are over , deaths per year in the elderly, making them the highest risk population for death [ ] . in less developed countries, however, infant deaths due to rsv infection may be more common. infants with underlying illness are at highest risk among young children for morbidity and mortality from rsv infection. infants with chronic lung disease requiring supplemental oxygen following treatment for prematurity, due to bronchopulmonary dysplasia, are perhaps at the highest risk for prolonged, severe, or fatal illness due to rsv [ ] . infants with severe congenital pulmonary or cardiac disease have been reported to be at risk of death in - % of cases when hospitalized, although this rate is likely decreasing in the usa [ ] . both children and adults with primary immunodefi ciency or medically induced immunosuppression are at high risk of mortality due to rsv infection. the most severely immunocompromised, and thus those at highest risk of mortality, are hematopoietic stem cell transplant patients of any age [ ] . in some settings, the mortality rate of rsv infection in hematopoietic stem cell transplant patients with severe immunosuppression verges on % [ ] . hospitalization rates of infants for rsv disease vary with the setting, probably due to variations in exposure, genetics, socioeconomic, and other risk factors and due to the local practice style of medical providers. many developed countries report hospitalization rates of about in - infected infants during the fi rst year of life [ , ] . studies of rsv disease in developed countries suggest that of those infants hospitalized, about % require mechanical ventilation [ , ] . there are certain populations at extraordinarily high risk of hospitalization with rsv, for example, alaskan native infants younger than year have been reported to have a hospitalization rate of - per , infants [ ] . low socioeconomic status is a risk factor for higher rate of hospitalization in most areas. rsv also is one of the most common viral causes of serious lower respiratory tract illness in the elderly, especially in institutionalized subjects [ ] . exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd) are frequently associated with rsv infection [ , ] . the elderly do not exhibit a remarkably diminished level of antibodies to rsv [ ] . decreased levels of t cell memory in the elderly and specifi cally in patients with (copd) may contribute to the increased susceptibility to rsv infection in these populations [ ] . many think of infl uenza virus as the principal viral respiratory pathogen in this population, but in a hospitalized cohort, infl uenza a virus and rsv infection resulted in similar mortality, lengths of stay, and rates of use of intensive care [ ] . rsv infection accounted for over % of hospitalizations for pneumonia. seroepidemiology studies suggest that virtually all children are infected in the fi rst years of life, and early infection is especially common in infants attending group day care. serological methods are helpful in epidemiology and vaccine studies, but serologies are not often used for diagnosis in clinical settings. because of the transfer of maternal rsvspecifi c antibodies across the placenta, and the high prevalence of early infection, it is unusual to fi nd infants who are rsv seronegative. in older children and adults, a fourfold rise in serum antibodies is often used as evidence of rsv infection, but asymptomatic infections in which viral shedding is low in titer often are not accompanied by serum antibody rises. serological tests in infants are even less sensitive, because young infants may not exhibit a large or durable rise in antibodies. neutralizing antibody tests are considered the best functional marker of infection, but sensitivity is much higher in antigen binding assays using individually purifi ed rsv f or g proteins [ ] . isolation of the virus in cell culture provides a defi nitive test for diagnosis of active infection. various methods of obtaining respiratory virus secretions for testing have been compared. most studies suggested that aspiration or gentle fl ushing of nasal secretions using a solution like saline is best, though some types of nasal swab have given reasonable results. the virus is more thermolabile than most, and thus samples should be transported on wet ice to the diagnostic laboratory and processed rapidly. prolonged times of transport to remote reference laboratories reduce the effectiveness of isolation. after inoculation onto susceptible cell culture substrates, highly trained staff can recognize cytopathology in the cell monolayers by visual inspection and conventional bright-fi eld microscopy after about - days of incubation. detection may be more effi cient when using shell vial cultures and immunofl uorescence [ ] . various cell lines have been used for rsv detection, such as hep- epithelial cells, mrc- fi broblasts, and rhesus monkey kidney cells, but the r-mix commercial mix of human and mink lung cells may perform better for detection of rsv [ ] . culture is expensive and requires highly trained staff and therefore is not usually available at the point of care, which is often an outpatient clinic or emergency department. therefore, rapid diagnostic methods were developed for the detection of viral proteins or rna in respiratory secretions. rsv antigen tests mostly rely on direct immunofl uorescent assays (dfa) on exfoliated cells in secretions or enzyme immunoassay (eia). nucleic acid detection assays based on rt-pcr are now widely available for rsv, often in a multiplexed panel for detection of multiple respiratory virus pathogens. these tests are typically more sensitive than any of the virus isolation or protein-based detection assays discussed above. enhanced sensitivity is especially helpful when testing adults, who often shed virus in very low titers. positive rt-pcr tests need to be interpreted in the context of the clinical scenario, since the tests can remain positive for prolonged periods of time after infection, well beyond the period during which infectious virus can be isolated. since children may experience symptomatic respiratory infections every few weeks during the winter, caution must be used in interpretation of positive pcr tests, especially when multiple viruses are detected simultaneously in a sample. some instances of multiple pcr test positivity likely represent residual rna from a previous virus infection and a second rna type representing live virus from the active current infection. rsv typically is propagated in monolayer cell cultures of continuous cell lines of human epithelial cell origin, such as hep- cells. monkey kidney cells of various types are also used commonly for propagation in the laboratory. in fact, the virus replicates to some extent in most cell lines of mammalian origin. in non-polarized epithelial cells, the virus often causes a typical cytopathic effect in which multinucleated giant cells form due to cell-cell fusion, termed cell syncytia. this in vitro effect is the origin of the virus name, although it is not clear that rsv causes syncytia in vivo. in polarized epithelial cells in culture, the virus assembles and buds from the apical surface of cells, mimicking to some extent the budding of virus into the lumen of the airway. the virus has a negative-sense single-stranded rna genome with genes encoding proteins. figure . compares the genomes of rsv and mpv, which are similar in many respects. the replication proteins are common to both of the viruses, as are the matrix (m) protein and the surface fusion (f) and glycosylated attachment (g) glycoproteins. the gene order differs slightly, and rsv possesses two nonstructural (ns) genes ns and ns that are not present in mpv. the functions of these genes are not fully defi ned, but involve interactions with the host response machinery, especially interferons. the presence of these host response-modifying genes may explain in part why rsv appears to cause severe disease more commonly than mpv. many of the gene sequences exhibit some clear global sequence relatedness; however, the extent of the relatedness of many of the sequences of corresponding proteins is relatively low. based on sequence homology, it is not expected that there is a signifi cant amount of immunologic cross-reactivity in responses to the two viruses. the rsv virion buds from airway epithelial cells, incorporating host cell membrane as the lipid bilayer that forms the envelope of the particle. since the virus is enveloped, chemicals that disrupt lipid bilayers (detergents) inactivate the virus, leading to the strong recommendations for healthcare provider hand washing following patient contact. the genome is a single strand of rna, which forms a helical complex with the nucleoprotein (n). the fi nal nucleocapsid structure likely is formed by the complete set of replication proteins, which also include the phosphoprotein (p) and the large rna-dependent rna polymerase (l). it is suspected that the m protein helps the particle to form by bridging the nucleocapsid and the lipid envelope with its incorporated surface proteins. the surface of the particle incorporates three integral membrane surface glycoproteins, the highly glycosylated rsv g protein suspected to be the attachment protein, the fusion protein f, and the small hydrophobic protein (sh). rsv f (a type i integral membrane protein) and rsv g (a type ii integral membrane protein) form oligomers on the surface of the particles, which appear like small spikes with globular heads when seen in electron microscopic (em) images by negative stain. the morphology of particles in em images or in fl uorescent microscopy images labeled by conjugated antibodies suggests that the virion particles are fi lamentous. however, spherical particles, fi laments, and more pleomorphic forms have been observed; therefore, it is uncertain what the morphology of infectious particles in vivo during natural infection is. the f protein is critical for entry into cells, by breaching the barrier of the cell lipid bilayer. it is thought that binding of virion particles to susceptible cells at physiologic ph triggers a conformational change of the f protein from a metastable pre-fusion state [ ] to an altered post-fusion conformation [ , ] in which the hydrophobic fusion peptide in the protein is exposed and extended to insert into the host cell membrane. this membrane insertion event accomplishes a fusion of the viral and host membranes, allowing delivery of the nucleocapsid to the cytoplasm where viral replication occurs. this event is termed "fusion from without" when the particle enters a cell. an alternative fusion event ("fusion from within") occurs when newly expressed f protein on the surface of infected cells causes fusion of an infected cell to an adjacent cell in culture causing "syncytia." it is not certain whether this latter form of fusion (cell-cell fusion) occurs during natural infection and contributes to pathogenesis or if the formation of syncytia is a tissue culture phenomenon only. although there are many animal forms of rsv, there is no known animal reservoir of human rsv; close contact with infected humans is the only source of rsv infection. early prospective studies showed that approximately half of infants in the usa are infected during their fi rst year of life; most were infected after two winter epidemics [ ] . about a quarter of infants exhibit signs and symptoms of lower respiratory tract disease (wheezing and/or pneumonia) during a primary rsv infection [ , - ] . rsv is the most common virus associated with hospitalization for respiratory illness and in fact is one of the most common of all causes of infant hospitalization. for example, rsv caused hospitalizations per , us children younger than year in one large study [ ] . during winter rsv epidemics, over % of the children hospitalized for acute lower respiratory tract infection are infected with rsv [ , ] . the rate of very severe disease in hospitalized infants is high, with about - % of hospitalized infants requiring mechanical ventilation for respiratory failure [ ] . although primary infection of infants is probably most efficient, rsv can infect subjects of any age [ , , ] . some adult infections are asymptomatic, and most are limited symptoms related to infection of the upper respiratory tract, such as the common cold [ , , ] . since otherwise healthy adults all possess measurable rsv serum antibodies and rsv-specifi c t cells, it is clear that prior exposure and induction of immune responses may not prevent infection. however, disease severity is usually reduced after one or several infections early in life, thus immune effectors such as serum neutralizing antibodies do prevent severe disease during reinfections. unlike infl uenza virus, rsv does not exhibit a progressive antigenic drift. although rsv antigenic diversity is observed in fi eld strains, diversity of the antigenic proteins is not required for rsv to cause reinfection [ - ] . most experts believe that serum neutralizing antibodies protect against severe lower respiratory tract disease but do not result in sterilizing immunity against infection at the respiratory mucosa. thus, healthy adults show signs and symptoms of the common cold in about half of cases of natural or experimental infections, even though they have experienced numerous previous rsv infections [ ] . there is a single serotype of rsv, but two antigenic subgroups of rsv, with about % antigenic relatedness, have been defi ned using immune sera; the subgroups are designated a and b. antigenic dimorphism for rsv had been noted in an early study [ ] and subsequently was delineated using mabs, which identifi ed extensive differences in the g protein and less extensive differences in f and other proteins [ ] . the two subgroups exhibit a three-to fourfold reciprocal difference in neutralization by polyclonal convalescent serum. analysis of glycoprotein-specifi c responses in experimental rodent models or human infants by enzymelinked immunosorbent assay (elisa) with purifi ed f and g glycoproteins showed that the f proteins are % related antigenically and the g proteins are - % related [ ] . consistent with this level of antigenic relatedness, f protein expressed by a vector immunization was equally protective in small animals against challenge with the homologous or heterologous subgroup virus, whereas the g protein was -fold less effective against the heterologous subgroup virus [ ] . thus, the f protein is responsible for most of the observed cross-subgroup neutralization and protection. in some communities a pattern of infection with viruses of alternating subgroups has been described, but this is not a universal phenomenon. rsv subgroup b virus is more diffi cult to isolate and propagate in culture, so subgroup b viruses are less commonly associated with severe disease in some studies. however, clearly viruses of both subgroups can cause severe disease leading to hospitalization [ - ] . infants exhibit the highest risk of severe lower respiratory tract disease. this elevated risk is explained by a myriad of physiologic, immunologic, and other factors. first, the highest point of resistance in the airways is the bronchioles, and the resistance of airways is inversely proportional to the airway radius to the fourth power (resistance ~ /radius , from poiseuille's law). the bronchioles of infants are narrow, and infl ammation and secretion in the bronchioles leads to turbulent airfl ow, and further reduction of the airway lumen size. these physical factors lead to the clinical signs of wheezing (a sign of outfl ow obstruction) and air retention. increased respiratory rate can compensate to some extent for respiratory compromise, but prolonged tachypnea can lead to fatigue and eventual respiratory failure. also, during primary infection infants do not possess active immunity to infection, which allow this effi cient virus to replicate in the airway to titers as high as infectious particles per ml of secretion. mothers pass rsv antibodies to infants across the placenta during the third trimester, but premature infants do not obtain maternal antibodies prior to weeks' gestation. also, the airways of premature infants are smaller than those of term infants. another factor leading to respiratory diffi culty is dehydration. obstruction of the nasal passages with thick secretions can impede the feeding of infants, who are obligate nose breathers. rsv also is an important cause of serious infection in elderly adults; in fact rsv appears to cause substantially more fatalities in elderly adults than in children [ , ] . as above, a large study of the us population showed that rsv was associated with approximately , all-cause deaths per year among persons of all ages in the usa [ ] , with most of those deaths in the elderly. virtually any serious medical or genetic condition is associated with some increased risk of severe diseases [ ] . certain particular categories of subjects are at highest risk for severe rsv disease, including infants with congenital heart or chronic lung disease, immunodefi cient subjects of any age and the elderly [ , , , , - ] . these latter subjects are thought to have reduced competency of rsv-specifi c t cells. prematurity increases risk to a small extent, but more importantly chronic lung diseases are important factors [ , , , - ] . infants who are born prematurely and then suffer persistent chronic lung disease, especially those needing oxygen supplementation, are at very high risk of hospitalization with rsv. children with cystic fi brosis are at high risk of severe disease [ , ] . in children younger than years with cystic fi brosis, the consequence of rsv infection may be prolonged respiratory morbidity [ ] . children with congenital heart disease also are at increased risk [ , , , , , ] . rsv is a common cause of severe respiratory disease in immunocompromised patients, including lower respiratory disease [ ] . mortality rates in some populations of immunocompromised patients verges on % [ , ] . infants with congenital severe combined immunodefi ciency are at special risk [ , ] , but any acquired immunosuppressive condition such as cancer or transplantation puts patients at risk, especially when t cell function is compromised [ , , ] . rsv infection can cause severe lung disease in recipients of lung transplants, sometimes with a long-term outcome of obliterative bronchiolitis [ - ] . children with hiv infection shed rsv for extended periods, but disease is not especially severe in hiv-infected children prior to onset of aids [ - ] . interestingly, although most immunocompromised subjects appear to be at risk because of t cell problems, infants with phagocytic cell defects including those with interferon-γ receptor defi ciency or chronic granulomatous disease also are at risk of severe rsv disease. transmission of rsv in the hospital setting can lead to serious disease, especially in critical care units with neonates or other high-risk infants [ - ] . nosocomial outbreaks in inpatient transplantation facilities are sometimes severe and unit outbreaks can be diffi cult to terminate because transplant patients can shed rsv for many months [ , , , , , ] . theoretically, transmission in inpatient healthcare settings should be preventable through strict compliance with infection control practices, especially hand washing and contact precautions, which are universally recommended for rsv patients. a high level of compliance with precautions is diffi cult to achieve in busy care settings but is needed to prevent transmission by healthcare providers. the use of the prophylactic monoclonal antibody palivizumab has been studied to interrupt an outbreak in a neonatal intensive care unit setting [ ] , but currently palivizumab use is not recommended for this purpose. bacterial otitis media is a common complication of rsv upper respiratory tract infection. in fact, rsv infection is probably the most common precipitating factor associated with otitis media. rsv antigens and nucleic acids have been reported in middle ear fl uids [ , ] . the disease is predominantly due, however, to eustachian tube dysfunction, resulting in bacterial stasis in the middle ear and subsequent otitis media. rsv regularly occurs in annual epidemics. the us national respiratory and enteric virus surveillance system (nrevss) considers that the rsv season starts when the fi rst of two consecutive weeks during which the mean percentage of specimens testing positive for rsv antigen is ≥ %. the rsv season is considered to have ended in a community when the mean percentage of positive specimens is ≤ % in reference laboratories for two consecutive weeks. rsv infection occurs in infants and adults worldwide, in yearly epidemics. the virus has been isolated in every area of the world in which surveillance studies have been conducted. the principal season varies depending on the climate and region, but infection is ubiquitous. virtually all children in the world are infected within the fi rst few years of life. epidemics occur in the winter and early spring in the usa. onset of the annual epidemic varies by region of the country and by year but typically begins in the usa in october or november and lasts through late spring. within a region, the timing of rsv season changes slightly each year. florida often has the earliest onset of rsv epidemic and the longest lasting season in the usa. near the equator, infections may be more common during rainy season. during community outbreaks of rsv, the venues with the highest level of young infants and children exhibit the highest rates of transmission of virus, especially large families and day-care settings with large numbers of children per room. hospital infection control practices must be used to prevent rsv spread, using measures including careful hand hygiene, contact precautions for patient isolation, gowns and gloves [ , ] , and, when direct coughing occurs, facemasks and goggles [ , ] . rsv rapid diagnostic testing can be used in hospital infection control practice to identify rsv-infected patients during the admission process [ , ] . rsv is shed for prolonged periods. it has been reported that - % of hospitalized children are still shedding infectious virus after days [ , ] . exposure to tobacco smoke and poor nutrition increase the incidence of disease [ - ] . low socioeconomic status increases the risk of severe disease for uncertain reasons. lower income populations exhibit a fi ve-to tenfold increased risk of hospitalization in many studies [ , , ]. breast-feeding may confer some protective benefi t against rsv disease, but the extent of the benefi t of breast-feeding has been controversial. the results of epidemiologic studies on benefi t have been confl icting, although recent studies suggest that breast-feeding may have a strong protective effect only in girls [ ] . the sex of the infant modulates the severity of rsv infection for additional reasons that are not fully understood. even though the same high proportion of both male and female infants become infected, males have a higher incidence of rsv lower respiratory tract disease than girls [ , , - ] . ethnic and genetic factors appear to play a role. alaska and other native american children are at increased risk of severe respiratory disease during rsv infection [ ] . direct contact with secretions from an infected human, usually by fomites (contaminated objects, including hands), allows transmission of virus. in some cases, infected subjects may inoculate contacts at short distance by coughing via large-particle droplets. however, the virus is not spread efficiently by small-particle aerosols [ , ] . the nasal and conjunctival mucus membranes are probably the most common portals of entry [ ] . rsv is one of the most infectious viruses spread by contact, and transmission is very effi cient even among subjects who possess partial immunity due to prior infection. spread among family members and day-care contacts is especially common. the infectious doses for humans are probably only a few infectious particles per ml of respiratory secretions, but infants routinely shed at least a millionfold higher concentration of virus during the peak of illness. the incubation period is not known defi nitely but is about - days and likely varies according to the intensity of exposure and the amount of virus in the inoculum. the period of viral shedding is many days; infants can shed infectious virus for weeks [ , ] . rsv can survive on hard surfaces for greater than h. infection occurs by inoculation of the nasal or conjunctival mucosa, often by self-inoculation with infected secretions from a close contact. adult volunteers were infected experimentally if virus was inoculated onto the conjunctival sac or into the nose, but not following introduction into the mouth [ ] . the incubation period from time of inoculation to onset of illness for rsv is likely about - days [ ] . virus replication initiates in the nasopharynx and rapidly can reach concentrations of over a million particles per ml in the upper airway in children. adults, who are partially immune, typically shed much lower amounts of virus. virus spreads quickly to the lower respiratory tract, often causing symptoms within days of onset of upper respiratory symptoms. virus may spread from cell to cell, but also it is likely that small aspirations of upper respiratory secretions with virus inoculate the lower tract. higher titers of virus in respiratory secretions usually are associated with increased severity of disease, in prospective studies of natural infection [ ] or of clinical vaccine trials [ ] . rsv infection is an acute infection and virus shedding usually resolves within days to weeks. rt-pcr tests for virus nucleic acid may remain positive for prolonged periods. some animal studies suggest that a negligible amount of infectious virus may persist in airways far after apparent resolution of shedding, as evidenced by the recovery of low amounts of infectious virus during immunosuppression several months after infection [ ] . the virus infects respiratory epithelial cells in the lung and airway. it is not clear whether rsv also replicates productively in macrophages and dendritic cells in the airway or not. rsv protein antigens have been detected in circulating mononuclear cells [ ] , and viral genomic rna and mrna have been detected by rt-pcr in blood cells [ ] , but this probably represents cells from the airway recirculating, as infectious virus in the blood (viremia) is not detected. rsv replicates in the cells at the luminal surface of the respiratory epithelium and virus both enters and is shed from the apical surface of infected epithelial cells [ , ] . studies of polarized, differentiated respiratory epithelial cells in vitro show that rsv infection preferentially infects ciliated cells at the luminal face [ ] , but it is not clear if infection is restricted to such cells in humans. histopathology studies of infected humans are very limited, but show rsv antigens in the superfi cial cells of the airway in a patchy distribution, with antigen-positive cells and debris in the airway lumen. pathology caused by rsv infection during infant bronchiolitis includes necrosis and proliferation of the bronchiolar epithelium and destruction of ciliated epithelial cells [ , ] . there is an infl ux of a large variety of immune cell types including neutrophils, lymphocytes, and macrophages. the respiratory tissues become edematous. mucous secretion, sloughing of dead cell debris, and the infl ux of apparent infl ammatory cells obstruct the lumen of the narrow bronchioles and alveoli. the small diameter of infant bronchioles is easily obstructed in the presence of dead cells and edema of the airway tissues [ ] . virus-infected cells can be identifi ed in the epithelium of the bronchi, bronchioles, and alveoli [ ] . it is surprising, given the extent of disease, that rsv antigen staining is usually patchy or focal, and even in some cases of fatal rsv bronchiolitis, antigen is present only in small amounts [ , ] . the number of cases that have been collected is limited, however, and there is virtually no histopathology from milder cases. rsv upper respiratory infection is complicated frequently by otitis media caused by bacteria. it is unusual to observe frank bacterial pneumonia or sepsis as a complication of rsv infection, in contrast to some other respiratory viruses like infl uenza. although some clinicians may empirically use antibiotics during infant pneumonia, there is no evidence that antibiotic therapy alters the course of rsv bronchiolitis or pneumonia. antimicrobial therapy should not be used in most cases of rsv bronchiolitis or pneumonia because of the lack of benefi t and risk of selection of antibiotic-resistant colonizing organisms. nevertheless, there is some suggestion that bacterial-viral interactions may affect the overall rate of disease in the population. it is interesting that annual rsv and infl uenza virus epidemics correlate directly with the time of peak incidence of invasive pneumococcal disease in many population studies [ ] . a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial of pneumococcal conjugate vaccine showed a vaccine-attributable reduction in rates of childhood viral pneumonia requiring hospitalization, caused by any of seven respiratory viruses, including rsv [ ] . the immune mechanisms responsible for resolution of infection and protection against reinfection by rsv are not fully defi ned. antibodies . most experts agree that high levels of serum neutralizing antibodies are associated with relative protection against severe lower respiratory tract disease in otherwise healthy subjects. this idea is supported strongly by the observation that prophylaxis of high-risk infants with a neutralizing monoclonal antibody prevents about half of hospitalizations in that group of patients. many population studies suggest that infants born with high levels of transplacental rsv-neutralizing maternal antibodies develop milder illness or illness at an older age than infants with low maternal antibody levels [ ] . most infants and children in whom maternal antibodies have declined to a low level make their own serum and secretory antibodies to both the f and g surface glycoproteins in response to rsv infection [ ] . antibody responses in neonates are particularly low in quality and magnitude due to immunologic immaturity and the suppressive effect of passively acquired maternal antibodies [ , ] . antibody-mediated immune suppression by passive antibodies primarily affects humoral rather than cellmediated immunity [ , ] . high levels of serum antibodies do not appear to provide solid immunity against disease in the upper respiratory tract. mucosal secretory iga appears to contribute to local protection against reinfection in the airway, although potent protective iga responses are likely relatively short lived. in human infants, the decrease in virus shedding in nasal secretions was associated with the appearance of rsv-specifi c iga antibodies [ ] . t cells . t cells clearly play a major role in resolution of active infection. rsv-specifi c t cells with cytolytic activity, thought to be cd + t cells, have been detected in peripheral blood mononuclear cells from infants with rsv disease [ ] . immunodefi cient children, especially those with t cell defects, often fail to clear rsv infection and can shed virus for many months [ ] . adults with leukemia or hematopoietic stem cell transplant also have a very high incidence of prolonged rsv infection leading to severe disease and sometimes death. patterns of host response rsv infection usually causes upper respiratory tract symptoms during primary infection in otherwise healthy term infants; asymptomatic primary infection is not common. there is often profuse rhinorrhea, and the upper tract disease is very often complicated by otitis media. symptoms of lower respiratory tract involvement occur in about a third of primary cases [ ] . the principal diagnoses are bronchiolitis (manifested by tachypnea and wheezing) and pneumonia. these entities are probably not discrete processes but more likely represent a continuum of disease involving increasing tissue distribution. the typical illness starts with nasal congestion, followed in a few days by cough. the infection is sometimes associated with fever, which is usually low grade. after several days of upper tract symptoms, infants may wheeze. many infants suffer mild wheezing that resolves, but some cases progress with tachypnea, diffuse inspiratory crackles, and expiratory wheezes. most children recover in - weeks with supportive care and observation. if expiratory obstruction becomes severe, however, hyper-expansion of the chest occurs due to air retention, and the compliant nature of the infant chest wall leads to intercostal and subcostal retractions during tachypnea. with prolonged tachypnea, fatigue may occur with poor oxygenation and co retention (measured by pulse oximeter or arterial blood gas measurement), markers of respiratory failure. intubation and mechanical ventilation is used in this setting to manage the respiratory failure. infection during the fi rst day or weeks of life may just be characterized by temperature instability or fever, irritability, and lethargy even in the absence of overt respiratory signs or symptoms. in very young infants, especially those born prematurely, apneic spells may occur in response to rsv infection. apnea may be the fi rst reported evidence of infection in some cases, and apneic spells may recur during the acute infection. these events thankfully are usually self-limited and rarely cause neurologic damage. apneic events are an indication for hospitalization and careful medical supervision with respiratory monitoring. because of the association with apnea, some have considered whether rsv is associated with sudden infant death syndrome (sids). although rsv has been detected in the lung tissues of some cases of sids, there is no statistically signifi cant association between rsv and sids. the reported cases likely refl ect a temporal association caused by the high prevalence of rsv in this age group, the prolonged pattern of shedding, and the simultaneous peak incidence of both rsv infection and sids in winter months [ ] . it is not clear whether infection with rsv causes prolonged abnormal pulmonary function during childhood or whether children with underlying predisposition to lower respiratory tract disease of all causes manifest their susceptibility fi rst to rsv because of the young age of rsv infection. certainly measureable pulmonary function abnormalities are common after rsv lower respiratory tract disease, and these fi ndings may persist for a decade or more [ ] . recurrent wheezing is common during subsequent viral infections after severe rsv bronchiolitis or pneumonia, with an incidence of - % [ ] . a large case-control study of children hospitalized for bronchiolitis or pneumonia in which rsv was the most common cause found that years later there was a strong predisposition in these subjects toward decreased pulmonary function, recurrent cough, wheezing, and bronchitis [ ] . seminal prospective studies by martinez et al. involved measurement of pulmonary function in infants at birth and then found a strong correlation between prior lower pulmonary function and the development of wheezing during rsv infection [ ] . this correlation persisted in children during the fi rst years of life [ ] . even some individuals who do not typically exhibit recurrent wheezing have postexercise or pharmacologically induced bronchial reactivity [ ] , which may be responsive in part to bronchodilators [ ] . symptomatic upper respiratory tract rsv infections manifested by common cold symptoms are common in otherwise healthy adults, especially in those with frequent exposure to small children [ ] . in the elderly, particularly those with underlying medical diseases, severe pneumonia may occur, leading to hospitalization or even death. astute clinicians can often make a presumptive diagnosis of infection based on the clinical signs of wheezing or pneumonia in an infant during a local epidemic. laboratory testing of nasal or lower airway secretions by antigen test (elisa) or nucleic acid detection (by rt-pcr) provides rapid diagnosis of the presence of virus in many cases. the gold standard for diagnosis is isolation of the virus in cell culture, but this test is typically only available in referral laboratories because of the need for extensive equipment and a high level of technical expertise. control and prevention primary treatment is supportive care, which includes oral or intravenous hydration; monitoring of respiratory status, especially of oxygen saturation during tachypnea; use of supplemental oxygen; removal of secretions from the upper airway; and, in the case of respiratory failure, intubation and mechanical ventilation. advances in support care in pediatric critical care units have caused a major decrease in morbidity and mortality from rsv in the developed world. infants hospitalized for rsv disease should be monitored for apnea. investigators have studied nitric oxide [ , ] mixtures of helium and oxygen [ , ] and surfactant treatment [ ] in clinical experimental studies in the support of infants with severe rsv disease. nitric oxide treatment does not appear to mediate a bronchodilator effect during rsv infection [ ] . therapy of rsv disease by any antiviral agent is challenging because it is a rapid acute infection, and by the time the onset of disease is recognized, it may be too late to alter the course of disease by reducing viral load. the guanosine (ribonucleic acid) analog ribavirin is a nucleoside inhibitor that inhibits viral rna synthesis and viral mrna capping. the drug has in vitro antiviral activity against rsv, and aerosolized ribavirin therapy has been associated with a small but statistically signifi cant increase in oxygen saturation during the acute infection in several small studies. decreases in mechanical ventilation and duration of rsv-associated hospitalization have not been proven (reviewed in [ ] ). ribavirin was approved in in the usa for treatment of rsv infection [ ] . clinically, the drug usually is administered as a small-particle aerosol using a tent, mask, or mechanical ventilator, delivered for - h daily for a period of - days. the drug now is not recommended for routine use because follow-up studies have not shown a major benefi t. the drug may be considered for use in select patients with documented, potentially life-threatening rsv infection. over a dozen other experimental small molecule inhibitors of rsv fusion to cells have been described and tested in preclinical studies for inhibition of rsv, but none have progressed in development to date. a third approach employs short interfering rnas (sirnas), taking advantage of an ancient host cell regulatory system. single-stranded and double-stranded rna molecules that exhibit rsv-specifi c small interfering rnas have been developed for treatment, which cause rna interference activity against rsv, destroying the corresponding rsv rna. these novel compounds have shown promising results in preclinical studies [ ] and have been tested in small clinical trials. human immune globulin with a high titer of rsv antibodies and the rsv monoclonal antibody palivizumab have been tested as therapy of acute rsv disease, but they were not effective for treatment of established disease. anti-infl ammatory strategies have been investigated. no benefi t of corticosteroid therapy on disease severity or length of hospital stay has been demonstrated, despite studies in over a dozen randomized clinical trials of outpatients or hospitalized infants with rsv bronchiolitis. since the drug is of no benefi t on its own [ ] and may prolong virus shedding, it is not recommended. in the future, a possibility might be to combine an effective antiviral treatment with an antiinfl ammatory agent [ ] . intravenous antimicrobial therapy is not appropriate in hospitalized infants with rsv bronchiolitis or pneumonia unless there is clear evidence of secondary bacterial infection. otitis media occurs very often in infants with rsv bronchiolitis; oral antimicrobial agents can be used for therapy of otitis media if necessary. it is intuitive to think of using beta-adrenergic agents, commonly used for the treatment of asthma, to treat the wheezing associated with rsv infection. these agents are not usually recommended for routine care of fi rst-time wheezing associated with rsv bronchiolitis. short-term improvements in oxygenation and clinical scores can be achieved by these therapies, but it has not been established that their use results in improvements in duration or severity of illness or disease outcomes. studies in this area have been confl icting, but systematic reviews of randomized clinical trials of nebulized beta-agonist therapy for treatment of bronchiolitis suggest that they offer little benefi t [ , ] . alpha-adrenergic receptor stimulation results may decrease interstitial and mucosal edema [ ] , and use of nebulized epinephrine (with combined alpha-and beta-adrenergic activity) has been studied with confl icting results [ , ] . alphaagonist stimulation of the sympathetic nervous system is expected to reduce capillary leakage by constricting precapillary arterioles, reducing hydrostatic pressure and consequently bronchial mucosal edema [ ] . racemic epinephrine treatment relieves some respiratory distress but does not affect length of stay [ ] . the usefulness of such agents in the management of rsv bronchiolitis is not clear. the most effective mode of prevention is to avoid contact with infected subjects. in the hospital setting, careful adherence to infection control practices is important for the protection of high-risk patients from rsv infection. careful hand washing may reduce transmission in family and daycare settings. pharmacologic intervention is indicated to prevent hospitalization for the highest risk infants, however. passive rsv immunoprophylaxis with antibodies has proven a costly but relatively effective intervention. parenteral infusion of rsv-neutralizing antibodies into experimental animals was shown early on to confer substantial resistance in the respiratory tract to a subsequent rsv virus challenge [ ] . signifi cant reductions in rsv-associated hospitalizations and disease severity in high-risk human infants were fi rst accomplished with prophylactic administration of human immunoglobulin with high rsv-neutralizing activity given by the intravenous route (rsv-ivig; fda licensed in ) [ , ] . monthly intravenous infusions during the rsv season reduced the frequency of pediatric hospitalization and duration of stay by approximately % and decreased the number of days spent in intensive care by %. the use of rsv-ivig was superseded by the use of a monoclonal antibody (mab) that was developed subsequently that could be given by intramuscular route, and production of the former has been discontinued. several mabs were developed for immunoprophylaxis against rsv. the most successful of these was based on murine mab [ ] , which is specifi c to the f protein and effi ciently neutralizes viruses of both rsv subgroups a and b. this mab was humanized by recombinant methods by transferring its variable regions onto a human igg backbone, resulting in a recombinant antibody now named palivizumab [ ] . this mab is - -fold more effective for in vitro neutralization on a per weight basis than was rsv-ivig, and thus the total amount of immunoglobulin administered could be reduced to an amount that could be given im. palivizumab (trade name synagis) was licensed in for rsv prophylaxis of high-risk infants, following studies demonstrating its safety and effi cacy [ - ] . palivizumab is administered monthly through the rsv season and has been widely used in high-risk patients with prematurity, chronic lung disease, and hemodynamically signifi cant heart disease [ ] . more potent derivatives of this recombinant antibody have now been developed [ ] ; however, the lead candidate from these affi nity maturation efforts exhibited increased side effects in a large effi cacy study. prevention of severe disease probably will best be accomplished by development and use of an effective vaccine. vaccine development for rsv has proven exceptionally diffi cult, however. first, young infants are a diffi cult population to immunize. obstacles to immunization at this early age include immunologic immaturity and immunosuppression by maternal antibodies, as already noted [ ] . also, severe adverse events occurred in early rsv vaccine trials. a formalin-inactivated rsv vaccine candidate (fi-rsv) was developed and evaluated in infants and children in the s [ , ] . this vaccine suspension was made by mixing concentrated, inactivated virus with alum adjuvant and was delivered by the intramuscular (im) route. this inoculation did not protect against infection or disease, but rather during subsequent natural infection vaccinees experienced more frequent and severe disease. most fi-rsv vaccinees ( %) required hospitalization during subsequent natural infection, compared to % in the control group. autopsies of two fatalities showed evidence of rsv replication and pulmonary infl ammation [ ] . this event put a chilling effect on rsv vaccine development efforts. therefore, rsv protein vaccines have been problematic for use in infants given their possible potential for disease enhancement, together with the poor immunogenicity in this population. however, an rsv protein vaccine might be useful in boosting immunity in rsv-experienced older children and adults who are at increased risk of severe rsv disease due to underlying disease or advanced age. protein vaccines for rsv have been evaluated clinically for use in such rsvexperienced individuals, in whom they appear to be safe. one experimental subunit vaccine consisted of purifi ed f protein (pfp) isolated from rsv-infected cell culture. this purifi ed protein vaccine candidate was evaluated in adults, in older children with and without underlying medical diseases, and in the elderly [ ] . the pfp vaccine candidate was well tolerated and moderately immunogenic in these settings. a large multicenter study in children - years of age with cystic fi brosis did not provide evidence of signifi cant protection against rsv infection [ ] . pfp also has been evaluated for maternal immunization in the third trimester of pregnancy. in the single study to date, the increase in antibody titers was only minimal [ ] . maternal immunization studies are being pursued currently with newer non-replicating vaccine candidates such as emulsion vaccines [ ] and nanoparticle protein preparations [ , ] . live-attenuated vaccines represent an attractive strategy for preventing rsv, since live infection induces a balanced immune response that is not associated with enhanced disease on subsequent natural infection. many live-attenuated rsv vaccine candidates have been developed over several decades. it has proven diffi cult to identify a candidate that is satisfactorily attenuated while remaining satisfactorily immunogenic in the youngest infants. clinical trials of a safe, live-attenuated rsv vaccine for intranasal administration have shown restriction of viral replication in infants following administration of a second dose and have been encouraging [ ] , and additional attenuated vaccine candidates are being developed [ ] . despite over years of research on rsv, many challenges and questions remain. there are many unanswered fundamental questions about the biology of the organism and the pathogenesis of disease. why does reinfection occur throughout life? what are the defi nitive mechanisms of immunity in humans? is there a genetic basis for susceptibility to severe disease? does severe rsv disease cause asthma? what drives the seasonality of rsv? the mortality in infants has been greatly reduced in the usa through advances in critical care, but little rsv-specifi c intervention is available. currently, there is little to offer for therapy except for supportive care. prophylaxis of high-risk infant with a mab prevents some hospitalizations but is expensive and is not always effective. there are no licensed vaccines. given the disaster of early fi-rsv trials, it is not clear that a non-replicating vaccine can be proven safe enough in preclinical models to absolutely assure that enhanced disease will not occur. on the other hand, the explosion of new technologies for generation of recombinant rsv strains, the determination of pre-and post-fusion antigen structures, and new tools for the detailed study of the molecular and genetic basis of human immune responses suggest that much progress will be made in the rsv research fi eld in the coming years. mpv was discovered by investigators in the netherlands who cultivated specimens from children with respiratory infection on a variety of cell types [ ] . a hitherto unknown virus produced cytopathic effects (cpe) in tertiary monkey kidney cells, but could not be identifi ed by antibody staining or rt-pcr for common viruses. electron microscopy of infected cells revealed pleomorphic enveloped particles with surface projections suggesting protein spikes, while biochemical experiments showed that the virus contained a lipid envelope and did not hemagglutinate avian or mammalian red blood cells. elegant randomly primed rt-pcr experiments yielded multiple fragments of genome, which sequence analysis identifi ed as related to avian metapneumovirus (ampv). ampv (formerly turkey rhinotracheitis virus), identifi ed in , is an important global pathogen of poultry including turkeys and chickens [ ] . there are four serotypes of ampv (a-d), and mpv is most closely related genetically to ampv-c [ ] . phylogenetic analysis shows that mpv likely diverged from ampv-c ~ years ago and thus mpv is of zoonotic origin [ , ] . however, mpv exhibits extremely restricted or no replication during experimental infection of chickens or turkeys and thus is a true human pathogen [ ] . human poultry workers exhibit serological evidence of asymptomatic infection with ampv, providing evidence for the feasibility of an original trans-species transmission event [ ] . while recently identifi ed, mpv is not truly a new virus. studies using archived sera collected in the s revealed a % seroprevalence in humans greater than years old [ ] . nasal washes collected prospectively during the s from children with ari had detectable mpv rna upon retrospective testing by rt-pcr years later [ ] . the specialized cell culture requirements, slow growth, and limited cpe of mpv likely prevented the earlier discovery of this common respiratory pathogen. limited mortality data are available and consist of sporadic case reports, case series, or the identifi cation of fatal cases of mpv infection in research studies. mpv is not a reportable infection and there is no specifi c icd- diagnostic code. thus, an accurate estimate of the mortality associated with mpv is not feasible. however, lower respiratory infections are a leading cause of death in children worldwide, primarily in developing nations. mpv is a common cause of severe lower respiratory infection and thus likely accounts for a substantial number of deaths globally. a substantial body of literature has accumulated in the last decade describing the epidemiology, disease burden, and clinical features of mpv. many groups have used standard techniques to provide some estimate of the burden of mpv in diverse populations. most reports have been crosssectional studies of selected populations, usually based on convenience samples of patients with acute respiratory illness. these studies are thus limited by potential selection bias, narrow time periods, and incomplete demographic or clinical data and often lack controls. nonetheless, the broad application of these studies to sizable global populations has illuminated the frequency of mpv infection. many of these studies have focused on special populations, such as patients with asthma, immune compromise, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (copd), and thus offer valuable information about mpv among these persons. a number of prospective, well-designed studies in adults and children have been published and offer the best estimates of the population-based incidence of mpv infection. some of these used preexisting prospective data and samples collected prior to the discovery of mpv for retrospective analysis. classical methods including active day care and clinic surveillance, as well as newer approaches such as home surveillance with parent-collected swabs, have been used. these studies have been built upon the foundations of seminal longitudinal studies conducted to investigate other viruses including infl uenza, parainfl uenza viruses, and rsv. taken together, these reports provide a broad survey of mpv epidemiology across diverse geographic environments, socioeconomic populations, and high-risk groups. seroprevalence studies using diverse methods have been performed in different populations. most have used enzymelinked immunosorbent assay (elisa) techniques against whole virus or purifi ed proteins to detect igm or igg. a few have used immunofl uorescent detection of mpv-specifi c antibodies or measured serum virus-neutralizing antibodies. these data have mainly been useful in determining the ubiquity of infection with mpv. some studies have measured acute and convalescent sera to diagnose mpv infection, while others have attempted to establish a serum neutralizing titer that correlates with susceptibility to infection. inherent limitations of serological surveys include the potential for cross-reactive antibodies and the lack of standardized reagents for mpv. most studies have used rt-pcr to detect mpv due to the diffi culty in cultivating the virus. the original isolation of mpv in tertiary monkey kidney cells was possible because the investigator had access to a monkey kidney cell source that was free of the endogenous simian foamy virus (a.d.m.e. osterhaus, personal communication). primary monkey kidney cells commercially available in the usa all contain sfv, and even the addition of anti-sfv antisera cannot prevent the growth of this endogenous virus prior to the slow emergence of mpv. further, the fusion protein of mpv requires cleavage by exogenous trypsin for robust in vitro growth. trypsin is added by most clinical virology laboratories only to cultures of madin-darby canine kidney (mdck) cells for the isolation of infl uenza virus; however, mdck cells are very poorly permissive for mpv even in the presence of trypsin. finally, primary isolation of mpv often requires one or more passages prior to visible cpe and few laboratories routinely follow this procedure. unlike rsv, mpv is not particularly labile to freeze-thaw cycles [ ] and thus can be retrospectively isolated from pcr-positive specimens. fluorescent antibody staining of patient specimens or shell vial cultures can facilitate more rapid identification [ - ] . thus, molecular diagnostic techniques have been used for virtually all studies of mpv epidemiology. a number of sensitive and specifi c real-time rt-pcr assays have been described [ - ] . many early assays were based on limited sequence data and subsequently were found to be suboptimal for detecting multiple diverse strains [ ] . both individual and multiplexed rt-pcr assays offer more sensitive detection of mpv than culture; however, multiplex assays sometimes balance decreased sensitivity for a single agent with the convenience of detecting multiple viruses simultaneously [ ] . another limitation of molecular detection for all viruses is the ability to detect low levels of viral nucleic acid in the absence of infectious virus. it has become common to detect more than one virus in a single specimen, and the interpretation of these data is far from clear. community respiratory viral infections are frequent in childhood, and the likelihood of detecting viral genome prior to the onset of illness or for prolonged periods after illness resolution complicates the assignment of causation to one of several co-detected viruses. mpv is an enveloped pleomorphic virus ranging in size from to nm, containing a single-stranded negative-sense rna genome [ ] . complete genomic sequences of numerous mpv strains have been published [ , , ] . the genome comprises eight separate open reading frames encoding nine distinct proteins (fig. . ) . mpv genes are analogous to those of rsv (though ns and ns are absent in mpv), but the organization of genes differs. ampv and mpv have been taxonomically classifi ed in the separate metapneumovirus genus based on the gene order. phylogenetic analysis of mpv genes consistently identifi es four genetic clades, two major groups designated a and b, each with two minor groups designated a , a , b , and b [ , - ] . one group has suggested further sublineages based on partial f sequence diversity [ ] , but there is no evidence that this further genetic distinction is of any antigenic or immunologic importance. the two major surface proteins are the fusion (f) and attachment (g), with a third integral membrane short hydrophobic (sh) protein. f is the target of neutralizing antibodies in animal models, f-only vaccines induce protection in animals, and f-specifi c monoclonal antibodies provide passive protection [ - ] . in contrast, g-specifi c antibodies do not neutralize virus and g-only vaccines induce neither neutralizing antibodies nor protection [ , , ] . thus, it appears that mpv is unique among human paramyxoviruses in that the attachment protein does not contribute to protective antibodies. further, the g protein exhibits a high degree of genetic variability between subgroups, with as low as % amino acid identity between the major a and b subgroups and a minimum % identity within subgroups [ , - ] . the selective pressure for this diversity is unclear. in contrast to g, the f protein is conserved, with a minimum % amino acid identity between a and b subgroups and a minimum % identity within subgroups [ , , ] . presumably there are functional constraints on the diversity of f, since the mutation rate of mpv is high, similar to other rna viruses. the major question regarding the diversity between major or minor subgroups is whether it contributes to antigenic variation or escape in human populations. cross-neutralization against heterologous virus from the a and b lineages was tested using experimental infection of ferrets [ ] . this study found relative neutralization of homologous to heterologous virus ranging from to -fold difference, thus providing some evidence for antigenic serotypes. however, subsequent experiments using hamsters, african green monkeys, chimpanzees, and rhesus macaques found that the a and b groups were - % related antigenically [ ] . infected animals developed neutralizing antibodies that were highly effective against heterologous virus, and previously infected primates were protected against challenge with heterologous virus. cynomolgus macaques infected with a or b subgroup viruses or with candidate vaccines exhibited only a - -fold difference in neutralizing titer against homologous and heterologous viruses [ , ] . taken together, these data show that while mpv f exhibits some antigenic diversity, the virus does not have truly distinct serotypes. the potential implications for human epidemiology are discussed further below. descriptive epidemiology numerous studies document the fact that mpv infection is ubiquitous and that reinfection is common. serosurveys testing large sample collections in canada, china, croatia, germany, israel, japan, the netherlands, taiwan, thailand, the usa, and uruguay show that - % of children have antibodies against mpv by the age of years [ - ] . in many of these studies, - % of children are seropositive by age years, suggesting that most acquire primary mpv infection early. most identify a decrease in serum mpv antibody titer from birth to - months, presumably due to the expected decline of maternally derived antibodies. studies in japan and india that compared mpv and rsv titers in the same cohort found that after the expected nadir during early infancy, rsv titers began increasing at an earlier age than mpv [ , ] . this fi nding is interesting in light of epidemiologic data suggesting that primary mpv infection peaks between and months of life compared with the peak of rsv at - months (discussed below). longitudinal studies in adults and children have documented reinfection by a fourfold rise in serum antibody titer [ , , , - ] . the serological data show that mpv infection is nearly ubiquitous during the fi rst years of life. further, reinfection occurs throughout life. in children, primary mpv infection is associated commonly with lower respiratory illness, while reinfection is associated with upper tract disease [ , ] . most epidemiologic studies of mpv in children show that the virus is the second leading cause of lower respiratory infection after rsv. the prevalence of mpv in studies of children with lri is - %. a -year prospective study of otherwise healthy children < years old detected mpv in % of children with lri; several children experienced recurrent infection [ ] . a -years multicenter study of inpatient and outpatient japanese children with ari identifi ed mpv in / ( . %) [ ] . a -years observational study of otherwise healthy korean children < years old found mpv in / ( . %), similar to the rates for infl uenza and parainfl uenza virus type (piv- ) [ ] . a very large observational study in queensland, australia, tested specimens obtained from patients of all ages with lri from to ; mpv was detected in / , ( . %). ninety-two percent of patients with mpv were < years old, and mpv was the second most common virus after rsv in these children [ ] . a south african group tested specimens from children hospitalized with ari who were subjects in a prospective pneumococcal vaccine trial; mpv was present in / , ( . %) and was the most common virus after rsv. the estimated incidence of mpv-associated hospitalization in hiv-negative children was / , ; a number of children had repeat infections [ ] . a prospective study of hospitalized children in hong kong over a -month period found mpv in / ( . %); the estimated incidence of mpv-associated hospitalization was . per , children < years old [ ] . a chinese group conducted a prospective -years study of children hospitalized with ari and identifi ed mpv in / ( . %), with most < years old [ ] . a large, population-based, prospective surveillance study conducted in three us cities over years found that the incidence of hospitalization for mpv in children < years old was per , , lower than the rate of rsv-associated hospitalization in the same cohort ( / , ) but similar to the rates for infl uenza ( . / , ) and piv- ( . / , ) [ ] . respiratory disease is among the leading causes for hospitalization of adults in the usa, and "infl uenza and pneumonia" ranks among the top causes of deaths annually. although the data are limited, mpv appears to be associated with a substantial burden of ari in adults, primarily those with comorbidities. a prospective study in rochester, ny, enrolled four cohorts during four winters: healthy adults > , high-risk adults > with comorbidities, healthy adults - years old, and adults hospitalized for acute cardiopulmonary illness [ , ] . overall, mpv infection was detected in . % of ari in the cohort. the rate of mpv infection was highest in young adults at %, though many of these were asymptomatic and detected only serologically. of note, this group had a mean age of , was predominantly female, and had daily exposure to children. of the hospitalized patients, the incidence of mpv annually ranged from . to . %. more than % of the hospitalized mpvinfected subjects had underlying conditions, chiefl y cardiopulmonary disease or diabetes mellitus. there were six deaths in this study, all with comorbidities; one had concomitant bacteremia with streptococcus pneumoniae . interestingly, the incidence of mpv infection was similar to the annual average infection rate for rsv ( . %) and infl uenza a ( . %) in these cohorts during the same study period. a prospective, population-based study in nashville, tn, recruited adults hospitalized for ari at several county hospitals over three winters [ ] . of subjects, ( . %) had mpv, ( . %) infl uenza, and ( . %) rsv. notably, mpv-infected subjects were signifi cantly older than infl uenza-infected subjects (mean vs. years) and had higher rates of chronic cardiopulmonary disease ( % vs. %). the overall population-based rates of hospitalization for the three viruses were similar, at / , for mpv, . / , rsv, and . / , for infl uenza. however, for subjects ≥ years, hospitalization rates were much higher for mpv and rsv at . / , for mpv and . / , for rsv compared to . / , for infl uenza, likely refl ecting the use of infl uenza vaccine for older adults. a prospective study of community-acquired pneumonia in canada found mpv in % of hospitalized cases during an -month period, all with underlying conditions [ ] . a dutch group detected mpv in % of bronchoalveolar lavage specimens from intensive care unit patients. all were > years old with comorbid conditions and % died [ ] . similarly, a retrospective study in north ireland found mpv in only . % of residual respiratory specimens from adults, but % of these died [ ] . together, these data show that mpv is an important cause of acute respiratory disease in adults, primarily older adults or those with underlying comorbid conditions. mpv is associated with acute asthma exacerbations [ - ] . mpv was detected in of hospitalized finnish children with acute wheezing [ ] . similarly, mpv was isolated from % of adults hospitalized for acute asthma exacerbation, only one of whom tested positive months later [ ] . premature infants who developed mpv bronchiolitis within the fi rst year of life had decreased lung function at year of age [ ] . a prospective, case-control study of children with mpv bronchiolitis during infancy compared to infants with acute gastroenteritis found that mpv infection early in life was signifi cantly associated with a later diagnosis of asthma and recurrent wheezing at years of age [ ] . mpv causes severe disease in children with comorbid conditions such as cardiac and pulmonary disease or prematurity [ - ] . a prospective -year study of hospitalized children found that % of patients with mpv had a history of prematurity, chronic lung disease, complex congenital heart disease, or immunodefi ciency [ ] . vicente et al. detected mpv by rt-pcr in % of adults > years old with acute exacerbations of copd; none had other pathogens identifi ed by culture or pcr [ ] . a canadian study found that % of hospitalized adults with communityacquired pneumonia or copd exacerbations tested positive for mpv, all with comorbid conditions; one also had infl uenza a and s. pneumoniae [ ] . rsv was present in % and infl uenza a in % of the cohort. mpv was detected in % of adults hospitalized for copd exacerbation during one winter in connecticut, none with other viruses codetected; rsv was present in % and infl uenza a in % of the entire cohort [ ] . severe and fatal mpv disease can occur among immunocompromised individuals, including solid organ and stem cell transplant recipients, hiv-infected persons, and chemotherapy patients [ - ] . mpv is associated with morbidity and mortality in adults with hematologic malignancies and stem cell transplant; [ , ] mpv was detected in bronchoalveolar lavage specimens from / ( %) episodes of acute respiratory infection in stem cell transplant recipients, and four died [ ] . hiv-positive south african children with mpv were signifi cantly more likely to receive a diagnosis of pneumonia and experience longer hospitalization, lower mean oxygen saturation, and bacteremia; further, hiv-positive children were fi vefold more likely to be infected with mpv than hiv-negative children [ ] . mpv has been implicated in several hospital and institutional outbreaks leading to mortality [ , ] . kim and colleagues [ ] report the transmission of mpv to pediatric hematology-oncology patients during a nosocomial outbreak. the incubation period was between and days. standard, but not droplet, precautions were used. in laboratory studies, infectious virus persists on metal and nonporous surfaces for up to h [ ] . due to the signifi cant morbidity and mortality of mpv in high-risk children, isolation precautions are important. mpv is associated with both upper and lower respiratory tract disease [ , - ] . rhinorrhea and cough are the most frequent symptoms, while hoarseness, laryngitis, sore throat, and croup are less common [ - , , ] . a large prospective study of children with uri detected mpv in % of patients, similar to rsv, infl uenza, and piv but less frequent than adenovirus and rhinovirus. in these children with uri associated with mpv, fever was present in %, coryza in %, cough in %, pharyngitis in %, hoarseness in %, and conjunctivitis in % [ ] . mpv is associated with acute otitis media and has been detected in nasal secretions and middle ear fl uid [ , , - ] . signs and symptoms of lri with mpv include cough, wheezing, and rhonchi. a large chinese study of children with acute respiratory infections found that wheezing was more common in children with mpv than with rsv [ ] . in that study, children with mpv were diagnosed with pneumonia signifi cantly more than children with rsv, % versus % ( p = . ). conversely, a larger percentage of children with rsv were diagnosed with bronchiolitis compared to mpv, % versus %, respectively ( p < . ). other studies also note the trend toward a higher percentage of children with mpv and pneumonia compared to rsv [ , , ] although this is not always statistically signifi cant [ ] . mpv has been associated rarely with neurologic complications, including febrile seizures and altered mental status, but there is no conclusive evidence for direct neural infection. one case report describes a patient who died and had mpv isolated by rt-pcr from brain and lung tissues [ ] . mpv was detected by rt-pcr in nasal specimens from of , persons with encephalitis of unknown etiology [ ] . several other reports describe the detection of mpv in a respiratory specimen from patients with encephalitis [ , - ] . only one case reports detection of mpv in cerebrospinal fl uid [ ] . the incidence of viral infection varies between countries and years, but mpv circulates in every year [ , , - , , , - ] . epidemiologic studies have verifi ed the presence of mpv worldwide. mpv is present during all months in temperate regions, although predominant in late winter-early spring, often following the peak of rsv (fig. . ) [ , , , , , , , , , , ] . in subtropical climates such as hong kong, a springsummer season similar to rsv occurs [ ] . biannual peaks of seasonality have been described in some european studies [ , ] . annual rates of mpv-associated ari are lower than rsv and comparable to parainfl uenza virus types - combined and infl uenza [ , , , , , ] although mpv does on occasion surpass rsv in incidence [ ] . multiple outbreaks have been reported in nursing homes and other long-term care facilities (ltcf). mpv was the only pathogen identifi ed in an outbreak of ari that occurred over a -weeks period at a quebec ltcf, with pcr-confi rmed and epidemiologically linked probable cases. there were three deaths among the confi rmed and nine deaths among the probable cases [ ] . a california study described an outbreak of ari in / ( %) residents and, importantly, staff of a ltcf; mpv was confi rmed in residents, of whom were hospitalized, and no other viruses were detected in any case [ ] . attendance in out-of-home day care, breast-feeding, and passive smoke exposure are not signifi cantly associated with mpv infection [ ] . mpv infection is not associated with lower socioeconomic status. viral coinfection has been suggested with mpv; dual infection with rsv and mpv increased the risk of picu admission compared to rsv alone in one small study [ ] . however, this fi nding was refuted by subsequent larger reports [ - ] . other studies demonstrate no signifi cant difference in children with coinfections, including adenovirus, bocavirus, coronavirus, infl uenza virus, parainfl uenza viruses, or rsv [ , , , , , ] . mpv has four distinct genetic lineages or subgroups: a , a , b , and b [ , , ] . the predominant subtype varies by year and location [ , , , , ] . in italy, over a -years period, all four subtypes were identifi ed each season but the predominant subtype changed. in - , a accounted for % of all strains, the following year b and b were present equally, and in - , % of strains were a [ ] . similar variation was observed over years in a us study, with multiple subgroups present in most seasons (fig. . ) [ ] . it is unclear whether viruses from different subgroups differ in virulence. a study in spain reported that children with group a infection more frequently had pneumonia and higher disease severity [ ] , while in canada, group b was associated with more severe disease in hospitalized patients [ ] . patients with group b strains in a french study were more likely to have abnormal chest radiographs but did not have signifi cant differences in oxygen saturation, hospitalizations, or clinical severity scores [ ] . other studies have found no major distinctions in disease severity [ , , ], laboratory abnormalities [ ] , or symptoms [ ] between subgroups. group a viruses replicate more efficiently in animal models, suggesting some meaningful biological differences between groups [ , ]. mpv is an enveloped virus and thus inactivated by soap, disinfectants, or alcohols. spread is thought to occur by direct or close contact with contaminated secretions. infectious virus can persist at room temperature, especially nonporous surfaces, for up to h [ ] . contact precautions are recommended as for rsv with meticulous hand hygiene. cohorting of patients and caregivers should be considered during outbreaks in care facilities. human data are limited; studies in rodents and nonhuman primates reveal mild erosive and infl ammatory changes in the mucosa and submucosa of the airways, with viral replication observed in ciliated epithelial cells in the respiratory tract [ - ] . infl ammatory infi ltrates with a lymphocytic and monocytic predominance are present in perivascular and peribronchial areas. sumino and colleagues [ ] reviewed the lung pathology of fi ve adults with mpv infection. histopathology in three patients demonstrated acute, organizing lung injury with diffuse alveolar membrane formation and the presence of smudge cells. the fourth patient had no evidence of lower respiratory tract infection, and the fi fth patient had nonspecifi c acute and chronic infl ammation. a similar study in children revealed chronic infl ammatory changes of the airways with intra-alveolar macrophages [ ] . a major limitation of reports of human pathology is that patients had been mechanically ventilated prior to death, making it diffi cult to distinguish virus-induced pathology from barotrauma and nonspecifi c infl ammation. mpv lacks genes present in other paramyxoviruses that inhibit interferon responses; nevertheless, mpv is capable of blocking type i interferon responses by an unknown mechanism [ , ] . mpv and other respiratory viruses induce pulmonary cd + t cells that fail to secrete ifnγ or exhibit cytotoxic degranulation in response to viral peptides; these impaired cd t cells resemble exhausted cd t cells induced by chronic infections such as hiv and hepatitis c virus [ ] . humans develop neutralizing antibodies to mpv, and passive antibodies alone can protect in animal models. however, immunity wanes over time and likely provides limited cross-protection between subgroups, since reinfections occur in children and adults [ , ] with genetically different strains [ , , , , ] as well as strains from the same subgroup [ ] . early protection against reinfection following primary infection was confi rmed in macaques; however, when challenged weeks later, virus replication was detectable despite the presence of serum antibodies [ ] . eleven months later, antibody levels had waned still further, and all macaques challenged with heterologous virus and two of three animals reinfected with homologous virus had no evidence of protection [ ] . a prospective study in humans noted that baseline mpv antibodies were lower in patients who subsequently became infected versus those who did not become infected [ ] . thus, cross-protection and duration of antibody responses are important issues for vaccine development. patterns of host response mpv causes both upper and lower respiratory tract signs and symptoms clinically indistinguishable from disease associated with rsv and other respiratory viruses [ , , , , ] . fever is present in most cases, especially children [ - , , , , ] . transient maculopapular rash has been described in a minority of patients [ , , ] , and vomiting or diarrhea are described with low frequency [ , , ] . laboratory abnormalities are uncommon, although one study identifi ed % of patients with elevated alt and ast values [ ] . white blood cell count and c-reactive protein were not signifi cantly different between rsv and mpv [ , ] . mpv is rarely detected in asymptomatic persons [ , , - ] , though in otherwise healthy young adults, mpv infection can be subclinical [ ] . the duration of shedding in healthy individuals is approximately - days [ , ] . detection in cell culture requires prolonged incubation and is both insensitive and often impractical. shell vial culture offers increased sensitivity over traditional culture [ , ] . ifa has demonstrated a sensitivity of % and specifi city of % with rt-pcr as the gold standard [ ] . dfa has shown similar results [ ] . commercial antibody kits for immunofl uorescent detection of mpv are available. rt-pcr is most commonly used for detection of the virus in epidemiologic studies and is becoming more common in clinical laboratories [ , , , ] . real-time rt-pcr targeting the conserved n gene has high sensitivity for detection of all four subgroups [ , ] . control and prevention the primary therapy for mpv infections is supportive care, including oral or intravenous hydration, monitoring of respiratory status and oxygen saturation, supplemental oxygen, and mechanical ventilation for frank respiratory failure. there are no licensed antivirals for mpv. reports of pharmacologic treatment of mpv are limited to severely ill or immunocompromised patients. ribavirin, an antiviral agent used in severe rsv infection, reduced infl ammation and viral replication in mice with mpv infection [ ] . commercial intravenous immunoglobulin (ivig), ribavirin, and nmso (a sulfated sialyl lipid) effectively inhibited mpv in vitro [ , ] . ribavirin, with and without ivig, has been used in immunocompromised adults [ ] . bonney and colleagues [ ] reported successful treatment of an immunocompromised child with mpv using iv ribavirin and ivig. subsequently, oral ribavirin and inhaled ribavirin with ivig have been used [ , ] . however, no randomized, controlled trials have been conducted, and these data should be regarded as purely anecdotal. human and murine monoclonal antibodies exhibit therapeutic effi cacy in rodent models and thus offer potential for immunoprophylaxis [ , , ]. a number of vaccine approaches for mpv have been investigated. the f protein is conserved between subgroups, immunogenic, and the only target of neutralizing antibodies; in contrast to rsv, the mpv g protein does not induce neutralizing antibodies and is not a protective antigen [ , , ] . a recombinant parainfl uenza virus encoding the mpv f protein demonstrated protection against mpv [ ] , and soluble f protein vaccines reduced viral titers in cotton rats and hamsters [ , ] . reverse genetics technology has been developed for mpv and has been used to produce recombinant strains for vaccine development [ , ] . viruses lacking the g, m - , m - , or sh proteins or with point mutations are attenuated and immunogenic in rodent and primate models [ , , - ]. the major unresolved problems in mpv epidemiology and research involve understanding mechanisms of disease and developing therapeutic or preventive strategies. abundant evidence shows that mpv is a signifi cant cause of acute respiratory disease, especially in the very young, older adults, and persons with underlying conditions. as with all mucosal viruses, the short incubation period of mpv com-bined with the transient nature of mucosal iga means that reinfection is possible throughout life. however, serum igg appears to offer protection against severe lower respiratory involvement, and thus a vaccine would likely ameliorate the most severe cases. the best candidate vaccine is not yet clear. further, mpv has as yet unidentifi ed mechanisms to subvert host immunity. elucidation of these pathways might help guide vaccine development and uncover novel host targets for immunomodulation. recovery from infants with respiratory illness of a virus related to chimpanzee coryza agent (cca). ii. epidemiologic aspects of infection in infants and young children recovery from infants with respiratory illness of a virus related to chimpanzee coryza agent (cca). i. isolation, properties and characterization respiratory syncytial virus is an important cause of community-acquired lower respiratory infection among hospitalized adults respiratory syncytial virus infections in adult bone marrow transplant recipients respiratory syncytial virus-induced acute lung injury in adult patients with bone marrow transplants: a clinical approach and review of the literature severe respiratory syncytial virus pneumonia after autologous bone marrow transplantation: a report of three cases and review an outbreak of respiratory syncytial virus in a bone marrow transplant center bronchiolitis-associated mortality and estimates of respiratory syncytial virus-associated deaths among us children, - mortality associated with infl uenza and respiratory syncytial virus in the united states respiratory syncytial virus infection in children with bronchopulmonary dysplasia respiratory syncytial virus infection in children with congenital heart disease: a review community respiratory virus infections among hospitalized adult bone marrow transplant recipients twenty years of outpatient respiratory syncytial virus infection: a framework for vaccine effi cacy trials epidemiology of respiratory syncytial virus infection in washington, d.c. i. importance of the virus in different respiratory tract disease syndromes and temporal distribution of infection risk of respiratory syncytial virus infection for infants from low-income families in relationship to age, sex, ethnic group, and maternal antibody level severe respiratory syncytial virus disease in alaska native children. rsv alaska study group respiratory syncytial virus infection in elderly and high-risk adults detection of respiratory syncytial virus in adults with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease respiratory viruses in exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease requiring hospitalisation: a case-control study comparison of respiratory syncytial virus humoral immunity and response to infection in young and elderly adults respiratory syncytial virus-specifi c cd + memory t cell responses in elderly persons purifi cation and characterization of gp , one of the envelope glycoproteins of respiratory syncytial virus evaluation of direct immunofl uorescence, enzyme immunoassay, centrifugation culture, and conventional culture for the detection of respiratory syncytial virus r-mix cells are faster, at least as sensitive and marginally more costly than conventional cell lines for the detection of respiratory viruses structure of rsv fusion glycoprotein trimer bound to a prefusion-specifi c neutralizing antibody structural basis for immunization with postfusion respiratory syncytial virus fusion f glycoprotein (rsv f) to elicit high neutralizing antibody titers structure of respiratory syncytial virus fusion glycoprotein in the postfusion conformation reveals preservation of neutralizing epitopes risk of primary infection and reinfection with respiratory syncytial virus composite analysis of eleven consecutive yearly epidemics infection and disease with respect to age, immunologic status, race and sex respiratory syncytial virus and parainfl uenza virus population-based surveillance for hospitalizations associated with respiratory syncytial virus, infl uenza virus, and parainfl uenza viruses among young children griffi n mr. rates of hospitalization for respiratory syncytial virus infection among children in medicaid bronchiolitis-associated hospitalizations among us children respiratory syncytial virus-coded pediatric hospitalizations respiratorysyncytial-virus infections, reinfections and immunity. a prospective, longitudinal study in young children respiratory syncytial virus infections within families respiratory syncytial virus infections in previously healthy working adults antigenic and genetic diversity among the attachment proteins of group a respiratory syncytial viruses that have caused repeat infections in children pattern of respiratory syncytial virus epidemics in finland: two-year cycles with alternating prevalence of groups a and b subgroup characteristics of respiratory syncytial virus strains recovered from children with two consecutive infections an antigenic analysis of respiratory syncytial virus isolates by a plaque reduction neutralization test antigenic characterization of respiratory syncytial virus strains with monoclonal antibodies strain-specifi c serum antibody responses in infants undergoing primary infection with respiratory syncytial virus the g glycoprotein of human respiratory syncytial viruses of subgroups a and b: extensive sequence divergence between antigenically related proteins clinical severity of respiratory syncytial virus group a and b infection in sydney, australia occurrence of groups a and b of respiratory syncytial virus over years: associated epidemiologic and clinical characteristics in hospitalized and ambulatory children severity of respiratory syncytial virus infection is related to virus strain variation in severity of respiratory syncytial virus infections with subtype distribution and clinical impact of human respiratory syncytial virus genotypes in hospitalized children over winter seasons rsv infection-not for kids only impact of respiratory syncytial virus infection on surgery for congenital heart disease: postoperative course and outcome variable morbidity of respiratory syncytial virus infection in patients with underlying lung disease: a review of the picnic rsv database. pediatric investigators collaborative network on infections in canada rehospitalization for respiratory syncytial virus among premature infants fatal respiratory syncytial virus infection in severe combined immunodefi ciency syndrome respiratory syncytial viral infection in infants with congenital heart disease respiratory syncytial viral infection in children with compromised immune function improved outcome of respiratory syncytial virus infection in a high-risk hospitalized population of canadian children. pediatric investigators collaborative network on infections in canada breast-feeding and health in the s: a global epidemiologic review rehospitalization with respiratory syncytial virus after neonatal intensive care unit discharge: a -year follow-up picnic (pediatric investigators collaborative network on infections in canada) study of the role of age and respiratory syncytial virus neutralizing antibody on respiratory syncytial virus illness in patients with underlying heart or lung disease rehospitalisations for respiratory disease and respiratory syncytial virus infection in preterm infants of - weeks gestational age effects of acute viral respiratory tract infections in patients with cystic fi brosis role of respiratory syncytial virus in early hospitalizations for respiratory distress of young infants with cystic fi brosis effects of viral lower respiratory tract infection on lung function in infants with cystic fi brosis respiratory syncytial virus morbidity and mortality estimates in congenital heart disease patients: a recent experience physiologic risk factors for respiratory viral infections and immunoprophylaxis for respiratory syncytial virus in young children with congenital heart disease respiratory viral infections in immunocompetent and immunocompromised persons community respiratory virus infections in bone marrow transplant recipients: the m.d. anderson cancer center experience ribavirin treatment of viral pneumonitis in severe combined immunodefi ciency disease respiratory virus infections after marrow transplant: the fred hutchinson cancer research center experience community respiratory viruses: organ transplant recipients community respiratory viral infection in adult lung transplant recipients respiratory syncytial virusassociated infections in adult recipients of solid organ transplants infectious complications in heart-lung transplantation. analysis of episodes respiratory syncytial virus infection in human immunodeficiency virus-infected children differing manifestations of respiratory syncytial virus-associated severe lower respiratory tract infections in human immunodeficiency virus type -infected and uninfected children increased burden of respiratory viral associated severe lower respiratory tract infections in children infected with human immunodefi ciency virus type- nosocomial respiratory syncytial virus infections: the "cold war" has not ended nosocomial respiratory syncytial virus infections control of nosocomial respiratory syncytial viral infections neonatal respiratory syncytial virus infection nosocomial respiratory syncytial virus infection in canadian pediatric hospitals: a pediatric investigators collaborative network on infections in canada study nosocomial transmission of respiratory syncytial virus in immunocompromised adults rsv outbreak in a paediatric intensive care unit medical and economic impact of a respiratory syncytial virus outbreak in a neonatal intensive care unit maternal immunization against viral disease respiratory syncytial virus infections in pediatric liver transplant recipients use of palivizumab to control an outbreak of syncytial respiratory virus in a neonatal intensive care unit presence of respiratory syncytial virus genomic sequences in middle ear fl uid and its relationship to expression of cytokines and cell adhesion molecules identifi cation of respiratory virus antigens in middle ear fl uids of children with acute otitis media prospective controlled study of four infection-control procedures to prevent nosocomial infection with respiratory syncytial virus prevention of nosocomial respiratory syncytial virus infections through compliance with glove and gown isolation precautions respiratory syncytial virus (rsv) infection rate in personnel caring for children with rsv infections. routine isolation procedure vs routine procedure supplemented by use of masks and goggles the use of eye-nose goggles to control nosocomial respiratory syncytial virus infection rapid identifi cation of respiratory viruses: impact on isolation practices and transmission among immunocompromised pediatric patients nosocomial respiratory syncytial virus infections: prevention and control in bone marrow transplant patients respiratory syncytial virus infections in infants: quantitation and duration of shedding quantitative shedding patterns of respiratory syncytial virus in infants environmental and demographic risk factors for respiratory syncytial virus lower respiratory tract disease casecontrol study of the risk factors linked to respiratory syncytial virus infection requiring hospitalization in premature infants born at a gestational age of - weeks in spain the pediatric investigators collaborative network on infections in canada study of predictors of hospitalization for respiratory syncytial virus infection for infants born at through completed weeks of gestation respiratory syncytial virus in infants and children differential gender response to respiratory infections and to the protective effect of breast milk in preterm infants risk factors for respiratory syncytial virusassociated lower respiratory illnesses in the fi rst year of life epidemiologic patterns of acute lower respiratory disease of children in a pediatric group practice epidemiology of acute lower respiratory disease in children clinically useful method for the isolation of respiratory syncytial virus bronchiolitis-associated hospitalizations among american indian and alaska native children modes of transmission of respiratory syncytial virus possible transmission by fomites of respiratory syncytial virus infectivity of respiratory syncytial virus by various routes of inoculation an outbreak of febrile illness and pneumonia associated with respiratory syncytial virus infection respiratory syncytial virus load predicts disease severity in previously healthy infants illness severity, viral shedding, and antibody responses in infants hospitalized with bronchiolitis caused by respiratory syncytial virus latency and persistence of respiratory syncytial virus despite t cell immunity respiratory syncytial virus infection of human mononuclear leukocytes in vitro and in vivo respiratory syncytial virus rna in cells from the peripheral blood during acute infection speculation on pathogenesis in death from respiratory syncytial virus infection demonstration of respiratory syncytial virus in an autopsy series respiratory syncytial virus infection of human airway epithelial cells is polarized, specifi c to ciliated cells, and without obvious cytopathology pathological changes in virus infections of the lower respiratory tract in children age as a factor in the distribution of lower-airway conductance and in the pathologic anatomy of obstructive lung disease seasonality of invasive pneumococcal disease: temporal relation to documented infl uenza and respiratory syncytial viral circulation vaccine trialist g. a role for streptococcus pneumoniae in virus-associated pneumonia effect of age and preexisting antibody on serum antibody response of infants and children to the f and g glycoproteins during respiratory syncytial virus infection passive transfer of respiratory syncytial virus (rsv) antiserum suppresses the immune response to the rsv fusion (f) and large (g) glycoproteins expressed by recombinant vaccinia viruses microplaque immunoperoxidase detection of infectious respiratory syncytial virus in the lungs of infected mice infl uence of maternal antibodies on vaccine responses: inhibition of antibody but not t cell responses allows successful early prime-boost strategies in mice the immunologic response to infection with respiratory syncytial virus in infants type -like immune response is found in children with respiratory syncytial virus infection regardless of clinical severity detection of respiratory syncytial virus nucleic acid in archival postmortem tissue from infants effect of pneumonia in childhood on adult lung function association of radiologically ascertained pneumonia before age yr with asthmalike symptoms and pulmonary function during childhood: a prospective study outcome of acute lower respiratory tract infection in infants: preliminary report of seven-year follow-up study initial airway function is a risk factor for recurrent wheezing respiratory illnesses during the fi rst three years of life. group health medical associates study of -year-old children with a history of respiratory syncytial virus bronchiolitis in infancy treatment of respiratory failure with inhaled nitric oxide and high-frequency ventilation in an infant with respiratory syncytial virus pneumonia and bronchopulmonary dysplasia effect of inhaled nitric oxide on respiratory mechanics in ventilated infants with rsv bronchiolitis helium-oxygen improves clinical asthma scores in children with acute bronchiolitis heliox therapy in infants with acute bronchiolitis exogenous surfactant supplementation in infants with respiratory syncytial virus bronchiolitis ribavirin for respiratory syncytial virus infection of the lower respiratory tract in infants and young children ribavirin for respiratory syncytial virus infection of the lower respiratory tract in infants and young children inhibition of respiratory viruses by nasally administered sirna glucocorticoids for acute viral bronchiolitis in infants and young children prospects of antiviral and anti-infl ammatory therapy for respiratory syncytial virus infection effi cacy of bronchodilator therapy in bronchiolitis. a meta-analysis bronchodilators for bronchiolitis the pharmacologic mechanism by which inhaled epinephrine reduces airway obstruction in respiratory syncytial virus-associated bronchiolitis short term effects of adrenaline in bronchiolitis: a randomised controlled trial effect of racemic epinephrine and salbutamol on clinical score and pulmonary mechanics in infants with bronchiolitis racemic epinephrine compared to salbutamol in hospitalized young children with bronchiolitis; a randomized controlled clinical trial quantitative aspects of passive immunity to respiratory syncytial virus infection in infant cotton rats prophylactic administration of respiratory syncytial virus immune globulin to high-risk infants and young children. the respiratory syncytial virus immune globulin study group respiratory syncytial virus immune globulin for prophylaxis against respiratory syncytial virus disease in infants and children with congenital heart disease. the cardiac study group neutralization epitopes of the f glycoprotein of respiratory syncytial virus: effect of mutation upon fusion function development of a humanized monoclonal antibody (medi- ) with potent in vitro and in vivo activity against respiratory syncytial virus safety and pharmacokinetics of an intramuscular humanized monoclonal antibody to respiratory syncytial virus in premature infants and infants with bronchopulmonary dysplasia. the medi- study group the impact-rsv study group. palivizumab, a humanized respiratory syncytial virus monoclonal antibody, reduces hospitalization from respiratory syncytial virus infection in high-risk infants safety, tolerance and pharmacokinetics of a humanized monoclonal antibody to respiratory syncytial virus in premature infants and infants with bronchopulmonary dysplasia. medi- study group palivizumab prophylaxis reduces hospitalization due to respiratory syncytial virus in young children with hemodynamically signifi cant congenital heart disease committee on f, newborn. revised indications for the use of palivizumab and respiratory syncytial virus immune globulin intravenous for the prevention of respiratory syncytial virus infections ultra-potent antibodies against respiratory syncytial virus: effects of binding kinetics and binding valence on viral neutralization immunology of viral respiratory tract infection in infancy an epidemiologic study of altered clinical reactivity to respiratory syncytial (rs) virus infection in children previously vaccinated with an inactivated rs virus vaccine vaccine-enhanced respiratory syncytial virus disease in cotton rats following immunization with lot or a newly prepared reference vaccine safety and immunogenicity of a respiratory syncytial virus subunit vaccine (pfp- ) in the institutionalized elderly immunogenicity of a new purifi ed fusion protein vaccine to respiratory syncytial virus: a multi-center trial in children with cystic fi brosis safety and immunogenicity of respiratory syncytial virus purifi ed fusion protein- vaccine in pregnant women a novel inactivated intranasal respiratory syncytial virus vaccine promotes viral clearance without th associated vaccine-enhanced disease safety and immunogenicity of a sf insect cell-derived respiratory syncytial virus fusion protein nanoparticle vaccine respiratory syncytial virus fusion glycoprotein expressed in insect cells form protein nanoparticles that induce protective immunity in cotton rats identifi cation of a recombinant live attenuated respiratory syncytial virus vaccine candidate that is highly attenuated in infants the interferon antagonist ns protein of respiratory syncytial virus is an important virulence determinant for humans a newly discovered human pneumovirus isolated from young children with respiratory tract disease metapneumoviruses in birds and humans analysis of the genomic sequence of a human metapneumovirus evolutionary dynamics of human and avian metapneumoviruses genomic analysis of four human metapneumovirus prototypes serologic evidence of avian metapneumovirus infection among adults occupationally exposed to turkeys human metapneumovirus and lower respiratory tract disease in otherwise healthy infants and children studies of culture conditions and environmental stability of human metapneumovirus detection of human metapneumovirus in clinical samples by immunofl uorescence staining of shell vial centrifugation cultures prepared from three different cell lines simultaneous detection and typing of human metapneumovirus strains in nasopharyngeal secretions and cell cultures by monoclonal antibodies detection of human metapneumovirus by direct antigen test and shell vial cultures using immunofl uorescent antibody staining evaluation of a commercial direct fl uorescent-antibody assay for human metapneumovirus in respiratory specimens molecular assays for detection of human metapneumovirus real-time reverse transcriptase pcr assay for detection of human metapneumoviruses from all known genetic lineages detection and quantification of human metapneumovirus in pediatric specimens by realtime rt-pcr detection of respiratory syncytial virus and human metapneumovirus by reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction in adults with and without respiratory illness molecular epidemiology of human metapneumovirus in ireland clinical evaluation of nuclisens magnetic extraction and nuclisens analytespecifi c reagents for real-time detection of human metapneumovirus in pediatric respiratory specimens detection and characterisation of human metapneumovirus from children with acute respiratory symptoms in north-west england real-time reverse transcriptase pcr assay for improved detection of human metapneumovirus real-world comparison of two molecular methods for detection of respiratory viruses recovery of human metapneumovirus from cdna: optimization of growth in vitro and expression of additional genes sequence analysis of the n, p, m and f genes of canadian human metapneumovirus strains genetic diversity between human metapneumovirus subgroups global genetic diversity of human metapneumovirus fusion gene use of the p gene to genotype human metapneumovirus identifi es viral subtypes antigenic and genetic variability of human metapneumoviruses genetic diversity and evolution of human metapneumovirus fusion protein over twenty years novel human metapneumovirus sublineage effects of human metapneumovirus and respiratory syncytial virus antigen insertion in two ' proximal genome positions of bovine/human parainfl uenza virus type on virus replication and immunogenicity individual contributions of the human metapneumovirus f, g, and sh surface glycoproteins to the induction of neutralizing antibodies and protective immunity human metapneumovirus fusion protein vaccines that are immunogenic and protective in cotton rats immunization of syrian golden hamsters with f subunit vaccine of human metapneumovirus induces protection against challenge with homologous or heterologous strains an alphavirus repliconbased human metapneumovirus vaccine is immunogenic and protective in mice and cotton rats isolation and characterization of monoclonal antibodies which neutralize human metapneumovirus in vitro and in vivo a recombinant human monoclonal antibody to human metapneumovirus fusion protein that neutralizes virus in vitro and is effective therapeutically in vivo the prophylactic administration of a monoclonal antibody against human metapneumovirus attenuates viral disease and airways hyperresponsiveness in mice prophylactic and therapeutic benefi ts of a monoclonal antibody against the fusion protein of human metapneumovirus in a mouse model soluble recombinant human metapneumovirus g protein is immunogenic but not protective genetic variability of the g glycoprotein gene of human metapneumovirus sequence polymorphism of the predicted human metapneumovirus g glycoprotein genetic heterogeneity of g and f protein genes from argentinean human metapneumovirus strains human metapneumovirus g protein is highly conserved within but not between genetic lineages the two major human metapneumovirus genetic lineages are highly related antigenically, and the fusion (f) protein is a major contributor to this antigenic relatedness experimental infection of macaques with human metapneumovirus induces transient protective immunity immunogenicity and effi cacy of two candidate human metapneumovirus vaccines in cynomolgus macaques estimates of individuals exposed to human metapneumovirus in a community-based taiwanese population in seroepidemiology of human metapneumovirus (hmpv) on the basis of a novel enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay utilizing hmpv fusion protein expressed in recombinant vesicular stomatitis virus seroprevalence of human metapneumovirus (hmpv) in the canadian province of saskatchewan analyzed by a recombinant nucleocapsid proteinbased enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay mlinaric galinovic g. serosurvey of human metapneumovirus infection in croatia large-scale seroprevalence analysis of human metapneumovirus and human respiratory syncytial virus infections in beijing, china high seroprevalence of neutralizing capacity against human metapneumovirus in all age groups studied in bonn clinical impact of human metapneumovirus genotypes and genotype-specifi c seroprevalence in yamagata serologic evidence of human metapneumovirus circulation in uruguay human metapneumovirus reinfection among children in thailand determined by elisa using purifi ed soluble fusion protein high seroprevalence of human metapneumovirus among young children in israel seroepidemiological study of human metapneumovirus comparison of the seroprevalence of human metapneumovirus and human respiratory syncytial virus development and validation of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for human metapneumovirus serology based on a recombinant viral protein human metapneumovirus infection among children association between seroprevalence of human metapneumovirus and c-reactive protein level and apolipoprotein e-epsilon allele in elderly inpatients in japan development and evaluation of a whole virus-based enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for the detection of human metapneumovirus antibodies in human sera population-based incidence of human metapneumovirus infection among hospitalized children human metapneumovirus infection in japanese children the association of newly identifi ed respiratory viruses with lower respiratory tract infections in korean children human metapneumovirus seasonality, incidence, and repeat human metapneumovirus lower respiratory tract infections in an area with a high prevalence of human immunodefi ciency virus type- infection children with respiratory disease associated with metapneumovirus in hong kong acute lower respiratory tract infections by human metapneumovirus in children in southwest china: a -year study burden of human metapneumovirus infection in young children human metapneumovirus infections in young and elderly adults human metapneumovirus infections in adults: another piece of the puzzle rates of hospitalizations for respiratory syncytial virus, human metapneumovirus, and infl uenza virus in older adults human metapneumovirus pneumonia in adults: results of a prospective study human metapneumovirus in bronchoalveolar lavage fl uid of critically ill patients with suspected pneumonia human metapneumovirus in adults: a short case series respiratory picornaviruses and respiratory syncytial virus as causative agents of acute expiratory wheezing in children asthma exacerbations in children associated with rhinovirus but not human metapneumovirus infection prevalence of viral respiratory tract infections in children with asthma metapneumovirus and acute wheezing in children human metapneumovirus infection plays an etiologic role in acute asthma exacerbations requiring hospitalization in adults lung function in prematurely born infants after viral lower respiratory tract infections human metapneumovirus bronchiolitis in infancy is an important risk factor for asthma at age the impact of infection with human metapneumovirus and other respiratory viruses in young infants and children at high risk for severe pulmonary disease severe human metapneumovirus pneumonia in a child with chronic illness comparison of risk factors for human metapneumovirus and respiratory syncytial virus disease severity in young children clinical course of hospitalised children infected with human metapneumovirus and respiratory syncytial virus comparison of human metapneumovirus infection with respiratory syncytial virus infection in children a -year experience with human metapneumovirus in children aged < years human metapneumovirus and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease human metapneumovirus infection in adults with community-acquired pneumonia and exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease human metapneumovirus and exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease respiratory tract reinfections by the new human metapneumovirus in an immunocompromised child human metapneumovirus-associated lower respiratory tract infections among hospitalized human immunodefi ciency virus type (hiv- )-infected and hiv- -uninfected african infants brief communication: fatal human metapneumovirus infection in stem-cell transplant recipients fatal pneumonia associated with human metapneumovirus (hmpv) in a patient with myeloid leukemia and adenocarcinoma in the lung human metapneumovirus infection in immunocompromised child respiratory failure associated with human metapneumovirus infection in an infant posthepatic transplant human metapneumovirus infection in hematopoietic stem cell transplant recipients the human metapneumovirus: a case series and review of the literature a prospective study comparing human metapneumovirus with other respiratory viruses in adults with hematologic malignancies and respiratory tract infections an outbreak of human metapneumovirus infection in hospitalized psychiatric adult patients in taiwan an outbreak of severe respiratory tract infection due to human metapneumovirus in a long-term care facility molecular epidemiological investigation of a nosocomial outbreak of human metapneumovirus infection in a pediatric hemato-oncology patient population the role of human metapneumovirus in upper respiratory tract infections in children: a -year experience human metapneumovirus infection in the united states: clinical manifestations associated with a newly emerging respiratory infection in children human metapneumovirus in children with acute respiratory tract infections in suzhou viral load and acute otitis media development after human metapneumovirus upper respiratory tract infection frequency of human metapneumovirus in the upper respiratory tract of children with symptoms of an acute otitis media detection of human metapneumovirus from children with acute otitis media human metapneumovirus rna in encephalitis patient beyond viruses: clinical profi les and etiologies associated with encephalitis a fatal case of encephalopathy possibly associated with human metapneumovirus infection seasonal distribution and phylogenetic analysis of human metapneumovirus among children in osaka city human metapneumovirus associated with central nervous system infection in children human metapneumovirus in the cerebrospinal fl uid of a patient with acute encephalitis characterization of human metapneumovirus infections in israel human metapneumovirus-associated lower respiratory tract infections in korean infants and young children community epidemiology of human metapneumovirus, human coronavirus nl , and other respiratory viruses in healthy preschool-aged children using parent-collected specimens evidence of human metapneumovirus in children in argentina human metapneumovirus in hospitalized children in amman, jordan epidemiology and genetic variability of human metapneumovirus during a -yearlong study in southeastern brazil biennial spring activity of human metapneumovirus in austria human metapneumovirus infections-biannual epidemics and clinical fi ndings in children in the region of basel, switzerland human metapneumovirus infection among children hospitalized with acute respiratory illness a summer outbreak of human metapneumovirus infection in a long-term-care facility dual infection of infants by human metapneumovirus and human respiratory syncytial virus is strongly associated with severe bronchiolitis absence of human metapneumovirus co-infection in cases of severe respiratory syncytial virus infection human metapneumovirus and severity of respiratory syncytial virus disease viral respiratory infections in hospitalized and community control children in alaska co-infection of human metapneumovirus with adenovirus or respiratory syncytial virus among children in japan co-circulation of human metapneumovirus and sars-associated coronavirus during a major nosocomial sars outbreak in hong kong changing circulation rate of human metapneumovirus strains and types among hospitalized pediatric patients during three consecutive winter-spring seasons differences in clinical severity between genotype a and genotype b human metapneumovirus infection in children human metapneumovirus genotypes and severity of disease in young children (n = ) during a -year study in dijon hospital, france genetic variability of human metapneumovirus infection: evidence of a shift in viral genotype without a change in illness experimental human metapneumovirus infection of cynomolgus macaques (macaca fascicularis) results in virus replication in ciliated epithelial cells and pneumocytes with associated lesions throughout the respiratory tract t lymphocytes contribute to antiviral immunity and pathogenesis in experimental human metapneumovirus infection the cotton rat (sigmodon hispidus) is a permissive small animal model of human metapneumovirus infection, pathogenesis, and protective immunity detection of severe human metapneumovirus infection by real-time polymerase chain reaction and histopathological assessment pathology of human metapneumovirus infection: insights into the pathogenesis of a newly identifi ed respiratory virus human metapneumovirus glycoprotein g inhibits innate immune responses human metapneumovirus inhibits ifn-alpha signaling through inhibition of stat phosphorylation viral acute lower respiratory infections impair cd + t cells through pd- characterization of human metapneumoviruses isolated from patients in north america humoral immunity to human metapneumovirus infection in adults human metapneumovirus infections in hospitalized children respiratory viruses in hospitalized children with acute lower respiratory tract infections in harbin, china prevalence and clinical symptoms of human metapneumovirus infection in hospitalized patients human metapneumovirus in the community detection and genetic diversity of human metapneumovirus in hospitalized children with acute respiratory infections in india detection of multiple respiratory viruses by real-time polymerase chain reaction in infants attending an outpatient clinic comparison of different cell lines and incubation times in the isolation by the shell vial culture of human metapneumovirus from pediatric respiratory samples detection of human metapneumovirus antigens in nasopharyngeal secretions by an immunofl uorescent-antibody test rapid detection of human metapneumovirus strains in nasopharyngeal aspirates and shell vial cultures by monoclonal antibodies virological features and clinical manifestations associated with human metapneumovirus: a new paramyxovirus responsible for acute respiratory-tract infections in all age groups comparative evaluation of real-time pcr assays for detection of the human metapneumovirus effect of ribavirin and glucocorticoid treatment in a mouse model of human metapneumovirus infection comparison of the inhibition of human metapneumovirus and respiratory syncytial virus by ribavirin and immune serum globulin in vitro comparison of the inhibition of human metapneumovirus and respiratory syncytial virus by nmso in tissue culture assays human metapneumovirus infection in a hematopoietic transplant recipient successful treatment of human metapneumovirus pneumonia using combination therapy with intravenous ribavirin and immune globulin treatment with oral ribavirin and ivig of severe human metapneumovirus pneumonia (hmpv) in immune compromised child a host-range restricted parainfl uenza virus type (piv ) expressing the human metapneumovirus (hmpv) fusion protein elicits protective immunity in african green monkeys recovery of human metapneumovirus genetic lineages a and b from cloned cdna infection of nonhuman primates with recombinant human metapneumovirus lacking the sh, g, or m - protein categorizes each as a nonessential accessory protein and identifi es vaccine candidates deletion of m gene open reading frames and of human metapneumovirus: effects on rna synthesis, attenuation, and immunogenicity generation of temperature-sensitive human metapneumovirus strains that provide protective immunity in hamsters deletion of human metapneumovirus m - increases mutation frequency and attenuates growth in hamsters key: cord- - jbm r authors: hurst, christon j.; adcock, noreen j. title: relationship between humans and their viruses date: - - journal: viral ecology doi: . /b - - / -x sha: doc_id: cord_uid: jbm r nan many of the viruses that can infect humans should not be considered as viruses of humans, but rather as zoonotic. zoonotic viruses are those viruses of animals that can cross boundaries such that they occasionally infect humans. some examples of diseases induced in humans by zoonotic viruses are dengue and ebola fever, the equine encephalitids (i.e., eastern, st. louis, venezuelan, and western), hantavirus pneumonia, lassa fever, marburg fever, rabies, and yellow fever. additionally, it should be noted that the zoonotic category includes most, if not all, of the human illnesses induced either by arboviruses (viruses whose transmission is vectored by arthropods) or by the hemorrhagic fever viruses. with respect to the zoonotic viruses humans are, at best, alternate hosts. humans do in fact usually represent dead-end hosts for these zoonotic viruses, meaning that subsequent transmission of those viruses either to new humans or back to the natural host is not sustained. there is a subgroup of zoonotic viruses that, although principally remaining viruses of animals, seem to have adapted themselves to use humans as natural hosts. this adaptation is indicated by the fact that these viruses have demonstrated an ability to sustain a chain of transmission among humans. examples of zoonotic viruses that have shown this ability to adapt themselves to become viruses of humans are those members of the family flaviviridae (genus flavivirus) that induce the human diseases known as dengue and yellow fever. all of the above-mentioned zoonotic viruses contrast with the viral agents that clearly are known by their nature to be viruses of humans. examples of viruses of humans are those that induce the diseases known as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, fever blisters, measles, mumps, polio, rubella, smallpox, t-cell leukemia, t-cell lymphoma, and type a influenza. the aim of this chapter is to address those viruses that are considered to be viruses of humans. those viruses of terrestrial mammals that are considered to be zoonotic are addressed by calisher and fenner in chapter . every virus species needs to have a successful overall approach for sustaining its existence. that overall approach must enable the virus to attain its two principal goals, namely, that the virus be able to reproduce itself within a host and that the virus then be transmitted onward to a new host. those mechanisms that any given virus species employs for achieving its sustainment, of course, have been developed through a process that involved an initiation of events by random chance followed by evolutionary selection. the most successful overall approaches may be those that subsequently evolve into the types of relationships between a virus and its host species that will allow the virus to persist without eliminating the host population. this latter point is very important, because the virus may in turn become extinct if it kills off the host population. it is for this reason that excessive virulence will be detrimental to the virus, and an interesting side point may be that, if an individual host cannot successfully surmount the infection, then the death of that individual host may be seen as an altruistic defense mechanism for the host population as a whole. achieving self-reproduction is the first principal goal of the virus. the processes involved can be divided into three aspects. the first aspect is the virus's overall approach with regard to the course of the infection it establishes within the host. this involves the time course of the infection and the extent to which infectious progeny viral particles are produced during the course of the infection. the second aspect is the replication strategy employed by the virus. this involves the issues of where the virus begins its march through the host body and the physical trajectory followed until the virus exits in search of a new host. the third aspect involves which approaches, if any, the virus uses to avoid the host defensive mechanisms. as mentioned in chapter , the goal of establishing an effective course of infection is an aspect of viral reproduction that can be attained in many ways. we can summarize the strategies that viruses use as following four basic patterns. three out of the four patterns of the course of viral infection are considered to be productive. the infection will be acquired in the form of infectious viral particles, and subsequently produced progeny viral particles then serve to infect future hosts. productive, in this context, means that the number of progeny viral particles produced during the course of an infection is sufficient for the particles to transmit the infection to a new host with some reasonable probability. the productive approach involves an evolutionary decision as to whether there will be either a very short initial but highly productive course of infection (short term-initial), a course of infection that is prolonged but only intermittently productive (recurrent), or a productive though very slow course of infection whose severity progressively increases with time to reach a dramatic end-stage (increasing to end-stage). these three patterns can be described as follows. a. short term-initial. viral production only occurs during a short time course near the time of initiation of the infection, which then abruptly ends. the human host may or may not survive beyond the course of this short infection. host survival depends on the type of virus involved, the extent to which the involved virus and humans have had time to coevolve as species, and whether or not the ancestral humans of that particular subgroup of the human host population previously have had contact with the causative virus. coevolution usually will tend to make the outcome of this pattern of viral infection sufficiently mild as to be associated with a fairly low incidence of mortality in an otherwise healthy population of human hosts. some examples of this pattern would be the infections caused by the human caliciviruses (family caliciviridae), human influenza viruses (family orthomyxoviridae), human polioviruses and human rhinoviruses (family picornaviridae), and the human rotaviruses (family reoviridae). b. recurrent. viral production, often very pronounced initially, is recurrent when the virus persists in a latent state within the host body and viral particle production periodically recurs but is not life threatening. some examples of this pattern would be the infections caused by the human herpesviruses (family herpesviridae) and the human papillomaviruses (family papovaviridae). c. increasing to end-stage. viral infection normally is associated with a slow, almost innocuous, start, followed by a gradual progression, associated with an increasing level of viral production and eventual host death. death of the host may relate to destruction of host immunological defense systems, which then results in death by secondary infections. this pattern of infection may take from l to years to kill a human host. the infections caused by the human immunodeficiency viruses and the human t-lymphotropic viruses (all belonging to the family retroviridae) represent examples of this pattern. the fourth basic pattern of viral infection is considered to be nonproductive. a nonproductive infection is one in which the production of infectious virus particles is so limited that the virus must transmit itself through other means, usually by transferring a copy of only the nucleic acid genome of the virus. in these instances, the viral infection is normally acquired by direct transfer of the viral genetic material from the human parents to their developing fetuses, such transfer occurring via the egg and sperm cells. there may be no apparent health effects associated with such an infection. an example of this pattern is the infections caused by the endogenous retroviruses (family retroviridae), whose genomes are incorporated into the chromosomal material of every cell in the human body (villareal, ) . the nonproductive pattern of infection seems to suggest the highest degree of coevolution between a virus and its host, since a nonproductive virus has no means of transmitting itself to a new host without some very active, albeit perhaps unwitting, participation on the part of the present host. this section addresses the questions of where and how the virus begins its march through the host body, and how the virus then continues the course of this attack, leading ultimately to the concept of viral reproduction strategies at the host population level. discussion of the strategy of viral replication within the body of a host organism begins at the most basic level, which is attachment of the virus to a particular molecule present on the surface of host cells. such a molecule is said to be the "virus's receptor," and will be some cellular protein or lipid component naturally produced by those cells. the virus's choice of receptor is a product of viral evolution. after binding to its receptor, the virus gains entrance to the interior of the cell and viral replication begins. viruses whose genomes are composed of dna generally replicate mainly within the nucleus. in contrast, those viruses with rna genomes generally focus their center of replication in the cytoplasm. during the course of replication, the virus must decide which cellular systems and machinery it will employ. some large viruses carry the genomic coding capacity for many of their own enzymes, while others may rely almost completely on the enzymatic machinery possessed by the host cell. many viruses, including those belonging to the genus enterovirus of the family picornaviridae, are said to be highly cytopathogenic, meaning that they usually quickly kill the host cell as a result of infection. other viruses, such as those that occupy the genus rubivirus of the family togaviridae, may cause prolonged and severe crippling of the cell rather than killing it outright. a further discussion of these issues can be found in chapter . viruses vary greatly with respect to the tissues they tend to target for infection. on a larger scale, this then leads to identification of those organs that the viruses are affecting. this selective targeting is referred to as a "tropism." viral tropisms can be divided into those considered primary and those considered secondary. primary tropisms will be associated with production of those viral particles that subsequently contribute to transmission of the viral infection to a new host. as such, the primary tropisms tend to be related to those sites (termed "portals") through which the virus either enters or exits the host body. secondary tropisms may represent accidents. some of these accidents may come about as a result of the molecule that a virus uses as its receptor, existing on the cells of tissues that are unrelated to those that the virus must employ in order to achieve transmission. nevertheless, secondary tropisms may contribute greatly to the types and severity of the illnesses associated with infection of humans by any particular virus. when considered at the host population level, the strategy of viral replication includes the ease with which or likelihood that a virus is transmitted to new hosts plus the severity of infection and accompanying likelihood of death (including the age-related likelihood of death) for any given host individual. through the course of evolution, many viruses have developed mechanisms for either countering or evading the human immune and non-immune defenses as a means for enhancing the probability of viral success. the human immune system includes both humoral (antibody-mediated) and cellular components. the cellular components can include granulomatous reactions, which play a role in defense against protozoans, though their possible role in antiviral defenses has been incompletely explored. those mechanisms that viruses use to either avoid or minimize attack by the host immune system can be divided into the four following groups. the use of these types of mechanisms seems particularly critical in association with those viral infections that persist within a human host for very long periods of time, often up to decades. a. antigenic mimicry. the produced antigens are similar to those of the host, as with prions. b. rapid viral mutation. this mechanism includes both antigenic drifting and shifting. some viral types demonstrate rapid viral mutation during the course of an infection, as occurs with the human immunodeficiency viruses of the family retroviridae. other virus types, such as the influenza viruses of the family orthomyxoviridae, demonstrate rapid viral mutation between reinfections of the same host. c. low antigenicity. some viruses inherently seem to provoke little, if any, immune response. this often occurs because the virus persists in a latent state within host cells, during which time either little or no viral antigenic material is produced. examples include the endogenous retroviruses of the family retroviridae and the human herpesviruses of the family herpesviridae. d. infect the immune cells! the most direct attack may be the most effective. exceptionally notorious examples of this approach are the genus rubivirus of the family togaviridae and the genus lentivirus of retroviridae. aside from the above groupings, some viruses such as the norwalk virus of the family caliciviridae seem to be antigenic but provoke an immune response that is minimally effective. the body has non-immune defense mechanisms that help to protect against viral infections. these mechanisms are associated with the portals through which viruses can enter the body of a host. examples of non-immune defenses include the enzymes secreted as a part of pancreatic fluid, saliva, and tears. various glands associated with mucosal tissues secrete antimicrobial compounds into the mucus produced by those tissues. some mucosal tissues also possess cilia whose movement helps to expel both the mucus and any foreign materials, including pathogens, that become entrapped within the mucus. an additional example of a non-immune defense is the stomach acid produced to aid digestion of organic compounds. many gastroenteritis viruses, such as the rotaviruses of the family reoviridae and the astroviruses of astroviridae, have evolved such an effective resistance to attack by proteolytic enzymes that those viruses virtually need partial proteolysis to facilitate their infectivity. the influenza viruses of the family orthomyxoviridae are known for their ability to paralyze the activity of the mucosal cilia located within the respiratory tract. one of the defining characteristics for the enteroviruses of the family picornaviridae is their resistance to acidic exposure. the task of achieving viral transmission between hosting individuals involves two aspects. the first is the type of infectious material in which a virus will leave its present host, while the second involves the route by which the virus can encounter its proximate host. the types of bodily materials within which viruses can be released include substances that exit during the course of normal body functions. among these substances are feces and a variety of liquids, including menstrual blood, respiratory secretions of the upper and lower tracts, saliva, semen, tears, urine, and vaginal fluid. sweat is another fluid that is naturally released from the body; however, it is not known to contain viruses. viruses can also be found in blood released from wounds in the skin; from blood acquired by blood-consuming parasitic insects, among which are the fleas and several groups of flies, ticks, and mosquitoes; and blood leaked from swollen or ruptured capillaries into mucosal tissue and skin pores. those natural routes by which viruses are transferred to and between humans are the same routes associated with all surface-dwelling terrestrial vertebrates. these routes are tightly associated with the portals of entry and exit that any particular virus family uses as it tries to survive and find its way from one host to the next. viral transmission routes can be subdivided into two broad groups. the first is transmission by direct contact (also known as direct transfer) between two members of those species that host the virus. this includes both the possibility of transmission between two members of the principal host species and the possibility of transmission between a member of that principal host species and some alternate host species, and the latter may represent a vectoring species. the second group is transmission by indirect contact (also known as indirect transfer). these routes have been described in detail by hurst and murphy ( ) and are represented in figures and of chapter herein. as explained in chapter , there are some routes of viral transmission that are considered unnatural vehicular routes. such routes represent the use of unnatural vehicles as a means to evade the host defenses associated with natural portals of entry. these unnatural routes involve invasive medical devices (such as syringes, endoscopes, and other surgical instruments) and transplanted tissues, including transfused blood and blood products. the remainder of this section describes the natural routes of viral transmission between hosts. the direct contact approach offers one major advantage and one major drawback to the virus. the advantage is that those viruses transmitted by direct contact need not be stable when exposed to ambient environments. the drawback is that the number of new hosts to which they have potential access may be smaller than for viruses transmitted by indirect contact. viruses that are endogenous by their nature will survive for as long as the host survives. although endogenous viruses can only be transmitted to host progeny, these viruses neither have to adapt themselves to nor coevolve with any other hosting species. an example of this type of endogenous agent would be the endogenous retroviruses of the family retroviridae. viruses that are venereal in nature, that is, transmitted in semen and vaginal secretions during sexual activity, have a somewhat greater potential for contacting new hosts. represented among the venereal viruses of humans are some species of the genera simplexvirus (family herpesviridae) and papillomavirus (family papovaviridae). once these venereal viruses infect a host, they remain associated with the host for the rest of the host's life in the form of a permanent infection. thus, although the frequency with which endogenous and venereal viruses can find a new host is restricted, the viruses compensate for this to some degree by remaining with the host for a very long time. the next step on the scale of host access is represented by those viruses transmitted via direct contact with insect vectors. these viruses have greatly increased access to new hosts and tend not to remain with their present host for the remainder of the host's life. those viruses transmitted by biting insects are commonly referred to as "arboviruses," which is an abbreviation of "arthropod-borne viruses." included among those arboviruses that infect humans are members of the genera alphavirus (family togaviridae); bunyavirus, nairovirus, and phlebovirus (all of the family bunyaviridae); and flavivirus (family flaviviridae). viruses transmitted by way of saliva may be perceived as bridging the categories of direct and indirect contact. if any particular type of virus that is secreted into saliva has either no stability when exposed to ambient environments in oral secretions or only limited stability under those conditions, then the virus will have to be transmitted by saliva that is transferred during oral contact between hosts. conversely, if the particular virus type has good stability when exposed to ambient environments in oral secretions, then that virus can be transmitted on shared food or in association with fomites. some of the viruses transmitted in saliva do remain associated with the host as a permanent infection, and these often are the viruses that possess limited stability in ambient environments, such as members of the family herpesviridae. many of the viruses that are secreted into saliva and can be transferred to a new host in association with fomites do not remain associated with the host as a permanent infection, such as members of the family picornaviridae. in general, those viruses transmitted by indirect contact between hosting individuals tend to produce only transient infections of their individual hosts rather than remain associated with the individual host as a permanent infection. these several latter points suggest that there may be some evolutionary relationship between ease of viral transmission to a new potential host individual or the frequency of opportunities for viral transmission, and the length of time that a virus must be capable of remaining with its present host to have a reasonable chance of achieving eventual transmission. the indirect contact approach also offers one major advantage and one major drawback to a virus. viruses transmitted by indirect contact have the advantage of potential access to a far greater number of hosting individuals than is the case for viruses transmitted by direct contact. the drawback is that the viruses must have evolved stability when they are exposed to the ambient environment. the vehicles that viruses utilize to achieve transmission between hosting individuals by indirect contact are subdivided into the following four categories: food, water, air (in actuality, this refers to aerosols), and fomites. transmission by any of these four categories of vehicles will usually be associated with some specific physical activity on the part of the present host, and will always be associated with some physical activity on the part of the proximate host. of course, foods are items intentionally ingested for their caloric or nutritional value. food contamination can occur by way of the food being a virally infected animal consumed by the proximate host. in such cases, there is no specific physical activity on the part of the present host (the one being eaten) that can be identified as having caused the proximate host to be ingesting contaminated food (indeed, perhaps it is a lack of physical activity on the part of the present host that is to blame). otherwise, viral contamination of foods can result from fecal material being transferred via contact with unwashed hands or if contaminated aerosols fall into the food. a particularly notable example of a virus of humans that is transmitted via foods is the hepatitis a virus of the genus hepatovirus (family picornaviridae). water usually serves as a vehicle after it has been contaminated with fecal material. acquisition of a viral infection from water usually results from the proximate host ingesting contaminated water. physical contact of the skin or mucosa of the proximate host with contaminated water, as may occur during recreational activities or body washing, can result in acquisition of infection. notable examples of viruses transmitted by these waterborne routes are those belonging to the viral families astroviridae and caliciviridae, and the genera enterovirus and hepatovirus of the family picornaviridae. viral contamination of air can occur by two principal mechanisms. the first, and most significant, involves release of aerosols that contain droplets of respiratory secretions (i.e., nasal, oral, or pulmonary mucus). this type of transmission route is referred to as being the route of droplet aerosols. notable examples of viruses transmitted in this manner are those belonging to the viral families coronaviridae, orthomyxoviridae, and paramyxoviridae, and members of the genus viral contamination of fomites (defined as solid environmental surfaces that can serve in transmission of infections) can occur in many ways. the variety of things that represent fomites include items used to conserve warmth (e.g., blankets, clothing), items used while eating (e.g., cups, dinner plates, and utensils), tables on which diapers are changed, doorknobs, medical devices, toilet seats, and toys. the ways by which these environmental items become contaminated include projection of droplet aerosols onto environmental objects during sneezing or coughing, aerosols falling onto objects, and unintended surface contamination (including children's clothing, blankets and toys) by blood, feces, fluid from skin lesions (rashes), nasal secretions, saliva, or urine. the task of achieving viral transmission via this route is accomplished when these objects are subsequently handled or used by a potential proximate host. among the viral genera whose members can be transmitted via fomites are orthopoxvirus (family poxviridae) and rhinovirus (family picornaviridae). twenty of the viral families contain members capable of infecting humans. together, they cause a broad range of illnesses in humans. the terminology used in describing these illnesses is given in table i . the rest of this section summarizes the ecology of these viral families. figure schematizes the manner in which the different aspects of the ecology of viral infection fit together. the literature sources used for to compile this summary include hurst and murphy ( ) , ictv ( ), evans and kaslow ( ) , and white and fenner ( ) . dae) in association with a natural host. transmission of this virus between hosts occurs when an infected animal bites an uninfected animal, with the virus being transferred by saliva into the bite wound. subsequent movement of viral infection into the nervous system and salivary glands of the newly bitten host animal is considered to represent primary tropisms, as infection at these sites is directly related to movement of virus into the body of the current host and subsequent transfer of virus to the next host. infection of the adrenal cortex is considered a secondary tropism, since those viruses produced in the adrenal cortex will not be transferred to a subsequent host animal. however, infection of the adrenal cortex may play a role in the viral ecology by augmenting the aggressiveness of this newly infected host, thereby increasing the likelihood that this animal will then bite other potential host animals. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: species affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans. adenopathy (the origin of the family name), conjunctivitis, coryza, encephalitis, gastroenteritis, keratoconjunctivitis, pharyngitis, pharyngoconjunctival fever, and pneumonia. infection course ~ productive, both short term-initial and recurrent. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, the primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the cervix, conjunctiva, pharynx, small intestine, and urethra; the secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the brain, kidney, lungs, and lymph nodes; at the host population level, these viruses generally are endemic and initially acquired at a very early age, with the infections very often asymptomatic in young children. evasion of host defenses ~ uncertain. and indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via fecally contaminated water, food, fomites, and fomites contaminated by respiratory secretions. genus affecting humans: arenavirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans" zoonotic. natural hosts: rodents, including commensal voles and mice, as well as commercial colonies of hamsters and nude mice. arthralgia, carditis, encephalomyelitis, encephalopathy, facial edema, fetal loss, focal necrosis of liver, gastritis, hemorrhagic fever, hepatitis, inhibition of platelet function (causes the fatal bleeding associated with this virus family), malaise, meningitis, myalgia, nerve deafness, and pneumonia. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. at the individual host level, the primary tissue and organ tropisms presumably are toward the liver and lungs; the secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the brain, fetus, heart, joints, and nerves; at the host population level, these viruses can be extremely devastating to individual hosts but are poorly transferred between humans, which usually represent dead-end hosts. evasion of host defenses ~ uncertain. predominant routes of transmission between hosts: indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via inhalation of particulate aerosols bearing dried rodent urine or acquisition of infectious materials through skin abrasion (a form of surface contact). genus affecting humans: astrovirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: species affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans. types of illnesses induced in humans: enteritis, gastroenteritis. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, the primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the small intestine; the secondary tissue and organ tropisms presently are unknown; at the host population level, these viruses are endemic, principally causing a mild enteritis seen in young adults. avoids host non-immune defenses by resistance to proteolytic attack (their infectivity is actually increased by proteolytic attack). via fecally contaminated water, food, and fomites. genera affecting humans: bunyavirus, hantavirus, nairovirus, phlebovirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: zoonotic. natural hosts: largely rodents, but also hares and rabbits, and some ungulates. types of illnesses induced in humans: arthralgia, encephalitis, hematemesis, hematuria, hemolytic uremia, hemorrhagic fever, hemorrhagic pneumonia, hemorrhagic (petechial) skin rash, hepatitis, melena, myalgia, pneumonia, renal dysfunction, retinitis, retroocular pain. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, the primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the kidneys, liver, and lungs; the secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the brain and eyes; at the host population level, these viruses are not well sustained within human populations, and humans usually represent dead-end hosts. evasion of host defenses ~ uncertain, but may include avoiding host immune defenses by infecting immune cells. direct host-to-vector contact by gnats, midges, mosquitoes, sandflies, and ticks for the genera bunyavirus, nairovirus, and phlebovirus, and indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via particulate aerosols containing dried rodent urine, or contact with rodent excreta or contaminated fomites for the genus hantavirus. genus affecting humans: calicivirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans and zoonotic. natural or alternate hosts: fish, terrestrial as well as marine mammals (especially swine). gastroenteritis, hepatitis (nonprogressive, but extraordinarily high fatality rate- to > % --for women if contracted during the third trimester of pregnancy), myalgia. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. ~ral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the small intestine; secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the liver; at the host population level, these tend to be epidemic within human populations; for the hepatitis e virus it seems that acquisition occurs from swine, with the result being epidemics (often very widespread) of human disease; some acquisition from animals may come from eating infected animals; subsequent transmission of all caliciviruses within human populations is by fecally contaminated waste and thus can be very widespread. evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host non-immune defenses by resistance to proteolytic attack. indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via fecally contaminated water, food, and fomites. genera affecting humans: coronavirus, torovirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: some terrestrial ungulates and carnivores. coryza, gastroenteritis. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, the primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the intestines, lungs (possibly), nasopharynx, and sinuses; at the host population level, these viruses are very widespread and essentially nonfatal. predominant routes of transmission between hosts: indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via fecally contaminated water, food, and fomites. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: generally zoonotic. natural hosts: unknown, but may include bats and rodents, with primates serving as intermediary hosts leading to human exposure. conjunctivitis, hemorrhagic fever (frequently fatal, death possibly resulting from extreme inflammatory response), hepatic necrosis, myalgia, pharyngitis. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication w at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the immune cells and liver (possibly); secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the adrenal glands, kidneys, liver, and spleen; at the host population level, these viruses are transferred between humans but seem unable to be sustained in human populations; humans usually represent deadend hosts. predominant routes of transmission between hosts: direct contact via host-tohost transfer of contaminated bodily fluids. genera affecting humans: flavivirus, hepatitis c-like viruses. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans and zoonotic. natural or alternate hosts: members of the genus flavivirus cross-infect a variety of birds and terrestrial mammals via mosquitoes or ticks (depending on the viral species) and most clearly are zoonotic, although those that cause yellow fever and the four that cause dengue may have become viruses of humans without time to coevolve; one species of the genus hepatitis c-like viruses affects humans and seems naturally limited to humans. arthritis with rash, encephalitis, hemorrhagic fever, hepatitis (chronic, which may lead to hepatocellular carcinoma). infection course ~ short term-initial for the genus flavivirus, increasing to end-stage for the hepatitis c virus. viral replication m at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the immune cells (principally monocytes and macrophages) and liver; secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the brain and liver; at the host population level, most of these viruses are zoonotic, with humans representing dead-end hosts; however, some can be sustained within human populations and occasionally have high lethality rates. evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by infecting immune cells. for flaviviruses, direct host-tovector contact; for hepatitis c virus, presumably direct contact via host-to-host transfer of contaminated bodily fluids. genera affecting humans: orthohepadnavirus. the hepatitis d virus (hdv) is a member of the floating genus deltavirus; it is a defective satellite virus which can coinfect humans, but only in association with the hepatitis b virus (hbv) because hdv encapsidates itself with proteins encoded by the genome of the coinfecting hbv. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: one species of viral family hepadnaviridae (hepatitis b virus) is known to infect humans, and it seems naturally limited to humans. type of illness induced in humans: hepatitis, which may become chronic in adults. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial, and increasing to end-stage. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the liver; secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the bile duct epithelium, circulating immune cells, and pancreatic acinar cells; at the host population level, when acquired by adults and older children, these viruses generally cause an acute but short-term illness that sometimes can be fulminant; when acquired by neonates or younger children, initially tends to be subclinical but becomes chronic, and the tendency to be chronic can be racially associated (chinese, possibly also black african). evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by infecting immune cells. direct contact via host-to-host transfer of contaminated bodily fluids and perinatally from contaminated maternal blood. genera affecting humans: cytomegalovirus, lymphocryptovirus, roseolovirus, simplexvirus, varicellovirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: species affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans, but may pass to primates. carcinoma, carditis, chronic gastrointestinal infection, encephalitis, hepatomegaly, keratoconjunctivitis, lymphoma, myelitis, neuralgia, papular rash of skin and mucosa, paralysis, retinitis, splenomegaly. infection course ~ productive, recurrent. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the genital and oral mucosa, pharynx, and salivary glands; secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the eyes, kidneys, liver, lymph nodes, nervous system including brain, and spleen; at the host population level, these viruses are ubiquitous, tend to be acquired in childhood or early adulthood, and seldom directly result in host death. evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by infecting immune cells. direct contact via host-to-host transfer of fluid from viral-induced lesions of skin or mucosa and by saliva contaminated by chronically infected salivary glands; plus transmission to offspring either transplacentally, intrapartum (during the birth process), or via breast milk. genera affecting humans: influenzavirus a, influenzavirus b, and influenzavirus c. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: generally viruses of humans. alternate hosts: birds (possibly), swine. types of illnesses induced in humans: coryza, malaise, myalgia, nasopharyngitis, pneumonia, retroocular pain, tracheobronchitis. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the ciliated columnar epithelium of the respiratory tract (the exact tissue tropism is directly related to the virus hemagglutinin [ha] serotype); at the host population level, these viruses constantly undergo antigenic drift and antigenic shift and cause wide-scale seasonal epidemics in humans, although infection-related fatality is usually limited to humans aged or older (most notably, age or older). evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by antigenic mimicry and by rapid viral mutation. indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via droplet aerosols (from sneezing and coughing) and aerosol-contaminated fomites. genera affecting humans: papillomavirus, polyomavirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: species affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans. types of illnesses induced in humans: benign tumors of skin and mucosa that may progress to malignancy, progressive demyelinating encephalopathy. infection course ~ productive, recurrent. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the mucosa and skin (genus papillomavirus) and toward the upper respiratory tract (genus polyomavirus); secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the brain and kidneys (genus polyomavirus); at the host population level, these viruses are ubiquitous and almost never directly responsible for host death. evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by antigenic mimicry. host-to-host or indirect (vehicle-borne) contact by way of fomites (genus papillomavirus); indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via aerosols (genus polyomavirus). genera affecting humans: morbillivirus, paramyxovirus, pneumovirus, rubulavirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: species affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans. bronchiolitis, conjunctivitis, coryza, encephalitis, glandular enlargement (especially salivary glands), immunosuppression (morbillivirus causes an immunosuppression that is temporary, but which is arguably the most severe induced by a virus of humans, and can result in death by other coinfecting pathogens, such as enteric protozoans, that normally would not cause fatality), macular rash, nerve deafness, orchitis, pneumonitis. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the epidermis and mucosa (including conjunctival, oral and respiratory); secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the brain, breasts, circulating immune cells, and testicles; at the host population level, these viruses tend to be acquired at a young age and are almost never directly responsible for host death, although severe sequelae can result if acquired beyond early childhood. evasion of host defenses avoids host immune defenses by infecting immune cells. indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via aerosols. genus affecting humans: parvovirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: species affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans. anemia, arthralgia, erythema, myalgia. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the throat; secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the circulatory system, erythrocyte precursor cells in bone marrow, possibly reticulocytes in blood, and skin; at the host population level, these viruses usually cause a disease of childhood; parvoviral disease is either mild or self-limiting in otherwise healthy children or adults. evasion of host defenses ~ uncertain. uncertain, but potentially direct host-to-host contact, including transplacental, and indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via aerosols and fecally contaminated water, food, and fomites. genera affecting humans: enterovirus, hepatovirus, rhinovirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: species affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans, but may pass to primates and canines. diabetes, encephalitis, macular and maculopapular rashes of skin and mucosa, meningitis, myocarditis, otitis media, paralysis of skeletal muscles (occasionally including the diaphragm), pericarditis, retroocular pain, sinusitis (genus enterovirus); hepatitis (nonprogressive) (genus hepatovirus); coryza (genus rhinovirus). infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the nasopharynx and small intestine; secondary tissue and organ tropisms are very genus and species specific and toward the beta cells of the pancreas, conjunctiva, liver, meninges, muscles (including the heart), neurons (including those of the central nervous system), and skin; at the host population level, infections caused by members of the genus enterovirus usually are nonfatal, and both enterovirus and hepatovirus tend to result in asymptomatic infections if acquired in infancy, though the likelihood of severe symptomatology increases with age at acquisition; infections caused by members of the genus rhinovirus generally are symptomatic but essentially nonfatal regardless of host age. evasion of host defenses m members of genus enterovirus avoid host non-immune defenses by resistance to low ph (resistant to stomach acid) and to moderate alkalinity. indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via aerosols and fecally contaminated water, food, and fomites. genera affecting humans: molluscipoxvirus, orthopoxvirus, parapoxvirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans and zoonotic. alternate hosts: one species affecting humans (smallpox) seems naturally limited to humans; monkeypox is a very notable but rare zoonotic exception and is presumably acquired from monkeys; several other species may cycle with domesticated bovines and ovines appearing as lesions on teats and udder. types of illnesses induced in humans: necrotic lesions of abdominal organs and skin, nodules and tumors in skin, papular rash. infection course ~ productive, short term-initial. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the skin; secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the internal organs and lymph nodes; at the host population level, these viruses have very low transmissibility but have prolonged survivability on fomites due to extreme resistance to desiccation. evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by antigenic mimicry. direct contact via host-to-host contact with skin lesions and indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via lesion-contaminated fomites (very notably blankets and other bedding items). genera affecting humans: coltivirus, orthoreovirus, rotavirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans and zoonotic. natural or alternate hosts: those species of the genus coltivirus infecting humans seem zoonotic with terrestrial mammals (notably rodents and squirrels) serving as their natural hosts; species of the genus orthoreovirus cross-infect nearly all known terrestrial mammals (especially rodents); those species of the genus rotavirus affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans. hemorrhagic fever, meningoencephalitis (genus coltivirus); upper respiratory symptoms (possibly associated with genus orthoreovirus); gastroenteritis (genus rotavirus). infection course m productive, short term-initial. viral replication-at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are highly genus specific, and are toward the immune cells (genus coltavirus), possibly upper respiratory area (genus orthoreovirus), and the small intestine (genus rotavirus); secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the brain and meninges; at the host population level, these viruses have high transmissibility, especially among newborns, for whom they usually produce asymptomatic infections; in older children and adults, these viruses likewise have a tendency to produce asymptomatic infections; although rarely fatal in wellnourished children, members of the genus rotavirus are estimated to cause a million deaths every year in undernourished children. evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by infecting immune cells (genus coltivirus), avoids host non-immune defenses by resistance to heat, low ph, and proteolytic attack (infectivity actually increased by proteolytic attack) (members of the genera orthoreovirus and rotavirus). indirect (vehicle-borne) contact via fecally contaminated water, food, and fomites with the orthoreovirus possibly also being spread by aerosols. genera affecting humans: blv-htlv retroviruses, lentivirus, spumavirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of humans. alternate hosts: species affecting humans seem naturally limited to humans. carcinoma, encephalitis, leukemia (adult t-cell), lymphoma (adult t-cell), progressive chronic immunosuppression and immunodepletion (including acquired immunodeficiency syndrome), progressive myelopathy, sarcoma. infection course m productive, short term-initial, often followed by increasing to end-stage; also may seem nonproductive in the case of some endogenous retroviruses. viral replication ~ at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the immune cells (largely t-cell populations); secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the brain and intestines; at the host population level, those viruses considered transmissible (i.e., excluding endogenous retroviruses) have a very low transmissibility rate, produce infections whose incubation times are very long ( -- years), and may pass through breast milk; the endogenous retroviruses are permanently integrated into the human genome and are passed genetically to all offspring. evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by rapid viral mutation and by infecting immune cells. direct contact via host-to-host transfer of contaminated bodily fluids. genera affecting humans: lyssavirus, vesiculovirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: zoonotic. natural hosts: foxes, skunks, and vampire bats (genus lyssavirus), cattle and horses (genus vesiculovirus). neuronal infections leading to encephalitis which appears invariably fatal (genus lyssavirus); myalgia (genus vesiculovirus). infection course m productive, short term-initial. viral replication m at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the neurons, including those in the spinal cord and limbic system of the brain, and the salivary glands (genus lyssavirus); and toward either the muscles or nerves (genus vesiculovirus); secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the adrenal cortex and pancreas (genus lyssavirus); at the host population level, these viruses are essentially nontransmissible. evasion of host defenses ~ avoids host immune defenses by limited antigenic exposure within the host because the virus largely remains within neuronal cells until near end-stage (genus lyssavirus). direct contact via host-to-host contact associated with deposition of contaminated saliva into a bite wound and possibly associated with contamination of skin or mucosal wounds by other types of bodily fluids; in the case of the genus vesiculovirus, vesicular fluids. genera affecting humans: alphavirus, rubivirus. familial nature with respect to members affecting humans: viruses of human and zoonotic. natural or alternate hosts: species of the genus alphavirus cross-infect a wide variety of terrestrial vertebrates, mostly via mosquitoes and ticks; one species of the genus rubivirus affects humans and it seems restricted to humans. arthralgia, arthritis, diabetes, encephalitis, fetal developmental abnormalities (cardiological, diabetic, and neurological including auditory, encephalitic, and visual k caused by rubivirus if contracted during the first trimester of pregnancy), macular rash of skin, myalgia, myositis. infection course m productive, short term-initial. viral replication m at the individual host level, primary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the immune cells (specifically monocytes and macrophages in bone marrow, liver, lymph nodes, and spleen) and oropharynx; secondary tissue and organ tropisms are toward the beta cells of the pancreas, muscles, neurons of the central nervous system including the brain, skin, and synovial cells of joints; at the host population level, most members of the genus alphavirus seem poorly transmitted between humans, and humans probably represent a dead-end host; infection by the genus rubivirus is seldom fatal but highly transmissible via aerosols and usually causes a trivial exanthema of childhood or mild symptoms in adults, although infection during the first trimester of pregnancy can result in extremely severe developmental abnormalities. evasion of host defenses avoids host immune defenses by infecting immune cells. to-vector (genus alphavirus), host-to-host (genus rubivirus), or indirect (vehicleborne) contact via aerosols (genus rubivirus). there are many types of viruses that afflict humans. we have managed to coevolve with some of these to lessen our misery. the struggle will continue as new viruses appear and as the existing ones reshuffle their genes or change their antigenicity by mutation. in the end, the contest is a struggle of biology versus biology, and the basic biology of the viruses is the same as ours. viral infections of humans: epidemiology and control modeling disease transmission and its prevention by disinfection virus taxonomy: sixth report of the international committee on taxonomy of viruses on viruses, sex and motherhood key: cord- -e ya llm authors: elliott, david; soifer, eldon title: divine omniscience, privacy, and the state date: - - journal: nan doi: . /s - - - sha: doc_id: cord_uid: e ya llm traditional theism teaches that god engages in a relentless form of observation for every human being. if, as is widely supposed, humans have a right to privacy, then it seems that god constantly violates this right. in this paper we argue that there is both a defensible philosophical excuse and justification for this infringement. we also argue that this defense is extensible to human social and political contexts; it provides the vital elements of a theory of just privacy infringement. this theory is broadly compatible both with major forms of political theory (except anarchistic ones) and with the main conceptions of privacy defended in recent philosophical and jurisprudential literature. orthodox or conservative christian, jewish, and islamic traditions teach that god engages in what we will call ''total observation'' for every human being. total observation occurs when a person, or institution of persons, observes every action and mental event of some other person (or persons). this observation could be done in an unobtrusive manner, such that the person being observed is not immediately aware of being watched. it is widely held, however, that, in some form or other, human persons have a right to privacy. if so, it seems that these traditional theologies face a moral problem: god's total observation violates human privacy in a way that seems wrong in most human contexts. in what follows, we will contend that the abrahamic conception of god does indeed imply the infringement of human privacy, but this, nevertheless, is not a serious moral problem facing traditional christian, jewish or islamic theologies. a defensible excuse and justification can be given for this privacy infringement. defending the conceptual integrity of the traditional view is not, however, our only main goal in this paper. we also intend to show that consideration of this alleged problem of divine-human relations yields a significant theory of privacy infringement justification that is usefully applicable to ordinary human social and political contexts. no central claim in this paper is intended to assume or defend the truth or falsity regarding god's existence, nor the truth or falsity of any conservative/traditional theological claims. rather, our main purpose here is to show that, from a purely conceptual understanding of these ideas, important moral claims about privacy violation can be derived. many conservative theologians rely on scriptural sources for their theological beliefs. in this regard, the scriptural basis for the belief that god engages in total observation seems unassailable. luke : - , for example, records jesus saying: ''nothing is covered up that will not be uncovered, and nothing secret that will not become known. therefore...what you have whispered behind closed doors will be proclaimed from the housetops.'' see also matthew : - . (all quotations from the bible are from the new revised standard version [nrsv] .) the author of hebrews (at : ) also emphasizes our transparency before god: ''before him no creature is hidden, but all are naked and laid bare to the eyes of the one to whom we must render an account.'' in the hebrew bible, the psalmist writes ( : ): ''o lord, you know my folly; the wrongs i have done are not hidden from you.'' (see also psalm : .) and moses maimonides, historically regarded as a venerable defender of orthodox judaism, claims that god's total observation of all persons is one of the most basic beliefs of judaism. in his commentary on the mishnah (''introduction to helek'') maimonides states that the ''tenth principle of faith'' is ' '[t] hat he, the exalted one, knows the works of men and is not unmindful of them.... [his] eyes are open upon all the ways of the sons of men'' (cohen , p. .) maimonides cites jeremiah : as a source for this principle. and finally, the koran repeatedly states that god (allah) is watching everyone at all times. see . ; . ; . ; . ; . ; . ; . ; : ; . ; . ; . ; . . in a fascinating and provocative article, margaret falls-corbitt and f. michael mclain ( ) have argued that this claim is false. they contend that god's capacity for what we call total observation is capable of self-limitation, and hence god can choose at will to observe or not to observe every human thought or action. they openly admit, however, that their thesis ''does not fit well with theistic tradition and its devotional practice' ' (pp. - ) . falls-corbitt and mclain, however, insist that their conception of a god who respects human privacy makes this same traditional understanding more complete and consistent (especially on the matter of god's moral perfection). in the course of this paper, we intend to challenge directly the general thrust of their main thesis. (for a different analysis and a critique of the details of their argument see davison .) although all three abramic traditions raise questions regarding privacy, we will hereinafter limit our focus to christianity. we shall begin our discussion by developing further the problem of human privacy posed by traditional jewish, islamic, and christian conceptions of god. as we have just mentioned, theologians in these traditions hold that god engages in a seemingly relentless form of total observation. they also hold that god documents every one of these observations. this appears to be the implication of ''the books, where, at the final judgment, god judges every person according to what has been recorded in ''the books'' and whether a person's name is found in the ''book of life.'' presumably, this documentation is not done as an aid for god's memory, but as a way, through the documentation itself, of making private acts part of a public record, something that other persons can become aware of. the jewish and christian scriptures, however, clearly do not regard human privacy as something of little or no value. at least two biblical narratives offer support for this claim: the exposure of adam and eve after the fall, and the observation of noah's nakedness after the flood by his son ham. in both stories, the narrative suggests either that god values human privacy or that it is something which humans should respect in their relations with each other. in the first case, after realizing they had sinned and were naked, adam and eve ''sewed fig leaves together and made loincloths for themselves'' (genesis : ). after cursing ''the serpent'' and the ground ''because of you'', god then ''made garments of skins for the man and for his wife, and clothed them'' (genesis : ). this seems to entail that god directly approved of the desire humans typically have to keep certain aspects of themselves hidden from public view. killing an animal for its skin may even be read as a further indication of the importance of privacy. the attempt to clothe themselves with leaves appears insufficient-both as a means of covering that which should be private and as an expression of the seriousness that should be put on the matter. this may be implied by the fact that killing a sentient being instead of vegetation foreshadows the importance given to divine-human relations through animal and blood sacrifice. in the case of noah (genesis : - ), the significance of respecting certain forms of privacy is also emphasized. when noah drank too much wine and passed out naked on the floor of his tent, his son ham did two things which violated noah's privacy: he observed the nakedness of his father, and then he told his two other brothers about it (i.e., he took something that should have remained private and made it public). the severe curse that noah placed on ham (cursing him before god and enslaving him and his descendants [i.e., canaan] to his two other brothers), the blessing given to shem and japheth, and the apparent endorsement of noah's see konvitz ( , p. ) . for further discussion of this in connection with the concept of shame, see velleman ( ) . it might be suggested here that what is primarily at stake is the violation of the obligation to honor one's parents, and not the violation of noah's privacy. however, even if honoring one's parent really is the primary issue here, it is difficult to see how the dishonoring that occurs in the story has no connection at all to noah's privacy. on the contrary, it seems central to the dishonour itself. int j philos relig ( ) : - assessment by god (the canaanites do not fare well from here on in the biblical narrative), all seem to suggest that due respect for a person's privacy is a value that has a fairly strong basis in biblical theology. so at least in human relations, there is a fairly clear requirement that privacy is a value that ought to regulate human affairs. but, of course, in the very same theological tradition this value or constraint appears to be no part of the relation between god and humans. what then would morally allow for god's total observation? a first response to this question might point to a distinction, implicit in what has just been argued, between god-human relations and human-human relations. it could be argued that the moral relation in each case is vastly different. putting the matter this way, however, raises a familiar dilemma. it could mean that god has moral standards which are completely unrecognizable or unknowable to human beings, and hence god may have ''moral'' reasons for total observation which are simply beyond our ordinary moral understanding. on the other hand, it could also mean that, while morality for both god and humans is within the realm of human understanding, it still might be the case that god's moral obligations or privileges are quite different than human obligations and entitlements in virtue of the sort of being that god is. determining which of these two interpretations is correct would involve entering into a long-standing debate that goes back at least to plato's (and/or socrates') arguments in the euthyphro dialog. this is the debate about the proper relationship between god's nature and the ground of morality itself. this paper is not the place to settle this long-standing discussion. we will only state that, along with a number of other philosophers, we would defend the view that the ground of morality is independent of god's will, and hence deny that god could have moral standards that are completely apart from ones that hold for all other moral agents. this position still leaves the possibility, however, that there might be different obligations and entitlements for god, given his position as god, than those which might hold between humans. this is an important idea, one which seems basically correct and one which we shall return to below. another relevant consideration that might make total observation acceptable has to do with its possible consequences. if total observation has no serious consequences for the persons observed, then, from a general consequentialist point of view, it might seem that there would be no serious moral problem with it. even in human affairs, it might be suggested, if the observed is never aware of her observation, and nothing else ever turns up as a possible negative consequence for her, nothing of any moral importance has occurred. however, this response is too philosophically easy. it also distorts a fairly traditional christian understanding of god. one of the observed's expectations or goals in life could be to not be observed about certain matters. thus even if a person is unaware of the observation, her goal has been thwarted. so if the observation is to be morally defensible, a sound argument is needed to show that having an important personal goal thwarted without consent is not a moral affront. in this regard, it is first worth noting that this situation does not describe the situation that we have focused on above with the traditional conception of god's total observation. god's observation is not morally neutral, nor is it purposeless. one purpose of this observation, traditional christian theology tells us, is to keep track of each person's sinful actions or thoughts. and the standard conservative belief is that each person will, at some future time, be held accountable with eternal damnation facing the unredeemed or unrepentant. so god's observation is far from being of no consequence for the observed. but, again, this same tradition usually insists that god is completely justified in practicing total observation. another attempt to address this problem might suggest that god is justified in engaging in total observation simply in virtue of god's omnipotence. god is justified simply because god can undertake total observation. this, however, seems misguided. to state a moral truism: merely being able to do something (e.g., being able to kill another human being) provides no moral warrant for doing that act. the contemporary state equipped with all available technology might well be able to do something fairly close to total observation for some of its citizens. however, this still begs the obvious moral question of whether this state would ever be morally justified in doing such a thing. more plausibly, it might be argued that god's omniscience implies that god cannot avoid engaging in total observation. omniscience seems to imply necessarily that god will just know what everyone is doing/thinking, has done/thought, and so forth. margaret falls-corbitt and michael mclain, however, have suggested that this understanding of omniscience is false. the best way to think of god's omniscience, they claim, is in a self-limiting way, one which allows for the possibility that god is able to respect human privacy by intentionally limiting knowledge of human thoughts and actions. as they put it: if god...values freedom, then a very strong case can be made that god also chooses to limit divine knowledge in a way that respects privacy. that is, though god's knowledge of what is true could include every innermost thought and feeling of each of us, god chooses instead to grant humans the choice of self-disclosure. scott davison, however, has argued that there are sound metaphysical reasons for believing that this claim is false. god's creative and sustaining activities with respect to the universe entail that it is ''extremely difficult to see how god could not know everything about every human person. after all, god is present in every place in which god acts, and [on the traditional view] god acts everywhere, at every time'' [( ), p. ]. this response is, in our view, sound. but we would press the case against falls-corbitt and mclain to an even more basic level. the straightforward meaning of omniscience logically forbids the idea that god's knowledge could ever be self-limiting. the traditional judeo-christian conception of divine omniscience identifies this quality as a completed state where god knows everything at all times. one way that god's omniscience could be self-limiting is if it is understood as a capacity rather than (more traditionally) as a state of god. consider the logical difference between the standard concept of omnipotence and that of omniscience. omnipotence is, basically, the claim god is an all-powerful being. no difficulty seems to be involved in holding that god's omnipotence can be self-limited. within the realm of the logically possible, god can freely choose to do or not do something. even if god chooses to do nothing, the traditional understanding is that it would still be true that god is omnipotent. omniscience, however, cannot be selflimiting in the way that omnipotence is. while there is no logical contradiction in holding that god knows (at least) everything that everyone is thinking and doing, and has thought and has done, it is contradictory to hold that god's omniscience can be self-limited. for if god were to choose to not know something, then it would simply be false that god knows everything-i.e., that god is omniscient. someone might argue here that god's omnipotence can be exercised in some particular way in order for god to self-limit his own omniscience. but if this were proposed, the claim still amounts to the contradiction that god both knows everything and that god could will that he could not know something. this, again, is an obvious contradiction. most traditional theologians and philosophers of religion who consider the abramic conception of theism, hold that god cannot do what is logically impossible, they typically argue that this is not an imperfection of omnipotence, but the rational exercise and limitation of it. it follows, then, that god's omniscience cannot be self-limiting. and this necessarily follows even if it might be true that it is wrong for god to violate human privacy. falls-corbitt and mclain, then, must either give up any claim to the traditional attribution of omniscience as part of god's essential nature or reject their own conclusion that god has an obligation to respect human privacy. even if it is true, however, that in some sense god cannot help knowing everything about everyone, this at best amounts to a preliminary excuse for god's total observation; it provides no moral justification. and there needs to be such a justification, otherwise god's moral perfection must be denied or significantly compromised. for if it were the case that god innocently engages in total observation, and this observation were itself morally unjustified, then we have a situation where an innocent party would be bringing about something that is morally wrong or evil. and, to say the least, this does not seem to fit well with the traditional idea of god as a morally perfect being, particularly given god's providential nature and capacities. we do not mean to suggest here that it is inconsistent to hold both that a morally perfect being might do something, which was either completely morally innocent or morally justified, and that something evil could happen as a result of the original act. the traditional view of the creation, particularly of free human agents, challenges this idea. for in creating free human beings, where the real possibility existed that such beings could do evil, god, according to the traditional christian account, both did something that was morally permissible (the creation of completely free beings) and which resulted in the presence of evil in the world (e.g., human sin). but the problem here is that god's total observation involves no shift in responsibility from god to humans. humans are not responsible for god's total observation, as they may be in the case of their own sin exercised by free will. whatever responsibility there might be here seems to follow directly from god's omniscient nature. so while omniscience may excuse god's total observation, it simply does not follow without any further argument that human privacy has not been violated, that something morally bad has not occurred. to illustrate this point, consider a rather different but analogous case: a completely insane person, one who is utterly unaware of what he is doing and that it is morally wrong, kills an innocent child. this person would typically be excused on the grounds of insanity, but it remains true that a great moral harm or evil has occurred; an innocent life has been tragically lost. so, again, even if the cause of god's total observation is morally innocent, it is still not obvious that human privacy has not been violated. to show that this is not the case one needs to argue that god's total observation either (a) does not fundamentally disrespect human beings and/or (b) is completely morally justified; it is a great moral good or perhaps even an obligation that god has in virtue of god's moral perfection. in what follows, we will argue that both of these two options are correct. let us begin by considering and responding to arguments which try to show that (a) is false. this continues our discussion of an excuse for god's total observation. in the next section of this paper, we will offer a justification (i.e., [b] ). there are two lines of argument which could attempt to show that god's total observation fundamentally disrespects humans as persons. it could be argued ( ) that essential to what it means to be a person is the entitlement of being the sole footnote continued unnecessary. providing an excuse addresses primarily the issue of personal culpability, whereas justification focuses largely on the moral worth of an agent's reasons for doing some particular action. in many cases, providing both forms of argument can be essential to offering a complete moral case for some particular action or concern. so, for example, when an insane person kills another person, an excuse for the insane person (i.e., insanity) is usually acknowledged. but it might also be relevant that, although completely unknown or misunderstood by the insane person, the individual that he killed was in fact posing a lethal threat, and hence the insane person was also justified by self-defense in doing what he did. person who has access to one's own mental life. and ( ), it is standardly argued by kantians and other deontologists that autonomy is essential to personhood, and that this is violated in some way by any instance of non-consensual, total observation. these two suggestions share the basic idea that some feature essential to what it means to be a person is violated by god's total observation. both ( ) and ( ), of course, set out only a prima facie case for privacy violation. so if they are true, they at best still allow that total observation, even if wrong, might still be morally justifiable for some greater moral reason or purpose. a defender of the traditional christian perspective now seems to have two main options. he or she could (i) accept that one or both of ( ) and ( ) are correct, and hence hold that total observation is always-even for god-prima facie morally wrong or bad, but then argue that some set of higher principles justifies the infringement of human privacy. or he or she could (ii) argue that neither ( ) nor ( ) is true, and then provide a reason for thinking that god's total observation is morally good or permissible. it is the latter, stronger line (ii) that we want to defend in what follows. let us turn to the first suggestion why god's total observation might disrespect humans as persons, namely, that being a person means that i alone should have direct access to my ''inner'' thoughts and experiences. this conception of a person involves the idea of an individuation of these inner thoughts and experiences as ones which i rightly should have sole and sovereign access to. something is terribly wrong, it is widely believed, if someone else is non-consensually observing or manipulating these inner processes. the idea is that when this happens, i would not be treated in the way that a person should be treated-namely, as a being who has a mental and emotional life which is, in some sense, separate from other persons. we will call this claim the ''separateness of persons thesis.'' it is important to note that for the separateness of persons thesis to bear any moral weight it must do so on its own accord, and not revert to the significance of moral autonomy. that is, the defender of the separateness of persons thesis must show that even if an infringement of the separateness of persons were accepted or welcomed autonomously by any of the parties involved, it would nevertheless be morally wrong. if this cannot be shown, the moral significance of the separateness of persons is reducible to issues of autonomy, and so autonomy rather than the separateness of persons should become our focus for cases of disrespect. it is very difficult, however, to argue that the separateness of persons thesis bears any serious moral weight on its own. consider the following hypothetical situation. through some technological miracle, a can ''connect'' to b in a way that gives falls-corbitt and mclain ( , p. ) note something like this objection. they also acknowledge that reiman ( ) is another source of this kind of argument. the prima facie quality of ( ) and ( ) could be denied, of course, by moral absolutists about privacy. general moral absolutism, however, is a fairly difficult position to defend, even though some christian moral philosophers and theologians may think that it is defensible. but whatever the philosophical defensibility of moral absolutism in general, it is a much more difficult matter, we would suggest, to hold that privacy is an absolute value or principle. no instance of true moral evil or sin would ever be excusable or unassailable simply because it was done ''in private.'' hence privacy should be considered, at best, only a prima facie value or entitlement, even if one's wider ethical position is absolutist. a and b mutual access to their mental experiences, and they can tell which experiences belong to whom. now everything that a experiences, b will experience also-or at least be fully aware that a is having such experiences (and vice versa). if the separateness of persons thesis is alone sufficient, it would have to follow that a and b are fundamentally disrespecting each other's essential natures as persons. and this would be true, even if they had both equally and completely agreed, with full informed consent, to the connection. it would also be true even if the arrangement in no way seriously affected their own individual autonomies or the autonomy of anyone else. the problem here is that while we can think of many practical reasons why people might not, and perhaps should not, want to be connected like this, it is not at all clear that they have violated or devalued their own personhood in so being connected. this problem is further aggravated by the more ordinary fact that the close personal relationships that many people have developed seem to approximate the connection postulated in this hypothetical example. but, provided that all else is equal (e.g., the relationship is not marred by obsessive jealousy, distrust, etc.), it seems just false that such a relationship involves a fundamental disrespect for each member as a person to the extent that it approximates the converse of the separateness of persons thesis. in fact, in ordinary human relations, many people (lovers, life-time companions, family members, etc.) seek and value a similar closeness. no one usually takes anything to be seriously wrong when a close friend or loved one always seems to just know what the other is thinking, or what he or she is up to. in many contexts of love and trust such closeness is highly valued. furthermore, exactly this sort of relation of complete openness seems to be the one that conservative theologians standardly defend as the appropriate way for human beings to relate to god. so it is not at all clear that the separateness of persons thesis alone is sufficient to show that persons in any such relation are in a situation involving moral disrespect. the autonomy of the individual seems to be the crucial issue relating to disrespect. so let us turn to autonomy as a possible way of defending the claim that total observation is prima facie wrong. and, of course, the crucial feature of god's total observation of humans is that it does not depend on our consent. does this mean that god's observation of us would imply that our basic autonomy-and hence our essential nature as persons-is constantly and unjustly violated? it is important to notice first that simply observing someone does not obviously cause a person to lose her autonomy. observation interferes with autonomy only in those cases where the observation is explicitly unwanted. this general point is true both in situations where the observed is completely unaware that she is being observed and also in cases where she is completely aware of the observation. an example may help to clarify and stress these different claims. assume (for the sake of argument) that dealing in certain kinds of very harmful drugs is illegal and immoral. consider an important dealer of these drugs who is carefully and persistently watched (unknown to him) over a long period of time by police, and then is arrested for his crimes. in spite of the unknown observation, and given that there was no other interference with his autonomy, the dealer's activities remained autonomous: it was he who chose what to do, and it was he, without interference from the observing police, who chose to break the law. furthermore, he had no right-i.e., had no moral warrant because of his basic autonomy-to any privacy that would cover his illegal and immoral actions. he could not reasonably argue that his goal of committing an immoral act (say, the murder of a rival dealer) without observation had been violated, and thus his observers had disrespected him as an autonomous being. the point is that he had no moral right to that sort of autonomous action-namely, action which directly violates the autonomy of other people by harming them. so, in general, we could say that this person's autonomy was not violated or interfered with when the observation was unknown. the observation, of course, was unwanted. and in this case, we can reasonably assume that if the dealer had been aware of it, he would have (autonomously) changed his decisions and actions. thus observation seems to interfere with autonomy only when it is explicitly unwanted. the above argument focuses on immoral actions. but what about moral or nonmoral actions that are observed? it is important to note that even in cases where someone is engaged in a morally permissible action and is observed, it does not immediately follow that that person's autonomy has been violated. to support a claim of privacy violation one would have to make the argument that the observation seriously affected the autonomy in this case of the observed person in order get any support for the claim of privacy violation. the point here is that mere observation does not entail that a person's autonomy has been violated. for one thing, people regularly make autonomous choices even though they know that other people either know or are observing what they do. this can be true even if they know that the observers disapprove of what they are doing. put more schematically: it does not follow that if a knew that b wanted to do x, and a disapproves of x, and b knows of a's disapproval of x, and where this disapproval might be coercive on b, then this alone would entail that b would be acting nonautonomously in doing x. practical examples of this principle seem innumerable. almost any adolescent that one can think of is, in at least some respect, acting under similar conditions. that is, she is often doing things where she knows that her parents both know that she is doing such actions and that they strongly disapprove of her doing those same actions. these features alone do not entail that the teenager is acting non-autonomously when, say, she gets some outrageous tattoo inscribed on her forehead. so it equally seems false that a person's autonomy can be compromised simply when someone (a) knows what one is planning to do and (b) disapproves of this plan (and one is aware of this disapproval). some other coercive element would seem to be necessary-e.g., a threat of serious negative outcome, a significant threat to deprive someone of something else that he or she might want, or some other effort to manipulate that person's choices. so merely being observed is not sufficient to entail that a person's autonomy has been violated. but, again, what about those cases where a person wants to do something she has every moral right to do and she does not want to be observed? we think that a satisfactory answer to this question comes from a consideration of the following two points. first, as argued above, god's omniscience entails that god's essential nature requires that all human action is known to god. given the unavoidability of this, god does not disrespect human autonomy because the total observation is something which cannot be avoided. no one is obligated to do something that one simply cannot do. and following the idea that morality is universally applicable to both god and all other moral agents, we must allow this in the case of god as well. this fact can help somewhat to explain the difference between human and divine obligations with respect to privacy. since humans clearly can avoid knowing things about other humans, we have a prima facie obligation-which god cannot have-to respect a person's autonomous choice to not be observed doing something that is morally permissible. the second point is that it is no obvious threat to a person's autonomy that he or she must act under certain conditions over which he or she has had no choiceunless those conditions are such that they completely dictate the choice that a person makes. all human choice and action is performed under certain conditions. we take this, again, to be a widely accepted aspect of human action. so while we have no choice about the terms and conditions of our births, we do have autonomy with respect to many other choices-e.g., whether one will continue to live in the country of one's birth, whether one will go to university or not, and so on. in connection with privacy, one's choice of what things one can expect to be private meets analogous conditions about which one's consent is not relevant. if, for example, i appear in public dressed in a certain manner, it is simply unreasonable for me to expect other people not to notice what i am wearing. this is simply a condition of what it means to exist in a society where i live and make all of my other choices. i ought to, of course, have some control over how much publicity i should be exposed to. so while i cannot avoid the observation of people that i can reasonably expect to meet during the course of my day, it may be wrong for someone to publish what i am wearing in every newspaper in the worldespecially if i am not a ''public'' person. but i clearly should have no moral expectation that i should not be seen if i appear in public and other people are there and happen to observe me. this basic point, generally accepted in human affairs, applies equally to the case of relations between god, humans, and other moral agents. living in the presence of god-which traditional christian, jewish, and muslim believers maintain that all of us do-just entails that i cannot expect god not to know what i do. i can, however, expect that whatever god knows about me will not be broadcast to the universe (at least not normally, and not without considerable moral warrant on god's part for such a broadcast). i can also expect that whatever god knows about me will not be used in some way to treat me unjustly or to defame me maliciously. and if traditional christianity is correct in its claim that god is morally perfect, all of these features would seem to be the case. furthermore, god's knowing what i do usually gives no one else-at least no other human-any knowledge of what i am doing. that remains, for the time being, private. i may some day have to account for what i do now in private before god and everyone else, but in the traditional christian account this ''judgment day'' is something which god, as the rightful moral judge of creation, is completely morally justified in doing. and furthermore, traditional christian theists maintain that in so judging, god will act in such a way that no one will have any legitimate moral complaint. thus the claim that god violates people's privacy with total observation because god does so without their consent is a misguided argument. when i appear every day in public, it is irrelevant that i had no say over whether there is a society out there which is such that its members can know things that are placed before them. my consent about such a condition is not possible. it is simply a fact about social life that i must accept, and then find whatever autonomy i can while living under it. the same point, it seems to us, holds in the case of the abramic conception of god. god's being god is not something that has any possible relation to a matter that my consent could affect. and so it would be quite irrelevant to point out that god's full awareness of what humans are doing is something done without human consent. we have also shown that it need not have any bearing on our autonomy of a sort that would put god in the position of disregarding and disrespecting human beings as persons. thus far, our argument has only shown that god's total observation can be excused. this is sufficient for the negative claim that at least god's complete knowledge of human actions and mental states does not disrespect humans as persons. but we think that there is an argument, consistent with a fairly traditional version of christian theism, which goes much further and would justify god's total observation. if so, this argument will be useful, not merely as a way of understanding the conservative understanding of god-human relations, but as a defensible account of the conditions under which privacy may be infringed. that is, such an argument will provide us with the conditions-to the extent that they are applicable to human affairs-under which a person's privacy ought to be respected, and when it may rightfully be disregarded. traditional christian theism, of course, has specific teachings about many aspects of god's nature, but only three main features are of concern here. first, god is understood to be the sole creator and sustainer of the universe, and thus equally of all life within it. this position, it could be argued, gives god the moral authority to observe all of creation. from the fact that someone has created or generated something, it does not strictly follow that one is thereby in a moral relation to that thing. and it certainly does not follow, without further argument, that one would have ultimate authority over it. but, in spite of this lack of strict entailment, in ordinary morality we do seem to accept a version of this principle. if i have children, and all else is morally equal (e.g., i am a responsible person, am able to raise children properly, etc.), then it is generally accepted that i have particular responsibilities and obligations toward them. i have authority (tempered by morality, of course) over my children that other people do not have largely because i have taken it upon myself to bring them into the world (or to adopt them as my own). it seems reasonable, then, to argue by analogy that god has authority over persons because god is the ultimate source or cause of our appearance in the world and of our continued existence. secondly, traditional christian theology teaches that god is a morally perfect being. as such, god is concerned about establishing perfect justice-cosmic justice, it could be called-in creation. this sort of justice may require that every immoral act done without the knowledge of other human beings will be subjected to judgment and possible punishment by a justified moral authority. the world, it might be said, would be unjust if (say) murderers could get away with killing people simply because they can elude human authorities. since god has both the capabilities and moral perfection necessary to carry out such a task, it can reasonably be argued that god is morally justified in taking up the cause of cosmic justice, and hence engaging in total observation and documentation as the necessary means to achieve this goal. finally, god's perfect goodness may justify total observation. that is, it could be argued that god's purpose in total observation is not merely one of preserving justice; god's goodness means that in total observation, the (objective) needs and interests of human beings are not being violated, rather they are being promoted. this suggests that god's observation may be justified in terms of a maternal and paternal care for all humans (and all creation). there is surely nothing wrongindeed, we standardly believe there is everything right-with a parent who constantly observes her infant child to provide needed care and love. moreover, this reason is quite consistent with the previous reason mentioned, the pursuit of perfect justice. as children grow from helpless infants to active individuals, parents still watch and observe them closely to correct-i.e., to judge and perhaps punishinappropriate behavior. and this correction is, or should be, completely in line with the bible, indeed, begins with ''in the beginning when god created the heavens and the earth'' (genesis : ). ephesians : - also states: ''for there is one body and one spirit...one god and father of all, who is above all and through all and in all.'' (some translations here use the phrase ''father of us all'', which may leave it open as to whether st. paul, with the word ''us'', is referring only to believers. but the nrsv clearly seems to imply that paul is referring to god as the parent of everyone, believer or not. note that the standard acceptance of this point in human affairs usually involves the idea that (all else being equal, of course) no child under legal age has the right to refuse to accept his or her parents' guardianship. so if the parent-child relation is analogous to the god-human relation, the same point would also hold. but this analogy, as noted further on in this paper, is controversial and requires further defense. their role as loving parents who have their children's well-being at heart. parents also closely watch a child's activities to provide positive encouragement and the capacity for self-development, and to re-enforce the vital fact that the child is loved and cared for. so if, as some conservative theologians standardly maintain, the relation of god to human beings is primarily a maternal/paternal loving one, it would be entirely appropriate for god to be aware of everything that we do. it may be objected that this argument may well apply to children and other nonautonomous persons, but it is inappropriate when applied to autonomous adults. human parents would simply step over an immoral line if they were to engage in the total observation of their autonomous, adult children. a traditional response to this kind of argument would maintain that the original analogy is correct: humans are in an analogous relation to god as infants are to their parents, and hence god's observation is analogously justified. while this response might well be accepted by many conservative christians, we do not believe that it is the most defensible reply to the objection. the response is helpful, however, to the extent that it points to the differences that exist between the relations of god to us, and human parents to their adult children. one of the main reasons why the total observation of autonomous, adult children by parents is morally questionable is that parents cannot support the autonomous actions of their children in the same way that god can through observing our actions. in at least most western cultures, my autonomy is defined in part by my ability to make my own choices irrespective of the wishes of my parents. their will for me is something that i might (rightly and autonomously) follow, but equally it could be something that i could (again, rightly and autonomously) decide to go against. in fact, i could be promoting my well-being and following morality by exercising my autonomy in a way contrary to my parent's wishes. but this would be an improper description of my appropriate relation to god considered as my divine parent. god's will for me and everyone else (on the traditional view) really is what is best for me and everyone else as autonomous beings. similarly, from this same view, god never wills anything for me that is ultimately wrong or evil. and so to the extent that i exercise my autonomy in such a way as to follow god's will for me, i achieve what i really should be and become. in contrast, in the case of human parents, privacy assures to some extent that they will not interfere with my autonomy. and they could easily do this given that when i am an adult, my parents are in no better position than i am to determine what course my life should take. they are, generally speaking, as epistemically and morally fallible as i am. hence, even if they are well-intentioned toward me, their choices or intentions could still seriously and negatively affect my life. in the case of god, however, this sort of privacy is not necessary because none of these conditions hold. moreover, not having privacy, for traditional believers at any rate, is standardly seen as a great good, something which god does that actively promotes one's own well-being. no matter how dark, lost, or unknown to others my situation might be, it is traditionally taught, god is right there with me, caring when no one else can or does, empowering me in every way as i continue to put my trust in god. and since this great good would not be possible without god's knowing what is happening to me or what i am doing at all times, god is morally justified in total observation. and, again, we can say this while affirming the traditional conception of god as a loving parent, without conceding that humans are in a situation that is analogous to their non-autonomous infants or children. a final, but important, point must be stressed about the three criteria we have just presented and defended. the criteria must be understood as jointly necessary conditions for privacy infringement. the reasons for this requirement should be obvious, particularly when we attempt to apply them to human political contexts. a state's having the requisite moral legitimacy alone gives it no moral warrant to observe its citizens voyeuristically. similarly, there must also be some issue of justice and well-being that is actually and immanently at stake. a state's interest in preserving justice alone does not provide sufficient warrant if that state itself lacks moral legitimacy. it could be suggested that there is much more detail that may need to be provided about the conceptual relationship of these criteria to each other. however, it should at least be apparent that these relationships serve to support an adequate theory of privacy infringement justification when they are applied together. so any person, and perhaps any institution of persons, who together has the requisite moral authority (due to being the generative and sustaining cause), has the intention of preserving justice, and is appropriately well-intentioned toward the persons observed, may, according to the above line of argument, engage in total observation. we must now ask whether these generally adequate criteria for god's total observation of humans have any chance of applying to ordinary human political situations. lackey ( , p. ) has again raised what might seem to be a telling point against the argument we have just put forward here. he acknowledges that in personal relations people do often waive privacy for the sake of intimacy. but, of course, they do this voluntarily. people who desire closeness to god may waive their privacy, but this should not hold for people who, for whatever reason, do not want such a relationship. ''even if,'' he argues, ''it is a good thing for me to develop an intimate relationship with the deity, it cannot be said that i am morally bound to enter into this relationship. it is permissible for me to refuse, in which case the right to privacy remains in effect''. and so, he concludes, god violates the privacy of those who are unwilling to become close to god. lackey is surely right, here, in claiming that we have no moral duty to become close to god, even though it might be a good thing (objectively) to do so. furthermore, we also agree that humans-whether believers or not-do indeed have a right to privacy that is infringed by god's total observation. however, lackey's argument presupposes that there is no excuse or justification for this interference, whereas we have argued above, in ways not directly addressed by lackey, that there is a defensible excuse and justification. in the case of human families, as we have already argued, there is at least a surface reasonableness to the criteria. parents are standardly the generative source of their children, and this entails that they have certain prima facie rights, privileges, and obligations with respect to the privacy of their children. furthermore, since parents are also responsible for sustaining their children in various ways, this role too seems to give parents the moral authority to observe their children in ways that it would be wrong for other people or institutions to do. part of parental responsibility and privilege is that of raising children according to certain moral standards. and this is widely accepted as justifying, for some period of a child's development, a reasonably close watch over much of what the child says, does, possesses, and so on. finally, as already mentioned, the care and love that parents have for their children morally justifies, up to some limit in development, the attention and observation that they give to their children. they have (or certainly ought to have) the child's best interests at stake. these intentions often require closely watching the child's behavior, communication, habits, and so on. we take the argument which focuses on family life just presented to be fairly obvious and widely accepted. however, when one tries to apply the main criteria for total observation applicable (traditionally) to god and parents to the state, difficult and intractable issues appear to arise. political philosophers profoundly disagree over the generative role of the state in relation to its individual citizens. many communitarians and, at the other end of the spectrum, socialists and marxists, tend to argue that the state plays a vital role in the formation of individuality, and hence the state possesses an authority in areas that might be seen as invasive by liberal political philosophers. on these non-liberal views, furthermore, the role of the state in ensuring the well-being and good of its citizens is not unlike that of a parent. liberals, on the other hand, from libertarians to left-leaning rawlsians, generally hold that the idea of the state as a sustaining parent is objectionably paternalistic. for these theorists, the claim that the state plays a crucial generative role in the formation of individuality is simply false and/or normatively objectionable. it is held that individuals bear primary responsibility for their own choices and thus for their own well-being. hence the suggestion that the state could engage in anything approaching total observation would be prima facie wrong. these preliminary observations seem to imply that, in the application of the three criteria defended above, we should expect fundamental disagreement particularly on the first and third criteria. this disagreement appears to be based largely on foundational issues in political theory; namely, the questions of the legitimacy of the state and the role that paternalism should play in governance. this leaves us with the second criterion that total observation would be justified in the pursuit of perfect justice. it seems here that most political theoretical perspectives should accept some privacy invasions in the pursuit of justice, simply because there does not seem to be any way to pursue many important forms of justice without such invasions. hence the disagreement we should expect regarding the second criterion would only be about the precise content and scope of such invasions. when we examine this matter more closely, however, we think there is in fact a much wider agreement about the three criteria, even among diverse political theoretical perspectives. take, for example, a fairly strong libertarianism which affirms the basic liberty and rights of individuals. such a libertarian would probably deny the generative relation of the state to individuals. in fact, she would argue, the truth is precisely the reverse: the state is generated by the interests and needs of its individual citizens, not the other way around. but even if this is true, any libertarian who defends the idea of state legitimacy will still not completely deny the sustaining qualities of the state. the properly functioning minimal state must acquire normative authority because, in part, it can provide adequate protection for its citizens, and hence allow them to be sustained as a community of individuals. this authority alone justifies the state in undertaking some-perhaps very minimalobservation of its citizens. libertarians also seem committed to some form of the idea that the observation of individuals, and hence some infringement of their privacy, is warranted on the grounds that their well-being as individuals is preserved. if the proper state is the one which offers even minimal protection for its citizens, and even if the legitimacy is based on individual self-interest, it will still be the case that, in some contexts, the state would be justified in violating privacy. unlike in the case of god, of course, we would not have any strong assurances that the information gathered by the state will only be used for morally defensible purposes, and so these contexts would be comparatively few and minimal in extent. so if the minimal protection state is acting correctly, it will sometimes be in an individual's rational self-interest to permit the state to engage in some level of observation, as collectively agreed on by citizens, on the basis of the well-being of all citizens. again, in such cases the observation would have to be fairly minimal and restricted in extent since, unlike in the case of god, we have much less-if any-assurance that the information will always be gathered for morally acceptable purposes. now if we accept that libertarianism is just an extreme or ''strong'' form of liberalism, other ''weaker'' versions of liberalism will yield to very similar considerations. it follows, then, that differing political theoretical commitments and perspectives do not provide any prima facie basis for rejecting the three criteria for total observation, provided these criteria are understood as general criteria. disagreement on political theoretical commitment, then, will appear only as a difference of opinion regarding the precise scope and application of the criteria. philosophers who are so committed should not reject their fundamental justificatory role in determining the value and extent of privacy. we have shown that what might seem to be a serious moral difficulty in christian philosophical theology can be effectively avoided, and that a potentially useful basis for a theory of just privacy infringement can be developed out of a response to this same difficulty. this, we believe, should provide moral and political theorists with a theory of justification regarding privacy infringement in ordinary human affairs. a theory of justification for privacy infringement, however, is only one aspect of what a moral theorist working on privacy needs to provide. some account of what privacy is, its nature or definition, needs to be given as well-even if this account only amounts to the claim that privacy is best understood as a very broad, heterogeneous concept. on the question of the definition of privacy, however, the philosophical literature is considerably unsettled. nevertheless, despite these difficulties, it seems reasonable to hold that any theory of the just infringement of privacy at least owes us some account of what privacy is. in closing, then, we shall restrict our attention to a brief consideration of whether the justificatory argument provided here is relevant to some of the main definitional accounts given to the concept of privacy. three definitional accounts of privacy have held considerable attention. first, privacy is frequently understood to involve the right to control information about oneself and one's associates. issues arise here, of course, as to what the scope and content of this ''information'' should be-i.e., whether it can be any trivial piece of information about myself that i do not want to become public, or whether it should be limited to something like ''personal'' or ''intimate'' information. secondly, privacy has also been conceived as having autonomy over specific (or not so specific) kinds of access to oneself. since one way of gaining access to a person is by getting specific or personal information about that person, access accounts generally allow that control over information may be necessary for privacy. but this concession must be seen as only one instance of all of the various other ways in which people can gain unwanted access to a person. an ex-husband who stealthily watches his former wife bathing is probably not gaining anything like information from his observation-at least not any new information, one might think. however, access-based theorists argue, it seems that the former spouse's privacy has been violated simply by the unauthorized access to her that her ex-husband has acquired. finally, privacy has been given a fairly distinct legal definition by the united states supreme court in a series of well-known cases beginning with griswold v. connecticut ( ) , and including eisenstadt v. baird ( ) and roe v. wade ( ) . the general idea here is that privacy consists in the right to make certain decisions of a ''personal'' nature. constitutional privacy thus is understood as a particular form of autonomy that we should have in being free from state it was not the purpose of this paper to provide any such definition. for our own efforts in this regard see [soifer and elliott ( , p. f) ] where we argue that privacy is best understood in connection with the judgment of others or the concern about one's reputation. this view, or something similar to it, can also be found in prosser ( , p. ), feldman ( , johnson ( ) , velleman ( ) , and marmor ( ) . warren and brandeis ( ) can be seen as an example of this way of understanding privacy. even though they conceive of privacy as a specific tort that falls under the wider right that individuals have to be left alone, it is clear that it is certain kinds of information about an individual which needs to be ''left alone.'' a more recent and straightforward example of the informational account can be found in parent ( ) . a widely discussed defense of an access-based account can be found in gavison ( , p. f) . see also solove ( , pp. - ). interference in making certain intimate and personal choices (e.g., family planning and contraceptive use [griswold] or abortion [roe] ). the question now is whether the account of invasion justification defended in this paper is relevant to any of these three main ways of understanding privacy. we would suggest that the account given here is directly relevant for either the information-or access-based conceptions. this is because the paradigm case of privacy violation is total observation. in total observation, whatever else might be at stake, it seems clear that at least information about and/or access to a person is of direct moral concern. total observation acquires complete, non-consensual information about a person. and it equally seems to provide a tremendous extent of non-consensual access. hence our account, which bases its justification from the context of total observation, is directly relevant to these two understandings of privacy. in contrast, constitutional privacy defines privacy largely, if not exclusively, in terms of the exercise of certain kinds of choices, or establishes certain zones of autonomous choice surrounding specific issues. it is therefore not obvious that the privacy invasion theory presented here fits very well with constitutional conceptions of privacy. setting aside cases where people do not want such decisions to be known or observed, as we have argued, people can still make the decisions covered by constitutional privacy, even if they are subject to total observation-although, of course, they would not be able to prevent others from knowing what decisions they had made. so how then can the account of privacy invasion justification we have defended be relevant to constitutional accounts of privacy? an obvious response at this point would be to argue that constitutional ''privacy'' is simply not a true account of privacy at all. many philosophers and jurists have defended just such a claim. for the purposes this discussion, however, we do not want to adopt this line of argument. rather, the concern about constitutional privacy can be addressed by the following considerations. first, our account does apply to those cases of constitutional privacy where people do not want the state either to document or observe their protected choices. it seems that this condition is true for most understandings of constitutional privacy. most people who would insist that citizens in a liberal democracy (should) have the legal right to make (e.g.) family planning decisions also understand-rightly or wrongly-that this same right includes the (prima facie) right not to have such decisions documented or observed by the state. since it is possible, as argued above, for the autonomous actions in question to be carried out in spite of observation, this consideration alone may not seem to address the concern about the relevance of our account for constitutional privacy. furthermore, the state, properly governed by considerations of public good, h.j. mccloskey, in both ( ) and , has argued extensively that it is a mistake to conflate privacy with autonomy (which, of course, is what most constitutional accounts effectively do). parent ( , p. ) also writes that: ''confusing liberty with privacy only serves to impugn the intellectual integrity of the judiciary.'' the reason for this, parent argues, is that the conflation of privacy as a part of liberty is a conceptual confusion. the defining idea behind ''liberty'' is the absence of external restraints or coercion. but this is clearly distinguishable from the right to privacy which, as he puts it, should only be understood as that which ''condemns the unwarranted acquisition of undocumented personal knowledge'' (p. ). may have an interest in monitoring such decisions. if so, constitutional privacy understood strictly as a specific kind of autonomy may be protected even when something approaching total observation is in place. that is, it would make sense to think that there are private zones where certain kinds of autonomy can be exercised without direct interference by the state. this last point, however, indicates, not the irrelevance of the account of privacy infringement defended here, but its significant relevance. considerations of justice and well-being (and by implication, the basis of state authority over such matters) do provide clear limits on the exercise of constitutional privacy. personal and/or physical intimacy with another person, which should clearly fall under the scope of constitutional privacy, may have to be documented if justice to all persons is in question because of (say) concerns about communicable disease. in the case of an outbreak of a serious communicable disease (e.g., the ebola virus or a nasty influenza pandemic), people can have their actions severely restricted. people can be forbidden to visit their loved one in a quarantined hospital, even if he or she is seriously ill or dying. such patients are thus often required to suffer and even die alone, physically separated from any society which it is otherwise their right to have. it is difficult to think of a more important, personal, and private matter than that of providing care or holding the hand of a dying loved one. and yet even this invasion into the private lives of people can perhaps be defended in terms of justice and care for the public good. whether measures like these really are justified invasions or not is not, however, the focus of this paper. the point is that the considerations noted are clearly relevant, and this shows that the account defended here is indeed relevant to constitutional understandings of privacy. summa theologica the teachings of maimonides privacy and control privacy and perfect voyeurism god and privacy secrecy, dignity or autonomy? views of privacy as a civil liberty privacy and the limits of law privacy and the judgment of others privacy and the law: a philosophical prelude divine omniscience and human privacy guide for the perplexed what is the right to privacy the political ideal of privacy measures identical or similar to these were put in place some years ago in the sars epidemic in toronto, canada in . during this epidemic, when a patient in a particular hospital was discovered to have sars, the entire hospital would be put under quarantine. the effectiveness of such an extensive quarantine, however, has since been strongly questioned privacy and the right to privacy just looking: voyeurism and the grounds of privacy privacy, morality, and the law philosophical dimensions of privacy: an anthology privacy, intimacy, and personhood severe acute respiratory syndrome: did quarantine help? nonstandard observers and the nature of privacy understanding privacy the coherence of theism is there a god? privacy and autonomy: a reappraisal the genesis of shame. philosophy and public affairs the right to privacy key: cord- -d f fd x authors: de jong, menno douwe title: avian influenza viruses and pandemic influenza date: journal: new and evolving infections of the st century doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: d f fd x nan global outbreaks with high death tolls. these pandemic strains can certainly be regarded as (re)emerging pathogens. the "athen's plague" described by hippocrates' contemporary thucydides is believed by some to constitute the first account of such a devastating influenza epidemic. since the th century, many large-scale outbreaks of influenza-like illnesses have been described in europe. in , one of such outbreaks spread from europe into africa and asia, possibly making it the first recorded influenza pandemic. the most devastating influenza pandemic in modern recorded history, known as the "spanish flu," occurred in - , killing up to million people worldwide. other less destructive pandemics during the past century occurred in and . avian influenza a viruses are key to the emergence of human influenza pandemics. the virus strains implicated in the th century's influenza pandemics originated directly from avian influenza viruses, either through genetic reassortment between human and avian influenza strains ( , ) or possibly through adaptation of purely avian strains to humans ( ) . it was long thought that the host range of avian influenza viruses precluded direct transmission to humans and that the emergence of pandemic strains required genetic reassortment between avian and human strains. however, occurrences of direct bird-to-human transmission of avian influenza viruses have increasingly been reported in recent years, culminating in the ongoing outbreaks of influenza a (h n ) among poultry and wild birds in several asian, european and african countries with continuing instances of human infections. these unprecedented developments have resulted in increasing global concerns about the (re)emergence of pandemic influenza a strains and the role of avian influenza viruses in this. influenza viruses are pleomorphic, enveloped rna viruses belonging to the family orthomyxoviridae. protruding from the lipid envelope are two distinct glycoproteins: the hemagglutinin (ha) and neuraminidase (na) . ha attaches to cell-surface sialic acid receptors, thereby facilitating entry of the virus into host cells. because it is the most important antigenic determinant to which neutralizing antibodies are directed, ha represents a crucial component of current vaccines. na is the second major antigenic determinant for neutralizing antibodies. by catalyzing the cleavage of glycosidic linkages to sialic acid on host cell and virion surfaces, this glycoprotein prevents aggregation of virions thus facilitating the release of progeny virus from infected cells. inhibition of this important function represents the most effective antiviral treatment strategy to date. a third membrane protein, the m protein, is present in small quantities in influenza a viruses. by functioning as an ion channel, this protein regulates the internal ph of the virus, which is essential for uncoating of the virus during the early stages of viral replication. this function is blocked by the antiviral drugs amantadine and rimantadine. the genome of influenza viruses is segmented, consisting of eight single-stranded, negative-sense rna molecules that encode proteins. the rna segments are contained within the viral envelope in association with the nucleoprotein (np) and three subunits of viral polymerase (pa, pb , and pb ), which together form the ribonucleoprotein (rnp) complex responsible for rna replication and transcription. additional proteins contained within the virion include m and the viral nuclear export protein (nep), which function in assembly and budding and in export of rnp from the nucleus, respectively. the only nonstructural protein of influenza a viruses is ns , which has multiple functions in viral replication and is also thought to counteract interferon activity of the host thereby evading the immune response. based on antigenic differences in np and m proteins, influenza viruses are classified as types a, b, and c. influenza b and c viruses are not divided into subtypes. all avian influenza viruses are classified as type a. further subtyping of influenza a viruses is based on antigenic differences between the two surface glycoproteins ha and na. to date, ha subtypes (h -h ) and na subtypes (n -n ) of influenza a viruses have been identified (fouchier et al., ) . the standard nomenclature for influenza viruses include the influenza type, the host of origin (excluding humans), the place of isolation, the strain number, the year of isolation, and finally the influenza a subtype in parentheses (e.g., a/duck/vietnam/ / [h n ]). the natural reservoir of influenza a viruses are aquatic birds, in which the viruses appear to have achieved an optimal level of host adaptation and do not cause disease . from this principal reservoir, viruses are occasionally transmitted to other animals, including mammals and domestic poultry, causing transitory infections and outbreaks. through adaptation by mutation or genetic reassortment, some of these viruses may establish species-specific permanent lineages of influenza a viruses and cause epidemics or epizootics in the new host. in the human population, the establishment of these lineages in the th century was preceded by influenza pandemics. transmission of viruses and transitory infections may also occur among the new hosts (e.g., between humans and pigs or chickens and humans). although all ha and na subtypes are found in aquatic birds, the number of subtypes that have crossed the species barrier and established stable lineages in mammals is limited. only three ha and two na subtypes (i.e., h n , hin , h n , and h n ) have circulated in humans since . in horses, only two influenza a subtypes (h n and h n ) are found, while, despite susceptibility to all avian subtypes in experimental settings, the only subtypes recovered from pigs in nature are h , h , n , and n . the molecular, biological, or ecological factors determining the apparent subtype-specific ability of viruses to cross species barriers and spread among a range of hosts remain largely unresolved. although interspecies transmission does occur at times, there certainly are host-range restrictions. for example, avian influenza viruses usually do not replicate efficiently in humans and vice versa (hinshaw et al., ; beare and webster ) . relatively little is known about the viral and host factors governing the host range of influenza viruses and the mechanisms by which species barriers are crossed. however, in view of their role in entry of the virus, the viral ha glycoproteins and their sialic acid receptors on host cells clearly are important determinants of host-range restrictions. human influenza strains preferentially bind to sialic acid residues linked to galactose by the α , linkage, and avian and equine influenza strains recognize sialic acid linked to galactose by α , linkage rogers and d'souza ; connor et al., ; gambaryan et al., ; matrosovich et al., matrosovich et al., , . correspondingly, human respiratory epithelial cells predominantly contain α , sialic acid-galactose linkages, whereas the host cells in birds and horses mainly contain α , linkages (couceiro et al., ; ito et al., ; matrosovich et al., ) . interestingly, in contrast with the human respiratory tract, epithelial cells in the human eye predominantly contain α , -linked sialic acid receptors, which may explain why conjunctivitis is a common symptom of human infections with avian influenza viruses (paulsen et al., ; terraciano et al., ; diebold et al., ) . it has been hypothesized that, by serving as the main port of entry and site of initial replication, the eye may play a role in the adaptation of avian influenza viruses to humans (olofsson et al., ) . the presence of α , -linked sialic acid receptors has also recently been demonstrated in the lower respiratory tract of humans, i.e. on bronchiolar and alveolar cells, which may explain the propensity of avian h n viruses to cause pneumonia and not upper respiratory illnesses, in humans (shinya et al., ; van riel et al., ) . respiratory epithelial cells in the pig contain both α , and α , linkages, which explains why this animal is susceptible to both human and avian influenza viruses . because of this trait, the pig is widely regarded as a potential source of new pandemic strains, because it could serve as a nonselective host in which mixed infection of avian and human strains efficiently occurs, potentially resulting in new reassortant viruses, or in which purely avian strains can adapt to human receptor recognition (figure . ). the receptor specificity of ha for either of the two sialic acid-galactose linkages is determined by the structure of the receptorbinding site of ha. although several residues have been implicated, the amino acids at positions and particularly seem to determine ha receptor specificity, that is, glu- and gly- are predicted to have affinity for avian and equine receptors, whereas leu- and ser- confer specificity for human receptors (wilson et al., ; naeve et al., ; weis et al., ; suzuki et al., ) . albeit less important, substrate specificity of na for either α , or α , -linked sialic acid also contributes to the efficiency of viral replication in different hosts (hinshaw et al., ) . this is illustrated by the fact that during its evolution in humans, the na of h n viruses, which were of avian origin and therefore highly specific for hydrolization of α , -linked sialic acids, acquired high affinity for the human α , -linked sialic acids (baum and paulson, ) in addition to the surface glycoproteins, laboratory experiments with reassortant viruses suggest that the genes encoding internal proteins, such as m, np, pb and pb , may also play a role in determining the host range (almond ; scholtissek et al., a; snyder et al., ; subbarao et al., ) . however, because most of these experiments evaluated reassortant viruses with different constellations of gene segments, it remains difficult to interpret whether the proteins themselves contribute to host-range restrictions or whether certain combinations of gene segments from different origins are incompatible. manipulation of the genome using reverse genetics approaches will undoubtedly provide more definitive insight in the role of other host range determinants. antigenic variation of influenza a viruses can occur gradually by accumulation of point mutations (antigenic drift) or drastically by genetic reassortment (antigenic shift). antigenic drift, driven by immunological pressure on ha and na, allows the virus to evade the immune response and is the reason that influenza viruses manage to cause yearly epidemics. it is also because of antigenic drift that periodic replacements of human vaccine strains are needed. in contrast with human and other non-avian influenza strains, antigenic drift in avian viruses is very limited despite similar mutation rates (austin and webster, ; kida et al., ; liu et al., ) . most likely, this reflects optimal adaptation of these viruses to the host resulting in limited immunological pressure and consequent evolutionary stasis of these viruses in their natural reservoir. drastic changes in antigenicity can occur through the acquisition of completely new surface proteins by genetic reassortment . the segmented nature of the influenza virus genome facilitates the exchange of genes between two viruses (e.g., human and avian strains) that coinfect a host cell. although such exchange can result in possible combinations of the eight different genomic segments of the virus, antigenic shift only arises when the reassortment at least includes the ha gene. provided that the reassortant virus is efficiently transmissible from infected to noninfected hosts, such an antigenically novel virus strain has pandemic potential when introduced in a population that completely lacks immunity against the new surface protein (figure . a). the pig is regarded as the ideal host for reassortment in view of its equal susceptibility for human and avian influenza strains . however, the increasing reports of bird-to-human transmissions of avian viruses indicate that coinfections, and consequently reassortments, could also take place in humans. beside genetic reassortment, antigenic shift is also caused by direct transmission of non-human influenza viruses to humans, as occurred or is still occurring on a relatively large scale in hong kong in (h n ), in the netherlands in (h n ), and in asia, the middle east, europe and africa since (h n ) (yuen et al., ; fouchier et al., ; hien et al., a) . as is true for reassortant viruses, these viruses are of pandemic potential when acquiring the ability for efficient transmission between humans through adaptation in either humans or an intermediate host (figure . b). finally, antigenic shift can occur when a previously circulating human influenza virus reemerges after an extended period of time. this happened in when h n virus, which circulated in the s, reappeared in the human population ("russian flu"), possibly after escaping a laboratory (nakajima et al., ; scholtissek et al., b) . the reemergence of this virus gave rise to a relatively mild pandemic affecting mainly young persons who were still immunologically naive to this subtype. the same could have happened in , when h n virus, which had disappeared from the human population after the emergence of h n viruses in , was inadvertently sent to more than laboratories worldwide as part of an external quality assurance scheme (enserink, ) . avian influenza viruses can infect a wide range of domestic and wild birds, including (but not restricted to) chickens, ducks, turkeys, geese, quail, pheasants, seabirds, shore birds, and migratory birds. in these natural hosts, influenza viruses replicate in the gastrointestinal tract and are secreted in large amounts into the feces (webster et al., ) . transmission between birds occurs directly or indirectly through fecally contaminated aerosols, water, feed, and other materials. the spectrum of disease in birds ranges from asymptomatic infection, to mild respiratory illness, to severe and rapidly fatal systemic disease. most avian influenza viruses isolated from birds are avirulent (i.e., result in asymptomatic infection or only mild disease). avian influenza viruses capable of causing outbreaks of severe disease (fowl plague) in chickens or turkeys are classified as highly pathogenic and are currently restricted to h and h subtypes. typically, these highly pathogenic strains do not cause disease in ducks or geese. infection of poultry by highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses is characterized by disseminated infection and clinically manifested by decreased egg production, respiratory signs, excessive lacrimation, edema of the head, diarrhea, neurological symptoms, and death. the knowledge concerning the viral factors that determine the pathogenicity of influenza viruses is limited and is primarily derived from studies of highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses. a broad tissue tropism and the ability to replicate systemically are the hallmarks of these viruses. the most important and well-studied molecular correlate of these properties resides in the cleavability of the ha precursor glycoprotein (webster and rott, ; garten and klenk, ; steinhauer, ) . in the viral life cycle, post-translational cleavage of the precursor ha molecule into two subunits (ha and ha ) by host proteases is essential for infection to proceed. this cleavage generates a fusogenic domain at the amino terminus of ha that mediates fusion between the viral envelope and the endosomal membrane. has of avirulent avian influenza strains are cleaved only in a limited number of cell types, resulting in localized respiratory or gastrointestinal infections and mild illness. in contrast, has of highly pathogenic h and h strains can be cleaved in several different host cells, resulting in a broad cell tropism and the ability of causing systemic infection (klenk and garten, ; senne et al., ) . this apparent promiscuity of ha for a broad range of cellular proteases is determined by the structure of the ha cleavage site: has with high cleavability (i.e., from highly pathogenic strains) have multiple basic amino acid residues immediately upstream of the cleavage site, whereas has from avirulent subtypes usually have only a single arginine residue at this site (bosch et al., ; walker and kawaoka, ; senne et al., ; chen et al., ) . evidence for the correlation between a multibasic cleavage site, susceptibility for proteases and virulence has been provided by experiments in which viruses were generated with altered cleavage sites in otherwise unchanged genetic backgrounds (ohuchi et al., ; horimoto and kawaoka, ) . the reason why multibasic cleavage sites seem restricted to the has of h and h subtypes is unclear but may suggest that the number of basic residues is limited by structural features of ha. analyses of nucleotide sequences of h and h ha genes has shown the occurrence of direct repeats of purine-rich sequences (aagaaa) at the cleavage site in many cases . such repeats may arise because of pausing of the transcriptase-complex at a region of secondary structure, resulting in slippage of the complex and insertion of a short repeat sequence. additionally, recombination events between two genes of the same virus (e.g., from m or np to ha) may result in the insertion at the cleavage site of short sequences that code for multibasic amino acid residues (orlich et al., ; suarez et al., ) . in addition to the presence of multiple basic amino acids, susceptibility to ubiquitous proteases is also determined by the loss of a glycosylation site in the vicinity of the cleavage site (deshpande et al., ; webster, , ) . although ha clearly is an important determinant of viral pathogenicity, animal studies indicate that virulence in mammals is a polygenic trait involving a constellation of other genes that can vary with the specific virus strain and host . however, besides ha, two genes have specifically been implicated in viral pathogenicity in mammals; that is, pb and ns. by reverse genetics experiments, it has been shown that a lysine residue at position (lys ) of pb seems essential for high virulence and systemic replication in mice of highly pathogenic influenza h n viruses responsible for the outbreak among poultry and humans in hong kong in (h n / ) (hatta et al., ) . the presence of lys in pb of h n / viruses appears to determine the viral replicative efficiency in mouse cells (and not avian cells) but does not increase the tissue tropism of the virus in mice . lys has also been found in pb s of some, but not all highly pathogenic h n and h n viruses isolated from humans during the outbreaks of these viruses among poultry and humans in (the netherlands) and (viet nam, thailand), respectively li et al., ) . interestingly, a lysine residue at position of pb is also present in all human influenza subtypes (h , h , h ) (webster, ) . furthermore, single-gene reassortant viruses carrying a pb gene of avian origin and all other genes from a human virus showed efficient replication in avian but not mammalian cells (subbarao et al., ) . this host cell restriction could be traced to a glutamic acid residue at position of the avian pb instead of a lysine residue at the same position in the human virus (subbarao et al., ) . these observations suggest that an amino acid change to lys in pb may help avian viruses to adapt to efficient replication in mice and possibly other mammals, thereby increasing the virulence in these hosts. reverse genetics experiments with highly pathogenic avian influenza h n and h n viruses have indicated that other members of the viral polymerase complex beside pb , i.e. pa and pbi, likely also play a role in adaptation of avian viruses to the mammalian host, suggesting that host factors are important for viral polymerase activity (gabriel et al., ; salomon et al., ) . in addition to pb , the ns gene seems to play a role in the pathogenesis of avian and human influenza virus infections. this gene encodes two proteins: the nuclear export protein (nep) and the only nonstructural protein of influenza viruses, ns . the ns gene or its product contribute to viral pathogenesis by allowing the virus to evade the interferon response of the host (garcia-sastre, krug et al., ) . this evasion may occur through multiple mechanisms, including interference with the activation of cell-signaling pathways and protein kinases involved in interferon induction or interference with the maturation of cellular pre-mrna at the post-transcriptional level. the ns gene has also been implicated in determining the high pathogenicity of influenza h n / viruses in mammals. experiments in pigs using recombinant viruses showed that the presence of the ns gene of h n / viruses greatly increased the pathogenicity of an h n virus, possibly by escaping the antiviral effects of interferons and tumor necrosis factor alpha (tnf-α) seo et al., , . this enhanced virulence in pigs required the presence of glutamate instead of aspartate at position (glu- ) of the h n ns gene, but this amino acid change has not been found in all highly pathogenic h n viruses isolated from humans or animals . beside the apparent cytokine resistance of h n / viruses, in vitro studies in human macrophages and respiratory cells showed that these viruses also seem to induce the transcription of proinflammatory cytokines, in particular tnf-α and interferon-β, and that the ns gene contributes to this induction (cheung et al., ; chan et al., ) . similar results were obtained in mice, in which infection with a recombinant h n virus containing the h n / ns gene caused a cytokine imbalance in mouse lungs, characterized by increased concentrations of proinflammatory cytokines and decreased levels of anti-inflammatory cytokines (lipatov et al., a) . cytokine dysregulation by h n / viruses is also suggested by observations in human infections. pathological examination of patients who died of influenza h n infection during the outbreak in hong kong showed reactive hemophagocytic syndrome, which is believed to be a cytokine-driven condition, as the most prominent feature . in addition, exceptionally high levels of certain chemokines were observed in the serum of human cases with avian influenza h n . together, these observations may suggest that a combination of increased resistance against, and high induction of cytokines by the virus synergistically lead to a profound cytokine dysregulation that may play a role in explaining the severity of illness in mammals, including humans. although the ns gene seems to play a crucial role in this, it is likely that other particular gene constellations involving different internal genes also contribute. the virulence of highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses is clearly influenced by the specific host. two variants of the h n / virus, one of which was isolated from a human patient with mild repiratory illness and the other from a fatal human case, displayed similar differential pathogenicity in mice (zitzow et al., ) . however, in ferrets, both variants caused indistinguishable severe systemic disease (zitzow et al., ) . conversely, experimental infection with h n / viruses exhibiting high virulence in mice caused localized respiratory illness without systemic spread in primates and only viral replication in the respiratory tract without clinical illness in pigs rimmelzwaan et al., ) . the host factors determining the clinical outcome in animals are unclear. the clinical outcome of human influenza is influenced by factors such as the patient's age, the level of preexisting immunity, immunosuppression, comorbidities, pregnancy, and smoking habits, indicating that host-related factors certainly contribute to pathogenesis in humans. most of the above factors may be explained by differences in local, innate, or specific immunity at different stages of life or under specific circumstances, but other factors likely also play a role. for example, the observation that influenza-related encephalopathy seems well-recognized in japan but less so in other countries may suggest that there are differences in proneness for certain disease manifestations among populations, possibly related to genetic differences (morishima et al., ; sugaya, ) . although evidence is lacking at present, it is not unlikely that host factors also play a role in the the susceptibility and pathogenesis of human infections with avian influenza viruses. introduction of an influenza a virus with a novel ha gene in a population that lacks immunity to this ha has the potential to cause a pandemic when the virus posesses the ability to spread efficiently among humans (figure . ). during the th century, this has happened three times, in , , and , killing millions of people worldwide. in all three pandemics, the viruses originated from avian influenza viruses. the virus strains responsible for the influenza pandemics of and both first emerged in southeastern asia, and both arose through reassortment of genes between avian viruses and the prevailing human influenza strain (scholtissek et al., c) . the "asian influenza" pandemic of was caused by an h n virus that had acquired three genes (h , n , and pb ) from avian viruses infecting wild ducks, in a backbone of the circulating h n human influenza strain. as the asian flu strain emerged and established a permanent lineage, the h n strains soon disappeared from the human population for unclear reasons. similarly, the h n virus causing the "hong kong influenza" pandemic of (a) (b) figure . . mechanisms for generation of a pandemic influenza a strain. pandemic influenza a strains could result from genetic reassortment involving the hemagglutinin gene between avian and human strains in coinfected pigs or humans, followed by adaptation to human receptors in either host and human-to-human transmission (a); or through adaptation to humans of a purely avian influenza strain, either in humans or in an intermediate host such as the pig (b). mechanism a was implicated in the "asian" ( ) and "hong kong" ( ) influenza pandemics. the h n virus that caused the "spanish flu" influenza pandemic of likely resulted from mechanism b. consisted of two genes from a duck virus (h and pb ) in a background of the human h n strain circulating at that time. the latter virus disappeared with the emergence of the h n virus and since then has not been detected in humans. sequence analysis of the hypothetical precursor strain that immediately preceded the pandemic h n virus suggested that fewer than six amino acids in ha had changed during the avian-to-human transition . interestingly, a number of these changes may reflect adaptation to the new host because they modified the area surrounding the receptor-binding pocket of ha, including a glu to leu change at position , which is particluarly implicated in determining specificity for human receptors (see section . . ). the fact that beside one or two novel surface glycoproteins, both pandemic strains also posessed a pb gene of avian origin is intriguing and may suggest a role of this gene in interspecies transmission . although millions of people died during the and pandemics, the viruses involved did not appear particularly virulent, suggesting that lack of immunity was the main reason for the excess mortality. this was different during the "spanish flu" pandemic of , in which lack of immunity in the human population was combined with an apparent extremely high virulence of the virus, resulting in the demise of up to million people worldwide. because the pandemic occurred before viruses were identified as the causative agents, no intact virus has been available for analysis. this and the similar lack of available human and animal influenza strains circulating before has made it difficult to determine the exact origin of the pandemic h n virus and the reason for its extreme virulence. however, valuable insight has been provided by the recovery of fragments of viral rna isolated from archived autopsy specimens and tissue from alaskan flu victims buried in the permafrost (taubenberger et al., ) . this enabled sequence analysis of all eight genes of the virus (reid et al., ; taubenberger et al., ) . phylogenetic analyses of these genes suggest that the h n virus may not have arisen by the same mechanism as the and pandemic viruses (i.e., by reassortment of avian and human influenza viruses) but perhaps by direct transmission from an avian source after adaptation in humans or another permissive mammalian host, such as the pig (reid et al., ; taubenberger et al., ) . this is supported by the observation that human h n strains, including the pandemic strain, have retained the amino acid residues at positions and of ha predictive for binding to avian receptors (see section . . ) (taubenberger et al., ) . recent crystallographic studies showed that structural changes in the h ha allowed the virus to recognize human receptors despite the presence of these avian-like residues, which may explain why the virus could nevertheless efficiently infect and spread among humans (gamblin et al., ; stevens et al., ) . the possibility that the strain had retained the structure and biological properties of its avian ancestors while acquiring the ability to recognize and efficiently infect human cells may explain the high virulence of this virus. mathematical modeling studies have suggested that the transmissability of the virus was not remarkably different than regular human influenza strains, indicating that extremely efficient spread did not account for the high morbidity and mortality (mills et al., ) . although part of the high mortality of the pandemic could be explained by the lack of antibiotics to treat secondary bacterial pneumonia and poor living conditions, the extremely rapid and severe clinical course implies high pathogenicity of the virus as the major cause. the molecular basis for this high virulence remains unclear. the h ha lacks the multibasic cleavage site characteristic of highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses (see section . . ) (taubenberger et al., ; reid et al., ) . there are conflicting observations concerning the role of the ns gene in the pandemic strain. in mice, the presence of the complete ns or only the ns segment seemed to confer decreased, rather than enhanced pathogenicity of reassortant h n viruses (basler et al., ) . in contrast, in vitro experiments in human lung cells suggested more efficient inhibition of interferon-regulated genes by h n virus in the presence of the ns gene (geiss et al., ) . the most convincing evidence implicates ha as an important determinant of the high virulence. the presence of ha of the virus conferred high pathogenicity in mice to human strains that were otherwise non-pathogenic in this host . furthermore, these infections were associated with severe hemorrhagic pneumonia and the induction of high levels of macrophage-derived cytokines and chemokines, strikingly reminiscent of clinical observations in humans during the spanish flu pandemic, as well as of recent in vitro and in vivo observations of infections with highly pathogenic avian influenza h n viruses (oxford ; cheung et al., ; peiris et al., ). before the year , a few isolated cases of human infections with highly pathogenic h n viruses were reported. these infections concerned laboratory accidents involving exposure to viral cultures or infected animals, and in one case presumed exposure to infected waterfowl in the absence of an overt outbreak (delay et al., ; campbell et al., ; taylor and turner, ; webster et al., ; kurtz et al., ) . all reported cases, except one, were clinically characterized by selflimiting conjunctivitis. influenza h n virus was isolated from blood of one patient wih hepatitis, but the clinical relevance of this finding was unclear as was the source of this infection (delay et al., ; campbell et al., ) . in , a large-scale outbreak of h n viruses decimated the poultry industry in the netherlands and was associated with several human infections koopmans et al., ) . after diagnosing the first case of human infection with h n virus, active case finding among exposed persons and their close contacts identified a total of laboratory-confirmed infections in humans . this amounted to approximately % of the estimated number of people potentially exposed to the virus. highest infection rates were observed in veterinarians and chicken cullers. of the h n cases, persons presented with conjunctivitis, of whom also complained of influenza-like symptoms koopmans et al. ). it cannot be excluded that the remaining six patients also had conjunctivitis. although two individuals reported an influenza-like illness only, one had suffered a previous eye injury that precluded evaluation of conjunctivitis, while the other had chronic blepharitis. four individuals did not fit any case definition, either because of missing data or because they complained of red eyes only and therefore did not meet the criteria for a diagnosis of conjunctivitis. the prominence of conjunctivitis as the presenting syndrome in these and other reported human cases of influenza h n is striking and may be explained by the presence of α , -linked sialic acid receptors in the eye, which are preferentially recognized by ha of avian influenza viruses, including h n subtypes (see section . . ) (olofsson et al., ) . the observation that, in contrast with human influenza strains, viral loads in conjunctival specimens of the dutch h n -infected individuals seemed higher than in respiratory specimens, supports the notion that h n virus may replicate efficiently in cells in or near the eye and not in the respiratory tract . six of the seven cases of influenza-like illnesses were mild. one patient, a previously healthy -year-old veterinarian, complained of fever and headache days after visiting an infected farm . he subsequently developed pneumonia complicated by acute respiratory distress syndrome and multiorgan failure, of which he died days after the onset of illness. autopsy revealed pathologic changes in the lungs similar to those found in influenza h n -infected humans and no significant abnormalities in other organs. direct human-to-human transmission of h n virus during the dutch outbreak is suggested by the fact that three individuals with confirmed infections had not been in direct contact with infected poultry but were family members of poultry workers with h n conjunctivitis . the h n virus causing the outbreak in the netherlands most likely evolved from a low pathogenic virus from wild ducks after the introduction of this virus into the poultry population . in agreement with its classification as a highly pathogenic avian influenza virus, the ha contained multiple basic amino acids at the cleavage site. sequence comparison of virus isolates from chickens and humans, including those implicated in human-to-human transmission, revealed virtually no differences, indicating no significant accumulation of mutations on bird-to-human or human-to-human transmission. the only exception was the virus isolated from the fatal case, which showed a total of amino acid substitutions not seen in the other isolates. most of these substitutions involved the ha, na, and pb genes, which have all been implicated as determinants of host range and pathogenicity. intriguingly, the mutations in pb included a glutamine to lysine change at positions , associated with high virulence of h n viruses in mice (see section . . ) . the h n outbreak in poultry was effectively contained by the culling of approximately million chickens, which amounts to about % of the total chicken population in the netherlands . after the first human infections were identified, individuals exposed to potentially infected chickens were vaccinated with the available human vaccine to prevent possible dual infection with human and avian strains and the resulting risk of reassortment. as the outbreak progressed, the recommendation for vaccination was extended to all poultry farmers in a -km radius of infected farms and to persons suspected of h n infection. in addition, a prophylactic regimen of the neuraminidase-inhibitor oseltamivir was started for all people handling potentially infected poultry to prevent bird-to-human transmission and human-to-human transmission of avian viruses. prophylactic treatment was to be continued for days after the last exposure. these control measures may serve as a model for the control of emerging influenza viruses because they, at least theoretically, minimize the possibility that the virus spreads among the human population. in early , an outbreak of highly pathogenic h n viruses occurred in poultry farms in british columbia, canada . the causative virus probably had evolved by homologous recombination between the ha and m genes in a low pathogenic h n virus . this recombination event resulted in the introduction of a multibasic sequence at the cleavage site of ha. surveillance among potentially exposed people identified two laboratory-confirmed cases of h n infection. in these cases, conjunctivitis and mild influenza-like symptoms (coryza, headache) developed - days after exposure . both were treated with oseltamivir and recovered fully. no secondary cases were identified. the outbreak among poultry was contained by extensive culling. control measures in potentially exposed people were similar to those during the dutch h n outbreak. in , human infections with h n viruses were reported in two unrelated children from hong kong, aged and years (peiris et al., ) . both children had a mild influenza-like syndrome, associated with mild lymphopenia in one, and slightly raised transaminase levels in the other child. neither child developed pneumonia and both recovered uneventfully within - days. there was a history of probable contact with live chickens in one of the patients, but otherwise the source of transmission was unclear. no serological evidence of h n infection was found in the children's family members or health care workers. three serum samples from volunteer blood donors in hong kong showed the presence of neutralizing antibodies against h n virus, suggesting that additional infections had occurred in hong kong (peiris et al., ) . around the same time as the infections in hong kong, five additional, similarly mild cases of human h n in humans were reported from mainland china . the human infections in hong kong and mainland china were caused by non-highly pathogenic h n viruses of two disinct lineages. the hong kong virus was related to a quail h n virus (a/quail/hk/ g / [h n ]) and possessed internal genes similar to the h n virus that caused the outbreak in poultry and humans in (guan et al., lin et al., ) . this may suggest that the quail h n virus has been the donor of all internal genes to the h n outbreak strain (guan et al., ) . the strains isolated from humans in mainland china were related to a different lineage of h n viruses found in ducks and chickens (a/duck/hk/y / [h n ] and a/chicken/hk/g / [h n ]) (guo et al., ) . most h n strains isolated since seem to be related antigenically to the latter virus but posess a variety of internal gene constellations, including those of h n / -like origin (choi et al., ; lipatov et al., ) . interestingly and perhaps concerning, h n viruses isolated from poultry have acquired a preference for binding to the human-like α , sialic acid-galactose linkages, which may suggest that certain species of poultry could act as an intermediate host in the zoonotic transmission of influenza viruses from their natural reservoir in acquatic birds to mammals, including humans (matrosovich et al., ) . indeed, h n viruses have also been isolated from pigs in southeastern china, indicating widening of the host range (peiris et al., ) . in addition, contemporary human h n strains are cocirculating in southeastern chinese pigs, providing ideal circumstances for potential genetic reassortment leading to the emergence of viruses with pandemic potential (peiris et al., ). in recent years it has become clear that, in contrast with the usually mild illnesses caused by h and h n viruses, human infections with highly pathogenic influenza h n viruses are associated with severe, often fatal disease. in may , after outbreaks of influenza h n among poultry on three farms in the new territories of hong kong, an influenza h n virus was isolated from a -year-old boy in hong kong, who died of severe pneumonia complicated by acute respiratory distress syndrome and reye syndrome (subbarao et al., ) . in november and december of the same year, concomittant with outbreaks of influenza h n among chickens in poultry markets and on farms in hong kong, additional cases of human h n infections were identified, five of which were fatal (yuen et al., ; chan ) . the outbreak was contained after the slaughtering of all . million chickens in hong kong. in response to the outbreak, influenza surveillance in poultry was intensified permitting early recognition of other outbreaks of avian influenza in and . no further human h n infections were reported until february , when two laboratory-confirmed cases and one probable case were identified in one family from hong kong . the daughter died of an undiagnosed respiratory infection while visiting fujian province in mainland china. upon their return to hong kong, the father and son developed severe respiratory illnesses of which the father died. h n virus was isolated from both patients. in december , an outbreak of highly pathogenic h n virus was identified among poultry in the republic of korea (lee et al., ) . subsequently, outbreaks by antigenically related viruses were reported among poultry in thailand, viet nam, japan, china, cambodia, laos, malaysia, and indonesia. the reason for this apparent simultaneous occurrence of h n outbreaks in many asian countries remains unclear. however, h n viruses have also been found in dead migratory birds, which may suggest a role of wild birds in the spread of h n viruses in the region .since , migratory birds indeed have also been responsible of spreading the virus to regions outside asia, including several countries in the middle east, europe and africa. human infections during the southeast asian outbreaks were first reported in early from viet nam and thailand, (hien et al., a; chotpitayasunondh et al., ) . since then, concurrent with the spread of the virus by migrating birds and consequent poultry outbreaks elsewhere, human h n infections have been reported in several other countries in asia (china, cambodia, indonesia), eurasia and europe (azerbaijan, iraq, turkey), and africa (egypt, djibouti). at the time of this writing (may ) more than human infections have been reported worldwide of which more than half were fatal (who, ) . it cannot be excluded and may even be likely that additional cases have gone unnoticed in affected countries due to a lack of clinical awaress, active surveillance, or diagnostic facilities (hien et al., b) . although many countries initially affected by poultry outbreaks in have been declared free of the virus, h n virus seems to have reached endemic levels in poultry and aquatic birds in several asian countries, despite attempts to contain the outbreak by extensive culling of poultry. this is also suggested by the establishment of multiple geographically distinct sublineages of h n influenza viruses in asia . continuing occurrences of bird-to-human transmissions increase the opportunity of the virus to adapt to humans and acquire the ability to spread between humans. in addition, continuing cocirculation of avian and human viruses in countries, where humans live in close proximity with poultry and pigs, increases the risk of reassortment between both in coinfected humans or other mammalian hosts, such as the pig. the isolation of h n viruses from pigs in china and indonesia is concerning in this respect . for all these reasons, the current developments in asia and other regions in the world seem to justify the global concern that, similar to and , a new pandemic influenza strain may emerge in the near future. at presentation, most cases of human h n infections were characterized by a severe influenza syndrome, clinically indistinguishable from severe human influenza, with symptoms of fever, cough, and shortness of breath, and radiological evidence of pneumonia (yuen et al., ; hien et al., a; chotpitayasunondh et al., ) . abnormalities on chest radiographs at presentation included extensive, usually bilateral infiltration, lobar collapse, focal consolidation, and air bronchograms (figure . ). radiological evidence of pulmonary damage could still be observed in surviving patients several months after the illness (t.t. hien, personal communication). beside respiratory symptoms, a large proportion of patients also complained of gastrointestinal symptoms such as diarrhea, vomiting, and abdominal pain, which are common in children with human influenza, but not in adults. in some cases, diarrhea was the only presenting symptom, preceding other clinical manifestations . unlike human infections with h or h viruses, conjunctivitis was not prominent in h n infected patients. the clinical course of the illness in severe cases was characterized by rapid development of severe bilateral pneumonia necessitating ventilatory support within days after onset. complications included acute respiratory distress syndrome, renal failure, and multiorgan failure. evidence that the clinical spectrum of human h n infections is not restricted to pulmonary symptoms was provided by a reported case of possible central nervous system involvement in a vietnamese boy who presented with diarrhea, followed by coma and death. influenza h n virus was isolated from throat, rectal, blood, and cerebrospinal fluid specimens, suggesting widely disseminated viral replication . his sister had died of a similar illness weeks earlier, but no diagnostic specimens were obtained. although highly virulent h n viruses have shown neurotropism in mammals such as mice and cats (lipatov et al., ; tanaka et al., ; keawcharoen et al., ) , these cases may be similarly rare as central nervous system manifestations associated with human influenza (morishima et al., ; sugaya, ) . genetic predisposition of the host to such manifestations may play a role. striking routine laboratory results in h n -infected patients, especially in severe cases, were an early onset of lymphopenia, with a pronounced inversion of the cd +/cd + ratio, thrombocytopenia, and increased levels of serum transaminases (yuen et al., ; hien et al., a; chotpitayasunondh et al., ) . high levels of cytokines and chemokines have been observed in several h n -infected patients, suggesting a role of immune-mediated pathology in the pathogenesis of h n infections (see section . . ) peiris et al., ) . this was supported by pathological examination in two patients who died during the outbreak in hong kong, which showed reactive hemophagocytosis as the most prominent feature . other findings included diffuse alveolar damage with interstitial fibrosis, hepatic central lobular necrosis, acute renal tubular necrosis, and lymphoid depletion. although the gastrointestinal, hepatic, renal, and hematologic manifestations could suggest wider tissue tropism, there was no evidence of viral replication in organs outside the respiratory tract . although many laboratory-confirmed h n infections were associated with severe, often fatal disease, milder cases have also been reported, especially during the outbreak in hong kong (yuen et al., ; chan ). an increasing number of milder cases also seemed to occur in viet nam, as the outbreak progressed in (who, ) . although increased clinical awareness and surveillance may account for such observations, progressive adaptation of the virus to humans is the dreaded alternative explanation. detailed monitoring of virus evolution during outbreaks is obviously important and may help to distinguish between both possibilities. the occurrence of mildly symptomatic and asymptomatic infections have also been suggested during the outbreak in hong kong by seroepidemiological studies in household members of h n infected patients and health care workers. in these studies, of exposed and of nonexposed health care workers were seropositive for h n -specific antibodies (bridges et al., ) . seroconversion was documented in two exposed nurses, one of whom reported a respiratory illness days after exposure to an h n -infected patient. more importantly than showing the occurrence of asymptomatic infections, these data indicated that nosocomial person-to-person transmission had occurred, albeit limited to a few cases. an additional case of possible human-tohuman transmission during the hong kong outbreak was suggested by h n -seropositivity in a household contact of a patient, who had no history of poultry exposure . seroepidemiological studies in health care workers involved in the care of h n -infected patients in thailand and viet nam in have not shown evidence of person-toperson transmission, despite the absence of adequate infection control measures in the vietnamese cohort at the time of study liem and lim, ; schultsz et al., ) . during the outbreak in thailand in , extensive epidemiological investigations have suggested person-to-person transmission from a child, who died of presumed h n infection, to her mother who had no history of exposure to poultry and had provided prolonged unprotected nursing care to her daughter . an aunt of the child may have been infected by the same route because her last exposure to poultry before infection had been days, considerably longer than the estimated incubation period of - days. there have been several similar family clusters of h n cases in other affected countries, which have all ignited concerns about the possibility of human-to-human transmission, but most of which could be explained by common exposure to poultry. although there has been no evidence of efficient transmission of influenza h n virus between humans to date, caution and detailed investigations obviously remain warranted in case of any cluster of infections, especially in view of the relatively rapid evolution h n viruses have exhibited in recent years. . . . . the evolution of h n viruses, in , an h n virus was isolated from geese during an outbreak in guangdong province in china (influenza a/goose/guangdong/ / [a/g/gd/ ]) (xu et al., ) . this virus proved to be the donor of the ha gene of the reassortant h n viruses causing the outbreak among poultry and humans in hong kong in . the internal genes of the hong kong h n viruses were closely related to those of an h n virus isolated from quail (see section . . ) (guan et al., ) . the origin of the na gene remains unclear but was notable for a -amino-acid deletion in the stalk region (subbarao et al., ) . such deletions may be associated with adaptation of influenza viruses to land-based poultry (matrosovich et al., ) . the ha gene contained multibasic sequences at the cleavage site, in accordance with its classification as a highly pathogenic strain (claas et al., ; matrosovich et al., ) . the role of other genes potentially involved in its pathogenicity is reviewed in section . . . after the eradication of the hong kong strain, the goose precursor viruses continued to circulate in geese in southeastern china (cauthen et al., ; webster et al., ) . through reassortment between this virus and other avian viruses, multiple antigenically similar genotypes, which were highly pathogenic in chickens but not in ducks, emerged and again were eradicated in hong kong in and . then, in late , h n strains isolated from wild migratory birds and resident waterfowl in two hong kong parks showed marked antigenic drift and exhibited high pathogenicity in ducks sturm-ramirez et al., ) . the latter property is rarely found in nature and had not been observed in strains isolated during previous years. an antigenically and molecularly similar virus caused the two confirmed human infections in early in a family from hong kong (see section . . . ) peiris et al., ) . h n influenza viruses isolated from healthy ducks in southern china between and were all antigenically similar to the precursor influenza a/g/gd/ virus . it is thought that these ducks played a central role in the generation of the virus responsible for the outbreaks in southeast asia since . detailed genetic analyses of h n strains isolated during the period - from poultry and humans in china, hong kong, indonesia, thailand, and viet nam demonstrated that a series of genetic reassortment events, all traceable to the a/g/gd/ -precursor virus, ultimately gave rise to a dominant h n genotype (genotype z) in chickens and ducks . this genotype is implicated in the human cases in hong kong in and the outbreaks among poultry and humans since . the evolution of h n viruses in recent years has been associated with increasing virulence and an expanding host range, which beside terrestrial poultry and wild birds also includes mammals. although all h n viruses isolated from ducks in china between and were highly pathogenic in chickens, an increasing level of pathogenicity was observed in mice with the progression of time: virus isolated in and were less pathogenic than those isolated in and . it has been suggested that the increasing ability to replicate in mammals has resulted from transmission between ducks and pigs the expanding host range is also illustrated by successful experimental infection of domestic cats and natural infections of cats, tigers and leopards with recent h n strains (keawcharoen et al., ; kuiken et al., ; songserm et al., ) . in summary, continued evolution of h n viruses since , involving multiple genetic reassortment events between a/g/gd/ -like viruses and other avian viruses and perhaps transmission between birds and pigs or other mammalian hosts, has resulted in a highly virulent genotype with an expanded host range that is causing widespread outbreaks among wild birds, poultry and humans affecting several regions in the world. although transmission between birds and humans at present still seems inefficient, as does transmission between humans, this may change when the virus is allowed to continue its evolution through adaptation and reassortment. in clinical trials, human influenza has been clinically diagnosed correctly in approximately two-thirds of adults with influenza-like symptoms, despite the lack of pathognomomic features (monto et al., ) . although virus isolation remains the gold standard of diagnosis and indispensable for virus characterization, rapid laboratory confirmation of suspected human influenza in routine diagnostic laboratories is usually performed by immunochromatographic or immunofluorescent detection of influenza virus antigens or by reverse transcriptase (rt)-pcr detection of viral nucleic acids in respiratory specimens. in addition, serological evidence of human influenza a virus infection can be obtained by commercially available elisa kits that detect antibodies to conserved viral antigens, such as the nucleoprotein. in the absence of cocirculating avian influenza strains in the human population, further subtyping of influenza viruses or detection of subtype-specific antibodies are usually not done by routine diagnostic laboratories but are restricted to reference laboratories involved in epidemiological analyses and planning of vaccine strains. however, in case of an outbreak of avian influenza, efforts to further subtype the virus (e.g., by subtype-specific rt-pcr methods) should be made by routine laboratories because immediate knowledge about the infecting influenza subtype is essential for infection control and timely epidemiological investigations. dependence on reference laboratories, which in the case of many southeast asian countries affected by avian influenza outbreaks are situated abroad, potentially results in unacceptable delays and hampers timely recognition of outbreaks and institution of adequate control measures (hien et al., b) . however, the reality is that diagnostic facilities in many affected countries are scarce and often not sufficiently equipped for virological diagnostics, let alone subtyping of influenza viruses. global efforts to improve diagnostic capacity in resource-poor countries may prove an important step toward the prevention and control of pandemic influenza (hien et al., b ). similar to human influenza viruses, avian viruses can be isolated in embryonated eggs or in cell culture, using permissive cells such as madin darby canine kidney (mdck) cells or rhesus monkey kidney (llc-mk ) cells. unlike human strains and avirulent avian strains and in accordance with their promiscuity for cellular proteases, highly pathogenic avian viruses do not require the addition of exogenous trypsine for efficient replication in cell culture. for safety purposes, the isolation of highly pathogenic avian influenza virus requires biosafety level laboratory facilities or higher. cytopathic effects in cell culture are nonspecific. initial identification of influenza a virus can be performed by immunofluorescence staining with monoclonal antibodies against the nucleoprotein. further ha and na subtyping is performed by subtype-specific rt-pcrs of culture supernatant or hemagglutination inhibition and neuraminidase inhibition assays using a panel of reference antisera against various subtypes. in human infections, avian influenza viruses have mostly been isolated from conjunctival swabs and respiratory specimens such as throat or nasal secretions or washings (yuen et al., ; fouchier et al., ; hien et al., a) . in one case of h n infection, virus was also isolated from serum, cerebrospinal fluid, and a rectal swab . detection of influenza a viral antigens in clinical specimens by direct immunofluorescence or by rapid immunochromatographic assays is widely used for diagnosis of human influenza because of their ability for rapid diagnosis. however, in patients with avian influenza, the usefulness of these assays seems limited due to low sensitivity, possibly because of lower viral loads than during human influenza (yuen et al., ; peiris et al., ) . in addition, some rapid antigen detection kits do not distnguish between influenza types a and b, and none of the currently available immunofluoresence and immunochromatographic assays distnguishes between influenza a subtypes. however, developments of h n -specific rapid antigen detection tests are ongoing . rt-pcr methods allow for sensitive and specific detection of viral nucleic acids and have shown to increase the diagnostic sensitivity for many viral pathogens when compared with culture or antigen detection methods. during the h n outbreaks in hong kong and southeast asia, rt-pcr methods for specific detection of h n viral nucleic acids proved valuable and seem to be the diagnostic methods of choice in case of an outbreak of avian influenza (yuen et al., ; hien et al., a; chotpitayasunondh et al., ) . especially when using real-time pcr technology, a reliable subtype-specific diagnostic result can be generated within a few hours after specimen collection. a disadvantage of rt-pcr methods is its proneness for contamination and the consequent risk of false-positive results, which should be minimized by proper precautions, including physical separation of laboratories for pcr preparation and amplification. in addition, the inclusion of an internal control in rt-pcr assays is highly desirable to monitor for false-negative results due to inefficient nucleic acid extraction, cdna synthesis, or amplification. during outbreaks of avian influenza, the detection of subtypespecific antibodies is particularly important for epidemiological investigations. hemagglutination inhibition (hi) assays are the gold standard for detection of antibodies against human influenza viruses. however, their usefulness for detection of antibodies against avian viruses in mammalian species, including humans, seems limited (hinshaw et al., ; beare and webster, ; kida et al., ) . several studies have shown a failure to detect hi antibodies against avian viruses in mammals, even in cases where infection was confirmed by virus isolation. possible reasons for this failure include poor immunogenicity of some avian viruses and lack of sensitivity to detect low-titered or less avid antibodies induced by avian viruses (hinshaw et al., ; lu et al., ; kida et al., ; rowe et al., ) . it has been demonstrated that hi testing with subunit ha, but not with intact virus, could detect antibodies against an avian h n virus (lu et al., ) . however, neutralizing antibodies against this virus could readily be detected with intact virus. a direct comparison of hi testing with a microneutralization assay in h n -infected persons from the hong kong outbreak indeed showed the latter to be more sensitive . although an indirect elisa assay using recombinant ha from h n / showed at least equal sensitivity as the microneutralization assay, the specificity in adult sera was inferior, most likely due to the presence of cross-reactive epitopes common to all has . based on these observations, neutralization assays are the methods of choice for detection of antibodies against avian viruses in humans. using these assays, it has been shown that the kinetics of the antibody response against h n virus in patients infected during the hong kong outbreak are similar to the primary response to human influenza viruses . neutralizing antibodies were generally detected or more days after the onset of symptoms, and titers equal to or higher than : were observed or more days after onset. using neutralization assays, antibodies against h n could be detected in a small number of blood donors from hong kong (peiris et al., ) . however, in two laboratory-confirmed h n -infected patients with conjunctivitis, no neutralizing antibodies could be detected in sera obtained more than days after onset of the illness . similarly, no hi antibodies could be detected in an h n -infected patient with conjunctivitis . although the reason for this apparent failure to mount an antibody response remains unclear, it has been suggested that this could be secondary to the highly localized nature of the infection in these cases . currently, two classes of drugs are available with antiviral activity against influenza viruses: inhibitors of the ion channel activity of the m membrane protein, amantadine and rimantadine; and inhibitors of the neuraminidase, oseltamivir and zanamivir. the therapeutic efficacy of amantadine in human influenza is unclear due to a paucity of reliable clinical studies, but reductions of fever or illness by day have been observed in adults and children (nicholson et al., ) . major disadvantages of amantadine include neurotoxicity and a rapid development of drug resistance during treatment. resistance is conferred by single nucleotide changes resulting in amino acid substitutions at positions , , , , or of the m protein. rates of resistance against amantadine in human influenza viruses has increased from less than . % in - to more than % in - . particularly high resistance frequencies of up to % were observed in viruses isolated in asia (bright et al., ) . rimantadine causes less neurological side effects but is not available in most parts of the world. although several h n -infected patients have been treated with amantadine during the h n outbreak in hong kong, the numbers were too small to draw any meaningful conclusions concerning its activity against this virus (yuen et al., ) . in vitro sensitivity testing of virus isolated from the first patient during this outbreak showed normal susceptibility to amantadine (subbarao et al., ) . strikingly, the sublineage of genotype z h n viruses prevalent in thailand, viet nam, cambodia and malaysia in invariably showed an amantadine-resistance conferring amino acid substitution at position of the m protein, while this mutation was mostly not present in sublineages of h n viruses isolated in other geographic regions puthavathana et al., ; cheung et al., ) . both oseltamivir and zanamivir have proven efficacy in the treatment of human influenza when started early during the course of illness and are particularly effective as seasonal or postexposure prohylaxis (nicholson et al., ) . zanamivir has poor oral availability and is therefore administered by inhalation, which has limited its use in the elderly and may induce bronchospasm. oseltamivir can be given orally. the development of drug resistance during treatment has been reported for both drugs and is associated with mutations in the active site of neuraminidase or in the hemagglutinin. the latter mutations decrease the affinity of ha for the cellular receptor, thereby obviating the need for neuraminidase to escape the cells. data on the efficacy of neuraminidase inhibitors in avian influenza virus infections are scarce. the h n strains implicated in the hong kong outbreak were susceptible in vitro to oseltamivir and zanamivir (leneva et al., ; govorkova et al., ) . oral oseltamivir and topical zanamivir also showed therapeutic and protective activities against hong kong h n isolates in murine animal models (gubareva et al., ; leneva et al., ) . recent murine studies suggest that, perhaps due to higher virulence, higher doses of oseltamivir and longer durations of treatment are necessary to achieve antiviral effects in mice against h n strains causing the southeast asian outbreak since , when compared with the hong kong h n strain (yen et al., ) . in vitro sensitivity testing of h n isolates during the outbreak of this virus in the netherlands showed normal susceptibility to zanamivir and oseltamivir . h n infection was detected in of persons who reportedly received prophylactic treatment with oseltamivir during that outbreak, compared with of persons who had not taken oseltamivir prophylaxis . oseltamivir treatment has been given to several patients infected with avian influenza viruses, including h n , h n , and h n subtypes, but no conclusions can be made concerning its efficacy. however, the timing of antiviral treatment may not have been optimal in many human cases of avian influenza so far. beneficial effects of antiviral treatment in human influenza are optimal when started within h after onset of the illness. during the h n outbreak in viet nam in , h n infected patients were admitted days or later after onset of symptoms (hien et al., a) . earlier recognition of avian influenza in humans may improve the efficacy of antiviral treatment. nevertheless, favourable virological responses associated with a beneficial clinical outcome have been reported in h n -injected patients despite late initiation of treatment . the emergence of drug-resistant h n variants during prophylaxis or treatment with oseltamivir has also been reported, and may be associated with clinical failure of treatment le et al., ) . treatment strategies which minimize the risk of resistance development, such as antiviral combination treatment, deserve attention. in addition, parenteral formulations of antiviral drugs may be desirable to guarantee systemic drug levels in h n patients with severe disease. a novel intravenously administered neuraminidase inhibitor, peramivir, is currently in clinical development. although several h n -infected patients have received steroids in addition to oseltamivir, the potential benefits of this need formal evaluation in clinical studies (hien et al., a) . considering the observed cytokine dysregulation in h n -infected animals and humans, a beneficial effect of immunomodulating agents could be hypothesized and perhaps requires further study. finally, neutralizing monoclonal antibodies have been shown effective in treating established influenza a virus infection in mice with severe combined immunodeficiency (palladino et al., ) . although mice are not men, this strategy deserves attention in the treatment of a severe illness such as influenza h n . birds infected with avian influenza excrete large amounts of virus in feces and other secretions, which contaminate the direct environment, such as dust, soil, water, cages, tools, and other fomites. avian influenza virus may remain infectious in soil, water, or contaminated equipment for weeks to months, depending on the temperature and humidity (i.e., longer in colder climates). illness in birds caused by highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses results in systemic replication and the presence of infectious virus in their eggs and many tissues and organs. transmission of avian influenza viruses between birds occurs directly or indirectly through contact with fecally contaminated aerosols, water, feed, and other materials. bird-to-human transmission likely occurs via the same route (i.e., direct contact with birds or contaminated fomites). most, but not all human infections with avian influenza viruses involved handling of affected poultry or direct exposure to live poultry in the week before onset of the illness (mounts et al., ; hien et al., a; koopmans et al., ) . case-control studies during the h n outbreak in hong kong identified visiting a stall or market selling live poultry during the week before the illness as a risk factor, whereas eating or preparing poultry products were not risk factors (mounts et al., ) . in cases in which no apparent direct exposure to poultry could be identified, contact with contaminated environment, such as water, has been suggested . of note, it has been shown that ducks infected by the currently circulating h n strain in southeast asia remain healthy but excrete large amounts of virus for prolonged periods of time (hulse-post et al., ) . because water in ponds and canals in which large flocks of ducks reside is widely used for bathing and drinking in rural areas of many southeast asian countries, it may not be unlikely that such water represents a source of transmission when contaminated by infected ducks. in fact, contact with contaminated water is regarded as the most important mode of transmission between aquatic birds. a limited number of possible human-to-human transmissions have been reported, which involved prolonged, close, and unprotected contact with infected patients koopmans et al., ; ungchusak et al., ) . similar to human influenza, droplet and contact transmission are probably the most effective means of transmission of avian influenza virus between humans, should the the virus acquire the ability for efficient spread, but airborne transmission remains a possibility. the occurrence of diarrhea in h n -infected patients, which may contain infectious virus, represents a potential nonrespiratory route of transmission that needs to be considered in infection control practices hien et al., a; . data concerning excretion patterns and periods of potential infectivity are lacking for human infections with avian influenza viruses. based on exposure histories, the incubation time for human h n -infections has been estimated at - days, but it is not known whether excretion of virus occurs during this time (yuen et al., ; hien et al., a) . based on the current (lack of) knowledge, infection control measures during contact with potentially infected birds or environment or with patients with suspected or confirmed infection should prevent contact, droplet, and airborne transmission. these measures include mask (preferably high-efficiency masks, with surgical masks as a second alternative), gown, face shield or goggles, and gloves. the efficacy of neuraminidase inhibitors as seasonal or postexposure prohylaxis against human influenza is high (nicholson et al., ) . offering prophylactic treatment to potentially exposed people in the setting of a poultry outbreak of avian influenza, as has been done during h outbreaks in the netherlands and canada tweed et al., ) , is rational but hardly feasible during the ongoing outbreak in asia and africa for logistical and financial reasons. postexposure prophylaxis to unprotected health care workers and close contacts of infected patients needs serious consideration. the potential use of specific monoclonal antibodies for prophylaxis warrants further investigation. eliminating the source of infection (i.e., infected birds) remains the most effective infection control measure. culling of all infected poultry has proved succesful during avian influenza outbreaks in hong kong, the netherlands, and canada (chan, ; koopmans et al., ; tweed et al., ) . however, considering the geographic extensiveness of the outbreak, the different farming practices in affected regions, and the occurence of infection in migratory birds, it is doubtful whether culling of poultry will be able to contain the outbreaks in the various regions. the bulk of human influenza vaccines are produced from inactivated viruses grown in embryonated eggs. vaccine production against highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses is complicated because of the requirement for high biosafety containment facilities and the difficulty, in some cases, to obtain high virus yields in embryonated eggs because of the virus' pathogenicity (stephenson et al., ; wood and robertson, ) . several other approaches have been used in an attempt to overcome these obstacles, including the use of reverse genetics techniques, generation of recombinant hemagglutinin, dna vaccination, and the use of related apathogenic h viruses with and without different adjuvants (nicholson et al., ; stephenson et al., ; webby et al., ; wood and robertson, ) . experimental h n vaccines in which important virulence determinants were altered using plasmid-based reverse genetics have shown protective efficacy to homologous and heterologous h strains in animal models and may prove an attractive approach takada et al., ; lipatov et al., b) . studies in humans using an h n vaccine developed from a apathogenic avian virus showed high rates of seroconversions to the vaccine strain and heterologous h n strains after doses, but only when the vaccine was given with the adjuvant mf . in animal models, baculovirus-derived recombinant h vaccines were immunogenic and protective, but results in humans were disappointing even when using high doses (crawford et al., ; treanor et al., ) . in a study using a subvirion influenza h n vaccine, neutralizing antibody responses were observed in approximately half of the subjects receiving the highest dose of the vaccine (two intramuscular injections of micrograms) (treanor et al., ) . h dna vaccines protected mice from infection by homologous, but not by heterologous h n viruses (kodihalli et al., ; epstein et al., ) . the increasing frequency of outbreaks with highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses among poultry and wild birds, and direct transmission of these viruses to humans, has ignited grave concerns about an imminent influenza pandemic. indeed, two of three prerequisites for a human pandemic have been met in the h n outbreaks since : the emergence of an antigenically novel strain to which the population has no immunity, and the transmission of this strain to humans in whom it can cause severe disease. to date, there fortunately is no evidence of efficient spread of h n virus between humans, but continued circulation of this strain, which now has reached levels of endemicity among poultry in several asian countries, increases the opportunity to adapt to humans through mutation or genetic reassortment in humans or intermediate mammalian hosts. as suggested by the "spanish flu" pandemic of , extremely high transmissibility is no prerequisite for a severe pandemic killing tens of millions of people, and as shown by the severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) virus epidemic in , viruses can rapidly spread across the globe in the current age of intense global travel. as a consequence of all this, pandemic preparedness has become an increasingly important issue, and pandemic plans are being developed by an increasing number of countries worldwide. control measures based on case identification (e.g., contact tracing and quarantine) were essential for the control of sars. however, during an influenza epidemic, such measures may not be as effective because of short incubation periods and the potential infectivity before the onset of case-defining symptoms. much of the preparedness therefore will rely on clinical management and vaccination. mathematical modelling studies have suggested the possibility of containing an influenza pandemic at the source by antiviral prophylaxis and other preventive measures (ferguson et al., ; longini et al., ) . many developed countries are now stockpiling antiviral drugs for initial management of illness or prophylaxis during the first months of a pandemic, when vaccines are in development and not yet available. in case of an influenza pandemic, there will be limitations on the timeliness and availability of vaccines (stohr and esveld, ) . it has been estimated that it could take at least months for the first vaccine doses to be produced after identifying a pandemic strain. currently, global production capacity for influenza vaccines is insufficient for worldwide coverage in case of a pandemic, especially because vaccination for the novel influenza strain likely requires two doses, and interruption of annual production of the human influenza vaccine is undesirable (schwartz and gellin, ) . in response to the pandemic threat by the h n outbreak in southeast asia, plans have been made to stockpile candidate h n vaccines based on the currently circulating strain. however, there is no certainty whether the next pandemic will indeed be caused by h n virus, and if so, whether antigenic drift will not have rendered the stockpiled vaccine less effective by the time pandemic spread occurs. in the latter event, such vaccines may still mitigate the illness, which is beneficial for vaccinated people but may also carry a risk of prolonged excretion and increased spread of the virus. similar worries exist when poultry would be vaccinated with a suboptimal vaccines. in case of an influenza pandemic, all possibilities for rapid production of vaccines, as well as potential methods to reduce doses without affecting immunogenicity should be considered. this would require the use of alternative, currently not officially approved methods for vaccine production, such as reverse genetics techniques and cell culture-based vaccine production, and the use of alternative adjuvants that may enable dose reduction (webby and webster, ; stephenson et al., ; wood and robertson, ; schwartz and gellin, ) . in addition, vaccine doses may be spared by alternative administration routes. it has been shown that intradermal, instead of intramuscular vaccination for human influenza may require less antigen by recruiting efficient antigen-presenting cells present in the dermis (belshe et al., ; kenney et al., ) . notwithstanding the importance of current efforts to prepare for a possible h n pandemic, more structural and longer term global efforts are needed to allow for early recognition of emerging novel influenza viruses in the future. in , a who global agenda for influenza surveillance and control has been adopted, of which the main objectives are to strengthen surveillance, improve knowledge of the disease burden, increase vaccine use, and accelerate pandemic preparedness (stohr, ) . it is essential that these objectives are increasingly focused on the southeast asian region, which has been the source of previous pandemics and is the epicenter of the current pandemic threat. however, many southeast asian countries currently lack the expertise, financial means, and infrastructure for human and animal surveillance. global investments to improve public health care infrastructures and laboratory facilities and to transfer clinical, epidemiological, and technical knowledge to these countries are much needed (hien et al., b) . the window of opportunity in the era of global travel is narrow. local capacity, and less dependence on foreign laboratories and expertise, will allow for earlier recognition and quicker responses to epidemics. in addition, local availability of clinical, scientific, and laboratory capacity facilitates and expedites clinical, virological, and epidemiological analyses needed to optimize outbreak control, infection control, and clinical managment and guarantees the timely availability of virus strains for monitoring virus evolution and planning of vaccines by reference laboratories. in response to the h n outbreak in hong kong, influenza surveillance in poultry was intensified, which permitted early recognition of outbreaks by other avian influenza strains and timely interventions and has helped to keep hong kong free of h n influenza despite the outbreak of this virus in many other countries in the region. the hong kong response may serve as a model, but wider implementation of this approach will require global efforts. a single gene determines the host range of influenza virus atypical avian influenza (h n ) seroprevalence of anti-h antibody among thai health care workers after exposure to avian influenza (h n ) in a tertiary care center antigenic mapping of an avian h influenza virus haemagglutinin and interrelationships of h viruses from humans, pigs and birds sequence of the pandemic influenza virus nonstructural gene (ns) segment and characterization of recombinant viruses bearing the ns genes the n neuraminidase of human influenza virus has acquired a substrate specificity complementary to the hemagglutinin receptor specificity evolution of the h influenza virus hemagglutinin from human and nonhuman hosts replication of avian influenza viruses in humans serum antibody responses after intradermal vaccination against influenza proteolytic cleavage of influenza virus hemagglutinins: primary structure of the connecting peptide between ha and ha determines proteolytic cleavability and pathogenicity of avian influenza viruses risk of influenza a (h n ) infection among poultry workers incidence of adamantane resistance among influenza a (h n ) viruses isolated worldwide from fowl plague virus from man continued circulation in china of highly pathogenic avian influenza viruses encoding the hemagglutinin gene associated with the h n outbreak in poultry and humans proinflammatory cytokine responses induced by influenza a (h n ) viruses to primaty human alveolar and bronchial epithelial cells outbreak of avian influenza a(h n ) virus infection in hong kong in the evolution of h n influenza viruses in ducks in southern china world health organization global influenza program surveillance network. evolution of h n avian influenza viruses in asia structure of the hemagglutinin precursor cleavage site, a determinant of influenza pathogenicity and the origin of the labile conformation induction of proinflammatory cytokines in human macrophages by influenza a (h n ) viruses: a mechanism for the unusual severity of human disease distribution of amantadine-resistant h n avian influenza variants in asia continuing evolution of h n influenza viruses in southeastern china human disease from influenza a (h n ) human influenza a h n virus related to a highly pathogenic avian influenza virus receptor specificity in human, avian, and equine h and h influenza virus isolates influenza virus strains selectively recognize sialyloligosaccharides on human respiratory epithelium; the role of the host cell in selection of hemagglutinin receptor specificity baculovirus-derived hemagglutinin vaccines protect against lethal influenza infections by avian h and h subtypes fatal avian influenza a (h n ) in a child presenting with diarrhea followed by coma oseltamivir resistance during treatment of influenza a (h n ) infection comparative study of fowl plague virus and a virus isolated from man glycosylation affects cleavage of an h n influenza virus hemagglutinin and regulates virulence characterization of a spontaneously immortalized cell line (ioba-nhc) from normal human conjunctiva influenza. test kit error is wake-up call for -year-old foe dna vaccine expressing conserved influenza virus proteins protective against h n challenge infection in mice strategies for containing an emerging influenza pandemic in southeast asia avian influenza a virus (h n ) associated with human conjunctivitis and a fatal case of acute respiratory distress syndrome characterization of a novel influenza a virus hemagglutinin subtype (h ) obtained from black-headed gulls the viral polymerase mediates adaptation of an avian influenza virus to a mammalian host specification of receptor-binding phenotypes of influenza virus isolates from different hosts using synthetic sialylglycopolymers: nonegg-adapted human h and h influenza a and influenza b viruses share a common high binding affinity for ′-sialyl(n-acetyllactosamine) the structure and receptor binding properties of the influenza hemagglutinin inhibition of interferon-mediated antiviral responses by influenza a viruses and other negative-strand rna viruses mechanisms of inhibition of the host interferon alpha/beta-mediated antiviral responses by viruses understanding influenza virus pathogenicity cellular transcriptional profiling in influenza a virus-infected lung epithelial cells: the role of the nonstructural ns protein in the evasion of the host innate defense and its potential contribution to pandemic influenza comparison of efficacies of rwj- , zanamivir, and oseltamivir against h n , h n , and other avian influenza viruses molecular characterization of h n influenza viruses: were they the donors of the "internal" genes of h n viruses in hong kong? h n influenza viruses possessing h n -like internal genomes continue to circulate in poultry in southeastern china emergence of multiple genotypes of h n avian influenza viruses in hong kong sar h n influenza: a protean pandemic threat characterization of influenza a/hongkong/ / (h n ) virus in a mouse model and protective effect of zanamivir on h n infection in mice characterization of the pathogenicity of members of the newly established h n influenza virus lineages in asia molecular basis for high virulence of hong kong h n influenza a viruses avian influenza a (h n ) in patients in vietnam avian influenza-challenge to global health care structures replication of avian influenza a viruses in mammals altered tissue tropism of human-avian reassortant influenza viruses novel avian influenza h n strain outbreak reverse genetics provides direct evidence for a correlation of hemagglutinin cleavability and virulence of an avian influenza a virus role of domestic ducks in the propagation and biological evolution of highly pathogenic h n influenza viruses in asia molecular basis for the generation in pigs of influenza a viruses with pandemic potential antibody response in individuals infected with avian influenza a (h n ) viruses and detection of anti-h antibody among household and social contacts molecular mechanism of acquisition of virulence in influenza virus in nature interplay between carbohydrate in the stalk and the length of the connecting peptide determines the cleavability of influenza virus hemagglutinin avian-to-human transmission of the pb gene of influenza a viruses in the and pandemics avian influenza h n in tigers and leopards dose sparing with intradermal injection of influenza vaccine antigenic and genetic conservation of h influenza virus in wild ducks potential for transmission of avian influenza viruses to pigs host cell proteases controlling virus pathogenicity enhanced virulence of influenza a viruses with the haemagglutinin of the pandemic virus dna vaccine encoding hemagglutinin provides protective immunity against h n influenza virus infection in mice transmission of h n avian influenza a virus to human beings during a large outbreak in commercial poultry farms in the netherlands intracellular warfare between human influenza viruses and human cells: the roles of the viral ns protein avian h n influenza in cats avian influenza virus isolated from a woman with conjunctivitis avian flu: isolation of drug-resistant h n virus characterization of highly pathogenic h n avian influenza a viruses isolated from south korea the neuraminidase inhibitor gs (oseltamivir phosphate) is efficacious against a/hong kong/ / (h n ) and a/hong kong/ / (h n ) influenza viruses efficacy of zanamivir against avian influenza a viruses that possess genes encoding h n internal proteins and are pathogenic in mammals genesis of a highly pathogenic and potentially pandemic h n influenza virus in eastern asia recombinant influenza a virus vaccines for the pathogenic human a/hong kong/ (h n ) viruses lack of h n avian influenza transmission to hospital employees avian-to-human transmission of h n subtype influenza a viruses: relationship between h n and h n human isolates neurovirulence in mice of h n influenza virus genotypes isolated from hong kong poultry in influenza: emergence and control pathogenesis of hong kong h n influenza virus ns gene reassortants in mice: the role of cytokines and b-and t-cell responses efficacy of h influenza vaccines produced by reverse genetics in a lethal mouse model genetic conservation of hemagglutinin gene of h influenza virus in chicken population in mainland china containing pandemic influenza at the source failure to detect hemagglutination-inhibiting antibodies with intact avian influenza virions avian influenza a viruses differ from human viruses by recognition of sialyloligosaccharides and gangliosides and by a higher conservation of the ha receptor-binding site the surface glycoproteins of h influenza viruses isolated from humans, chickens, and wild aquatic birds have distinguishable properties h n influenza a viruses from poultry in asia have human virus-like receptor specificity human and avian influenza viruses target different cell types in cultures of human airway epithelium transmissibility of pandemic influenza clinical signs and symptoms predicting influenza infection encephalitis and encephalopathy associated with an influenza epidemic in japan case-control study of risk factors for avian influenza a (h n ) disease, hong kong mutations in the hemagglutinin receptorbinding site can change the biological properties of an influenza virus recent human influenza a (h n ) viruses are closely related genetically to strains isolated in human influenza virus hemagglutinin with high sensitivity to proteolytic activation avian influenza and sialic acid receptors: more than meets the eye? nonhomologous recombination between the hemagglutinin gene and the nucleoprotein gene of an influenza virus influenza a pandemics of the th century with special reference to : virology, pathology and epidemiology virus-neutralizing antibodies of immunoglobulin g (igg) but not of igm or iga isotypes can cure influenza virus pneumonia in scid mice functional anatomy of human lacrimal duct epithelium human infection with influenza h n cocirculation of avian h n and contemporary "human" h n influenza a viruses in pigs in southeastern china: potential for genetic reassortment? re-emergence of fatal human influenza a subtype h n disease molecular characterization of the complete genome of human influenza h n virus isolates from thailand origin and evolution of the "spanish" influenza virus hemagglutinin gene evidence of an absence: the genetic origins of the pandemic influenza virus pathogenesis of influenza a (h n ) virus infection in a primate model receptor determinants of human and animal influenza virus isolates: differences in receptor specificity of the h hemagglutinin based on species of origin single amino acid substitutions in influenza haemagglutinin change receptor binding specificity receptor binding properties of human and animal h influenza virus isolates detection of antibody to avian influenza a (h n ) virus in human serum by using a combination of serologic assays the polymerase complex genes contribute to the high virulence of the human h ni influenza virus isolate a/vietnam/ / host range recombinants of fowl plague (influenza a) virus genetic relatedness between the new epidemic strains (h n ) of influenza and human influenza strains isolated between and (h n ) on the origin of the human influenza virus subtypes h n and h n avian influenza h n and health care workers vaccination strategies for an influenza pandemic survey of the hemagglutinin (ha) cleavage site sequence of h and h avian influenza viruses: amino acid sequence at the ha cleavage site as a marker of pathogenicity potential tumor necrosis factor alpha exerts powerful anti-influenza virus effects in lung epithelial cells lethal h n influenza viruses escape host antiviral cytokine responses the ns gene of h n influenza viruses circumvents the host anti-viral cytokine responses avian flu: influenza virus receptors in the human airway pb amino acid at position affects replicative efficiency, but not cell tropism, of hong kong h n influenza a viruses in mice characterization of avian h n influenza viruses from poultry in hong kong the avian influenza virus nucleoprotein gene and a specific constellation of avian and human virus polymerase genes each specify attenuation of avian-human influenza a/pintail/ reassortant viruses for monkeys avian influenza h n in naturally infected domestic cat role of hemagglutinin cleavage for the pathogenicity of influenza virus confronting the avian influenza threat: vaccine development for a potential pandemic cross-reactivity to highly pathogenic avian influenza h n viruses after vaccination with nonadjuvanted and mf -adjuvanted influenza a/duck/singapore/ (h n ) vaccine: a potential priming strategy structure of the uncleaved human h hemagglutinin from the extinct influenza virus the global agenda on influenza surveillance and control public health. will vaccines be available for the next influenza pandemic? reemerging h n influenza viruses in hong kong in are highly pathogenic to ducks recombination resulting in virulence shift in avian influenza outbreak a single amino acid in the pb gene of influenza a virus is a determinant of host range characterization of an avian influenza a (h n ) virus isolated from a child with a fatal respiratory illness influenza-associated encephalopathy in japan single-amino-acid substitution in an antigenic site of influenza virus hemagglutinin can alter the specificity of binding to cell membrane-associated gangliosides avirulent avian influenza virus as a vaccine strain against a potential human pandemic neurotropism of the hong kong h n influenza virus in mice initial genetic characterization of the characterization of the influenza virus polymerase genes a case report of fowl plague keratoconjunctivitis pathology of fatal human infection associated with avian influenza a h n virus safety and immunogenicity of an inactivated subvirion influenza a (h n ) vaccine safety and immunogenicity of a recombinant hemagglutinin vaccine for h influenza in humans human illness from avian influenza h n , british columbia probable person-to-person transmission of avian influenza a (h n ) h n virus attachment to lower respiratory tract importance of conserved amino acids at the cleavage site of the haemagglutinin of a virulent avian influenza a virus are we ready for pandemic influenza? responsiveness to a pandemic alert: use of reverse genetics for rapid development of influenza vaccines intestinal influenza: replication and characterization of influenza viruses in ducks conjunctivitis in human beings caused by influenza a virus of seals molecular mechanisms of variation in influenza viruses influenza virus a pathogenicity: the pivotal role of hemagglutinin evolution and ecology of influenza a viruses virology. a molecular whodunit characterization of h n influenza viruses that continue to circulate in geese in southeastern structure of the influenza virus haemagglutinin complexed with its receptor, sialic acid cumulative number of confirmed human cases of avian influenza a/(h n ) reported to who structure of the haemagglutinin membrane glycoprotein of influenza virus at a resolution from lethal virus to life-saving vaccine: developing inactivated vaccines for pandemic influenza genetic characterization of the pathogenic influenza a/goose/guangdong/ / (h n ) virus: similarity of its hemagglutinin gene to those of h n viruses from the outbreaks in hong kong latex agglutination test for monitoring antibodies to avian influenza virus subtype h n virulence may determine the necessary duration and dosage of oseltamivir treatment for highly pathogenic a/vietnam/ / (h n ) influenza virus in mice clinical features and rapid viral diagnosis of human disease associated with avian influenza a h n virus pathogenesis of avian influenza a (h n ) viruses in ferrets key: cord- -ylng us authors: herman, philippe; pauwels, katia title: biosafety recommendations on the handling of animal cell cultures date: - - journal: animal cell culture doi: . / - - - - _ sha: doc_id: cord_uid: ylng us the first steps in tissue culture are dating back to the beginning of the nineteenth century when biosafety measures did not yet exist. later on, animal cell culture became essential for scientific research, diagnosis and biotechnological activities. along with this development, biosafety concerns have emerged pointing to the risks for human health and in a lesser extent for the environment associated to the handling of animal cell cultures. the management of these risks requires a thorough risk assessment of both the cell cultures and the type of manipulation prior the start of any activity. it involves a case-by-case evaluation of both the intrinsic properties of the cell culture genetically modified or not and the probability that it may inadvertently or intentionally become infected with pathogenic micro-organisms. the latter hazard is predominant when adventitious contaminants are pathogenic or have a better capacity to persist in unfavourable conditions. consequently, most of the containment measures primarily aim at protecting cells from adventitious contamination. cell cultures known to harbour an infectious etiologic agent should be manipulated in compliance with containment measures recommended for the etiologic agent itself. the manipulation of cell cultures from human or primate origin necessitates the use of a type ii biosafety cabinet. the scope of this chapter is to highlight aspects relevant for the risk assessment and to summarize the main biosafety recommendations and the recent technological advances allowing a mitigation of the risk for the handling of animal cell cultures. specified-pathogen-free tse transmissible spongiform encephalopathies biosafety is a concept that refers to the need to protect human health and the environment from the possible adverse effects of pathogenic and/or genetically modified organisms and micro-organisms used in basic research, research and development (r&d) and modern biotechnology. to this end, a case-by-case risk assessment is conducted which consists in the identification and characterisation of potential effects, which may be intended or unintended, together with an assessment of the likelihood and consequences should any effect occur. depending on the risks identified, risk management measures can be proposed. the use of cell cultures may fall within the scope of one or several regulatory provisions which consider an assessment of biological risks. for example in europe, tissue culture work will in many cases involve the use of genetically modified cell lines as well, in which case a risk assessment should be made in accordance with the provisions of the directive / /ec related to the contained use of genetically modified micro-organisms (european commission ). cell culturing activities aiming at manufacturing biopharmaceuticals are covered by the regulation (ec) no / and its amending acts laying down procedures for the authorisation and supervision of medicinal products for human and veterinary use (european commission a), whereas activities that involve the use of human cells and tissues for application to the human body falls within the scope of the directive / /ec and its amending acts (european commission b) . the manipulation of animal cell cultures also exposes the worker to potential biological risks which are considered under the provision of the european directive / / ec (european commission ) . it should be pointed out that guidelines aiming at mitigating the biological risks for the laboratory workers, public health and the environment have been issued by some scientific advisory bodies or competent authorities (world health organization ; centers for disease control and prevention a; swiss expert committee for biosafety ). while biosafety recommendations (as outlined hereafter) are principally aimed at providing maximal protection of human health (including laboratory workers) and the environment, it is recognised that many of the precautionary measures will also directly benefit the quality of research activities involving animal cell cultures. indeed, cross-contamination (lucey et al. ; capes-davis et al. ; stürzl et al. ; jäger et al. ; johnen et al. ; macleod et al. ) or inadvertent contamination with infectious micro-organisms (bacteria, fungi, yeasts, virus, and prion) are plaguing many researchers, often leading to unproductive data, misinterpretation of results and a considerable waste of time and energy (mahy et al. ; drexler and uphoff ; mirjalili et al. ; cobo et al. ; pinheiro de oliveira et al. ) . it should also be emphasized that even if good manufacturing process (gmp) aim at protecting the product, some of the gmp measures are compatible with biosafety measures and reveal to be complementary. the objective of this chapter will be to address and review biorisk assessment and management considerations of diagnostic and research activities involving cell cultures. from an historical perspective, the assessment of biological risks has an empirical basis and has resulted from the awareness of the scientific community with regards the risks associated with the handling of pathogenic organisms, as demonstrated through many reported cases of laboratory-acquired infections, followed by the potential risks associated with experiments involving recombinant dna. in the s, some initiatives for implementing measures guaranteeing the safe use of recombinant dna were linked to the safety measures which were at that time already successfully applied in microbiology for the containment of pathogenic organisms (national institute of health ). the conjunction of these two aspects constitutes two pillars of biosafety and has led to a classification system of organisms into risk classes or risk groups. so far, many risk assessments have been carried out among the scientific community on the use of pathogenic organisms (genetically modified or not), regardless of the scale or the purpose of the activity. the basis for this risk assessment methodology takes into account the most recent scientific, technical data and uses a scientifically sound approach. the methodology of biological risk assessment of contained use activities involving pathogenic and/or genetically modified organisms (gmo) identifies and takes into account the probability of occurrence and the severity of a potential negative effect on public health (including the exposed workers) and/or the environment. as a result of this methodology, a well characterised risk will lead to the choice of appropriate preventive measures encompassing the adoption of an appropriate containment level, the use of safety equipment including personal protective equipment, work practices and waste management. the risk assessment methodology is commonly used and its -step approach is described in fig. . . the first step ( ) takes into account the characteristics of the organism(s) used and, in the case of genetic modification, the genetic material introduced and the resulting gmo. based on information relative to their harmful characteristics, natural pathogenic micro-organisms can be categorised in several classes of risk or risk groups. this classification takes into account the severity of the disease that pathogenic organisms may cause to human or animal health, their ability to spread amongst the population and the availability of prophylaxis or efficient treatment (world health organization ) . for zoopathogens, the classification system is mainly based on the definitions of the world organisation of animal health (oie), which categorises animal pathogens into four groups according to their risk to animal health, and since , their risk to human health as well (world organisation for animal health ). micro-organisms that are unlikely to cause disease are classified into class of risk while etiologic agents responsible for severe diseases with a high potential of transmissibility and for which no prophylaxis or treatment is available are assigned to class of risk . as such, pathogenic organisms will be categorised from class of risk to class of risk . some periodically revised reference lists issued by international and national authorities or advisory committees classify natural biological agents (not genetically modified) into risk groups or assign the biosafety level under which these should be manipulated ( in the second step ( ), the magnitude of the identified negative effects such as human diseases, including allergenic or toxic effects or the transfer of genetic material to other organisms are characterized. in a third step ( ), an assessment is performed of the exposure of the laboratory worker, the population and/or the environment to the considered organism and the consequences of each negative effect should it occur. in the fourth step ( ), a characterization of the risk is performed resulting in the assignment of the risk level associated with the contained use involving the use of the organism(s). on this basis, the containment measures and other protection measures (e.g. safe work practices, safety equipment and biological waste management) to be adopted are determined. there are four levels fig. . flow diagram summarizing the biorisk assessment and management methodology of risk to which contained uses can be assigned, with level of risk increasing from to . the final step consists in definitively classifying the contained use activity by conducting a re-assessment of the whole procedure before starting the research, diagnosis or production activity. in this chapter, the risk assessment methodology applied to animal cell cultures is developed and illustrated by examples. it is important to mention that such a risk assessment is always performed on a case by case basis by the scientist (s) responsible for the activity and the biosafety officer (or biosafety professional) in compliance with local guidance and regulatory requirements. the risk assessment applied to animal cell cultures relies on a thorough evaluation of both the intrinsic properties of the cell culture -including subsequent properties acquired as a result of genetic modification(s) -and the possibility that the cell culture may inadvertently be contaminated or deliberately infected with pathogenic micro-organisms. it also includes an exposure assessment which means that the type of manipulation carried out with the cell cultures is taken into account. the assessment of cell cultures harbouring pathogens follows the same principles as the assessment of the pathogens itself. first, the main organism characteristics (a comprehensive description of the pathogen) is considered by taking into account the following parameters (not by order of importance): ( ) the pathogenicity and, when available, the infectious dose ( ) the mode of transmission, ( ) the host range, ( ) the epidemiology (assignment of appropriate risk group may depend on the geographic localisation), possible reservoir and vector(s), and the ability to zoonosis ( ) the stability and the persistence of the organism in the environment (i.e. survival outside the host). in addition, information related to the physicochemical properties of the pathogenic organism is considered such as: ( ) susceptibility to disinfectants, ( ) physical inactivation and ( ) drug susceptibility (e.g. sensitivity and known resistance to antibiotics or antiviral compounds). finally, aspects related to the disease caused by the pathogen are also to be taken into consideration. this includes ( ) the availability of an effective prophylaxis, ( ) the availability of an efficient therapy and ( ) any reported case of laboratory-acquired infection (s) (lais). although underestimated, many cases of lais related to the handling of cell cultures and/or containing virus suspension have been reported. among them are the reported laboratory worker's exposure to (recombinant) vaccinia viruses amplified in cell culture resulting into infections openshaw et al. ; mempel et al. ; moussatché et al. ; wlodaver et al. ; lewis et al. ; centers for disease control and prevention b). recommendations to work safely with vaccinia virus have been reviewed recently together with an overview on the reported cases of lais involving this virus (isaacs ) . the risk assessment of cell cultures that are genetically modified basically follows a comparative approach: the characteristics of the gmo are compared to those of the non-modified (wild-type) organism from which it is derived under corresponding situations of use. the distinctive feature of the risk assessment of genetically modified cell cultures which consists of the evaluation of the recipient cell, the vector, the donor organisms and the inserted genetic material (insert) is developed in sect. . . . good knowledge and characterisation of the intrinsic properties of cells are key to successful and safe cell culturing. with respect to the biological risks and the risk assessment associated with the manipulation of animal cell cultures, three properties intrinsic to cell cultures should be considered : the species of origin, the cell type or type of tissue, organ from which the cell line is derived and the status of the culture ( fig. . ). with respect to the species of origin and based on the fact that pathogens usually have specific species barriers, it is considered that the closer the genetic relationship of the cell culture is to humans, the higher the risk is to humans. the incidence to harbour organisms that could cause harm to human health is therefore considered higher in human or primate cells compared to cells of non-human origin (brown ) . accordingly, mammalian cells other than human or primate cells are considered to represent less risk, followed by avian and invertebrate cells. however, it should be kept in mind that some infectious agents are able to cross the species barrier and to persist in new host species, leading to zoonotic diseases. it is acknowledged since many years that more or less % of the emerging infectious diseases are zoonotic (chomel et al. ) . well documented cases of viruses that have crossed the species barrier from animal reservoirs to humans include hantavirus (murine reservoir), haemorrhagic fever viruses (ebola, marburg) (peters et al. ), avian influenza virus (reperant et al. ) and severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) associated coronavirus (ksiazek et al. ; herman et al. ) . these examples show that incidences of cross-species transfer can occur and that occupational risks related to exposure to infected animal tissues or cell cultures should not be underestimated (mahy and brown ; louz et al. ) . cells may dramatically differ in their in vivo half-life depending on the cell type or type of tissue from which these are derived. for example, intestinal and certain leukocytes have a half-life of a few days, human erythrocytes have approximately a - -day half-life, healthy liver cells have a life span of several months, whereas, in adults, there is a slow loss of brain cells with little replacement. partly due to this fact, some cell lines can be more readily obtained than others. the establishment of cell lines is often obtained by a series of (generally uncontrolled) mutations that occur by culturing cells for a longer period. it is known that cells cultured for extensive periods of time display changing growth properties. a reduction of the doubling time, as a result of transformation, may give cells the ability to overgrow the rest of the population and to survive for a large (infinite) number of passages compared to primary cells with a finite life span. therefore, the establishment of cell cultures of a certain cell type upon extensive passage relies on the positive selection for cells that have a growth advantage. these transformed cells can have an increased tumorigenic potential and may present more risks of becoming/being fully neoplastic upon accidental (gugel and sanders ) or deliberate introduction into the human body. therefore, taking the tumorigenic potential into account, the following cell types may be ranked in increasing order of risk: epithelial and fibroblast cells, gut mucosa, endothelium, neural tissues, haematogenous (e.g. blood, lymphoid) cells and tissue. a third inherent property to consider is the status of cell culture. diagnostic and research activities involve the manipulation of primary cultures or cell lines as well as continuous cell lines derived from primary cultures. primary cell cultures and cell strains are produced directly from organs or tissues and are often the most accurate in vitro tool for reproducing typical cellular responses observed in vivo. however, as they are characterised by a finite life span, the time available for characterisation and detection of contaminating agents remains limited. also, because typical cell characteristics are often lost during the passage of cells, primary cell cultures are repeatedly obtained from fresh tissue, resulting in increasing risks for potential contaminating pathogens. a feature that distinguishes continuous cell lines from primary cell cultures is the ability to survive if not infinitely, at least for a great number of passages. these immortalised cells are obtained by isolating cells from tumours, by mutating primary cells with mutagens, by using viruses or recombinant dna to generate indefinitely growing cells or by cell fusioning of primary cells with a continuous cell line. due to their increased life span, the time left for thorough characterisation and detection of contaminating agents is considerably increased. within this respect, well-characterised cell lines present the lowest risks compared to primary cultures or less characterised cell lines as the origin, the source and suitability are well-known and well-defined. for cell lines obtained from external sources (e.g. different laboratory), crosscontamination of cell-lines and/or a lack of proof of identity is actually a widespread problem (buehring et al. ; capes-davis et al. ) . in order to have at least evidence of the species of origin of a cell line and to be able to conduct a thorough risk assessment, it may be necessary to fully characterise the used cell lines. for this purpose, a number of techniques are available such as cytogenetic analysis, dna fingerprinting, pcr, flow cytometry and isoenzyme analysis. (matsuo et al. ; cabrera et al. ). many micro-organisms benefit from a cell's machinery to complete their life cycles and to disseminate. hence the study of a pathogens' lifecycle or immunity escape mechanism requires the intentional in vitro infection of animal (or human) cells. the identification of potential hazards associated with infected cell cultures requires a consideration of the intrinsic cell properties and the inherent properties of the infecting pathogen. the latter implies an assessment of a number of pathogen specific criteria along with aspects such as the existence of effective treatment or prophylaxis. on the basis of these criteria the who defines a classification system that enables the categorisation of micro-organisms into four risk groups (world health organization ) . a fundamental rule is that the biological risk of infected cell cultures will depend on the infecting pathogen(s) class of risk. for example, cell cultures deliberately infected with hepatitis c virus (hcv) in order to produce virus particles are assigned to class of risk , as hcv is a class of risk virus. human cells infected with an airborne pathogen like species of the mycobacterium tuberculosis complex are also assigned to class of risk and are requiring the adoption of biosafety level containment. however, as discussed below, the class of risk to which the infected cell cultures are assigned will not necessarily indicate the level of containment to be implemented as the latter will also be determined by the nature of the work carried out with these cells. an example is the infection of bovine leukocytes with theileria parva, a tick-transmitted, intracellular protozoan of veterinary importance and the causative agent of east coast fever among domestic livestock. it is an animal pathogen of risk group , which is not pathogenic to humans. the sporozoite form (infective form) invades bovine lymphocytes where it develops into a non-infective form (shizonts) and induces host cell transformation and clonal expansion of the cell. these infected bovine leucocytes may be categorised under class of risk for animals, while the biosafety level (bsl or ) appropriate for handling is determined by the presence or absence of the infectious form of the parasites. cell culture can also be coupled with electron microscopy to identify viral diseases of unknown cause as shown in a recent study published by the centers for disease control and prevention (goldsmith et al. ) . in case of outbreaks the harvested tissues from dead or living infected patients are inoculated to a permissive cell line (generally on vero e cells) and eventually subjected to electron microscopy for morphological analysis of the causal virus. although alternatives methods such as high throughput dna sequencing are available to identify a microorganism without a prior in vitro expansion, cell culture followed by electron microscopy remains the complementary approach of choice to molecular methods for the unbiased diagnosis of ill-defined infectious disease. some of the diagnostic activities presented by the authors required the adoption of bsl measures to handle the cell cultures. it illustrates how activities involving the in vitro amplification of unknown virus may represent a risk for the laboratory personnel and requires the adoption of an appropriate containment level and work practices. adventitious contamination of cell cultures is a major drawback for any activity that involves cell culturing (langdon ) . causative agents of cell contamination include bacteria, fungi, mycoplasms, parasites, viruses, prions and even other animal cells. beside the fact that contamination of cell cultures may place experimental results in question or may lead to the loss of cell cultures, one of the main biosafety concerns when manipulating animal cell cultures for research, diagnosis or production purposes is the fact that they may provide a support for contaminating agents that cause harm to human health. generally, bacterial or fungal contamination can be readily detected because of their capacity to overgrow cell cultures. typically, these organisms cause increased turbidity, ph shift of media (change in media colour), slower growth of the cells and cell destruction. antibiotics may be used to prevent cell bacterial contamination, however, continuous use of antibiotics in cultures may lead to development of resistant organisms with slow growing properties, which are much more difficult to detect by direct visual observation. compared to bacterial or fungal infections, mycoplasma contamination gives more problems in terms of incidence, detectability, prevention and eradication. mycoplasma, an intracellular bacterium, is one of the most common cell culture contaminants. it may go unnoticed for many passages and can change several cell properties such as growth, metabolism, morphology and genome structure (paddenberg et al. ; mcgarrity and kotani ) . it has also been reported to influence the yield of virus production in infected cells (hargreaves and leach ) . mycoplasmal contamination is also a biosafety concern, because some of the contaminating mycoplasma spp. belong to risk group . together with m. arginini, m. orale, m. pirum and m. fermentans, pathogenic organisms like m. gallisepticum (risk group for animals), m. hyorhinis (risk group for animals), m. pneumoniae and m. hominis (risk group for humans) account for more than % of mycoplasma contaminants in cell cultures. primary sources of contamination with m. orale, m. fermentans, and m. hominis in the laboratory are infected people who handle cell cultures and suspensions of viruses. sources of m. argini and m. hyorhinis are usually animal donors of tissues and biological constituents used for cell culture, e.g. calf serum and trypsin (razin and tully ; pinheiro de oliveira et al. ) . it was already reported that the contamination of cell cultures by mycoplasma occurs via aerosols (o'connell et al. ). viral contamination merits particular attention because infected cells may pose a serious harm to human health, especially when infected cells are able to release infectious particles. human cells may be infected by various viruses like hepatitis viruses, retroviruses, herpes viruses or papillomaviruses. although cell cultures from non-human origin may pose less risk, it should be emphasised that many viruses have a broad host range and can cross species barriers. since a number of non-human viruses are capable of infecting and/or replicating in human cells in vitro, their possibility to infect human cells in vivo if human exposure occurs should be carefully considered. well-known viral contaminants of primate tissues or cells from non-human origin that can cause human disease are listed in table . . while contamination with some viruses may be associated with changes in cell morphology or behaviour -such as the formation of syncytia (hiv, herpes viruses), swelling of cells (adenoviruses) or haemagglutination or haemadsorption -viral contamination may be harder to detect when cytopathic effects remain absent. viral contamination could also trigger adverse effects as a result of recombination events or phenotypic mixing between contaminating components and experimentally introduced agents, creating agents with new properties. for example, experimental results suggested that htlv-i or htlv-ii undergo phenotypic mixing with hiv- in htlv/hiv- co-infected cells, leading to an increase of the pathogenicity of hiv- by broadening the spectrum of its cellular tropism to cd negative cells (lusso et al. ). another example is the contamination of murine cell cultures by lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (lcmv). lcmv is an arenavirus that establishes a silent, chronic infection in mice but causes aseptic meningitis, encephalitis or meningoencephalitis to humans. the significance of lcmv contamination has been reinforced by the description of cases of laboratory-acquired lcmv infections arising from contaminated murine tumour cell lines (mahy et al. ) . manipulation of lcmv infected material or material with an increased likelihood of lcmv contamination necessitates the whitley ( ) papovaviruses butel ( adventitious contamination with parasites may be an issue when handling primary cell or organ cultures originating from a donor organism that is known or suspected to be infected with a specific parasite. as the life cycle of most parasites comprises distinct developmental stages, transmission and survival of the parasite will strongly depend on the ability of the invasive stage to recognize and invade specific host cells. but even with cells developing the non-infectious form of parasites, possible harmful effects remain to be considered since natural modes of transmission could be bypassed during the manipulation of infected cells. it is recognised that most of the parasitic laboratory acquired infections are caused by needle stick injuries (herwaldt ) . finally, the use of bovine-derived products as tissue culture supplements may also lead to the contamination with unconventional agents that cause transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (tse), the so-called prions (solassol et al. ; cronier et al. ; vorberg et al. ). contrary to the majority of the infectious agents, tse agents are resistant to most of the physical and chemical methods commonly used for decontamination of infectious agents. it has been shown that neuroblastoma cell lines, primary cultured neurons and astrocytes can serve as hosts (butler et al. ) . although many studies have suggested that the risk of propagation of tse agents in tissue culture cells cultivated in the presence of bovine serum potentially contaminated with tse was restricted to neurons or brain-derived cell cultures, it has been shown recently that non-neuronal cells can also support tse infection, suggesting that any cell line expressing normal host prion protein could have the potential to support propagation of tse agents (vilette et al. ; vorberg et al. ) . while the understanding of the transmission of prions is still in progress (natural transmission seems mainly to take place via oral route in human and animals), investigators using cell cultures need to take into account different routes by which these agents may be transmitted experimentally. mouse scrapie aerosol transmission has been successfully obtained in mice haybaeck et al. ) . in cervids, chronic wasting disease (cwd) was already proposed as a natural airborne pathogen (denkers et al. ). in the case of creutzfeldt jacob disease (cjd), there is to date no proof of release of prion into aerosols. animal cell cultures can also harbour unknown pathogens or whose tropism has not been defined yet. examples described in the literature include viruses such as hepatitis g (linnen et al. ) , hhv (moore et al. ) , tt virus (nishizawa et al. ) or human pneumovirus (van den hoogen et al. ) . cell cultures can be contaminated by different sources. infected organisms or infected animal cells or tissues from which a cell line has been established are the primary source of contamination. an accidental contamination can also occur through the material used for cell culturing including glassware, storage bottles and pipettes due to incorrect maintenance or sterilisation. before the use of disposable material the lip of the culture flask and the outside of the used pipette were important sources of contamination with mycoplasma (mcgarrity ). nowadays, the use of disposable and sterile pipettes has significantly decreased the likelihood of adventitious contamination. a third source of contamination resides in culture media and its components such as serum, basic culture media and salt solutions and enzymes (trypsin, pronase and collagenase). for example, media and additives derived from bovine sources are often contaminated with bovine viral diarrhoea virus (bvdv) (levings and wessman ) . as mentioned above the relative resistance of tse agents may also be an issue when using bovinederived products as tissue culture supplements. finally, non-filtered air supply, clothing, personnel and floor can be a source of airborne contamination (hay ) . genetically modified (gm) animal cell cultures are employed for a number of different activities. for example, the expression of transgenes and production of proteins of interest whose function depends on methylation, sulfation, phosphorylation, lipid addition, or glycosylation may necessitate the capacity of higher eukaryotic cells to perform post-translational modifications. gm animal cell cultures may also be chosen for the replication of defective recombinant or even wild type viruses. the risk assessment of gm cells should follow the five-step methodology as outlined in fig. . , which means that an evaluation of each individual aspect in the process of genetic modification should be performed. this includes an evaluation of the recipient cell, the vector, the donor organism properties and an assessment of the characteristics of the inserted genetic material. a comprehensive risk assessment of genetically modified cells expressing transgenes should also take into account the risk associated with the transgene products. a gene product may be intrinsically harmful (e.g. toxic properties) or could induce hazardous properties via its expression in gm cells, dependent upon the genome integration site, promoter activity and expression of regulatory sequences governing expression. the risk assessment for transgenes is not straightforward and demands appropriate consideration. comprehensive reviews have specifically addressed this topic (bergmans et al. ; van den akker et al. ). genetic modification may confer an expanded life-span, immortalisation or increased capacity for tumour induction. however, it is unlikely that recombinant properties obtained by genetic modification may have an adverse effect upon release of the recombinant animal or human cells into the environment. cells (genetically modified or not) have difficulties to survive in a hostile environment where control of temperature and osmolality is lacking or where cell-specific nutrients (e.g. glucose, vitamins, lipids) are not balanced or missing. hence, the survival of such primary cells or cell lines outside of proper conditions is unlikely to occur. apart from the fact that gm cell cultures may harbour pathogens and pose serious biological risks to human health (as discussed above), recombinant cells are more likely to cause harm when entering the body of animals or humans. however, the extent of the harmful effect remains hard to predict. it should be kept in mind that the lack of histocompatibility between recombinant cells and the host organism remains a major obstacle for these cells to survive and to multiply as the natural immune response of the healthy (immunocompetent) host will recognise foreign cells and eventually destroy them. this is also one of the main reasons why the culturing of cells originating from the laboratory worker is not allowed for research and diagnostic activities (risk associated with autologous cells). particular attention should be paid to the use of packaging cell lines. these are established cell lines that are deliberately and stably transfected with "helper constructs" to ensure the replication and packaging of replication deficient viral vectors. for example, in case of retroviral packaging cell lines, the expression of "helper genes" allows high-level constitutive production of viral proteins (e.g. gag, pol and env proteins), which are missing in the genome of the replication deficient viral vector but are crucial for viral replication. one of the main biosafety issues related to the use of packaging cell lines is the fact that replication-competent viruses may be generated as a result of (homologous) recombination between the replication deficient viral vector and viral sequences present in the packaging cell. these events could result in the formation of viruses with novel yet unwanted properties such as the generation of replication-competent viruses. one of the strategies to engineer safer generations of packaging cell lines consists in minimising the likelihood of generating replication-competent viruses by separating viral functional elements into different expression plasmids, thereby increasing the number of recombination events necessary to generate replication-competent viruses (dull et al. ) or by reducing or eliminating the sequence homology between the viral vector and the helper sequences. however, endogenous retrovirus genomes expressed in safer generations of retroviral packaging cell lines may still give rise to unwanted recombination events (chong et al. ) . this means that the possibility to generate replication-competent viruses cannot be ruled out. clearly, the risk group of the transfected packaging cell line will depend on the risk group of the viral vector itself. consequently, risk assessment of packaging cell lines should be based on the biosafety of the produced viral vectors, including an evaluation of their infectivity, spectrum of host range, capacity of integration (insertional mutagenesis), stability and physiological role of the transgene(s) if expressed (baldo et al. ). aside from the identification and characterisation of hazards intrinsic to the cell culture, a thorough risk assessment must also consider the exposure pathways through which cell cultures may present a risk to human health or the environment. this necessitates an evaluation of the type of manipulation, because processes, methods and/or equipment involved may increase or decrease the likelihood of exposure and hence the resulting potential risks. for instance, while established cell lines inherently present low risks, large scale operations involving the culturing of large volumes (from to , l) are prone to contamination when inadequate containment measures are applied. this is exemplified by continuous processes such as cell cultivation in bioreactors where an appropriate design of seals, valves, pumps and transfer lines is required to guarantee long-term sterility of the operation to avoid inadvertent contamination. at the opposite, the handling of cell cultures belonging to risk group may present less risk once they have been fixed by glutaraldehyde or formaldehyde/acetone for immunostaining and may therefore require less stringent containment measures manipulations that are common to research and diagnostic activities and warrant consideration with respect to the risk assessment of animal cell cultures are described hereunder: -procedures generating aerosols: pipetting, vortexing, centrifugation, opening of wet cups, etc.; -handling cells outside of a class ii bsc: flow cytometric analysis and cell sorting constitute a special case of cell manipulation in which cells are handled outside of a bsc. the use of a fixative is in many cases not appropriate (e.g. viable cell sorting for subsequent further cell culturing) and the risk of aerosol formation can be particularly high, especially during sorting experiments and upon instrument failure such as a clogged sort nozzle. all scientists in the field of flow cytometry must be aware of the potential hazards associated with their discipline and only experienced and well-trained operators should perform potentially biohazardous cell sorting. general recommendations approved by the international society of analytical cytology should help to set a basis for biosafety guidelines in flow cytometry laboratories (schmid ) . some standard operating procedures and methods have also been described for ensuring the cell sorting under optimal biosafety conditions even under bsl conditions (lennartz et al. ; perfetto et al. ). -altering culture conditions: changing the availability of cell-specific nutrients, growth factors, signal molecules or adopting co-culture techniques may have significant effects on animal cell cultures as it may result in altered neoplasia (stoker et al. ), altered expression of (proto)onco-genes or cell surface glycoproteins and release of endogenous viruses (cunningham et al. ) . as a consequence, changing culture conditions may lead to altered susceptibility of cultured cells to biologic agents such as viruses (anders et al. ; vincent et al. ). -manipulations involving use of needles or sharps: due to injuries cell material may be accidentally transferred directly to an operator's tissue and/or blood stream. -in vivo experiments involving animals: major risks are self-inoculation (needlestick injury) and exposure to aerosols. laboratory workers handling infected rodents or cell cultures originating from infected animals expose themselves at risk by directly exposing cuts, open wounds or mucus membranes with infected body fluids or by inhaling infectious aerosolized particles of rodent urine, faeces or saliva. the risk can be minimised by utilising animals or cell cultures from sources that are regularly tested for the virus. finally, the purpose of cell culturing should be taken into consideration as many clinical approaches such as stem cell therapy, gene therapy, xeno-or allotransplantation involve cell culturing ex vivo for therapeutic purposes. this latter clearly justifies more careful consideration regarding safety, ethical, social and regulatory issues, which will not be addressed in this chapter (food and drug administration; european medicines agency; ich ). the assessment of biological risks related to animal cell cultures and the type of manipulation allows the determination of an adequate containment level in order to optimally protect human health and the environment. the implementation of an appropriate containment level includes a list of general and more specific work practices and containment measures. table . lists precautionary measures that should be applied whenever handling animal cell cultures. much of these measures focus on reducing the risk of contamination with adventitious agents. it should be emphasised that the drawn-up of an appropriate set of standard operating procedures and adequate training of the staff is of crucial importance. as a general rule, cell cultures known to harbour an infectious etiologic agent should be manipulated in compliance with containment measures recommended for the etiologic agent. when cell cultures are not known to harbour infectious agents, cells may be considered free of contaminating pathogens as long as a number of conditions are fulfilled. this implies the use of well-characterised cell lines or controlled cell sources for primary cells such as specified-pathogen-free (spf) animals. if no well-characterised cell lines or spf are available, tests for detection of likely contaminating agents should be negative. second, whenever cell cultures are manipulated, media sources should be pathogen free and appropriate containment measures should be adopted to reduce potential contaminations during sampling or subsequent manipulation of cells (re-feeding and washing steps). as the history of a cell culture may be poorly documented when a given cell culture is manipulated for the first time in the laboratory, it often remains unclear whether all appropriate measures have been implemented regardless of the fact that it may have been manipulated for years in another laboratory facility. in this case, cell cultures should be considered to be potentially infectious and should be manipulated in a class ii bsc. if the presence of adventitious agents of a higher risk group is considered likely, the cell line should be handled under the appropriate containment level until tests have proven the absence of such organisms. good documentation of the history of cell cultivation is mandatory. the extent to which cell cultures should be controlled on the likelihood of contaminants strongly depends on the nature of activity. for example, guidelines have been issued aiming at minimising any potential risk for transmission of infectious agents with respect the use of animal cell cultures for industrial production of biopharmaceuticals (european medicines agency; food and drug administration; ich ; world health organization ). hardly any guidance has been provided for the extent of detecting possible contaminants in case animal cell cultures are used for in vitro research or diagnostic activities, or for purposes other than therapeutics or production of biopharmaceuticals. the choice of the detection technique depends on the contaminating pathogen and often a combination of methods is recommended for important samples such as master cell banks. the implementation of bsl measures is adequate for most of the work carried out with cell cultures from human or primate origin. bsl measures may be considered provided that all manipulations occur in a class ii bsc and the cell culture is a well-characterised and certified cell line that presents no increased risk resulting from genetic modification or contaminating pathogen. the contained use to be in compliance with good cell culture practice (gccp), especially in industrial settings for vaccine production. to avoid opening of culture vessels or contact with culture fluid through a defective culture vessel, stopper or poor technique because of the ever present likelihood of contamination with airborne pathogens. to treat each new culture that is manipulated for the first time in the laboratory facility as potentially infectious. to clean up any culture fluid spills immediately with an appropriated and validated disinfection protocol. to work with one cell line at a time and disinfect the work surfaces between two operations involving cell lines. to aliquot growth medium and other substrates so that the same vessel is not used for more than one cell line. to mitigate cross-contamination by avoiding pouring actions. to proceed to the use of the biosafety cabinet (bsc) by adequately trained staff, t.i. turn on for a period before and after use, thoroughly disinfect bsc surfaces after each work session and do not clutter the bsc with unnecessary materials. to restrict the use of antibiotics in growth media. to quarantine new cell cultures to a dedicated bsc or separate laboratory until the culture has been shown negative in appropriate tests. to carry out a quality control of cells demonstrating the absence of likely contaminating pathogens on a regular basis or whenever necessary. to operate cell cultures from undefined sources as risk group/class of risk organism. if the presence of adventitious agents of higher risk class is expected, the cell line should be handled under appropriate containment level until tests have proven safety. adapted from pauwels et al. ( ) in a bsl of viral infected cells could be envisaged if no viral particles are detectable in the supernatant of the infected cells. however, it should be emphasized that procedures for viral clearance are virus-host specific and that variables such as vector titre and the infection protocol can influence the degree and rate of clearance (bagutti et al. ) . since the implementation of good laboratory practices and the use of a bsc is usually the norm in most laboratories dealing with cell culturing, we think that bsl laboratories can relatively easily be upgraded to bsl facilities by implementing a restricted number of simple additional safety measures. it is important to notice that horizontal laminar air flows and clean benches minimise the risk of adventitious contamination of the cell cultures, however they offer no protection for the manipulator or the environment. bearing in mind that biosafety measures intend to provide a maximal protection of human health and the environment, it is important to note that the sole use of a horizontal laminar "clean bench" should be prohibited. based on, but not limited to, key features of risk assessment and the type of manipulation performed as discussed in former paragraphs, we developed a flow diagram providing the cell culture users a schematic guidance for the assignment of an appropriate containment level when manipulating human or primate cells in vitro (fig. . ) . this flowchart is indicative and should be applied and/or reconsidered according to case specific conditions and risk assessments proper to the activities performed. whenever possible approaches developed to ab initio reduce the risk associated with the handling of animal cell cultures should be favoured. such approaches involve the use of dedicated instruments or safer biological material. the examples hereunder illustrate how the choice to apply one or several of these approaches is determined on a case-by-case basis, depending on the intrinsic characteristics of the biological material and the intended use. during the last couple of years instruments enabling automated mechanical passaging and nutrient supply for in vitro cell expansion have been developed for primary cells, adherent and non-adherent mammalian cells (kato et al. ; thomas and ratcliffe ) . some of these developments also provide a safer approach with respect to biosafety considerations by including a biosafety module in the design of such automated platforms. for example a long-term cell culture device ensuring both the protection of the product and the operator has been designed for the culturing of embryonic stem cells in an antibiotic-free medium by means of an integrated automation platform using a class ii bsc confining the microwells (liquid handling robot contained in a bsc) (hussain et al. ) an automation system has also been deployed for the production ( - , ml) of hiv- pseudovirus for hiv vaccine trials in compliance with gclp. this robust automated system for cultivation of t/ cells is contained in a class ii bsc that guarantees the protection of the workers, environment and the product. this system can be implemented to produce other biological reagents under standardised large-scale conditions (schultz et al. ) . lowering the hazards associated with the cell cultures handled is another approach that was applied in the characterisation of pandemic influenza viruses under emergency situations. while such activities typically require bsl conditions, inactivation protocols applied to influenza virus culture allows for performing the virological and immunological assays under bsl conditions (jonges et al. ) . another example where the assignment of a less stringent containment level was enabled relates to the use of insect cells and gm bacteriophage lambda capsids in cases where usually the maintenance of infectious stocks of highly pathogenic or emerging influenza viruses is involved (domm et al. ) . the bacteriophages are "decorated" by the viral glycoproteins of interest in an insect cell-derived system so as to use hemagglutinin displaying bacteriophages in hemagglutination-inhibition assay on pathogenic influenza viruses. the same approach was already applied for hiv-envelope protein (mattiacio et al. ) . with regards to hiv- in vitro testing, a non-infectious cell-based assay to assess the hiv- susceptibility to protease inhibitors was also developed recently (buzon et al. ) . here again, activities that normally require relatively high containment level can be performed in facilities with less expensive infrastructure. it also shows that careful consideration of the material handled can lead to costeffective choice while maintaining the same objectives. biosafety is an internationally recognized concept referring to the maximal protection of laboratory workers, public health and the environment from the possible adverse effects associated to the use of organisms and microorganisms (genetically modified or not). within this respect activities involving the use of animal cell cultures for fundamental research, r&d or in vitro diagnosis purposes pose biosafety considerations as well. before starting any of such activities biosafety considerations should be addressed by performing a biological risk assessment allowing the identification and characterisation of any potential adverse effect together with an evaluation of the likelihood and consequences should any effect happen. such an approach is made on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the type of manipulation and the type of cell culture handled. a risk assessment will result in biosafety recommendations in view of the implementation of an adequate containment level. considering the very limited persistence capacity of animal and human cells outside non-optimised culture conditions and the fact that many cell lines have a long history of safe use, it is generally considered unlikely that cell cultures may inherently cause harm to humans or the environment. the main hazard associated with the handling of animal cell cultures resides in the presence of adventitious pathogenic micro-organisms, which are often difficult to detect and hence less controllable. in contrast to their host cells, adventitious organisms can persist in more hostile conditions and may present risks for human health or the environment in case they are pathogenic (bean et al. ; walther and ewald ; kallio et al. ; kramer et al. ) . for this reason, a risk assessment of cell cultures will frequently lead to a risk assessment of the potential adventitious contaminants, the organisms used for cell's immortalisation (viruses, viral sequences, etc.) and/or the microorganisms intentionally used to experimentally infect them. though the assignment of biosafety containment level requirements cannot be generalised and should be performed on a case-by-case basis, it is recognised that most of the containment measures primarily aim at protecting cells from adventitious contamination in order to mitigate potential risks for the laboratory worker. except for authenticated cell lines proved to present no risk, the activities involving cell cultures from human or primate origin should generally be performed under containment level involving the use of a class ii biosafety cabinet and good laboratory practice. whilst the occurrence of adverse effects related to the handling of cell cultures cannot be excluded, a thorough risk assessment and the implementation of the appropriate containment level offer an optimal protection for the laboratory worker and by extension, public health and the environment. continuous efforts have been made to mitigate the risk associated with the handling of cell culture in laboratory settings. these biorisk management (continued) measures (i.e. adoption of the appropriate containment level) can be coupled with the implementation of automation platforms allowing the reduction of cell culture cross-contamination and accidental contamination with infectious agents. it is anticipated that future efforts contributing to the improvement of the quality of the data necessary for the risk assessment, the containment measures and the increased awareness of biosafety considerations within the scientific community will also directly benefit the quality of research activities involving animal cell cultures. authentication is the process by which the true origin and identity of cell lines are determined and should form an essential part of any cell culture operation. biosafety in the context of this chapter, biosafety relates to the evaluation of the potential risks to human health and the environment associated with the use of genetically modified organisms (gmos) or pathogenic organisms. biosafety cabinet (class ii) safety cabinet with a front aperture through which the operator can carry out manipulations inside the cabinet and which is constructed so that the laboratory worker is protected, the product and cross contamination is low. the escape of airborne particulate contamination generated within the cabinet is controlled by means of an appropriate filtered internal airflow and filtration of the exhaust air (hepa filters). contained use any activity in which (micro)-organisms are genetically modified or in which such organism (pathogenic or not) are cultured, stored, transported, destroyed, disposed or used in any other way, and for which specific containment measures are used to limit their contact with the general population and the environment. culture type: primary cell cultures, diploid cell lines, continuous cell lines primary cell cultures are established directly from tissues of animals and are often the most appropriate in vitro tool for reproducing typical cellular responses observed in vivo. however, as typical cell characteristics are lost during passaging, these cultures must be obtained from fresh tissue that may contain or may become inadvertently contaminated with pathogens. consequently, primary cell cultures may potentially present increased risks compared to continuous, established cell lines. diploid cell lines are similar to primary cells, are considered non-tumourogenic and have a finite capacity for serial propagation. they are used for the preparation of viral vaccines and are from human or monkey origin. continuous cell lines are immortalized cells that may survive almost infinite serial passages. these cells are obtained by either isolating cells from tumours (neoplastic origin), primary cells treated with mutagens, oncogenic viruses or recombinant dna (oncogenes) or by cell fusioning of primary cells with a continuous cell line. as a consequence, the class of risk of these cell lines is often correlated to the class of risk of primary cells of whom they are derived. due to the "immortality" of the continuous cell lines, their ability to induce tumours has also to be considered. transfection gene transfer of dna in eukaryotic cells using non-viral delivery methods. transduction gene transfer of dna in eukaryotic cells using viral vectors. infection process occurring when a virus (wild type) that typically replicates and spreads into neighbouring cells mediates a gene transfer belonging to its own genome or extra genes it may carry. viral vector is a protein particle derived from a replicative virus that contains genetic information in the form of rna or dna. a viral envelope may be present as well. the approved list of biological agents, rd edn. health and safety executive disruption of d tissue integrity facilitates adenovirus infection by deregulating the coxsackievirus and adenovirus receptor washout kinetics of viral vectors from culture mammalian cells general considerations on the biosafety of virus-derived vectors used in gene therapy and vaccination survival of influenza viruses on environmental surfaces belgian classifications for micro-organisms based on their biological risks identification of potentially hazardous human gene products in gmo risk assessment detection of human t-cell lymphoma/leukemia virus type i dna and antigen in spinal fluid and blood of patients with chronic progressive myelopathy threat to humans from virus infections of non-human primates cell line cross-contamination: how aware are mammalian cell culturists of the problem and how to monitor it? in vitro cellular and developmental biology scrapie-infected murine neuroblastoma cells produce protease-resistant prion proteins a non-infectious cell-based phenotypic assay for the assessment of hiv- susceptibility to protease inhibitors identity tests: determination of ell line cross-contamination check your cultures! a list of cross-contaminated or misidentified cell lines biosafety in microbiological and biomedical laboratories (bmbl) th edn laboratory-acquired vaccinia virus infection, united states (virginia) . morbidity and mortality weekly report wildlife, exotic pets, and emerging zoonoses a replication-competent retrovirus arising from a splitfunction packaging cell line was generated by recombination events between the vector, one of the packaging constructs, and endogenous retroviral sequences isolation of a new human retrovirus from west african patients with aids microbiological contamination in stem cell cultures prions can infect primary cultured neurons and astrocytes and promote neuronal cell death activation of primary porcine endothelial cells induces release of porcine endogenous retroviruses polio vaccines, simian virus , and human cancer: the epidemiologic evidence for a causal association b virus infection in man foamy viruses -a world apart aerosol and nasal transmission of chronic wasting disease in cervidized mice nonhuman primate-associated viral hepatitis type a. serologic evidence of hepatitis a virus infection use of bacteriophage particles displaying influenza virus hemagglutinin for the detection of hemagglutination-inhibition antibodies mycoplasma contamination of cell cultures a third-generation lentivirus vector with a conditional packaging system simian herpesviruses and their risk to humans on the protection of workers from risks related to exposure to biological agents at work of the european parliament and of the council of march laying down community procedures for the authorization and supervision of medicinal products for human and veterinary use and establishing a european medicines agency. off j . directive / /ec of the european parliament and of the council of march on setting standards of quality and safety for the donation, procurement, testing, processing, preservation, storage and distribution of human tissues and cells on the contained use of genetically modified micro-organisms food and drug administration (fda). centers for biologics evaluation and research cell culture and electron microscopy for identifying viruses in diseases of unknown cause correspondence. needle-stick transmission of human colonic adenocarcinoma aids as a zoonosis: scientific and public health implications the influence of mycoplasma infection on the sensitivity of hela cells for growth of viruses operator-induced contamination in cell culture systems aerosols transmit prions to immunocompetent and immunodeficient mice biosafety risk assessment of the severe acute respiratory syndrome (sars) coronavirus and containment measures for the diagnostic and research laboratories laboratory-acquired parasitic infections from accidental exposures outbreak of lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus infections in medical center personnel chronic neurodegenerative disease associated with htlv-ii infection encephalomyelitis due to infection with herpesvirus simiae reproducible culture and differentiation of mouse embryonic stem cells using an automated microwell platform step consensus guideline, quality of biotechnological products: viral safety evaluation of biotechnology products derived from cell lines of human or animal origin, cpmp/ich/ / . the european agency for the evaluation of medicinal products, human medicines evaluation unit working safely with vaccinia virus: laboratory technique and review of published cases of accidental laboratory infections hiding in plain view: genetic profiling reveals decades old cross contamination of bladder cancer cell line ku with hela cross-contamination of a urotsa stock with t cells-molecular comparison of different cell lines and stocks accidental human vaccination with vaccinia virus expressing nucleoprotein gene influenza virus inactivation for studies of antigenicity and phenotypic neuraminidase inhibitor resistance profiling prolonged survival of puumala hantavirus outside the host: evidence for indirect transmission via the environment a new subtype of human t-cell leukemia virus (htlv-ii) associated with a t-cell variant of hairy cell leukemia a compact, automated cell culture system for clinical scale cell expansion from primary tissues brief report, infections of a laboratory worker with simian immunodeficiency virus how long do nosocomial pathogens persist on inanimate surfaces? a systematic review a novel coronavirus associated with sars cell culture contamination: an overview improving the biosafety of cell sorting by adaptation of a cell sorting system to a biosafety cabinet bovine viral diarrhea virus contamination of nutrient serum, cell cultures and viral vaccines ocular vaccinia infection in laboratory worker a tale of two clades: monkeypox viruses molecular cloning and disease association of hepatitis g virus: a transfusion-transmissible agent infection of laboratory workers with hantavirus acquired from immunocytomas propagated in laboratory rats cross-species transfer of viruses: implications for the use of viral vectors in biomedical research, gene therapy and as live-virus vaccines henrietta lacks, hela cells, and cell culture contamination cd -independent infection by human immunodeficiency virus type i after phenotypic mixing with human t-cell leukemia viruses where all the cell lines gone? zoonosis and haemorrhagic fever emerging zoonoses: crossing the species barrier virus zoonoses and their potential for contamination of cell cultures efficient dna fingerprinting method for the identification of cross-culture contamination of cell lines dense display of hiv- envelope spikes on the lambda phage scaffold does not result in the generation of improved antibody response to hiv- env spread and control of mycoplasmal infection of cell cultures cell culture mycoplasmas laboratory acquired infection with recombinant vaccinia virus containing an immunomodulating construct microbial contamination of cell cultures: a years study primary characterization of a herpesvirus agent associated with kaposi's sarcoma accidental infection of laboratory worker with vaccinia virus laboratory safety monograph: a supplement to the nih guidelines for recombinant dna research. national institute of health a novel dna virus (ttv) associated with elevated transaminase levels in posttransfusion hepatitis of unknown etiology aerosols as a source of widespread mycoplasma contamination of tissue cultures accidental infections of laboratory worker with recombinant vaccinia virus internucleosomal dna fragmentation in cultured cells under conditions reported to induce apoptosis may be caused by mycoplasma endonucleases animal cell cultures: risk assessment and biosafety recommendations standard practice for cell sorting in a bsl- facility filovirus contamination of cell cultures detection of contaminants in cell cultures, sera and trypsin detection and isolation of type c retrovirus particles from fresh and cultured lymphocytes of a patient with cutaneous t-cell lymphoma detection, isolation, and continuous production of cytopathic retroviruses (htlv-iii) from patients with aids and pre-aids molecular and diagnostic procedures in mycoplasmology adaptative pathways of zoonotic influenza viruses: from exposure to establishment in humans how to develop a standard operating procedure for sorting unfixed cells an automated hiv- env-pseudotyped virus production for global hiv vaccine trials marburg and ebola virus infections in laboratory non-human primates: a literature review the origin and evolution of hepatitis viruses in humans prion propagation in cultured cells unintended spread of a biosafety level recombinant retrovirus aerosols: an underestimated vehicle for transmission of prion diseases the embryonic environment strongly attenuates v-src oncogenesis in mesenchymal and epithelial tissues, but not in endothelia kaposi's sarcoma-derived cell line slk is not of endothelial origin, but is a contaminant from a known renal carcinoma cell line classification of organisms recommendation on the safe handling of human and animal cells and cell cultures automated adherent human cell culture (mesenchymal stem cells) environmental risk assessment of replication competent viral vectors applied in clinical trials: potential effects of inserted sequences a newly discovered human pneumovirus isolated from young children with respiratory tract disease persistent infection of some standard cell lines by lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus: transmission of infection by an intracellular agent emergent human pathogen simian virus and its role in cancer ex vivo propagation of infectious sheep scrapie agent in heterologous epithelial cells expressing ovine prion protein cytokine-mediated downregulation of coxsackievirus-adenovirus receptor in endothelial cells susceptibility of common fibroblast cell lines to transmissible spongiform encephalopathy agents pathogen survival in the external environment and the evolution of virulence biology of b virus in macaque and human hosts, a review herpes simplex viruses laboratory-acquired vaccinia infection world health organization ( ) who requirements for the use of animal cells as in vitro substrates for the production of biologicals. who technical report series laboratory biosafety manual manuel of diagnostic tests and vaccines for terrestrial animals. chapter . . biosafety and biosecurity in the veterinary microbiology laboratory and animal facilities acknowledgments the authors are grateful to their colleagues dr. didier breyer and dr. aline baldo (scientific institute of public health wiv-isp, brussels, belgium) for their useful review of this manuscript. key: cord- -pgyzluwp authors: nan title: programmed cell death date: journal: experientia doi: . /bf sha: doc_id: cord_uid: pgyzluwp nan it is widely held that all developmental cell death is of a single type (apoptosis) and that neuronal death is primarily for adjusting the number of neurons in a population to the size of their target field through competition between equals for target-derived factors. we shall draw on our research and on that of others to criticize these views and replace them by the following. at least three types of neuronal death occur, only one of which resembles apoptosis; a neuron can choose between several self-destruct mechanisms depending on the cause of its death. the purpose of the death is to regulate connectivity, not neuron number. competitors for trophic factors are unequal, and many losers have made axonal targeting errors. a neuron's survival and differentiation depend on multiple anterograde and retrograde signals. activity affects retrograde signals and some but not all anterograde ones. the pattern of activity is more important than the overall amount. in rodents, the period of naturally occuring cell death of motoneurons is followed by a period of supersensitivity to axonal injury. thus, in newborn rodents lesion of the facial nerve leads to a rapid degeneration of the injured motoneurons. we have tested whether overexpression, in rive, of the bcl- proto-oncogene was capable of preventing death of axotomized motoneurons. to address this question we used transgenic mice whose motoneurons overexpress the bcl- protein. one of the two facial nerves of newborn mice was transected on the nd- rd post-natal day. seven days after the lesion, the morphology of the facial nuclei was analyzed. in control mice, and when compared to the intact nucleus, to % of axotomized motoneurons had disappeared. in contrast, in the transgenic animals, the number of motoneurons on the lesioned side remained unchanged when compared to the eontralateral nucleus. furthermore, their axons remained visible up to the distal lesion site. these experiments show that, in rive, motoneurons overexpressing the bcl- protein survive after axotomy, and suggest that, in rive, bcl- protect neurons from experimentally induced cell death and could be a target for treatment of motoneurons degenerative diseases. messmer s., mattenberger l., sager y., blatter-garin m-c., pometta d., kate a., james r.w. drpt de mrdeeine, drpt. de pharmacologie, div. de neurophysiologie clinique, facult de mrdecine, gen~ve. clusterin is a widely expressed glycoprotein, highly conserved across species. numerous functions have been postulated for this protein. the most important are roles in lipid transport, as elusterin is associated with apolipoprotein ai in hdl, complement regulation and tissue remodelling, in particular during cell death and differentiation. using cultures of rat spinal cord neurones ( % neurons and - % non-neuronal cells), we have studied the expression of clusterin and ape e in glutamate-induced neuronal cell death to examine potential roles in lipid management. up-regulation of the two proteins was observed. clusterin and ape e appear in the conditioned medium respectively h and . h after incubation with glutamate. control studies, in the presence of a noncompetitive nmda receptor agonist showed the secretion of clusterin and ape e to be diminished by > %. no up-regulation of either protein was observed in complementary studies with exclusively non-neuronal cell cultures. the cellular origin of the secreted proteins is presently under investigation. programmed cell death and tissue remodelling are consequences of hormonally induced restructuring of the rat ventral prostate after castration and the rat mammary gland after weaning. we used the "differential display"-method (liang and pardee, , science : ) to detect and isolate edna fragments whose corresponding rnas are regulated either coincidentally, or in an organ specific fashion during mammary gland involution and postcastrational prostate regression. partial sequencing of clones revealed high, but not absolute homology of fragments with sequences, previously characterized in different biological contexts. these five encode functions which could be anticipated to be important for cell growth and/or programmed cell death, we are presently investigating the functions of several of these transcripts in cell culture and in rive. antisense oligos are being employed in vivo to determine whether these genes contribute to the phenotype of programmed cell death. b epitopes derived from the envelope gp glycoprotein (ep ) or from the viral superantigen of mmtv have been incorporated into inert or live vaccines. the inert vaccine consists of purified chimeric proteins which contain the b epitopes alone or fused to multimeric promiscuous t helper epitopes from tetanus toxin. mice were immunized subcutaneously with these chimeric proteins. the live vaccine consists of an avirulent strain of salmonella typhimurium which expresses the mmtv epitopes in the form of chimeric proteins fused to the nucleocapsid protein of hepatitis b virus. this vaccine is given to mice in one oral dose. the level, duration and isotype of the immune response generated by each vaccine have been measured and compared. the level of protection has been investigated by systemically challenging immunized mice with the relzovims. a reduced binding of oxytocin (ot) occurs with aging in some, but not all, areas of the rat brain (arsenijevic et al., experientia , , a ) . the candate putamen showed the most impressive loss of ot receptors. two other regions, the hypothalamic ventromedial nucleus (vmh) and the islands of caueja (icj) had also an important deficit of ot binding sites. on the other hand, these two regions were known to be sensitive to sex steroids. in the present work, we treated from month old rats during one month with testosterone propionate ( #g/kg s.c., once every days) dissolved in oil. three rats of the same age injected with oil only served as controls. we labelled ot receptors throughout the brain of old rats using a i-labelled ligand specific for ot receptors. analysis of autoradiograms by an image analyzer revealed that the testosterone treatment increased ot binding sites in the vmh, in the icj, and, to a lesser extent, in the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis, a region also sensitive to sex steroids, by contrast, in the caudate putamen, the disappearance of ot receptors was not compensated. in conclusion, the decrease of ot receptors occurring in vmh and icj with aging can be reversed by administration of gonadal steroids. in contrast, the loss of ot receptors in the striatum appears to depend on another mecanism. vasopressin (avp) receptors are expressed transiently in the facial nucleus during development (tribollet et el., , dev. brain res., , - ) . avp may therefore play a role in the maturation of neuromuscular connexions in the neonate rat, and possibly in the restanration of these connexions after nerve lesion in the adult. in order to investigate the latter proposition, we have sectionned the facial nerve in adult rats and used quantitative autoradiography to look at avp binding sites in the facial nucleus at various postoperative times. we observed a massive and transient increase of avp binding sites on the operated side. the number of facial avp binding sites reaches a maximum about one week after nerve section, remains stable during - weeks, then begin to decrease towards control level. the induction of avp receptors is markedly delayed if the proximal stump of the nerve is ligated. to assess whether other motor nuclei would also react to axotomy by up-regulating the expression of avp receptors, we have sectionned the hypoglossal nerve and the sciatic nerve. in both cases, the binding of avp receptor ligand increases massively in the respective motor nuclei, with a time-course similar to that found in the facial nucleus. altogether, our data suggest that central avp could be involved in the process of nerve regeneration. cytotoxic t-cell mediated apoptosis schaerer,e, karapetian,o.,adrian,m. and tschopp,j. inst.de biochimie, univ.de lausanne, epalinges. an apoptotic cell death mechanism is used by cytolytic t cells (ctl) to lyse appropriate target cells. ctl harbor cytoplasmic storage compartments, containing the lytic protein perforin and serineproteases (granzymes), whose content is released upon target cell interaction. we show that these granules are multivesieular bodies and that degranulation releases these intragranular vesicles (igv) having granzymes, t-cell receptor and yet undefined proteins associated. isolated igvs and perforin induce dna breakdown in target cells within minutes. microscopic analysis demonstrates that igv specifically interact with target cell via the t-cell receptor and that their contents is taken up by the target cell. already min. after interaction, distinct igv proteins are found in the nucleus of the target cell.one of the molecules has been identified to be granzyme a, previously reported to be involved in apoptosis. we propose that lymphocytes transfer apoptosisinducing proteins to the nucleus of the target cells using vesicles as vehicles for delivery. cytotoxic t cells kill their targets by a mechanism involving membranolysis and dna degradation (apoptosis). recently, two sets of proteins have been proposed as dna breakdown-inducing molecules in t cells: granzyme a, b and tia-i. in this study, we cloned and further characterized the tia-i mouse homologue. aa sequence comparison with the human tia- showed an overall identity of %. devoid of a signal peptide, tia is yet localized to cytotoxic granules, probably targeted via a gly-tyr-motif. as tia-i, its mouse homolcgue contains three rnabinding domains. expression of tia during development shows a very strong signal in the brain and weaker signals in thymus, heart and other organs. during embryonic development several structures that contribute to organogenesis form transiently and are later eliminated by apoptosis. this pattern of tia expression could indicate its involvement in apoptosis. prostate involution occurs after castration in rats and is associated with the death by apoptosis of a large fraction of the epithelial cells. we have isolated several genes from a prostate involution bacteriophage lambda library using differential screening methods. among these clones, one d~monstrated an especially strong signal when used as a probe against northern blots of prostate mlhna obtained before, and at different times after castration. this gene is down-regulated after castration by -fold within days. intramuscular injection of a testosterone depot resulted in complete restoration of expression within hours. upon sequencing it became apparent that this clone has a high degree of homology to a known ndah dehydrogenase encoded in mitochondrial dna. the clone failed to hybridize to any transcripts from rat organs other than prostate. we are now in the process of isolating the htm~n hc~olog to this gene for use as a biomarker in study of benign hyperplasia and developing carcinoma. this gene is a possible indicator for testosterone-independent cell populations or of cells lacking ftl~ctional testosterone receptor. during the first three postnatal weeks the rat lung undergoes the last two developmental stages, the phase of alveolarization and the phase of microvascular maturation. the latter involves a decrease of the connective tissue mass in the alveolar septa and a merging of the two capillary layers to a single one. speculating that programmed cell death may play a role during this remodeling, we searched for the presence of apoptotie cells in rat lungs between days and . lung paraffin sections were treated with y-terminal transferase, digoxigenin-dutp, and anti-digoxigeninfluorescein-f(ab)-fragments, and the number of fluorescent nuclei was compared between sections at different days. while the number of apoptotie ceils was low until the end of the second week and at day , we observed an about eight fold increase of fluorescent nuclei towards the end of the third week. we conclude that programmed cell death is involved in the structural maturation of the lung. brunner, a., wallrapp, ch., pollack, i, twardzik, t. and schneuwly, s. lehrstuhl genetik, biozentrum universit~t w~rzburg, mutants in the giant lens (g/l) gene show a strong disturbance in ommatidial development. in the absence of any gene product, additional phetoreceptors, cone cells and pigment cells develop. opposite effects can be seen in flies in which the gene product of the giant lens gene can be ectopically expressed by heat shock. a second very typical phenotype is the disturbance of photoreceptor axon guidance. molecular analysis of gil shows that it encodes a secreted protein of aa containing three evolutionary conserved cystein-motives very similar to egf-like repeats. we propose that gil functions as a secreted signal, most likely a lateral inhibitor for the development of specific cell fates and that gil, either directly or indirectly, is involved in targeting photoreceptor axons into the brain. the decrease in cellularity during scar establishment is mediated through apoptosis desmouliere, a., redard, m., darby, i., and g. gabbiani department of pathology, cmu, rue michel server, gen~ve dudng the healing of an open wound, granulation tissue formation is characterized by replication and accumulation of fibroblastic cells, many of which acquire morphological and biochemical features of smooth muscle cells and have been named myofibroblasts (sch rch et el., histology for pathologists, t ). as the wound evolves into a scar, there is an important decrease in ceuuladty, including disappearance of myofibroblasts. the question adses as to which process is responsible for myofibroblast disappearance. during a previous investigation on the expression of (z-smooth muscle actin in myofibroblasts, we have obsewed that in late phases of wound healing, many of myofibroblasts show signs of apoptosis end suggested that this type of cell death is responsible for the disappearance of myofibroblasts (darby et al., lab. invest. : , ) . we have tested this hypothesis by means of electron microscopy and morphometry and by in situ end-labeling of fragmented dna (wijsman et al., j. histochem. cytochem. : , t ) . our results show that the number of apoptotic cells increases as the wound closes and suggest that this may be the mechanism for the disappearance of myofibroblasts as well as for the evolution of granulation tissue into a scar. (supported by the swiss national science foundation, grant n~ s - r. jaggl, a. marti and b. jehn. universit~t bern, akef, tiefenaustr. , bern at weaning the mammary gland undergoes a reductive remodelling process (involution) which is associated with the cessation of milk protein gene expression and apoptosis of milk-produclng epithelial cells. this process can be reversed by returning the pups to the mother within day. elevated nuclear protein kinase a (pka) activity was observed from one day post-lactation, paralleled by increased c-los, junb, ]und and to a lesser extent c-]un mrna levels. ap- dna binding activity was transiently induced and the ap- complex was shown to consist principally of cfos/jund. oct- dna binding activity and oct- protein were gradually lost from the gland over the first four days of involution, whereas oct- m_rna levels remained unchanged. comparing nuclear extracts from normal mammary glands with nuclear extracts from glands which had been cleared of all epithelial cells three weeks after birth revealed that pka activation, ap- induction and oct- inactivation are all dependent on the presence of the epithelial compartment. the increased fos/jtm expression and the inactivation of oct- may be consequences of the increased pka activity. when involution is reversed, both, pica activity and ap- dna binding activity (and fos andjun mrna levels) are reduced to basal levels. our data suggests a role for pka and ap- on progranlmed cell death of manlnmry epithelial ceils. bcl- ~ does not require membrane attachment for its survival activity c. borner*, i. martinout, c. mattmann*, m. irmler*, e. sch&rrer*, j.-c. martinou-j-, and j. tschopp*. * institute of biochemistry, university of lausanne, epalinges, institute of molecular biology, glaxo inc., plan los ouates. cl- (z is a mitochondrial or perinuclear-associated oncoprotein that prolongs the life span of a variety of cell types by interfering with programmed cell death. how it exerts this activity is unknown but it is believed that membrane attachment is required. to identify critical regions in bcl- o~ for subcellular localization and survival activity, we created by site-directed mutagenesis, various mutations in regions which are most conserved between the different bcl- species. we show here that membrane attachment is not required for the survival activity of bcl- o< a truncation mutant of bcl- (z lacking the last amino acids (t ) including the hydrophobic domain is soluble, yet fully active in blocking apoptosis of sympathetic neurons induced by ngf deprivation or l fibroblasts induced by tnfc~ treatment. we further provide evidence for a putative functional region in bcl- which lies in the conserved domains and upstream of the hydrophobic cooh terminal tail. the breakdown of nuclear dna is considered to be a hallmark of apoptosis. we previously identified the perinuclear membrane localized dnase i as the endonuclease involved in the formation of oligonucleosomal-sized fragments (dna ladder). it is not clear how the nuclease is activated and has access to the dna. we show that in thymocytes induced to undergo apoptosis, lamin breakdown preceded dna laddering. by transfeeting hela cells with a constitutively active cdc mutant, nuclear envelope breakdown and typical apoptotic features (ehromatin condensation) were observed. moreover, co-transfection with cdc mutant and dnase i led to dna degradation. we propose that apoptosis can be induced by wrongly timed and hence abortive mitosis leading to uncontrolled nuclear membrane disintegration. s - s - platelet-derived growth factor (pdgf) is thought to play an active role in fibrosing diseases. bronchiolitis obliterans-organizing pneumonia (boop) is a condition characterized by intraluminal proliferation of connective tissue inside distal air spaces. to evaluate pdgf expression in boop we performed immunohistoehemistry on lung biopsies from patients and controls free of fibrosis. sedal sections were stained with an antibody against either pdgf or the monoeyte/macrophage marker cd , in both groups the pdgf ~ cells were essentially tissue macrophages. using point counting to measure volume fraction (vv) , pdgf-pesitive cells represented . + . % (mean+sd) of the volume occupied by lung tissue in the boop cases, and , + . % in the controls (! < , ). similarily, . + . % of the lung tissue was occupied by cd e~ macrophages in the boop cases, compared to . :~ . % in the controls (p